Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2006

Registration No. 333-            

 


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 


SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

The Netherlands   3823   Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 


Kolthofsingel 8, 7602 EM Almelo

The Netherlands

Telephone: 31-546-979-450

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrants’ principal executive offices)

 


Corporation Service Company

1177 Avenue of the Americas

17 th Floor

New York, New York 10001

Telephone: (800) 221-0770

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 


Copies to:

Dennis M. Myers, P.C.

Gregory C. Vogelsperger

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 E. Randolph Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60601

Telephone: (312) 861-2000

 


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public:     As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 


Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered    Amount
to be
Registered
   Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price
Per Unit(1)
   Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price
   Amount of
Registration
Fee

8% Senior Notes due 2014

     $450,000,000        100%        $450,000,000        $48,150(1)  

9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016

   €245,000,000    100%    €245,000,000    $34,408(1)
 

GUARANTEES

                   

Guarantees of 8% Senior Notes due 2014(2)

   $450,000,000          None(3)

Guarantees of 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016(2)

   €245,000,000          None(3)

(1) Calculated in accordance with Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The registration fees for the Senior Subordinated Notes is based on the noon buying rate of €1.00 = $1.3125 on December 27, 2006.
(2) See the following page for a table of guarantor registrants.
(3) Pursuant to Rule 457(n) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, no separate filing fee is required with respect to the guarantees being registered hereby.

The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 



Table of Contents

Exact Name of Additional Registrants*

  

Jurisdiction of
Formation

  

I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.

Sensata Technologies Holland, B.V.

   The Netherlands    N/A

Sensata Technologies Holding Company Mexico, B.V.

   The Netherlands    N/A

Sensata Technologies Holding Company U.S., B.V.

   The Netherlands    N/A

Sensata Technologies de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.

   Mexico    N/A

Sensata Technologies Sensores e Controles do Brasil Ltda.

   Brazil    N/A

Sensata Technologies Japan Limited

   Japan    N/A

Sensata Technologies Holdings (Korea) Limited

   Korea    N/A

Sensata Technologies (Korea) Limited

   Korea    N/A

Sensata Technologies Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.

   Malaysia    N/A

Sensata Technologies, Inc.

   Delaware    20-4297839

Sensata Technologies Finance Company, LLC

   Delaware    20-4751341

 

* The address for each of the additional Registrants is c/o Sensata Technologies, B.V., Kolthofsingel 8, 7602 EM Almelo, The Netherlands, telephone: 31-546-879-450. The name, address, including zip code of the agent for service for each of the Registrants is Corporation Service Company, 1177 Avenue of the Americas, 17 th  Floor, New York, New York 10001, telephone: (800) 221-0770. The primary standard industrial classification number for each of the additional Registrants is 3823.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the SEC is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell nor is it an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED DECEMBER 29, 2006

PROSPECTUS

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

LOGO

Offer to Exchange

THE SECURITIES LISTED BELOW FOR SUBSTANTIALLY IDENTICAL SECURITIES

THAT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933:

$450,000,000 8% Senior Notes due 2014

€245,000,000 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016

Material Terms of Exchange Offers

 

•      We sold the outstanding notes on April 27, 2006 to placement agents who subsequently re-sold such securities to qualified institutional buyers under Rule 144A and non-U.S. persons under Regulation S.

 

•      The terms of the senior notes and the senior subordinated notes to be issued in the exchange offers described in this prospectus are substantially identical to the outstanding notes, except that the transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the outstanding notes will not apply to the exchange notes. The exchange offers are independent of each other and neither exchange offer is conditioned upon the other exchange offer.

 

•      Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC, we believe that, subject to some exceptions, the exchange notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act.

 

•      The existing senior notes are currently eligible for trading on the PORTAL market, a subsidiary of the Nasdaq Stock Market. The existing senior subordinated notes are currently listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. We currently intend

  

        to list the senior exchange notes on the PORTAL market and the senior subordinated exchange notes on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.

 

•      Each exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., London time, 12:00 p.m., New York City time,                     , 2007, unless extended.

 

•      You may withdraw tenders of outstanding notes at any time prior to the expiration of an exchange offer.

 

•      You may tender your outstanding notes in integral multiples of $1,000 or €1,000, as the case may be.

 

•      We believe that the exchange of the notes will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

•      The exchange offers are subject to customary conditions, including that neither exchange offer violates applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC.

 

•      We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offers.

 

•      The new notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured basis.

For a discussion of certain factors that you should consider before participating in these exchange offers, see “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 17 of this prospectus.

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the notes to be distributed in the exchange offers, nor have any of these organizations determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

                    , 2006


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Summary

   1

Risk Factors

   17

Forward Looking Statements

   35

Exchange Rate Information

   37

Market And Industry Data

   38

Exchange Offers

   39

The Acquisition

   48

Use of Proceeds

   49

Capitalization

   50

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

   51

Selected Historical Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Data

   57

Management’s Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And Results Of Operations

   59

Industry

   88

Business

   91

Management

   103

Certain Relationships And Related Transactions

   112

Principal Shareholders

   114

Description Of Other Indebtedness

   116

Description of the Notes

   119

Summary Of Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

   191

Summary Of Dutch Tax Considerations

   198

Plan Of Distribution

   202

Legal Matters

   205

Experts

   205

Where You Can Find More Information

   205

Index to Financial Statements

   F-1

This prospectus incorporates business and financial information about Sensata Technologies B.V. that is not included in or delivered with this prospectus. This information is available free of charge to security holders upon written or oral request to: Sensata Technologies B.V., Kolthofsingel 8, 7602 EM Almelo, The Netherlands; (telephone 31-546-879-450).


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the combined and consolidated financial statements and related notes, included elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is a summary, it may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read the entire prospectus, including the combined and consolidated financial statements and related notes, before deciding whether to participate in the exchange offer. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the term “notes” in this prospectus to collectively refer to the outstanding notes and the exchange notes.

The issuer of the notes is Sensata Technologies B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands, which we refer to as “Sensata.” Sensata is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Sensata Technologies Holding B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands, which we refer to as “Parent.” Parent and Sensata are companies acquired by funds associated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC to facilitate the acquisition of the sensors and controls business, or “S&C Business,” of Texas Instruments Incorporated, or “TI.”

Unless the context otherwise indicates, as used in this memorandum, (i) the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company” and similar terms mean (a) prior to April 27, 2006, the S&C Business and (b) on and after April 27, 2006, Parent and its consolidated subsidiaries, (ii) the term “issuer” refers to Sensata and not to any of its subsidiaries, and (iii) the term “guarantors” refers to the direct and indirect restricted subsidiaries of Sensata that guarantee Sensata’s obligations under the notes.

On April 27, 2006, or the “Closing Date,” Sensata acquired the S&C Business from TI, pursuant to an Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 8, 2006, among TI and Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. As a result of this transaction, investment funds associated with or designated by Bain Capital Partners, LLC and CCMP Capital Asia Ltd., or collectively, the “Sponsors,” currently indirectly own over 99 percent of the common stock of Sensata. We refer to the acquisition of the S&C Business as the “Acquisition.” We refer to the Acquisition, together with related transactions entered into to finance the cash consideration for the Acquisition and to pay related transaction fees and expenses, as the “Transactions.” The “Successor period ended September 30, 2006” refers to the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 and the “Predecessor period ended April 26, 2006” refers to the period from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006. The term “Successor” refers to us following the Acquisition and the term “Predecessor” refers to us prior to the Closing Date.

OUR COMPANY

We design, manufacture and market a wide range of customized, highly-engineered sensors and controls. We operate as two global business units: sensors and controls. We believe that we are one of the largest suppliers of sensors and controls in each of the key applications in which we compete. Our sensors business is a leading manufacturer of a variety of sensors used in automotive, commercial and industrial products. Our sensors products include pressure sensors and switches, as well as position, force and acceleration sensors. Our controls business is a leading manufacturer of a variety of engineered controls used in the industrial, aerospace, military, commercial and residential markets. Our controls products include motor and compressor protectors, electronic heating, ventilation and air-conditioning, or “HVAC,” controls, circuit breakers, precision switches and thermostats, arc-fault circuit protectors and semiconductor burn-in test sockets. We market our controls products primarily under the Klixon ® brand.

Sensors and controls products are critical components that enable a wide variety of applications, many of which applications are essential to the proper functioning of the product in which they are incorporated. For example, our occupant weight sensors in automobiles facilitate the safe deployment of airbags regardless of

 

1


Table of Contents

whether an adult or child is in the seat. Similarly, our precision circuit breakers detect excess heat and current in aircraft circuits and help prevent fires and electrical faults. We believe automobiles, domestic appliances, aircraft and other industrial and commercial equipment are increasingly adding more electronic functionality, increasing demand for application-specific sensors and controls.

We believe we have a strong market position due to our technological expertise, long-standing customer relationships, broad product portfolio and competitive cost structure. We select and employ several core technology platforms that can be leveraged across a number of different applications to develop reliable product solutions. This approach gives us economies of scale in manufacturing and research and development, while allowing us to work closely with customers to customize these core technologies and develop highly-engineered, application-specific products. We believe that our products are recognized in the industry for their functionality, performance and competitive cost.

We are a global business with a diverse revenue mix. We have significant operations around the world, and we generated approximately 50 percent of our net revenue for each of the periods April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 outside of the Americas. In addition, our largest customer accounted for approximately 9 percent of our net revenue for the periods April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006, with our top ten customers accounting for 44 percent of our net revenue for the periods April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to April 26,2006. Across end-markets, 30 percent of our net revenue for the periods April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 was derived from the non-North American automotive market and 19 percent was derived from the North American automotive market, with the remainder accounted for by appliances/HVAC (20 percent), industrial (15 percent), heavy vehicle/off road (7 percent), and other (9 percent). Within many of our end-markets, we are a significant supplier to most or all major original equipment manufacturers, or “OEMs,” reducing our exposure to fluctuations in market share within individual end-markets.

For the year ended December 31, 2005 and the periods April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006, we generated net revenue of $1,060.7 million, $503.9 million and $375.6 million, respectively. We have grown our net revenue at a compound annual rate of 6 percent since 2001.

Our Industry

Sensors

Sensors are devices that translate physical stimuli or attributes into electronic signals that microprocessors or computer-based control systems can act upon. We primarily sell pressure sensors to the automotive, HVAC and other industrial markets.

Automotive Sensors. According to Strategy Analytics, automotive sensors in North America, Europe, Japan, South Korea and China generated $8.5 billion of revenue in 2005, having grown at a compound annual rate of 7 percent since 2003, and this market is expected to grow at a compound annual rate of 8 percent from 2005 to 2010. Demand for automotive sensors is driven primarily by the increase in the number of sensors within vehicles, as well as by the level of global vehicle sales. We believe that the increasing installation of safety, emission, efficiency, and comfort-related features in vehicles, such as airbags and electronic stability control, that depend on sensors for proper functioning, will continue to drive increased sensor usage. Pressure sensors, our core product area, is a growing sub-segment of this market and has experienced compound annual revenue growth of 16 percent from 2003 to 2005. Strategy Analytics expects revenue in the automotive pressure sensors market to grow at a compound annual rate of 12 percent through 2010.

The automotive sensors market is characterized by high switching costs and barriers to entry, benefiting incumbent market leaders. Sensors are critical components that enable a wide variety of applications, many of

 

2


Table of Contents

which are essential to the proper functioning of the product in which they are incorporated. Sensors are

application-specific products that require close engineering collaboration between the sensor supplier and the OEM or the Tier I supplier, for effective use. As a result, OEMs and Tier I suppliers make significant investments in selecting, integrating and testing sensors as part of their product development. Switching to a different sensor results in considerable additional work, both in terms of sensor customization and extensive platform/product retesting. This results in high switching costs for automotive manufacturers once a sensor is designed-in, and therefore sensors are rarely changed during a platform lifecycle, which is typically five to seven years. Because of this dynamic, the automotive sensors market typically enjoys low competitive intensity and few new entrants. Given the importance of reliability and the fact that the sensors have to be supported through the length of a product life, OEMs and Tier I suppliers tend to work with suppliers that have a long track record of quality and on-time delivery, and the scale and resources to meet their needs as the car platform evolves and grows. In addition, the automotive segment is one of the largest markets for sensors, giving participants with a presence in this end-market significant scale advantages to those participating only in smaller, more niche industrial and medical markets.

Commercial and Industrial Sensors. Commercial and industrial sensors employ similar technology to automotive sensors, but often require greater customization in terms of packaging and calibration. Commercial and industrial applications in which sensors are widely used include HVAC, engines (for example, generators), heavy machinery and off-road vehicles. Frost & Sullivan estimates that revenue in the global HVAC sensor market has grown at a compound annual rate of 9 percent since 2003. The HVAC sensor market generated an estimated $736 million in revenues in 2005 and is expected to grow at a compound annual rate of 13 percent from 2005 to 2010. The Asian markets are major drivers of growth for these sensors, and Frost & Sullivan estimates that total revenues for these products in Asia will grow at a compound annual rate of 19 percent over the next five years, accounting for 24 percent of the global HVAC sensor market by 2010. Growth in commercial and industrial sensors is driven by growth in the underlying end-markets, which generally track the level of gross domestic product, or “GDP,” and greater usage of sensors within individual applications. We believe that sensor usage in industrial and commercial applications is driven by many of the same factors as in the automotive market—regulation of safety and emissions, market demand for greater energy efficiency and consumer demand for new features.

Controls

Controls are customized, application-specific devices embedded within systems to protect them from excessive heat or current. We sell three types of controls—motor controls, precision products, and interconnection products—each of which serves a highly diversified base of customers, end-markets, applications and geographies.

Motor Controls. Motor controls include motor protectors, thermostats and lighting protectors, each of which helps prevent damage from excessive heat or current. Our motor controls business serves a diverse group of end-markets, including commercial and residential HVAC systems, lighting, refrigeration, industrial motors and household appliances. The demand for these products, and their respective applications, tends to track the general economic environment, with historical growth rates moderately above GDP. Air conditioning and household appliances are two key end-markets for motor controls. Volume in these key end-markets for motor controls has grown at a compound annual rate of 5 percent since 2003 and according to Global Industry Analysts and Datamonitor, is forecasted to grow at a compound annual rate of 4 percent to 5 percent through 2010, with air conditioning showing slightly higher growth driven largely by growth in Asia, particularly China.

Precision Products. Precision products include highly-engineered circuit breakers, thermostats and switches that prevent thermal or electric overload and fires in products where safety is important, such as in aerospace, defense and marine applications. Based on the fact that we sell over 50 percent of our precision products in the aerospace market, we believe that the commercial aerospace market serves as a good indicator for our overall

 

3


Table of Contents

precision product market, and is currently on an upward trend, with strong order books at Boeing and Airbus as well as demand for business jets. In addition, the precision products market is characterized by long order cycles and therefore high revenue visibility.

Interconnection Products. Our interconnection products business makes semiconductor burn-in test sockets, or “BITS,” used by semiconductor manufacturers to test packaged semiconductor faults.

Our Strengths

Our strengths generally include the following:

 

    we have leading market positions and established customer relationships;

 

    we hold a leadership position in growing applications;

 

    we have a scaleable, tailored portfolio of highly-engineered products for critical applications;

 

    we operate in industries with high switching costs and significant barriers to competitive entry;

 

    we operate a global business with a diverse revenue mix;

 

    we are a competitive cost manufacturer with global asset base;

 

    we have significant revenue visibility;

 

    we have an experienced management team.

Our Strategy

Our strategy for our sensors business consists of four key elements:

 

    product innovation and expansion into growing applications;

 

    developing and strengthening customer relationships;

 

    building on our low-cost position; and

 

    pursuing attractive strategic acquisitions.

Our strategy for our controls business consists of five key elements:

 

    leveraging technological capabilities and continuing to broaden our product portfolio;

 

    targeting emerging growth markets;

 

    building on our low-cost position;

 

    building on our Klixon ® and Arc Shield brands; and

 

    pursuing attractive strategic acquisitions.

The Transactions

On April 27, 2006, a company owned by funds associated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC completed the acquisition of the S&C Business for an aggregate purchase price of $3.0 billion, including fees and expenses. We refer to the Acquisition, together with the following related events, collectively as the “Transactions”:

 

    The payment of $3.0 billion in cash to TI for the S&C Business.

 

    A cash investment by funds associated with Bain Capital Partners and co-investors of $985.0 million.

 

4


Table of Contents
    A senior secured credit facility which includes senior term loan borrowings of $1.35 billion and a $150.0 million revolving credit facility, of which $10.0 million was drawn in connection with the Acquisition and repaid prior to September 30, 2006. The senior term loan borrowings include $950.0 million of U.S. dollar denominated borrowings and €325.0 million ($400.1 million at issuance) of euro denominated borrowings.

 

    The issuance and sale of $450 million aggregate principal amount of 8 percent Senior Notes due 2014 and €245 million aggregate principal amount of 9 percent Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016, subject to the offer to exchange.

Sensata and one of its subsidiaries are the borrowers under the senior secured credit facility and Sensata is the issuer of the outstanding notes. Sensata is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Parent, which is the ultimate holding company for the S&C Business and which is owned indirectly by investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors and certain members of our senior management, as well as directly by certain members of our senior management through our equity incentive plan. See “—Corporate Structure.” The acquisition of the S&C Business was effected through a number of subsidiaries of Sensata that collectively acquired the assets and assumed the liabilities being transferred in connection with the S&C Business.

Corporate Structure

The following chart reflects our corporate structure and principal indebtedness as of September 30, 2006:

LOGO


(1) Our senior secured credit facility consists of a seven-year term loan facility in aggregate principal amount of $1,358.4 million (as of September 30, 2006), and a six-year revolving credit facility in aggregate principal amount of $150.0 million, under which we have approximately $147.3 million of availability. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.”
(2) Our non-guarantor subsidiaries are located in the following jurisdictions: China, Taiwan, Germany, Italy, France, Spain, Singapore, India and Hong Kong. See “Risk Factors—The notes will be structurally subordinated in right of payment to the indebtedness and other liabilities of those of our existing and future subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes, and to the indebtedness and other liabilities of any guarantor whose guarantee of the notes is deemed to be unenforceable.”

 

5


Table of Contents
(3) All of our U.S. subsidiaries and subsidiaries in the following jurisdictions guarantee the notes: The Netherlands, Mexico, Brazil, Japan, South Korea and Malaysia. For the period April 26, 2006 to September 30, 2006, the issuer and the guarantor subsidiaries represented 95.8 percent and 93.8 percent of our net revenue and profit from operations, respectively, after elimination of inter-company sales. As of September 30, 2006, the issuer and the guarantor subsidiaries represented 96.3 percent and 99.6 percent of our consolidated total assets and liabilities, respectively, after elimination of intercompany balances. See “Risk Factors—The notes will be structurally subordinated in right of payment to the indebtedness and other liabilities of those of our existing and future subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes, and to the indebtedness and other liabilities of any guarantor whose guarantee of the notes is deemed to be unenforceable.”
(4) Reflects a capitalized lease obligation held by one of our U.S. subsidiaries.

Our business is conducted through subsidiaries with general corporate and manufacturing facilities and operations in the United States, Mexico, Brazil, The Netherlands, Japan, South Korea, Malaysia and China and marketing and sales operations in Taiwan, Hong Kong, India, Singapore, Italy, Spain, France and Germany. Certain of the direct and indirect subsidiaries of Sensata are guarantors under the senior secured credit facility and the notes. See “Description of Other Indebtedness—Senior Secured Credit Facility” and “Description of the Notes—Guarantors.” See “Risk Factors—The notes are structurally subordinated in right of payment to the indebtedness and other liabilities of those of our existing and future subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes, and to the indebtedness and other liabilities of any guarantor whose guarantee of the notes is deemed to be unenforceable.”

Principal Shareholder

Founded in 1984, Bain Capital is a leading global investment firm managing approximately $40 billion in assets through its affiliated investment advisers, including private equity, venture capital, high-yield debt and public equity, and has more than 250 investment professionals. Bain Capital’s private equity adviser, Bain Capital Partners, and its predecessors have raised nine private equity funds and have made investments and add-on acquisitions in more than 230 companies. Bain Capital Partners is uniquely positioned, given its deep experience in a variety of industries and its strategy consulting background and expertise, to provide its portfolio companies and management partners with significant strategic and operational guidance. Headquartered in Boston, Bain Capital also has offices in New York, London, Munich, Hong Kong, Shanghai and Tokyo.

Company Information

Sensata Technologies B.V., the issuer of the notes, is incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands with an address of Kolthofsingel 8, 7602 EM Almelo and our telephone number is 31-546-979-458. The S&C Business originated in 1916 and was owned by TI from 1959 to April 2006. The address of our United States operating subsidiary is 529 Pleasant Street, Attleboro, Massachusetts 02703 with a telephone number of (508) 236-3800.

 

6


Table of Contents

Summary of the Exchange Offers

 

The Initial Offering of Outstanding Notes

We sold the outstanding notes on April 27, 2006 to Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated, Bank of America Securities LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. We refer to these parties in this prospectus collectively as the “initial purchasers.” The initial purchasers subsequently resold the outstanding notes: (i) to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A; or (ii) outside the United States in compliance with Regulation S, each as promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Registration Rights Agreements

Simultaneously with the initial sale of the outstanding notes, we entered into registration rights agreements for the exchange offers. In the registration rights agreements, we agreed, among other things, to use our reasonable best efforts to file a registration statement with the SEC within 210 days of issuing the outstanding notes, to have such registration statement declared effective within 360 days of issuing the outstanding notes, and to complete the exchange offers within 40 business days of the effectiveness of the registration statement. The exchange offers are intended to satisfy your rights under the registration rights agreements. After the exchange offers are complete, you will no longer be entitled to any exchange or registration rights with respect to your outstanding notes.

 

 

The original registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is being filed more than 210 days following the initial sale of the outstanding notes, as a result of which we have been required to pay approximately $155 thousand of additional interest on the outstanding notes for the period from November 23, 2006 through December 22, 2006.

 

 

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for discussion of material weaknesses in internal controls over financial reporting.

 

Exchange Offers

We are offering to exchange the exchange notes for outstanding notes. The exchange notes have been registered under the Securities Act. All outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be exchanged. We will issue exchange notes promptly after the expiration of the exchange offers. The outstanding notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000 or €1,000, as the case may be.

 

Resales

Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to unrelated parties, we believe that the exchange notes issued in the exchange offers may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that:

 

    the exchange notes are being acquired in the ordinary course of your business;

 

    you are not participating, do not intend to participate, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the exchange notes issued to you in an exchange offer; and

 

    you are not an affiliate of ours.

 

7


Table of Contents
 

If any of these conditions are not satisfied and you transfer any exchange notes issued to you in an exchange offer without delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act or without an exemption from registration of your exchange notes from these requirements, you may incur liability under the Securities Act. We will not assume, nor will we indemnify you against, any such liability.

 

 

Each broker-dealer that is issued exchange notes in an exchange offer for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes that were acquired by that broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. A broker-dealer may use this prospectus for an offer to resell, resale or other retransfer of the exchange notes issued to it in an exchange offer.

 

Record Date

We mailed this prospectus and the related exchange offer documents to registered holders of outstanding notes on                     , 2007.

 

Expiration Dates

Each exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., London time, 12:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2007, unless we decide to extend it. We may extend one exchange offer without extending the other exchange offer.

 

Conditions to the Exchange Offers

The exchange offers are subject to customary conditions, including that the exchange offers do not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC.

 

Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes

We issued the outstanding notes as global securities. When the outstanding notes were issued, we deposited the global notes with the custodians for the book-entry depositaries. The book-entry depositaries issued depositary interests in respect of each global note representing the dollar notes to DTC and the euro notes to Euroclear or Clearstream, and then recorded such interests in their respective books and records in the name of DTC’s nominee or the common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream, as applicable.

 

 

You may tender your outstanding notes through the book-entry transfer systems of DTC or Euroclear and Clearstream, as applicable. To tender your outstanding notes by a means other than book-entry transfer, a letter of transmittal must be completed and signed according to the instructions contained in the letter. The applicable letter of transmittal and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal must be delivered to the exchange agent by mail, facsimile, hand delivery or overnight carrier. In addition, you must deliver the outstanding notes to the exchange agent or comply with the procedures for guaranteed delivery. See “Exchange Offers—Procedures for Tendering” for more information.

 

8


Table of Contents
 

Do not send letters of transmittal and certificates representing outstanding notes to us. Send these documents only to an exchange agent. See “Exchange Offers—Exchange Agents” for more information.

 

Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners

If you are the beneficial owner of book-entry interests and your name does not appear on a security position listing of DTC or Euroclear and Clearstream, as applicable, as the holder of the book-entry interests or if you are a beneficial owner of outstanding notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender the book-entry interest or outstanding notes in an exchange offer, you should contact the person in whose name your book-entry interests or outstanding notes are registered promptly and instruct that person to tender on your behalf.

 

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If you wish to tender your outstanding notes and you cannot get your required documents to the exchange agent on time, you may tender your outstanding notes by completing a notice of guaranteed delivery and complying with the guaranteed delivery procedures.

 

Withdrawal Rights

You may withdraw the tender of your outstanding notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., London time, 12:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2007.

 

Acceptance of Outstanding Notes and Delivery of Exchange Notes

If you fulfill all conditions required for proper acceptance of outstanding notes, we will accept any and all outstanding notes that you properly tender in an exchange offer on or before 5:00 p.m., London time, 12:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. We will return any outstanding notes that we do not accept for exchange to you without expense as promptly as practicable after the expiration date. We will deliver the exchange notes as promptly as practicable after the expiration date and acceptance of the outstanding notes for exchange. See “Exchange Offers—Terms of Exchange Offers.”

 

Use of Proceeds; Fees and Expenses

We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offers. We will pay all of our expenses incident to the exchange offers.

 

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

We believe that the exchange of outstanding notes will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

Exchange Agents

The Bank of New York is serving as the principal exchange agent in connection with the exchange offer for the dollar notes, and The Bank of New York is serving as the principal exchange agent in connection with the exchange offer for the euro notes. The Bank of New York is serving as the exchange agent in Luxembourg in connection with the exchange offers.

 

9


Table of Contents

Summary of Terms of the Exchange Notes

The form and terms of the exchange notes are the same as the form and terms of the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act. As a result, the exchange notes will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not contain the registration rights and liquidated damage provisions contained in the outstanding notes.

 

Issuer

Sensata Technologies B.V.

 

Notes Offered

$450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8 percent Senior Notes due May 1, 2014, Series B, and

 

 

€245,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9 percent Senior Subordinated Notes due May 1, 2016, Series B.

 

Maturity

The senior notes mature on May 1, 2014. The senior subordinated notes mature on May 1, 2016.

 

Interest

The senior notes bear interest at 8 percent per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year.

 

 

The senior subordinated notes bear interest at 9 percent per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year.

 

Optional Redemption

We may redeem some or all of the senior notes beginning on May 1, 2010 and some or all of the senior subordinated notes beginning on May 1, 2011, in each case at the redemption prices listed under “Description of the Notes—Optional Redemption,” plus accrued interest.

 

 

We may also redeem any of the senior notes at any time prior to May 1, 2010 and any of the senior subordinated notes at any time prior to May 1, 2011, at a redemption price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium, defined under “Description of the Notes—Certain Definitions” as of, and accrued interest to, the redemption date.

 

 

We may also redeem up to 40 percent of the senior notes and up to 40 percent of the senior subordinated notes on or prior to May 1, 2009 from the proceeds of certain equity offerings and designated asset sales at a redemption price equal to 108 percent of the principal amount of the senior notes and 109 percent of the principal amount of the senior subordinated notes, in each case plus accrued interest, if any, to the date of redemption only if, after any such redemption, at least 50 percent of the aggregate principal amount of such series of notes remain outstanding. See “Description of the Notes—Optional Redemption.”

 

Additional Amounts; Tax Redemption

All payments in respect of the notes will be made without withholding or deduction for any taxes or other governmental charges, except to the extent required by law. If withholding or deduction is required by law,

 

10


Table of Contents
 

subject to certain exceptions, we will pay additional amounts so that the net amount you receive is no less than what you would have received in the absence of such withholding or deduction. See “Description of the Notes—Withholding Taxes.”

 

 

If certain changes in the law of any relevant taxing jurisdiction become effective that would impose withholding taxes or other deductions on the payments on the notes or the guarantees, we may redeem the notes of that series in whole, but not in part, at any time, at a redemption price of 100 percent of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and additional amounts, if any, to the date of redemption.

 

Change of Control

Upon a change of control, as defined under the section entitled “Description of the Notes—Certain Definitions,” we will be required to make an offer to purchase the notes then outstanding at a purchase price equal to 101 percent of their principal amount, plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase. In the event of a change of control, the senior notes will be subject to repurchase prior to the senior subordinated notes. We may not have sufficient funds available at the time of any change of control to make any required debt repayment (including repurchases of the notes).

 

Guarantees

The senior notes are guaranteed on a senior basis, and the senior subordinated notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis, in each case jointly and severally by each of our existing and future wholly owned subsidiaries that is a guarantor under our senior secured credit facility. See “Description of the Notes—Guarantees.”

 

Ranking

The senior notes are unsecured senior obligations and rank:

 

    senior in right of payment to all of our existing and future senior subordinated and subordinated indebtedness, including the senior subordinated notes;

 

    equally in right of payment with any of our existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness;

 

    effectively junior in right of payment to all our secured indebtedness, including any indebtedness under our new senior secured credit facility, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and

 

    structurally junior to all of the obligations, including trade payables, of any subsidiaries that do not guarantee the senior notes.

 

 

Similarly, the guarantee of each guarantor of the senior notes ranks:

 

    senior in right of payment to all of such guarantor’s existing and future senior subordinated and subordinated indebtedness, including its guarantee of the senior subordinated notes;

 

    equally in right of payment with any existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness of such guarantor;

 

11


Table of Contents
    effectively junior in right of payment to all of such guarantor’s secured indebtedness, including its guarantee under our new senior secured credit facility, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and

 

    structurally junior to all of the obligations, including trade payables, of any subsidiaries that do not guarantee the senior notes.

 

 

The senior subordinated notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations and rank:

 

    junior in right of payment to all of our existing and future senior indebtedness, including any indebtedness under our new senior secured credit facility and the senior notes, and any guarantees thereof;

 

    structurally junior to all of the obligations, including trade payables, of any subsidiaries that do not guarantee the senior notes;

 

    equally in right of payment with all of our future senior subordinated indebtedness, if any;

 

    senior in right of payment to any of our future indebtedness, if any, that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the senior subordinated notes; and

 

    effectively junior in right of payment to all our secured indebtedness, including any indebtedness under our new senior secured credit facility, to the extent of the value of the assets securing that indebtedness.

Similarly, the guarantee of each guarantor of the senior subordinated notes ranks:

 

    junior in right of payment to all of such guarantor’s existing and future senior indebtedness, including its guarantee of the senior notes and its guarantee of borrowings under our new senior secured credit facility;

 

    structurally junior to all of the obligations, including trade payables, of any subsidiaries that do not guarantee the senior notes;

 

    equally in right of payment with any future senior subordinated indebtedness, if any, of such guarantor;

 

    senior in right of payment to any existing indebtedness, if any, of such guarantor that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the guarantee of the senior subordinated notes; and

 

    effectively junior in right of payment to all of such guarantor’s secured indebtedness, including its guarantee under our new senior secured credit facility, to the extent of the value of the assets securing that indebtedness.

 

12


Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2006:

 

    we had $2,118.8 million in senior indebtedness outstanding, including the $450.0 million of senior notes and the guarantees of the senior notes, $310.4 million of senior subordinated notes and guarantees of the senior subordinated notes and $1,358.4 million of senior secured indebtedness, which consisted of borrowings under our senior secured credit facility;

 

    we had no senior subordinated indebtedness outstanding other than the senior subordinated notes and the guarantees of the senior subordinated notes and no subordinated indebtedness outstanding, other than the Attleboro capital lease; and

 

    subsidiaries of ours that do not guarantee the notes had $10.3 million of indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, but excluding intercompany liabilities.

 

Certain Covenants

The indentures governing the notes contain certain covenants that, under certain circumstances, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

 

    incur additional debt or issue preferred stock;

 

    create liens;

 

    create restrictions on our subsidiaries’ ability to make payments to Sensata;

 

    pay dividends and make other distributions in respect of our capital stock;

 

    redeem or repurchase our capital stock or prepay subordinated indebtedness;

 

    make certain investments or certain other restricted payments;

 

    guarantee indebtedness;

 

    designate unrestricted subsidiaries;

 

    sell certain kinds of assets;

 

    enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates; or

 

    effect mergers or consolidations.

These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. See “Description of the Notes.”

RISK FACTORS

Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider all of the information in this prospectus, including the discussion under the caption “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17, for a discussion of certain risks of participating in the exchange offer.

 

13


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables present summary historical consolidated and combined financial information and other data for our business. We have derived the summary historical combined statement of operations data for each of the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and the summary condensed combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005 from the audited combined financial statements of our Predecessor, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary historical combined statement of operations data for the period from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 from the unaudited combined financial statements of our Predecessor, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary historical financial data of the Successor as of September 30, 2006 and for the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006 give effect, in the manner described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements” and the notes thereto, to the Transactions as if they occurred on January 1, 2005. The summary unaudited pro forma financial data are presented for informational purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of our financial position or results of operations that would have occurred had the Transactions occurred at any date, nor does such data purport to project the results of operations for any future period.

This information is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and the related notes thereto and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, including “Capitalization,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Selected Historical Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Data,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

14


Table of Contents
    Predecessor (combined)           Sensata Technologies B.V.
(consolidated)
 
    Year Ended December 31,    

Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,

2005

    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2005
   

January 1 -

April 26,
2006

         

April 27 -
September 30,

2006

    Pro Forma
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2006
 
    2003     2004     2005              
                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)           (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
    (dollars in thousands)           (dollars in thousands)  

Statement of Operations Data:

                   

Net revenue

  $ 928,449     $ 1,028,648     $ 1,060,671     $ 1,060,671     $ 792,627     $ 375,600         $ 503,942     $ 879,542  

Operating costs and expenses:

                   

Cost of revenue (1)

    617,357       661,056       704,918       716,162       515,047       256,631           349,642       614,663  

Research and development

    25,360       31,957       28,737       28,737       22,327       7,627           11,872       19,499  

Selling, general and administrative (1)

    95,634       101,920       102,104       232,075       76,313       39,780           109,279       195,092  
                                                                   

Total operating costs and expenses

    738,351       794,933       835,759       976,974       613,687       304,038           470,793       829,254  
                                                                   

Profit from operations

    190,098       233,715       224,912       83,697       178,940       71,562           33,149       50,288  

Interest expense, net

    —         —         (105 )     (168,583 )     (121 )     (511 )         (121,514 )     (122,275 )

Currency translation gain (loss) and other, net (2)

    774       1,731       —         —         11       115           (34,328 )     (34,213 )
                                                                   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    190,872       235,446       224,807       (84,886 )     178,830       71,166           (122,693 )     (106,200 )

Provision for income taxes

    66,679       83,381       81,390       42,176       64,745       25,796           24,561       54,575  
                                                                   

Net income (loss)

  $ 124,193     $ 152,065     $ 143,417     $ (127,062 )   $ 114,085     $ 45,370         $ (147,254 )   $ (160,775 )
                                                                   
 

Other Financial Data:

                   

Net cash provided by (used in):

                   

Operating activities

  $ 153,025     $ 145,127     $ 173,276       $ 139,407     $ 40,599         $ 100,380    

Investing activities

    (25,256 )     (23,280 )     (56,505 )       (43,079 )     (16,705 )         (3,018,547 )  

Financing activities

    (127,769 )     (121,847 )     (116,771 )       (96,328 )     (23,894 )         3,006,192    

Capital expenditures (3)

    25,256       37,887       42,218         29,846       16,705           16,676    

EBITDA (4)

    228,084       267,905       256,070       252,987       201,814       81,286           68,210       148,666  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (5)

    188.5       291.7       207.2       N/M (7)     239.1       57.8           N/M (7)     N/M (7)

 

     Predecessor         Sensata Technologies B.V.
    

As of

December 31, 2005

       

As of

September 30, 2006

               (unaudited)
     (dollars in thousands)    

Balance Sheet Data:

           

Cash

   $ —          $ 88,025

Working capital (6)

     167,018          196,880

Total assets

     504,297          3,294,066

Total debt, including capital lease obligation

     31,165          2,149,714

Total equity

     355,673          893,322

(1) Cost of revenue includes $32.5 million, $15.1 million, $19.5 million, $9.3 million and $2.4 million and selling, general and administrative expense includes $4.9 million, $1.2 million, $3.5 million, $2.9 million and $0.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and the period January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006, respectively, related to severance and accelerated depreciation associated with the move of production lines from Attleboro, Massachusetts and Almelo, Holland to lower cost production sites as part of our predecessor’s 2003 and 2005 restructuring programs. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Restructuring Activity.”

 

15


Table of Contents
(2) Currency translation gain (loss) and other, net primarily includes currency translation loss associated with euro denominated debt and the Deferred Payment Certificates.
(3) Excludes non-cash capital expenditures, financed through a capital lease, of $31.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.
(4) The following table discloses EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), which is considered a non-GAAP financial measure. We believe that EBITDA provides investors with helpful information with respect to our operations and cash flows. We included EBITDA to provide additional information with respect to our ability to meet our future debt service, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. EBITDA is also used by management and investors to evaluate our operating performance exclusive of financing costs and depreciation policies. In addition to its use to monitor performance trends, EBITDA provides a comparative metric to management and investors that is consistent across companies with different capital structures and depreciation policies. This enables management and investors to compare our performance to that of our peers. Furthermore, EBITDA is one of the financial measures used to evaluate compliance with our debt covenants.

The use of EBITDA has limitations and you should not consider EBITDA in isolation from or as an alternative to GAAP measures, such as net income, cash flows from operating activities and consolidated income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP, or as a measure of profitability or liquidity.

The following unaudited table summarizes the calculation of historical and pro forma EBITDA and provides a reconciliation to net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with GAAP, for the periods indicated:

 

      Predecessor (combined)       Sensata Technologies B.V.
(consolidated)
 
      Year Ended December 31,   Pro Forma
Year ended
December 31,
2005
       

Nine

months ended
September 30,
2005

 

January 1
– April 26,

2006

      April 27 –
September 30,
2006
   

Pro Forma
nine

months

ended
September 30,
2006

 
      2003   2004   2005                  
      (dollars in thousands)                

Net income (loss)

  $ 124,193   $ 152,065   $ 143,417   $ (127,062 )     $ 114,085   $ 45,370     $ (147,254 )   $ (160,775 )

Provision for income taxes

    66,679     83,381     81,390     42,176         64,745     25,796       24,561       54,575  

Interest expense

    —       —       105     168,583         121     511       121,514       122,275  

Depreciation and amortization

    37,212     32,459     31,158     169,290         22,863     9,609       69,389       132,591  
                                                               

EBITDA

  $ 228,084   $ 267,905   $ 256,070   $ 252,987       $ 201,814   $ 81,286     $ 68,210     $ 148,666  
                                                               

 

(5) The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is computed by dividing earnings by fixed charges. For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, (i) earnings are defined as income before income taxes plus fixed charges and (ii) fixed charges are defined as interest (including the amortization of debt issuance costs) and estimates of interest within rental expense. The interest portion of rental expenses relating to operating leases was calculated using one-third of total rental expenses. We believe this represents a reasonable approximation of the interest factor.
(6) We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities. During the predecessor periods presented, we participated in TI’s centralized system for cash management, under which our cash flows were transferred to TI on a regular basis and netted against TI’s net investment account.
(7) Not meaningful due to loss incurred of $(127,062), $(147,254), and $(160,775) for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2005, the period April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, and pro forma nine months ended September 30, 2006, respectively.

 

16


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks described below before making an investment decision. The risks described below are not the only ones facing our Company. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In such case, you may lose all or part of your original investment.

Risks Associated with the Exchange Offers

Because there is no public market for the notes, you may not be able to resell your notes.

The exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act, but will constitute a new issue of securities with no established trading market, and there can be no assurance as to:

 

    the liquidity of any trading market that may develop;

 

    the ability of holders to sell their exchange notes; and

 

    the price at which the holders would be able to sell their exchange notes.

If a trading market were to develop, the exchange notes might trade at higher or lower prices than their principal amount or purchase price, depending on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities and our financial performance.

We understand that the initial purchasers presently intend to make a market in the outstanding notes. However, they are not obligated to do so, and any market-making activity with respect to the notes may be discontinued at any time without notice. In addition, any market-making activity will be subject to the limits imposed by the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act,” and may be limited during the exchange offers or the pendency of an applicable shelf registration statement. There can be no assurance that an active trading market will exist for the notes or that any trading market that does develop will be liquid. We currently intend to list the dollar exchange notes on the PORTAL market and the euro exchange notes on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange; however, we cannot assure you that a Luxembourg Stock Exchange listing will be obtained.

In addition, any outstanding note holder who tenders in the exchange offers for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the exchange notes may be deemed to have received restricted securities, and if so, will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. For a description of these requirements, see “Exchange Offers.”

Your outstanding notes will not be accepted for exchange if you fail to follow the procedures for the exchange offers and, as a result, your notes will continue to be subject to existing transfer restrictions and you may not be able to sell your outstanding notes.

We will not accept your notes for exchange if you do not follow the procedures for the exchange offers. We will issue exchange notes as part of the exchange offers only after a timely receipt of your outstanding notes, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents. Therefore, if you want to tender your outstanding notes, please allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery. If we do not receive your notes, letter of transmittal and other required documents by the expiration date of the exchange offers, we will not accept your notes for exchange. We are under no duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to the tenders of outstanding notes for exchange. If there are defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of outstanding notes, we will not accept your outstanding notes for exchange.

 

17


Table of Contents

If you do not exchange your outstanding notes, your outstanding notes will continue to be subject to the existing transfer restrictions and you may not be able to sell your outstanding notes.

We did not register the outstanding notes nor do we intend to do so following the exchange offers. Outstanding notes that are not tendered will therefore continue to be subject to the existing transfer restrictions and may be transferred only in limited circumstances under the securities laws. If you do not exchange your outstanding notes, you will lose your right to have such outstanding notes registered under the federal securities laws. As a result, if you hold outstanding notes after the exchange offers, you may not be able to sell your outstanding notes.

Risk Factors Relating To The Notes

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and our ability to operate our business, and could prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the notes.

As of September 30, 2006, we had $2,149.7 million of outstanding indebtedness, including $1,358.4 million of indebtedness under our senior secured credit facility (excluding availability under our revolving credit facility and outstanding letters of credit) and the $760.4 million of notes subject to this exchange offer. We may also incur additional indebtedness in the future. This level of indebtedness could have important consequences to you, including the following:

 

    it may make it more difficult for us to satisfy our debt obligations, including our obligations with respect to the notes;

 

    it may restrict us from making strategic acquisitions, introducing new products or services or exploiting business opportunities;

 

    it will limit our ability to borrow money or sell stock to fund our working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and debt service requirements and other financing needs;

 

    our interest expense would increase if interest rates in general increase because a substantial portion of our indebtedness, including all of our indebtedness under our senior secured credit facility, bears interest at variable rates;

 

    it may limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and future business opportunities;

 

    it may place us at a competitive disadvantage if our competitors are not as highly leveraged;

 

    it may make us more vulnerable than our competitors who have less debt to a downturn in our business, industry or the economy in general; and

 

    a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations will be dedicated to the repayment of our indebtedness, including indebtedness we may incur in the future, and will not be available for other purposes including business development and capital expenditures.

Despite our substantial indebtedness, we may still incur significantly more debt, which could further exacerbate the risks described above.

Although covenants under the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facility and the indentures governing the notes limit our ability and the ability of our present and future restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, the terms of the senior secured credit facility and the indentures permit us to incur significant additional indebtedness, including unused availability under our revolving credit facility. As of September 30, 2006, we had $147.3 million available for additional borrowing under our new revolving credit facility. In addition, neither the senior secured credit facility nor the indentures prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness as defined in those documents, or prevent our unrestricted

 

18


Table of Contents

subsidiaries from incurring any obligations. To the extent that we incur additional indebtedness or such other obligations, the risks associated with our substantial leverage described above, including our possible inability to service our debt, would increase.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flows to meet our debt service obligations.

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including the notes, and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash from our future operations. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. See “—Risk Factors Related to Our Business.”

Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, or future borrowings under our senior secured credit facility or from other sources may not be available to us in an amount sufficient, to enable us to repay our indebtedness, including the notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs, including capital expenditure requirements. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain enough capital to service our debt and fund our planned capital expenditures and business plan. If we complete additional acquisitions, our debt service requirements could also increase. For the successor period April 27, 2006 through September 30, 2006, our cash flow from operations was $100.4 million. During the last five years, our cash flow from operations has never exceeded $186.5 million. See “Selected Historical Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Data.” A substantial portion of our indebtedness, including all of our indebtedness under our senior secured credit facility, bears interest at variable rates, and therefore if interest rates increase, our debt service requirements will increase. We may need to refinance or restructure all or a portion of our indebtedness, including the notes, on or before maturity. We may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our senior secured credit facility and the notes, on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we cannot service our indebtedness, we may have to take actions such as selling assets, seeking additional equity investments or reducing or delaying capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our operations. Additionally, we may not be able to effect such actions, if necessary, on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

Restrictive covenants in our senior secured credit facility and the indentures governing the notes may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies or repay the notes.

Our senior secured credit facility and the indentures governing the notes limit our ability, among other things, to:

 

    incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock;

 

    pay dividends or make distributions in respect of our capital stock or make certain other restricted payments or investments;

 

    repurchase or redeem capital stock;

 

    sell assets, including capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;

 

    agree to limitations on the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to make distributions;

 

    enter into transactions with our affiliates;

 

    incur liens;

 

    guarantee indebtedness;

 

    designate unrestricted subsidiaries;

 

    enter into new lines of business; and

 

    engage in consolidations, mergers or sales of substantially all of our assets.

 

19


Table of Contents

In addition, our senior secured credit facility includes other and more restrictive covenants and restricts our ability to prepay our other indebtedness, including the notes, while borrowings under our senior secured credit facility remain outstanding. The senior secured credit facility will also require us to achieve specified financial and operating results and maintain compliance with specified financial ratios. Our ability to comply with these ratios may be affected by events beyond our control.

The restrictions contained in the indentures and the senior secured credit facility could:

 

    limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions or meet capital needs or otherwise restrict our activities or business plans; and

 

    adversely affect our ability to finance our operations, strategic acquisitions, investments or alliances or other capital needs or to engage in other business activities that would be in our interest.

Our failure to comply with the covenants contained in the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facility or our other debt agreements, including as a result of events beyond our control, could result in an event of default which could materially and adversely affect our operating results and our financial condition.

Our credit agreement requires us to maintain specified financial ratios, including a maximum ratio of total indebtedness to EBITDA and a minimum ratio of EBITDA to interest expense, and maximum capital expenditures. In addition, our credit agreement and the indentures governing the notes require us to comply with various operational and other covenants. If there were an event of default under any of our debt instruments that was not cured or waived, the holders of the defaulted debt could cause all amounts outstanding with respect to the debt to be due and payable immediately, which in turn would result in cross defaults under our other debt instruments. Our assets and cash flow may not be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under our outstanding debt instruments, either upon maturity or if accelerated upon an event of default.

If, when required, we are unable to repay, refinance or restructure our indebtedness under, or amend the covenants contained in, our credit agreement, or if a default otherwise occurs, the lenders under our senior secured credit facility could elect to terminate their commitments thereunder, cease making further loans, declare all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable, institute foreclosure proceedings against those assets that secure the borrowings under our senior secured credit facility and prevent us from making payments on the senior subordinated notes. Any such actions could force us into bankruptcy or liquidation, and we might not be able to repay our obligations under the notes in such an event.

Your right to receive payment on the senior subordinated notes and the guarantees thereof is subordinated to our and the guarantors’ senior debt, including our senior secured credit facility and the senior notes.

The senior subordinated notes and the related guarantees are contractually junior in right of payment to all our and the guarantors’ existing and future senior debt, including debt under our senior secured credit facility and the senior notes. As a result, upon a bankruptcy, liquidation, receivership, administration or reorganization or similar proceeding relating to us or any of the guarantors (or our or their property), the holders of senior debt will be entitled to be paid in full in cash before any payment may be made on the senior subordinated notes or the guarantees thereof. In these cases, we may not have sufficient funds to pay all of our creditors and holders of senior subordinated notes may receive less, ratably, than holders of senior debt and, due to the turnover provisions in the indentures, less, ratably, than the holders of certain other obligations, including trade payables.

In addition, all payments on the senior subordinated notes and the guarantees will be blocked in the event of a payment default on senior debt and may be blocked for up to 179 consecutive days in the event of certain other defaults on designated senior debt, including borrowings under our senior secured credit facility and our obligations under the senior notes. Moreover, holders of secured debt often are able to interfere with payments on subordinated debt, such as the senior subordinated notes and the guarantees thereof, outside of the payment

 

20


Table of Contents

blockage provisions by limiting the debtor’s access to, and use of, its cash balances. As of September 30, 2006, the senior subordinated notes and related guarantees were subordinated to $1,358.4 million of outstanding borrowings under our senior secured credit facility and $450.0 million of the senior notes and other indebtedness. In addition, we had $147.3 million available for additional borrowing under our revolving credit facility. We and the guarantors may incur additional senior debt in the future in accordance with the terms of the credit agreement and the indentures.

The notes are structurally subordinated in right of payment to the indebtedness and other liabilities of those of our existing and future subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes, and to the indebtedness and other liabilities of any guarantor whose guarantee of the notes is deemed to be unenforceable.

All of our U.S. subsidiaries and subsidiaries in the following jurisdictions guarantee the notes: The Netherlands, Mexico, Brazil, Japan, South Korea and Malaysia. Certain of our existing non-U.S. subsidiaries do not guarantee the notes, and such non-U.S. subsidiaries (and certain future non-U.S. subsidiaries) will only be required to guarantee the notes in the future under very limited circumstances. In addition, any future subsidiary that we properly designate as an unrestricted subsidiary under the indentures will not provide guarantees of the notes. Moreover, for the reasons described below under “—Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void guarantees and require note holders to return payments received from guarantors,” the guarantees that are given by our subsidiaries may be unenforceable in whole or in part.

Because a portion of our operations are conducted by subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes, our cash flow and our ability to service debt, including our and the guarantors’ ability to pay the interest on and principal of the notes when due, are dependent to a significant extent on interest payments, cash dividends and distributions and other transfers of cash from subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes. In addition, any payment of interest, dividends, distributions, loans or advances by subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes to us and the guarantors, as applicable, could be subject to taxation or other restrictions on dividends or repatriation of earnings under applicable local law, monetary transfer restrictions and foreign currency exchange regulations in the jurisdiction in which these subsidiaries operate. Moreover, payments to us and the guarantors by subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes will be contingent on these subsidiaries’ earnings. Our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes are separate and distinct legal entities and have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay any amounts due pursuant to the notes, or to make any funds available therefore, whether by dividends, loans, distributions or other payments. Any right that we or the guarantors have to receive any assets of any subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes upon the liquidation or reorganization of those subsidiaries, and the consequent rights of holders of notes to realize proceeds from the sale of any of those subsidiaries’ assets, would be effectively subordinated to the claims of that subsidiary’s creditors, including trade creditors and holders of debt and preferred stock of that subsidiary. Therefore, if there was a dissolution, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any such entity, the holders of the notes would not receive any amounts with respect to the notes from the assets of such entity until after the payment in full of the claims of creditors (including preferred stockholders) of such entity.

As of September 30, 2006, the total liabilities of our consolidated subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes were $ 10.3 million, after elimination of intercompany accounts, all of which would have been structurally senior to the notes. For the period April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes represented approximately 4.2 percent and 6.2 percent of net revenue and profit from operations, respectively, after elimination of inter-company sales. These non-guarantor subsidiaries held assets of $ 122.1 million, representing 3.7 percent of our combined total assets after elimination of intercompany accounts as of September 30, 2006.

 

21


Table of Contents

Since the notes are unsecured, your right to enforce remedies is limited by the rights of holders of secured debt.

Our obligations under each series of the notes and the guarantors’ obligations under the related guarantees are not secured by any of our assets, while our obligations and the obligations of the guarantors under our senior secured credit facility are secured by substantially all of the assets and intercompany loans made by us and the guarantors, and pledges of the outstanding shares of capital stock of all of our domestic and non-U.S. subsidiaries, except in certain limited circumstances. Therefore, the lenders under our senior secured credit facility, and the holders of any other secured debt that we or the guarantors may incur in the future, will have claims with respect to these assets that have priority over the claims of holders of these notes. As of September 30, 2006, we had $1,358.4 million of secured debt outstanding, all of which consisted of outstanding borrowings and related guarantees under our senior secured credit facility, and $147.3 million of secured debt available for additional borrowing under our revolving credit facility.

You may be unable to recover in civil proceedings for U.S. securities laws violations.

We are organized under the laws of The Netherlands. Some of our directors and executive officers are not residents of the United States and a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of our directors and executive officers are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or these directors and executive officers, or to enforce against us or them judgments obtained in U.S. courts predicated upon civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws. In addition, we cannot assure you that civil liabilities predicated upon the federal securities laws of the United States will be enforceable in The Netherlands. See “Enforcement of Civil Liabilities.”

Dutch insolvency laws may adversely affect a recovery by the holders of the notes.

We are organized under the laws of The Netherlands. Dutch insolvency laws differ significantly from insolvency proceedings in the United States and may make it more difficult for holders of the notes to effect a restructuring of our company or to recover the amount they would have recovered in a liquidation or bankruptcy proceeding in the United States. There are two primary insolvency regimes under Dutch law: the first, moratorium of payment ( surseance van betaling ), is intended to facilitate the reorganization of a debtor’s debts and enable the debtor to continue as a going concern. The second, bankruptcy ( faillissement ), is primarily designed to liquidate and distribute the assets of a debtor to its creditors.

Upon commencement of moratorium of payment proceedings, a Dutch court will grant a provisional moratorium and set a date for a creditor’s meeting. If such creditor’s meeting is held, a definitive moratorium will generally be granted unless there is an objection by ordinary creditors with claims in excess of one-fourth of the total amount of unsecured ordinary claims or by one-third of the creditors of such claims. However, very often the court appointed receiver will ask the court to convert the provisional moratorium in a bankruptcy before the creditor’s meeting is held. Both in a provisional moratorium and in a definitive moratorium, ordinary creditors will be precluded from attempting to recover their claims from the assets of the debtor. Unlike Chapter 11 proceedings under U.S. bankruptcy law, during which both secured and unsecured creditors are generally barred from seeking to recover on their claims, during Dutch moratorium of payment proceedings, the rights of secured creditors to foreclose on the assets that secure their claims in order to satisfy their claims remains unimpaired, except for a freezing ( afkoelingsperiode ) with a maximum of four months that can be ordered by the supervisory judge. The same applies to preferential unsecured creditors. In view of the rights of secured creditors to foreclose, a recovery under Dutch law could involve a sale of the assets of the debtor in a manner that does not reflect the going concern value of the debtor. Consequently, Dutch law could preclude or inhibit the ability of the holders of the notes to effect a restructuring and could reduce any recovery that they might obtain in an insolvency proceeding.

In connection with Dutch bankruptcy proceedings, the assets of a debtor are generally liquidated and the proceeds distributed to the debtor’s creditors on the basis of the relative claims of those creditors. Secured creditors have rights similar to those described in the preceding paragraph. Preferential unsecured creditors do

 

22


Table of Contents

not. The claim of a creditor may be limited depending on the date the claim becomes due and payable in accordance with its terms. Generally, claims of holders of notes that were not due and payable by their terms on the date of a bankruptcy would be accelerated and become due and payable as of that date. Each of these claims will have to be submitted to the receiver for verification. “Verification” means determination of the value of the claim and whether and to what extent it will be admitted in the bankruptcy proceedings. Three methods of verification may be applied:

 

    the value of a claim of a holder of notes that becomes due and payable at an undetermined point in time will be calculated at its net present value on the date of bankruptcy;

 

    the value of a claim of a holder of notes that becomes payable within one year of the date of the bankruptcy will be calculated as if such claim were payable as of the date of the bankruptcy; and

 

    the value of a claim of a holder of notes which becomes payable after one year of the date of the bankruptcy will be calculated at its net present value, as if such claim were payable on the date which is one year after the date of the bankruptcy.

Although no interest is payable in respect of unsecured claims as of the date of bankruptcy, if the net present value of a claim of a holder of notes needs to be determined, such determination will be made by taking into account the agreed payment date and interest date.

Dutch bankruptcy law does not provide for specific provisions with respect to subordinated creditors. Consequently, it cannot be precisely predicted how subordinated claims are treated in a bankruptcy, especially in case of a plan of composition offered to the creditors.

Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void guarantees and require note holders to return payments received from guarantors.

The guarantees of the notes by the guarantors may be subject to review under state and federal laws if a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization case or a lawsuit, including in circumstances in which bankruptcy is not involved, were commenced at some future date by, or on behalf of, the unpaid creditors of a guarantor. Under the U.S. bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer and conveyance laws, any guarantees of the notes could be voided, or claims in respect of a guarantee could be subordinated to all other existing and future debts of that guarantor if, among other things, and depending upon the jurisdiction whose laws are applied, the guarantor, at the time it incurs the indebtedness evidenced by its guarantee or, in some jurisdictions, when payments came due under such guarantee:

 

    issued the guarantee with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding any present or future creditor; or

 

    received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the incurrence of such guarantee and (1) was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence, (2) was engaged in a business or transaction for which the guarantor’s remaining assets constitute unreasonably small capital, or (3) intended to incur, or believed or reasonably should have believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature.

The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, a guarantor would be considered insolvent if:

 

    the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets;

 

    the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

 

    it could not pay its debts as they become due.

 

23


Table of Contents

Each guarantee contains a provision intended to limit the guarantor’s liability to the maximum amount that it could incur without causing the incurrence of obligations under its guarantee to be a fraudulent transfer. This provision may not be effective to protect the guarantees from being voided under fraudulent transfer law, or may reduce the guarantor’s obligation to an amount that effectively makes the guarantee worthless. If a guarantee were legally challenged, such guarantee could also be subject to the claim that, since the guarantee was incurred for our benefit, and only indirectly for the benefit of the guarantor, the obligations of the guarantor were incurred for less than fair consideration. A court could thus void the obligations under a guarantee, subordinate it to a guarantor’s other debt or take other action detrimental to the holders of the notes.

We cannot be certain as to the standard that a court would use to determine whether or not a guarantor was solvent upon issuance of the guarantee or, regardless of the actual standard applied by the court, that the issuance of the guarantee of the notes would not be voided or subordinated to any guarantor’s other debt.

If a court voided a guarantee, you would no longer have a claim against such guarantor for amounts owed in respect of such guarantee. In addition, a court might direct you to repay any amounts already received from such guarantor. If a court were to void any guarantee, funds may not be available from any other source to pay our obligations under the notes.

In addition, other jurisdictions outside of the U.S. may have similar legal doctrines that could impair the value of, or void, the guarantees of the notes.

Enforcement of the guarantees under Dutch law may be subject to certain limitations and will require satisfaction of certain conditions.

Under Dutch law, enforcement of the guarantees may, in whole or in part, be limited to the extent that the undertakings of each guarantor under its guarantee are deemed to be in conflict with its objects ( ultra vires ). The issuing of such guarantee may conflict with such guarantor’s objects if (i) the text of the objects clause in its articles of association ( statuten ) does not include a reference to the issuance of guarantees to secure the obligations of affiliated companies, and (ii) such guarantor does not, irrespective of the wording of the objects clause, derive certain direct or indirect commercial benefit from the offering in respect of which such guarantee is issued.

Our holding company structure may impact your ability to receive payment on the notes.

The issuer of the notes is a holding company that does not directly conduct any business operations or hold any material asset other than the capital stock of its subsidiaries. Because substantially all of our operating assets are held by our subsidiaries, we will rely principally on cash dividends, distributions or other transfers we receive from our subsidiaries to pay the principal and interest on the notes. Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities, and may be restricted from making distributions by, among other things, applicable corporate laws, other laws and regulations and the terms of agreements to which they are or may become a party. While certain of our subsidiaries guarantee the notes, such guarantees could be rendered unenforceable for the reasons described above. In the event that such guarantees were rendered unenforceable, the holders of the notes would lose their direct claim against the entities holding substantially all of our total operating assets.

You may face foreign exchange risks or tax consequences by investing in the senior subordinated notes.

The senior subordinated notes are denominated and payable in euros. If you are a U.S. investor, an investment in the senior subordinated notes will entail foreign exchange-related risks due to, among other factors, possible significant changes in the value of the euro relative to the U.S. dollar because of economic, political and other factors over which we have no control. Depreciation of the euro against the U.S. dollar could cause a decrease in the effective yield of the senior subordinated notes below their stated coupon rates and could result in a loss to you on a U.S. dollar basis. Investing in the senior subordinated notes by U.S. investors may also have important tax consequences. See “Summary of Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Consequences to U.S. Holders—Disposition of Notes.”

 

24


Table of Contents

If certain changes to tax law were to occur, we would have the option to redeem the notes.

If certain changes in the law of any relevant taxing jurisdiction become effective that would impose withholding taxes or other deductions on the payments on the notes or the guarantees, we may redeem the notes of that series in whole, but not in part, at any time, at a redemption price of 100 percent of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and additional amounts, if any, to the date of redemption. We are unable to determine whether such a change to any tax laws will be enacted, but if such change does occur, the notes will be redeemable at our option.

Bain Capital controls us and their interests may conflict with your interests as a holder of the notes.

Funds associated with Bain Capital Partners own approximately 83 percent of the outstanding shares of common stock of Parent. As a result, Bain Capital generally has the ability to control our management board and elect a majority of the board of directors of Sensata Technologies, Inc., our U.S. subsidiary, and is able to select our management team, determine our corporate and management policies and make decisions relating to fundamental corporate actions. For example, Bain Capital could cause us to make acquisitions that increase the amount of our indebtedness that is secured or senior to the notes or sell revenue-generating assets, impairing our ability to make payments under the notes. Bain Capital also may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us, or independently pursue acquisition opportunities that would otherwise be complementary to our business. In addition, the directors may authorize transactions, such as acquisitions, that could enhance the equity investment of Bain Capital while involving risks to your interest. Bain Capital’s interests may not be aligned with your interests as a holder of the notes. See “The Acquisition” and “Principal Shareholders.”

Risk Factors Related To Our Business

Our historical and pro forma financial information may not be representative of our results as a separate company or indicative of our future financial performance.

Our historical and pro forma financial information for each of the “Predecessor” periods included in this filing have been derived from the consolidated financial statements of TI, which owned our business during each of the “Predecessor” periods. This financial information relies on assumptions and estimates that relate to the ownership of our business by TI and, as a result, the financial information may not reflect what our results of operations, financial position and cash flows would have been had we been a separate, stand-alone entity during the periods presented or what our results of operations, financial position and cash flows will be in the future, because:

 

    costs reflected in this filing may differ from the costs we would have incurred had we operated as an independent, stand-alone entity for all the periods presented;

 

    we have made certain adjustments and allocations since TI did not account for us as, and we were not operated as, a single, stand-alone business for the periods presented; and

 

    the information does not reflect certain changes that will occur in our operations as a result of our separation from TI.

Accordingly, our historical results of operations may not be indicative of our future operating or financial performance.

We may experience difficulties operating as a stand-alone company.

We have historically operated as part of TI, which provided us with many services required by us for the operation of our business. While TI is contractually obligated to provide us with certain transitional services, these services may not be sustained at the same level as when we were a part of TI and we may be unable to

 

25


Table of Contents

obtain the same benefits from these services. Following the expiration of these agreements, and if TI does not or is unable to perform its obligations under these agreements, we will be required to perform these services ourselves or to arrange substitute services from others. If we are unable to implement substitute arrangements in a timely manner, on terms that are favorable to us, or at all, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected. In addition, when these agreements expire, we will be required to either enter into new agreements with TI or another services provider or assume the responsibility for these functions ourselves. At such time, the economic terms of the new arrangements may be less favorable than the arrangements with TI, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, we may experience an inability to build-out the corporate infrastructure necessary to operate as a stand—alone company.

We no longer receive capital contributions from TI or have access to its assets or borrowing power. We may not be able to raise additional funds when needed for our business or to exploit opportunities.

Prior to the consummation of the Transactions, our primary sources of financing were from TI. TI no longer has any obligation to provide any additional financing to us and we no longer have access to the borrowing capacity, cash flow or assets of TI. Our future liquidity and capital requirements will depend upon numerous factors, some of which are outside our control, including the future development of the markets we participate in. We may need to raise additional funds to support expansion, develop new or enhanced services, respond to competitive pressures, acquire complementary businesses or technologies or take advantage of unanticipated opportunities. If our capital resources are not sufficient to satisfy our liquidity needs, we may seek to sell additional debt or equity securities or obtain other debt financing. The incurrence of debt would result in increased expenses and could include covenants that would further restrict our operations. We have not made arrangements to obtain additional financing. We may not be able to obtain additional financing, if required, in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

We are subject to financial reporting and other requirements for which our accounting and other management systems and resources may not be adequately prepared.

We are not subject to the periodic reporting or other information requirements of the Exchange Act. Under the indentures governing the terms of the notes, we have agreed that whether or not we are required to do so by the rules and regulations of the SEC, after the exchange offer is completed and as long as the notes remain outstanding, we will furnish to the trustee and holders of the notes and file with the SEC (unless the SEC will not accept such filing) (1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-K and 10-Q, if we were required to file such reports, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and (2) all reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if we were required to file such reports, in each case within the time period specified in the rules and regulations of the SEC. We will have additional reporting requirements in Luxembourg and The Netherlands. These reporting and other obligations place significant demands on our management, administrative and operational resources, including our accounting resources. We will need to upgrade our systems, implement additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures and hire additional accounting and finance staff. If we are unable to upgrade our systems, implement additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures and hire additional accounting and finance staff in a timely and effective fashion, our ability to comply with our financial reporting requirements and other rules that apply to reporting companies could be significantly impaired.

We incur increased costs as a result of being a stand-alone company.

As a stand-alone company, we incur legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a wholly owned subsidiary of TI, including costs associated with the periodic reporting requirements applicable to a company whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and other rules implemented recently by the SEC. We expect these rules and regulations to substantially

 

26


Table of Contents

increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time consuming and costly. We also expect that these rules and regulations will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain directors and officers’ liability insurance. During the “Predecessor” periods, TI allocated expenses and other centralized operating costs to the S&C Business. The allocated costs included in our historical financial statements for the “Predecessor” periods could differ from amounts that would have been incurred by us if we operated on a stand-alone basis and are not necessarily indicative of costs to be incurred in the future. To the extent that these expenses exceed our estimates, our liquidity and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Our businesses operate in markets that are highly competitive, and competitive pressures could require us to lower our prices or result in reduced demand for our products.

Our businesses operate in markets that are highly competitive, and we compete on the basis of product performance, quality, service and/or price across the industries and markets we serve. A significant element of our competitive strategy is to manufacture high-quality products at low cost, particularly in markets where low-cost country-based suppliers, primarily China with respect to the controls business, have entered our markets or increased their sales in our markets by delivering products at low cost to local OEMs. Some of our competitors have greater sales, assets and financial resources than we do. In addition, many of our competitors in the automotive sensors market are controlled by major OEMs or suppliers, limiting our access to certain customers. Many of our customers also rely on us as their sole source of supply for the products we have historically sold to them. These customers may choose to develop relationships with additional suppliers or elect to produce some or all of these products internally, in each case in order to reduce risk of delivery interruptions or as a means of extracting pricing concessions. Competitive pressures such as these, and others, could affect prices or customer demand for our products, negatively impacting our profit margins and/or resulting in a loss of market share.

Fundamental changes in the industries in which we operate could adversely affect our businesses.

Our products are sold to automobile manufacturers and manufacturers of commercial and residential HVAC systems, as well as to manufacturers in the refrigeration, lighting, aerospace and industrial markets. These are global basic industries, and they are experiencing various degrees of growth and consolidation. Customers in these industries are located in every major geographic market. As a result, our customers are affected by changes in global and regional economic conditions, as well as by labor relations issues, regulatory requirements, trade agreements and other factors. This, in turn, affects overall demand and prices for our products sold to these industries. Any significant economic decline that results in a reduction in automotive production or in the sales of any of the other products manufactured by our customers that use our products, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. This may be more detrimental to us in comparison to our competitors due to our significant debt levels. In addition, many of our products are platform-specific—for example, sensors are designed for certain of our HVAC manufacturer customers according to specifications to fit a particular model. Our success may, to a certain degree, be connected with the success or failure of one or more of the industries to which we sell products, either in general or with respect to one or more of the platforms or systems for which our products are designed.

Continued pricing pressures from our customers may adversely affect our business.

Many of our customers, including automotive manufacturers and other industrial and commercial OEMs, have policies of seeking price reductions each year. Recently, many of the industries in which our products are sold have suffered from unfavorable pricing pressures in North America and Europe, which in turn has led manufacturers to seek price reductions from their suppliers. Our significant reliance on these industries subjects us to these and other similar pressures. While the precise effects of such instability on the industries in which we operate are difficult to determine, price reductions could impact our sales and profit margins. If we are not able to offset continued price reductions through improved operating efficiencies and reduced expenditures, those price reductions may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. In addition, our customers occasionally require engineering, design or production changes. In some circumstances, we may be

 

27


Table of Contents

unable to cover the costs of these changes with price increases. Additionally, as our customers grow larger, they may increasingly require us to provide them with our products on an exclusive basis, which could cause an increase in the number of products we must carry and, consequently, increase our inventory levels and working capital requirements.

We may not realize all of the revenue or achieve anticipated gross margins from products subject to existing purchase orders or for which we are currently engaged in development.

Our ability to generate revenues from sensors and controls subject to customer awards is subject to a number of important risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, including the number of products our customers will actually produce as well as the timing of such production. Many of our customer contracts provide for supplying a certain share of the customer’s requirements for a particular application or platform, rather than for manufacturing a specific quantity of products. As a result, in some cases we have no remedy if a customer chooses to purchase less than we expect, while in other cases customers do make minimum volume commitments to us, but our remedy for their failure to meet those minimum volumes is limited to increased pricing on those products the customer does purchase from us or renegotiating other contract terms and there is no assurance that such price increases or new terms will offset a shortfall in expected revenue. In addition, some of our customers may have the right to discontinue a program or replace us with another supplier under certain circumstances, subject in some cases to a “break-up” fee that helps us defray our initial investment. As a result, products for which we are currently incurring development expenses may not be manufactured by customers at all, or may be manufactured in smaller amounts than currently anticipated. Therefore, our anticipated future revenue from sensors and controls relating to existing customer awards or product development relationships may not result in firm orders for the same amount from customers. We also incur capital expenditures and other costs, and price our products, based on estimated production volumes. If actual production volumes are significantly lower than estimated, our anticipated revenue and gross margin from those new products would be adversely affected. We cannot predict the ultimate demand for our customers’ products, nor can we predict the extent to which we would be able to pass through unanticipated per-unit cost increases to our customers.

We may not be able to keep up with rapid technological and other competitive changes affecting our industry.

The sensors and controls markets are characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards, frequent enhancements to existing services and products, the introduction of new services and products and changing customer demands. Changes in competitive technologies may render certain of our products less attractive or obsolete, and if we cannot anticipate changes in technology and develop and introduce new and enhanced products on a timely basis, our ability to remain competitive may be negatively impacted. The success of new products depends on their initial and continued acceptance by our customers. Our businesses are affected by varying degrees of technological change, which result in unpredictable product transitions, shortened life cycles and increased importance of being first to market with new products and services. We may experience difficulties or delays in the research, development, production and/or marketing of new products, which may negatively impact our operating results and prevent us from recouping or realizing a return on the investments required to bring new products to market.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property, including our proprietary technology and the Klixon ® brand.

Our success will depend to some degree on our ability to protect our intellectual property and to operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of third parties. While we have been issued patents and have registered trademarks with respect to many of our products, if we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property, competitors may manufacture and market products similar to ours. We also cannot be sure that competitors will not challenge, invalidate or void the application of any existing or future patents that we receive

 

28


Table of Contents

or license. In addition, patent rights may not prevent our competitors from developing, using or selling products that are similar or functionally equivalent to our products. It is also possible that third parties may have or acquire licenses for other technology or designs that we may use or wish to use, so that we may need to acquire licenses to, or contest the validity of, such patents or trademarks of third parties. Such licenses may not be made available to us on acceptable terms, if at all, and we may not prevail in contesting the validity of third party rights.

In addition to patent and trademark protection, we also protect trade secrets, know-how and other confidential information, as well as brand names such as the Klixon ® brand under which we market many of the products sold in our controls business, against unauthorized use by others or disclosure by persons who have access to them, such as our employees, through contractual arrangements. These arrangements may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure of such trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information. Disputes may arise concerning the ownership of intellectual property or the applicability of confidentiality agreements, and we cannot be sure that our trade secrets and proprietary technology will not otherwise become known or that our competitors will not independently develop our trade secrets and proprietary technology. If we are unable to maintain the proprietary nature of our technologies or the Klixon ® brand, our sales could be materially adversely affected.

We may be subject to claims that our products or processes infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which may cause us to pay unexpected litigation costs or damages, modify our products or processes or prevent us from selling our products.

Although it is our intention to avoid infringing on or otherwise violating the intellectual property rights of others, third parties may nevertheless claim that our processes and products infringe on their intellectual property rights. Whether or not these claims have merit, we may be subject to costly and time-consuming legal proceedings, and this could divert our management’s attention from operating our business. If these claims are successfully asserted against us, we could be required to pay substantial damages and could be prevented from selling some or all of our products. We may also be obligated to indemnify our business partners or customers in any such litigation. Furthermore, we may need to obtain licenses from these third parties or substantially reengineer or rename our products in order to avoid infringement. In addition, we might not be able to obtain the necessary licenses on acceptable terms, or at all, or be able to reengineer or rename our products successfully. This could prevent us from selling some or all of our products.

We are subject to risks associated with our non-U.S. operations, which could adversely impact the reported results of operations from our international businesses.

We generated approximately 50 percent of our net revenue in fiscal 2005 and in the period ended September 30, 2006 outside the Americas, and we expect sales from non-U.S. markets to continue to represent a significant portion of our total sales. International sales and operations are subject to changes in local government regulations and policies, including those related to tariffs and trade barriers, investments, taxation, exchange controls, and repatriation of earnings.

A portion of our revenues and expenses and receivables and payables are denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars. We are therefore subject to foreign currency risks and foreign exchange exposure. Changes in the relative values of currencies occur from time to time and could affect our operating results. In our combined and consolidated financial statements, we remeasure certain local currency financial results into U.S. dollars based on average exchange rates prevailing during a reporting period (for purposes of reporting statements of operations data) or the exchange rate at the end of that period (for purposes of reporting balance sheet data). During times of a strengthening U.S. dollar, our reported international sales and earnings will be reduced because the local currency will translate into fewer U.S. dollars.

 

29


Table of Contents

There are other risks that are inherent in our non-U.S. operations, including the potential for changes in socio-economic conditions and/or monetary and fiscal policies, intellectual property protection difficulties and disputes, the settlement of legal disputes through certain foreign legal systems, the collection of receivables through certain foreign legal systems, exposure to possible expropriation or other government actions, unsettled political conditions and possible terrorist attacks against American interests. These and other factors may have a material adverse effect on our non-U.S. operations and therefore on our business and results of operations.

We may incur material losses and costs as a result of product liability and warranty and recall claims that may be brought against us.

We may be exposed to product liability and warranty claims in the event that our products actually or allegedly fail to perform as expected or the use of our products results, or is alleged to result, in bodily injury and/or property damage. Accordingly, we could experience material warranty or product liability losses in the future and incur significant costs to defend these claims. In addition, if any of our products are, or are alleged to be, defective, we may be required to participate in a recall of the underlying end product, particularly if the defect or the alleged defect relates to product safety. Depending on the terms under which we supply products, an OEM manufacturer may hold us responsible for some or all of the repair or replacement costs of these products under warranties, when the product supplied did not perform as represented. Our costs associated with providing product warranties could be material.

We may be adversely affected by environmental and safety regulations or concerns.

We are subject to the requirements of environmental and occupational safety and health laws and regulations in the United States and other countries. We cannot assure you that we have been or will be at all times in complete compliance with all of these requirements, or that we will not incur material costs or liabilities in connection with these requirements in excess of amounts we have reserved. In addition, these requirements are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. These requirements may change in the future in a manner that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We have made and will continue to make capital and other expenditures to comply with environmental requirements. In addition, certain of our subsidiaries are subject to pending litigation raising various environmental and human health and safety claims. While our costs to defend and settle these claims in the past have not been material, we cannot assure you that this will remain so in the future.

The loss of one or more of our suppliers of finished goods or raw materials may interrupt our supplies and materially harm our business.

We purchase raw materials and components from a wide range of suppliers; however, for certain raw materials or components we may be dependent on sole source suppliers. Our ability to meet our customers’ needs depends on our ability to maintain an uninterrupted supply of raw materials and finished products from our third-party suppliers and manufacturers. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected if any of our principal third-party suppliers or manufacturers experience production problems, lack of capacity or transportation disruptions. The magnitude of this risk depends upon the timing of the changes, the materials or products that the third-party manufacturers provide and the volume of the production.

Our dependence on third parties for raw materials and components subjects us to the risk of supplier failure and customer dissatisfaction with the qualify of our products. Quality failures by our third-party manufacturers or changes in their financial or business condition which affect their production could disrupt our ability to supply quality products to our customers and thereby materially harm our business.

Increasing costs for manufactured components and raw materials may adversely affect our profitability.

We use a broad range of manufactured components and raw materials in our products, including silver, copper and nickel and no single raw material used in the manufacture of our products constituted more than

 

30


Table of Contents

5 percent of our cost of revenue during 2005 and for each of the periods April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006. We generally purchase raw materials at spot prices (except where we have enforceable long-term supply contracts) and generally do not hedge our exposure to price changes. The availability and price of raw materials and manufactured components may be subject to change due to, among other things, new laws or regulations, global economic or political events including strikes, terrorist actions and war, suppliers’ allocations to other purchasers, interruptions in production by suppliers, changes in exchange rates and prevailing price levels. It is generally difficult to pass increased prices for manufactured components and raw materials through to our customers in the form of price increases. Therefore, a significant increase in the price of these items could materially increase our operating costs and materially and adversely affect our profit margins.

Non-performance by our suppliers may adversely affect our operations.

Because we purchase various types of raw materials and component parts from suppliers, we may be materially and adversely affected by the failure of those suppliers to perform as expected. This non-performance may consist of delivery delays or failures caused by production issues or delivery of non-conforming products. The risk of non-performance may also result from the insolvency or bankruptcy of one or more of our suppliers. Our efforts to protect against and to minimize these risks may not always be effective.

Labor disruptions or increased labor costs could adversely affect our business.

As of September 30, 2006, we had 5,549 employees, of which approximately 17.7 percent were located in the United States and 82.3 percent were located outside the United States. None of our U.S. employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. Employees in certain foreign jurisdictions, for example Holland, are covered under collective bargaining agreements. A material labor disruption or work stoppage at one or more of our manufacturing facilities could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, work stoppages occur relatively frequently in the industries in which many of our customers operate, such as the automotive industry. If one or more of our larger customers were to experience a material work stoppage, that customer may halt or limit the purchase of our products. This could cause us to shut down production facilities relating to those products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We depend on third parties for certain transportation, warehousing and logistics services.

We rely primarily on third parties for transportation of the products we manufacture. In particular, a significant portion of the goods we manufacture are transported to different countries, requiring sophisticated warehousing, logistics and other resources. If any of the countries from which we transport products were to suffer delays in exporting manufactured goods, or if any of our third-party transportation providers were to fail to deliver the goods we manufacture in a timely manner, we may be unable to sell those products at full value, or at all. Similarly, if any of our raw materials could not be delivered to us in a timely manner, we may be unable to manufacture our products in response to customer demand.

Our ability to operate our company effectively could be impaired if we fail to attract and retain key personnel.

Our ability to operate our business and implement our strategies effectively depends, in part, on the efforts of our executive officers and other key employees. Our management team has significant industry experience and would be difficult to replace. These individuals possess sales, marketing, engineering, manufacturing, financial and administrative skills that are critical to the operation of our business. In addition, the market for engineers and other individuals with the required technical expertise to succeed in our business is highly competitive and we may be unable to attract and retain qualified personnel to replace or succeed key employees should the need arise. The loss of the services of any of our key employees or the failure to attract or retain other qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

31


Table of Contents

A material disruption at one of our manufacturing facilities could harm our financial condition and operating results.

If one of our manufacturing facilities were to be shut down, or certain of our manufacturing operations within an otherwise operational facility were to cease production unexpectedly, our revenue and profit margins would be adversely affected. Such a disruption could be caused by a number of different events, including:

 

    maintenance outages;

 

    prolonged power failures;

 

    an equipment failure;

 

    fires, floods, earthquakes or other catastrophes;

 

    labor difficulties; or

 

    other operational problems.

In addition, most of our manufacturing facilities are located outside the United States. Serving a global customer base requires that we place more production in emerging markets to capitalize on market opportunities and maintain our best-cost position. Our international production facilities and operations could be particularly vulnerable to the effects of a natural disaster, labor strike, war, political unrest, terrorist activity or public health concerns, especially in emerging countries that are not well-equipped to handle such occurrences. Our manufacturing facilities abroad also may be more susceptible to changes in laws and policies in host countries and economic and political upheaval than our domestic facilities. If any of these or other events were to result in a material disruption of our manufacturing operations, our ability to meet our production capacity targets and satisfy customer requirements may be impaired.

Future acquisitions and joint ventures or disposition may require significant resources and/or result in significant unanticipated losses, costs or liabilities.

In the future we intend to grow by making acquisitions or entering into joint ventures or similar arrangements. Any future acquisitions will depend on our ability to identify suitable acquisition candidates, to negotiate acceptable terms for their acquisition and to finance those acquisitions. We will also face competition for suitable acquisition candidates that may increase our costs. In addition, acquisitions or investments require significant managerial attention, which may be diverted from our other operations. Furthermore, any future acquisitions of businesses or facilities could entail a number of additional risks, including:

 

    problems with effective integration of operations;

 

    the inability to maintain key pre-acquisition customer, supplier and employee relationships;

 

    increased operating costs; and

 

    exposure to unanticipated liabilities.

Subject to the terms of our indebtedness, we may finance future acquisitions with cash from operations, additional indebtedness and/or by issuing additional equity securities. These commitments may impair the operation of our businesses. In addition, we could face financial risks associated with incurring additional indebtedness such as reducing our liquidity and access to financing markets and increasing the amount of cash flow required to service such indebtedness.

We may also seek to restructure our business in the future by disposing of certain of our assets. For example, the terms of the notes allow us to dispose of our controls business and use the proceeds to either repay indebtedness, including the notes, or make limited restricted payments to our stockholders, subject to certain conditions (including satisfying certain pro forma leverage ratios). See “Description of the Notes—Certain Definitions—Designated Asset Sales.” There can be no assurance that any restructuring of our business will not

 

32


Table of Contents

adversely affect our financial position, leverage or results of operations. In addition, any significant restructuring of our business will require significant managerial attention which may be diverted from our operations and may require us to accept non-cash consideration for any sale of our assets, the market value of which may fluctuate.

We may not be able to successfully complete the implementation of our own Information Technology (IT) systems without disrupting our business

We have historically used, and continue to use under a transition services agreement, IT services provided by TI. In 2007, we plan to cease usage of TI’s IT services and implement a company-wide IT system using third party providers. If we are unsuccessful in implementing this system our business may be disrupted and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. We have the option to stay on TI services through April 2008.

Although we have not yet completed our evaluation of our internal controls over financial reporting with respect to compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 404”), we have identified certain “material weaknesses” in our internal controls.

In connection with the preparation of our unaudited interim financial statements for the period April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 and our quarterly report to the holders of the notes for that period, management assessed the existence and overall effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting and related disclosure controls and procedures. Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our internal controls were not operating effectively as of September 30, 2006 due to material weaknesses (within the meaning of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) Auditing Standard No. 2), which were identified and communicated to us and our audit committee by our independent registered public accounting firm. We are addressing these deficiencies by expanding and enhancing our existing systems of internal controls over financial reporting, including financial closing, consolidations, financial reporting and presentations and disclosures. In addition, we continue to recruit additional personnel with appropriate financial expertise and experience. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Existing regulations will also require our management to assess the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting under Section 404 by the end of fiscal year 2007 and report the results together with the filing of our 2007 annual report on Form 10-K. We may experience higher than anticipated operating expenses which will include independent registered public accounting firm fees during the implementation of these changes and thereafter. Further, we may need to hire additional qualified personnel in order for us to be compliant with Section 404.

Until our new systems are in place and our finance organization has more experience utilizing the systems and more experience operating as a stand-alone company, it will be more difficult for us to comply with Section 404 and prepare accurate financial statements in a timely manner. In addition, if we are unable to implement these changes effectively or efficiently, our operations may suffer and we may be unable to obtain an attestation on internal controls from our independent registered public accounting firm as required under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for our fiscal year 2008. This, in turn, could have a materially adverse impact on trading prices for our securities, including the notes, and adversely affect our ability to access the capital markets.

Taxing authorities could challenge our allocation of taxable income among our subsidiaries, which could increase our consolidated tax liability.

We conduct operations through manufacturing and distribution subsidiaries in numerous tax jurisdictions around the world. While our transfer pricing methodology is based on economic studies which we believe are reasonable, the price charged for products, services and financing among our companies could be challenged by the various tax authorities resulting in additional tax liability, interest and/or penalties.

 

33


Table of Contents

Tax laws to which we are subject could change in a manner adverse to us.

Tax laws are subject to change in the various countries in which we operate. While such future changes could be favorable, they could also be unfavorable and result in an increased tax burden to us.

We have recorded a significant amount of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets, which may become impaired in the future.

We have recorded a significant amount of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets, including patents and trademarks. Goodwill and other net identifiable intangible assets were approximately $2.6 billion as of September 30, 2006, or 78 percent of our total assets. Goodwill, which represents the excess of cost over the fair value of the net assets of the businesses acquired, was approximately $1.4 billion as of September 30, 2006, or 43 percent of our total assets. Goodwill and other net identifiable intangible assets were recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition. Impairment of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets may result from, among other things, deterioration in our performance, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in laws or regulations, and a variety of other factors. The amount of any quantified impairment must be expensed immediately as a charge that is included in operating income which may impact our ability to raise capital. We are subject to financial statement risk in the event that goodwill or other identifiable assets become impaired.

 

34


Table of Contents

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These forward-looking statements include statements relating to our business. In some cases, forward-looking statements may be identified by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “projects,” “forecasts,” “continue” or the negative of such terms or comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements contained herein (including future cash contractual obligations) or in other statements made by us are made based on management’s expectations and beliefs concerning future events impacting us and are subject to uncertainties and factors relating to our operations and business environment, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control, that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those matters expressed or implied by forward-looking statements. We believe that the following factors, among others (including those described in “Risk Factors”), could affect our future performance and the liquidity and value of our securities and cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf:

 

    our ability to operate as a stand-alone company, including our ability to raise additional funds when needed without relying on capital contributions from or the borrowing power of TI and our ability to comply with the financial reporting and other requirements associated with our becoming a stand-alone entity;

 

    competition in our markets;

 

    fundamental changes in the industries in which we operate, including economic declines that impact the sales of any of the products manufactured by our customers that use our sensors or controls;

 

    continued pricing pressure from our customers;

 

    our ability to realize revenue or achieve anticipated gross operating margins from products subject to existing customer awards;

 

    our ability to develop and implement technology in our product lines;

 

    our ability to protect our intellectual property and know-how;

 

    our exposure to claims that our products or processes infringe on the intellectual property rights of others;

 

    general economic, political, business and market risks associated with our non-U.S. operations;

 

    fluctuations in foreign currency exchange and interest rates;

 

    the costs of compliance with environmental, health and safety laws and responding to potential liabilities under these laws;

 

    fluctuations in the cost and/or availability of manufactured components and raw materials;

 

    non-performance by our suppliers;

 

    litigation and disputes involving us, including the extent of product liability and warranty claims asserted against us;

 

    labor costs and disputes;

 

    our dependence on third parties for certain transportation, warehousing and logistics services;

 

    our ability to attract and retain key personnel;

 

    material disruptions at any of our manufacturing facilities;

 

    risks associated with future acquisitions, joint ventures or asset dispositions;

 

    the possibility that our controlling shareholder’s interests will conflict with ours or yours;

 

    risks associated with our substantial indebtedness, leverage and debt service obligations; and

 

    risks associated with maintaining internal controls over financial reporting in compliance with Section 404.

 

35


Table of Contents

There may be other factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements. Our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements. We can give no assurances that any of the events anticipated by the forward-looking statements will occur or, if any of them does, what impact they will have on our results of operations and financial condition. You should carefully read the factors described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a description of certain risks that could, among other things, cause our actual results to differ from these forward-looking statements.

All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included in this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements which may be made to reflect events or circumstances that arise after the date made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

36


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

In this memorandum: (1)  “€” or “euro” refers to the single currency of the participating Member States in the Third Stage of European Economic and Monetary Union of the Treaty Establishing the European Community, as amended from time to time and (2)  “$,” “dollars” or “U.S. dollars” refers to the lawful currency of the United States of America.

In accordance with the Maastricht Treaty, the euro was launched as the single European currency on January 1, 1999. The following table shows for the twelve months ended December 31, 2000 through 2005, the period-end average, high and low Noon Buying Rate in the City of New York for cable transfers of euro as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York expressed as U.S. dollars per € 1.00, which we refer to as the “Noon Buying Rate.”

U.S. Dollar/Euro Exchange Rates

 

    At and for the Year Ended December 31,  

At and for the

Nine Months Ended

September 30, 2006

    2000   2001   2002   2003   2004   2005  

Exchange rate at end of period

  0.9388   0.8822   1.0485   1.2597   1.3538   1.1842   1.2670

Average exchange rate during period (1)

  0.9207   0.8909   0.9495   1.1412   1.2478   1.2400   1.2522

Highest exchange rate during period

  1.0335   0.9535   1.0485   1.2597   1.3625   1.3476   1.2953

Lowest exchange rate during period

  0.8270   0.8370   0.8594   1.0361   1.1801   1.1667   1.1860

(1) The average of the Noon Buying Rates on the last business day of each month during the applicable period.

Our inclusion of these exchange rates is not meant to suggest that the euro amounts actually represent such U.S. dollar amounts or that such amounts could have been converted into U.S. dollars at such rate or any other rate. For a discussion of the impact of the exchange fluctuations on our financial condition and results of operations, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview.”

 

37


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

Market data and certain industry data and forecasts used throughout this prospectus were obtained from internal company surveys, market research, consultant surveys, publicly available information, reports of governmental agencies and industry publications and surveys. Strategy Analytics, Frost & Sullivan, Fleck Research, Global Industry Analysts, Datamonitor, JPMorgan Global Equity Research, JD Power and Wards were the primary sources for third-party industry data and forecasts. Industry surveys, publications, consultant surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. We have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources, nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. Similarly, internal surveys, industry forecasts and market research, which we believe to be reliable based upon our management’s knowledge of the industry, have not been independently verified. Forecasts are particularly likely to be inaccurate, especially over long periods of time. For example, in 1983, the U.S. Department of Energy forecast that oil would cost $74 per barrel in 1995, however, the price of oil was actually $17 per barrel. In addition, we do not know what assumptions regarding general economic growth were used in preparing the forecasts we cite. We do not make any representation as to the accuracy of information described in this paragraph. Statements as to our market position are based on the most currently available data. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding our industry data presented herein, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Neither we nor the placement agents can guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any such information contained in this prospectus.

 

38


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE OFFERS

Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offers

Sensata and the placement agents entered into registration rights agreements in connection with the original issuance of the notes. Each of the registration rights agreements provides that we will take the following actions, at our expense, for the benefit of the holders of the notes to which such agreement relates:

 

    Within 210 days after the issue date on which the outstanding notes were issued, we agreed to use our reasonable best efforts to file an exchange offer registration statement for the notes, of which this prospectus is a part, relating to the exchange offers. The exchange notes will have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the outstanding notes except that the exchange notes will not contain transfer restrictions. The original registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is being filed more than 210 days following the initial sale of the outstanding notes, as a result of which we have been required to pay approximately $155 thousand of additional interest on the outstanding notes for the period from November 23, 2006 through December 22, 2006.

 

    We will use our reasonable best efforts to cause such exchange offer registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act within 360 days after the original notes issue date.

 

    We will use reasonable best efforts to commence the exchange offers, unless the exchange offers would not be permitted by applicable law or the policy of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). We will keep the exchange offers open for at least 30 business days, or longer if required by applicable law, after the date notice of the exchange offers is mailed to the holders.

 

    We will use reasonable best efforts to complete the exchange offers not less than 40 business days after the date on which the exchange offer registration statement is declared effective by the SEC.

We will be required to use reasonable best efforts to file a shelf registration statement covering resales of the outstanding notes if:

 

    we are not permitted to effect an exchange offer due to applicable law or SEC policy,

 

    the exchange offer is not for any other reason consummated within 400 days of the notes closing date,

 

    any placement agent shall notify us and the note guarantors following the consummation of the exchange offer that the notes held by it are not eligible to be exchanged for exchange notes in the exchange offer

 

    any holder (other than a participating broker-dealer) is prohibited by law or SEC policy from participating in the exchange offers or, in the case of any holder (other than a participating broker-dealer) that participates in the exchange offers, such holder may not resell the exchange securities acquired by it in the exchange offers to the public without delivering a prospectus.

If:

 

    we fail to file any of the registration statements required by a registration rights agreement on or before the date specified for such filing; or

 

    any of such registration statements is not declared effective by the SEC on or prior to the date specified for such effectives; or

 

    we fail to consummate the exchange offer in respect of the notes within 40 business days of the effectiveness target date with respect to the exchange offer registration statement; or

 

    the applicable shelf registration statement or the applicable exchange offer registration statement is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of transfer restricted securities of any series of notes, subject to certain exceptions,

then we will pay additional interest on the notes.

 

39


Table of Contents

Following the consummation of the exchange offers, holders of the outstanding notes who were eligible to participate in the exchange offers but who did not tender their outstanding notes will not have any further registration rights and their outstanding notes will continue to be subject to certain restrictions on transfer. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for the outstanding notes could be adversely affected.

Terms of the Exchange Offers

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the applicable letter of transmittal, we will accept any and all outstanding notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., London time, 12:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offers. We will issue $1,000 and €1,000, as the case may be, principal amount of exchange notes in exchange for each $1,000 and €1,000, as the case may be, principal amount of outstanding notes accepted in the exchange offers. Any holder may tender some or all of its outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offers. However, outstanding notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000 and €1,000, as the case may be.

The form and terms of the exchange notes are the same as the form and terms of the outstanding notes except that:

(1) the exchange notes bear a series B designation and different ISIN, CUSIP and Common Code numbers, as the case may be, from the outstanding notes;

(2) the exchange notes have been registered under the Securities Act and hence will not bear legends restricting their transfer; and

(3) the holders of the exchange notes will not be entitled to certain rights under the registration rights agreements, all of which rights will terminate when such exchange offer is terminated.

The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding notes and will be entitled to the benefits of the applicable indenture. The exchange offers are not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes being tendered for exchange, and neither exchange offer is conditioned upon the other exchange offer.

$450.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the original dollar notes and €245.0 million in the aggregate principal amount of the original euro notes are subject to the exchange offers. We have fixed close of business on                      , 2007 as the record date for the exchange offers for purposes of determining the persons to whom this prospectus and the letters of transmittal will be mailed initially.

Holders of outstanding notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters’ rights under Dutch law or the indentures relating to the notes in connection with the exchange offers. We intend to conduct the exchange offers in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC.

We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered outstanding notes when, as and if we have given oral or written notice of our acceptance to the exchange agents. The exchange agents will act as agents for the tendering holders for the purposes of receiving the exchange notes from us.

If any tendered outstanding notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender, the occurrence of specified other events set forth in this prospectus or otherwise, the certificates for any unaccepted outstanding notes will be returned, without expense, to the tendering holder thereof as promptly as practicable after the expiration date of the exchange offers.

Holders who tender outstanding notes in the exchange offers will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the applicable letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offers. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than transfer taxes in certain circumstances, in connection with the exchange offers. See “—Fees and Expenses.”

 

40


Table of Contents

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments

The term “expiration date” will mean 5:00 p.m., London time, 12:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2007, unless we, in our sole discretion, extend the exchange offers, in which case the term “expiration date” will mean the latest date and time to which the exchange offers are extended. We may extend one exchange offer without extending the other exchange offer.

In order to extend the exchange offers, we will notify the exchange agents of any extension by oral or written notice and by mailing to the registered holders an announcement thereof or by means of a press release or other public announcement, each prior to 9:00 a.m., London time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

We reserve the right, in our sole discretion, (1) to delay accepting any outstanding notes, to extend the exchange offers or to terminate the exchange offers if any of the conditions set forth below under “—Conditions” have not been satisfied, by giving oral or written notice of any delay, extension or termination to the exchange agents or (2) to amend the terms of the exchange offers in any manner. Any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice thereof to the registered holders.

Interest on the Exchange Notes

For each of the outstanding notes surrendered in an exchange offer, the holder who surrendered the note will receive a exchange note, having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered note. Interest on each exchange note will accrue from the later of:

 

    the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the outstanding note surrendered; and

 

    if no interest has been paid on the outstanding note, from the date on which the outstanding notes were issued.

If the note is surrendered for exchange on a date in a period that includes the record date for an interest payment date to occur on or after the date of the exchange will accrue from that interest payment date.

Interest on the exchange notes is payable semi-annually on each May 1 and November 1. For more information regarding the terms of the exchange notes, see “Description of the Notes.”

Procedures for Tendering

Only a holder of outstanding notes may tender the outstanding notes in the exchange offers.

In all cases, issuance of exchange notes for outstanding notes that are accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offers will be made only after timely receipt by an exchange agent of:

 

    certificates for such outstanding notes or a timely confirmation (a “ Book-Entry Confirmation ”) of a book-entry transfer of such outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream (each a “ book-entry transfer facility ”), as the case may be;

 

    a duly executed letter of transmittal or a properly transmitted agent’s message, as defined below, as applicable; and

 

    all other required documents.

If any tendered outstanding notes are not accepted for any reason set forth in the terms and conditions of the exchange offers or if outstanding notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than the holder desires to exchange, such unaccepted or non-exchanged outstanding notes will be credited to an account maintained with DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, as promptly as practicable after the expiration of the exchange offers.

 

41


Table of Contents

If you hold outstanding senior notes through DTC and wish to accept the exchange offer, you must do so through DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program, or ATOP, pursuant to which you will agree to be bound by the terms of the applicable letter of transmittal. See “—Book-Entry Transfer.” If you wish to tender such notes and cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer prior to the expiration date, you may tender such notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below under “—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

If you hold outstanding senior subordinated notes through Euroclear or Clearstream and wish to accept the exchange offer, you must comply with the procedures established by Euroclear and/or Clearstream, as appropriate, for transfer of notes through the electronic transfer systems of Euroclear and/or Clearstream, which include transmission of an agent’s message. For tender of such notes to be effective, such notes must be transferred through Euroclear’s and/or Clearstream’s electronic transfer systems.

All (i) acceptances of the exchange offers, either pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer or guaranteed delivery, and (ii) withdrawals of tendered outstanding notes must be made as set forth in this prospectus. The delivery of outstanding notes and delivery of all other required documents is at the election and sole risk of the holder. As an alternative to delivery by mail, holders may wish to consider facsimile, overnight courier or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure delivery of the letter of transmittal or agent’s message to an exchange agent before the required time on the expiration date. No letter of transmittal or agent’s message should be sent to issuer or any book-entry transfer facility. If applicable, holders should request their respective brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies or nominees to effect the above transactions for such holders. A holder that tenders outstanding notes by use of the guaranteed delivery procedures, however, must provide to an eligible institution (as defined below) the information required on page 2 of the notice of guaranteed delivery. See “—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

Any beneficial owner whose outstanding notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct such registered holder to tender on such beneficial owner’s behalf.

If a letter of transmittal is signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must be submitted with such letter of transmittal.

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance, and withdrawal of tendered outstanding notes will be determined by us in our sole discretion, subject to compliance with the applicable rules of the SEC, which determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all outstanding notes not properly tendered or any outstanding notes the acceptance of which would, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular outstanding notes. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offers (including the instructions in the letters of transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of outstanding notes must be cured within such time as we shall determine, in our sole discretion and subject to compliance with the applicable rules of the SEC. Although we intend to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of outstanding notes, neither we, the exchange agents nor any other person shall incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of outstanding notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any outstanding notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, as soon as practicable following the expiration date.

 

42


Table of Contents

Book-Entry Transfer

The exchange agents will seek to establish accounts with respect to the outstanding notes at each book-entry transfer facility for purposes of the exchange offers within two business days after the date of this prospectus unless the exchange agents already have established an account with the book-entry transfer facility suitable for the exchange offers. If you are a financial institution that is a participant or an account holder in a book-entry transfer facility’s system, you may make book-entry delivery of outstanding notes by causing the book-entry transfer facility to transfer such outstanding notes into the applicable exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility in accordance with the book-entry transfer facility’s procedures for transfer.

DTC’s ATOP program is the only method of processing the exchange offer through DTC. To accept the exchange offer through ATOP, participants in DTC must send electronic instructions to DTC through DTC’s communication system. In addition, such tendering participants should deliver a copy of the applicable letter of transmittal to the applicable exchange agent unless an agent’s message is transmitted in lieu thereof. DTC is obligated to communicate those electronic instructions to the exchange agent through an agent’s message. To tender outstanding dollar notes through ATOP, the electronic instructions sent to DTC and transmitted by DTC to the exchange agent must contain the character by which the participant acknowledges its receipt of and agrees to be bound by a letter of transmittal. Any instruction through ATOP is at your risk and such instruction will be deemed made only when actually received by the exchange agent.

In order for an acceptance of the exchange offer through ATOP to be valid, an agent’s message must be transmitted to and received by the exchange agent prior to the expiration date, or the guaranteed delivery procedures described below must be complied with. Delivery of instructions to DTC does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

The term “agent’s message” means a message transmitted by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, to, and received by, an exchange agent. An agent’s message forms a part of the Book-Entry Confirmation, which states that DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, has received an express acknowledgment from the participant or account holder, as the case may be, tendering the outstanding notes, which states that such participant or account holder, as applicable, has received the applicable letter of transmittal and agrees to bound by the terms of such letter of transmittal (or, in the case of an agent’s message relating to a guaranteed delivery, that such participant or account holder, as the case may be, has received and agrees to be bound by the applicable notice of guaranteed delivery) and that we may enforce such agreement against such participant or account holder, as the case may be.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If you desire to tender your outstanding notes and the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, a tender may be effected if:

 

    the tender is made through a member of or participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program, the Stock Exchange Medallion Program, or an “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act (each, an “Eligible Institution”);

 

    prior to the expiration date, you submit the information required on page 2 of the notice of guaranteed delivery to an Eligible Institution and the Eligible Institution sends electronic instructions to DTC through ATOP (instead of sending a signed, hard copy of the notice of guaranteed delivery) or to Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, setting forth your name and address and the amount of such notes, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of the electronic transmission of the notice of guaranteed delivery, a Book-Entry Confirmation including an agent’s message, and other instructions required by the applicable letter of transmittal, will be electronically transmitted through ATOP to DTC or to Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, by the Eligible Institution;

 

43


Table of Contents
    the applicable exchange agent receives such electronically transmitted notice of guaranteed delivery prior to the expiration date; and a Book-Entry Confirmation, including an agent’s message, and all other documents required by the applicable letter of transmittal, are received by the exchange agent within three NYSE trading days after the date of the electronic transmission of the notice of guaranteed delivery.

Acceptance of Outstanding Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes

Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the exchange offers, all outstanding notes properly tendered will be accepted, promptly after the expiration date, and the exchange notes will be issued promptly after acceptance of the outstanding notes. See “—Conditions” below. For purposes of an exchange offer, outstanding notes shall be deemed to have been accepted as validly tendered for exchange when, as and if we give oral (promptly confirmed in writing) or written notice thereof to the exchange agent.

In all cases, issuance of exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offers will be made only after timely receipt by an exchange agent of certificates for such outstanding notes or a timely Book-Entry Confirmation of such outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, unless an agent’s message is transmitted in lieu thereof, and all other required documents. If we do not accept any tendered outstanding notes for any reason set forth in the terms and conditions of the exchange offers or if you submit outstanding notes for a greater principal amount than you desire to exchange, such unaccepted or non-exchanged outstanding notes will be returned without expense to you as promptly as practicable after the exchange offers expire or terminate. In the case of outstanding notes tendered by the book-entry transfer procedures described above, the non-exchanged outstanding notes will be credited to an account maintained with DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be.

Withdrawal of Tenders

Tenders of outstanding notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., London time, 12:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. Any outstanding notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offers. Any outstanding notes which have been tendered for exchange but which are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to you without cost to you as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender, or termination of the exchange offers. Properly withdrawn outstanding notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described under “—Procedures for Tendering” at any time on or prior to the expiration date.

Outstanding senior notes

For a withdrawal of a tender of outstanding senior notes held through DTC to be effective, an electronic ATOP transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange agent prior to 5:00 p.m., London time, 12:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of the person having deposited the outstanding notes to be withdrawn, (ii) identify the outstanding notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate number(s) and principal amount of the outstanding notes, or, in the case of outstanding notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited, (iii) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which the outstanding notes were tendered, including any required signature guarantees, or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to register the transfer of the outstanding notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender, and (iv) specify the name in which any outstanding notes are to be registered, if different from that of the person depositing the outstanding notes to be withdrawn. All questions as to the validity, form, and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will be determined by us, whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties.

 

44


Table of Contents

Outstanding senior subordinated notes

To withdraw a tender of outstanding senior subordinated notes held through Euroclear or Clearstream, a tested telex or SWIFT message relating to such withdrawal must be received by Euroclear and/or Clearstream, as applicable, prior to 5:00 p.m., London time, 12:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offers. Any such notice of withdrawal must comply with the procedures for withdrawal of tenders established by Euroclear and/or Clearstream, as appropriate. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will be determined by us, and our determination shall be final and binding on all parties.

Conditions

Notwithstanding any other term of the exchange offers, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange notes issued for, any outstanding notes, and we may terminate or amend an exchange offer as provided in this prospectus before the acceptance of the outstanding notes, if:

(1) prior to the expiration of the exchange offer, any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the exchange offer which, in our sole judgment, might materially impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer or any material adverse development has occurred in any existing action or proceeding with respect to us or any of our subsidiaries;

(2) prior to the expiration of the exchange offer, any law, statute, rule, regulation or interpretation by the staff of the SEC is proposed, adopted or enacted, which, in our sole judgment, might materially impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer or materially impair the contemplated benefits of the exchange offer to us; or

(3) any governmental approval has not been obtained, which approval we will, in our sole discretion, deem necessary for the consummation of the exchange offer as contemplated by this prospectus.

If we reasonably determine that any of the conditions are not satisfied, we may (1) refuse to accept any outstanding notes and return all tendered outstanding notes, (2) extend the exchange offer and retain all outstanding notes tendered prior to the expiration of the exchange offer, subject, however, to the rights of holders to withdraw the outstanding notes (see “—Withdrawal of Tenders”) or (3) waive the unsatisfied conditions with respect to the exchange offer and accept all properly tendered outstanding notes which have not been withdrawn.

Exchange Agents

The Bank of New York has been appointed as the principal exchange agent for the exchange offer for the dollar notes. The Bank of New York has been appointed as the principal exchange agent for the exchange offer for the euro notes. The Bank of New York has been appointed as the exchange agent in Luxembourg for the exchange offers. Questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letters of transmittal and requests for Notice of Guaranteed Delivery should be directed to the exchange agents addressed as follows:

In the case of senior notes:

By Overnight Courier, Registered or Certified Mail or Hand Delivery:

The Bank of New York

101 Barclay Street, 4E

New York, New York 10286

For Information Telephone:

(212) 815-4259

Facsimile Transmission:

(732) 667-9269

 

45


Table of Contents

In the case of senior subordinated notes:

By Overnight Courier, Registered or Certified Mail or Hand Delivery:

The Bank of New York

101 Barclay Street, 4E

New York, New York 10286

For Information Telephone:

(212) 815-4259

Facsimile Transmission:

(732) 667-9269

Delivery to an address other than set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery.

Fees and Expenses

We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders. The principal solicitation is being made by mail; however, additional solicitation may be made by telegraph, telecopy, telephone or in person by our and our affiliates’ officers and regular employees.

We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offers and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offers. We will reimburse them for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with these services.

We will pay the cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offers. Such expenses include fees and expenses of the exchange agents and trustees, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others.

Accounting Treatment

The exchange notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the outstanding notes, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes as a result of the exchange offers. The expenses of the exchange offers will be deferred and charged to expense over the remaining term of the exchange notes.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

The outstanding notes that are not exchanged for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offers will remain restricted securities. Accordingly, the outstanding notes may be resold only:

(1) to us upon redemption thereof or otherwise;

(2) so long as the outstanding notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person inside the United States whom the seller reasonably believes is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or pursuant to another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, which other exemption is based upon an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to us;

(3) outside the United States to a foreign person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 904 under the Securities Act; or

(4) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

46


Table of Contents

Resale of the Exchange Notes

With respect to resales of exchange notes, based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that a holder or other person who receives exchange notes, whether or not the person is the holder, other than a person that is our affiliate within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, in exchange for outstanding notes in the ordinary course of business and who is not participating, does not intend to participate, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the exchange notes, will be allowed to resell the exchange notes to the public without further registration under the Securities Act and without delivering to the purchasers of the exchange notes a prospectus that satisfies the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act. However, if any holder acquires exchange notes in an exchange offer for the purpose of distributing or participating in a distribution of the exchange notes, the holder cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC expressed in the no-action letters or any similar interpretive letters, and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction, unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available. Further, each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where the outstanding notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.

Notices

We currently intend to list the senior subordinated exchange notes on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. The senior subordinated exchange notes will be accepted for clearance through the accounts of Euroclear and Clearstream and DTC, as applicable, and they will have new CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers which will be transmitted to the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. All documents prepared in connection with the exchange offer will be available at the office of the exchange agent in Luxembourg and all necessary actions and services in respect of the exchange offers may be done at the office of the exchange agent in Luxembourg. The exchange agent in Luxembourg appointed for these purposes is The Bank of New York.

All notices relating to the exchange offers will be published in accordance with the notice provisions of the notes indentures. See “Description of the Notes—Notices.” So long as the senior subordinated notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange shall require, notice of the results of the exchange offer will be given to the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and will be published in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ), in each case as promptly as practicable, following the completion of the exchange offers.

 

47


Table of Contents

THE ACQUISITION

Purchase Agreement

On April 27, 2006, pursuant to an Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”), S&C Purchase Corp., a company owned by an affiliate of Bain Capital, completed the Acquisition of the S&C Business from TI (the “Acquisition”) for an aggregate purchase price of $3.0 billion, including fees and expenses. The Acquisition included a cash investment by funds associated with Bain Capital and co-investors of up to $985.0 million. See “Use of Proceeds.” The Acquisition was effected in part through the purchase of stock of certain foreign subsidiaries, and in part through the transfer of assets and liabilities of the S&C Business to a number of subsidiaries of Sensata. Since a significant portion of the S&C Business was transferred pursuant to asset sales, we received a stepped-up asset tax basis in connection with the Acquisition. S&C Purchase Corp.’s rights, duties and obligations under the Purchase Agreement were subsequently assigned in full to Sensata.

The Purchase Agreement contains customary terms and conditions for a transaction of this type, including the following:

Non-Compete. For six years after the closing of the Acquisition, TI may not compete with us in the businesses purchased in the Transactions, subject to exceptions related to certain products under development by us as of the closing.

Representation and Warranties. The Purchase Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and covenants, including TI’s representations and warranties attesting to no undisclosed material liabilities, the status of employee and labor matters and environmental compliance matters and customer and supplier relationships and our representations regarding the financing arrangements and certain litigation matters.

Indemnification. The representations and warranties generally survive until one year following the closing of the Acquisition. Representations and warranties relating to environmental laws survive for five years after the closing of the Acquisition, representations and warranties relating to tax matters survive until 30 days after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations, and the representation related to brokers’ and finders’ fees does not expire. TI also will indemnify us with respect to certain specified litigation matters, as well as other liabilities, including environmental and other legacy liabilities. TI’s indemnification obligations with respect to breaches of representations and warranties and the specified litigation matters are, with certain exceptions, subject to a deductible of $30.0 million and are capped at $300.0 million.

Cross License Agreement

In connection with the closing of the Transactions, Sensata and TI entered into a Cross License Agreement pursuant to which we and TI agreed to grant licenses to the other for use by the parties in connection with our respective businesses.

Transition Services Agreement

Since the closing of the Transactions, we and TI have been providing various services to each other in the areas of shared facilities, finance and accounting, human resources, information technology services, warehousing and logistics, and records retention and storage. Many of these services have since terminated, although we may use certain of these services for up to two years. The fees for these services will be generally equivalent to the provider’s cost.

 

48


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

This exchange offer is intended to satisfy certain of our obligations under the registration rights agreement. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes. In consideration for issuing the exchange notes contemplated in this prospectus, we will receive outstanding notes in like principal amount, the form and terms of which are the same as the form and terms of the exchange notes, except as otherwise described in this prospectus.

We used the net proceeds of the offering of these notes, together with the proceeds of the other financing transactions entered into on the closing date of the Acquisition, to pay the cash consideration for the Acquisition, and to pay related fees and expenses. For further information regarding the cash consideration for the Acquisition and related transaction fees and expenses, see Note 4 to the Notes to our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in the prospectus.

 

49


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2006. This table should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    

As of

September 30, 2006

     (dollars in millions)
     (unaudited)

Long-term debt, including current maturities:

  

Senior secured credit facility (1)

  

Revolving credit facility

   $ —  

Term loan facility (2)

     1,358.4

Capital lease obligation (3)

     30.9

Senior notes

     450.0

Senior subordinated notes (4)

     310.4
      

Total debt

     2,149.7

Total shareholder’s equity (5)

     893.3
      

Total capitalization

   $ 3,043.0
      

(1) The senior secured credit facility consists of a six year $150.0 million revolving credit facility and seven year $1,358.4 million tranche B term loan facility. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.”
(2) The term loan facility included principal of €324.2 million with a dollar equivalent of $410.7 million.
(3) We entered into a sale leaseback transaction during 2005, recording the present value of future lease payments as a capital lease obligation.
(4) The senior subordinated notes are denominated in euros with an aggregate principal amount of €245.0 million.
(5) Our Shareholder’s equity reflects a capital contribution by Parent, which represents cash invested in our Parent by funds associated with Bain Capital, co-investors and certain members of our senior management, net of the estimated purchase price adjustment.

 

50


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

We derived the following unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 by applying pro forma adjustments to the audited combined statement of operations of our accounting Predecessor for the year ended December 31, 2005 included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the following unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 by applying pro forma adjustments to the unaudited combined statement of operations for the period from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 and the unaudited consolidated financial statements for the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma adjustments give effect to the Transactions, including the offering of the notes and the application of the proceeds therefrom and the subsequent restructuring of the Deferred Payment Certificates (DPCs), as if both events had occurred on January 1, 2005. A pro forma balance sheet has not been presented due to the fact that the Transactions are reflected in our historical September 30, 2006 balance sheet. We describe the assumptions underlying the pro forma adjustments in the accompanying notes, which should be read in conjunction with these unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated financial statements.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated statements of operations have been prepared to give effect to the Transactions and the restructuring of the DPCs, including the accounting for the acquisition of our business as a purchase in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, Business Combinations . The total purchase price for the acquisition was allocated to our net assets based upon estimates of fair value. The pro forma adjustments were based on a preliminary assessment of the value of our tangible and intangible assets by management based on information obtained to date and are subject to revision as additional information becomes available. The actual purchase accounting adjustments described in the accompanying notes may differ from those reflected in these unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated statements of operations. Differences between the preliminary and final purchase price allocations may have a material impact on the pro forma amounts of cost of revenue, selling, general and administrative expense, depreciation and amortization, and interest expense.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated statements of operations include only those adjustments directly attributable to the Transactions that are going to have a continuing impact on us and the modification of the DPCs. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated financial statements do not give effect to any cost-saving initiatives we may pursue.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined and consolidated statements of operations should be read in conjunction with the information contained in “Selected Historical Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited and unaudited financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

51


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF

OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005

 

     Predecessor (a)    

Pro Forma

Transaction

Adjustments

    Pro Forma  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net revenue

   $ 1,060,671     $ —       $ 1,060,671  

Operating costs and expenses:

      

Cost of revenue

     704,918       11,244 (b)     716,162  

Research and development

     28,737       —         28,737  

Selling, general and administrative

     102,104       129,971 (c)     232,075  
                        

Total operating costs and expenses

     835,759       141,215       976,974  
                        

Profit (loss) from operations

     224,912       (141,215 )     83,697  

Interest expense, net

     (105 )     (168,478 ) (d)     (168,583 )

Currency translation gain (loss) and other, net

     —         —         —    
                        

Income (loss) before income taxes

     224,807       (309,693 )     (84,886 )

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     81,390       (39,214 ) (e)     42,176  
                        

Net income (loss)

   $ 143,417     $ (270,479 )   $ (127,062 )
                        

See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

52


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF

OPERATIONS FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2006

 

    

Predecessor

(Combined)

   

Successor

(Consolidated)

    Pro Forma  
    

January 1 -

April 26,

2006 (a)

   

April 27, 2006 -

September 30,
2006

   

Pro Forma

Transaction

Adjustments

   

Pro Forma

January 1, 2006 -

September 30, 2006

 
           (dollars in thousands)        

Net revenue

   $ 375,600     $ 503,942     $ —       $ 879,542  

Operating costs and expenses:

        

Cost of revenue

     256,631       349,642       8,390 (b)     614,663  

Research and development

     7,627       11,872       —         19,499  

Selling, general and administrative

     39,780       109,279       46,033 (c)     195,092  
                                

Total operating costs and expenses

     304,038       470,793       54,423       829,254  
                                

Profit (loss) from operations

     71,562       33,149       (54,423 )     50,288  

Interest expense, net

     (511 )     (121,514 )     (250 ) (d)     (122,275 )

Currency translation gain (loss) and other, net

     115       (34,328 )     —         (34,213 )
                                

Income (loss) before income taxes

     71,166       (122,693 )     (54,673 )     (106,200 )

Provision for income taxes

     25,796       24,561       4,218 (e)     54,575  
                                

Net income (loss)

   $ 45,370     $ (147,254 )   $ (58,891 )   $ (160,775 )
                                

See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

53


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

(a) TI has historically provided various services to the S&C Business ("Predecessor"), including cash management, facilities management, information technology, finance/accounting, tax, legal, human resources, data processing, security, payroll, employee benefit administration, insurance administration and telecommunications. The costs of these services and the costs associated with employee benefit plans, information technology and facilities shared with TI have been allocated to the Predecessor in the combined financial statements included in this memorandum and amounted to $14.0 million and $42.1 million for the period from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005, respectively. These expenses and all other centralized operating costs were allocated first on the basis of direct usage when identifiable, with the remainder being allocated among TI's businesses units on the basis of their respective revenue, headcount or other measures. We believe these allocations are a reasonable reflection of the use of these services from TI. See Note 15 to our historical unaudited combined and consolidated interim financial statements for information regarding the historical allocations for the period January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 and Note 6 to our historical audited combined financial statements for information regarding the historical allocations for the year ended December 31, 2005.

(b) Represents depreciation expense associated with recording our property and equipment at fair value pursuant to purchase accounting as if the transaction occurred at January 1, 2005. The following table shows the computation of the pro forma adjustment to depreciation expense resulting from the acquisition of the S&C Business. Depreciation expense has been allocated between cost of revenue and selling, general and administrative costs based on historical allocations.

 

     Year ended
December 31, 2005
    Nine months ended
September 30, 2006
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Pro forma depreciation expense

   $ 41,477     $ 34,209  

Historical depreciation expense of property, plant and equipment

     (28,700 )     (24,675 )
                

Pro forma increase in depreciation expense

   $ 12,777     $ 9,534  
                

Allocated to cost of revenue

   $ 11,244     $ 8,390  

Allocated to selling, general and administrative

   $ 1,533     $ 1,144  

(c) Pro forma adjustments impacting selling, general and administrative expenses are as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31, 2005
    Nine months ended
September 30, 2006
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Amortization (i)

   $ 125,355     $ 44,059  

Depreciation (ii)

     1,533       1,144  

Share-based compensation (iii)

     (917 )     (503 )

Sponsor management fee (iv)

     4,000       1,333  
                

Total

   $ 129,971     $ 46,033  
                

(i)

Represents additional amortization expense associated with the allocation of $1.1 billion (excludes indefinite-lived trademark of $58.9 million) to definite-lived intangible assets acquired in the Transactions. Identified definite-lived intangible assets are amortized on the economic benefit basis based upon the useful lives of the asset ranging from six to twenty years. A $10.0 million increase or decrease in the value of definite-lived intangibles would increase or decrease amortization expense by $1.1 million and $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 and nine months ended September 30, 2006, respectively. The

 

54


Table of Contents
 

following table shows the computation of the pro forma adjustment to amortization expense resulting from the allocation of $1.1 billion to definite-lived intangible assets resulting from the acquisition of the S&C business.

 

    

Year ended

December 31, 2005

    Nine months ended
September 30, 2006
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Pro forma amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets

   $ 126,350     $ 97,256  

Historical amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets

     (995 )     (53,197 )
                

Pro forma increase in amortization expense

   $ 125,355     $ 44,059  
                

 

(ii) Represents pro forma increase in depreciation expense as calculated in Note (b) to the pro forma statement of operations.
(iii) Represents pro forma adjustment to reflect the new share-based compensation arrangements established for management. This adjustment has been calculated as follows as if they had been implemented on January 1, 2005:

 

     Year ended
December 31, 2005
    Nine months ended
September 30, 2006
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Pro forma share-based compensation

   $ 1,983     $ 1,317  

Historical share-based compensation

     (2,900 )     (1,820 )
                

Pro forma decrease in share-based compensation

   $ (917 )   $ (503 )
                

 

(iv) Reflects adjustment for $4.0 million annual management fee to be paid to our Sponsors under the terms of an advisory agreement entered into at closing of the Transactions. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—The Transactions—Advisory Agreement.”

(d) Reflects the increase in net interest expense as a result of the new borrowings to fund the Transactions and the restructuring of the DPCs. For purposes of preparing the pro forma condensed combined and consolidated statement of operations, the pro forma interest adjustment has been calculated as if the borrowings related to the Transactions occurred on January 1, 2005 as follows:

 

    

Year ended

December 31, 2005

   

Nine months ended

September 30, 2006

 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Historical net interest expense not associated with new borrowings (i)

   $ 105     $ 1,210  

Interest on new borrowings:

    

Revolving credit facility (ii)

     750       563  

Secured term loan facility (denominated in U.S. dollars) (iii)

     67,456       50,180  

Secured term loan facility (denominated in euros) (iv)

     22,850       16,998  

Interest on notes subject to the exchange offer:

    

Senior notes (denominated in U.S. dollars) (v)

     36,000       27,000  

Senior subordinated notes (denominated in euros) (vi)

     27,144       20,358  

Bridge financing fees (vii)

     6,750       —    

Amortization of deferred financing costs (viii)

     7,528       5,966  
                

Total pro forma interest expense

     168,583       122,275  

Less:

    

Total recorded interest expense (ix)

     (105 )     (122,025 )
                

Net pro forma adjustment to interest expense

   $ 168,478     $ 250  
                

 

55


Table of Contents

(i) Represents interest expense on capital lease obligations for the year ended December 31, 2005 and interest expense on capital lease obligations offset by $898 thousand of interest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.
(ii) $150.0 million revolving credit facility, under which there was a $10.0 million outstanding balance following the Transactions. Interest expense noted in the schedule above represents the 0.5 percent commitment fee on the undrawn balance of $150.0 million under the revolving credit facility.
(iii) $950.0 million term loan facility that bears interest at LIBOR plus 1.75 percent in the case of borrowings denominated in U.S. dollars. Represents interest expense equal to LIBOR (as of December 7, 2006) plus 1.75 percent applied to amounts outstanding under the term loan facility as if the term loan facility was outstanding beginning January 1, 2005 and scheduled principal payments occurred.
(iv) $400.1 million term loan facility with an aggregate principal amount of €325.0 million that bears interest at EURIBOR (as of December 7, 2006) plus 2.0 percent for borrowings denominated in euros. Represents interest expense equal to EURIBOR plus 2.0 percent applied to amounts outstanding under the term loan facility as if the term loan facility was outstanding beginning January 1, 2005 and scheduled principal payments occurred.
(v) The $450.0 million Senior Notes bearing interest at 8.0 percent per annum.
(vi) The €245.0 million Senior Subordinated Notes bearing interest at a rate of 9.0 percent per annum ($301.6 million at issuance).
(vii) The Company entered into a bridge loan facility which expired upon the closing of the Transactions. The Company expensed the bridge loan financing fees of $6.8 million during the historical period April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006. This adjustment reflects the expensing of the bridge loan financing fees as if the Transactions occurred on January 1, 2005
(viii) Represents non-cash amortization expense associated with an estimated $71.6 million of deferred financing fees over a weighted-average life of 7.64 years. A 0.125 percent increase in estimated interest rates would increase total pro forma annual interest expense for our revolving credit facility and our secured dollar and euro term loan facilities by a total of $1.6 million and $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 and nine months ended September 30, 2006, respectively.
(ix) For the period April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, recorded interest expense includes $44.6 million of expense associated with the 14% yield on the DPCs from April 27, 2006 to September 21, 2006. See Note 14 to the unaudited consolidated and combined interim financial statements for further discussion of the restructuring of the DPCs.

(e) Represents the estimated income tax effect of the pro forma adjustments. The tax effect of the pro forma adjustments was calculated using historical statutory rates in each jurisdiction affected by the pro forma adjustments. A full valuation allowance has been established on substantially all net deferred tax assets in jurisdictions that have incurred net operating losses, as it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realizable in the foreseeable future.

 

56


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables present selected historical condensed combined and consolidated financial data for our business. We have derived the selected combined statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and the selected combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 from the audited combined financial statements of our Predecessor, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected combined statement of operations data for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2005 and the period from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 from the unaudited combined financial statements of our Predecessor, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected financial data as of and for the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Successor, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected combined statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2001 and December 31, 2002 and the selected combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 presented below from the unaudited annual combined financial statements of our Predecessor, which are not included in this prospectus.

You should read the following information in conjunction with the section of this prospectus entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited annual combined financial statements and related notes thereto and our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

      Predecessor (combined)    

Sensata

Technologies
B.V.
(consolidated)

 
      Year ended December 31,    

Nine months

ended

September 30,

2005

   

January 1 -

April 26,

2006

   

April 27 -

September 30,

2006

 
     

2001

    2002     2003     2004     2005        
      (unaudited)     (unaudited)                       (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
      (dollars in thousands)        

Statement of Income Data:

               

Net revenue

  $ 872,903     $ 877,740     $ 928,449     $ 1,028,648     $ 1,060,671     $ 792,627     $ 375,600        $ 503,942  

Operating costs and expenses:

               

Cost of revenue (1)

    629,725       589,847       617,357       661,056       704,918       515,047       256,631       349,642  

Research and development

    18,059       19,194       25,360       31,957       28,737       22,327       7,627       11,872  

Selling, general and administrative (1)

    98,999       89,981       95,634       101,920       102,104       76,313       39,780       109,279  
                                                                 

Total operating costs and expenses

    746,783       699,022       738,351       794,933       835,759       613,687       304,038       470,793  
                                                                 

Profit from operations

    126,120       178,718       190,098       233,715       224,912       178,940       71,562       33,149  

Interest expense, net

    —         —         —         —         (105 )     (121 )     (511 )     (121,514 )

Currency translation gain (loss) and other, net (2)

    1,966       (113 )     774       1,731       —         11       115       (34,328 )
                                                                 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    128,086       178,605       190,872       235,446       224,807       178,830       71,166       (122,693 )

Provision for income taxes

    44,861       62,499       66,679       83,381       81,390       64,745       25,796       24,561  
                                                                 

Net income (loss)

  $ 83,225     $ 116,106     $ 124,193     $ 152,065     $ 143,417     $ 114,085     $ 45,370     $ (147,254 )
                                                                 

Other Financial Data:

               

Net cash provided by (used in):

               

Operating activities

  $ 162,083     $ 186,481     $ 153,025     $ 145,127     $ 173,276     $ 139,407     $ 40,599     $ 100,380  

Investing activities

    (27,680 )     (24,081 )     (25,256 )     (23,280 )     (56,505 )     (43,079 )     (16,705 )     (3,018,547 )

Financing activities

    (134,403 )     (162,400 )     (127,769 )     (121,847 )     (116,771 )     (96,328 )     (23,894 )     3,006,192  

Capital expenditures (3)

    27,680       24,081       25,256       37,887       42,218       29,846       16,705       16,676  

EBITDA (4)

    174,397       218,356       228,084       267,905       256,070       201,814       81,286       68,210  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (5)

    142.2       160.3       188.5       291.7       207.2       239.1       57.8       N/M (7)

 

57


Table of Contents
     Predecessor (combined)   

Sensata Technologies

B.V. (consolidated)

     As of December 31,   

As of

September 30,

2006

     2001    2002    2003    2004    2005   
     (unaudited)    (unaudited)    (unaudited)              (unaudited)
     (dollars in thousands)

Balance Sheet Data:

                 

Working capital (6)

   $ 147,862    $ 114,524    $ 126,811    $ 163,015    $ 167,018    $ 196,880

Total assets

     443,746      403,834      400,657      442,518      504,297      3,294,066

Total debt, including capital lease obligation

     —        —        —        —        31,165      2,149,714

TI’s net investment/shareholder’s equity

     345,659      299,365      295,849      326,127      355,673      893,322

(1) Cost of revenue includes $32.5 million, $15.1 million, $19.5 million, $9.3 million and $2.4 million and selling, general and administrative expense includes $4.9 million, $1.2 million, $3.5 million, $2.9 million and $0.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and for the periods January 1, 2006 through April 26, 2006, respectively, related to severance and accelerated depreciation associated with moving certain of our production lines from Attleboro, Massachusetts and Almelo, Holland to other facilities in order to be geographically closer to customers and their markets and to reduce manufacturing costs. There were no expenses related to these plans during the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Restructuring Activity.”
(2) Currency translation (loss) and other includes primarily currency translation loss associated with euro denominated debt and the DPCs.
(3) Excludes non-cash capital expenditures, financed through a capital lease, of $31.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.
(4) EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) is considered a non-GAAP financial measure. We believe that EBITDA provides investors with helpful information with respect to our operations and cash flows. We included EBITDA to provide additional information with respect to our ability to meet our future debt service, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. EBITDA is also used by management and investors to evaluate our operating performance exclusive of financing costs and depreciation policies. In addition to its use to monitor performance trends, EBITDA provides a comparative metric to management and investors that is consistent across companies with different capital structures and depreciation policies. This enables management and investors to compare our performance to that of our peers. The use of EBITDA has limitations and you should not consider EBITDA in isolation from or as an alternative to GAAP measures such as net income, cash flows from operating activities and consolidated income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP, or as a measure of profitability or liquidity.
(5) The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is computed by dividing earnings by fixed charges. For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, (i) earnings are defined as net income before income taxes plus fixed charges and (ii) fixed charges are defined as interest (including the amortization of debt issuance costs) and estimates of interest within rental expense. The interest portion of rental expenses relating to operating leases as well as rental arrangements were calculated using one-third of total rental expenses. We believe this represents a reasonable approximation of the interest factor.
(6) We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities. During the periods presented, we participated in TI’s centralized system for cash management, under which our cash flows were transferred to TI on a regular basis and netted against TI’s net investment account. Consequently, none of TI’s cash, cash equivalents, debt or interest expense has been allocated to our business in our historical combined financial statements.
(7) Not meaningful due to net loss of $(147,254) for the period April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006.

 

58


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion in conjunction with “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements” and “Selected Historical Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Data” and our combined and consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements in this discussion regarding industry outlook, our expectations regarding our future performance, liquidity and capital resources and other non-historical statements in this discussion are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties described in “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward-looking statements.

Overview

We design, manufacture and market a wide range of customized, highly-engineered sensors and controls. We operate as two global business units: Sensors and Controls. We believe that we are one of the largest suppliers of sensors and controls in each of the key applications in which we compete. Our sensors business is a leading manufacturer of a variety of sensors used in automotive, commercial and industrial products. Our sensors products include pressure sensors and switches, as well as position, force and acceleration sensors. Our controls business is a leading manufacturer of a variety of engineered controls used in the industrial, aerospace, military, commercial and residential markets. Our controls products include motor and compressor protectors, HVAC controls, circuit breakers, precision switches and thermostats, arc-fault circuit protectors and semiconductor burn-in test sockets. We market our controls products primarily under the Klixon ® brand.

Recent Developments

On October 23, 2006, we entered into a series of agreements to provide consignment of silver to facilitate production of certain products purchased by STI and other Sensata operating companies from Engineered Materials Solutions Inc., or “EMSI”. The transactions are further described in “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.”

On November 10, 2006, STI entered into an offer letter pursuant to which Mr. Jeffrey Cote was appointed to serve as STI’s Chief Financial Officer commencing January 1, 2007. See “Management.”

On November 28, 2006, The Netherlands Parliament passed a new tax law reducing the tax net operating loss carryforward period to nine years. Under the rule in effect prior to January 1, 2007, the loss carryforward period was unlimited. As such, we understand that any 2006 tax net operating loss carryforward can only be offset against income up to 2015. Under U.S. GAAP, the effect of tax law changes are first reflected in the financial statements for the period that includes the date on which the law was passed. As such, the change in the Dutch tax law will be reflected in Sensata’s results for the fourth quarter of 2006. We are evaluating the impact this new tax law will have on our deferred income tax provision for the period ended December 31, 2006.

On December 15, 2006, our Malaysian operating subsidiary (Sensata Technologies Sdn Bhd) entered into a purchase and sale agreement to acquire a building and real estate in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia for use as a production facility for our Sensors business. The total purchase price is MYR (Malaysian ringgit) 24.5 million ($6.9 million on December 15, 2006) of which 10 percent has been paid to date with the balance due upon completion of the transaction. We expect the transaction to be completed during the quarter ended March 31, 2007. In addition to the $6.9 million for the purchase of the property, we anticipate spending, during the first two quarters of 2007, an additional $4.4 million to upgrade the facility in preparation for the relocation of manufacturing equipment from the facility currently leased from TI Malaysia. We will continue to relocate manufacturing lines during a phased move out through 2007 and 2008.

 

59


Table of Contents

On December 19, 2006, we acquired the First Technology Automotive and Special Products (“FTAS”) business from Honeywell Inc. for $90.0 million. FTAS designs, develops and manufacturers automotive sensors (cabin comfort and safety and stability control), electromechanical control devices (circuit breakers and thermal protectors), crash switch devices and precision ceramic components. FTAS’s products are sold to automotive OEMs, Tier I automotive suppliers, large vehicle and off-road OEMs, and industrial manufacturers. Approximately 20 percent of FTAS’s sales for the twelve months ended June 30, 2006 were made to non-automotive customers and less than half of sales were in North America. FTAS’s manufacturing operations are based in the Dominican Republic, with other manufacturing, production, engineering and administrative sites located in the United States and England. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2006, FTAS generated unaudited revenues of $67.7 million and EBITDA of $12.9 million. The purchase price of $90.0 million, plus fees and expenses of approximately $5.4 million, was funded by a €73.0 million ($95.4 million) new term loan (the “Additional Term Loan”) the terms of which are defined in our existing Senior Secured Credit Facility.

During December 2006, our controls segment began to see weakness in the lighting and industrial markets and the air conditioning market in both North America and Asia. In addition, our sensors segment is seeing a decline in the North American automotive market where key OEM customers are extending shutdown periods into the new year. There has also been a reduction in orders in the heavy vehicle, off-road market due in large part to a pre–build that happened early 2006 because of a change in emission requirements that takes effect in January 2007. We do not believe these factors will have a material impact on the Successor 2006 results of operations.

Factors Affecting Our Operating Results

We manage our sensors and controls businesses separately, and report them as two reporting segments for accounting purposes.

Net Revenue

We generate revenue from the sale of sensors and controls products across all major geographic areas. Our net revenue from product sales includes total sales less estimates of returns for product quality reasons and for price allowances. Price allowances include discounts for prompt payment as well as volume-based incentives.

Because we sell our products to end-users in a wide range of industries and geographies, demand for our products is generally driven more by the level of general economic activity rather than conditions in one particular industry or geographic region.

Our overall net revenue is generally impacted by the following factors:

 

    fluctuations in overall economic activity within the geographic markets in which we operate;

 

    underlying growth in one or more of our core end-markets, either worldwide or in particular geographies in which we operate;

 

    the number of sensors and/or controls used within existing applications, or the development of new applications requiring sensors and/or controls;

 

    the “mix” of products sold, including the proportion of new or upgraded products and their pricing relative to existing products;

 

    changes in product sales prices (including quantity discounts, rebates and cash discounts for prompt payment);

 

    changes in commodity prices and manufacturing costs;

 

    changes in the level of competition faced by our products, including the launch of new products by competitors;

 

60


Table of Contents
    our ability to successfully develop and launch new products and applications; and

 

    fluctuations in exchange rates.

While the factors described above impact net revenues in each of our operating segments, the impact of these factors on our operating segments can differ, as described below. For more information about risks relating to our business and this offering, see “Risk Factors.”

Sensors Products. Our sensors business serves multiple applications in various end-markets including automotive, HVAC, industrial and commercial. Revenue from the global automotive end-market, which includes applications in engine, air-conditioning and ride stabilization, has grown in recent years and is driven by three main forces. First, global automotive vehicle unit sales have demonstrated moderate but consistent annual growth, despite volatility within particular regions, including North America. While specific countries or regions have experienced volatility, on a global basis the automotive market has seen overall steady unit increases for many years. Second, the number of sensors used per vehicle has expanded, driven by a combination of factors including government regulation of safety and emissions, market demand for greater energy efficiency and consumer demand for new applications. For example, a government mandate for ‘smart airbags’ has increased the demand for occupant weight sensors, which facilitate the safe deployment of airbags regardless of whether an adult or a child is in the seat. Finally, revenue growth has been augmented by a continued shift away from legacy electromechanical products towards higher-price electronic solid-state sensors.

HVAC and other industrial end-markets have also experienced growth over the same period. Revenue has increased across multiple applications, including pressure sensing in HVAC systems and off-road vehicles. The primary drivers are similar to those found in the automotive end-market. Underlying growth in the market for HVAC and other industrial products, particularly in Asia, has been supplemented by increased usage of sensors in these products, primarily due to increased regulation of safety and emissions, market demand for greater energy efficiency and consumer demand for new features. In the United States, for example, the Environmental Protection Agency, or the “EPA,” has repeatedly increased minimum efficiency and emissions requirements for heavy-duty and off-road vehicles, while Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio (SEER) 13 standards mandate greater efficiency in HVAC applications.

The sensors market has certain dynamics that have historically created high switching costs and barriers to entry. Sensors are critical components that enable a wide variety of applications, many of which are essential to the proper functioning of the product in which they are incorporated, yet constitute a small portion of the product’s overall cost. The critical nature of sensors products also results in long development lead times and a significant investment on the part of OEMs and Tier I suppliers in selecting, integrating and testing sensors. Switching to a different sensor results in considerable labor, both in terms of sensor customization and extensive platform/product retesting.

Controls Products. Our controls business sells three main types of products—motor controls, precision products and interconnection products—which serve different end-markets and applications. Revenue from motor controls products has grown in recent years, due largely to unit growth in key applications, offset by moderate price reductions implemented due to productivity improvements. In 2005, cooler weather conditions than normal in North America and Asia, combined with excess build at OEM-level in China in the 2004 season contributed to a revenue decline in our air-conditioning products business, while strong global demand and market share gains resulted in unit growth for our DC motor protectors. In 2006, the excess OEM-level inventory situation in Asia was progressively resolved . Motor controls growth has also been driven by increased usage of HVAC and appliances in emerging markets.

Our precision products business primarily sells into aerospace and defense markets and has grown in recent years, due largely to demand for commercial airplanes and continued high levels of U.S. defense spending, combined with stable prices. In addition, we have experienced solid demand due to strong order books at Boeing

 

61


Table of Contents

and Airbus, combined with strong demand for business jets. Finally, sales in our interconnection business, which sells BITS to the semiconductor industry are dependent upon the level of investment in test equipment, primarily in the memory and logic market which required burn-in.

Cost of Revenue

We manufacture the majority of our products, and subcontract only a limited number of products to third parties. As such, our cost of revenue consists principally of the following:

 

    Production Materials Costs. A portion of our production materials contains metals such as copper and aluminum, and precious metals such as gold and silver and the costs of these materials may vary with underlying metals pricing. We purchase much of the materials used in production on a global best cost basis, but we are still impacted by global and local market conditions. In aggregate, costs of production materials accounted for approximately 55 percent of our cost of revenue in 2005 and the 2006 periods.

 

    Employee Costs. These costs include the salary costs and benefit charges for employees involved in manufacturing. These generally increase on an aggregate basis as sales and production volumes increase, and may decline as a percent of net revenue as a result of economies of scale associated with higher production volumes. We rely heavily on contract laborers in certain geographies.

 

    Other. Our remaining cost of revenue consists of:

 

    sustaining engineering activities;

 

    customer-related customization costs;

 

    depreciation of fixed assets;

 

    freight costs;

 

    operating lease expenses;

 

    outsourcing or subcontracting costs relating to services used by us on an occasional basis during periods of excess demand; and

 

    other general manufacturing expenses, such as expenses for energy consumption.

The main factors that influence our cost of revenue as a percent of net revenue include:

 

    production volumes—fixed production costs are spread over the units produced;

 

    transfer of production to our lower cost production facilities;

 

    the implementation of cost control measures aimed at improving productivity, including reduction of fixed production costs, refinements in inventory management and the coordination of purchasing within each subsidiary and at the business level; and

 

    product life cycles, as we typically incur higher cost of revenue associated with manufacturing over-capacity during the initial stages of product launches and when we are phasing out discontinued products.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs related to direct product development and application engineering. We also conduct an immaterial amount of basic, exploratory research. Our basic technologies have been developed through a combination of internal development and third party efforts (often by parties with whom we have joint development relationships). Our development expense is typically associated with:

 

    engineering core technology platforms to specific applications; and

 

    improving functionality of existing products.

 

62


Table of Contents

The level of research and development expense is related to the number of products in development, the stage of development process, complexity of the underlying technology, and potential scale of the product upon successful commercialization.

Costs related to modification of existing products for use by new customers in familiar applications is accounted for in cost of revenue and not included in research and development expense.

Selling, General and Administrative

Our selling, general and administrative expense consists of all expenditures incurred in connection with the sales and marketing of our products, as well as administrative overhead costs, including:

 

    salary and benefit costs for sales personnel and administrative staff, which typically account for approximately 65 percent of total selling, general and administrative expense excluding amortization of intangibles and transition costs. Expenses relating to our sales personnel generally increase or decrease principally with changes in sales volume due to the need to increase or decrease sales personnel to meet changes in demand. Aggregate expenses relating to our administrative staff are generally less influenced by changes in sales volumes.

 

    expense related to the use and maintenance of administrative offices;

 

    other administrative expense, including expense relating to logistics and information systems and legal and accounting expense;

 

    general advertising expense; and

 

    other selling expenses, such as expenses incurred in connection with travel and communications.

Changes in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percent of net revenue have historically been impacted by a number of factors, including:

 

    changes in sales volume, as higher volumes enable us to spread the fixed portion of our sales and marketing expense over higher revenue;

 

    changes in the mix of products we sell, as some products may require more customer support and sales effort than others;

 

    changes in our customer base, as new customers may require different levels of sales and marketing attention;

 

    new product launches in existing and new markets, as these launches typically involve a more intense sales activity before they are integrated into customer applications; and

 

    customer credit issues requiring increases to allowance for doubtful accounts.

Depreciation and Amortization

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Depreciation expense was $16.1 million for the period beginning April 27, 2006 and ending September 30, 2006, $8.5 million for the period beginning January 1, 2006 and ending April 26, 2006 and $21.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company depreciated its property, plant and equipment primarily on the 150 percent declining balance method. Effective January 1, 2006, the S&C Business adopted the straight-line method of depreciation for all property, plant and equipment.

Acquisition-related intangible assets are amortized on the economic benefit basis based upon the useful lives of the assets. Capitalized software licenses are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the license. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful lives of the improvements.

 

63


Table of Contents

Assets held under capital leases are recorded at the lower of the present value of the minimum lease payments or the fair value of the leased asset at the inception of the lease. Amortization expense is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the period of the related lease.

Identified intangibles, other than indefinite-lived intangible assets, are amortized over the useful life of the asset using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset are consumed or otherwise used up.

Foreign Currency

We continue to derive a significant portion of our revenue in markets outside of the United States, primarily Europe and Asia. For financial reporting purposes, the functional currency of all our subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. In certain instances we enter into transactions that are denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar, including revenues, expense, cash, long-term debt, and others. At the date the transaction is recognized, each asset, liability, revenue, expense, gain or loss arising from the transaction is measured and recorded in U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect at that date. At each balance sheet date, recorded balances denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar are adjusted to the U.S. dollar using the current exchange rate with gains or losses recorded in the income statement. We have recorded currency (losses) gains of $(34.3) million, $115 thousand and $11 thousand for the periods April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2005, respectively.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net primarily relates to the impact of the gain or loss on the sale of assets.

Provision for Income Taxes

For periods prior to the Acquisition, our operations were included in the consolidated U.S. federal income tax return and certain foreign income tax returns of TI. The income tax provisions and related deferred tax assets and liabilities for the “Predecessor” periods have been determined as if we were a separate taxpayer. Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities.

The companies comprising the Sensata group are subject to income tax in the various jurisdictions in which they operate. While the extent of our future tax liability is uncertain, the purchase accounting of the Acquisition, the new debt and equity capitalization of the various group members and the realignment of the functions performed and risks assumed by the various members are among the factors that will determine the future book and taxable income of the respective group members and the Sensata group as a whole.

Effects of the Transaction

Purchase Agreement

On April 27, 2006, S&C Purchase Corp., a company owned by affiliates of Bain Capital, completed the acquisition of the S&C Business from TI for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.0 billion, including fees and expenses. The acquisition of the S&C Business was effected through a number of our subsidiaries that collectively acquired the assets and assumed the liabilities being transferred. The acquisition structure resulted in significant tax amortization, which will significantly reduce our overall cash tax expense compared to historical periods. We also entered into a transition services agreement pursuant to which we and TI agreed to provide various services to each other in the area of facilities related services, finance and accounting, human resources, information technology system services, warehousing and logistics and records retention and storage. Many of these services were provided for periods ranging from three to six months and are now no longer required. We

 

64


Table of Contents

are continuing to utilize some of these services and anticipate doing so until April 2007. We have contractual options to utilize certain services for up to 24 months following the closing date of the Transactions. The fees for these services are generally equivalent to the provider’s cost. We may lease space in TI’s Malaysia facility for up to 36 months following the closing date of the Transactions. S&C Purchase Corp.’s rights, duties and obligations under the Purchase Agreement and other documents related to the Transactions were subsequently assigned in full to Sensata.

For a more complete description of this agreement and the other agreements defining the Transactions and governing our future relationship with TI, see “The Acquisition” and the notes to the unaudited interim financial statements included in this prospectus.

Shareholder’s Equity

In connection with the Acquisition, we issued 180 ordinary shares with a par value of € 100 per share. We are authorized to issue up to 900 shares. Upon the close of the Acquisition, the Sponsors contributed $985.0 million and received 31,636,360 ordinary shares and €616.9 million principal amount of DPCs in Parent. The DPCs issued in connection with the Acquisition were originally classified as debt on the Company’s balance sheet. On September 21, 2006, the DPCs were restructured to their original intended classification as equity with an effective date of April 27, 2006. However, for accounting purposes, the restructuring was recorded on September 21, 2006 and as such the DPC interest expense is recorded in earnings for the period from April 27, 2006 to September 21, 2006. Under U.S. GAAP, the DPCs are classified as debt until the date of the restructuring of the instrument. Therefore, effective September 21, 2006, the principal amounts of the DPCs and related interest accrued were classified into equity as additional paid-in capital at the U.S. dollar/ euro exchange rate of 1.2687.

On September 29, 2006, we modified our share-based payment plans in order to achieve equity classification of the awards. The amount reclassified into equity as additional paid-in capital due to this modification was $750 thousand.

Waiver In Connection with Senior Secured Credit Facility

On September 29, 2006, Sensata executed, with its lenders, a letter amendment and waiver to the Senior Secured Credit Facility (the “Waiver”), whereby the lenders agreed to waive compliance with certain requirements of the Senior Secured Credit Facility. Under the terms of the Waiver, the lenders agreed that for the purposes of computing any of the Company’s financial covenants, all DPCs issued by the Company would be classified as Additional paid-in capital for all periods.

In addition, the lenders agreed to waive any event of default arising from the Sensata’s failure to deliver to the lenders, within the deadline set forth in the Senior Secured Credit Facility, the Company’s financial statements and compliance certificate for the quarter ended June 30, 2006. In connection with this Waiver, the Company incurred a fee of $0.7 million, which is included in interest expense during the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006.

Purchase Accounting

We accounted for the acquisition of the S&C Business using the purchase method of accounting. As a result, the purchase price for the S&C Business of approximately $3.0 billion, including fees and expenses, has been allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values as of the date of the Acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets and liabilities was assigned to goodwill, which is not amortized for accounting purposes but is subject to testing for impairment at least annually. The application of purchase accounting resulted in an increase in amortization and depreciation expense relating to our acquired intangible assets and property, plant and equipment. In addition to

 

65


Table of Contents

the increase in the carrying value of property, plant and equipment, we extended the remaining depreciable lives of property, plant and equipment to reflect the estimated remaining useful lives for purposes of calculating periodic depreciation. We also adjusted the value of the inventory to fair value, increasing the costs and expenses recognized upon the sale of this acquired inventory. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements” and the notes to the unaudited interim financial statements included in this prospectus.

Increased Leverage

As a result of the Transactions, we are a highly leveraged company and our interest expense has increased significantly in the periods following the consummation of the Transactions. In addition, a portion of our debt and the related interest is denominated in euros, subjecting us to changes in foreign currency rates. Further, a portion of our debt is variable. We have entered into certain interest rate swaps to hedge the effect of variable interest rates. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Interest Rate Risk” for more information regarding our hedging activities. Our large amount of indebtedness may limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and future business opportunities since a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations will be dedicated to the repayment of our indebtedness, and this may place us at a competitive disadvantage as some of our competitors are less leveraged. Our leverage may make us more vulnerable to a downturn in our business, industry or the economy in general. See “Risk Factors—Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and our ability to operate our business, and could prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the notes.”

The following table outlines the effects of our increased leverage in our statement of operations for the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006.

 

Description

  

Balance as of

September 30, 2006

  

Interest Expense

April 27 -

September 30, 2006

    Average Annual
Interest Rate
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Senior Secured Term Loans

   $ 947,625    $ 28,889     7.03 %

Senior Secured Term Loans (euro)

     410,746      8,935     4.98 %

Senior Notes

     450,000      15,400     8.00 %

Senior Subordinated Notes (euro)

     310,415      12,007     9.00 %

Revolving Credit Facility

     —        65     7.24 %

Capitalized lease obligations—Attleboro facility

     30,928      1,206     9.00 %

Amortization of Financing Costs (1)

        9,768    

Bank Fees

        1,453    

Interest income

        (790 )  
                 

Subtotal

     2,149,714      76,933    

Deferred Payment Certificates (2)

     —        44,581    
                 

Total

   $ 2,149,714    $ 121,514    
                 

(1) Amortization of financing costs include a one time charge of $6.75 million for an expired bridge loan facility fee.
(2) Represents accrued interest on the $768.3 million euro denominated DPCs issued in connection with the Acquisition and originally classified as debt on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. On September 21, 2006, the DPCs were restructured to their original intended classification as equity with an effective date of April 27, 2006. However, for accounting purposes, the restructuring was recorded on September 21, 2006, and as such the DPC interest expense is recorded in earnings for the period from April 27, 2006 to September 21, 2006. Under U.S. GAAP, the DPCs are classified as debt until the date of the restructuring of the instrument. Therefore, effective September 21, 2006, the principal amounts of the DPCs and related accrued interest were classified into equity as additional paid-in capital at the U.S. dollar/euro exchange rate of 1.2687.

 

66


Table of Contents

Stand-alone Company

For periods before the Acquisition, we operated as a business segment of TI and not as a stand-alone company. The historical carve-out financial statements included in this document were derived from the historical consolidated financial statements of TI using the historical results of operations and the historical basis of assets and liabilities of TI’s sensors and controls business segment, excluding the radio frequency identification systems (RFID) business unit, which had been operated as part of that segment, and which was not sold in connection with the Transactions. The historical financial information may not reflect what our results of operations, financial position and cash flows would have been had we operated as a separate, stand-alone company without the shared resources of TI for the periods presented, and may not be indicative of our future results of operations, financial position and cash flows. See our combined and consolidated financial statements and related notes for more information.

TI has historically provided various services to the S&C Business, including cash management, facilities management, information technology, finance/accounting, tax, legal, human resources, data processing, security, payroll, employee benefit administration, insurance administration and telecommunications. The costs of these services and the costs associated with employee benefit plans, information technology and facilities shared with TI have been allocated to the S&C Business in the combined financial statements included in this prospectus and amounted to $40.2 million, $41.9 million, $42.1 million and $14.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, and the period January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006, respectively. These expenses and all other centralized operating costs were allocated first on the basis of direct usage when identifiable, with the remainder being allocated among TI’s businesses units on the basis of their respective revenue, headcount or other measures. We believe these allocations are a reasonable reflection of the use of these services from TI. The allocated costs included in our combined financial statements could differ from amounts that would have been incurred by us if we operated on a stand-alone basis and are not necessarily indicative of costs to be incurred in the future. See Note 5 to our audited combined financial statements and Note 15 to our Unaudited Consolidated and Combined Interim Financial Statements for information regarding the historical allocations.

During each of the Predecessor periods presented, we participated in TI’s centralized cash management system. Cash receipts attributable to our operations were collected by TI and cash disbursements were funded by TI. Cash advances necessary to fund our major improvements to and replacements of property, and acquisitions and expansion, to the extent not provided through internally generated funds, were provided by TI’s cash or funded with a capital lease. As a result, none of TI’s cash, cash equivalents, debt or interest expense (other than our capital lease obligation) has been allocated to the combined financial statements of the S&C Business.

Results of Operations

Period from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 and the Period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005

The statement of operations for 2006 comprises two periods, the Predecessor period of the S&C Business of TI encompassing January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006, and the Successor period of the acquirer—Sensata Technologies B.V., encompassing April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006. Since these two entities have different capitalization, asset and debt structures, each period will be discussed separately. This format will be followed in all subsequent discussions of nine months revenue and expenses as well as for balance sheet, financial liquidity and financing analyses.

 

67


Table of Contents

The following unaudited table sets forth our historical results of operations in millions of dollars and as a percent of net revenue. The data for the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, the period from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2005 have been derived from our unaudited interim financial statements included within this prospectus.

 

     Sensata Technologies, B.V.            Predecessor  
    

April 27, 2006

September 30, 2006

          

January 1, 2006 to

April 26, 2006

   

Nine Months Ended

September 30, 2005

 
     Amount     Percent of
Revenue
           Amount     Percent of
Revenue
    Amount     Percent of
Revenue
 
     (dollars in millions)            (dollars in millions)  

Net revenue

                 

Sensors segment revenue, net

   $ 310.0     61.5 %        $ 223.3     59.5 %   $ 455.2     57.4 %

Controls segment revenue, net

     193.9     38.5            152.3     40.5       337.4     42.6  
                                               

Net revenue

     503.9     100.0            375.6     100.0       792.6     100.0  

Cost of revenue

     349.6     69.4            256.6     68.3       515.1     65.0  
                                               

Gross profit

     154.3     30.6            119.0     31.7       277.5     35.0  

Operating expenses:

                 

Research & development

     11.9     2.4            7.6     2.0       22.3     2.8  

Selling, general and administrative

     109.3     21.7            39.8     10.6       76.3     9.6  
                                               

Total operating expenses

     121.2     24.1            47.4     12.6       98.6     12.4  

Profit from operations

     33.1     6.5            71.6     19.1       178.9     22.6  

Interest expense, net

     (121.5 )   -24.1            (0.5 )   -0.1       (0.1 )   —    

Currency translation gain (loss) and other, net

     (34.3 )   -6.8            0.1     —         —       —    
                                               

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (122.7 )   (24.3 )          71.2     19.0       178.8     22.6  

Provision for income taxes

     24.6     4.9            25.8     6.9       64.7     8.2  
                                               

Net (loss) income

   $ (147.3 )   (29.2 )%        $ 45.4     12.1 %   $ 114.1     14.4 %
                                               

Net revenue . Net revenue for the periods from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 and from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 was $503.9 million, $375.6 million and $792.6 million, respectively. The increase in revenue was due to 17.1 percent higher sales of our Sensors business segment, including $46.0 million of growth in the occupant weight sensor and mass airflow sensor new products.

Sensors business segment revenue was $310.0 million, $223.3 million and $455.2 million for the periods from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 and from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2005, respectively. The increase in Sensors revenue from the nine months period ended September 30, 2005 was due to strong demand in automotive markets in North America and Asia, the impact of new products—the occupant weight sensor and mass air flow sensor, and continued growth in our core pressure sensors.

Controls business segment revenue was $193.9 million, $152.3 million and $337.4 million for the periods from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2005, respectively. The increase in Controls revenue from the nine month period ended September 30, 2005 reflects good demand for all product lines partially offset by a decrease in revenues from interconnection products.

Cost of revenue. Cost of revenue for the periods from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 was $349.6 million, $256.6 million and $515.1 million, respectively. Cost of revenue as a percentage of net revenue for the periods from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 and from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 was 69.4 percent, 68.3 percent and 65.0 percent, respectively.

 

68


Table of Contents

The Successor period included the $24.6 million turn-around effect of the purchase accounting step-up to fair market value of inventory at April 27, 2006. Deducting this non-cash and non-recurring inventory turn-around effect from cost of revenue for the Successor period results in an adjusted cost of revenue of $325.0 million or 64.5 percent of revenue.

For the 2006 periods, the increase in cost of revenue was driven by higher volumes of Sensors sales including new product revenue and by expenses associated with transitioning new products into production status from development mode, particularly in the first quarter. In addition, higher commodity costs in 2006 have not been fully offset by production improvements, and accruals for employee benefit expenses were higher than the prior year. The Controls business segment’s cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue improved by 1.0 percent based on continued cost reductions and productivity improvements.

Gross Profit . Gross Profit was $154.3 million, $119.0 million and $277.5 million for the periods from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2005, respectively. Gross Profit was impacted by the above mentioned factors affecting revenue and cost of revenue.

Research & development expenses . Research and development or “R&D,” expenses were $11.9 million, $7.6 million, and $22.3 million for the periods April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2005, respectively. R&D expenses declined from the prior year primarily because the Occupant Weight Sensor transitioned from the development stage in 2005 to the production stage in 2006, and many of the R&D development personnel were assigned to assist production in the transition.

Selling, general and administrative . Selling, general and administrative, or “SG&A,” expenses for the periods from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 were $109.3 million, $39.8 million and $76.3 million, respectively. SG&A expenses as a percentage of net revenue for the periods from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 were 21.7 percent, 10.6 percent and 9.6 percent, respectively. The increase in SG&A expense is primarily due to the factors noted below:

 

    The Successor period included $52.6 million of non-cash amortization of the $1,146.4 million capitalized value of definite-lived identified intangible assets, with an average life of eleven years, on an accelerated basis.

 

    Transition expenses for the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 and from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 of $9.2 million and $4.1 million, respectively, were incurred for consultants fees for designing changes in our accounting and human resource computer systems necessary for stand-alone operations, as well as our name change to Sensata and brand roll out advertising campaigns.

Interest expense, net . Interest expense, net for the periods from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 and from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 was $121.5 million, $0.5 million, and $0.1 million, respectively.

The increase in Successor interest expense is primarily due to $76.9 million interest expense on the Company’s $2,149.7 million in debt and $44.6 million accrued interest on the $768.3 million euro denominated DPCs issued in connection with the Acquisition and originally classified as debt on the Company’s balance sheet. On September 21, 2006, the DPCs were restructured to their original intended classification as equity with an effective date of April 27, 2006. However, for accounting purposes, the restructuring was recorded on September 21, 2006 and as such the DPC interest expense is recorded in earnings for the period from April 27, 2006 to September 21, 2006. Under U.S. GAAP, the DPCs are classified as debt until the date of the restructuring of the instrument. Therefore, effective September 21, 2006, the principal amounts of the DPCs and related accrued interest were classified into equity as additional paid-in capital at the U.S. dollar/euro exchange rate of 1.2687.

 

69


Table of Contents

Currency translation gain (loss) and other . Currency translation (loss) gain and other, net for the periods from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 and from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 were (losses) gains of ($34.3) million, $0.1 million, and $0.0, respectively.

The increase in Successor currency translation loss and other is primarily due to $20.9 million of currency translation losses from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 on the Company’s euro denominated debt and to $13.4 million currency exchange loss on the DPCs from April 27, 2006 to September 21, 2006, which was the date the DPCs were restructured.

Provision for income taxes . Income tax expense for the periods April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, and from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 were $24.6 million, $25.8 million and $64.7 million, respectively.

The Predecessor tax provisions and related deferred tax assets and liabilities were determined as if the S&C Business were a separate taxpayer.

The Successor tax provision from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 of $24.6 million includes tax accruals for those international subsidiaries which are profitable as well as minimum income and franchise taxes, and deferred income tax expense arising from goodwill amortization taken for tax purposes.

Net (loss) income . Net (loss) income for the periods from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, and from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 were a loss of ($147.3) million, income of $45.4 million, and income of $114.1 million, respectively. The change in the Net (loss) income was due to all of the factors mentioned above.

Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

The following tables set forth our results of operations in dollars and as a percent of net revenue for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003. The data for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 have been derived from our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this memorandum.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003  
     Amount     Percent of
Revenue
   

Amount

   Percent of
Revenue
    Amount    Percent of
Revenue
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Net revenue

   $ 1,060.7     100.0 %   $ 1,028.6    100.0 %   $ 928.4    100.0 %

Operating costs and expenses:

              

Cost of revenue

     704.9     66.5       661.1    64.3       617.4    66.5  

Research and development

     28.8     2.7       31.9    3.1       25.3    2.7  

Selling, general and administrative

     102.1     9.6       101.9    9.9       95.6    10.3  
                                        

Total operating costs and expenses

     835.8     78.8       794.9    77.3       738.3    79.5  
                                        

Profit from operations

     224.9     21.2       233.7    22.7       190.1    20.5  

Other income (expense), net

     —       —         1.7    0.2       0.8    0.1  

Interest expense

     (0.1 )   —         —      —         —      —    
                                        

Income before income taxes

     224.8     21.2       235.4    22.9       190.9    20.6  

Provision for income taxes

     81.4     7.7       83.3    8.1       66.7    7.2  
                                        

Net income

   $ 143.4     13.5 %   $ 152.1    14.8 %   $ 124.2    13.4 %
                                        

 

70


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2004

Net revenue. Net revenue increased $32.1 million, or 3.1 percent, to $1,060.7 million in 2005 compared to $1,028.6 million in 2004.

Net revenue generated from the sale of sensors and controls in these periods and the percent change from period-to-period were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
  

Percent

Change

 
     2005    2004   
     (dollars in millions)       

Net Revenue:

        

Sensors

   $ 617.3    $ 567.7    8.7 %

Controls

     443.4      460.9    (3.8 )
                    

Total

   $ 1,060.7    $ 1,028.6    3.1 %
                    

The $49.6 million increase in net revenue for the sensors business, from $567.7 million to $617.3 million, is attributable to worldwide unit growth in pressure sensors of approximately $65.0 million, which offset the effect of price declines of approximately $30.0 million. The remaining increase in net revenue related to new product sales, primarily from the Occupant Weight Sensor, or “OWS,” of approximately $14.0 million. Net revenue growth was also driven by new customer wins in both the automotive and industrial markets. Most product lines experienced increases in net revenue from 2004 to 2005, with significant growth coming from fuel rail applications, industrial and advanced braking sensors. The increase in these applications was driven by increased market penetration of such applications due to the implementation of efficiency and safety regulations.

The $17.5 million decrease in the controls business net revenue, from $460.9 million to $443.4 million, is attributable to lower demand for air-conditioning systems due to a cooler than average spring season in the United States and an OEM-level inventory correction of air conditioning products. Sales of precision and interconnection products within the controls business increased $1.3 million and $4.3 million, respectively, or 2.2 percent and 9.6 percent, respectively, driven by strong demand in commercial aerospace and semiconductor equipment end markets, respectively. The controls business experienced moderate pricing pressure from 2004 to 2005 with average selling price declines of approximately 2 percent, which moderated towards the end of the year as OEMs were increasingly able to pass on costs to consumers.

Operating costs and expenses. Total operating costs and expenses increased $40.9 million, or 5.1 percent, to $835.8 million in 2005 compared to $794.9 million in 2004. As a percent of net revenue, our total operating costs and expenses were 78.8 percent in 2005 compared to 77.3 percent in 2004. Our operating costs and expenses for each of these periods and the percent change from period-to-period were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
  

Percent

Change

 
         2005            2004       
     (dollars in millions)       

Description:

        

Cost of revenue

   $ 704.9    $ 661.1    6.6 %

Research and development

     28.8      31.9    (9.7 )

Selling, general and administrative

     102.1      101.9    0.2  
                    

Total

   $ 835.8    $ 794.9    5.1 %
                    

Cost of revenue. Cost of revenue increased $43.8 million, or 6.6 percent, to $704.9 million in 2005 compared to $661.1 million in 2004. This aggregate increase is primarily related to the increase in revenue. As a percent of net revenue, our cost of revenue was 66.5 percent in 2005 compared to 64.3 percent in 2004. Included

 

71


Table of Contents

in cost of revenue is the impact of restructuring charges of $19.5 million in 2005 and $15.1 million in 2004. In the sensors business, cost of revenue increased to $408.0 million from $360.1 million in 2004, an increase to 66.0 percent from 63.3 percent as a percent of net revenue—primarily due to the acquisition in May 2005 of Kolbenschmidt Pierburg’s mass airflow sensors (MAFS) product line, as well as unusually high start-up costs related to the ramp up of the OWS product line. In the controls business, cost of revenue decreased to $288.7 million from $296.9 million in 2004—while increasing to 65.1 percent from 64.3 percent as a percent of net revenue—driven primarily by raw material cost increases and non-recurring costs, such as the startup of the Changzhou manufacturing site and integration of product lines purchased from Changheng ($2.6 million), new product introductions and tooling costs, partially offset by savings related to our supply chain transition strategy. Costs related to development of our Arc Shield™ arc-fault circuit interruption product line also negatively impacted costs. Restructuring activities in the controls business contributed $2.0 million in cost savings with an estimated 55 percent impacting cost of revenue.

Research and development. R&D expense decreased by $3.1 million, or 9.7 percent, to $28.8 million in 2005 compared to $31.9 million in 2004, in part due to higher R&D expenses in 2004 related to new products such as the OWS and arc fault circuit interruption. In the sensors business, development spending has been primarily focused on new applications such as gas classification and other technology opportunities related to force and high pressure sensing. Investment in OWS reduced slightly, with a shift from technology development in 2004 to product embodiment and pre-launch execution in 2005. In the controls business, investment was centered on developing technology relating to the arc fault protection opportunity during 2005.

Selling, general and administrativ e. SG&A expense declined from $100.7 million in 2004 to $98.6 million in 2005, excluding the impact of $3.5 million of restructuring charges in 2005 and $1.2 million of restructuring charges in 2004. This decline was primarily due to slight declines in expenses for management incentives and profit sharing. SG&A expenses as a percent of net revenues declined slightly, reflecting increased fixed cost leverage.

Other income (expense), net. Other income (expense), net was zero in 2005 compared to $1.7 million in 2004. The 2004 amount relates to a gain on sale of assets and to a gain recorded in connection with the shutdown of a San Jose, CA, facility, which was acquired as part of the Integrated Sensor Solution (ISS) acquisition in 1999.

Provision for income tax. Our provision for income tax was $81.4 million in 2005 compared to $83.3 million in 2004. Our effective tax rate in 2005 was 36.2 percent compared to 35.4 percent in 2004.

Net income. Net income decreased $8.7 million, or 5.7 percent, to $143.4 million in 2005 compared to $152.1 million in 2004, reflecting lower overall profits from operations caused primarily by the higher cost of revenue as discussed above.

Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2003

Net revenue. Net revenue increased $100.2 million, or 10.8 percent, to $1,028.6 million in 2004 compared to $928.4 million in 2003.

Revenue generated from the sale of sensors and controls in these periods and the percent change from period-to-period were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
  

Percent

Change

 
     2004    2003   
     (dollars in millions)       

Net Revenue:

        

Sensors

   $ 567.7    $ 513.6    10.5 %

Controls

     460.9      414.8    11.1  
                    

Total

   $ 1,028.6    $ 928.4    10.8 %
                    

 

72


Table of Contents

The $54.1 million increase in revenue for the sensors business was the result of an increase in the sales of pressure sensors and switches, combined with a management estimated impact of favorable currency exchange rates of approximately $12.0 million, partially offset by the effect of price declines of approximately $27.0 million. Pressure sensor revenue growth was driven by increased volumes of fuel rail, industrial HVAC and advanced braking sensors which were driven by increasing adoption of diesel technology, government efficiency regulation and electronic stability control systems, particularly in Europe. Weakness in the European automotive sector was offset by strong vehicle demand in South Korea. Pressure switch revenue was primarily driven by increasing switch content and underlying unit growth in unitary air-conditioning systems.

The $46.1 million increase in revenue for the controls business was the result of, among other factors, an increase of $15.0 million in precision products sales, overall stability in the motor controls appliance markets, and a 17.8 percent (or $20.5 million) increase in the controls business’s Asia revenue, which includes a 35.5 percent (or $16.1 million) increase in China. China growth was driven by successful retention of the business of large multinational customers who relocated their manufacturing operations from the U.S. to China, new customer wins with large Chinese OEMs, and growth in domestic demand for HVAC and appliances. The increase in the controls business’s revenue was partially offset by a reduction in average selling prices across product lines.

Operating costs and expenses. Total operating costs and expenses increased $56.6 million, or 7.7 percent, to $794.9 million in 2004 compared to $738.3 million in 2003. As a percent of net revenue, our total operating costs and expenses were 77.3 percent in 2004 compared to 79.5 percent in 2003. Our operating costs and expenses for each of these periods and the percent change from period-to-period were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
  

Percent

    Change    

 
         2004            2003       
     (dollars in millions)       

Description:

        

Cost of revenue

   $ 661.1    $ 617.4    7.1 %

Research and development

     31.9      25.3    26.1  

Selling, general and administrative

     101.9      95.6    6.6  
                    

Total

   $ 794.9    $ 738.3    7.7 %
                    

Cost of revenue. Cost of revenue increased $43.7 million, or 7.1 percent, to $661.1 million in 2004 compared to $617.4 million in 2003. As a percent of net revenue, our cost of revenue was 64.3 percent in 2004 compared to 66.5 percent in 2003. The decrease in cost of revenue as a percent of net revenue is primarily attributed to increased scale in production, productivity improvements in manufacturing, and the movement of manufacturing centers to lower-cost countries. Included in cost of revenue is the impact of restructuring charges of $15.1 million in 2004 and $32.5 million in 2003. In the sensors business cost of revenue as a percent of net revenue improved from 64.7 percent in 2003 to 63.3 percent in 2004, as the percent of products manufactured in lower cost production locations grew during the same periods. In the controls business cost of revenue as a percent of net revenue decreased to 64.3 percent in 2004 from 64.6 percent in 2003, driven primarily by the operational leverage benefits of the revenue growth achieved during the year. Both businesses also benefited from the continuous efforts to source from best cost locations and ongoing productivity increases in manufacturing.

Research and development. R&D expense increased by $6.6 million, or 26.1 percent, to $31.9 million in 2004 compared to $25.3 million in 2003. This increase is attributable to higher investments in new product development in the sensors business, particularly in OWS and pressure sensing technologies, and increased investment in the controls business’ product portfolio, including arc fault circuit interruption. In the sensors business, investment in OWS technology increased significantly as we secured our initial customer commitments for launch at the end of 2005. Our next generation brake sensor for automotive electronic stability systems was another area of significant investment.

 

73


Table of Contents

Selling, general and administrativ e. SG&A expense increased by $6.3 million, or 6.6 percent, to $101.9 million in 2004 compared to $95.6 million in 2003. Excluding the impact of $1.2 million of restructuring charges in 2004 and $4.9 million of restructuring charges in 2003, this increase is attributable to increases in sales and marketing staff in the sensors business outside of North America driven by market opportunities in electronic stability control and powertrain sensors as well as a decline in the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies. The increase is also due to annual salary and wage increases, and accruals for profit sharing and performance bonuses.

Other income (expense), net. Other income (expense), net was $1.7 million in 2004 and $0.8 million 2003. This was related to the gain on sales of miscellaneous assets and adjustments associated with discontinued businesses (Telecom in 2003).

Provision for income tax. Our provision for income tax was $83.3 million in 2004 compared to $66.7 million in 2003. Our effective tax rate in 2004 was 35.4 percent compared to 34.9 percent in 2003.

Net income. Net income increased $27.9 million, or 22.5 percent, to $152.1 million in 2004 compared to $124.2 million in 2003, due to a combination of higher net revenue and higher gross margin.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash Flows

During each of the Predecessor periods presented, we participated in TI’s centralized cash management system. As a result, none of TI’s cash or cash equivalents has been allocated to our combined financial statements for those periods.

The following table summarizes our primary sources and uses of cash in the periods presented:

 

     Periods     Year Ended December 31,  
     April 27 -
September 30,
2006
          

January 1 -

April 26,
2006

   

Nine

months

ended
September 30,
2005

    2005     2004     2003  
     (unaudited)            (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
                  (dollars in millions)  

Net cash provided by (used in):

                    

Operating activities

   $ 100.4           $ 40.6     $ 139.4     $ 173.3     $ 145.1     $ 153.0  

Investing activities

     (3,018.6 )           (16.7 )     (43.1 )     (56.5 )     (23.3 )     (25.3 )

Financing activities

     3,006.2             (23.9 )     (96.3 )     (116.8 )     (121.8 )     (127.7 )
                                                      

Net change

   $ 88.0           $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    
                                                      

Operating activities. For the periods from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 and from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 we generated cash flow from operations of $100.4 million and $40.6 million, respectively, which was comparable to the $139.4 million generated from operations for the nine month period ended September 30, 2005. During the period from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006, the Predecessor had net income of $45.4 million, offset by a use from working capital of $22.3 million. During the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, we had a net loss of $147.3 million, offset by non-cash charges of $16.1 million for depreciation, $33.9 million of currency translation losses on DPCs and euro-denominated debt, $44.6 million of accrued interest on DPCs, $53.2 million of amortization of definite-lived intangible assets, $24.6 million non-cash charge related to the turn-around effect of the write-up of inventory to fair value, and a $52.3 million increase in cash flow from changes in working capital. We generated cash flow from operations of $173.3 million, $145.1 million and $153.0 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The increase in cash flow from operations in 2005 as compared to 2004 was primarily due to a smaller increase in net working capital during 2005 as compared to the increase we experienced during 2004. The lower amount of cash flow from operations in 2004 as compared to 2003 was primarily due to higher net income of $27.9 million, which was offset by an increase in net working capital of $36.2 million attributable primarily to higher accounts receivable and inventory balances.

 

74


Table of Contents

Investing activities. Net cash used in investing activities was $3,018.6 million and $16.7 million for the periods from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 and from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006, respectively, compared to cash used of $43.1 million for the nine month period ended September 30, 2005. The amounts used in 2006 reflect both capital expenditures and the acquisition of the S&C business. Net cash used in investing activities was $56.5 million, $23.3 million and $25.3 million in years 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities in 2005 was primarily for acquisitions ($18.9 million) and capital expenditures ($42.2 million) for investments in new products, capacity and facilities infrastructure. Net cash used in investing activities in 2004 was comprised of $37.9 million of capital expenditures, primarily for investments in capacity in connection with the continued relocation of many operating facilities to lower cost geographic areas and $8.1 million for the 2004 acquisition of Chengheng Motor Products, a controls business unit in China, offset by $22.7 million received in connection with asset sales (principally the sale-leaseback of the facilities in Attleboro, Massachusetts). Net cash used in investing activities in 2003 consisted of capital expenditures of $25.3 million for investments in capacity as part of restructuring initiatives which began in that year.

Financing activities. Financing activities provided a source of $3,006.2 million for the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006. The net cash from financing activities in 2006 was principally related to proceeds from the issuance of debt and capital contributions. Net cash used in financing activities was $23.9 million, $96.3 million, $116.8 million, $121.8 million and $127.7 million for the period from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006, the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and the years 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Net cash used in financing activities for the period from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006, the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and the years 2005, 2004 and 2003 represents net transfers of cash to TI under their centralized cash management system.

Capital Expenditures . Cash used for capital expenditures totaled $16.7 million and $16.7 million for the periods from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 and from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006, respectively, and were $29.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. Cash used for capital expenditures was $42.2 million in 2005 compared to $37.9 million in 2004 and $25.3 million in 2003. The capital expenditures, which did not include non-cash expenditures of $31.2 million related to the Attleboro capital lease, supported growth and capacity needs for new products in our sensors business such as the microfused strain gage (MSG) and OWS programs, and in the controls business’s DC motor protector products. Other expenditures were for the establishment of a new site in China and consolidation of our Attleboro facilities. In the first half of 2007 we anticipate spending approximately $11 million for the purchase and outfitting of our new manufacturing facility in Malaysia.

Indebtedness and Liquidity

Our liquidity requirements are significant due to the highly leveraged nature of our Company. As of September 30, 2006, we had outstanding $2,149.7 million in aggregate indebtedness.

The senior secured credit facility includes term loans and a $150.0 million revolving credit facility. As of September 30, 2006, after having adjusted for letters of credit with an aggregate value of $2.7 million issued, we had an additional $147.3 million of borrowing capacity available under the revolving credit facility. Since September 30, 2006, we have issued additional letters of credit, principally in connection with one of our suppliers, EMSI, and the available borrowing capacity is $123.8 million as of the filing date.

The revolving credit facility allows for borrowings at LIBOR-based rates plus a spread, which depends on the Company’s leverage ratio and can range from 1.25 percent to 2.00 percent. As of September 30, 2006, the Company had no borrowings under the revolving credit facility. Amounts borrowed against the revolving credit facility are repayable in full at maturity date of April 27, 2012, and are prepayable at our option at par.

As of September 30, 2006, the Company had $1,358.4 million in term loans outstanding against its senior secured credit facility. Term loans are repayable at 1.0 percent per year in quarterly installments with the balance

 

75


Table of Contents

due in quarterly installments during the year preceding the final maturity of April 27, 2013. Interest on dollar term loans are calculated at LIBOR plus 1.75 percent and interest on euro term loans are calculated at EURIBOR plus 2.0 percent. The spreads are fixed for the duration of the term loans. All term loan borrowings under the senior secured credit facility are prepayable at our option at par.

Under the terms of our Senior Secured Credit Facility, we may also raise an additional $250.0 million at the option of our bank group.

All of our obligations under the new senior secured credit facility are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by each of the borrower’s direct and indirect wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries and non-U.S. subsidiaries located in The Netherlands, Mexico, Brazil, Japan, South Korea and Malaysia (other than immaterial subsidiaries). The collateral for such borrowings under the senior secured credit facility consists of all shares of capital stock and intercompany debt of the borrower and subsidiaries and all present and future property and assets of the borrower and subsidiary guarantors.

Our senior secured credit facility contains various affirmative and negative covenants that are customary for a financing of this type. The senior secured credit facility also requires us to comply with financial covenants, including covenants with respect to maximum leverage ratio and minimum interest coverage ratio. We satisfied all ratios required by our financial covenants with regard to our senior secured credit facility as of September 30, 2006. For more information regarding the terms of our senior secured credit facility, see “Description of Other Indebtedness—Senior Secured Credit Facility.”

Our senior notes mature on May 1, 2014. Each senior note bears interest at 8 percent per annum from April 27, 2006, or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for. Interest is payable semiannually in cash to holders of senior notes of record at the close of business on the April 15 or October 15 immediately preceding the interest payment date, on May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing November 1, 2006. Interest is paid on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. The senior notes were issued initially in an aggregate principal amount of $450.0 million. Proceeds from the issuance of the senior notes were used to fund a portion of the Acquisition. The senior note issuance costs are being amortized over the eight year term of the senior notes using the effective interest method.

The senior subordinated notes mature on May 1, 2016. Each senior subordinated note bears interest at a rate of 9 percent per annum from April 27, 2006, or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for. Interest is payable semi-annually in cash to holders of senior subordinated notes of record at the close of business on the April 15 or October 15 immediately preceding the interest payment date, on May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing November 1, 2006. Interest is paid on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. The senior subordinated notes were issued initially in an aggregate principal amount of €245.0 million ($301.6 million at issuance). Proceeds from the issuance of the senior subordinated notes were used to fund a portion of the Acquisition. The senior subordinated note issuance costs are being amortized over the ten year term of the senior subordinated notes using the effective interest method.

In addition, the indentures governing the notes limit, under certain circumstances, our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to: incur additional indebtedness, create liens, pay dividends and make other distributions in respect of our capital stock, redeem our capital stock, make certain investments or certain restricted payments, sell certain kinds of assets, enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates and effect mergers or consolidations. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. For more information regarding the terms of the notes, see “Description of the Notes.”

We believe that cash flow from operations and planned borrowing capacity are adequate to fund debt service requirements, capital expenditures and working capital requirements for the foreseeable future. Our

 

76


Table of Contents

ability to continue to fund these items and continue to reduce debt may be affected by general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors, and the cost of litigation claims, among other things.

In addition to macroeconomic factors, our ability to raise additional financing and its borrowing costs may be impacted by short and long-term debt ratings assigned by independent rating agencies, which are based, in significant part, on our performance as measured by certain credit metrics such as interest coverage and leverage ratios. As of September 30, 2006, Moody’s Investors Service’s long-term debt rating was B2, with stable outlook; and Standard & Poor’s long-term debt rating for the Company was B+ with stable outlook.

We believe that our current financial position and financing plans will provide flexibility in financing activities and permit us to respond to changing conditions in credit markets. We cannot make assurances, however, that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to use under our revolving credit facility in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including the notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs. Further, the highly leveraged nature of the Company may limit its ability to add additional financing in the future.

As of December 14, 2006, we failed to comply with the requirement under the senior notes and the senior subordinated notes to furnish to the noteholders our financial information for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, and other financial and non-financial disclosures that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Form 10-Q. The failure to furnish this report to the noteholders did not constitute an event of default as defined in the senior note indenture and the senior subordinated note indenture, as we have a 60 day cure period to remedy our non-compliance with this covenant.

We believe that the filing of this Registration Statement on Form S-4, constitutes a cure within the required period set forth in the senior note indenture and senior subordinated note indenture. As a result, as of the date of the filing of this Registration Statement, we are in compliance with all financial and non-financial covenants of our senior secured credit facility, senior note indenture and senior subordinated note indenture.

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

The following table reflects our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2005. Some of the figures we include in this table are based on management’s estimates and assumptions about these obligations, including their duration, the possibility of renewal, anticipated actions by third parties, and other factors. Because these estimates and assumptions are necessarily subjective, the obligations we will actually pay in future periods may vary from those reflected in the table:

 

     Payments Due by Period
     Total   

Less than

1 Year

  

1-3

Years

  

3-5

Years

  

More than

5 Years

     (dollars in millions)

Senior debt obligations (1)

   $  —      $  —      $  —      $  —      $  —  

Capital lease obligations (2)

     70.3      3.2      6.5      6.6      54.0

Operating lease obligations (3)

     7.1      2.1      2.0      1.3      1.7
                                  

Total (4)

   $ 77.4    $ 5.3    $ 8.5    $ 7.9    $ 55.7
                                  

(1) There was no senior debt outstanding with the Predecessor as of December 31, 2005. However, as of September 30, 2006, total principal outstanding was $2,118.8, and the total principal and related interest due was as follows:

 

     Payments Due by Period
     Total   

Less than

1 Year

  

1-3

Years

  

3-5

Years

  

More than

5 Years

     (dollars in millions)

Interest

   $ 1,109.0    $ 154.7    $ 306.6    $ 303.0    $ 344.7

Principal

     2,118.8      13.6      27.2      27.2      2,050.8
                                  

Total

   $ 3,227.8    $ 168.3    $ 333.8    $ 330.2    $ 2,395.5
                                  

 

77


Table of Contents
(2) Reflects the obligation, including the interest portion, resulting from the capital lease of the Attleboro facility, which we entered into during the fourth quarter of 2005 upon completion of the new facility. The principal portion was $31.2 million as of December 31, 2005 and $30.9 million as of September 30, 2006.
(3) Operating lease obligations include minimum lease payments for leased facilities and equipment.
(4) This table does not include the contractual obligations associated with the Company’s defined benefit and other post-retirement benefit plans. As of September 30, 2006 the Company has recognized an accrued benefit liability of $23.9 million representing the unfunded benefit obligations of the U.S. defined benefit and retiree healthcare plans and the non-U.S. defined benefit plans. This amount is based upon an actuarial valuation of the Company’s obligations as well as the estimated amount of assets that will be transferred from Texas Instruments Incorporated to the Sensata Trust. The Company expects to finalize the amount of assets transferred from TI during the fourth quarter of 2006 and the amount could be materially different from the estimates used.

On December 19, 2006, we acquired the First Technology Automotive and Special Products (“FTAS”) business from Honeywell Inc. for $90.0 million. The purchase price of $90.0 million, plus fees and expenses of approximately $5 million, was funded by a €73.0 million ($95.4 million) new term loan (the “Additional Term Loan”), the terms of which are defined in our existing Senior Secured Credit Facility.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

On October 23, 2006, Sensata Technologies, Inc. (“STI”), our U.S. operating subsidiary, entered into a series of agreements to provide consignment of silver to facilitate production of certain products purchased by STI and other Sensata operating companies from Engineered Materials Solutions Inc. (“EMSI”). This facility replaced an earlier facility that had been provided by TI. STI, as consignee, entered into a consignment arrangement with a commercial bank, as consignor, to consign up to $25.0 million of silver. STI, as consignor, also entered into a consignment agreement with EMSI, as consignee, to consign up to $21.0 million of the above commercial bank consignment to EMSI. For 2005, purchases from EMSI amounted to approximately $28.0 million. STI and the commercial bank have security interest in the silver contained in raw materials, work-in-process, and finished goods inventory. STI’s obligations to the commercial bank are supported by (a) a letter of credit issued by an issuing bank in the amount of $23.5 million; (b) a guarantee of STI’s performance by Sensata Technologies Holding Company U.S., B.V.; and (c) a guarantee of STI’s performance by Sensata. As of December 20, 2006, STI had approximately $13.5 million of consignment silver with EMSI.

Product Liability Claims

We accrue for known product-related claims if a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. During the periods presented, there have been no material accruals or payments regarding product warranty or product liability, and historically we have experienced a low rate of payments on product claims. Consistent with general industry practice, we enter formal contracts with certain customers in which the parties define warranty remedies. In some cases, product claims may be disproportionate to the price of our products.

We have been named in a variety of product liability lawsuits relating to motor protectors, thermostats and other products manufactured and sold by the controls business. Historically, we have been dismissed from most of these lawsuits or have settled them for de minimis amounts.

See “Business—Legal Proceedings” for further discussion of general product liability claims and lawsuits, and discussion of two specific sets of legal proceedings.

Inflation

We believe inflation has not had a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations in recent years.

 

78


Table of Contents

Seasonality

Because of the diverse nature of the markets in which we compete, our revenues are only moderately impacted by seasonality. In the sensors business, revenue is stable throughout the year, and for January 1, 2003 to September 30, 2006, no single quarter accounted for less than 23.9 percent of fiscal year sensors business revenues. The controls business does have some seasonal elements, specifically in the air-conditioning and refrigeration products which tend to peak in the first two quarters of the year as end-market inventory is built up for spring and summer sales. However, this effect is partially mitigated by sales in the remaining product segments. Controls’ revenues in the first and second quarter of the year typically account for 52.4 percent of fiscal year controls business revenues.

Restructuring Activity

In the second quarter of 2003, we announced a plan to move certain production lines from Attleboro, Massachusetts, to other facilities in order to be geographically closer to customers and their markets and to reduce manufacturing costs. This restructuring action affected approximately 903 jobs through voluntary retirement and involuntary termination programs through 2006 primarily in manufacturing operations at our Attleboro facility of the S&C Business. Upon the close of the Acquisition, TI retained this obligation and Sensata has no future obligations under this restructuring action.

In the second quarter of 2005, we announced a plan to move production lines from Almelo, Holland to a contract manufacturer in Hungary. This relocation was to complete the Almelo site transition into a business center. Concurrently, other actions were taken at our sites in Attleboro, Brazil, Japan and Singapore in order to size these locations to market demand. These restructuring actions are expected to affect 208 jobs, 98 of which are in Holland.

In connection with the terms of the Acquisition, we assumed the liabilities related to the 2005 restructuring actions. Upon the application of purchase accounting, we recognized an additional liability of $1.2 million in accordance with EITF 95-3, Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase Business Combination , related to the remaining future severance and outplacement costs for the 2005 restructuring action.

As of September 30, 2006, a total of 1,093 employees have been terminated as a result of the 2003 and 2005 restructuring actions and total net pre-tax charges of $79.1 million have been recognized. The remaining payments are expected to be substantially completed in 2006. For more detailed information on the restructuring actions, see Note 8 to our unaudited consolidated and combined interim financial statements and Note 12 to our audited combined financial statements that appear elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

79


Table of Contents

The following is a reconciliation of the restructuring accruals:

 

     2003 Plan     2005 Plan     Total  

Balance—December 31, 2004

   $ 12,989     $ —       $ 12,989  

2005 Charges:

      

Severance charges

     12,186       10,679       22,865  

Noncash acceleration of depreciation

     —         131       131  

2005 Dispositions:

      

Severance payments

     (17,055 )     (4,451 )     (21,506 )

Noncash transfer to accumulated depreciation

     —         (131 )     (131 )
                        

Balance—December 31, 2005

     8,120       6,228       14,348  

January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 Charges:

      

Severance charges

     105       2,351       2,456  

January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 Dispositions:

      

Severance payments

     (3,142 )     (3,336 )     (6,478 )
                        

Balance—April 26, 2006

     5,083       5,243       10,326  

April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 Charges:

      

Effects of purchase accounting

     —         1,166       1,166  

April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 Dispositions:

      

Liabilities assumed by TI at the date of the Acquisition

     (5,083 )     —         (5,083 )

Severance payments

     —         (4,051 )     (4,051 )
                        

Balance—September 30, 2006

   $ —       $ 2,358     $ 2,358  
                        

Employees terminated as of September 30, 2006

     903       190       1,093  

Predecessor Period:

      

2005 Charges classified to:

      

Cost of revenues

   $ 2,698     $ 6,618     $ 9,316  

SG&A

     1,890       969       2,859  
                        

Total January 1, 2005—September 30, 2005

   $ 4,588     $ 7,587     $ 12,175  
                        

Charges classified to:

      

Cost of revenues

   $ 96     $ 2,332     $ 2,428  

SG&A

     9       19       28  
                        

Total January 1, 2006—April 26, 2006

   $ 105     $ 2,351     $ 2,456  
                        

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition are based upon our combined and consolidated financial statements. These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in those financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experiences and assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances and re-evaluate them on an ongoing basis. Those estimates form the basis for our judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from our estimates under different assumptions or conditions. Our significant accounting policies, which may be affected by our estimates and assumptions, are more fully described in Note 1 to our combined financial statements that appear elsewhere in this prospectus.

An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made, and if different estimates that reasonably could have been used, or changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur

 

80


Table of Contents

periodically, could materially impact the financial statements. Management believes the following critical accounting policies reflect its most significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with SAB No. 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements , as amended by SAB No. 104, Revenue Recognition . Revenue and related cost of sales from product sales is recognized when title to the product and risk of loss transfers to our customers, generally FOB destination, and collection of sales proceeds is reasonably assured. Product sales are recorded net of trade discounts (including volume and early repayment incentives), sales returns, rebates, coupons, value-added tax and similar taxes and fee for service arrangements with certain distributors. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of revenue. Sales returns have not historically been significant to the Company’s revenues and have been within the estimates made by management. However, if returns were to increase significantly, operating results could be adversely affected.

Impairment of Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangibles

In connection with the Acquisition, the purchase price was allocated to the fair value of the assets acquired, including identifiable intangible assets, and liabilities assumed. Purchase price in excess of net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. As of September 30, 2006 goodwill and intangible assets represented approximately 43 percent and 35 percent of our total assets, respectively. Goodwill and intangibles of our Predecessor were not significant. Our goodwill and intangible assets have been allocated to our reporting units.

Goodwill. We perform an annual impairment review of goodwill unless events occur which trigger the need for an earlier impairment review. Our judgments regarding the existence of impairment indicators are based on legal factors, market conditions and the operational performance of our business. Future events could cause us to conclude that impairment indicators exist and that goodwill associated with our business is impaired at a reporting unit level in accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets .

In order to perform the impairment analysis, management makes certain assumptions used to measure the fair value of the respective reporting unit. The fair value of our reporting units is estimated using the discounted cash flow method. The key assumptions used by management include assumptions regarding discount rates, future earnings and the fair value of assets and liabilities. The discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the future cash flows of the respective reporting units. The assumptions about future earnings and cash flows are based on our budgets, projections and business plans. These projections include assumptions regarding the near term growth rates of our business as well as assumptions about the perpetual growth rate for periods beyond the long-term business plan period. In estimating the fair values of our reporting units, we also use research analyst estimates, as well as comparable market analyses.

If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, the amount of impairment loss, if any, is measured by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination. That is, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the purchase price paid to acquire the reporting unit. Any resulting impairment loss could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets . We perform an annual impairment review of our indefinite-lived intangible assets unless events occur which trigger the need for an earlier impairment review. The impairment

 

81


Table of Contents

review requires management to make assumptions about future conditions impacting the value of the indefinite- lived intangible assets, including projected growth rates, cost of capital, effective tax rates, tax amortization periods, royalty rates, market share and others. Any resulting impairment loss could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Definite-Lived Intangible Assets. We assess the impairment of our assets, including definite-lived intangible assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable. When we determine that there is an indicator that the carrying value of definite-lived intangible assets may not be recoverable, we measure impairment based on estimates of the assets’ fair value using the appropriate Income Approach valuation methodology. These estimates include assumptions about future conditions within the Company and the industry including projected growth rates, cost of capital, effective tax rate, tax amortization periods, technology royalty rates and technology life cycles, the regulatory and legal environment, and industry and economic trends. The assumptions used in evaluating intangible assets for impairment are subject to change and are tracked against historical results by management. If the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The value of definite-lived intangible assets is determined using various income approach valuation methodologies. Any resulting impairment loss could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. We periodically re-evaluate carrying values and estimated useful lives of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the related assets may not be recoverable. We use estimates of undiscounted cash flows from long lived assets to determine whether the book value of such assets is recoverable over the assets’ remaining useful lives. These estimates include assumptions about future conditions within the Company and the industry. If an asset is determined to be impaired, the impairment is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. Any resulting impairment loss could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or estimated net realizable value. Cost is generally computed on a first-in, first-out basis. We conduct quarterly inventory reviews for salability and obsolescence. Allowances are determined by comparing inventory levels of individual materials and parts to historical usage rates, current backlog and estimated future sales and by analyzing the age of inventory, in order to identify specific components of inventory that are judged unlikely to be sold. Inventory is written off in the period in which disposal occurs and could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense and deferred tax assets and liabilities reflected in the financial statements are based on certain estimates and judgments in the calculation of tax provisions and the resultant tax liabilities and in the recoverability of deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences between the tax and financial statement recognition of revenue and expense. The ultimate tax outcome of a business transaction may be uncertain due to the application of complex tax laws in the various worldwide jurisdictions where we operate. We recognize potential tax liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on our judgment of the ultimate resolution in the tax jurisdiction. We review our deferred tax assets for recoverability based on historical experience and current and anticipated market and economic conditions and trends.

A valuation allowance is recorded if we judge that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the recorded deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods. The realization of remaining deferred tax assets is principally dependent on future taxable income. Any reduction in future taxable income may require an additional valuation allowance to be recorded against the Company’s deferred tax assets. The valuation

 

82


Table of Contents

allowance can be affected by changes in tax laws, changes in statutory tax rates and changes in our estimates of future taxable income. An increase in the valuation allowance would result in additional income tax expense and could have a significant impact on future earnings.

Pension and Post-Employment Benefit Plans

We sponsor various pension and post-employment benefit plans covering our employees in several countries. The estimates of our obligations and related expense of these plans recorded in our financial statements are based on many assumptions. The most significant assumptions relate to discount rate, expected return on plan assets and rate of increase in healthcare costs. Other assumptions used include employee demographic factors such as compensation rate increases, retirement patterns, employee turnover rates and mortality rates. These assumptions are updated annually by management in consultation with outside advisors. The difference between these assumptions and actual experience becomes unrecognized net actuarial (gain) loss. If total unrecognized (gain) loss exceeds a threshold of 10 percent of the greater of assets or liabilities, it is subject to amortization to net periodic pension cost over the average remaining service lives of the employees participating in the pension plan and could have a significant impact on our future earnings.

The discount rate reflects the current rate at which the pension liabilities could be effectively settled considering the timing of expected payments for plan participants. It is used to discount the estimated future obligations of the plans to the present value of the liability reflected in our financial statements. In estimating this rate, we consider rates of return on high quality fixed-income investments included in various published bond indexes, adjusted to eliminate the effects of call provisions and differences in the timing and amounts of cash outflows related to the bonds.

To determine the expected return on plan assets, we considered the historical returns earned by similarly invested assets, the rates of return expected on plan assets in the future and our investment strategy and asset mix with respect to the plans’ funds.

The rate of increase in healthcare costs directly impacts the estimate of our future obligations in connection with our post-employment medical benefits. Our estimate of healthcare cost trends is based on historical increases in healthcare costs under similarly designed plans, the level of increase in healthcare costs expected in the future and the design features of the underlying plans.

Share-Based Payment Plans

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 123(R) Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123(R)”). SFAS 123(R) replaces SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock Compensation (“SFAS 123”), and supersedes Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB 25”). SFAS 123(R) requires that new, modified and unvested share-based compensation arrangements with employees, such as stock options and restricted stock units, be measured at fair value and recognized as compensation expense over the requisite service period.

Prior to July 1, 2005, TI accounted for awards granted under those plans following the recognition and measurement principles of APB 25, and related interpretations. No compensation cost was reflected in the Sensors & Controls business operations for stock options, as all options granted under those plans have an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of the grant (except options granted under TI's employee stock purchase plans). Compensation cost has been recognized for restricted stock units (RSUs).

Effective July 1, 2005, TI adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123(R), using the modified prospective application method. Under this transition method, compensation cost recognized in the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006, includes the applicable amounts of: (a) compensation cost of all share-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of July 1, 2005 (the

 

83


Table of Contents

amounts of which are based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123 and previously presented in TI’s pro forma footnote disclosures), and (b) compensation cost for all share-based payments granted subsequent to July 1, 2005 (the amounts of which are based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the new provisions of SFAS 123(R)). Results for prior periods have not been restated.

The effect on the Sensors & Controls business for the nine months ended September 30, 2005, and the year ended December 31, 2005, from TI's adoption of SFAS No.123(R) as of July 1, 2005, was an increase in share-based compensation expense of $1.4 million and $2.7 million, respectively (recognized in SG&A), and a decrease in net income of $1.0 million and $2.0 million, respectively.

The amounts above include S&C's portion of the impact of recognizing compensation expense related to participation in TI's non-qualified stock options offered under TI's employee stock purchase plan. Compensation expense related to RSUs was already being recognized before implementation of SFAS No.123(R).

The total amount of recognized share-based compensation cost, which was related to outstanding RSUs applicable to the Sensors & Controls business, was $49 thousand for the period from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006, $113 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and $151 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2005.

All options under the Predecessor’s plans were settled in cash effective on the date of the Acquisition and certain employees received new grants of share-based awards. For the Successor, the expense recognized under SFAS 123(R) was $750 thousand for the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006. The calculation of share-based compensation expense requires management to make assumptions regarding the fair value of the share-based awards. Those assumptions include future operating results, potential volatility of the value of the Company, discount rates and forfeiture rates and exercise patterns. See further discussion of share-based payments in Note 13 of our consolidated and combined interim financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, or ‘‘FIN 48,’’ ‘‘Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.’’ FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, ‘‘Accounting for Income Taxes.’’ FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for financial recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. We are currently reviewing FIN 48 to determine its impact, if any, on our financial position or results of operations.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, ‘‘Fair Value Measurements,’’ or ‘‘SFAS No. 157.’’ SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The provisions of SFAS No. 157 are effective for the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2008. We are currently reviewing SFAS No. 157 to determine its impact, if any, on our financial position or results of operations.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, ‘‘Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans,’’ or ‘‘SFAS No. 158.’’ SFAS No. 158 requires employers to fully recognize the funded status of benefit plans in their financial statements and recognize as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax, the gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that arise during the period, but are not recognized as components of net periodic benefit costs. In addition, SFAS No. 158 requires employers to measure defined benefit plan assets and obligations as of the date of the employer’s fiscal year-end statement of financial position and provide certain other disclosures. The recognition provisions of SFAS No. 158 are

 

84


Table of Contents

effective for us as of the end of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2007, with early adoption permitted. The requirement to measure plan assets and benefit obligations as of the date of the employer’s fiscal year-end statement of financial position is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. We are currently reviewing SFAS No. 158 to determine its impact, if any, on our financial position or results of operations. At the present time, we believe that the adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operation.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates because we finance certain operations through fixed and variable rate debt instruments and denominate our transactions in a variety of foreign currencies. Changes in these rates may have an impact on future cash flow and earnings. We manage these risks through normal operating and financing activities and, when deemed appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments.

We do not enter into financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

By using derivative instruments, we are subject to credit and market risk. The fair market value of the derivative instruments is determined by a quoted market price and reflects the asset or (liability) position as of the end of each reporting period. If a counterparty fails to fulfill its performance obligations under a derivative contract, our credit risk will equal the fair value of the derivative. Generally, when the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, the counterparty owes the Company, thus creating a receivable risk for the Company. We minimize counterparty credit (or repayment) risk by entering into transactions with major financial institutions of investment grade credit rating.

Our exposure to market risk is not hedged in a manner that completely eliminates the effects of changing market conditions on earnings or cash flow.

Interest Rate Risk

Given the leveraged nature of the Company, we have significant exposure to changes in interest rates. From time to time we may enter into interest rate swap agreements to manage interest rate risk. Consistent with our risk management objective and strategy to reduce exposure to variability in cash flows relating to interest payments on our outstanding and forecasted debt, in June 2006 we executed U.S. dollar interest rate swap contracts covering $485.0 million of variable rate debt. The interest rate swaps amortize from $485.0 million on the effective date to $25.0 million at maturity in January 2011. We entered into the interest rate swaps to hedge a portion of our exposure to potentially adverse movements in the LIBOR variable interest rates of the debt by converting a portion of our variable rate debt to fixed rates.

The swaps are accounted for in accordance with SFAS Nos. 133, 138, and 149. No ineffective portion was recorded to earnings during 2006. The critical terms of the interest rate swap are identical to those of the designated variable rate debt under our Senior Secured Credit Facility. The terms of the swaps are shown in the following table:

 

Notional Principal Amount

(dollars in millions)

  

Final

Maturity Date

   Receive Variable Rate    Pay Fixed Rate

$485.0

   January 27, 2011    3 Month LIBOR    5.377

Further, consistent with our risk management objective and strategy to reduce exposure to variability in cash flows on outstanding and forecasted debt, in June 2006 we executed euro interest rate collar contracts covering €250 million variable rate debt. These contracts hedge the risk of changes in cash flows attributable to changes in interest rates above the cap rate and below the floor rate on a portion of our EURIBOR-based debt. In other words, we are protected from paying an interest rate higher than the cap rate, but will not benefit if the

 

85


Table of Contents

benchmark interest rate falls below the floor rate. At interest rates between the cap rate and the floor rate, we will make payments on its EURIBOR-based variable rate debt at prevailing market rates. The EURIBOR rate is currently approximately 3.5 percent.

The terms of the collars are shown in the following table:

 

Initial Notional Principal

Amount

(euros in millions)

   Amortization    Effective Date    Maturity Date    Cap    

At prevailing
market rates

between

  Floor  

€ 250.0

   None    July 27, 2006    July 27, 2007    4.15 %  

2.95%-4.15%

  2.95 %

€ 250.0

   None    July 27, 2007    July 27, 2008    4.30 %  

3.15%-4.30%

  3.15 %

€ 250.0 to € 160.0

   Amortizing    July 27, 2008    April 27, 2011    4.40 %  

3.55%-4.40%

  3.55 %

As of September 30, 2006 we had euro denominated debt of €569.2 million ($721.2 million).

The significant components of our long-term debt are as follows:

 

    

Interest Rate

   

Outstanding

balance as of

September 30, 2006

  

Outstanding
balance as of

December 31, 2005

  

Fair value

as of

September 30, 2006

          
     (dollars in thousands)

Senior secured term loan facility (denominated in U.S. dollars)

   Variable     $ 947,625    $ —      $ 940,518

Senior secured term loan facility (€324.2 million)

   Variable       410,746      —        411,773

Revolving credit facility (denominated in U.S. dollars)

   —         —        —        —  

Senior notes (denominated in U.S. dollars)

   8.00 %     450,000      —        440,250

Senior subordinated notes (€245.0 million)

   9.00 %     310,415      —        312,485

Capital lease obligations

   9.00 %     30,928      31,165      30,928
                      

Total

     $ 2,149,714    $ 31,165    $ 2,135,954
                      

Sensitivity Analysis

As of September 30, 2006, we had dollar and euro denominated variable rate debt with an outstanding balance of $1,358.4 million issued under our Senior Secured Credit Facility, as follows:

 

    $947.6 million of U.S. dollar denominated variable rate debt. An increase of 1 percentage point in the LIBOR rate would result in additional annual interest expense of $9.5 million. This increase would be offset by a reduction of $4.9 million in interest expense resulting from the Company’s $485.0 million of variable to fixed interest rate swaps.

 

    €324.2 million ($410.7 million equivalent as of September 30, 2006) of variable rate debt. An increase of 1 percentage point in the EURIBOR rate would result in additional annual interest expense of $4.1 million. Depending upon prevailing EURIBOR rates, this increase may be offset by a reduction in interest expense resulting from our €250.0 million of interest rate collars.

We have $450.0 million of fixed rate debt. If market rates relating to this debt increased / (decreased) by 1 percentage point, the value of the debt would (decrease) / increase by $24.7 million.

We have €245.0 million ($310.4 million U.S. dollar equivalent as of September 30, 2006) of fixed rate debt. If market rates relating to this debt (decreased) / increased by 1 percentage point, the value of the debt would increase / (decrease) by $19.8 million.

 

86


Table of Contents

Total euro-based debt outstanding as of September 30, 2006 was €569.2 million ($721.2 million U.S. dollar equivalent as of September 30, 2006). An increase/(decrease) of 10 percent in the euro/dollar exchange rate would result in an increase/(decrease) to earnings of $72.1 million.

Foreign Currency and Other Risks

We are also exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices which could affect operating results as well as our financial position and cash flows. We monitor our exposures to these market risks and generally employ operating and financing activities to offset these exposures where appropriate. If we do not have operating or financing activities to sufficiently offset these exposures, from time to time, we may employ derivative financial instruments such as swaps, collars, forwards, options or other instruments to limit the volatility to earnings and cash flows generated by these exposures. Derivative financial instruments are executed solely as risk management tools and not for trading or speculative purposes. We may employ derivative contracts in the future which are not designated for hedge accounting treatment under SFAS No. 133 which may result in volatility to earnings depending upon fluctuations in the underlying markets.

Our primary foreign currency exposures include the euro, Japanese yen, Mexican peso, Chinese renminbi, Korean won, Malaysian ringgit and Brazilian real.

Corrective Action Plan for Material Weaknesses in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

In connection with the preparation of our unaudited financial statements for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 and our quarterly report to the holders of the notes for that period, management assessed the existence and overall effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting and related disclosure controls and procedures. Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not operating effectively as of September 30, 2006 due to material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting (within the meaning of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) Auditing Standard No. 2), which were identified and communicated to us and our audit committee by our independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP. Our independent registered public accounting firm identified and communicated the following to us and our audit committee:

 

    lack of quantity of staff which led to issues related to timeliness and accuracy of financial reporting;

 

    lack of sufficient experience among the finance staff responsible for financial reporting; and

 

    lack of sufficiently robust procedures to meet financial reporting obligations.

Because of the foregoing material weaknesses identified by Ernst & Young LLP, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer determined that our internal controls over financial reporting and related presentation and disclosure controls are not effective. Subsequent to this determination, we have taken the following actions to remediate the material weaknesses described above:

 

    recruited Jeffrey Cote, an experienced public company financial officer, to become our new Chief Financial Officer effective January 1, 2007;

 

    continued recruitment of additional experienced personnel in key finance and accounting areas;

 

    commenced review of our internal controls over financial reporting;

 

    added additional temporary finance resources to support financial reporting requirements;

 

    added qualified personnel to our recently formed Internal Audit Department; and

 

    developed an internal audit plan for fiscal year 2007 covering both operational reviews and Section 404 implementation.

As of September 30, 2006, our remediation efforts related to the material weakness described above were not complete. However, we will continue to focus on these initiatives and the remediation of our material weaknesses in a timely manner. Our efforts to remediate the material weaknesses will continue into 2007.

 

87


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY

Sensors and controls are used in a variety of safety, emission, efficiency and comfort-related applications. They are central to the proper and safe functioning of a wide range of applications, many of which are critical to the operations of the product in which they are incorporated.

Sensors

Sensors are devices that translate physical stimuli or attributes into electronic signals that microprocessors or computer-based control systems can act upon. Sensors are typically classified according to the stimuli or attributes they measure; for example, pressure sensors monitor pressure in the underlying system. The market for sensors, however, is typically divided according to the underlying application, for example, sensors for automotive transmissions.

Sensors are technology-intensive and require a high level of application engineering and customization. OEMs and Tier I suppliers make significant investments in selecting, integrating and testing sensors as part of their product development, a process which generally lasts for one or two years. Once a sensor has been integrated into a platform, switching to a different sensor requires significant additional cost, both due to customization and extensive platform/product retesting. In addition, while OEMs and Tier I suppliers work to reduce sensor cost, they generally purchase sensors only from manufacturers that meet these suppliers’ engineering and design standards, that have the scale to meet their needs as the underlying product platform evolves, and that have long track records of quality, on-time delivery and responsive technical support.

Automotive Sensors

Automotive sensors are used as components in a wide variety of safety, emissions, efficiency and comfort systems used in motor vehicles. For example, an accelerometer sensor delivers motion information to systems that can deploy airbags, activate pretension seat belts and/or close windows in anticipation of a rollover. According to Strategy Analytics, the combined market for automotive sensors in North America, Europe, Japan, South Korea and China generated $8.5 billion of revenue in 2005. Pressure sensors, our core product area, is a growing sub-segment of this market which has experienced compound annual revenue growth of 16 percent from 2003 to 2005.

Demand for automotive sensors is driven primarily by the increase in the number of sensors within vehicles, as well as by the level of global vehicle sales. We believe that the increasing installation of safety, emission, efficiency, and comfort-related features in vehicles, such as airbags and electronic stability control that depend on sensors for proper functioning will continue to drive increased sensor usage. According to Strategy Analytics, the number of sensors per vehicle has grown at a compound annual rate of 7 percent from 2003 to 2005, and is expected to continue growing. According to Wards, the global automotive market has grown in units at a compound annual rate of approximately 2 percent from 1980 to 2004. This growth was due primarily to growth in overall economic activity, particularly in developing countries. Furthermore, the global automotive market has historically experienced less volatility than many other industries, having not experienced consecutive year-over-year declines in unit volume since 1982. JD Power estimates that the global automotive industry will grow at a compound annual rate of approximately 4 percent through 2010.

Sensors market growth has been further supported by the technology transition from older, lower-priced electromechanical switches to newer, higher-priced solid state/electronic sensors. The electromechanical switches provided primarily binary output whereas the new sensors can measure a range of stimuli and provide continuously variable output. This transition is in response to greater information demands from increasingly complex vehicle systems.

Commercial and Industrial Sensors

Commercial and industrial sensors employ similar technology to automotive sensors, but often require greater customization in terms of packaging and calibration. Commercial and industrial applications in which

 

88


Table of Contents

sensors are widely used include HVAC, engines (for example, generators), heavy machinery and off-road vehicles. Frost & Sullivan estimates that revenue in the global HVAC sensor market has grown at a compound annual rate of 9 percent since 2003. The HVAC sensor market was estimated to have reached approximately $736 million in revenues as of 2005. The Asian markets are major drivers of growth for these sensors, and industry analysts project that total revenues across the market for these products in Asia will grow strongly over the next five years, and could account for 24 percent of the global HVAC sensor market by 2010. Growth in commercial and industrial sensors is driven by growth in the underlying end-markets, which generally track the level of GDP and greater use of sensors within individual applications. We believe that sensor usage in industrial and commercial applications is driven by many of the same factors as in the automotive market—regulation of safety and emissions, market demand for greater energy efficiency and consumer demand for new features.

The use of sensors in industrial and commercial applications is influenced by many of the same factors as in the automotive market: government regulation of safety and emissions, market demand for greater energy efficiency and consumer demand for new applications. For example, the EPA has repeatedly increased minimum efficiency and emissions requirements for heavy-duty and off-road vehicles in the U.S., and recent federal regulations have mandated greater efficiency in HVAC applications. HVAC and refrigerator manufacturers, especially in Asia, are also increasingly using applications that are more energy-efficient and use electronic pressure sensors.

Controls

Controls are customized, application-specific electromechanical devices embedded within systems to protect them from excessive heat or current and burn-in-test sockets for the semi conductor industry. We sell three types of controls—motor controls, precision products and interconnection products—each of which serves a highly diversified base of customers, end markets, applications and geographies.

Motor Controls

Motor controls are small bi-metal, snap-action discs that protect motors, compressors and lighting devices from excessive heat and current. Motor controls are required safety components in nearly all AC and DC motors and are used in a wide range of end-markets and applications, where they are customized to specific temperature and sensitivity requirements. The demand for these products, and their respective applications, tends to track the general economic environment, with historical growth rates moderately above GDP. Air conditioners and household appliances are two key end-markets for motor controls. Volume in these markets has grown at a compound annual rate of 4 percent since 2003.

The wide range of industrial and commercial applications for motor controls has historically resulted in relatively stable demand and pricing for these products, even within economic cycles. For example, demand for motor controls in industrial applications has historically peaked early in economic cycles, as demand for capital goods typically precedes overall economic growth, while demand for motor controls in consumer appliances tends to peak later in economic cycles. In addition, end-markets for motor controls tend to be technologically stable and driven by incremental rather than breakthrough innovation. New application developments, however, can drive growth above normal rates for periods of time.

Precision Products

Precision products include highly-engineered circuit breakers, thermostats and switches that prevent thermal or electric overload in products where safety is important, such as in aerospace, defense and marine applications. Based on the fact that we sold over 50 percent in fiscal 2005 of our precision products in the aerospace market, we believe that the commercial aerospace market serves as a good indicator for our overall precision product market, and is currently on an upward trend, with strong order books at Boeing and Airbus as well as demand for business jets. In addition, the precision products market is characterized by long order cycles and therefore high

 

89


Table of Contents

revenue visibility. While many precision products are based on the same bi-metal technology used in motor controls, a growing number of precision controls use newer solid-state electronic technologies. For example, arc-fault circuit interruption is a recently-developed product that detects potentially dangerous arcing between electrical wiring, and shuts off electrical current before a fire can start. Given the critical importance of safety in the underlying end-use applications, particularly aerospace, purchase decisions in this market are driven more by product performance, quality and reliability than by price.

Interconnection Products

Our interconnection products business makes semiconductor BITS, used by semiconductor manufacturers to test packaged semiconductor faults. We believe that the key competitive factor in the interconnections market is the ability of suppliers to be first to market with customized socket designs for newly developed semiconductor chips. As such, a global presence and the ability to rapidly design new BITS offerings across geographies are key factors in maintaining market share. Our interconnection product revenues are impacted by the cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry.

 

90


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We design, manufacture and market a wide range of customized, highly-engineered sensors and controls. We operate as two global business units: Sensors and Controls. We believe that we are one of the largest suppliers of sensors and controls in each of the key applications in which we compete and that we have developed our strong market position due to our technological expertise, long-standing customer relationships, broad product portfolio and competitive cost structure. Our sensors business is a leading manufacturer of a variety of sensors used in automotive, commercial and industrial products. Our sensors products include pressure sensors and switches, as well as position, force and acceleration sensors. Our controls business is a leading manufacturer of a variety of engineered controls used in the industrial, aerospace, military, commercial and residential markets. Our controls products include motor and compressor protectors, HVAC controls, circuit breakers, precision switches and thermostats, arc-fault circuit protectors and semiconductor burn-in test sockets. We market our controls products primarily under the Klixon ® brand.

We are a global business with a diverse revenue mix. We have significant operations around the world, and we generated approximately 50 percent of our net revenue for the nine month period ending September 30, 2006 outside of the Americas. In addition, our largest customer accounted for approximately 9 percent of our net revenue for the nine month period ending September 30, 2006, with our top ten customers accounting for 44 percent of our net revenue for the nine months period ending September 30, 2006. Across end-markets, 30 percent of our net revenue for the nine month period ending September 30, 2006 was derived from the non-North American automotive market and 19 percent was derived from the North American automotive market, with the remainder accounted for by appliances/HVAC (20 percent), industrial (15 percent), heavy vehicle/off road (7 percent), and other (9 percent). Within many of our end-markets, we are a significant supplier to most or all major original equipment manufacturers, or “OEMs,” reducing our exposure to fluctuations in market share within individual end-markets.

For the year ended December 31, 2005 and the periods April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 and January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006, our revenues were $1,060.7 million, $503.9 million and $375.6 million, respectively, and our net income (loss) was $143.4 million, $(147.3) million and $45.4 million, respectively. On a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006, net loss would have been $(127.1) million and $(160.8) million, respectively. At September 30, 2006, we have total indebtedness of $2,149.7 million and shareholder’s equity of $893.3 million.

Competitive Strengths

Leading Market Positions and Established Customer Relationships. We believe that we are one of the largest suppliers of sensors and controls in each of the key applications in which we compete. We are also the primary supplier of sensors and controls products to most of our customers, and in many cases the sole supplier of one or more products. We attribute our strong market positions to our long-standing customer relationships, technical expertise, breadth of product portfolio, and competitive cost structure. The long development lead times and embedded nature of our products provides for close collaboration with customers throughout the design and development phase of the customers’ products.

Leadership Position in Growing Applications. We have pursued a strategy of selectively choosing attractive applications and geographies in which to apply our technology platforms and market our products. Increased regulation of safety and emissions, a growing emphasis on energy efficiency and consumer demand for new features have led to sensor growth rates that have exceeded fundamental growth in many of the related end-markets. For example, revenue in the combined automotive/HVAC sensors markets in North America, Europe, Japan, South Korea and China grew at a compound annual rate of 7 percent from 2003 to 2005, as volume in the underlying global automotive/ HVAC market grew at a combined compound annual rate of 4 percent in the same period. On the HVAC and appliance side, consumer demand in more mature markets is supplemented by growth in Asia, driven by a combination of increased use of offshore manufacturing by major OEMs and the expansion of local markets.

 

91


Table of Contents

Scaleable, Tailored Portfolio of Highly-Engineered Products for Critical Applications. Most of our products are highly-engineered, critical components in expensive systems, many of which are essential to the proper functioning of the product in which they are incorporated. As a result, performance, reliability, and the level of customization/integration with the underlying system—all areas of our competitive strength and focus—are among the critical factors in customer selection. We also believe that our strategy of leveraging our technology platforms across multiple applications allows us to provide products that are customized for each individual application in which they are incorporated.

High Switching Costs and Significant Barriers to Competitive Entry. The technology-driven, highly-customized and integrated nature of our products requires customers to invest heavily in certification and qualification over a one- to two-year period to ensure proper functioning of the underlying system. This process, often mandated by government agencies and/or required by OEMs, significantly raises the switching costs for customers once a particular sensor or control has been designed and installed. Therefore, sensors and controls are rarely substituted during a product lifecycle, which in the case of the automotive end-market typically lasts five to seven years. As a result, new suppliers generally must demonstrate a long track record of reliability, performance and quality control, as well as the scale and resources to support the customer’s product evolution.

Global Business with Diverse Revenue Mix. We believe that our broad product portfolio and global reach reduce our dependence on any particular market or customer. Non-Americas revenue accounted for approximately 50 percent of net revenue in 2005. We also serve a diverse mix of customers in the automotive, HVAC and appliances, industrial, aerospace and defense, and other end-markets. Our products are ultimately used by substantially all global automotive OEMs, providing us with a balanced customer portfolio and protecting us against shifts in market share between different OEMs. Our sensor products are used across most automotive platform types, including sedans, SUVs and light trucks, and we are not materially impacted by changes in consumer demand for different platform types. We did not rely on any single customer for more than 8 percent of total revenues in fiscal 2005, and our ten largest customers contributed a total of 39 percent of our net revenues during this period.

Competitive Cost Manufacturer with Global Asset Base. We believe that our global scale and leading market position provide us with a cost advantage over many of our competitors, and this scale, combined with our cost-focused approach, has created what we believe is one of the lowest cost positions in the industry. We have achieved our current cost position through a continuous process of migration to best-cost manufacturing locations, transformation of our supply chain to best-cost sourcing, and ongoing productivity-enhancing initiatives. Over the past ten years, we have aggressively shifted our manufacturing base from higher-labor cost countries such as the U.S., Australia, Canada, Italy and The Netherlands to lower-cost countries including China, Mexico and Malaysia, and we continue to increase our use of local suppliers based in these new locations. Our international operations are subject to changes in local government regulations and policies, including those related to tariffs and trade barriers, investments, taxation, exchange controls and repatriation of earnings.

Significant Revenue Visibility. We believe that both our sensors and controls businesses provide us with significant visibility into new business opportunities. The products that incorporate our sensors and controls typically have long development cycles, up to three years in the case of automobiles, which we believe gives us significant visibility into our customers’ plans for existing and new applications. We also derived approximately 95 percent of our fiscal 2005 net revenue from customers for which we were the sole or primary supplier of sensors or controls, providing us with confidence that these customers will continue to employ our products for their applications. In addition, substantially all of our products are used in applications that are government-mandated, required for the proper functioning of the product or are included as standard options in the case of certain automotive applications. This has reduced the risk that end-users will not opt for the applications, which has increased the visibility of our future revenues.

Experienced Management Team. Our senior management team has significant collective experience both within our business and in working together managing our business. To ensure continuity and smooth transitions within the organization structure, succession planning has been a priority and all key managers have appointed

 

92


Table of Contents

successors. In connection with the Acquisition, our management and Bain Capital have agreed to arrangements designed to ensure that incentives are aligned to continue to achieve profitable growth. We have historically operated as part of TI, which provided us with many services required by us for operation of our business. We are now required to either perform these services ourselves or to arrange for substitute services from others.

Sensors Business

Overview

Our sensors business is a leading supplier of automotive, commercial and industrial sensors, including pressure sensors, pressure switches, position, force and acceleration sensors. Our sensors business accounted for approximately 61.5 percent of our net revenue and contributed $80.9 million of our profit from operations before restructuring charges, stock compensation expenses and certain corporate expenses not associated with the operations of the segment for the period April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, 59.4 percent of our net revenue and contributed $54.1 million of our profit from operations before restructuring charges, stock compensation expenses and certain corporate expenses not associated with the operations of the segment for the period January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 and accounted for approximately 58.2 percent of our fiscal year 2005 net revenue and $157.4 million of our profit from operations before restructuring charges, stock compensation expenses and certain corporate expenses not associated with the operations of the segment in fiscal year 2005. Our sensors are used in a wide variety of applications including automotive air-conditioning, braking, transmission and air bag applications as well as HVAC and heavy vehicle and off-road applications. We derive most of our sensors revenues from the sale of medium and high pressure sensors, and we believe that we are the leading global manufacturer of sensors for most of our targeted applications. Our sensors business delivered approximately 100 million units during fiscal 2005. Our customers consist primarily of leading global automotive, industrial, and commercial OEMs and their Tier I suppliers. Our products are ultimately used by substantially all global automotive OEMs, providing us with a balanced customer portfolio of automotive OEMs which helps to protect us against shifts in market share between different OEMs. In 2005, our sensors business was either the sole source or primary source to our customers for approximately 95 percent of our net revenue. We are also diverse across geographies, deriving approximately 49 percent of our sensors revenues in 2005 from outside the Americas.

Business Strategy

Our strategy for our sensors business consists of four key elements:

Product Innovation and Expansion Into Growing Applications. We intend to continue to collaborate closely with customers to improve our current line of products already incorporated into our customers’ products and to identify and develop new technologies and products that can be incorporated into our customers’ products from an early stage. In addition, we intend to focus on new applications that will help us secure new business and drive long-term growth. Emerging growth applications for sensors typically lack incumbent competitors, providing an opportunity to define the dominant application technology. Our strategy is to target these new applications early in the development cycle by leveraging our strong customer relationships, strong engineering capability and competitive cost position.

Develop and Strengthen Customer Relationships. We seek to differentiate ourselves from our competitors through superior product reliability, performance and service. We believe that this focus has strengthened our relationships with our existing customers as well as given us the experience and market exposure to attract new customers. A key strategic focus for us is to further reinforce and expand our customer relationships to provide the foundation for future growth and stability. The implementation of business centers near our customers’ facilities and the continued close collaboration between our and our customers’ engineering staffs are two important components of this strategy.

Build on Low-Cost Position. We intend to continue to focus on managing our costs and increasing our productivity. These ongoing efforts have included migrating our manufacturing to best-cost producer, or “BCP,”

 

93


Table of Contents

regions, transforming the supply chain to best-cost sourcing and aggressively pursuing ongoing productivity improvements. We will seek to significantly reduce materials and manufacturing costs for key products by focusing on our design-driven cost initiatives. As we enter new applications, we believe leveraging our core technology platforms will continue to give us economies of scale advantage in research and development and manufacturing.

Continue to Pursue Attractive Strategic Acquisitions . Subject to general economic conditions, we intend to continue to opportunistically pursue selective acquisitions, joint ventures and divestitures to enhance our asset mix and competitive position in the sensors industry. We intend to concentrate on opportunities that we believe will present attractive risk-adjusted returns.

Products

We offer the following products:

 

Product

  

Key Applications

  

Key End-Markets

Pressure Sensors      

LOGO

  

Air-conditioning

Transmission

Engine oil

Suspension

Fuel rail

Braking

Marine engine

Air compressors

  

Automotive

HVAC

Industrial

Heavy Vehicle/Off-Road

Marine

Pressure Switches

 

LOGO

  

Air-conditioning systems

Power steering

Transmission

HVAC refrigerant

  

Automotive

HVAC

Industrial

Position Sensors

 

LOGO

  

Transmission

Shift-on-fly 4WD

  

Automotive

HVAC

Industrial

Force Sensors

 

LOGO

  

Airbag

(Occupant Weight

Sensing)

   Automotive

 

94


Table of Contents

Technology, Product Development and Intellectual Property

We employ various core technologies across many different product families and applications, in an effort to maximize the impact of our research and development costs and increase economies of scale and to leverage our technology-specific expertise across multiple product platforms. Our current core technologies include the following:

 

    Disc: Electromechanical technologies include mono-metal snap-acting discs used in pressure switches and sliding contact, controlled continuity sensing for position sensors. This technology has been deployed across the automotive market for use in climate, transmission and steering systems.

 

    Ceramic Capacitive: This technology is the foundation for a significant percentage of our current product revenue. The inherent media compatibility of ceramic, linear characteristics of capacitive sensing and innovative packaging techniques developed by our sensor business are the basis for a product portfolio with differentiated performance and cost across a wide pressure range (atmospheric to 4,000 psi) and across the spectrum of fluids and gases.

 

    MSG: The micro-fused silicon strain gauge (“MSG”) technology used by the sensor business is utilized in applications requiring hermetic embedded sensing and very high pressure ranges. The high strength substrate and use of piezoresistive silicon strain elements coupled with proprietary self-diagnosing application-specific integrated circuits (“ASICs”) have provided a competitive advantage in high growth applications such as automotive electronic stability, fuel rail sensing and automotive and industrial fuel cells. MSG is also the platform for the sensor business’ growth initiative in force sensing.

 

    MOS: Metal oxide silicon, an emerging technology, is used in gas sensing, where it provides superior selectivity and response time compared to other technologies in the marketplace.

We believe that continued focused investment in research and development activities are critical to our future growth and maintaining our leadership position. Our research and development efforts are directly related to timely development of new and enhanced products that are central to our core business strategy. Many of the industries in which we compete are subject to rapid technological developments, evolving industry standards, changes in customer requirements and new product introductions and enhancements. As a result, our success depends in part on our ability, on a cost-effective and timely basis, to continue to enhance our existing products and to develop and introduce new products that improve performance and meet customers’ operational and cost requirements. We may be unable to successfully develop products to address new customer requirements or technological changes, and products we develop may not achieve market acceptance.

We operate a global network of business centers worldwide that allows us to develop new sensing technologies, improve existing technologies and customize our sensors to the particular needs of our customers. Our ability to compete effectively depends to a significant extent on our ability to protect our proprietary information. We rely primarily on patents and trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures and licensing arrangements to protect our intellectual property rights. We have been awarded over 415 patents across the sensors and controls businesses, many of which protect specific functionality in our sensors, but others of which consist of processes or techniques that result in reduced manufacturing costs. For example, we own a set of signal conditioning patents that allow us to calibrate our sensors in a manner that we believe is more cost effective than the method used by our competitors. The steps we have taken to protect our technology may be inadequate to prevent others from using what we regard as our technology to compete with us. Additionally, we do not generally conduct exhaustive patent searches to determine whether the technology used in our products infringes patents held by third parties. In addition, product development is inherently uncertain in a rapidly evolving technological environment in which there may be numerous patent applications pending, many of which are confidential when filed, with regard to similar technologies. From time to time we have faced claims by third parties that our products or technology infringe their patents or other intellectual property rights, and we may face similar claims in the future. Any claim of infringement could cause us to incur substantial costs defending

 

95


Table of Contents

against the claim, even if the claim is invalid, and could distract the attention of our management. If any of our products are found to violate third-party proprietary rights, we may be required to pay substantial damages. In addition, we may be required to re-engineer our products or obtain licenses on commercially reasonable terms that may not be successful, which would prevent us from selling our products, and, in any case, could substantially increase our costs and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operation.

In addition to these core technologies, we invest significant resources to tailor products to meet customer application requirements. We coordinate our technology research and development efforts through Centers of Expertise facilities that are designed to maintain a critical mass of expertise and intellectual capital in the core technologies and leverage that knowledge across our entire sensors business.

Customers

Our customer base in the sensors business includes a wide range of OEMs and Tier I suppliers in each of the automotive, industrial and commercial end markets. We derived approximately 49 percent of our top 10 customer sensor revenue in fiscal 2005 from sales to customers with which we have had a relationship for more than 20 years. Additionally, each of our top ten customers by revenue has been a customer for more than 10 years.

Competition

We encounter significant competition in many of our markets and this competition will likely intensify in the future. Within each of the principal product categories in our sensors business, we compete with a variety of independent suppliers and with OEMs’ in-house operations, primarily on the basis of product quality and reliability, technical expertise and development capability, breadth of product offerings, product service and price. Our principal competitors in the market for automotive sensors are Bosch, Denso and Conti-Motorola which are in-house, or captive, providers, and Honeywell, IEE and Schneider, which are independent. Our principal competitors in the market for commercial and industrial sensors include Saginomiya and Schneider. Many of our primary competitors are established companies that may not be as highly leveraged as us and may otherwise have substantially greater financial, managerial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do.

Sales and Marketing

We believe that the integrated nature of sensor products, as well as their long sale cycle and high initial investment required in customization and qualification, put a premium on the ability of sales and marketing professionals to develop strong customer relationships and identify new marketing opportunities. To that end, our sales and marketing staff consists of an experienced, technically knowledgeable group of professionals with extensive knowledge of the end-markets and key applications for our sensors.

We believe that the technical and market knowledge of our sales team provides us with an advantage over most of our competitors. Our sales team works closely with our dedicated research and development teams to identify products and solutions for both existing and potential customers. Our sales and marketing function within our sensors business is organized into three regions—America, Europe and Asia—but also organizes globally across all geographies according to end-market, so as to facilitate knowledge sharing and coordinate activities involving our larger customers through global account managers. Our sales and marketing professionals also focus on “early entry” into new applications rather than the displacement of existing suppliers in mature applications, due to the high switching costs that typically are required in the sensors market. Our sales and marketing team also is a key component of our new worldwide business centers, which are strategically located facilities in each of our three regions designed to provide a global support infrastructure to our customers, both through sales and marketing support and technical assistance in product customization and research and development and new products.

 

96


Table of Contents

Controls Business

Overview

Our controls business accounted for approximately 38.5 percent of our net revenue and contributed $53.2 million of our profit from operations before restructuring charges, stock compensation expenses and certain costs not associated with the operations of the segment for the period April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, approximately 40.5 percent of our net revenue and contributed $39.6 million of our profit before restructuring charges, stock compensation expenses and certain costs not associated with the operations of the segment for the period January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 and accounted for approximately 41.8 percent of our fiscal year 2005 net revenue and contributed $114.9 million of our profit from operations before restructuring charges, stock compensation expenses and certain corporate expenses not associated with the operations of the segment in fiscal year 2005. Our controls business manufactures and markets a broad portfolio of application-specific products, including motor and compressor protectors, circuit breakers, precision switches and thermostats, arc-fault circuit protectors, semiconductor burn-in test sockets and electronic HVAC controls. We delivered over 875 million units during fiscal 2005, substantially all of which were marketed under the Klixon ® brand. Our controls are sold into industrial, aerospace, military, commercial and residential end-markets. We derive most of our controls revenue from products that prevent damage from excess heat or current in a variety of applications within these end-markets, such as commercial and residential heating, air-conditioning and refrigeration and light industrial systems. We believe that we are the leading manufacturer worldwide of controls in the key applications we target. In 2005, our controls business was either the sole source or primary source to our customers for approximately 95 percent of our net revenue. We are also diverse across geographies deriving 52 percent of our controls net revenue in 2005 from outside the Americas.

Our controls business also benefits from strong agency relationships. A number of electrical standards for motor control products, including the Underwriters’ Laboratory (UL) code, have been written based on the exact performance and specifications of our controls products. We also have blanket agency approval for many of our control products, so that customers can use Klixon ® products interchangeably, but are required to receive agency certification for their own products if they decide to incorporate competitive motor protection offerings. This has acted as a significant competitive differentiator and has dramatically increased switching costs.

We attribute much of our recent growth in this business to an expanded presence in Asia, particularly China. Our Asian operations were well-positioned to capture much of the transplant business of our multinational customers as they relocated manufacturing operations to China, and we are now working to leverage this market position, together with our brand recognition and the 2004 acquisition of a principal competitor in the motor controls market, to develop new relationships with a number of high-growth local Chinese manufacturers. We also have completed a migration in our worldwide manufacturing operations to what our management believes is a lower-cost manufacturing footprint, all while continuing to pursue improvements in productivity and product quality.

Business Strategy

Our strategy for our controls business consists of five key elements:

Leverage Technological Capabilities and Continue to Broaden Product Portfolio. We believe that the breadth and depth of our product portfolio and our expertise in product customization provide us with significant advantages in the market, particularly with larger customers. We aim to maintain and build upon these competitive advantages through continuous product portfolio expansion and functionality enhancements.

Target Emerging Growth Markets. Large global controls customers are increasingly shifting manufacturing from the rest of the world into China and other low-cost locations, and rely on experienced and recognizable suppliers with a local presence. In addition, Asian OEMs and Tier 1 motor/compressor suppliers have capitalized on increasing local demand and a lower-cost base to become significant competitors to the established multinational market leaders. We have had an established presence in China since 1996 and have built a significant manufacturing and marketing presence in this market. We believe that our presence in China, combined with our established customer relationships, positions us well to capitalize on this opportunity.

 

97


Table of Contents

Through 2005, we have successfully retained substantially all of the transplant business of our multinational customers, and will continue to seek growth opportunities with emerging local participants with international operations and strategies.

Build on Low-Cost Position. We intend to continue to focus on managing our costs and increasing our productivity. We have undertaken a series of cost reduction programs in recent years designed to leverage scale benefits, including migrating to a low-cost manufacturing foot print, transforming the supply chain to best-cost sourcing and realizing ongoing productivity increases.

Build on Klixon ® and Arc Shield™ Brands. The Klixon ® brand, part of our controls business since 1927, distinguishes us in a sector where recognition of corporate names is limited. We manufactured more than 850 million controls units in fiscal 2005 under the Klixon ® brand, comprising substantially all of our controls sales. The brand has been an important driver of success with larger Chinese OEMs who are seeking to build their international sales presence and we believe that Klixon ® motor controls lend credibility to their products. We intend to continue investment in the Klixon ® brand while also seeking to build Arc Shield™ into a similarly strong global brand.

Continue to Pursue Attractive Strategic Acquisitions . Subject to general economic conditions, we intend to continue to opportunistically pursue selective acquisitions, joint ventures and divestitures to enhance our asset mix and competitive position in the controls industry. We intend to concentrate on opportunities that we believe will present attractive risk-adjusted returns.

Products

We offer the following products:

 

Product

              

Key Applications

  

Key End-Markets

Motor Controls

     
LOGO   LOGO  

LOGO

 

  

Internal motor and

compressor protectors

External motor and

compressor protectors

Motor starters

Thermostats

Arc fault detectors

  

Air-conditioning

Small/large appliances

Lighting

Industrial motors

DC motors

Residential

LOGO

  LOGO   LOGO      

Precision Products

 

LOGO

 

 

 

LOGO

  

Circuit breakers

Switches

Thermostats

Arc fault detection

  

Commercial aircraft

Military

Heavy vehicle/Off-Road

Marine/Industrial

Interconnection

         
LOGO   LOGO   LOGO    Burn-in test sockets (BITS)    Semiconductor equipment

LOGO

  LOGO          

 

98


Table of Contents

Technology, Product Development and Intellectual Property

Most of our research and development initiatives in the controls segment are incremental in nature and are focused on improving the performance, design, and cost of our core product portfolio. However, as in our sensors business, many of our customers require us to perform significant levels of customization, calibration or specialized product packaging, and we invest significant resources in these activities. In addition, we invest in new technology platforms that expand our product portfolio and drive future revenue growth. We have been awarded over 415 patents across the sensors and controls businesses, many of which protect specific functionality in our controls products, but others of which consist of processes or techniques that result in reduced manufacturing costs. We believe that the patents we developed related to our Arc Shield™ product are particularly valuable to us, and provide us with a key competitive advantage in this emerging technology area.

The steps we have taken to protect our technology may be inadequate to prevent others from using what we regard as our technology to compete with us. Additionally, we do not generally conduct exhaustive patent searches to determine whether the technology used in our products infringes patents held by third parties. In addition, product development is inherently uncertain in a rapidly evolving technological environment in which there may be numerous patent applications pending, many of which are confidential when filed, with regard to similar technologies. From time to time we have faced claims by third parties that our products or technology infringe their patents or other intellectual property rights, and we may face similar claims in the future. Any claim of infringement could cause us to incur substantial costs defending against the claim, even if the claim is invalid, and could distract the attention of our management. If any of our products are found to violate third-party proprietary rights, we may be required to pay substantial damages. In addition, we may be required to re-engineer our products or obtain licenses on commercially reasonable terms that may not be successful, which would prevent us from selling our products, and, in any case, could substantially increase our costs and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operation.

Customers

Our customer base in this segment includes a wide range of industrial and commercial OEM and Tier I manufacturers across multiple end-markets, but primarily consists of OEMs in the climate control, appliance, semiconductor and aerospace industries, as well as Tier I motor and compressor suppliers. In 2005, our controls business was either the sole source or the primary source to our customers for approximately 95 percent of our net revenue. We derived approximately 91 percent of our top 10 customer control revenue in fiscal 2005 from sales to customers with which we have had a relationship for more than 20 years.

Competition

We encounter significant competition in many of the markets for our controls products and we expect this competition to intensify, including from new competitors in low-cost emerging markets such as China. The motor controls market is characterized by a number of smaller, fragmented players who compete primarily in specific end-markets or applications. The key competitive factors in this market are product quality and reliability, although manufacturers in certain markets also compete based on price. Physical proximity to the facilities of the OEM/Tier I manufacturer customer have also increasingly become a basis for competition. Our primary competitors in the basic AC motor protection market include Chinese manufacturers, Desheng, ChwenDer and Auone, as well as South Korean manufacturer, Hanbec. Our primary competitors in other types of motor controls include Otter operating in the DC motor protection market; Ubukata, from Japan, in the market for controls in air-conditioning and refrigeration; and Electrica, an Italian manufacturer, in the market for controls in refrigeration.

The OEM customer base in the precision controls market consists primarily of major aerospace and defense companies, and is concentrated geographically, located primarily in North America and Euopre. The principal competitive factors in the precision controls market are strength of technology, ability to provide custom solutions and ability to scale production, as well as product quality and reliability. Most of our key competitors in

 

99


Table of Contents

this segment are divisions of large multi-industrial organizations, including Cutler Hammer, a division of Eaton Corporation, and Crouzet, a division of Schneider Electric, in aircraft circuit breakers, Honeywell in aircraft switches and thermostats, and Bussman, a division of Cooper Electric, in heavy and off-road thermal circuit breakers. Many of our primary competitors in this segment are established companies that many not be as highly leveraged as us and may otherwise have substantially greater financial, managerial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do.

The key competitive factors in the interconnection controls market are product quality and reliability, as well as quality of customer service and quick turn-around time on new chip designs, although, like in the motor controls market, manufacturers in certain segments also compete primarily on the basis of being a low-cost supplier. Our largest competitors in the interconnection business are Yamaichi Electronics and Enplas Corporation, both of which have an extensive product portfolio, strong technological capabilities and close relationships with customers. Recently, competitors such as Foxconn Electronics Inc. and Tyco Electronics Corp. have entered the market as low-cost manufacturers competing primarily on the basis of price.

Sales and Marketing

We seek to capitalize on what we believe is our existing reputation for quality and reliability, together with recognition of our Klixon ® and Arc Shield brands, in order to deepen our relationships with existing customers and develop new customers across all end markets. Our sales and marketing staff consists of an experienced group of professionals located in key geographic markets. Our international presence and sales and marketing helps us better serve our global OEM and Tier 1 customers. Our 2004 acquisition of the Changheng motor protection business provided us with a significant Chinese sales infrastructure and a network of existing local customer relationships that can support our continuing efforts to grow our Asian operations. In geographic and product markets where we lack an established base of customers, we rely on third-party distributors to sell our controls products.

Properties

We occupy nine manufacturing facilities and business centers totaling approximately 1,685,000 square feet, with the majority devoted to research and development, manufacturing and assembly. Of our manufacturing facilities, approximately 849,000 square feet are owned and approximately 836,000 square feet are occupied under operating leases. We consider our manufacturing facilities sufficient to meet our current and planned operational requirements. We lease approximately 430,000 square feet for our U.S. headquarters in Attleboro, Massachusetts. We will continue to lease space in TI’s Malaysia facility for up to 36 months following the closing date of the Transactions as we transition operations from TI’s Malaysia facility to our new facility located in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. The Company’s Malaysian operating subsidiary (Sensata Technologies Sdn Bhd) has recently entered into an agreement for the purchase of our new Malaysia facility. The following table lists the location of our principal executive and operating facilities. We expect that substantially all of our properties and equipment will be subject to a lien under our new senior secured credit facility. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

 

Location

   Operating Segment   

Owned or

Leased

  

Approximate

Square

Footage

Attleboro, Massachusetts

   Sensors and Controls    Leased    430,000

Aguascalientes, Mexico

   Sensors and Controls    Owned    375,000

Campinas, Brazil

   Controls    Leased    67,000

Almelo, Holland

   Sensors and Controls    Owned    100,000

Oyama, Japan

   Sensors and Controls    Owned    74,000

Jincheon, South Korea

   Controls    Owned    133,000

Baoying, China

   Controls    Owned    167,000

Changzhou, China

   Sensors and Controls    Leased    253,000

Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

   Sensors    Leased    86,000

 

100


Table of Contents

A substantial increase in demand for our products may require us to expand our production capacity, which could require us to identify and acquire or lease additional manufacturing facilities. We believe that suitable additional or substitute facilities will be available as required.

Employees

As of September 30, 2006, we had 5,549 employees, approximately 17.7 percent of which are located in the U.S. None of our U.S. employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. Employees in certain foreign jurisdictions, for example Holland, are covered under collective bargaining agreements. We also employ a contract employee strategy in multiple locations in order to absorb cyclical variations in manufacturing volume. As of September 30, 2006, we had 3,661 contract employees on a worldwide basis. We believe that our relations with our employees are good.

Environmental Matters and Governmental Regulation

Our operations and facilities are subject to U.S. and foreign laws and regulations governing the protection of the environment and our employees, including those governing air emissions, water discharges, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, and the cleanup of contaminated sites. We could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines or civil or criminal sanctions, or third party property damage or personal injury claims, in the event of violations or liabilities under these laws and regulations, or non-compliance with the environmental permits required at our facilities. Potentially significant expenditures could be required in order to comply with environmental laws that may be adopted or imposed in the future. We are, however, not aware of any threatened or pending material environmental investigations, lawsuits or claims involving us or our operations.

TI has been designated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) as a Potentially Responsible Party (PRP) at a designated Superfund site in Norton, Massachusetts, regarding wastes from the Company’s Attleboro operations. The EPA has issued its Record of Decision, which describes a cleanup plan estimated to cost $43.0 million. The Army Corps of Engineers is conducting a removal of certain radiological contamination at an estimated cost of $34.0 million. EPA expects a PRP group to undertake the remaining remediation, and has indicated that at least 14 PRPs will be requested to participate. As of December 31, 2005, S&C had an accrued liability of $2.3 million for this remediation. In accordance with the terms of the purchase agreement, TI retained these liabilities and has agreed to indemnify the Company with regard to these excluded liabilities.

In 2001, TI was notified by the State of São Paolo, Brazil, regarding its potential cleanup liability as a generator of wastes sent to the Aterro Mantovani disposal site, which operated (near Campinas) from 1972 to 1987. TI is one of over 50 companies notified of potential cleanup liability. In accordance with the terms of the purchase agreement, TI retained these liabilities and has agreed to indemnify the Company with regard to these excluded liabilities.

We are subject to compliance with laws and regulations controlling the export of goods and services. Certain of our products require an individual validated license to be exported to certain jurisdictions. The length of time involved in the licensing process varies and can result in delays in the shipping of products.

These laws and regulations are subject to change, and any such change may require us to improve technology or incur expenditures to comply with such laws and regulations.

Legal Proceedings

We are involved in litigation from time to time in the ordinary course of business. We believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters, except potentially those matters described below, will not have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations. In addition, TI has agreed to indemnify us for certain

 

101


Table of Contents

claims and litigation not explicitly assumed by us in the Purchase Agreement. See “The Acquisition.” With regards to the litigation discussed below and other litigation not expressly assumed by us in the Purchase Agreement, TI is not required to indemnify us for claims until the aggregate amount of damages from such claims, together with certain other claims, exceeds $30.0 million. If the aggregate amount of these claims exceeds $30.0 million, TI is obligated to indemnify us for amounts in excess of the $30.0 million threshold. TI’s indemnification obligation is capped at $300.0 million.

As of December 21, 2006, we are party to 23 lawsuits, three of which involve wrongful death actions, in which plaintiffs allege defects in a type of switch we manufactured that was part of a cruise control deactivation system alleged to have caused fires in vehicles manufactured by Ford Motor Company. Between 1999 and 2006, Ford issued four separate recalls of vehicles, amounting in aggregate 6,017,490 vehicles, containing this cruise control deactivation system and our switch. In 2001, we received a demand from Ford for reimbursement for all costs related to their first recall in 1999, a demand that we rejected and that Ford has not subsequently pursued, nor has Ford made subsequent demands related to the additional three recalls that followed. In August 2006, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (“NHTSA”) issued a final report to its investigation that first opened in 2004 which found that the cause of the fire incidents were system-related factors and not our switch. We have included a reserve in our financial statements in relation to the remaining third party actions in the amount of $2.1 million as of September 30, 2006. There can be no assurance that this reserve will be sufficient to cover the extent of our potential liability from related matters. Any additional liability in excess of this reserve could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

In September 2005, a significant customer filed a lawsuit against us alleging defects in certain of our products that are incorporated into certain of the customer’s refrigerators. The customer has agreed to forebear service of the complaint until the first quarter of 2007, which may be extended by agreement, under an agreement to stay the litigation and toll the related statute of limitations. We anticipate that discussions with the customer will take place in early 2007. In connection with the alleged defect, the customer has made a filing with the Consumer Products Safety Commission (“CSPC”) pursuant to the Consumer Products Safety Act, although we are not aware of any determination or finding made by the CPSC pursuant to the filing. The customer has estimated in March of 2006 that any possible corrective action would involve between 1.4 million and 3.5 million refrigerators. The outcome of this matter is uncertain and any potential liability, although currently not estimable, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

 

102


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information as of September 30, 2006 regarding individuals who serve as our directors and executive officers.

 

Name

   Age   

Position(s)

Thomas Wroe

   56    Chief Executive Officer and Director

Martha Sullivan

   49    Chief Operating Officer and Director

Robert Kearney

   58    Chief Financial Officer

Donna Kimmel

   44    Vice President, Human Resources

Steve Major

   48    Vice President, Sensors

Jean-Pierre Vasdeboncoeur

   55    Vice President, Controls

Richard Dane, Jr.

   51    Vice President, Operations

Michael Ward

   43    Director

Steven Zide

   46    Director

Paul Edgerly

   51    Director

Ed Conard

   50    Director

Walid Sarkis

   37    Director

John Lewis

   42    Director

Thomas Wroe has served as Chief Executive Officer and a director since the completion of the Transactions. Mr. Wroe served as the President of the sensors and controls business of TI since June 1995 and as a Senior Vice President of TI since March 1998. Mr. Wroe has been with TI since 1972, and prior to becoming President of the S&C Business, Mr. Wroe worked in various engineering and business management positions.

Martha Sullivan has served as Chief Operating Officer and a director since the completion of the Transactions. Ms. Sullivan served as Sensor Products Manager for the sensors and controls business of TI since June 1997 and as a Vice President of TI since 1998. Ms. Sullivan has been with TI since 1984 in various engineering and management positions, including Automotive Marketing Manager, North American Automotive General Manager and Automotive Sensors and Controls GBU Manager.

Robert Kearney has served as Vice President, Finance since the completion of the Transactions. Mr. Kearney served as Global Finance and Information Technology Manager for the sensors and controls business of TI since July 2001 and as a Vice President of TI since 2001. Mr. Kearney has been with TI since 1973, and has been employed in various financial and management positions including Vice President and Controller of Materials & Controls, Officer and Finance Director of TI Japan, S&C Asia Regional Manager and S&C Interconnection GBU Manager.

Donna Kimmel has served as Vice President, Human Resources since the completion of the Transactions. Ms. Kimmel served as Human Resources Manager for the sensors and controls business of TI since January 2005 and as Vice President of TI since 2005. Prior to that, Ms. Kimmel served as Worldwide Business HR Manager for the Broadband Communications Group of TI from January 2000 to January 2005 and as Worldwide Manager of Leadership and Organization Development for TI from 1997 to January 2000. Prior to joining TI, Ms. Kimmel held various human resources management positions in the financial services industry.

Steve Major has served as Vice President, Sensors since the completion of the Transactions. Mr. Major served as the General Manager for North American Automotive Sensors for the sensors and controls business since 2000. Mr. Major joined TI in 1983 after serving four years in the United States Army.

Jean-Pierre Vasdeboncoeur has served as Vice President, Controls since the completion of the Transactions. Mr. Vasdeboncoeur joined TI in 1978 and has been employed in various financial and business positions including Control Product Europe Business Manager and Motor Controls Global Strategy Manager.

 

103


Table of Contents

Richard Dane, Jr. has served as Vice President, Operations since the completion of the Transactions. Mr. Dane served as BCP Strategy Manager for the sensors and controls business of TI since April 2001 and as a Vice President of TI since 2002. Mr. Dane has been with TI since 1979, and has been employed in various management positions including S&C General Manager in Canada, RFID Systems General manager in Germany and S&C Best Cost Producer Strategy Manager.

Michael Ward has served as director since the completion of the Transactions. He is a member of the Audit and the ECG Committees. Mr. Ward is a Managing Director of Bain Capital and joined the firm in 2003. From 1997 through 2003 Mr. Ward was President and Chief Operating Officer of Digitas. Prior to Digitas, Mr. Ward spent four years with Bain & Company and nine years with Price Waterhouse.

Steven Zide has served as a director since the completion of the Transactions. He is a member of the Audit and the ECG Committees. Mr. Zide has been a Managing Director of Bain Capital since 2001 and joined the firm in 1999. From 1998 to 2000, Mr. Zide was a Managing Director of Pacific Equity Partners, a strategic partner of Bain Capital in Sydney, Australia. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Zide was a partner of the law firm of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, where he was a founding member of the New York office and specialized in representing private equity and venture capital firms.

Paul Edgerley has served as a director since the completion of the Transactions. He is a Managing Director of Bain Capital, where he has worked since 1988. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Edgerley spent five years at Bain & Company where he worked as a consultant and a manager in the healthcare, information services, retail and automobile industries. Previously he worked at Peat Marwick Mitchell & Company.

Ed Conard has served as a director since the completion of the Transactions . Mr. Conard is a Managing Director of Bain Capital and joined the firm in 1993. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Conard was a director of Wasserstein Perella from 1990 to 1992 where he headed the firm’s Transaction Development Group. Previously, Mr. Conard was a Vice President at Bain & Company, where he headed the firm’s operations practice and managed major client relationships in the industrial manufacturing and consumer goods industries. Mr. Conard also has experience as both a product and manufacturing engineer in the automobile industry.

Walid Sarkis has served as a director since the completion of the Transactions. Mr. Sarkis is a Managing Director of Bain Capital, where he has worked since 1997. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Sarkis was a consultant with the Boston Consulting Group in France where he provided strategic and operational advice to companies in the consumer products and industrial goods sectors. Previously he was an officer in the French Army.

John Lewis has served as a director since the completion of the Transactions. John Lewis is a Partner of CCMP Capital Asia and currently oversees the firm’s activities in China. Prior to joining CCMP Capital Asia in 1996, Mr. Lewis was a member of Chase Manhattan Bank’s Merchant Banking Group in Hong Kong for two years, where he was responsible for developing Chase’s direct investment business in Asia. Previously, he worked in Chase’s Merchant Banking Group in New York for four years, focusing on providing debt and equity financing for leveraged acquisitions.

Jeffrey Cote will serve as Chief Financial Officer effective January 1, 2007. From March 2005 to December 2006, Mr. Cote was Chief Operating Officer of the law firm Ropes & Gray. From January 2000 to March 2005, Mr. Cote was Chief Financial Officer of Digitas. Previously he worked for Ernst & Young LLP.

There are no family relationships between any of our executive officers or directors.

Board of Directors

Sensata is governed by a management board comprised of a member of the management team of our Dutch operations and Amaco Management Services B.V., an unaffiliated management services company that will act at

 

104


Table of Contents

the direction of our parent. The board of directors of our U.S. subsidiary, Sensata Technologies, Inc., which is responsible for managing its business as well as the business of each of our other subsidiaries, is comprised of eight members, including two members of our executive management team, five representatives from Bain Capital and one representative from CCMPA.

Except as described in this prospectus, we do not expect that there will be arrangements or understandings between any member of our management board or our U.S. subsidiary, Sensata Technologies, Inc.’s board of directors, or any of our or Sensata Technologies, Inc.’s executive officers, and any other person pursuant to which that person was elected or appointed to his or her position.

Board Committees

The Sensata Technologies, Inc. board of directors has an Audit Committee and an Executive, Compensation and Governance (“ECG”) Committee. The ECG Committee is responsible for general review of board structure and governance, executive compensation and compensation and benefits plans and evaluation of management. The Audit Committee recommends the annual appointment of auditors with whom the Audit Committee reviews the scope of audit and non-audit assignments and related fees, accounting principles we use in financial reporting, internal auditing procedures and the adequacy of our internal control procedures. Michael Ward and Steven Zide serve as the only members of both the Audit Committee and the ECG Committee.

Historical Compensation of Our Executive Officers

The following table provides summary information concerning the compensation earned by our Chief Executive Officer and our four other most highly compensated executive officers for services rendered in all capacities for 2003, 2004 and 2005.

Other annual compensation in the form of perquisites and other personal benefits has been omitted as the aggregate amount of those perquisites and other personal benefits was less than $50,000 and constituted less than ten percent of the executive officers’ respective total annual salary and bonus.

Summary Compensation Table

Name & Principal Position

  Fiscal
Year
  Annual Compensation  

Long Term Compensation

Awards

  All Other
Compensation ($) (3)
    Salary ($)   Bonus ($)   Restricted Stock
Awards ($) (1)
  Securities Underlying
Options ($) (2)
 

Thomas Wroe

Chief Executive Officer

  2005   380,040   —     320,700   45,000   56,605
  2004   350,040   450,000   —     75,000   66,782
  2003   330,000   300,000   —     120,000   33,495

Martha Sullivan

Chief Operating Officer

  2005   239,040   —     160,350   13,500   32,062
  2004   226,200   200,000   —     15,000   40,235
  2003   219,360   165,000   —     30,000   23,682

Steve Major

Vice President, Sensors

  2005   183,000   —     —     3,500   21,240
  2004   170,400   95,000   —     4,000   25,662
  2003   155,400   80,000   —     8,000   13,401

Richard Dane, Jr.

Vice President, Operations

  2005   181,020   —     —     3,500   26,581
  2004   168,600   110,000   —     4,000   27,048
  2003   156,600   35,000   —     8,000   14,827

Robert Kearney

Chief Financial Officer

  2005   174,000   —     —     2,750   21,071
  2004   168,000   90,000   —     3,000   25,488
  2003   161,520   80,000   —     6,000   8,907

 

105


Table of Contents

(1) As of December 31, 2005, the aggregate value of restricted stock unit holdings of the named executive officers was as follows:

 

Name

  

Aggregate Value

of Holdings ($)

   Number of Shares (#)

Thomas Wroe.

   481,050    15,000

Martha Sullivan

   753,645    23,500

Steve Major

   160,350    5,000

Richard Dane, Jr.

   —      —  

Robert Kearney

   —      —  

 

   The aggregate value of holdings was calculated by multiplying the total number of restricted stock units held by the applicable executive officer by the closing price of TI’s common stock on the last trading day of 2005 ($32.07).

 

   Dividend equivalents were paid on restricted stock units granted through 2005 at the same rate as dividends on TI’s common stock. No dividend equivalents were paid on restricted stock units granted on or after January 1, 2006. All such restricted stock units reverted to TI as a result of the Transaction.

 

(2) Represents shares of TI common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under TI’s 2003 stock option plan. Any value actually realized by an executive officer from an option grant depends solely upon price increases in TI common stock.
(3) During fiscal 2005: (i) TI made payments in connection with travel and accident insurance policies in the amount of $20 and insurance premium contributions in the amount of $250 for each of the executive officers in the Summary Compensation Table; (ii) TI made matching contributions in the amount of $4,200 to the 401(k) accounts of Mr. Wroe, Ms. Sullivan, Mr. Kearney and Mr. Dane, and in the amount of $3,522 for Mr. Major; (iii) the cash profit sharing payments were made in the following amounts to the following named executive officers: Mr. Wroe, $52,135; Ms. Sullivan, $27,592; Mr. Major, $17,448; Mr. Kearney, $16,601; and Mr. Dane, $18,269; and (iv) the following named executives received payments for unused vacation time that could not be carried forward: Mr. Dane, $3,842.

 

106


Table of Contents

Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

The following table provides information concerning stock options granted to the executive officers named in the summary compensation table in fiscal 2005, all of which are options to purchase TI common stock.

The table shows the hypothetical gains or option spreads that would exist for the options. These gains are based on assumed rates of annual compound stock appreciation of 5 percent and 10 percent from the date the options were granted over the full option term. The options have a 10-year term and generally become exercisable over the first four years of the term. Following termination of employment, an optionee generally has 30 days to exercise vested options unless the optionee has 20 years of service with TI or is otherwise retirement eligible, in which case the options continue to vest and are exercisable over their full term. Beginning with options granted in February 2003, if an optionee terminates employment following 20 years of credited service but is not retirement eligible, the options continue to full term but only to the extent vested at the time of termination. The options become fully exercisable in the event of a change in control (as defined in the options) of TI. The exercise price may be paid by delivery of already-owned shares and tax withholding obligations related to exercise may be paid in shares.

 

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options (#) (1)
 

Percentage of

Total Options
Granted to
Employees in
Fiscal 2005

  Exercise
Price ($)
Share)
  Expiration
Date
 

Potential Realizable Value at Assumed

Annual Rates of Stock Price Appreciation for

Option Term ($)

          5 percent   10 percent
         

Stock Price

per share (2)

  Gain ($)  

Stock Price

per share (2)

  Gain ($)

Thomas Wroe

  45,000   0.20   21.55   1/20/2015   $ 35.10   609,750   $ 55.90   1,545,750

Martha Sullivan

  13,500   0.05   21.55   1/20/2015   $ 35.10   182,925   $ 55.90   463,725

Steve Major

  3,500   0.01   21.55   1/20/2015   $ 35.10   47,425   $ 55.90   120,225

Richard Dane, Jr.

  3,500   0.01   21.55   1/20/2015   $ 35.10   37,263   $ 55.90   120,225

Robert Kearney

  2,750   0.01   21.55   1/20/2015   $ 35.10   47,425   $ 55.90   94,463

(1) These non-qualified options were granted under a stockholder-approved plan on January 20, 2005 and become exercisable in four equal annual installments beginning on January 20, 2006. Any value actually realized by an executive officer from an option grant depends solely upon price increases in TI common stock benefiting all stockholders.
(2) The price of TI common stock at the end of the 10-year term of the stock options granted on January 20, 2005 would be $35.10 at a 5 percent annual appreciation rate and $55.90 at a 10 percent annual appreciation rate.

Aggregated Option Exercises and Year-End Option Values

The following table provides information concerning stock options exercised during fiscal 2005 and stock options held at December 31, 2005 by the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table. All options disclosed in this table are exercisable to purchase shares of TI common stock. The table also includes the number and value of the exercisable and unexercisable options as of December 31, 2005. The table contains values for “in-the-money” options, meaning those having a positive spread between the year-end trading price of $32.07 per share for TI’s common stock and the exercise price per share.

 

Name

  

Shares Acquired

on Exercise (#)

  

Value

Realized ($)

   Number of Securities Underlying
Unexercised Options at
December 31, 2005 (#)
   Value of Unexercised
In-the-Money Options at
December 31, 2005 ($)
         Exercisable    Unexercisable    Exercisable    Unexercisable

Thomas Wroe

   50,000    1,164,500    237,750    471,500    2,833,470    4,810,945

Martha Sullivan

   58,000    1,289,786    112,200    156,950    615,418    1,264,163

Steve Major

   1,200    25,368    18,350    29,600    105,061    369,968

Richard Dane, Jr.

   16,000    380,328    40,850    52,350    330,678    436,628

Robert Kearney

   22,000    506,700    22,600    31,350    117,851    198,628

 

107


Table of Contents

Pension Benefits

The table below shows the approximate benefits relating to TI’s pension plan and nonqualified supplemental pension plan that would be payable as of December 31, 2005, to employees in higher salary classifications for the average credited earnings and years of credited service indicated if they were paid as an annuity. It assumes retirement at age 65. Benefits are based on eligible earnings. Eligible earnings include salary and bonus as shown in the Summary Compensation Table. Other elements of compensation shown in the Summary Compensation Table or referred to in the footnotes to that table are not included in eligible earnings.

Because the pension plan is a qualified plan, it is subject to various restrictions under the Internal Revenue Code (Code) and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) with respect to benefit calculations and payments. ERISA and the Code limit the maximum annual benefit payable under a qualified plan such as the pension plan to $170,000. Further, the eligible earnings used to calculate benefits are capped by ERISA; in 2005, the cap was $210,000. To address these limitations, TI employees, including the named executive officers, are eligible for additional retirement benefits to be paid by the company under a nonqualified supplemental pension plan.

 

Average Credited
Earnings (1)
  Estimated Annual Normal Retirement Pensions Based Upon the Indicated Credited Service (2) (3)
  15 Years   20 Years   25 Years   30 Years   35 Years   40 Years   45 Years
$ 500,000   $ 107,387   $ 143,183   $ 178,978   $ 214,774   $ 250,569   $ 288,069   $ 325,569
  1,000,000     219,887     293,183     366,478     439,774     513,069     588,069     663,069
  1,500,000     332,387     443,183     553,978     664,774     775,569     888,069     1,000,569
  2,000,000     444,887     593,183     741,478     889,774     1,038,069     1,188,069     1,338,069
  2,500,000     557,387     743,183     928,978     1,114,774     1,300,569     1,488,069     1,675,569
  3,000,000     669,887     893,183     1,116,478     1,339,774     1,563,069     1,788,069     2,013,069

(1) The average credited earnings is the average of the five consecutive years of highest earnings. At December 21, 2005, the below named executive officers were credited with the following years of credit services and had the following average credited earnings:

 

Name

   Years of Service    Average Credited Earnings ($)

Thomas Wroe

   33    203,004

Martha Sullivan

   20    197,016

Steve Major

   21    187,728

Richard Dane, Jr.

   27    176,664

Robert Kearney

   32    200,208

 

(2) If the amount otherwise payable under the pension plan is restricted by the applicable provisions of ERISA, the amount in excess of ERISA’s restrictions is paid by the Company.
(3) The benefits under the pension plan are computed as a single life annuity beginning at age 65. The amounts shown in the table reflect the offset provided in the pensions plan under the pension formula adopted July 1, 1989, to comply with Social Security integration requirements. The integration offset is $5,113 for 15 years of credited service, $6,817 for 20 years of credited service, $8,522 for 25 years of credited service, $10,226 for 30 years of credited service and $11,931 for 35, 40 and 45 years of credited service.

 

108


Table of Contents

The following table provides an estimate of the lump sum benefit under each of the pension plan and the non-qualifed supplemental pension plan that would be payable to the named executive officers based on a hypothetical retirement date of December 31, 2005. The lump sum represents the discounted net present value of the annual annuity payments to which the named executive officer would otherwise be entitled, based on the named executive officer’s actuarial life expectancy and the government discount rate in effect at the time.

 

Name

   Pension Plan Estimated
Lump Sum Payment ($)
   Non-Qualified Pension Plan Estimated
Lump Sum Payment ($)

Thomas Wroe

   1,424,026    1,570,621

Martha Sullivan

   307,856    285,451

Steve Major

   267,168    48,841

Richard Dane, Jr.

   372,590    144,550

Robert Kearney

   971,909    261,939

Director Compensation

To the extent any future directors are neither our employees nor affiliated with our controlling stockholder, such directors may receive fees. All of our directors are reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending all board and other committee meetings.

Employment Agreements

We have employment agreements in place with seven members of our senior management team (each, an “Executive”). The agreements are for a one-year term, automatically renewing for successive additional one-year terms. Each Executive is entitled to an annual base salary and is eligible to earn an annual bonus in an amount equal to a certain percentage of his or her respective annual base salary. The percentage shall be determined by the either the board of directors of Sensata Technologies, Inc. or the Chief Executive Officer with the consultation and approval of the Board. If any Executive other than Thomas Wroe is terminated by us without “cause,” or if the Executive terminates his/her employment with us for “good reason” (as those terms are defined in the agreements) during the employment term, the Executive will be entitled to a severance payment equal to one year of his or her annual base salary plus an amount equal to the average of the Executive’s annual bonus for the two years preceding his or her termination. If Mr. Wroe is terminated by us without “cause,” or Mr. Wroe terminates his employment with us for “good reason” (as those terms are defined in the agreement) during his employment term, Mr. Wroe will be entitled to a severance payment equal to two years at his base salary plus an amount equal to the bonus payments Mr. Wroe received in the two years preceding his termination. Each Executive other than Mr. Wroe also agreed not to compete with us or solicit any of our current or recently terminated employees or persons with whom we have certain business relationships for one year following termination of the Executive’s employment. Mr. Wroe’s non-compete and non-solicitation obligations last for two years following termination of his employment.

Equity Incentive Plans

Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. 2006 Management Option Plan

The Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. 2006 Management Option Plan provides for the award of nonqualified options to our officers, directors, and employees and other persons who provide services to us. All awards are in the form of options exercisable for this entity’s Ordinary Shares. We reserve a fixed amount of Ordinary Shares for issuance under this plan. All awards of options under the plan are divided into three equal portions, or tranches. The first tranche is subject to time vesting and will fully vest on the fifth anniversary of the date of the award. The second and third tranches are subject to the same time vesting as the first tranche, but are subject to performance vesting. Options granted under this plan are generally not transferable by the optionee. Except as otherwise provided in specific option award agreements, options that are fully vested expire 60 days after termination of the optionee’s employment for any reason other than termination for cause (in which case the

 

109


Table of Contents

options expire on the optionee’s termination date) or due to death or disability (in which case the options expire on the date that is as much as six months after the optionee’s termination date). In addition, any securities issued to an optionee upon an exercise of an option granted under the plan are subject to repurchase by Parent or designees of our equity sponsors at their discretion upon termination of the optionee’s employment with us. Any optionee who exercises an option awarded under this plan automatically becomes subject to the Management Securityholders Addendum to the plan that provides additional terms and conditions upon which the optionee may hold the securities. The term of all options granted under this plan may not exceed ten years.

First Amended and Restated Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. 2006 Management Option Plan

In September 2006, the Sensata Technologies Holdings B.V. 2006 Management Option Plan was replaced by the First Amended and Restated 2006 Management Option Plan. The new plan effectively cancelled the options granted under the original plan and reissued new options. The new options retained the majority of the terms and features of the original options except that the new options entitled the holder to acquire only ordinary shares (not DPCs) and the purchase price of the options was adjusted accordingly based on the fair value of the ordinary shares at the time of grant. The aggregate fair value of the new options was the same as that of the old options and as such, there was no incremental compensation to be recorded as a result of the modification.

Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan

The Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan provides for the award of certain restricted securities to our officers, directors, and employees and other persons who provide services to us. All awards of restricted securities are in the form of this entity’s Ordinary Shares. Our management board may authorize awards under this plan at its discretion from time to time. The board may also sell restricted securities to any participant in this plan at prices the board may determine at its sole discretion. Restricted securities granted under this plan are generally not transferable by the recipient of the securities. In addition, any restricted securities granted under the plan are subject to repurchase by us or our equity sponsors at their discretion upon termination of the recipient’s employment with us. Any recipient of restricted securities under this plan, either by award or purchase, automatically becomes subject to the Management Securityholders Addendum to the plan that provides additional terms and conditions upon which the recipient may hold the restricted securities.

First Amended and Restated Sensata Technologies Holdings B.V. 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan

In September 2006, the Sensata Technologies Holdings B.V. 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan was replaced by the First Amended and Restated Sensata Technologies Holdings B.V. 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan. The new plan effectively cancelled the restricted DPCs granted under the original plan and reissued ordinary shares of equal value. All other terms of the restricted security grants were retained. The aggregate fair value of the restricted ordinary shares issued was the same as that of the restricted DPCs replaced by the modification and as such, there was no incremental compensation to be recorded. Unrecognized compensation in connection with the restricted securities as of September 30, 2006 is $457 thousand.

The Sensata Investment Company S.C.A. 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan and First Amended and Restated Sensata Investment Company S.C.A. 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan

The Sensata Investment Company S.C.A. 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan was adopted upon the closing of the Acquisition and replaced by the First Amended and Restated Sensata Investment Company S.C.A. 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan in September of 2006. The new plan provides for the award of certain restricted securities to our officers, directors, and employees and other persons who provide services to us on substantially similar terms to those set forth in the original plan. All awards of restricted securities are in the form of equity strips that consist of a certain number of this entity’s Ordinary Shares, a certain number of this

 

110


Table of Contents

entity’s preferred equity certificates and a certain number of this entity’s convertible preferred equity certificates. The managers of Sensata Investment Company S.C.A. may authorize awards under this plan at its discretion from time to time. The board may also sell restricted securities to any participant in this plan at prices the board may determine at its sole discretion. Restricted securities granted under this plan are generally not transferable by the recipient of the securities. In addition, any restricted securities granted under the plan are subject to repurchase by us or our equity sponsors at their discretion upon termination of the recipient’s employment with us. Any recipient of restricted securities under this plan, either by award or purchase, automatically becomes subject to the Management Securityholders Addendum to the plan that provides additional terms and conditions upon which the recipient may hold the restricted securities.

 

111


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Related Party Transactions

The nature of the Company’s related party transactions has changed as the Company has migrated from a wholly-owned operation of TI for all periods prior to the closing of the Acquisition to a stand-alone independent company, effective as of April 27, 2006. Accordingly, the following discussion of related party transactions highlights the significant related party relationships and transactions both before (Predecessor) and after (Successor) the closing of the Acquisition.

Successor

Transition Services Agreement

In connection with the Acquisition, the Company entered into a selling administrative services agreement with TI (the “Transition Services Agreement”). Under the Transition Services Agreement, TI agreed to provide the Company with certain administrative services, including (i) real estate services; (ii) facilities-related services; (iii) finance and accounting services; (iv) human resources services; (v) information technology system services; (vi) warehousing and logistics services; and (vii) and record retention services. The obligations for TI to provide those services vary in duration, but with some exceptions, expire no later than April 26, 2007. The amounts to be paid under the Transition Services Agreement generally are based on the costs incurred by TI providing those administrative services, including TI’s employee costs and out-of-pocket expenses. For the period April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, the Company incurred $15.1 million of costs under these administrative arrangements.

Cross-License Agreement

In connection with the Acquisition, The Company entered into a cross-license agreement with TI (the “Cross License Agreement”). Under the Cross License Agreement, the Company and TI grant the other party a license to use certain technology used in connection with the each other party’s business.

Advisory Agreement

In connection with the Acquisition, the Company entered into an Advisory Agreement with the Sponsors for transaction services, ongoing consulting management advisory and other services. Pursuant to this agreement, the Company paid an aggregate of $30.0 million to the Investor Group under the management agreement in connection with investment banking and other transaction services. In consideration for ongoing consulting and management advisory services, the Advisory Agreement requires the Company to pay the advisors an aggregate annual fee of $4.0 million per year (“Periodic Fees”), which is payable quarterly in advance. For the period April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, the Company has recorded $1.7 million of expenses in the accompanying statement of operations.

In addition, in the event of future services provided in connection with any future acquisition, disposition, or financing transactions involving the Company, the Advisory Agreement requires the Company to pay the Sponsors an aggregate fee of one percent of the gross transaction value of each such transaction (“Subsequent Fees”). The agreement also requires the Company to pay the reasonable expenses of the Sponsors in connection with, and indemnify them for liabilities arising from the Advisory Agreement. The Advisory Agreement continues in full force and effect until April 26, 2016, renewable, unless terminated, in one year extensions; provided, however, that Bain Capital may cause the agreement to terminate upon a change of control or initial public offering. In the event of the termination of the Advisory Agreement, the Company shall pay each of the Sponsors any unpaid portion of the Periodic Fees, any Subsequent Fees and any expenses due with respect to periods prior to the date of termination plus (y) the net present value (using a discount rate equal to the then yield on U.S. Treasury Securities of like maturity) of the Periodic Fees that would have been payable with respect to the period from the date of termination until April 26, 2016 or any extension period.

 

112


Table of Contents

Predecessor

TI provided various services to the S&C business, including but not limited to cash management, facilities management, data processing, security, payroll and employee benefit administration, insurance administration and telecommunication services. TI allocated these expenses and all other central operating costs, first on the basis of direct usage when identifiable, with the remainder allocated among TI’s businesses on the basis of their respective revenues, headcount or other measure. In the opinion of management of TI, these methods of allocating costs are reasonable. Expenses allocated to the S&C business were as follows:

 

    

Basis of Allocation

   For the period from
January 1, 2006 to
April 26, 2006
   Nine months ended
September 30, 2005
   Year ended
December 31, 2005
         

(unaudited)

   (unaudited)     
               (dollars in thousands)     

Types of expenses:

           

Employee benefits

   Headcount    $ 3,703    $ 8,333    $ 11,110

Corporate support functions

   Revenue      5,868      13,008      17,344

IT services

   Headcount      2,394      5,744      7,658

Facilities

   Square footage      1,994      4,487      5,983
                       

Total

      $ 13,959    $ 31,572    $ 42,095
                       

Intercompany sales to TI were approximately $1.1 million, $2.9 million and $3.8 million for the Predecessor period ended April 26, 2006, the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and the year ended December 31, 2005, respectively, primarily for test hardware used in TI’s semiconductor business.

 

113


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The issuer is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent. The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of the capital stock of Parent by:

 

    each person known to us to beneficially hold 5 percent or more of Parent’s common stock;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    each of our named executive officers; and

 

    all of our executive officers and directors as a group. Except as noted below, the address for each of the directors and named executive officers is c/o Sensata Technologies, Inc., 529 Pleasant Street, Attleboro, Massachusetts 02703.

Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. There are no outstanding options to purchase ordinary shares that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

 

Name

   Number of
Ordinary
Shares
   Percent  

Owning 5 percent or more:

     

Sensata Investment Company S.C.A. (1)(2)(3)

   144,029,636    99.9 %

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

     

Thomas Wroe (4)

   145,936    0.1 %

Martha Sullivan (5)

   42,613    *  

Steve Major (6)

   2,909    *  

Richard Dane, Jr. (7)

   21,818    *  

Robert Kearney (8)

   36,545    *  

Michael Ward (9)

   —      *  

Steven Zide (9)

   —      *  

Paul Edgerley (9)

   —      *  

Ed Conard (9)

   —      *  

Walid Sarkis (9)

   —      *  

John Lewis (3)

   —      *  

All directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons) (9)

   249,702    0.1 %

 * Less than 1 percent
(1) Entities associated with Bain Capital (described in note 2 below) and CCMP (described in note 3 below) hold 89.6 percent and 10.1 percent, respectively, of the equity interests of Sensata Investment Company S.C.A. (“SCA”), an entity organized in Luxembourg. Because of the relationships described in (2) below and the governing arrangements of SCA, Bain Capital Investors, LLC (“BCI”) may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by SCA, but it disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein.
(2) Bain Capital Fund VIII, L.P. (“Fund VIII”), Bain Capital VIII Coinvestment Fund, L.P. (“Coinvestment VIII”), Bain Capital Fund VIII-E, L.P. (“Fund VIII-E”), Bain Capital Fund IX, L.P. (“Fund IX”), Bain Capital IX Coinvestment Fund, L.P. (“Coinvestment IX”), BCIP Associates III (“BCIP III”), BCIP Trust Associates III (“BCIP Trust III”), BCIP Associates III-B (“BCIP III-B”), BCIP Trust Associates III-B (“BCIP Trust III-B”) and BCIP Associates-G (“BCIP-G”) together hold the majority of the equity of SCA. BCI is the managing general partner of BCIP III, BCIP Trust III, BCIP III-B, BCIP Trust III-B and BCIP-G. BCI is also the general partner of Bain Capital Partners IX, L.P., which is the general partner of Fund IX and Coinvestment IX; Bain Capital Partner VIII, L.P., which is the general partner of Fund VIII and Coinvestment IX; and Bain Capital Partners VIII-E, which is general partner of Fund VIII-E. The address of each entity is 111 Huntington Avenue, Boston, MA 02199.

 

114


Table of Contents
(3) Asia Opportunity Fund II L.P. ("Asia Fund II") and AOF II Employee Co-invest Fund, L.P. ("AOF II") hold 10.0 percent and 0.1 percent, respectively, of the equity interests of SCA. CCMP Asia Equity Partners II L.P. is the general partner of CCMP Capital Asia Ltd., which is the general partner of Asia Fund II and AOF II. Mr. Lewis is a Partner of CCMP Capital Asia, and he disclaims the beneficial ownership of these shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in such shares. The address of each entity associated with CCMP is c/o Walkers SPV Limited, PO Box 908 GT, Walker House, Mary Street, George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands. The address for Mr. Lewis is c/o Suite 3003 30/F One International Finance Center, 1 Harbour View Street, Central, Hong Kong.
(4) Includes 93,818 ordinary shares that are held directly by SCA.
(5) Includes 33,636 ordinary shares that are held directly by SCA.
(6) All of Mr. Major’s ordinary shares are held directly by SCA.
(7) All of Mr. Dane’s ordinary shares are held directly by SCA.
(8) All of Mr. Kearney’s ordinary shares are held directly by SCA.
(9) Messrs. Conard, Edgerley, Ward and Zide are each a managing director and member of BCI and therefore may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to all shares beneficially owned by the entities associated with Bain Capital (described in Note 2 above). Mr. Sarkis is a general partner of BCIP III and BCIP Trust III and therefore may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to shares beneficially owned by those entities. Each of these persons disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

115


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Secured Credit Facility

General

Our senior secured credit facility provides for aggregate U.S. dollar borrowings of $1,500.0 million, consisting of a $150.0 million revolving credit facility and a $950.0 million term loan facility and aggregate euro borrowings of €325.0 million consisting of a €325.0 million term loan facility.

Guarantors

All obligations under the senior secured credit facility are unconditionally guaranteed by our parent and each of our direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries located in the U.S. (except for Sensata Technologies Finance Company, LLC, our direct wholly-owned facility, who is a borrower under the senior secured credit facility), The Netherlands, Mexico, Brazil, Japan, South Korea and Malaysia other than immaterial subsidiaries, subject to customary exceptions and exclusions and release mechanics for transactions of this type. For ease of reference, we collectively refer to parent and each of subsidiary guarantors as the “guarantors.”

Maturity and Amortization

The final maturity of the revolving credit facility is on April 27, 2012. Loans made pursuant to the revolving credit facility must be repaid in full on or prior to such date, and all letters of credit issued thereunder will terminate unless cash collateralized prior to such time. The final maturity of the term loan facility is on April 27, 2013. The term loan must be repaid during the final year of the term loan facility in equal quarterly amounts, subject to amortization of approximately 1 percent per year prior to such final year.

Interest Rates

At our option, loans under the revolving credit facility and the term loan facility denominated in dollars may be maintained from time to time as (x) Base Rate Loans, which shall bear interest at the Applicable Rate in excess of the Base Rate in effect from time to time, or (y) Eurodollar Rate Loans, which shall bear interest at the Applicable Rate in excess of the Eurodollar Rate (adjusted for maximum reserves) as determined by the administrative agent for the respective interest period. Term loan facility and revolving credit facility borrowings denominated in euros shall be maintained from time to time as EURIBOR Loans, which shall bear interest at the Applicable Rate in excess of EURIBOR (plus mandatory costs) as determined by the administrative agent for the respective interest period. “Base Rate” is defined in the senior secured credit facility to mean the higher of (x) 1/2 of 1 percent per annum in excess of the federal funds rate and (y) the rate of interest published by the Wall Street Journal from time to time, “EURIBOR” means, in relation to any interest period, (x) the percentage rate per annum determined by the Banking Federation for the European Union for such period displayed on the appropriate page of the Telerate screen, or the “Screen Rate,” or (y) if the Screen Rate is not available, the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Administrative Agent at its request quoted by the reference banks to leading banks in the European Interbank Market. “Applicable Rate” is defined to mean at any time, (x) in respect of the revolving credit facility, (i) until we deliver to the lenders financial statements for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2006, 1 percent per annum in respect of Base Rate Loans and 2 percent per annum in respect of Eurodollar Rate Loans and 2 percent per annum in respect of EURIBOR Loans and (ii) thereafter, the applicable percentage determined in accordance with a pricing grid to be based on the our pro forma consolidated total leverage ratio (the Total Leverage Ratio) and (y) in respect of the term loan facilities, 0.75 percent per annum in respect of Base Rate Loans, 1.75 percent per annum in respect of Eurodollar Rate Loans and 2 percent per annum in respect of EURIBOR Loans.

 

116


Table of Contents

Availability

Initial Availability. Revolving loans may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed on and after the closing date; it being understood that the revolving loans may be used to fund our working capital needs on the closing date of the Transactions, term loans may only be borrowed on the closing date and no amount of term loans once repaid may be reborrowed.

Incremental Availability. The senior secured credit facility provides for an incremental term facility and/or incremental revolving facility in an aggregate principal amount of $250.0 million. The incremental facilities rank pari passu in right of payment and security with the other senior credit facilities and mature at the final maturity of the term loan facility and the revolving facility, respectively. The incremental facilities may be activated at any time up to three instances during the term of the senior credit facilities at our request with consent required only from those lenders that agree, in their sole discretion, to participate in such incremental facility and subject to certain conditions, including pro forma compliance with all financial covenants as of the date of incurrence and for the most recent determination period after giving effect to the incurrence of such incremental facility.

Security

The borrower and each of the guarantors under the senior secured credit facility granted the administrative agent and the lenders a valid and perfected first priority (subject to certain customary exceptions) lien and security interest in all of the following:

(i) All shares of capital stock of (or other ownership interests in) and intercompany debt of the borrower and each present and future subsidiary of the borrower or such guarantor.

(ii) Substantially all present and future property and assets, real and personal, of the borrower or such guarantor, except to the extent (i) the cost of obtaining security interests in any such item of collateral is excessive in relation to the benefit to the lenders or (ii) a security interest is prohibited by the terms of the collateral from being granted or would give a third party the right to take action that would substantially impair the value of the collateral.

Covenants

The senior secured credit facility requires us to comply with customary affirmative, negative and financial covenants. Set forth below is a brief description of such covenants, all of which are subject to customary exceptions and qualifications:

Affirmative Covenants. The affirmative covenants require: (i) compliance with laws and regulations (including, without limitation, ERISA and environmental laws); (ii) payment of taxes and other material obligations; (iii) maintenance of appropriate and adequate insurance; (iv) preservation of corporate existence, rights (charter and statutory), franchises, permits, licenses and approvals; (v) preparation of environmental reports; (vi) visitation and inspection rights; (vii) keeping of proper books in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (viii) maintenance of properties; (ix) conducting transactions with affiliates on terms equivalent to those obtainable on an arm’s length basis; (x) further assurances as to perfection and priority of security interests; and (xi) customary financial and other reporting requirements (including, without limitation, audited annual financial statements and quarterly unaudited financial statements, in each case prepared on a consolidated basis, notices of defaults, compliance certificates, annual business plans and forecasts, reports to shareholders and other creditors and other business and financial information as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request).

Negative Covenants. The negative covenants include restrictions with respect to (i) liens; (ii) debt (including guaranties or other contingent obligations); (iii) mergers and consolidations; (iv) sales, transfers and other dispositions of assets; (v) loans, acquisitions, joint ventures and other investments; (vi) dividends and other distributions to stockholders (with exceptions for proceeds from sales of certain specific assets); (vii) creating

 

117


Table of Contents

new subsidiaries; (viii) becoming a general partner in any partnership; (ix) repurchasing shares of capital stock; (x) prepaying, redeeming or repurchasing subordinated debt; (xi) capital expenditures; (xii) granting negative pledges other than to the administrative agent and the lenders; (xiii) changing the principal nature of our business; (xiv) amending organizational documents or amending or otherwise modifying the terms of any subordinated debt; and (xv) changing accounting policies or reporting practices.

Financial Covenants. We are required to maintain a maximum total leverage ratio and minimum interest coverage ratio. All of the financial covenants are calculated on a pro forma basis and for each consecutive four fiscal quarter period beginning with the first full fiscal quarter ended after the date of the closing of the Transactions.

Events of Default

The senior secured credit facility provides for customary events of default, including: (a) failure to pay principal when due, or to pay interest or fees within five business days after the same becomes due or other amounts within ten business days after the same becomes due, subject to applicable grace periods; (b) any representation or warranty proving to have been materially incorrect or misleading when made or confirmed; (c) failure to perform or observe covenants set forth in the loan documentation within a specified period of time, where customary and appropriate, after notice or knowledge of such failure; (d) cross-defaults to other indebtedness in an amount to be mutually agreed in the loan documentation; (e) bankruptcy and insolvency defaults (with grace period for involuntary proceedings); (f) monetary judgment defaults in an amount to be agreed in the loan documentation not covered by insurance; (g) impairment of loan documentation or security; (h) change of control; and (i) standard ERISA defaults. The senior secured credit facility provides the Equity Investors the ability to cure financial covenant defaults through equity infusions.

Other Indebtedness

We have established local lines of credit with commercial lenders at certain of our subsidiaries to fund working capital and other operating requirements. These lines of credit provide for borrowings of $30.0 million in the aggregate. We have also established intraday overdraft lines of credit in connection with the disbursement accounts of certain of our subsidiaries. These lines of credit provide for borrowings of $15.0 million in the aggregate.

We also have approximately $30.9 million in capitalized lease obligations with respect to our Attleboro facility as of September 30, 2006.

 

118


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

The outstanding Senior Notes were issued under an indenture dated as of April 27, 2006 (the “Senior Indenture” ) among the Company, as issuer, The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “Senior Note Trustee” ) and the Guarantors. The outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes were issued under an indenture dated as of April 27, 2006 (the “Senior Subordinated Indenture” and, together with the Senior Indenture, the “Indentures” ), among the Company, as issuer, The Bank of New York as trustee (the “Senior Subordinated Note Trustee” and, together with the Senior Note Trustee, the “Trustees” ) and the Guarantors.

The Indentures contain provisions that define the rights of holders of the notes and govern the obligations of the Company under the notes. Copies of the forms of the Indentures the notes are available upon request.

The following is a summary of certain provisions of the Indentures and the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes. It does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Indentures, including the definitions of certain terms therein and those terms to be made a part thereof by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The term “Company” refers only to Sensata Technologies B.V. and not any of its Subsidiaries. The other capitalized terms defined in “—Certain Definitions” below are used in this “Description of the Notes” as so defined. Any reference to a “holder” in this Description of the Notes refers to a holder of the Senior Notes or the Senior Subordinated Notes, as applicable. Unless otherwise required by the context, references in this description to the “Senior Notes” include the Senior Notes issued to the initial purchasers in a private transaction that was not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act and the exchange notes, which have been registered under the Securities Act, and references in this description to the “Senior Subordinated Notes” include the Senior Subordinated Notes issued to the initial purchasers in a private transaction that was not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act and the exchange notes, which have been registered under the Securities Act. Any reference to “Notes” or a “series” of Notes in this Description of the Notes refers to the Notes as a class, or the Exchange Notes as a class, as applicable.

Brief Description of the Notes and the Guarantees

The Senior Notes

The Senior Notes:

 

    are general unsecured obligations of the Company;

 

    are effectively subordinated to all secured Indebtedness of the Company to the extent of the value of the assets securing such secured Indebtedness and to all Indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of the Company’s Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors;

 

    are pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Debt of the Company; and

 

    are senior in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and Subordinated Indebtedness, if any, of the Company.

The Senior Subordinated Notes

The Senior Subordinated Notes:

 

    are general unsecured obligations of the Company;

 

    are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Debt of the Company, including the Company’s obligations under the Senior Notes and the Credit Agreement, and to all Indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of the Company’s Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors;

 

    are pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company; and

 

    are senior in right of payment to all future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company, if any.

 

119


Table of Contents

Guarantees of Senior Notes

The Guarantees of each Guarantor in respect of the Senior Notes:

 

    are general unsecured obligations of such Guarantor;

 

    are effectively subordinated to all secured Indebtedness of such Guarantor to the extent of the value of the assets securing such secured Indebtedness;

 

    are pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Debt of such Guarantor; and

 

    are senior in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and Subordinated Indebtedness, if any, of such Guarantor.

Guarantees of Senior Subordinated Notes

The Guarantees of each Guarantor in respect of the Senior Subordinated Notes:

 

    are general unsecured obligations of such Guarantor;

 

    are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Debt of such Guarantor;

 

    are pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor; and

 

    are senior in right of payment to all future Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor, if any.

As of December 31, 2005, after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions, the Company and the Guarantors would have had outstanding total Senior Debt and Guarantor Senior Debt, as applicable, of approximately $2,101.7 million, $1,350.1 million of which would have been secured. Under the Credit Agreement, and subject to certain conditions, an additional $150.0 million would have been available for revolving borrowings. All of these borrowings would be secured if borrowed. The Indentures will permit the Company and the Guarantors to incur additional Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt (as applicable).

As of the date of the Indentures, all of the Subsidiaries of the Company were “Restricted Subsidiaries.” Under the circumstances described under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments” and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary,” the Company will be permitted to designate Subsidiaries as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries.” Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the restrictive covenants of the Indentures. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not guarantee any of the Notes.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

The Senior Notes

The Senior Notes mature on May 1, 2014. Each Senior Note bears interest at the applicable rate per annum shown on the front cover of this memorandum from April 27, 2006, or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for. Interest is payable semiannually in cash to holders of Senior Notes of record at the close of business on the April 15 or October 15 immediately preceding the interest payment date, on May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing November 1, 2006. Interest is paid on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

The Senior Notes were issued initially in an aggregate principal amount of $450.0 million. Additional securities may be issued under the Senior Indenture in one or more series from time to time (“Additional Senior Notes”), subject to the limitations set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,” which will vote as a class with the Senior Notes and otherwise be treated as Senior Notes for purposes of the Senior Indenture.

 

120


Table of Contents

The Senior Subordinated Notes

The Senior Subordinated Notes mature on May 1, 2016. Each Senior Subordinated Note bears interest at the rate per annum shown on the front cover of this prospectus from April 27, 2006, or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for. Interest is payable semiannually in cash to holders of Senior Subordinated Notes of record at the close of business on the April 15 or October 15 immediately preceding the interest payment date, on May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing November 1, 2006. Interest is paid on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

The Senior Subordinated Notes were issued initially in an aggregate principal amount of €245.0 million (a then U.S. Dollar Equivalent of $301.6 million). Additional securities may be issued under the Senior Subordinated Indenture in one or more series from time to time ( “Additional Senior Subordinated Notes” and, together with any Additional Senior Notes, the “Additional Notes” ), subject to the limitations set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,” which will vote as a class with the Senior Subordinated Notes and otherwise be treated as Senior Subordinated Notes for purposes of the Senior Subordinated Indenture.

Other Terms

Principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the applicable Notes is payable, and such Notes may be exchanged or transferred, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purposes (which initially shall be the corporate trust office of the applicable Trustee, with respect to Senior Notes, and the office(s) of the euro paying agent and/or a co-registrar located in the European Union, with respect to payments in respect of, or exchanges or transfers of, the Senior Subordinated Notes, as the case may be), except that, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the registered holders of such Notes as such address appears in the applicable Note Register.

The Notes will be issued only in fully registered form, without coupons. The Senior Notes will be issued only in minimum denominations of $2,000 or, if greater at the Issue Date, the dollar equivalent of €1,000 rounded up to the nearest $1,000 (the “Minimum Dollar Denomination” ) and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Senior Subordinated Notes will be issued only in minimum denominations of €50,000 and any integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof.

The Senior Notes are expected to be designated for trading in The PORTAL Market. The Company intends to apply to list the Senior Subordinated Notes on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange provided that an exemption from any requirement for separate financial information for Guarantors is available. There can be no assurance, however, that an exemption from any requirement for such separate financial information will be available, or, if the Company applies to list the Senior Subordinated Notes, that a listing will be obtained.

Subordination of Senior Subordinated Notes and Related Guarantees

Senior Debt versus Senior Subordinated Notes

The payment of principal, interest, premium, if any, and additional interest, if any, on, and other obligations with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes and the payment of any related Guarantee is subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt, or the Guarantor Senior Debt of the relevant Guarantor, as the case may be, including, without limitation, the obligations of the Company and such Guarantor under the Credit Agreement, the Senior Notes and under any Senior Debt or any Guarantor Senior Debt incurred after the Issue Date.

Some of the Company’s Subsidiaries are not guaranteeing the Notes, and, as described below under “—Guarantees,” Guarantees of Subsidiaries may be released under certain circumstances. In addition, future Subsidiaries, including Restricted Subsidiaries, may not be required to Guarantee the Notes. Claims of creditors of any Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, including trade creditors and creditors holding indebtedness or

 

121


Table of Contents

guarantees issued by such Subsidiaries and claims of preferred stockholders of such Subsidiaries, generally have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such Subsidiaries over the claims of creditors of the Company, including holders of the Notes, even if such claims do not constitute Senior Debt of such Subsidiaries. Accordingly, the Notes and each Guarantee will be effectively subordinated to creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred stockholders, if any, of such Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors.

As of September 30, 2006:

(1) Senior Debt was approximately $2,118.8 million, $1,358.4 million of which consisted of secured indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and $760.4 million of unsecured indebtedness under the Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes and there was $147.3 million of additional Senior Debt available to be borrowed under the revolving portion of the Credit Agreement, subject to certain conditions; and

(2) Guarantor Senior Debt was approximately $2,118.8 million, $1,358.4 million of which would have consisted of the Guarantors’ Guarantees of indebtedness under the Credit Agreement (excluding the Guarantees of the potential additional borrowings under the revolving credit facility, which Guarantees would constitute Guarantor Senior Debt if and when issued) and Guarantees of the Senior Notes.

Although the Senior Subordinated Indenture contains limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness that the Company and the Guarantors may incur, the amount of such Indebtedness could be substantial and, in any case, such Indebtedness may be Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt, as applicable. See “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.”

Other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness versus Senior Subordinated Notes

Only Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt, as applicable, ranks senior to the Senior Subordinated Notes and the relevant Guarantee, as applicable, in accordance with the provisions of the Senior Subordinated Indenture. The Senior Subordinated Notes and each related Guarantee rank pari passu in right of payment with all other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company and the relevant Guarantor, respectively.

Payment of Senior Subordinated Notes

The holders of Senior Debt are entitled to receive payment in full of all Obligations due in respect of such Senior Debt (including interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect to the applicable Senior Debt, whether or not such interest is an allowed or allowable claim under applicable law) before the holders of Senior Subordinated Notes are entitled to receive any payment with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes, in the event of any distribution to creditors of the Company:

(1) in a liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

(2) in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property;

(3) in an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

(4) in any marshaling of the Company’s assets and liabilities.

The Company also may not make any payment in respect of the Senior Subordinated Notes (except that holders may receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities or payments pursuant to the provisions described under the sections entitled “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or “—Satisfaction and Discharge,” if the subordination provisions described in this section were not violated at the time the applicable amounts were deposited in trust or with the Senior Subordinated Note Trustee, as applicable, pursuant to such sections) if:

(1) a payment default on Designated Senior Debt occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable grace period; or

 

122


Table of Contents

(2) any other default occurs and is continuing on any series of Designated Senior Debt that permits holders of that series of Designated Senior Debt to accelerate its maturity without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) and the Senior Subordinated Note Trustee receives a notice of such default (a “Payment Blockage Notice” ) from the Representative of that series of Designated Senior Debt.

Payments on the Senior Subordinated Notes may and will be resumed:

(1) in the case of a payment default, upon the date on which such default is cured or waived; and

(2) in the case of a nonpayment default, upon the earliest of (x) the date on which such nonpayment default is cured or waived, (y) 179 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received and (z) the date the Senior Subordinated Note Trustee receives notice from the Representative for such Designated Senior Debt rescinding the Payment Blockage Notice,

in each case, unless the maturity of any Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated.

No new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered unless and until 360 days have elapsed since the delivery of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice.

No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Senior Subordinated Note Trustee will be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless such default has been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 days.

If the Senior Subordinated Note Trustee or any holder of the Senior Subordinated Notes receives a payment or distribution in respect of the Senior Subordinated Notes (except that holders may receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities or payments pursuant to the provisions described under the sections entitled “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or “—Satisfaction and Discharge,” if the subordination provisions described in this section were not violated at the time the applicable amounts were deposited in trust or with the Senior Subordinated Note Trustee, as applicable, pursuant to such sections) when the payment or distribution is prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Senior Subordinated Indenture, then the Senior Subordinated Note Trustee or the holder, as the case may be, will hold the payment in trust for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt. Upon the proper written request of the holders of Senior Debt, the Senior Subordinated Note Trustee or the holder, as the case may be, will deliver the amounts in trust to the holders of Senior Debt or their proper Representative.

A Guarantor’s obligations under its Guarantee of the Senior Subordinated Notes are senior subordinated obligations. As such, the rights of holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes to receive payment by a Guarantor pursuant to its Guarantee will be subordinated in right of payment to the rights of holders of Guarantor Senior Debt of such Guarantor. The terms of the subordination and payment blockage provisions described above with respect to the Company’s obligations under the Senior Subordinated Notes apply equally to a Guarantor and the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee of the Senior Subordinated Notes.

As a result of the subordination provisions described above, in the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Company, holders of Senior Subordinated Notes may recover less ratably than creditors of the Company who are holders of Senior Debt. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes—Your right to receive payment on the senior subordinated notes and the guarantees thereof is subordinated to our and the guarantors’ senior debt, including our new senior secured credit facility and the senior notes.”

Optional Redemption

Redemption with Proceeds of Equity Offerings and Designated Asset Sales

Each of the Senior Indenture and the Senior Subordinated Indenture provide that at any time prior to May 1, 2009, the Company may, at its option, on one or more occasions redeem, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60

 

123


Table of Contents

days prior notice, up to 40 percent of the aggregate principal amount of each series of Notes issued under such Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes, as the case may be), at a redemption price equal to 108 percent of the aggregate principal amount of such Notes with respect to a redemption of Senior Notes, and 109 percent of the aggregate principal amount of such Notes with respect to a redemption of Senior Subordinated Notes, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of holders of such series of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings ( provided that if the Equity Offering is an offering by any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company, a portion of the net cash proceeds thereof equal to the amount required to redeem any such Notes is contributed to the equity capital of the Company), or the Net Proceeds of one or more Designated Asset Sales; provided, however, that

(1) at least 50 percent of the aggregate principal amount of such series of Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes of such series) must remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding in such calculation, Notes held by the Company or any of its Affiliates); and

(2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of such Equity Offering or Designated Asset Sale, as the case may be.

Ordinary Redemption

At any time prior to May 1, 2010, in the case of the Senior Notes and May 1, 2011, in the case of the Senior Subordinated Notes, such Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount of such Notes redeemed plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

On or after May 1, 2010, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Senior Notes at its option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Senior Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 1, 2010 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2010

   104.0 %

2011

   102.0 %

2012 and thereafter

   100.0 %

On or after May 1, 2011, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Senior Subordinated Notes at its option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Senior Subordinated Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 1, 2011 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2011

   104.5 %

2012

   103.0 %

2013

   101.5 %

2014 and thereafter

   100.0 %

 

124


Table of Contents

Withholding Tax Redemption

The Company may, at its option, redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at any time upon not less than 15 days’ nor more than 30 days’ notice to the holders (which notice shall be irrevocable and given in accordance with the procedures described in “—Notices”), at a redemption price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date, premium, if any, and all Additional Amounts, if any, then due and which will become due on the date of redemption as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if the Company determines in good faith that the Company or any Guarantor is, or on the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Notes, would be obligated to pay Additional Amounts (as defined below under “—Additional Amounts”) in respect of the Notes pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof, which the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, cannot avoid by the use of reasonable measures available to it (including, without limitation, making payment through a paying agent located in another jurisdiction), as a result of:

(a) any change in, or amendment to, the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (as defined under “—Additional Amounts”) affecting taxation which becomes effective on or after the Issue Date or, in the case of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction that arises after the Issue Date, the date on which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction under the relevant Indenture (or, in the case of a successor Person, after the date of assumption by the successor person of the obligations thereunder); or

(b) any change in the official application, administration, or interpretation of the laws, regulations or rulings of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including a holding, judgment, or order by a court of competent jurisdiction), on or after the Issue Date or, in the case of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction has changed since the Issue Date, the date on which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction under the relevant Indenture (or, in the case of a successor Person, after the date of assumption by the successor person of the obligations thereunder) (each of the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), a “Change in Tax Law” ).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may not redeem the Notes under this provision if a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction changes under the relevant Indenture and the Company is obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law of such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction which was officially announced at the time the latter became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction.

In the case of a Guarantor that becomes a party to each Indenture after the Issue Date or a successor person (including a surviving entity), the Change in Tax Law must become effective after the date that such entity (or another person organized or resident in the same jurisdiction) first makes a payment on the Notes. In the case of Additional Amounts required to be paid as a result of the Company conducting business in an Additional Taxing Jurisdiction (as defined below under “—Additional Amounts”), the Change in Tax Law must become effective after the date the Company begins to conduct the business giving rise to the relevant withholding or deduction.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given (a) earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Company or any Guarantor, would be obliged to make such payment of Additional Amounts or withholding if a payment in respect of the Notes or the relevant Note Guarantee, as the case may be, were then due and (b) unless at the time such notice is given, the obligation to pay Additional Amounts remains in effect.

Prior to the mailing of any notice of redemption pursuant to the foregoing, the Company will deliver to each Trustee:

(a) an Officers’ Certificate stating that the Company is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the right of the Company so to redeem have occurred (including that such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by the Company or any Guarantor or surviving entity taking reasonable measures available to it); and

 

125


Table of Contents

(b) a written opinion of independent tax advisers of recognized standing qualified under the laws of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction and reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee to the effect that the Company or a Guarantor or surviving entity, as the case may be, is or would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law.

The foregoing provisions shall apply mutatis mutandis to any successor Person, after such successor Person becomes a party to each Indenture, with respect to a Change in Tax Law occurring after the time such successor person becomes a party to such Indenture.

The Company may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of any Indenture.

Guarantees

The Guarantors jointly and severally guarantee (x) the Company’s obligations under the Senior Indenture and the Senior Notes on a senior basis and (y) the Company’s obligations under the Senior Subordinated Indenture and the Senior Subordinated Notes on a senior subordinated basis. Each Guarantee of the Senior Subordinated Notes is subordinated to the applicable Guarantor Senior Debt on the same basis as the Senior Subordinated Notes are subordinated to Senior Debt. The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantees of the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes are limited as necessary to prevent the Guarantees from constituting fraudulent conveyances or fraudulent transfers under applicable law.

Each Guarantor may consolidate with or merge into or sell its assets to the Company or another Guarantor without limitation, or with, into or to any other Persons upon the terms and conditions set forth in each Indenture. See “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.” The Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released in the event that:

(a) the sale, disposition or other transfer (including through merger or consolidation) of all of the Capital Stock (or any sale, disposition or other transfer of Capital Stock (including through merger or consolidation) following which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Subsidiary), or all or substantially all the assets, of the applicable Guarantor, if such sale, disposition or other transfer is made in compliance with the provisions of the relevant Indenture described under “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”;

(b) the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of each Indenture described under “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments” and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”;

(c) in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary which after the Issue Date is required to guarantee the Notes pursuant to the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Additional Guarantees,” the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary of all Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or the repayment of all the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, in each case, which resulted in an obligation to guarantee the Notes;

(d) if the Company exercises its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option as described under “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or if its obligations under the relevant Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; or

(e) such Guarantor is also a guarantor or borrower under the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date and, at the time of release of its Guarantee, (x) has been released from its guarantee of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with the Credit Agreement, (y) is not an obligor under any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (7), (9), (10) or (15) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) and (z) does not guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company or any of the other Guarantors.

 

126


Table of Contents

As of the date of the Indentures, all of the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company will be Guarantors, other than our Subsidiaries located in the following countries: China, Taiwan, Israel, Germany, Italy, France, Spain, Hong Kong, Singapore and India.

Additional Amounts

All payments that the Company makes under or with respect to the Notes and that any Guarantor makes under or with respect to any Guarantee will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charges (including, without limitation, penalties, interest and other similar liabilities related thereto) of whatever nature (collectively, “Taxes” ) imposed or levied by or on behalf of the United States, any jurisdiction in which the Company or any Guarantor is incorporated, organized or otherwise resident for tax purposes or from or through which any of the foregoing makes any payment on the Notes or by or within any department or political subdivision or governmental authority or in any of the foregoing having the power to tax (each, a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction” ), unless withholding or deduction is then required by law or by the interpretation or administration of law. If the Company or any Guarantor is required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes, the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, will pay additional amounts (“Additional Amounts” ) as may be necessary to ensure that the net amount received by each holder or beneficial owner of the Notes (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will be not less than the amount the holder or beneficial owner would have received if such Taxes had not been required to be withheld or deducted.

Neither the Company nor any Guarantor will, however, pay Additional Amounts to a holder or beneficial owner of Notes in respect or on account of:

 

    any Taxes that would not have been imposed or levied by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction but for the holder’s or beneficial owner’s present or former connection with such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (other than the mere receipt or holding of Notes or by reason of the receipt of payments thereunder or the exercise or enforcement of rights under any Notes, the Indenture or any Guarantee);

 

    any Taxes that are imposed or withheld by reason of the failure of the holder or beneficial owner of Notes, following the Company’s written request addressed to the holder (and made at a time that would enable the holder or beneficial owner acting reasonably to comply with that request) to comply with any certification or identification requirements, whether required or imposed by statute, regulation or administrative practice of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, Taxes imposed by the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including, without limitation, a certification that the holder or beneficial owner is not resident in the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction);

 

    any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer, personal property or similar Taxes;

 

    any Tax which is payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from payments made under or with respect to the Notes;

 

    any Tax imposed on or with respect to any payment by the Company or a Guarantor to the holder if such holder is a fiduciary or partnership or person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment to the extent that Taxes would not have been imposed on such payment had the beneficiary, partner or other beneficial owner directly held the Note;

 

    any Tax that is imposed or levied by reason of the presentation (where presentation is required in order to receive payment) of such Notes for payment on a date more than 30 days after the date on which such payment became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later, except to the extent that the beneficial owner or holder thereof would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Notes been presented for payment on any date during such 30 day period;

 

127


Table of Contents
    any withholding or deduction in respect of any Taxes where such withholding or deduction is imposed or levied on a payment to an individual and is required to be made pursuant to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other Directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of 26-27 November 2000 on the taxation of savings income or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such Directive; or

 

    any Tax that is imposed or levied on or with respect to a Note presented for payment on behalf of a holder or beneficial owner who would have been able to avoid such withholding or deduction by presenting the relevant Note to another paying agent in a member state of the European Union.

The Company and each Guarantor will (i) make such withholding or deduction required by applicable law and (ii) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant taxing authority in accordance with applicable law.

At least 30 calendar days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to the Notes is due and payable, if the Company and any Guarantor will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment (unless such obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises after the 30th day prior to the date on which payment under or with respect to the Notes is due and payable, in which case it will be promptly thereafter), the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Additional Amounts will be payable and the amounts so payable and will set forth such other information (other than the identities of holders and beneficial owners) necessary to enable such Trustee or Paying Agent, as the case may be, to pay such Additional Amounts to holders and beneficial owners on the relevant payment date. The Company will provide the Trustee with documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee evidencing payment of such Additional Amounts.

Upon request, the Company or the relevant Guarantor will furnish to each Trustee or a holder within a reasonable time certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment by the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, of any Taxes imposed or levied by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction. If, notwithstanding the reasonable best efforts of the Company or such Guarantor to obtain such receipts, the same are not obtainable, then the Company or such Guarantor will provide such holder with other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or holder of such payment by the Company or such Guarantor.

Each Indenture further provides that, if the Company or any Guarantor conducts business in any jurisdiction (an “Additional Taxing Jurisdiction” ) other than a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction and, as a result, is required by the law of such Additional Taxing Jurisdiction to withhold or deduct any amount on account of the Taxes imposed by such Additional Taxing Jurisdiction from payment under the applicable Notes or the relevant Guarantee, as the case may be, which would not have been required to be so withheld or deducted but for such conduct of business in such Additional Taxing Jurisdiction, the Additional Amounts provision described above shall be considered to apply as if references in such provision to “Taxes” included taxes imposed by way of withholding or deduction by any such Additional Taxing Jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof or therein).

In addition, the Company and each Guarantor will pay (i) any present or future stamp, issue, registration, court documentation, excise or property taxes or other similar taxes, charges and duties, including interest and penalties with respect thereto, imposed by any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction in respect of the execution, issue, delivery or registration of the Notes, any Guarantee or any Indenture or any other document or instrument referred to thereunder and any such taxes, charges, duties or similar levies imposed by any jurisdiction as a result of, or in connection with, the enforcement of the Notes, such Guarantee or such Indenture or any such other document or instrument following the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Notes, and (ii) any stamp, court, or documentary taxes (or similar charges or levies) imposed with respect to the receipt of any payments with respect to the Notes or such Guarantee. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor will, however, pay such amounts that are imposed on or result from a sale or other transfer or disposition by a holder or beneficial owner of a Note.

 

128


Table of Contents

The preceding provisions will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of the relevant Indenture and shall apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor person to the Company or any Guarantor is organized, incorporated or otherwise resident for tax purposes and any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein.

Whenever any Indenture or this “Description of the Notes” refers to, in any context, the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note (including payments thereof made pursuant to any Guarantee), such reference includes the payment of Additional Amounts, if applicable.

Mandatory Redemption

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Company may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under the captions “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” and “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.” The Company may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Company at such time has given notice of redemption under the second, third or fourth paragraph under the caption “—Optional Redemption” with respect to all outstanding Notes of the applicable series, each holder of Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (in a principal amount equal to, in the case of a Senior Note, the Minimum Dollar Denomination or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof and, in the case of a Senior Subordinated Note, €50,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof) of that holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set forth in the relevant Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer a Change of Control Payment in cash equal to 101 percent of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Company at such time has given notice of redemption under the second, third or fourth paragraph under the caption “—Optional Redemption” with respect to all outstanding Notes of the applicable series, the Company will mail a notice to each holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by the relevant Indenture and described in such notice. The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of any Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control provisions of such Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

 

  (1) the Change of Control Offer;

 

  (2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

 

  (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the relevant Trustee the relevant Notes properly accepted, together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

 

129


Table of Contents

The paying agent will promptly mail to each holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the relevant Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each holder a new Note of the same series equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount equal to the Minimum Dollar Denomination (in the case of a Senior Note) or €50,000 (in the case of a Senior Subordinated Note). The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in each Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer or (ii) a valid notice of redemption for all of the Notes has been given pursuant to the terms of each Indenture as described under “—Optional Redemption” unless and until such notice has been validly revoked or there is a default in the payment of the applicable redemption price. A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control or conditional upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.

The Credit Agreement prohibits the Company from purchasing Notes, and also provides that the occurrence of certain change of control events with respect to the Company constitutes a default thereunder. The Senior Subordinated Indenture provides that, prior to complying with any of the provisions of this “Change of Control” covenant under the Senior Subordinated Indenture, but in any event within 90 days following a Change of Control, to the extent required to permit the Company to comply with this covenant under the Senior Subordinated Indenture, the Company will either repay all outstanding Senior Debt or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all agreements governing outstanding Senior Debt. If the Company does not repay such Senior Debt or obtain such consents, the Company will remain prohibited from purchasing Senior Subordinated Notes in a Change of Control, which after appropriate notice and lapse of time would result in an Event of Default under the Senior Subordinated Indenture, which would in turn constitute a default under the Credit Agreement. In such circumstance, the subordination provisions of the Senior Subordinated Indenture would likely restrict payment to the holders of Senior Subordinated Notes.

Future indebtedness that the Company or its Subsidiaries may incur may contain prohibitions on the occurrence of certain events that would constitute a Change of Control or require the repurchase of such indebtedness upon a Change of Control. Moreover, the exercise by the holders of their right to require the Company to repurchase their Notes could cause a default under such indebtedness, even if the Change of Control itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchase on the Company. Finally, the Company’s ability to pay cash to the holders of Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by its then existing financial resources. There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make any required repurchases.

In addition, any repurchase of Senior Subordinated Notes upon a Change of Control constitutes a Restricted Payment under the Senior Indenture until the Change of Control Offer for the Senior Notes is completed. See “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.”

The provisions described above that require the Company to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control are applicable whether or not any other provisions of any Indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, none of the Indentures contains provisions that permit the holders of the relevant Notes to require that the Company repurchase or redeem such Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially

 

130


Table of Contents

all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of Notes to require the Company to repurchase its Notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be uncertain.

Asset Sales

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1) the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;

(2) in the case of Asset Sales involving consideration in excess of $10.0 million, the fair market value is determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors; and

(3) except for any Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75 percent of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.

For purposes of clause (3) above, the amount of (i) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes of the relevant series or the related Guarantees) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and from which the Company and all Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing, (ii) any securities received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale and (iii) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company), taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million and (y) 2.5 percent of Consolidated Total Assets of the Company as of the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter prior to the date on which such Designated Noncash Consideration is received (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this paragraph and for no other purpose.

Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or, if applicable, the Restricted Subsidiary) may apply those Net Proceeds at its option:

(1)(x) under the Senior Indenture, to repay any Secured Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor or Indebtedness of the Company that ranks pari passu with the Senior Notes or Indebtedness of a Guarantor that ranks pari passu with such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Senior Notes ( provided that if the Company shall so reduce Obligations under unsecured Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Senior Notes or a related Guarantee, it will equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Senior Notes by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer (as defined below)) to all holders of Senior Notes to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the pro rata principal amount of the Senior Notes or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor; and (y) under the Senior Subordinated Indenture, to permanently reduce Obligations under Senior Debt of the Company or any Guarantor Senior Debt (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto) or Indebtedness of the Company that ranks pari passu with the Senior Subordinated Notes or Indebtedness of a Guarantor that ranks pari passu with such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Senior Subordinated Notes provided that if the Company shall so reduce Obligations under Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Senior Subordinated Notes, it will equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Senior Subordinated Notes by

 

131


Table of Contents

making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer (as defined below)) to all holders of Senior Subordinated Notes to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the pro rata principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

(2) in the case of a Designated Asset Sale, as provided for in the definition of Designated Asset Sales; or

(3) to (A) make an investment in any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that such business constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) make capital expenditures or (C) make an investment in other assets, in each of (A), (B) and (C), used or useful in a Permitted Business; and/or

(4) to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and it results in the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that such business constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) assets that, in each of (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale.

Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale not applied or invested in accordance with the preceding paragraph within 365 days from the date of the receipt of such Net Proceeds shall constitute “Excess Proceeds,” provided that if during such 365-day period the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a definitive binding agreement committing it to apply such Net Proceeds in accordance with the requirements of clause (1), (2), (3) or (4) of the immediately preceding paragraph after such 365th day, such 365-day period will be extended with respect to the amount of Net Proceeds so committed for a period not to exceed 180 days until such Net Proceeds are required to be applied in accordance with such agreement (or, if earlier, until termination of such agreement).

When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Company, or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, will make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer” ) to all holders of Notes of the applicable series and Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with such Notes and contains provisions similar to those set forth in each Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase, on a pro rata basis, the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100 percent of principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company, or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary (including the Company), may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by any Indenture.

If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company, or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary (including the Company), may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by any Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the relevant Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

The Credit Agreement prohibits the Company from purchasing Notes, and also provides that the occurrence of certain change of control events with respect to the Company constitutes a default thereunder. In addition, any repurchase of Senior Subordinated Notes following an Asset Sale constitutes a Restricted Payment under the Senior Indenture until the Asset Sale Offer for the Senior Notes is completed. See “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.”

The Company, or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the

 

132


Table of Contents

extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of any Indenture, the Company, or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of such Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

Selection and Notice

If less than all of the Notes of any series are to be redeemed at any time, the relevant Trustee will select Notes for redemption as follows:

(1) if the Notes of such series are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such Notes are listed; or

(2) if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable.

No Senior Notes in principal amounts equal to or less than the Minimum Dollar Denomination can be redeemed in part. No Senior Subordinated Notes of €1,000 or less can be redeemed in part; provided that no Senior Subordinated Notes will be redeemed in part if the resulting note would have a minimum denomination that is less than €50,000. Notices of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that (x) redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the relevant Indenture and (y) redemption notices may be mailed less than 30 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a redemption using the Net Proceeds of one or more Designated Asset Sales. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.

If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the holder of that Note upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

Certain Covenants

Changes in Covenants Upon Change in Ratings

If, with respect to any series of Notes, on any date following the date of the relevant Indenture:

(1) such Notes are rated Investment Grade by both Rating Agencies; and

(2) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (the foregoing conditions being referred to collectively as the “Suspension Condition”),

then, beginning on that day and subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the covenants specifically listed under the following captions in this prospectus will be suspended as to such series of Notes:

(3) “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales;”

(4) “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments;”

(5) “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock;”

(6) “—Certain Covenants—Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries;”

(7) “—Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates;” and

(8) clause (4) of the covenant described below under the caption “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”).

 

133


Table of Contents

During any period that the foregoing covenants have been suspended, the Company’s Board of Directors may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the second sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.”

If and while the Company meets the Suspension Condition, the Notes will be entitled to substantially less covenant protection. If the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to the Notes for any period of time as a result of the foregoing and, subsequently, one or both Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade rating or downgrade the Investment Grade rating assigned to the Notes such that the Notes are no longer rated Investment Grade by both Rating Agencies, then the Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants. Compliance with the Suspended Covenants with respect to Restricted Payments made after the time of such withdrawal or downgrade will be calculated in accordance with the terms of the covenant described below under “Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments” as if such covenant had been in effect during the entire period of time from the date of such Indenture; provided, further, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind will be deemed to exist under the Indenture, for such Notes or the related Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries will bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring after such Notes attain the required ratings and before any reinstatement of the Suspended Covenants as provided above, or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligations arising prior to the reinstatement of the Suspended Covenants, regardless of whether those actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable covenant had remained in effect during such period.

Restricted Payments

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(a) declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation (other than (A) dividends or distributions by the Company payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary payable solely to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary or (C), in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, pro rata dividends or distributions to minority stockholders of such Restricted Subsidiary (or owners of an equivalent interest in the case of a Subsidiary that is an entity other than a corporation) provided that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(b) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company held by any Person (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary), including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

(c) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) and (8) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, acquisition or retirement); or

(d) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (a) through (d) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments” ),

unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

 

134


Table of Contents

(2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four- quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described below under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”; and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (9), (10), (11), (12), (14) and (15) of the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum, without duplication, of

(b) 50 percent of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from March 31, 2006 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100 percent of such deficit), plus

(c) 100 percent of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, of property and marketable securities received by the Company after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of the Company (including a resale of Retired Capital Stock (as defined below) but excluding (i) cash proceeds received from the sale of Equity Interests of the Company and, to the extent actually contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of the Company’s direct or indirect parent corporations to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph, (ii) cash proceeds received from the sale of Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (2) of the next succeeding paragraph, (iii) Designated Preferred Stock, (iv) the Cash Contribution Amount, (v) Excluded Contributions and (vi) Disqualified Stock) or (y) debt securities of the Company that have been converted into such Equity Interests of the Company (other than Refunding Capital Stock or Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Company sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Company, as the case may be, and other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock), plus

(d) 100 percent of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, of property and marketable securities contributed to the capital of the Company after the Issue Date (other than (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Excluded Contributions, (iii) any Disqualified Stock, (iv) any Refunding Capital Stock, (v) any Designated Preferred Stock, (vi) the Cash Contribution Amount and (vii) cash proceeds applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph), plus

(e) without duplication of any amounts included in clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph and to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, 100 percent of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, of property and marketable securities received after the Issue Date by means of (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances which constitute Restricted Investments of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (10) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

 

135


Table of Contents

(f) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (10) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment).

The preceding provisions do not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend or other distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the relevant Indenture;

(2) (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company (“Retired Capital Stock” ) or Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes of the applicable series in exchange for or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Company) of Equity Interests of the Company or contributions to the equity capital of the Company (in each case, other than Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount) (“Refunding Capital Stock” ) and (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;

(3) the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes of the applicable series made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the borrower thereof which is incurred in compliance with the covenant “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” so long as (A) the principal amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes of such series being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value plus related fees and expenses and the amount of any reasonable premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes of such series being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, (B) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes of such series and any Guarantees thereof at least to the same extent as such Indebtedness subordinated to such Notes so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, (C) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Indebtedness subordinated to such Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (D) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness subordinated to such Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;

(4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations (or their permitted transferees, assigns, estates or heirs) pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan, agreement or arrangement, provided, however, that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) does not exceed in any calendar year $7.5 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the two immediately succeeding calendar years); and provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent corporations, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its

 

136


Table of Contents

direct or indirect parent corporations that occurs after the Issue Date plus (B) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations in connection with the Transactions that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations pursuant to a deferred compensation plan of such corporation plus (C) the cash proceeds of “key man” life insurance policies received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date ( provided that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A), (B) and (C) above in any calendar year) less (D) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A), (B) and (C) of this clause (4);

(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or incurred in accordance with this covenant to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges for such entity;

(6) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date and the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company issued after the Issue Date; provided, however, that (A) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions thereon) on a pro forma basis, the Company would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.0 to 1 and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (6) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Company from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date;

(7) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(8) the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock following the first public offering of the Company’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent corporations after the Issue Date, of up to 6.0 percent per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Company after the Issue Date in any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Company’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

(9) Investments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(10) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $75.0 million;

(11) cash dividends or other distributions on the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock used to, or the making of loans, the proceeds of which will be used to, fund the payment of fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or the offering of the Notes, in each case to the extent permitted (to the extent applicable) by the covenant described under “—Transactions with Affiliates”;

(12) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(13) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock pursuant to provisions similar to those described under the captions “—Repurchase at the Option of the Company—Change of Control” and “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”; provided that a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, has been made and all Notes of the relevant series tendered by holders of such Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

 

137


Table of Contents

(14) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, a direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company in amounts required for such Person to pay, without duplication:

(a) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence;

(b) income taxes to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from the Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries, provided, however, that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount of income taxes that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay for such fiscal year were the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries to pay such taxes as a stand-alone taxpayer;

(c) customary salary, bonus, severance, indemnification obligations and other benefits payable to officers and employees of such direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company to the extent such salaries, bonuses, severance, indemnification obligations and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(d) general corporate overhead and operating expenses for such direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(e) reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with any unsuccessful debt or equity offering or other financing transaction by such direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company; and

(f) its obligations under the Advisory Agreement (as in effect on the Issue Date);

(g) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Company; provided, however, that any such cash payment shall be bona fide and in good faith and shall not be for the purpose of evading the limitation of the covenant described under this subheading (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company);

(15) the declaration or payment of Restricted Payments that are made with the proceeds of Designated Asset Sales; provided however, that any such Restricted Payments made other than pursuant to clause (y) of the definition of “Designated Asset Sales” shall not exceed $200.0 million in the aggregate; and

(16) the dividend or distribution of a Restricted Investment consisting of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents) to the extent such Restricted Investment was included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (2), (5), (6), (8), (10), (12), (13) or (16) above, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this covenant will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company. Such determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an Independent Financial Advisor if the fair market value exceeds $50.0 million.

As of the Issue Date, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries were Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary. For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to

 

138


Table of Contents

the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of Investments. Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this covenant or the definition of Permitted Investments and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants described in this summary.

For the avoidance of doubt, any dividend or distribution otherwise permitted pursuant to this covenant may be in the form of a loan.

Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively “incur” ) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Company and any Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and any Guarantor may issue Preferred Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company for its most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Debt” ):

(1) the incurrence by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement together with the incurrence by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries of the guarantees thereunder and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount, of $1,800.0 million outstanding at any one time, less the amount of (x) all mandatory principal payments (with respect to revolving borrowings and letters of credit, only to the extent revolving commitments are correspondingly reduced) actually made by any obligor thereunder in respect of Indebtedness thereunder with Net Proceeds from Asset Sales; and (y) all principal payments actually made by any obligor thereunder in respect of Indebtedness thereunder with the Net Proceeds from Designated Asset Sales;

(2) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes (including, in each case, any Guarantee thereof) issued on the Issue Date and the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes issued on the Issue Date (including any Guarantee thereof);

(3) Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) or (2));

(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) in an aggregate principal amount that, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (4), does not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) an amount equal to 2.0 percent of Consolidated Total Assets as of the end of the Company’s most recently concluded fiscal quarter for which a balance sheet is available;

(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without

 

139


Table of Contents

limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-outs or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition or acquisition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that (A) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (A)) and (B) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including noncash proceeds (the fair market value of such noncash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such disposition;

(7) Indebtedness of the Company owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof and (B) if the Company or a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to all obligations of the Company or such Guarantor with respect to the Notes of the relevant series;

(8) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;

(9) Hedging Obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes);

(10) obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds, appeal bonds and other similar types of bonds and performance and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(11) Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor or Preferred Stock of any Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (11), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $150.0 million;

(12) (x) any guarantee by the Company or a Guarantor of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the Indentures; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes of the relevant series or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, any such guarantee of the Company or such Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Notes and such Guarantor’s Guarantee with respect to such Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to such Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, (y) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a

 

140


Table of Contents

Guarantor of Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor incurred in accordance with the terms of the Indentures, and (z) any guarantee by a Guarantor of Indebtedness of the Company incurred in accordance with the terms of the applicable Indenture;

(13) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock that serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2), (3) and (4) above, this clause (13) and clauses (14) and (21) below or any Indebtedness issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness” ) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced, (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes of the relevant series or the related Guarantees, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to such Notes or such Guarantees at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded, (C) shall not include (x) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Guarantor or (y) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (D) shall not be in a principal amount in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, accrued interest on, and related fees and expenses of, the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced and (E) shall not have a stated maturity date prior to the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced and (y) the Stated Maturity of any Notes then outstanding; and provided further that in the case of the Senior Subordinated Indenture subclauses (A), (B) and (E) of this clause (13) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Senior Debt;

(14) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Person incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Person was acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the relevant Indenture; provided that such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock is not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, such acquisition or merger; and provided further, that after giving effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness either (A) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this covenant or (B) such Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be greater than immediately prior to such acquisition;

(15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five business days of its incurrence;

(16) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Agreement in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(17) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(18) Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary, provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred under this clause (18) which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (18), does not exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 1.0 percent of Consolidated Total Assets as of the end of the Company’s most recently concluded fiscal quarter for which a balance sheet is available;

(19) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Company or any Guarantor to current or former officers, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the

 

141


Table of Contents

purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations permitted by the covenant described under the caption “—Restricted Payments;”

(20) Contribution Indebtedness;

(21) Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor incurred in connection with or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the acquisition by the Company or such Guarantor of property used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the purchase of Capital Stock of, or merger or consolidation with, any Person owning such assets); provided that the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company for its most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such Indebtedness is incurred, determined on a pro forma basis as if such Indebtedness had been incurred and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period, (A) would have been at least 1.5 to 1 for any incurrence of Indebtedness on or prior to December 31, 2007, and would have been at least 1.75 to 1 for any incurrence of Indebtedness thereafter, and (B) would have been greater than such Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger; and

(22) Indebtedness of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such Indebtedness are deposited and used to defease the Notes as described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or “Satisfaction and Discharge”.

For purposes of determining compliance with this “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” covenant, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (22) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Company will be permitted to classify and later reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this covenant, and such item of Indebtedness will be treated as having been incurred pursuant to only one of such categories. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement outstanding on the Issue Date will be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted. Additionally, all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness may later be reclassified as having been incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or under any category of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (22) above so long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred pursuant to such provision at the time of reclassification.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness where the Indebtedness incurred is denominated in a different currency, the amount of such Indebtedness will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness; provided, however, that if any such Indebtedness denominated in a different currency is subject to a currency agreement with respect to U.S. dollars covering all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness expressed in U.S. dollars will be as provided in such currency agreement. The principal amount of any refinancing Indebtedness incurred in the same currency as the Indebtedness being refinanced will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the Indebtedness being refinanced, except to the extent that (1) such U.S. Dollar Equivalent was determined based on a currency agreement, in which case the refinancing Indebtedness will be determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, and (2) the principal amount of the refinancing Indebtedness exceeds the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced, in which case the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of such excess will be determined on the date such refinancing Indebtedness is incurred. The maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness, solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.

 

142


Table of Contents

Limitation on Layering

Senior Indenture

The Senior Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit a Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Senior Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Senior Notes, as the case may be, to the same extent. For purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be subordinated or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, as applicable, solely by reason of any Liens of Guarantees arising or created in respect thereof or by virtue of the fact that the holders of any secured Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them.

Senior Subordinated Indenture

The Senior Subordinated Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt (including Acquired Debt) or Guarantor Senior Debt (including Acquired Debt) of the Company or such other Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is either:

(1) Senior Subordinated Indebtedness; or

(2) subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes or the related Guarantee, as the case may be.

For purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be subordinated or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, as applicable, solely by reason of any Liens or Guarantees arising or created in respect thereof or by virtue of the fact that the holders of any secured Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them.

Liens

Senior Indenture

The Senior Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien that secures obligations under any Indebtedness on any asset or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless the Senior Notes and the related Guarantees are equally and ratably secured, except that the foregoing shall not apply to:

(1) Liens existing on the Issue Date to the extent and in the manner such Liens are in effect on the Issue Date;

(2) Liens securing Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” and (y) the maximum principal amount of Indebtedness that, as of such date, and after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of the proceeds therefrom on such date, would not cause the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio of the Company to exceed 4.0 to 1;

(3) Liens securing the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes and, in each case, the related Guarantees and the Exchange Notes (including Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Additional Senior

 

143


Table of Contents

Notes and Additional Senior Subordinated Notes and secured by a Lien, in each case, in accordance with the terms of the Senior Indenture) and the related Guarantees; and

(4) Permitted Liens.

Senior Subordinated Indenture

The Senior Subordinated Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien that secures obligations under any Indebtedness ranking pari passu with or subordinated to the Senior Subordinated Notes or a related Guarantee on any asset or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

(1) in the case of Liens securing Indebtedness subordinated to the Senior Subordinated Notes or the related Guarantees, the Senior Subordinated Notes and any related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

(2) in all other cases, the Senior Subordinated Notes and any related Guarantees are equally and ratably secured,

(3) except that the foregoing shall not apply to:

(4) Liens existing on the Issue Date to the extent and in the manner such Liens are in effect on the Issue Date;

(5) Liens securing the Senior Subordinated Notes and the related Guarantees and the Exchange Notes (including Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Additional Senior Subordinated Notes issued and secured by a Lien, in each case, in accordance with the terms of the Senior Subordinated Indenture) and the related Guarantees;

(6) Liens securing Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt and the related guarantees of such Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt; and

(7) Permitted Liens.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect (x) pursuant to the Credit Agreement or related documents as in effect on the Issue Date or (y) on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, pursuant to Existing Indebtedness and related documentation;

(2) the Senior Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Indenture, the Senior Notes, the Senior Subordinated Notes and the related Guarantees (including any Exchange Notes with respect to the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes and related Guarantees);

 

144


Table of Contents

(3) purchase money obligations or other obligations described in clause (4) of the second paragraph of “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that in each case impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above in the first paragraph of this covenant on the property so acquired;

(4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in connection therewith or in contemplation thereof or to provide all or a portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;

(6) contracts for the sale of assets, including, without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under the captions “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” and “—Liens” that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(9) other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Company or any Guarantor, in each case, that is incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the covenant described under “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”;

(10) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(11) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements;

(12) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the first paragraph above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (11) above; provided that the encumbrances or restrictions imposed by such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors, not materially less favorable to the holders of the Notes than encumbrances and restrictions contained in such predecessor agreements and do not materially affect the Company’s and Guarantor’s ability, taken as a whole, to make payments of interest and scheduled payments of principal in respect of such Notes, in each case, as and when due; provided further, however, that with respect to agreements existing on the Issue Date, any refinancings or amendments thereof contain such encumbrances or restrictions that are not materially less favorable to the holders of such Notes than the encumbrances or restrictions contained in such agreements as in effect on the Issue Date; and

(13) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (18) of the second paragraph under the caption “Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.”

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

The Company may not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person; unless:

(1) either: (a) the Company is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer,

 

145


Table of Contents

conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made is, in the case of the Company, a corporation or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of any member state of the European Union, the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia (the Company or such Person, including the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company” ), provided that at any time the Successor Company is a limited liability company, there shall be a co-issuer of the Notes that is a corporation that satisfies the requirements of this covenant;

(2) the Successor Company (if other than the Company) assumes all the obligations of the Company, under the Notes of the relevant series, the relevant Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreements pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either (a) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction.

Each Indenture also provides for similar provisions relating to any consolidation, merger or sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of a Guarantor, excluding clause (4) above. See “—Guarantees.”

For purposes of this covenant, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

For avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that, for all purposes under the applicable Indenture, a sale, transfer or disposition of the properties or assets of the Company and its subsidiaries that, in the aggregate accounted for no more than two-thirds of the Company’s aggregate EBITDA during the four most recent consecutive fiscal quarters prior to the date of such sale, transfer or disposition for which financial statements are available (as specified in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee), shall be deemed not to be a sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

The predecessor company will be released from its obligations under the relevant Indenture and the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under such Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor will not be so released.

Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve “all or substantially all” of the property or assets of a Person.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, clause (3) and (4) above will not apply to (a) a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) any Restricted Subsidiary consolidating with, merging into or selling, assigning, transferring, conveying, leasing or otherwise disposing of all or part of its properties and assets to the Company or to another Restricted

 

146


Table of Contents

Subsidiary ( provided that, in the event that such Restricted Subsidiary is a Guarantor, it may consolidate with, merge into or sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or part of its properties and assets solely to the Company or another Guarantor) or (c) the Company merging with an Affiliate solely for the purpose and with the sole effect of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

Transactions with Affiliates

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an “Affiliate Transaction” ) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless:

(1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; and

(2) (a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company have determined in good faith that the criteria set forth in the immediately preceding clause (1) are satisfied and have approved the relevant Affiliate Transaction as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company; and (b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $75.0 million, the Board of Directors of the Company shall also have received a written opinion as to the fairness to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an Independent Financial Advisor.

The following items will be deemed not to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

(1) any transaction with the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture or similar entity which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Restricted Subsidiary, joint venture or similar entity;

(2) Restricted Payments and Permitted Investments (other than pursuant to clauses (3), (10) and (11) of the definition thereof) permitted by the relevant Indenture;

(3) the payment to the Sponsors, any of their Affiliates, and officers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees, termination payments and related reasonable expenses pursuant to (A) the Advisory Agreement or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not less advantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the Advisory Agreement) or (B) other agreements as in effect on the Issue Date that are (x) entered into in connection with the Transactions and (y) as described in this prospectus or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not less advantageous to the holders of the Notes of the relevant series in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

(4) the payment of reasonable and customary compensation and fees to, and indemnities provided on behalf of (and entering into related agreements with) officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent corporations, or any Restricted Subsidiary, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company or senior management thereof;

(5) payments made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsors and any of their Affiliates for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;

 

147


Table of Contents

(6) transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the relevant Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view;

(7) payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to employees or consultants of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and which are otherwise permitted under the relevant Indenture, but in any event not to exceed $10.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;

(8) payments made or performance under any agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or described in the prospectus (other than the Advisory Agreement and the Shareholders Agreements, but including, without limitation, each of the other agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions);

(9) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, the Shareholders Agreements (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreements related thereto to which it is a party on the Issue Date and any similar agreement that it may enter into thereafter); provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to the Shareholders Agreements or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (9) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to holders of the Notes of the relevant series in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

(10) the Transactions and the payment of all transaction, underwriting, commitment and other fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions;

(11) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the relevant Indenture that are fair to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been entered into at such time with an unaffiliated party;

(12) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to any Permitted Holder, any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Company or its Subsidiaries or any other Affiliates of the Company (other than a Subsidiary);

(13) investments by the Sponsors in securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5 percent of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities; and

(14) any transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing

Business Activities

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Payments for Consent

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any holder of Notes of the relevant series for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the relevant Indenture or such Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all holders of such Notes that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 

148


Table of Contents

Additional Guarantees

On or after the Issue Date, the Company will cause (a) each of its Domestic Subsidiaries or Material Foreign Subsidiaries (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) that incurs Indebtedness in excess of $10.0 million (other than Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (15) or (18) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) and (b) each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Guarantors, in each case, within 10 business days of such incurrence of any such Indebtedness or guarantee of such Indebtedness, to execute and deliver to the Trustee a Guarantee pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any and interest on the Notes and all other obligations under the Indenture on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in the Indenture.

Each Guarantee will be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by that Restricted Subsidiary without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Restricted Subsidiary, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Each Guarantee shall be released in accordance with the provisions of the relevant Indenture described under “—Guarantees.”

Reports

Whether or not required by the Commission, so long as any Notes of the relevant series are outstanding, if not filed electronically with the Commission through the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval System (or any successor system), the Company will furnish to the holders of such Notes, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations:

(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K (or Form 20-F if the Company is a “foreign private issuer” as such term is defined under the rules and regulations of the Commission), other than the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2006, if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.

In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, after the consummation of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company will file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations for a filer that is not an “accelerated filer” (as defined in such rules and regulations), unless the Commission will not accept such a filing, and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request; provided that (x) the first and second reports required to be delivered pursuant to clause (1) above may be delivered at any time up to 75 days after the end of the fiscal quarter to which such report relates and (y) the first report requiring annual financial information required to be delivered pursuant to clause (1) above may be delivered at any time up to April 30, 2007. In addition, the Company has agreed that, for so long as any Notes of the relevant series remain outstanding, it will furnish to the holders of such Notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. The reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above are also obtainable at the office of the Luxembourg paying agent, The Bank of New York (Luxembourg) S.A., Aerogolf Center, 1A Hoehenhof, L-1736 Senningerberg, Luxembourg.

 

149


Table of Contents

In addition, if at any time any direct or indirect parent of the Company becomes a Guarantor (there being no obligation of any such parent to do so) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission (or any successor provision), the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and furnished to holders of the Notes pursuant to this covenant may, at the option of the Company, be filed by and be those of such parent rather than the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied with respect to the Form 10-K or 20-F, as applicable, for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2006 prior to the commencement of the Registered Exchange Offer (as defined under “—Registered Exchange Offer; Registration Rights”) or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by the filing with the Commission of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and/or Shelf Registration Statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act with respect to fiscal year 2006 within the time periods and in accordance with the other provisions set forth under “—Registered Exchange Offer; Registration Rights.”

Events of Default and Remedies

Under the relevant Indenture, an Event of Default is defined as any of the following:

(1) the Company defaults in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes of the relevant series (whether or not, in the case of the Senior Subordinated Indenture, such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of such Indenture);

(2) the Company defaults in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest, if any, on or with respect to the Notes of the relevant series and such default continues for a period of 30 days (whether or not, in the case of the Senior Subordinated Indenture, such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of such Indenture);

(3) the Company defaults in the performance of, or breaches any covenant, warranty or other agreement contained in, the relevant Indenture (other than a default in the performance or breach of a covenant, warranty or agreement which is specifically dealt with in clauses (1) or (2) above) and such default or breach continues for a period of 60 days after the notice specified below;

(4) a default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the Issue Date, if (A) such default either (1) results from the failure to pay any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or (2) relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity and (B) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $40.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) or more at any one time outstanding;

(5) certain events of bankruptcy affecting the Company or any Significant Subsidiary;

(6) the failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $40.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after the applicable judgment becomes final, and, with respect to any such judgments covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; or

 

150


Table of Contents

(7) the Guarantee (with respect to the Notes of the relevant series) of a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together as of the date of the most recent audited financial statements of the Company, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms hereof) or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under the relevant Indenture or any Guarantee (with respect to the Notes of the relevant series), other than by reason of the release of such Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the relevant Indenture, and such Default continues for 10 days.

If an Event of Default under the relevant Indenture (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (5) above with respect to the Company) shall occur and be continuing, the relevant Trustee or the holders of at least 25 percent in principal amount of outstanding Notes under such Indenture may declare the principal of and accrued interest on such Notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and such Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” (the “Acceleration Notice” ), and the same shall become immediately due and payable, provided however, that so long as any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Credit Agreement is outstanding, such acceleration under the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Senior Subordinated Indenture shall not be effective until the first to occur of an acceleration under the Credit Agreement and five business days after receipt by the Company and the Representative under the Credit Agreement of such Acceleration Notice but only if such Event of Default is then continuing.

If an Event of Default (under the relevant Indenture) specified in clause (5) above with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, then all unpaid principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the outstanding Notes issued under such Indenture shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the relevant Trustee or any holder of such Notes.

The relevant Indenture will provide that, at any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes issued under such Indenture as described in the two preceding paragraphs, the holders of a majority in principal amount of such Notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences:

(1) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree;

(2) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration;

(3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid;

(4) if the Company has paid the relevant Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed such Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances; and

(5) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default under such Indenture of the type described in clause (5) of the description above of Events of Default, the relevant Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an opinion of counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default under the relevant Indenture or impair any right consequent thereto.

The holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes issued and then outstanding under the relevant Indenture may waive any existing Default or Event of Default under such Indenture, and its consequences, except a default in the payment of the principal of or interest on such Notes.

In the event of any Event of Default (under the relevant Indenture) specified in clause (4) of the first paragraph above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment

 

151


Table of Contents

default) will be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the relevant Trustee or the holders of the Notes issued under the relevant Indenture, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose the Company delivers an Officers’ Certificate to such Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured, it being understood that in no event shall an acceleration of the principal amount of such Notes as described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events.

Holders of the Notes of the relevant series may not enforce the relevant Indenture or such Notes except as provided in such Indenture and under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. Subject to the provisions of the relevant Indenture relating to the duties of the relevant Trustee, such Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under such Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the holders of the Notes of the relevant series, unless such holders have offered to such Trustee reasonable indemnity. Subject to all provisions of the relevant Indenture and applicable law, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes issued under such Indenture have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the relevant Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on such Trustee.

The Company is required to deliver to the relevant Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the relevant Indenture. Upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default under the relevant Indenture, the Company is required to deliver to the relevant Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under any Notes, any Indenture, the Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes of the relevant series by accepting a Note of such series waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of such Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws, and it is the view of the Commission that such waiver is against public policy.

Governing Law

Each Indenture and the Notes issued thereunder is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes issued under the relevant Indenture (“Legal Defeasance” ) except for:

(1) the rights of holders of outstanding Notes issued thereunder to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium and Additional Interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;

(2) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes issued thereunder concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the relevant Trustee, and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of such Indenture.

 

152


Table of Contents

In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the relevant Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance” ) and thereafter any omission to comply with those covenants will not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes issued thereunder. In the event that a Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including nonpayment, bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events of the Company but including such events with respect to the Company or any Significant Subsidiary) described under “—Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes issued under such Indenture.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under the relevant Indenture:

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the relevant Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes issued thereunder, (a) cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable U.S. Government Securities (in the case of the Senior Notes) or (b) (in the case of the Senior Subordinated Notes) cash in Euros, non-callable European Government Securities, or a combination of cash in Euros and non-callable European Government Securities, in the case of (a) or (b), in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of an internationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes issued thereunder on the stated maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company has delivered to the relevant Trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to such Trustee confirming that (a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of such Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel will confirm that, the holders of the outstanding Notes issued thereunder will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company has delivered to the relevant Trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to such Trustee confirming that the holders of the outstanding Notes issued thereunder will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under such Indenture on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings) or insofar as Events of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 123rd day after the date of deposit;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument (other than the Indentures) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

(6) the Company must deliver to the relevant Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that: (a) solely in the event of defeasance of the Senior Subordinated Notes, the trust funds will not be subject to any rights of holders of Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt, including, without limitation, those arising under the Senior Subordinated Indenture; and (b) assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the deposit, or if longer, the day immediately following the last day on which the deposit may be set aside as preferential payment under applicable law, and assuming that no Holder is an “insider” of the Company under applicable bankruptcy law, after such day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of the preference provisions of Section 547 of the United States Federal Bankruptcy Code;

 

153


Table of Contents

(7) the Company must deliver to the relevant Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the holders of Notes issued thereunder over the other creditors of the Company or any Guarantor or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or any Guarantor or others; and

(8) the Company must deliver to the relevant Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance of the Notes of the relevant series have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the opinion of counsel required by clause (2) above with respect to a Legal Defeasance need not be delivered if all Notes not theretofore delivered to the relevant Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable or (y) will become due and payable on the maturity date within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the relevant Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the relevant Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the relevant Indenture or the Notes issued thereunder may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding issued thereunder (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such Notes), and any existing default or compliance with any provision of such Indenture or the Notes issued thereunder may be waived (except a default in respect of the payment of principal or interest on such Notes) with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes issued thereunder (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such Notes).

Without the consent of each holder affected, an amendment or waiver of the relevant Indenture may not (with respect to any Notes issued thereunder and held by a non-consenting holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes issued thereunder whose holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note issued thereunder or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes issued thereunder (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders” except as set forth in item (10) below);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note issued thereunder;

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes issued thereunder (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes issued thereunder by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued thereunder with respect to a nonpayment default and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(6) make any change in the provisions of such Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of holders of Notes issued thereunder to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on such Notes or impair the right of any holder of such Notes to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Notes;

(7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note issued thereunder (other than a payment required by one of the covenants described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders” except as set forth in item (10) below);

(8) make any change in the ranking or priority of any Note issued thereunder that would adversely affect the holders of the Notes issued thereunder;

 

154


Table of Contents

(9) modify the Guarantees in any manner adverse to the holders of the Notes;

(10) amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in respect of a Change of Control that has occurred or make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer in respect of an Asset Sale that has been consummated after a requirement to make an Asset Sale Offer has arisen; or

(11) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

Notwithstanding the preceding, without the consent of any holder of Notes of the relevant series, the Company, the Guarantors and the relevant Trustee may amend or supplement the relevant Indenture or such Notes of the relevant series:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(3) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company or a successor company of a Guarantor, as applicable, of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligations under such Indenture;

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the holders of such Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under such Indenture of any such holder;

(5) to secure such Notes;

(6) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of such Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended;

(7) to add a Guarantee of such Notes;

(8) to conform the text of the relevant Indenture or the Notes to any provision of this Description of the Notes;

(9) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the provisions set forth in the relevant Indenture on the date of such Indenture; or

(10) to release a Guarantor of such Notes upon its sale or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or other permitted release from its Guarantee; provided that such sale, designation or release is in accordance with the applicable provisions of such Indenture.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The relevant Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued thereunder, when:

(1) either:

(a) all such Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the relevant Trustee for cancellation; or

(b) all such Notes that have not been delivered to such Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise within one year and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, (a) cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination thereof (in the case of the Senior Notes) or (b) (in the case of the Senior Subordinated Notes) cash in Euros, non-callable European Government Securities, or a combination of cash in Euros and non-callable European Government Securities, in the case of (a) or

 

155


Table of Contents

(b), in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

(2) (no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under such Indenture on the date of the deposit or will occur as a result of the deposit (other than a Default resulting from borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other material instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound;

(3) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under such Indenture; and

(4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under such Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes issued thereunder at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an opinion of counsel to the relevant Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Concerning the Trustee

If the Trustee under the relevant Indenture becomes a creditor of the Company, such Indenture limits its right to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. Such Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue to serve as trustee or resign.

The holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes issued under the relevant Indenture will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the relevant Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. Each Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing thereunder, the relevant Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, such Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under such Indenture at the request of any holder of Notes issued thereunder, unless such holder has offered to such Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

The Trustee and Common Depositary

The Company initially appointed The Bank of New York as New York paying agent, registrar, authentication agent, calculation agent and transfer agent for the Senior Notes and The Bank of New York, as the paying agent and common depositary for the Senior Subordinated Notes. The Company may at anytime appoint new calculation agents, paying agents, transfer agents and registrars. However, the Company will at all times maintain a paying agent in New York City and Luxembourg until the Notes are paid.

Luxembourg Listing

The Senior Subordinated Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. The Bank of New York Europe Ltd. is the Luxembourg listing agent, and The Bank of New York (Luxembourg) S.A. is the Luxembourg paying agent and Luxembourg transfer agent in respect of the Senior Subordinated Notes. We will maintain such agencies so long as the Senior Subordinated Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the exchange so require. The address and telephone number of the Luxembourg listing agent, Luxembourg paying agent and Luxembourg transfer agent are set forth on the back cover of this prospectus.

 

156


Table of Contents

Notices

All notices shall be deemed to have been given upon the mailing by first class mail, postage prepaid, of such notices to holders at their registered addresses as recorded in the notes register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed in the Notes for the giving of such notice. As long as the Senior Subordinated Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and its rules so require, we will also give notices to holders by publication in a daily newspaper of general circulation in Luxembourg. We expect that newspaper to be, but it need not be, the Luxemburger Wort. If publication in Luxembourg is not practical, we will make the publication elsewhere in Western Europe. By “daily newspaper” we mean a newspaper that is published on each day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or holiday, in Luxembourg or, when applicable, elsewhere in Western Europe. You will be presumed to have received these notices on the date we first publish them. If we are unable to give notice as described in this paragraph because the publication of any newspaper is suspended or it is otherwise impractical for us to publish the notice, then we, or the applicable Trustee acting on our instructions, will give holders notice in another form. That alternate form of notice will be sufficient notice to you.

Neither the failure to give any notice to a particular holder, nor any defect in a notice given to a particular holder, will affect the sufficiency of any notice given to another holder.

Jurisdiction

The Company has consented to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York or any U.S. Federal court sitting in The City of New York, New York, United States, and any appellate court from any thereof. Each of the Company and the Guarantors has appointed Corporation Service Company located at 1177 Avenue of the Americas, 17th Floor, New York, New York as its authorized agent upon which service of process may be served in any action or proceeding brought in any court of the State of New York or any U.S. Federal court sitting in The City of New York in connection with either Indenture or the Notes.

Waiver of Immunities

To the extent that the Company may in any jurisdiction claim for itself or its assets immunity from a suit, execution, attachment, whether in aid of execution, before judgment or otherwise, or other legal process in connection with and as set out in the applicable Indenture and the Notes and to the extent that in any jurisdiction there may be immunity attributed to the Company or the Company’s assets, whether or not claimed, the Company has irrevocably agreed for the benefit of the holders not to claim, and irrevocably waive, the immunity to the full extent permitted by law.

Currency Rate Indemnity

The Company has agreed that, if a judgment or order made by any court for the payment of any amount in respect of any Notes is expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars, the Company will indemnify the relevant holder against any deficiency arising from any variation in rates of exchange between the date as of which the U.S. dollars currency is notionally converted into the judgment currency for the purposes of the judgment or order and the date of actual payment. This indemnity constitutes a separate and independent obligation from the Company’s other obligations under the Indentures, gives rise to a separate and independent cause of action, applies irrespective of any indulgence granted from time to time and continues in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum or sums in respect of amounts due under the Indentures or the Notes.

Form, Denomination and Registration

The exchange notes will be issued in registered form without interest coupons. No exchange notes will be issued in bearer form. The exchange notes issued in respect of the Senior Notes (the “ Senior Exchange Notes ”)

 

157


Table of Contents

will be issued in registered form in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The exchange notes issued in respect of the Senior Subordinated Notes (the “ Senior Subordinated Notes ”) will be issued in registered form in denominations of €50,000 and integral multiples of €1,000. The Company has agreed to maintain a paying agent, registrar and transfer agent in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York and to maintain a paying agent and transfer agent in Luxembourg. The Company has initially appointed the Trustee at its corporate trust office as the New York paying agent, registrar, transfer agent and authenticating agent and registrar for the Senior Exchange Notes and The Bank of New York (Luxembourg) S.A., as its Luxembourg paying agent and transfer agent for the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes. Each transfer agent will keep a register, subject to such reasonable regulations as the Company may prescribe.

Senior Exchange Notes

Book-Entry; Delivery and Form

The Senior Exchange Notes will be represented by one or more notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (the “Global Senior Notes”). The Global Senior Notes will be deposited upon issuance with the Senior Note Trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company, also referred to as DTC, in New York, New York, and registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, in each case for credit to an account of a direct or indirect participant as described below.

Depositary Procedures

DTC has advised the Company that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company created to hold securities for its participating organizations and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in those securities between the participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the participants. The participants include securities brokers and dealers (including the placement agents), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to DTC’s system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly. Persons who are not participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through the participants or the indirect participants. The ownership interests and the transfer of ownership interests of each actual purchaser of each security held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded on the records of the participants and the indirect participants.

DTC has also advised the Company that, pursuant to procedures established by it,

(1) upon deposit of the Global Senior Notes, DTC will credit the accounts of participants designated by the beneficiaries with portions of the principal amount of the Global Senior Notes; and

(2) ownership of such interests in the Global Senior Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to the participants or by the participants and the indirect participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interests in the Global Senior Notes).

The laws of some states require that certain persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a Global Senior Note to such persons may be limited to that extent. Because DTC can act only on behalf of the participants, which in turn act on behalf of the indirect participants and certain banks, the ability of a person having beneficial interests in a Global Senior Note to pledge such interests to persons or entities that do not participate in the DTC system or otherwise take actions in respect of such interests, may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing such interests. For certain other restrictions on the transferability of the Senior Notes, see “—Exchange of Book-Entry Notes for Certificated Notes”.

 

158


Table of Contents

Except as described below, owners of interests in the Global Senior Notes will not have Senior Notes registered in their names, will not receive physical delivery of Senior Notes in certificated form and will not be considered the registered owners or holders thereof under the Senior Indenture for any purpose.

Payments in respect of the principal of and interest on a Global Senior Note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable to DTC or its nominee in its capacity as the registered holder under the Senior Indenture. Under the terms of the Senior Indenture, the Company and the Senior Note Trustee, will treat the persons in whose names the Notes, including the Global Senior Notes, are registered as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving such payments and for any and all other purposes whatsoever. Consequently, none of the Company, the placement agents, the Senior Note Trustee nor any agent of the Company, the placement agents or the Senior Note Trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for (1) any aspect or accuracy of DTC’s records or any participant’s or indirect participant’s records relating to the beneficial ownership or (2) any other matter relating to the actions and practices of DTC or any of the participants or the indirect participants.

The Company understands that DTC’s current practice, upon receipt of any payment in respect of securities such as the Senior Notes (including principal and interest), is to credit the accounts of the relevant participants with the payment on the payment date, in amounts proportionate to their respective holdings in principal amount of beneficial interests in the relevant security as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by the participants and the indirect participants to the beneficial owners of the Senior Notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will not be the responsibility of DTC, the Senior Note Trustee or the Company. None of the Company nor the Senior Note Trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of the participants in identifying the beneficial owners of the Senior Notes, and the Company and the Senior Note Trustee may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on instructions from DTC or its nominee as the registered owner of the Senior Notes for all purposes.

Except for trades involving only Euroclear and Clearstream participants, interests in the Global Senior Notes will trade in DTC’s same-day funds settlement system and secondary market trading activity in such interests will therefore settle in immediately available funds, subject in all cases to the rules and procedures of DTC and the participants.

Transfers between participants in DTC will be affected in accordance with DTC’s procedures and will be settled in same-day funds. Transfers between account holders in Euroclear and Clearstream will be affected in the ordinary way in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

Cross-market transfers between the account holders in DTC on the one hand and directly or indirectly through Euroclear or Clearstream account holders, on the other hand, will be effected through DTC in accordance with DTC’s rules on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by its respective depository; however, such cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by the counterparty in such system in accordance with the rules and procedures and within the established deadlines (Brussels time) of such system. Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its respective depository to take action to affect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving interests in the relevant Global Senior Note in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear or Clearstream account holders may not deliver instructions directly to the depositories for Euroclear or Clearstream.

Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or Clearstream account holder purchasing an interest in the Global Senior Notes from an accountholder in DTC will be credited, and any such crediting will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream participant, during the securities settlement processing day (which must be a business day for Euroclear or Clearstream) immediately following the settlement date of DTC. Cash received in Euroclear or Clearstream as a result of sales of interests in a Global Senior Note by or through a Euroclear or Clearstream account holder to a participant in DTC will be received

 

159


Table of Contents

with value on the settlement date of DTC but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream cash account only as of the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream following DTC’s settlement date.

The Company understands that DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of the Senior Notes only at the direction of one or more participants in whose account with DTC interests in the Global Senior Notes are credited and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Senior Notes, as the case may be, as to which such participant or participants has or have given such direction.

The information in this section concerning DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream and their book-entry systems has been obtained from sources that the Company believes to be reliable, but the Company takes no responsibility for the accuracy thereof.

Exchange of Book-Entry Notes for Certificated Notes

A Global Senior Note is exchangeable for definitive notes in registered certificated form if:

(1) DTC (A) notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for the Global Senior Notes and the Company thereupon fails to appoint a successor depository or (B) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act;

(2) the Company, at its option, notifies the Senior Note Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of such Senior Notes in certificated form; or

(3) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Senior Notes.

Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes

Book-Entry, Delivery and Form

Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes (the “Global Senior Subordinated Notes”) will be represented by one or more notes in registered, global form without interest coupons.

The Global Senior Subordinated Notes will be deposited upon issuance with The Bank of New York as common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream, and registered in the name of The Bank of New York or its nominee, in each case for credit to an account of a direct or indirect participant in Euroclear or Clearstream as described below.

Except as set forth below, the Global Senior Subordinated Notes may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only by Euroclear and Clearstream to the common depositary, as the case may be, or by the common depositary to Euroclear and Clearstream, respectively, or to another nominee or successor thereof or a nominee of such successor. Beneficial interests in the Global Senior Subordinated Note may not be exchanged for Senior Subordinated Notes in certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below.

Transfers between participants in Euroclear and Clearstream will be conducted in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream and will be settled in immediately available funds. These rules may change from time to time. Any secondary market-trading activity in beneficial interests in the Global Senior Subordinated Notes is expected to occur through the account holders and intermediaries, as the case may be, of Euroclear and Clearstream, and the securities custody accounts of investors will be credited with their holdings against payment in same-day funds on the settlement date.

Depositary Procedures

The following description of the operations and procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream are provided solely as a matter of convenience. These operations and procedures are solely within the control of the respective settlement systems and are subject to change by them from time to time. The Company does not take any responsibility for these operations and procedures and you are urged to contact the system or their participants directly to discuss these matters.

 

160


Table of Contents

Euroclear and Clearstream each hold securities for participating organizations and facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between their respective participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of such participants.

Euroclear and Clearstream provide various services to their participants including, safekeeping, administration, clearance, settlement, lending and borrowing of internationally traded securities. Euroclear and Clearstream also interface with domestic securities markets.

Euroclear and Clearstream participants are financial institutions such as underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and certain other organizations. Indirect access to Euroclear and Clearstream is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodian relationship with a Euroclear or Clearstream participant, either directly or indirectly.

Account holders overall contractual relations with Euroclear and Clearstream are governed by the respective rules and operating procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream and any applicable laws. Euroclear and Clearstream both act under such rules and operating procedures only on behalf of their respective account holders, and have no record of or relationship with persons holding through their respective account holders.

Investors who hold accounts with Euroclear and Clearstream may acquire, hold and transfer security entitlements with respect to the Global Senior Subordinated Notes against Euroclear or Clearstream and its respective property by book-entry to accounts with Euroclear or Clearstream, each of which has an account with the common depositary and subject at all times to the procedure and requirements of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be. The term security entitlement means the rights and property interests of an account holder against its securities intermediary under applicable law in or with respect to a security, including any ownership, co-ownership, contractual or other rights. Investors who do not have accounts with Euroclear or Clearstream may acquire, hold and transfer security entitlements with respect to the Global Senior Subordinated Notes against the securities intermediary and its property with which such investors hold accounts by book-entry to accounts with such securities intermediary, which in turn may hold a security entitlement with respect to such Global Senior Subordinated Notes through Euroclear or Clearstream. Investors electing to acquire security entitlements with respect to Global Senior Subordinated Notes through an account with Euroclear or Clearstream or some other securities intermediary must follow the settlement procedures of their securities intermediary with respect to the settlement of new issues of securities. Security entitlements with respect to Global Senior Subordinated Notes to be acquired through an account with Euroclear or Clearstream will be credited to such account as of the settlement date against payment in (euros) for value as of the settlement date. Investors electing to acquire, hold or transfer security entitlements with respect to Global Senior Subordinated Notes through an account with Euroclear, Clearstream or some other securities intermediary other than in connection with the initial distribution of the Senior Subordinated Notes must follow the settlement procedures of their securities intermediary with respect to the settlement of secondary market transactions in securities.

The common depositary has also advised the Company that, pursuant to procedures established by it in conjunction with Euroclear and Clearstream:

(1) upon deposit of the Global Senior Subordinated Notes, the common depositary will credit the accounts of Euroclear and Clearstream participants designated by the placement agents with portions of the principal amount of the Global Senior Subordinated Notes; and

(2) ownership of such interests in the Global Senior Subordinated Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by the common depositary, with respect to the participants, or by the participants and the indirect participants, with respect to other owners of beneficial interests in the Global Senior Subordinated Notes.

Investors in the Global Senior Subordinated Notes may hold their interests therein directly through Euroclear or Clearstream, if they are participants in such system, or indirectly through organizations, which are

 

161


Table of Contents

participants in such systems. The laws of some states require that certain persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial interests in the Global Senior Subordinated Notes to such persons will be limited to that extent. Because Euroclear and Clearstream can act only on behalf of participants, which in turn act on behalf of indirect participants and certain banks, the ability of a person having beneficial interests in the Global Senior Subordinated Notes to pledge such interests to persons or entities that do not participate in the Euroclear or Clearstream systems, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interests, may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing such interests.

Except as described below, owners of interests in the Global Senior Subordinated Notes will not have Senior Subordinated Notes registered in their names, will not receive physical delivery of Senior Subordinated Notes in certificated form and will not be considered the registered owners or holders of Senior Subordinated Notes. So long as the common depositary is the registered owner or holder of the Global Senior Subordinated Notes, such party will be considered the sole owner or holder of the Senior Subordinated Notes represented by such Global Senior Subordinated Notes under the Senior Subordinated Indenture and the Senior Subordinated Notes. Accordingly, each person owning a beneficial interest in Global Senior Subordinated Notes must rely on the procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream, as the case may be, and their account holders to exercise any rights and remedies of a holder of Senior Subordinated Notes under the Senior Subordinated Indenture. Payments of principal and interest on the Global Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes will be made to the common depositary on behalf of Euroclear and Clearstream as the registered owners thereof.

Payments in respect of the principal of and interest on, Global Senior Subordinated Notes registered in the name of the common depositary or its nominee will be payable to the common depositary in its capacity as the registered noteholder under the Senior Subordinated Indenture. Under the terms of the Senior Subordinated Indenture, the Company and the Senior Subordinated Note Trustee will treat the persons in whose names the Senior Subordinated Notes, including the Global Senior Subordinated Notes, are registered as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving such payments and for any and all other purposes whatsoever. Consequently, neither the Company nor any agent on its behalf, nor the Senior Subordinated Note Trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for:

(1) any aspect of the common depositary’s records or any participants or indirect participant’s records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the Global Senior Subordinated Notes, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of the common depositary’s records or any participant’s or indirect participant’s records relating to the beneficial ownership interests in the Global Senior Subordinated Notes; or

(2) any other matter relating to the actions and practices of Euroclear and Clearstream or any of its participants or indirect participants.

It is the current practice of Euroclear and Clearstream, upon receipt of any payment in respect of securities like the Senior Subordinated Notes, including principal and interest, to credit the accounts of the relevant participants with the payment on the payment date, in amounts proportionate to their respective holdings in the principal amount of beneficial interest in the relevant security as shown on the records of the common depositary, unless the common depositary has reason to believe it will not receive payment on such Payment Date. Payments by the participants and the indirect participants to the beneficial owners of Senior Subordinated Notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be the responsibility of the participants or the indirect participants, as the case may be, and will not be the responsibility of Euroclear, Clearstream, the Senior Subordinated Note Trustee, or the Company. Neither the Company nor the Senior Subordinated Note Trustee will be liable for any delay by Euroclear and Clearstream or any of their participants or indirect participants in identifying the beneficial owners of the Senior Subordinated Notes, and the Company and the Senior Subordinated Note Trustee may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on instructions from Euroclear, Clearstream, the common depositary or its nominee for all purposes.

 

162


Table of Contents

Euroclear and Clearstream will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account the common depositary has credited the interests in the Global Senior Subordinated Notes and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes as to which such participant or participants has or have given such direction. Euroclear and Clearstream will not exercise any discretion in the granting of consents, waivers or the taking of any other action in respect of the Global Senior Subordinated Notes. However, if there is an event of default under the Senior Subordinated Indenture, each of Euroclear and Clearstream reserves the right to exchange the Global Senior Subordinated Notes for definitive registered Senior Subordinated Notes in certificated form, and to distribute such Senior Subordinated Notes to their participants.

Although Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to the foregoing procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Senior Subordinated Notes among participants in Euroclear and Clearstream, they are under no obligation to perform or to continue to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. None of the Company, the placement agents or the Senior Subordinated Note Trustee, the exchange agents nor any of their respective agents will have any responsibility for the performance by Euroclear or Clearstream or their respective participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Exchange of Global Senior Subordinated Notes for Definitive Senior Subordinated Notes

Global Senior Subordinated Notes are exchangeable for definitive Senior Subordinated Notes in registered certificated form (the “Certificated Senior Subordinated Notes” ) if:

(1) the common depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as common depositary for the Global Senior Subordinated Notes and the Company thereupon fails to appoint a successor common depositary within 90 days;

(2) the Company, at its option, notifies the Senior Subordinated Note Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of the certificated notes representing Senior Subordinated Notes; or

(3) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes.

Holders wishing to receive a Certificated Senior Subordinated Note will be required to identify their beneficial ownership interest in the respective Global Senior Subordinated Note by specifying whether they beneficially own Senior Subordinated Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A or Regulation S. Certificated Senior Subordinated Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A or Regulation S, as the case may be, delivered in exchange for any Global Senior Subordinated Note or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of Euroclear, Clearstream and the common depositary (in accordance with their customary procedures) and will bear the applicable legend referred to herein under “Transfer Restrictions,” unless the Company determines otherwise in compliance with applicable law. Notice of such exchange will be made by publication as described in “—Notices.”

To the extent permitted by law, the Company, the Senior Subordinated Note Trustee and any paying agent shall be entitled to treat the person in whose name any Certificated Senior Subordinated Note is registered as the absolute owner thereof. The Senior Subordinated Indenture will contain provisions relating to the maintenance by a registrar of a register reflecting ownership of the Certificated Senior Subordinated Notes, if any, and any other provisions customary for a registered debt security. Any payments in respect of a Certificated Senior Subordinated Note will be made to the holder appearing on the register at the close of business on the record date at the address shown in the register.

 

163


Table of Contents

Transfer and Exchange of Certificated Notes

In the event that Certificated Senior Subordinated Notes are issued, a holder may transfer or exchange the Certificated Senior Subordinated Notes in accordance with the Senior Subordinated Indenture. The registrar and the trustee may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Senior Subordinated Indenture. In addition, transfers and exchanges of Certificated Senior Subordinated Notes will be subject to such procedures, which will be substantially consistent with the procedures described above with respect to the Global Senior Subordinated Notes (including the certification requirements intended to ensure that transfers and exchanges comply with applicable securities laws), as may from time to time be adopted by the Company and the registrar.

If Certificated Senior Subordinated Notes are issued, the Company will appoint The Bank of New York, or such other person located in London or Luxembourg and reasonably acceptable to the Senior Subordinated Note Trustee, as an additional paying and transfer agent. Upon the issuance of Certificated Senior Subordinated Notes, holders will be able to transfer and exchange Certificated Senior Subordinated Notes at the London or Luxembourg office of such paying and transfer agent provided that all transfers and exchanges must be affected in accordance with the terms of the Senior Subordinated Indenture and, among other things, be recorded in the register maintained by the registrar. In the case of a transfer in part of a Certificated Senior Subordinated Note, a new Certificated Subordinated Note in respect of the balance of the principal amount of the Certificated Senior Subordinated Note not transferred will be delivered at the office of the registrar or relevant transfer agent, as the case may be, or (at the risk and, if mailed at the request of the transferor otherwise than by ordinary uninsured mail, at the expense of the transferor) sent by mail to the transferor.

Same Day Settlement and Payment

Payments on the Senior Subordinated Notes will be made at the office or agency of one or more paying agents unless the Company elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the holders at their address set forth in the register of holders. All payments on the Senior Subordinated Notes will be made in euros. The Senior Subordinated Notes represented by the Global Senior Subordinated Notes are expected to be listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and to trade in the same-day funds settlement systems of Euroclear and Clearstream, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in such Senior Subordinated Notes will, therefore, be required by Euroclear and Clearstream to be settled in immediately available funds. The Company expects that secondary trading in any Certificated Senior Subordinated Notes will also be settled in immediately available funds.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indentures. Reference is made to the Indentures for a more detailed presentation of all such terms, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized in connection with, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by an existing Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

“Advisory Agreement” means the Advisory Agreement to be dated on or about the Issue Date, by and among the Sponsors, the Company and Affiliates of each of the Sponsors, as in effect on the Issue Date.

 

164


Table of Contents

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

“Applicable Premium” means (1) with respect to any Senior Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of (a) 1.0 percent of the then outstanding principal amount of such Senior Note and (b) the excess of (x) the present value at such redemption date of the sum of the redemption price of such Senior Note at (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under the caption “—Optional Redemption—Ordinary Redemption”) plus all required interest payments due on such Senior Note, through May 1, 2010 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points over (y) the then outstanding principal amount of such Senior Note and (2) with respect to any Senior Subordinated Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of (a) 1.0 percent of the then outstanding principal amount of such Senior Subordinated Note and (b) the excess of (x) the present value at such redemption date of the sum of the redemption price of such Senior Subordinated Note at (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under the caption “—Optional Redemption—Ordinary Redemption”) plus all required interest payments due on such Senior Subordinated Note, through May 1, 2011 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Bund Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points over (y) the then outstanding principal amount of such Senior Subordinated Note.

“Asset Sale” means (i) the sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a sale and leaseback) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition” ) or (ii) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case, other than:

(1) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or obsolete, damaged or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business and dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or the disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(2) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to the covenant contained under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the relevant Indenture;

(3) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to the covenant contained under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments” or the granting of a Lien permitted by the covenant contained under the caption “Certain Covenants—Liens”;

(4) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $10.0 million;

(5) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) the lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(7) any sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (with the exception of Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries made pursuant to clause (10) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”);

 

165


Table of Contents

(8) foreclosures on assets or transfers by reason of eminent domain;

(9) disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

(10) sales of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing; and

(11) a transfer of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing.

“Bank Indebtedness” means all Obligations pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns,” “Beneficially Owned” and “Beneficial Ownership” have a corresponding meaning.

“Board of Directors” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;

(2) with respect to a partnership having only one general partner, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

“Bund Rate” means, as of any applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany ( Bunds or Bundesanleihen ) with a constant maturity (as officially compiled and published in the most recent financial statistics that have become publicly available at least two business days (but not more than five business days) prior to such redemption date (or, if such financial statistics are not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Company in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to May 1, 2011; provided, however , that if the period from the redemption date to May 1, 2011 is not equal to the constant maturity of direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany for which a weekly average yield is given, the Bund Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such redemption date to such date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

“Capital Stock” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, capital stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

166


Table of Contents

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for temporary treatment of construction-related expenditures under EITF 97-10, “The Effect of Lessee Involvement in Asset Construction,” which will ultimately be treated as operating leases upon a sale-leaseback transaction).

“Cash Contribution Amount” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Company or any Guarantor described in the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

“Cash Equivalents” means any of the following:

(1) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States, any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof, having (i) one of the three highest ratings from either Moody’s or S&P and (ii) maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof;

(2) time deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) is a lender under the Credit Agreement or (ii)(A) is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and is a member of the Federal Reserve System and (B) has combined capital and surplus of at least $250.0 million (any such bank in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii) being an “Approved Domestic Bank”), in each case with maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(3) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by an Approved Domestic Bank (or by the parent company thereof) or any variable rate note issued by, or guaranteed by a domestic corporation rated “A-1” (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or “P-1” (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, in each case with maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(4) repurchase agreements entered into by any Person with a bank or trust company or recognized securities dealer (including any lender under the Credit Agreement), in each case, having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States;

(5) Investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which are administered by financial institutions having capital of at least $250.0 million and the portfolios of which are limited such that 95 percent of such investments are of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (1), (2), (3), or (4) of this definition;

(6) solely with respect to the Company and any Foreign Subsidiary, non-U.S. dollar denominated (i) certificates of deposit of, bankers acceptances of, or time deposits with, any commercial bank which is organized and existing under the laws of the country in which such Person maintains its chief executive office and principal place of business, provided such country is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, and whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least “P-1” or the equivalent thereof (any such bank being an “Approved Foreign Bank”) and maturing within one year of the date of acquisition and (ii) equivalents of demand deposit accounts which are maintained with an Approved Foreign Bank; and

(7) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of The Netherlands or any member nation of the European Union whose legal tender is the euro and which are denominated in euro or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in

 

167


Table of Contents

connection with any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction, having (i) one of the three highest ratings from either Moody’s or S&P and (ii) maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of The Netherlands or any such member nation of the European Union is pledged in support thereof.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, lease, transfer or other conveyance, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than to a Permitted Holder;

(2) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of 50 percent or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any entity of which it is a Subsidiary; or

(3) the first day on which the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company then in office shall cease to consist of individuals who (i) were members of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date or (ii) were either (x) nominated for election by such Board of Directors, a majority of whom were directors on the Issue Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors or who were designated or appointed pursuant to clause (y) below, or (y) designated or appointed by a Permitted Holder.

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder. Section references to the Code are to the Code, as in effect on the Issue Date, and any subsequent provisions of the Code, amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.

“Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, and other noncash charges (excluding any noncash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (including amortization of original issue discount, noncash interest payments (other than imputed interest as a result of purchase accounting), commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing, the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, net payments (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations (any net receipts pursuant to such interest rate Hedging Obligations shall be included as a reduction to Consolidated Interest Expense), but excluding amortization of deferred financing fees or expensing of any bridge or other financing fees, and any loss on the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, in each case, relating to the Specified Financings) and (b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and less (c) interest income actually received or receivable in cash for such period; provided, however , that Securitization Fees shall be deemed not to constitute Consolidated Interest Expense.

“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Total Consolidated Indebtedness as of the date of determination to (b) the aggregate amount of EBITDA of the Company for the

 

168


Table of Contents

period of the four most recent consecutive fiscal quarters prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements are available. The Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” including any pro forma calculations to EBITDA.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however , that

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains or losses (including, without limitation, severance, relocation, signing bonus, transition and other restructuring costs and litigation settlements or losses) shall be excluded;

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(s) during such period;

(3) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) and any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person shall be excluded;

(4) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that, to the extent not already included, Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be (A) increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period (subject in the case of dividends paid or distributions made to a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) to the limitations contained in clause (5) below) and (B) decreased by the amount of any equity of the Company in a net loss of any such Person for such period to the extent the Company has funded such net loss;

(5) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph of “Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments,” the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not permitted at the date of determination without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that the Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be, subject to the exclusion contained in clause (3) above, increased by the amount of dividends or similar distributions that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof (subject to the provisions of this clause (5)) in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein.

(6) non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs shall be excluded;

(7) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment or conversion of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations shall be excluded;

(8) unrealized gains and losses from Hedging Obligations or “embedded derivatives” that require the same accounting treatment as Hedging Obligations shall be excluded;

(9) the effect of any non-cash items resulting from any amortization, write-up, write-down, write-off or impairment of assets (including intangible assets, goodwill and deferred financing costs but excluding inventory) in connection with the Transactions or any future acquisition, merger, consolidation or similar transaction or any other non-cash impairment charges incurred subsequent to the Issue Date resulting from the application of SFAS Nos. 142 and 144 (excluding any such non-cash item to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period except to the extent such item is subsequently reversed) shall be excluded; and

 

169


Table of Contents

(10) any purchase accounting adjustments (including the impact of writing up inventory or deferred revenue at fair value), amortization, impairments, write-offs, or non-cash charges with respect to purchase accounting with respect to any acquisition, merger, consolidation, disposition or similar transaction, shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant contained under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments” only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments made by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments made by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under clause (3)(d) of the first paragraph of the covenant contained under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.”

“Consolidated Total Assets” means the total consolidated total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however , that Consolidated Total Assets as of any date prior to the Issue Date shall be measured after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions.

“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

“Contribution Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Company or such Guarantor after the Issue Date; provided that:

(1) if the aggregate principal amount of such Contribution Indebtedness is greater than one times such cash contributions to the capital of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, the amount of such excess shall be (A)(x) Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Secured Indebtedness) or (y) Senior Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Secured Indebtedness) and (B) Indebtedness with a Stated Maturity later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes of the relevant series; and

(2) such Contribution Indebtedness (a) is incurred within 180 days after the making of such cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the date of the incurrence thereof.

“Controls Business” means the assets and operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries related to the manufacture, marketing or sale of controls.

“Credit Agreement” means that certain credit agreement, dated as of or about the Issue Date, among the Company, the “Parent” (as defined therein), the “U.S. Borrower” (as defined therein), the other lender parties thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Administrative Agent, the lenders party thereto, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P., in each case, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P., as Documentation Agent, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated,

 

170


Table of Contents

supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether at maturity or thereafter) or refinanced from time to time in one or more agreements or indentures (in each case with the same or new lenders or institutional investors), including any agreement adding or changing the borrower or guarantor or extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under the covenant entitled “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”).

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Designated Asset Sales ” means Asset Sales of the Controls Business substantially as an entirety, which are designated as “Designated Asset Sales,” pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate executed by the principal executive or financial officer of the Company on the date of sale provided however , that the Company shall apply the Net Proceeds of any Designated Asset Sale, (x) first, to repay Secured Indebtedness, but only to the extent necessary to ensure that, after giving pro forma effect to such Designated Asset Sale and the application of such Net Proceeds, the Company’s Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio would be no greater than the Company’s Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such Designated Asset Sale, (y) second, to redeem the Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes, in aggregate principal amounts on a pro rata basis based on outstanding principal amounts thereof as of the end of the Company’s most recently concluded fiscal quarter for which a balance sheet is available, in each case in accordance with the covenant described under “—Optional Redemption—Redemption with Proceeds of Equity Offerings and Designated Asset Sales” in amounts sufficient to ensure that, after giving pro forma effect to such Designated Asset Sale and the application of such Net Proceeds, the Company’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be no greater than the Company’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such Designated Asset Sale, provided further that, if the terms of the covenant described under “—Optional Redemption—Redemption with Proceeds of Equity Offerings and Designated Asset Sales” will not allow the Company to redeem the Notes in amounts sufficient to satisfy this clause (y), then the Company shall be permitted to repay any other Indebtedness in amounts sufficient to satisfy this clause (y) and (z) thereafter, in any other manner otherwise permitted under the Indenture, including without limitation, to make a Restricted Payment pursuant to clause (16) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.”

“Designated Noncash Consideratio n” means the fair market value of noncash consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Noncash Consideration.

“Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.”

“Designated Senior Debt” means:

(1) any Bank Indebtedness that constitutes Senior Debt;

(2) the Senior Notes and Guarantees relating thereto; and

(3) any other Senior Debt permitted under the Senior Subordinated Indenture the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or more and that has been designated by the Company in the instrument evidencing that Senior Debt as “Designated Senior Debt.”

 

171


Table of Contents

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the final maturity date of the Notes of the relevant series or the date such Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or transferred by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company that was formed under the laws of the United States, any state or territory of the United States or the District of Columbia.

“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication,

(1) the provision for taxes based on income or profits, plus franchise or similar taxes, of such Person for such period deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same was deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, plus

(3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent such depreciation and amortization were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(4) any reasonable expenses or charges incurred in connection with any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, recapitalization or Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the relevant Indenture (in each case whether or not consummated) or the Transactions (including, without limitation, the fees payable to the Sponsors pursuant to the Advisory Agreement in connection with the Transactions) and, in each case, deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(5) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment cost, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, including future lease commitments, and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees) deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(6) any other noncash charges, expenses or losses (including any impairment charges and the impact of purchase accounting, including, but not limited to, the amortization of inventory step-up) reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period), plus

(7) any net gain or loss resulting from Hedging Obligations relating to currency exchange risk, plus

(8) the amount of any expense for minority interests consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any Guarantor deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

(9) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, advisory fees, termination payments and related expenses paid to the Sponsors (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, plus

(10) Securitization Fees to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus

(11) any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of discontinued operations, less

 

172


Table of Contents

(12) noncash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges made in any prior period).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and non-cash charges of, a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion, including by reason of minority interests) that the net income or loss of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating Consolidated Net Income and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) and would not be restricted from being so dividended, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived.

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations (excluding Disqualified Stock of the Company), other than (i) public offerings with respect to common stock of the Company or of any of its direct or indirect parent corporations registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8, (ii) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution or (iii) an issuance to any Subsidiary of the Company.

“European Government Securities” , means any security that is (a) a direct obligation of any country that is a member state of the European Monetary Union for the payment of which the full faith and credit of such country is pledged or (b) an obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of any such country the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by such country, which, in either case under the preceding clause (a) or (b), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

“Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock),

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph of the covenant contained under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.”

“Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the date of the Indentures.

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period consisting of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such

 

173


Table of Contents

period. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees or repays any Indebtedness or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date” ), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or repayment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period and as if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary had not earned the interest income actually earned during such period in respect of such cash used to repay, repurchase, defease or otherwise discharge such Indebtedness.

If Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) have been made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations (and the change in any associated Fixed Charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period.

If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation (including, without limitation, the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company and shall comply with the requirements of Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission, except that such pro forma calculations may include operating expense reductions for such period resulting from the transaction which is being given pro forma effect that (A) have been realized or (B) for which the steps necessary for realization have been taken (or are taken concurrently with such transaction) or (C) for which the steps necessary for realization are reasonably expected to be taken within the twelve month period following such transaction or (D) that have been added to pro forma EBITDA to calculate pro forma Adjusted EBITDA as set forth in this prospectus in footnote 3 under “Summary—Summary Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Data” (without duplication of amounts otherwise included in the calculation of EBITDA) and, in each case, including, but not limited to, (a) reduction in personnel expenses, (b) reduction of costs related to administrative functions, (c) reduction of costs related to leased or owned properties and (d) reductions from the consolidation of operations and streamlining of corporate overhead, provided that, in each case, such adjustments are set forth in an Officers’ Certificate signed by the Company’s chief financial officer and another Officer which states (i) the amount of such adjustment or adjustments, (ii) in the case of items (B) or (C) above, that such adjustment or adjustments are based on the reasonable good faith beliefs of the Officers executing such Officers’ Certificate at the time of such execution and (iii) that any related incurrence of Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to the relevant Indenture. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if the related hedge has a remaining term in excess of twelve months).

Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at the interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred

 

174


Table of Contents

to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (a) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding all noncash interest expense and amortization/accretion of original issue discount, in each case, in connection with the Specified Financings (including any original issue discount created by fair value adjustments to Existing Indebtedness as a result of purchase accounting)) of such Person for such period, (b) all cash dividends paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued (other than dividends that are payable only at such time as there are no Notes outstanding) during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation or combination) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries and (c) all cash dividends paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued (other than dividends that are payable only at such time as there are no Notes outstanding) during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States in effect on the date of the Indenture. For purposes of this description, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person means such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries and does not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. When used as a verb, “guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.

“Guarantee” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the Notes issued thereunder by a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of such Indenture. When used as a verb, “Guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.

“Guarantor” means any Person that issues a Guarantee of the Notes of the relevant series, either on the Issue Date or after the Issue Date in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that upon the release and discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with Indenture, such Person shall cease to be a Guarantor. On the Issue Date, the Guarantors will be each Restricted Subsidiary that is a guarantor under the Credit Agreement.

“Guarantor Senior Debt” means, in case of the Senior Subordinated Indenture with respect to any Guarantor, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed or allowable claim under applicable law) on any Indebtedness and any Securitization Repurchase Obligation of such Guarantor, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular obligation, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such obligation shall be subordinate or pari passu in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, “Guarantor Senior Debt” shall also include the principal of, premium, if any, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed or allowable claim under applicable law) on, and all other amounts owing in respect of (including guarantees of the foregoing obligations):

(1) all monetary obligations of every nature of such Guarantor under, or with respect to, the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, obligations to pay principal, premium and interest, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, fees, expenses and indemnities (and guarantees thereof);

 

175


Table of Contents

(2) all monetary obligations of every nature of such Guarantor under, or with respect to, the Senior Notes, including, without limitation, obligations to pay principal, premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, fees, expenses and indemnities (and guarantees thereof); and

(3) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof),

(4) in each case whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Guarantor Senior Debt” shall not include:

(1) any Indebtedness of such Guarantor to a Subsidiary of such Guarantor (other than any Securitization Repurchase Obligation);

(2) Indebtedness to, or guaranteed on behalf of, any shareholder, director, officer or employee of such Guarantor or any Subsidiary of such Guarantor (including, without limitation, amounts owed for compensation), other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement;

(3) Indebtedness to trade creditors and other amounts incurred in connection with obtaining goods, materials or services (including guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities);

(4) Indebtedness represented by Capital Stock;

(5) any liability for federal, foreign, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Guarantor;

(6) that portion of any Indebtedness incurred in violation of any of the covenants contained under the captions “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” or “—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Layering”;

(7) Indebtedness which, when incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of Title 11, United States Code, is without recourse to such Guarantor; and

(8) any Indebtedness which is, by its express terms, subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of such Guarantor.

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and

(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage, hedge or protect such Person with respect to fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person,

(a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(i) in respect of borrowed money,

(ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),

(iii) representing the deferred and unpaid balance of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (a) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (b) any earn-out obligations, until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or

(iv) representing any interest rate Hedging Obligations,

(v) if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon the balance sheet (excluding the notes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

176


Table of Contents

(b) Disqualified Stock of such Person;

(c) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and

(d) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien (other than a Lien on Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary) on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person);

provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the normal course of business and not in respect of borrowed money, (b) obligations under or in respect of Securitization Financings, or (c) items that would appear as a liability on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP as a result of the application of EITF 97-10, “The Effect of Lessee Involvement in Asset Construction.”

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in a Permitted Business of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

“Investment Grade” means (1) BBB—(with a stable outlook) or above, in the case of S&P (or its equivalent under any successor Rating Categories of S&P) and Baa3 (with a stable outlook) or above, in the case of Moody’s (or its equivalent under any successor Rating Categories of Moody’s), or (2) the equivalent in respect of the Rating Categories of any Rating Agencies.

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (including by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others, but excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the third last paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.”

For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments,” (i) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and (iii) any transfer of Capital Stock that results in an entity which became a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an

 

177


Table of Contents

Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith as of the date of initial acquisition) of the Capital Stock of such entity owned by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after such transfer.

“Issue Date” means the first date Notes were issued under an Indenture.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

“Material Foreign Subsidiary” means, any Foreign Subsidiary that (a) contributed 5.0 percent or more of the consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period of four fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior to the date of determination, (b) had consolidated assets representing 5.0 percent or more of the total consolidated assets of the Company on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter ended for which internal financial statements are available on or prior to the date of determination or (c) owns any Material Intellectual Property or any Material Real Property; provided, that the Company shall be required to designate one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that would not otherwise satisfy the foregoing requirements as Material Foreign Subsidiaries to the extent that (a) the aggregate amount of the consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period of four fiscal quarters most recently ended for which internal financial statements are available attributable to all Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Material Foreign Subsidiaries or otherwise Guarantors would otherwise exceed 10.0 percent or more of the consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period or (b) the total consolidated assets of all Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Material Foreign Subsidiaries or otherwise Guarantors would otherwise exceed 10.0 percent or more of the total consolidated assets of the Company on the last day of the most recently-ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Foreign Subsidiary shall be deemed a Material Foreign Subsidiary if the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation prohibits by law, rule, regulation or order such Foreign Subsidiary from providing a Guarantee that would otherwise be required pursuant to the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Additional Guarantees” provided that the Company delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee citing the applicable provision of local law that prohibits the Guarantee.

“Material Intellectual Property” means any intellectual property that in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors or senior management of the Company (x) is material to the operation of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (y) could reasonably be expected to become material to such operation.

“Material Real Property” means fee owned real property (a) with a value in excess of $5.0 million or (b) in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors or senior management of the Company, where manufacturing operations that are material to the operation or the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are conducted.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating business.

“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of any Preferred Stock.

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale, in each case net of legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result

 

178


Table of Contents

thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), repayment of Indebtedness that is secured by the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary, or any equivalent, of the Company.

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom is the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer, or the equivalent, of the Company.

“Permitted Asset Swap” means any transfer of property or assets by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in which at least 90 percent of the consideration received by the transferor consists of properties or assets (other than cash) that will be used in a Permitted Business; provided that the aggregate fair market value of the property or assets being transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is not greater than the aggregate fair market value of the property or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such exchange ( provided, however, that in the event such aggregate fair market value of the property or assets being transferred or received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is (x) less than $30.0 million, such determination shall be made in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and (y) greater than or equal to $30.0 million, such determination shall be made by an Independent Financial Advisor).

“Permitted Business” means the business and any services, activities or businesses incidental, or directly related or similar to, any line of business engaged in by the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

“Permitted Debt” is defined under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.”

“Permitted Holders” means (i) each of the Sponsors and their respective Affiliates, but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the Sponsors, (ii) Officers, provided that if such Officers beneficially own more shares of Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities than the number of such shares beneficially owned by all the Officers as of the Issue Date or acquired by Officers within 90 days immediately following the Issue Date, such excess shall be deemed not to be beneficially owned by Permitted Holders, and (iii) any “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members, provided that in the case of such “group” and without giving effect to the existence of such “group” or any other “group,” such Sponsors, Affiliates and Officers (subject, in the case of Officers, to the foregoing limitation), collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50 percent of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities held by such “group”.

 

179


Table of Contents

“Permitted Investments” means

(1) any Investment by the Company in any Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted Subsidiary in another Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents;

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business if as a result of such Investment (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under the applicable Indenture;

(6) loans and advances to employees and any guarantees made in the ordinary course of business, but in any event not in excess of $10.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;

(7) any Investment acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable or (B) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (9) of the definition of “Permitted Debt;”

(9) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(10) any Investments by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 3.0 percent of Consolidated Total Assets of the Company as of the end of the Company’s fiscal quarter most recently ended prior to the date on which such Investment is made for which financial statements are available (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (10);

(11) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations (exclusive of Disqualified Stock);

(12) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under the covenant described in “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”;

(13) Investments consisting of licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

 

180


Table of Contents

(14) Investments of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or at the time such Person merges or consolidates with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in either case, in compliance with the applicable Indenture; provided that such Investments were not made by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such merger or consolidation;

(15) any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Securitization Financing or any related Indebtedness; provided, however, that any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional Securitization Assets or an equity interest; and

(16) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement or other acquisition.

“Permitted Junior Securities” means

(1) Equity Interests in the Company, any other Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent of the Company issued pursuant to a plan of reorganization or readjustment; or

(2) unsecured debt securities of the Company issued pursuant to a plan of reorganization or readjustment that are subordinated to all Senior Debt of the Company or, as applicable, Guarantor Senior Debt of the relevant Guarantor (and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt or such Guarantor Senior Debt) to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Senior Subordinated Notes are subordinated to Senior Debt under the Senior Subordinated Indenture;

provided that to the extent that any Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt, as the case may be, outstanding on the date of consummation of any such plan of reorganization or readjustment is not paid in full in cash on such date, the holders of any such Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt not so paid in full in cash have consented to the terms of such plan of reorganization or readjustment.

“Permitted Liens” means the following types of Liens:

(1) deposits of cash or government bonds made in the ordinary course of business to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party;

(2) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptance issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice;

(3) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized in connection with, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized for, such acquisition; provided further however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(5) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under the relevant Indenture and is secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation;

 

181


Table of Contents

(6) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(7) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(8) Liens to secure any Indebtedness that is incurred to refinance any Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien existing on the Issue Date or referred to in clauses (3), (4) and (20)(B) of this definition; provided, however, that such Liens (x) are no less favorable to the holders of the Notes, taken as a whole, and are not more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced; and (y) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced;

(9) Liens on Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” incurred in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;

(10) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent or the failure to pay would not result in a material adverse effect, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted or for property taxes on property that the Company or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

(11) judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(12) pledges, deposits or security under workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other security securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements or earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement or other acquisition, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(13) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not overdue by more than 30 days or if more than 30 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted;

(14) encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of business or to the ownership of properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business;

(15) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business that do not (x) interfere in any material respect with the business of the Company or any of its material Restricted Subsidiaries (including the Company) or (y) secure any Indebtedness;

(16) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

(17) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution, provided that (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash

 

182


Table of Contents

collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board or other applicable law and (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depositary institution;

(18) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(19) Liens modifying or replacing Liens in existence on the Issue Date; provided, however, that such Liens are no less favorable to the holders of the Notes, taken as a whole;

(20) (A) other Liens securing Indebtedness having a principal amount not to exceed $50.0 million at any time outstanding and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (x) the Lien may not extend to any other property (except for accessions to such property) owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is incurred, (y) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (z) with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligations; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(21) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(22) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(23) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(24) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under the relevant Indenture;

(25) Liens with respect to the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary incurred in accordance with the covenant contained under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock;”

(26) Liens arising by operation of law under Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code in favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods;

(27) security given to a public or private utility or any governmental authority as required in the ordinary course of business;

(28) Liens to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (11) and (22) of the definition of “Permitted Debt;”

 

183


Table of Contents

(29) landlords’ and lessors’ liens in respect of rent not in default for more than sixty (60) days or the existence of which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect;

(30) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities imposed by applicable law arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the importation of goods and securing obligations, in each case for sums not overdue by more than thirty (30) days or if more than thirty (30) days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted;

(31) Liens on securities which are the subject of repurchase agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(32) Liens on the Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

“Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

“Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Securitization Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, issued by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to such Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid in cash or a contribution of equity and which (a) shall be repaid from cash available to the Securitization Subsidiary, other than (i) amounts required to be established as reserves, (ii) amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, (iii) principal and other amounts owing to such investors and (iv) amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in clause (a).

“Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, except that in the event the value of any such assets or Capital Stock exceeds $25.0 million, the fair market value thereof shall be determined by an Independent Financial Advisor.

“Qualified Securitization Financing” means any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and the Securitization Subsidiary, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.

“Rating Agencies” means (1) S&P and Moody’s or (2) if S&P or Moody’s or both of them are not making ratings publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2) under the Exchange Act, as the case may be, selected by the Company, which will be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

“Rating Category” means (1) with respect to S&P, any of the following categories (any of which may include a “+” or “—”: AAA, AA, A, BBB, BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor categories),

 

184


Table of Contents

(2) with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories: Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, Ba, B, Caa, Ca, C and D (or equivalent successor categories), and (3) the equivalent of any such categories of S&P or Moody’s used by another Rating Agency, if applicable.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means each Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date among the Company, the Guarantors and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Banc of America Securities LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co, as placement agents.

“Representative” means the trustee, agent or representative (if any) for an issue of Senior Debt; provided that if, and for so long as, any Designated Senior Debt lacks such a representative, then the Representative for such Designated Senior Debt shall at all times constitute the holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of such Designated Senior Debt.

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Restricted Subsidiary.

“S&P” means Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating business.

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien.

“Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, at any date the ratio of (i) Secured Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of calculation (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) to (ii) EBITDA of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available immediately preceding such date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred. In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs or redeems any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is made, then the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or redemption of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. The Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” including any pro forma calculations to EBITDA.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

“Securitization Assets” means any accounts receivable or other revenue streams subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing.

“Securitization Fees” means reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing.

“Securitization Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such

 

185


Table of Contents

Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets and any Hedging Obligations entered into by the Company or any such Subsidiary in connection with such Securitization Assets.

“Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including, without limitation, as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

“Securitization Subsidiary” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company makes an Investment and to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contingent and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary of the Company has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Company reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company and (c) to which neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary of the Company has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person shall be evidenced to the relevant Trustee by filing with such Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

“Senior Debt” means the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed or allowable claim under applicable law) on any Indebtedness and any Securitization Repurchase Obligation of the Company whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular obligation, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such obligation shall be subordinate or pari passu in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, “Senior Debt” shall also include the principal of, premium, if any, interest (including any interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed or allowable claim under applicable law) on, and all other amounts owing in respect of (including guarantees of the foregoing obligations):

(1) all monetary obligations of every nature of the Company under, or with respect to, the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, obligations to pay principal, premium and interest, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, fees, expenses and indemnities (and guarantees thereof); and

 

186


Table of Contents

(2) all monetary obligations of every nature of the Company under, or with respect to, the Senior Notes, including, without limitation, obligations to pay principal, premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, fees, expenses and indemnities (and guarantees thereof); and

(3) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof),

(4) in each case whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Senior Debt” shall not include:

(1) any Indebtedness of the Company to a Subsidiary of the Company (other than any Securitization Repurchase Obligation);

(2) Indebtedness to, or guaranteed on behalf of, any shareholder, director, officer or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (including, without limitation, amounts owed for compensation), other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement;

(3) Indebtedness to trade creditors and other amounts incurred in connection with obtaining goods, materials or services (including guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities);

(4) Indebtedness represented by Capital Stock;

(5) any liability for federal, foreign, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company;

(6) that portion of any Indebtedness incurred in violation of the covenant contained under the caption “— Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,” or “—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Layering”;

(7) Indebtedness which, when incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of Title 11, United States Code, is without recourse to the Company; and

(8) any Indebtedness which is, by its express terms, subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company.

“Senior Subordinated Indebtedness” means the Senior Subordinated Notes (in the case of the Company), a Guarantee (in the case of a Guarantor) of the Senior Subordinated Notes and any other Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank pari passu with such Notes or such Guarantee, as the case may be, in right of payment and is not subordinated by its terms in right of payment to any Indebtedness or other obligation of the Company or such Guarantor which is not Senior Debt (in the case of the Company) or Guarantor Senior Debt (in the case of a Guarantor).

“Shareholders Agreements” means the Shareholders Agreements to be dated on or about the Issue Date by and among the Company/Parent and the investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors and certain of their limited partners that are signatories thereto.

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof.

“Specified Financings” means the financings included in the Transactions and this offering of the Notes.

“Sponsors” means Bain Capital Partners LLC and its Affiliates and CCMP Asia Equity Partners.

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

 

187


Table of Contents

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the Company, any Indebtedness of the Company that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes (in the case of the Senior Indenture) or the Senior Subordinated Notes (in the case of the Senior Subordinated Indenture) and (b) with respect to any Guarantor of the Notes of either such series, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee of the Senior Notes (in the case of the Senior Indenture) or the Senior Subordinated Notes (in the case of the Senior Subordinated Indenture).

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity, of which more than 50 percent of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50 percent of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise and (y) such Person or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

“Total Consolidated Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of all indebtedness of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date of determination, after giving effect to any incurrence of Indebtedness and the application of the proceeds therefrom giving rise to such determination.

“Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by (i) the Credit Agreement and (ii) the offering of the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes.

“Treasury Rate” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to May 1, 2010; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to May 1, 2010 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company (other than the Company) that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Company, as provided below) and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary, but excluding the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares or equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (b) such designation complies with the covenant contained under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments” and (c) each of (I) the

 

188


Table of Contents

Subsidiary to be so designated and (II) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and (x) the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described under the first paragraph of “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be notified by the Company to the relevant Trustee by promptly filing with such Trustee a copy of the board resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

“U.S. Dollar Equivalent” means with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the “Exchange Rates” column under the heading “Currency Trading” on the date two business days prior to such determination.

Except as described under “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,” whenever it is necessary to determine whether the Company has complied with any covenant in the relevant Indenture or a Default has occurred thereunder and an amount is expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars, such amount will be treated as the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined as of the date such amount is initially determined in such currency.

“U.S. Government Securities” means securities that are

(a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

(b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

 

189


Table of Contents

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100 percent of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

190


Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the notes. The discussion is based on the Code, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations thereunder, published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect and all subject to change at any time, perhaps with retroactive effect. No assurance can be given that the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) will agree with the views expressed in this discussion, or that a court will not sustain any challenge by the IRS in the event of litigation.

To ensure compliance with requirements imposed by the IRS, we inform you that any tax advice contained in this prospectus (including any attachments or schedules) was not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, by any taxpayer for the purpose of avoiding tax-related penalties under the Code. The tax advice contained in this prospectus (including any attachments or schedules) was written to support the promotion or marketing of the transaction(s) or matter(s) addressed by the prospectus. Each taxpayer should seek advice based on the taxpayer’s particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.

This discussion is limited to persons purchasing the notes for cash in the offering and at their original “issue price” within the meaning of Section 1273 of the Code, and who hold notes as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. The discussion does not cover all aspects of U.S. federal taxation that may be relevant to, or the actual tax effect that any of the matters described herein will have on, the acquisition, ownership or disposition of notes by particular purchasers of notes, and does not address state, local, non-U.S. or other tax laws. In particular, this discussion does not address all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to certain types of purchasers of notes subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (such as banks, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, partnerships or other entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, real estate investment trusts, purchasers liable for the alternative minimum tax, individual retirement accounts and other tax-deferred accounts, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currencies, purchasers that will hold the notes as part of a straddle or hedging, constructive sale, integrated or conversion transactions for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a person that actually or constructively owns more than 10 percent of the voting stock of one of our parent companies, traders in securities that have elected the mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities, or purchasers whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar). This discussion assumes that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the notes are treated as debt. As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of a note that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a citizen or resident of the United States, a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source, or a trust (i) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and as to which one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) that has a valid election in place to be treated as a U.S. person. The term “Non-U.S. Holder” means any beneficial owner of a note that is neither a U.S. Holder nor a partnership. If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds the notes, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding a note, and partners in a partnership holding a note, should consult their tax advisors.

U.S. federal income tax consequences materially different than those described herein may apply in the case of the purchase, ownership and disposition of Additional Notes. See “Description of the Notes—General.”

The discussion may not address your particular circumstances. You are thus urged to consult your tax advisors as to the U.S. federal, state, local, non-U.S. and other tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of the notes to you based on your particular circumstances.

 

191


Table of Contents

Consequences to U.S. Holders

Payment of Interest. It is expected that the notes will not be issued with original issue discount. In such case, a U.S. Holder will be taxed on the stated interest on a note at ordinary income rates at the time at which such interest accrues or is received in accordance with such U.S. Holder’s regular method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

A U.S. Holder who uses the cash method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes and who receives interest on a senior subordinated note in a currency other than the U.S. dollar, which we refer to as “foreign currency,” will be required to include in income the U.S. dollar value of such foreign currency, determined using the spot rate in effect on the date such payment is received, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted to U.S. dollars at that time. No currency exchange gain or loss will be recognized by such holder on such interest payments if the foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars on the date received at that spot rate. The U.S. federal income tax consequences to a U.S. Holder of a senior subordinated note of the conversion of foreign currency received in respect of the senior subordinated note to U.S. dollars are described below. See “—Exchange of Foreign Currencies.”

A U.S. Holder who uses the accrual method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be required to include in income the U.S. dollar value of the amount of interest income accrued with respect to a senior subordinated note in a taxable year in accordance with either of two methods. Under the first method, the U.S. dollar value of such accrued income will be determined by translating such income at the average rate of exchange for the relevant interest accrual period, or with respect to an accrual period that spans two taxable years, at the average rate for the portion of such accrual period within the taxable year. The average rate of exchange for an interest accrual period (or portion thereof) is the simple average of the spot rates for each business day of such period (or such other average that is reasonably derived and consistently applied). Under the second method, an accrual basis U.S. Holder may elect to translate such accrued interest income using the spot rate in effect on the last day of the accrual period or, with respect to a partial accrual period, using the spot rate in effect on the last day of the taxable year. If the last day of an accrual period is within five business days of the receipt of the accrued interest, a U.S. Holder may translate such interest using the spot rate in effect on the date of receipt. The above described election must be made in a statement filed with the U.S. Holder’s first U.S. federal income tax return for which the election is effective and must be applied consistently to all debt obligations held by the U.S. Holder from year to year and may not be changed without the consent of the I.R.S. Whether or not such election is made, a U.S. Holder may recognize exchange gain or loss (which will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss) with respect to accrued interest income on the date such interest income is actually paid or received (including upon a sale or other disposition of such note, the receipt of proceeds of which include amounts attributable to accrued interest previously included in income). The amount of ordinary income or loss recognized will be equal to the difference, if any, between the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency received (determined using the spot rate in effect on the date such payment is received) in respect of such accrued interest and the U.S. dollar value of the interest income that accrued during such interest accrual period (as determined above). No additional exchange gain or loss will be recognized by such holder if such foreign currency is converted to U.S. dollars on the date received at that spot rate. The U.S. federal income tax consequences of the conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars are described below. See “—Exchange of Foreign Currencies.”

In certain circumstances (see “Description of the Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of control,” “Description of the Notes—Optional Redemption,” and “Description of the Notes—Registered Exchange Offer; Registration Rights”), we may be obligated to pay amounts in excess of stated interest or principal on the notes. According to Treasury Regulations, the possibility that any such payments in excess of stated interest or principal will be made will not affect the amount of interest income a U.S. Holder recognizes if there is only a remote chance as of the date the notes were issued that such payments will be made. We believe that the likelihood that we will be obligated to make any such payments is remote. Therefore, we do not intend to treat the potential payment of additional interest or the potential payment of a premium pursuant to the change of control provisions as part of the yield to maturity of any notes. Our determination that these contingencies are

 

192


Table of Contents

remote is binding on a U.S. Holder unless such holder discloses its contrary position in the manner required by applicable Treasury Regulations. Our determination is not, however, binding on the IRS, and if the IRS were to challenge this determination, a U.S. Holder might be required to accrue income on its notes in excess of stated interest, and to treat as ordinary income rather than capital gain any income realized on the taxable disposition of a note before the resolution of the contingencies. In the event a contingency occurs, it would affect the amount and timing of the income recognized by a U.S. Holder. If we pay additional interest on the notes or a premium pursuant to the change of control provisions, U.S. Holders will be required to recognize such amounts as income. Please consult your tax advisor as to the tax effects to you of such characterization.

Disposition of Notes. Upon the sale, exchange, retirement, or other taxable disposition of a senior note, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the sale, exchange, retirement, or other taxable disposition (less any portion attributable to accrued but unpaid interest, discussed below) and such U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the senior note. A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in a senior note generally will equal the cost of the senior note to such U.S. Holder. Assuming the senior subordinated notes are not traded on an established securities market, (1) the amount realized by a U.S. Holder on a sale, exchange, retirement, or other taxable disposition of a senior subordinated note generally will be based on the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency on the date of disposition, and (2) a U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in a senior subordinated note will equal the U.S. dollar cost of the senior subordinated note to such holder on the date of purchase.

If the senior subordinated notes are traded on an established securities market, a special rule applies for the determination of the amount realized and the basis of the senior subordinated notes held by a cash basis taxpayer. Pursuant to this rule, units of foreign currency paid or received are translated into U.S. dollars at the spot rate on the settlement date of the purchase or sale. In that case, no exchange gain or loss will result from currency fluctuations between the trade date and the settlement date of such a purchase or sale. An accrual basis taxpayer may elect the same treatment required of cash basis taxpayers with respect to purchases and sales of senior subordinated notes that are traded on an established securities market, provided the election is applied consistently from year to year. Such election may not be changed without the consent of the IRS.

Except as provided below with respect to gain or loss on a senior subordinated note attributable to currency fluctuations or except to the extent attributable to accrued market discount as provided below, a U.S. Holder’s gain or loss realized upon the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of a note will generally be treated as U.S. source gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if, at the time of the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of a note, the U.S. Holder has held the note for more than one year. If a U.S. Holder is not a corporation and the note being sold, exchanged, or retired is a capital asset held for more than one year, the U.S. Holder may be eligible for reduced rates of taxation on any capital gain recognized. The ability to deduct capital losses is subject to limitations.

To the extent that the amount realized on a sale, exchange, retirement, or other taxable disposition of a note represents accrued but unpaid interest, such amount must be taken into account as interest income, if it was not previously included in income, and exchange gain or loss may be realized as described above. See “—Payment of Interest.”

Gain or loss realized by a U.S. Holder upon the sale, exchange, or retirement, or other taxable disposition of a senior subordinated note that is attributable to fluctuations in the rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and the foreign currency will be ordinary income or loss and generally will be treated as U.S. source gain or loss. Gain or loss attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates will equal the difference between (i) the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency principal amount of the senior subordinated note, determined at the spot rate on the date the senior subordinated note is disposed of or if the senior subordinated notes are traded on an established securities market, the spot rate on the settlement date, in the case of cash basis taxpayer or an electing accrual basis U.S. Holder, and (ii) the U.S. dollar value of the principal amount of the senior subordinated note, determined at the spot rate on the date the U.S. Holder acquired the senior subordinated note. For purposes of computing exchange gain or loss, the principal amount of a senior subordinated note is the U.S. Holder’s

 

193


Table of Contents

purchase price in units of foreign currency. Such foreign currency exchange gain or loss will be recognized only to the extent of the total gain or loss realized by the U.S. Holder on the sale, exchange, retirement, or other taxable disposition of the senior subordinated note. No additional exchange gain or loss will be recognized by such U.S. Holder if such foreign currency is converted to U.S. dollars on that date at the spot rate.

A United States Holder who purchases a note at a “market discount” that exceeds a statutorily defined de minimis amount will be subject to the “market discount” rules of the Code. A United States Holder who purchases a note at a premium will be subject to the bond premium amortization rules of the Code.

In general, “market discount” would be calculated as the excess of a note’s issue price, within the meaning of Section 1273 of the Code, over its purchase price. If a United States Holder purchases a note at a “market discount,” any gain on sale of that note attributable to the United States Holder’s unrecognized accrued market discount would generally be treated as ordinary income to the United States Holder. In addition, a United States Holder who acquires a debt instrument at a market discount may be required to defer a portion of any interest expense that otherwise may be deductible on any indebtedness incurred or maintained to purchase or carry the debt instrument under the United States Holder disposes of the debt instrument in a taxable transaction. Instead of recognizing any market discount upon a disposition of a note and being required to defer any applicable interest expense, a Unite States Holder may elect to include market discount in income currently as the discount accrues. The current income inclusion election, once made, applies to all market discount obligations acquired on or after the first day of the first taxable year in which the election applies, and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS.

In the event that a note is treated as purchased at a premium, that premium will be amortizable by a United States Holder as an offset to interest income (with a corresponding reduction in the United States Holder’s tax basis) on a consent yield basis if the United States Holder elects to do so. This election will also apply to all other debt instruments held by the United States Holder during the year in which the election is made and to all debt instruments acquired after that year.

Exchange of Foreign Currencies. A U.S. Holder will have a tax basis in any foreign currency received as interest or on the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of a note equal to such currency’s U.S. dollar value at the time described above. Any gain or loss realized by a U.S. Holder on a sale or other disposition of foreign currency (including the exchange of such currency for U.S. dollars) will be ordinary income or loss and generally will be U.S. source gain or loss.

Foreign Tax Credit. Interest received by a U.S. Holder generally will be treated as foreign source income and generally will be considered “passive” income in computing the foreign tax credit such U.S. Holder may take under U.S. federal income tax laws. The availability of a foreign tax credit is subject to certain conditions and limitation, and the rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the rules governing the foreign tax credit and deductions.

Exchange Offers. The exchange of notes for exchange notes in the exchange offers will not constitute a taxable event for U.S. Holders. Consequently, a U.S. Holder will not recognize gain upon receipt of a registered note in exchange for notes in the exchange offer, the U.S. Holder’s basis in the registered note received in the exchange offer will be the same as its adjusted basis in the corresponding note immediately before the exchange, and the U.S. Holder’s holding period in the registered note will include its holding period in the original note.

Non-U.S. Holders

Subject to the discussion below concerning backup withholding, principal and interest payments made on, and gains from the sale, exchange or other disposition of, a note will not be subject to the withholding of U.S. federal income tax, provided that, in the case of interest,

 

    the Non-U.S. Holder does not own, actually or constructively, 10 percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of voting stock of the issuer,

 

194


Table of Contents
    the Non-U.S. Holder is not a “controlled foreign corporation” (as defined in the Code) related, directly or indirectly, to the issuer through stock ownership,

 

    the Non-U.S. Holder is not a bank receiving interest described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, and

 

    the certification requirements under Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, summarized below, are met.

Sections 871(h) and 881(c) of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder require that, in order to obtain the exemption from withholding described above, either

 

    the beneficial owner of the note must certify, under penalties of perjury, to the withholding agent that such owner is a Non-U.S. Holder and must provide such owner’s name, and residential address and must otherwise satisfy documentary evidence requirements,

 

    a financial institution that holds customers’ securities in the ordinary course of business and holds a note certifies under penalty of perjury to the withholding agent that appropriate certification has been received from the beneficial owner by it or by a financial institution between it and the beneficial owner and generally furnishes the withholding agent with a copy thereof, or

 

    the Non-U.S. Holder must provide such certification to a “qualified intermediary” or a “withholding foreign partnership” and certain other conditions must be met.

A Non-U.S. Holder may give the certification described above on IRS Form W-8BEN, which generally is effective for the remainder of the year of signature plus three full calendar years, unless a change in circumstances makes any information on the form incorrect. Special rules apply to foreign partnerships. In general, a foreign partnership will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8IMY and attach thereto an appropriate certification from each partner. Partners in foreign partnerships are urged to consult their tax advisors.

Even if a Non-U.S. Holder does not meet the above requirements, interest payments will not be subject to the 30 percent withholding of U.S. federal income tax (or will be subject to withholding at a reduced rate) if the Non-U.S. Holder certifies under penalty of perjury that either (i) an applicable income tax treaty exempts, or provides for a reduction in, such withholding and provides a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) interest paid on a note is effectively connected with the holder’s trade or business in the United States and therefore is not subject to withholding (as described in greater detail below).

If a Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a trade or business in the United States and the interest on a note is effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business (and, if an applicable income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Holder), the Non-U.S. Holder, although exempt from withholding of U.S. federal income tax, will generally be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax on such interest in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. Holder were a U.S. Holder. In lieu of providing an IRS Form W-8BEN, such a Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide the withholding agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI in order to claim an exemption from withholding. In addition, if such Non-U.S. Holder is a foreign corporation, it may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30 percent, or such lower rate as may be provided by an applicable income tax treaty, of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to certain adjustments.

Disposition of Notes. Subject to the discussion below concerning backup withholding, a Non-U.S. Holder will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain recognized on a sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of notes unless (i) in the case of a individual Non-U.S. Holder, the Non-U.S. Holder is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year, and certain other conditions are met or (ii) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States (and, if an applicable income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Holder).

 

195


Table of Contents

If the first exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to tax at a rate of 30 percent on the amount by which its U.S.-source capital gains exceed its U.S.-source capital losses. If the second exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder will generally be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on the net gain derived from the sale in the same manner as U.S. Holders, as described above. In addition, corporate holders may be subject to an additional 30 percent branch profits tax on effectively connected gain. If a Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty between the U.S. and its country of residence, any such gain will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the manner specified by the treaty.

Exchange Offers. The exchange of the notes for exchange notes in the exchange offers will not constitute a taxable event for Non-U.S. Holders. Consequently, a Non-U.S. Holder will not recognize gain upon receipt of a registered note in exchange for notes in the exchange offer, the Non-U.S. Holder’s basis in the registered note received in the exchange offer will be the same as its adjusted basis in the corresponding note immediately before the exchange, and the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period in the registered note will include its holding period in the original note.

Tax Shelter Reporting Requirements

If a holder of notes realizes a foreign currency loss in an amount that exceeds a certain threshold, it is possible that the provisions of Treasury Regulations involving “reportable transactions” could apply, with a resulting requirement to separately disclose the loss generating transactions to the IRS. While these regulations are directed towards “tax shelters”, they are written quite broadly, and apply to transactions that would not typically be considered tax shelters. Significant penalties may be imposed for failure to comply with these requirements. Holders should consult their own tax advisors concerning any possible disclosure obligation with respect to the notes.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

U.S. Holders

Information reporting requirements apply to interest and principal payments made to, and to the proceeds of certain sales or other dispositions by, certain non-corporate U.S. Holders. In addition, backup withholding is required on such payments unless a U.S. Holder furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number (which for an individual is the Social Security Number) and certifies on an IRS Form W-9, under penalties of perjury, that the U.S. Holder is not subject to backup withholding and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. The current backup withholding rate is 28 percent of the amount paid and is scheduled to increase to 31 percent for 2011 and thereafter. Backup withholding does not apply with respect to payments made to certain exempt recipients, such as corporations and tax-exempt organizations. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Holder’s federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Non-U.S. Holders

Backup withholding does not apply to payments of interest and principal made to, and the proceeds of sale or other disposition by, a Non-U.S. Holder if such Non-U.S. Holder certifies (on IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate form) its Non-U.S. Holder status. However, information reporting on IRS Form 1042-S will generally apply to payments of interest. Information reporting (but generally not backup withholding) may also apply to payments made outside the United States, and payments on the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other disposition of a note effected outside the United States, if payment is made by a payor that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes,

 

    a U.S. person,

 

    a controlled foreign corporation,

 

196


Table of Contents
    a U.S. branch of a foreign bank or foreign insurance company,

 

    a foreign partnership controlled by U.S. persons or engaged in a U.S. trade or business, or

 

    a foreign person, 50 percent or more of whose gross income is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business for a specified three-year period,

unless such payor has in its records documentary evidence that the beneficial owner is not a U.S. Holder and certain other conditions are met or the beneficial owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a credit against the Non-U.S. Holder’s federal income tax liability and may entitle the Non-U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DISCUSSION SET FORTH ABOVE IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE DEPENDING UPON A HOLDER’S PARTICULAR SITUATION. PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE NOTES SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF NOTES, INCLUDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER STATE, LOCAL, ESTATE, NON-U.S. AND OTHER TAX LAWS AND THE POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN UNITED STATES OR OTHER TAX LAWS.

 

197


Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF DUTCH TAX CONSIDERATIONS

This is a general summary and the tax consequences as described here may not apply to a holder of notes. Any potential investor should consult his own tax adviser for more information about the tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of notes in his particular circumstances.

This taxation summary solely addresses the principal Netherlands tax consequences of the acquisition, the ownership and disposition of notes. Where in this summary English terms and expressions are used to refer to Dutch concepts, the meaning to be attributed to such terms and expressions shall be the meaning to be attributed to the equivalent Dutch concepts under Dutch tax law. It does not consider every aspect of taxation that may be relevant to a particular holder of notes under special circumstances or who is subject to special treatment under applicable law.

This summary is based on the tax laws of The Netherlands as they are in force and in effect on the date of this prospectus. The laws upon which this summary is based are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. A change to such laws may invalidate the contents of this summary, which will not be updated to reflect any such change. This summary assumes that each transaction with respect to notes is at arm’s length.

Withholding Tax

All payments under the notes may be made free from withholding or deduction of or for any taxes of whatever nature imposed, levied, withheld or assessed by The Netherlands or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein.

Taxes on Income and Capital Gains

Resident Holders of Notes. The summary set out in this section only applies to a holder of notes who is a “Dutch Individual” or a “Dutch Corporate Entity.”

A holder of notes is a “Dutch Individual” if:

 

    he is an individual; and

 

    he is resident, or deemed to be resident, in The Netherlands for Dutch income tax purposes, or has elected to be treated as a resident of The Netherlands for Dutch income tax purposes.

A holder of notes is a “Dutch Corporate Entity” if:

 

    it is a corporate entity (including an association that is taxable as a corporate entity) that is subject to Dutch corporation tax;

 

    it is resident, or deemed to be resident, in The Netherlands for Dutch corporation tax purposes;

 

    it is not an entity that, although in principle subject to Dutch corporation tax, is, in whole or in part, specifically exempt from that tax;

 

    the benefits derived from any shares held by it in the issuer are not exempt under the participation exemption (as set forth in the Dutch Corporation Tax Act 1969 (Wet op de vennootschapsbelasting 1969)); and

 

    it is not an investment institution (beleggingsinstelling) as defined in the Dutch Corporation Tax Act 1969 (Wet op de vennootschapsbelasting 1969).

If a holder of notes is not an individual and if it does not satisfy any one or more of these tests, with the exception of the second test, its Dutch tax position is not discussed in this prospectus.

Dutch Individuals Deriving Profits or Deemed to be Deriving Profits From an Enterprise. Any benefits derived or deemed to be derived from notes, including any gain realised on the disposal thereof, by a Dutch

 

198


Table of Contents

Individual that are attributable to an enterprise from which such Dutch Individual derives profits, whether as an entrepreneur (ondernemer) or pursuant to a co-entitlement to the net value of an enterprise (other than as an entrepreneur or a shareholder), are generally subject to Dutch income tax at progressive rates.

Dutch Individuals Deriving Benefits From Miscellaneous Activities. Any benefits derived or deemed to be derived from notes, including any gain realised on the disposal thereof, by a Dutch Individual that constitute benefits from miscellaneous activities (resultaat uit overige werkzaamheden) are generally subject to Dutch income tax at progressive rates.

Benefits derived from notes by a Dutch Individual are taxable as benefits from miscellaneous activities if he, or an individual who is a connected person in relation to him as meant in article 3.91, paragraph 2, letter b, or letter c, of the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 (Wet inkomstenbelasting 2001), has a substantial interest (aanmerkelijk belang) in the issuer.

A person has a substantial interest in the issuer if such person—either alone or, in the case of an individual, together with his partner (partner), if any—has, directly or indirectly, either the ownership of shares representing five percent or more of the total issued and outstanding capital (or the issued and outstanding capital of any class of shares) of the issuer, or rights to acquire, directly or indirectly, shares, whether or not already issued, that represent five percent or more of the total issued and outstanding capital (or the issued and outstanding capital of any class of shares) of the issuer, or the ownership of profit participating certificates (winstbewijzen) that relate to five percent or more of the annual profits of the issuer or to five percent or more of the liquidation proceeds of the issuer.

A person who is entitled to the benefits from shares or profit participating certificates (for instance a holder of a right of usufruct) is deemed to be a holder of shares or profit participating certificates, as the case may be, and such person’s entitlement to such benefits is considered a share or a profit participating certificate, as the case may be.

Furthermore, a Dutch Individual may, inter alia, derive benefits from notes that are taxable as benefits from miscellaneous activities in the following circumstances:

 

    if his investment activities go beyond the activities of an active portfolio investor, for instance in the case of the use of insider knowledge (voorkennis) or comparable forms of special knowledge; or

 

    if he makes notes available or is deemed to make notes available, legally or in fact, directly or indirectly, to certain parties as meant in the articles 3.91 and 3.92 of the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 under circumstances described there.

Other Dutch Individuals. If a holder of notes is a Dutch Individual whose situation has not been discussed before in this section, benefits from his notes are taxed as a benefit from savings and investments (voordeel uit sparen en beleggen). Such benefit is deemed to be 4 percent per annum of the average of his “yield basis” (rendementsgrondslag) at the beginning and at the end of the year, insofar as that average exceeds the “exempt net asset amount” (heffingvrij vermogen). The benefit is taxed at the rate of 30 percent. The value of his notes forms part of his yield basis. Actual benefits derived from his notes, including any gain realised on the disposal thereof, are not as such subject to Dutch income tax.

Dutch Corporate Entities. Any benefits derived or deemed to be derived from notes, including any gain realised on the disposal thereof, that are held by a Dutch Corporate Entity are generally subject to Dutch corporation tax.

Non-resident Holders. A holder of notes will be considered a “Non-Resident holder of notes” if he is neither resident, nor deemed to be resident, in The Netherlands for purposes of Dutch income tax or corporation tax, as the case may be, and, in the case of an individual, has not elected to be treated as a resident of The Netherlands for Dutch income tax purposes.

 

199


Table of Contents

Individuals

A Non-Resident holder of notes who is an individual will not be subject to any Dutch taxes on income or capital gains in respect of any benefit derived or deemed to be derived from notes, including any payment under notes and any gain realised on the disposal of notes, provided that both of the following conditions are satisfied:

 

    If he derives profits from an enterprise, whether as an entrepreneur (ondernemer) or pursuant to a co-entitlement to the net value of such enterprise, other than as an entrepreneur or a shareholder, which enterprise is either managed in The Netherlands or carried on, in whole or in part, through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in The Netherlands, as the case may be, his notes are not attributable to such enterprise.

 

    He does not derive benefits from notes that are taxable as benefits from miscellaneous activities in The Netherlands (resultaat uit overige werkzaamheden in Nederland).

See “—Taxes on income and capital gains—Resident holders of notes—Dutch Individuals Deriving Benefits From Miscellaneous Activities” for a description of the circumstances under which the benefits derived from notes may be taxable as benefits from miscellaneous activities, on the understanding that such benefits will be taxable in The Netherlands only if such activities are performed or deemed to be performed in The Netherlands.

Entities

A Non-Resident holder of notes other than an individual will not be subject to any Dutch taxes on income or capital gains in respect of benefit derived or deemed to be derived from notes, including any payment under notes or any gain realised on the disposal of notes, provided that (a) if such Non-Resident holder of notes derives profits from an enterprise that is either managed in The Netherlands or carried on, in whole or in part, through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in The Netherlands, whether as an entrepreneur (ondernemer) or pursuant to a co-entitlement to the net value of such enterprise (other than as an entrepreneur or as a holder of securities), its notes are not attributable to such enterprise, and (b) such Non-Resident holder of notes does not have a substantial interest in the issuer.

A person other than an individual has a substantial interest in the issuer, (x) if it has a substantial interest in the issuer as described in the section “—Taxes on income and capital gains—Resident Holders of Notes—Dutch Individuals Deriving Benefits From Miscellaneous Activities” or (y) if it has a deemed substantial interest in the issuer. A deemed substantial interest may be present if its shares, profit participating certificates or rights to acquire shares or profit participating certificates in the issuer have been acquired by such person or are deemed to have been acquired by such person on a non-recognition basis.

General

Subject to the above, a Non-Resident holder of notes will not be subject to income taxation in The Netherlands by reason only of the execution (ondertekening), delivery (overhandiging) and/or enforcement of the notes or the performance by the issuer of its obligations thereunder or under the notes.

Gift and Inheritance Taxes

A person who acquires notes as a gift, in form or in substance, or who acquires or is deemed to acquire notes on the death of an individual, will not be subject to Dutch gift tax or to Dutch inheritance tax, as the case may be, unless:

 

    the donor is, or the deceased was resident or deemed to be resident in The Netherlands for purposes of gift or inheritance tax, as the case may be; or

 

    the notes are or were attributable to an enterprise or part of an enterprise that the donor or the deceased carried on through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in The Netherlands at the time of the gift or of the death of the deceased; or

 

200


Table of Contents
    the donor made a gift of notes, then became a resident or deemed resident of The Netherlands, and died as a resident or deemed resident of The Netherlands within 180 days after the date of the gift.

Other Taxes and Duties

No Dutch registration tax, transfer tax, stamp duty or any other similar documentary tax or duty, other than court fees, will be payable by a holder of notes in The Netherlands in respect of or in connection with the execution, delivery and/or enforcement by legal proceedings (including the enforcement of any foreign judgment in the courts of The Netherlands) of the documents relating to the issue of notes or the performance by the issuer of its obligations thereunder or under the notes.

EU Savings Directive

Under EC Council Directive 2003/48/EC on the taxation of savings income, Member States are required, from 1 July 2005, to provide to the tax authorities of another Member State details of payments of interest (or similar income) paid by a person within its jurisdiction to an individual resident in that other Member State. However, for a transitional period, Belgium, Luxembourg and Austria are required (unless during that period they elect otherwise) to operate a withholding system in relation to such payments (the ending of such transitional period being dependent upon the conclusion of certain other agreements relating to information exchange with certain other countries). A number of non-EU countries and territories including Switzerland have adopted similar measures (a withholding system in the case of Switzerland) with effect from the same date.

 

201


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each participating broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offers must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a participating broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where such outstanding notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that for a period of 180 days after the expiration date, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any participating broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sales of the exchange notes by participating broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by participating broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offers may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such participating broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any participating broker-dealer that resells the exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offers and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The applicable letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a participating broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days after the effective date of this registration statement, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any participating broker-dealer that requests such documents in a letter of transmittal.

The outstanding dollar notes are currently eligible for trading on the PORTAL market and the outstanding euro notes are currently listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. The outstanding notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and will be subject to restrictions on transferability to the extent that they are not exchanged for exchange notes by holders who are entitled to participate in the exchange offers. The holders of outstanding notes, other than any holder that is our affiliate within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, who are not eligible to participate in the exchange offers are entitled to certain registration rights, and we are required to file a shelf registration statement with respect to their notes.

The exchange notes will constitute a new issue of securities with no established trading market. We currently intend to list the exchange dollar notes on the PORTAL market and the exchange euro notes on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. In addition, such market making activity will be subject to the limits imposed by the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and may be limited during the exchange offers and the pendency of the shelf registration statements, as applicable. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that an active public or other market will develop for the exchange notes as to the liquidity of the trading market for the exchange notes. If a trading market does not develop or is not maintained, holders of the exchange notes may experience difficulty in reselling the exchange notes or may be unable to sell them at all. If a market for the exchange notes develops, any such market may be discontinued at any time.

 

202


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands, and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside of the United States. Similarly, most of the guarantors are organized under the laws of various jurisdictions outside of the United States. Consequently, although we and the guarantors have appointed an agent for service of process in the United States, it may be difficult for U.S. investors to effect service within the United States upon us, the guarantors or their directors or officers, or to realize in the United States on any judgment against us or the guarantors, including for civil liabilities under the U.S. securities laws. Therefore, any judgment in respect of the senior notes, the senior subordinated notes, the indentures governing the senior notes and senior subordinated notes or the guarantees of the senior notes and senior subordinated notes obtained in any United States federal or state court against us or any guarantor may have to be enforced in the courts of Luxembourg, The Netherlands, or such other foreign jurisdiction, as applicable. Investors should not assume that the courts of Luxembourg, The Netherlands, or such foreign jurisdiction would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against any of us or the guarantors predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws or that such courts would enforce, in original actions, liabilities against us or the guarantors predicated solely upon such laws.

Each of us and the guarantors has appointed Corporation Service Company, 1177 Avenue of the Americas, 17th Floor, New York, New York, as its agent for service of process in any suit, action or proceedings with respect to the notes and the guarantees and for actions under U.S. federal or state securities laws brought in any U.S. federal or state court located in The City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, and we and the guarantors will submit to such jurisdiction.

Luxembourg

Any final civil or commercial judgment rendered by any U.S. court of competent jurisdiction located in the United States in an action to enforce the obligations of a Luxembourg guarantor under the transaction documents will be enforceable in Luxembourg subject to Luxembourg ordinary rules on enforcement (exequatur) of foreign judgments. Pursuant to such rules, an enforceable judgment rendered by any U.S. court based on contract would not directly be enforceable in Luxembourg. However, a party who obtains a judgment in a U.S. court may initiate enforcement proceedings in Luxembourg (exequatur), by requesting enforcement of the U.S. judgment before the District Court (Tribunal d’Arrondissement), pursuant to Section 678 of the New Luxembourg Code of Civil Procedure. The District Court will authorize the enforcement in Luxembourg of the U.S. judgment if it is satisfied that the following conditions are met:

 

    the U.S. judgment is enforceable ( exécutoire ) in the United States;

 

    the jurisdiction of the U.S. court is founded according to Luxembourg private international law rules and to the applicable domestic U.S. jurisdiction rules;

 

    the U.S. court has applied to the dispute the substantive law which would have been applied by Luxembourg courts;

 

    the principles of natural justice have been complied with; and

 

    the U.S. judgment does not contravene the Luxembourg international public policy.

Contractual provisions allowing the service of process against a certain entity do not prevent a Luxembourg Court from holding as valid the service of process against this entity in accordance with applicable laws at the registered office of such entity.

The Netherlands

We and certain of the guarantors are private companies with limited liability ( besloten vennootschappen met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands. The members of the board of

 

203


Table of Contents

management and the supervisory board, if any, of us and certain of the guarantors are not residents of the United States and all of our assets and the assets of these guarantors and the assets of such directors are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for U.S. investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us and these guarantors or their directors or to realize in the United States on any judgment against us or these guarantors and their directors of courts of the United States including for civil liabilities of us and these guarantors or their directors under the federal securities laws of the United States or the securities or blue sky laws of any state within the United States.

The United States and The Netherlands do not currently have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws, would not be automatically enforceable in The Netherlands and new proceedings on the merits must be initiated before a Dutch court. However, if the party in whose favor such final judgment is rendered brings a new suit in a competent court in The Netherlands such party may submit to a Dutch court the final judgment that has been rendered in the United States and such court will have discretion to attach such weight to that judgment as it deems appropriate. To the extent that the Dutch court finds that the judgment rendered by a federal or state court in the United States (a) has not been rendered in violation of elementary principles of fair trial, (b) does not contravene public policy of The Netherlands and (c) has not been rendered in proceedings of a penal or revenue or other public law nature, the Dutch court will, under current practice, in principle, give binding effect to such final judgment. Additionally, there may be doubt as to the enforceability, in original actions in Dutch courts, of liabilities based solely upon the federal securities laws of the United States.

 

204


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the exchange notes and the guarantees and other legal matters, including the tax-free nature of the exchange, will be passed upon on our behalf by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, a limited liability partnership that includes professional corporations, Chicago, Illinois. Some of the partners of Kirkland & Ellis LLP are partners in a partnership that is an investor in funds affiliated with Bain Capital. Through this partnership, these partners of Kirkland & Ellis LLP will beneficially own upon the closing of the Transactions less than 1 percent of our issued and outstanding common stock. Kirkland & Ellis LLP has from time to time represented, and may continue to represent, Bain Capital Partners, LLC and some of its affiliates in connection with various legal matters.

EXPERTS

The combined financial statements and schedule of the Sensors and Controls Business of Texas Instruments Incorporated as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement, have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their reports thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We will provide, without charge to you, upon written or oral request, a copy of any or all of the documents referred to in this prospectus. Requests should be directed to: Sensata Technologies B.V., Kolthofsingel 8, 7602 EM Alemelo, The Netherlands.

We are subject to the periodic reporting and other information requirements of the Exchange Act. Under the terms of the indentures governing the notes, we have agreed that whether or not we are required to do so by the rules and regulations of the SEC, after the exchange offer is completed and as long as any notes remain outstanding, we will furnish to the trustee and holders of the notes and file with the SEC (unless the SEC will not accept such filing) (1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-K and 10-Q, if we were required to file such reports, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and (2) all reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if we were required to file such reports, in each case within the time period specified in the rules and regulations of the SEC.

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 (Reg. No. 333-            ) with respect to the securities being offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules. You should refer to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules, for further information about us and the securities being offered hereby. Statements we make in this prospectus about certain contracts or other documents are not necessarily complete. When we make such statements, we refer you to the copies of the contracts or documents that are filed as exhibits to the registration statement because those statements are qualified in all respects by reference to those exhibits. As described below, the registration statement, including exhibits and schedules, is on file at the offices of the SEC and may be inspected without charge.

Following the exchange offers, we will be required to file periodic reports and other information with the SEC under the Exchange Act. However, as we do not have a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act, we are exempt from some of the Exchange Act reporting requirements. The reporting requirements that will not apply to us include the proxy solicitations rules of Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the short-swing insider profit disclosure rules of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

The notes indentures provide that we will, whether or not we have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act, provide the trustees and the holders of the notes and file with the SEC, unless the SEC will not

 

205


Table of Contents

accept the filing, (i) all annual and quarterly financial information that would be required to be filed on a Form 20-F and 10-Q (or any successor forms) as if issuer were required to file such forms and, with respect to the annual financial information, a report thereon by issuer’s certified independent accountants and (ii) all information that would be required to be contained in current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports, provided that quarterly information and information that would be required to be contained in a report on Form 8-K may be provided in a report on Form 6-K. Provision of this information is subject to certain other qualifications. See “Description of the Notes—Certain Covenants—Reports” for more information. Such reports, the registration statement (including the attached exhibits) and any other statements and information should be available for inspection at the public reference room at the SEC’s office located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, United States. Copies may be obtained by mail, upon payment of the SEC’s customary charges, by writing to its principal office at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, Washington, D.C. 20549, United States. Further information on the operations of the SEC’s public reference room in Washington, D.C. can be obtained by calling the SEC at +1-800-732-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers who file reports with the SEC. The address of that website is http://www.sec.gov. We will also furnish such other reports as we may determine or as the law requires.

For so long as the euro notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the foregoing information also will be made available through the offices of the paying agent in Luxembourg.

LISTING AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Listing

Application has been made to list the senior subordinated notes on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange in accordance with the rules of that exchange. Notice of any optional redemption, change of control or any change in the rate of interest payable on the senior subordinated notes will be published in a Luxembourg newspaper of general circulation (which is expected to be the d’Wort ). We may also publish notices on the website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, www.bourse.1u.

For so long as the senior subordinated notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of that exchange require, copies of the following documents may be inspected and obtained at the specified office of the listing agent in Luxembourg during normal business hours on any weekday:

 

    the organization documents of Sensata and the guarantors;

 

    our most recent audited consolidated financial statements, and any unaudited interim quarterly financial statements published by us;

 

    the placement agreement;

 

    the indenture related to the senior subordinated notes (which includes the form of the senior subordinated notes); and

 

    the paying agency agreement relating to the senior subordinated notes.

We will maintain a paying and transfer agent in Luxembourg for so long as any of the senior subordinated notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. We reserve the right to vary such appointment and we will publish notice of such change of appointment in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the d’Wort ).

The text of the guarantees and the indenture relating to the senior subordinated notes will also be available and obtainable at the offices of the Luxembourg paying agent in Luxembourg during normal business hours on any weekday.

 

206


Table of Contents

Our financial year ends December 31 and we will prepare separate financial statements for Sensata for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2006. These will be available free of charge at the offices, of our Luxembourg paying agent.

Clearing Information

The senior subordinated notes will have been accepted for clearance through the facilities of Clearstream and Euroclear. The international securities identification number, or “ISIN,” for the senior subordinated notes sold pursuant to Regulation S is XSO252692412 and the ISIN for the senior subordinated notes sold pursuant to Rule 144A is XSO252692925. The Common Code for the senior subordinated notes sold pursuant to Regulation S is 25269241 and the Common Code for the senior subordinated notes sold pursuant to Rule 144A is 25269292.

Legal Information

Sensata’s purpose is to take participations, in any form whatsoever, in any commercial, industrial, financial or other Luxembourg or foreign enterprises; to acquire any securities and rights through participation, contribution, underwriting, firm purchase or option, negotiation or in any other way and to acquire patents and licenses, to manage and develop any of them; to grant to enterprises in which Sensata has any interest or which forms part of the group of companies to which Sensata belongs, any assistance, loans, advances or guarantees, finally to perform any operation which is directly or indirectly related to its purpose, however without taking advantage of the Luxembourg Act of 31st July, 1929, on Holding Companies.

According to Article 3 of Sensata’s articles of association, Sensata can in addition perform all commercial, technical and financial operations connected directly or indirectly in all areas as described above in order to facility the accomplishment of its purpose.

Sensata’s articles of association were first amended on November 28, 2005, and were published in the Memorial C, Recueil des societes et associations on May 26, 2006. The articles of association of Sensata are available and copies may be obtained from Sensata’s Luxembourg paying agent, The Bank of New York (Luxembourg) S.A.

The creation and issuance of the senior subordinated notes has been authorized by a resolution of Sensata’s management board dated April 24, 2006.

Except as disclosed in this prospectus:

 

    there has been no material adverse change in our financial position since December 31, 2005; and

 

    we have not been involved in any litigation, administrative proceeding or arbitration relating to claims or amounts which are material in the context of the issue of the senior subordinated notes, and, so far as we are aware, no such litigation, administrative proceeding or arbitration is pending or threatened.

Sensata accepts responsibility for the information contained in this prospectus. The information contained in this prospectus is in accordance with the facts and does not omit anything likely to affect the import of this prospectus.

 

207


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements:

  

Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheets (unaudited) as of September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005

   F-2

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations (unaudited) for the periods from April 27, 2006 (inception) to September 30, 2006, January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2005

   F-3

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited) for the periods from April 27, 2006 (inception) to September 30, 2006, January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2005

   F-4

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Changes in TI’s Net Investment and Shareholder’s Equity (unaudited) for the periods from April 27, 2006 (inception) to September 30, 2006, January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2005

   F-5

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)

   F-6

Audited Combined Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-58

Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2005 and 2004

   F-59

Combined Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

   F-60

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

   F-61

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

   F-62

 

F-1


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheets

(Thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

(Unaudited)

 

     Successor     Predecessor
     September 30,
2006
    December 31,
2005

Assets

      

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 88,025     $ —  

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $6,453 and $5,472 at September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively

     186,400       165,300

Inventories

     91,861       85,868

Deferred income tax assets

     2,543       18,064

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     50,541       11,315
              

Total current assets

     419,370       280,547
 

Property, plant and equipment, net

     238,689       168,832

Goodwill

     1,407,094       36,379

Other intangible assets, net

     1,154,916       6,293

Deferred income tax assets

     1,160       5,874

Deferred financing costs

     68,686       —  

Other assets

     4,151       6,372
              

Total assets

   $ 3,294,066     $ 504,297
              

Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity

      

Current liabilities:

      
 

Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease

   $ 14,051     $ 646

Accounts payable

     59,200       50,194

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     143,594       54,577

Accrued profit sharing

     5,645       8,112
              

Total current liabilities

     222,490       113,529
 

Deferred income tax liabilities

     13,071       —  

Pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations

     23,851       —  

Capital lease obligation

     30,495       30,519

Long-term debt, less current portion

     2,105,168       —  

Other long-term liabilities

     5,669       4,576
              

Total liabilities

     2,400,744       148,624
 

Shareholder’s equity / TI net investment:

      

Ordinary shares, € 100 nominal value per share, 900 shares authorized; 180 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2006

     22       —  

Additional paid-in capital

     1,045,305       —  

Accumulated deficit

     (147,254 )     —  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (4,751 )       —  

Texas Instruments’ net investment

     —         355,673
              

Total shareholder’s equity / TI net investment

     893,322       355,673
              

Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity / TI net investment

   $ 3,294,066     $ 504,297
              

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F-2


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations

(Thousands of U.S. dollars)

(Unaudited)

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     For the periods        
     April 27
(inception) to
September 30, 2006
   

January 1 to

April 26, 2006

   

For the nine

months ended

September 30, 2005

 

Net revenue

   $ 503,942     $ 375,600     $ 792,627  

Operating costs and expenses:

           

Cost of revenue

     349,642       256,631       515,047  

Research and development

     11,872       7,627       22,327  

Selling, general and administrative

     109,279       39,780       76,313  
                        

Total operating costs and expenses

     470,793       304,038       613,687  
                        

Profit from operations

     33,149       71,562       178,940  

Interest expense, net

     (121,514 )     (511 )     (121 )

Currency translation (loss) / gain and other

     (34,328 )     115       11  
                        

(Loss) / income before taxes

     (122,693 )     71,166       178,830  

Provision for income taxes

     24,561       25,796       64,745  
                        

Net (loss) / income

   $ (147,254 )   $ 45,370     $ 114,085  
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows

(Thousands of U.S . dollars)

(Unaudited)

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     For the periods        
     April 27
(inception) to
September 30, 2006
    January 1 to
April 26, 2006
    For the nine
months ended
September 30, 2005
 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

           

Net (loss) / income

   $ (147,254 )   $ 45,370     $ 114,085  

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss)/income to net cash provided by operating activities:

           

Depreciation

     16,144       8,531       21,171  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     9,768       —         —    

Currency translation loss on Deferred Payment Certificates and debt

     33,942       —         —    

Accrued non-cash interest on Deferred Payment Certificates

     44,581       —         —    

Share-based compensation

     750       1,070       1,563  

Amortization of intangible assets and capitalized software

     53,245       1,078       1,692  

Turn-around effect of inventory step-up to fair market value

     24,571       —         —    

Loss / (gain) on sale and disposal of assets

     235       480       (1,143 )

Deferred income taxes

     12,105       6,340       2,964  

Increase/(decrease) from changes in working capital

     52,293       (22,270 )     (925 )
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     100,380       40,599       139,407  
 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

               

Additions to property, plant and equipment and capitalized software

     (16,676 )       (16,705 )     (29,846 )

Proceeds on sale of assets

     —         —         4,661  

Acquisition of the S&C business, net of cash received

     (3,001,871 )     —         —    

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

     —         —         (17,894 )
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (3,018,547 )     (16,705 )     (43,079 )
 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

               

Proceeds from issuance of US term loan facility

     950,000       —         —    

Proceeds from issuance of euro term loan facility

     400,088       —         —    

Proceeds from issuance of Senior Notes

     450,000       —         —    

Proceeds from issuance of Senior Subordinated Notes

     301,605       —         —    

Proceeds from issuance of revolving credit facility

     10,000       —         —    

Payments on revolving credit facility

     (10,000 )     —         —    

Payments on US term loan facility

     (2,375 )     —         —    

Payments on euro term loan facility

     (1,034 )     —         —    

Payments on capitalized lease

     (192 )     (96 )     —    

Payment of debt issue costs

     (78,454 )     —         —    

Proceeds from issuance of Deferred Payment Certificates

     768,298       —         —    

Proceeds from issuance of Ordinary Shares

     216,699       —         —    

Capital contribution from Sensata
Technologies Intermediate Holding

     1,557       —         —    

Net transfers to Texas Instruments

     —         (23,798 )     (96,328 )
                        

Net cash provided by / (used in) financing activities

     3,006,192       (23,894 )     (96,328 )
                        

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     88,025       —         —    

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     —         —         —    
                        

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 88,025     $ —       $ —    
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Changes in TI’s Net Investment and Shareholder’s Equity

(Thousands of U.S. dollars)

(Unaudited)

 

     TI Net Investment  

Predecessor

  

Balance December 31, 2004

   $ 326,127  

Net income

     114,085  

Share-based compensation

     1,563  

Net cash remitted to TI

     (96,328 )
        

Balance September 30, 2005

   $ 345,447  
        

Balance December 31, 2005

   $ 355,673  

Net income

     45,370  

Share-based compensation

     1,070  

Net cash remitted to TI

     (23,798 )
        

Balance April 26, 2006

   $ 378,315  
        

 


 

    

Ordinary
Shares -

Nominal
Value

   Additional
Paid-In
Capital
   Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Shareholder’s
Equity
    Comprehensive
Loss
 

Successor

              

Balance April 27, 2006 (inception)

   $ —      $ —      $ —       $ —       $ —      

Capitalization of Successor

         22      216,677      —         —         216,699    

Capital Contribution

     —        1,557      —         —         1,557    

Retirement of Deferred Payment Certificates

     —        826,321      —         —         826,321    

Share-based compensation

     —        750      —         —         750    

Net loss

     —        —        (147,254 )     —         (147,254 )   $ (147,254 )

Unrealized loss from derivatives

     —        —        —         (4,751 )     (4,751 )     (4,751 )
                                              

Balance September 30, 2006

   $ 22    $ 1,045,305    $ (147,254 )   $ (4,751 )   $ 893,322     $ (152,005 )
                                              

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

 

1. Basis of Presentation

Description of Business

Sensata Technologies B.V. (“Sensata”, the “Company, or the “Successor”) is a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Sensata Technologies Intermediate Holding B.V. (“Sensata Intermediate Holding”). Sensata Intermediate Holding is a directly owned subsidiary of Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. (“Parent”) and the Parent is a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Sensata Investment Company S.C.A. The share capital of Sensata Investment Company, S.C.A., is 100% owned by Bain Capital Partners, LLC, a leading global private investment firm (“Bain”), co-investors (Bain and certain other co-investors are referred to on a combined basis as the “Sponsors”) and certain members of the Company’s senior management.

On April 27, 2006, investment funds associated with the Sponsors completed the acquisition of the Sensors & Controls business (“S&C” or the “Predecessor”) of Texas Instruments Incorporated (“TI”) for aggregate consideration of $3.0 billion in cash and estimated transaction fees and expenses of $31.7 million (the “Acquisition” or “Sensata Acquisition”). The Acquisition was financed by a cash investment from the Sponsors of approximately $985.0 million and the issuance of approximately $2.1 billion of indebtedness.

Sensata was incorporated by the Sponsors in The Netherlands in 2005 and is the successor to businesses that have been engaged in the temperature sensing and control business since 1931. TI first acquired an ownership interest in S&C in 1959 through a merger between TI and the former Metals and Controls Corporation. Sensata is a global designer and manufacturer of sensors and electrical and electronic controls and has manufacturing operations in the Americas, Europe and Asia.

The Sensors business includes pressure sensors and transducers for the heating, ventilation, air conditioning, automotive and industrial markets. These products improve operating performance, for example, by making a car’s heating and air-conditioning systems work more efficiently. Pressure sensors for vehicle stability and fuel injection improve safety and performance by reducing vehicle emissions and improving gas mileage.

The Controls business includes controls, motor protectors, circuit breakers, arc-fault circuit protectors and thermostats. These products help prevent damage from overheating and fires in a wide variety of applications, including aircraft, commercial heating and air-conditioning systems, refrigerators, cars, lighting and other industrial applications.

The results for the periods April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2005 are not necessarily indicative of a full year’s results.

All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. All dollar amounts in the financial statements and tables in the notes, except share amounts, are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars unless otherwise indicated.

Successor Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited consolidated and combined interim financial statements present separately the financial position, results of operations, cash flows and changes in shareholder’s equity and TI’s Net Investment

 

F-6


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

1. Basis of Presentation—(Continued)

 

(only with respect to S&C) for both the Company and the Predecessor. As described in further detail in Note 4, S&C was acquired by the Company on April 27, 2006. In connection with the Acquisition, a new accounting basis was established for the Company as of the acquisition date based upon a preliminary allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Financial information for the Predecessor and Successor periods have been separated by a line on the face of the consolidated and combined financial statements to highlight that the financial information for such periods have been prepared under two different historical-cost bases of accounting. Shareholder’s equity has, accordingly, been reset to reflect the investment capital of the Sponsors.

The consolidated and combined interim financial statements as of September 30, 2006 and for the periods April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2005 are not audited, but reflect all adjustments that are of a normal recurring nature and are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations and financial position for the periods shown. Although certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) have been omitted, the Company believes that the disclosures included are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. These consolidated and combined unaudited interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the combined financial statements and the notes of the Sensors and Controls Business of Texas Instruments Incorporated as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005.

Predecessor Basis of Presentation

As previously described, the operations of S&C were under the control of TI through April 26, 2006. For all periods prior to the closing of the Acquisition, the accompanying combined unaudited interim financial statements of S&C were derived from the consolidated financial statements of TI using the historical results of operations and the historical cost-bases of assets and liabilities of TI’s Sensors and Controls reportable operating business segment, excluding the radio frequency identification (RFID) systems business which had been operated as a part of that segment.

The financial statements include all costs of the S&C business and include certain costs allocated from TI. However, the financial statements are not intended to be a complete presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows as if the Sensors & Controls business had operated as a stand-alone entity during the periods presented. Had the Sensors & Controls business existed as a separate entity, its results of operations and financial position could have differed materially from those included in the combined financial statements included herein. In addition, future results of operations and financial position could differ materially from the historical results presented.

TI’s investment in the Sensors & Controls business is shown as TI’s net investment, in lieu of shareholder’s equity, in the combined financial statements because no direct ownership relationship existed among the entities that comprised the Sensors & Controls business. TI used a centralized approach to cash management and the financing of its operations. Cash deposits from the Sensors & Controls business were transferred to TI on a regular basis and are netted against TI’s net investment account. Accordingly, none of TI’s cash, cash equivalents or debt has been allocated to the Sensors & Controls business in the combined financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated and combined financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Estimates are used when accounting for certain items such as allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns, depreciation and amortization, inventory obsolescence, asset impairments (including intangible assets), contingencies, the value of share-based compensation, the determination of accrued expenses, certain asset valuations including deferred tax asset valuations and the useful lives of property and equipment. Some of the more significant estimates used include those used in accounting for the Acquisition under the purchase method of accounting, and prior to the Sensata Acquisition, in allocating certain costs to S&C in order to present S&C’s operating results on a stand-alone basis. The accounting estimates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements will change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as the operating environment changes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with SAB No. 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements , as amended by SAB No. 104, Revenue Recognition . Revenue and related cost of sales from product sales is recognized when title to the product and risk of loss transfers to our customers and collection of sales proceeds is reasonably assured. Product sales are recorded net of trade discounts (including volume and early repayment incentives), sales returns, rebates, coupons, value-added tax and similar taxes and fees for service arrangements with certain distributors. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of revenue. Sales returns have not historically been significant to the Company’s revenues and have been within estimates made by management.

Share-Based Compensation

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123(R)”). This Statement replaces SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock Compensation (“SFAS 123”), and supersedes Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB 25”). SFAS 123(R) requires that new, modified and unvested share-based compensation arrangements with employees, such as stock options and restricted stock units, be measured at fair value and recognized as compensation expense over the requisite service period.

Prior to July 1, 2005, TI accounted for awards granted under those plans following the recognition and measurement principles of APB 25 , and related interpretations. No compensation cost was reflected in the Sensors & Controls business operations for stock options, as all options granted under those plans had exercise

 

F-8


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

2. Significant Accounting Policies—(Continued)

 

prices equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of the grant (except options granted under TI’s employee stock purchase plans). Compensation cost had been recognized for restricted stock units (RSUs).

Effective July 1, 2005, TI adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123(R), using the modified prospective application method. Under this transition method, compensation cost recognized in the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006, includes the applicable amounts of: (a) compensation cost of all share-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of July 1, 2005 (the amounts of which are based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123 and previously presented in TI’s pro forma footnote disclosures), and (b) compensation cost for all share-based payments granted subsequent to July 1, 2005 (the amounts of which are based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the new provisions of SFAS 123(R)). Results for prior periods have not been restated.

The effect on the Sensors & Controls business for the nine months ended September 30, 2005, and the year ended December 31, 2005, from TI’s adoption of SFAS 123(R) as of July 1, 2005, was an increase in share-based compensation expense recognized in selling, general and administrative expense (“SG&A”) of $1,449 and $2,749, respectively, and a decrease in net income of $1,037 and $1,967, respectively.

The amounts above include S&C’s portion of the impact of recognizing compensation expense related to participation in TI’s non-qualified stock options offered under TI’s employee stock purchase plan. Compensation expense related to RSUs was already being recognized before implementation of SFAS 123(R).

The total amount of recognized share-based compensation cost, which was related to outstanding RSUs applicable to the Sensors & Controls business, was $49 for the period January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 and $113 for the nine months ended September 30, 2005.

The estimated portion of share-based compensation expense (net of tax) that would have been recognized if the Sensors & Controls business had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123(R) was $3,839 for the year ended December 31, 2005. The estimate was based on the relative number of options granted to participating S&C employees to the total number of options granted to all TI employees. In the Predecessor periods share-based compensation expense has not been allocated to the various segments but is reflected in corporate activities and other.

All options under the Predecessor’s plans were settled in cash effective on the date of the Acquisition and certain employees received new grants of share-based awards. For the Successor, the expense recognized under SFAS 123(R) was $750 for the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006. See further discussion of share-based payments in Note 13.

Foreign Currency

For financial reporting purposes, the functional currency of Sensata and each of its subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. In certain instances the Company enters into transactions that are denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar. At the date the transaction is recognized, each asset, liability, revenue, expense, gain or loss arising from the transaction is measured and recorded in U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect at that date. At

 

F-9


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

2. Significant Accounting Policies—(Continued)

 

each balance sheet date, recorded balances denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar are adjusted to the U.S. dollar using the current exchange rate with gains or losses recorded in the income statement. The Company has recorded currency (losses) gains of $(34,315), $115 and $11 for the periods April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2005, respectively.

Financial Instruments

The Company accounts for its derivative financial instruments in accordance with FASB Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS 133”) as amended by FASB Statement No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS 149”). SFAS 133 requires that all derivative instruments be recognized on the balance sheet at fair value. In addition, SFAS 133 provides that, for derivative instruments that qualify for hedge accounting, changes in the fair value are either (a) offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities, or firm commitments through earnings or (b) recognized in equity until the hedged item is recognized in earnings, depending on whether the derivative is being used to hedge changes in fair value or cash flows. The ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings.

The fair value of financial instruments is generally determined by reference to market values resulting from trading on a national securities exchange or an over-the-counter market or by obtaining market or dealer quotes for financial instruments with similar characteristics.

Advertising Costs

Advertising and other promotional costs are expensed as incurred, and were $276 for the period April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, $141 for the period January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006, and $763 for the nine months ended September 30, 2005.

Goodwill and other Intangible Assets

Companies acquired in purchase transactions are recorded at their fair value on the date of acquisition with the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed recognized as goodwill. Under FASB Statement No.142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS 142”), goodwill and intangible assets determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, instead these assets are evaluated for impairment on an annual basis and whenever events or business conditions warrant. The Company evaluates goodwill and other intangible assets at the reporting unit level in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year.

Identified intangibles, other than indefinite-lived intangible assets, are amortized over the useful life of the asset using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset are consumed or otherwise used up. If that pattern cannot be reliably determined, then the Company amortizes the intangible asset using the straight-line method. Capitalized software licenses generally are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the license.

Impairment of definite-lived intangible assets: Reviews are regularly performed to determine whether facts or circumstances exist that indicate the carrying values of the Company’s definite-lived intangible assets to be

 

F-10


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

2. Significant Accounting Policies—(Continued)

 

held and used are impaired. The recoverability of these assets are assessed by comparing the projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with those assets to their respective carrying amounts. Impairment, if any, is based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of those assets. Fair value is determined by using the appropriate income approach valuation methodology, if applicable, or by discounted cash flows.

Impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets: The Company performs an annual impairment review of its indefinite-lived intangible assets unless events occur which trigger the need for an earlier impairment review. The impairment review requires management to make assumptions about future conditions impacting the value of the indefinite-lived intangible assets, including projected growth rates, cost of capital, effective tax rates, tax amortization periods, royalty rates, market share and others.

Deferred Financing Costs

Expenses associated with the issuance of debt instruments are capitalized and are amortized over the terms of the respective financing arrangement using the effective interest method (periods ranging from 6 to 10 years). In connection with the issuance of the term loan under the Company’s Senior Secured Credit Facility, Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes, the Company recorded deferred financing cost of $78,454. Amortization of these costs is included as a component of interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations and amounted to $9,768 for the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, including the write-off of fees paid for an unused bridge-loan facility from the Acquisition of $6,750. Deferred financing costs were $68,686 as of September 30, 2006. The Company did not have any deferred financing costs prior to April 27, 2006. As a result, there was no amortization of these costs in the predecessor periods.

Income Taxes

The Company provides for income taxes utilizing the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recorded to reflect the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each balance sheet date, based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to reverse or settle. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that future tax benefits associated with a deferred tax asset will not be realized, a valuation allowance is provided. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in statutory tax rates is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as an adjustment to income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date.

Prior to the closing of the Acquisition, the taxable results of the S&C business are included in the consolidated U.S. federal income tax return and certain foreign income tax returns of TI. The income tax provisions and related deferred tax assets and liabilities have been determined as if the Sensor and Controls business were a separate taxpayer. Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities.

Pension and Other Post-Retirement Benefit Plans

The Company sponsors various pension and other post-retirement benefit plans covering its employees in several countries. The estimates of the obligations and related expense of these plans recorded in the financial statements are based on certain assumptions. The most significant assumptions relate to discount rate, expected

 

F-11


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

2. Significant Accounting Policies—(Continued)

 

return on plan assets and rate of increase in healthcare costs. Other assumptions used include employee demographic factors such as compensation rate increases, retirement patterns, employee turnover rates and mortality rates. These assumptions are updated annually by management in consultation with outside advisors. The difference between these assumptions and actual experience results in the recording of unrecognized net actuarial (gain) loss. If total unrecognized (gain) loss exceeds a threshold of 10 percent of the greater of assets or liabilities, it is subject to amortization and recorded as a component of net periodic pension cost over the average remaining service lives of the employees participating in the pension plan.

TI managed its employee benefit plans on a consolidated basis and, as a result, separate information for S&C’s share of the TI employee benefit plans’ assets and liabilities is not included in the Predecessor Combined Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2005. The Combined Statements of Operations for the periods January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2005 include an allocation of the costs of the employee benefit plans.

Allowance for Losses on Receivables

The allowance for losses on receivables is used to provide for potential impairment of receivables. The allowance represents an estimate of probable but unconfirmed losses in the receivable portfolio. The Company estimates the allowance on the basis of specifically identified receivables that are evaluated individually for impairment, and a statistical analysis of the remaining receivables. Customers are generally not required to provide collateral for purchases.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or estimated net realizable value. Cost is determined based on a first-in, first-out basis and includes material, labor and applicable manufacturing overhead as well as transportation and handling costs. The Company conducts quarterly inventory reviews for salability and obsolescence. A specific allowance is provided for inventory considered unlikely to be sold and for reductions to net realizable value. Inventory is written off in the period in which disposal occurs.

Property, Plant and Equipment and Other Capitalized Costs

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated economic useful lives. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated economic useful lives of the improvements. Assets held under capital leases are recorded at the lower of the present value of the minimum lease payments or the fair value of the leased asset at the inception of the lease. Amortization expense is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the period of the related lease.

Prior to January 1, 2006 the Predecessor depreciated its property, plant and equipment primarily on the 150 percent declining balance method. Effective January 1, 2006, the S&C Business adopted the straight-line method of depreciation for all property, plant and equipment. The Company believes the straight line method better reflects the actual pattern of benefit obtained from its property, plant and equipment. Under the new provisions of SFAS No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3, which became effective as of January 1, 2006, a change in depreciation method is treated as a

 

F-12


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

2. Significant Accounting Policies—(Continued)

 

change in estimate. The impact of this change was a decrease in the Predecessor’s depreciation expense of approximately $1,400 and an increase in the Predecessor’s net income of approximately $910 in the period from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006. The effect of the change in depreciation method was reflected on a prospective basis beginning January 1, 2006, and prior period results were not restated.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, which is reported in the accompanying Consolidated and Combined Statements of Changes in TI’s Net Investment and Shareholder’s Equity, consists of net loss and unrealized gains and losses from derivatives.

For all periods prior to the closing of the Acquisition, accumulated other comprehensive loss has been presented as a component of TI’s net investment and has not been set forth separately due to the centralized nature of TI’s hedging program.

3. New Accounting Standards

In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, or “FIN 48”, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes . FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company is currently reviewing FIN 48 to determine its impact, if any, on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157.”) SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The provisions of SFAS 157 are effective for the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2008. The Company is currently reviewing SFAS 157 to determine its impact, if any, on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans (“SFAS 158.”) SFAS 158 requires employers to fully recognize the obligations associated with single-employer defined benefit pension, retiree healthcare and other postretirement plans in their financial statements. The provisions of SFAS 158 are effective as of the end of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2007 for non-public companies with early adoption permitted. The Company will adopt SFAS 158 on December 31, 2006. The Company is currently reviewing SFAS 158 to determine its impact, if any, on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. At the present time, the Company does not believe that the adoption of this standard will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

 

4. The Acquisition

On April 27, 2006, Sensata Technologies B.V. acquired S&C for a purchase price of $3.0 billion from TI pursuant to an Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 8, 2006. As a result of this transaction, investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors indirectly own over 99 percent of the ordinary shares of Sensata.

The Acquisition was effected, in part, through the purchase of stock of certain foreign subsidiaries and, in part, through the transfer of assets and liabilities of the S&C Business to a number of subsidiaries of Sensata.

The Acquisition was financed by the following:

 

    A cash investment by funds associated with Bain Capital and co-investors of $984,998.

 

    Term loan borrowings of $1,350,088 and a $150,000 revolving credit facility, $10,000 of which was drawn at the closing of the acquisition.

 

    The issuance of $751,605 of senior notes and senior subordinated notes.

The Company has accounted for the Acquisition as a purchase in accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations (“SFAS 141”), which requires that assets, including intangible assets, and liabilities acquired are recorded at fair value with the excess recorded as goodwill. In connection with the allocation of purchase price to the assets and liabilities acquired, the Company identified certain intangible assets, including completed technology, customer relationships, non-compete agreements, and a trade name. The Company believes that the Klixon trade name has an indefinite life and therefore will be assessed on an annual basis for impairment. Goodwill recorded in relation to the Acquisition will be partially deductible for tax purposes since it was a combined asset and stock purchase transaction.

The following table summarizes the preliminary allocation of the purchase price to the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Acquisition:

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 22,956  

Accounts receivables

     185,396  

Inventories

     119,531  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     116,255  

Property, plant and equipment

     239,333  

Goodwill

     1,407,094  

Other intangible assets

     1,207,371  

Deferred income taxes

     2,439  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     (150,907 )

Pension and post retirement obligations

     (21,690 )

Long-term debt

     (2,142,780 )
        

Total contributed capital

   $ 984,998  
        

 

F-14


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

4. The Acquisition—(Continued)

 

The allocation of the purchase price is preliminary and is based on management’s judgment after evaluating several factors, including valuation estimates for pension liabilities, fair values of liabilities, and valuation assessments of tangible and intangible assets. The final allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed will be completed when final valuations are completed and estimates are finalized.

The following table summarizes the preliminary allocation of the Acquisition purchase price:

 

Purchase price allocation:

  

Purchase price

   $ 2,998,481  

Transaction fees and expenses

     31,679  
        

Total purchase price

     3,030,160  

Less:

  

Net tangible assets acquired (1)

     346,558  

Fair value adjustment to inventory

     24,571  

Fair value adjustment to property, plant and equipment

     61,095  

Other intangible assets acquired

     1,205,300  

Fair value adjustment to pension obligations

     (16,897 )

Deferred income taxes

     2,439  
        

Excess purchase price attributed to goodwill

   $ 1,407,094  
        

(1) Represents historical net assets of the Predecessor, reduced to reflect the elimination of (a) previously recorded goodwill and deferred income taxes and (b) assets and liabilities retained by TI in connection with the Acquisition.

See Note 7 for further discussion of goodwill and other intangible assets.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

4. The Acquisition—(Continued)

 

The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the results of operations as if the Acquisition had occurred at the beginning of each period presented. The pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have occurred had the transaction actually taken place on the first day of the respective periods, or of future results of operations.

 

     Pro Forma  
    

Nine months
ended
September 30,

2006

   

Nine months
ended
September 30,

2005

 

Net revenue

   $ 879,542     $ 792,627  

Operating costs and expenses:

         

Cost of revenue

     614,663       523,953  

Research and development

     19,499       22,327  

Selling, general and administrative

     192,781       174,631  
                

Total operating costs and expenses

     826,943       720,911  
                

Profit from operations

     52,599       71,716  

Interest expense, net

     (129,290 )     (128,202 )

Currency translation (loss)/gain and other

     (34,213 )       11  
                

Loss before income taxes

     (110,904 )     (56,475 )

Provision for income taxes

     54,450       35,065  
                

Net loss

   $ (165,354 )   $ (91,540 )
                

Included in the pro forma amounts for the periods shown above are additional expenses the Company would have incurred if the transaction occurred at the beginning of the period presented including (i) the interest expense on the debt incurred to complete the Sensata Acquisition, including amortization of deferred financing fees, (ii) additional amortization of identifiable intangible assets acquired resulting from the application of purchase accounting, (iii) additional depreciation of property, plant and equipment based on the increased fair value adjustments resulting from the application of purchase accounting, (iv) expenses of $1 million per quarter reflecting management fees due to the Sponsors under a management agreement entered into in connection with the Acquisition, (v) share-based compensation expense related to the plans established in connection with the Acquisition and (vi) an adjustment of the provision for income taxes related to the above mentioned pro forma adjustments.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

 

5. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following:

 

          Successor     Predecessor  
     Depreciable
Lives
  

September 30,

2006

   

December 31,

2005

 

Land

   —      $ 13,966     $ 4,804  

Buildings and improvements

   2 –36 years      81,576       123,884  

Machinery and equipment

   2 –10 years      159,291       389,903  
                   

Less accumulated depreciation

        (16,144 )       (349,759 )
                   

Total

      $ 238,689     $ 168,832  
                   

Depreciation expense was $16,144 for the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, $8,531 for the period from January 1 to April 26, 2006, and $21,171 for the nine months ended September 30, 2005.

As a result of the Acquisition, the carrying amount of the Company’s tangible fixed assets was adjusted to its estimated fair value, resulting in a net increase of $61,095. In addition, the depreciable lives of certain of the Company’s tangible assets were adjusted to reflect their respective estimated economic useful lives at April 27, 2006.

6. Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:

 

     Successor      Predecessor
     September 30,
2006
     December 31,
2005

Finished Goods

   $ 40,011      $ 35,207

Work-in-Process

     15,282         14,685

Raw Materials

     36,568        35,976
               

Total

   $ 91,861      $ 85,868
               

In connection with the Acquisition, inventory was recorded at fair value as of April 27, 2006. The turn-around effect of the adjustment to fair value of $24,571 was charged to cost of revenue in the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

 

7. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The following summarizes the changes in goodwill, by segment from the acquisition date:

 

     Sensors    Controls    Total

Balance—January 1, 2006

   $ 25,234    $ 11,145    $ 36,379

Activity

     —        —        —  
                    

Balance—April 26, 2006

     25,234      11,145      36,379

Effect of Purchase accounting

     1,083,419      287,296      1,370,715
                    

Balance—September 30, 2006

   $ 1,108,653    $ 298,441    $ 1,407,094
                    

Definite-lived intangible assets have been amortized on a straight-line basis for the Predecessor period and on an accelerated (economic benefit) basis over their estimated lives in the Successor period. Fully amortized intangible assets are written off against accumulated amortization. The following table reflects the components of other acquisition-related intangible assets, excluding goodwill, that are subject to amortization:

 

     

Weighted  
Average  
Life  
(Years)  

  Successor     Predecessor
    September 30, 2006     December 31, 2005
   

Gross
Carrying

Amount

 

Accumulated

Amortization

    Net
Carrying
Value
   

Gross

Carrying

Amount

 

Accumulated

Amortization

  Net
Carrying
Value

Completed Technologies

  16   $ 227,200   $ 8,238     $ 218,962     $ 6,015   $ 4,315   $ 1,700

Customer relationships

  10     897,500     44,221        853,279        1,206     171     1,035

Non-compete agreements

  7     21,700     147       21,553       1,078     78     1,000
                                           
      $ 1,146,400   $ 52,606     $ 1,093,794     $ 8,299   $ 4,564   $ 3,735
                                           

During the period April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2005, the Company recorded amortization expense on its definite-lived intangibles of $52,606, $591 and $595, respectively. Amortization of these acquisition-related intangibles is estimated to be $31,587 in 2006, $128,567 in 2007, $135,169 in 2008, $136,037 in 2009, and $126,572 in 2010.

In connection with the Acquisition, the Company concluded that its “Klixon” brand name is an indefinite lived intangible asset, as the brand has been in continuous use since 1927 and the Company has no plans to discontinue using the Klixon name. An amount of $58,900 was assigned to the brand name in the Company’s preliminary allocation of purchase price.

In addition, other intangible assets recognized on the Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheet include capitalized software licenses of $2,222, as of September 30, 2006, which are amortized over their remaining economic useful lives of 1.4 years. The Company recorded amortization expense of $639 for the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, $487 for the period from January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 and $1,097 for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 related to other intangible assets.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

 

8. Restructuring Costs

In the second quarter of 2003, S&C announced a plan to move certain production lines from Attleboro, Massachusetts, to other sites in order to be geographically closer to customers and their markets and to reduce manufacturing costs (“the 2003 Plan”). This restructuring action affected 903 jobs through voluntary retirement and involuntary termination programs through 2005, primarily in manufacturing operations at the Attleboro facility. The amount recognized was approximately $65,909 through April 26, 2006.

In the second quarter of 2005, S&C announced a plan to move production lines from Almelo, Holland, to a contract manufacturer in Hungary (the “2005 Plan”). This relocation was to complete the Almelo site transition into a business center. Concurrently, other actions were taken at S&C’s sites in Attleboro, Brazil, Japan and Singapore in order to size these locations to market demands. These restructuring actions are expected to affect 208 jobs, 98 of which are in Holland. The total cost of this restructuring action is expected to be $14,326, of which $13,161 has been recorded in the Predecessor periods.

In connection with the terms of the Acquisition, substantially all liabilities relating to the 2003 Plan were retained by TI, whereas all liabilities relating to the 2005 Plan were assumed by the Company. Upon the application of purchase accounting the Company recognized an additional liability of $1.2 million in accordance with EITF 95-3, Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase Business Combination, relating to the remaining future severance and outplacement costs for the 2005 Plan. The remaining payments for the restructuring actions are expected to be substantially completed by the end of 2006 and will be charged against this liability.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

8. Restructuring Costs—(Continued)

 

    

2003

Plan

    2005
Plan
    Total  

Balance—December 31, 2004

   $ 12,989     $ —       $ 12,989  

2005 Charges:

      

Severance charges

     12,186       10,679       22,865  

Noncash acceleration of depreciation

     —         131       131  

2005 Dispositions:

      

Severance payments

     (17,055 )     (4,451 )     (21,506 )

Noncash transfer to accumulated depreciation

     —         (131 )     (131 )
                        

Balance—December 31, 2005

     8,120       6,228       14,348  

January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 Charges:

      

Severance charges

     105       2,351       2,456  

January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 Dispositions:

      

Severance payments

     (3,142 )     (3,336 )     (6,478 )
                        

Balance—April 26, 2006

     5,083       5,243       10,326  

April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 Charges:

      

Effects of purchase accounting

     —         1,166       1,166  

April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 Dispositions:

      

Liabilities assumed by TI at the date of the Acquisition

     (5,083 )     —         (5,083 )

Severance payments

     —         (4,051 )     (4,051 )
                        

Balance—September 30, 2006

   $ —       $ 2,358     $ 2,358  
                        

Employees terminated as of September 30, 2006

     903       190       1,093  

Predecessor Period:

      

2005 Charges classified to:

      

Cost of revenues

   $ 2,698     $ 6,618     $ 9,316  

SG&A

     1,890       969       2,859  
                        

Total January 1, 2005—September 30, 2005

   $ 4,588     $ 7,587     $ 12,175  
                        

Charges classified to:

      

Cost of revenues

   $ 96     $ 2,332     $ 2,428  

SG&A

     9       19       28  
                        

Total January 1, 2006—April 26, 2006

   $ 105     $ 2,351     $ 2,456  
                        

 

F-20


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

 

9. Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

     Successor      Predecessor
     September 30,
2006
     December 31,
2005

Accrued interest

   $ 44,156      $ —  

Acquisition related accruals

     36,316        —  

Accrued salaries, wages and vacation pay

     25,788         14,063

Accrued taxes

     9,887        —  

Accrued restructuring expenses

     2,358        14,348

Accrued freight, utility and insurance charges

     1,609        5,029

Other accrued expenses and liabilities

     23,480        21,137
               

Total

   $ 143,594      $ 54,577
               

10. Debt

The Company’s debt consists of the following:

 

          Successor     Predecessor  
    

Interest

Rate

  

September 30,

2006

   

December 31,

2005

 

Senior Secured Credit Facility:

         

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility

   Variable    $ 947,625     $ —    

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility (euro)

   Variable      410,746       —    

Revolving Credit Loan

        —         —    

Senior Notes

   8.00%      450,000       —    

Senior Subordinated Notes (euro)

   9.00%      310,415       —    

Capital lease

   9.00%      30,928       31,165  

Less: current portion of long-term debt and capital lease

        (14,051 )       (646 )
                   

Long-term debt and capital lease, less current portion

      $ 2,135,663     $ 30,519  
                   

Senior Secured Credit Facility

On April 27, 2006, the Company entered into a multi-currency $1,500.0 million senior secured credit facility with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P., as joint lead arrangers (the “Senior Secured Credit Facility”). The Senior Secured Credit Facility consists of a $150.0 million revolving credit facility, under which there is approximately $147.3 million of availability (net of $2.7 million in letters of credit issued); a $950.0 million U.S. dollar term loan facility; and a €325.0 million euro term loan facility ($400.1 million at issuance). Issuance costs attributable to the Senior Secured Credit Facility amounted to approximately $31.7 million.

Revolving loans may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed to fund the Company’s working capital needs. Term loans may only be borrowed on the closing date and no amount of term loans once repaid may be reborrowed.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

10. Debt—(Continued)

 

The Senior Secured Credit Facility provides for an incremental term facility and/or incremental revolving facility in an aggregate principal amount of $250.0 million. The incremental facilities rank pari passu in right of payment and security with the other Senior Secured Credit Facilities and mature at the final maturity of the term loan facility and the revolving facility, respectively. The incremental borrowing facilities may be activated at any time up to a maximum of three times during the term of the Senior Secured Credit Facility with consent required only from those lenders that agree, in their sole discretion, to participate in such incremental facility and subject to certain conditions, including pro forma compliance with all financial covenants as of the date of incurrence and for the most recent determination period after giving effect to the incurrence of such incremental facility.

Borrowers under the Senior Secured Credit Facility include Sensata and Sensata Technologies Finance Co, LLC. All obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company and each of the Company’s direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries located in the U.S. (except for Sensata Technologies Finance Company, LLC, the Company’s direct wholly-owned facility, who is a borrower under the Senior Secured Credit Facility), The Netherlands, Mexico, Brazil, Japan, South Korea and Malaysia other than immaterial subsidiaries (“Guarantors”). The collateral for such borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facility consists of all shares of capital stock and intercompany debt of the borrower and subsidiaries and all present and future property and assets of the borrower and subsidiary guarantors.

The Senior Secured Credit Facility contains financial covenants that, among other things, limit the Company’s maximum total leverage ratio (total indebtedness to EBITDA, as defined by the terms of the Senior Secured Credit Facility) and requires Sensata to maintain a minimum interest coverage ratio (EBITDA to total interest expense, as defined by the terms of the Senior Secured Credit Facility). All of the financial covenants are calculated on a pro forma basis and for each consecutive four fiscal quarter period beginning with the quarter ended September 30, 2006. In addition, non-financial covenants confer limitations on Sensata’s ability to incur subsequent indebtedness, incur liens, prepay subordinated debt, make loans and investments, merge or consolidate, sell assets, change its business or amend the terms of its subordinated debt and restrict the payment of dividends.

As per the terms of the Senior Secured Credit Facility, Restricted Subsidiaries are also subject to restrictive covenants. As of April 27, 2006 and September 30, 2006, for purposes of the Senior Secured Credit Facility, all of the subsidiaries of the Company were “Restricted Subsidiaries.” Under certain circumstances the Company will be permitted to designate subsidiaries as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries.” Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the restrictive covenants of the credit agreement.

The final maturity of the revolving credit facility is on April 27, 2012. Loans made pursuant to the revolving credit facility must be repaid in full on or prior to such date, and all letters of credit issued thereunder will terminate unless cash collateralized prior to such time. The final maturity of the term loan facility is on April 27, 2013. The term loan must be repaid during the final year of the term loan facility in equal quarterly amounts, subject to amortization of approximately 1 percent per year prior to such final year.

The revolving credit facility bears interest at LIBOR plus 2 percent subject to a pricing grid based on total leverage. The term loan facility bears interest at LIBOR plus 1.75 percent in the case of borrowings denominated in U.S. dollars and EURIBOR plus 2 percent in the case of borrowings denominated in euros. The interest payments on the Senior Secured Credit Facility are due quarterly starting July 27, 2006. The revolving credit facility is payable in full at maturity and the term loan amortizes 1 percent per year with the balance due in

 

F-22


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

10. Debt—(Continued)

 

quarterly installments during the year of maturity. All borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facility are pre-payable at the Company’s option at par.

The Senior Notes

The outstanding senior notes (“Senior Notes”) were issued under an indenture dated as of April 27, 2006 among the Company, as issuer, The Bank of New York, as trustee, and the Guarantors (“Senior Note Indenture”). The Senior Notes mature on May 1, 2014. Interest is payable semiannually (at 8 percent per annum) in cash to holders of Senior Notes of record at the close of business on the April 15 or October 15 immediately preceding the interest payment date, on May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing November 1, 2006. Interest is paid on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

The Senior Notes were issued in an aggregate principal amount of $450.0 million. Proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes were used to fund a portion of the Acquisition of the S&C business from TI.

The Senior Note Indenture contains restrictive covenants that, may among other things, limit under certain circumstances, the Company’s ability to incur or guarantee additional debt, as well as pay dividends or distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock. The restrictive covenants require, among other things, that the Company maintain minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and specified levels of consolidated net income and net cash proceeds.

As per the terms of the Senior Notes, Restricted Subsidiaries are also subject to restrictive covenants. As of April 27, 2006 and September 30, 2006, all of the subsidiaries of the Company were “Restricted Subsidiaries.” Under certain circumstances the Company will be permitted to designate subsidiaries as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries.” Unrestricted subsidiaries will not be subject to the restrictive covenants of the Senior Note Indenture. Unrestricted subsidiaries will not guarantee any of the Senior Notes.

Additional securities may be issued under the Senior Note Indenture in one or more series from time to time , subject to certain limitations.

The Senior Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company and are effectively subordinated to all secured indebtedness of the Company to the extent of the value of the assets securing such secured indebtedness and to all indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of the Company’s subsidiaries that are not Guarantors.

The guarantees of each Guarantor with respect to the Senior Notes are general unsecured obligations of such Guarantor.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

10. Debt—(Continued)

 

The Company may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes after May 1, 2010 at the redemption prices listed below, plus accrued interest.

 

Year

  

Percentage

2010

   104.0

2011

   102.0

2012 and thereafter

   100.0

The Company may also redeem any of the Senior Notes at any time prior to May 1, 2010, at a redemption price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus the applicable premium, which is the greater of (a) 1 percent of the then outstanding principal amount of Senior Notes and (b) the excess of the sum of the present value of the Senior Notes on such redemption date and all required interest payments due on such notes through May 1, 2011, over the then outstanding principal amount of the Senior Notes.

The Company may also redeem up to 40 percent of the Senior Notes on or prior to May 1, 2009 from the proceeds of certain equity offerings and designated asset sales at a redemption price equal to 108 percent of the principal amount of the Senior Notes, plus accrued interest, if any, to the date of redemption only if, after any such redemption, at least 50 percent of the aggregate principal amount of such series of notes remain outstanding.

If certain changes in the law of any relevant taxing jurisdiction become effective that would impose withholding taxes or other deductions on the payments on the Senior Notes or the guarantees, the Company may redeem the Senior Notes of that series in whole, but not in part, at any time, at a redemption price of 100 percent of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and additional amounts, if any, to the date of redemption.

Upon a change of control, the Company will be required to make an offer to purchase the Senior Notes then outstanding at a purchase price equal to 101 percent of their principal amount, plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase. In the event of a change of control, the Senior Notes will be subject to repurchase prior to the Senior Subordinated Notes.

Senior Subordinated Notes

The outstanding senior subordinated notes (“Senior Subordinated Notes”) were issued under an indenture dated as of April 27, 2006 among the Company, as issuer, The Bank of New York as trustee and the Guarantors (“Senior Subordinated Indenture”). The Senior Subordinated Notes mature on May 1, 2016. Interest is payable semi-annually (at 9 percent per annum) in cash to holders of Senior Subordinated Notes of record at the close of business on the April 15 or October 15 immediately preceding the interest payment date, on May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing November 1, 2006. Interest is paid on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

The Senior Subordinated Notes were issued initially in an aggregate principal amount of €245.0 million (a U.S. dollar equivalent of $301.6 million at issuance). Proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Subordinated Notes were used to fund a portion of the acquisition of the S&C business from TI. The Senior Subordinated Note issuance costs are being amortized over the ten year term of the Senior Subordinated Notes using the effective interest method.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

10. Debt—(Continued)

 

The Senior Subordinated Indenture contains restrictive covenants that, among other things, may limit under certain circumstances, the Company’s ability to incur or guarantee additional debt, as well as pay dividends or distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock. The restrictive covenants require, among other things, that the Company maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and specified levels of consolidated net income and net cash proceeds.

As per the terms of the Senior Subordinated Notes, Restricted Subsidiaries are also subject to restrictive covenants. As of April 27, 2006 and September 30, 2006, all of the subsidiaries of the Company were “Restricted Subsidiaries.” Under certain circumstances the Company will be permitted to designate subsidiaries as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries.” Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the restrictive covenants of the Senior Subordinated Indenture. Unrestricted subsidiaries will not guarantee any of the Senior Subordinated Notes.

Additional securities may be issued under the Senior Subordinated Indenture in one or more series from time to time, subject to certain limitations.

The Senior Subordinated Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company and are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt of the Company, including the Company’s obligations under the Senior Notes and the Senior Secured Credit Facility, and to all indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of the Company’s subsidiaries that are not Guarantors.

The guarantees of each Guarantor with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes are general unsecured obligations of such Guarantor.

The Company may redeem some or all of the Senior Subordinated Notes beginning on May 1, 2011, at the redemption prices listed below, plus accrued interest.

 

Year

  

Percentage

2011

   104.5

2012

   103.0

2013

   101.5

2014 and thereafter

   100.0

The Company may also redeem any of the Senior Subordinated Notes at any time prior to May 1, 2011, at a redemption price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus the applicable premium, which is the greater of (a) 1 percent of the then outstanding principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes and (b) the excess of the sum of the present value of the Senior Subordinated Notes on such redemption date and all required interest payments due on such notes through May 1, 2011, over the then outstanding principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes.

The Company may also redeem up to 40 percent of the Senior Subordinated Notes on or prior to May 1, 2009 from the proceeds of certain equity offerings and designated asset sales at a redemption price equal to 109 percent of the principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes, plus accrued interest, if any, to the date of redemption only if, after any such redemption, at least 50 percent of the aggregate principal amount of such series of notes remain outstanding.

If certain changes in the law of any relevant taxing jurisdiction become effective that would impose withholding taxes or other deductions on the payments on the Senior Subordinated Notes or the guarantees, the

 

F-25


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

10. Debt—(Continued)

 

Company may redeem the notes of that series in whole, but not in part, at any time, at a redemption price of 100 percent of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and additional amounts, if any, to the date of redemption.

The Company also has local lines of credit and overdraft lines of credit with commercial lenders at certain of its subsidiaries to fund working capital and other operating requirements of $30.0 million and $15.0 million, respectively.

Debt Maturities

Remaining mandatory principal repayments of long-term debt, including capital leases, in each of the years ended December 31, 2006 through 2011 and thereafter are as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Aggregate Maturities

2006

   $ 3,500

2007

     14,067

2008

     14,140

2009

     14,220

2010

     14,307

2011

     14,402

Thereafter

     2,075,078
      

Total long-term debt and capital lease principal payments

   $ 2,149,714
      

Compliance with Financial and Non-Financial Covenants

On September 29, 2006, Sensata executed, with its lenders, a letter amendment and waiver to the Senior Secured Credit Facility (the “Waiver”), whereby the lenders agreed to waive compliance with certain requirements of the Senior Secured Credit Facility. Under the terms of the Waiver, the lenders agreed that for the purposes of computing any of the Company’s financial covenants or accounting determination provided to the lenders, all DPCs issued by the Company were to be classified as Additional paid-in capital for all periods.

In addition, the lenders agreed to waive any event of default arising from the Sensata’s failure to deliver to the lenders, within the deadline set forth in the Senior Secured Credit Facility, the Company’s financial statements and compliance certificate for the quarter ended June 30, 2006. In connection with the Waiver, the Company incurred a fee of $675 which is included in interest expense during the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006.

As of September 30, 2006, the Company was in compliance with all financial and non-financial covenants of its Senior Secured Credit Facility, the Senior Notes, and the Senior Subordinated Notes.

As of November 23, 2006, the Company failed to comply with the requirement under the Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes to file an exchange offer registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), on or prior to the 210th day after the original issue date of the notes (April 27, 2006),

 

F-26


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

10. Debt—(Continued)

 

and began to incur additional cash interest in the amount of 0.25 percent per annum of the principal amount of the Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes.

As of December 14, 2006, the Company failed to comply with the requirement under the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes to furnish to the noteholders its financial information for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, and other financial and non-financial disclosures that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Form 10-Q. The failure to furnish this report to the noteholders did not constitute an event of default as defined in the Senior Note Indenture and the Senior Subordinated Indenture, as the Company has a 60 day cure period to remedy its non-compliance with this covenant.

The Company believes that the filing of these financial statements with the SEC in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 constitutes a cure within the required period set forth in the Senior Note Indenture and Senior Subordinated Indenture and, as a result, as of the date of the issuance of this Registration Statement, the Company is in compliance with all financial and non-financial covenants of its Senior Secured Credit Facility, Senior Note Indenture, and Senior Subordinated Indenture.

Predecessor

In December 2005, the Predecessor completed a sale-leaseback of its facilities in Attleboro, Massachusetts. The term included a 20-year lease agreement for a new facility at the site to be used to consolidate operations remaining in Attleboro and was recorded as a capital lease. The capital lease obligation outstanding was $30,928 and $31,165 at September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

 

11. Income Taxes

Successor

Effective April 27, 2006 and concurrent with the Acquisition, the Company and certain of its Dutch subsidiaries are taxable entities in The Netherlands. They will file a tax return in the Netherlands under Dutch fiscal unity (i.e., consolidation). The Company’s non-Dutch subsidiaries will file income tax returns, generally on a separate company basis, in the various countries in which they are incorporated and/or operate, including the United States, Japan, China, Brazil, South Korea, Malaysia and Mexico. The Acquisition purchase accounting, the new debt and equity capitalization of the various members of the consolidated group, and the realignment of the functions performed and risks assumed by the various members are of significant consequence to the determination of future book and taxable income of the respective group members and Sensata as a whole.

Principal reconciling items from income tax computed at the U.S. statutory tax rate are as follows:

    

For the Period

January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006

 
     U.S.     Non-U.S.     Total  

Tax computed at U.S. statutory rate of 35 percent

   $ 1,604     $ 23,304     $ 24,908  

Effect of operations in non-U.S. jurisdictions

     —         (2,865 )     (2,865 )

US tax on repatriation of foreign earnings

     —         2,907       2,907  

Foreign losses not tax benefited

     —         776       776  

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     325       —         325  

Other

     (189 )     (66 )     (255 )
                        

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 1,740     $ 24,056     $ 25,796  
                        
    

For the Period

April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006

 
     U.S.     Non-U.S.     Total  

Tax benefit computed at U.S. statutory rate of 35 percent

   $ (14,632 )   $ (28,310 )   $ (42,942 )

Foreign tax differential

     —         (1,615 )     (1,615 )

Goodwill related deferred tax liability

     7,541       4,103       11,644  

Changes in valuation allowance

     14,915       42,559       57,474  
                        

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 7,824     $ 16,737     $ 24,561  
                        

Income taxes for the interim period ending September 30, 2006 were computed in accordance with FIN 18, Accounting for Income Taxes in Interim Periods , whereby a separate estimated annual effective tax rate is applied to ordinary income jurisdictions and certain ordinary loss jurisdictions. In determining the estimated annual effective tax rate, the tax benefit of a net operating loss carryforward is not recognized unless it is more likely than not that the tax benefit will be realized.

With respect to the period ending September 30, 2006, a full valuation allowance has been established on substantially all net deferred tax assets in jurisdictions that have incurred net operating losses, as it is more likely than not that such losses will not be utilizable in the foreseeable future. In jurisdictions where goodwill is amortized over a fixed period for tax purposes, a deferred tax liability is established for the temporary difference in goodwill if the jurisdiction’s net operating loss carryforward period is of limited duration.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

11. Income Taxes—(Continued)

 

Withholding taxes apply to intercompany interest, royalty and management fees and certain payments to third parties. Such taxes are expensed if they cannot be credited against the recipient’s tax liability in its country of residence. Consideration also has been given to the additional withholding taxes associated with the remittance of presently unremitted earnings and the recipient corporation’s ability to obtain a tax credit for such taxes. Earnings are not considered to be indefinitely reinvested in the jurisdiction in which they were earned.

Predecessor

Prior to April 27, 2006, the operations of the Sensors & Controls business were included in the consolidated tax returns of TI; however, the income tax provisions included in the accompanying combined statements of operations have been determined as if the Sensors & Controls business were a separate taxpayer.

12. Pensions and Other Post Retirement Benefits

We provide various retirement plans for employees including defined benefit, defined contribution and retiree health care benefit plans. All of these plans duplicate benefits previously provided to participants under plans sponsored by TI, and recognize all prior service with TI.

Successor

United States Benefit Plans

The principal retirement plans in the U.S. include a) a qualified defined benefit pension plan, b) a defined contribution plan and c) an enhanced defined contribution plan. In addition, the Company provides post-retirement medical coverage to most of its employees.

Qualified Defined Benefit Pension Plan

The benefits under the qualified defined benefit pension plan are determined using a formula based upon years of service and the highest five consecutive years of compensation. The Company intends to contribute amounts to this plan to meet the minimum funding requirements of federal laws and regulations plus such additional amounts as the Company deems appropriate. For the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, no contributions were made to the qualified defined benefit plan. The Company also sponsors a non-qualified plan which is closed to new participants and is unfunded.

TI closed the qualified defined benefit pension plan to participants hired after November 1997. In addition, participants eligible to retire under the TI plan as of April 26, 2006 were given the option of continuing to participate in the qualified defined benefit pension plan or retiring under the qualified defined benefit pension plan and thereafter participating in the enhanced defined contribution plan. Employees who elected not to remain in the defined benefit pension plan as of April 26, 2006, and new employees hired after November 1997 and through December 31, 2003, may participate in the enhanced defined contribution plan.

As a term of the Purchase Agreement, TI is bound to transfer a portion of the assets in their defined benefit trust to the Sensata trust. This transfer will be based on calculations replicating the actual allocation of assets which would be effective upon an actual plan termination. As of September 30, 2006, the final asset amount to be

 

F-29


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

12. Pensions and Other Post Retirement Benefits—(Continued)

 

transferred from the TI plan had not been determined. These financial statements include preliminary estimates of the transfer amount. The actual transfer amount could be materially different. Sensata expects that finalization of the asset transfer will not have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

Defined Contribution Plans

Both defined contribution plans offer an employer-matching savings option that allows employees to make pre-tax contributions to various investment choices. Employees who remain in the qualified defined benefit plan may also participate in the defined contribution plan, where employer-matching contributions are provided for up to 2 percent of the employee’s annual eligible earnings. This plan provides for a fixed employer contribution of 2 percent of the employee’s annual eligible earnings, plus an employer-matching contribution of up to 4 percent of the employee’s annual eligible earnings. Employees who elected not to remain in the defined benefit pension plan, and new employees hired after November 1997 and through December 31, 2003, may participate in the enhanced defined contribution plan. Employees hired after December 31, 2003, may participate in the enhanced defined contribution plan, where employer-matching contributions are provided for up to 4 percent of the employee’s annual eligible earnings. The aggregate expense for U.S. employees under the defined contribution plans was $1,425 for the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006.

U.S. Retiree Health Care Benefit Plan

We offer access to group medical coverage during retirement to most of our U.S. employees. We make a contribution toward the cost of those retiree medical benefits for certain retirees and their dependents. The contribution rates are based upon varying factors, the most important of which are an employee’s date of hire, date of retirement, years of service and eligibility for Medicare benefits. The balance of the cost is borne by the participants in the plan. Employees hired after January 1, 2001, are responsible for the full cost of their medical benefits during retirement. For the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, no contributions were made to the U.S. Retiree Health Care Benefit Plan. Obligations to the U.S. Retiree Health Care Benefit Plan for employees that retired prior to the Acquisition have been assumed by TI.

Retiree health benefits are partially funded through a Voluntary Employee Benefit Association (VEBA) trust. As a term of the Purchase Agreement, TI was bound to transfer a portion of the assets in their VEBA trust to the Sensata trust. This transfer has been finalized and was based on a proportion of the post-retirement medical liability for the transferred employees to the post-retirement medical liability for the entire covered TI population.

Non-U.S. Retirement Plans

Retirement coverage for non-U.S. employees is provided, to the extent deemed appropriate, through separate defined benefit and defined contribution plans. Retirement benefits are generally based on an employee’s years of service and compensation. Funding requirements are determined on an individual country and plan basis and subject to local country practices and market circumstances. For the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 the Company contributed $611 to non-U.S. defined benefit plans.

As a term of the Purchase Agreement, TI is bound to transfer a portion of the assets related to the Holland and Japan defined benefit and defined contribution plans to the Sensata trust. This transfer will be based on regulations effective in each of those countries. As of September 30, 2006, the final asset amount to be transferred

 

F-30


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

12. Pensions and Other Post Retirement Benefits—(Continued)

 

from the TI plan had not been determined. These financial statements include preliminary estimates of the transfer amount. The actual transfer amount could be materially different. Sensata expects that finalization of the asset transfer will not have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

Effect on the Statements of Operations and Balance Sheets

Prior to the Acquisition, TI managed its employee benefit retirement plans on a consolidated basis, and separate information for the Sensors & Controls business was not readily available. Therefore, the Sensors & Controls business share of the TI employee benefit plans’ assets and liabilities is not included in the combined balance sheets for periods prior to April 27, 2006. The combined statements of operations for periods prior to April 27, 2006 include an allocation of the costs of the employee benefit plans. These costs were allocated based on the S&C business employee population for each period presented. Net periodic benefit cost allocated from TI for the respective plans was as follows:

 

     For the nine months ended
September 30, 2005

Defined benefit pension expense

   $  3,956

Defined contribution plans expense

     4,461

Retiree health care expense

     1,012

In connection with the Acquisition, the Company recorded benefit obligations equal to the difference between the benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets. Upon the Acquisition, Sensata acquired the plan assets and assumed the pension obligations for all active S&C employees covered by the TI defined benefit plans who elected to continue to participate in the plans. TI retained the assets and obligations associated with those individuals who elected to retire under the qualified defined benefit pension plan as of April 26, 2006. As of April 27, 2006, the estimated benefit obligation and plan assets were as follows:

 

     U.S. Plans    Non-U.S. Plans
     Defined Benefit    Retiree Healthcare    Defined Benefit

Projected Benefit obligation at April 27, 2006

   $  40,600    $  7,393    $  34,735

Fair value of plan assets at April 27, 2006

     32,000      4,611      24,427

Future expense was estimated based upon the estimate of the benefit obligations and assets as of April 27, 2006. Net periodic benefit cost of the defined benefit and retiree health care benefit plans was as follows for the period April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006:

 

     U.S. Plans     Non-U.S. Plans  
     Defined Benefit     Retiree Healthcare     Defined Benefit  

Service cost

   $ 750     $ 125     $ 1,524  

Interest cost

     1,063       193       423  

Expected return on plan assets

     (938 )     (135 )     (494 )
                        

Net periodic pension cost

   $ 875     $ 183     $ 1,453  
                        

 

F-31


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

12. Pensions and Other Post Retirement Benefits—(Continued)

 

Assumptions and Investment Policies

Assumptions used to calculate the projected benefit obligations of the Company’s defined benefit pension and retiree health care plans and related cost were as follows:

 

    

Pension

April 27, 2006

   Retiree Health Care
April 27, 2006
 

U.S. assumed discount rate

   6.25%    6.25 %

Non-U.S. assumed discount rate

   2.50% – 4.00%   

U.S. assumed long-term rate of return on plan assets

   7.00%   

Non-U.S. assumed long-term rate of return on plan assets:

   4.00% – 5.00%   

U.S. average long-term pay progression

   4.00%   

Non-U.S. average long-term pay progression

   2.00% – 3.00%   

In order to select a discount rate for purposes of valuing the plan obligations the Company uses returns of long term investment grade bonds. These indices are adjusted as needed to fit the estimated duration of the plan liabilities.

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets assumptions are based upon actual historical returns, future expectations for returns for each asset class and the effect of periodic target asset allocation rebalancing. The results are adjusted for the payment of reasonable expenses of the plan from plan assets. We believe these assumptions are appropriate based upon the mix of the investments and the long-term nature of the plans’ investments.

The table below shows target allocation ranges for the plans that hold a substantial majority of the defined benefit assets. The asset allocations for the retiree health care benefit plan are intended to represent the long-term targeted mix rather than a current mix.

 

    

U.S. Plans

  

Non-U.S.

Defined
Benefit

Asset Category

  

Defined
Benefit

  

Retiree
Health Care

  

Equity securities

   50% – 75%    75%    40% – 90%

Fixed income securities and cash

   25% – 50%    25%    10% – 90%

For the defined benefit plans, it is intended that the investments will be rebalanced when the allocation is not within the target range. Additional contributions are invested consistent with the target ranges and may be used to rebalance the portfolio. The investment allocations and individual investments are chosen with regard to the duration of the obligations of the plan. The assets in the retiree health care benefit plan are invested in a VEBA trust. For tax efficiency, the investments in the VEBA trust are not rebalanced but additional contributions to the trust may be used to reallocate the portfolio.

Actual weighted average asset allocations for U.S. plans and non-U.S. plans will be known following the final asset transfers.

No contributions have been made to the trusts for the U.S. defined benefit pension plan or the retiree health care benefit plan during the period April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006. Contribution requirements for the U.S.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

12. Pensions and Other Post Retirement Benefits—(Continued)

 

retirement plans during 2007 will not be known until the asset transfer is finalized; however, we expect to contribute approximately $3.0 to $4.0 million to U.S. retirement plans during 2007. Contribution requirements to non-U.S. retirement plans in 2007 are currently unknown but are not expected to be significant.

Assumed health care cost trend rates for the U.S. retiree health care plan at April 27, 2006:

 

     Retiree Health Care  
     September 30,
2006
    April 27,
2006
 

Assumed health care trend rate for next year:

    

Attributed to less than age 65

   10 %   10 %

Attributed to age 65 or greater

   11 %   11 %

Ultimate trend rate

   5 %   5 %

Year in which ultimate trend rate is reached:

    

Attributed to less than age 65

   2011     2011  

Attributed to age 65 or greater

   2012     2012  

A one percentage point change in health care cost trend rates would impact the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at September 30, 2006, by $1.0 million and the service cost and interest cost components of plan expense for the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 by $0.1 million.

13. Share-Based Payment Plans

Successor

On April 27, 2006, the Company, in connection with the Acquisition, implemented management compensation plans to align compensation for certain key executives with the performance of the Company. The objective of the plans is to promote the long-term growth and profitability of the Company and its subsidiaries by providing those persons who are involved in the Company with an opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in the Company. The following plans were in effect on date of Acquisition; 1) Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. 2006 Management Option Plan and 2) Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan. The stock awards were granted in the equity of the Parent, Sensata Technologies Holding B.V, the holding company that owns Sensata Technologies Intermediate Holding B.V. The related share-based compensation expense has been recorded in Sensata Technologies B.V.’s financial statements because the awards are intended to compensate the employees for service provided to the Company.

Based on the original terms of the plans, the awards were classified as liability awards under SFAS 123(R). On September 29, 2006, the Company modified the terms of the awards and the underlying securities. After the modification, the following plans were in effect; 1) the First Amended and Restated Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. 2006 Management Option Plan (“Stock Option Plan”), which replaced the Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. 2006 Management Option Plan and 2) the First Amended and Restated 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan (“Restricted Stock Plan”) which replaced the Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan. These modifications resulted in a change in classification of the awards from liability to equity awards in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R). No tax benefit was realized during the period as no stock options were exercised nor did any restrictions lapse on management’s restricted shares.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

13. Share-Based Payment Plans—(Continued)

 

Stock Options

A summary of stock option activity for the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 is presented below:

 

     Equity
Strips
    Ordinary
Shares

Tranche 1 Options

    

Balance April 27, 2006

   —       —  

Granted—May 15, 2006

   735,225     —  

Modification—September 29, 2006

   (735,225 )   3,341,931

Granted—September 29, 2006

   —       41,774

Forfeited

   —       —  

Exercised

   —       —  
          

Balance September 30, 2006

   —       3,383,705
          

Exercisable at September 30, 2006

   —       —  

Tranche 2 and 3 Options

    

Balance April 27, 2006

   —       —  

Granted—May 15, 2006

   1,470,450     —  

Modification—September 29, 2006

   (1,470,450 )   6,683,862

Granted—September 29, 2006

   —       83,548

Exercised

   —       —  
          

Balance September 30, 2006

   —       6,767,410
          

Exercisable at September 30, 2006

   —       —  

The exercise price, weighted average price per share and weighted average remaining life of options outstanding as of September 30, 2006 is $6.99, $6.99 and 9.5 years, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options outstanding at September 30, 2006 is zero. No options vested or expired during the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006.

Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. 2006 Management Option Plan

Under this plan, participants were granted 2,205,675 options in three separate tranches. Each option entitled the holder to acquire an “equity strip” comprised of 1 Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. ordinary share and 19.5 Deferred Payment Certificates (“DPCs”) at an aggregate strike price of euro 6.50. These options were classified as liability awards based on features of the options as well as the underlying securities. Each tranche of awards had different vesting provisions and are further described below.

Tranche 1 Options : Tranche 1 grants consisted of 735,225 options that vest over a period of 5 years (40 percent vesting year 2, 60 percent vesting year 3, 80 percent vesting year 4 and 100 percent vesting year 5) provided the participant of the option plan is continuously employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and vest immediately upon a change in control. The Company recognizes the compensation charge on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which for options issued to date is assumed to be the same as the vesting period of 5 years. The options expire 10 years from the date of grant unless the grantee’s employment

 

F-34


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

13. Share-Based Payment Plans—(Continued)

 

with the Company is terminated for other than good cause, in which case all the unvested options expire on termination. Upon termination for any reason, the Company has a right, but not the obligation, to purchase all or any portion of award securities issued to the participant at the then current fair market value.

The fair value of the Tranche 1 options was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Key assumptions used in estimating the grant date fair value of these options were as follows:

 

    

Ordinary Share Portion

  

DPC Portion

Dividend Yield / Interest Yield

   0%    14.00%

Expected Volatility

   19.64%    6.65 – 12.00%

Risk-free interest rate

   5.13%    5.13%

Expected term (years)

   6.60    3–5

Forfeiture Rate

   5.00%    5.00%

The expected term of the time vesting options was based upon the “simplified” methodology prescribed by SAB 107, Share Based Payment (“SAB 107”). The expected term is determined by computing the mathematical mean of the average vesting period and the contractual life of the options.

The aggregate grant date fair value of these options was $7,862. The Company recognized non-cash compensation expense of $583 for the period April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006. Unrecognized compensation expense on these options as of September 30, 2006 is $7,279.

Tranche 2 and 3 Options : Tranche 2 and 3 grants consisted of 1,470,450 options that vest based on the passage of time (over 5 years identical to Tranche 1) and the completion of a liquidity event that results in specified returns on the Sponsors’ investment. The only difference between the terms of Tranche 2 and Tranche 3 awards is the amount of the required return on the Sponsors’ investment.

Such liquidity events would include, but not be limited to, an initial public offering of Sensata Technologies B.V., or a change-in-control transaction under which the investor group disposes of or sells more than 50 percent of the total voting power or economic interest in the Company to one or more third independent parties. These options expire ten years from the date of grant.

The fair value of the Tranche 2 and 3 options was estimated on the grant date using the Monte Carlo Simulation Approach. Key assumptions used in estimating the grant date fair value of these options were as follows:

 

Assumed time to liquidity event (years)

   3 – 5

Assumed vesting per year

   20%

Probability IPO vs. disposition

   70% / 30%

Forfeiture Rate

   5%

The expected term of the time vesting options was based upon the “simplified” methodology prescribed by SAB 107 . The expected term is determined by computing the mathematical mean of the average vesting period and the contractual life of the options.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

13. Share-Based Payment Plans—(Continued)

 

The aggregate grant date fair value of these options was $9,705. Management has concluded that satisfaction of the market performance conditions is not probable, and as such, no compensation expense has been recorded for these options for the period ending September 30, 2006. In accordance with SFAS 123(R), if a liquidity event occurs, the Company will be required to recognize compensation expense upon consummation of the liquidity event, regardless of whether or not the equity sponsor achieves the specified returns or not.

First Amended and Restated Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. 2006 Management Option Plan

In September 2006, the Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. 2006 Management Option Plan was replaced by the First Amended and Restated Sensata Technologies Holding 2006 Management Option Plan. The new plan effectively cancelled the options granted under the original plan and reissued new options. The new options retained the majority of the terms and features of the original options except that the new options entitled the holder to acquire only ordinary shares (not DPCs) and the purchase price of the options was adjusted accordingly based on the fair value of the ordinary shares at the time of grant. The aggregate fair value of the new options was the same as that of the old options and as such, there was no incremental compensation to be recorded as a result of the modification.

Restricted Securities

A summary of the restricted securities activity for the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006 is presented below:

 

     Ordinary Shares    Deferred Payment
Certificates
 

Balance April 27, 2006

   —      —    

Granted shares—May 15, 2006

   20,025    390,487  

Modification—September 29, 2006

   70,998    (390,487 )

Forfeitures

   —      —    
           

Balance September 30, 2006

   91,023    —    
           

Restrictions lapsed as of September 30, 2006

   —      —    

Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan

Under this plan, participants were granted restricted Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. securities consisting of 20,025 ordinary shares and 390,487 DPCs. For 11,466 and 223,587 ordinary shares and DPCs, respectively, the restrictions lapse upon the earlier of retirement as defined, a change in control or the third anniversary. For the remainder of the awards, the restrictions lapse upon the earlier of one year from the date of grant or the date of a change in control.

The estimated grant date fair value of these securities was determined using the Probability-Weighted Expected-Return Method as defined in the 2004 AICPA Practice Aid on “Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation”. The estimated grant date fair value of these securities using this methodology was $623 which is being recognized on a straight-line basis over the period in which the restrictions lapse. The Company recognized non-cash compensation expense of $167 in connection with these restricted securities for the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

13. Share-Based Payment Plans—(Continued)

 

First Amended and Restated Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan

In September 2006, the Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan was replaced by the First Amended and Restated Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan. The new plan effectively cancelled the restricted DPCs granted under the original plan and reissued ordinary shares of equal value. All other terms of the restricted security grants were retained. The aggregate fair value of the restricted ordinary shares issued was the same as that of the restricted DPCs replaced by the modification and, as such, there was no incremental compensation to be recorded. Unrecognized compensation in connection with the restricted securities as of September 30, 2006 is $456.

Predecessor

During their time as employees of TI, certain employees of Sensata, formerly the Sensors & Controls business of TI, were granted stock options for TI common stock and/or restricted stock units of TI under long-term incentive plans, as well as participating in TI’s employee stock purchase plan.

Prior to July 1, 2005, TI accounted for awards granted under those plans following the recognition and measurement principles of APB 25 and related interpretations. No compensation cost was reflected in the Sensors and Controls business operations for stock options, as all options granted under those plans have an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant (except options granted under TI’s employee stock purchase plans). Compensation cost has been recognized for restricted stock units (RSUs).

Effective July 1, 2005, TI adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123(R) using the modified prospective application method. Under this transition method, compensation cost recognized in the year ended December 31, 2005, includes the application amounts of: (a) compensation cost of all share-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of July 1, 2005 (the amounts of which are based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123 and previously presented in TI’s pro forma disclosures), and (b) compensation cost of all share-based payments granted subsequent to July 1, 2005 (the amounts of which are based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the new provisions of SFAS 123(R). Results for prior periods have not been restated.

Effect of Adopting SFAS 123(R)

The effect on S&C for the nine months ended September 30, 2005, from TI’s adoption of SFAS 123(R) as of July 1, 2005, was an increase in share-based compensation expense of $1,449 (recognized in SG&A) and a decrease in net income of $1,037. Compensation expense related to RSUs was already recognized before implementation of SFAS 123(R).

The amounts above include S&C portion of the impact of recognizing expense related to participation in TI’s non-qualified stock options and stock options offered under TI’s employee stock purchase plan. The amounts are based on the relative number of options granted to participating S&C employees to the total number of options granted to all TI employees. Share-based compensation expense has not been allocated to the various segments but is reflected in corporate activities and other.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

 

14. Shareholder’s Equity and TI’s Net Investment

Successor

In connection with the Acquisition, the Company issued 180 ordinary shares with a par value of €100 per share. The Company is authorized to issue up to 900 shares. Upon the close of the Acquisition, the Sponsors contributed $985.0 million to Sensata Investment Company S.C.A. Sensata Investment Company S.C.A. contributed these proceeds, through Sensata Technologies Holding B.V., to Sensata Intermediate Holding. Sensata Intermediate Holding contributed $985.0 million to Sensata and in exchange received 180 Ordinary Shares, €100 nominal value per share, and €616,909 of Deferred Payment Certificates (“DPCs”). The DPCs were legally issued as debt and provided the holder with a 14 percent yield on the principal amount. As a result, the DPCs were classified as long-term debt as of April 27, 2006 and the accrued yield was recognized as interest expense. In addition, the DPCs and the related yield were remeasured into the U.S. dollar equivalent at the end of each reporting period with the difference recorded as currency gain or loss. For the period April 27, 2006 to September 21, 2006, the Company recorded DPC-related interest expense of $44,581 and a foreign currency loss on remeasurement of the DPCs and accrued yield of $13,442.

On September 21, 2006, the Company legally retired the DPCs effective as of April 27, 2006, and restructured them as Additional paid–in capital, the original intended investment classification. Under U.S. GAAP, the DPCs were classified as debt until the date of the modification of the instrument. Therefore, effective September 21, 2006, the principal amounts of $768,298 for the DPCs and their accrued interest of $44,581, including foreign currency exchange losses of $13,442, were reclassified into equity as Additional paid–in capital.

On September 29, 2006, the Company modified its share-based payment plans in order to achieve equity classification of the awards. The amount reclassified into equity as Additional paid-in capital due to this modification was $750.

On July 28, 2006, certain members of management participated in the Sensata Investment Company S.C.A. First Amended and Restated 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan. In connection with this plan certain members of management contributed $1.6 million to Sensata Investment Company S.C.A. and received an equity interest in Sensata Investment Company S.C.A. On September 29, 2006, $1.6 million was contributed to Sensata as a capital contribution from its Parent.

Predecessor

TI’s investment in the Sensors & Controls business is shown as TI’s net investment in lieu of Shareholder’s equity in the combined financial statements because no direct ownership relationship existed among the entities that comprised the Sensors & Controls business. TI used a centralized approach to cash management and the financing of its operations. Cash deposits from the Sensors & Controls business were transferred to TI on a regular basis and were netted against TI’s net investment account. Consequently, none of TI’s cash, cash equivalents or debt has been allocated to the Sensors & Controls business in the Predecessor combined financial statements.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

 

15. Related Party Transactions

The nature of the Company’s related party transactions has changed as the Company has migrated from a wholly owned operation of TI for all periods prior to the closing of the Acquisition to a stand-alone independent company, effective as of April 27, 2006. Accordingly, the following discussion of related party transactions highlights the significant related party relationships and transactions both after (Successor) and before (Predecessor) the closing of the Acquisition.

Successor

Transition Services Agreement

In connection with the Acquisition, the Company entered into an administrative services agreement with TI (the “Transition Services Agreement”). Under the Transition Services Agreement, TI agreed to provide the Company with certain administrative services, including (i) real estate services; (ii) facilities-related services; (iii) finance and accounting services; (iv) human resources services; (v) information technology system services; (vi) warehousing and logistics services; and (vii) and record retention services. The obligations for TI to provide those services vary in duration, but with some exceptions, expire no later than April 26, 2007. The amounts to be paid under the Transition Services Agreement generally are based on the costs incurred by TI providing those administrative services, including TI’s employee costs and out-of-pocket expenses. For the period April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, the Company incurred $15,080 of costs under these administrative arrangements.

Cross-License Agreement

In connection with the Acquisition, the Company entered into a cross-license agreement with TI (the “Cross License Agreement”). Under the Cross License Agreement, the Company and TI grant each other a license to use certain technology used in connection with the each other party’s business.

Advisory Agreement

In connection with the Acquisition, the Company entered into an advisory agreement with the Sponsors for ongoing consulting, management advisory and other services (the “Advisory Agreement”). Pursuant to this agreement, the Company paid an aggregate of $30,000 to the Sponsors in connection with the costs of the Acquisition (and capitalized as part of the allocation of purchase price) and capitalized debt issuance costs. In consideration for ongoing consulting and management advisory services, the Advisory Agreement requires the Company to pay each Sponsor a quarterly advisory fee for each fiscal quarter of the Company (a “Periodic Fee”) equal to the product of $1,000 times such Sponsors Fee Allocation Percentage as defined in the Advisory Agreement. For the period April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, the Company has recorded $1,666 of expenses in the accompanying statement of operations in connection with this fee.

In addition, in the event of future services provided in connection with any future acquisition, disposition, or financing transactions involving the Company, the Advisory Agreement requires the Company to pay the Sponsors an aggregate fee of one percent of the gross transaction value of each such transaction (“Subsequent Fees”). The Advisory Agreement also requires the Company to pay the reasonable expenses of the Sponsors in connection with, and indemnify them for liabilities arising from the Advisory Agreement. The Advisory Agreement continues in full force and effect until April 26, 2016, renewable, unless terminated, in one year extensions provided; however, that Bain Capital may cause the agreement to terminate upon a change of control

 

F-39


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

15. Related Party Transactions—(Continued)

 

or mutual public offering. In the event of the termination of the Advisory Agreement, the Company shall pay each of the Sponsors any unpaid portion of the Periodic Fees, any Subsequent Fees and any expenses due with respect to periods prior to the date of termination plus the net present value (using a discount rate equal to the then yield on U.S. Treasury Securities of like maturity) of the Periodic Fees that would have been payable with respect to the period from the date of termination until April 26, 2016 or any extension period.

Other Arrangements with the Investor Group and its Affiliates

The Company paid an aggregate of $9,750 to one of Sensata Investment Company S.C.A.’s shareholders for legal services rendered in connection with the Acquisition (and capitalized as part of the allocation of purchase price) and capitalized debt issuance costs. In addition, for the period from April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, the Company has recorded $800 of expenses in the accompanying statement of operations for legal services provided by this shareholder.

Predecessor

TI provided various services to the S&C business, including but not limited to cash management, facilities management, data processing, security, payroll and employee benefit administration, insurance administration and telecommunication services. TI allocated these expenses and all other central operating costs, first on the basis of direct usage when identifiable, with the remainder allocated among TI’s businesses on the basis of their respective revenues, headcount or other measure. Management believes these methods of allocating costs are reasonable. Expenses allocated to the S&C business were as follows:

 

Types of Expenses

  

Basis of
Allocation

  

For the period from
January 1, 2006 to
April 26,

2006

   

Nine months ended
September 30,

2005

Employee benefits

   Headcount    $ 3,703     $ 8,333

Corporate support functions

   Revenue      5,868       13,008

IT services

   Headcount      2,394       5,744

Facilities

   Square footage      1,994       4,487
                 

Total

      $ 13,959     $ 31,572
                 

Intercompany sales to TI were approximately $1.1 million and $2.9 million for the Predecessor period ended April 26, 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2005, respectively, primarily for test hardware used in TI’s semiconductor business.

16. Commitments and Contingencies

Off-balance sheet commitments

The Company executes contracts involving indemnifications standard in the relevant industry and indemnifications specific to a transaction such as sale of a business. These indemnifications might include claims relating to the following: environmental matters; intellectual property rights; governmental regulations and employment-related matters; customer, supplier and other commercial contractual relationships; and financial matters. Performance under these indemnities would generally be triggered by a breach of terms of the contract

 

F-40


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

16. Commitments and Contingencies—(Continued)

 

or by a third party claim. Historically, the Company has had only minimal and infrequent losses associated with these indemnities. Consequently, any future liabilities brought about by the intellectual property indemnities cannot reasonably be estimated or accrued.

Indemnifications provided as part of contracts and agreements

The Company is a party to the following types of agreements pursuant to which it may be obligated to indemnify the other party with respect to certain matters:

Sponsor: On the closing date of the Acquisition, the Company entered into customary indemnification agreements with the Sponsors pursuant to which the Company will indemnify the Sponsors, against certain liabilities arising out of performance of a consulting agreement with the Company and each of the Sponsors and certain other claims and liabilities, including liabilities arising out of financing arrangements and securities offerings.

Officers and Directors: The Company’s corporate by-laws require that, except to the extent expressly prohibited by law, the Company must indemnify Sensata’s officers and directors against judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement, including legal fees and all appeals, incurred in connection with civil or criminal action or proceedings, as it relates to their services to Sensata and its subsidiaries. Although the by-laws provide no limit on the amount of indemnification, the Company may have recourse against its insurance carriers for certain payments made by the Company. However, certain indemnification payments may not be covered under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ insurance coverage.

Contract manufacturer commitment: Since 1995, TI and the Company’s Dutch operating company have maintained a contract manufacturing arrangement with Videoton Holding Rta in Szekesfehervar, Hungary. The Company and Videoton currently operate under a Manufacturing Agreement dated July 1, 2001 that has been amended subsequently and remains in effect. In the event that the Company were to terminate the agreement with Videoton, the Company would be required to provide six months notice and reimburse Videoton for six months of labor charges. Management estimates that labor charges for six months of Videoton service would total approximately €1,500 (or $1,900). The Company has no current plans to terminate the arrangement.

Product Warranty Liabilities

The Company accrues for known product-related claims if a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. During the periods presented, there have been no material accruals or payments regarding product warranty or product liability, and historically S&C has experienced a low rate of payments on product claims. Consistent with general industry practice, the Company enters formal contracts with certain customers in which the parties define warranty remedies. In some cases, product claims may be disproportionate to the price of the Company’s business products.

Environmental Remediation Liabilities

Our operations and facilities are subject to U.S. and foreign laws and regulations governing the protection of the environment and our employees, including those governing air emissions, water discharges, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, and the cleanup of contaminated sites. We could incur

 

F-41


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

16. Commitments and Contingencies—(Continued)

 

substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines or civil or criminal sanctions, or third party property damage or personal injury claims, in the event of violations or liabilities under these laws and regulations, or non-compliance with the environmental permits required at our facilities. Potentially significant expenditures could be required in order to comply with environmental laws that may be adopted or imposed in the future. We are, however, not aware of any threatened or pending material environmental investigations, lawsuits or claims involving us or our operations.

TI has been designated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) as a Potentially Responsible Party (PRP) at a designated Superfund site in Norton, Massachusetts, regarding wastes from the Company’s Attleboro operations. The EPA has issued its Record of Decision, which describes a cleanup plan estimated to cost $43,000. The Army Corps of Engineers is conducting a removal of certain radiological contamination at an estimated cost of $34,000. EPA expects a PRP group to undertake the remaining remediation, and has indicated that at least 14 PRPs will be requested to participate. As of December 31, 2005, S&C had an accrued liability of $2,256 for this remediation. In accordance with the terms of the asset and stock purchase agreement, TI retained these liabilities and has agreed to indemnify the Company with regard to these excluded liabilities.

In 2001, TI was notified by the State of São Paolo, Brazil, regarding its potential cleanup liability as a generator of wastes sent to the Aterro Mantovani disposal site, which operated (near Campinas) from 1972 to 1987. TI is one of over 50 companies notified of potential cleanup liability. In accordance with the terms of the asset and stock purchase agreement, TI retained these liabilities and has agreed to indemnify the Company with regard to these excluded liabilities.

Supplier Consignment Arrangement

On October 23, 2006, Sensata Technologies, Inc. (“STI”), the Company’s U.S. operating subsidiary, entered into a series of agreements to provide consignment of silver to facilitate production of certain products purchased by STI and other Sensata operating companies from Engineered Materials Solutions Inc. (“EMSI”). These agreement s replaced an earlier agreement that had been provided by TI. STI, as consignee, entered into a consignment arrangement with a commercial bank, as consignor, to consign up to $25.0 million of silver. For 2005, purchases from EMSI amounted to approximately $28.0 million. See subsequent event in Note 20.

Legal Proceedings

Sensata is involved in litigation from time to time in the ordinary course of business. Sensata believes that the ultimate resolution of these matters, except potentially those matters described below, will not have a material effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company. In addition, TI has agreed to indemnify Sensata for certain claims and litigation not explicitly assumed in the Purchase Agreement. With regards to the litigation discussed below and other litigation not expressly assumed in the Purchase Agreement, TI is not required to indemnify Sensata for claims until the aggregate amount of damages from such claims, together with certain other claims, exceeds $30.0 million. If the aggregate amount of these claims exceeds $30.0 million, TI is obligated to indemnify Sensata for amounts in excess of the $30.0 million threshold. TI’s indemnification obligation is capped at $300.0 million.

As of September 30, 2006, Sensata was party to 20 lawsuits, three of which involve wrongful death actions, in which plaintiffs allege defects in a type of switch manufactured that was part of a cruise control deactivation

 

F-42


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

16. Commitments and Contingencies—(Continued)

 

system alleged to have caused fires in vehicles manufactured by Ford Motor Company. Between 1999 and 2006, Ford issued four separate recalls of vehicles, amounting in aggregate to 6 million vehicles, containing this cruise control deactivation system and Sensata’s switch. In 2001, Sensata received a demand from Ford for reimbursement for all costs related to their first recall in 1999, a demand that Sensata rejected and that Ford has not subsequently pursued, nor has Ford made subsequent demands related to the additional three recalls that followed. In August 2006, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (“NHTSA”) issued a final report to its investigation that first opened in 2004 which found that the cause of the fire incidents were system-related factors and not Sensata’s switch. Sensata has included a reserve in its financial statements in relation to the remaining third party actions in the amount of $2.1 million as of September 30, 2006. There can be no assurance that this reserve will be sufficient to cover the extent of potential liability from related matters. Any additional liability in excess of this reserve could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition.

In September 2005, a significant customer filed a lawsuit against Sensata alleging defects in certain products that are incorporated into certain of the customer’s refrigerators. The customer has agreed to forebear service of the complaint until the first quarter of 2007, which may be extended by agreement, under an agreement to stay the litigation and toll the related statute of limitations. The Company anticipates that discussions with the customer will take place in early 2007. In connection with the alleged defect, the customer has made a filing with the Consumer Products Safety Commission pursuant to the Consumer Products Safety Act (“CPSC”), although the Company is not aware of any determination or finding made by the CPSC pursuant to the filing. The customer has estimated in March of 2006 that any possible corrective action would involve between 1.4 million and 3.5 million refrigerators. The outcome of this matter is uncertain and any potential liability, although currently not estimable, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition.

17. Financial Instruments

The Company is subject to counterparty risk on financial instruments such as cash equivalents, and short term investments as well as on trade and other receivables. The Company manages its counterparty credit risk on cash equivalents and short term investments by investing in highly rated, marketable instruments and/or financial institutions. In general, the Company holds financial instruments with maturities of not more than one year and highly rated money market funds. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to the large number of customers, and their dispersion across different businesses and geographic areas. As of September 30, 2006, the Company had no significant concentration of credit risk . However, because Sensata is a global company with substantial operations in emerging markets, they are subject to sovereign risks as well the increased counterparty risk of customers and financial institutions in those jurisdictions. No single customer accounted for greater than 10 percent of combined Sensata revenues.

Cash and Equivalents

The fair value amounts for cash and cash equivalents at September 30, 2006 approximates the carrying amounts on the balance sheet due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

Accounts Receivable

The carrying amount of accounts receivable approximates fair value.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

17. Financial Instruments—(Continued)

 

Debt

The Company determined the fair value of debt by using quoted market prices for publicly traded securities or by obtaining market or dealer quotes for loans with similar characteristics.

The fair value of the term loans under the Senior Secured Credit Facility, as determined based on market prices obtained from our agent, was approximately $1,352,291 at September 30, 2006. The fair values, as of September 30, 2006, of the Senior Notes ($440,250) and Senior Subordinated Notes ($312,485) are estimated based on quoted market prices for these instruments on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. The difference between the fair value and the carrying value represents the theoretical net premium or discount we would pay or receive to retire all debt at such date.

All debt including capital lease obligations was recorded at fair value on April 27, 2006 due to the application of purchase accounting. At September 30, 2006, the fair value of all debt including capital lease obligations was $2,135,954 and the carrying value was $2,149,714.

At December 31, 2005, the fair value and the carrying amount of debt (capital lease) was $31,165.

Derivatives and hedging activities

Derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value and are recognized as assets or liabilities on the balance sheet with changes in the fair value of the derivatives recognized in either net income or comprehensive (loss) income, depending on the timing and designated purpose of the derivative.

Cash Flow Hedges

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated as a cash flow hedge are recorded, net of applicable taxes, in unrealized gains and (loss) from derivatives, a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss within Shareholder’s Equity. The Company generally reports cash flows arising from the Company’s derivative financial instruments consistent with the classification of cash flows from the underlying hedged items that the derivatives are hedging. Accordingly, cash flows associated with the Company’s derivative programs are classified in Cash Flows from Financing Activities in the Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows.

In June 2006, the Company executed U.S. dollar interest rate swap contracts covering $485.0 million of its variable rate debt. This initiative is consistent with the Company’s risk management objective to reduce exposure to variability in cash flows relating to interest payments on its outstanding debt. The interest rate swap amortizes from $485.0 million on the effective date to $25.0 million at maturity in January 2011. The Company entered into the interest rate swaps to hedge a portion of the Company’s exposure to potentially adverse movements in the LIBOR variable interest rates of the debt by converting a portion of the Company’s variable rate debt to fixed rates.

No ineffective portion was recognized in earnings for the period from April 27, 2007 to September 30, 2006. The critical terms of the interest rate swap are identical to those of the designated floating rate debt under the Company’s Senior Secured Credit Facility.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

17. Financial Instruments—(Continued)

 

The terms of the swaps are shown in the following table (in millions):

 

Notional
Principal Amount
  

Final Maturity Date

  

Receive Variable Rate

   Pay Fixed Rate  
$ 485.0    January 27, 2011    3 Month LIBOR    5.377 %

Consistent with the Company’s risk management objective, in June 2006, the Company executed euro interest rate collar contracts covering €250 million variable rate debt as a strategy to reduce exposure to variability in cash flows on its outstanding debt. These contracts hedge the risk of changes in cash flows attributable to changes in interest rates above the cap rate and below the floor rate on a portion of the Company’s EURIBOR-based debt. This initiative will protect the Company from paying an interest rate higher than the cap rate, but will have an adverse effect where the benchmark interest rate falls below the floor rate. At interest rates between the cap rate and the floor rate, the Company will make payments on its EURIBOR-based variable rate debt at prevailing market rates.

The terms of the collars are shown in the following table (in millions):

 

Initial Notional
Principal Amount
  

Amortization

  

Effective Date

  

Maturity Date

   Cap    At Prevailing
Market Rates
Between
   Floor
€250.0    None    July 27, 2006    July 27, 2007    4.15%    2.95%-4.15%    2.95%
€250.0    None    July 27, 2007    July 27, 2008    4.30%    3.15%-4.30%    3.15%
€250.0 to €160.0    Amortizing    July 27, 2008    April 27, 2011    4.40%    3.55%-4.40%    3.55%

Derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value which approximates the amount that the Company would pay or receive to settle the position. As of September 30, 2006 the net fair value of the derivative agreements was $4,751 which is reflected in the consolidated balance sheet.

Fair value information on financial instruments used to hedge S&C business exposure to foreign currency and interest late risk is not available due to the centralized nature of TI’s hedging program.

18. Business Segment Data

The Company organizes its business into two reporting segments, Sensors and Controls, based on differences in products included in each segment. The reportable segments are consistent with how management views the markets served by the Company and the financial information that is reviewed by its chief operating decision maker. The Company manages the Sensors and Controls businesses as components of an enterprise for which separate information is available and is evaluated regularly by the Chief Operating Officer, the chief operating decision maker, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. An operating segment’s performance is primarily evaluated based on segment operating income, which excludes share-based compensation expense, restructuring charges and certain corporate costs not associated with the operations of the segment. These corporate costs are separately stated below and include costs that are primarily related to functional areas such as accounting, treasury, information technology, legal, human resource, and internal audit. The Company believes that segment operating income, as defined above, is an appropriate measure for evaluating the operating performance of its segments. However, this measure should be considered in addition to, not a substitute for, or superior to, income from operations or other measures of financial performance prepared

 

F-45


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

18. Business Segment Data—(Continued)

 

in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The accounting policies of each of the two segments are the same as those in the summary of significant accounting policies included in Note 2.

The Sensors segment is a manufacturer of pressure, force and electromechanical sensor products used in subsystems of automobiles (e.g., engine, air conditioning, ride stabilization) and in industrial products such as heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems.

The Controls segment manufactures a variety of control applications used in industrial, aerospace, military, commercial and residential markets. The Controls product portfolio includes motor and compressor protectors, circuit breakers, semiconductor burn-in test sockets, electronic HVAC controls, arc-fault circuit protectors and precision switches and thermostats.

The table below presents information about reported segments for the periods April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2005.

 

     Successor          Predecessor  
     For the periods        
     April 27
(inception) to
September 30, 2006
        

January 1 to

April 26, 2006

   

For the nine

months ended

September 30, 2005

 

Net revenues:

              

Sensors

   $ 310,056           $ 223,280     $ 455,222  

Controls

     193,886             152,320       337,405  
                              

Total net revenues

   $ 503,942           $ 375,600     $ 792,627  
                             
 

Segment operating income (as defined above):

              

Sensors

   $ 80,904           $ 54,139     $ 116,028  

Controls

     53,197             39,566       86,181  
                              

Total segment operating income

   $ 134,101           $ 93,705     $ 202,209  
 

Corporate / other

     (23,136 )           (18,609 )     (9,402 )

Restructuring and other costs, net

     —               (2,456 )     (12,175 )

Turn-around effect of step-up in inventory to fair value

     (24,571 )           —         —    

Amortization of intangibles and capitalized software

     (53,245 )           (1,078 )     (1,692 )
                              

Profit from operations

   $ 33,149           $ 71,562     $ 178,940  

Interest expense, net

     (121,514 )           (511 )     (121 )

Currency transaction (loss)/gain and other

     (34,328 )           115       11  
                              

(Loss) / income before income taxes

   $ (122,693 )         $ 71,166     $ 178,830  
                              

 

F-46


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

18. Business Segment Data—(Continued)

 

The table below presents total assets for the reported segments as of September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005.

 

       September 30, 2006    December 31, 2005

Total assets

     

Sensors

   $ 2,116,954    $ 253,630

Controls

     929,588      173,881

Corporate / other

     247,524      76,786
               

Total

   $ 3,294,066    $ 504,297
               

19. Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements

On April 26, 2006, in connection with the Acquisition, the Company issued $751,605 aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes and the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes as described in Note 10 (the “Notes”). The Senior Notes are jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis and the Senior Subordinated Notes are jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, in each case, subject to certain exceptions, by the Company and each of the Company’s direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries in the U.S., The Netherlands, Mexico, Brazil, Japan, South Korea and Malaysia other than immaterial subsidiaries (collectively, the “Guarantors”). Each of the Guarantors is 100 percent owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company. All other subsidiaries of the Company, either direct or indirect, do not guarantee the Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes (“Non-Guarantors”). The Guarantors also unconditionally guarantee the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, described in Note 10.

The following condensed consolidating and combined financial statements are presented for the information of the holders of the Notes and present the Condensed Consolidating and Combining Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005 and the Condensed Consolidating and Combining Statements of Operations and Statements of Cash Flows for the periods April 27, 2006 to September 30, 2006, January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 of the Company, which is the issuer of the Notes, the Guarantors, the Non-Guarantors, the elimination entries necessary to consolidate and combine the issuer with the Guarantor and Non-Guarantor subsidiaries and the Company on a consolidated and combined basis.

Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for using the equity method for purposes of the consolidated and combined presentation. The principal elimination entries relate to investments in subsidiaries and intercompany balances and transactions. Separate financial statements and other disclosures with respect to the subsidiary guarantors have not been provided as management believes the following information is sufficient, as the guarantor subsidiaries are 100 percent owned by the parent and all guarantees are full and unconditional. Additionally, substantially all of the assets of the Guarantor Subsidiaries are pledged under the Notes and, consequently, will not be available to satisfy the claims of Sensata’s general creditors.

For the Successor period, intercompany profits from the sale of inventory between Sensata Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries and Company’s Guarantor Subsidiaries have been reflected on a gross basis within Net revenue and Cost of revenue in the Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Statement of Operations, and are eliminated to arrive at the

 

F-47


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

19. Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Sensata Combined Statement of Operations. It is Sensata’s policy to expense intercompany profit margin through Cost of Revenue when an intercompany sale takes place. Therefore, in the Condensed Combining Balance Sheets, intercompany profits are not included in the carrying value of Inventories of the Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries. Instead, Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or estimated net realizable value, without giving effect to intercompany profits. Sensata believes this presentation best represents the actual revenues earned, costs incurred and financial position of the Company’s legal entities.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

19. Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

September 30, 2006

 

     Sensata
(Issuer)
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Eliminations     Sensata
Consolidated

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 42,129    $ 36,888    $ 9,008    $ —       $ 88,025

Accounts receivable, net of allowances

     —        181,739      4,661      —         186,400

Intercompany accounts receivable

     156,312      226,226      8,284      (390,822 )     —  

Inventories

     —        84,994      6,867      —         91,861

Deferred income tax assets

     —        2,366      177        2,543

Prepaid and other current assets

     1,023      48,254      1,264      —         50,541
                                   

Total current assets

     199,464      580,467      30,261      (390,822 )     419,370

Property, plant and equipment, net

     —        217,603      21,086      —         238,689

Goodwill

     —        1,329,478      77,616      —         1,407,094

Other intangible assets, net

     —        1,154,916      —        —         1,154,916

Investment in subsidiaries

     945,818      —        —        (945,818 )     —  

Advances to subsidiaries

     2,064,882      —        —        (2,064,882 )     —  

Other assets

     69,055      3,570      1,372            73,997
                                   

Total assets

   $ 3,279,219    $ 3,286,034    $ 130,335    $ (3,401,522 )   $ 3,294,066
                                   

Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Current portion of long term debt and capital lease

   $ 13,618    $ 433    $ —      $ —       $ 14,051

Accounts payable

     —        55,471      3,729      —         59,200

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     46,281      92,348      4,965      —         143,594

Intercompany liabilities

     214,852      161,577      14,393      (390,822 )     —  

Accrued profit sharing

     —        5,368      277      —         5,645
                                   

Total current liabilities

     274,751      315,197      23,364      (390,822 )     222,490

Pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations

     —        23,534      317      —         23,851

Capital lease obligations

     —        30,495      —        —         30,495

Long-term intercompany liabilities

     —        2,045,285      19,597      (2,064,882 )     —  

Long-term debt, less current portion

     2,105,168      —        —        —         2,105,168

Other liabilities

     5,978      11,746      1,016      —         18,740
                                   

Total liabilities

     2,385,897      2,426,257      44,294      (2,455,704 )     2,400,744

Shareholder’s equity

             

Shareholder’s equity

     893,322      859,777      86,041      (945,818 )     893,322
                                   

Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity

   $ 3,279,219    $ 3,286,034    $ 130,335    $ (3,401,522 )   $ 3,294,066
                                   

 

F-49


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

19. Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Condensed Combining Balance Sheet

December 31, 2005

 

     Sensata
(Issuer)(a)
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Eliminations     Sensors and
Controls
Combined

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Accounts receivable, net of allowances

   $  —      $ 161,230    $ 4,070    $ —       $ 165,300

Intercompany accounts receivable

     —        12,030      6,181      (18,211 )     —  

Inventories

     —        78,731      7,137      —         85,868

Deferred income tax assets

     —        17,757      307      —         18,064

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     —        10,730      585      —         11,315
                                   

Total current assets

     —        280,478      18,280      (18,211 )     280,547

Property, plant and equipment, net

     —        154,438      14,394      —         168,832

Goodwill

     —        24,626      11,753      —         36,379

Other intangible assets, net

     —        3,249      486      —         3,735

Other assets

     —        13,594      1,210      —         14,804
                                   

Total assets

   $  —      $ 476,385    $ 46,123    $ (18,211 )   $ 504,297
                                   

Liabilities and Invested Equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Current portion of capital lease

   $  —      $ 646    $ —      $ —       $ 646

Accounts payable

     —        47,020      3,174      —         50,194

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     —        51,668      2,909      —         54,577

Intercompany liabilities

     —        6,181      12,030      (18,211 )     —  

Accrued profit sharing

     —        7,789      323      —         8,112
                                   

Total current liabilities

     —        113,304      18,436      (18,211 )     113,529

Capital lease obligations

     —        30,519      —        —         30,519

Other liabilities

     —        4,522      54      —         4,576
                                   

Total liabilities

     —        148,345      18,490      (18,211 )     148,624

TI’s net investment

     —        328,040      27,633      —         355,673
                                   

Total liabilities and TI’s net investment

   $  —      $ 476,385    $ 46,123    $ (18,211 )   $ 504,297
                                   

(a) For the periods prior to the Acquisition, Sensata was not a part of the S&C business.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

19. Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations

For the Period From April 27, 2006 (inception) to September 30, 2006

 

     Sensata
(Issuer)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Sensata
Consolidated
 

Net revenue

   $ —       $ 695,792     $ 36,723     $ (228,573 )   $ 503,942  

Operating costs and expenses:

          

Cost of revenue

     —         549,656       28,559       (228,573 )     349,642  

Research and development

     —         11,872       —         —         11,872  

Selling, general and administrative

     4,093       99,080       6,106       —         109,279  
                                        

Total operating costs and expenses

     4,093       660,608       34,665       (228,573 )     470,793  
                                        

(Loss)/profit from operations

     (4,093 )     35,184       2,058       —         33,149  

Interest expense, net

     (51,181 )     (69,730 )     (603 )     —         (121,514 )

Currency translation (loss)/gain and other

     (33,882 )     (2,804 )     2,358       —         (34,328 )
                                        

(Loss)/income before income taxes and equity in earnings (losses) of subsidiaries

     (89,156 )     (37,350 )     3,813       —         (122,693 )

Equity in earnings (losses) of subsidiaries

     (33,537 )     —         —         33,537       —    

Provision/(Benefit) for income taxes

     24,561       20,775       1,679       (22,454 )     24,561  
                                        

Net (loss)/income

   $ (147,254 )   $ (58,125 )   $ 2,134     $ 55,991     $ (147,254 )
                                        

Condensed Combining Statements of Operations

For the Period From January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006

 

     Sensata
(Issuer)(a)
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Sensata
Combined
 

Net revenue

   $  —      $ 364,481     $ 27,232     $ (16,113 )   $ 375,600  

Operating costs and expenses:

           

Cost of revenue

     —        251,520       21,224       (16,113 )     256,631  

Research and development

     —        7,627       —         —         7,627  

Selling, general and administrative

     —        34,438       5,342       —         39,780  
                                       

Total operating costs and expenses

     —        293,585       26,566       (16,113 )     304,038  
                                       

Profit from operations

     —        70,896       666       —         71,562  

Currency translation (loss)/gain and other

     —        (414 )     18       —         (396 )
                                       

Income before income taxes and equity in earnings (losses) of subsidiaries

     —        70,482       684       —         71,166  

Provision for income taxes

     —        23,513       2,283       —         25,796  
                                       

Net income/(loss)

   $  —      $ 46,969     $ (1,599 )   $ —       $ 45,370  
                                       

(a) For the periods prior to the Acquisition, Sensata was not a part of the S&C business.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

19. Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Condensed Combining Statements of Operations

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005

 

     Sensata
(Issuer)
(a)
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Sensors
and
Controls
Combined
 

Net revenue

   $  —      $ 772,060     $ 49,864     $ (29,297 )   $ 792,627  

Operating costs and expenses:

           

Cost of revenue

     —        505,511       38,833       (29,297 )     515,047  

Research and development

     —        22,327       —         —         22,327  

Selling, general and administrative

     —        64,400       11,913       —         76,313  
                                       

Total operating costs and expenses

     —        592,238       50,746       (29,297 )     613,687  
                                       

Profit/(loss) from operations

     —        179,822       (882 )     —         178,940  

Currency translation (loss)/gain and other

     —        (10,430 )     10,320       —         (110 )
                                       

Income before income taxes and equity in earnings (losses) of subsidiaries

     —        169,392       9,438       —         178,830  

Provision for income taxes

     —        60,440       4,305       —         64,745  
                                       

Net income

   $ —      $ 108,953     $ 5,133       —       $ 114,085  
                                       

(a) For the periods prior to the Acquisition, Sensata was not a part of the S&C business.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

19. Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows

For the Period From April 27, 2006 (inception) to September 30, 2006

 

    Sensata
(Issuer)
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Sensata
Consolidated
 
    (in thousands)  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

         

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 34,776     $ 65,293     $ 6,909     $ (6,598 )   $ 100,380  

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

         

Additions to property, plant and equipment and capitalized software

    —         (15,359 )     (1,317 )     —         (16,676 )

Proceeds from sale of assets

    —         —         —         —         —    

Acquisition of the S&C business, net of cash received

    (3,012,641 )     (2,902,610 )     (99,265 )     3,012,645       (3,001,871 )
                                       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (3,012,641 )     (2,917,969 )     (100,582 )     3,012,645       (3,018,547 )

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

         

Proceeds from issuance of US term loan facility

    950,000       —         —         —         950,000  

Proceeds from issuance of Euro term loan facility

    400,088       —         —         —         400,088  

Proceeds from issuance of Senior Notes

    450,000       —         —         —         450,000  

Proceeds from issuance of Senior Subordinated Notes

    301,605       —         —         —         301,605  

Proceeds from issuance of revolving credit facility

    10,000       —         —         —         10,000  

Payments on revolving credit facility

    (10,000 )     —         —         —         (10,000 )

Payments on US Term loan facility

    (2,375 )     —         —         —         (2,375 )

Payments on euro Term loan facility

    (1,034 )     —         —         —         (1,034 )

Payments on capitalized lease

    —         (192 )     —         —         (192 )

Payment of debt issue costs

    (78,454 )     —         —         —         (78,454 )

Proceeds from issuance of Deferred Payment Certificates

    768,298       —         —         —         768,298  

Proceeds from issuance of Ordinary Shares

    216,699       —         —         —         216,699  

Capital contribution from Sensata Technologies Intermediate Holding

    1,557       —         —         —         1,557  

Proceeds from payments (on) intercompany loans

    13,610       2,070,869       31,144       (2,115,623 )     —    

Proceeds from intercompany investment in subsidiaries

    —         820,195       76,827       (897,022 )     —    

Dividends paid to Issuer

    —         (1,308 )     (5,290 )     6,598       —    
                                       

Net cash provided by financing activities

    3,019,994       2,889,564       102,681       (3,006,047 )     3,006,192  
                                       

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    42,129       36,888       9,008       —         88,025  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the period

    —         —         —         —         —    
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents, end of the period

  $ 42,129     $ 36,888     $ 9,008     $ —       $ 88,025  
                                       

 

F-53


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

19. Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Condensed Combining Statements of Cash Flows

For the Period From January 1, 2006 to April 26, 2006

 

    

Sensata

(Issuer) (a)

   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations    Sensata
Combined
 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

            

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ —      $ 43,306     $ (2,707 )   $ —      $ 40,599  

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

            

Additions to property, plant and equipment

     —        (16,025 )     (680 )     —        (16,705 )

Proceeds on sale of assets

     —        —         —         —        —    

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

     —        —         —         —        —    
                                      

Net cash used in investing activities

     —        (16,025 )     (680 )     —        (16,705 )

Cash Flow From Financing Activity:

            

Payments on capital lease

     —        (96 )     —         —        (96 )

Net transfers (to) from Texas Instruments

     —        (27,185 )     3,387       —        (23,798 )
                                      

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activity

     —        (27,281 )     3,387       —        (23,894 )
                                      

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     —        —         —         —        —    

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     —        —         —         —        —    
                                      

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ —      $ —       $ —       $ —      $ —    
                                      

(a) For the periods prior to the Acquisition, Sensata was not a part of the S&C business.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

19. Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Condensed Combining Statements of Cash Flows

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005

 

    Sensata
(Issuer) (a)
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations   Sensors and
Controls
Combined
 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

         

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $   —     $ 120,961     $ 18,446     $   —     $ 139,407  

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

         

Additions to property, plant and equipment

    —       (23,597 )     (6,249 )     —       (29,846 )

Proceeds on sale of assets

    —       4,661       —         —       4,661  

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

    —       (12,920 )     (4,974 )     —       (17,894 )
                                   

Net cash used in investing activities

    —       (31,856 )     (11,223 )       (43,079 )

Cash Flow From Financing Activity:

         

Net transfers to Texas Instruments

    —       (89,105 )     (7,223 )     —       (96,328 )
                                   

Net cash used in financing activity

    —       (89,105 )     (7,223 )     —       (96,328 )
                                   

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    —       —         —         —       —    

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    —       —         —         —       —    
                                   

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ —     $ —       $ —       $ —     $ —    
                                   

(a) For the periods prior to the Acquisition, Sensata was not a part of the S&C business.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

 

20. Subsequent Events

Engineered Materials Solutions, Inc .

On October 23, 2006, Sensata Technologies, Inc. (“STI”) our U.S. subsidiary, entered into a series of agreements to provide consignment of silver to facilitate production of certain products purchased by STI and other Sensata operating companies from Engineered Materials Solutions Inc. (“EMSI”). These agreements replaced an earlier agreement that had been provided by TI. STI, as consignee, entered into a consignment arrangement with a commercial bank, as consignor, to consign up to $25.0 million of silver. For 2005, purchases from EMSI amounted to approximately $28.0 million. STI, as consignor, also entered into a consignment agreement with EMSI, as consignee, to consign up to $21.0 million of the above commercial bank consignment to EMSI. STI and the commercial bank have security interest in the silver contained in raw materials, work-in-process, and finished goods inventory. STI’s obligations to the commercial bank are supported by (a) a letter of credit issued by an issuing bank in the amount of $23.5 million; (b) a guarantee of STI’s performance by Sensata Technologies Holding Company U.S., B.V.; and (c) a guarantee of STI’s performance by Sensata. As of December 20, 2006 STI had approximately $13.5 million of consignment silver with EMSI.

Netherlands Tax Law Change

On November 28, 2006, The Netherlands Parliament passed a new tax law reducing the tax net operating loss carryforward period to nine years. Under the rule in effect prior to January 1, 2007, the loss carryforward period is unlimited. Under U.S. GAAP, the effect of tax law changes are first reflected in the financial statements in the period that includes the date on which the law was passed. As such, the change in the Dutch tax law will be reflected in Sensata’s results for the fourth quarter of 2006. The Company is evaluating the impact of this new tax law on deferred income tax expense for the period ended December 31, 2006.

Malaysian Facilities Purchase

On December 15, 2006, the Company’s Malaysian operating subsidiary (Sensata Technologies Malaysia Sdn Bhd) entered into a sale and purchase agreement to acquire a building and real estate in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia for use as a production facility for its Sensors business. The total purchase price is MYR (Malaysia ringgit) 24.5 million (equivalent to $6.9 million) of which 10 percent has been paid to date with the balance due upon completion of the transaction. Completion is expected during the quarter ending March 31, 2007. In addition to the $6.9 million for purchase of the property, the Company anticipates spending, during the first two quarters of 2007, an additional $4.4 million for facilities upgrades in preparation for the relocation of manufacturing equipment from the facility leased from TI Malaysia. The Company will continue to relocate manufacturing lines during a phased move-out through 2007 and 2008.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands except share amounts, per share amounts, or unless otherwise noted)

20. Subsequent Events—(Continued)

 

First Technology Acquisition

On December 19, 2006, the Company acquired the First Technology Automotive and Special Products (FTAS) business from Honeywell Inc. for $90 million. FTAS designs, develops and manufacturers automotive sensors (cabin comfort and safety and stability control), electromechanical control devices (circuit breakers and thermal protectors), crash switch devices and precision ceramic components. FTAS’s products are sold to automotive OEMs, Tier I automotive suppliers, large vehicle and off-road OEMs, and industrial manufacturers. Approximately 20 percent of FTAS’s sales for the twelve months ended June 30, 2006 were made to non-automotive customers and less than half of sales were in North America. FTAS’s manufacturing operations are based in the Dominican Republic, with other manufacturing, production, engineering and administrative sites located in the United States and England. The purchase price of $90 million, plus fees and expenses of approximately $5.4 million, was funded by a €73.0 million new term loan ($95.4 million at issuance), the terms of which are defined in the existing Senior Secured Credit Facility.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors

Texas Instruments Incorporated

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of the Sensors and Controls Business of Texas Instruments Incorporated (the Business) as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related combined statements of operations and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Business’ management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Business’ internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Business’ internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of the Sensors and Controls Business of Texas Instruments Incorporated at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the combined results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 1 to the combined financial statements, the Business changed its method of accounting for stock-based compensation effective July 1, 2005.

/s/    ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Dallas, Texas

February 23, 2006, except for Notes 15 and 16, as to which the date is December 22, 2006

 

F-58


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands)

 

     December 31
     2005    2004

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Accounts receivable, net of allowances for customer adjustments and doubtful accounts of $5,472 in 2005 and $4,620 in 2004

   $ 165,300    $ 154,365

Inventories:

     

Raw materials

     35,976      41,022

Work in process

     14,685      13,664

Finished goods

     35,207      31,603
             
     85,868      86,289

Deferred income taxes

     18,064      19,691

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     11,315      15,175
             

Total current assets

     280,547      275,520

Property, plant and equipment, at cost

     518,591      497,479

Less accumulated depreciation

     349,759      372,733
             

Property, plant and equipment, net

     168,832      124,746

Goodwill

     36,379      24,153

Acquisition-related intangibles, net

     3,735      1,131

Capitalized software licenses, net

     2,558      4,021

Deferred income taxes

     5,874      8,199

Other assets

     6,372      4,748
             

Total assets

   $ 504,297    $ 442,518
             

Liabilities and Invested Equity

     

Current liabilities:

     

Current portion of capital lease obligation

   $ 646    $ —  

Accounts payable

     50,194      38,703

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     54,577      59,852

Accrued profit sharing

     8,112      13,950
             

Total current liabilities

     113,529      112,505

Other liabilities

     4,576      3,886

Capital lease obligation

     30,519      —  
             

Total liabilities

     148,624      116,391

Texas Instruments’ net investment

     355,673      326,127
             

Total liabilities and invested equity

   $ 504,297    $ 442,518
             

See accompanying notes

 

F-59


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31
     2005     2004    2003

Net revenue

   $ 1,060,671     $ 1,028,648    $ 928,449

Operating costs and expenses:

       

Cost of revenue

     704,918       661,056      617,357

Research and development

     28,737       31,957      25,360

Selling, general and administrative

     102,104       101,920      95,634
                     

Total operating costs and expenses

     835,759       794,933      738,351
                     

Profit from operations

     224,912       233,715      190,098

Other (expense)/income, net

     (105 )     1,731      774
                     

Income before income taxes

     224,807       235,446      190,872

Provision for income taxes

     81,390       83,381      66,679
                     

Net income

   $ 143,417     $ 152,065    $ 124,193
                     

See accompanying notes

 

F-60


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31  
     2005     2004     2003  

Operating Activities

      

Net income

   $ 143,417     $ 152,065     $ 124,193  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation

     28,700       29,589       33,776  

Share-based compensation

     2,900       60       60  

Amortization of capitalized software

     1,463       1,831       2,172  

Amortization of acquisition-related costs

     995       1,039       1,264  

Gains on sales of assets

     (1,143 )     —         —    

Deferred income taxes

     3,952       3,667       (9,822 )

Increase (decrease) from changes in:

      

Accounts receivable

     (10,935 )     (26,888 )     (5,944 )

Inventories

     1,079       (13,415 )     1,732  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,860       (7,365 )     2,413  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     4,132       3,730       1,482  

Accrued profit sharing

     (5,146 )     7,415       (1,143 )

Other

     2       (6,601 )     2,842  
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     173,276       145,127       153,025  

Investing Activities

      

Additions to property, plant and equipment

     (42,218 )     (37,887 )     (25,256 )

Sales of assets

     4,661       22,708       —    

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

     (18,948 )     (8,101 )     —    
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (56,505 )     (23,280 )     (25,256 )

Financing Activity

      

Net transfers to Texas Instruments

     (116,771 )     (121,847 )     (127,769 )
                        

Net cash used in financing activity

     (116,771 )     (121,847 )     (127,769 )
                        

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     —         —         —    

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     —         —         —    
                        

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ —       $ —       $ —    
                        

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

      

Noncash financing activity:

      

Attleboro facility capital lease

   $ 31,233     $ —       $ —    

See accompanying notes.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands)

 

1. Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies and Practices

Business

The Sensors and Controls Business (S&C, Sensors & Controls business, or the Company) of Texas Instruments Incorporated designs and manufactures sensors and electrical and electronic controls and operates in many countries around the world. S&C manufacturing operations exist in the Americas, Europe and Asia.

The Sensors business includes pressure sensors and transducers for the heating/ ventilation/air conditioning, automotive and industrial markets. The Company’s products improve operating performance, for example, by making a car’s heating and air-conditioning systems work more efficiently. Pressure sensors for fuel injection and vehicle stability improve safety and performance by reducing vehicle emissions and improving gas mileage.

The Controls business includes controls, motor protectors, circuit breakers, arc-fault circuit protectors and thermostats. These products help prevent damage from overheating and fires in a wide variety of applications, including aircraft, commercial heating and air-conditioning systems, refrigerators, cars, lighting and industrial applications.

Acquisitions

In the fourth quarter of 2004, S&C acquired, in the first part of the transaction, certain assets and liabilities of a controls business in China for approximately $7,808 in cash. In the second quarter of 2005, S&C completed the second part of the acquisition with the additional payment of $4,974 in cash, and an obligation to pay an additional $840 over the next five years. Assets acquired were $1,681 in equipment, $521 in inventories, and intangible assets that have a fair value of $642 for customer relationships and a non-compete agreement, which have useful lives of four and five years, respectively. The excess of the purchase consideration plus acquisition costs of $367 over the net fair value of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired, reflecting final purchase adjustments, resulted in goodwill of $11,145.

In June 2005, S&C acquired certain assets and liabilities of the mass airflow sensor business (MAFS) of Pierburg GmbH (Pierburg) for approximately $12,920 in cash. The remainder of Pierburg’s MAFS assets was acquired in the fourth quarter of 2005 for an additional $1,067. The purchase includes $147 of inventory and $4,378 of manufacturing equipment and tooling. Intangible assets for developed technology, patents, customer relationships, and a non-compete agreement have a fair value of $2,957 and will be amortized over 4-5 years. As of December 31, 2005, the excess of the purchase consideration plus acquisition costs of $432 over the net fair value of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired resulted in goodwill of $6,937.

The results of operations of the acquired businesses have been included in our results of operations since the respective dates of acquisition. Combined pro forma operations data for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, assuming the acquisitions had occurred at the beginning of such periods, have not been presented as such amounts would not have differed significantly from reported results.

Dispositions

In the second quarter of 2005, the Sensors & Controls business sold certain assets, primarily a building, related to its operations in Japan for cash of $4,661 and recognized a gain of $1,143.

In the fourth quarter of 2004, the Sensors & Controls business sold certain assets, primarily buildings, in a sale-leaseback transaction associated with its operations in Attleboro, Massachusetts. Cash proceeds from the

 

F-62


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

sale were $22,708. The Sensors & Controls business recorded a deferred gain from the sale of $629, which will be recognized as a reduction to cost of revenues over a 10-year period.

Basis of Presentation

The combined financial statements for the Sensors & Controls business included herein were derived from the consolidated financial statements of Texas Instruments Incorporated (TI) using the historical results of operations and the historical basis of assets and liabilities of TI’s Sensors and Controls reportable operating business segment, excluding the radio frequency identification (RFID) systems business which had been operated as a part of that segment.

The combined financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., which require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements. Actual results may vary.

The financial statements include all costs of the S&C operating business and include costs allocated from TI. However, the financial statements are not intended to be a complete presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows as if the Sensors & Controls business had operated as a stand-alone entity during the periods presented. Had the Sensors & Controls business existed as a separate entity, its results of operations and financial position could have differed materially from those included in the combined financial statements included herein. In addition, future results of operations and financial position could differ materially from the historical results presented.

TI’s investment in the Sensors & Controls business is shown as TI’s net investment in lieu of stockholders’ equity in the combined financial statements because no direct ownership relationship existed among the entities that will comprise the Sensors & Controls business. TI uses a centralized approach to cash management and the financing of its operations. Cash deposits from the Sensors & Controls business are transferred to TI on a regular basis and are netted against TI’s net investment account. Consequently, none of TI’s cash, cash equivalents or debt has been allocated to the Sensors & Controls business in the combined financial statements.

All intercompany balances and transactions within the Sensors & Controls business have been eliminated. All dollar amounts in the financial statements and tables in the notes, except per share amounts, are stated in thousands of U.S. dollars unless otherwise indicated.

Foreign Currency

For financial reporting purposes, the functional currency for foreign operations is the U.S. dollar. Accounts recorded in currencies other than U.S. dollars are remeasured into the functional currency. Current assets (except inventories), deferred income taxes, other assets, current liabilities and long-term liabilities are remeasured at exchange rates in effect at year-end. Inventories, property, plant and equipment, and depreciation thereon are remeasured at historic exchange rates. Revenue and expense accounts other than depreciation for each month are remeasured at the appropriate daily rate of exchange.

Derivatives

S&C uses derivative financial instruments indirectly through its participation in the centralized hedging functions of TI, which are designed primarily to minimize exposure to foreign currency risk. TI enters into

 

F-63

 

1. Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies and Practices—(Continued)


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

certain foreign currency derivative instruments that do not meet hedge accounting criteria. These instruments are primarily forward currency exchange contracts that are intended as economic hedges to minimize the adverse earnings impact from the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on all of TI’s non-U.S. dollar net balance sheet exposures. TI does not use derivatives for speculative or trading purposes.

As a result of its participation in TI’s centralized hedging program, currency exchange gains and losses from remeasurement of S&C’s assets and liabilities have been netted against losses or gains from forward currency exchange contracts. Net gains and losses have not been material.

Gains and losses from other forward currency exchange contracts intended to hedge specific transactions and from terminated forward currency exchange contracts are deferred and included in the measurement of the related transactions.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from sales of S&C’s products, including shipping fees, if any, is recognized when title to the products is transferred to the customer, which usually occurs upon shipment or delivery, depending upon the terms of the sales order. Estimates of returns for product quality reasons and of price allowances (calculated based upon historical experience, analysis of product shipments and contractual arrangements with customers) are recorded when revenue is recognized. Allowances include discounts for prompt payment, as well as volume-based incentives and special pricing arrangements. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of revenue.

Advertising Costs

Advertising and other promotional costs are expensed as incurred, and were $854 for 2005, $851 for 2004, and were not material for 2003.

Impairments of Long-Lived Assets

Reviews are regularly performed to determine whether facts or circumstances exist that indicate the carrying values of S&C’s fixed assets or intangible assets to be held and used are impaired. S&C assesses the recoverability of its assets by comparing the projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with those assets to their respective carrying amounts. Impairment, if any, is based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of those assets. Fair value is determined by available market valuations, if applicable, or by discounted cash flows.

Income Taxes

The operations of the Sensors & Controls business are included in the consolidated U.S. federal income tax return and certain foreign income tax returns of TI. The income tax provisions and related deferred tax assets and liabilities have been determined as if the Sensor and Controls business were a separate taxpayer. Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities.

Effect of Share-Based Compensation

Employees of the Sensors & Controls business may participate in certain of TI’s share-based compensation plans, receiving stock options for TI common stock and/or restricted stock units of TI under long-term incentive plans as well as participating in TI’s employee stock purchase plan.

 

F-64

 

1. Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies and Practices—(Continued)


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

Prior to July 1, 2005, TI accounted for awards granted under those plans following the recognition and measurement principles of Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , and related interpretations. No compensation cost was reflected in the Sensors & Controls business operations for stock options, as all options granted under those plans have an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of the grant (except options granted under TI’s employee stock purchase plans). Compensation cost has been recognized for restricted stock units (RSUs).

Effective July 1, 2005, TI adopted the fair value recognition provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123(R), Share-Based Payments, using the modified prospective application method. Under this transition method, compensation cost recognized in the year ended December 31, 2005, includes the applicable amounts of: (a) compensation cost of all share-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of July 1, 2005 (the amounts of which are based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS No. 123 and previously presented in TI’s pro forma footnote disclosures), and (b) compensation cost for all share-based payments granted subsequent to July 1, 2005 (the amounts of which are based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the new provisions of SFAS No. 123(R)). Results for prior periods have not been restated.

Effect of Adopting FAS 123(R)

The effect on the Sensors & Controls business for the year ended December 31, 2005, from TI’s adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) as of July 1, 2005, was an increase in stock-option compensation expense of $2,749 (recognized in SG&A) and a decrease in net income of $1,967.

The amounts above include S&C’s portion of the impact of recognizing compensation expense related to participation in TI’s non-qualified stock options and stock options offered under TI’s employee stock purchase plan. Compensation expense related to RSUs was already being recognized before implementation of SFAS No. 123(R).

The total amount of recognized share-based compensation cost, which was related to outstanding RSUs applicable to the Sensors & Controls business, for the periods presented, was $151 in 2005, $60 in 2004, and $60 in 2003. The estimated portion of share-based compensation expense (after taxes) that would have been recognized if the Sensors & Controls business had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 to each period presented was $3,839 for 2005, $4,092 for 2004, and $4,763 for 2003. The estimation was based on the relative number of options granted to participating S&C employees to the total number of options granted to all TI employees. Share-based compensation expense has not been allocated to the various segments but is reflected in corporate activities and other.

As a result, the pro forma effect on net income, as required by SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123 , is not presented as the effect on the Sensors & Controls business was not material.

Comprehensive Income

The only component of comprehensive income is net income.

 

F-65

 

1. Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies and Practices—(Continued)


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

Allowance for Losses on Receivables

The allowance for losses on receivables is used to provide for potential impairment of receivables. The allowance represents an estimate of probable but unconfirmed losses in the receivable portfolio. S&C estimates the allowance on the basis of specifically identified receivables that are evaluated individually for impairment, and a statistical analysis of the remaining receivables. Customers are generally not required to provide collateral for purchases.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or estimated net realizable value. Cost is generally computed on a first-in-first-out basis. S&C conducts quarterly inventory reviews for salability and obsolescence. A specific allowance is provided for inventory considered unlikely to be sold. Inventory is written off in the period in which disposal occurs.

Property, Plant and Equipment and Other Capitalized Costs

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated primarily on the 150 percent declining-balance method over their estimated useful lives. Depreciation expense was $28,700 in 2005, $29,589 in 2004 and $33,776 in 2003.

Acquisition-related costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated economic life of the assets. Capitalized software licenses generally are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the license. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful lives of the improvements.

Assets held under capital leases are recorded at the lower of the present value of the minimum lease payments or the fair value of the leased asset at the inception of the lease. Amortization expense is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the period of the related lease.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill is not amortized, but is reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if certain indicators arise. S&C completes its annual goodwill impairment tests as of October 1 of each year. This annual test is performed by comparing the fair value of S&C reporting units to their associated book value including goodwill. For each of the periods presented, the fair value exceeded the carrying value including goodwill; therefore, no impairment was indicated.

Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated lives. Fully amortized intangible assets are written off against accumulated amortization.

Changes in Accounting Standards

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs, an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4 , which will become effective for the Sensors & Controls

 

F-66

 

1. Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies and Practices—(Continued)


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

business beginning January 1, 2006. This standard clarifies that abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted material should be expensed as incurred and not included in overhead. In addition, this standard requires that the allocation of fixed production overhead costs to inventory be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. The Sensors & Controls business is currently evaluating the potential impact of this standard on its financial position and results of operations, but does not believe the impact of the change will be material.

In March 2005, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 47, Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 143 (FIN 47), which is effective for the Sensors & Controls business as of December 31, 2005. This interpretation provides additional guidance as to when companies should record the fair value of a liability for a conditional asset retirement obligation when there is uncertainty about the timing or method of settlement of the obligation. The Sensors & Controls business has completed the evaluation of the impact of this standard on its financial position and results of operations, and has determined that the impact of the change was not material.

Reclassifications

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation.

2. Property, Plant and Equipment, at Cost

 

    

Depreciable

Lives

   December 31
        2005    2004

Land

   —      $ 4,804    $ 6,033

Buildings and improvements

   5-40      123,884      102,341

Machinery and equipment

   3-10      389,903      389,105
                

Total

      $ 518,591    $ 497,479
                

3. Goodwill and Other Acquisition-Related Intangibles

 

    

Amortization

Period

   December 31
        2005    2004

Goodwill—net

   —      $ 36,379    $ 24,153

Acquisition-related intangibles—net

   5-8 years      3,735      1,131
                

Total

      $ 40,114    $ 25,284
                

Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently if certain indicators arise. No impairment indicators arose during 2005 or 2004. The goodwill balances shown are net of $8,889 accumulated amortization as of year end 2005 and 2004.

 

F-67

 

1. Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies and Practices—(Continued)


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

The changes in carrying amount of goodwill as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, were:

 

     Sensors    Controls    Total

Balance—December 31, 2004

   $ 18,297    $ 5,856    $ 24,153

Increase due to acquisitions

     6,937      5,289      12,226
                    

Balance—December 31, 2005

   $ 25,234    $ 11,145    $ 36,379
                    

The following table reflects the components of acquisition-related intangible assets, excluding goodwill, that are subject to amortization:

 

     December 31, 2005    December 31, 2004
    

Gross
Carrying

Amount

  

Accumulated

Amortization

  

Gross

Carrying

Amount

  

Accumulated

Amortization

Developed and core technology

   $ 5,334    $ 3,896    $ 4,200    $ 3,225

Patents and license agreements

     681      419      500      344

Customer relationships

     1,206      171      —        —  

Non-compete agreements

     1,078      78      —        —  
                           

Total

   $ 8,299    $ 4,564    $ 4,700    $ 3,569
                           

Acquisition-related intangible assets are amortized over 4-5 years on a straight-line basis. Remaining amortization of these acquisition-related intangibles is estimated to be $1,373 in 2006, $845 in 2007, $757 in 2008, $622 in 2009, and $138 in 2010.

4. Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

 

     December 31
     2005    2004

Accrued restructuring expenses

   $ 14,348    $ 12,989

Accrued salaries, wages and vacation pay

     14,063      18,448

Accrued freight, utility and insurance charges

     5,029      5,866

Other accrued expenses and liabilities

     21,137      22,549
             

Total

   $ 54,577    $ 59,852
             

 

F-68

 

3. Goodwill and Other Acquisition-Related Intangibles—(Continued)


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

5. Related Party Transactions and TI’s Net Investment

Related Party Transactions

TI provides various services to the Sensors & Controls business, including but not limited to cash management, facilities management, data processing, security, payroll and employee benefit administration, insurance administration and telecommunication services. TI allocates these expenses and all other central operating costs, first on the basis of direct usage when identifiable, with the remainder allocated among TI’s businesses on the basis of their respective revenues, headcount or other measure. In the opinion of management of TI, these methods of allocating costs are reasonable. Expenses allocated to the Sensors & Controls business were as follows:

 

          Year Ended December 31

Types of Expenses

  

Basis of Allocation

   2005    2004    2003

Employee benefits

   Headcount    $ 11,110    $ 15,128    $ 14,411

Corporate support functions

   Revenue      17,344      14,940      14,510

IT services

   Headcount      7,658      7,583      7,356

Facilities

   Square footage      5,983      4,210      3,930
                       

Total

   $ 42,095    $ 41,861    $ 40,207
                       

Intercompany sales to TI were approximately $5,254, $2,859, and $4,925 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively, primarily for test hardware used in TI’s semiconductor business.

The Sensors & Controls business participates in TI’s centralized system for cash management and the financing of its operations. Cash flows from operating receipts from the Sensors & Controls business are transferred to TI on a regular basis, and cash disbursements for working capital and capital expenditures are funded by TI. These transactions are reflected in the changes in TI’s net investment account.

 

     December 31  
     2005     2004     2003  

TI’s net investment—beginning of year

   $ 326,127     $ 295,849     $ 299,365  

Net income

     143,417       152,065       124,193  

Share-based compensation

     2,900       60       60  

Net cash remitted to TI

     (116,771 )     (121,847 )     (127,769 )
                        

TI’s net investment—end of year

   $ 355,673     $ 326,127     $ 295,849  
                        

 

F-69


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

6. Share-Based Compensation

Employees of the Sensors & Controls business may participate in certain of TI’s share-based compensation plans, receiving stock options for TI common stock and/or restricted stock units of TI under long-term incentive plans as well as participating in TI’s employee stock purchase plan. The following information relates to all of TI’s share-based compensation plans.

TI has stock options outstanding to participants under various stock option plans. Option prices per share generally may not be less than 100 percent of the fair market value on the date of the grant. Substantially all the options have a 10-year term. Except for options granted as part of a special retention grant in February 2003 (which vest beginning in the second year after grant at a rate of 50 percent/25 percent/25 percent per year), options granted subsequent to 1996 generally vest ratably over four years.

Sensors & Controls Portion of TI’s Stock Options

TI has managed its share-based compensation plans on an individual participant basis and not on a business entity basis. Therefore, certain separate information necessary to report option activity of the employees of the Sensors & Controls business participating in the TI plans for all applicable periods is not readily available. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, employees of the Sensors & Controls business held options on 2,700,884 and 3,556,994 shares of TI common stock at weighted-average exercise prices per share of $26.53 and $24.28, respectively.

7. Post-Retirement Benefit Plans

Most S&C employees may participate in various TI employee benefit retirement plans, including defined benefit, defined contribution, and retiree health care benefit plans, as well as deferred compensation arrangements for qualifying employees.

TI has managed its employee benefit retirement plans on a consolidated basis, and separate information for the Sensors & Controls business is not readily available. Therefore, the Sensors & Controls business share of the TI employee benefit plans’ assets and liabilities is not included in the combined balance sheets. The combined statements of income include an allocation of the costs of the employee benefit plans. These costs were allocated based on the Sensors & Controls business employee population for each period presented. Net periodic benefit cost allocated from TI for the respective plans is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31
     2005    2004    2003

Defined benefit pension expense

   $ 5,274    $ 6,327    $ 7,095

Defined contribution plans expense

     5,948      8,051      6,550

Retiree health care expense

     1,349      1,327      592

 

F-70


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

The information that follows was provided by TI and relates to the entire TI pension and postretirement plans. This information was derived from the detailed disclosures included in TI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005.

Summary of TI’s Post-Retirement Benefit Plans

U.S. Retirement Plans

The principal retirement plans in the U.S include a qualified defined benefit pension plan (which is closed to new participants hired after November 1997), a defined contribution plan and an enhanced defined contribution plan. Both defined contribution plans offer an employer-matching savings option that allows employees to make pre-tax contributions to various investment choices, including a TI common stock fund. Employees who elected to remain in the qualified defined benefit pension plan may also participate in the defined contribution plan, where employer-matching contributions are provided for up to 2 percent of the employee’s annual eligible earnings. Employees who elected not to remain in the defined benefit pension plan, and new employees hired after November 1997 and through December 31, 2003, may participate in the enhanced defined contribution plan. This plan provides for a fixed employer contribution of 2 percent of the employee’s annual eligible earnings, plus an employer-matching contribution of up to 4 percent of the employee’s annual eligible earnings. Employees hired after December 31, 2003, may participate in the enhanced defined contribution plan, where employer-matching contributions are provided for up to 4 percent of the employee’s annual eligible earnings.

The benefits under the non-contributory defined benefit pension plan are determined using a formula based upon years of service and the highest five consecutive years of compensation. TI intends to contribute amounts to this plan to meet the minimum funding requirements of federal laws and regulations plus such additional amounts as TI deems appropriate.

U.S. Retiree Health Care Benefit Plans

TI offers access to group medical coverage during retirement to most of its U.S. employees. TI makes a contribution toward the cost of those retiree medical benefits for certain retirees and their dependents. The contribution rates are based upon varying factors, the most important of which are an employee’s date of hire, date of retirement, years of service and qualification for Medicare benefits. The balance of the cost is borne by the participants in the plan. Employees hired after January 1, 2001, are responsible for the full cost of their medical benefits during retirement.

Non-U.S. Retirement Plans

Retirement coverage for non-U.S. employees of TI is provided, to the extent deemed appropriate, through separate defined benefit and defined contribution plans. Retirement benefits are generally based on an employee’s years of service and compensation. Funding requirements are determined on an individual country and plan basis and subject to local country practices and market circumstances.

 

F-71

 

7. Post-Retirement Benefit Plans—(Continued)


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

The following presents selected information on the obligations, assets, and the funded status of the TI defined benefit and retiree health care plans:

 

    

U.S. Defined

Benefit

    Retiree Health Care    

Non-U.S. Defined

Benefit

 
     2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  

Projected benefit obligation (PBO)

   $ 856,000     $ 788,000     $ 453,000     $ 430,000     $ 1,639,000     $ 1,609,000  

Accumulated benefit obligation

     748,000       704,000       —         —         1,411,000       1,391,000  

Fair value of plan assets (FVPA)

     779,000       785,000       311,000       323,000       1,082,000       848,000  

Funded status (FVPA—PBO)

     (77,000 )     (3,000 )     (142,000 )     (107,000 )     (557,000 )     (761,000 )

Deferred Compensation Arrangements

Qualified employees of the Sensors & Controls business may participate in deferred compensation arrangements provided by TI.

Specifics to TI’s Plan

TI has a non-qualified deferred compensation plan, which allows certain highly compensated employees the option to defer the receipt of a portion of their salary, bonus, profit sharing and non-qualified pension benefits. Employees who participate in the deferred compensation plan can select one of eight distribution options offered by the plan. Payments are made after the employee terminates, based on their distribution election and plan balance. Participants can earn a return on their deferred compensation that is based on hypothetical investments in the same mutual funds and TI common stock offered in TI’s 401(k) plan. Changes in the market value of these participant investments are reflected as an adjustment to the deferred compensation liability of TI with an offset to compensation expense.

As of December 31, 2005, the liability of TI to the participants of the deferred compensation plan was $179,000 and is recorded in TI’s consolidated financial statements in noncurrent liabilities. This amount reflects the accumulated participant deferrals and earnings thereon as of that date. TI makes no contributions to the deferred compensation plan and so remains contingently liable to the participants. However, to serve as an economic hedge of the financial impact of changes in market values of these hypothetical investments, TI invests in similar mutual funds and has entered into a forward purchase contract to hedge participant elections to invest in TI common stock. Changes in the fair value of these mutual fund investments and forward purchase contract are recognized as an offset to compensation expense.

In December 2004, as a result of certain provisions within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, the existing deferred compensation plan was closed to deferral elections for compensation earned after 2004.

S&C’s Participation

As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the deferred compensation liability related to S&C employees participating in the TI deferred compensation plan was $9,608 and $8,789, respectively. No assets or liabilities of the TI deferred compensation plan have been included in the combined financial statements.

 

F-72

 

7. Post-Retirement Benefit Plans—(Continued)


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

Other

Certain non-U.S. operations have accrued other retirement benefit liabilities to comply with local laws or regulations regarding employee rights to certain benefits that may accumulate as the employee provides service, based on a formula of months pay per year of service. After a certain period of time, the employee can choose to withdraw their accrued balance without ceasing employment. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, this accrued benefit liability for S&C was approximately $4,020 and $3,325, respectively.

8. Profit Sharing Plan

TI sponsors various profit sharing plans for S&C employees, the largest of which is the S&C employee profit sharing plan. Profit sharing benefits are generally formulaic and determined by one or more financial metrics. S&C recognized $8,112, $13,950, and $7,295 of profit sharing expense under the plans in 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

9. Income Taxes

The operations of the Sensors & Controls business are included in the consolidated tax returns of TI. However, the income tax provisions included in the accompanying combined statements of income have been determined as if the Sensors & Controls business were a separate taxpayer.

Income Before Provision for Income Taxes

 

     U.S.    Non-U.S.    Total

2005

   $ 62,735    $ 162,072    $ 224,807

2004

     81,401      154,045      235,446

2003

     63,225      127,647      190,872

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

 

     U.S. Federal     Non-U.S.     U.S. State     Total  

2005:

        

Current

   $ 22,286     $ 54,143     $ 1,009     $ 77,438  

Deferred

     2,166       1,404       382       3,952  
                                

Total

   $ 24,452     $ 55,547     $ 1,391     $ 81,390  
                                

2004:

        

Current

   $ 26,533     $ 51,741     $ 1,440     $ 79,714  

Deferred

     5,247       (1,891 )     311       3,667  
                                

Total

   $ 31,780     $ 49,850     $ 1,751     $ 83,381  
                                

2003:

        

Current

   $ 33,816     $ 40,959     $ 1,726     $ 76,501  

Deferred

     (7,254 )     (2,139 )     (429 )     (9,822 )
                                

Total

   $ 26,562     $ 38,820     $ 1,297     $ 66,679  
                                

 

F-73

 

7. Post-Retirement Benefit Plans—(Continued)


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

Principal reconciling items from income tax computed at the statutory federal rate for the years ended December 31 follow:

 

     2005     2004     2003  

Computed tax at statutory rate

   $ 78,682     $ 82,406     $ 66,805  

Research and development tax credits

     (1,443 )     (1,213 )     (788 )

Effect of U.S. state income taxes

     1,391       1,751       1,297  

Tax benefit from export sales and domestic manufacturing

     (1,071 )     (448 )     (635 )

Other

     3,831       885       —    
                        

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 81,390     $ 83,381     $ 66,679  
                        

The primary components of deferred income tax assets at December 31 were as follows:

 

     2005     2004

Deferred income tax assets:

    

Inventories and related reserves

   $ 9,358     $ 9,024

Accrued expenses

     10,594       12,543

Property, plant and equipment

     4,369       5,706

Other

     (383 )     617
              

Net deferred income tax asset

   $ 23,938     $ 27,890
              

The Sensors & Controls business makes an ongoing assessment regarding the realization of U.S. and non-U.S. deferred tax assets of the Sensors & Controls business. While these assets are not assured of realization, our assessment is that a valuation allowance is not required for the existing deferred tax assets. This assessment is based on our evaluation of relevant criteria, including the existence of (i) taxable income in prior carryback years and (ii) future taxable income.

10. Business Segment and Geographic Area Data

S&C organizes its business into two operating segments, Sensors and Controls, based on differences in products included in each segment. The Sensors segment is a manufacturer of pressure, force and electromechanical sensor products used in subsystems of automobiles (e.g., engine, air conditioning, ride stabilization) and in industrial products such as heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems.

The Controls segment is a manufacturer of a variety of control applications used in industrial, aerospace, military, commercial and residential markets. The Controls product portfolio includes motor and compressor protectors, circuit breakers, semiconductor burn-in test sockets, electronic HVAC controls, arc-fault circuit protectors and precision switches and thermostats.

Corporate activities include general corporate expenses, including TI corporate support functions, restructuring expenses, stock compensation expense, and amortization of acquisition-related intangibles and capitalized software. Assets of corporate activities include acquisition-related goodwill and intangibles, and deferred income taxes.

 

F-74

 

9. Income Taxes—(Continued)


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

Business Segment Information

 

     Sensors    Controls   

Corporate Activities

and Other

    Total

Net Revenue

          

2005

   $ 617,310    $ 443,361    $ —       $ 1,060,671

2004

     567,749      460,899      —         1,028,648

2003

     513,632      414,817      —         928,449

Profit (Loss) from Operations

          

2005

   $ 157,358    $ 114,854    $ (47,300 )   $ 224,912

2004

     154,031      120,542      (40,858 )     233,715

2003

     137,684      108,417      (56,003 )     190,098

Property, Plant and Equipment Additions

          

2005

   $ 25,041    $ 14,529    $ 2,648     $ 42,218

2004

     24,940      12,231      716       37,887

2003

     12,140      11,912      1,204       25,256

Depreciation

          

2005

   $ 15,617    $ 12,676    $ 407     $ 28,700

2004

     12,620      14,989      1,980       29,589

2003

     14,885      15,846      3,045       33,776

Total Assets

          

2005

   $ 253,630    $ 173,881    $ 76,786     $ 504,297

2004

     211,928      182,748      47,842       442,518

2003

     170,851      174,996      54,810       400,657

The following geographic area data includes trade revenue, based on product shipment destination, and property, plant and equipment, based on physical location:

Geographic Area Information

 

     Americas    Asia-Pacific    Europe    Total

Net Trade Revenue

           

2005

   $ 525,433    $ 274,670    $ 260,568    $ 1,060,671

2004

     525,827      241,959      260,862      1,028,648

2003

     483,713      205,732      239,004      928,449

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

           

2005

   $ 87,124    $ 66,954    $ 14,754    $ 168,832

2004

     47,478      61,910      15,358      124,746

2003

     74,189      45,024      14,798      134,011

No single customer accounted for greater than 10 percent of combined S&C revenues.

 

F-75

 

10. Business Segment and Geographic Area Data—(Continued)


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

11. Financial Instruments and Risk Concentration

Fair value information on financial instruments used to hedge the Sensors & Controls business exposure to foreign currency and interest rate risk is not available due to the centralized nature of TI’s hedging program.

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited due to the large number of customers in the Sensors & Controls business customer base and their dispersion across different industries and geographic areas. S&C maintains an allowance for losses based upon the expected collectibility of accounts receivable.

12. Restructuring Actions

In the second quarter of 2003, S&C announced a plan to move certain production lines from Attleboro, Massachusetts, to other sites in order to be geographically closer to customers and their markets and to reduce manufacturing costs. This restructuring action is expected to affect about 901 jobs through voluntary retirement and involuntary termination programs through 2005, primarily in manufacturing operations at the Attleboro headquarters. The total cost of this restructuring action is expected to be $71,135.

In the second quarter of 2005, S&C announced a plan to move production lines from Almelo, Holland, to a contract manufacturer in Hungary. This relocation was to complete the Almelo site transition into a business center. Concurrently, other actions were taken at S&C’s sites in Attleboro, Brazil, Japan and Singapore in order to size these locations to market demands. These restructuring actions are expected to affect 210 jobs, 98 of which are in Holland. The total cost of this restructuring action is expected to be $16,070.

The remaining payments for both restructuring actions are expected to be substantially completed by the end of 2006.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

The following is a reconciliation of the above-mentioned restructuring accruals:

 

     2003 Plan     2005 Plan     Total  

2003 charges:

      

Severance charges

   $ 34,698       —       $ 34,698  

Non-cash acceleration of depreciation

     2,667       —         2,667  

2003 dispositions:

      

Severance payments

     (20,459 )     —         (20,459 )

Non-cash transfer to accumulated depreciation

     (2,667 )     —         (2,667 )
                        

Balance December 31, 2003

     14,239       —         14,239  

2004 charges:

      

Severance charges

     14,086       —         14,086  

Non-cash acceleration of depreciation

     2,167       —         2,167  

2004 dispositions:

      

Severance payments

     (15,336 )     —         (15,336 )

Non-cash transfer to accumulated depreciation

     (2,167 )     —         (2,167 )
                        

Balance December 31, 2004

     12,989       —         12,989  

2005 charges:

      

Severance charges

     12,186       10,679       22,865  

Non-cash acceleration of depreciation

     —         131       131  

2005 dispositions:

      

Severance payments

     (17,055 )     (4,451 )     (21,506 )

Non-cash transfer to accumulated depreciation

     —         (131 )     (131 )
                        

Balance December 31, 2005

   $ 8,120     $ 6,228     $ 14,348  
                        

2003 charges classified to:

      

Cost of revenues

   $ 32,503       —       $ 32,503  

SG&A

     4,862       —         4,862  
                        

Total

   $ 37,365       —       $ 37,365  
                        

2004 charges classified to:

      

Cost of revenues

   $ 15,087       —       $ 15,087  

SG&A

     1,166       —         1,166  
                        

Total

   $ 16,253       —       $ 16,253  
                        

2005 charges classified to:

      

Cost of revenues

   $ 9,616     $ 9,880     $ 19,496  

SG&A

     2,570       930       3,500  
                        

Total

   $ 12,186     $ 10,810     $ 22,996  
                        

Employees terminated as of December 31, 2005

     880       121       1,001  

 

F-77

 

12. Restructuring Actions—(Continued)


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

13. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The Sensors & Controls business conducts certain operations in leased facilities. The lease agreements frequently include purchase and renewal provisions and require the Sensors & Controls business to pay taxes, insurance and maintenance costs. Rental and lease expense was $3,128 in 2005, $3,066 in 2004, and $2,581 in 2003.

In December 2004, the Sensors & Controls business completed a sale-leaseback of its facilities in Attleboro, Massachusetts. The terms included a 20-year lease agreement for a new facility at the site to be used to consolidate operations remaining in Attleboro. In the fourth quarter of 2005, upon the completion of the new facility, the Sensors & Controls business began to account for this as a capital lease, recording both the capital asset and lease obligation at a fair value of $31,233. Minimum lease payments over the life of the lease are as follows:

 

2006

   $ 3,194  

2007

     3,226  

2008

     3,258  

2009

     3,291  

2010

     3,324  

Thereafter

     54,036  
        

Total minimum lease payments

     70,329  

Less applicable interest

     (39,096 )
        

Capital lease obligation

   $ 31,233  
        

At December 31, 2005, the Sensors & Controls business was committed under non-cancelable operating leases to make minimum payments of $2,123 in 2006, $1,125 in 2007, $883 in 2008, $656 in 2009 and $661 in 2010.

Indemnification Guarantees

The Sensors & Controls business routinely sells products with a limited intellectual property indemnification included in the terms of sale. Historically, the Sensors & Controls business has had only minimal and infrequent losses associated with these indemnities. Consequently, any future liabilities brought about by the intellectual property indemnities cannot reasonably be estimated or accrued.

Warranty Costs / Product Liabilities

The Sensors & Controls business accrues for known product-related claims if a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. During the periods presented, there have been no material accruals or payments regarding product warranty or product liability, and historically the Sensors & Controls business has experienced a low rate of payments on product claims. Consistent with general industry practice, the Sensors & Controls business enters formal contracts with certain customers in which the parties define warranty remedies. In some cases, product claims may be disproportionate to the price of the Sensors & Controls business products.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

TI has been named in a variety of product liability lawsuits relating to motor protectors, thermostats and other products manufactured and sold by the Controls business. Historically, TI has been dismissed from most of these lawsuits or has settled for de minimis amounts.

On September 15, 2005, Whirlpool Corporation (Whirlpool) filed a lawsuit against TI alleging that starter relays sold to Whirlpool by the Controls business are defective and have caused failures in Whirlpool-designed refrigerators. In addition to the lawsuit TI has been placed on notice, by Whirlpool and insurance companies, of approximately fifty pre-litigation claims in which a relay may have caused a failure in Whirlpool-designed refrigerators. Whirlpool has advised TI that it estimates corrective actions may be necessary on between 1.4 million and 3.5 million refrigerators. TI continues to investigate whether its products are the root cause of or contribute to the alleged failure. Any liability of TI in this matter is not probable or estimable.

TI is named as one of the defendants in over thirty lawsuits in which plaintiffs allege that a cruise control deactivation switch manufactured by the Sensors business (which is only one component of the cruise control deactivation switch system) is the cause and origin of vehicle fires. Reserves have been established totaling $3,583 for TI’s estimated exposure in these matters based on the results of previously settled similar claims.

Since 1999, Ford has announced three voluntary safety recalls on approximately 4.7 million affected vehicles. In connection with its most recent recall, Ford indicated that the root cause of the fire incidents “turned out to be a system interaction rather than a single component.” The Sensors business does not believe that the switch contains any safety defect. In 2001, Ford demanded reimbursement from TI of all costs associated with its first recall. TI rejected the demand and does not believe that it is required to reimburse Ford for Ford’s recall costs. Ford has not subsequently pursued its demand. Ford has not to date made any reimbursement demands with regard to Ford’s costs for its subsequent two recalls, both of which occurred in 2005. No reserves have been established for potential claims related to Ford’s recall costs as they are neither probable nor reasonably estimable.

Although it is not possible to predict the final outcome of any of these matters, the Sensors & Controls business believes that the results of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect upon its financial condition or results of operations.

Environmental Remediation Liabilities

TI has been designated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) as a Potentially Responsible Party (PRP) at a designated Superfund site in Norton, Massachusetts, regarding wastes from the Company’s Attleboro operations. The EPA has issued its Record of Decision, which describes a cleanup plan estimated to cost $43,000. The Army Corps of Engineers is conducting a removal of certain radiological contamination at an estimated cost of $34,000. EPA expects a PRP group to undertake the remaining remediation, and has indicated that at least 14 PRPs will be requested to participate. As of December 31, 2005, S&C had an accrued liability of $2,256 for this remediation. S&C does not expect future developments regarding the site to have a material adverse effect upon its financial condition or results of operations.

In 2001, TI was notified by the State of São Paolo, Brazil, regarding its potential cleanup liability as a generator of wastes sent to the Aterro Mantovani disposal site, which operated (near Campinas) from 1972 to 1987. TI is one of over 50 companies notified of potential cleanup liability. TI is cooperating to help fund an

 

F-79

 

13. Commitments and Contingencies—(Continued)


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

investigation of remedial alternatives. TI’s current exposure at the site based on waste it contributed is not expected to be material.

General

The Sensors & Controls business is subject to various legal and administrative proceedings. Although it is not possible to predict the outcome of these matters, the Sensors & Controls business believes that the results of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect upon its financial condition or results of operations.

14. Supplier Consignment Arrangement

At the end of 2005, TI, as consignee, entered into a consignment arrangement with a commercial bank, the consignor, to consign up to $25,000 of silver to facilitate production of certain products purchased by S&C from Engineered Materials Solutions, Inc. (EMSI), a key suppler of silver bearing contacts and thermostatic bimetals to S&C’s Controls segment. For 2005, S&C purchases from EMSI amounted to approximately $28,000. TI, as consignor, also entered into a consignment arrangement with EMSI, as consignee, to consign up to $15,000 of the above commercial bank consignment to EMSI. The silver is physically located in EMSI’s facilities and TI has a security interest in the silver contained in raw materials, work-in-progress, or finished goods inventory. When EMSI uses/ships silver bearing products to its customers, it reports the usage to TI, who then buys the silver from the commercial bank and simultaneously resells the silver to EMSI at market prices plus applicable service fees. At December 31, 2005, TI had approximately $15,000 of consigned silver which was held at EMSI.

15. Subsequent Events

Change in Depreciation Method

On January 1, 2006 the Company changed its depreciation method on its property, plant and equipment from the 150 percent declining balance method to the straight line method. The Company believes the straight line method better reflects the actual pattern of benefit obtained from its property, plant and equipment. Under the new provisions of SFAS No. 154 “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3”, which became effective as of January 1, 2006, a change in depreciation method is treated as a change in estimate. The effect of the change in depreciation method was reflected on a prospective basis beginning January 1, 2006, and prior period results were not restated.

Acquisition by Bain

On April 27, 2006, the Sensors & Controls business (“S&C” or the “Predecessor”) of Texas Instruments Incorporated (“TI”) was acquired by Bain Capital Partners, LLC, a leading global private investment firm (“Bain”) and a co-investor for aggregate consideration of $3.0 billion in cash and debt and estimated transaction fees and expenses of $31.7 million (the “Acquisition” or “Sensata Acquisition”).

 

F-80

 

13. Commitments and Contingencies—(Continued)


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

Engineered Materials Solutions, Inc .

On October 23, 2006, Sensata Technologies, Inc. (“STI”), a U.S. subsidiary of the Company’s Successor (“Sensata”), entered into a series of agreements to provide consignment of silver to facilitate production of certain products purchased by STI and other Sensata operating companies from Engineered Materials Solutions Inc. (“EMSI”). This facility replaced an earlier facility that had been provided by TI. STI, as consignee, entered into a consignment arrangement with a commercial bank, as consignor, to consign up to $25.0 million of silver. For 2005, purchases from EMSI amounted to approximately $28.0 million. STI, as consignor, also entered into a consignment agreement with EMSI, as consignee, to consign up to $21.0 million of the above commercial bank consignment to EMSI. STI and the commercial bank have security interest in the silver contained in raw materials, work-in-process, and finished goods inventory. STI’s obligations to the commercial bank are supported by (a) a letter of credit issued by an issuing bank in the amount of $23.5 million; (b) a guarantee of STI’s performance by Sensata Technologies Holding Company U.S., B.V.; and (c) a guarantee of STI’s performance by Sensata. As of December 20, 2006 STI had approximately $13.5 million of consignment silver with EMSI.

First Technologies Acquisition

On December 19, 2006, Sensata acquired the First Technology Automotive and Special Products (FTAS) business from Honeywell Inc. for $90 million. FTAS designs, develops and manufacturers automotive sensors (cabin comfort and safety and stability control), electromechanical control devices (circuit breakers and thermal protectors), crash switch devices and precision ceramic components. FTAS’s products are sold to automotive OEMs, Tier I automotive suppliers, large vehicle and off-road OEMs, and industrial manufacturers. Approximately 20 percent of FTAS’s sales for the twelve months ended June 30, 2006 were made to non-automotive customers and less than half of sales were in North America. FTAS’s manufacturing operations are based in the Dominican Republic, with other manufacturing, production, engineering and administrative sites located in the United States and England. The purchase price of $90 million, plus fees and expenses of approximately $5.4 million, will be funded by a €73.0 million new term loan ($95.4 million at issuance), the terms of which are defined Sensata’s existing Senior Secured Credit Facility.

 

F-81

 

15. Subsequent Events—(Continued)


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

16. Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements

On April 26, 2006, in connection with the Transaction, the Company issued $751,605 aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes and the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes. The Senior Notes are jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis and the Senior Subordinated Notes are jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, in each case, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all wholly owned subsidiaries in the U.S. (except for Sensata Technologies Finance Company, LLC), The Netherlands, Mexico, Brazil, Japan, South Korea and Malaysia other than immaterial subsidiaries (collectively, the “Guarantors”). Each of the Guarantors is 100 percent owned, directly or indirectly, by Sensata. All other subsidiaries of Sensata, either direct or indirect, do not guarantee the Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes (“Non-Guarantors”). The Guarantors also unconditionally guarantee the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

The following condensed combining financial statements are presented for the information of the holders of the Notes and presents the Condensed Combining Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the Condensed Combining Statements of Operations and Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 of the Company, which Successor is the issuer of the Notes, the Guarantors, the Non-Guarantors, the elimination entries necessary to combine the issuer with the Guarantor and Non-Guarantor subsidiaries and the Company on a combined basis.

Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for using the equity method for purposes of the combined presentation. The principal elimination entries relate to investments in subsidiaries and intercompany balances and transactions. Separate financial statements and other disclosures with respect to the subsidiary guarantors have not been provided as management believes the following information is sufficient, as the guarantor subsidiaries are 100 percent owned by Sensata and all guarantees are full and unconditional. Additionally, substantially all of the assets of the Guarantor Subsidiaries are pledged under the Notes, and consequently will not be available to satisfy the claims of Sensata’s general creditors.

Intercompany profits from the sale of inventory between Sensors and Controls’ Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries and Guarantor Subsidiaries have been reflected on a gross basis within Net revenue and Cost of revenue in the Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Statement of Operations, and are eliminated to arrive at the Sensors and Controls Combined Statement of Operations. It is S&C’s policy to expense intercompany profit margin through Cost of Revenue when an intercompany sale takes place. Therefore, in the Condensed Combining Balance Sheets, intercompany profits are not included in the carrying value of Inventories of the Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries. Instead, Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or estimated net realizable value, without giving effect to intercompany profits. S&C believes this presentation best represents the actual revenues earned, costs incurred and financial position of its legal entities.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

Condensed Combining Balance Sheet

December 31, 2005

 

    

Sensata

(issuer) (a)

   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Eliminations     Sensors
and
Controls
Combined

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Accounts receivable, net of allowances

   $ —      $ 161,230    $ 4,070    $ —       $ 165,300

Intercompany accounts receivable

     —        12,030      6,181      (18,211 )     —  

Inventories

     —        78,731      7,137      —         85,868

Deferred income tax assets

     —        17,757      307      —         18,064

Prepaid expense and other current assets

     —        10,730      585      —         11,315
                                   

Total current assets

     —        280,478      18,280      (18,211 )     280,547

Property, plant & equipment, net

     —        154,438      14,394      —         168,832

Goodwill

     —        24,626      11,753      —         36,379

Other intangible assets, net

     —        3,249      486      —         3,735

Other assets

     —        13,594      1,210      —         14,804
                                   

Total assets

   $ —      $ 476,385    $ 46,123    $ (18,211 )   $ 504,297
                                   

Liabilities and Invested Equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Current portion of long term debt

   $ —      $ 646    $ —      $ —       $ 646

Accounts payable

     —        47,020      3,174      —         50,194

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     —        51,668      2,909      —         54,577

Accrued profit sharing

     —        7,789      323      —         8,112

Intercompany liabilities

     —        6,181      12,030      (18,211 )     —  
                                   

Total current liabilities

     —        113,304      18,436      (18,211 )     113,529

Capital lease obligations

     —        30,519      —        —         30,519

Other liabilities

     —        4,522      54      —         4,576
                                   

Total liabilities

     —        148,345      18,490      (18,211 )     148,624

Texas Instruments’ net investment

     —        328,040      27,633      —         355,673
                                   

Total liabilities and invested equity

   $ —      $ 476,385    $ 46,123    $ (18,211 )   $ 504,297
                                   

(a) For the periods prior to the acquisition, Sensata was not a part of the S&C business.

 

F-83

 

16. Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements—(Continued)


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

Condensed Combining Balance Sheet

December 31, 2004

 

     Sensata
(issuer) (a)
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Eliminations     Sensors
and
Controls
Combined

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Accounts receivable, net of allowances

   $   —      $ 150,299    $ 4,066    $ —       $ 154,365

Intercompany accounts receivable

     —        2,014      4,208      (6,222 )     —  

Inventories

     —        79,582      6,707      —         86,289

Deferred income tax assets

     —        19,303      388      —         19,691

Prepaid expense and other current assets

     —        14,596      579      —         15,175
                                   

Total current assets

     —        265,794      15,948      (6,222 )     275,520

Property, plant and equipment, net

     —        114,125      10,621      —         124,746

Goodwill

     —        17,689      6,464      —         24,153

Other intangible assets, net

     —        1,131      —        —         1,131

Investment in subsidiaries

     —        —        —        —         —  

Other assets

     —        15,589      1,379      —         16,968
                                   

Total assets

   $ —      $ 414,328    $ 34,412    $ (6,222 )   $ 442,518
                                   

Liabilities and Invested Equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

   $ —      $ 36,636    $ 2,067    $ —       $ 38,703

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     —        58,719      1,133      —         59,852

Accrued profit sharing

     —        13,950      —        —         13,950

Intercompany liabilities

     —        4,208      2,014      (6,222 )     —  
                                   

Total current liabilities

     —        113,513      5,214      (6,222 )     112,505

Other liabilities

     —        3,444      442      —         3,886
                                   

Total liabilities

     —        116,957      5,656      (6,222 )     116,391

Texas Instruments’ net investment

     —        297,371      28,756      —         326,127
                                   

Total liabilities and invested equity

   $ —      $ 414,328    $ 34,412    $ (6,222 )   $ 442,518
                                   

(a) For the periods prior to the Acquisition, Sensata was not a part of the S&C business.

 

F-84

 

16. Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements—(Continued)


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

Condensed Combining Statements of Operations

For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2005

 

     Sensata
(issuer)(a)
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Sensors and
Controls
Combined
 

Net revenue

   $ —      $ 1,033,107     $ 68,432     $ (40,868 )   $ 1,060,671  

Operating costs and expenses:

           

Cost of revenue

     —        692,851       52,935       (40,868 )     704,918  

Research and development

     —        28,737       —         —         28,737  

Selling, general and administrative

     —        86,248       15,856       —         102,104  
                                       

Total operating costs and expenses

     —        807,836       68,791       (40,868 )     835,759  
                                       

Profit from operations

     —        225,271       (359 )     —         224,912  

Other (expense)/income, net

     —        (13,927 )     13,822       —         (105 )
                                       

Income before income taxes and equity in earnings (losses) of subsidiaries

     —        211,344       13,463       —         224,807  

Provision for income taxes

     —        75,978       5,412       —         81,390  
                                       

Net income

   $ —      $ 135,366     $ 8,051     $ —       $ 143,417  
                                       

(a) For the periods prior to the Acquisition, Sensata was not a part of the S&C business.

Condensed Combining Statements of Operations

For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2004

 

     Sensata
(issuer)(a)
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Eliminations     Sensors and
Controls
Combined

Net revenue

   $ —      $ 1,003,490     $ 61,513    $ (36,355 )   $ 1,028,648

Operating costs and expenses:

            

Cost of revenue

     —        655,161       42,250      (36,355 )     661,056

Research and development

     —        31,957       —        —         31,957

Selling, general and administrative

     —        89,823       12,097      —         101,920
                                    

Total operating costs and expenses

     —        776,941       54,347      (36,555 )     794,933
                                    

Profit from operations

     —        226,549       7,166      —         233,715

Other (expense)/income, net

     —        (538 )     2,269      —         1,731
                                    

Income before income taxes and equity in earnings (losses) of subsidiaries

     —        226,011       9,435      —         235,446

Provision for income taxes

     —        77,830       5,551      —         83,381
                                    

Net income

   $ —      $ 148,181     $ 3,884    $ —       $ 152,065
                                    

(a) For the periods prior to the Acquisition, Sensata was not a part of the S&C business.

 

F-85

 

16. Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements—(Continued)


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

Condensed Combining Statements of Operations

For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2003

 

     Sensata
(issuer)(a)
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Eliminations     Sensors and
Controls
Combined

Net revenue

   $ —      $ 909,698     $ 46,914    $ (28,163 )   $ 928,449

Operating costs and expenses:

            

Cost of revenue

     —        613,592       31,928      (28,163 )     617,357

Research and development

     —        25,360       —        —         25,360

Selling, general and administrative

     —        86,530       9,104      —         95,634
                                    

Total operating costs and expenses

     —        725,482       41,032      (28,163 )     738,351
                                    

Profit from operations

     —        184,216       5,882      —         190,098

Other (expense)/income, net

     —        (9,696 )     10,470      —         774
                                    

Income before income taxes and equity in earnings (losses) of subsidiaries

     —        174,520       16,352      —         190,872

Provision for income taxes

     —        62,778       3,901      —         66,679
                                    

Net income

   $ —      $ 111,742     $ 12,451    $ —       $ 124,193
                                    

(a) For the periods prior to the Acquisition, Sensata was not a part of the S&C business.

 

F-86

 

16. Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements—(Continued)


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

Condensed Combining Statements of Cash Flows

For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2005

 

     Sensata
(issuer)(a)
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations    Sensors
and
Controls
Combined
 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

            

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ —      $ 152,290     $ 20,986     $ —      $ 173,276  

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

            

Additions to property, plant and equipment

     —        (35,381 )     (6,837 )     —        (42,218 )

Proceeds on sale of assets

     —        4,661       —         —        4,661  

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

     —        (13,973 )     (4,975 )     —        (18,948 )
                                      

Net cash used in investing activities

     —        (44,693 )     (11,812 )        (56,505 )

Cash Flow From Financing Activity:

            

Net transfers to Texas Instruments

     —        (107,597 )     (9,174 )     —        (116,771 )
                                      

Net cash used in financing activity

     —        (107,597 )     (9,174 )     —        (116,771 )
                                      

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     —        —         —         —        —    

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     —        —         —         —        —    
                                      

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ —      $ —       $ —       $ —      $ —    
                                      

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

            

Noncash financing activity:

            

Attleboro facility capital lease

   $   —      $ 31,233     $   —       $   —      $ 31,233  

(a) For the periods prior to the Acquisition, Sensata was not a part of the S&C business.

 

F-87

 

16. Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements—(Continued)


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

Condensed Combining Statements of Cash Flows

For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2004

 

     Sensata
(issuer)(a)
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations    Sensors and
Controls
Combined
 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

            

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ —      $ 143,257     $ 1,870     $ —      $ 145,127  

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

            

Additions to property, plant and equipment

     —        (32,674 )     (5,213 )     —        (37,887 )

Proceeds on sale of assets

     —        22,708       —         —        22,708  

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

     —        —         (8,101 )     —        (8,101 )
                                      

Net cash used in investing activities

     —        (9,966 )     (13,314 )     —        (23,280 )

Cash Flows From Financing Activity:

            

Net transfers to Texas Instruments

     —        (133,291 )     11,444       —        (121,847 )
                                      

Net cash used in financing activity

     —        (133,291 )     11,444       —        (121,847 )
                                      

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     —        —         —         —        —    

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     —        —         —         —        —    
                                      

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ —      $ —       $ —       $ —      $ —    
                                      

(a) For the periods prior to the Acquisition, Sensata was not a part of the S&C business.

 

F-88

 

16. Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements—(Continued)


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

Condensed Combining Statements of Cash Flows

For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2003

 

     Sensata
(issuer) (a)
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations    Sensors and
Controls
Combined
 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

            

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ —      $ 143,055     $ 9,970     $ —      $ 153,025  

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

            

Additions to property, plant and equipment

     —        (23,563 )     (1,693 )     —        (25,256 )
                                      

Net cash used in investing activities

     —        (23,563 )     (1,693 )     —        (25,256 )

Cash Flow From Financing Activity:

            

Net transfers to Texas Instruments

     —        (119,492 )     (8,277 )     —        (127,769 )
                                      

Net cash used in financing activity

     —        (119,492 )     (8,277 )     —        (127,769 )
                                      

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     —        —         —         —        —    

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     —        —         —         —        —    
                                      

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ —      $ —       $ —       $ —      $ —    
                                      

(a) For the periods prior to the Acquisition, Sensata was not a part of the S&C business.

 

F-89

 

16. Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements—(Continued)


Table of Contents

SENSORS AND CONTROLS BUSINESS OF TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

17. Quarterly Data (unaudited)

A summary of the quarterly results of operations is as follows

 

     Quarter ended
     December 31    October 31    June 30    March 31

Year Ended December 31, 2005

           

Net revenue

   $ 268,044    $ 252,489    $ 268,478    $ 271,660

Gross profit

     78,173      82,811      96,311      98,458

Net income

     29,329      32,672      40,499      40,917

 

     Quarter ended
     December 31    October 31    June 30    March 31

Year Ended December 31, 2004

           

Net revenue

   $ 249,653    $ 251,603    $ 266,661    $ 260,731

Gross profit

     84,116      86,399      99,038      98,039

Net income

     33,364      33,771      42,642      42,288

 

F-90


Table of Contents

Office of the Issuer

Sensata Technologies B.V.

Kolthofsingel 8, EM Almelo

The Netherlands

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Ernst & Young LLP

2100 Ross Avenue, Suite 1500

Dallas, Texas 75201

Legal Advisors to the Issuer

as to United States law:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60601

as to Dutch law:

Loyens & Loeff N.V.

PO Box 71170

1008 BD Amsterdam

The Netherlands

Trustee, Registrar and Paying Agent

The Bank of New York

Listing Agent, Luxembourg Transfer Agent, Luxembourg Paying Agent

The Bank of New York

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

Offer to Exchange

the securities listed below for

substantially identical securities that have been registered

under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933:

$450,000,000 8% Senior Notes due 2014

€245,000,000 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016

 


PROSPECTUS

                    , 2006

 


 



Table of Contents

PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 20: Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

The following is a summary of the statutes, charter and bylaw provisions or other arrangements under which the Registrants’ directors and officers are insured or indemnified against liability in their capacities as such. All of the directors and officers of the Registrants are covered by insurance policies maintained and held in effect by Sensata against certain liabilities for actions taken in their capacities as such, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Registrants Incorporated Under Dutch Law

Sensata is incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands. The Articles of Association of Sensata includes no provision regarding the indemnification of Directors and Officers.

The directors may purchase and maintain for any director or officer of issuer insurance against any such liability.

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

Exhibits.

The Attached Exhibit Index Is Incorporated Herein By Reference.

Financial Statement Schedules.

The following financial statement schedules are included in Part II in this Registration Statement:

 

Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

   S-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   S-2

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of SEC are not required under the related instructions, are inapplicable or not material, or the information called for thereby is otherwise included in the financial statements and therefore has been omitted.

Item 22. Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(i) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement;

(ii) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

(iii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the Registration Statement;

(iv) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information in the Registration Statement;

(v) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

(vi) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(vii) To file a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement to include any financial statements required by Item 8.A. of Form 20-F at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering. Financial statements and information otherwise required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act need not be furnished, provided that the registrant includes in the prospectus, by means of a post-effective amendment, financial statements required pursuant to this paragraph (a)(4) and other information necessary to ensure that all other information in the prospectus is at least as current as the date of those financial statements.

(e) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 20, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a directors, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(f) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as a part of this Registration Statement in reliance on Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be a part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(g) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(h) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Sensata Technologies B.V. has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Attleboro, State of Massachusetts, on the 29th day of December, 2006.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.
By:  

/s/    T HOMAS W ROE        

 

Thomas Wroe

Principal Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas Wroe and Martha Sullivan, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement and power of attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/    T HOMAS W ROE        

Thomas Wroe

   Principal Executive Officer   December 29, 2006

/s/    R OBERT K EARNEY        

Robert Kearney

  

Principal Financial and Accounting Officer

  December 29, 2006

/s/    A MACO M ANAGEMENT S ERVICES B.V.        

Amaco Management Services B.V.

   Director   December 29, 2006
By:     
Its:     

/s/    G EERT B RAAKSMA        

Geert Braaksma

   Director   December 29, 2006

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Sensata Technologies Holland, B.V. has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Attleboro, State of Massachusetts, on the 29th day of December, 2006.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLLAND, B.V.

By:

 

/s/    T HOMAS W ROE        

 

Thomas Wroe

Principal Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas Wroe and Martha Sullivan, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement and power of attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/    T HOMAS W ROE        

Thomas Wroe

   Principal Executive Officer   December 29, 2006

/s/    R OBERT K EARNEY        

Robert Kearney

  

Principal Financial and Accounting Officer

  December 29, 2006

/s/    A MACO M ANAGEMENT S ERVICES B.V.        

Amaco Management Services B.V.

   Director   December 29, 2006
By:     
Its:     

/s/    G EERT B RAAKSMA        

Geert Braaksma

   Director   December 29, 2006

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Sensata Technologies Holding Company México, B.V. has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Attleboro, State of Massachusetts, on the 29th day of December, 2006.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDING COMPANY MÉXICO, B.V.
By:  

/s/    T HOMAS W ROE        

 

Thomas Wroe

Principal Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas Wroe and Martha Sullivan, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement and power of attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/    T HOMAS W ROE        

Thomas Wroe

   Principal Executive Officer   December 29, 2006

/s/    R OBERT K EARNEY        

Robert Kearney

  

Principal Financial and Accounting Officer

  December 29, 2006

/s/    A MACO M ANAGEMENT S ERVICES B.V.        

Amaco Management Services B.V.

   Director   December 29, 2006
By:     
Its:     

/s/    G EERT B RAAKSMA        

Geert Braaksma

   Director   December 29, 2006

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Sensata Technologies Holding Company U.S., B.V. has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Attleboro, State of Massachusetts, on the 29th day of December, 2006.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDING COMPANY U.S., B.V.
By:  

/s/    T HOMAS W ROE        

 

Thomas Wroe

Principal Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas Wroe and Martha Sullivan, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement and power of attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/    T HOMAS W ROE        

Thomas Wroe

   Principal Executive Officer   December 29, 2006

/s/    R OBERT K EARNEY        

Robert Kearney

  

Principal Financial and Accounting Officer

  December 29, 2006

/s/    A MACO M ANAGEMENT S ERVICES B.V.        

Amaco Management Services B.V.

   Director   December 29, 2006
By:     
Its:     

/s/    G EERT B RAAKSMA        

Geert Braaksma

   Director   December 29, 2006

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Sensata Technologies de México, S. de R.L. de C.V. has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Attleboro, State of Massachusetts, on the 29th day of December, 2006.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES DE MÉXICO,
S. DE R.L. DE C.V.

By:

 

/s/    S ANTIAGO S EPULVEDA I TURBE        

 

Santiago Sepulveda Iturbe

Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas Wroe and Martha Sullivan, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement and power of attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/    T HOMAS W ROE        

Thomas Wroe

   Director   December 29, 2006

/s/    M ARTHA S ULLIVAN        

Martha Sullivan

   Director   December 29, 2006

/s/    R OBERT K EARNEY        

Robert Kearney

   Director   December 29, 2006

 

II-7


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Sensata Technologies Sensores e Controles do Brasil Ltda. has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Attleboro, State of Massachusetts, on the 29th day of December, 2006.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES SENSORES E CONTROLES DO BRASIL LTDA.

By:

 

/s/    J OSÉ N ELSON S ALVETI        

 

José Nelson Salveti

Director Geral (General Manager)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas Wroe and Martha Sullivan, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement and power of attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/    J OSÉ N ELSON S ALVETI        

José Nelson Salveti

   General Manager   December 29, 2006

/s/    J OSÉ P AULO S EIDENTHAL D E C AMPOS        

José Paulo Seidenthal de Campos

   Deputy General Manager   December 29, 2006

 

II-8


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Sensata Technologies Japan Limited has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Attleboro, State of Massachusetts, on the 29th day of December, 2006.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES JAPAN LIMITED

By:

 

/s/    T AKESHI T ANAKA        

 

Takeshi Tanaka

Representative Director

By:

 

/s/    T AMOTSU M OGAWA        

 

Tamotsu Mogawa

Representative Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas Wroe and Martha Sullivan, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement and power of attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/    M ARTHA S ULLIVAN        

Martha Sullivan

   Director   December 29, 2006

/s/    R OBERT K EARNEY        

Robert Kearney

   Director   December 29, 2006

/s/    T AKESHI T ANAKA        

Takeshi Tanaka

   Representative Director   December 29, 2006

/s/    T AMOTSU M OGAWA        

Tamotsu Mogawa

   Representative Director   December 29, 2006

 

II-9


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Sensata Technologies Holdings (Korea) Limited has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Attleboro, State of Massachusetts, on the 29th day of December, 2006.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS (KOREA) LIMITED

By:

 

/s/    T HOMAS W ROE        

 

Thomas Wroe

Representative Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas Wroe and Martha Sullivan, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement and power of attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/    T HOMAS W ROE        

Thomas Wroe

  

Director and Representative Director

  December 29, 2006

/s/    M ARTHA S ULLIVAN        

Martha Sullivan

   Director   December 29, 2006

/s/    R OBERT K EARNEY        

Robert Kearney

   Director   December 29, 2006

 

II-10


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Sensata Technologies (Korea) Limited has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Attleboro, State of Massachusetts, on the 29th day of December, 2006.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES (KOREA) LIMITED

By:

 

/s/    T HOMAS W ROE        

 

Thomas Wroe

Representative Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas Wroe and Martha Sullivan, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement and power of attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/    T HOMAS W ROE        

Thomas Wroe

  

Director and Representative Director

  December 29, 2006

/s/    M ARTHA S ULLIVAN        

Martha Sullivan

   Director   December 29, 2006

/s/    R OBERT K EARNEY        

Robert Kearney

   Director   December 29, 2006

 

II-11


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Sensata Technologies Malaysia Sdn. Bhd. has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Attleboro, State of Massachusetts, on the 29th day of December, 2006.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES MALAYSIA SDN. BHD.
By:  

/s/    Y ONG L EE H OON        

 

Yong Lee Hoon

Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas Wroe and Martha Sullivan, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement and power of attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/    T HOMAS W ROE        

Thomas Wroe

   Director   December 29, 2006

/s/    M ARTHA S ULLIVAN        

Martha Sullivan

   Director   December 29, 2006

/s/    R OBERT K EARNEY        

Robert Kearney

   Director   December 29, 2006

/s/    L EONG K EE W AI        

Leong Kee Wai

   Director   December 29, 2006

/s/    W EI L EONG L OONG        

Wei Leong Loong

   Director   December 29, 2006

 

II-12


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Sensata Technologies, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Attleboro, State of Massachusetts, on the 29th day of December, 2006.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:

 

/s/    T HOMAS W ROE        

 

Thomas Wroe

Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas Wroe and Martha Sullivan, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement and power of attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/    T HOMAS W ROE        

Thomas Wroe

  

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

  December 29, 2006

/s/    R OBERT K EARNEY        

Robert Kearney

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  December 29, 2006

/s/    P AUL E DGERLEY        

Paul Edgerley

   Director   December 29, 2006

/s/    E D C ONARD        

Ed Conard

   Director   December 29, 2006

/s/    S TEVE Z IDE        

Steve Zide

   Director   December 29, 2006

/s/    M ICHAEL W ARD        

Michael Ward

   Director   December 29, 2006

/s/    W ALID S ARKIS        

Walid Sarkis

   Director   December 29, 2006

/s/    J OHN L EWIS        

John Lewis

   Director   December 29, 2006

 

II-13


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Sensata Technologies Finance Company, LLC has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Attleboro, State of Massachusetts, on the 29th day of December, 2006.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC

By:

 

/s/    T HOMAS W ROE        

 

Thomas Wroe

Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas Wroe and Martha Sullivan, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement and power of attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/    T HOMAS W ROE        

Thomas Wroe

  

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

  December 29, 2006

/s/    R OBERT K EARNEY        

Robert Kearney

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) and Director

  December 29, 2006

/s/    M ARTHA S ULLIVAN        

Martha Sullivan

   Director   December 29, 2006

 

II-14


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003.

(in thousands)

 

     Balance at
beginning
of year
   Additions
charged to
expense
   Deductions     Balance
at end
of year

2005

          

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 2,156    $ 919    $ (1,083 )   $ 1,992

Allowance for price adjustments

     1,874      6,248      (5,231 )     2,891

Return reserves

     590      872      (873 )     589
                            
   $ 4,620    $ 8,039    $ (7,187 )   $ 5,472

2004

          

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 1,889    $ 2,121    $ (1,854 )   $ 2,156

Allowance for price adjustments

     2,735      8,612      (9,473 )     1,874

Return reserves

     813      1,335      (1,558 )     590
                            
   $ 5,437    $ 12,068    $ (12,885 )   $ 4,620

2003

          

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 2,411    $ 1,927    $ (2,449 )   $ 1,889

Allowance for price adjustments

     3,402      13,142      (13,809 )     2,735

Return reserves

     1,429      1,320      (1,936 )     813
                            
   $ 7,242    $ 16,389    $ (18,194 )   $ 5,437

 

S-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors

Texas Instruments Incorporated

We have audited the combined balance sheets of the Sensors and Controls Business of Texas Instruments Incorporated (the Business) as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related combined statements of operations and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 and have issued our report thereon dated February 23, 2006, except for Notes 15 and 16, as to which the date is December 22, 2006 (included elsewhere in this Registration Statement). Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Item 21of this Registration Statement. This schedule is the responsibility of the Business’ management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits.

In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/    Ernst & Young LLP

Dallas, Texas

February 23, 2006, except for Notes 15 and 16, as to which the date is December 22, 2006

 

S-2


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.   

Description

1.1    Placement Agreement, dated April 21, 2006, among Sensata Technologies B.V., the guarantors party thereto, and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Banc of America Securities LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co., as placement agents.
3.1    Articles of Association of Sensata Technologies B.V.
3.2    Certificate of Incorporation of S&C 1 (U.S.), Inc. (now known as Sensata Technologies, Inc.)
3.3    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Sensata Technologies, Inc.
3.4    Articles of Association of Sensata Technologies Holding Company US, B.V.
3.5    Articles of Association of Sensata Technologies Holland, B.V.
3.6    Articles of Association of Sensata Technologies Holding Company Mexico, B.V.
3.7    Articles of Incorporation of C & S Controladora de México, S. de R.L. de C.V. (now known as Sensata Technologies de México, S. de R.L. de C.V.)**
3.8    Bylaws of Sensata Technologies de México, S. de R.L. de C.V.
3.9    58th Amendment to the Articles of Organization of Texas Instrumentos Electronicos do Brasil Ltda. and Articles of Organization of Sensata Technologies Sensores e Controles do Brasil Ltda.
3.10    Articles of Incorporation of Sensata Technologies Japan Limited.
3.11    Articles of Incorporation of Sensors and Controls (Korea) Limited (now known as Sensata Technologies (Korea) Limited).
3.12    Articles of Incorporation of Sensors and Controls Holdings (Korea) Limited (now known as Sensata Technologies Holdings (Korea) Limited).
3.13    Memorandum and Articles of Association of Sensata S&C Acquisition Sdn. Bhd. (now known as Sensata Technologies Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.)
3.14    Certificate of Formation of S&C Finance Company, LLC (now known as Sensata Technologies Finance Company, LLC).
3.15    Limited Liability Company Agreement of S&C Finance Company, LLC (now known as Sensata Technologies Finance Company, LLC).
3.16    Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Formation of S&C Finance Company, LLC (now known as Sensata Technologies Finance Company, LLC).
4.1    Indenture dated April 27, 2006, among Sensata Technologies B.V., the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, relating to the senior notes.
4.2    Indenture dated April 27, 2006, among Sensata Technologies B.V., the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, relating to the senior subordinated notes.
4.3    Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 27, 2006, among Sensata Technologies B.V, the guarantors party thereto, and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Banc of America Securities LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co., as placement agents, relating to the 8% dollar senior notes.
4.4    Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 27, 2006, among Sensata Technologies B.V, the guarantors party thereto, and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Banc of America Securities LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co., as placement agents, relating to the 9% euro senior subordinated notes.
5.1    Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP regarding the validity of the securities offered hereby.**
5.2    Opinion of Loyens & Loeff N.V.**
5.3    Opinion of PineiroNeto Advogados.**
5.4    Opinion of O’Melveny & Myers LLP.**
5.5    Opinion of Bae, Kim & Lee.**


Table of Contents
Exhibit No.   

Description

5.6    Opinion of Atim, Tunk Farik & Wong.**
5.7    Opinion of Creel, Garcia-Cuellar y Muggenberg.**
8.1    Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP regarding United States federal income tax considerations.**
10.1    Credit Agreement, dated April 27, 2006, among Sensata Technologies B.V., Sensata Technologies Finance Company, LLC, Sensata Technologies Intermediate Holding B.V., each lender from time to time party hereto, the Initial L/C Issuer (as defined therein), the Initial Swing Line Lender (as defined therein) and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Administrative Agent.
10.2    Guaranty, dated May 15, 2006, made by Sensata Technologies B.V. in favor of the Secured Parties (as defined therein).
10.3    Domestic Guaranty, dated April 27, 2006, made by each of Sensata Technologies Finance Company, LLC, Sensata Technologies, Inc., and each of the Additional Guarantors from time to time made a party thereto in favor of the Secured Parties (as defined therein).
10.4    Foreign Guaranty, dated April 27, 2006, made by each of Sensata Technologies Holding Company U.S., B.V., Sensata Technologies Holland, B.V., Sensata Technologies Holding Company Mexico, B.V., Sensata Technologies de México, S. de R.L. de C.V., Sensata Technologies Sensores e Controls do Brasil Ltda., Sensata Technologies Japan Limited, Sensors and Controls (Korea) Limited, Sensata Technologies Holding Korea Limited, S&C Acquisition Sdn. Bhd. and each of the Additional Guarantors from time to time made a party thereto in favor of the Secured Parties (as defined therein).
10.5    Domestic Security Agreement, dated April 27, 2006, made by each of Sensata Technologies Finance Company, LLC and Sensata Technologies, Inc. to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, as collateral agent.
10.6    Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement, dated January 8, 2006, between Texas Instruments Incorporated and S&C Purchase Corp.
10.7    Amendment No. 1 to Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement, dated March 30, 2006, between Texas Instruments Incorporated, Potazia Holding B.V. and S&C Purchase Corp.**
10.8    Amendment No. 2 to Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement, dated April 27, 2006, between Texas Instruments Incorporated and Sensata Technologies B.V.
10.9    Transition Services Agreement, dated April 27, 2006, between Texas Instruments Incorporated and Sensata Technologies B.V.
10.10    Cross-License Agreement, dated April 27, 2006, among Texas Instruments Incorporated, Sensata Technologies B.V. and Potazia Holding B.V.
10.11    Sensata Investment Company S.C.A. First Amended and Restated 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan.
10.12    Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. First Amended and Restated 2006 Management Option Plan.
10.13    Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. First Amended and Restated 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan.
10.14    Securityholders Agreement, dated April 27, 2006, among Sensata Investment Company S.C.A., Sensata Technologies Holding B.V., Sensata Management Company S.A., funds managed by Bain Capital Partners, LLC or its affiliates that are parties thereto, Asia Opportunity Fund II, L.P and AOF II Employee Co-Invest Fund, L.P.
10.15    Employment Agreement, dated May 12, 2006, between Sensata Technologies, Inc. and Thomas Wroe.
10.16    Employment Agreement, dated May 12, 2006, between Sensata Technologies, Inc. and Martha Sullivan.
10.17    Employment Agreement, dated May 12, 2006, between Sensata Technologies, Inc. and Richard Dane, Jr.


Table of Contents
Exhibit No.   

Description

10.18    Employment Agreement, dated May 12, 2006, between Sensata Technologies, Inc. and Steve M. Major.
10.19    Employment Agreement, dated May 12, 2006, between Sensata Technologies, Inc. and Jean-Pierre Vasdeboncoeur.
10.20    Employment Agreement, dated May 12, 2006, between Sensata Technologies, Inc. and Robert Kearney.
10.21    Employment Agreement, dated May 12, 2006, between Sensata Technologies, Inc. and Donna Kimmel.
10.22    Advisory Agreement, dated April 27, 2006, among Sensata Investment Company S.C.A., Sensata Technologies Holding B.V., Sensata Technologies B.V, Bain Capital Partners, LLC, Portfolio Company Advisors Limited, Bain Capital, Ltd. and CCMP Capital Asia Ltd.
10.23    Amendment No. 1 to Advisory Agreement, dated December 19, 2006, between Sensata Technologies B.V. and Bain Capital Partners, LLC.
10.24    Investor Rights Agreement, dated April 27, 2006, among Sensata Management Company S.A., Sensata Investment Company S.C.A., Sensata Technologies Holding B.V., funds managed by Bain Capital Partners, LLC or its affiliates, certain Other Investors that are parties thereto and such other persons, if any, that from time to time become parties thereto.
10.25    Supply and Purchase Agreement, dated October 17, 2005, between Engineered Material Solutions, Inc. and Texas Instruments Incorporated.
10.26    Consignment Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2006, between HSBC Bank USA, National Association and Sensata Technologies, Inc.
10.27    Consignment Agreement, dated as of October 23, 2006, between Sensata Technologies, Inc. and Engineered Material Solutions, Inc.
10.28    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated November 3, 2006, among Sensata Technologies, Inc., First Technology Limited and Honeywell International Inc.
12.1    Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges.
21.1    Subsidiaries of Sensata Technologies B.V.
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
23.2    Consents of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).**
23.3    Consent of Loyens & Loeff N.V. (included in Exhibit 5.2).**
23.4    Consent of PineiroNeto Advogados (included in Exhibit 5.3).**
23.5    Consent of O’Melveny & Myers LLP (included in Exhibit 5.4).**
23.6    Consent of Bae, Kim & Lee (included in Exhibit 5.5).**
23.7    Consent of Atim, Tunk Farik & Wong (included in Exhibit 5.6).**
23.8    Consent of Creel, Garcia-Cuellar y Muggenberg (included in Exhibit 5.7).**
24.1    Powers of Attorney (included in signature pages).
25.1    Statement of Eligibility of Trustee on Form T-1.
99.1    Form of Letter of Transmittal.
99.2    Form of Instructions.
99.3    Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

** To be filed by amendment.

Exhibit 1.1

Execution Copy

Sensata Technologies B.V.

and

the guarantors listed on Schedule II hereto

$450,000,000 8% Senior Notes Due 2014

€245,000,000 9% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2016

PLACEMENT AGREEMENT

April 21, 2006


April 21, 2006

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

Banc of America Securities LLC

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

      1585 Broadway

      New York, New York 10036

Dear Sirs and Mesdames:

Sensata Technologies B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue and sell to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Banc of America Securities LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. (the “ Placement Agents ”), $450,000,000 principal amount of its 8% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “ Senior Notes ”) and €245,000,000 principal amount of its 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (the “ Senior Subordinated Notes ” and, together with the Senior Notes, the “ Notes ”). The Senior Notes are to be issued pursuant to an indenture (the “ Senior Notes Indenture ”) to be dated as of the Closing Date (as defined below) among the Company, the Guarantors (as defined below) and The Bank of New York, as the trustee (the “ Senior Notes Trustee ”). The Senior Subordinated Notes are to be issued pursuant to an indenture (the “ Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture ” and, together with the Senior Notes Indenture, the “ Indentures ”) to be dated as of the Closing Date among the Company, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “ Senior Subordinated Notes Trustee ” and, together with the Senior Notes Trustee, the “ Trustees ”). Any reference herein to a “Trustee” means the Senior Notes Trustee or the Senior Subordinated Notes Trustee, as the context may require.

The payment of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages (as defined in the Senior Notes Indenture), if any, and interest on the Senior Notes and the Senior Exchange Notes (as defined below) will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior basis, jointly and severally, by each guarantor listed in Schedule II hereto (collectively, the “ Senior Guarantors ”), pursuant to their guarantees (the “ Senior Guarantees ”). The payment of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes (as defined below) will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis, jointly and severally, by each guarantor listed in Schedule II hereto (the “ Senior Subordinated Guarantors ” and, together with the Senior Guarantors, the “ Guarantors ”), pursuant to their guarantees (the “ Senior Subordinated Guarantees ” and, together with the Senior Guarantees, the “ Guarantees ”). The Notes and the Guarantees attached thereto are herein collectively referred to as the “ Securities .”


The Securities will be offered without being registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), to qualified institutional buyers in compliance with the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A under the Securities Act and in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act (“ Regulation S ”).

The Placement Agents and their direct and indirect transferees will be entitled to the benefits of a registration rights agreement with respect to the Senior Notes, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Placement Agents (the “ Senior Notes Registration Rights Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Company and the Guarantors will agree to exchange (the “ Senior Notes Exchange Offer ”) the Senior Notes for debt securities of the Company with terms substantially identical to the Senior Notes (the “ Senior Exchange Notes ”) and guarantees of the Guarantors with terms substantially similar to the Senior Guarantees (the “ Senior Exchange Note Guarantees ” and, together with the Senior Exchange Notes, the “ Senior Exchange Securities ”), or, if the Senior Notes Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law, to register the Senior Notes for resale.

The Placement Agents and their direct and indirect transferees will also be entitled to the benefits of a registration rights agreement with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Placement Agents (the “ Senior Subordinated Notes Registration Rights Agreement ” and, together with the Senior Notes Registration Rights Agreement, the “ Registration Rights Agreements ”) pursuant to which the Company and the Guarantors will agree to exchange (the “ Senior Subordinated Notes Exchange Offer ” and, together with Senior Notes Exchange Offer, the “ Exchange Offers ”) the Senior Subordinated Notes for debt securities of the Company with terms substantially identical to the Senior Subordinated Notes (the “ Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes ” and, together with the Senior Exchange Notes, the “ Exchange Notes ”) and guarantees of the Guarantors with terms substantially similar to the Senior Subordinated Guarantees (the “ Senior Subordinated Exchange Note Guarantees ” and, together with the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes, the “ Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities ”), or, if the Senior Subordinated Notes Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law, to register the Senior Subordinated Notes for resale. The Senior Exchange Securities and the Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities are collectively referred to herein as the “ Exchange Securities .”

As more fully described in each Memorandum (as defined below), on January 8, 2006, S&C Purchase Corp., a company owned by an affiliate of Bain Capital Partners, LLC (“ Bain Capital ”), entered into an Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) with Texas Instruments Incorporated (“ TI ”) to purchase TI’s sensors and controls business (the “ S&C Business ”) for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.0 billion,

 

2


excluding fees and expenses (the “ Acquisition ”). S&C Purchase Corp’s rights, duties and obligations under the Purchase Agreement were subsequently assigned in full to the Company. The Company is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Sensata Technologies Holding B.V., which will serve as the ultimate parent company for the S&C Business and will be owned indirectly by investment funds managed by Bain Capital, certain members of the Company’s senior management and a co-investor through a Luxembourg-based investment vehicle, as well as directly by certain members of the Company’s senior management. The Purchase Agreement and the Transaction Documents (as defined below) contemplate the occurrence of the following events, which are referred to herein as the “ Transactions ”: (i) the payment of $3.0 billion in cash to TI for the S&C Business at the closing of the Acquisition, subject to a customary working capital adjustment; (ii) a cash equity investment by funds associated with Bain Capital, certain members of our senior management and a co-investor of up to a maximum of $983.3 million; (iii) term loan borrowings of $1,350.1 million and a $150.0 million revolving credit facility (together, the “ Credit Facility ”); and (iv) the issuance and sale of $450.0 million of Senior Notes and €245.0 million of Senior Subordinated Notes as described herein.

In connection with the sale of the Securities, the Company has prepared a preliminary offering memorandum (the “ Preliminary Memorandum ”) and will prepare a final offering memorandum (the “ Final Memorandum ” and, with the Preliminary Memorandum, each a “ Memorandum ”) including a description of the terms of the Securities, the terms of the offering and a description of the Company. “ Time of Sale Memorandum ” means the Preliminary Memorandum together with the information in the form set forth on Schedule III to this Agreement that has been prepared and delivered by the Company to the Placement Agents in connection with the offering of the Notes. The “ Applicable Time ” means 10:00 a.m. Eastern Standard Time on April 21, 2006.

1. Representations and Warranties . The Company and, upon execution of the Joinder Agreement (as defined below), each Guarantor, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to and agree with you, as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time and as of the Closing Date, that:

(a) (i) The Time of Sale Memorandum, at the Applicable Time, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (ii) the Preliminary Memorandum does not contain and the Final Memorandum will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions in the Time of Sale

 

3


Memorandum or either Memorandum based upon information relating to any Placement Agent furnished to the Company in writing by such Placement Agent through you expressly for use therein.

(b) Each of the Company and the Guarantors has been duly incorporated or formed and is validly existing as an entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is chartered or organized with full corporate or other organizational power and authority to own or lease, as the case may be, and to operate its properties and conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation or other entity and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where the ownership or leasing of its properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except in each case to the extent that the failure to be so incorporated or formed or existing or qualified, have such power or authority or be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or other), business, properties or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”).

(c) Each subsidiary of the Company, which is not a Guarantor, has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where the ownership or leasing of its properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; all of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, except as described in the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum.

(d) (i) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and, upon execution of the Joinder Agreement, by each of the Guarantors; (ii) each Indenture has been duly authorized and, when duly executed and delivered by the Company and each of the Guarantors and assuming due authorization, execution and delivery thereof by the applicable Trustee, will constitute a legal, valid and binding instrument enforceable against the Company and each of the Guarantors in accordance with its terms (subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to

 

4


the effects of (1) bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect, (2) general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (3) an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing (collectively, the “ Enforceability Limitations ”)); (iii) the Notes have been duly authorized by the Company and, when executed and authenticated by the applicable Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Indenture and delivered to and paid for by the Placement Agents, will have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company entitled to the benefits of such Indenture (subject to the Enforceability Limitations); (iv) the Exchange Notes have been duly authorized by the Company and, when issued and authenticated in accordance with the terms of the applicable Indenture, the applicable Registration Rights Agreement and the applicable Exchange Offer, will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, entitled to the benefits of such Indenture (subject to the Enforceability Limitations); (v) on or before the consummation of the Acquisition, the Guarantees will be duly authorized by the Guarantors and, when the Guarantees have been executed in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Indenture and the Notes have been executed, authenticated and delivered to and paid for by the Placement Agents in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Guarantees will be the valid and binding obligations of each Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with their terms (subject to the Enforceability Limitations); (vi) on or before the consummation of the Acquisition, the Exchange Note Guarantees will be duly authorized by the Guarantors and, when the Exchange Notes have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Indenture and the applicable Registration Rights Agreement, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Guarantors issuing such Exchange Note Guarantees, entitled to the benefits of such Indenture (subject to the Enforceability Limitations); and (vii) each Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized by the Company and, on or before consummation off the Acquisition, will be duly authorized by the Guarantors and, when executed and delivered by the Company and each Guarantor, will constitute the legal, valid, binding and enforceable instrument of the Company and each Guarantor (subject to the Enforceability Limitations); provided that no representation as to enforceability is made with respect to Section 6 thereof.

(e) The Company and each of the Guarantors, as applicable, have or will have on or prior to the Closing Date all requisite power and authority to consummate the Transactions to which they are a party and to enter into all agreements related to the Transactions (collectively, the

 

5


Transaction Documents ”) to which they are a party. Each of the Transaction Documents has been or will have been on or prior to the Closing Date duly authorized by the Company and each of the Guarantors to the extent such persons are parties thereto, and, when executed and delivered by the Company and each of the Guarantors will (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto) constitute a legal, valid and binding agreement of each of the Company and each of the Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against the Company and each of the Guarantors, as applicable, in accordance with its terms (subject to the Enforceability Limitations).

(f) The execution and delivery by the Company and the Guarantors of, and the performance by the Company and the Guarantors of their respective obligations, as applicable, under, this Agreement, the Joinder Agreement, the Indentures, the Registration Rights Agreements, the Transaction Documents and the Securities, will not contravene (i) any provision of applicable law, (ii) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other organizational document of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (iii) any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is material to the Company or any of the Guarantors, or (iv) any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Guarantors, except that, in the case of clauses (i), (iii) and (iv), for any contravention that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by the Company or any of the Guarantors of their respective obligations under this Agreement, the Indentures, the Registration Rights Agreements, the Transaction Documents or the Securities, except (x) for such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and qualifications that have been obtained or where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (y) such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Securities and by Federal and state securities laws with respect to the Company’s or any of the Guarantor’s obligations under the Registration Rights Agreements.

(g) There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development reasonably likely to result in a material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company, the Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Memorandum provided to prospective purchasers of the Securities.

 

6


(h) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened to which the Company or any of the Guarantors is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of the Guarantors is subject, other than proceedings described accurately in all material respects in the Time of Sale Memorandum and in each Memorandum and proceedings that would not have a Material Adverse Effect, or that would have a material adverse effect on the power or ability of the Company or any of the Guarantors to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement, the Indentures, the Registration Rights Agreements, the Transaction Documents or the Securities or to consummate the Transactions.

(i) The Company and the Guarantors (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(j) There are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(k) The Company and the Guarantors are not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Final Memorandum will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(l) None of the Company, any of the Guarantors, or any of their respective affiliates (as defined in Rule 501(b) of Regulation D under the Securities Act, an “ Affiliate ”) has directly, or through any agent, (i) sold, offered for sale, solicited offers to buy or otherwise negotiated in respect of, any security (as defined in the Securities Act) which is or will

 

7


be integrated with the sale of the Securities in a manner that would require the registration under the Securities Act of the Securities or (ii) offered, solicited offers to buy or sold the Securities by any form of general solicitation or general advertising (as those terms are used in Regulation D under the Securities Act) or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

(m) None of the Company, any of the Guarantors or any of their respective Affiliates or any person acting on its or their behalf has engaged or will engage in any directed selling efforts (within the meaning of Regulation S) with respect to the Securities and the Company and its Affiliates and any person acting on its or their behalf have complied and will comply with the offering restrictions requirements of Regulation S.

(n) It is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Securities to the Placement Agents in the manner contemplated by this Agreement to register the Securities under the Securities Act or to qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

(o) The Securities satisfy the requirements set forth in Rule 144A(d)(3) under the Securities Act.

(p) The Company and the Guarantors have been advised by the NASD’s PORTAL Market that the Senior Notes have been designated PORTAL-eligible securities in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD.

(q) Neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors has paid or agreed to pay to any person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any securities of the Company (except as contemplated in this Agreement).

(r) Neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) or otherwise, in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

(s) The combined historical financial statements of the Company included in the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum present fairly in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of the dates and for the periods indicated and have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis

 

8


throughout the periods involved (except as otherwise noted therein); the selected financial data set forth under the captions “Summary Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Data” and “Selected Historical Condensed Combined Financial Data” in the Final Memorandum fairly present in all material respects, on the basis stated in the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, the information included therein. The condensed combined pro forma financial statements included in the Time of Sale Memorandum and in each Memorandum present fairly in all material respects the information contained therein and the Company believes that the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and that the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein.

(t) Each of the Company and its subsidiaries own or lease all such properties as are necessary to the conduct of its operations as presently conducted by the Company and its subsidiaries except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(u) Neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors is in violation or default of (i) any provision of its charter or bylaws or any equivalent organizational document; (ii) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which it is a party or bound or to which its property is subject; or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company or any of the Guarantors of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Guarantors or any of its or their properties, as applicable, other than, in the cases of clauses (ii) and (iii), such violations and defaults that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(v) Ernst & Young LLP, who have audited certain financial statements of the Company and delivered their report with respect to the audited consolidated financial statements included in the Time of Sale Memorandum and in the Final Memorandum, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act.

(w) The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all non-U.S., U.S. federal, state and local tax returns that are required to be filed or have requested extensions thereof (except in any case in which the failure so to file would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and except as set forth in or contemplated in the Time of Sale

 

9


Memorandum and the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto)) and have paid all taxes required to be paid by them and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied against them, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable, except for any such tax, assessment, fine or penalty that is currently being contested in good faith or as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and except as set forth in or contemplated in the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(x) No labor problem or dispute with the employees of the Company or any of the Guarantors exists or, to the Company’s knowledge, is threatened or imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by its employees or any of the Guarantors’ employees, except, in each case, as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and except as set forth in or contemplated in the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(y) The Company and the Guarantors are insured against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are generally considered prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged or as required by law.

(z) The Company and the Guarantors possess all licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by the appropriate U.S. federal, state or non-U.S. regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, except where the failure to possess such licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(aa) The Company and the Guarantors, as applicable, own, possess or hold, or can acquire or hold, all material patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names necessary for the conduct of their business, and neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors has received any notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any of the foregoing which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

10


(bb) The Company and its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

(cc) Each domestic pension plan and welfare plan established or maintained by the Company and/or its subsidiaries is in compliance with the currently applicable provisions of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, except where noncompliance would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has incurred or could reasonably be expected to incur any withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA, any liability under Section 4062, 4063 or 4064 of ERISA or any other liability under Title IV of ERISA that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(dd) Neither the issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities nor the application of the proceeds thereof by the Company and the Guarantors, as described in the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, will violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as the same is in effect on the Closing Date.

(ee) No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Final Memorandum or the Time of Sale Memorandum has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed in other than good faith.

(ff) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture

 

11


partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

(gg) The Company’s working capital is sufficient for its present requirements, as defined in the European Prospectus Directive (2003/71/EC), after giving effect to the offering of Securities contemplated by this Agreement.

(hh) Each document filed or to be filed pursuant to the European Prospectus Directive, as transposed in the Act on the Supervision of the Securities Trade 1995 ( Wet toezicht effecienverkeer 1995 ) and the Decree on the Supervision of the Securities Trade 1995 ( Besluit toezicht effectenverkeer 1995 ) as of July 1, 2005, complied or will comply when so filed in all material respects with the European Prospectus Directive and the applicable rules and regulations of the Netherlands Authority for the Financial Markets thereunder.

(ii) No stamp duty or other issuance or transfer taxes or duties (other than the timbre de dimension the non-payment of which does not affect the validity of this Agreement or the Securities) or income, withholding or other taxes are payable by or on behalf of the Placement Agents to the French Republic, the Netherlands or to any taxing authority thereof or therein in connection with the issuance and sale by the Company of the Securities to or for the account of the Placement Agents, except that Value Added Tax may be due on certain commissions and expenses payable or reimbursable pursuant to the Agreement.

For purposes of this Section 1, unless otherwise indicated, references to “the Company” or “the Company and its subsidiaries” include the S&C Business and it is assumed that the Acquisition has been consummated.

Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company or the Guarantors, and delivered to the Representatives or counsel for the Placement Agents in connection with the offering of the Securities, shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company and such Guarantors, as to matters covered thereby, to each Placement Agent.

2. Agreements to Sell and Purchase . The Company hereby agrees to sell to the several Placement Agents, and each Placement Agent, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company at a purchase price of 97.5% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest, if any, from the Closing Date, the principal amount of Notes set forth opposite such Placement Agent’s name in Schedule I hereto.

 

12


The Company hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the Placement Agents, it will not, during the period beginning on the date hereof and continuing to and including the Closing Date, offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any debt securities of the Company or warrants to purchase debt securities of the Company substantially similar to the Securities (other than the sale of the Securities under this Agreement).

3. Terms of Offering . You have advised the Company that the Placement Agents will make an offering of the Securities purchased by the Placement Agents hereunder on the terms to be set forth in the Final Memorandum, as soon as practicable after this Agreement is entered into as in your judgment is advisable.

4. Payment and Delivery. Payment for the Senior Subordinated Notes shall be made by wire transfer to the Company in Euros against delivery of such Senior Subordinated Notes for the respective accounts of the several Placement Agents at 2:00 p.m., London time (9:00 a.m. New York time), on April 27, 2006, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than May 5, 2006, as shall be designated in writing by you. The time and date of such payment for the Senior Subordinated Notes are hereinafter referred to as the “ Euro Closing Date .” Payment for the Senior Notes shall be made by wire transfer to the Company in U.S. Dollars against delivery of such Senior Notes for the respective accounts of the several Placement Agents at 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on April 27, 2006, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than May 5, 2006, as shall be designated in writing by you. The time and date of such payment for the Senior Notes is hereinafter referred to as the “ U.S. Closing Date ,” and the time and date of all such payments for the Notes are hereinafter referred as the “ Closing Date .”

The Securities shall be represented by one or more global certificates representing (i) the Senior Notes (the “ Senior Global Notes ”), and (ii) the Senior Subordinated Notes (the “ Senior Subordinated Global Notes ” and, together with the Senior Global Notes, the “ Global Notes ”), as specified by you, and registered in such names and in such denominations as you shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the Euro Closing Date and the U.S. Closing Date, as applicable. The Euro Global Notes will be registered in the name of a common depositary (the “ Common Depository ”) for Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System and Clearstream Banking société anonyme and deposited by or on behalf of the Company with the Common Depository. The Securities shall be delivered to you on the Closing Date for the respective accounts of the several Placement Agents, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the transfer of the Securities to the Placement Agents duly paid, against payment of the Purchase Price therefor plus accrued interest, if any, to the date of payment and delivery.

 

13


5. Conditions to the Placement Agents’ Obligations. The several obligations of the Placement Agents to purchase and pay for the Securities on the Closing Date are subject to the following conditions:

(a) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and on or prior to the Closing Date:

(i) there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded the Company and the Guarantors or any of the securities of the Company and the Guarantors or any of their subsidiaries or in the rating outlook for the Company or the Guarantors by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act; and

(ii) there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Memorandum provided to prospective purchasers of the Securities that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in your judgment, impracticable to market the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Memorandum.

For purposes of this Section 5(a), unless otherwise indicated, references to “the Company” or “the Company and its subsidiaries” include the S&C Business and it is assumed that the Acquisition has been consummated.

(b) The Placement Agents shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, to the effect set forth in Section 5(a)(i) and to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects (except for those representations and warranties that are qualified as to materiality, which shall be true and correct in all respects) as of the Closing Date and that the Company has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date.

The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best of his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

(c) The Placement Agents shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of each Guarantor, to the effect set that the representations and

 

14


warranties of each such Guarantor contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that each such Guarantor has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date.

Each such officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best of his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

(d) The Placement Agents shall have received on the Closing Date, (i) an opinion of Kirland & Ellis LLP, outside U.S. counsel for the Company and the Guarantors, dated the Closing Date, to the effect set forth in Exhibit A; and (ii) an opinion of each such counsel listed in Schedule IV, dated the Closing Date, to the effect set forth in Exhibit A-1. Such opinions shall be rendered to the Placement Agents at the request of the Company and the Guarantors and shall so state therein.

(e) The Placement Agents shall have received such opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date, of Shearman & Sterling LLP, counsel for the Placement Agents, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Securities, the Indenture, the Final Memorandum (as amended or supplemented at the Closing Date) and other related matters as the Placement Agents may reasonably require.

(f) The Placement Agents shall have received on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date a letter, dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Placement Agents, from Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accountants, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than the date that is three business days prior to the Closing Date.

(g) The Senior Notes shall have been designated as PORTAL-eligible securities in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD and the Senior Notes shall be eligible for clearance and settlement through The Depository Trust Company.

(h) The Senior Subordinated Notes shall have been registered in the name of a Common Depositary for Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System and Clearstream Banking société anonyme and deposited by or on behalf of the Company with the Common Depository.

 

15


(i) The Company shall have authorized The Bank of New York (the “ Luxembourg Listing Agent ”) to make or cause to be made an application on the Company’s behalf for the Memorandum relating to the Senior Subordinated Notes to be approved by the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (the “ Stock Exchange ”) for listing of the Senior Subordinated Notes on the official list of the Stock Exchange and for the Senior Subordinated Notes to be admitted to trading on the EuroMTF market of the Stock Exchange.

(j) The Company shall have delivered to the Stock Exchange copies of the Final Memorandum and shall have taken such other steps as may be required for the purpose of obtaining such listing.

(k) Each of the Transactions shall be consummated in a manner consistent in all material respects with the description thereof in the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum substantially concurrently with or promptly following the purchase of the Securities by the Placement Agents.

(l) At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have entered into the Registration Rights Agreements and the Representatives shall have received counterparts, conformed as executed.

(m) Each of the Guarantors shall have executed the Joinder Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit B attached hereto.

(n) The Credit Facility shall have been entered into substantially concurrently with or promptly following the purchase of the Securities by the Placement Agents and be able to be drawn upon by the Company and no default or event of default shall have occurred thereunder or have been caused by the consummation of the other Transactions, including the sale of the Securities.

(o) Prior to the Closing Date, the Company and the Guarantors shall have furnished to the Representatives such further information, certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

If any of the conditions specified in this Section 5 shall not have been fulfilled when and as provided in this Agreement, or if any of the opinions, letters, evidence and certificates mentioned above in this Section 5 shall not be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Placement Agents, this Agreement and all obligations of the Placement Agents hereunder may be cancelled at, or at any time prior to, the Closing Date by the Representatives. Notice of such cancellation shall be given to the Company in writing or by telephone or facsimile confirmed in writing.

 

16


6. Covenants of the Company and the Guarantors . In further consideration of the agreements of the Placement Agents contained in this Agreement, the Company and, upon execution of the Joinder Agreement, each Guarantor (unless otherwise indicated below), jointly and severally, agree with each Placement Agent as follows:

(a) To furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 6(d), as many copies of the Time of Sale Memorandum, the Preliminary Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, and any supplements and amendments thereto as you may reasonably request.

(b) Before amending or supplementing the Time of Sale Memorandum, the Preliminary Memorandum or the Final Memorandum at any time prior to the completion of the initial offering by the Placement Agents, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to use any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object.

(c) If the Time of Sale Memorandum is being used to solicit offers to buy the Securities at a time when the Final Memorandum is not yet available to prospective purchasers and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Memorandum in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Placement Agents, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Memorandum to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare and furnish, at the Company’s own expense, to the Placement Agents upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Memorandum so that the statements in the Time of Sale Memorandum as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when delivered to a prospective purchaser, be misleading or so that the Time of Sale Memorandum, as amended or supplemented, will comply with law.

(d) If, during such period after the date hereof and prior to the date on which all of the Securities shall have been sold by the Placement Agents, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Final Memorandum in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Final Memorandum is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in

 

17


the opinion of counsel for the Placement Agents, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Final Memorandum to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare and submit, at the Company’s own expense, to the Stock Exchange for its approval and to the Placement Agents, either amendments or supplements to the Final Memorandum so that the statements in the Final Memorandum as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Final Memorandum is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Final Memorandum, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(e) To use its best efforts to procure and maintain the listing of the Senior Subordinated Notes on the Stock Exchange and to maintain such listing and do or cause to be done all such acts, to provide all such information, to pay such fees, to give such undertakings and to execute all such documents as shall be necessary or required by the Stock Exchange for the purpose of or in connection with the application for listing the Senior Subordinated Notes on the Stock Exchange or the maintenance of such listings.

(f) To notify the Placement Agents of any communication received prior to the completion (as determined by the Placement Agents) of the distribution of the Senior Subordinated Notes from the Stock Exchange or any other governmental authority or regulatory body or agency which may have a material adverse effect on the offering or distribution of the Senior Subordinated Notes or relating to the form, content or use of the Final Memorandum and to provide the Placement Agents with copies of any such communication which is in writing.

(g) To endeavor to cooperate with the Placement Agents and their counsel to qualify the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably request.

(h) Whether or not the Transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s and the Guarantors’ counsel and the Company’s accountants in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities and all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation of the Time of Sale Memorandum, the Preliminary Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, and all amendments and supplements thereto, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the delivering of copies thereof to the Placement Agents, in the quantities herein above specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Securities to

 

18


the Placement Agents, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky or legal investment memorandum in connection with the offer and sale of the Securities under state securities laws and all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 6(e) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Placement Agents in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky or legal investment memorandum, (iv) any fees charged by rating agencies for the rating of the Securities, (v) the fees and expenses, if any, incurred in connection with (a) the admission of the Senior Notes for trading in PORTAL or any appropriate market system and (b) the listing of the Senior Subordinated Notes on the Stock Exchange, (vi) the costs and charges of the Trustees, any paying agent, any listing agent and any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (vii) the cost of the preparation, issuance and delivery of the Securities, (viii) fifty percent of the costs and expenses of the Company and the Guarantors relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Securities, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and the Guarantors, and any such consultants, and the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show, (ix) the document production charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement, (x) all expenses in connection with any offer and sale of the Securities outside of the United States, including all filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Placement Agents in connection with offers and sales outside of the United States, and (xi) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section, Section 8, and the last paragraph of Section 10, the Placement Agents will pay all of their costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Securities by them and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

(i) None of the Company, any of the Guarantors or any of their respective Affiliates will sell, offer for sale or solicit offers to buy or otherwise negotiate in respect of any security (as defined in the Securities Act) which could be integrated with the sale of the Securities in a manner which would require the registration under the Securities Act of the Securities.

 

19


(j) Not to solicit any offer to buy or offer or sell the Securities by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising (as those terms are used in Regulation D under the Securities Act) or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

(k) While any of the Securities remain “restricted securities” within the meaning of the Securities Act, to make available, upon request, to any seller of such Securities the information specified in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act, unless the Company is then subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(l) If requested by you, to use its best efforts to permit the (i) Senior Notes to be designated PORTAL securities in accordance with the rules and regulations adopted by the NASD relating to trading in the PORTAL Market, and (ii) the Senior Subordinated Notes to be listed on the Stock Exchange.

(m) None of the Company, the Guarantors, their respective Affiliates or any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Placement Agents) will engage in any directed selling efforts (as that term is defined in Regulation S) with respect to the Securities, and the Company, the Guarantor and their respective Affiliates and each person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Placement Agents) will comply with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S.

(n) During the period of two years after the Closing Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its affiliates (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) to resell any of the Securities, which constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 144 that have been reacquired by any of them.

(o) None of the Company, the Guarantors, or any of their respective Affiliates will take any action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act in connection with the distribution of the Securities contemplated hereby.

(p) The Company has not distributed and will not distribute, prior to the later of the Closing Date and the completion of the Initial Purchasers’ distribution of the Securities, any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities other than the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum.

 

20


7. Offering of Securities; Restrictions on Transfer . (a) Each Placement Agent, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants that such Placement Agent is a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (a “ QIB ”). Each Placement Agent, severally and not jointly, agrees with the Company and the Guarantors that (i) it will not solicit offers for, or offer or sell, Securities by any form of general solicitation or general advertising (as those terms are used in Regulation D under the Securities Act) or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and (ii) it will solicit offers for Securities only from, and will offer such Securities only to, persons that it reasonably believes to be (A) in the case of offers inside the United States, QIBs and (B) in the case of offers outside the United States, to persons other than U.S. persons (“ foreign purchasers, ” which term shall include dealers or other professional fiduciaries in the United States acting on a discretionary basis for foreign beneficial owners (other than an estate or trust)) in reliance upon Regulation S under the Securities Act that, in each case, in purchasing such Securities are deemed to have represented and agreed as provided in the Final Memorandum under the caption “Transfer Restrictions”. As used in this Section 7(a), the terms “United States” and “U.S. Person” have the meanings set forth in Regulation S under the Securities Act.

(b) Each Placement Agent, severally and not jointly, represents, warrants, and agrees with respect to offers and sales outside the United States that:

(i) such Placement Agent understands that no action has been or will be taken in any jurisdiction by the Company or the Guarantors that would permit a public offering of the Securities, or possession or distribution of the Time of Sale Memorandum, the Preliminary Memorandum, the Final Memorandum or any other offering or publicity material relating to the Securities, in any country or jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required;

(ii) such Placement Agent will comply with all applicable laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which it acquires, offers, sells or delivers Securities or has in its possession or distributes the Time of Sale Memorandum, the Preliminary Memorandum, the Final Memorandum or any such other material, in all cases at its own expense;

(iii) the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons except in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act or pursuant to another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act;

 

21


(iv) such Placement Agent has offered the Securities and will offer and sell the Securities (A) as part of their distribution at any time and (B) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering and the Closing Date, only in accordance with Rule 903 of Regulation S or as otherwise permitted in Section 7(a); accordingly, neither such Placement Agent, its Affiliates nor any persons acting on its or their behalf have engaged or will engage in any directed selling efforts (within the meaning of Regulation S) with respect to the Securities, and any such Placement Agent, its Affiliates and any such persons have complied and will comply with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S;

(v) such Placement Agent, in relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, excluding Luxembourg (each, a “ Member State ”), has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Member State it has not made and will not make an offer of Securities to the public in that Member State, except that it may, with effect from and including such date, make an offer of Securities to the public in that Member State:

 

  (a) at any time to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

  (b) at any time to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or

 

  (c) at any time in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of the above, the expression an “offer of Securities to the public” in relation to any Securities in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the Securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in that Member State;

 

22


(vi) such Placement Agent has represented and agreed that it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) in connection with the issue or sale of the Securities in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of such Act does not apply to us and it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of such Act with respect to anything done by it in relation to any Securities in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom;

(vii) such Placement Agent confirms that it is aware of the fact that no sales prospectus ( Verkaufsprospekt ) within the meaning of the Securities Sales Prospectus Act ( Wertpapier-Verkaufsprospektgesetz , the “ Prospectus Act ”) of the Federal Republic of Germany has been or will be published with respect to the Securities and that it will comply with the Prospectus Act and any other laws and legal and regulatory requirements applicable in the Federal Republic of Germany with respect to the issue, sale and offering of Securities, whether as part of their initial distribution or as part of any resale of the Securities in the secondary market. In particular, each Placement Agent represents that it has not engaged and agrees that it will not engage in a public offering ( öffentliches Angebot ) within the meaning of the Prospectus Act with respect to the Securities and that in Germany the Securities will only be available to persons who, by profession or business, buy or sell Securities for their own or a third-party’s account within the meaning of Section 2(1) of the Prospectus Act;

(viii) such Placement Agent understands that the Securities have not been and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France and that is has only offered, sold or distributed the Securities to qualified investors ( investissuers qualifies ), acting for their own account, as defined, and in accordance with, Article L.411-2 of the French Monetary Code and Decree no. 98-880 dated October 1, 1998;

(ix) such Placement Agent understands that the Securities have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan, and represents that it has not offered or sold, and agrees not to offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any Securities in Japan or for the account of any resident thereof except pursuant to any exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan and otherwise in compliance with applicable provisions of Japanese law;

 

23


(x) such Placement Agent understands that the Securities will not bed offered to the public in Luxembourg unless all of the relevant legal and regulatory requirements have been met;

(xi) such Placement Agent agrees that the Offering Memorandum may not be distributed and the Notes (including rights representing an interest in a Global Note) may not be offered, sold, transferred or delivered as part of their initial distribution or at any time thereafter, directly or indirectly, to anyone anywhere in the world other than professional market parties, as defined in the Exemption Regulation to the Act on the Supervision of the Credit System, 1992 (“professional market parties”), provided they acquire the Notes for their own account.

(xii) such Placement Agent agrees that, at or prior to confirmation of sales of the Securities, it will have sent to each distributor, dealer or person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration that purchases Securities from it during the restricted period a confirmation or notice to substantially the following effect:

“The Securities covered hereby have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) and may not be offered and sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons (i) as part of their distribution at any time or (ii) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering and the closing date, except in either case in accordance with Regulation S (or Rule 144A if available) under the Securities Act. Terms used above have the meaning given to them by Regulation S.”

Terms used in this Section 7(b) have the meanings given to them by Regulation S, unless otherwise indicated.

8. Indemnity and Contribution . (a) The Company and, upon execution of the Joinder Agreement, each Guarantor, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Placement Agent, each person, if any, who controls any Placement Agent within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Placement Agent within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Time of

 

24


Sale Memorandum or the Final Memorandum or any amendment or supplement thereto, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to any Placement Agent furnished to the Company and the Guarantors in writing by such Placement Agent through you expressly for use therein.

(b) Each Placement Agent agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and, upon execution of the Joinder Agreement, each Guarantor, their directors, their officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company and each Guarantor, within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and each Guarantor to such Placement Agent, but only with reference to information relating to such Placement Agent furnished to the Company and each Guarantor in writing by such Placement Agent through you expressly for use in the Time of Sale Memorandum or the Final Memorandum or any amendments or supplements thereto.

(c) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 8(a) or 8(b), such person (the “ indemnified party ”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ indemnifying party ”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonably incurred fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees reasonably incurred and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all such indemnified parties and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Such firm shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 8(a), and by the Company, in the case of parties indemnified

 

25


pursuant to Section 8(b). The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

(d) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 8(a) or 8(b) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Placement Agents on the other hand from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 8(d)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 8(d)(i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and of the Placement Agents on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Placement Agents on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Securities shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Securities (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Guarantors and the total discounts and commissions received by the Placement Agents, in each case as set forth in the Time of Sale Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, bear to the aggregate offering price of the Securities. The relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and of the Placement Agents on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission

 

26


or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and/or the Guarantors or by the Placement Agents and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Placement Agents’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8 are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Securities they have purchased hereunder, and not joint.

(e) The Company and, upon execution of the Joinder Agreement, each Guarantor and the Placement Agents agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to Section 8(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Placement Agents were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 8(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 8(d) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, no Placement Agent shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities resold by it in the initial placement of such Securities were offered to investors exceeds the amount of any damages that such Placement Agent has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 8 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(f) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 8 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company and the Guarantors contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Placement Agent, any person controlling any Placement Agent or any affiliate of any Placement Agent or by or on behalf of the Company and/or the Guarantors, their officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and/or the Guarantors and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Securities.

9. Termination . The Placement Agents may terminate this Agreement by notice given by you to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be, any of the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq National Market, the Chicago Board of Options Exchange, the Chicago Mercantile

 

27


Exchange, the Chicago Board of Trade, the Stock Exchange or the London Stock Exchange, (ii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States, Luxembourg, The Netherlands, France or the United Kingdom shall have occurred, (iii) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by Federal, New York State, Luxembourg, Dutch, United Kingdom or French authorities or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, or any change in financial markets, currency exchange rates or controls or any calamity or crisis that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and which, singly or together with any other event specified in this clause (iv), makes it, in your judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale or delivery of the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Memorandum, the Preliminary Memorandum or the Final Memorandum.

10. Effectiveness; Defaulting Placement Agents . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

If, on the Closing Date, any one or more of the Placement Agents shall fail or refuse to purchase Securities that it or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate principal amount of Securities which such defaulting Placement Agent or Placement Agents agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate principal amount of Securities to be purchased on such date, the other Placement Agents shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the principal amount of Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule I bears to the aggregate principal amount of Securities set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Placement Agents, or in such other proportions as you may specify, to purchase the Securities which such defaulting Placement Agent or Placement Agents agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the principal amount of Securities that any Placement Agent has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 10 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such principal amount of Securities without the written consent of such Placement Agent. If, on the Closing Date any Placement Agent or Placement Agents shall fail or refuse to purchase Securities which it or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date and the aggregate principal amount of Securities with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate principal amount of Securities to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to you and the Company for the purchase of such Securities are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Placement Agent or of the Company. In any such case either you or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Time of Sale Memorandum, the Preliminary Memorandum or in the Final Memorandum or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. Any

 

28


action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Placement Agent from liability in respect of any default of such Placement Agent under this Agreement.

If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Placement Agents, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company or any Guarantor to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason the Company or any Guarantor shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors will, jointly and severally, reimburse the Placement Agents or such Placement Agents as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such Placement Agents in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder.

11. The Guarantors. Upon consummation of the Acquisition, the Company will cause the Guarantors to (i) become guarantors under the Indentures and the Securities by executing the Indentures, (ii) execute the Guarantees, (iii) become party to this Agreement, in the case of this clause (iii), by executing a joinder agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit B attached hereto (the “ Joinder Agreement ”), and (iv) execute the Registration Rights Agreements. In the event of a breach of this Section 11, the Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss or damage incurred by such breach and hereby further agrees that, in the event of an action for specific performance in respect of such breach, it shall waive the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

12. Entire Agreement . (a) This Agreement, together with any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement) that relate to the offering of the Securities, represents the entire agreement between the Company and the Placement Agents with respect to the preparation of either Memorandum, the Time of Sale Memorandum, the conduct of the offering, and the purchase and sale of the Securities.

(b) The Company acknowledges that in connection with the offering of the Securities: (i) the Placement Agents have acted at arms length, are not agents of, and owe no fiduciary duties to, the Company, the Guarantors or any other person, (ii) the Placement Agents owe the Company and the Guarantors only those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement and (iii) the Placement Agents may have interests that differ from those of the Company and the Guarantors. The Company and each Guarantor waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims it may have against the Placement Agents arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Securities.

 

29


13. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Placement Agents may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against the Company or any Guarantor in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(b) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any New York State or federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(c) The Company and each of the Guarantors hereby irrevocably and unconditionally appoint CT Corporation System with an office on the date hereof at 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011 and its successors hereunder (the “ Process Agent ”), as its agent to receive on behalf of each of the Company and the Guarantors, and its property of all writs, claims, processes, and summonses in any action or proceeding brought against it in the State of New York. Such service may be made by mailing or delivering a copy of such process to the Company or any such Guarantor, as the case may be, in care of the Process Agent at the address specified above for the Process Agent, and each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Process Agent to accept such service on its behalf. Failure by the Process Agent to give notice to the Company or any such Guarantor, as applicable, or failure of the Company or any such Guarantor, as applicable, to receive notice of such service of process shall not impair or affect the validity of such service on the Process Agent, the Company or any Guarantor, or of any judgment based thereon. Each of the Company and the Guarantors covenants and agrees that it shall take any and all reasonable action, including the execution and filing of any and all documents, that may be necessary to continue the designation of the Process Agent above in full force and effect, and to cause the Process Agent to act as such. Each of the Company and the Guarantors further covenants and agrees to maintain at all times an agent with offices in New York City to act as its Process

 

30


Agent. Nothing herein shall in any way be deemed to limit the ability to serve any such writs, processes or summonses in any other manner permitted by applicable law.

14. Applicable Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed within the State of New York. The parties hereto each hereby waive any right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

16. Headings. The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.

17. Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and effective only upon receipt and if to the Placement Agents shall be delivered, mailed or sent to you in care of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: High Yield Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department; and if to the Company shall be delivered, mailed or sent to Sensata Technologies B.V., 529 Pleasant Street, Attleboro, Massachusetts, copy to Kirkland & Ellis LLP, 200 East Randolph Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60601, Attention: Dennis M. Myers, Esq.

 

31


Very truly yours,
Sensata Technologies B.V.
By:  

/s/ M.F. Stijger

Name:   Amaco Management Services B.V.
Title:   Managing Director

 

Accepted as of the date hereof

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

Banc of America Securities LLC

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

By: Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

By:  

/s/ Todd Vannuci

Name:   Todd Vannuci
Title:   Managing Director


SCHEDULE I

Placement Agents

 

Placement Agent

   Principal Amount
of Senior Notes to
be Purchased
   Principal Amount
of Senior
Subordinated
Notes to be
Purchased

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

   $ 180,000,000    98,000,000

Banc of America Securities LLC

     135,000,000      73,500,000

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

     135,000,000      73,500,000
             

Total:

   $ 450,000,000    245,000,000
             


SCHEDULE II

List of Guarantors

Sensata Technologies, Inc.

Sensata Technologies Holding Company U.S., B.V.

Sensata Technologies Holland, B.V.

Sensata Technologies Holding Company Mexico, B.V.

Sensata Technologies de México, S. de R.L. de C.V.

Sensata Technologies Sensores e Controles do Brasil Ltda

Sensata Technologies Japan Limited

Sensors and Controls (Korea) Limited

Sensata Technologies Holdings Korea Limited

S&C Acquisition Sdn. Bhd.

Sensata Technologies Intermediate Holding B.V.

Sensata Technologies Finance Company, LLC


SCHEDULE III

Time of Sale Memorandum Information

 

1. Bloomberg Notice, dated April 19, 2006.

 

2. Pricing Supplement, dated April 21, 2006.


SCHEDULE IV

List of Counsel Opinions

 

1. Loyens & Loeff N.V., Dutch counsel to the Company

 

2. PinheiroNeto Advogados, Brazilian counsel to the Company

 

3. O’Melveny & Myers LLP, Japanese counsel to the Company

 

4. Bae, Kim & Lee, South Korean counsel to the Company

 

5. Azim, Tunku Farik & Wong, Malaysian counsel to the Company

 

6. Creel, Garcia-Cuellar y Muggenburg, Mexican Counsel to the Company


EXHIBITS A & A-1

OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE

COMPANY AND THE GUARANTORS


EXHIBIT B

JOINDER AGREEMENT

[              ] [      ], 2006

THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of April 27, 2006 (this “ Joinder Agreement ”), is between the guarantors listed in Schedule II to the Placement Agreement (as defined below) (each a “ Guarantor ” and, collectively, the “ Guarantors ”), Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Banc of America Securities LLC, Banc of America Securities Limited and Goldman Sachs & Co. (together, the “ Placement Agents ”).

Reference is hereby made to the Placement Agreement, dated April 21, 2006 (the “ Placement Agreement ”), between Sensata Technologies B.V. (the “ Company ”) and the Placement Agents. Terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Placement Agreement.

Each Guarantor, jointly and severally, hereby unconditionally and irrevocably expressly assumes and confirms, and agrees to perform and observe, each and any of the covenants, agreements, terms, conditions, obligations, appointments, duties, promises and liabilities of a Guarantor under each of the Agreements, in each case as if each Guarantor were an original signatory to the Placement Agreement.

The undersigned officer of each Guarantor does hereby certify, in his or her capacity as an executive officer of such Guarantor, that the representations and warranties contained in the Placement Agreement are true and correct with respect of such Guarantor as of the date hereof.

Each of the undersigned hereby agrees to promptly execute and deliver any and all further documents and take such further action as any other undersigned party may reasonably require to effect the purpose of this Joinder Agreement.

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

B-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Joinder Agreement has been executed by the parties hereto as of the date first above written.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[GUARANTORS]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Accepted as of the date hereof

 

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

 

By: MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Exhibit 3.1

LOGO

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION of:

Sensata Technologies B.V.

having its registered offices at Almelo.

The articles of association were amended lately by notarial deed, executed before R. van Bork, civil law notary in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, on 4 July 2006, for which the ministerial declaration of no objections was granted on 28 June 2006 under number B.V. 591033.

The company is registered with the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce and Industries for De Veluwe and Twente, under registration number 27165498.

 

1


LOGO

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION:

CHAPTER I.

Article 1. Definitions.

 

1.1 In these Articles of Association the following words shall have the following meanings:

 

  a. a “Share” :

a share in the capital of the Company;

 

  b. a “Shareholder” :

a holder of one or more Shares;

 

  c. the “Shareholders’ Body” :

the body of the Company consisting of Shareholders entitled to vote together with pledgees and usufructuaries to whom voting rights attributable to Shares accrue;

 

  d. a “General Meeting of Shareholders” :

a meeting of Shareholders and other persons entitled to attend meetings of Shareholders;

 

  e. “DRH-rights” :

the rights conferred by law upon holders of depositary receipts issued with a company’s cooperation for shares in its capital;

 

  f. the “Management Board” :

the management board of the Company;

 

  g. a “Subsidiary” :

a subsidiary of the Company as referred to in Section 2:24a of the Dutch Civil Code;

 

  h. “in writing”:

by letter, by telecopier, by e-mail, or by message which is transmitted via any other current means of communication and which can be received in the written form, provided that the identity of the sender can be sufficiently established;

 

  i. the “Distributable Equity”:

the part of the Company’s equity which exceeds the aggregate of the issued capital and the reserves which must be maintained pursuant to the law;

 

  j. a “Company Body” :

the Management Board or the Shareholders’ Body.

 

1.2 References to Articles shall be deemed to refer to articles of these Articles of Association, unless the contrary is apparent.

CHAPTER II. NAME, REGISTERED OFFICES AND OBJECTS.

Article 2. Name and Registered Offices.

 

2.1 The Company’s name is:

 

2


LOGO

 

Sensata Technologies B.V.

 

2.2 The registered offices of the Company are in Almelo, the Netherlands.

Article 3. Objects.

The objects of the Company are:

 

a. to incorporate, to participate in any way whatsoever in, to manage, to supervise businesses and companies;

 

b. to finance businesses and companies;

 

c. to borrow, to lend and to raise funds, including the issue of bonds, promissory notes or other securities or evidence of indebtedness as well as to enter into agreements in connection with aforementioned activities;

 

d. to render advice and services to businesses and companies with which the Company forms a group and to third parties;

 

e. to grant guarantees, to bind the company and to pledge its assets for obligations of businesses and companies with which it forms a group and on behalf of third parties;

 

f. to acquire, alienate, manage and exploit registered property and items of property in general;

 

g. to trade in currencies, securities and items of property in general;

 

h to develop and trade in patents, trade marks, licenses, know-how and other industrial property rights;

 

i. to perform any and all activities of an industrial, financial or commercial nature, and to do all that is connected therewith or may be conducive thereto, all to be interpreted in the broadest sense.

CHAPTER III. AUTHORIZED CAPITAL; REGISTER OF SHAREHOLDERS.

Article 4. Authorized Capital.

 

4.1 The authorized capital of the Company equals ninety thousand Euro (EUR 90,000).

 

4.2 The authorized capital of the Company is divided into nine hundred (900) Shares with a nominal value of one hundred Euro (EUR 100) each.

 

4.3 All Shares shall be registered. No share certificates shall be issued.

Article 5. Register of Shareholders and Register of Depositary Receipt Holders.

 

5.1 Each Shareholder, each pledgee of Shares, each usufructuary of Shares and each holder of depositary receipts issued for Shares with the cooperation of the Company is required to state his address to the Company in writing.

 

5.2 The Management Board shall keep a register of Shareholders in which the names and addresses of all Shareholders are recorded, showing the date on which they acquired the Shares, the date of acknowledgement by or serving upon the Company and the nominal value paid in on each Share stating that the full nominal amount has been paid in.

 

3


LOGO

 

5.3 The names and addresses of pledgees and usufructuaries of Shares shall also be entered in the register of Shareholders, showing the date on which they acquired the right and the date of acknowledgement by or serving upon the Company and furthermore showing whether the voting rights or the DRH-rights accrue to them.

 

5.4 On application by a Shareholder or a pledgee or usufructuary of Shares, the Management Board shall furnish an extract from the register of Shareholders, free of charge, insofar as it relates to the applicant’s right in respect of a Share. If a right of pledge or a usufruct is created in a Share, the extract shall state to whom the voting rights accrue and to whom the DRH-rights accrue.

 

5.5 If depositary receipts for Shares are issued with the cooperation of the Company, the Management Board shall also keep a register of depositary receipt holders in which the names and addresses of all holders of depositary receipts for Shares are recorded. The register of depositary receipt holders may be part of the register of Shareholders.

 

5.6 The register of Shareholders and the register of depositary receipt holders shall be kept accurate and up-to-date. All entries and notes in the registers shall be signed by one or more persons authorized to represent the Company.

 

5.7 The Management Board shall make both registers available at the Company’s office for inspection by the Shareholders, the pledgees and usufructuaries of Shares to whom the DRH-rights accrue and the holders of depositary receipts issued for Shares with the cooperation of the Company.

CHAPTER IV. ISSUANCE OF SHARES.

Article 6. Resolution to Issue and Notarial Deed.

 

6.1 Shares may be issued pursuant to a resolution of the Shareholders’ Body. The Shareholders’ Body may transfer this authority to another Company Body and may also revoke such transfer.

 

6.2 A resolution to issue Shares shall stipulate the issue price and the other conditions of issue.

 

6.3 The provisions of Articles 6.1 and 6.2 shall apply by analogy to the granting of rights to subscribe for Shares, but do not apply to the issuance of Shares to a person exercising a right to subscribe for Shares previously granted.

 

6.4 The issue of a Share shall furthermore require a notarial deed, to be executed for that purpose before a civil law notary registered in the Netherlands, to which deed those involved in the issuance shall be parties.

Article 7. Rights of Pre-emption.

 

7.1 Upon issuance of Shares, each Shareholder shall have a right of pre-emption in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of his Shares, subject to the provisions of Articles 7.2, 7.3 and 7.4. Shareholders shall have a similar right of pre-emption if rights are granted to subscribe for Shares.

 

4


LOGO

 

7.2 Shareholders shall have no right of pre-emption on Shares which are issued to employees of the Company or of a group company as defined in Section 2:24b of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

7.3 Prior to each single issuance of Shares, the right of pre-emption may be limited or excluded by the Company Body competent to issue such Shares.

 

7.4 Shareholders shall have no right of pre-emption in respect of Shares which are issued to a person exercising a right to subscribe for Shares previously granted.

Article 8. Payment on Shares.

 

8.1 The full nominal value of each Share must be paid upon issuance.

 

8.2 Payment on a Share must be made in cash insofar as no non-cash contribution has been agreed on. Payment in foreign currency may only be made with the approval of the Company and with due observance of the provisions of Section 2:203a of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

8.3 Non-cash contributions on Shares are subject to the provisions of Section 2:204b of the Dutch Civil Code.

CHAPTER V. OWN SHARES; REDUCTION OF THE ISSUED CAPITAL.

Article 9. Own Shares.

 

9.1 When issuing Shares, the Company may not subscribe for its own Shares.

 

9.2 The Company may acquire fully paid in Shares or depositary receipts thereof, provided either no valuable consideration is given, or:

 

  a. the Distributable Equity is at least equal to the purchase price; and

 

  b. the aggregate nominal value of the Shares or depositary receipts thereof to be acquired, and of the Shares or depositary receipts thereof already held by the Company and its Subsidiaries, does not exceed half of the Company’s issued capital; and

 

  c. the acquisition has been authorized by the Shareholders’ Body or by another Company Body which is designated for this purpose by the Shareholders’ Body.

 

9.3 For the validity of the acquisition, the amount of equity appearing from the last adopted balance sheet, reduced by the acquisition price for Shares or depositary receipts thereof and further reduced by distributions of profits or at the expense of reserves to others, which have become due from the Company and its Subsidiaries after the balance sheet date, shall be decisive. An acquisition in accordance with Article 9.2 shall not be permitted, if more than six months have elapsed after the end of a financial year without the annual accounts having been adopted.

 

9.4 The foregoing provisions of this Article 9 shall not apply to Shares which the Company acquires by universal succession of title.

 

9.5 The acquisition of Shares or depositary receipts thereof by a Subsidiary shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2:207d of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

5


LOGO

 

9.6 Shares or depositary receipts thereof held by the Company may be transferred pursuant to a resolution of the Shareholders’ Body. A resolution to transfer such Shares or depositary receipts thereof shall stipulate the conditions of transfer. The transfer of Shares held by the Company shall furthermore be subject to the provisions of the blocking clause contained in these Articles of Association.

Article 10. Financial Assistance.

 

10.1 The Company may not give security, guarantee the price, or in any other way answer to or bind itself either severally or jointly for or on behalf of third parties, with a view to a subscription for or an acquisition of Shares or depositary receipts thereof by others. This prohibition also applies to Subsidiaries.

 

10.2 The Company may grant loans with a view to a subscription for or an acquisition of Shares or depositary receipts thereof, but not in excess of the amount of the Distributable Equity.

 

10.3 The Company shall maintain a non-distributable reserve up to the outstanding amount of the loans referred to in Article 10.2.

Article 11. Reduction of the Issued Capital.

 

11.1 The Shareholders’ Body may resolve to reduce the Company’s issued capital.

 

11.2 A reduction of the Company’s issued capital may be effected:

 

  a. by cancellation of Shares held by the Company or for which the Company holds the depositary receipts; or

 

  b. by reducing the nominal value of Shares, to be effected by an amendment of these Articles of Association.

 

11.3 A reduction of the nominal value of Shares, with or without repayment, must be effected in proportion to all Shares. This principle may be deviated from with the consent of all Shareholders involved.

 

11.4 The notice of a General Meeting of Shareholders at which a resolution to reduce the Company’s issued capital shall be proposed, shall state the purpose of the capital reduction and the manner in which it is to be achieved. The provisions in these Articles of Association relevant to a proposal to amend the Articles of Association shall apply by analogy.

 

11.5 A reduction of the Company’s issued capital shall furthermore be subject to the provisions of Sections 2:208 and 2:209 of the Dutch Civil Code.

CHAPTER VI. TRANSFER OF SHARES; BLOCKING CLAUSE.

Article 12. Transfer of Shares; Notarial Deed.

 

12.1 The transfer of a Share shall require a notarial deed, to be executed for that purpose before a civil law notary registered in the Netherlands, to which deed those involved in the transfer shall be parties.

 

6


LOGO

 

12.2 Unless the Company itself is party to the legal act, the rights attributable to the Share can only be exercised after the Company has acknowledged said transfer or said deed has been served upon it in accordance with the relevant provisions of the law.

Article 13. Blocking Clause (offer to co-Shareholders).

 

13.1 A transfer of one or more Shares can only be effected with due observance of the provisions set out in this Article 13, unless (i) all co-Shareholders have approved the intended transfer in writing, which approval shall then be valid for a period of three months, or (ii) the Shareholder concerned is obliged by law to transfer his Shares to a former Shareholder.

 

13.2 A Shareholder wishing to transfer one or more of his Shares (hereinafter: the “Offeror”) shall first offer to sell such Shares to his co-Shareholders. Such offer shall be made by the Offeror by means of a written notification to the Management Board, stating the number of Shares he wishes to transfer. Within two weeks of receipt of this notification, the Management Board shall give notice of the offer to the co-Shareholders. Co-Shareholders interested in purchasing one or more of the Shares on offer (hereinafter: “Interested Parties”) must notify the Management Board within one month after said notices from the Management Board have been sent; notifications from co-Shareholders received later shall not be taken into account. If the Company itself is a co-Shareholder, it shall only be entitled to act as an Interested Party with the consent of the Offeror.

 

13.3 The price at which the Shares on offer can be purchased by the Interested Parties shall be mutually agreed between the Offeror and the Interested Parties or by one or more experts appointed by them. If they do not reach agreement on the price or the expert or experts, as the case may be, the price shall be set by one or more independent experts to be appointed on the request of one or more of the parties concerned by the chairman of the Chamber of Commerce and Factories at which the Company is registered in the Commercial Register. If an expert is appointed, he shall be authorized to inspect all books and records of the Company and to obtain all such information as will be useful to him in setting the price.

 

13.4 Within one month of the price being set, the Interested Parties must give notice to the Management Board of the number of the Shares on offer they wish to purchase. An Interested Party who fails to submit notice within said term shall no longer be counted as an Interested Party. Once the notice mentioned in the preceding sentence has been given, an Interested Party can only withdraw with the consent of the other Interested Parties.

 

13.5 If the Interested Parties wish to purchase more Shares in the aggregate than have been offered, the Shares on offer shall be distributed among them. The

 

7


LOGO

 

Interested Parties shall determine the distribution by mutual agreement. If they do not reach agreement on the distribution within two weeks from the notice to the Management Board referred to in Article 13.4, the Shares on offer shall be distributed among them by the Management Board, as far as possible in proportion to the shareholding of each Interested Party at the time of the distribution. However, the number of Shares on offer allocated to an Interested Party cannot exceed the number of Shares he wishes to purchase.

 

13.6 The Offeror may withdraw his offer up to one month after the day on which he is informed to which Interested Party or Parties he can sell all the Shares on offer and at what price.

 

13.7 If it is established that none of the co-Shareholders is an Interested Party or that not all Shares put on offer shall be purchased for payment in cash, the Offeror may freely transfer the total number of the Shares on offer, and not part thereof, up to three months thereafter.

 

13.8 All notifications and notices referred to in this Article 13 shall be made by certified mail or against acknowledgement of receipt. Each time the Management Board receives such notification or notice, it shall immediately send a copy thereof to the Offeror and all Interested Parties (with the exception of the sender), unless indicated otherwise hereinabove.

 

13.9 All costs of the appointment of the expert or experts, as the case may be, and their determination of the price, shall be borne by:

 

  a. the Offeror if he withdraws his offer;

 

  b. the Offerer and the buyers for equal parts if the Shares have been purchased by one or more Interested Parties, provided that these costs shall be borne by the buyers in proportion to the number of Shares purchased;

 

  c. the Company if the offer has not been accepted in full or only in part.

 

13.10 The preceding provisions of this Article 13 shall apply by analogy to any right to subscribe for Shares and any right accruing from a Share, except any right to a payable distribution in cash.

CHAPTER VII. PLEDGING OF SHARES AND USUFRUCT IN SHARES; DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS FOR SHARES.

Article 14. Pledging of Shares and Usufruct in Shares.

 

14.1 The provisions of Article 12 shall apply by analogy to the pledging of Shares and to the creation or transfer of a usufruct in Shares.

 

14.2 On the creation of a right of pledge in a Share and on the creation or transfer of a usufruct in a Share, the voting rights attributable to such Share may be assigned to the pledgee or the usufructuary, with due observance of the relevant provisions of the law.

 

14.3 Both the Shareholder without voting rights and the pledgee or usufructuary

 

8


LOGO

 

with voting rights shall have the DRH-rights. The DRH-rights may also be granted to the pledgee or usufructuary without voting rights, but only if the Shareholders’ Body has approved the same and with due observance of the relevant provisions of the law.

Article 15. Depositary Receipts for Shares.

The Company may cooperate in the issuance of registered depositary receipts for Shares, but pursuant to a resolution to that effect of the Shareholders’ Body only. Each holder of such depositary receipts shall have the DRH-rights.

CHAPTER VIII. THE MANAGEMENT BOARD.

Article 16. Management Board Members.

 

16.1 The Management Board shall consist of one or more members. Both individuals and legal entities can be Management Board members.

 

16.2 Management Board members are appointed by the Shareholders’ Body.

 

16.3 A Management Board member may be suspended or dismissed by the Shareholders’ Body at any time.

 

16.4 Any suspension may be extended one or more times, but may not last longer than three months in the aggregate. If, at the end of that period, no decision has been taken on termination of the suspension or on dismissal, the suspension shall end.

 

16.5 The authority to establish remuneration and other conditions of employment for Management Board members is vested in the Shareholders’ Body.

Article 17. Duties, Decision-making Process and Allocation of Duties.

 

17.1 The Management Board shall be entrusted with the management of the Company.

 

17.2 When making Management Board resolutions, each Management Board member may cast one vote.

 

17.3 All resolutions of the Management Board shall be adopted by more than half of the votes cast.

 

17.4 Management Board resolutions may at all times be adopted outside of a meeting, in writing or otherwise, provided the proposal concerned is submitted to all Management Board members then in office and none of them objects to this manner of adopting resolutions. Adoption of resolutions in writing shall be effected by written statements from all Management Board members then in office.

 

17.5 Resolutions of the Management Board shall be recorded in a minute book that shall be kept by the Management Board.

 

17.6 The Management Board may establish further rules regarding its decision-making process and working methods. In this context, the Management Board may also determine the duties for which each Management Board member in particular shall be responsible. The Shareholders’ Body may decide that such rules and allocation of duties must be put in writing and that such rules and allocation of duties shall be subject to its approval.

 

9


LOGO

 

Article 18. Representation; Conflicts of Interest.

 

18.1 The Company shall be represented by the Management Board. Each Management Board member shall also be authorized to represent the Company.

 

18.2 The Management Board may appoint officers with general or limited power to represent the Company. Each officer shall be competent to represent the Company, subject to the restrictions imposed on him. The Management Board shall determine each officer’s title. Such officers may be registered at the Commercial Register, indicating the scope of their power to represent the Company. The authority of an officer thus appointed may not extend to any transaction where the Company has a conflict of interest with the officer concerned or with one or more Management Board members.

 

18.3 In the event of a conflict of interest between the Company and one or more Management Board members, the provisions of Article 18.1 shall continue to apply unimpaired unless the Shareholders’ Body has appointed one or more other persons to represent the Company in the case at hand or in general in the event of such a conflict. A resolution of the Management Board with respect to a matter involving a conflict of interest with one or more Management Board members in a private capacity shall be subject to the approval of the Shareholders’ Body, but the absence of such approval shall not affect the authority of the Management Board or its members to represent the Company.

 

18.4 Without regard to whether a conflict of interest exists or not, all legal acts of the Company vis-a-vis a holder of all of the Shares, or vis-á-vis a participant in a community property, of married or registered non-married partners, of which all of the Shares form a part, whereby the Company is represented by such Shareholder or one of the participants, shall be put in writing. For the application of the foregoing sentence, Shares held by the Company or its Subsidiaries shall not be taken into account.

 

18.5 The provisions of Article 18.4 do not apply to legal acts which, under their agreed terms, form part of the normal course of business of the Company.

Article 19. Approval of Management Board Resolutions.

 

19.1 The Shareholders’ Body may require Management Board resolutions to be subject to its approval. The Management Board shall be notified in writing of such resolutions, which shall be clearly specified.

 

19.2 The absence of approval by the Shareholders’ Body of a resolution as referred to in this Article 19 shall not affect the authority of the Management Board or its members to represent the Company.

 

10


LOGO

 

Article 20. Vacancy or Inability to Act.

If a seat is vacant on the Management Board (ontstentenis) or a Management Board member is unable to perform his duties (belet), the remaining Management Board members or member shall be temporarily entrusted with the management of the Company. If all seats in the Management Board are vacant or all Management Board members or the sole Management Board member, as the case may be, are unable to perform their duties, the management of the Company shall be temporarily entrusted to one or more persons designated for that purpose by the Shareholders’ Body.

CHAPTER IX. FINANCIAL YEAR AND ANNUAL ACCOUNTS; PROFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.

Article 21. Financial Year and Annual Accounts.

 

21.1 The Company’s financial year shall be the calendar year.

 

21.2 Annually, not later than five months after the end of the financial year, unless by reason of special circumstances this period is extended by the Shareholders’ Body by not more than six months, the Management Board shall prepare annual accounts, and shall deposit the same for inspection by the Shareholders at the Company’s office.

 

21.3 Within the same period, the Management Board shall also deposit the annual report for inspection by the Shareholders, unless Section 2:396, subsection 6 or Section 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code applies to the Company.

 

21.4 The annual accounts shall consist of a balance sheet, a profit and loss account and explanatory notes.

 

21.5 The annual accounts shall be signed by the Management Board members. If the signature of one or more of them is missing, this shall be stated and reasons for this omission shall be given.

 

21.6 The Company may, and if the law so requires shall, appoint an accountant to audit the annual accounts. Such appointment shall be made by the Shareholders’ Body.

 

21.7 The Company shall ensure that the annual accounts and, insofar as required, the annual report and the information to be added by virtue of the law are kept at its office as from the day on which notice of the annual General Meeting of Shareholders is given. Shareholders and persons with DRH-rights may inspect the documents at that place and obtain a copy free of charge.

 

21.8 The annual accounts, the annual report, the information to be added by virtue of the law and the audit by an accountant, as well as deposition of documents at the Commercial Register, shall furthermore be subject to the provisions of Book 2, Title 9, of the Dutch Civil Code.

Article 22. Adoption of the Annual Accounts and Discharge.

 

22.1 The Shareholders’ Body shall adopt the annual accounts.

 

11


LOGO

 

22.2 The Shareholders’ Body may grant full or limited discharge to the Management Board members for the management pursued.

Article 23. Profits and Distributions.

 

23.1 The allocation of profits accrued in a financial year shall be determined by the Shareholders’ Body. If the Shareholders’ Body does not adopt a resolution regarding the allocation of the profits prior to or at latest immediately after the adoption of the annual accounts, the profits will be reserved.

 

23.2 Distribution of profits shall be made after adoption of the annual accounts if permissible under the law given the contents of the annual accounts.

 

23.3 The Shareholders’ Body may resolve to make interim distributions on Shares and/or to make distributions on Shares at the expense of any reserve of the Company. In addition, the Management Board may decide to make interim distributions on Shares.

 

23.4 Distributions on Shares shall be made payable immediately after the resolution to make the distribution, unless another date of payment has been determined in the resolution.

 

23.5 Distributions on Shares may be made only up to an amount which does not exceed the amount of the Distributable Equity.

 

23.6 A claim of a Shareholder for payment of a distribution on Shares shall be barred after five years have elapsed.

 

23.7 In calculating the amount of any distribution on Shares, Shares held by the Company shall be disregarded.

CHAPTER X. THE SHAREHOLDERS’ BODY.

Article 24. Annual General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

24.1 The annual General Meeting of Shareholders shall be held within six months after the end of the financial year.

 

24.2 The agenda of this annual General Meeting of Shareholders shall contain, inter alia, the following subjects for discussion:

 

  a. discussion of the annual report (unless Section 2:396, subsection 6 or Section 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code applies to the Company);

 

  b. discussion and adoption of the annual accounts;

 

  c. the granting of discharge to Management Board members;

 

  d. allocation of profits;

 

  e. other subjects announced with due observance of Article 26.

The agenda does not need to contain the subjects as referred to under a, b, c and d, if it contains a proposal to extend the period to prepare the annual accounts and (if applicable) to prepare the report, or, if a resolution to that extent already has been taken.

Article 25. Other General Meetings of Shareholders.

 

25.1 Other General Meetings of Shareholders shall be held as often as the Management Board deems such necessary.

 

12


LOGO

 

25.2 Shareholders and/or persons with DRH-rights representing in the aggregate at least one-tenth of the Company’s issued capital may request the Management Board to convene a General Meeting of Shareholders, stating specifically the subjects to be discussed. If the Management Board has not given proper notice of a General Meeting of Shareholders within four weeks following receipt of such request such that the meeting can be held within six weeks after receipt of the request, the applicants shall be authorized to convene a meeting themselves.

Article 26. Notice, Agenda and Venue of Meetings.

 

26.1 Notice of General Meetings of Shareholders shall be given by the Management Board. Furthermore, notice of General Meetings of Shareholders may be given by Shareholders representing in the aggregate at least half of the Company’s issued capital, without prejudice to the provisions of Article 25.2.

 

26.2 Notice of the meeting shall be given no later than on the fifteenth day prior to the day of the meeting.

 

26.3 The notice of the meeting shall specify the subjects to be discussed. Subjects which were not specified in such notice may be announced at a later date, with due observance of the term referred to in Article 26.2.

 

26.4 A subject for discussion of which discussion has been requested in writing not later than thirty days before the day of the meeting by one or more Shareholders and/or persons with DRH-rights who individually or jointly represent at least one percent of the Company’s issued capital, shall be included in the notice or shall be notified in the same way as the other subjects for discussion, provided that no important interest (zwaarwichtig belang) of the Company dictates otherwise.

 

26.5 The notice of the meeting shall be sent to the addresses of the Shareholders and the persons with DRH-rights shown in the register of Shareholders and the register of depositary receipt holders.

 

26.6 General Meetings of Shareholders are held in the municipality in which, according to these Articles of Association, the Company has its registered offices. General Meetings of Shareholders may also be held elsewhere, but in that case valid resolutions of the Shareholders’ Body may only be adopted if all of the Company’s issued capital is represented and each person with DRH-rights has been duly convened.

Article 27. Admittance and Rights at Meetings.

 

27.1 Each Shareholder and each person with DRH-rights shall be entitled to attend the General Meetings of Shareholders, to address the meeting and, if the voting rights accrue to him, to exercise his voting rights. Shareholders and persons with DRH-rights may be represented in a meeting by a proxy authorized in writing.

 

13


LOGO

 

27.2 At a meeting, each person present with voting rights must sign the attendance list. The chairperson of the meeting may decide that the attendance list must also be signed by other persons present at the meeting.

 

27.3 The Management Board members shall, as such, have the right to give advice in the General Meetings of Shareholders.

 

27.4 The chairperson of the meeting shall decide on the admittance of other persons to the meeting.

Article 28. Chairperson and Secretary of the Meeting.

 

28.1 The chairperson of a General Meeting of Shareholders shall be appointed by more than half of the votes cast by the persons with voting rights present at the meeting. Until such appointment is made, a Management Board member shall act as chairperson, or, if no Management Board member is present at the meeting, the eldest person present at the meeting shall act as chairperson.

 

28.2 The chairperson of the meeting shall appoint a secretary for the meeting.

Article 29. Minutes; Recording of Shareholders’ Resolutions.

 

29.1 The secretary of a General Meeting of Shareholders shall keep minutes of the proceedings at the meeting. The minutes shall be adopted by the chairperson and the secretary of the meeting and as evidence thereof shall be signed by them.

 

29.2 The chairperson of the meeting or those who convened the meeting may determine that a notarial report must be prepared of the proceedings at the meeting. The notarial report shall be co-signed by the chairperson of the meeting.

 

29.3 The Management Board shall keep record of all resolutions adopted by the Shareholders’ Body. If the Management Board is not represented at a meeting, the chairperson of the meeting shall ensure that the Management Board is provided with a transcript of the resolutions adopted, as soon as possible after the meeting. The records shall be deposited at the Company’s office for inspection by the Shareholders and the persons with DRH-rights. On application, each of them shall be provided with a copy of or an extract from the records at not more than the actual cost.

Article 30. Adoption of Resolutions in a Meeting.

 

30.1 Each Share confers the right to cast one vote.

 

30.2 To the extent that the law or these Articles of Association do not require a qualified majority, all resolutions of the Shareholders’ Body shall be adopted by more than half of the votes cast.

 

30.3 If there is a tie in voting, the proposal shall be deemed to have been rejected, without prejudice to the provisions of Article 31.3.

 

14


LOGO

 

30.4 If the formalities for convening and holding of General Meetings of Shareholders, as prescribed by law or these Articles of Association, have not been complied with, valid resolutions of the Shareholders’ Body may only be adopted in a meeting, if in such meeting all of the Company’s issued capital is represented and such resolution is carried by unanimous vote and each person with DRH-rights is present or represented.

 

30.5 In the Shareholders’ Body, no voting rights may be exercised for any Share held by the Company or a Subsidiary, nor for any Share for which the Company or a Subsidiary holds the depositary receipts. However, pledgees and usufructuaries of Shares owned by the Company or a Subsidiary are not excluded from exercising the voting rights, if the right of pledge or the usufruct was created before the Share was owned by the Company or such Subsidiary. The Company or a Subsidiary may not exercise voting rights for a Share in which it holds a right of pledge or a usufruct.

 

30.6 When determining how many votes are cast by Shareholders, how many Shareholders are present or represented, or which part of the Company’s issued capital is represented, no account shall be taken of Shares for which, pursuant to the law or these Articles of Association, no vote can be cast.

Article 31. Voting.

 

31.1 All voting shall take place orally. The chairperson is, however, entitled to decide that votes be cast by a secret ballot. If it concerns the holding of a vote on persons, anyone present at the meeting with voting rights may demand a vote by a secret ballot. For the purposes of this paragraph “in writing” shall mean: by means of secret, unsigned ballot papers.

 

31.2 Blank and invalid votes shall not be counted as votes.

 

31.3 If a majority of the votes cast is not obtained in an election of persons, a second free vote shall be taken. If a majority is not obtained again, further votes shall be taken until either one person obtains a majority of the votes cast or the election is between two persons only, both of whom receive an equal number of votes. In the event of such further elections (not including the second free vote), each election shall be between the candidates in the preceding election, with the exclusion of the person who received the smallest number of votes in such preceding election. If in the preceding election more than one person have received the smallest number of votes, it shall be decided which candidate should not participate in the new election by randomly choosing a name. If votes are equal in an election between two persons, it shall be decided who is elected by randomly choosing a name.

 

31.4 Resolutions may be adopted by acclamation if none of the persons with voting rights present at the meeting objects.

 

31.5 The chairperson’s decision at the meeting on the result of a vote shall be final

 

15


LOGO

 

and conclusive. The same shall apply to the contents of an adopted resolution if a vote is taken on an unwritten proposal. However, if the correctness of such decision is challenged immediately after it is pronounced, a new vote shall be taken if either the majority of the persons with voting rights present at the meeting or, where the original vote was not taken by roll call or in writing, any person with voting rights present at the meeting, so demands. The legal consequences of the original vote shall be made null and void by the new vote.

Article 32. Adoption of Resolutions without holding Meetings.

 

32.1 Resolutions of the Shareholders’ Body may also be adopted in writing without holding a General Meeting of Shareholders, provided they are adopted by the unanimous vote of all Shareholders entitled to vote. The provision of Article 27.3 shall apply by analogy. Adoption of resolutions outside of meetings shall not be permissible if there are persons with DRH-rights.

 

32.2 Each Shareholder must ensure that the Management Board is informed of the resolutions thus adopted as soon as possible in writing. The Management Board shall keep record of the resolutions adopted and it shall add such records to those referred to in Article 29.3.

CHAPTER XI. AMENDMENT OF THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION; CHANGE OF CORPORATE FORM; STATUTORY MERGER AND STATUTORY DEMERGER; DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION.

Article 33. Amendment of the Articles of Association; Change of Corporate Form.

 

33.1 The Shareholders’ Body may resolve to amend these Articles of Association. When a proposal to amend these Articles of Association is to be made at a General Meeting of Shareholders, the notice of such meeting must state so and a copy of the proposal, including the verbatim text thereof, shall be deposited and kept available at the Company’s office for inspection by the Shareholders and the persons with DRH-rights, until the conclusion of the meeting. From the day of deposit until the day of the meeting, a Shareholder or a person with DRH-rights shall, on application, be provided with a copy of the proposal free of charge. An amendment of these Articles of Association shall be laid down in a notarial deed,

 

33.2 The Company may change its corporate form into a different legal form. A change of the corporate form shall require a resolution to change the corporate form adopted by the Shareholders’ Body, and a resolution to amend these Articles of Association. A change of the corporate form shall furthermore be subject to the relevant provisions of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code. A change of the corporate form shall not terminate the existence of the legal entity.

Article 34. Statutory Merger and Statutory Demerger.

 

34.1 The Company may enter into a statutory merger with one or more other legal

 

16


LOGO

 

entities. A merger resolution may only be adopted in conformity with a merger proposal prepared by the management boards of the merging legal entities. Within the Company, the merger resolution shall be adopted by the Shareholders’ Body. However, in the cases referred to in Section 2:331 of the Dutch Civil Code, the merger resolution may be adopted by the Management Board.

 

34.2 The Company may be a party in a statutory demerger. The term “demerger” shall include both split-up and spin-off. A demerger resolution may only be adopted in conformity with a demerger proposal to be prepared by the management boards of the parties to the demerger. Within the Company, the demerger resolution shall be adopted by the Shareholders’ Body. However, in the cases referred to in Section 2:334ff of the Dutch Civil Code, the demerger resolution may be adopted by the Management Board.

 

34.3 Statutory mergers and statutory demergers shall furthermore be subject to the relevant provisions of Book 2, Title 7, of the Dutch Civil Code.

Article 35. Dissolution and Liquidation.

 

35.1 The Company may be dissolved pursuant to a resolution to that effect by the Shareholders’ Body. When a proposal to dissolve the Company is to be made at a General Meeting of Shareholders, this must be stated in the notice of such meeting.

 

35.2 If the Company is dissolved pursuant to a resolution of the Shareholders’ Body, the Management Board members shall become liquidators of the dissolved Company’s property. The Shareholders’ Body may decide to appoint other persons as liquidators.

 

35.3 During liquidation, the provisions of these Articles of Association shall remain in force to the extent possible.

 

35.4 The balance remaining after payment of the debts of the dissolved Company shall be transferred to the Shareholders in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of the Shares held by each.

 

35.5 In addition, the liquidation shall be subject to the relevant provisions of Book 2, Title 1, of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

17

Exhibit 3.2

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

S&C 1 (U.S.), INC.

ARTICLE ONE

The name of the corporation is S&C 1 (U.S.), Inc.

ARTICLE TWO

The address of the corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 160 in the City of Dover, County of Kent, 19904. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

ARTICLE THREE

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE FOUR

The total number of shares of stock which the corporation has authority to issue is one thousand (1,000) shares of Common Stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share.

ARTICLE FIVE

The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator are as follows:

NAME AND MAILING ADDRESS

Thaddine G. Gomez

200 East Randolph Drive

Suite 5400

Chicago, Illinois 60601

ARTICLE SIX

The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE SEVEN

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the by-laws of the corporation.


ARTICLE EIGHT

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the by-laws of the corporation may provide. The books of the corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the by-laws of the corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the by-laws of the corporation so provide.

ARTICLE NINE

To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of this corporation shall not be liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Any repeal or modification of this ARTICLE NINE shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE TEN

The corporation expressly elects not to be governed by §203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this certificate of incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein and by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts stated herein are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand on the 7 th day of February, 2006.

 

/s/ Thaddine G. Gomez

Thaddine G. Gomez

Sole Incorporator

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

OF

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

A Delaware corporation

(Adopted as of April 27, 2006)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be located at 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101, Dover, Delaware 19904. The name of the corporation’s registered agent at such address shall be National Registered Agents. The registered office and/or registered agent of the corporation may be changed from time to time by action of the board of directors.

Section 2. Other Offices . The corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Place and Time of Meetings . As required by law, an annual meeting of the stockholders shall be for the purpose of electing directors and conducting such other proper business as may come before the meeting. The date, time and place, if any, of the annual meeting shall be determined by the president of the corporation; provided, that if the president does not act, the board of directors shall determine the date, time and place, if any, of such meeting.

Section 2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders may be called for any purpose and may be held at such time and place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in a notice of meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof. Such meetings may be called at any time by the board of directors or the president and shall be called by the president upon the written request of holders of shares entitled to cast not less than a majority of the votes at the meeting, such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and shall be delivered to the president.

Section 3. Place of Meetings . The board of directors may designate any place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting called by the board of directors. If no designation is made, or if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the principal executive office of the corporation.


Section 4. Notice . Unless otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take action at a meeting, notice stating the place, if any, date, time, and, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes, of such meeting, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. All such notices shall be delivered, either personally , by mail or by any other method permitted by applicable law, and if mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his, her or its address as the same appears on the records of the corporation. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 5. Stockholders List . The officer having charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, in accordance with applicable law. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 6. Quorum . The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present, the holders of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting, and entitled to vote at the meeting, may adjourn the meeting or the chairman of the meeting, may adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place.

Section 7. Adjourned Meetings . When a meeting is adjourned to another time and place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 8. Vote Required . When a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, unless the question is one upon which by express provisions of an applicable law or of the certificate of incorporation a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 9. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or by the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or any

 

- 2 -


amendments thereto and subject to Section 3 of Article VI hereof, every stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one (1) vote in person or by proxy for each share of common stock held by such stockholder.

Section 10. Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the corporation generally. Any proxy is suspended when the person executing the proxy is present at a meeting of stockholders and elects to vote, except that when such proxy is coupled with an interest and the fact of the interest appears on the face of the proxy, the agent named in the proxy shall have all voting and other rights referred to in the proxy, notwithstanding the presence of the person executing the proxy. At each meeting of the stockholders, and before any voting commences, all proxies filed at or before the meeting shall be submitted to and examined by the secretary or a person designated by the secretary, and no shares may be represented or voted under a proxy that has been found to be invalid or irregular.

Section 11. Action by Written Consent . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken and bearing the dates of signature of the stockholders who signed the consent or consents, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, or the corporation’s principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book or books in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested provided, however, that no consent or consents delivered by certified or registered mail shall be deemed delivered until such consent or consents are actually received at the registered office. All consents properly delivered in accordance with this section shall be deemed to be recorded when so delivered. No written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation as required by this section, written consents signed by the holders of a sufficient number of shares to take such corporate action are so recorded. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who would otherwise be entitled to receive notice if the action had been taken at a meeting of stockholders. Any action taken pursuant to such written consent or consents of the stockholders shall have the same force and effect as if taken by the stockholders at a meeting thereof.

 

- 3 -


ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors.

Section 2. Number, Election and Term of Office . The number of directors which shall constitute the board shall be no less three (3) no more that eight (8). Thereafter, the number of directors shall be established from time to time by resolution of the board. The directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election of directors. The directors shall be elected in this manner at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 4 of this Article III. Each director elected shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

Section 3. Removal and Resignation . Any director or the entire board of directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Whenever the holders of any class or series are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, the provisions of this section shall apply, in respect to the removal without cause of a director or directors so elected, to the vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of that class or series and not to the vote of the outstanding shares as a whole. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation.

Section 4. Vacancies . Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Each director so chosen shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as herein provided.

Section 5. Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held without other notice than this by-law immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of stockholders.

Section 6. Other Meetings and Notice . Regular meetings, other than the annual meeting, of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the board. Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of the president or a majority of the directors then in office on at least twenty-four (24) hours notice to each director, either personally, by telephone, by mail, or by telegraph.

Section 7. Quorum, Required Vote and Adjournment . A majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the board of directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

- 4 -


Section 8. Committees . The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation, which to the extent provided in such resolution or these by-laws shall have and may exercise the powers of the board of directors in the management and affairs of the corporation except as otherwise limited by law. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of the committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the board of directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

Section 9. Committee Rules . Each committee of the board of directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the board of directors designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum. In the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the board of directors as provided in Section 8 of this Article III, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member. In the event any person shall cease to be a director of the Corporation, such person shall simultaneously therewith cease to be a member of any committee appointed by the board of directors.

Section 10. Communications Equipment . Members of the board of directors or any committee thereof may participate in and act at any meeting of such board or committee through the use of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in the meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 11. Waiver of Notice and Presumption of Assent . Any member of the board of directors or any committee thereof who is present at a meeting shall be conclusively presumed to have waived notice of such meeting except when such member attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 12. Action by Written Consent . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or the electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

 

- 5 -


ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. Number . The officers of the corporation shall be elected by the board of directors and shall consist of a chief executive officer, president, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, one or more vice-presidents, secretary, a treasurer, and such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the board of directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. In its discretion, the board of directors may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable, except that the offices of president and secretary shall be filled as expeditiously as possible.

Section 2. Election and Term of Office . The officers of the corporation shall be elected annually by the board of directors at its first meeting held after each annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. The chief executive officer shall be elected annually by the board of directors at the first meeting of the board of directors held after each annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. The chief executive officer shall appoint other officers to serve for such terms as he or she deems desirable. Vacancies may be filled or new offices created and filled at any meeting of the board of directors. Each officer shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

Section 3. Removal . Any officer or agent elected by the board of directors may be removed by the board of directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

Section 4. Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the board of directors for the unexpired portion of the term by the board of directors then in office.

Section 5. Compensation . Compensation of all officers shall be fixed by the board of directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of his or her also being a director of the corporation.

Section 6. The Chief Executive Officer . The chief executive officer of the corporation; shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and board of directors at which he is present; subject to the powers of the board of directors, shall have general charge of the business, affairs and property of the corporation, and control over its officers, agents and employees; and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect. The chief executive officer shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation. The chief executive officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or as may be provided in these by-laws.

 

- 6 -


Section 7. The Chief Operating Officer . The chief operating officer of the corporation, subject to the powers of the chief executive officer or the board of directors, shall engage in the general and active management of the business of the corporation; and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect. The chief operating officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the chief executive officer or the board of directors or as may be provided in these by-laws.

Section 8. The Chief Financial Officer . The chief financial officer of the corporation shall, under the direction of the chief executive officer, be responsible for all financial and accounting matters and for the direction of the offices of treasurer and controller. The chief financial officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the chief executive officer or the board of directors or as may be provided in these by-laws.

Section 9. The President . The president shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the chief executive officer or the board of directors or as may be provided in these by-laws.

Section 10. Vice-presidents . The vice-president, or if there shall be more than one, the vice-presidents in the order determined by the chief executive officer, shall, in the absence or disability of the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer or the chief financial officer, act with all of the powers and be subject to all the restrictions of the chief executive officer. The vice-presidents shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors, the chief executive officer or these by-laws may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 11. The Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors, all meetings of the committees thereof and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose. Under the chief executive officer’s supervision, the secretary shall give, or cause to be given, all notices required to be given by these by-laws or by law; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the board of directors, the chief executive officer or these by-laws may, from time to time, prescribe; and shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation. The secretary, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors, the chief executive officer, or secretary may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 12. The Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities; shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation; shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation as may be ordered by the board

 

- 7 -


of directors; shall cause the funds of the corporation to be disbursed when such disbursements have been duly authorized, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements; and shall render to the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer and the board of directors, at its regular meeting or when the board of directors so requires, an account of the corporation; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer or these by-laws may, from time to time, prescribe. If required by the board of directors or the chief financial officer, the treasurer shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be rendered every six (6) years) in such sums and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of treasurer and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of death, resignation, retirement, or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money, and other property of whatever kind in the possession or under the control of the treasurer belonging to the corporation. The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the chief financial officer, the board of directors, shall in the absence or disability of the treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer. The assistant treasurers shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors, the president or treasurer may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 13. Other Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents . Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these by-laws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the board of directors.

Section 14. Absence or Disability of Officers . In the case of the absence or disability of any officer of the corporation and of any person hereby authorized to act in such officer’s place during such officer’s absence or disability, the board of directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person whom it may select.

ARTICLE V

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Form . Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer, the president or a vice-president and the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares of a specific class or series owned by such holder in the corporation, provided that the board of directors may, by resolution, provide that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. If such a certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent or an assistant transfer agent other than the corporation or its employee or (2) by a registrar, other than the corporation or its employee, the signature of any such chief executive officer, chief operating officer, president, vice-president, secretary, or assistant secretary may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the corporation whether because of death, resignation or otherwise before such certificate or certificates have been delivered by the corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or

 

- 8 -


signatures have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the corporation. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The name of the person to whom the shares represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the books of the corporation. Shares of stock of the corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the corporation of the certificate or certificates for such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons or delivery of duly executed instructions with respect to uncertificated shares, with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement or execution, transfer, authorization, and other matters as the corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. In that event, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate or certificates, and record the transaction on its books. The board of directors may appoint a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof to act as its transfer agent or registrar, or both in connection with the transfer of any class or series of securities of the corporation.

Section 2. Lost Certificates . The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates previously issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against the corporation on account of the loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 3. Fixing a Record Date for Stockholder Meetings . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 4. Fixing a Record Date for Action by Written Consent . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors. If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to

 

- 9 -


corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is required by statute, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors and prior action by the board of directors is required by statute, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

Section 5. Fixing a Record Date for Other Purposes . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 6. Registered Stockholders . Prior to the surrender to the corporation of the certificate or certificates for a share or shares of stock with a request to record the transfer of such share or shares, the corporation may treat the registered owner as the person entitled to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications, and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner, except as otherwise required by law. The corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by law.

Section 7. Subscriptions for Stock . Unless otherwise provided for in the subscription agreement, subscriptions for shares shall be paid in full at such time, or in such installments and at such times, as shall be determined by the board of directors. Any call made by the board of directors for payment on subscriptions shall be uniform as to all shares of the same class or as to all shares of the same series. In case of default in the payment of any installment or call when such payment is due, the corporation may proceed to collect the amount due in the same manner as any debt due the corporation.

ARTICLE VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the

 

- 10 -


corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or any other purpose and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 2. Checks, Drafts or Orders . All checks, drafts, or other orders for the payment of money by or to the corporation and all notes and other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the corporation, and in such manner, as shall be determined by resolution of the board of directors or a duly authorized committee thereof.

Section 3. Contracts . The board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or any agent or agents, of the corporation to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 4. Loans . Except as otherwise provided by law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest, and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

Section 5. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors.

Section 6. Corporate Seal . The board of directors shall provide a corporate seal which shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

Section 7. Voting Securities Owned By Corporation . Voting securities in any other corporation or entity held by the corporation shall be voted by the president, unless the board of directors specifically confers authority to vote with respect thereto, which authority may be general or confined to specific instances, upon some other person or officer. Any person authorized to vote securities shall have the power to appoint proxies, with general power of substitution.

Section 8. Section Headings . Section headings in these by-laws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

Section 9. Inconsistent Provisions . In the event that any provision of these by-laws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the certificate of incorporation, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other applicable law, the provision of these by-laws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

 

- 11 -


ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENTS

These by-laws may be amended, altered, or repealed and new by-laws adopted at any meeting of the board of directors by a majority vote. The fact that the power to adopt, amend, alter, or repeal the by-laws has been conferred upon the board of directors shall not divest the stockholders of the same powers.

 

- 12 -

Exhibit 3.4

LOGO

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION of:

Sensata Technologies Holding Company US B.V.

having its registered offices at Almelo.

The articles of association were amended lately by notarial deed, executed before R. van Bork, civil law notary in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, on 4 July 2006, for which the ministerial declaration of no objections was granted on 29 June 2006 under number B.V. 1362255.

The company is registered with the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce and Industries for De Veluwe and Twente, under registration number 34243605.

 

1


LOGO

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION:

CHAPTER I.

Article 1. Definitions.

 

1.1 In these Articles of Association the following words shall have the following meanings:

 

  a. a “Share” :

a share in the capital of the Company;

 

  b. a “Shareholder” :

a holder of one or more Shares;

 

  c. the “Shareholders’ Body” :

the body of the Company consisting of Shareholders entitled to vote together with pledgees and usufructuaries to whom voting rights attributable to Shares accrue;

 

  d. a “General Meeting of Shareholders” :

a meeting of Shareholders and other persons entitled to attend meetings of Shareholders;

 

  e. “DRH-rights” :

the rights conferred by law upon holders of depositary receipts issued with a company’s cooperation for shares in its capital;

 

  f. the “Management Board” : the management board of the Company;

 

  g. a “Subsidiary” :

a subsidiary of the Company as referred to in Section 2:24a of the Dutch Civil Code;

 

  h. “in writing”:

by letter, by telecopier, by e-mail, or by message which is transmitted via any other current means of communication and which can be received in the written form, provided that the identity of the sender can be sufficiently established;

 

  i. the “Distributable Equity”:

the part of the Company’s equity which exceeds the aggregate of the issued capital and the reserves which must be maintained pursuant to the law;

 

  j. a “Company Body” :

the Management Board or the Shareholders’ Body.

 

1.2 References to Articles shall be deemed to refer to articles of these Articles of Association, unless the contrary is apparent.

CHAPTER II. NAME, REGISTERED OFFICES AND OBJECTS.

Article 2. Name and Registered Offices.

 

2.1 The Company’s name is:

 

2


LOGO

 

Sensata Technologies Holding Company US B.V.

 

2.2 The registered offices of the Company are in Almelo, the Netherlands.

Article 3. Objects.

The objects of the Company are:

 

a. to incorporate, to participate in any way whatsoever in, to manage, to supervise businesses and companies;

 

b. to finance businesses and companies;

 

c. to borrow, to lend and to raise funds, including the issue of bonds, promissory notes or other securities or evidence of indebtedness as well as to enter into agreements in connection with aforementioned activities;

 

d. to render advice and services to businesses and companies with which the Company forms a group and to third parties;

 

e. to grant guarantees, to bind the company and to pledge its assets for obligations of businesses and companies with which it forms a group and on behalf of third parties;

 

f. to acquire, alienate, manage and exploit registered property and items of property in general;

 

g. to trade in currencies, securities and items of property in general;

 

h to develop and trade in patents, trade marks, licenses, know-how and other industrial property rights;

 

i. to perform any and all activities of an industrial, financial or commercial nature, and to do all that is connected therewith or may be conducive thereto, all to be interpreted in the broadest sense.

CHAPTER III. AUTHORIZED CAPITAL; REGISTER OF SHAREHOLDERS.

Article 4. Authorized Capital.

 

4.1 The authorized capital of the Company equals ninety thousand Euro (EUR 90,000).

 

4.2 The authorized capital of the Company is divided into nine hundred (900) Shares with a nominal value of one hundred Euro (EUR 100) each.

 

4.3 All Shares shall be registered. No share certificates shall be issued.

Article 5. Register of Shareholders and Register of Depositary Receipt Holders.

 

5.1 Each Shareholder, each pledgee of Shares, each usufructuary of Shares and each holder of depositary receipts issued for Shares with the cooperation of the Company is required to state his address to the Company in writing.

 

5.2 The Management Board shall keep a register of Shareholders in which the names and addresses of all Shareholders are recorded, showing the date on which they acquired the Shares, the date of acknowledgement by or serving upon the Company and the nominal value paid in on each Share stating that the full nominal amount has been paid in.

 

3


LOGO

 

5.3 The names and addresses of pledgees and usufructuaries of Shares shall also be entered in the register of Shareholders, showing the date on which they acquired the right and the date of acknowledgement by or serving upon the Company and furthermore showing whether the voting rights or the DRH-rights accrue to them.

 

5.4 On application by a Shareholder or a pledgee or usufructuary of Shares, the Management Board shall furnish an extract from the register of Shareholders, free of charge, insofar as it relates to the applicant’s right in respect of a Share. If a right of pledge or a usufruct is created in a Share, the extract shall state to whom the voting rights accrue and to whom the DRH-rights accrue.

 

5.5 If depositary receipts for Shares are issued with the cooperation of the Company, the Management Board shall also keep a register of depositary receipt holders in which the names and addresses of all holders of depositary receipts for Shares are recorded. The register of depositary receipt holders may be part of the register of Shareholders.

 

5.6 The register of Shareholders and the register of depositary receipt holders shall be kept accurate and up-to-date. All entries and notes in the registers shall be signed by one or more persons authorized to represent the Company.

 

5.7 The Management Board shall make both registers available at the Company’s office for inspection by the Shareholders, the pledgees and usufructuaries of Shares to whom the DRH-rights accrue and the holders of depositary receipts issued for Shares with the cooperation of the Company.

CHAPTER IV. ISSUANCE OF SHARES.

Article 6. Resolution to Issue and Notarial Deed.

 

6.1 Shares may be issued pursuant to a resolution of the Shareholders’ Body. The Shareholders’ Body may transfer this authority to another Company Body and may also revoke such transfer.

 

6.2 A resolution to issue Shares shall stipulate the issue price and the other conditions of issue.

 

6.3 The provisions of Articles 6.1 and 6.2 shall apply by analogy to the granting of rights to subscribe for Shares, but do not apply to the issuance of Shares to a person exercising a right to subscribe for Shares previously granted.

 

6.4 The issue of a Share shall furthermore require a notarial deed, to be executed for that purpose before a civil law notary registered in the Netherlands, to which deed those involved in the issuance shall be parties.

Article 7. Rights of Pre-emption.

 

7.1 Upon issuance of Shares, each Shareholder shall have a right of pre-emption in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of his Shares, subject to the provisions of Articles 7.2, 7.3 and 7.4. Shareholders shall have a similar right of pre-emption if rights are granted to subscribe for Shares.

 

4


LOGO

 

7.2 Shareholders shall have no right of pre-emption on Shares which are issued to employees of the Company or of a group company as defined in Section 2:24b of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

7.3 Prior to each single issuance of Shares, the right of pre-emption may be limited or excluded by the Company Body competent to issue such Shares.

 

7.4 Shareholders shall have no right of pre-emption in respect of Shares which are issued to a person exercising a right to subscribe for Shares previously granted.

Article 8. Payment on Shares.

 

8.1 The full nominal value of each Share must be paid upon issuance.

 

8.2 Payment on a Share must be made in cash insofar as no non-cash contribution has been agreed on. Payment in foreign currency may only be made with the approval of the Company and with due observance of the provisions of Section 2:203a of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

8.3 Non-cash contributions on Shares are subject to the provisions of Section 2:204b of the Dutch Civil Code.

CHAPTER V. OWN SHARES; REDUCTION OF THE ISSUED CAPITAL.

Article 9. Own Shares.

 

9.1 When issuing Shares, the Company may not subscribe for its own Shares.

 

9.2 The Company may acquire fully paid in Shares or depositary receipts thereof, provided either no valuable consideration is given, or:

 

  a. the Distributable Equity is at least equal to the purchase price; and

 

  b. the aggregate nominal value of the Shares or depositary receipts thereof to be acquired, and of the Shares or depositary receipts thereof already held by the Company and its Subsidiaries, does not exceed half of the Company’s issued capital; and

 

  c. the acquisition has been authorized by the Shareholders’ Body or by another Company Body which is designated for this purpose by the Shareholders’ Body.

 

9.3 For the validity of the acquisition, the amount of equity appearing from the last adopted balance sheet, reduced by the acquisition price for Shares or depositary receipts thereof and further reduced by distributions of profits or at the expense of reserves to others, which have become due from the Company and its Subsidiaries after the balance sheet date, shall be decisive. An acquisition in accordance with Article 9.2 shall not be permitted, if more than six months have elapsed after the end of a financial year without the annual accounts having been adopted.

 

9.4 The foregoing provisions of this Article 9 shall not apply to Shares which the Company acquires by universal succession of title.

 

5


LOGO

 

9.5 The acquisition of Shares or depositary receipts thereof by a Subsidiary shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2:207d of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

9.6 Shares or depositary receipts thereof held by the Company may be transferred pursuant to a resolution of the Shareholders’ Body. A resolution to transfer such Shares or depositary receipts thereof shall stipulate the conditions of transfer. The transfer of Shares held by the Company shall furthermore be subject to the provisions of the blocking clause contained in these Articles of Association.

Article 10. Financial Assistance.

 

10.1 The Company may not give security, guarantee the price, or in any other way answer to or bind itself either severally or jointly for or on behalf of third parties, with a view to a subscription for or an acquisition of Shares or depositary receipts thereof by others. This prohibition also applies to Subsidiaries.

 

10.2 The Company may grant loans with a view to a subscription for or an acquisition of Shares or depositary receipts thereof, but not in excess of the amount of the Distributable Equity.

 

10.3 The Company shall maintain a non-distributable reserve up to the outstanding amount of the loans referred to in Article 10.2.

Article 11. Reduction of the Issued Capital.

 

11.1 The Shareholders’ Body may resolve to reduce the Company’s issued capital.

 

11.2 A reduction of the Company’s issued capital may be effected:

 

  a. by cancellation of Shares held by the Company or for which the Company holds the depositary receipts; or

 

  b. by reducing the nominal value of Shares, to be effected by an amendment of these Articles of Association.

 

11.3 A reduction of the nominal value of Shares, with or without repayment, must be effected in proportion to all Shares. This principle may be deviated from with the consent of all Shareholders involved.

 

11.4 The notice of a General Meeting of Shareholders at which a resolution to reduce the Company’s issued capital shall be proposed, shall state the purpose of the capital reduction and the manner in which it is to be achieved. The provisions in these Articles of Association relevant to a proposal to amend the Articles of Association shall apply by analogy.

 

11.5 A reduction of the Company’s issued capital shall furthermore be subject to the provisions of Sections 2:208 and 2:209 of the Dutch Civil Code.

CHAPTER VI. TRANSFER OF SHARES; BLOCKING CLAUSE.

Article 12. Transfer of Shares; Notarial Deed.

 

12.1 The transfer of a Share shall require a notarial deed, to be executed for that purpose before a civil law notary registered in the Netherlands, to which deed those involved in the transfer shall be parties.

 

6


LOGO

 

12.2 Unless the Company itself is party to the legal act, the rights attributable to the Share can only be exercised after the Company has acknowledged said transfer or said deed has been served upon it in accordance with the relevant provisions of the law.

Article 13. Blocking Clause (offer to co-Shareholders).

 

13.1 A transfer of one or more Shares can only be effected with due observance of the provisions set out in this Article 13, unless (i) all co-Shareholders have approved the intended transfer in writing, which approval shall then be valid for a period of three months, or (ii) the Shareholder concerned is obliged by law to transfer his Shares to a former Shareholder.

 

13.2 A Shareholder wishing to transfer one or more of his Shares (hereinafter: the “Offeror”) shall first offer to sell such Shares to his co-Shareholders. Such offer shall be made by the Offeror by means of a written notification to the Management Board, stating the number of Shares he wishes to transfer. Within two weeks of receipt of this notification, the Management Board shall give notice of the offer to the co-Shareholders. Co-Shareholders interested in purchasing one or more of the Shares on offer (hereinafter: “Interested Parties”) must notify the Management Board within one month after said notices from the Management Board have been sent; notifications from co-Shareholders received later shall not be taken into account. If the Company itself is a co-Shareholder, it shall only be entitled to act as an Interested Party with the consent of the Offeror.

 

13.3 The price at which the Shares on offer can be purchased by the Interested Parties shall be mutually agreed between the Offeror and the Interested Parties or by one or more experts appointed by them. If they do not reach agreement on the price or the expert or experts, as the case may be, the price shall be set by one or more independent experts to be appointed on the request of one or more of the parties concerned by the chairman of the Chamber of Commerce and Factories at which the Company is registered in the Commercial Register. If an expert is appointed, he shall be authorized to inspect all books and records of the Company and to obtain all such information as will be useful to him in setting the price.

 

13.4 Within one month of the price being set, the Interested Parties must give notice to the Management Board of the number of the Shares on offer they wish to purchase. An Interested Party who fails to submit notice within said term shall no longer be counted as an Interested Party. Once the notice mentioned in the preceding sentence has been given, an Interested Party can only withdraw with the consent of the other Interested Parties.

 

13.5 If the Interested Parties wish to purchase more Shares in the aggregate than

 

7


LOGO

 

have been offered, the Shares on offer shall be distributed among them. The Interested Parties shall determine the distribution by mutual agreement. If they do not reach agreement on the distribution within two weeks from the notice to the Management Board referred to in Article 13.4, the Shares on offer shall be distributed among them by the Management Board, as far as possible in proportion to the shareholding of each Interested Party at the time of the distribution. However, the number of Shares on offer allocated to an Interested Party cannot exceed the number of Shares he wishes to purchase.

 

13.6 The Offeror may withdraw his offer up to one month after the day on which he is informed to which Interested Party or Parties he can sell all the Shares on offer and at what price.

 

13.7 If it is established that none of the co-Shareholders is an Interested Party or that not all Shares put on offer shall be purchased for payment in cash, the Offeror may freely transfer the total number of the Shares on offer, and not part thereof, up to three months thereafter.

 

13.8 All notifications and notices referred to in this Article 13 shall be made by certified mail or against acknowledgement of receipt. Each time the Management Board receives such notification or notice, it shall immediately send a copy thereof to the Offeror and all Interested Parties (with the exception of the sender), unless indicated otherwise hereinabove.

 

13.9 All costs of the appointment of the expert or experts, as the case may be, and their determination of the price, shall be borne by:

 

  a. the Offeror if he withdraws his offer;

 

  b. the Offeror and the buyers for equal parts if the Shares have been purchased by one or more Interested Parties, provided that these costs shall be borne by the buyers in proportion to the number of Shares purchased;

 

  c. the Company if the offer has not been accepted in full or only in part.

 

13.10 The preceding provisions of this Article 13 shall apply by analogy to any right to subscribe for Shares and any right accruing from a Share, except any right to a payable distribution in cash.

CHAPTER VII. PLEDGING OF SHARES AND USUFRUCT IN SHARES; DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS FOR SHARES.

Article 14. Pledging of Shares and Usufruct in Shares.

 

14.1 The provisions of Article 12 shall apply by analogy to the pledging of Shares and to the creation or transfer of a usufruct in Shares.

 

14.2 On the creation of a right of pledge in a Share and on the creation or transfer of a usufruct in a Share, the voting rights attributable to such Share may be assigned to the pledgee or the usufructuary, with due observance of the relevant provisions of the law.

 

8


LOGO

 

14.3 Both the Shareholder without voting rights and the pledgee or usufructuary with voting rights shall have the DRH-rights. The DRH-rights may also be granted to the pledgee or usufructuary without voting rights, but only if the Shareholders’ Body has approved the same and with due observance of the relevant provisions of the law.

Article 15. Depositary Receipts for Shares.

The Company may cooperate in the issuance of registered depositary receipts for Shares, but pursuant to a resolution to that effect of the Shareholders’ Body only. Each holder of such depositary receipts shall have the DRH-rights.

CHAPTER VIII. THE MANAGEMENT BOARD.

Article 16. Management Board Members.

 

16.1 The Management Board shall consist of one or more members. Both individuals and legal entities can be Management Board members.

 

16.2 Management Board members are appointed by the Shareholders’ Body.

 

16.3 A Management Board member may be suspended or dismissed by the Shareholders’ Body at any time.

 

16.4 Any suspension may be extended one or more times, but may not last longer than three months in the aggregate. If, at the end of that period, no decision has been taken on termination of the suspension or on dismissal, the suspension shall end.

 

16.5 The authority to establish remuneration and other conditions of employment for Management Board members is vested in the Shareholders’ Body.

Article 17. Duties, Decision-making Process and Allocation of Duties.

 

17.1 The Management Board shall be entrusted with the management of the Company.

 

17.2 When making Management Board resolutions, each Management Board member may cast one vote.

 

17.3 All resolutions of the Management Board shall be adopted by more than half of the votes cast.

 

17.4 Management Board resolutions may at all times be adopted outside of a meeting, in writing or otherwise, provided the proposal concerned is submitted to all Management Board members then in office and none of them objects to this manner of adopting resolutions. Adoption of resolutions in writing shall be effected by written statements from all Management Board members then in office.

 

17.5 Resolutions of the Management Board shall be recorded in a minute book that shall be kept by the Management Board.

 

17.6 The Management Board may establish further rules regarding its decision-making process and working methods. In this context, the Management Board may also determine the duties for which each Management Board member in

 

9


LOGO

 

particular shall be responsible. The Shareholders’ Body may decide that such rules and allocation of duties must be put in writing and that such rules and allocation of duties shall be subject to its approval.

Article 18. Representation; Conflicts of Interest.

 

18.1 The Company shall be represented by the Management Board. Each Management Board member shall also be authorized to represent the Company.

 

18.2 The Management Board may appoint officers with general or limited power to represent the Company. Each officer shall be competent to represent the Company, subject to the restrictions imposed on him. The Management Board shall determine each officer’s title. Such officers may be registered at the Commercial Register, indicating the scope of their power to represent the Company. The authority of an officer thus appointed may not extend to any transaction where the Company has a conflict of interest with the officer concerned or with one or more Management Board members.

 

18.3 In the event of a conflict of interest between the Company and one or more Management Board members, the provisions of Article 18.1 shall continue to apply unimpaired unless the Shareholders’ Body has appointed one or more other persons to represent the Company in the case at hand or in general in the event of such a conflict. A resolution of the Management Board with respect to a matter involving a conflict of interest with one or more Management Board members in a private capacity shall be subject to the approval of the Shareholders’ Body, but the absence of such approval shall not affect the authority of the Management Board or its members to represent the Company.

 

18.4 Without regard to whether a conflict of interest exists or not, all legal acts of the Company vis-a-vis a holder of all of the Shares, or vis-a-vis a participant in a community property, of married or registered non-married partners, of which all of the Shares form a part, whereby the Company is represented by such Shareholder or one of the participants, shall be put in writing. For the application of the foregoing sentence, Shares held by the Company or its Subsidiaries shall not be taken into account.

 

18.5 The provisions of Article 18.4 do not apply to legal acts which, under their agreed terms, form part of the normal course of business of the Company.

Article 19. Approval of Management Board Resolutions.

 

19.1 The Shareholders’ Body may require Management Board resolutions to be subject to its approval. The Management Board shall be notified in writing of such resolutions, which shall be clearly specified.

 

19.2 The absence of approval by the Shareholders’ Body of a resolution as referred to in this Article 19 shall not affect the authority of the Management Board or its members to represent the Company.

 

10


LOGO

 

Article 20. Vacancy or Inability to Act.

If a seat is vacant on the Management Board (ontstentenis) or a Management Board member is unable to perform his duties (belet), the remaining Management Board members or member shall be temporarily entrusted with the management of the Company. If all seats in the Management Board are vacant or all Management Board members or the sole Management Board member, as the case may be, are unable to perform their duties, the management of the Company shall be temporarily entrusted to one or more persons designated for that purpose by the Shareholders’ Body.

CHAPTER IX. FINANCIAL YEAR AND ANNUAL ACCOUNTS; PROFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.

Article 21. Financial Year and Annual Accounts.

 

21.1 The Company’s financial year shall be the calendar year.

 

21.2 Annually, not later than five months after the end of the financial year, unless by reason of special circumstances this period is extended by the Shareholders’ Body by not more than six months, the Management Board shall prepare annual accounts, and shall deposit the same for inspection by the Shareholders at the Company’s office.

 

21.3 Within the same period, the Management Board shall also deposit the annual report for inspection by the Shareholders, unless Section 2:396, subsection 6 or Section 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code applies to the Company.

 

21.4 The annual accounts shall consist of a balance sheet, a profit and loss account and explanatory notes.

 

21.5 The annual accounts shall be signed by the Management Board members. If the signature of one or more of them is missing, this shall be stated and reasons for this omission shall be given.

 

21.6 The Company may, and if the law so requires shall, appoint an accountant to audit the annual accounts. Such appointment shall be made by the Shareholders’ Body.

 

21.7 The Company shall ensure that the annual accounts and, insofar as required, the annual report and the information to be added by virtue of the law are kept at its office as from the day on which notice of the annual General Meeting of Shareholders is given. Shareholders and persons with DRH-rights may inspect the documents at that place and obtain a copy free of charge.

 

21.8 The annual accounts, the annual report, the information to be added by virtue of the law and the audit by an accountant, as well as deposition of documents at the Commercial Register, shall furthermore be subject to the provisions of Book 2, Title 9, of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

11


LOGO

 

Article 22. Adoption of the Annual Accounts and Discharge.

 

22.1 The Shareholders’ Body shall adopt the annual accounts.

 

22.2 The Shareholders’ Body may grant full or limited discharge to the Management Board members for the management pursued.

Article 23. Profits and Distributions.

 

23.1 The allocation of profits accrued in a financial year shall be determined by the Shareholders’ Body. If the Shareholders’ Body does not adopt a resolution regarding the allocation of the profits prior to or at latest immediately after the adoption of the annual accounts, the profits will be reserved.

 

23.2 Distribution of profits shall be made after adoption of the annual accounts if permissible under the law given the contents of the annual accounts.

 

23.3 The Shareholders’ Body may resolve to make interim distributions on Shares and/or to make distributions on Shares at the expense of any reserve of the Company. In addition, the Management Board may decide to make interim distributions on Shares.

 

23.4 Distributions on Shares shall be made payable immediately after the resolution to make the distribution, unless another date of payment has been determined in the resolution.

 

23.5 Distributions on Shares may be made only up to an amount which does not exceed the amount of the Distributable Equity.

 

23.6 A claim of a Shareholder for payment of a distribution on Shares shall be barred after five years have elapsed.

 

23.7 In calculating the amount of any distribution on Shares, Shares held by the Company shall be disregarded.

CHAPTER X. THE SHAREHOLDERS’ BODY.

Article 24. Annual General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

24.1 The annual General Meeting of Shareholders shall be held within six months after the end of the financial year.

 

24.2 The agenda of this annual General Meeting of Shareholders shall contain, inter alia, the following subjects for discussion:

 

  a. discussion of the annual report (unless Section 2:396, subsection 6 or Section 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code applies to the Company);

 

  b. discussion and adoption of the annual accounts;

 

  c. the granting of discharge to Management Board members;

 

  d. allocation of profits;

 

  e. other subjects announced with due observance of Article 26.

The agenda does not need to contain the subjects as referred to under a, b, c and d, if it contains a proposal to extend the period to prepare the annual accounts and (if applicable) to prepare the report, or, if a resolution to that extent already has been taken.

 

12


LOGO

 

Article 25. Other General Meetings of Shareholders.

 

25.1 Other General Meetings of Shareholders shall be held as often as the Management Board deems such necessary.

 

25.2 Shareholders and/or persons with DRH-rights representing in the aggregate at least one-tenth of the Company’s issued capital may request the Management Board to convene a General Meeting of Shareholders, stating specifically the subjects to be discussed. If the Management Board has not given proper notice of a General Meeting of Shareholders within four weeks following receipt of such request such that the meeting can be held within six weeks after receipt of the request, the applicants shall be authorized to convene a meeting themselves.

Article 26. Notice, Agenda and Venue of Meetings.

 

26.1 Notice of General Meetings of Shareholders shall be given by the Management Board. Furthermore, notice of General Meetings of Shareholders may be given by Shareholders representing in the aggregate at least half of the Company’s issued capital, without prejudice to the provisions of Article 25.2.

 

26.2 Notice of the meeting shall be given no later than on the fifteenth day prior to the day of the meeting.

 

26.3 The notice of the meeting shall specify the subjects to be discussed. Subjects which were not specified in such notice may be announced at a later date, with due observance of the term referred to in Article 26.2.

 

26.4 A subject for discussion of which discussion has been requested in writing not later than thirty days before the day of the meeting by one or more Shareholders and/or persons with DRH-rights who individually or jointly represent at least one percent of the Company’s issued capital, shall be included in the notice or shall be notified in the same way as the other subjects for discussion, provided that no important interest (zwaarwichtig belang) of the Company dictates otherwise.

 

26.5 The notice of the meeting shall be sent to the addresses of the Shareholders and the persons with DRH-rights shown in the register of Shareholders and the register of depositary receipt holders.

 

26.6 General Meetings of Shareholders are held in the municipality in which, according to these Articles of Association, the Company has its registered offices. General Meetings of Shareholders may also be held elsewhere, but in that case valid resolutions of the Shareholders’ Body may only be adopted if all of the Company’s issued capital is represented and each person with DRH-rights has been duly convened.

Article 27. Admittance and Rights at Meetings.

 

27.1 Each Shareholder and each person with DRH-rights shall be entitled to attend the General Meetings of Shareholders, to address the meeting and, if the

 

13


LOGO

 

voting rights accrue to him, to exercise his voting rights. Shareholders and persons with DRH-rights may be represented in a meeting by a proxy authorized in writing.

 

27.2 At a meeting, each person present with voting rights must sign the attendance list. The chairperson of the meeting may decide that the attendance list must also be signed by other persons present at the meeting.

 

27.3 The Management Board members shall, as such, have the right to give advice in the General Meetings of Shareholders.

 

27.4 The chairperson of the meeting shall decide on the admittance of other persons to the meeting.

Article 28. Chairperson and Secretary of the Meeting.

 

28.1 The chairperson of a General Meeting of Shareholders shall be appointed by more than half of the votes cast by the persons with voting rights present at the meeting. Until such appointment is made, a Management Board member shall act as chairperson, or, if no Management Board member is present at the meeting, the eldest person present at the meeting shall act as chairperson.

 

28.2 The chairperson of the meeting shall appoint a secretary for the meeting.

Article 29. Minutes; Recording of Shareholders’ Resolutions.

 

29.1 The secretary of a General Meeting of Shareholders shall keep minutes of the proceedings at the meeting. The minutes shall be adopted by the chairperson and the secretary of the meeting and as evidence thereof shall be signed by them.

 

29.2 The chairperson of the meeting or those who convened the meeting may determine that a notarial report must be prepared of the proceedings at the meeting. The notarial report shall be co-signed by the chairperson of the meeting.

 

29.3 The Management Board shall keep record of all resolutions adopted by the Shareholders’ Body. If the Management Board is not represented at a meeting, the chairperson of the meeting shall ensure that the Management Board is provided with a transcript of the resolutions adopted, as soon as possible after the meeting. The records shall be deposited at the Company’s office for inspection by the Shareholders and the persons with DRH-rights. On application, each of them shall be provided with a copy of or an extract from the records at not more than the actual cost.

Article 30. Adoption of Resolutions in a Meeting.

 

30.1 Each Share confers the right to cast one vote.

 

30.2 To the extent that the law or these Articles of Association do not require a qualified majority, all resolutions of the Shareholders’ Body shall be adopted by more than half of the votes cast.

 

30.3 If there is a tie in voting, the proposal shall be deemed to have been rejected, without prejudice to the provisions of Article 31.3.

 

14


LOGO

 

30.4 If the formalities for convening and holding of General Meetings of Shareholders, as prescribed by law or these Articles of Association, have not been complied with, valid resolutions of the Shareholders’ Body may only be adopted in a meeting, if in such meeting all of the Company’s issued capital is represented and such resolution is carried by unanimous vote and each person with DRH-rights is present or represented.

 

30.5 In the Shareholders’ Body, no voting rights may be exercised for any Share held by the Company or a Subsidiary, nor for any Share for which the Company or a Subsidiary holds the depositary receipts. However, pledgees and usufructuaries of Shares owned by the Company or a Subsidiary are not excluded from exercising the voting rights, if the right of pledge or the usufruct was created before the Share was owned by the Company or such Subsidiary. The Company or a Subsidiary may not exercise voting rights for a Share in which it holds a right of pledge or a usufruct.

 

30.6 When determining how many votes are cast by Shareholders, how many Shareholders are present or represented, or which part of the Company’s issued capital is represented, no account shall be taken of Shares for which, pursuant to the law or these Articles of Association, no vote can be cast.

Article 31. Voting.

 

31.1 All voting shall take place orally. The chairperson is, however, entitled to decide that votes be cast by a secret ballot. If it concerns the holding of a vote on persons, anyone present at the meeting with voting rights may demand a vote by a secret ballot. For the purposes of this paragraph “in writing” shall mean: by means of secret, unsigned ballot papers.

 

31.2 Blank and invalid votes shall not be counted as votes.

 

31.3 If a majority of the votes cast is not obtained in an election of persons, a second free vote shall be taken. If a majority is not obtained again, further votes shall be taken until either one person obtains a majority of the votes cast or the election is between two persons only, both of whom receive an equal number of votes. In the event of such further elections (not including the second free vote), each election shall be between the candidates in the preceding election, with the exclusion of the person who received the smallest number of votes in such preceding election. If in the preceding election more than one person have received the smallest number of votes, it shall be decided which candidate should not participate in the new election by randomly choosing a name. If votes are equal in an election between two persons, it shall be decided who is elected by randomly choosing a name.

 

31.4 Resolutions may be adopted by acclamation if none of the persons with voting rights present at the meeting objects.

 

15


LOGO

 

31.5 The chairperson’s decision at the meeting on the result of a vote shall be final and conclusive. The same shall apply to the contents of an adopted resolution if a vote is taken on an unwritten proposal. However, if the correctness of such decision is challenged immediately after it is pronounced, a new vote shall be taken if either the majority of the persons with voting rights present at the meeting or, where the original vote was not taken by roll call or in writing, any person with voting rights present at the meeting, so demands. The legal consequences of the original vote shall be made null and void by the new vote.

Article 32. Adoption of Resolutions without holding Meetings.

 

32.1 Resolutions of the Shareholders’ Body may also be adopted in writing without holding a General Meeting of Shareholders, provided they are adopted by the unanimous vote of all Shareholders entitled to vote. The provision of Article 27.3 shall apply by analogy. Adoption of resolutions outside of meetings shall not be permissible if there are persons with DRH-rights.

 

32.2 Each Shareholder must ensure that the Management Board is informed of the resolutions thus adopted as soon as possible in writing. The Management Board shall keep record of the resolutions adopted and it shall add such records to those referred to in Article 29.3.

CHAPTER XI. AMENDMENT OF THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION; CHANGE OF CORPORATE FORM; STATUTORY MERGER AND STATUTORY DEMERGER; DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION.

Article 33. Amendment of the Articles of Association; Change of Corporate Form.

 

33.1 The Shareholders’ Body may resolve to amend these Articles of Association. When a proposal to amend these Articles of Association is to be made at a General Meeting of Shareholders, the notice of such meeting must state so and a copy of the proposal, including the verbatim text thereof, shall be deposited and kept available at the Company’s office for inspection by the Shareholders and the persons with DRH-rights, until the conclusion of the meeting. From the day of deposit until the day of the meeting, a Shareholder or a person with DRH-rights shall, on application, be provided with a copy of the proposal free of charge. An amendment of these Articles of Association shall be laid down in a notarial deed.

 

33.2 The Company may change its corporate form into a different legal form. A change of the corporate form shall require a resolution to change the corporate form adopted by the Shareholders’ Body, and a resolution to amend these Articles of Association. A change of the corporate form shall furthermore be subject to the relevant provisions of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code. A change of the corporate form shall not terminate the existence of the legal entity.

 

16


LOGO

 

Article 34. Statutory Merger and Statutory Demerger.

 

34.1 The Company may enter into a statutory merger with one or more other legal entities. A merger resolution may only be adopted in conformity with a merger proposal prepared by the management boards of the merging legal entities. Within the Company, the merger resolution shall be adopted by the Shareholders’ Body. However, in the cases referred to in Section 2:331 of the Dutch Civil Code, the merger resolution may be adopted by the Management Board.

 

34.2 The Company may be a party in a statutory demerger. The term “demerger” shall include both split-up and spin-off. A demerger resolution may only be adopted in conformity with a demerger proposal to be prepared by the management boards of the parties to the demerger. Within the Company, the demerger resolution shall be adopted by the Shareholders’ Body. However, in the cases referred to in Section 2:334ff of the Dutch Civil Code, the demerger resolution may be adopted by the Management Board.

 

34.3 Statutory mergers and statutory demergers shall furthermore be subject to the relevant provisions of Book 2, Title 7, of the Dutch Civil Code.

Article 35. Dissolution and Liquidation.

 

35.1 The Company may be dissolved pursuant to a resolution to that effect by the Shareholders’ Body. When a proposal to dissolve the Company is to be made at a General Meeting of Shareholders, this must be stated in the notice of such meeting.

 

35.2 If the Company is dissolved pursuant to a resolution of the Shareholders’ Body, the Management Board members shall become liquidators of the dissolved Company’s property. The Shareholders’ Body may decide to appoint other persons as liquidators.

 

35.3 During liquidation, the provisions of these Articles of Association shall remain in force to the extent possible.

 

35.4 The balance remaining after payment of the debts of the dissolved Company shall be transferred to the Shareholders in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of the Shares held by each.

 

35.5 In addition, the liquidation shall be subject to the relevant provisions of Book 2, Title 1, of the Dutch Civil Code.

Article 36.

The first financial year of the Company shall end on the thirty-first day of December, two thousand and six (31 December 2006). This article shall cease to exist after the end of the first financial year.

 

17

Exhibit 3.5

LOGO

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION of:

Sensata Technologies Holland B.V.

having its registered offices at Almelo.

The articles of association were amended lately by notarial deed, executed before R.van Bork, civil law notary in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, on 4 July 2006, for which the ministerial declaration of no objections was granted on 28 June 2006 under number B.V. 1361028.

The company is registered with the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce and Industries for De Veluwe and Twente, under registration number 34243027.


LOGO

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION:

CHAPTER I.

Article 1. Definitions.

 

1.1 In these Articles of Association the following words shall have the following meanings:

 

  a. a “ Share ”:

a share in the capital of the Company;

 

  b. a “ Shareholder ”:

a holder of one or more Shares;

 

  c. the “ Shareholders’ Body ”:

the body of the Company consisting of Shareholders entitled to vote together with pledgees and usufructuaries to whom voting rights attributable to Shares accrue;

 

  d. a “ General Meeting of Shareholders ”:

a meeting of Shareholders and other persons entitled to attend meetings of Shareholders;

 

  e. DRH-rights ”:

the rights conferred by law upon holders of depositary receipts issued with a company’s cooperation for shares in its capital;

 

  f. the “ Management Board ”:

the management board of the Company;

 

  g. a “ Subsidiary ”:

a subsidiary of the Company as referred to in Section 2:24a of the Dutch Civil Code;

 

  h. “in writing”:

by letter, by telecopier, by e-mail, or by message which is transmitted via any other current means of communication and which can be received in the written form, provided that the identity of the sender can be sufficiently established;

 

  i. the “Distributable Equity”:

the part of the Company’s equity which exceeds the aggregate of the issued capital and the reserves which must be maintained pursuant to the law;

 

  j. a “ Company Body ”:

the Management Board or the Shareholders’ Body.

 

1.2 References to Articles shall be deemed to refer to articles of these Articles of Association, unless the contrary is apparent.

CHAPTER II. NAME, REGISTERED OFFICES AND OBJECTS.

Article 2. Name and Registered Offices.

 

2.1 The Company’s name is:

Sensata Technologies Holland B.V.

 

2


LOGO

 

2.2 The registered offices of the Company are in Almelo, the Netherlands.

Article 3. Objects.

The objects of the Company are:

 

a. to develop, manufacture for own account and risk, purchase and sell electronic and electro-mechanical components and sensors for motor cars, heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) and household apparatus industry, as well as for protective devices of industrial electric motors;

 

b. The development of the ancillary production processes, the putting into production of new developed products and the directing and supporting of production with regard to planning, quality and modification of the components to be produced in manufacturing locations in various countries,

as well as to participate in and to manage other enterprises and companies, to finance and to provide security for the debts of third parties and to do all that is connected therewith or may be conducive thereto, all to be interpreted in the broadest sense.

CHAPTER III. AUTHORIZED CAPITAL; REGISTER OF SHAREHOLDERS.

Article 4. Authorized Capital.

 

4.1 The authorized capital of the Company equals ninety thousand Euro (EUR 90,000).

 

4.2 The authorized capital of the Company is divided into nine hundred (900) Shares with a nominal value of one hundred Euro (EUR 100) each.

 

4.3 All Shares shall be registered. No share certificates shall be issued.

Article 5. Register of Shareholders and Register of Depositary Receipt Holders.

 

5.1 Each Shareholder, each pledgee of Shares, each usufructuary of Shares and each holder of depositary receipts issued for Shares with the cooperation of the Company is required to state his address to the Company in writing.

 

5.2 The Management Board shall keep a register of Shareholders in which the names and addresses of all Shareholders are recorded, showing the date on which they acquired the Shares, the date of acknowledgement by or serving upon the Company and the nominal value paid in on each Share stating that the full nominal amount has been paid in.

 

5.3 The names and addresses of pledgees and usufructuaries of Shares shall also be entered in the register of Shareholders, showing the date on which they acquired the right and the date of acknowledgement by or serving upon the Company and furthermore showing whether the voting rights or the DRH-rights accrue to them.

 

5.4 On application by a Shareholder or a pledgee or usufructuary of Shares, the Management Board shall furnish an extract from the register of Shareholders,

 

3


LOGO

 

free of charge, insofar as it relates to the applicant’s right in respect of a Share. If a right of pledge or a usufruct is created in a Share, the extract shall state to whom the voting rights accrue and to whom the DRH-rights accrue.

 

5.5 If depositary receipts for Shares are issued with the cooperation of the Company, the Management Board shall also keep a register of depositary receipt holders in which the names and addresses of all holders of depositary receipts for Shares are recorded. The register of depositary receipt holders may be part of the register of Shareholders.

 

5.6 The register of Shareholders and the register of depositary receipt holders shall be kept accurate and up-to-date. All entries and notes in the registers shall be signed by one or more persons authorized to represent the Company.

 

5.7 The Management Board shall make both registers available at the Company’s office for inspection by the Shareholders, the pledgees and usufructuaries of Shares to whom the DRH-rights accrue and the holders of depositary receipts issued for Shares with the cooperation of the Company.

CHAPTER IV. ISSUANCE OF SHARES.

Article 6. Resolution to Issue and Notarial Deed.

 

6.1 Shares may be issued pursuant to a resolution of the Shareholders’ Body. The Shareholders’ Body may transfer this authority to another Company Body and may also revoke such transfer.

 

6.2 A resolution to issue Shares shall stipulate the issue price and the other conditions of issue.

 

6.3 The provisions of Articles 6.1 and 6.2 shall apply by analogy to the granting of rights to subscribe for Shares, but do not apply to the issuance of Shares to a person exercising a right to subscribe for Shares previously granted.

 

6.4 The issue of a Share shall furthermore require a notarial deed, to be executed for that purpose before a civil law notary registered in the Netherlands, to which deed those involved in the issuance shall be parties.

Article 7. Rights of Pre-emption.

 

7.1 Upon issuance of Shares, each Shareholder shall have a right of pre-emption in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of his Shares, subject to the provisions of Articles 7.2, 7.3 and 7.4. Shareholders shall have a similar right of pre-emption if rights are granted to subscribe for Shares.

 

7.2 Shareholders shall have no right of pre-emption on Shares which are issued to employees of the Company or of a group company as defined in Section 2:24b of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

7.3 Prior to each single issuance of Shares, the right of pre-emption may be limited or excluded by the Company Body competent to issue such Shares.

 

7.4 Shareholders shall have no right of pre-emption in respect of Shares which are issued to a person exercising a right to subscribe for Shares previously granted.

 

4


LOGO

 

Article 8. Payment on Shares.

 

8.1 The full nominal value of each Share must be paid upon issuance.

 

8.2 Payment on a Share must be made in cash insofar as no non-cash contribution has been agreed on. Payment in foreign currency may only be made with the approval of the Company and with due observance of the provisions of Section 2:203a of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

8.3 Non-cash contributions on Shares are subject to the provisions of Section 2:204b of the Dutch Civil Code.

CHAPTER V. OWN SHARES; REDUCTION OF THE ISSUED CAPITAL.

Article 9. Own Shares.

 

9.1 When issuing Shares, the Company may not subscribe for its own Shares.

 

9.2 The Company may acquire fully paid in Shares or depositary receipts thereof, provided either no valuable consideration is given, or:

 

  a. the Distributable Equity is at least equal to the purchase price; and

 

  b. the aggregate nominal value of the Shares or depositary receipts thereof to be acquired, and of the Shares or depositary receipts thereof already held by the Company and its Subsidiaries, does not exceed half of the Company’s issued capital; and

 

  c. the acquisition has been authorized by the Shareholders’ Body or by another Company Body which is designated for this purpose by the Shareholders’ Body.

 

9.3 For the validity of the acquisition, the amount of equity appearing from the last adopted balance sheet, reduced by the acquisition price for Shares or depositary receipts thereof and further reduced by distributions of profits or at the expense of reserves to others, which have become due from the Company and its Subsidiaries after the balance sheet date, shall be decisive. An acquisition in accordance with Article 9.2 shall not be permitted, if more than six months have elapsed after the end of a financial year without the annual accounts having been adopted.

 

9.4 The foregoing provisions of this Article 9 shall not apply to Shares which the Company acquires by universal succession of title.

 

9.5 The acquisition of Shares or depositary receipts thereof by a Subsidiary shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2:207d of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

9.6 Shares or depositary receipts thereof held by the Company may be transferred pursuant to a resolution of the Shareholders’ Body. A resolution to transfer such Shares or depositary receipts thereof shall stipulate the conditions of transfer. The transfer of Shares held by the Company shall furthermore be subject to the provisions of the blocking clause contained in these Articles of Association.

 

5


LOGO

 

Article 10. Financial Assistance.

 

10.1 The Company may not give security, guarantee the price, or in any other way answer to or bind itself either severally or jointly for or on behalf of third parties, with a view to a subscription for or an acquisition of Shares or depositary receipts thereof by others. This prohibition also applies to Subsidiaries.

 

10.2 The Company may grant loans with a view to a subscription for or an acquisition of Shares or depositary receipts thereof, but not in excess of the amount of the Distributable Equity.

 

10.3 The Company shall maintain a non-distributable reserve up to the outstanding amount of the loans referred to in Article 10.2.

Article 11. Reduction of the Issued Capital.

 

11.1 The Shareholders’ Body may resolve to reduce the Company’s issued capital.

 

11.2 A reduction of the Company’s issued capital may be effected:

 

  a. by cancellation of Shares held by the Company or for which the Company holds the depositary receipts; or

 

  b. by reducing the nominal value of Shares, to be effected by an amendment of these Articles of Association.

 

11.3 A reduction of the nominal value of Shares, with or without repayment, must be effected in proportion to all Shares. This principle may be deviated from with the consent of all Shareholders involved.

 

11.4 The notice of a General Meeting of Shareholders at which a resolution to reduce the Company’s issued capital shall be proposed, shall state the purpose of the capital reduction and the manner in which it is to be achieved. The provisions in these Articles of Association relevant to a proposal to amend the Articles of Association shall apply by analogy.

 

11.5 A reduction of the Company’s issued capital shall furthermore be subject to the provisions of Sections 2:208 and 2:209 of the Dutch Civil Code.

CHAPTER VI. TRANSFER OF SHARES; BLOCKING CLAUSE.

Article 12. Transfer of Shares; Notarial Deed.

 

12.1 The transfer of a Share shall require a notarial deed, to be executed for that purpose before a civil law notary registered in the Netherlands, to which deed those involved in the transfer shall be parties.

 

12.2 Unless the Company itself is party to the legal act, the rights attributable to the Share can only be exercised after the Company has acknowledged said transfer or said deed has been served upon it in accordance with the relevant provisions of the law.

Article 13. Blocking Clause (offer to co-Shareholders).

 

13.1 A transfer of one or more Shares can only be effected with due observance of the provisions set out in this Article 13, unless (i) all co-Shareholders have

 

6


LOGO

 

approved the intended transfer in writing, which approval shall then be valid for a period of three months, or (ii) the Shareholder concerned is obliged by law to transfer his Shares to a former Shareholder.

 

13.2 A Shareholder wishing to transfer one or more of his Shares (hereinafter: the “Offeror”) shall first offer to sell such Shares to his co-Shareholders. Such offer shall be made by the Offeror by means of a written notification to the Management Board, stating the number of Shares he wishes to transfer. Within two weeks of receipt of this notification, the Management Board shall give notice of the offer to the co-Shareholders. Co-Shareholders interested in purchasing one or more of the Shares on offer (hereinafter: “Interested Parties”) must notify the Management Board within one month after said notices from the Management Board have been sent; notifications from co- Shareholders received later shall not be taken into account. If the Company itself is a co-Shareholder, it shall only be entitled to act as an Interested Party with the consent of the Offeror.

 

13.3 The price at which the Shares on offer can be purchased by the Interested Parties shall be mutually agreed between the Offeror and the Interested Parties or by one or more experts appointed by them. If they do not reach agreement on the price or the expert or experts, as the case may be, the price shall be set by one or more independent experts to be appointed on the request of one or more of the parties concerned by the chairman of the Chamber of Commerce and Factories at which the Company is registered in the Commercial Register. If an expert is appointed, he shall be authorized to inspect all books and records of the Company and to obtain all such information as will be useful to him in setting the price.

 

13.4 Within one month of the price being set, the Interested Parties must give notice to the Management Board of the number of the Shares on offer they wish to purchase. An Interested Party who fails to submit notice within said term shall no longer be counted as an Interested Party. Once the notice mentioned in the preceding sentence has been given, an Interested Party can only withdraw with the consent of the other Interested Parties.

 

13.5 If the Interested Parties wish to purchase more Shares in the aggregate than have been offered, the Shares on offer shall be distributed among them. The Interested Parties shall determine the distribution by mutual agreement. If they do not reach agreement on the distribution within two weeks from the notice to the Management Board referred to in Article 13.4, the Shares on offer shall be distributed among them by the Management Board, as far as possible in proportion to the shareholding of each Interested Party at the time of the distribution. However, the number of Shares on offer allocated to an Interested Party cannot exceed the number of Shares he wishes to purchase.

 

7


LOGO

 

13.6 The Offeror may withdraw his offer up to one month after the day on which he is informed to which Interested Party or Parties he can sell all the Shares on offer and at what price.

 

13.7 If it is established that none of the co-Shareholders is an Interested Party or that not all Shares put on offer shall be purchased for payment in cash, the Offeror may freely transfer the total number of the Shares on offer, and not part thereof, up to three months thereafter.

 

13.8 All notifications and notices referred to in this Article 13 shall be made by certified mail or against acknowledgement of receipt. Each time the Management Board receives such notification or notice, it shall immediately send a copy thereof to the Offeror and all Interested Parties (with the exception of the sender), unless indicated otherwise hereinabove.

 

13.9 All costs of the appointment of the expert or experts, as the case may be, and their determination of the price, shall be borne by:

 

  a. the Offeror if he withdraws his offer;

 

  b. the Offeror and the buyers for equal parts if the Shares have been purchased by one or more Interested Parties, provided that these costs shall be borne by the buyers in proportion to the number of Shares purchased;

 

  c. the Company if the offer has not been accepted in full or only in part.

 

13.10 The preceding provisions of this Article 13 shall apply by analogy to any right to subscribe for Shares and any right accruing from a Share, except any right to a payable distribution in cash.

CHAPTER VII. PLEDGING OF SHARES AND USUFRUCT IN SHARES; DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS FOR SHARES.

Article 14. Pledging of Shares and Usufruct in Shares.

 

14.1 The provisions of Article 12 shall apply by analogy to the pledging of Shares and to the creation or transfer of a usufruct in Shares.

 

14.2 On the creation of a right of pledge in a Share and on the creation or transfer of a usufruct in a Share, the voting rights attributable to such Share may be assigned to the pledgee or the usufructuary, with due observance of the relevant provisions of the law.

 

14.3 Both the Shareholder without voting rights and the pledgee or usufructuary with voting rights shall have the DRH-rights. The DRH-rights may also be granted to the pledgee or usufructuary without voting rights, but only if the Shareholders’ Body has approved the same and with due observance of the relevant provisions of the law.

Article 15. Depositary Receipts for Shares.

The Company may cooperate in the issuance of registered depositary receipts for Shares, but pursuant to a resolution to that effect of the Shareholders’ Body only. Each holder of such depositary receipts shall have the DRH-rights.

 

8


LOGO

 

CHAPTER VIII. THE MANAGEMENT BOARD.

Article 16. Management Board Members.

 

16.1 The Management Board shall consist of one or more members. Both individuals and legal entities can be Management Board members.

 

16.2 Management Board members are appointed by the Shareholders’ Body.

 

16.3 A Management Board member may be suspended or dismissed by the Shareholders’ Body at any time.

 

16.4 Any suspension may be extended one or more times, but may not last longer than three months in the aggregate. If, at the end of that period, no decision has been taken on termination of the suspension or on dismissal, the suspension shall end.

 

16.5 The authority to establish remuneration and other conditions of employment for Management Board members is vested in the Shareholders’ Body.

Article 17. Duties, Decision-making Process and Allocation of Duties.

 

17.1 The Management Board shall be entrusted with the management of the Company.

 

17.2 When making Management Board resolutions, each Management Board member may cast one vote.

 

17.3 All resolutions of the Management Board shall be adopted by more than half of the votes cast.

 

17.4 Management Board resolutions may at all times be adopted outside of a meeting, in writing or otherwise, provided the proposal concerned is submitted to all Management Board members then in office and none of them objects to this manner of adopting resolutions. Adoption of resolutions in writing shall be effected by written statements from all Management Board members then in office.

 

17.5 Resolutions of the Management Board shall be recorded in a minute book that shall be kept by the Management Board.

 

17.6 The Management Board may establish further rules regarding its decision-making process and working methods. In this context, the Management Board may also determine the duties for which each Management Board member in particular shall be responsible. The Shareholders’ Body may decide that such rules and allocation of duties must be put in writing and that such rules and allocation of duties shall be subject to its approval.

Article 18. Representation; Conflicts of Interest.

 

18.1 The Company shall be represented by the Management Board. Each Management Board member shall also be authorized to represent the Company.

 

18.2 The Management Board may appoint officers with general or limited power to

 

9


LOGO

 

represent the Company. Each officer shall be competent to represent the Company, subject to the restrictions imposed on him. The Management Board shall determine each officer’s title. Such officers may be registered at the Commercial Register, indicating the scope of their power to represent the Company. The authority of an officer thus appointed may not extend to any transaction where the Company has a conflict of interest with the officer concerned or with one or more Management Board members.

 

18.3 In the event of a conflict of interest between the Company and one or more Management Board members, the provisions of Article 18.1 shall continue to apply unimpaired unless the Shareholders’ Body has appointed one or more other persons to represent the Company in the case at hand or in general in the event of such a conflict. A resolution of the Management Board with respect to a matter involving a conflict of interest with one or more Management Board members in a private capacity shall be subject to the approval of the Shareholders’ Body, but the absence of such approval shall not affect the authority of the Management Board or its members to represent the Company.

 

18.4 Without regard to whether a conflict of interest exists or not, all legal acts of the Company vis-à-vis a holder of all of the Shares, or vis-à-vis a participant in a community property, of married or registered non-married partners, of which all of the Shares form a part, whereby the Company is represented by such Shareholder or one of the participants, shall be put in writing. For the application of the foregoing sentence, Shares held by the Company or its Subsidiaries shall not be taken into account.

 

18.5 The provisions of Article 18.4 do not apply to legal acts which, under their agreed terms, form part of the normal course of business of the Company.

Article 19. Approval of Management Board Resolutions.

 

19.1 The Shareholders’ Body may require Management Board resolutions to be subject to its approval. The Management Board shall be notified in writing of such resolutions, which shall be clearly specified.

 

19.2 The absence of approval by the Shareholders’ Body of a resolution as referred to in this Article 19 shall not affect the authority of the Management Board or its members to represent the Company.

Article 20. Vacancy or Inability to Act.

If a seat is vacant on the Management Board (ontstentenis) or a Management Board member is unable to perform his duties (belet), the remaining Management Board members or member shall be temporarily entrusted with the management of the Company. If all seats in the Management Board are vacant or all Management Board members or the sole Management Board member, as the case may be, are unable to perform their duties, the management of the Company shall be temporarily entrusted to one or more persons designated for that purpose by the Shareholders’ Body.

 

10


LOGO

 

CHAPTER IX. FINANCIAL YEAR AND ANNUAL ACCOUNTS; PROFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.

Article 21. Financial Year and Annual Accounts.

 

21.1 The Company’s financial year shall be the calendar year.

 

21.2 Annually, not later than five months after the end of the financial year, unless by reason of special circumstances this period is extended by the Shareholders’ Body by not more than six months, the Management Board shall prepare annual accounts, and shall deposit the same for inspection by the Shareholders at the Company’s office.

 

21.3 Within the same period, the Management Board shall also deposit the annual report for inspection by the Shareholders, unless Section 2:396, subsection 6 or Section 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code applies to the Company.

 

21.4 The annual accounts shall consist of a balance sheet, a profit and loss account and explanatory notes.

 

21.5 The annual accounts shall be signed by the Management Board members. If the signature of one or more of them is missing, this shall be stated and reasons for this omission shall be given.

 

21.6 The Company may, and if the law so requires shall, appoint an accountant to audit the annual accounts. Such appointment shall be made by the Shareholders’ Body.

 

21.7 The Company shall ensure that the annual accounts and, insofar as required, the annual report and the information to be added by virtue of the law are kept at its office as from the day on which notice of the annual General Meeting of Shareholders is given. Shareholders and persons with DRH-rights may inspect the documents at that place and obtain a copy free of charge.

 

21.8 The annual accounts, the annual report, the information to be added by virtue of the law and the audit by an accountant, as well as deposition of documents at the Commercial Register, shall furthermore be subject to the provisions of Book 2, Title 9, of the Dutch Civil Code.

Article 22. Adoption of the Annual Accounts and Discharge.

 

22.1 The Shareholders’ Body shall adopt the annual accounts.

 

22.2 The Shareholders’ Body may grant full or limited discharge to the Management Board members for the management pursued.

Article 23. Profits and Distributions.

 

23.1 The allocation of profits accrued in a financial year shall be determined by the Shareholders’ Body. If the Shareholders' Body does not adopt a resolution regarding the allocation of the profits prior to or at latest immediately after the adoption of the annual accounts, the profits will be reserved.

 

11


LOGO

 

23.2 Distribution of profits shall be made after adoption of the annual accounts if permissible under the law given the contents of the annual accounts.

 

23.3 The Shareholders’ Body may resolve to make interim distributions on Shares and/or to make distributions on Shares at the expense of any reserve of the Company. In addition, the Management Board may decide to make interim distributions on Shares.

 

23.4 Distributions on Shares shall be made payable immediately after the resolution to make the distribution, unless another date of payment has been determined in the resolution.

 

23.5 Distributions on Shares may be made only up to an amount which does not exceed the amount of the Distributable Equity.

 

23.6 A claim of a Shareholder for payment of a distribution on Shares shall be barred after five years have elapsed.

 

23.7 In calculating the amount of any distribution on Shares, Shares held by the Company shall be disregarded.

CHAPTER X. THE SHAREHOLDERS’ BODY.

Article 24. Annual General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

24.1 The annual General Meeting of Shareholders shall be held within six months after the end of the financial year.

 

24.2 The agenda of this annual General Meeting of Shareholders shall contain, inter alia, the following subjects for discussion:

 

  a. discussion of the annual report (unless Section 2:396, subsection 6 or Section 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code applies to the Company);

 

  b. discussion and adoption of the annual accounts;

 

  c. the granting of discharge to Management Board members;

 

  d. allocation of profits;

 

  e. other subjects announced with due observance of Article 26.

The agenda does not need to contain the subjects as referred to under a, b, c and d, if it contains a proposal to extend the period to prepare the annual accounts and (if applicable) to prepare the report, or, if a resolution to that extent already has been taken.

Article 25. Other General Meetings of Shareholders.

 

25.1 Other General Meetings of Shareholders shall be held as often as the Management Board deems such necessary.

 

25.2 Shareholders and/or persons with DRH-rights representing in the aggregate at least one-tenth of the Company’s issued capital may request the Management Board to convene a General Meeting of Shareholders, stating specifically the subjects to be discussed. If the Management Board has not given proper notice of a General Meeting of Shareholders within four weeks following receipt of such request such that the meeting can be held within six weeks after receipt of the request, the applicants shall be authorized to convene a meeting themselves.

 

12


LOGO

 

Article 26. Notice, Agenda and Venue of Meetings.

 

26.1 Notice of General Meetings of Shareholders shall be given by the Management Board. Furthermore, notice of General Meetings of Shareholders may be given by Shareholders representing in the aggregate at least half of the Company’s issued capital, without prejudice to the provisions of Article 25.2.

 

26.2 Notice of the meeting shall be given no later than on the fifteenth day prior to the day of the meeting.

 

26.3 The notice of the meeting shall specify the subjects to be discussed. Subjects which were not specified in such notice may be announced at a later date, with due observance of the term referred to in Article 26.2.

 

26.4 A subject for discussion of which discussion has been requested in writing not later than thirty days before the day of the meeting by one or more Shareholders and/or persons with DRH-rights who individually or jointly represent at least one percent of the Company’s issued capital, shall be included in the notice or shall be notified in the same way as the other subjects for discussion, provided that no important interest (zwaarwichtig belang) of the Company dictates otherwise.

 

26.5 The notice of the meeting shall be sent to the addresses of the Shareholders and the persons with DRH-rights shown in the register of Shareholders and the register of depositary receipt holders.

 

26.6 General Meetings of Shareholders are held in the municipality in which, according to these Articles of Association, the Company has its registered offices. General Meetings of Shareholders may also be held elsewhere, but in that case valid resolutions of the Shareholders’ Body may only be adopted if all of the Company’s issued capital is represented and each person with DRH-rights has been duly convened.

Article 27. Admittance and Rights at Meetings.

 

27.1 Each Shareholder and each person with DRH-rights shall be entitled to attend the General Meetings of Shareholders, to address the meeting and, if the voting rights accrue to him, to exercise his voting rights. Shareholders and persons with DRH-rights may be represented in a meeting by a proxy authorized in writing.

 

27.2 At a meeting, each person present with voting rights must sign the attendance list. The chairperson of the meeting may decide that the attendance list must also be signed by other persons present at the meeting.

 

27.3 The Management Board members shall, as such, have the right to give advice in the General Meetings of Shareholders.

 

13


LOGO

 

27.4 The chairperson of the meeting shall decide on the admittance of other persons to the meeting.

Article 28. Chairperson and Secretary of the Meeting.

 

28.1 The chairperson of a General Meeting of Shareholders shall be appointed by more than half of the votes cast by the persons with voting rights present at the meeting. Until such appointment is made, a Management Board member shall act as chairperson, or, if no Management Board member is present at the meeting, the eldest person present at the meeting shall act as chairperson.

 

28.2 The chairperson of the meeting shall appoint a secretary for the meeting.

Article 29. Minutes; Recording of Shareholders’ Resolutions.

 

29.1 The secretary of a General Meeting of Shareholders shall keep minutes of the proceedings at the meeting. The minutes shall be adopted by the chairperson and the secretary of the meeting and as evidence thereof shall be signed by them.

 

29.2 The chairperson of the meeting or those who convened the meeting may determine that a notarial report must be prepared of the proceedings at the meeting. The notarial report shall be co-signed by the chairperson of the meeting.

 

29.3 The Management Board shall keep record of all resolutions adopted by the Shareholders’ Body. If the Management Board is not represented at a meeting, the chairperson of the meeting shall ensure that the Management Board is provided with a transcript of the resolutions adopted, as soon as possible after the meeting. The records shall be deposited at the Company’s office for inspection by the Shareholders and the persons with DRH-rights. On application, each of them shall be provided with a copy of or an extract from the records at not more than the actual cost.

Article 30. Adoption of Resolutions in a Meeting.

 

30.1 Each Share confers the right to cast one vote.

 

30.2 To the extent that the law or these Articles of Association do not require a qualified majority, all resolutions of the Shareholders’ Body shall be adopted by more than half of the votes cast.

 

30.3 If there is a tie in voting, the proposal shall be deemed to have been rejected, without prejudice to the provisions of Article 31.3.

 

30.4 If the formalities for convening and holding of General Meetings of Shareholders, as prescribed by law or these Articles of Association, have not been complied with, valid resolutions of the Shareholders’ Body may only be adopted in a meeting, if in such meeting all of the Company’s issued capital is represented and such resolution is carried by unanimous vote and each person with DRH-rights is present or represented.

 

30.5 In the Shareholders’ Body, no voting rights may be exercised for any Share

 

14


LOGO

 

held by the Company or a Subsidiary, nor for any Share for which the Company or a Subsidiary holds the depositary receipts. However, pledgees and usufructuaries of Shares owned by the Company or a Subsidiary are not excluded from exercising the voting rights, if the right of pledge or the usufruct was created before the Share was owned by the Company or such Subsidiary. The Company or a Subsidiary may not exercise voting rights for a Share in which it holds a right of pledge or a usufruct.

 

30.6 When determining how many votes are cast by Shareholders, how many Shareholders are present or represented, or which part of the Company’s issued capital is represented, no account shall be taken of Shares for which, pursuant to the law or these Articles of Association, no vote can be cast.

Article 31. Voting.

 

31.1 All voting shall take place orally. The chairperson is, however, entitled to decide that votes be cast by a secret ballot. If it concerns the holding of a vote on persons, anyone present at the meeting with voting rights may demand a vote by a secret ballot. For the purposes of this paragraph “in writing” shall mean: by means of secret, unsigned ballot papers.

 

31.2 Blank and invalid votes shall not be counted as votes.

 

31.3 If a majority of the votes cast is not obtained in an election of persons, a second free vote shall be taken. If a majority is not obtained again, further votes shall be taken until either one person obtains a majority of the votes cast or the election is between two persons only, both of whom receive an equal number of votes. In the event of such further elections (not including the second free vote), each election shall be between the candidates in the preceding election, with the exclusion of the person who received the smallest number of votes in such preceding election. If in the preceding election more than one person have received the smallest number of votes, it shall be decided which candidate should not participate in the new election by randomly choosing a name. If votes are equal in an election between two persons, it shall be decided who is elected by randomly choosing a name.

 

31.4 Resolutions may be adopted by acclamation if none of the persons with voting rights present at the meeting objects.

 

31.5 The chairperson’s decision at the meeting on the result of a vote shall be final and conclusive. The same shall apply to the contents of an adopted resolution if a vote is taken on an unwritten proposal. However, if the correctness of such decision is challenged immediately after it is pronounced, a new vote shall be taken if either the majority of the persons with voting rights present at the meeting or, where the original vote was not taken by roll call or in writing, any person with voting rights present at the meeting, so demands. The legal consequences of the original vote shall be made null and void by the new vote.

 

15


LOGO

 

Article 32. Adoption of Resolutions without holding Meetings.

 

32.1 Resolutions of the Shareholders’ Body may also be adopted in writing without holding a General Meeting of Shareholders, provided they are adopted by the unanimous vote of all Shareholders entitled to vote. The provision of Article 27.3 shall apply by analogy. Adoption of resolutions outside of meetings shall not be permissible if there are persons with DRH-rights.

 

32.2 Each Shareholder must ensure that the Management Board is informed of the resolutions thus adopted as soon as possible in writing. The Management Board shall keep record of the resolutions adopted and it shall add such records to those referred to in Article 29.3.

CHAPTER XI. AMENDMENT OF THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION; CHANGE OF CORPORATE FORM; STATUTORY MERGER AND STATUTORY DEMERGER; DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION.

Article 33. Amendment of the Articles of Association; Change of Corporate Form.

 

33.1 The Shareholders’ Body may resolve to amend these Articles of Association. When a proposal to amend these Articles of Association is to be made at a General Meeting of Shareholders, the notice of such meeting must state so and a copy of the proposal, including the verbatim text thereof, shall be deposited and kept available at the Company’s office for inspection by the Shareholders and the persons with DRH-rights, until the conclusion of the meeting. From the day of deposit until the day of the meeting, a Shareholder or a person with DRH-rights shall, on application, be provided with a copy of the proposal free of charge. An amendment of these Articles of Association shall be laid down in a notarial deed.

 

33.2 The Company may change its corporate form into a different legal form. A change of the corporate form shall require a resolution to change the corporate form adopted by the Shareholders’ Body, and a resolution to amend these Articles of Association. A change of the corporate form shall furthermore be subject to the relevant provisions of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code. A change of the corporate form shall not terminate the existence of the legal entity.

Article 34. Statutory Merger and Statutory Demerger.

 

34.1 The Company may enter into a statutory merger with one or more other legal entities. A merger resolution may only be adopted in conformity with a merger proposal prepared by the management boards of the merging legal entities. Within the Company, the merger resolution shall be adopted by the Shareholders’ Body. However, in the cases referred to in Section 2:331 of the Dutch Civil Code, the merger resolution may be adopted by the Management Board.

 

34.2 The Company may be a party in a statutory demerger. The term “demerger”

 

16


LOGO

 

shall include both split-up and spin-off. A demerger resolution may only be adopted in conformity with a demerger proposal to be prepared by the management boards of the parties to the demerger. Within the Company, the demerger resolution shall be adopted by the Shareholders’ Body. However, in the cases referred to in Section 2:334ff of the Dutch Civil Code, the demerger resolution may be adopted by the Management Board.

 

34.3 Statutory mergers and statutory demergers shall furthermore be subject to the relevant provisions of Book 2, Title 7, of the Dutch Civil Code.

Article 35. Dissolution and Liquidation.

 

35.1 The Company may be dissolved pursuant to a resolution to that effect by the Shareholders’ Body. When a proposal to dissolve the Company is to be made at a General Meeting of Shareholders, this must be stated in the notice of such meeting.

 

35.2 If the Company is dissolved pursuant to a resolution of the Shareholders’ Body, the Management Board members shall become liquidators of the dissolved Company’s property. The Shareholders’ Body may decide to appoint other persons as liquidators.

 

35.3 During liquidation, the provisions of these Articles of Association shall remain in force to the extent possible.

 

35.4 The balance remaining after payment of the debts of the dissolved Company shall be transferred to the Shareholders in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of the Shares held by each.

 

35.5 In addition, the liquidation shall be subject to the relevant provisions of Book 2, Title 1, of the Dutch Civil Code.

Article 36.

The first financial year of the Company shall end on the thirty-first day of December, two thousand and six (31 December 2006). This article shall cease to exist after the end of the first financial year.

 

17

Exhibit 3.6

LOGO

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION of:

Sensata Technologies Holding Company Mexico B.V.

having its registered offices at Almelo.

The articles of association were amended lately by notarial deed, executed before R. van Bork, civil law notary in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, on 4 July 2006, for which the ministerial declaration of no objections was granted on 28 June 2006 under number B.V. 1361030.

The company is registered with the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce and Industries for De Veluwe and Twente, under registration number 34243025.

 

1


LOGO

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION:

CHAPTER I.

Article 1. Definitions.

 

1.1 In these Articles of Association the following words shall have the following meanings:

 

  a. a “ Share ”:

a share in the capital of the Company;

 

  b. a “ Shareholder ”:

a holder of one or more Shares;

 

  c. the “ Shareholders’ Body ”:

the body of the Company consisting of Shareholders entitled to vote together with pledgees and usufructuaries to whom voting rights attributable to Shares accrue;

 

  d. a “ General Meeting of Shareholders ”:

a meeting of Shareholders and other persons entitled to attend meetings of Shareholders;

 

  e. DRH-rights ”:

the rights conferred by law upon holders of depositary receipts issued with a company’s cooperation for shares in its capital;

 

  f. the “ Management Board ”:

the management board of the Company;

 

  g. a “ Subsidiary ”:

a subsidiary of the Company as referred to in Section 2:24a of the Dutch Civil Code;

 

  h. in writing ”:

by letter, by telecopier, by e-mail, or by message which is transmitted via any other current means of communication and which can be received in the written form, provided that the identity of the sender can be sufficiently established;

 

  i. the “ Distributable Equity ”:

the part of the Company’s equity which exceeds the aggregate of the issued capital and the reserves which must be maintained pursuant to the law;

 

  j. a “ Company Body ”:

the Management Board or the Shareholders’ Body.

 

1.2 References to Articles shall be deemed to refer to articles of these Articles of Association, unless the contrary is apparent.

CHAPTER II. NAME, REGISTERED OFFICES AND OBJECTS.

Article 2. Name and Registered Offices.

 

2.1 The Company’s name is:

 

2


LOGO

 

Sensata Technologies Holding Company Mexico B.V.

 

2.2 The registered offices of the Company are in Almelo, the Netherlands.

Article 3. Objects.

The objects of the Company are:

 

a. to incorporate, to participate in any way whatsoever in, to manage, to supervise businesses and companies;

 

b. to finance businesses and companies;

 

c. to borrow, to lend and to raise funds, including the issue of bonds, promissory notes or other securities or evidence of indebtedness as well as to enter into agreements in connection with aforementioned activities;

 

d. to render advice and services to businesses and companies with which the Company forms a group and to third parties;

 

e. to grant guarantees, to bind the company and to pledge its assets for obligations of businesses and companies with which it forms a group and on behalf of third parties;

 

f. to acquire, alienate, manage and exploit registered property and items of property in general;

 

g. to trade in currencies, securities and items of property in general;

 

h to develop and trade in patents, trade marks, licenses, know-how and other industrial property rights;

i. to perform any and all activities of an industrial, financial or commercial nature, and to do all that is connected therewith or may be conducive thereto, all to be interpreted in the broadest sense.

CHAPTER III. AUTHORIZED CAPITAL;

REGISTER OF SHAREHOLDERS.

Article 4. Authorized Capital.

 

4.1 The authorized capital of the Company equals ninety thousand Euro (EUR 90,000).

 

4.2 The authorized capital of the Company is divided into nine hundred (900) Shares with a nominal value of one hundred Euro (EUR 100) each.

 

4.3 All Shares shall be registered. No share certificates shall be issued.

Article 5. Register of Shareholders and Register of Depositary Receipt Holders.

 

5.1 Each Shareholder, each pledgee of Shares, each usufructuary of Shares and each holder of depositary receipts issued for Shares with the cooperation of the Company is required to state his address to the Company in writing.

 

5.2 The Management Board shall keep a register of Shareholders in which the names and addresses of all Shareholders are recorded, showing the date on which they acquired the Shares, the date of acknowledgement by or serving upon the Company and the nominal value paid in on each Share stating that the full nominal amount has been paid in.

 

3


LOGO

 

5.3 The names and addresses of pledgees and usufructuaries of Shares shall also be entered in the register of Shareholders, showing the date on which they acquired the right and the date of acknowledgement by or serving upon the Company and furthermore showing whether the voting rights or the DRH-rights accrue to them.

 

5.4 On application by a Shareholder or a pledgee or usufructuary of Shares, the Management Board shall furnish an extract from the register of Shareholders, free of charge, insofar as it relates to the applicant’s right in respect of a Share. If a right of pledge or a usufruct is created in a Share, the extract shall state to whom the voting rights accrue and to whom the DRH-rights accrue.

 

5.5 If depositary receipts for Shares are issued with the cooperation of the Company, the Management Board shall also keep a register of depositary receipt holders in which the names and addresses of all holders of depositary receipts for Shares are recorded. The register of depositary receipt holders may be part of the register of Shareholders.

 

5.6 The register of Shareholders and the register of depositary receipt holders shall be kept accurate and up-to-date. All entries and notes in the registers shall be signed by one or more persons authorized to represent the Company.

 

5.7 The Management Board shall make both registers available at the Company’s office for inspection by the Shareholders, the pledgees and usufructuaries of Shares to whom the DRH-rights accrue and the holders of depositary receipts issued for Shares with the cooperation of the Company.

CHAPTER IV. ISSUANCE OF SHARES.

Article 6. Resolution to Issue and Notarial Deed.

 

6.1 Shares may be issued pursuant to a resolution of the Shareholders’ Body. The Shareholders’ Body may transfer this authority to another Company Body and may also revoke such transfer.

 

6.2 A resolution to issue Shares shall stipulate the issue price and the other conditions of issue.

 

6.3 The provisions of Articles 6.1 and 6.2 shall apply by analogy to the granting of rights to subscribe for Shares, but do not apply to the issuance of Shares to a person exercising a right to subscribe for Shares previously granted.

 

6.4 The issue of a Share shall furthermore require a notarial deed, to be executed for that purpose before a civil law notary registered in the Netherlands, to which deed those involved in the issuance shall be parties.

Article 7. Rights of Pre-emption.

 

7.1 Upon issuance of Shares, each Shareholder shall have a right of pre-emption in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of his Shares, subject to the provisions of Articles 7.2, 7.3 and 7.4. Shareholders shall have a similar right of pre-emption if rights are granted to subscribe for Shares.

 

4


LOGO

 

7.2 Shareholders shall have no right of pre-emption on Shares which are issued to employees of the Company or of a group company as defined in Section 2:24b of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

7.3 Prior to each single issuance of Shares, the right of pre-emption may be limited or excluded by the Company Body competent to issue such Shares.

 

7.4 Shareholders shall have no right of pre-emption in respect of Shares which are issued to a person exercising a right to subscribe for Shares previously granted.

Article 8. Payment on Shares.

 

8.1 The full nominal value of each Share must be paid upon issuance.

 

8.2 Payment on a Share must be made in cash insofar as no non-cash contribution has been agreed on. Payment in foreign currency may only be made with the approval of the Company and with due observance of the provisions of Section 2:203a of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

8.3 Non-cash contributions on Shares are subject to the provisions of Section 2:204b of the Dutch Civil Code.

CHAPTER V. OWN SHARES; REDUCTION OF THE ISSUED CAPITAL.

Article 9. Own Shares.

 

9.1 When issuing Shares, the Company may not subscribe for its own Shares.

 

9.2 The Company may acquire fully paid in Shares or depositary receipts thereof, provided either no valuable consideration is given, or:

 

  a. the Distributable Equity is at least equal to the purchase price; and

 

  b. the aggregate nominal value of the Shares or depositary receipts thereof to be acquired, and of the Shares or depositary receipts thereof already held by the Company and its Subsidiaries, does not exceed half of the Company’s issued capital; and

 

  c. the acquisition has been authorized by the Shareholders’ Body or by another Company Body which is designated for this purpose by the Shareholders’ Body.

 

9.3 For the validity of the acquisition, the amount of equity appearing from the last adopted balance sheet, reduced by the acquisition price for Shares or depositary receipts thereof and further reduced by distributions of profits or at the expense of reserves to others, which have become due from the Company and its Subsidiaries after the balance sheet date, shall be decisive. An acquisition in accordance with Article 9.2 shall not be permitted, if more than six months have elapsed after the end of a financial year without the annual accounts having been adopted.

 

9.4 The foregoing provisions of this Article 9 shall not apply to Shares which the Company acquires by universal succession of title.

 

5


LOGO

 

9.5 The acquisition of Shares or depositary receipts thereof by a Subsidiary shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2:207d of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

9.6 Shares or depositary receipts thereof held by the Company may be transferred pursuant to a resolution of the Shareholders’ Body. A resolution to transfer such Shares or depositary receipts thereof shall stipulate the conditions of transfer. The transfer of Shares held by the Company shall furthermore be subject to the provisions of the blocking clause contained in these Articles of Association.

Article 10. Financial Assistance.

 

10.1 The Company may not give security, guarantee the price, or in any other way answer to or bind itself either severally or jointly for or on behalf of third parties, with a view to a subscription for or an acquisition of Shares or depositary receipts thereof by others. This prohibition also applies to Subsidiaries.

 

10.2 The Company may grant loans with a view to a subscription for or an acquisition of Shares or depositary receipts thereof, but not in excess of the amount of the Distributable Equity.

 

10.3 The Company shall maintain a non-distributable reserve up to the outstanding amount of the loans referred to in Article 10.2.

Article 11. Reduction of the Issued Capital.

 

11.1 The Shareholders’ Body may resolve to reduce the Company’s issued capital.

 

11.2 A reduction of the Company’s issued capital may be effected:

 

  a. by cancellation of Shares held by the Company or for which the Company holds the depositary receipts; or

 

  b. by reducing the nominal value of Shares, to be effected by an amendment of these Articles of Association.

 

11.3 A reduction of the nominal value of Shares, with or without repayment, must be effected in proportion to all Shares. This principle may be deviated from with the consent of all Shareholders involved.

 

11.4 The notice of a General Meeting of Shareholders at which a resolution to reduce the Company’s issued capital shall be proposed, shall state the purpose of the capital reduction and the manner in which it is to be achieved. The provisions in these Articles of Association relevant to a proposal to amend the Articles of Association shall apply by analogy.

 

11.5 A reduction of the Company’s issued capital shall furthermore be subject to the provisions of Sections 2:208 and 2:209 of the Dutch Civil Code.

CHAPTER VI. TRANSFER OF SHARES; BLOCKING CLAUSE.

Article 12. Transfer of Shares; Notarial Deed.

 

12.1 The transfer of a Share shall require a notarial deed, to be executed for that purpose before a civil law notary registered in the Netherlands, to which deed those involved in the transfer shall be parties.

 

6


LOGO

 

12.2 Unless the Company itself is party to the legal act, the rights attributable to the Share can only be exercised after the Company has acknowledged said transfer or said deed has been served upon it in accordance with the relevant provisions of the law.

Article 13. Blocking Clause (offer to co-Shareholders).

 

13.1 A transfer of one or more Shares can only be effected with due observance of the provisions set out in this Article 13, unless (i) all co-Shareholders have approved the intended transfer in writing, which approval shall then be valid for a period of three months, or (ii) the Shareholder concerned is obliged by law to transfer his Shares to a former Shareholder.

 

13.2 A Shareholder wishing to transfer one or more of his Shares (hereinafter: the “Offeror”) shall first offer to sell such Shares to his co-Shareholders. Such offer shall be made by the Offeror by means of a written notification to the Management Board, stating the number of Shares he wishes to transfer. Within two weeks of receipt of this notification, the Management Board shall give notice of the offer to the co-Shareholders. Co-Shareholders interested in purchasing one or more of the Shares on offer (hereinafter: “ Interested Parties ”) must notify the Management Board within one month after said notices from the Management Board have been sent; notifications from co-Shareholders received later shall not be taken into account. If the Company itself is a co-Shareholder, it shall only be entitled to act as an Interested Party with the consent of the Offeror.

 

13.3 The price at which the Shares on offer can be purchased by the Interested Parties shall be mutually agreed between the Offeror and the Interested Parties or by one or more experts appointed by them. If they do not reach agreement on the price or the expert or experts, as the case may be, the price shall be set by one or more independent experts to be appointed on the request of one or more of the parties concerned by the chairman of the Chamber of Commerce and Factories at which the Company is registered in the Commercial Register. If an expert is appointed, he shall be authorized to inspect all books and records of the Company and to obtain all such information as will be useful to him in setting the price.

 

13.4 Within one month of the price being set, the Interested Parties must give notice to the Management Board of the number of the Shares on offer they wish to purchase. An Interested Party who fails to submit notice within said term shall no longer be counted as an Interested Party. Once the notice mentioned in the preceding sentence has been given, an Interested Party can only withdraw with the consent of the other Interested Parties.

 

13.5 If the Interested Parties wish to purchase more Shares in the aggregate than

 

7


LOGO

 

have been offered, the Shares on offer shall be distributed among them. The Interested Parties shall determine the distribution by mutual agreement. If they do not reach agreement on the distribution within two weeks from the notice to the Management Board referred to in Article 13.4, the Shares on offer shall be distributed among them by the Management Board, as far as possible in proportion to the shareholding of each Interested Party at the time of the distribution. However, the number of Shares on offer allocated to an Interested Party cannot exceed the number of Shares he wishes to purchase.

 

13.6 The Offeror may withdraw his offer up to one month after the day on which he is informed to which Interested Party or Parties he can sell all the Shares on offer and at what price.

 

13.7 If it is established that none of the co-Shareholders is an Interested Party or that not all Shares put on offer shall be purchased for payment in cash, the Offeror may freely transfer the total number of the Shares on offer, and not part thereof, up to three months thereafter.

 

13.8 All notifications and notices referred to in this Article 13 shall be made by certified mail or against acknowledgement of receipt. Each time the Management Board receives such notification or notice, it shall immediately send a copy thereof to the Offeror and all Interested Parties (with the exception of the sender), unless indicated otherwise hereinabove.

 

13.9 All costs of the appointment of the expert or experts, as the case may be, and their determination of the price, shall be borne by:

 

  a. the Offeror if he withdraws his offer;

 

  b. the Offeror and the buyers for equal parts if the Shares have been purchased by one or more Interested Parties, provided that these costs shall be borne by the buyers in proportion to the number of Shares purchased;

 

  c. the Company if the offer has not been accepted in full or only in part.

 

13.10 The preceding provisions of this Article 13 shall apply by analogy to any right to subscribe for Shares and any right accruing from a Share, except any right to a payable distribution in cash.

CHAPTER VII. PLEDGING OF SHARES AND USUFRUCT IN SHARES; DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS FOR SHARES.

Article 14. Pledging of Shares and Usufruct in Shares.

 

14.1 The provisions of Article 12 shall apply by analogy to the pledging of Shares and to the creation or transfer of a usufruct in Shares.

 

14.2 On the creation of a right of pledge in a Share and on the creation or transfer of a usufruct in a Share, the voting rights attributable to such Share may be assigned to the pledgee or the usufructuary, with due observance of the relevant provisions of the law.

 

8


LOGO

 

14.3 Both the Shareholder without voting rights and the pledgee or usufructuary with voting rights shall have the DRH-rights. The DRH-rights may also be granted to the pledgee or usufructuary without voting rights, but only if the Shareholders’ Body has approved the same and with due observance of the relevant provisions of the law.

Article 15. Depositary Receipts for Shares.

The Company may cooperate in the issuance of registered depositary receipts for Shares, but pursuant to a resolution to that effect of the Shareholders’ Body only. Each holder of such depositary receipts shall have the DRH-rights.

CHAPTER VIII. THE MANAGEMENT BOARD.

Article 16. Management Board Members.

 

16.1 The Management Board shall consist of one or more members. Both individuals and legal entities can be Management Board members.

 

16.2 Management Board members are appointed by the Shareholders’ Body.

 

16.3 A Management Board member may be suspended or dismissed by the Shareholders’ Body at any time.

 

16.4 Any suspension may be extended one or more times, but may not last longer than three months in the aggregate. If, at the end of that period, no decision has been taken on termination of the suspension or on dismissal, the suspension shall end.

 

16.5 The authority to establish remuneration and other conditions of employment for Management Board members is vested in the Shareholders’ Body.

Article 17. Duties, Decision-making Process and Allocation of Duties.

 

17.1 The Management Board shall be entrusted with the management of the Company.

 

17.2 When making Management Board resolutions, each Management Board member may cast one vote.

 

17.3 All resolutions of the Management Board shall be adopted by more than half of the votes cast.

 

17.4 Management Board resolutions may at all times be adopted outside of a meeting, in writing or otherwise, provided the proposal concerned is submitted to all Management Board members then in office and none of them objects to this manner of adopting resolutions. Adoption of resolutions in writing shall be effected by written statements from all Management Board members then in office.

 

17.5 Resolutions of the Management Board shall be recorded in a minute book that shall be kept by the Management Board.

 

17.6 The Management Board may establish further rules regarding its decision-making process and working methods. In this context, the Management Board may also determine the duties for which each Management Board member in

 

9


LOGO

 

particular shall be responsible. The Shareholders’ Body may decide that such rules and allocation of duties must be put in writing and that such rules and allocation of duties shall be subject to its approval.

Article 18. Representation; Conflicts of Interest.

 

18.1 The Company shall be represented by the Management Board. Each Management Board member shall also be authorized to represent the Company.

 

18.2 The Management Board may appoint officers with general or limited power to represent the Company. Each officer shall be competent to represent the Company, subject to the restrictions imposed on him. The Management Board shall determine each officer’s title. Such officers may be registered at the Commercial Register, indicating the scope of their power to represent the Company. The authority of an officer thus appointed may not extend to any transaction where the Company has a conflict of interest with the officer concerned or with one or more Management Board members.

 

18.3 In the event of a conflict of interest between the Company and one or more Management Board members, the provisions of Article 18.1 shall continue to apply unimpaired unless the Shareholders’ Body has appointed one or more other persons to represent the Company in the case at hand or in general in the event of such a conflict. A resolution of the Management Board with respect to a matter involving a conflict of interest with one or more Management Board members in a private capacity shall be subject to the approval of the Shareholders’ Body, but the absence of such approval shall not affect the authority of the Management Board or its members to represent the Company.

 

18.4 Without regard to whether a conflict of interest exists or not, all legal acts of the Company vis-à-vis a holder of all of the Shares, or vis-à-vis a participant in a community property, of married or registered non-married partners, of which all of the Shares form a part, whereby the Company is represented by such Shareholder or one of the participants, shall be put in writing. For the application of the foregoing sentence, Shares held by the Company or its Subsidiaries shall not be taken into account.

 

18.5 The provisions of Article 18.4 do not apply to legal acts which, under their agreed terms, form part of the normal course of business of the Company.

Article 19. Approval of Management Board Resolutions.

 

19.1 The Shareholders’ Body may require Management Board resolutions to be subject to its approval. The Management Board shall be notified in writing of such resolutions, which shall be clearly specified.

 

19.2 The absence of approval by the Shareholders’ Body of a resolution as referred to in this Article 19 shall not affect the authority of the Management Board or its members to represent the Company.

 

10


LOGO

 

Article 20. Vacancy or Inability to Act.

If a seat is vacant on the Management Board (ontstentenis) or a Management Board member is unable to perform his duties (belet), the remaining Management Board members or member shall be temporarily entrusted with the management of the Company. If all seats in the Management Board are vacant or all Management Board members or the sole Management Board member, as the case may be, are unable to perform their duties, the management of the Company shall be temporarily entrusted to one or more persons designated for that purpose by the Shareholders’ Body.

CHAPTER IX. FINANCIAL YEAR AND ANNUAL ACCOUNTS; PROFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.

Article 21. Financial Year and Annual Accounts.

 

21.1 The Company’s financial year shall be the calendar year.

 

21.2 Annually, not later than five months after the end of the financial year, unless by reason of special circumstances this period is extended by the Shareholders’ Body by not more than six months, the Management Board shall prepare annual accounts, and shall deposit the same for inspection by the Shareholders at the Company’s office.

 

21.3 Within the same period, the Management Board shall also deposit the annual report for inspection by the Shareholders, unless Section 2:396, subsection 6 or Section 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code applies to the Company.

 

21.4 The annual accounts shall consist of a balance sheet, a profit and loss account and explanatory notes.

 

21.5 The annual accounts shall be signed by the Management Board members. If the signature of one or more of them is missing, this shall be stated and reasons for this omission shall be given.

 

21.6 The Company may, and if the law so requires shall, appoint an accountant to audit the annual accounts. Such appointment shall be made by the Shareholders’ Body.

 

21.7 The Company shall ensure that the annual accounts and, insofar as required, the annual report and the information to be added by virtue of the law are kept at its office as from the day on which notice of the annual General Meeting of Shareholders is given. Shareholders and persons with DRH-rights may inspect the documents at that place and obtain a copy free of charge.

 

21.8 The annual accounts, the annual report, the information to be added by virtue of the law and the audit by an accountant, as well as deposition of documents at the Commercial Register, shall furthermore be subject to the provisions of Book 2, Title 9, of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

11


LOGO

 

Article 22. Adoption of the Annual Accounts and Discharge.

 

22.1 The Shareholders’ Body shall adopt the annual accounts.

 

22.2 The Shareholders’ Body may grant full or limited discharge to the Management Board members for the management pursued.

Article 23. Profits and Distributions.

 

23.1 The allocation of profits accrued in a financial year shall be determined by the Shareholders’ Body. If the Shareholders’ Body does not adopt a resolution regarding the allocation of the profits prior to or at latest immediately after the adoption of the annual accounts, the profits will be reserved.

 

23.2 Distribution of profits shall be made after adoption of the annual accounts if permissible under the law given the contents of the annual accounts.

 

23.3 The Shareholders’ Body may resolve to make interim distributions on Shares and/or to make distributions on Shares at the expense of any reserve of the Company. In addition, the Management Board may decide to make interim distributions on Shares.

 

23.4 Distributions on Shares shall be made payable immediately after the resolution to make the distribution, unless another date of payment has been determined in the resolution.

 

23.5 Distributions on Shares may be made only up to an amount which does not exceed the amount of the Distributable Equity.

 

23.6 A claim of a Shareholder for payment of a distribution on Shares shall be barred after five years have elapsed.

 

23.7 In calculating the amount of any distribution on Shares, Shares held by the Company shall be disregarded.

CHAPTER X. THE SHAREHOLDERS’ BODY.

Article 24. Annual General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

24.1 The annual General Meeting of Shareholders shall be held within six months after the end of the financial year.

 

24.2 The agenda of this annual General Meeting of Shareholders shall contain, inter alia, the following subjects for discussion:

 

  a. discussion of the annual report (unless Section 2:396, subsection 6 or Section 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code applies to the Company);

 

  b. discussion and adoption of the annual accounts;

 

  c. the granting of discharge to Management Board members;

 

  d. allocation of profits;

 

  e. other subjects announced with due observance of Article 26.

The agenda does not need to contain the subjects as referred to under a, b, c and d, if it contains a proposal to extend the period to prepare the annual accounts and (if applicable) to prepare the report, or, if a resolution to that extent already has been taken.

 

12


LOGO

 

Article 25. Other General Meetings of Shareholders.

 

25.1 Other General Meetings of Shareholders shall be held as often as the Management Board deems such necessary.

 

25.2 Shareholders and/or persons with DRH-rights representing in the aggregate at least one-tenth of the Company’s issued capital may request the Management Board to convene a General Meeting of Shareholders, stating specifically the subjects to be discussed. If the Management Board has not given proper notice of a General Meeting of Shareholders within four weeks following receipt of such request such that the meeting can be held within six weeks after receipt of the request, the applicants shall be authorized to convene a meeting themselves.

Article 26. Notice, Agenda and Venue of Meetings.

 

26.1 Notice of General Meetings of Shareholders shall be given by the Management Board. Furthermore, notice of General Meetings of Shareholders may be given by Shareholders representing in the aggregate at least half of the Company’s issued capital, without prejudice to the provisions of Article 25.2.

 

26.2 Notice of the meeting shall be given no later than on the fifteenth day prior to the day of the meeting.

 

26.3 The notice of the meeting shall specify the subjects to be discussed. Subjects which were not specified in such notice may be announced at a later date, with due observance of the term referred to in Article 26.2.

 

26.4 A subject for discussion of which discussion has been requested in writing not later than thirty days before the day of the meeting by one or more Shareholders and/or persons with DRH-rights who individually or jointly represent at least one percent of the Company’s issued capital, shall be included in the notice or shall be notified in the same way as the other subjects for discussion, provided that no important interest ( zwaarwichtig belang ) of the Company dictates otherwise.

 

26.5 The notice of the meeting shall be sent to the addresses of the Shareholders and the persons with DRH-rights shown in the register of Shareholders and the register of depositary receipt holders.

 

26.6 General Meetings of Shareholders are held in the municipality in which, according to these Articles of Association, the Company has its registered offices. General Meetings of Shareholders may also be held elsewhere, but in that case valid resolutions of the Shareholders’ Body may only be adopted if all of the Company’s issued capital is represented and each person with DRH-rights has been duly convened.

Article 27. Admittance and Rights at Meetings.

 

27.1 Each Shareholder and each person with DRH-rights shall be entitled to attend the General Meetings of Shareholders, to address the meeting and, if the

 

13


LOGO

 

voting rights accrue to him, to exercise his voting rights. Shareholders and persons with DRH-rights may be represented in a meeting by a proxy authorized in writing.

 

27.2 At a meeting, each person present with voting rights must sign the attendance list. The chairperson of the meeting may decide that the attendance list must also be signed by other persons present at the meeting.

 

27.3 The Management Board members shall, as such, have the right to give advice in the General Meetings of Shareholders.

 

27.4 The chairperson of the meeting shall decide on the admittance of other persons to the meeting.

Article 28. Chairperson and Secretary of the Meeting.

 

28.1 The chairperson of a General Meeting of Shareholders shall be appointed by more than half of the votes cast by the persons with voting rights present at the meeting. Until such appointment is made, a Management Board member shall act as chairperson, or, if no Management Board member is present at the meeting, the eldest person present at the meeting shall act as chairperson.

 

28.2 The chairperson of the meeting shall appoint a secretary for the meeting.

Article 29. Minutes; Recording of Shareholders’ Resolutions.

 

29.1 The secretary of a General Meeting of Shareholders shall keep minutes of the proceedings at the meeting. The minutes shall be adopted by the chairperson and the secretary of the meeting and as evidence thereof shall be signed by them.

 

29.2 The chairperson of the meeting or those who convened the meeting may determine that a notarial report must be prepared of the proceedings at the meeting. The notarial report shall be co-signed by the chairperson of the meeting.

 

29.3 The Management Board shall keep record of all resolutions adopted by the Shareholders’ Body. If the Management Board is not represented at a meeting, the chairperson of the meeting shall ensure that the Management Board is provided with a transcript of the resolutions adopted, as soon as possible after the meeting. The records shall be deposited at the Company’s office for inspection by the Shareholders and the persons with DRH-rights. On application, each of them shall be provided with a copy of or an extract from the records at not more than the actual cost.

Article 30. Adoption of Resolutions in a Meeting.

 

30.1 Each Share confers the right to cast one vote.

 

30.2 To the extent that the law or these Articles of Association do not require a qualified majority, all resolutions of the Shareholders’ Body shall be adopted by more than half of the votes cast.

 

30.3 If there is a tie in voting, the proposal shall be deemed to have been rejected, without prejudice to the provisions of Article 31.3.

 

14


LOGO

 

30.4 If the formalities for convening and holding of General Meetings of Shareholders, as prescribed by law or these Articles of Association, have not been complied with, valid resolutions of the Shareholders’ Body may only be adopted in a meeting, if in such meeting all of the Company’s issued capital is represented and such resolution is carried by unanimous vote and each person with DRH-rights is present or represented.

 

30.5 In the Shareholders’ Body, no voting rights may be exercised for any Share held by the Company or a Subsidiary, nor for any Share for which the Company or a Subsidiary holds the depositary receipts. However, pledgees and usufructuaries of Shares owned by the Company or a Subsidiary are not excluded from exercising the voting rights, if the right of pledge or the usufruct was created before the Share was owned by the Company or such Subsidiary. The Company or a Subsidiary may not exercise voting rights for a Share in which it holds a right of pledge or a usufruct.

 

30.6 When determining how many votes are cast by Shareholders, how many Shareholders are present or represented, or which part of the Company’s issued capital is represented, no account shall be taken of Shares for which, pursuant to the law or these Articles of Association, no vote can be cast.

Article 31. Voting.

 

31.1 All voting shall take place orally. The chairperson is, however, entitled to decide that votes be cast by a secret ballot. If it concerns the holding of a vote on persons, anyone present at the meeting with voting rights may demand a vote by a secret ballot. For the purposes of this paragraph “in writing” shall mean: by means of secret, unsigned ballot papers.

 

31.2 Blank and invalid votes shall not be counted as votes.

 

31.3 If a majority of the votes cast is not obtained in an election of persons, a second free vote shall be taken. If a majority is not obtained again, further votes shall be taken until either one person obtains a majority of the votes cast or the election is between two persons only, both of whom receive an equal number of votes. In the event of such further elections (not including the second free vote), each election shall be between the candidates in the preceding election, with the exclusion of the person who received the smallest number of votes in such preceding election. If in the preceding election more than one person have received the smallest number of votes, it shall be decided which candidate should not participate in the new election by randomly choosing a name. If votes are equal in an election between two persons, it shall be decided who is elected by randomly choosing a name.

 

31.4 Resolutions may be adopted by acclamation if none of the persons with voting rights present at the meeting objects.

 

15


LOGO

 

31.5 The chairperson’s decision at the meeting on the result of a vote shall be final and conclusive. The same shall apply to the contents of an adopted resolution if a vote is taken on an unwritten proposal. However, if the correctness of such decision is challenged immediately after it is pronounced, a new vote shall be taken if either the majority of the persons with voting rights present at the meeting or, where the original vote was not taken by roll call or in writing, any person with voting rights present at the meeting, so demands. The legal consequences of the original vote shall be made null and void by the new vote.

Article 32. Adoption of Resolutions without holding Meetings.

 

32.1 Resolutions of the Shareholders’ Body may also be adopted in writing without holding a General Meeting of Shareholders, provided they are adopted by the unanimous vote of all Shareholders entitled to vote. The provision of Article 27.3 shall apply by analogy. Adoption of resolutions outside of meetings shall not be permissible if there are persons with DRH-rights.

 

32.2 Each Shareholder must ensure that the Management Board is informed of the resolutions thus adopted as soon as possible in writing. The Management Board shall keep record of the resolutions adopted and it shall add such records to those referred to in Article 29.3.

CHAPTER XI. AMENDMENT OF THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION; CHANGE OF CORPORATE FORM; STATUTORY MERGER AND STATUTORY DEMERGER; DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION.

Article 33. Amendment of the Articles of Association; Change of Corporate Form.

 

33.1 The Shareholders’ Body may resolve to amend these Articles of Association. When a proposal to amend these Articles of Association is to be made at a General Meeting of Shareholders, the notice of such meeting must state so and a copy of the proposal, including the verbatim text thereof, shall be deposited and kept available at the Company’s office for inspection by the Shareholders and the persons with DRH-rights, until the conclusion of the meeting. From the day of deposit until the day of the meeting, a Shareholder or a person with DRH-rights shall, on application, be provided with a copy of the proposal free of charge. An amendment of these Articles of Association shall be laid down in a notarial deed.

 

33.2 The Company may change its corporate form into a different legal form. A change of the corporate form shall require a resolution to change the corporate form adopted by the Shareholders’ Body, and a resolution to amend these Articles of Association. A change of the corporate form shall furthermore be subject to the relevant provisions of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code. A change of the corporate form shall not terminate the existence of the legal entity.

 

16


LOGO

 

Article 34. Statutory Merger and Statutory Demerger.

 

34.1 The Company may enter into a statutory merger with one or more other legal entities. A merger resolution may only be adopted in conformity with a merger proposal prepared by the management boards of the merging legal entities. Within the Company, the merger resolution shall be adopted by the Shareholders’ Body. However, in the cases referred to in Section 2:331 of the Dutch Civil Code, the merger resolution may be adopted by the Management Board.

 

34.2 The Company may be a party in a statutory demerger. The term “demerger” shall include both split-up and spin-off. A demerger resolution may only be adopted in conformity with a demerger proposal to be prepared by the management boards of the parties to the demerger. Within the Company, the demerger resolution shall be adopted by the Shareholders’ Body. However, in the cases referred to in Section 2:334ff of the Dutch Civil Code, the demerger resolution may be adopted by the Management Board.

 

34.3 Statutory mergers and statutory demergers shall furthermore be subject to the relevant provisions of Book 2, Title 7, of the Dutch Civil Code.

Article 35. Dissolution and Liquidation.

 

35.1 The Company may be dissolved pursuant to a resolution to that effect by the Shareholders’ Body. When a proposal to dissolve the Company is to be made at a General Meeting of Shareholders, this must be stated in the notice of such meeting.

 

35.2 If the Company is dissolved pursuant to a resolution of the Shareholders’ Body, the Management Board members shall become liquidators of the dissolved Company’s property. The Shareholders’ Body may decide to appoint other persons as liquidators.

 

35.3 During liquidation, the provisions of these Articles of Association shall remain in force to the extent possible.

 

35.4 The balance remaining after payment of the debts of the dissolved Company shall be transferred to the Shareholders in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of the Shares held by each.

 

35.5 In addition, the liquidation shall be subject to the relevant provisions of Book 2, Title 1, of the Dutch Civil Code.

Article 36.

The first financial year of the Company shall end on the thirty-first day of December, two thousand and six (31 December 2006). This article shall cease to exist after the end of the first financial year.

 

17

Exhibit 3.8

[TRANSLATION]

BY-LAWS

CHAPTER I

NAME, DOMICILE, NATIONALITY, PURPOSE AND TERM

Article 1.

The name of the Company is “SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES DE MEXICO”, which shall be followed by the words “ Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada de Capital Variable ” or the abbreviation, “ S. de R.L. de C.V.

Article 2.

The corporate domicile of the Company is Aguascalientes, Aguascalientes. However, the Company may establish agencies, branch offices or facilities within the United Mexican States (“ Mexico ”) or abroad, as well as contractual domiciles without implying thereby a change to its corporate domicile.

Article 3.

The Company is organized under the laws of Mexico. Any foreigner who, either at the time of incorporation of the Company or at any time thereafter, acquires a partnership interest or participation in the Company, formally undertakes before the Ministry of Foreign Affairs to be considered as a Mexican national with respect to their partnership interests in the Company, as well as the property, rights, concessions, participations or interests held by the Company, and the rights and obligations deriving from the agreements to which the Company is a party, and further undertakes not to invoke the protection of its government with respect to such interest, under the penalty upon the breach of such undertaking, of forfeiting such interest in favor of the Mexican Nation.

Article 4.

The corporate purpose of the Company is to:

 

(a) To process, manufacture, transform, produce, acquire, sell, lease, posses, assign, export and import, as well as to engage in trade in any other form all type of raw material, parts, products and merchandize.

 

(b) To incorporate, form, organize, exploit, acquire and hold through any legal title, participations, shares or interest in all types of Mexican and foreign commercial or civil corporations, associations, partnerships, trusts or entities of any kind;

 

(c) To enter into all kinds of agreements, contracts and documents, including without limitation, purchase and sale, maquila, supply, distribution, consignment, agency, commission, mortgage, bailment, barter, lease, sublease, management, services, technical assistance, consulting, commercialization, joint venture, association and other agreements, as may be necessary or appropriate in order for the Company to carry-out its corporate purpose;


(d) Request and obtain from the federal, state and/or local authorities, whether centralized, decentralized or deconcentrated, all types of programs for development and support for the exportation and foreign commerce, including, but not limited to, the obtaining of a registry such as the High Export Company (Empresa Altamente Exportadora “ALTEX”), as well as obtain a program of Maquila for exportation, Maquila Services Program (Programa de Maquila para Servicios) and/or a program of Temporary Importation to Produce Articles of Exportation (“PITEX”) and/or Sectorial Promotion Programs (“PROSEC”), the supplying of raw materials, parts or components, to the Export Maquiladora Industry, as well as companies with a Temporary Importation Program for the Production of Export Materials and, in general, any other exterior commerce program or of development of the applicable exportation in accordance with the law and applicable regulations; including the border program of goods or services and the program of the management of supply (HUB) for the management of foreign commerce, management of maquiladoras, and PITEX in the terms of Article 303 of the North American Free Trade Agreement;

 

(e) Request and obtain from the federal, state and/or local authorities including the Ministry of Treasury, all types of authorizations, permits and renewals, related directly or indirectly with the establishment of financial deposits;

 

(f) To acquire, by any legal means, shares, interests, participations or interests in all types of commercial or civil corporations, associations, partnerships, trust or entities of any kind, at the time of their incorporation or thereafter, as well as to sell, assign, transfer, negotiate, encumber or otherwise dispose of or pledge such shares, interests, participations or interests;

 

(g) To act as attorney-in-fact or agent for all types of individuals or companies, whether as representative, intermediary or in any other capacity;

 

(h) To acquire, sell, lease, rent, sublease, use, enjoy, possess, license and dispose of, under any legal form, all types of real estate, immovable and personal properties, equipment and goods, including as bailor and bailee, and to hold rights over such properties, including all types of machinery, equipment, accessories, offices and other supplies necessary or convenient for the fulfillment of its purpose;

 

(i) To issue, execute, accept, endorse, certify, guarantee or in any other manner subscribe all kinds of negotiable instruments;

 

(j) Subject to applicable law, to obtain, acquire, possess, use and dispose of, all kinds of concessions, permits, licenses, authorizations, franchises, patents, trademarks, trade-names as well as any other industrial and intellectual property rights including the necessary municipal, state or federal environmental permits to fulfill its corporate purpose;

 

(k) To obtain and grant all types of financings, loans or credits, and issue debentures, bonds, commercial paper, market certificates, ordinary participation certificates


and other evidences of indebtedness, with or without a specific guaranty either through a pledge, mortgage, security interest, trust or any other legal form, and to guaranty third party obligations and indebtedness whether as guarantor, surety, aval or in any other capacity, including as joint and several obligor;

 

(l) To enter into and/or carry out, within Mexico or abroad, on its own behalf or on behalf of others, all kinds of acts, whether principal or ancillary, civil or commercial or of any other nature (including acts of ownership), all kinds of contracts and agreements, whether civil or commercial, principal or ancillary, or of any other nature, to the extent permitted by applicable law; and

 

(m) To carry out and perform any and all acts and transactions as may be necessary or convenient to fulfill the foregoing purposes.

Article 5.

The term of the Company shall be of ninety-nine (99) years counted as of the date of execution of this public deed.

CHAPTER II

CAPITAL AND PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Article 6.

The company’s capital may be composed of a fixed and variable portion. The fixed minimum capital is $3,000.00 M.N. (Three Thousand and 00/100 Pesos, National Currency), totally subscribed and paid by the partners. The variable capital of the company shall be unlimited. The contributions representing the company capital shall have two series, Series “A” representing contributions by Mexican partners and Series “B” representing contributions by foreign partners. The contributions representing fixed capital shall be Series “A-1” and “B-1” respectively. The contributions representing the variable capital shall be Series “A-2” and “B-2” respectively. The value of contributions to the company’s capital must be authorized and approved by the partners. No partner shall be able to have more than one partnership interest. In the event that one of the partners makes a new capital contribution or acquires the total or a partial portion of the partnership interest from one of the other partners, the acquiring partner’s interest will be increased in the corresponding amount. The partners’ meeting shall authorize increases of the company’s capital and shall determine the characteristics and conditions of said increase and of the partnership interests that have been issued.

The capital of the Company may be increased through additional contributions of the partners, admission of new partners, or capitalization. The capital of the Company may be reduced through the capitalization of losses, withdrawal of contributions and by amortizations. Any increases or reductions in the capital of the Company shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter and the applicable provisions of the General Law on Commercial Companies. All increases or reductions in the capital shall be duly recorded in the Capital Variations Registry that the Company shall keep pursuant to Article 219 of the General Law on Commercial Companies. Increases and reductions of the capital shall be approved pursuant to a resolution adopted at a Partners’ Meeting subject to Article 21 hereof.


Article 7.

Regarding the partnership interests owned by foreign persons, aside from the corresponding recordings in the Partners Registry Book as according to Article 10 hereof, the corresponding recordings shall be made in the National Registry of Foreign Investment pursuant to the Law of Foreign Investment and its regulations.

Only the individuals or entities whose names are recorded in the Partners Registry Book may exercise the rights derived from the partnership interests.

Article 8.

Partners may only own one partnership interest with respect to the Company; provided , however , that in the event that the Company issues preferred or special series or classes of partnership interests conferring special or preferred rights, a partner may own one partnership interest within each special or preferred class of partnership interest issued by the Company.

The holders of Series “A” and Series “B” partnership interests shall be entitled to cast 1 (one) vote for each $1.00 (One Peso 00/100) Mexican currency contributed by such partner to the capital of the Company.

Article 9.

The Secretary of the Company may upon request of the partners issue secretary’s certificates setting forth in such certificates the partnership interest in the Company held by the partners requesting such certificate. Any such secretary’s certificates shall bear the following legend:

The transfer or disposition of the partnership interest referred to in this secretary’s certificate is subject to the prior approval of the Partners’ Meeting of the Company and is subject to the transfer restrictions and other rights set forth in the Company’s By-laws. Any transfer or disposition of the partnership interest referred to in this secretary’s certificate which does not comply with the transfer restrictions and other rights set forth in the Company’s By-laws shall be null and void.

Article 10.

The Company shall keep a Partners’ Registry, in which the name and domicile of each partner is recorded, stating the amount of their respective contributions, as well as any and all transactions concerning the subscription, acquisition or transfer of partnership interests, including the name and domicile of the transferor or former holder and the transferee or acquirer.


Article 11.

No partner shall effect any sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition of partnership interests of the Company (a “ Transfer ”) of all or any part of its partnership interests in the Company without the prior consent of the majority of the Partners given at a Partners’ Meeting, and any Transfer made without such consent shall be void and without legal effect; provided , however , that such restriction may not be applicable to any Transfer that involves the majority of the participation and voting of the partnership interest of a partner to a subsidiary or to an affiliate under the common control of the transferring partner or any affiliate in which it may be sole partner or shareholder.

Article 12.

The Company shall consider the person whose name is recorded in the Partners’ Registry Book referred to in Article 10 as the holder of the partnership interest registered in his name.

Article 13.

In the event that the capital is increased through future contributions to the capital of the Company, the partners of the Company shall have preemptive rights to subscribe to and pay such capital increase on a pro-rata basis in proportion to their respective partnership interest in the Company at the time of each capital increase. Partners may exercise their preemptive rights hereunder within the period of time and in accordance with the terms and conditions established for such purpose by the Partners’ Meeting approving the capital increase.

CHAPTER III

PARTNERS’ MEETING

Article 14.

The Partners’ Meeting is the supreme body of the Company. The Partners’ Meetings shall always be held in the corporate domicile except in case of force majeure or acts of God. Partners’ Meetings will be held to resolve any of the matters referred to in Article 78 of the General Law on Commercial Companies and all other matters referred to its consideration by the partners in accordance with these By-laws and applicable law.

Article 15.

A General Annual Partners’ Meetings shall be held at least once each year within the first 4 (four) months (the “ Annual Partners’ Meeting ”) following the end of the fiscal year, in order to resolve with respect to the matters listed in the corresponding agenda and the following matters:

 

(a) Discussion with respect to and, should the case be, approval or amendment of the Sole Manager’s or, as the case may be, Board of Managers’ report pursuant to these corporate by-laws, with respect to the business and operations of the Company during the preceding fiscal year, and the financial statements of the Company as of and for the preceding fiscal year; and


(b) Appointment or, should the case be, ratification of the Sole Manager or, as the case may be, the members of the Board of Managers, and approval of the compensation to be paid to such persons for the performance of their duties in their respective capacities during the fiscal year in course.

Article 16.

Partners’ Meetings shall be called by the Sole Manager or, as the case may be, the Chairman of the Board of Managers, by any 2 (two) of its members, or by the holders of partnership interests representing at least one-third of the capital of the Company in accordance with Article 81 of the General Law on Commercial Companies, as the case may be.

Article 17.

The Sole Manager or, as the case may be, the Board of Managers or the persons calling a Partners’ Meeting shall send the relevant call to each partner at their respective addresses registered in the Partners’ Registry Book of the Company, by registered air mail, postage prepaid, or courier, return receipt requested, or facsimile with a confirmation of transmission, at the registered address; provided, that such call shall be delivered to all partners at least 15 (fifteen) days prior to the scheduled date for the meeting.

No call shall be necessary in the event that all the partnership interests entitled to vote are represented at the moment of voting.

Article 18.

Partners may be represented at Partners’ Meetings by an attorney-in-fact holding a general or special power-of-attorney, or by proxy appointed pursuant to a proxy letter.

In order to be admitted to the Partners’ Meeting, the partner must be duly recorded as such in the Partners’ Registry that the Company shall keep pursuant to Article 10 of these By-laws.

Article 19.

Partners’ Meetings shall be chaired by the Sole Manager or, as the case may be, the Chairman of the Board of Managers or, in his absence, by any other individual in attendance appointed to act as such by majority vote of the partnership interests represented at the Meeting.

The Secretary of the Company shall act as Secretary at Partners’ Meetings, and in his absence, the relevant Partners’ Meeting shall designate a person to act in such capacity during the meeting by majority vote of the partnership interests represented thereat. The Chairman of the meeting shall appoint 1 (one) Teller among the persons in attendance at the Meeting, who will determine the existence or lack of quorum and upon the request of the Chairman, count votes.


Article 20.

Partners’ Meetings shall be legally held, pursuant to a first or subsequent call, if at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the capital of the Company is represented at the meeting.

Article 21.

The resolutions of the Partners’ Meeting shall be valid if they are adopted by the majority of votes of the holders of the partnership interests issued pursuant to the provisions of the last paragraph of Article 8 hereof.

For purposes of Article 82 of the General Law on Commercial Companies, resolutions adopted without a Partners’ Meeting will be validly adopted when approved by the unanimous vote of the partners, provided such resolutions are in writing and are signed by all partners.

Article 22.

The minutes of the Partners’ Meetings and the unanimous consent resolutions shall be recorded in the Partners’ Meeting Minutes Book. A file shall be formed for each meeting wherein its minutes, the attendance list, the proxy letters, copies of calls, if any, and documents submitted to the consideration of the meeting such as reports of the Sole Manager or, as the case may be, the Board of Managers, financial statements, and other relevant documents, shall be kept.

In the event that it is not possible to record the minutes or the unanimous consent resolutions in the Partners’ Meeting Minutes Book, such minutes shall be formalized before a Notary Public in Mexico.

The minutes of all Partners’ Meetings and certifications concerning those meetings that could not be convened or held due to a lack of quorum, shall be signed by the persons acting as Chairman and Secretary of such meeting.

CHAPTER IV

MANAGEMENT

Article 23.

The management of the Company may be vested in a Sole Manager or in a Board of Managers formed by at least three (3) principal Mangers and, should the case be, the number of alternate Managers appointed by the Partners’ Meeting.

Article 24.

The Sole Manager or, as the case may be, the Members of the Board of Managers shall hold their offices for 1 (one) year as of the date of their appointment or ratification, as the case may be, and may be reelected for successive terms and continue holding their respective offices until they are substituted. For this purpose, a year is deemed to be the period of time elapsed between a General Annual Partners’ Meeting and the following General Annual Partners’ Meeting.


Article 25.

Each year the Board of Managers or the Partners’ Meeting shall elect the Chairman of the Board of Managers from among the principal members of the Board of Managers. Unless otherwise provided the Chairman shall carry-out and perform the resolutions adopted by the Partners’ Meetings and the Board of Managers. The Chairman of the Board will not have a casting vote.

Article 26.

Meetings of the Board of Managers may be called by any one of its principal members. The Board of Managers may schedule during the first meeting held after the closing of each fiscal year, the dates on which the Board shall meet within the relevant fiscal year; provided, however, that such schedule does not in any way preclude the possibility of calling additional meetings of the Board of Managers in accordance with this Article 26.

The meetings of the Board of Managers shall be called through a written notice delivered to all the principal and alternate members of the Board of Managers, at least 5 (five) days before the date set for the meeting.

No call shall be required when all the Managers or their corresponding alternates are present.

The Board of Managers shall meet in the corporate domicile; however, if the Board so resolves, it may meet from time to time at another location in Mexico or abroad.

Article 27.

The minutes of the meetings of the Board of Managers shall be recorded in the Board of Managers’ Meetings Minutes Book, and they shall be signed by all those attending, or if expressly authorized by a resolution adopted at the corresponding meeting, only by the Chairman and the Secretary. A file shall be formed for each Board Meeting wherein minutes and unanimous consent resolutions of the Board of Managers, the attendance list, the calls if any, and documents submitted to the consideration of the meeting such as reports, financial statements and other relevant documents, shall be kept.

Article 28.

In order for the meetings of the Board of Managers’ to be legally convened, the majority of the principal members or their corresponding alternates must be present, and resolutions will be adopted by the majority vote of the members present, whether principal or alternate.

Resolutions adopted outside of a Board of Managers’ Meeting by the unanimous vote of all the principal members of the Board, shall be valid and legally adopted if and when confirmed in writing and signed by all the principal members of the Board of Managers.


Article 29.

The Sole Manager or the Board of Managers, as the case may be, shall have all the authority and powers that correspond to a general power of attorney for lawsuits and collections, acts of administrations and acts of ownership, with all the general powers and such special powers that require a special clause under applicable law, pursuant to Article 2,554 of the Federal Civil Code and the correlative articles of the Civil Codes for the different states of Mexico and of the Federal District; it shall, therefore, represent the Company before all kinds of administrative and judicial authorities, federal, state, and municipal, before Conciliation and Arbitration Boards and other labor authorities, before arbiters and arbitrators. The foregoing powers authorize the Sole Manager or the Board of Managers, as the case may be, without limitation to:

 

(a) file and withdraw all kinds of actions and appeals, even amparo proceedings; to compromise, to submit to arbitration, to formulate and answer depositions, to assign property, to challenge, to receive payments, to negotiate, to make and revise collective and individual labor contracts;

 

(b) transact all business and to enter into, amend, and rescind agreements, which are inherent to the purposes of the Company;

 

(c) handle bank accounts;

 

(d) make and withdraw all kinds of deposits;

 

(e) appoint and remove managers, assistant managers, agents, and employees of the Company and determine, limit or revoke their authorities, obligations, and compensations;

 

(f) grant and revoke general and special powers of attorney;

 

(g) establish and close branch offices, agencies, and dependencies;

 

(h) execute the resolutions of the Partners’ Meetings;

 

(i) represent the Company in case it holds an equity interest or participation in other corporations or entities, as well as to buy or subscribe stock or shares, of the same, either at the moment of their incorporation; or at any subsequent time; and

 

(j) file complaints and criminal accusations, grant pardons, and assist the Public Prosecutor.

The Sole Manager or the Board of Managers, as the case may be, shall also have, pursuant to Article 9 of the General Law on Negotiable Instruments and Credit Transactions, a general power of attorney to issue, accept, and endorse negotiable instruments in any manner, and to protest payment thereunder.


Article 30.

The Partners Meeting shall be able to appoint Secretary and Assistant Secretary, that may or may not be members of the Company’s Board of Managers; in the understanding that when the Secretary and Assistant Secretary are not members of the Board of Managers, their duties shall be exclusively limited to (i) attend without voice nor vote to the Partners Meetings and to the Board of Mangers Meetings, in order to take note of the discussions, agreements and resolutions that are taken during these meetings; (ii) prepare the minutes of the Partners Meetings and the Board of Managers Meetings, as well as to authorize certified copies or extracts of these acts; (iii) prepare and maintain the Partners Meeting Minutes Book, the Board of Managers Meeting Minutes Book, the Capital Variations Registry Book and the Partners Registry Book, and to issue the requested certifications in connection to such books and corporative registries; and (iv) sign the resolutions and/or acts set forth in article 10 of the General Law of Commercial Companies.

Article 31.

The Partners’ Meeting or the Sole Manager or, as the case may be, the Board of Managers may designate a General Manager, who will be in charge of day-to-day activities and operations of the Company, who will report to the Board of Managers, and will be empowered with such authority as determined by the Sole Manager or the Board of Managers, as the case may be, or the Partners’ Meeting, within the limitations set forth in these By-laws and under applicable law. The Partners’ Meeting or the Sole Manager or, as the case may be, the Board of Managers may appoint additional officers as deemed necessary or convenient.

Article 32.

The Sole Manager or the members of the Board of Managers, should the case be, shall grant bond or surety to guarantee their performance if so is resolved by the Partners’ Meeting that appointed them.

CHAPTER V

SURVEILLANCE ,

Article 33.

Auditing requirements of the company’s activities may be performed by a Board of Surveillance appointed by the partners at an ordinary meeting or through a unanimous resolution by the partners. In such case, said board will be comprised of one or more members.

Article 34.

The members of the Board of Surveillance may or may not be partners of the company, shall serve in such capacity until removed by the partners at an ordinary meeting, and may be reelected, in which case they shall continue to serve until the persons designated to substitute them are appointed.


Article 35.

The members of the Board of Surveillance shall not be obligated to post a guaranty for the fulfillment of their duties.

CHAPTER VI

FISCAL YEAR AND FINANCIAL INFORMATION ,

Article 36.

Unless otherwise provided under applicable law, the fiscal year shall have a duration of 12 (twelve) calendar months, commencing on January 1 st of each year, and ending on December 31 of the same year, with the exception of the fiscal years in which the Company is incorporated and liquidated which will commence on the date of incorporation and close on the date of publication of the liquidation balance in the Official Gazette of the Federation, respectively.

Article 37.

Each of the partners or its duly authorized representative shall have the right at its expense to examine, inspect and copy, at any reasonable time following reasonable notice and for any proper purpose, any of the books and records, accounts, properties and/or operations of the Company. Such examination and inspection may be conducted by the Partners´ own employees, by its own independent certified public accounts and/or by its other agents.

Article 38.

Subject to all applicable legal provisions, each year the Partners’ Meeting shall separate a percentage that shall not be less than 5% (five percent) from the net profits to be set aside to form the Legal Reserve Fund, until such fund is equivalent to at least one-fifth of the capital. This fund shall be replenished in the same manner whenever the aggregate amounts deposited therein are less than the minimum required by applicable law.

CHAPTER VII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Article 39.

The Company shall be dissolved in the following cases at the conclusion of the term established in Article 5 of these By-laws, unless such term is previously extended or in any of the events mentioned under Sections II to V of Article 229 of the General Law on Commercial Companies.

Article 40.

Once the Company has been dissolved, it shall be placed in liquidation; the Partners’ Meeting by simple majority shall elect 1 (one) or more liquidators, as the case may be, who, should the case be, shall act jointly as resolved by the Partners’ Meeting. The Partners’ Meeting shall also determine the time limit during which liquidator(s) are to serve and the compensation they are entitled to receive, if any.


The liquidator(s) shall proceed with the liquidation and distribution of the remaining proceeds there from among the partners in proportion to their respective partnership interest, as provided for in these By-laws and under the General Law on Commercial Companies.

CHAPTER VIII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Article 41.

The applicable provisions of the General Law on Commercial Companies shall govern and be applied in all matters not specifically covered by these By-laws.

Exhibit 3.9

TRANSLATION

58 th AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF
ORGANIZATION OF TEXAS
INSTRUMENTOS ELETRÔNICOS DO
BRASIL LTDA.
                                                                                
CNPJ/MF No. 61.113.734/001-71
NIRE 35.200.878.912
Campinas, April 27, 2006

 

1. TEXAS INSTRUMENTS TRADE & INVESTMENT COMPANY S.A. , a company organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of Panama, with head offices at 7839 Churchill Way, Dallas, Texas, United States of America, enrolled with the General Taxpayers’ Registry (“CNPJ/MF”) under No 05.620.966/0001-45, herein represented by its attorney-in-fact, Fátima Aparecida Carr , Brazilian, single, lawyer, of age, resident and domiciled in the City of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, with offices at Av. Dr. Chucri Zaidan, 920, 8 th floor, bearer of the Identity Card R.G. No. 5.945.807 SSP/SP and enrolled with the Individual Taxpayers’ Registry (“CPF/MF”) under No. 001.933.688-89;

 

   and

 

2. TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED , a company organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, Unite States of America, with head offices at 12500 TI Boulevard, Dallas, Texas, Unites States of America, enrolled with the CNPJ/MF under No 05.576.817/0001-26, herein represented by its attorney-in-fact, Fátima Aparecida Carr , identified above;

sole quotaholders of the limited liability company named TEXAS INSTRUMENTOS ELETRÔNICOS DO BRASIL LTDA. (the “Company”), with head offices at Rua Azarias de Melo, 648/660, Bairro Taquaral, Zip Code 13090-080, in the City of Campinas, State of São Paulo, enrolled with the CNPJ/MF under No. 61.113.734/0001-71, with its Articles of Organization and further amendments thereto filed with the Companies’ Commercial Register of the State of São Paulo (“JUCESP”), as follows:


Document

 

Date of Signature

 

Date of Filing

 

Filing No.

Articles of Organization

  08.14.1962   10.23.1962   301.222

1 st amendment

  01.20.1963   03.23.1963   310.450

2 nd amendment

  04.30.1965   08.17.1965   374.486

3 rd amendment

  03.09.1966   05.26.1966   396.891

4 th amendment

  11.13.1967   12.28.1967   445.009

5 th amendment

  07.17.1968   09.11.1968   464.726

6 th amendment

  11.20.1968   12.03.1968   471.799

7 th amendment

  01.31.1969   02.11.1969   477.541

8 th amendment

  06.20.1969   05.14.1970   524.598

9 th amendment

  04.20.1970   07.16.1970   534.231

10 th amendment

  05.07.1971   06.01.1971   569.351

11 th amendment

  04.16.1972   08.08.1972   616.846

12 th amendment

  10.25.1972   11.23.1973   636.093

13 th amendment

  09.03.1973   11.08.1973   687.323

14 th amendment

  01.03.1974   02.07.1974   699.977

15 th amendment

  03.25.1974   05.09.1974   710.959

16 th amendment

  07.17.1974   07.30.1974   725.587

17 th amendment

  09.04.1974   12.17.1974   751.939

18 th amendment

  07.18.1975   10.02.1975   803.367

19 th amendment

  02.16.1976   02.26.1976   830.161

20 th amendment

  04.23.1976   05.06.1976   840.895

21 st amendment

  09.16.1976   10.21.1976   879.345

22 nd amendment

  10.22.1976   11.23.1976   885.231

23 rd amendment

  03.30.1977   04.14.1977   911.237

24 th amendment

  06.24.1978   08.17.1978   1.009.020

25 th amendment

  01.08.1979   02.01.1979   1.035.560

26 th amendment

  04.19.1979   05.07.1979   1.046.151

27 th amendment

  04.16.1980   05.22.1980   1.106.100A

28 th amendment

  11.10.1980   02.05.1981   1.153.619

29 th amendment

  02.09.1981   02.23.1981   1.155.605

30 th amendment

  03.04.1981   05.24.1981   1.159.508

31 st amendment

  07.22.1981   08.18.1981   1.184.012

 

.2.


32 nd amendment

  12.10.1981   12.20.1981   6.501

33 rd amendment

  03.12.1982   04.01.1982   24.759

34 th amendment

  07.26.1982   08.31.1982   89.347

35 th amendment

  12.21.1982   01.14.1983   4.784

36 th amendment

  06.21.1983   07.07.1983   71.497

37 th amendment

  02.09.1984   02.16.1984   14.456

38 th amendment

  03.14.1984   03.20.1984   22.640

39 th amendment

  06.06.1984   07.25.1984   71.081

40 th amendment

  08.06.1984   09.11.1984   90.620

41 st amendment

  11.29.1984   12.11.1984   126.206

42 nd amendment

  12.28.1984   01.23.1985   7.047

43 rd amendment

  10.28.1985   11.25.1985   156.327

44 th amendment

  09.30.1986   10.31.1986   308.683

45 th amendment

  04.13.1987   05.14.1987   384.246

46 th amendment

  10.15.1987   11.03.1987   477.814

47 th amendment

  06.16.1988   06.27.1988   585.348

48 th amendment

  11.22.1989   12.27.1989   874.348

49 th amendment

  12.28.1990   01.15.1991   6.977/91-1

50 th amendment

  01.24.1991   02.05.1991   16.304/91-3

51 st amendment

  10.28.1991   12.02.1991   94.333/91-7

52 nd amendment

  09.13.1994   09.26.1994   142.326/94-0

53 rd amendment

  06.17.1999   07.06.1999   113.753/99-8

54 th amendment

  06.25.1999   07.06.1999   113.754/99-1

55 th amendment

  01.09.2003   01.20.2003   15.831/03-6

56 th amendment

  12.10.2003   02.20.2004   92.415/04-0

57 th amendment

  04.24.2006   at filing stage at JUCESP  

and also the companies below described:

 

3. SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V., a private company with limited liability, organized and existing in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands, with its principal place of business at Amsteldijk 166, 6 th floor, 1079 LH Amsterdam, the Netherlands, enrolled with the CNPJ/MF under No 07.948.012/0001-91, herein represented by its duly appointed attorney-in-fact, José Olavo Faria Scarabotolo , Brazilian, single, lawyer, resident and domiciled in the City of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, with offices at Rua Boa Vista, 254, 9 th floor, Centro, CEP 01014-907, bearer of Identity Card R.G. No. 14.882.379-SSP/SP, and enrolled with CPF/MF under No. 087.150.198-88;

 

.3.


   and

 

4. SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLLAND, B.V., a private company with limited liability, organized and existing in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands, with its principal place of business at Amsteldijk 166, 6 th floor, 1079 LH Amsterdam, the Netherlands, enrolled with the CNPJ/MF under No 07.951.996/0001-60, herein represented by its duly appointed attorney-in-fact, José Olavo Faria Scarabotolo , identified above;

have commonly agreed to amend the Company’s Articles of Organization for the 58 th time, as follows:

I. The quotaholder TEXAS INSTRUMENTS TRADE & INVESTMENT COMPANY S.A., holder of 4,252,279 (four million, two hundred and fifty-two thousand, two hundred and seventy-nine) quotas, fully paid-in, with a total par value of R$ 4,252,279.00 (four million, two hundred and fifty-two thousand, two hundred and seventy-nine Brazilian reais), hereby assigns and transfers, pursuant to the terms of the Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement, of January 8, 2006, executed abroad, all of its quotas, with the consent of the quotaholder TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED , free and clear of any liens and any encumbrances, to SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V. , which thus becomes a quotaholder of the Company.

II. The quotaholder TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED, holder of 1,863,572 (one million, eight hundred and sixty-three thousand, five hundred and seventy-two) quotas fully paid-in, with a total par value of R$ 1,863,572.00 (one million, eight hundred and sixty-three thousand, five hundred and seventy-two Brazilian reais), hereby assigns and transfers, pursuant to the terms of the Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement, of January 8, 2006, executed abroad, all of its quotas, with the consent of TEXAS INSTRUMENTS TRADE & INVESTMENT COMPANY S.A. , free and clear of any liens and any encumbrances to the quotaholder SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

III. The quotaholder SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V., holder of 6,115,851 (six million, one hundred and fifteen thousand, eight hundred and fifty-one) quotas, fully paid-in, with a total par value of R$ 6,115,851.00 (six million, one hundred and fifteen thousand, eight hundred and

 

.4.


fifty-one Brazilian reais), hereby assigns and transfers 1 (one) quota, free and clear of any liens and any encumbrances, to SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLLAND, B.V. , which thus becomes a quotaholder of the Company.

IV. As a result of the Quota Pledge Agreement entered into on this date by and among the quotaholders SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V. and SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLLAND, B.V. , the financial institutions therein represented by MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED , and the Company (“Agreement”), and pursuant to Sections 1.2(iv) and 1.4 of the Agreement, the quotaholders decide, by mutual agreement, to include one additional paragraph in Article 4 of the Company’s Articles of Organization in order to reflect the pledge over the Company’s quotas, as follows:

Paragraph 3. All quotas owned by the quotaholders, which consist on the totality of the corporate capital of the Company, are pledged in accordance with the terms and conditions of a Quota Pledge Agreement, executed by the quotaholders on April 27, 2006. Any assignment, transfer or encumbrance of the pledged quotas shall be subject to prior authorization, in writing, in an amendment to the articles of association, by the beneficiaries of the pledge or by their assignee or successor, under the penalty of being deemed null and void. The evidence, by the quotaholders, of the satisfaction of the secured obligations provided in the Quota Pledge Agreement shall be sufficient for the cancellation of the pledge described in this section.”

V. Therefore, Article 4 of the Company’s Articles of Organization is amended and shall henceforth read as follows:

Article 4. The Company’s capital, totally paid in, is R$ 6,115,851.00 (six million, one hundred and fifteen thousand, eight hundred and fifty-one Brazilian reais), divided into 6,115,851 (six million, one hundred and fifteen thousand, eight hundred and fifty-one) quotas, with a par value of R$1.00 (one real) each, apportioned between the quotaholders as follows:

 

  (a) SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V. holds 6,115,850 (six million, one hundred and fifteen thousand, eight hundred and fifty) quotas with a total par value of R$ 6,115,850 (six million, one hundred and fifteen thousand, eight hundred and fifty Brazilian reais); and

 

.5.


  (b) SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLLAND, B.V. holds 1 (one) quota with a total par value of R$ 1.00 (one Brazilian real).

Paragraph 1 . Pursuant to Article 1,052 of Law No. 10,406 of January 10, 2002, the responsibility of each quotaholder is limited to the total amount of its quotas, being jointly liable for the full payment of the Company’s capital.

Paragraph 2. Each quota entitles the holder to one vote in the quotaholders’ resolutions.

Paragraph 3. All quotas owned by the quotaholders, which consist on the totality of the corporate capital of the Company, are pledged in accordance with the terms and conditions of a Quota Pledge Agreement, executed by the quotaholders on April 27, 2006. Any assignment, transfer or encumbrance of the pledged quotas shall be subject to prior authorization, in writing, in an amendment to the articles of association, by the beneficiaries of the pledge or by their assignee or successor, under the penalty of being deemed null and void. The evidence, by the quotaholders, of the satisfaction of the secured obligations provided in the Quota Pledge Agreement shall be sufficient for the cancellation of the pledge described in this section.”

VI . The quotaholders have decided, by mutual agreement, to change the name of the Company to SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES SENSORES E CONTROLES DO BRASIL LTDA. Therefore, Article 1 of the Company’s Articles of Organization is amended and shall henceforth read as follows:

Article 1 . The limited liability company is named SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES SENSORES E CONTROLES DO BRASILLTDA ., and has its head offices and legal domicile in the City of Campinas, State of São Paulo, at Rua Azarias de Melo, 648/660, Bairro Taquaral, Zip Code 13090-080. The Company may maintain, open and close branches, offices and facilities anywhere in Brazil upon decision of the quotaholders pursuant to the quorum provided herein.”

VII. Immediately thereafter, the quotaholders unanimously decide to amend the Company’s purpose to: (a) include the activities of (i) manufacturing, production, fabrication and assembly of motor protectors, starting relays, integrated package with motor protectors and starting relays, thermostats, electrical, thermal and pressure sensors, pressure transducers and pressure switches; and (ii) sale of services; and (b) to exclude (i) the activities of manufacturing, production, fabrication and assembly of equipments, devices and electronic, electromechanical, radio, radar and

 

.6.


sonar components, semiconductors, optical and geophysical devices, as well as any other type of machinery, equipments, tools, parts and accessories for the purpose of geophysical and optical research on metal of any nature and description; (ii) the mention of the science fields of electronics, electronic components, semiconductors for physics, geophysics and radioactivity; equipments for industrial automation; (iii) the activities of distribution, development and services related to software, computers and peripherals; and (iv) the activities of purchase, sale and investment in gold.

VIII. In view of item VII above, Article 3 of the Company’s Articles of Organization shall henceforth become effective with the following new wording:

“Article 3 . The purpose of the Company is: to manufacture, produce, fabricate and assemble motor protectors, starting relays, integrated package with motor protectors and starting relays, thermostats, electrical, thermal and pressure sensors, pressure transducers and pressure switches; to buy, sell, distribute, import, export and negotiate in any manner these other products, crude and elaborate raw materials, parts and accessories needed to its operation, as well as to sell services; to design, manufacture, fabricate, assemble, repair, buy, sell, lease and negotiate over other types of control devices, sensors or similar products; to conduct, guide and supervise scientific research, experiments and tests of any nature in any field of science.”

IX. Finally, the quotaholders SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V. and SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLLAND, B.V. have decided to restate the Company’s Articles of Organization which, already reflecting the amendment mentioned above, as well as others deemed necessary, shall henceforth read as follows:

“ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION OF

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES SENSORES E CONTROLES DO BRASIL LTDA.

NAME, HEAD OFFICE AND LEGAL DOMICILE

Article 1 . The limited liability company is named SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES SENSORES E CONTROLES DO BRASIL LTDA ., and has its head offices and legal domicile in the City of Campinas, State of São Paulo, at Rua Azarias de Melo, 648/660, Bairro Taquaral, Zip Code 13090-080. The Company may maintain, open and close branches, offices and facilities anywhere in Brazil upon decision of the quotaholders pursuant to the quorum provided herein.

 

.7.


DURATION

Article 2 . The Company’s term of duration shall be indefinite.

PURPOSE

Article 3 . The purpose of the Company is: to manufacture, produce, fabricate and assemble motor protectors, starting relays, integrated package with motor protectors and starting relays, thermostats, electrical, thermal and pressure sensors, pressure transducers and pressure switches; to buy, sell, distribute, import, export and negotiate in any manner these other products, crude and elaborate raw materials, parts and accessories needed to its operation, as well as to sell services; to design, manufacture, fabricate, assemble, repair, buy, sell, lease and negotiate over other types of control devices, sensors or similar products; to conduct, guide and supervise scientific research, experiments and tests of any nature in any field of science.

CAPITAL

Article 4. The Company’s capital, totally paid in, is R$ 6,115,851.00 (six million, one hundred and fifteen thousand, eight hundred and fifty-one Brazilian reais), divided into 6,115,851 (six million, one hundred and fifteen thousand, eight hundred and fifty-one) quotas, with a par value of R$1.00 (one real) each, apportioned between the quotaholders as follows:

 

  (a) SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V. holds 6,115,850 (six million, one hundred and fifteen thousand, eight hundred and fifty) quotas with a total par value of R$ 6,115,850 (six million, one hundred and fifteen thousand, eight hundred and fifty Brazilian reais); and

 

  (b) SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLLAND, B.V. holds 1 (one) quota with a total par value of R$ 1.00 (one Brazilian real).

Paragraph 1 . Pursuant to Article 1,052 of Law No. 10,406 of January 10, 2002, the responsibility of each quotaholder is limited to the total amount of its quotas, being jointly liable for the full payment of the Company’s capital.

Paragraph 2. Each quota entitles the holder to one vote in the quotaholders’ resolutions.

 

.8.


Paragraph 3. All quotas owned by the quotaholders, which consist on the totality of the corporate capital of the Company, are pledged in accordance with the terms and conditions of a Quota Pledge Agreement, executed by the quotaholders on April 27, 2006. Any assignment, transfer or encumbrance of the pledged quotas shall be subject to prior authorization, in writing, in an amendment to the articles of association, by the beneficiaries of the pledge or by their assignee or successor, under the penalty of being deemed null and void. The evidence, by the quotaholders, of the satisfaction of the secured obligations provided in the Quota Pledge Agreement shall be sufficient for the cancellation of the pledge described in this section.

CAPITAL INCREASE

Article 5 . The quotaholders, according to the provisions herein, may increase the Company’s capital, provided that the quotas already subscribed have been fully paid in.

Article 6 . The capital increase shall be decided in quotaholders’ meeting, in which: (a) the terms and conditions of the capital increase shall be defined; (b) the thirty (30) day term to exercise the preemptive right shall be fixed; and (c) a quotaholders’ meeting shall be called to approve the corresponding amendment to the Articles of Organization, unless all quotaholders decide, in such moment, about the exercise of their preemptive right to subscribe new quotas in the corresponding capital increase. In this last case, the amendment to the Articles of Organization shall be approved in the same act.

Sole Paragraph. The quotaholders’ meetings mentioned in this Article shall be dismissed if all the quotaholders sign the corresponding Company’s amendment to the Articles of Organization.

MANAGEMENT

Article 7 . The Company shall be managed by one or more individuals residing in Brazil, individually entitled as “Officer”. The Officers may be entitled as general officer and substitute officer. The Officers shall be appointed in a separate instrument and shall be vested with authority to manage the Company by means of a deed of investiture registered in the Company’s book of minutes of Management Meetings within 30 (thirty) days from the designation, otherwise the investiture shall be null and void.

 

.9.


Paragraph 1. The Officers shall cause the appointment to be filed with the Commercial Board, within 10 (ten) days from the corresponding investiture.

Paragraph 2 . The Officers shall have their terms of office determined in the proper instrument of their appointments, occasion in which the quotaholders may authorize the use of other titles for the Company’s Officers.

Paragraph 3 . The administration of the Company shall be performed solely by the general officer and, in his absence, by his substitute, pursuant to provisions set forth in the respective instrument of designation, being the general officer liable to represent the Company in and out of Court and perform all actions required for the regular operation of the Company, provided that such actions are consistent with the Company’s purposes, including to make banking or non-banking commitments, issue, sign or endorse promissory notes, withdrawals, bills of exchange, checks and payment orders for deposit, discount, invoicing, security or guaranty, using, for these purposes, the Company’s name.

Paragraph 4 . The Officers are expressly prohibited to use the Company’s name in transactions unrelated to the Company, such as “aval”, collateral guaranty and other types of guaranty for personal benefit or for the benefit of third parties, such actions being considered ineffective in regard to the Company. The following actions are not included in such prohibition:

 

  a) provide guaranties that are required in lease agreements for residence of the Company’s employees, whenever such employees are relocated to a work site that differs from the originally contracted work site;

 

  b) subject to the previous written authorization of the quotaholders, the Officers may offer guaranties on behalf of the Company in bank loans extended to third parties that are customers in good standing with the Company, in regard to credit limits and previous performance, as long as the exclusive purpose of such bank loans is to finance the purchase of products manufactured by the Company; and

 

  c) subject to the previous written authorization of the quotaholders, the Officers may offer guaranties on behalf of the Company for the financing of materials imported by third parties, parts and equipments and their respective import duties and taxes, provided that such items will be used exclusively in the manufacturing of products and in the rendering of services sold by the Company.

 

.10.


QUOTAHOLDERS’ MEETING

Article 8 . The quotaholders’ resolutions shall be taken in meetings, pursuant to the call and quorum requirements provided in this Chapter.

Paragraph 1. The quotaholders’ meetings may be dismissed in case all quotaholders decide and agree in writing about the matter subject to resolution.

Paragraph 2. According to the legislation in force, the drawing up of the minutes of quotaholders’ meeting in a proper book is dismissed. These minutes will be registered with the Commercial Board whenever the quotaholders deem convenient and/or necessary.

Article 9 . Without prejudice to the provisions set forth herein and to the applicable legislation, the following matters will be subject to the quotaholders’ decision:

 

  I. annual approval of the management report;

 

  II. amendments to the Articles of Organization;

 

  III. the Company’s merger, split-off, transformation, dissolution and wind up, or the interruption of liquidation process;

 

  IV. appointment and replacement of liquidators and approval of their actions;

 

  V. reorganization request; and

 

  VI. profits’ destination.

Sole Paragraph. The quotaholders will decide, in due course, about the convenience to hold annual quotaholders’ meetings to discuss the subjects indicated in Article 1,078 of Law No. 10,406 of January 10, 2002.

Article 10 . The quotaholders’ meetings shall be held whenever deemed necessary and shall be called by one Officer or by quotaholders representing at least 1/5 (one fifth) of the Company’s capital.

 

.11.


Paragraph 1. The call for the quotaholders meetings shall be in writing and given five (5) days prior to the corresponding meeting.

Paragraph 2. The formalities for the calls may be dismissed if all quotaholders attend or declare in writing to be aware of the place, date, time and agenda for such quotaholders meeting.

Article 11 . The quotaholders meeting will be held with the presence of the quotaholders representing, at least, 3/4 (three fourths) of the Company’s capital, in the first call, and the majority of the Company’s capital, in subsequent calls.

Article 12 . The quotaholders’ decisions will be taken by votes corresponding to, at least, 3/4 (three fourths) of the Company’s capital.

Sole Paragraph. The decisions taken in accordance with these Articles of Organization and the applicable legislation shall bind all quotaholders, even if absent or dissident.

ASSIGNMENT AND/OR TRANSFER OF QUOTAS

Article 13 . The quotaholders may assign and/or transfer their quotas among themselves, without any restrictions. However, the partial or total transfer of quotas to third parties is prohibited without the written consent of the remaining quotaholder, to whom the right of first refusal to purchase the quotas is assured.

Paragraph 1 . In any of the foregoing events, that is, either in the transfer among the quotaholders or in the transfer to third parties, the price of the quotas will be appraised based on the Company’s last balance sheet and its net worth.

Paragraph 2 . The form of payment for the negotiated quotas shall be freely agreed upon by the quotaholders, and the quotaholders and third parties shall sign the instrument of amendment to the Articles of Organization within a maximum term of up to thirty (30) days as of the date of transfer of quotas that was agreed upon among the quotaholders and/or to third parties.

Paragraph 3 . In the event of a definitive withdrawal of a quotaholder and its quotas are acquired by the remaining quotaholder, the latter shall have the right to appoint a third party, at its own discretion, in order to recompose the minimum number of quotaholders in the Company and so that it is not considered legally dissolved.

 

.12.


FISCAL YEAR AND BALANCE SHEETS

Article 14 . The Company’s fiscal year shall commence on January 1 st and end on December 31 st of each year, on which date the Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss Statement shall be drafted and which shall be signed by the quotaholders or their legal representatives, as well as any of the Company’s Officers.

Paragraph 1 . After deducting the legal percentage for amortization and depreciation of the Company’s assets, the asserted profits or losses shall be distributed among the quotaholders, in proportion to the quotas held by them.

Paragraph 2 . The quotaholders may decide to not distribute profits and to allocate them to an account designated “Non-Distributed Profits” to be used as working capital.

Paragraph 3 . In addition to an Interim Semi-Annual Balance Sheet prepared on June 30 of each year, the Company may prepare Interim Balance Sheets and Profit and Loss Statement on the last days of each month, for the purpose of payment of profits to the quotaholders, in accordance with the provisions set forth herein and the applicable legal requirements.

CONTINUATION OF THE COMPANY

Article 15 . In the event of bankruptcy, judicial or extrajudicial reorganization request, dissolution, wind up or withdrawal of any quotaholder, the remaining quotaholders shall have the right of first refusal in the acquisition of the quotas of the quotaholder subject to bankruptcy, judicial or extrajudicial reorganization request, dissolution, wind up or withdrawal and the Company shall continue to carry out its business. The right of first refusal shall be exercised in accordance with the conditions set forth herein.

LIQUIDATION

Article 16 . In case of liquidation, the applicable legal provisions shall be observed.

 

.13.


Sole Paragraph . During the liquidation procedure, the liquidator may encumber the Company’s personal property and Real Estate, contract loans and carry on the Company’s business.

APPLICABLE LAWS

Article 17 . The Company shall be governed by the provisions of Law No. 10,406 of January 10, 2002 and, subsidiarily, by Law No. 6,404 of December 15, 1976 as amended.

JURISDICTION

Article 18 . The quotaholders elect the City of Campinas, State of São Paulo, for the exercise and compliance of the rights and obligations related to these Articles of Organization, and elect the courts of such City to settle all issues arising hereunder, and waive any other court, however privileged it may be, currently or in the future.”

Thus agreed, the parties execute this instrument in four (4) counterparts of identical contents before the two (2) undersigned witnesses.

 

Campinas, April 27, 2006
TEXAS INSTRUMENTS TRADE &
INVESTMENT COMPANY S.A.

/s/ Fátima Aparecida Carr

By: Fátima Aparecida Carr

attorney-in-fact

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS, INCORPORATED

/s/ Fátima Aparecida Carr

By: Fátima Aparecida Carr

attorney-in-fact

 

.14.


SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

/s/ José Olavo Faria Scarabotolo

By: José Olavo Faria Scarabotolo

attorney-in-fact

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLLAND, B.V.

/s/ José Olavo Faria Scarabotolo

By: José Olavo Faria Scarabotolo

attorney-in-fact

Witnesses:

 

1. -

 

/s/ Rafael dos Santos Silva Filro

 

Name: Rafael dos Santos Silva Filro

 

I.D.: RG n° 40.159.282-0-SSP/SP

CPF n° 340.643.808-35

2. -

 

/s/ Wander Bulgarelli

 

Name: Wander Bulgarelli

 

I.D.: RG n° 11.981.137-SSP/SP

CPF n° 002.301.418-03

 

.15.

Exhibit 3.10

TRANSPERFECT

TRANSLATIONS

 

     City of New York, State of New York, County of New York
ALBANY           
AMSTERDAM           
ATLANTA      I, Anna Phillips, hereby certify that the following is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, a true and accurate translation of “Articles of Incorporation” from Japanese into English.
AUSTIN     
BOSTON           
BRUSSELS           
CHARLOTTE     

/s/ Anna Phillips

     
CHICAGO      Anna Phillips      
DALLAS           
DENVER      Sworn to before me on this      
FRANKFURT           
GENEVA      28 th day of December 2006      
HONG KONG           
HOUSTON     

/s/ Brenda Gonzales

     
IRVINE      Signature, Notary Public      
LONDON           
LOS ANGELES     

[SEAL]

     
MIAMI      Stamp, Notary Public      
MINNEAPOLIS           
MONTREAL           
MUNICH           
NEWYORK           
PARIS           
PHILADELPHIA           
RESEARCH           
TRIANGLE PARK           
SAN DIEGO           
SAN FRANCISCO           
SAN JOSE           
SEATTLE           
SINGAPORE           
STOCKHOLM           
TOKYO           
TORONTO           
WASHINGTON, DC           

THREE PARK AVENUE, 39TH FLOOR, NEW YORK, NY 10016 T 212.689.5555 F 212.689.1059 WWW.TRANSPERFECT.COM


[TRANSLATION]

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES JAPAN LIMITED

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

May 25, 2000    Articles of Incorporation certified
December 22, 2000    Article 1 modified
December 31, 2001   

Article 6, Article 7, and Article 19,

Paragraph 3 modified

December 31, 2003    Modified
May 27, 2004    Modified
September 29, 2004    Article 13 modified
March 10, 2006   

Article 1, Article 2, Article 3, Article 11,

Article 15, Article 32, Article 33, and

Article 34 modified

April 3, 2006    Article 1 modified
April 17, 2006   

Articles 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 35

modified

 

1


SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES JAPAN LIMITED

ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

(Business name)
Article 1    The Company shall be called Sensata Technologies Japan Limited, and in English it shall be represented as Sensata Technologies Japan Limited.
(Purpose)
Article 2    The Company shall have the purpose of running the following businesses.
            1.    The manufacture, processing, distribution, leasing, and importation and exportation of electronic sensors (pressure, location, rate, rotation, load, gas concentration, distance, image, and other detection sensors), semiconductor inspection parts, mounting connectors, IC sockets, electric and electronic control and protection products (including switches, consumer product control devices, motor protection devices and starting relays, solid state protection devices, programmable logic control devices and other types of electric and electronic and protection devices)
            2.    The manufacture, processing, distribution, leasing, and importation and exportation of materials (including bulk materials such as sections and thin films, etc., or processed units and complex materials), parts, semi-assembled products, assembled products, production and inspection equipment (including automated devices and inspection devices, headers, housings and machinery), bimetals, temperature detection devices, terminals and operative devices, and clad metals (connection metals)
            3.    The manufacture, processing, distribution, leasing, and importation and exportation of machinery, tools, operations, processes, layouts, and combinations of these that are useful in relation to the research, development and manufacture of the products described above in 1 and 2
            4.    All ancillary businesses related to each of the above numbers
(Location of the head office)
Article 3    The Company’s head office shall be in Shinjuku Ward, Tokyo.
(Method of public notification)
Article 4    The Company’s method of public notification shall be publication in the official gazette.

 

2


ARTICLE 2 CORPORATE SHARES

 

(Total number of shares to be issued)
Article 5    The total number of shares to be issued by the Company shall be 800.
(Non-issuance of stock certificates)
Article 6    The Company shall not issue stock certificates.
(Class of shares)
Article 7    All shares of the Company shall be common shares.
(Restriction on the transfer of shares)
Article 8    The transfer of shares of the Company must be approved by the Board of Directors.
(Subscription rights)
Article 9    The shareholders of the Company shall have subscription rights.
(Transfer of shares)
Article 10    1. Any person requesting a transfer of shares must complete the prescribed items on the forms prescribed by the Company and submit them to the Company.
   2. When any person who has acquired shares in the Company by a method other than transfer applies for the transfer of shares, that person must submit the appropriate documents attesting to the transaction in question at the request of the Company.
(Registration of the right of pledge and the indication of assets in trust)
Article 11    For any request for the registration of the right of pledge or the indication of assets in trust in relation to the shares of the Company, the interested parties must place their signatures and seals on the request document using the form prescribed by the Company and submit it. This is true for the registration and the de-registration of a designation as well.
(Commissions)
Article 12    The commission prescribed by the Company must be paid in the case of a request as established in Article 2 above.
(Date of record)
Article 13    1. The Company shall consider the shareholders that are listed or registered in the final record of shareholders for each accounting term to be shareholders who may exercise their rights at the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders for that accounting term.
   2. In addition to the preceding paragraph, when it is necessary to establish a person who may exercise his rights as a shareholder or pledgee, it shall be possible to establish the date of record to provisionally establish a person who may exercise his rights as a shareholder or pledgee by means of a public notification two weeks in advance according to a resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

3


(Notification of the names, addresses, and seals, etc., of the shareholders)
Article 14    1. The shareholders, registered pledgees, and trustees of a trust or their legal representatives or representative officers must register their names, addresses, and seals (or signatures for foreigners who are accustomed to using signatures) with the Company by means of the forms prescribed by the Company. This is also true when there has been a change in the items registered.
   2. Shareholders, registered pledgees, and trustees of a trust or their legal representatives or representative officers living abroad must register their official addresses in Japan or the addresses and names of their agents in Japan by means of the forms prescribed by the Company. This is also true when there has been a change in the items registered.
(Rights of odd-lot shareholders)
Article 15    The odd-lot shareholders of the Company shall not have the following rights.
   1. The right to receive dividends of earnings and interim dividends.
   2. The right to request the conversion of shares.
   3. Subscription rights for new shares, share warrants, and corporate debentures with preemptive rights.
ARTICLE 3 GENERAL SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
(The time of convocation)
Article 16    1. The Company’s Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders shall be convened within three months of the day following the last day of each fiscal year, and Special General Meetings of Shareholders shall be convened as necessary.
   2. The Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders shall be held at a location agreed to in writing by the Company’s head office and all shareholders.
(Convocators and Chairmen)
Article 17    1. Unless otherwise prescribed by law, the Corporate Officers shall convene General Meetings of Shareholders based on a resolution of the Board of Directors. If some event should befall all of the Corporate Officers, then other Directors shall convene the Meetings according to the order prescribed in advance by the Board of Directors.
   2. The Chairmen of the General Meeting of Shareholders shall be the Corporate Officers. If some event should befall all of the Corporate Officers, then other Directors shall convene the Meetings according to the order prescribed in advance by the Board of Directors.
(Notification of the General Shareholders’ Meeting)
Article 18    The notification of the convocation of the General Shareholders’ Meeting shall be transmitted at least 14 days in advance of the day on which the General Shareholders’ Meeting is held. The measures to be deliberated shall be described in this notification, and it shall be delivered by hand to each shareholder or sent by mail (by means of registered postage pre-paid mail for shareholders located in Japan and by means of registered postage pre-paid airmail for shareholders located abroad) or sent by telegram

 

4


   to be paid by the addresser. It shall be possible to shorten the period of 14 days described above with the acquisition of the written consent of all shareholders.
(Voting rights, voting by proxy, and requirements for a resolution)
Article 19    1. Each shareholder shall be granted one vote for each share.
   2. A shareholder or his legal representative shall be able to exercise his voting rights via an agent. This agent must submit to the Company a written document that proves his representative capacity in advance of each General Shareholders’ Meeting.
   3. Unless otherwise prescribed by law, the resolutions of the General Shareholders’ Meeting shall be carried out in the presence of shareholders with a majority of the voting rights of the general shareholders by means of a majority of the voting rights of the shareholders present.
(Meeting minutes)
Article 20    The gist of the proceedings for items of business at the General Shareholders’ Meeting and the results shall be described or recorded in the meeting minutes in both Japanese and English, and the Chairmen and the Directors present shall sign and seal them or provide electronic signatures, and they shall then be stored at the head office of the Company.
ARTICLE 4 DIRECTORS, THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS, AND AUDITORS
(The number of directors and auditors)
Article 21    The Company shall appoint at least three Directors and at least one Auditor.
(The appointment of Directors and Auditors)
Article 22    1. The Directors and Auditors shall be appointed at a General Shareholders’ Meeting. The resolution to appoint the Directors and Auditors shall be carried out in the presence of shareholders with a majority of the voting rights of the general shareholders by means of a majority of the voting rights of the shareholders present.
   2. The resolution to appoint the Directors shall not be according to cumulative voting.
(The term of office of Directors and Auditors)
Article 23    1. The term of office of a Director shall conclude at the time of the close of the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders related to the final accounting term within two years of his accession to office, and the term of office of an Auditor shall conclude at the time of the close of the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders related to the final accounting term within four years of his accession to office.
   2. The term of office of a Director who was appointed to fill a vacancy or to increase the number of Directors shall be the same as the term of office remaining for the other current Directors.
   3. The term of office of an Auditor who was appointed to fill a vacancy shall be the same as the term of office remaining for the former Auditor.
(Corporate Officers)

 

5


Article 24    The Board of Directors shall appoint at least one Corporate Officer from among its constituent members by means of a resolution. The Corporate Officers shall have the power and authority to represent each of the Companies.
(Rights and duties of Corporate Officers)
Article 25    1. The Corporate Officers shall have the right and duty to preside over the businesses of the Company.
   2. If some event should befall all of the Corporate Officers, then other Directors shall preside over the Company according to the order prescribed in advance by the Board of Directors.
(The location of the Board of Directors’ Meeting)
Article 26    The Board of Directors’ Meeting shall be held at the Company’s head office or at a location agreed to in writing by all of the Directors.
(Convocators and the Chairman)
Article 27    1. The Corporate Officers shall convene the Board of Directors’ Meeting. If some event should befall all of the Corporate Officers, then other Directors shall convene it according to the order prescribed in advance by the Board of Directors.
   2. The Corporate Officers shall be the chairmen of the Board of Directors’ Meeting. If some event should befall all of the Corporate Officers, then other Directors shall take their places according to the order prescribed in advance by the Board of Directors.
(Notification of the Board of Directors’ Meeting)
Article 28    The notification of the convocation of the Board of Directors’ Meeting shall be transmitted at least seven days in advance of the day on which the General Shareholders’ Meeting is held.
   However, it shall be possible to shorten the period of notification described above or to hold it without the convocation procedure with the consent of all of the Directors.
(Requirements for a resolution)
Article 29    The resolutions of the Board of Directors shall be carried out in the presence of a majority of the Directors by means of the support of a majority of the Directors present.
(Meeting minutes)
Article 30    The gist of the proceedings for items of business at the Board of Directors’ Meeting and the results shall be described or recorded in the meeting minutes in both Japanese and English, and the Directors present shall sign and seal them or provide electronic signatures, and they shall then be stored at the head office of the Company.
(The compensation of Directors and Auditors)
Article 31    The total amount of the compensation for Directors and Auditors shall be established at the General Shareholders’ Meeting.

 

6


ARTICLE 5 ACCOUNTING
(Fiscal year)
Article 32    The fiscal year for the Company shall be from January 1 to December 31 of each year.
(Dividends to shareholders)
Article 33    1. Shareholder dividends shall be paid to the shareholders or the registered pledgees described or recorded in the record of shareholders at the time of each accounting term.
   2. The Company shall be able to pay interim dividends to the shareholders or the registered pledgees described or recorded in the record of shareholders as of June 30 of each year by means of a resolution of the Board of Directors.
   3. Shareholder dividends and interim dividends shall belong to the Company if they are not accepted within the passing of three full years from the date upon which the Company provided the payment.
   4. Interest shall not accrue on unpaid dividends.
ARTICLE 6 SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS
(Interim measures regarding the fiscal year)
Article 34    Regardless of the stipulations of Article 32, the seventh fiscal year of the Company shall be from July 1, 2005 to June 30, 2006, and the eighth fiscal year shall be from July 1 2006 to December 31, 2006.
Article 35    The stipulations of Article 6 shall take effect on April 24, 2006. Furthermore, this supplementary provision shall be deleted after the effective date has passed.

 

7

Exhibit 3.11

LOGO

 


[Translation]

COMPANY REGISTRY

 

Registration No. 343260   
ID No. 110111-3432608   

Items                      Particulars of Registration

     
Company name: SENSORS & CONTROLS KOREA LIMITED   
Head office: 159-1, Samsung-Dong, Kangnam-Ku, Seoul   

Method of public notice:  Public notice shall be given by publishing the notice in Maeil Kyunje Shinmun, a daily language newspaper published in Seoul.

  
Par value of each share: 10,000 Won      
Total number of shares authorized to be issued by the Company: 4,694,400 shares   

Total number of shares issued, kinds thereof, and

number of each kind of share:

   Total amount of capital:    Date of Change
      Date of Registration            

Total number of shares issued:

1,173,600 shares

Common stock: 684,000 shares

Redeemable Preferred stock:

489,600 shares

   11,736,000,000 Won   
     

Objectives

 

I. Manufacture, sale and distribution of the following: sensor and control products for automotive, industrial and appliance applications, including 1C inter-connection devices and clad metals;

 

2. Design, research and development activities related to those components and products specified in sub-clause (1) above; the provision of related software and solutions; and the provision of technical support and related services for the business activities specified in this Article, as well as business and activities related to: general foreign trading; foreign trade brokerage; weighing, sampling and inspection business; repair of machinery and equipment; reproduction of recorded media; wholesale of office, computing and accounting machines; wholesale of electrical, machinery and related machinery material; wholesale of medical, professional and scientific instrument and equipment; hardware consultancy; software consultancy and supply; market research; and business and management consulting business;


3. Import and export of goods, machinery, equipment and services related to the foregoing; and

 

4. Other businesses and activities incidental or related to the foregoing including but not limited to the purchase and lease of equipment and real estate necessary for the business of the Company.

Items Concerning Officers

 

Director:    Daniel M. Drory (Citizen of USA)
Date of Birth:    July 20, 1952
Director:    Charles D. Tobin (Citizen of USA)
Date of Birth:    June 5, 1956
Director:    Young-Seok Sohn
Residence registration no.:    551017-1******
Statutory Auditor:    Deneese B. Sparks(Citizen of USA)
Date of Birth:    August 29, 1953
Representative Director:    Young-Seok Sohn
Residence registration no.:    551017-1******
Address:    #702 I’Park Samsung-dong West Wing, 87, Samsung-Dong, Kangnam-Ku, Seoul

Other Items

1. Particular as to Redeemable Preferred Shares

 

1. Redeemable Preferred Shares shall have the same voting rights, dividends and liquidation rights as other kind and classes of shares of the Company except as otherwise specifically provided herein.

 

2. Redeemable Preferred Shares shall be entitled to priority in distribution of profits on a cumulative basis at the rate of return of Won fifty (50) per annum as annual dividends. Redeemable Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to participate in the distribution of additional profits.

 

3. Upon liquidation of the Company, any assets remaining after satisfaction of its liabilities shall be distributed first pro rata to holders of Redeemable Preferred Shares in an equal amount to each Redeemable Preferred Share up to the par value of each such share prior to any distribution with respect to Common Shares

 

4. All or any portion of the Redeemable Preferred Shares which shall be issued and outstanding at any given time shall be redeemable upon request of the Company at any time after issuance. In addition, the Company may redeem all or any portion of the Redeemable Preferred Shares at any time by a reduction in capital in accordance with the Korean Commercial Code.

 

5. The redemption price of the Redeemable Preferred Shares shall be equal to the par value

 

- 2 -


Date of incorporation of the Company:    April 3, 2006   

Cause and date of change of registry form:

 

     Incorporation by spin-off from Texas Instrument Korea Limited located at 159-1, Samsung-Dong, Kangnam-Ku, Seoul

Date of Registration: April 3, 2006

— No more statement hereafter —

Fee at 800 Won received,

Competent Recording Office: Commercial Recording Office of Seoul Central District Court Recording Office issuing this Company Registry: Commercial Recording Office of Seoul Central District Court

This is a certified copy of the Company Registry. {Unless otherwise requested, non-effective registration particulars as well as registration particulars concerning managers (agents) and branches (offices of branches) have been omitted.}

April 20, 2006

Registration Central Office of the Office of Court Administration Responsible Public Official for Software Operation: Yong Jin Park (official seal of court affixed)

 

- 3 -


CERTIFICATE

 

TO: The Registrar of Companies, Hong Kong

I, Kap-In Im, a notary public in the Republic of Korea, herby certify that Eui Seok Kim is to the best of my knowledge and belief competent to translate the Certificate of Incorporation and Articles of Incorporation of Sensors and Controls Korea Limited from the Korean language into the English language.

 

/s/ Kap-In-Im

Name:   Kap-In-Im
Date:   April 20, 2006


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO

Exhibit 3.12

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

Sensors & Controls Holdings (Korea) Limited

Chapter I. General Provisions

Article 1. Company Name

The name of the Company shall be LOGO which shall be expressed in English as Sensors & Controls Holdings (Korea) Limited (the “Company”).

Article 2. Objectives

The business objectives of the Company shall be as follows:

(a) acquisition and management of various assets, including securites, etc.; and

(b) all business activities related to the foregoing.

Article 3. Location of Principal Office and Branches

 

3.1 The principal office of the Company shall be located in Jinchen Kun, Chungchengbuk-Do, Korea.

 

3.2 Branches may be established, relocated or closed, as determined by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board” ).

Article 4. Method of Notices

Public notices of the Company shall be given in Maeil Business Newspaper, a daily newspaper of general circulation published in Korea.

Chapter II. Shares

Article 5. Total Number of Shares

 

5.1 The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue (“Authorized Shares”) shall be forty thousand (40,000) shares, with par value of five thousand (5,000) Won per share.

 

1


5.2 The total number of shares to be issued by the Company at the time of incorporation shall be ten thousand (10,000) shares.

 

5.3 The shares issued by the Company shall be registered share of common stock (“common shares”) with full voting rights.

Article 6. Share Certificates

 

6.1 The share certificates of the Company shall be numbered, shall set forth the number and class of shares represented thereby and the holder’s name, and shall be entered in the register of shareholders of the Company upon issuance.

 

6.2 The share certificates shall be issued in denominations of one (1), ten (10), one hundred (100), one thousand (1000), and ten thousand (10,000) shares or such other denominations as the shareholders may reasonably request.

Article 7. Register of Shareholders

A shareholder desiring an alteration of any entry in the register of shareholders due to the transfer of shares or otherwise, or the registration of a pledge shall submit an application therefor to the Company, in the form prescribed by the Company, together with the relevant share certificates and such supporting documents as may be requested by the Company.

Article 8. Report of Addresses and Seals

 

8.1 Shareholders shall report to the Company their names, addresses, seals; any changes therein shall be also reported to the Company immediately; provided, however, that foreigners who customarily use signatures may use signatures in place of seals.

 

8.2 Shareholders who reside in foreign countries may, in addition, inform the Company of their or their agents’ provisional addresses in Korea to which notices may be dispatched.

 

8.3 An attorney for a shareholder shall submit to the Company a certificate of his power of attorney in advance before he acts on behalf of such shareholder.

 

2


Article 9. Record Date and Closing of Register of Shareholders

 

9.1 Subject to the restrictions under applicable laws, in order to determine persons who are entitled to exercise voting rights, pre-emptive rights to newly issued shares or other rights as shareholders or pledgees, the Company may suspend entry of alterations in the Register of Shareholders for a certain period not to exceed three months, or the Company may deem any shareholder or pledgee whose name appears in the Register of Shareholders on a specified date to be the shareholder or pledgee who is entitled to exercise the rights enumerated above in connection with such shares.

 

9.2 In particular, the Company shall treat the shareholders appearing on the Register of Shareholders as of the 31st of each December as the shareholders entitled to exercise rights at the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders for such fiscal year, and the Company shall suspend entry of alterations in the Register of Shareholders for a period from the next day following the end of fiscal year to the date on which the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders for such fiscal year is closed.

 

9.3 The Company shall give public notice of the period or date referred to in Articles 9.1 and 9.2 at least two weeks in advance of the commencement of such period or of the occurrence of such date.

Article 10. Reissuance of Share Certificates

 

10.1 A shareholder desiring reissuance of a share certificate for reason of partition or amalgamation of shares, or damage or soiling to a share certificate, shall submit an application therefor to the Company, in the form prescribed by the Company, together with the share certificate to be canceled. When the damage or soiling is so extreme that the share certificate is not legible, however, it shall be regarded as lost and the following provision shall apply to its replacement.

 

10.2 A shareholder desiring issuance of a new share certificate due to loss of his share certificate shall submit to the Company an application, in the form prescribed by the Company, together with the original or the certified copy of a judgment of nullification with respect to the lost share certificate.

Article 11. Issuance of Additional Shares

 

11.1 Additional shares may be issued pursuant to a resolution of the Board within the scope of the Authorized Shares.

 

11.2 Shareholders of the Company shall have pre-emptive rights in proportion to the number of shares held by each of them with respect to any new issuance of shares of the Company.

 

3


Article 12. Other Matters Relating to Shares

All questions and procedures relating to the registration of a transfer of shares, registration of a pledge or cancellation thereof, indication of trust property, reissuance of share certificates and other similar matters and the fees therefor shall be governed by Share Handling Regulations to be established by the Board.

Chapter III. General Meetings of Shareholders

Article 13. Types of General Meetings

 

13.1 General Meetings of the Shareholders of the Company (“Shareholders Meeting”) shall be of two types: ordinary and extraordinary.

 

13.2 The Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders shall be held within three (3) months following the last day of each fiscal year.

 

13.3 An Extraordinary General Meeting of Shareholders may be convened at any time in compliance with a resolution of the Board and applicable laws.

Article 14. Convening of General Meetings

 

14.1 All Shareholders Meetings shall be convened by the Representative Director upon the resolution of the Board or upon the request in writing of one or more shareholders representing at least three percent (3%) of the issued shares of the Company. The place for convening each Shareholders Meetings shall be the principal office of the Company unless otherwise decided by the Board.

 

14.2 Each Shareholders Meetings shall be called by the Board giving fourteen (14) days’ prior notice, stating the date, time, place and agenda of the meeting which shall be dispatched via registered mail to the shareholders who are residents of Korea and via registered airmail, facsimile transmission or telex to all other shareholders. The notice requirement may be waived by the unanimous written consent of all shareholders at or prior to the meeting. The Shareholders Meetings may not resolve matters other than those stated in the notice of the meeting, unless all the shareholders entitled to vote, whether present or not, unanimously agree otherwise.

Article 15. Presiding Officer

The Representative Director shall preside at all Shareholders Meetings, If the Representative Director is absent or fails to serve as presiding officer at a Shareholders Meetings, one of the Directors shall preside at such meeting in his place, in accordance with the order of priority of Directors fixed by the Board.

 

4


Article 16. Resolution Requirement

All resolutions of each Shareholders Meetings shall be adopted by the affirmative vote of shareholders holding at least a majority of the total number of shares issued and outstanding, unless a higher threshold is required under the Korean Commercial Code.

Article 17. Voting

 

17.1 Each shareholder shall have one (1) vote for each share registered in its name.

 

17.2 A shareholder may exercise its vote by proxy. In such case, the proxy holder must file with the Company a document evidencing his proper authority at each Shareholders Meetings at which he acts as proxy.

Article 18. Minutes of General Meeting

The proceedings and conclusions of each Shareholders Meetings shall be recorded in minutes in the Korean and English languages, which shall bear the names and the signatures and/or seals of the presiding officer and of the Directors present at the meeting, and shall be preserved at the Company’s principal office. The English version of all minutes shall govern in the event of any inconsistencies between the Korean and English versions.

Chapter IV. Directors, Statutory Auditor and Officers

Article 19. Number of Directors and Statutory Auditor

The Company shall have at least [three (3)] directors and shall have at least one (1) statutory auditor.

Article 20. Election

The directors and statutory auditor shall be elected at and by the General Meeting of Shareholders, and any such vacancies may be filled at a General Meeting of Shareholders. The Company shall not adopt cumulative voting when electing directors.

 

5


Article 21. Term of Office

 

21.1 The term of office of a director shall be three (3) years; provided, however, that the term of office shall be extended until the close of the Ordinary Shareholders Meetings convened in respect of the last fiscal year which ended in their term of office.

 

21.2 The term of office of a statutory auditor shall commence from the date of acceptance of office and expire at the close of the Ordinary Shareholders Meetings convened with respect to the last fiscal year within three (3) year from the date of acceptance of office.

 

21.3 The term of office of a director or a statutory auditor elected to fill a vacancy shall be the remainder of the term of office of his predecessor.

Article 22. Representative Director and Officers

 

22.1 The Board shall elect from the directors one Representative Director.

 

22.2 The Representative Director shall represent the Company and be responsible for the affairs of the Company.

 

22.3 The Board may appoint other officers as it considers necessary and appropriate to operate the Company.

Article 23. Compensation

The remuneration and bonuses of the directors and of the statutory auditor shall be determined by resolution of a Shareholders Meetings; provided that in principle, only directors serving in a management capacity may be compensated. Severance pay of the directors and of the statutory auditor shall be paid in accordance with the relevant regulation of the Company adopted by resolution of a Shareholders Meetings.

Chapter V. Board of Directors

Article 24. Board of Directors

 

24.1 The Directors of the Company shall constitute the Board.

 

24.2 The Board shall have the power and authority to make decisions with respect to all important matters relative to the management of the Company except as otherwise required by law or the Articles of Incorporation.

 

6


Article 25. Meetings of Board of Directors

 

25.1 All meetings of the Board may be convened by the Representative Director when he deems the same to be necessary or advisable or any director so requests. Notice of each meeting of the Board specifying the date, time and place of the meeting and the agenda shall be sent to each director and statutory auditor by registered mail or facsimile at least seven days prior to the date set for such meeting. The notice requirement may be waived with the written consent of all directors and statutory auditor.

 

25.2 At the meeting, the Board may act only with respect to the agenda set forth in said notice, unless unanimously agreed by all directors and statutory auditor.

 

25.3 The Board meetings shall be held at the Company’s principal office or at such other place as may be determined by the Board.

 

25.4 The Board shall elect a Chairman from among its members, who shall preside at all its meetings. If the Chairman is absent or fails to serve as presiding officer of any meeting, the Director designated by the Board shall preside at such meeting in his place.

Article 26. Adoption of Resolutions

Unless otherwise required by applicable laws or the Articles of Incorporation, any actions and resolutions taken at a Board meeting shall be adopted by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the directors in attendance at the meeting.

Article 27. Minutes of Meetings of the Board

The proceedings and conclusions of each meeting of the Board shall be recorded in minutes in the English and Korean languages, which shall bear the names and the signatures and/or seals of the presiding director and all other directors and statutory auditor in attendance at the meeting and shall be preserved at the Company’s principal office. The English version of the minutes shall govern in the event of any inconsistencies between the English and Korean versions.

Chapter VI. Accounting

Article 28. Fiscal Year

The fiscal year of the Company shall commence on the [1st of January] and end on the [31st of December], provided that the first fiscal year of the Company shall commence on the date of incorporation of the Company and shall end on [31st of December] of that year.

 

7


Article 29. Approval of Financial Statements

 

29.1 The Representative Director shall submit to the Statutory Auditor at least six (6) weeks before each Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders the following documents, after obtaining approval of such documents from the Board:

 

  (a) A balance sheet;

 

  (b) A profit and loss statement;

 

  (c) A statement of disposition of retained earnings or deficit;

 

  (d) Supplementary schedules for (a), (b) and (c) above; and

 

  (e) A business report.

 

29.2 The Statutory Auditor shall submit an audit report thereof to the Representative Director, within four (4) weeks of receipt of the documents described in Article 29.1 above.

 

29.3 The Representative Director/President shall, without delay, give public notice of the balance sheet approved by the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders.

Article 30. Disposition of Profit

 

30.1 Subject to Korean laws and regulations, profit for each fiscal year shall be disposed of in the following order of priority:

 

  (a) Establishment of any reserves required by law;

 

  (b) Establishment of such other reserves as may be decided by a Shareholders Meetings; and

 

  (c) Payment of all or a portion of the remainder of such profit as dividends to shareholders in accordance with the resolution of a Shareholders Meetings,

 

30.2 The Company may declare interim dividends in cash by resolution of a Shareholders Meetings one time per fiscal year to the shareholders shown on the Register of Shareholder on a date specified in such resolution.

 

8


Article 31. Payment of Dividends

 

31.1 Dividends, if declared, shall be determined by the Shareholders Meetings, and subject to Article 30.2, paid to the shareholders of the Company who were duly entered in the Register of Shareholders as of the date of the closing of the Register of Shareholders or the record date for determining the duly registered shareholders as provided in Article 9.1.

 

31.2 Dividends shall be paid within thirty (30) days after the declaration of dividends, unless otherwise resolved by a Shareholders Meetings.

Chapter VII. Supplementary Provisions

Article 32. By-Laws

The Company may adopt, with the approval of the Board, by-laws and other regulations as may be required for the administration of the affairs of the Company.

Article 33. Other Matters

Matters not specifically provided for herein shall be determined in conformity with resolutions adopted at the Board or Shareholders Meetings, and relevant provisions of the Korean Commercial Code.

Article 34. Promoters

We, the undersigned Promoters of the Company, having made the above Articles of Incorporation for the establishment of the Company have hereunto set out our hands and affixed our seals this 12 day of April, 2006.

Name: Potazia Holding B.V.

Address: Amsteldijk 166, 6 th floor, 1079 LH Amsterdam, the Netherlands

Number of Shares: 10,000 shares

Attorney-in-fact: DO, Gun-Chul

 

9


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO

 

1


LOGO

 

2


LOGO

 

3


LOGO

 

4


LOGO

 

5


LOGO

 

6


LOGO

 

7


LOGO

 

8


LOGO

 

9


[Translation]

 

Register No. 001882

Registration No. 154311-0018827

  

Certified Copy of Company Register

(including Invalid Matters) (for reference only)

Company Name: Sensors and Controls Holdings Korea Limited    Changed on                  
   Registered on                  
Principal Office: 188-3 Gyosung-ri, Jincheon-eup, Jincheon-gun, Chungcheongbuk-do, Korea    Changed on                  
Registered on                  
Method of Public Notice: Public notices shall be given by publication in the Maeil Business Newspaper, a daily newspaper of general circulation published in Seoul, Korea    Changed on                  
Registered on                  
Amount of each share: KRW 5,000    Changed on                  
   Registered on                  
Total number of authorized shares to be issued by the company: 40,000 shares    Changed on                  
Registered on                  
Total number and class of issued shares    Total Amount of Paid-in Capital    Changed Date                  
Registered Date                  

Total number of issued shares: 10,000 shares

Common shares: 10,000 shares

   KRW 50,000,000   
Objectives:

1.      Acquisition and management of various assets, including securities, etc.;

 

2.      All business activities related to the foregoing.

Details Concerning Officers

Director: Ian L. Blasco, Citizen of the United States (Birth Date: April 17, 1973)

Director: Seth Meisel, Citizen of the United States (Birth Date: December 26, 1972)

Director: Pavninder Singh, Citizen of India (Birth Date: October 24, 1976)

Representative Director: Ian L. Blasco, Citizen of the United States (Birth Date: April 17, 1973) 34 Claremont Park, Boston MA, USA

Statutory Auditor: Ross A. Davisson, Citizen of the United States (Birth Date: January 22, 1979)

Date of Incorporation: April 13, 2006

Reason for and Date of Establishment of this Register:

 

Incorporation   Registered on April 13, 2006

Pertinent Registry Office: Jincheon Registry Office, Cheongju District Court

Issuing Registry Office: Jincheon Registry Office, Cheongju District Court


LOGO

No Rujukan: 2006B006033

Exhibit 3.13

THE COMPANIES ACT, 1965

 


PRIVATE COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 


MALAYSIA

 


Memorandum

And

Articles of Association

Of

S & C ACQUISITION SDN. BHD.

 


Incorporated on the 23 FEB 2006

 


 



LOGO

                S URUHANJAYA S YARIKAT M ALAYSIA

                C OMPANIES C OMMISSION OF M ALAYSIA

     

CERTIFIED TRUE COPY

LOGO

Chartered Secretary

YONG LEE HOON (F)

MAICSA, 7034781

Date: 12 APR 2006

[Seksyen 16(4)]

BORANG 9

AKTA SYARIKAT 1965

No. Syarikat

724585 U

PERAKUAN PEMERBADANAN SYARIKAT SENDIRIAN

Adalah diperakui bahawa

S & C ACQUISITION SDN. BHD.

telah diperbadankan di bawah Akta Syarikat 1965, pada dan mulai dari 23 haribulan Februari 2006, dan bahawa syarikat ini adalah sebuah syarikat berhad menurut syer dan bahawa syarikat ini adalah sebuah syarikat sendirian.

Dibuat di bawah tandatangan dan meterai saya di Kuala Lumpur pada 23 haribulan Februari 2006.

 

LOGO    

LOGO

PUTEH BINTI MAHMOOD

PENDAFTAR SYAIKAT

MALAYSIA


No. Rujukan: 2006B006033

 

LOGO

CERTIFIED TRUE COPY

Chartered Secretary

YONG LEE HOON

MAICSA 7034781

Dale: 1 2 APR 2006

THE COMPANIES ACT, 1965

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

S & C ACQUISITION SDN.BHD.

 

1. The name of the Company is S & C ACQUISITION SDN.BHD.

 

2. The Registered Office of the Company will be situated in Malaysia.

 

3. The objects for which the Company is established are:-

 

  (1) To carry on business as manufacturers and to design, develop, sell and market control products consisting of electromechanical products designed to control heat, current or arcing, including in commercial and residential heating and air conditioning systems, refrigeration appliances, lighting, aerospace or industrial products, and also including motor protectors, circuit breakers, lighting protection, arc-fault circuit protectors, precision switches, thermostats or semiconductor burn-in test sockets; or electronic control modules or board level solutions in heating, ventilation, air conditioning or refrigeration systems, including for gas ignition, defrost control, electric heat, fan sequencing, system monitoring, or compressor control and protection; or other controls intended for applications addressed by other products currently marketed or under development, including LED Thermal Management Module for the thermal management system for optimization of LED brightness and life in lighting systems, Pump System Alert for the electronic product for integrated motor protection and vibration analysis for industrial pump and motor applications, Integrated Refrigeration Control Module for board-based solution integrating multiple sensor inputs for consumer refrigerators, Solid State Power Controller for replacement for electromechanical circuit breakers on a system level, currently licensed to a third party for applications in aerospace power controllers and Optical Switch Program for MEMS-based optical switches.

(1)


No. Rujukan: 2006B006033

 

  (2) To carry on business as manufacturers and to design, develop, sell and market sensor products consisting of pressure, position, force, gas or acceleration sensors or pressure switches, in each case for transportation, industrial or heating, ventilation, air conditioning or refrigeration applications; or other sensors intended for applications addressed by other products currently marketed or under development including Humidity Sensors, Tilt Sensor for thermal acceleration sensor for tilting in motorcycles and Power Saving Solution for microprocessor/algorithm and board based prototype for power shut off in set top boxes.

 

  (3) To acquire and hold for investment shares, stocks, debentures, debenture stocks, bonds, obligations and securities issued or guaranteed by any company or private undertaking or any syndicate of persons constituted or carrying on business in Malaysia or elsewhere and debentures, debenture stocks, bonds, obligations and securities issued or guaranteed by any government, sovereign ruler, commissioners, public body or authority, supreme, municipal, local or otherwise whether at home or abroad.

And it is hereby declared that the word “company” in this clause except where used in reference to this Company, shall be deemed to include any partnership or other body of persons whether incorporated or unincorporated and whether domiciled in Malaysia or elsewhere, and further that the objects specified in such paragraph of this clause shall be regarded as independent objects and accordingly shall except where otherwise expressed in any paragraph be in no wise limited or restricted by reference to, or inference from the terms of any other paragraph or the name of the Company but may be carried out in as full and ample a manner and construed just as wide a sense as if the said paragraph defined the object of a separate distinct and independent company.

 

4. The powers of the Company contained in the Third Schedule of the Companies Act, 1965 shall apply to Company.

5. The liability of the members is limited.

 

6. The capital of the Company is RM100,000/- Malaysian Currency divided into 100,000 shares of RM1/- each. The shares in the original or any increased capital may be divided into several classes and there may be attached thereto respectively any preferential, deferred or other special rights, privileges, conditions or restrictions as to dividends, capital, voting or otherwise.

 

7. Subject always to the respective rights, terms and conditions mentioned in Clause 6 hereof the Company shall have power to increase or reduce the capital, to consolidate or sub-divide the shares into shares of larger or smaller amounts and to issue all or any part of the original or any additional capital as fully paid or partly paid shares, and with any special or preferential rights or privileges, or subject to any special terms or conditions and either with or without any special designation, and also from time to time to alter, modify, commute, abrogate or deal with any such rights, privileges, terms, conditions or designations in accordance with the regulations for the time being of the Company.

(2)


No Rujukan: 2006B006033

WE, the several persons whose names, addresses and descriptions are subscribed, are desirous of being formed into a Company in pursuance of the Memorandum of Association, and we respectively agree to take the number of shares in the capital of the Company set opposite our respective names.

 

Names, Addresses and Descriptions of Subscribers     Number of Shares taken by each Subscriber

EDMUND LIEW YIN CHIANG

Nric No.: 670314-10-5239

30, Jalan Damansara Permai

Damansara Heights

50490 Kuala Lumpur

 

LOGO

Director

 

One

One (1)

WONG HOK MUN

Nric No.: 660430-03-5523

Unit E55-1, Bangsar Indah

247 Lorong Maarof

59000 Kuala Lumpur

 

LOGO

Director

 

One

One (1)

Total number of shares taken .     Two (2) Two

Dated this 14 FEB 2006

Witness to the above signatures-

    LOGO
    COMPANY SECRETARY
   

Yong Lee Hoon (f)

MAICSA 7034781

Nric No.: 700927-01-5812

30 Jalan SB Indah 3/3

Taman Sg Besi Indah

Balakong

43300 Seri Kembangan

Selangor Darul Ehsan

Lodged By :   M W Management Sdn Bhd (200949-U)  
Address :  

Suite 2, 4 th Floor,

Wisma Teh Wan Sang

12D Jalan Tun H S Lee,

50000 Kuala Lumpur

 
Tel No.:   03-20725678  

(3)


No. Rujukan: 2006B006033

 

CERTIFIED TRUE COPY

LOGO

Chartered Secretary

YONG LEE HOON (F)

MAICSA 7034781

Date: 12 APR 2006

THE COMPANIES ACT, 1965

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

ARTICLE OF ASSOCIATION

OF

S & C ACQUISITION SDN.BHD.

TABLE ‘A’

 

1. The regulations contained in Table A in the Fourth Schedule to the Companies Act, 1965 shall apply.

PRIVATE COMPANY

 

2. The Company is a private company and accordingly :-

 

  (a) The right to transfer shares shall be restricted in manner hereinafter provided;

 

  (b) The number of the members of the Company (exclusive of persons who are in the employment of the Company and of persons who having been formerly in the employment of the Company were whilst in such employment and have continued after the termination of such employment to be members of the Company) shall be limited to fifty, provided that, for the purpose of this provision where two or more persons hold one or more shares, in the Company jointly, they shall be treated as a single member;

 

  (c) Any invitation to the public to subscribe for any shares or debentures or debenture stock of the Company is prohibited;

 

  (d) Any invitation to the public to deposit money with the Company for fixed periods or payable at call whether bearing or not interest is prohibited.

DIRECTORS

 

3. The first directors shall be Mr. Edmund Liew Yin Chiang, Nric No. 670314-10-5239 and Mr. Wong Hok Mun, Nric No . : 660430-03-5523.

(4)


No. Rujukan: 2006B006033

SECRETARIES

 

4. The first secretaries of the Company shall be Madam Yong Lee Hoon (f), MAICSA 7034781 and Mr. Phang Lai Peng, MAICSA 0688370.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

5. The clause 90 shall not apply and the following clauses shall be substituted:

 

  90. A resolution in writing signed by the majority of the directors present in West Malaysia for the time being entitled to receive notice of a meeting of the Board shall be as valid and effectual as a resolution passed at a meeting of the Board duly convened and held and may consist of several documents in the like form each signed by one or more Directors.

(5)


No Rujukan: 2006B006033

WE, the several persons whose names and addresses are subscribed hereunder being subscribers hereby agree to the foregoing Articles of Association.

 

Names, Addresses and Descriptions of Subscribers

EDMUND LIEW YIN CHIANG

Nric No.: 670314-10-5239

30, Jalan Damansara Permai

Damansara Heights

50490 Kuala Lumpur

   

LOGO

Director

WONG HOK MUN

Nric No.: 660430-03-5523

Unit E55-1, Bangsar Indah

247 Lorong Maarof

59000 Kuala Lumpur

   

LOGO

Director

Dated this 14 FEB 2006

Witness to the above signatures-

    LOGO
   

COMPANY SECRETARY

Yong Lee Hoon (f)

MAICSA 7034781

Nric No.: 700927-01-5812

30 Jalan SB Indah 3/3

Taman Sg Besi Indah, Balakong

43300 Seri Kembangan

Selangor Darul Ehsan

Lodged By:     M W Management Sdn Bhd (200949-U)
Address:     Suite 2, 4 th Floor, Wisma Teh Wan Sang 12D Jalan Tun H S Lee, 50000 Kuala Lumpur
Tel No.:     03-20725678

(6)

 


THIRD SCHEDULE [Section 19]

POWERS OF A COMPANY

1. To carry on any other business which may seem to the company capable of being conveniently carried on in connection with its business or calculated directly or indirectly to enhance the value of or render profitable any of the company’s property or rights.

2. To acquire and undertake the whole or any part of the business, property, and liabilities of any person or company carrying on any business which the company is authorized to carry on, or possessed of property suitable for the purposes of the company.

3. To apply for, purchase, or otherwise acquire any patents, patent rights, copyrights, trade marks, formulas, licences, concessions, and the like, conferring any exclusive or non-exclusive or limited right to use, or any secret or other information as to, any invention which may seem capable of being used for any of the purposes of the company, or the acquisition of which may seem calculated directly or indirectly to benefit the company; and to use, exercise, develop, or grant licences in respect of, or otherwise turn to account, the property, rights, or information so acquired.

4. To amalgamate or enter into partnership or into any arrangement for sharing of profits, union of interest, co-operation, joint adventure, reciprocal concession, or otherwise, with any person or company carrying on or engaged in or about to carry on or engage in any business or transaction which the company is authorized to carry on or engage in, or any business or transaction capable of being conducted so as directly or indirectly to benefit the company.

 

5. To take, or otherwise acquire, and hold, shares, debentures, or other securities of any other company.

6. To enter into any arrangements with any Government or authority, supreme, municipal, local, or otherwise, that may seem conducive to the company’s objects, or any of them; and to obtain from any such Government or authority any rights, privileges, and concessions which the company may think it desirable to obtain; and to carry out, exercise, and comply with any such arrangements, rights, privileges, and concessions.

7. To establish and support or aid in the establishment and support of associations, institutions, funds, trusts, and conveniences calculated to benefit employees or directors or past employees or directors of the company or of its predecessors in business, or the dependants or connections of any such persons; and to grant pensions and allowances, and to make payments towards insurance; and to subscribe or guarantee money for charitable or benevolent objects, or for any exhibition, or for any public, general, or useful object.

8. To promote any other company or companies for the purpose of acquiring or taking over all or any of the property, rights, and liabilities of the company, or for any other purpose which may seem directly or indirectly calculated to benefit the company.

9. To purchase, take on lease or in exchange, hire, and otherwise acquire any movable or immovable property and any rights or privileges which the company may think necessary or convenient for the purposes of its business, and in particular any land, buildings, easements, machinery, plant, and stock in trade.

 

1


10. To construct, improve, maintain, develop, work, manage, carry out, or control any buildings, works, factories, mills, roads, ways, tramways, railways, branches or sidings, bridges, reservoirs, watercourses, wharves, warehouses, electric works, shops, stores, and other works and conveniences which may seem calculated directly or indirectly to advance the company’s interests; and to contribute to, subsidise, or otherwise assist or take part in the construction, improvement, maintenance, development. working, management, carrying out, or control thereof.

11. To invest and deal with the money of the company not immediately required in such manner as may from time to time be thought fit.

12. To lend and advance money or give credit to any person or company; to guarantee and give guarantees or indemnities for the payment of money or the performance of contracts or obligations by any person or company; to secure or undertake in any way the repayment of moneys lent or advanced to or the liabilities incurred by any person or company; and otherwise to assist any person or company.

13. To borrow or raise or secure the payment of money in such manner as the company may think fit and to secure the same or the repayment or performance of any debt, liability, contract, guarantee or other engagement incurred or to be entered into by the company in any way and in particular by the issue of debentures perpetual or otherwise, charged upon all or any of the company’s property (both present and future), including its uncalled capital; and to purchase, redeem, or pay off any such securities.

14. To remunerate any person or company for services rendered, or to be rendered, in placing or assisting to place or guaranteeing the placing of any of the shares in the company’s capital or any debentures, or other securities of the company, or in or about the organization, formation, or promotion of the company or the conduct of its business.

15. To draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, execute, and issue promissory notes, bills of exchange, bills of lading, and other negotiable or transferable instruments.

16. To sell or dispose of the undertaking of the company or any part thereof for such consideration as the company may think fit, and in particular for shares, debentures, or securities of any other company having objects altogether or in part similar to those of the company.

 

17. To adopt such means of making known and advertising the business and products of the company as may seem expedient.

18. To apply for, secure, acquire by grant, legislative enactment, assignment, transfer, purchase, or otherwise, and to exercise, carry out, and enjoy any charter, licence, power, authority, franchise, concession, right, or privilege, which any Government or authority or any corporation or other public body may be empowered to grant; and to pay for, aid in, and contribute towards carrying the same into effect; and to appropriate any of the company’s shares, debentures, or other securities and assets to defray the necessary costs, charges, and expenses thereof.

19. To apply for, promote, and obtain any statute, order, regulation or other authorization or enactment which may seem calculated directly or indirectly to benefit the company; and to oppose any bills, proceedings, or applications which may seem calculated directly or indirectly to prejudice the company’s interests.

 

20. To procure the company to be registered or recognized in any country or place outside Malaysia.

 

2


21. To sell, improve, manage, develop, exchange, lease, dispose of, turn to account, or otherwise deal with all or any part of the property and rights of the company.

22. To issue and allot fully or partly paid shares in the capital of the company in payment or part payment of any movable or immovable property purchased or otherwise acquired by the company or any services rendered to the company.

23. To distribute any of the property of the company among the members in kind or otherwise but so that no distribution amounting to a reduction of capital shall be made without the sanction required by law.

24. To take or hold mortgages, liens, and charges to secure payment of the purchase price, or any unpaid balance of the purchase price, of any part of the company’s property of whatsoever kind sold by the company, or any money due to the company from purchasers and others.

25. To carry out all or any of the objects of the company and do all or any of the above things in any part of the world and either as principal, agent, contractor, or trustee, or otherwise, and by or through trustees or agents or otherwise, and either alone or in conjunction with others.

26. To do all such other things as are incidental or conducive to the attainment of the objects and the exercise of the powers of the company.

 

3


FOURTH SCHEDULE [Section 4, 30]—Table A

REGULATIONS FOR MANAGEMENT OF A COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

Interpretation

 

1. In these regulations -

“the Act” means the Companies Act 1965 [Act 125]; “the seal” means the common seal of the company; “secretary” means any person appointed to perform the duties of a secretary of the company;

expressions referring to writing shall, unless the contrary intention appears, be construed as including references to printing, lithography, photography and other modes of representing or reproducing words in a visible form;

words or expressions contained in these regulations shall be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of the Interpretation Act 1948 and 1967 [Act 388], and of the Act as in force at the date at which these regulations become binding on the company.

Share Capital and Variation of Rights

2. Without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class of shares but subject to the Act, shares in the company may be issued by the directors and any such share may be issued with such preferred, deferred, or other special rights or such restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital, or otherwise, as the directors, subject to any ordinary resolution of the company, determine.

3. Subject to the Act, any preference shares may, with the sanction of an ordinary resolution, be issued on the terms that they are, or at the option of the company are liable, to be redeemed.

4. If at any time the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may, whether or not the company is being wound up, be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of three-fourths of the issued shares of that class, or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class. To every such separate general meetings the provisions of these regulations relating to general meetings shall mutatis mutandis apply, but so that the necessary quorum shall be two persons at least holding or representing by proxy one-third of the issued shares of the class and that any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll. To every such special resolution section 152 shall, with such adaptations as are necessary, apply.

5. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking equally therewith.

6. The company may exercise the powers of paying commissions conferred by the Act, provided that the rate per cent or the amount of the commission paid or agreed to be paid shall be disclosed in the manner required by the Act and the commission shall not exceed the rate of 10 per cent of the price at which the shares in respect whereof the same is paid are issued or an amount equal to 10 per cent of that price, as the case may be. The said commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the allotment of fully or partly paid shares or partly in one way and partly in the other. The company may also on any issue of shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

 

1


7. Except as required by law, no person shall be recognized by the company as holding any share upon any trust, and the company shall not be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognize (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future, or partial interest in any share or unit of a share or (except only as by these regulations or by law otherwise provided) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

8. Every person whose name is entered as a member in the register of members shall be entitled without payment to receive a certificate under the seal of the company in accordance with the Act but in respect of a share or shares held jointly by several persons the company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate, and delivery of a certificate for a share to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all such holders.

Lien

9. The company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all money (whether presently payable or not) called or payable at a fixed time in respect of that share, and the company shall also have a first and paramount lien on all shares (other than fully paid shares) registered in the name of a single person for all money presently payable by him or his estate to the company; but the directors may at any time declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from this regulation. The company’s lien, if any, on a share shall extend to all dividends payable thereon.

10. The company may sell, in such manner as the directors think fit, any shares on which the company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, nor until the expiration of fourteen days after a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable, has been given to the registered holder for the time being of the share, or the person entitled thereto by reason of his death or bankruptcy.

11. To give effect to any such sale the directors may authorize some person to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the shares comprised in any such transfer, and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale.

12. The proceeds of the sale shall be received by the company and applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable, and the residue, if any, shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the shares before the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the shares at the date of the sale.

Calls on Shares

13. The directors may from time to time make calls upon the members in respect of any money unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium) and not by the conditions of allotment thereof made payable at fixed times, provided that no call shall exceed one-fourth of the nominal value of the share or be payable at less than one month from the date fixed for the payment of the last preceding call, and each member shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen days’ notice specifying the time or times and place of payment) pay to the company at the time or times and place so specified the amount called on his shares. A call may be revoked or postponed as the directors may determine.

14. A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the directors authorizing the call was passed and may be required to be paid by instalments.

 

15. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

16. If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the sum from the day appointed for payment thereof to the time of actual payment at such rate not exceeding 8 per cent per annum as the directors may determine, but the directors shall be at liberty to waive payment of that interest wholly or in part.

 

2


17. Any sum which by the terms of issue of a share becomes payable on allotment or at any fixed date, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall for the purposes of these regulations, be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date on which by the terms of issue the same becomes payable, and in case of non-payment all the relevant provisions of these regulations as to payment of interest and expenses, forfeiture, or otherwise shall apply as if the sum had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

18. The directors may, on the issue of shares, differentiate between the holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment.

19. The directors may, if they think fit, receive from any member willing to advance the same all or any part of the money uncalled and unpaid upon any shares held by him, and upon all or any part of the money so advanced may (until the same would, but for the advance, become payable) pay interest at such rate not exceeding (unless the company in general meeting shall otherwise direct) 8 per cent per annum as may be agreed upon between the directors and the member paying the sum in advance.

Transfer of Shares

20. Subject to these regulations any member may transfer all or any of his shares by instrument in writing in any usual or common form or in any other form which the directors may approve. The instrument shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and the transferor shall remain the holder of the shares transferred until the transfer is registered and the name of the transferee is entered in the register of members in respect thereof.

21. The instrument of transfer must be left for registration at the registered office of the company together with such fee not exceeding RM1.00 as the directors from time to time may require accompanied by the certificate of the shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer, and thereupon the company shall, subject to the powers vested in the directors by these regulations, register the transferee as a shareholder and retain the instrument of transfer.

22. The directors may decline to register any transfer of shares not being fully paid shares to a person of whom they do not approve and may also decline to register any transfer of shares on which the company has a lien.

23. The registration of transfers may be suspended at such times and for such periods as the directors may from time to time determine not exceeding in the whole thirty days in any year.

Transmission of Shares

24. In case of the death of a member the survivor or survivors where the deceased was a joint holder, and the legal personal representatives of the deceased where he was a sole holder, shall be the only persons recognized by the company as having any title to his interest in the shares; but nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased joint holder from any liability in respect of any share which had been jointly held by him with other persons.

25. Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member may, upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time properly be required by the directors and subject as hereinafter provided, elect either to be registered himself as holder of the share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the transferee thereof, but the directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the share by that member before his death or bankruptcy.

26. If the person so becoming entitled elects to be registered himself, he shall deliver or send to the company a notice in writing signed by him stating that he so elects. If he elects to have another person registered he shall testify his election by executing to that person a transfer of the share. All the limitations, restrictions, and provisions of these regulations relating to the right to transfer and the registration of transfers of shares shall be applicable to any such notice or transfer as aforesaid as if the death or bankruptcy of the member had not occurred and the notice or transfer were a transfer signed by that member.

 

3


27. Where the registered holder of any share dies or becomes bankrupt his personal representative or the assignee of his estate, as the case may be, shall, upon the production of such evidence as may from time to time be properly required by the directors in that behalf, be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages, and to the same rights (whether in relation to meetings of the company, or to voting, or otherwise), as the registered holder would have been entitled to if he had not died or become bankrupt; and where two or more persons are jointly entitled to any share in consequence of the death of the registered holder they shall, for the purposes of these regulations, be deemed to be joint holders of the share.

Forfeiture of Shares

28. If a member fails to pay any call or instalment of a call on the day appointed for payment thereof, the directors may, at any time thereafter during such time as any part of the call or instalment remains unpaid, serve a notice on him requiring payment of so much of the call or instalment as is unpaid, together with any interest which may have accrued.

29. The notice shall name a further day (not earlier than the expiration of fourteen days from the date of service of the notice) on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made, and shall state that in the event of non-payment at or before the time appointed the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

30. If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any share in respect of which the notice has been given may, at any time thereafter, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the directors to that effect. Such forfeiture shall include all dividends declared in respect of the forfeited shares and not actually paid before the forfeiture.

31. A forfeited share may be sold or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the directors think fit, and at any time before a sale or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the directors think fit.

32. A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a member in respect of the forfeited shares, but shall, notwithstanding, remain liable to pay to the company all money which, at the date of forfeiture, was payable by him to the company in respect of the shares (together with interest at the rate of 8 per cent per annum from the date of the forfeiture on the money for the time being unpaid if the directors think fit to enforce payment of the interest), but his liability shall cease if and when the company receives payment in full of all such money in respect of the shares.

33. A statutory declaration in writing that the declarant is a director or the secretary of the company, and that a share in the company, has been duly forfeited on a date stated in the declaration, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share.

34. The company may receive the consideration, if any, given for a forfeited share on any sale or disposition thereof and may execute a transfer of the share in favour of the person to whom the share is sold or disposed of and he shall thereupon be registered as the holder of the share, and shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale, or disposal of the share.

35. The provisions of these regulations as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

Conversion of Shares into Stock

36. The company may by ordinary resolution passed at a general meeting convert any paid-up shares into stock and reconvert any stock into paid-up shares of any denomination.

37. The holders of stock may transfer the same or any part thereof in the same manner and subject to the same regulations as and subject to which the shares from which the stock arose might previously

 

4


to conversion have been transferred or as near thereto as circumstances admit; but the directors may from time to time fix the minimum amount of stock transferable and restrict or forbid the transfer of fractions of that minimum, but the minimum shall not exceed the nominal amount of the shares from which the stock arose.

38. The holders of stock shall, according to the amount of the stock held by them, have the same rights, privileges and advantages as regards dividends, voting at meetings of the company and other matters as if they held the shares from which the stock arose, but no such privilege or advantage (except participation in the dividends and profits of the company and in the assets on winding up) shall be conferred by any such aliquot part of stock which would not if existing in shares have conferred that privilege or advantage.

39. Such of the regulations of the company as are applicable to paid-up shares shall apply to stock, and the words “share” and “shareholder” therein shall include “stock” and “stockholder”.

Alteration of Capital

 

40. The company may from time to time by ordinary resolution -

(a) increase the share capital by such sum to be divided into shares of such amount as the resolution shall prescribe;

(b) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares;

(c) subdivide its shares or any of them into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the memorandum; so however that in the subdivision the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced share shall be the same as it was in the case of the share from which the reduced share is derived; or

(d) cancel shares which at the date of the passing of the resolution in that behalf have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person or which have been forfeited and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled.

41. Subject to any direction to the contrary that may be given by the company in general meeting, all new shares shall, before issue, be offered to such persons as at the date of the offer are entitled to receive notices from the company of general meetings in proportion, as nearly as the circumstances admit, to the amount of the existing shares to which they are entitled. The offer shall be made by notice specifying the number of shares offered, and limiting a time within which the offer, if not accepted, will be deemed to be declined, and, after the expiration of that time, or on the receipt of an intimation from the person to whom the offer is made that he declines to accept the share offered, the directors may dispose of those shares in such manner as they think most beneficial to the company. The directors may likewise so dispose of any new shares which (by reason of the ratio which the new shares bear to shares held by persons entitled to an offer of new shares) cannot, in the opinion of the directors, be conveniently offered under this regulation.

42. The company may by special resolution reduce its share capital, any capital redemption reserve fund or any share premium account in any manner and with, and subject to, any incident authorized, and consent required by law.

General Meetings

43. An annual general meeting of the company shall be held in accordance with the Act. All general meetings other than the annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

44. Any director may whenever he thinks fit convene an extraordinary general meeting, and extraordinary general meetings shall be convened on such requisition or in default may be convened by such requisitionists as provided by the Act.

45. Subject to the provisions of the Act relating to special resolutions and agreements for shorter notice, fourteen days, notice at the least (exclusive of the day on which the notice is served or

 

5


deemed to be served, but inclusive of the day for which notice is given) specifying the place, the day and the hour of meeting and in case of special business the general nature of that business shall be given to such persons as are entitled to receive these notices from the company.

46. All business shall be special that is transacted at an extraordinary general meeting, and also all that is transacted at an annual general meeting, with the exception of declaring a dividend, the consideration of the accounts, balancesheets, and the report of the directors and auditors, the election of directors in the place of those retiring, and the appointment and fixing of the remuneration of the auditors.

Proceedings at General Meetings

47. No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of members is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. Save as herein otherwise provided, two members present in person shall be a quorum. For the purposes of this regulation “member” includes a person attending as a proxy or as representing a corporation which is a member.

48. If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of members, shall be dissolved; in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place, or to such other day and at such other time and place as the directors may determine.

49. The chairman, if any, of the board of directors shall preside as chairman at every general meeting of the company, or if there is no such chairman, or if he is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the meeting or is unwilling to act, the members present shall elect one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

50. The chairman may, with the consent of any meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a meeting is adjourned for thirty days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Save as aforesaid it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.

51. At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands) demanded -

(a) by the chairman;

(b) by at least three members present in person or by proxy;

(c) by any member or members present in person or by proxy and representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the members having the right to vote at the meeting; or

(d) by a member or members holding shares in the company conferring a right to vote at the meeting being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right.

Unless a poll is so demanded a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has on a show of hands been carried or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in the book containing the minutes of the proceedings of the company shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution. The demand for a poll may be withdrawn.

52. If a poll is duly demanded it shall be taken in such manner and either at once or after an interval or adjournment or otherwise as the chairman directs, and the result of the poll shall be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded, but a poll demanded on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith.

 

6


53. In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of the meeting at which the show of hands takes place or at which the poll is demanded shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

54. Subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares, at meetings of members or classes of members each member entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy or by attorney and on a show of hands every person present who is member or a representative of a member shall have one vote, and on a poll every member present in person or by proxy or by attorney or other duly authorized representative shall have one vote for each share he holds.

55. In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders; and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the register of members.

56. A member who is of unsound mind or whose person or estate is liable to be dealt with in any way under the law relating to mental disorder may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his committee or by such other person as properly has the management of his estate, and any such committee or other person may vote by proxy or attorney.

57. No member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the company have been paid.

58. No objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter except at the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered, and every vote not disallowed at the meeting shall be valid for all purposes. Any such objection made in due time shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting, whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

59. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing (in the common or usual form) under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorized in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under seal or under the hand of an officer or attorney duly authorized. A proxy may but need not be a member of the company. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll.

60. Where it is desired to afford members an opportunity of voting for or against a resolution the instrument appointing a proxy shall be in the following form or a form as near thereto as circumstances admit:

Berhad

I/We                  of                  being a member/members of the above-named company, hereby appoint                  of                  or failing him                      of                  as my/our proxy to vote for me/us on my/our behalf at the [annual or extraordinary, as the case may be] general meeting of the company, to be held on the                  day of                  19      , and at any adjournment thereof.

Signed this                  day of                  19     

This form is to be used * in favour of/against the resolution.


* Strike out whichever is not desired. [Unless otherwise instructed, the proxy may vote as he thinks fit]

61. The instrument appointing a proxy and the power of attorney or other authority, if any, under which it is signed or a notarially certified copy of that power or authority shall be deposited at the registered office of the company, or at such other place within Malaysia as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, not less than forty-eight hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote, or, in the case of a poll, not less than twenty-four hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll, and in default the instrument of proxy shall not be treated as valid.

 

7


62. A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy or attorney shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or unsoundness of mind of the principal or revocation of the instrument or of the authority under which the instrument was executed, or the transfer of the share in respect of which the instrument is given, if no intimation in writing of such death, unsoundness of mind, revocation, or transfer as aforesaid has been received by the company at the registered office before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the instrument is used.

Directors: Appointment, etc.

63. At the first annual general meeting of the company all the directors shall retire from office, and at the annual general meeting in every subsequent year one-third of the directors for the time being, or, if their number is not three or a multiple of three, then the number nearest one-third, shall retire from office.

 

64. A retiring director shall be eligible for re-election.

65. The directors to retire in every year shall be those who have been longest in office since their last election, but as between persons who became directors on the same day those to retire shall (unless they otherwise agree among themselves) be determined by lot.

66. The company at the meeting at which a director so retires may fill the vacated office by electing a person thereto, and in default the retiring director shall, if offering himself for re-election and not being disqualified under the Act from holding office as a director, be deemed to have been re-elected, unless at that meeting it is expressly resolved not to fill the vacated office unless a resolution for the re-election of that director is put to the meeting and lost.

67. The company may, from time to time by ordinary resolution passed at a general meeting, increase or reduce the number of directors, and may also determine in what rotation the increased or reduced number is to go out of office.

68. The directors shall have power at any time, and from time to time, to appoint any person to be a director, either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing directors, but so that the total number of directors shall not at any time exceed the number fixed in accordance with these regulations. Any director so appointed shall hold office only until the next following annual general meeting, and shall then be eligible for re-election but shall not be taken into account in determining the directors who are to retire by rotation at that meeting.

69. Subject to section 128, the company may by ordinary resolution remove any director before the expiration of his period of office, and may by an ordinary resolution appoint another person in his stead; the person so appointed shall be subject to retirement at the same time as if he had become a director on the day on which the director in whose place he is appointed was last elected a director.

70. The remuneration of the directors shall from time to time be determined by the company in general meeting. That remuneration shall be deemed to accrue from day to day. The directors may also be paid all travelling, hotel, and other expenses properly incurred by them in attending and returning from meetings of the directors or any committee of the directors or general meetings of the company or in connection with the business of the company.

71. The shareholding qualification for directors may be fixed by the company in general meeting.

72. The office of director shall become vacant if the director -

(a) ceases to be a director by virtue of the Act;

(b) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally;

(c) becomes prohibited from being a director by reason of any order made under the Act;

(d) becomes of unsound mind or a person whose person or estate is liable to be dealt with in any way under the law relating to mental disorder;

 

8


(e) resigns his office by notice in writing to the company;

(f) for more than six months is absent without permission of the directors from meetings of the directors held during that period;

(g) without the consent of the company in general meeting holds any other office of profit under the company except that of managing director or manager; or

(h) is directly or indirectly interested in any contract or proposed contract with the company and fails to declare the nature of his interest in manner required by the Act.

Powers and Duties of Directors

73. The business of the company shall be managed by the directors who may pay all expenses incurred in promoting and registering the company, and may exercise all such powers of the company as are not, by the Act or by these regulations, required to be exercised by the company in general meeting, subject, nevertheless, to any of these regulations, to the provisions of the Act, and to such regulations, being not inconsistent with the aforesaid regulations or provisions, as may be prescribed by the company in general meeting; but no regulation made by the company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if that regulation had not been made.

74. The directors may exercise all the powers of the company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property, and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, and to issue debentures and other securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability, or obligation of the company or of any third party.

75. The directors may exercise all the powers of the company in relation to any official seal for use outside Malaysia and in relation to branch registers.

76. The directors may from time to time by power of attorney appoint any corporation, firm, or person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the directors, to be the attorney or attorneys of the company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities, and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the directors under these regulations) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such powers of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the directors may think fit and may also authorize any such attorney to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities, and discretions vested in him.

77. All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange, and other negotiable instruments, and all receipts for money paid to the company, shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed, or otherwise executed, as the case may be, by any two directors or in such other manner as the directors from time to time determine.

78. The directors shall cause minutes to be made -

(a) of all appointments of officers to be engaged in the management of the company’s affairs;

(b) of names of directors present at all meetings of the company and of the directors; and

(c) of all proceedings at all meetings of the company and of the directors.

The minutes shall be signed by the chairman of the meeting at which the proceedings were held or by the chairman of the next succeeding meeting.

Proceedings of Directors

79. The directors may meet together for the despatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings as they think fit. A director may at any time and the secretary shall on the requisition of a director summon a meeting of the directors.

 

9


80. Subject to these regulations questions arising at any meeting of directors shall be decided by a majority of votes and a determination by a majority of directors shall for all purposes be deemed a determination of the directors. In case of an equality of votes the chairman of the meeting shall have a second or casting vote.

81. A director shall not vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract with the company in which he is interested, or any matter arising thereout, and if he does so vote his vote shall not be counted.

82. Any director with the approval of the directors may appoint any person (whether a member of the company or not) to be an alternate or substitute director in his place during such period as he thinks fit. Any person while he so holds office as an alternate or substitute director shall be entitled to notice of meetings of the directors and to attend and vote thereat, accordingly, and to exercise all the powers of the appointor in his place. An alternate or substitute director shall not require any share qualification, and shall ipso facto vacate office if the appointor vacates office as a director or removes the appointee from office. Any appointment or removal under this regulation shall be effected by notice in writing under the hand of the director making the same.

83. The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the directors may be fixed by the directors, and unless so fixed shall be two.

84. The continuing directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but if and so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to the regulations of the company as the necessary quorum of directors, the continuing directors or director may act for the purpose of increasing the number of directors to that number or of summoning a general meeting of the company, but for no other purpose.

85. The directors may elect a chairman of their meetings and determine the period for which he is to hold office; but if no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within ten minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

86. The directors may delegate any of their powers to committees consisting of such member or members of their body as they think fit; any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated conform to any regulations that may be imposed on it by the directors.

87. A committee may elect a chairman of its meetings; if no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within ten minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the members present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

88. A committee may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes of the members present, and in the case of an equality of votes the chairman shall have a second or casting vote.

89. All acts done by any meeting of the directors or of a committee of directors or by any person acting as a director shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any such director or person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a director.

 

90. A resolution in writing, signed by all the directors for the time being entitled to receive as amended

Managing Directors

91. The directors may from time to time appoint one or more of their body to the office of managing director for such period and on such terms as they think fit and, subject to the terms of any agreement entered into in any particular case, may revoke any such appointment. A director so appointed shall

10


not, while holding that office, be subject to retirement by rotation or be taken into account in determining the rotation of retirement of directors, but his appointment shall be automatically determined if he ceases from any cause to be a director.

92. A managing director shall, subject to the terms of any agreement entered into in any particular case, receive such remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, or participation in profits, or partly in one way and partly in another) as the directors may determine.

93. The directors may entrust to and confer upon a managing director any of the powers exercisable by them upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as they may think fit, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers, and may from time to time revoke, withdraw, alter, or vary all or any of those powers.

Associate Directors

94. The directors may from time to time appoint any person to be an associate director and may from time to time cancel any such appointment. The directors may fix, determine and vary the powers, duties and remuneration of any person so appointed, but a person so appointed shall not be required to hold any shares to qualify him for appointment nor have any right to attend or vote at any meeting of directors except by the invitation and with the consent of the directors.

Secretary

95. The secretary shall in accordance with the Act be appointed by the directors for such term, at such remuneration, and upon such conditions as they may think fit; and any secretary so appointed may be removed by them.

Seal

96. The directors shall provide for the safe custody of the seal, which shall only be used by the authority of the directors or of a committee of the directors authorized by the directors in that behalf, and every instrument to which the seal is affixed shall be signed by a director and shall be countersigned by the secretary or by a second director or by some other person appointed by the directors for the purpose.

Accounts

97. The directors shall cause proper accounting and other records to be kept and shall distribute copies of the balance sheets and other documents as required by the Act and shall from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounting and other records of the company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of members not being directors, and no member (not being a director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or paper of the company except as conferred by statute or authorized by the directors or by the company in general meeting.

Dividends and Reserves

98. The company in general meeting may declare dividends, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the directors.

99. The directors may from time to time pay to the members such interim dividends as appear to the directors to be justified by the profits of the company.

 

100. No dividend shall be paid otherwise than out of profits or shall bear interest against the company.

101. The directors may, before recommending any dividend, set aside out of the profits of the company such sums as they think proper as reserves which shall, at the discretion of the directors, be applicable for any purpose to which the profits of the company may be properly applied, and pending any such application may, at the like discretion, either be employed in the business of the company or be invested in such investments (other than shares in the company) as the directors may from time to

11


time think fit. The directors may also without placing the same to reserve carry forward any profits which they may think prudent not to divide.

102. Subject to the rights of persons, if any, entitled to shares with special rights as to dividend, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid or credited as paid on the shares in respect whereof the dividend is paid, but no amount paid or credited as paid on a share in advance of calls shall be treated for the purposes of this regulation as paid on the share. All dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amounts paid or credited as paid on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid; but if any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date that share shall rank for dividend accordingly.

103. The directors may deduct from any dividend payable to any member all sums of money, if any, presently payable by him to the company on account of calls or otherwise in relation to the shares of the company.

104. Any general meeting declaring a dividend or bonus may direct payment of the dividend or bonus wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and in particular of paid-up shares, debentures or debenture stock of any other company or in any one or more of those ways and the directors shall give effect to the resolution, and where any difficulty arises in regard to the distribution, the directors may settle the same as they think expedient, and fix the value for distribution of the specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any members upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the right of all parties, and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the directors.

105. Any dividend, interest, or other money payable in cash in respect of shares may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through the post directed to the registered address of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the registered address of that one of the joint holders who is first named on the register of members or to such person and to such address as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any dividends, bonuses, or other money payable in respect of the shares held by them as joint holders.

Capitalization of Profits

106. The company in general meeting may, upon the recommendation of the directors, resolve that it is desirable to capitalize any part of the amount for the time being standing to the credit of any of the company’s reserve accounts or to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution, and accordingly that the sum be set free for distribution amongst the members who would have been entitled thereto if distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions on condition that the same be not paid in cash but be applied either in or towards paying up any amounts for the time being unpaid on any shares held by those members respectively or paying up in full unissued shares or debentures of the company to be allotted and distributed, credited as fully paid up to and amongst the members in the proportion aforesaid, or partly in the one way and partly in the other, and the directors shall give effect to such resolution. A share premium account and a capital redemption reserve may, for the purposes of this regulation, be applied only in the paying up of unissued shares to be issued to members of the company as fully paid bonus shares.

107. Whenever such a resolution as aforesaid shall have been passed the directors shall make all appropriations and applications of the undivided profits resolved to be capitalized thereby, and all allotments and issues of fully paid shares or debentures, if any, and generally shall do all acts and things required to give effect thereto, with full power to the directors to make such provision by the issue of fractional certificates or by payment in cash or otherwise as they think fit for the case of shares or debentures becoming distributable in fractions, and also to authorize any person to enter on behalf of all the members entitled thereto into an agreement with the company providing for the allotment to them respectively, credited as fully paid up, of any further shares or debentures to which they may be entitled upon the capitalization, or (as the case may require) for the payment up by the company on their behalf, by the application thereto of their respective proportions of the profits resolved to be capitalized, of the amounts or any part of the amounts remaining unpaid on their existing shares, and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all such members.

12


Notices

108. A notice may be given by the company to any member either personally or by sending it by post to him at his registered address, or (if he has no registered address within Malaysia) to the address, if any, within Malaysia supplied by him to the company for the giving of notices to him. Where a notice is sent by post, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, prepaying, and posting a letter containing the notice, and to have been effected in the case of a notice of a meeting on the day after the date of its posting, and in any other case at the time at which the letter would be delivered in the ordinary course of post.

109. A notice may be given by the company to the joint holders of a share by giving the notice to the joint holder first named in the register of members in respect of the share.

110. A notice may be given by the company to the persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member by sending it through the post in a prepaid letter addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or assignee of the bankrupt, or by any like description, at the address, if any, within Malaysia supplied for the purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled, or (until such an address has been so supplied) by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

111.(1) Notice of every general meeting shall be given in any manner hereinbefore authorized to -

 

  (a) every member;

 

  (b) every person entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member who, but for his death or bankruptcy, would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting; and

 

  (c) the auditor for the time being of the company.

 

(2) No other person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

 

Winding Up

112. If the company is wound up the liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution of the company, divide amongst the members in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the company (whether they consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for that purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how the division shall be carried out as between the members or different classes of members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of any such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the contributories as the liquidator, with the like sanction, thinks fit, but so that no member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities whereon there is any liability.

Indemnity

113. Every director, managing director, agent, auditor, secretary, and other officer for the time being of the company shall be indemnified out of the assets of the company against any liability incurred by him in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in his favour or in which he is acquitted or in connection with any application under the Act in which relief is granted to him by the Court in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust.

13


FORM 44   CERTIFIED TRUE COPY

Companies Act, 1965

[Section 120(1), 333(1A) and 335(l)(d)]

 

LOGO

Company No.  

Chartered Secretary

YONG LEE HOON (F)

MAICSA 7034781

 

Date: 1 2 APR 2006

724585 U

 

NOTICE OF SITUATION OF REGISTERED OFFICE AND OF

OFFICE HOURS AND PARTICULARS OF CHANGES

S & C ACQUISITION SDN.BHD.

To the Registrar of Companies,

S & C ACQUISITION SDN.BHD. hereby gives notice that-

 

  As from the date of incorporation, the registered office of the Company in Malaysia has been situated at Suite 2,4 th Floor, Wisma Teh Wan.Sang,l2D Jalan Tun H S Lee, 50000 Kuala Lumpur.

 

  As from the          day of                      , 2006 the registered office of the Company in Malaysia has been situated at                                              

 

  As from the          day of                      , 2006 the situation of the registered office of the Company has been changed from                                                                           to                                                                      

 

  And as from 23rd February 2006 , the days and hours during which that office is open and accessible to the public have been as folows:

Monday - Friday (9.00 a.m. to 5.30 p.m.)

Dated this 23rd February 2006

 

Lodged by:  

LOGO

M W MANAGEMENT SDN BHD   *Director/* Secretary/*Agent in Malaysia
(Company No.: 200949-U)   EDMUND LIEW YIN CHIANG
Suite 2, 4 th Floor  
Wisma Teh Wan Sang  
12D Jalan Tun H S Lee  
50000 Kuala Lumpur  
Tel: 03-20725678  

* Strike out if inapplicable


FORM 49       CERTIFIED TRUE COPY
Companies Act, 1965      
[Section 141(6)]      

Company No.

        724585        U

     

LOGO

Chartered Secretary

YONG LEE HOON (F)

MAICSA 7034781

Date: 12 APR 2006

RETURN GIVING PARTICULARS IN REGISTER OF

DIRECTORS, MANAGERS AND SECRETARIES

AND CHANGES OF PARTICULARS

S & C ACQUISITION SDN.BHD.

DIRECTORS

 

Full Name

   Nationality/
Race
   Date of Birth   

Residential Address

   Business
Occupation
(if any)
  

Particulars

of other
Directorship

  

Nature of
Appointment Or
Change and Relevant
Date

  

Identity Card No./

Passport No .

Edmund Liew

Yin Chiang

   Malaysian/
Chinese
   14.03.1967   

30, Jalan Damansara Permai

Damansara Heights

50490 Kuala Lumpur

   Lawyer    NIL   

First Director named in the Memorandum and Articles of Association

14.02.2006

   670314-10-5239
Wong Hok Mun    Malaysian/
Chinese
   30.04.1966   

Unit E55-1, Bangsar Indah

247 Lorong Maarof

59000 Kuala Lumpur

   Advocate &
Solicitor
   NIL    First Director named in the Memorandum and Articles of Association 14.02.2006    660430-03-5523
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    

 


Form 49 - Page 2

 

Company No.
724585 U

MANAGERS AND SECRETARIES

 

Office in Company

  

Full Name

  

Nationality/
Race

  

Residential Address

  

Other
Occupation

(If any)

  

Nature of

Appointment

Or Change &

Relevant Date

   Identity Card No./
Passport No.
Managers    NIL    NIL    NIL    NIL    NIL    NIL
Secretaries    Yong Lee Hoon (f) MAICSA 7034781    Malaysian/ Chinese   

30 Jalan SB Indah 3/3

Taman Sungai Besi Indah, Balakong

43300 Seri Kembangan

Selangor Darul Ehsan

   Chartered
Secretary
  

First secretary named in the Memorandum and Articles of Association

14.02.2006

   700927-01-5812
   Phang Lai Peng MAICSA 0688370    Malaysian/ Chinese    482 Block 4, 8 th Floor Vista Angkasa, Bukit Kerinchi 59200 Kuala Lumpur    Chartered
Secretary
   First secretary named in the Memorandum and Articles of Association 14.02.2006    511119-10-5972

 

Dated this 23rd February 2006    Lodged by:    M W MANAGEMENT SDN BHD    LOGO
      (Company No.: 200949-U)    Director
      Suite 2, 4 th Floor    EDMUND LIEW YIN CHIANG
      Wisma Teh Wan Sang   
      12D Jalan Tun H S Lee   
      50000 Kuala Lumpur   
      Tel: 2072 5678   


CERTIFIED TRUE COPY

LOGO

Chartered Secretary

YONG LEE HOON (F)

MAICSA 7034781

Date: 12 APR 2006

FORM 24

Companies Act, 1965

Section 54(1)

Company No.

724585 U

RETURN OF ALLOTMENT OF SHARES

S & C ACQUISITION SDN.BHD.

The shares referred to in this return were allotted *on the 23rd February 2006 / *between the          day of                      200      and the          day of                      200      .

 

Shares allotted

  

Details of Shares

  

Preference

   Ordinary    Other kinds (Specify class)

1 . For cash consideration: (a) Number of shares

      2 (Subscriber’s share)   

(b) Nominal amount of each share RM

      1.00   

(c) Amount (if any) paid on each Share RM

      1.00   

(d) Amount (if any) due and Payable on each share RM

      NIL   

(e) Amount of premium paid or Payable on each share RM

      NIL   

2. For consideration other than cash:

        

(a) Number of shares

      NIL   

(b) Nominal amount of each share RM

      NIL   

(c) Amount to be treated as paid on Each of the share so allotted RM

      NIL   

(d) Amount of premium treated as Paid up on each share RM

      NIL   

(e) The consideration for which the Shares have been so allotted is as follows:

      CASH   
        

 

-1-


Company No: 724585-U

3. Particulars of the allottees of the shares so allotted and the numbers and classes of the shares allotted to them are as follows:

 

Full Name and Address

   Nationality/
Race
   IC/ Passport  No.    Number of Shares Allotted
         Preference    Ordinary    Other kinds
         Cash    Otherwise    Cash    Otherwise    Cash    Otherwise

EDMUND LIEW YIN CHIANG 30, Jalan Damansara Permai Damansara Heights 50490 Kuala Lumpur

   Malaysian/
Chinese
   670314-
10-5239
         1         

WONG HOK MUN Unit E55-1, Bangsar Indah 247 Lorong Maarof 59000 Kuala Lumpur

   Malaysian/
Chinese
   660430-
03-5523
         1         

TOTAL

               2         

Dated this 23rd February 2006

 

LOGO   LOGO
Director   Company Secretary
EDMUND LIEW YIN CHIANG   YONG LEE HOON (F)
  MAICSA 7034781

-2-


Company No.

 

724585    U

Certificate to be given by all

Companies

CERTIFICATE

We, hereby certify, in relation to S & C ACQUISITION SDN.BHD.:-

 

(a) the shares referred to in this return were allotted pursuant to a resolution of the *directors/ * members made on 23rd February 2006;

 

(b) the shares so allotted do not exceed the authorized capital of the company which is RM 100,000/- divided into 100,000 shares of RM1.00 each;

 

(c) * the allottees have agreed and have not withdrawn their agreement to take up the shares so allotted;

 

(c) * the shares were allotted to the allottees on applications received from them for shares in the company;

 

( c) * the shares were allotted as fully paid bonus shares to the existing shareholders; and

 

(d) the total issued capital of the company now stands at 2 shares of RM1.00 each and the paid-up capital is RM2/- and

 

( e) * by virtue of section 54(2) paragraph 3 of this form is not completed as:

 

  (i) the company has more than five hundred members;

 

  (ii) the company keeps its principal share register at a place within twenty-five kilometres of the office of the Registrar of Companies;

 

  (iii) the company provides reasonable accommodation and facilities for persons to inspect and take copies of its list of members and its particulars of shares transferred;

 

  *(iv) the shares referred to in this return were allotted for cash;

 

  *(iv) the shares referred to in this return were allotted for a consideration other than cash and the number of persons to whom the shares have been allotted exceeds five hundred; and

 

- 3 -


Company No.

 

724585

   U   

 

(v)    (a)    the number of shares allotted to citizens who are Malays and Natives is    _______________
   (b)    the number of shares allotted to citizens who are non-Malay and non-Natives is    _______________
   (c)    the number of shares allotted to non- citizens is    _______________
   (d)    the number of shares allotted to bodies corporate controlled by citizens whoare Malays and Natives    _______________
   (e)    the number of shares allotted to bodies corporate controlled by citizenswho are non-Malays and non-Natives    _______________
   (f)    the number of shares allotted to bodies corporate controlled by non-citizens    _______________
      Total :   

 

Dated this 23rd February 2006

   LOGO    LOGO
  

Company Secretary

YONG LEE HOON (F)

MAICSA 7034781

  

Director

EDMUND LIEW YIN CHIANG

 

* Strike out whichever is inapplicable   
   Lodged by:
   M W MANAGEMENT SDN BHD
   (Company No:200949-U)
   Suite 2, 4th Floor
   Wisma Teh Wan Sang
   12D Jalan Tun H S Lee
   50000 Kuala Lumpur
   Tel: 2072 5678

 

-3-

Exhibit 3.14

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

S&C FINANCE COMPANY, LLC

*    *    *    *

Adopted in accordance with the provisions of §18-101

of the Limited Liability Company Act

of the State of Delaware

*    *    *    *

The undersigned, being duly authorized to execute and file this Certificate of Formation for the purpose of forming a limited liability company pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. Section 18-101, et seq., does hereby certify as follows:

FIRST

The name of the limited liability company is S&C Finance Company, LLC (the “Company”).

SECOND

The address of the registered office in the State of Delaware is 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101, in the City of Dover, County of Kent, 19904. The name of the registered agent at such address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Certificate of Formation as of the 21 st day of February, 2006.

 

/s/ Thaddine G. Gomez

Name:

  Thaddine G. Gomez

Title:

  Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.15

EXECUTION COPY

 


S&C FINANCE COMPANY, LLC

A Delaware Limited Liability Company

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

Dated as of February 21, 2006

 


THE UNITS AND OTHER INTERESTS REPRESENTED BY THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH INTERESTS MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF AT ANY TIME WITHOUT EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND LAWS OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM, AND COMPLIANCE WITH THE OTHER RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY SET FORTH HEREIN.


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF

S&C FINANCE COMPANY, LLC

THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT, dated as of February 21, 2006 (this “ Agreement ”), is adopted, executed and agreed to, for good and valuable consideration, by and between the Company and the members listed on Schedule I attached hereto. Certain terms used herein are defined in Section 1.1 below.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Assignee ” means a person or entity to whom a Unit has been transferred in a Transfer described in Section 5.4 below, unless and until such person or entity becomes a Member with respect to such Unit.

Assumed Tax Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3 below.

Act “ means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. L. § 18-101, et seq. , as it may be amended from time to time, and including any successor statute to the Act.

Board “ means the Board of Managers of the Company, composed of the individuals designated pursuant to Section 5.1 .

Book Value ” means, with respect to any Company property, the Company’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except that the initial Book Value of any property contributed to the Company shall be the value of such property on the date of such contribution, as agreed by the Board and the Member contributing the property, and the Book Value of any Company property shall be adjusted pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( e ) (in connection with a distribution of such property) or ( f ) (in connection with a revaluation of Capital Accounts).

Capital Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 below.

Capital Contribution “ means a contribution made (or deemed made under Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(d)) by a Member to the capital of the Company, whether in cash, in other property or otherwise, pursuant to Section 2.7 , as shown opposite such Member’s name on Schedule I , as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with Article III . The amount of any Capital Contribution shall be the amount of cash and the fair market value of any other property so contributed (as determined by the Board in its reasonable good faith judgment), in each case net of any liabilities assumed by the Company from such Member in connection with such contribution and net of any liabilities to which assets contributed by such Member in respect thereof are subject.

 

2


Certificate ” means a certificate issued by the Company evidencing the ownership of one or more Units.

Code “ means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor statute.

Common Unit ” means a Unit representing a fractional part of the interest of a Holder in Profits, Losses and Distributions and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to the Common Units in this Agreement.

Company ” means S&C Finance Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Company Income Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3 below.

Company Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth for “partnership minimum gain” in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(d).

Covered Person ” means any member of the Board, any Holder, each person or entity controlling a member of Board or any Holder (a “ Controlling Person ”), and any director, officer, principal or employee of a Controlling Person.

Distribution ” means each distribution made by the Company to a Unitholder, whether in cash, property or securities of the Company and whether by liquidating distribution, redemption, repurchase, or otherwise; provided that any recapitalization or exchange or conversion of securities of the Company, redemption of securities of the Company and any subdivision (by Unit split or otherwise) or any combination (by reverse Unit split or otherwise) of any outstanding Units shall not be deemed a Distribution.

Economic Interest ” means a Holder’s share of the Company’s Profits, Losses and Distributions pursuant to this Agreement and the Act, but shall not include any right to participate in the management or affairs of the Company, including the right to vote on, consent to or otherwise participate in any decision of the Members, or any right to receive information concerning the business and affairs of the Company, in each case to the extent provided for herein or otherwise required by the Act.

Holder ” means any Person who holds any Unit, whether as a Member or as an unadmitted assignee of a Member or another unadmitted assignee.

Holder Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth for “partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain” in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i).

Holder Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning set forth for “partner nonrecourse deductions” in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i).

Independent Third Party “ means any Person who, immediately prior to a contemplated transaction, does not own in excess of 5% of the Company’s Units on a fully-diluted basis (a “ 5% Owner “), who is not controlling, controlled by or under common control with any such 5% Owner and who is not the spouse or descendant (by birth or adoption) of any such 5% Owner or a trust for the benefit of such 5% Owner and/or such other Persons.

 

3


Losses ” for any period means all items of Company loss, deduction and expense for such period determined according to Section 3.2 below.

Majority in Interest ” means the Member(s) holding a majority of the Common Units.

Manager ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3 below.

Member ” means any of the parties identified on Schedule I as a member or admitted as a member after the date of this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof, in each case for so long as such person or entity continues to be a member hereunder.

Profits ” for any period means all items of Company income and gain for such period determined according to Section 3.2 below.

Regulatory Allocations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(f) below.

Sale of the Company ” means the sale of the Company to an Independent Third Party or group of Independent Third Parties pursuant to which such party or parties acquire (i) equity securities of the Company possessing the voting power under normal circumstances to elect a majority of the Board (whether by merger, consolidation or sale or transfer of the Company’s equity securities) or (ii) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets determined on a consolidated basis.

Tax Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3 below.

Transfer “ means any sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, mortgage, exchange, hypothecation, grant of a security interest or other direct or indirect disposition or encumbrance of a Unit (including, without limitation, by operation of law) or the acts thereof. The terms “Transferee,” “Transferred,” and other forms of the word “Transfer” shall have correlative meanings.

Unit ” means the interest of a Holder or an Assignee in the Profits, Losses, and Distributions of the Company representing a fractional part of the Profits, Losses, and Distributions of the Company of all Holders and Assignees and shall include Common Units; provided that any class or group of Units issued shall have relative rights, powers, and duties set forth in this Agreement and the Profits, Losses, and Distributions of the Company represented by such class or group of Units shall be determined in accordance with such relative rights, powers, and duties set forth in this Agreement.

 

4


ARTICLE II

GENERAL PROVISIONS; CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; DEFINITIONS.

2.1 Formation . On February 21, 2006, the Company was organized as a Delaware limited liability company by the filing of a Certificate of Formation (the “ Certificate “) under and pursuant to the Act. The rights and liabilities of the Members shall be determined pursuant to the Act and this Agreement. To the extent that the rights or obligations of any Member are different by reason of any provision of this Agreement than they would be in the absence of such provision, this Agreement, to the extent not prohibited by the Act, shall control over the Act. This Agreement shall constitute the “limited liability agreement” for purposes of the Act.

2.2 Name . The name of the Company is “S&C Finance Company, LLC”, and all business of the Company shall be conducted under that name or such other names that comply with applicable law as the Board may select from time to time.

2.3 Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices . The registered office of the Company required by the Act to be maintained in the State of Delaware shall be the office of the initial registered agent named in the Certificate or such other office (which need not be a place of business of the Company) as the Board may designate from time to time in the manner provided by law. The registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be the initial registered agent named in the Certificate or such other Person or Persons as the Board may designate from time to time in the manner provided by law. The principal office of the Company shall be at such place as the Board may designate from time to time, which need not be in the State of Delaware, and the Company shall maintain its records there. The Company may have such other offices as the Board may designate from time to time.

2.4 Purposes . The purpose of the Company and the nature of its business shall be to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Act. The Company may engage in any and all activities necessary, desirable or incidental to the accomplishment of the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing set forth herein shall be construed as authorizing the Company to possess any purpose or power, or to do any act or thing, forbidden by law to a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.

2.5 Term . The term of the Company commenced on the date the Certificate was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware and shall terminate on the date determined pursuant to Article V of this Agreement.

2.6 No State-Law Partnership . The Members intend that the Company shall not be a partnership (including, without limitation, a limited partnership) or joint venture, and that no Member or the Company shall be a partner or joint venturer of any other Member or the Company, for any purposes other than federal and, if applicable, state and local income tax purposes, and this Agreement shall not be construed to the contrary. The Members intend that the Company shall be treated as a partnership for federal and, if applicable, state and local income tax purposes, and each Member and the Company shall file all tax returns and shall otherwise take all tax and financial reporting positions in a manner consistent with such treatment.

 

5


2.7 Liability of Members . No Holder shall have any responsibility to contribute to or in respect of liabilities or obligations of the Company, whether arising in tort, contract or otherwise, or return Distributions made by the Company except as required by the Act or other applicable law. The failure of the Company to observe any formalities or requirements relating to the exercise of its powers or management of its business or affairs under this Agreement or the Act shall not be grounds for imposing personal liability on the Holders for liabilities of the Company.

ARTICLE III

CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

3.1 Establishment and Determination of Capital Accounts . A capital account (“ Capital Account ”) shall be established for each Holder in accordance with the Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) of the Code. In accordance with such Treasury Regulations, the Capital Account of each Holder shall equal, as of the date hereof, the amount set forth on Schedule I attached hereto and shall be (a) increased by any additional Capital Contributions made by such Holder and such Holder’s share of items of income and gain allocated to such Holder pursuant to Article IV and (b) decreased by such Holder’s share of items of loss, deduction and expense allocated to such Holder pursuant to Article IV and any Distributions to such Holder of cash or the fair market value of any other property (as determined by the Board in its reasonable good faith judgment and net of liabilities assumed by such Holder and liabilities to which such property is subject) distributed to such Holder. Any references in this Agreement to the Capital Account of a Holder shall be deemed to refer to such Capital Account as the same may be increased or decreased from time to time as set forth above.

3.2 Computation of Amounts . For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or expense to be reflected in Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of each such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax purposes; provided that:

(a) The computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall include those items described in Code Section 705(a)(l)(B) or Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) and Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are not deductible for federal income tax purposes.

(b) If the Book Value of any property is adjusted pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e) or (f), the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such property.

(c) Items of income, gain, loss or deduction attributable to the disposition of property having a Book Value that differs from its adjusted basis for tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Book Value of such property.

 

6


(d) Items of depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions with respect to property having a Book Value that differs from its adjusted basis for tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the property’s Book Value in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g).

(e) To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any asset pursuant to Code Sections 732(d), 734(b) or 743(b) is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis).

(f) To the extent that the Company distributes any asset in kind to the Holders, the Company shall be deemed to have realized Profit or Loss thereon in the same manner as if the Company had sold such asset for an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board in its reasonable good faith judgment) of such asset or, if greater and otherwise required by the Code, the amount of debts to which such asset is subject.

3.3 Interest . No Holder shall be paid interest on any Capital Contribution to the Company or on the balance of such Holder’s Capital Account.

3.4 Negative Capital Accounts . No Holder shall be required to pay to any other Holder or the Company any deficit or negative balance which may exist from time to time in such Holder’s Capital Account (including upon and after dissolution of the Company).

ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS

4.1 Distributions . Distributions of cash or other assets of the Company shall be made at such times and in such amounts as the Manager may determine. Distributions shall be made to Holders pro rata based on the number of Common Units held by each Holder. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not make a distribution to any Holder on account of his, her or its Common Units in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or other applicable law.

4.2 Allocations . Except as may be required by the Code, each item of income, gain, loss, deduction or expense to the Company shall be allocated among the Holder(s) in proportion to the number of Common Units held by each Holder.

ARTICLE V

MANAGEMENT AND MEMBER RIGHTS

5.1 Management Authority .

(a) Except for cases in which the approval of the Members is required by this Agreement or the Act, powers of the Company shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by and under the direction of, the

 

7


Board, and the Board shall make all decisions and take all actions for the Company which are necessary or appropriate to carry out the Company’s business and purposes. The Board shall be the “manager” of the Company for the purposes of the Act.

(b) The Board shall be initially comprised of 3 persons and shall thereafter be comprised of such size to be determined from time to time by the Board (each, a “ Manager ”). The Managers shall be elected by the Majority in Interest. Each Manager shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal as provided herein. As of the date hereof, the following individuals shall be the initial members of the Board: Stephen Zide, Ed Conard and Paul Edgerley.

(c) Each Manager shall owe the same fiduciary duty to the Company and its Members that such individual would owe to a corporation and its stockholders as a member of the Board thereof under the laws of the State of Delaware.

(d) The removal from the Board (with or without cause) of any Manager elected hereunder shall be effected by a vote of the Members holding a majority of the Units entitled to vote.

(e) Any Manager may resign by delivering written resignation to the Company at the Company’s principal office addressed to the Board. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt of such resignation by the Board or at such later date designated therein.

(f) A vacancy in any Manager position shall be filled by a vote of the Members holding a majority of the Common Units entitled to vote.

(g) The Board may designate any place as the place of meeting for any meeting of the Board. Written (including by facsimile) or telephonic notice to each Manager must be given by the Person calling such meeting at least two business days prior to the scheduled date of the meeting. Attendance of a Manager at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a Manager attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. If all of the Managers meet at any time and place (including telephonically) and consent to the holding of a meeting at such time and place, such meeting shall be valid without call or notice, and any Company action which may be taken at a meeting of the Board may be taken at such meeting.

(h) At any meeting of the Board, a majority of the elected Managers must be present to constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business which may be taken at such a meeting. In the absence of a quorum, any Manager present at such meeting in person, by proxy or by telephone shall have the power to adjourn such meeting until a quorum shall be constituted. Each Manager shall be entitled to one vote upon any matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of the Board. Unless otherwise required by the Act or this Agreement, the affirmative vote of a majority of the elected Managers shall be the act of the Board, and no single Manager, in his or her capacity as such, may make any decisions or take any actions on behalf of the Company without the affirmative vote of a majority of the elected Managers.

 

8


(i) Any action required to be, or which may be, taken by the Board may be taken without a meeting if consented thereto in a writing setting forth the action so taken and signed by a majority of the Managers. Such consent shall have the same force and effect as a vote of a majority of the elected Managers at a meeting of the Board, and the execution of such consent shall constitute attendance or presence in person at a meeting of the Board. Managers may participate in any meeting of the Board through telephonic or similar communications equipment by means of which all Managers participating in the meeting can hear one another, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(j) The Board may appoint such officers, to such terms and to perform such functions as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion. The Board may appoint, employ or otherwise contract with such other persons or entities for the transaction of the business of the Company or the performance of services for or on behalf of the Company as it shall determine in its sole discretion. The Board may delegate to any such officer, person or entity such authority to act on behalf of the Company as the Board may from time to time deem appropriate in its sole discretion.

(k) When the taking of such action has been authorized by the Board, any officer of the Company or any other person specifically authorized by the Board may execute any contract or other agreement or document on behalf of the Company and may execute and file on behalf of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware any certificates of amendment to the Certificate of Formation, certificates of merger or consolidation and, upon the dissolution and completion of winding up of the Company, at any time when there are no Members or as otherwise provided in the Act, a certificate of cancellation canceling the Certificate of Formation.

5.2 Exculpation . No Covered Person shall be liable to any person or entity for any loss, liability or expense suffered by the Company unless such action or omission is not indemnifiable pursuant to Section 5.3 below. Any Covered Person may consult with counsel and accountants in respect of Company affairs, and provided such person or entity acts in good faith reliance upon the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants, such person or entity shall not be liable for any loss suffered by the Company in reliance thereon.

5.3 Indemnification . Except as limited by law and subject to the provisions of this Section 5.3 , each Covered Person shall be entitled to be indemnified and held harmless on an as incurred basis by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act (including indemnification for negligence) against all losses, liabilities and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and expenses, arising from claims, actions and proceedings in which such Covered Person may be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of his being or having been a Covered Person. The rights of indemnification provided in this Section 5.3 will be in addition to any rights to which such Covered Person may otherwise be entitled by contract or as a matter of law and shall extend to his successors and assigns. In particular, and without limitation of the foregoing, such Covered Person shall be entitled to indemnification by the Company against expenses as and when incurred (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) by such Covered Person upon the delivery by such Covered Person to the Company of a written undertaking (reasonably acceptable to the Board) to repay such amounts if it is ultimately determined that such Covered Person was not entitled to indemnification hereunder. The Company may, to the extent

 

9


authorized from time to time by the Board, grant rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Company to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Section 5.3 with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of the Covered Person.

5.4 Transfer of Company Interest .

(a) No Holder shall Transfer all or any portion of his, her or its Units in the Company without the prior written consent of the Board, which consent may be given or withheld in its sole discretion. Other than as collateral security for loans provided to the Board or an Affiliate thereof, no Holder shall pledge or otherwise encumber all or any portion of his, her or its Units without the prior written consent of the Board, which consent may be given or withheld in its sole and absolute discretion.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Transfer by the Holders in contravention of any of the provisions of this Section 5.4 shall be void and ineffective, and shall not bind, or be recognized by, the Company.

(c) If and to the extent any Transfer of any Units is permitted hereunder, this Agreement (including the exhibits hereto) shall be amended by the Board to reflect the Transfer of the Units to the transferee, to admit the transferee as a Member and to reflect the withdrawal of the transferring Holder (or the reduction of such transferring Holder’s Units). The effectiveness of the Transfer of any Units permitted pursuant to this Section 5.4 shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the Transfer of such Units to such Holder or, if later, on the first date that the Board receives evidence of such Transfer, including the terms thereof. The admission of any substitute Member pursuant to this Section 5.4 shall be deemed to occur immediately prior to the effectiveness of such Transfer. If the transferring Holder has transferred all or any of its Units pursuant to this Section 5.4 , then, immediately following the effectiveness of such Transfer, the transferring Holder shall cease to be a Holder with respect to such Units.

(d) A Transfer by a Member or other Person shall not itself dissolve the Company or entitle the Assignee to become a Member or exercise any rights of a Member. An Assignee that is not admitted as a Member pursuant to this Section 5.4 shall be entitled only to the Economic Interest with respect to the Units held thereby and shall have no other rights with respect to the Units Transferred, including, without limitation, to any information or accounting of the affairs of the Company, to inspect the books or records of the Company or to any other information to which a Member would be entitled under Section 18-305 of the Act (subject to the terms of this Agreement). If an Assignee becomes a Member in accordance with this Section 5.4 , the voting and other rights associated with the Units held by the Assignee shall be restored and be held by the Assignee as a Member, along with all other rights attendant to the Units Transferred.

(e) If the Majority in Interest elects to consummate a transaction constituting a Sale of the Company, the Majority in Interest shall notify the Company and the other Holders in writing of that election and the other Holders will consent to and raise no objections to the proposed transaction, and the Holders and the Company will take all other actions reasonably

 

10


necessary or desirable to cause consummation of such Sale of the Company on the terms proposed by the Majority in Interest. Without limiting the foregoing, the Holders will agree to sell their pro-rata share of the Units being sold in such Sale of the Company on the terms and conditions approved by the Majority in Interest (provided that all of the holders of a class of Units shall receive the same form and amount of consideration per Unit).

5.5 Member Rights; Meetings .

(a) No Member, unless such Member is also the Board, shall have any right, power or duty, including the right to approve or vote on any matter, except as expressly required by the Act or other applicable law or as expressly provided for hereunder.

(b) Unless a greater vote is required by the Act or as expressly provided for hereunder, the affirmative vote of a Majority in Interest entitled to vote shall be required to approve any proposed action subject to Member voting under the Act or other applicable law or as expressly provided for hereunder.

(c) Meetings of the Member(s) for the transaction of such business as may properly come before such Member(s) shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board shall determine; provided, however, that the Majority in Interest may establish a meeting (or vote through appropriate written consent pursuant to Section 5.5(d) below) at any time for a vote to remove the Board. Special meetings of Member(s) for any proper purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Board or the Member(s) holding a Majority in Interest. The Company shall deliver oral or written notice (written notice may be delivered by mail) stating the date, time, place and purposes of any meeting to each Member entitled to vote at the meeting. Such notice shall be given not less than two (2) and no more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.

(d) Any action required or permitted to be taken at an annual or special meeting of the Member(s) may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, provided that written consents, setting forth all proposed actions to be taken at such meeting, are signed by the Member(s) holding at least the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Member(s) entitled to vote on such action were present and voted. Every written consent shall bear the date and signature of each Member who signs such consent.

(e) The holders of the Common Units shall be entitled to notice of all Member meetings in accordance with this Agreement, and except as otherwise required by law, any Member holding Common Units shall be entitled to vote on all matters submitted to the Members for a vote with each Common Unit entitled to one vote.

5.6 Additional Members . The Board shall have the sole right to admit additional Members upon such terms and conditions and at such time or times as the Board shall in its sole discretion determine. In connection with any such admission, the Board shall amend Schedule I to reflect the name, address, number and class of Units allocated to the additional Member.

 

11


ARTICLE VI

DURATION

6.1 Duration . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up and terminated upon the first to occur of the following:

(a) The determination of a Majority in Interest to dissolve the Company;

(b) The termination of the legal existence of the last remaining Member of the Company or the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal with respect to the last remaining Member of the Company; or

(c) The entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Article VI , the Member(s) intend for the Company to have perpetual existence.

6.2 Continuation of the Company . The death, retirement, resignation, expulsion, withdrawal, bankruptcy or dissolution of any Member shall not cause a dissolution of the Company and thereafter the Company shall continue its existence.

6.3 Winding Up .

Upon dissolution of the Company, the Company shall be liquidated in an orderly manner. The Board shall be the liquidating trustee pursuant to this Agreement and shall proceed diligently to wind up the affairs of the Company and make final distributions as provided herein and in the Act. The costs of liquidation shall be borne as a Company expense. The steps to be accomplished by the liquidating trustee are as follows:

(a) First, the liquidating trustee shall satisfy all of the Company’s debts and liabilities to creditors other than Holders (whether by payment or the reasonable provision for payment thereof);

(b) Second, the liquidating trustee shall satisfy all of the Company’s debts and liabilities to Holders (whether by payment or the reasonable provision for payment thereof); and

(c) Third, all remaining assets shall be distributed to the Holders in accordance with Section 4.1 above.

6.4 Termination . The Company shall terminate when all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company, shall have been distributed to the Holders in the manner provided for in this Article VI , and the Certificate of Formation shall have been cancelled in the manner required by the Act.

 

12


ARTICLE VII

VALUATION

7.1 Valuation . For purposes of this Agreement, the value of any property contributed by or distributed to any Holder shall be valued as determined in good faith by the Board.

ARTICLE VIII

CERTIFICATION OF LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY INTERESTS

8.1 Limited Liability Company Interests . All Units issued hereunder shall be certificated.

8.2 Certificates .

(a) Upon the issuance of Units to any Member in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall issue one or more Certificates in the name of such Member. Each such Certificate shall be denominated in terms of the number and class of Units evidenced by such Certificate and shall be signed by the Board on behalf of the Company.

(b) The Company shall issue a new Certificate in place of any Certificate previously issued if the holder of the Units represented by such Certificate, as reflected on the books and records of the Company:

(i) makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to the Board, that such previously issued Certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed;

(ii) requests the issuance of a new Certificate before the Board has notice that such previously issued Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim;

(iii) if requested by the Board, delivers to the Company a bond, in form substance satisfactory to the Board, with such surety or sureties as the Board may direct, to indemnify the Company and the Board against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the previously issued Certificate; and

(iv) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Board.

(c) Upon a Member’s Transfer in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement of any or all Units represented by a Certificate, the transferee of such Units shall deliver such Certificate to the Board for cancellation, and the Board shall thereupon issue a new Certificate to such transferee for the number and class of Units being transferred and, if applicable, cause to be issued to such Member a new Certificate for that number and class of Units that were represented by the canceled Certificate and that are not being Transferred.

 

13


ARTICLE IX

BOOKS OF ACCOUNT

9.1 Books . The Board will maintain on behalf of the Company complete and accurate books of account of the Company’s affairs at the Company’s principal office, which books will be open to inspection by any Member (or his authorized representative) at any time during ordinary business hours and shall be maintained in accordance with the Act.

9.2 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Company shall end on March 31 of each year or such other date as may be required by the Code or determined by the Board.

9.3 Tax Allocation and Reports .

(a) The Board shall cause to be prepared and filed all necessary federal, state, local or foreign income tax returns for the Company, including making any elections the Board may deem appropriate and in the best interests of the Holders. Each Holder shall furnish to the Board all pertinent information in its possession relating to Company operations that is necessary to enable the Company’s income tax returns to be prepared and filed.

(b) The Company hereby designates the Board to act as the “Tax Matters Partner” (as defined in Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code) in accordance with Sections 6221 through 6233 of the Code.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Amendments . This Agreement may be amended or modified and any provision hereof may be waived only by the Majority in Interest; provided , however , that any amendment or modification reducing disproportionately a Holder’s Units or other interest in the Profits or Losses or in Distributions or increasing such person’s or entity’s Capital Contribution shall be effective only with that person’s or entity’s consent.

10.2 Successors . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Holders and their respective legal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns.

10.3 Governing Law; Severability . The Agreement will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), and, to the maximum extent possible, in such manner as to comply with an the terms and conditions of the Act. If it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provision of this Agreement is invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.

10.4 Notices . All notices, demands and other communications to be given and delivered under or by reason of provisions under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when personally delivered, mailed by first class mail (postage

 

14


prepaid and return receipt requested), sent by telecopy or sent by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) to the addresses or telecopy numbers set forth in Schedule I hereto or to such other addresses or telecopy numbers as have been supplied in writing to the Company.

10.5 Complete Agreement; Headings, Counterparts . This Agreement terminates and supersedes all other agreements concerning the subject matter hereof previously entered into among any of the parties. Descriptive headings are for convenience only and will not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement. Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or the plural shall include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in either the masculine, feminine or the neuter gender shall include the masculine, the feminine and the neuter. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts together will constitute one Agreement.

10.6 Opt-in to Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code . The Holders hereby agree that the Units shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Delaware (and the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction).

10.7 Partition . Each Holder waives, until dissolution of the Company, any and all rights that it may have to maintain an action for partition of the Company’s property.

* * * * * * * * *

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Limited Liability Company Agreement to be signed as of the date first above written.

 

POTAZIA HOLDING B.V.
By:  

 

Name:  
Its:  

Acknowledged and Agreed to by:

 

S&C FINANCE COMPANY, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Its:  


SCHEDULE I

 

MEMBER(S)

   COMMON
UNITS

Sensata Technologies B.V. (formerly

known as Potazia Holding B.V.)

 

Amsteldijk 166, 6 th floor,

1079 LH Amsterdam, the Netherlands

   1,000

Exhibit 3.16

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 06:42 PM 04/17/2006

FILED 06:42 PM 04/17/2006

SRV 060356897 - 4111852 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

S&C FINANCE COMPANY, LLC

The undersigned, being duly authorized to execute and file this Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Formation for the purpose of amending the Certificate of Formation pursuant to the Section 18-202 of the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify as follows:

 

FIRST

The name of the limited liability company is S&C Finance Company, LLC (the ‘‘ Company ”).

 

SECOND

Paragraph 1 of the Certificate of Formation of the Company is hereby deleted in its entirety and amended to read in full as follows:

I. The name of the limited liability company is Sensata Technologies Finance Company, LLC (the “ Company ”).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Formation as of the 17 th day of April, 2006.

 

S&C FINANCE COMPANY, LLC

/s/ Ian Blasco

By:   Ian Blasco
Its:   Vice President

Exhibit 4.1

Execution

 


SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

AND

THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN

$450,000,000

8% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014

 


INDENTURE

Dated as of April 27, 2006

 


THE BANK OF NEW YORK

Trustee

 


 



CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

 

Trust Indenture

Act Section

   Indenture Section

310(a)(1)

   7.10

      (a)(2)

   7.10

      (a)(3)

   N.A.

      (a)(4)

   N.A.

      (a)(5)

   7.10

      (b)

   7.10

      (c)

   N.A.

311(a)

   7.11

      (b)

   7.11

      (c)

   N.A.

312(a)

   2.05

      (b)

   13.03

      (c)

   13.03

313(a)

   7.06

      (b)(1)

   N.A.

      (b)(2)

   7.06; 7.07

      (c)

   7.06; 13.02

      (d)

   7.06

314(a)

   4.03; 13.02; 13.05

      (b)

   N.A.

      (c)(1)

   13.04

      (c)(2)

   13.04

      (c)(3)

   N.A.

      (d)

   N.A.

      (e)

   13.05

      (f)

   N.A.

315(a)

   7.01

      (b)

   7.05; 13.02

      (c)

   7.01

      (d)

   7.01

      (e)

   6.11

316(a) (last sentence)

   2.09

      (a)(1)(A)

   6.05

      (a)(1)(B)

   6.04

      (a)(2)

   N.A.

      (b)

   6.07

      (c)

   2.12

317(a)(1)

   6.08

      (a)(2)

   6.09

      (b)

   2.04

318(a)

   13.01

      (b)

   N.A.

      (c)

   13.01

 


N.A. means not applicable.

* This Cross Reference Table is not part of this Indenture.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
Section 1.01    Definitions    1
Section 1.02    Other Definitions    39
Section 1.03    Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act    40
Section 1.04    Rules of Construction    40
ARTICLE 2   
THE NOTES   
Section 2.01    Form and Dating    41
Section 2.02    Execution and Authentication    42
Section 2.03    Registrar and Paying Agent    42
Section 2.04    Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust    43
Section 2.05    Holder Lists    43
Section 2.06    Transfer and Exchange    44
Section 2.07    Replacement Notes    58
Section 2.08    Outstanding Notes    58
Section 2.09    Treasury Notes    59
Section 2.10    Temporary Notes    59
Section 2.11    Cancellation    59
Section 2.12    Defaulted Interest    59
Section 2.13    CUSIP Numbers and ISIN Numbers    60
ARTICLE 3   
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT   
Section 3.01    Notices to Trustee    60
Section 3.02    Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed    60
Section 3.03    Notice of Redemption.    61
Section 3.04    Effect of Notice of Redemption    62
Section 3.05    Deposit of Redemption Price    62
Section 3.06    Notes Redeemed in Part    62
Section 3.07    Optional Redemption    62
Section 3.08    Mandatory Redemption    65
Section 3.09    Intentionally Omitted    65
ARTICLE 4   
COVENANTS   
Section 4.01    Payment of Notes    65

 

-i-


     Page
Section 4.02    Maintenance of Office or Agency    68
Section 4.03    Reports    68
Section 4.04    Compliance Certificate    70
Section 4.05    Corporate Existence    70
Section 4.06    Limitation on Layering    70
Section 4.07    Restricted Payments    70
Section 4.08    Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries    77
Section 4.09    Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock    79
Section 4.10    Asset Sales    84
Section 4.11    Transactions with Affiliates    86
Section 4.12    Liens    89
Section 4.13    Business Activities    89
Section 4.14    Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.    90
Section 4.15    Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control    90
Section 4.16    Payments for Consent    91
Section 4.17    Additional Guarantees    91
Section 4.18    Maintenance of Properties and Insurance.    92
Section 4.19    Changes in Covenants upon Notes Being Rated Investment Grade    92
Section 4.20    Compliance with Laws.    93
Section 4.21    Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.    93
ARTICLE 5   
SUCCESSORS   
Section 5.01    Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets    94
ARTICLE 6   
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES   
Section 6.01    Events of Default    95
Section 6.02    Acceleration    97
Section 6.03    Other Remedies    98
Section 6.04    Waiver of Past Defaults    99
Section 6.05    Control by Majority    99
Section 6.06    Limitation on Suits    99
Section 6.07    Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment    100
Section 6.08    Collection Suit by Trustee    100
Section 6.09    Trustee May File Proofs of Claim    100
Section 6.10    Priorities    100
Section 6.11    Undertaking for Costs    101
ARTICLE 7   
TRUSTEE   
Section 7.01    Duties of Trustee    101
Section 7.02    Rights of Trustee    102
Section 7.03   

Individual Rights of Trustee

   104

 

-ii-


     Page
Section 7.04    Trustee’s Disclaimer    104
Section 7.05    Notice of Defaults    104
Section 7.06    Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes    104
Section 7.07    Compensation and Indemnity    105
Section 7.08    Replacement of Trustee    106
Section 7.09    Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.    107
Section 7.10    Eligibility; Disqualification    107
Section 7.11    Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company    107
ARTICLE 8   
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE   
Section 8.01    Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance    107
Section 8.02    Legal Defeasance and Discharge    107
Section 8.03    Covenant Defeasance    108
Section 8.04    Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance    109
Section 8.05    Deposited Money and U.S. Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions    110
Section 8.06    Repayment to Company    111
Section 8.07    Reinstatement    111
ARTICLE 9   
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER   
Section 9.01    Without Consent of Holders of Notes    112
Section 9.02    With Consent of Holders of Notes    112
Section 9.03    Compliance with Trust Indenture Act    114
Section 9.04    Revocation and Effect of Consents    114
Section 9.05    Notation on or Exchange of Notes    115
Section 9.06    Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.    115
ARTICLE 10   
GUARANTEES   
Section 10.01    Guarantee    115
Section 10.02    Limitation on Guarantor Liability    116
Section 10.03    Execution and Delivery of Guarantee.    117
Section 10.04    Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms    117
Section 10.05    Releases    117
ARTICLE 11   
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE   
Section 11.01    Satisfaction and Discharge    118
Section 11.02    Application of Trust Money    119

 

-iii-


     Page
ARTICLE 12   
MISCELLANEOUS   
Section 12.01    Trust Indenture Act Controls    120
Section 12.02    Notices    120
Section 12.03    Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes    121
Section 12.04    Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent    121
Section 12.05    Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion    121
Section 12.06    Rules by Trustee and Agents    122
Section 12.07    No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders    122
Section 12.08    Governing Law    122
Section 12.09    Jurisdiction.    122
Section 12.10    Waiver of Immunities.    123
Section 12.11    Currency Rate Indemnity.    123
Section 12.12    Successors    123
Section 12.13    Severability    123
Section 12.14    Counterpart Originals    123
Section 12.15    Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.    123

 

-iv-


EXHIBITS

    
Exhibit A    FORM OF GLOBAL NOTE
Exhibit B    FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Exhibit C    FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Exhibit D    FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE
Exhibit E    FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

-v-


INDENTURE dated as of April 27, 2006 among Sensata Technologies B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Company ”), the Guarantors (as defined herein) and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as Trustee.

The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) of (a) the $450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 8% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “ Initial Notes ”), (b) any Additional Notes (as defined herein) that may be issued after the date hereof and (c) if and when issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined herein), the Company’s Exchange Notes (as defined herein) issued in the Exchange Offer (as defined herein) in exchange for any outstanding Initial Notes or Additional Notes (all such securities in clauses (a), (b) and (c) being referred to collectively as the “ Notes ”):

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01 Definitions .

144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

Acquired Debt ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized in connection with, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by an existing Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Interest ” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Additional Notes ” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.

Advisory Agreement ” means the Advisory Agreement to be dated on or about the Issue Date, by and among the Sponsors, the Company and Affiliates of each of the Sponsors, as in effect on the Issue Date.


Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Agent ” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

Applicable Premium ” means with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of (1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such Note and (2) the excess of (x) the present value at such redemption date of the sum of the redemption price of such Note at (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under Section 3.07) plus all required interest payments due on such Note, through May 1, 2011 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points over (y) the then outstanding principal amount of such Note.

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

Asset Sale ” means: (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a sale and leaseback) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition” ); or (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case, other than:

(1) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or obsolete, damaged or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business and dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or the disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(2) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

(3) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 4.07 or the granting of a Lien permitted by Section 4.12;

(4) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $10.0 million;

 

-2-


(5) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) the lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(7) any sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (with the exception of Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries made pursuant to clause (10) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”);

(8) foreclosures on assets or transfers by reason of eminent domain;

(9) disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

(10) sales of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing; and

(11) a transfer of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing.

“Bank Indebtedness” means all Obligations pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

Bankruptcy Law ” means (i) Title 11, United States Code or any similar U.S. federal or state law for the relief of debtors or the administration or liquidation of debtors’ estates for the benefit of their creditors, (ii) the Dutch Bankruptcy Law or any similar Dutch federal or state law for the relief of debtors or the administration or liquidation of debtors’ estates for the benefit of their creditors and (iii) any other similar federal or local law for the relief of debtors or the administration or liquidation of debtors’ estates for the benefit of their creditors in any other applicable jurisdiction, now or hereinafter in effect.

Beneficial Owner ” or “ beneficial owner ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns,” “Beneficially Owned” and “Beneficial Ownership” have a corresponding meaning.

 

-3-


Board of Directors ” means:

 

  (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;

 

  (2) with respect to a partnership having only one general partner, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

 

  (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Broker-Dealer ” means any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act.

Business Day ” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets are open, or not authorized to close, in The City of New York.

Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, capital stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for temporary treatment of construction-related expenditures under EITF 97-10, “The Effect of Lessee Involvement in Asset Construction,” which will ultimately be treated as operating leases upon a sale-leaseback transaction).

Cash Contribution Amount ” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Company or any Guarantor described in the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

Cash Equivalents ” means any of the following:

(1) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States, any state, commonwealth or territory of the

 

-4-


United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof, having (i) one of the three highest ratings from either Moody’s or S&P and (ii) maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof; provided, that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof;

(2) time deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) is a lender under the Credit Agreement or (ii)(A) is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and is a member of the Federal Reserve System and (B) has combined capital and surplus of at least $250.0 million (any such bank in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii) being an “Approved Domestic Bank”), in each case with maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(3) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by an Approved Domestic Bank (or by the parent company thereof) or any variable rate note issued by, or guaranteed by a domestic corporation rated “A-1” (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or “P-1” (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, in each case with maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(4) repurchase agreements entered into by any Person with a bank or trust company or recognized securities dealer (including any lender under the Credit Agreement), in each case, having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States;

(5) Investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which are administered by financial institutions having capital of at least $250.0 million and the portfolios of which are limited such that 95% of such investments are of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (1), (2), (3), or (4) of this definition;

(6) solely with respect to the Company and any Foreign Subsidiary, non-U.S. dollar denominated (i) certificates of deposit of, bankers acceptances of, or time deposits with, any commercial bank which is organized and existing under the laws of the country in which such Person maintains its chief executive office and principal place of business, provided such country is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, and whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least “P-1” or the equivalent

 

-5-


thereof (any such bank being an “Approved Foreign Bank”) and maturing within one year of the date of acquisition and (ii) equivalents of demand deposit accounts which are maintained with an Approved Foreign Bank; and

(7) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the Netherlands or any member nation of the European Union whose legal tender is the euro and which are denominated in euro or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction, having (i) one of the three highest ratings from either Moody’s or S&P and (ii) maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof; provided, that the full faith and credit of the Netherlands or any such member nation of the European Union is pledged in support thereof.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, lease, transfer or other conveyance, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than to a Permitted Holder;

(2) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any entity of which is a Subsidiary; or

(3) the first day on which the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company then in office shall cease to consist of individuals who (i) were members of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date or (ii) were either (x) nominated for election by such Board of Directors, a majority of whom were directors on the Issue Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors or who were designated or appointed pursuant to clause (y) below, or (y) designated or appointed by a Permitted Holder.

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, S.A. and any successor thereto.

 

-6-


Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder. Section references to the Code are to the Code, as in effect on the Issue Date, and any subsequent provisions of the Code, amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.

Commission ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Company ” means Sensata Technologies B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, and other noncash charges (excluding any noncash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (including amortization of original issue discount, noncash interest payments (other than imputed interest as a result of purchase accounting), commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing, the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, net payments (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations (any net receipts pursuant to such interest rate Hedging Obligations shall be included as a reduction to Consolidated Interest Expense), but excluding amortization of deferred financing fees or expensing of any bridge or other financing fees, and any loss on the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, in each case, relating to the Specified Financings) and (b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and less (c) interest income actually received or receivable in cash for such period; provided, however , that Securitization Fees shall be deemed not to constitute Consolidated Interest Expense.

Consolidated Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Total Consolidated Indebtedness as of the date of determination to (b) the aggregate amount of EBITDA of the Company for the period of the four most recent consecutive fiscal quarters prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements are available. The Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” including any pro forma calculations to EBITDA.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however , that

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains or losses (including, without limitation, severance, relocation, signing bonus, transition and other restructuring costs and litigation settlements or losses) shall be excluded;

 

-7-


(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(s) during such period;

(3) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) and any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person shall be excluded;

(4) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided, that , to the extent not already included, Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be (A) increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period (subject in the case of dividends paid or distributions made to a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) to the limitations contained in clause (5) below) and (B) decreased by the amount of any equity of the Company in a net loss of any such Person for such period to the extent the Company has funded such net loss;

(5) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(iii), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not permitted at the date of determination without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided, that the Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be, subject to the exclusion contained in clause (3) above, increased by the amount of dividends or similar distributions that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof (subject to the provisions of this clause (5)) in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein.

(6) non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs shall be excluded;

(7) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment or conversion of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations shall be excluded;

 

-8-


(8) unrealized gains and losses from Hedging Obligations or “embedded derivatives” that require the same accounting treatment as Hedging Obligations shall be excluded;

(9) the effect of any non-cash items resulting from any amortization, write-up, write-down, write-off or impairment of assets (including intangible assets, goodwill and deferred financing costs but excluding inventory) in connection with the Transactions or any future acquisition, merger, consolidation or similar transaction or any other non-cash impairment charges incurred subsequent to the Issue Date resulting from the application of SFAS Nos. 142 and 144 (excluding any such non-cash item to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period except to the extent such item is subsequently reversed) shall be excluded; and

(10) any purchase accounting adjustments (including the impact of writing up inventory or deferred revenue at fair value), amortization, impairments, write-offs, or non-cash charges with respect to purchase accounting with respect to any acquisition, merger, consolidation, disposition or similar transaction, shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments made by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments made by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.07(a)(iv).

Consolidated Total Assets ” means the total consolidated total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however , that Consolidated Total Assets as of any date prior to the Issue Date shall be measured after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions.

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

 

-9-


Contribution Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Company or such Guarantor after the Issue Date; provided, that :

(1) if the aggregate principal amount of such Contribution Indebtedness is greater than one times such cash contributions to the capital of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, the amount of such excess shall be (A)(x) Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Secured Indebtedness) or (y) Senior Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Secured Indebtedness) and (B) Indebtedness with a Stated Maturity later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes; and

(2) such Contribution Indebtedness (a) is incurred within 180 days after the making of such cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the date of the incurrence thereof.

Controls Business ” means the assets and operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries related to the manufacture, marketing or sale of controls.

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

Credit Agreement ” means that certain credit agreement, dated as of or about the Issue Date, among the Company, the “Parent” (as defined therein), the “U.S. Borrower” (as defined therein), the other lender parties thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Administrative Agent, the lenders party thereto, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P., in each case, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P., as Documentation Agent, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether at maturity or thereafter) or refinanced from time to time in one or more agreements or indentures (in each case with the same or new lenders or institutional investors), including any agreement adding or changing the borrower or guarantor or extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof ( provided, that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09).

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 

-10-


Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

Designated Asset Sales ” means Asset Sales of the Controls Business substantially as an entirety, which are designated as “Designated Asset Sales,” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal executive or financial officer of, or any other duly authorized Person performing a similar function on behalf of, the Company on the date of sale provided, however , that the Company shall apply the Net Proceeds of any Designated Asset Sale, (x) first, to repay Secured Indebtedness, but only to the extent necessary, to ensure that after giving pro forma effect to such Designated Asset Sale and the application of such Net Proceeds, the Company’s Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio would be no greater than the Company’s Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such Designated Asset Sale, (y) second, to redeem the Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes, in aggregate principal amounts on a pro rata basis based on outstanding principal amounts thereof as of the end of the Company’s most recently concluded fiscal quarter for which a balance sheet is available, in each case in accordance with Section 3.07 in amounts sufficient to ensure that, after giving pro forma effect to such Designated Asset Sale and the application of such Net Proceeds, the Company’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be no greater than the Company’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such Designated Asset Sale, provided further that, if the terms of Section 3.07 will not allow the Company to redeem the Notes in amounts sufficient to satisfy this clause (y), then the Company shall be permitted to repay any other Indebtedness in amounts sufficient to satisfy this clause (y) and (z) thereafter, in any other manner otherwise permitted under the Indenture, including without limitation, to make a Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 4.07(c)(xvi).

Designated Noncash Consideratio n” means the fair market value of noncash consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Noncash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.07(a)(iii).

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is

 

-11-


mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the final maturity date of the Notes or the date such Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or transferred by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company that was formed under the laws of the United States, any state or territory of the United States or the District of Columbia.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication,

(1) the provision for taxes based on income or profits, plus franchise or similar taxes, of such Person for such period deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same was deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, plus

(3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent such depreciation and amortization were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(4) any reasonable expenses or charges incurred in connection with any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, recapitalization or Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture (in each case whether or not consummated) or the Transactions (including, without limitation, the fees payable to the Sponsors pursuant to the Advisory Agreement in connection with the Transactions) and, in each case, deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(5) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment cost, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, including future lease commitments, and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees) deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(6) any other noncash charges, expenses or losses (including any impairment charges and the impact of purchase accounting, including, but not limited to, the amortization of inventory step-up) reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period), plus

 

-12-


(7) any net gain or loss resulting from Hedging Obligations relating to currency exchange risk, plus

(8) the amount of any expense for minority interests consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any Guarantor deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income, plus

(9) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, advisory fees, termination payments and related expenses paid to the Sponsors (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, plus

(10) Securitization Fees to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus

(11) any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of discontinued operations, less

(12) noncash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges made in any prior period).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and non-cash charges of, a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion, including by reason of minority interests) that the net income or loss of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating Consolidated Net Income and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) and would not be restricted from being so dividended, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations (excluding Disqualified Stock of the Company), other than (i) public offerings with respect to common stock of the Company or of any of its direct or indirect parent corporations registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8, (ii) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution or (iii) an issuance to any Subsidiary of the Company.

 

-13-


Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system, and any successor thereto.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Notes ” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof.

Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Excluded Contributions ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock),

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.07(a)(iii).

Existing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the date of this Indenture.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period consisting of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees or repays any Indebtedness or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or repayment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period and as if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary had not earned the interest income actually earned during such period in respect of such cash used to repay, repurchase, defease or otherwise discharge such Indebtedness.

 

-14-


If Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) have been made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations (and the change in any associated Fixed Charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period.

If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation (including, without limitation, the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company and shall comply with the requirements of Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission, except that such pro forma calculations may include operating expense reductions for such period resulting from the transaction which is being given pro forma effect that (A) have been realized or (B) for which the steps necessary for realization have been taken (or are taken concurrently with such transaction) or (C) for which the steps necessary for realization are reasonably expected to be taken within the twelve month period following such transaction or (D) that have been added to pro forma EBITDA to calculate pro forma Adjusted EBITDA as set forth in the Offering Memorandum in footnote 3 under “Summary — Summary Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Data” (without duplication of amounts otherwise included in the calculation of EBITDA) and, in each case, including, but not limited to, (a) reduction in personnel expenses, (b) reduction of costs related to administrative functions, (c) reduction of costs related to leased or owned properties and (d) reductions from the consolidation of operations and streamlining of corporate overhead, provided, that , in each case, such adjustments are set forth in an Officers’ Certificate signed by the Company’s chief financial officer and another Officer which states (i) the amount of such adjustment or adjustments, (ii) in the case of items (B) or (C) above, that such adjustment or adjustments are based on the reasonable good faith beliefs of the Officers executing such Officers’ Certificate at the time of such execution and (iii) that any related incurrence of Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to this Indenture. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if the related hedge has a remaining term in excess of twelve months).

 

-15-


Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at the interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (a) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding all noncash interest expense and amortization/accretion of original issue discount, in each case, in connection with the Specified Financings (including any original issue discount created by fair value adjustments to Existing Indebtedness as a result of purchase accounting)) of such Person for such period, (b) all cash dividends paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued (other than dividends that are payable only at such time as there are no Notes outstanding) during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation or combination) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries and (c) all cash dividends paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued (other than dividends that are payable only at such time as there are no Notes outstanding) during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States in effect on the date of the Indenture. For purposes of this description, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person means such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries and does not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

Global Notes ” means the 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note.

guarantee ” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. When used as a verb, “guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.

Guarantee ” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the Notes issued hereunder by a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. When used as a verb, “Guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.

 

-16-


Guarantor ” means any Person that issues a Guarantee of the Notes, either on the Issue Date or after the Issue Date in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided, that upon the release and discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person shall cease to be a Guarantor. On the Issue Date, the Guarantors will be each Restricted Subsidiary that is a guarantor under the Credit Agreement.

Guarantor Senior Debt ” means, in case of the Senior Subordinated Indenture with respect to any Guarantors, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed or allowable claim under applicable law) on any Indebtedness and any Securitization Repurchase Obligation of such Guarantor, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular obligation, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such obligation shall be subordinate or pari passu in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, “Guarantor Senior Debt” shall also include the principal of, premium, if any, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed or allowable claim under applicable law) on, and all other amounts owing in respect of (including guarantees of the foregoing obligations):

(1) all monetary obligations of every nature of such Guarantor under, or with respect to, the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, obligations to pay principal, premium and interest, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, fees, expenses and indemnities (and guarantees thereof);

(2) all monetary obligations of every nature of such Guarantor under, or with respect to, the Notes, including, without limitation, obligations to pay principal, premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, fees, expenses and indemnities (and guarantees thereof); and

(3) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof),

in each case whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Guarantor Senior Debt” shall not include:

(1) any Indebtedness of such Guarantor to a Subsidiary of such Guarantor (other than any Securitization Repurchase Obligation);

(2) Indebtedness to, or guaranteed on behalf of, any shareholder, director, officer or employee of such Guarantor or any Subsidiary of such Guarantor (including, without limitation, amounts owed for compensation), other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement;

 

-17-


(3) Indebtedness to trade creditors and other amounts incurred in connection with obtaining goods, materials or services (including guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities);

(4) Indebtedness represented by Capital Stock;

(5) any liability for federal, foreign, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Guarantor;

(6) that portion of any Indebtedness incurred in violation of any of Sections 4.06 and 4.09;

(7) Indebtedness which, when incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of Title 11, United States Code, is without recourse to such Guarantor; and

(8) any Indebtedness which is, by its express terms, subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of such Guarantor.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and

(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage, hedge or protect such Person with respect to fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.

Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person,

(a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(i) in respect of borrowed money,

(ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),

(iii) representing the deferred and unpaid balance of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (a) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and

 

-18-


(b) any earn-out obligations, until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or

(iv) representing any interest rate Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon the balance sheet (excluding the notes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(b) Disqualified Stock of such Person;

(c) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and

(d) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien (other than a Lien on Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary) on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person);

provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the normal course of business and not in respect of borrowed money, (b) obligations under or in respect of Securitization Financings, or (c) items that would appear as a liability on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP as a result of the application of EITF 97-10, “The Effect of Lessee Involvement in Asset Construction.”

Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in a Permitted Business of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged

Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

Institutional Accredited Investor ” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs.

Investment Grade ” means (1) BBB — (with a stable outlook) or above, in the case of S&P (or its equivalent under any successor Rating Categories of S&P) and Baa3 (with a stable outlook) or above, in the case of Moody’s (or its equivalent under any successor Rating Categories of Moody’s), or (2) the equivalent in respect of the Rating Categories of any Rating Agencies.

 

-19-


Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (including by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others, but excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.07(d).

For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07, (i) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and (iii) any transfer of Capital Stock that results in an entity which became a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith as of the date of initial acquisition) of the Capital Stock of such entity owned by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after such transfer.

Issue Date ” means the first date Notes are issued under this Indenture.

Legended Regulation S Global Note ” means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount at maturity of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

Letter of Transmittal ” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.

 

-20-


Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided, that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Material Foreign Subsidiary ” means, any Foreign Subsidiary that (a) contributed 5.0% or more of the consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period of four fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior to the date of determination, (b) had consolidated assets representing 5.0% or more of the total consolidated assets of the Company on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter ended for which internal financial statements are available on or prior to the date of determination or (c) owns any Material Intellectual Property or any Material Real Property; provided, that the Company shall be required to designate one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that would not otherwise satisfy the foregoing requirements as Material Foreign Subsidiaries to the extent that (a) the aggregate amount of the consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period of four fiscal quarters most recently ended for which internal financial statements are available attributable to all Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Material Foreign Subsidiaries or otherwise Guarantors would otherwise exceed 10.0% or more of the consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period or (b) the total consolidated assets of all Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Material Foreign Subsidiaries or otherwise Guarantors would otherwise exceed 10.0% or more of the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on the last day of the most recently-ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Foreign Subsidiary shall be deemed a Material Foreign Subsidiary if the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation prohibits by law, rule, regulation or order such Foreign Subsidiary from providing a Guarantee that would otherwise be required pursuant to Section 4.17, provided, that the Company delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee citing the applicable provision of local law that prohibits the Guarantee.

Material Intellectual Property ” means any intellectual property that in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors or senior management of the Company (x) is material to the operation of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (y) could reasonably be expected to become material to such operation.

Material Real Property ” means fee owned real property (a) with a value in excess of $5.0 million or (b) in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors or senior management of the Company, where manufacturing operations that are material to the operation or the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are conducted.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating business.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of any Preferred Stock.

 

-21-


Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale, in each case net of legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), repayment of Indebtedness that is secured by the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

Notes ” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes.

Obligations ” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Offering Memorandum ” means that certain offering memorandum, dated April 21, 2006, relating to the initial offering of the Notes.

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of, or any duly authorized Person performing a similar function on behalf of, the Company.

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom is the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer, or any duly authorized Person performing a similar function on behalf of, the Company.

Opinion of Counsel ” means an opinion from legal counsel that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to the Deposiary, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

Permitted Asset Swap ” means any transfer of property or assets by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in which at least 90% of the consideration received by the

 

-22-


transferor consists of properties or assets (other than cash) that will be used in a Permitted Business; provided, that the aggregate fair market value of the property or assets being transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is not greater than the aggregate fair market value of the property or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such exchange ( provided, however, that in the event such aggregate fair market value of the property or assets being transferred or received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is (x) less than $30.0 million, such determination shall be made in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and (y) greater than or equal to $30.0 million, such determination shall be made by an Independent Financial Advisor).

Permitted Business ” means the business and any services, activities or businesses incidental, or directly related or similar to, any line of business engaged in by the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

Permitted Debt ” is defined under Section 4.09.

Permitted Holders ” means (i) each of the Sponsors and their respective Affiliates, but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the Sponsors, (ii) Officers, provided, that if such Officers beneficially own more shares of Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities than the number of such shares beneficially owned by all the Officers as of the Issue Date or acquired by Officers within 90 days immediately following the Issue Date, such excess shall be deemed not to be beneficially owned by Permitted Holders, and (iii) any “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members, provided, that in the case of such “group” and without giving effect to the existence of such “group” or any other “group,” such Sponsors, Affiliates and Officers (subject, in the case of Officers, to the foregoing limitation), collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities held by such “group”.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) any Investment by the Company in any Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted Subsidiary in another Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents;

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business if as a result of such Investment (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

-23-


(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 4.10 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided, that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(6) loans and advances to employees and any guarantees made in the ordinary course of business, but in any event not in excess of $10.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;

(7) any Investment acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable or (B) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.09(b)(ix);

(9) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(10) any Investments by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 3.0% of Consolidated Total Assets of the Company as of the end of the Company’s fiscal quarter most recently ended prior to the date on which such Investment is made for which financial statements are available (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (10);

 

-24-


(11) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations (exclusive of Disqualified Stock);

(12) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under the covenant described in Section 4.09;

(13) Investments consisting of licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(14) Investments of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or at the time such Person merges or consolidates with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in either case, in compliance with this Indenture; provided, that such Investments were not made by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such merger or consolidation;

(15) any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Securitization Financing or any related Indebtedness; provided, however , that any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional Securitization Assets or an equity interest; and

(16) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement or other acquisition.

Permitted Liens ” means the following types of Liens:

(1) deposits of cash or government bonds made in the ordinary course of business to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party;

(2) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptance issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice;

(3) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized in connection with, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further , however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

-25-


(4) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized for, such acquisition; provided, further however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(5) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under this Indenture and is secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation;

(6) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(7) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(8) Liens to secure any Indebtedness that is incurred to refinance any Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien existing on the Issue Date or referred to in clauses (3), (4) and (20)(B) of this definition; provided, however , that such Liens (x) are no less favorable to the holders of the Notes, taken as a whole, and are not more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced; and (y) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced;

(9) Liens on Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” incurred in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;

(10) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent or the failure to pay would not result in a material adverse effect, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted or for property taxes on property that the Company or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

(11) judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

-26-


(12) pledges, deposits or security under workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other security securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements or earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement or other acquisition, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(13) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not overdue by more than 30 days or if more than 30 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted;

(14) encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of business or to the ownership of properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business;

(15) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business that do not (x) interfere in any material respect with the business of the Company or any of its material Restricted Subsidiaries (including the Company) or (y) secure any Indebtedness;

(16) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

(17) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution, provided, that (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board or other applicable law and (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depositary institution;

 

-27-


(18) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(19) Liens modifying or replacing Liens in existence on the Issue Date; provided, however , that such Liens are no less favorable to the holders of the Notes, taken as a whole;

(20) (A) other Liens securing Indebtedness having a principal amount not to exceed $50.0 million at any time outstanding and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however , that (x) the Lien may not extend to any other property (except for accessions to such property) owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is incurred, (y) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (z) with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligations; provided, that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(21) Liens (A) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (B) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (C) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(22) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(23) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (A) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (B) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (C) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

-28-


(24) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture;

(25) Liens with respect to the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary incurred in accordance with Section 4.09;

(26) Liens arising by operation of law under Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code in favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods;

(27) security given to a public or private utility or any governmental authority as required in the ordinary course of business;

(28) Liens to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Sections 4.09(b)(xi) and 4.09(b)(xxii);

(29) landlords’ and lessors’ liens in respect of rent not in default for more than sixty (60) days or the existence of which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect;

(30) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities imposed by applicable law arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the importation of goods and securing obligations, in each case for sums not overdue by more than thirty (30) days or if more than thirty (30) days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted;

(31) Liens on securities which are the subject of repurchase agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(32) Liens on the Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

Placement Agents ” means Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Banc of America Securities LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up

 

-29-


Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

Purchase Money Note ” means a promissory note of a Securitization Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, issued by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to such Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid in cash or a contribution of equity and which (a) shall be repaid from cash available to the Securitization Subsidiary, other than (i) amounts required to be established as reserves, (ii) amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, (iii) principal and other amounts owing to such investors and (iv) amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in clause (a).

QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

Qualified Proceeds ” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business; provided, that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, except that in the event the value of any such assets or Capital Stock exceeds $25.0 million, the fair market value thereof shall be determined by an Independent Financial Advisor.

Qualified Securitization Financing ” means any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and the Securitization Subsidiary, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.

Rating Agency ” means (1) S&P and Moody’s or (2) if S&P or Moody’s or both of them are not making ratings publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2) under the Exchange Act, as the case may be, selected by the Company, which will be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

Rating Category ” means (1) with respect to S&P, any of the following categories (any of which may include a “+” or “–”: AAA, AA, A, BBB, BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor categories), (2) with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories: Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, Ba, B, Caa, Ca, C and D (or equivalent successor categories), and (3) the equivalent of any such categories of S&P or Moody’s used by another Rating Agency, if applicable.

 

-30-


Registration Rights Agreement ” means, with respect to the Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date among the Company, the Guarantors and the Placement Agents.

Related Party ” means:

(1) any controlling stockholder, partner, member, 50% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of any equity investor;

(2) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding a 50% or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more equity investors and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause; or

(3) any Person with whom an equity investor or a Related Party (under clauses (1) or (2) of the definition of Related Party) may be deemed as part of a “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Note ” means a Legended Regulation S Global Note or an Unlegended Regulation S Global Note, as appropriate.

Responsible Officer ,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, in each case having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Restricted Subsidiary.

 

-31-


Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

S&P ” means Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating business.

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien.

Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person, at any date the ratio of (i) Secured Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of calculation (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) to (ii) EBITDA of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available immediately preceding such date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred. In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs or redeems any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is made, then the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or redemption of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. The Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” including any pro forma calculations to EBITDA

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Securitization Assets ” means any accounts receivable or other revenue streams subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Fees ” means reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Financing ” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing

 

-32-


such Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets and any Hedging Obligations entered into by the Company or any such Subsidiary in connection with such Securitization Assets.

Securitization Repurchase Obligation ” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including, without limitation, as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Securitization Subsidiary ” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company makes an Investment and to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contingent and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary of the Company has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Company reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company and (c) to which neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary of the Company has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Senior Debt ” means the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed or allowable claim under applicable law) on any Indebtedness and any Securitization Repurchase Obligation

 

-33-


of the Company whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular obligation, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such obligation shall be subordinate or pari passu in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, “Senior Debt” shall also include the principal of, premium, if any, interest (including any interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed or allowable claim under applicable law) on, and all other amounts owing in respect of (including guarantees of the foregoing obligations):

(1) all monetary obligations of every nature of the Company under, or with respect to, the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, obligations to pay principal, premium and interest, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, fees, expenses and indemnities (and guarantees thereof);

(2) all monetary obligations of every nature of the Company under, or with respect to, the Notes, including, without limitation, obligations to pay principal, premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, fees, expenses and indemnities (and guarantees thereof); and

(3) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof),

in each case whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Senior Debt” shall not include:

(1) any Indebtedness of the Company to a Subsidiary of the Company (other than any Securitization Repurchase Obligation);

(2) Indebtedness to, or guaranteed on behalf of, any shareholder, director, officer or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (including, without limitation, amounts owed for compensation), other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement;

(3) Indebtedness to trade creditors and other amounts incurred in connection with obtaining goods, materials or services (including guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities);

(4) Indebtedness represented by Capital Stock;

(5) any liability for federal, foreign, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company;

(6) that portion of any Indebtedness incurred in violation of Sections 4.06 or 4.09;

 

-34-


(7) Indebtedness which, when incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of Title 11, United States Code, is without recourse to the Company; and

(8) any Indebtedness which is, by its express terms, subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company.

Senior Subordinated Indebtedness ” means the Senior Subordinated Notes (in the case of the Company), a Guarantee (in the case of a Guarantor) of the Senior Subordinated Notes and any other Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank pari passu with such Senior Subordinated Notes or such related Guarantee, as the case may be, in right of payment and is not subordinated by its terms in right of payment to any Indebtedness or other obligation of the Company or such Guarantor which is not Senior Debt (in the case of the Company) or Guarantor Senior Debt (in the case of a Guarantor).

Senior Subordinated Indenture ” means the indenture dated on the Issue Date among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee relating to the Senior Subordinated Notes.

Senior Subordinated Notes ” means the 9% senior subordinated notes of the Company due 2016.

Shareholders Agreement ” means the Shareholders Agreement to be dated on or about the Issue Date by and among the Company/Parent and the investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors and certain of their limited partners that are signatories thereto.

Shelf Registration Statement ” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof.

Specified Financings ” means the financings included in the Transactions and this offering of the Notes.

Sponsors ” means Bain Capital Partners LLC and its Affiliates and CCMP Asia Equity Partners.

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was

 

-35-


scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means (a) with respect to the Company, any Indebtedness of the Company that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes (in the case of this Indenture) or the Senior Subordinated Notes (in the case of the Senior Subordinated Indenture) and (b) with respect to any Guarantor of the Notes or the Senior Subordinated Notes, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee of the Notes (in the case of this Indenture) or the Senior Subordinated Notes (in the case of the Senior Subordinated Indenture).

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity, of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise and (y) such Person or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).

Total Consolidated Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of all indebtedness of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date of determination, after giving effect to any incurrence of Indebtedness and the application of the proceeds therefrom giving rise to such determination.

Transactions ” means the transactions contemplated by (i) the Credit Agreement and (ii) the offering of the Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes.

Treasury Rate ” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market

 

-36-


data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to May 1, 2010; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to May 1, 2010 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Trustee ” means The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

Unlegended Regulation S Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend, deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and issued upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

Unrestricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Global Note ” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company (other than the Company) that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Company, as provided below) and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary, but excluding the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided, that (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares or equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (b) such designation complies with Section 4.07 and (c) each of (I) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (II) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that , immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and (x) the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described under Section 4.09(a) or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be notified by the Company to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the board resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

 

-37-


U.S. Dollar Equivalent ” means with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the “Exchange Rates” column under the heading “Currency Trading” on the date two business days prior to such determination.

Except as described in Section 4.09, whenever it is necessary to determine whether the Company has complied with any covenant in this Indenture or a Default has occurred thereunder and an amount is expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars, such amount will be treated as the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined as of the date such amount is initially determined in such currency.

U.S. Government Securities ” means securities that are

(a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

(b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided, that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

U.S. Person ” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

 

-38-


(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Section 1.02 Other Definitions .

 

Term

   Defined
in Section

Acceleration Notice

   6.02

Additional Amounts

   4.01

Additional Taxing Jurisdiction

   4.01

Affiliate Transaction

   4.11

Asset Sale Offer

   4.10

Authentication Order

   2.02

Change of Control Offer

   4.15

Change of Control Payment

   4.15

Change of Control Payment Date

   4.15

Change in Tax Law

   3.07

Covenant Defeasance

   8.03

DTC

   2.01

Event of Default

   6.01

Excess Proceeds

   4.10

incur

   4.09

Legal Defeasance

   8.02

Minimum Dollar Denomination

   2.01

non-payment default

   10.03

Offer Period

   4.10

Paying Agent

   2.03

Payment Blockage Notice

   10.03

Payment Default

   6.01

Permitted Debt

   4.09

Refinancing Indebtedness

   4.09

Refunding Capital Stock

   4.07

Registrar

   2.03

Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction

   4.01

Restricted Payments

   4.07

Retired Capital Stock

   4.07

Suspension Condition

   4.19

Suspension Covenants

   4.19

Taxes

   4.01

 

-39-


Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

indenture securities ” means the Notes and the Guarantees;

indenture security Holder ” means a Holder of a Note;

indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture;

indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee; and

obligor ” on the indenture securities means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the indenture securities, respectively.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by the Commission rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them by such definitions.

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction .

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(i) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(iii) “or” is not exclusive;

(iv) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;

(v) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(vi) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

 

-40-


(vii) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the the Commission from time to time.

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.01 Form and Dating .

(a) General . The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 or, if greater at the Issue Date, the dollar equivalent of €1,000 rounded up to the nearest $1,000 (the “ Minimum Dollar Denomination ”) and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

(b) Rule 144A Global Notes . Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued in global form in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto), which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) in New York, New York, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

(c) Regulation S Global Notes . Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Legended Regulation S Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC in New York, New York, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in a Legended Regulation S Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in

 

-41-


an Unlegended Regulation S Global Note pursuant to Section 2.06 and the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of Unlegended Regulation S Global Notes, the Trustee shall cancel such Legended Regulation S Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

(d) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication .

At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by two Officers of the Company (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.

Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent .

The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

-42-


The Company may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however , that no such removal shall become effective until (i) if applicable, acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Company and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company and the Trustee; provided, however , that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.08.

The Company initially appoints DTC to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust .

The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05 Holder Lists .

The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a).

 

-43-


Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange .

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if:

(A) DTC (1) notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for the Global Notes and the Company thereupon fails to appoint a successor Depository or (2) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act;

(B) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of such Global Notes in definitive form; or

(C) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

Holders of an interest in the Global Notes may receive Definitive Notes, which may bear the legend relevant to it under “Transfer Restrictions” in accordance with DTC’s rules and procedures in addition to those provided for under this Indenture. Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of DTC (in accordance with its customary procedures) and will bear, in the case of a restricted Global Note, the restrictive legend described in “Transfer Restrictions” unless the Company determines otherwise in compliance with applicable law.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Legended Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than a Placement Agent). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

 

-44-


(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:

(A) both (1) and (2):

(1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase;

(B) both (1) and (2):

(1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (B)(1) above,

provided, that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Legended Regulation S Global Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period and the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903 under the Securities Act.

Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Notes pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

 

-45-


(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Legended Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

-46-


If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

(v) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note. Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

(i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable;

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

 

-47-


(G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(ii) Beneficial Interests in Legended Regulation S Global Note to Definitive Notes . Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Legended Regulation S Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act; except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

(iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

 

-48-


(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

 

-49-


(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable;

(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

-50-


(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

 

-51-


(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

 

-52-


(2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate:

(i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; and

(ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company.

Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.

(g) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

-53-


(i) Private Placement Legend .

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (C) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO IN RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THESE NOTES, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V. OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES OF LESS THAN $100,000 AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V. THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO IN RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THESE NOTES, THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE TRUSTEE. IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V. SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL

 

-54-


OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR DELIVERED TO ANYONE ANYWHERE IN THE WORLD OTHER THAN TO PROFESSIONAL MARKET PARTIES (“PMP”) WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE EXEMPTION REGULATION TO THE DUTCH ACT ON THE SUPERVISION OF THE CREDIT SYSTEM 1992.

EACH HOLDER OF NOTES, BY PURCHASING THE NOTES, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND AGREED FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (1) SUCH HOLDER IS A PMP AND IS ACQUIRING SUCH NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A PMP, THAT (2) SUCH NOTES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED TO ANYONE ANYWHERE IN THE WORLD OTHER THAN TO A PMP ACQUIRING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A PMP AND THAT (3) THE HOLDER WILL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS DESCRIBED HEREIN TO ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREE.

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(ii) Global Note Legend .

Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

 

-55-


UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

(iii) Regulation S Global Note Legend . Each Regulation S Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee, to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

-56-


(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

(ii) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.04 hereof).

(iii) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(v) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required:

(A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection;

(B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or

(C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

(vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(vii) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

(viii) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

 

-57-


Section 2.07 Replacement Notes .

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for their expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes .

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except (i) Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; (ii) Notes for the payment or redemption of which money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside, segregated and held in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Notes; provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed prior to the maturity thereof, written notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture, or provision satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made for giving such notice; and (iii) Notes in substitution for which other Notes shall have been authenticated and delivered, or which shall have been paid, pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (except with respect to any such Note as to which proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that such Note is held by a Person in whose hands such Note is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company). Except as set forth in Section 2.08 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 9.02 hereof.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Registrar receive proof satisfactory each of them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay all principal, premium and accrued interest with respect to the outstanding Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.

 

-58-


Section 2.09 Treasury Notes .

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, request, waiver or consent in the exercise of any discretion, power or authority (whether contained in this Indenture or vested by operation of law) which the Trustee is required, expressly or impliedly, to exercise in or by reference to the interests of the Holders or any of them, Notes owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded.

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes .

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

Section 2.11 Cancellation .

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will dispose of such canceled Notes in its customary manner (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has redeemed, purchased or paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest .

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided, that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice prepared by the Company that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

 

-59-


Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers and ISIN Numbers .

The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers and “ISINs” (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers and “ISINs” in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers, either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers or “ISINs.”

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee .

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date (unless a shorter time is acceptable to the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate setting forth:

(i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

(ii) the redemption date;

(iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed;

(iv) the redemption price;

(v) applicable CUSIP numbers; and

(vi) a statement that the conditions precedent to such redemption have been satisfied.

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed .

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption as follows:

(i) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or

(ii) if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable.

 

-60-


In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. No Notes in principal amounts equal to or less than the Minimum Dollar Denomination can be redeemed in part.

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption.

(a) Notices of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that (x) redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and (y) redemption notices may be mailed less than 30 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a redemption using the Net Proceeds of one or more Designated Asset Sales. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.

(b) If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state:

(i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

(ii) the redemption date;

(iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed;

(iv) the redemption price;

(v) applicable CUSIP numbers; and

(vi) a statement that the conditions precedent to such redemption have been satisfied.

A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

(c) At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at their expense; in such event, the Company shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this Section.

 

-61-


Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption .

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price.

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption Price .

Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent, money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed.

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption. If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption is not so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed in Part .

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption .

(a) At any time prior to May 1, 2009, the Company may, at its option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes, as the case may be), at a redemption price equal to 108% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of Holders on the record date to receive interest due on the interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings ( provided, that if the Equity Offering is an offering by any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company, a portion of the net cash proceeds thereof equal to the amount required to redeem the Notes is contributed to the equity capital of the Company), or the Net Proceeds of one or more Designated Asset Sales; provided, however, that

 

-62-


(1) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) must remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding in such calculation, Notes held by the Company or any of its Affiliates); and

(2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of such Equity Offering or Designated Asset Sale, as the case may be.

(b) Except pursuant to Section 3.07(a) or as otherwise set forth below, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to May 1, 2009; provided, however , the Company may acquire the Notes by means other than a redemption.

(c) On or after May 1, 2010, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes, at its option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the record date to receive interest due on the interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 1 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2010

   104.000 %

2011

   102.000 %

2012 and thereafter

   100.000 %

(d) At any time prior to May 1, 2010, the Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the record date to receive interest due on the interest payment date).

(e) The Company may, at its option, redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at any time upon not less than 15 days’ nor more than 30 days’ notice to the Holders (which notice shall be irrevocable and given in accordance with Section 3.03 and Section 3.04), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date, premium, if any, and all Additional Amounts, if any, then due and which will become due on the date of redemption as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if the Company determines in good faith that the Company or any Guarantor is, or on the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Notes, would be obligated to pay Additional Amounts in respect of the Notes pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof, which the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, cannot avoid by the use of reasonable measures available to it (including, without limitation, making payment through a Paying Agent located in another jurisdiction), as a result of:

(1) any change in, or amendment to, the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction affecting taxation which

 

-63-


becomes effective on or after the Issue Date or, in the case of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction that arises after the Issue Date, the date on which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction under this Indenture (or, in the case of a successor Person, after the date of assumption by the successor person of the obligations thereunder); or

(2) any change in the official application, administration, or interpretation of the laws, regulations or rulings of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including a holding, judgment, or order by a court of competent jurisdiction), on or after the Issue Date or, in the case of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction has changed since the Issue Date, the date on which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction under this Indenture (or, in the case of a successor Person, after the date of assumption by the successor person of the obligations thereunder) (each of the foregoing clauses (1) and (2), a “Change in Tax Law” ).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may not redeem the Notes under this provision if a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction changes under this Indenture and the Company is obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law of such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction which was officially announced at the time the latter became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction.

In the case of a Guarantor that becomes a party to this Indenture after the Issue Date or a successor person (including a surviving entity), the Change in Tax Law must become effective after the date that such entity (or another person organized or resident in the same jurisdiction) first makes a payment on the Notes. In the case of Additional Amounts required to be paid as a result of the Company conducting business in an Additional Taxing Jurisdiction, the Change in Tax Law must become effective after the date the Company begins to conduct the business giving rise to the withholding or deduction.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given (a) earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Company or any Guarantor, would be obliged to make such payment of Additional Amounts or withholding if a payment in respect of the Notes or the relevant Guarantee, as the case may be, were then due and (b) unless at the time such notice is given, the obligation to pay Additional Amounts remains in effect.

Prior to the mailing of any notice of redemption pursuant to the foregoing, the Company will deliver to each Trustee:

(1) an Officers’ Certificate stating that the Company is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the right of the Company so to redeem have occurred (including that such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by the Company or any Guarantor or surviving entity taking reasonable measures available to it); and

(2) a written opinion of independent tax advisers of recognized standing qualified under the laws of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction and reasonably satisfactory

 

-64-


to the Trustee to the effect that the Company or a Guarantor or surviving entity, as the case may be, is or would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law.

The foregoing provisions shall apply mutatis mutandis to any successor Person, after such successor Person becomes a party to this Indenture, with respect to a Change in Tax Law occurring after the time such successor Person becomes a party to this Indenture.

(f) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption .

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

Section 3.09 Intentionally Omitted .

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes .

(a) The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, then due. The Company will pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

The Company will pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful.

(b) (i) All payments that the Company makes under or with respect to the Notes and that any Guarantor makes under or with respect to any Guarantee will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charges (including, without limitation, penalties, interest and other similar liabilities related thereto) of whatever nature (collectively, “ Taxes ”) imposed or levied by or on behalf of the United States any jurisdiction in which the Company or any Guarantor is incorporated, organized or otherwise resident for tax purposes or

 

-65-


from or through which any of the foregoing makes any payment on the Notes or by or within any department or political subdivision or governmental authority or in any of the foregoing having the power to tax (each, a “ Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction ”), unless withholding or deduction is then required by law or by the interpretation or administration of law. If the Company or any Guarantor is required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes, the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall pay additional amounts ( Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary to ensure that the net amount received by each Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will be not less than the amount the Holder or beneficial owner would have received if such Taxes had not been required to be withheld or deducted. If the Company or any Guarantor conducts business in any jurisdiction (an “ Additional Taxing Jurisdiction ”) other than a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction and, as a result, is required by the law of such Additional Taxing Jurisdiction to withhold or deduct any amount on account of the Taxes imposed by such Additional Taxing Jurisdiction from payment under the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be, which would not have been required to be so withheld or deducted but for such conduct of business in such Additional Taxing Jurisdiction, the Additional Amounts provision described above shall be considered to apply as if references in such provision to “Taxes” included taxes imposed by way of withholding or deduction by any such Additional Taxing Jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof or therein).

(ii) Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall, however, pay Additional Amounts to a Holder or beneficial owner of Notes in respect or on account of:

(A) any Taxes that would not have been imposed or levied by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction but for the Holder’s or beneficial owner’s present or former connection with such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (other than the mere receipt or holding of Notes or by reason of the receipt of payments thereunder or the exercise or enforcement of rights under any Notes, this Indenture or any Guarantee);

(B) any Taxes that are imposed or withheld by reason of the failure of the Holder or Beneficial Owner, following the Company’s written request addressed to the Holder (and made at a time that would enable the Holder or beneficial owner acting reasonably to comply with that request) to comply with any certification or identification requirements, whether required or imposed by statute, regulation or administrative practice of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, Taxes imposed by the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including, without limitation, a certification that the Holder or beneficial owner is not resident in the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction);

(C) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer, personal property or similar Taxes;

(D) any Tax which is payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from payments made under or with respect to the Notes;

(E) any Tax imposed on or with respect to any payment by the Company or a Guarantor to the Holder if such Holder is a fiduciary or partnership or person other than the

 

-66-


sole beneficial owner of such payment to the extent that Taxes would not have been imposed on such payment had the beneficiary, partner or other beneficial owner directly held the Note;

(F) any Tax that is imposed or levied by reason of the presentation (where presentation is required in order to receive payment) of the Notes for payment on a date more than 30 days after the date on which such payment became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later, except to the extent that the Beneficial Owner or Holder thereof would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Notes been presented for payment on any date during such 30 day period;

(G) any withholding or deduction in respect of any Taxes where such withholding or deduction is imposed or levied on a payment to an individual and is required to be made pursuant to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other Directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of 26-27 November 2000 on the taxation of savings income or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such Directive; or

(H) any Tax that is imposed or levied on or with respect to a Note presented for payment on behalf of a Holder or beneficial owner who would have been able to avoid such withholding or deduction by presenting the Note to another paying agent in a member state of the European Union.

(iii) The Company and each Guarantor shall (A) make such withholding or deduction required by applicable law and (B) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant taxing authority in accordance with applicable law.

(iv) At least 30 calendar days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to the Notes is due and payable, if the Company and any Guarantor shall be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment (unless such obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises after the 30th day prior to the date on which payment under or with respect to the Notes is due and payable, in which case it will be promptly thereafter), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Additional Amounts will be payable and the amounts so payable and shall set forth such other information (other than the identities of Holders and beneficial owners) necessary to enable the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders and beneficial owners on the payment date. The Company shall provide the Trustee with documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee evidencing payment of such Additional Amounts.

(v) Upon request, the Company or the relevant Guarantor shall furnish to each Trustee or a Holder within a reasonable time certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment by the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, of any Taxes imposed or levied by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction. If, notwithstanding the reasonable best efforts of the Company or such Guarantor to obtain such receipts, the same are not obtainable, then the Company or such Guarantor shall provide such Holder with other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or Holder of such payment by the Company or such Guarantor.

 

-67-


(vi) The Company and each Guarantor shall pay (A) any present or future stamp, issue, registration, court documentation, excise or property taxes or other similar taxes, charges and duties, including interest and penalties with respect thereto, imposed by any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction in respect of the execution, issue, delivery or registration of the Notes, any Guarantee or this Indenture or any other document or instrument referred to hereunder and any such taxes, charges, duties or similar levies imposed by any jurisdiction as a result of, or in connection with, the enforcement of the Notes, such Guarantee or this Indenture or any such other document or instrument following the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Notes, and (B) any stamp, court, or documentary taxes (or similar charges or levies) imposed with respect to the receipt of any payments with respect to the Notes or such Guarantee. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall, however, pay such amounts that are imposed on or result from a sale or other transfer or disposition by a Holder or Beneficial Owner.

(vii) This Section 4.01(b) shall survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and shall apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor person to the Company or any Guarantor is organized, incorporated or otherwise resident for tax purposes and any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein.

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency .

The Company will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however , that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

Section 4.03 Reports .

(a) Whether or not required by the Commission, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, if not filed electronically with the Commission through the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval System (or any successor system), the

 

-68-


Company shall furnish to the Holders, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations:

(i) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K (or Form 20-F if the Company is a “foreign private issuer” as such term is defined under the rules and regulations of the Commission), other than the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2006, if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and

(ii) (all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission if the Company were required to file such reports.

(b) In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, after the consummation of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in Section 4.03(a)(i) and (ii) above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations for a filer that is not an “accelerated filer” (as defined in such rules and regulations), unless the Commission will not accept such a filing, and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request; provided, that (x) the first and second reports required to be delivered pursuant to Section 4.03(a)(i) above may be delivered at any time up to 75 days after the end of the fiscal quarter to which such report relates and (y) the first report requiring annual financial information required to be delivered pursuant to Section 4.03(a)(i) above may be delivered at any time up to April 30, 2007. In addition, the Company agrees that, for so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding, it shall furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(c) If at any time any direct or indirect parent of the Company becomes a Guarantor (there being no obligation of any such parent to do so) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission (or any successor provision), the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and furnished to Holders pursuant to the requirements herein, may, at the option of the Company, be filed by and be those of such parent rather than the Company.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied with respect to the Form 10-K or 20-F, as applicable, for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2006 prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by the filing with the Commission of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and/or Shelf Registration Statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act with respect to fiscal year 2006 within the time periods and in accordance with the other provisions set forth under the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

-69-


Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate .

(a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company an Officers’ Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Company they would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default that occurred during such period. If they do, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Company also shall comply with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA.

(b) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 4.05 Corporate Existence .

Except as otherwise permitted by Article Five, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence in accordance with its organizational documents.

Section 4.06 Limitation on Layering .

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes, as the case may be, to the same extent. For purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be subordinated or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, as applicable, solely by reason of any Liens or Guarantees arising or created in respect thereof or by virtue of the fact that the holders of any secured Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them.

Section 4.07 Restricted Payments .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation (other than (A) dividends or distributions by the Company payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary payable solely to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary or (C), in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, pro

 

-70-


rata dividends or distributions to minority stockholders of such Restricted Subsidiary (or owners of an equivalent interest in the case of a Subsidiary that is an entity other than a corporation) provided, that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company held by any Person (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary), including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

(iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Indebtedness permitted under Sections 4.09(b)(vii) and (viii) or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, acquisition or retirement); or

(iv) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (i) through (iv) being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”).

(b) Section 4.07(a) shall not apply if, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(ii) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a); and

(iii) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (ix), (x), (xi), (xii), (xiv) and (xv) of the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum, without duplication, of

 

  (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from March 31, 2006 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

 

-71-


  (B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, of property and marketable securities received by the Company after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of the Company (including a resale of Retired Capital Stock (as defined below) but excluding (1) cash proceeds received from the sale of Equity Interests of the Company and, to the extent actually contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of the Company’s direct or indirect parent corporations to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 4.07(c)(iv), (2) cash proceeds received from the sale of Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 4.07(c)(ii), (3) Designated Preferred Stock, (4) the Cash Contribution Amount, (5) Excluded Contributions and (6) Disqualified Stock) or (y) debt securities of the Company that have been converted into such Equity Interests of the Company (other than Refunding Capital Stock or Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Company sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Company, as the case may be, and other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock), plus

 

  (C) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, of property and marketable securities contributed to the capital of the Company after the Issue Date (other than (1) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (2) any Excluded Contributions, (3) any Disqualified Stock, (4) any Refunding Capital Stock, (5) any Designated Preferred Stock, (6) the Cash Contribution Amount and (7) cash proceeds applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 4.07(c)(iv), plus

 

  (D) without duplication of any amounts included in Section 4.07(c)(iv) and to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, of property and marketable securities received after the Issue Date by means of (1) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances which constitute Restricted Investments of the Company or its Restricted

 

-72-


     Subsidiaries or (2) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.07(c)(x) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

 

  (E) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.07(c)(x) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment).

(c) The provisions in Sections 4.07(a) and (b) will not prohibit:

(i) the payment of any dividend or other distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(ii) (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company (“ Retired Capital Stock ”) or Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes in exchange for or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Company) of Equity Interests of the Company or contributions to the equity capital of the Company (in each case, other than Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”) and (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;

(iii) the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the borrower thereof which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 so long as (A) the principal amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value plus related fees and expenses and the amount of any reasonable premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Indebtedness subordinated to the

 

-73-


Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, (B) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes and any Guarantees thereof at least to the same extent as such Indebtedness subordinated to such Notes so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, (C) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Indebtedness subordinated to such Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (D) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness subordinated to such Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;

(iv) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations (or their permitted transferees, assigns, estates or heirs) pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan, agreement or arrangement, provided, however , that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (iv) does not exceed in any calendar year $7.5 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the two immediately succeeding calendar years); and provided, further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent corporations, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations that occurs after the Issue Date plus (B) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations in connection with the Transactions that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations pursuant to a deferred compensation plan of such corporation plus (C) the cash proceeds of “key man” life insurance policies received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date ( provided, that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A), (B) and (C) above in any calendar year) less (D) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A), (B) and (C) of this clause (iv);

(v) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or incurred in accordance with this covenant to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges for such entity;

(vi) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date and the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock

 

-74-


(other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company issued after the Issue Date; provided, however , that (A) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions thereon) on a pro forma basis, the Company would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.0 to 1 and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (vi) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Company from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date;

(vii) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(viii) the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock following the first public offering of the Company’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent corporations after the Issue Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Company after the Issue Date in any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Company’s common stock registered on Form F-4 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

(ix) Investments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(x) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $75.0 million;

(xi) cash dividends or other distributions on the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock used to, or the making of loans, the proceeds of which will be used to, fund the payment of fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or the offering of the Notes, in each case to the extent permitted (to the extent applicable) by Section 4.11;

(xii) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(xiii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock pursuant to Section 4.10 and Section 4.15; provided, that a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, has been made and all the Notes tendered by the Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

(xiv) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, a direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company in amounts required for such Person to pay, without duplication:

 

  (A) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence;

 

-75-


  (B) income taxes to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from the Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries, provided, however , that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount of income taxes that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay for such fiscal year were the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries to pay such taxes as a stand-alone taxpayer;

 

  (C) customary salary, bonus, severance, indemnification obligations and other benefits payable to officers and employees of such direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company to the extent such salaries, bonuses, severance, indemnification obligations and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (D) general corporate overhead and operating expenses such as direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (E) reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with any unsuccessful debt or equity offering or other financing transaction by such direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company; and

 

  (F) its obligations under the Advisory Agreement (as in effect on the Issue Date);

(xv) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Company; provided, however , that any such cash payment shall be bona fide and in good faith and shall not be for the purpose of evading the limitation of the covenant described under this subheading (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company);

(xvi) the declaration or payment of Restricted Payments that are made with the proceeds of Designated Asset Sales; provided, however , that any such Restricted Payments made other than pursuant to clause (y) of the definition of “Designated Asset Sales” shall not exceed $200.0 million in the aggregate; and

(xvii) the dividend or distribution of a Restricted Investment consisting of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted

 

-76-


Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents) to the extent such Restricted Investment was included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments.

provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (ii), (v), (vi), (viii), (x), (xii), (xiii) or (xvi) above, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(d) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this covenant will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company. Such determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an Independent Financial Advisor if the fair market value exceeds $50.0 million.

(e) The Company shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary. For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of Investments. Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section or the definition of Permitted Investments and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

(f) For the avoidance of doubt, any dividend or distribution otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section may be in the form of a loan.

Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(ii) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(iii) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

-77-


(b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(i) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect (x) pursuant to the Credit Agreement or related documents as in effect on the Issue Date or (y) on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, pursuant to Existing Indebtedness and related documentation;

(ii) this Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Indenture, the Notes, the Senior Subordinated Notes and the related Guarantees (including any Exchange Notes with respect to the Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes and the related Guarantees);

(iii) purchase money obligations or other obligations described in Section 4.09(b)(iv) for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that in each case impose restrictions of the nature discussed in Section 4.08(a)(iii) on the property so acquired;

(iv) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(v) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in connection therewith or in contemplation thereof or to provide all or a portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;

(vi) contracts for the sale of assets, including, without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(vii) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 and Section 4.12 that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(viii) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(ix) other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Company or any Guarantor, in each case, that is incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.09;

(x) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements;

 

-78-


(xii) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in Section 4.08(a) (i), (ii) and (iii) imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in this Section 4.08(b)(i) through (xi); provided, that the encumbrances or restrictions imposed by such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors, not materially less favorable to the Holders than encumbrances and restrictions contained in such predecessor agreements and do not materially affect the Company’s and Guarantors’ ability, taken as a whole, to make payments of interest and scheduled payments of principal in respect of such Notes, in each case, as and when due; provided further, however, that with respect to agreements existing on the Issue Date, any refinancings or amendments thereof contain such encumbrances or restrictions that are not materially less favorable to the Holders than the encumbrances or restrictions contained in such agreements as in effect on the Issue Date; and

(xiii) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(xviii).

Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively “incur” ) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Company and any Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and any Guarantor may issue Preferred Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company for its most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following (collectively, “ Permitted Debt ”):

(i) the incurrence by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement together with the incurrence by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries of the guarantees thereunder and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount, of $1,800.0 million outstanding at any one time, less the amount of (x) all mandatory principal payments (with respect to revolving borrowings and letters of credit, only to the extent revolving commitments are correspondingly reduced) actually made by any obligor thereunder in respect of Indebtedness thereunder with Net Proceeds from Asset Sales; and (y) all principal payments actually made by any obligor thereunder in respect of Indebtedness thereunder with the Net Proceeds from Designated Asset Sales;

 

-79-


(ii) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes (including, in each case, any Guarantee thereof) issued on the Issue Date and the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes issued on the Issue Date (including any Guarantee thereof);

(iii) Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(b)(i) or (ii));

(iv) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) in an aggregate principal amount that, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (iv), does not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) an amount equal to 2.0% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the end of the Company’s most recently concluded fiscal quarter for which a balance sheet is available;

(v) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(vi) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-outs or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition or acquisition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that (A) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (A)) and (B) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including noncash proceeds (the fair market value of such noncash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such disposition;

 

-80-


(vii) Indebtedness of the Company owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof and (B) if the Company or a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to all obligations of the Company or such Guarantor with respect to the Notes;

(viii) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;

(ix) Hedging Obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes);

(x) obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds, appeal bonds and other similar types of bonds and performance and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(xi) Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor or Preferred Stock of any Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (xi), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $150.0 million;

(xii) (x) any guarantee by the Company or a Guarantor of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; provided, that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, any such guarantee of the Company or such Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Notes and such Guarantor’s Guarantee with respect to such Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to such Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, (y) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor of

 

-81-


Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor incurred in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, and (z) any guarantee by a Guarantor of Indebtedness of the Company incurred in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(xiii) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock that serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness incurred as permitted under Section 4.09(a) and clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this Section 4.09(b), this clause (xiii) and clauses (xiv) and (xxi) of this Section 4.09(b) or any Indebtedness issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness” ) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced, (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the related Guarantees, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to such Notes or such Guarantees at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded, (C) shall not include (x) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Guarantor or (y) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (D) shall not be in a principal amount in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, accrued interest on, and related fees and expenses of, the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced and (E) shall not have a Stated Maturity prior to the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced and (y) the Stated Maturity of any Notes then outstanding;

(xiv) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Person incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Person was acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided, that such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock is not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, such acquisition or merger; and provided further, that after giving effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness either (A) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth Section 4.09(a) or (B) such Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be greater than immediately prior to such acquisition;

(xv) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;

(xvi) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Agreement in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

 

-82-


(xvii) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(xviii) Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary, provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred under this clause (xviii) which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (xviii), does not exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 1.0% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the end of the Company’s most recently concluded fiscal quarter for which a balance sheet is available;

(xix) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Company or any Guarantor to current or former officers, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations permitted by Section 4.07;

(xx) Contribution Indebtedness;

(xxi) Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor incurred in connection with or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the acquisition by the Company or such Guarantor of property used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the purchase of Capital Stock of, or merger or consolidation with, any Person owning such assets); provided, that the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company for its most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such Indebtedness is incurred, determined on a pro forma basis as if such Indebtedness had been incurred and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four- quarter period, (A) would have been at least 1.5 to 1 for any incurrence of Indebtedness on or prior to December 31, 2007, and would have been at least 1.75 to 1 for any incurrence of Indebtedness thereafter, and (B) would have been greater than such Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger; and

(xxii) Indebtedness of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such Indebtedness are deposited and used to defease the Notes as described under Article 8 and Article 12.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (xxii) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a), the Company will be permitted to classify and later reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09, and such item of Indebtedness will be treated as having been incurred pursuant to only one of such categories. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of

 

-83-


this covenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement outstanding on the Issue Date will be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (i) of the definition of Permitted. Additionally, all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness may later be reclassified as having been incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or under any category of Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (xxii) above so long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred pursuant to such provision at the time of reclassification.

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness where the Indebtedness incurred is denominated in a different currency, the amount of such Indebtedness will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness; provided, however, that if any such Indebtedness denominated in a different currency is subject to a currency agreement with respect to U.S. dollars covering all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness expressed in U.S. dollars will be as provided in such currency agreement. The principal amount of any refinancing Indebtedness incurred in the same currency as the Indebtedness being refinanced will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the Indebtedness being refinanced, except to the extent that (i) such U.S. Dollar Equivalent was determined based on a currency agreement, in which case the refinancing Indebtedness will be determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, and (ii) the principal amount of the refinancing Indebtedness exceeds the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced, in which case the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of such excess will be determined on the date such refinancing Indebtedness is incurred. The maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness, solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.

Section 4.10 Asset Sales .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(i) the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;

(ii) in the case of Asset Sales involving consideration in excess of $10.0 million, the fair market value is determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors; and

(iii) except for any Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.

For purposes of clause (iii) above, the amount of (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their

 

-84-


terms subordinated to the Notes or the related Guarantees) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and from which the Company and all Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing, (B) any securities received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale and (C) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company), taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Consolidated Total Assets of the Company as of the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter prior to the date on which such Designated Noncash Consideration is received (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this paragraph and for no other purpose.

(b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or, if applicable, the Restricted Subsidiary) may apply those Net Proceeds at its option:

(i) to repay any Secured Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor or Indebtedness of the Company that ranks pari passu with the Notes or Indebtedness of a Guarantor that ranks pari passu with such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes ( provided that if the Company shall so reduce Obligations under unsecured Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes or a related Guarantee, it will equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer (as defined in Section 4.10(d) below)) to all Holders to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the pro rata principal amount of the Notes or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

(ii) in the case of a Designated Asset Sale, as provided for in the definition of Designated Asset Sales; or

(iii) to (A) make an investment in any one or more businesses; provided, that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that such business constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) make capital expenditures or (C) make an investment in other assets, in each of (A), (B) and (C), used or useful in a Permitted Business; and/or (4) to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided, that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and it results in the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that such business constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) assets that, in each of (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale.

 

-85-


(c) Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale not applied or invested in accordance with Section 4.10(b) within 365 days from the date of the receipt of such Net Proceeds shall constitute “ Excess Proceeds ,” provided, that if during such 365-day period the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a definitive binding agreement committing it to apply such Net Proceeds in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.10(b)(i), (ii) or (iii) after such 365th day, such 365-day period will be extended with respect to the amount of Net Proceeds so committed for a period not to exceed 180 days until such Net Proceeds are required to be applied in accordance with such agreement (or, if earlier, until termination of such agreement).

(d) When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Company, or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, will make an offer (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to all Holders and Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with such Notes and contains provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase, on a pro rata basis, the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash.

(e) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company, or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary (including the Company), may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

(f) If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company, or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary (including the Company), may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

(g) The Company, or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture, the Company, or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 4.10 of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or

 

-86-


for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless:

(i) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; and

(ii) (A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company have determined in good faith that the criteria set forth in the immediately preceding clause (i) are satisfied and have approved the relevant Affiliate Transaction as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company; and (B) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $75.0 million, the Board of Directors of the Company shall also have received a written opinion as to the fairness to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an Independent Financial Advisor.

(b) The following items will be deemed not to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

(i) any transaction with the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture or similar entity which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Restricted Subsidiary, joint venture or similar entity;

(ii) Restricted Payments and Permitted Investments (other than pursuant to clauses (3), (10) and (11) of the definition thereof) permitted by this Indenture;

(iii) the payment to the Sponsors, any of their Affiliates, and officers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees, termination payments and related reasonable expenses pursuant to (A) the Advisory Agreement or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not less advantageous to the Holders in any material respect than the Advisory Agreement) or (B) other agreements as in effect on the Issue Date that are (x) entered into in connection with the Transactions and (y) as described in the Offering Memorandum or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not less advantageous to the Holders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

(iv) the payment of reasonable and customary compensation and fees to, and indemnities provided on behalf of (and entering into related agreements with) officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent corporations, or any Restricted Subsidiary, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company or senior management thereof;

 

-87-


(v) payments made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsors and any of their Affiliates for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;

(vi) transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view;

(vii) payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to employees or consultants of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and which are otherwise permitted under this Indenture, but in any event not to exceed $10.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;

(viii) payments made or performance under any agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or as described in the Offering Memorandum (other than the Advisory Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement, but including, without limitation, each of the other agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions);

(ix) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, the Shareholders Agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreements related thereto to which it is a party on the Issue Date and any similar agreement that it may enter into thereafter); provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to the Shareholders Agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (ix) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

(x) the Transactions and the payment of all transaction, underwriting, commitment and other fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions;

(xi) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture that are fair to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been entered into at such time with an unaffiliated party;

 

-88-


(xii) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to any Permitted Holder, any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Company or its Subsidiaries or any other Affiliates of the Company (other than a Subsidiary);

(xiii) investments by the Sponsors in securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (A) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (B) the investment constitutes less than 5% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities; and

(xiv) any transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing.

Section 4.12 Liens .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien that secures obligations under any Indebtedness on any asset or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless the Notes and the related Guarantees are equally and ratably secured, except that the foregoing shall not apply to:

(i) Liens existing on the Issue Date to the extent and in the manner such Liens are in effect on the Issue Date;

(ii) Liens securing Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” and (y) the maximum principal amount of Indebtedness that, as of such date, and after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of the proceeds therefrom on such date, would not cause the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio of the Company to exceed 4.0 to 1;

(iii) Liens securing the Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes and, in each case, the related Guarantees and the Exchange Notes (including Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Additional Notes and Additional Senior Subordinated Notes and secured by a Lien, in each case, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture) and the related Guarantees; and

(iv) Permitted Liens.

Section 4.13 Business Activities .

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

-89-


Section 4.14 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims .

The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (a) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or upon the income, profits or property of it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies except, in each case, any such tax, assessment, charge or claim as is being contested in good faith by appropriate actions or where the failure to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim is not materially adverse to the Holders.

Section 4.15 Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control .

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Company at such time has given notice of redemption under Section 3.07(c) or (d) with respect to all outstanding Notes, each Holder will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (in a principal amount equal to the Minimum Dollar Denomination or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to a change of control offer (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) on the terms set forth in this Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer a Change of Control Payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased, to the date of purchase (the “ Change of Control Payment ”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Company at such time has given notice of redemption under Section 3.07(b) or (c) with respect to all outstanding, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the date (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”) specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.15 by virtue of such conflict.

(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful:

(i) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

 

-90-


(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted, together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

(c) The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount equal to the Minimum Dollar Denomination. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

(d) The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer or (ii) a valid notice of redemption for all of the Notes has been given pursuant to the terms of this Indenture as described under Section 3.07 unless and until such notice has been validly revoked or there is a default in the payment of the applicable redemption price. A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control or conditional upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.

Section 4.16 Payments for Consent .

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

Section 4.17 Additional Guarantees .

On or after the Issue Date, the Company shall cause (a) each of its Domestic Subsidiaries or Material Foreign Subsidiaries (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) that incurs Indebtedness in excess of $10.0 million (other than Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (v), (vi), (vii), (viii), (ix), (x), (xv) or (xviii) of Section 4.09(b)) and (b) each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Guarantors, in each case, within 10 Business Days of such incurrence of any such Indebtedness or guarantee of such Indebtedness, to execute and deliver to the Trustee a Guarantee pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any and interest on the Notes and all other obligations under this Indenture on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in this Indenture.

 

-91-


Each Guarantee will be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by that Restricted Subsidiary without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Restricted Subsidiary, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Each Guarantee shall be released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture described under Article 11. The form of such supplemental indenture is attached hereto as Exhibit E hereto.

Section 4.18 Maintenance of Properties and Insurance.

(a) The Company shall cause all material properties owned by or leased by it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries used or useful to the conduct of its business or the business of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in normal condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and shall cause to be made all repairs, renewals, replacements, and betterments thereof, all as in its judgment may be necessary, so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided, however , that nothing in this Section 4.18 shall prevent the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any of such properties, or disposing of any of them, if such discontinuance or disposal is, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary; provided, further , that nothing in this Section 4.18 shall prevent the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from discontinuing or disposing of any properties to the extent otherwise permitted by this Indenture.

(b) The Company shall maintain, and shall cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to maintain, insurance with responsible carriers against such risks and in such amounts, and with such deductibles, retentions, self insured amounts and co-insurance provisions, as are appropriate for a business of this type and size as determined in good faith by the Company.

Section 4.19 Changes in Covenants upon Notes Being Rated Investment Grade .

(a) If, with respect to the Notes, on any date following the date of this Indenture (1) the Notes are rated Investment Grade by both Rating Agencies; and (2) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (the foregoing conditions being referred to collectively as the “ Suspension Condition ”), then, beginning on that day and subject to the provisions of Section 4.19(b), the following covenants will be suspended: Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10(d), 4.11 and 5.01(a)(iv) (collectively, the “ Suspended Covenants ”).

(b) During any period that the foregoing covenants have been suspended, the Company’s Board of Directors may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the second sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.”

(c) If the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to the Notes for any period of time as a result of the foregoing

 

-92-


and, subsequently, one or both Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade rating or downgrade the Investment Grade rating assigned to the Notes such that the Notes are no longer rated Investment Grade by both Rating Agencies, then the Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants. Compliance with the Suspended Covenants with respect to Restricted Payments made after the time of such withdrawal or downgrade will be calculated in accordance with the terms Section 4.07 as if such covenant had been in effect during the entire period of time from the date of this Indenture; provided, further , that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind will be deemed to exist under this Indenture, for the Notes or the related Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries will bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring after the Notes attain the required ratings and before any reinstatement of the Suspended Covenants as provided above, or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligations arising prior to the reinstatement of the Suspended Covenants, regardless of whether those actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable covenant had remained in effect during such period.

Section 4.20 Compliance with Laws.

The Company shall comply, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, orders and restrictions of the United States, all states and municipalities thereof, and of any governmental department, commission, board, regulatory authority, bureau, agency and instrumentality of the foregoing, in respect of the conduct of their respective businesses and the ownership of their respective properties, except, in any such case, to the extent the failure to so comply would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Section 4.21 Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.

The Company and each Guarantor covenants (to the extent permitted by applicable law) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) the Company and each Guarantor hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants (to the extent permitted by applicable law) that it shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

-93-


ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01 Merger , Consolidation , or Sale of Assets .

(a) The Company may not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

(i) either: (A) the Company is the surviving corporation; or (B) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made is, in the case of the Company, a corporation or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of any member state of the European Union, the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia (the Company or such Person, including the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”), provided, that at any time the Successor Company is a limited liability company, there shall be a co-issuer of the Notes that is a corporation that satisfies the requirements of this Section 5.01(a);

(ii) the Successor Company (if other than the Company) assumes all the obligations of the Company, under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(iii) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either (A) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) or (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction.

The foregoing provision shall also apply to any Guarantor, with the exception of clause (iv).

(b) For purposes of this Article 5, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

 

-94-


(c) For avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that, for all purposes under this Indenture, a sale, transfer or disposition of the properties or assets of the Company and its subsidiaries that, in the aggregate accounted for no more than two-thirds of the Company’s aggregate EBITDA during the four most recent consecutive fiscal quarters prior to the date of such sale, transfer or disposition for which financial statements are available (as specified in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee), shall be deemed not to be a sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

(d) The predecessor company shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture and the Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor shall not be so released.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, clauses (iii) and (iv) of Section 5.01(a) shall not apply to (A) a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (B) any Restricted Subsidiary consolidating with, merging into or selling, assigning, transferring, conveying, leasing or otherwise disposing of all or part of its properties and assets to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary ( provided, that , in the event that such Restricted Subsidiary is a Guarantor, it may consolidate with, merge into or sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or part of its properties and assets solely to the Company or another Guarantor) or (C) the Company merging with an Affiliate solely for the purpose and with the sole effect of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default .

Each of the following is an “ Event of Default ”:

(i) the Company defaults in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

(ii) the Company defaults in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest, if any, on or with respect to the Notes and such default continues for a period of 30 days;

(iii) the Company defaults in the performance of, or breaches any covenant, warranty or other agreement contained in, this Indenture (other than a default in the performance or breach of a covenant, warranty or agreement which is specifically dealt with in clauses (i) or (ii) above) and such default or breach continues for a period of 60 days after the notice specified below;

(iv) a default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money

 

-95-


borrowed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the Issue Date, if (A) such default either (1) results from the failure to pay any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or (2) relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its Stated Maturity and (B) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $40.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) or more at any one time outstanding;

(v) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

  (A) commences a voluntary case;

 

  (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

 

  (C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

 

  (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

  (E) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency;

 

  (F) generally is not able to pay its debts as they become due; or

 

  (G) takes any corporate action to authorize or effect any of the foregoing;

(vi) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

  (A) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

 

  (B) appoints a custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property or assets of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; or

 

  (C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary,

 

-96-


and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;

(vii) the failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $40.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after the applicable judgment becomes final, and, with respect to any such judgments covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; or

(viii) the Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together as of the date of the most recent audited financial statements of the Company, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms hereof) or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or any Guarantee, other than by reason of the release of such Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, and such Default continues for 10 days.

Section 6.02 Acceleration .

(a) If an Event of Default specified in clause (v) or (vi) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, then all unpaid principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

(b) If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clauses (v) or (vi) of Section 6.01) shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes under this Indenture may declare the principal of and accrued interest on such Notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” (the “ Acceleration Notice ”), and the same shall become immediately due and payable.

At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes as described in the two preceding paragraphs, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of such Notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences:

(i) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree;

(ii) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration;

 

-97-


(iii) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid;

(iv) if the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses (including the fees and costs of its attorneys), disbursements and advances; and

(v) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default under this Indenture of the type described in clause (v) and (vi) of Section 6.01, the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

Section 6.03 Other Remedies .

(a) If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

(b) The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon a Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

(c) In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (iv) of Section 6.01, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose the Company delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured, it being understood that in no event shall an acceleration of the principal amount of the Notes, as described above, be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events.

(d) Holders may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes, except as provided in this Indenture and under the TIA. Subject to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity.

 

-98-


Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults .

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes at the time then outstanding may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any Default with respect to such Notes and its consequences by providing written notice thereof to the Company and the Trustee, except a Default in the payment of interest on or the principal of such Notes. In the case of any such waiver, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and rights under this Indenture, respectively; provided, that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

Section 6.05 Control by Majority .

Subject to the other provisions of this Indenture and applicable law, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. Subject to Section 7.02, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with any law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder, or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. In the event the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss or expense caused by taking such action or following such direction.

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits .

A Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(i) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

(ii) the Holder or Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(iii) such Holder or Holders offer and provide to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(iv) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 45 days after receipt of the request and the offer and the provision of indemnity; and

(v) during such 45-day period the Holder or Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction in accordance with Section 6.04 which, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with the request.

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over such other Holder.

 

-99-


Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on a Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee .

If a Default in payment of principal or interest specified in clauses (i) or (ii) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal and accrued interest and fees remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate per annum borne by the Notes and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Company, its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any custodian in any such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. The Trustee shall be entitled to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors in the matters as it deems necessary or advisable.

Section 6.10 Priorities .

Subject to the provisions of Article Ten, if the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

First : to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;

 

-100-


Second : to Holders for interest accrued on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for interest;

Third : to Holders for principal amounts due and unpaid on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal; and

Fourth: to the Company or, if applicable, the Guarantors, as their respective interests may appear.

The Trustee, upon prior notice to the Company, may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs .

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by a Holder or Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have actual knowledge and after the curing of all such Events of Defaults which may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. If an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have actual knowledge has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein,

 

-101-


upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, with respect to certificates or opinions specifically required by any provision hereof to be furnished to it, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture; provided, however , that the Trustee shall not be responsible for the accuracy or content of any resolution, certificate, statement, opinion, report, document, order or other instrument furnished to it hereunder.

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

(ii) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(iii) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

(d) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability for the performance of any of its duties hereunder or the exercise of any of its rights or powers. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

(e) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

-102-


(c) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder and perform any duties hereunder either directly or through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

(f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(g) in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action;

(h) the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture;

(i) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Registrar, the Transfer Agents, and the Trustee, in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian, and other Person employed to act hereunder;

(j) the Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded;

(k) The right of the Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty, and the Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of such act; and

(l) In the event the Company is required to pay Additional Interest, the Company will provide written notice to the Trustee of the Company’s obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date, which notice shall set forth the amount of Additional Interest to be paid by the Company. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Additional Interest is payable and the amount thereof.

 

-103-


Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee .

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer .

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture or the legality or validity of the Notes or this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults .

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes .

(a) Within 60 days after each November 1 beginning with the first November 1 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as the Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).

(b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders will be mailed by the Trustee to the Company and filed by the Trustee with the the Commission and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted therefrom.

 

-104-


Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity .

(a) The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as agreed between the Company and the Trustee. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable and documented disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable and documented compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

(b) The Company and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, will indemnify the Trustee and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Trustee against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including, without limitation, the reasonable and documented costs and expenses (including the costs and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel) of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim of which a Responsible Officer has received written notice for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company and the Guarantors, as applicable, will pay the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of such counsel provided, however that the Company and any Guarantor shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes such indemnified parties’ defense and, in such indemnified parties’ reasonable judgment, there is no conflict of interest between the Company and the Guarantors, as applicable, and such parties in connection with such defense. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

(c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

(d) To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

(e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(v) or (vi) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

-105-


(f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee .

(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.

(b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

(ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(iii) a custodian, receiver or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(iv) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition at the expense of the Company any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

-106-


Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc .

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee.

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification .

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b).

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company .

The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes and Guarantees upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge .

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Guarantees and this

 

-107-


Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes issued hereunder to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium and Additional Interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;

(ii) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes issued hereunder concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(iv) this Article 8.

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance .

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.15 and 4.17, and clause (iv) of Section 5.01(a) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and the Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Guarantees, will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, and clauses (iii), (iv), (v), (vi) (with respect to a Significant Subsidiary), (vii) and (viii) of Sections 6.01 hereof will not constitute Events of Default.

 

-108-


Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .

(a) In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof:

(i) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable U.S. Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of an internationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, and interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes issued hereunder on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(ii) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes issued hereunder will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(iii) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes issued hereunder will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(iv) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from, or arising in connection with, the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing) or insofar as Events of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 123rd day after the date of deposit;

(v) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

 

-109-


(vi) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the deposit, or if longer, the day immediately following the last day on which the deposit may be set aside as preferential payment under applicable law, and assuming that no Holder is an “insider” of the Company under applicable bankruptcy law, after such day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of the preference provisions of Section 547 of the United States Federal Bankruptcy Code;

(vii) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over the other creditors of the Company or any Guarantor or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or any Guarantor or others; and

(viii) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance of the Notes have been complied with.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause (ii) above with respect to a Legal Defeasance need not be delivered if all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable or (y) will become due and payable on the maturity date within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company.

(c) Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon the request of the Company, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates.

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and U.S. Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money, non-callable U.S. Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

-110-


Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money, non-callable U.S. Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a)(ii) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06 Repayment to Company .

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company causes to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

Section 8.07 Reinstatement .

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable U.S. Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however , that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

-111-


ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes .

Subject to Section 9.03, without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes:

(i) to cure any ambiguity, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

(ii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(iii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company or a successor company of a Guarantor, as applicable, of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture;

(iv) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder;

(v) to secure the Notes;

(vi) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

(vii) to add a Guarantee of the Notes;

(viii) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” included in the Offering Memorandum relating to the Notes;

(ix) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Indenture on the Issue Date; or

(x) to release a Guarantor upon its sale or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or other permitted release from its Guarantee; provided, that such sale, designation or release is in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture,

provided, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate, each stating that such amendment or supplement complies with the provisions of this Section 9.01.

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes .

(a) Subject to Sections 6.07 and 9.03, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, together, with the written consent of the Holder or Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any other Holders. Subject to Sections 6.07 and 9.03,

 

-112-


the Holder or Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of then outstanding Notes may waive compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) without notice to any other Holders (except a default in respect of the payment of principal or interest on the Notes).

(b) Notwithstanding Section 9.02(a), without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.04, may not (with respect to any Notes issued hereunder and held by a non-consenting Holder):

(i) reduce the principal amount of Notes issued hereunder whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(ii) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note issued hereunder or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes issued hereunder (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under Sections 4.10 and 4.15, except as set forth in clause (x) below);

(iii) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note issued hereunder;

(iv) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes issued hereunder (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes issued hereunder by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued hereunder with respect to a nonpayment default and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(vi) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders hereunder to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes or impair the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to the Notes;

(vii) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note issued hereunder (other than a payment required by Sections 4.10 and 4.15, except as set forth in clause (x) below);

(viii) make any change in the ranking or priority of any Note issued hereunder that would adversely affect the Holders;

(ix) modify the Guarantees in any manner adverse to the Holders;

(x) amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in respect of a Change of Control that has occurred or make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer in respect of an Asset Sale that has been consummated after a requirement to make an Asset Sale Offer has arisen; or

 

-113-


(xi) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

(c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

(d) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act .

Every amendment, supplement or waiver to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents .

(a) Until an amendment, waiver or supplement becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to his Note or portion of his Note by notice to the Trustee or the Company received before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver.

(b) The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver which record date shall be at least 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the last sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date. The Company shall inform the Trustee in writing of the fixed record date if applicable.

(c) After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (i) through (xi) of Section 9.02(b), in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note; provided, that any such waiver shall not impair or affect the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on a Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates without the consent of such Holder.

 

-114-


Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes .

If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Company may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Company shall provide the Trustee with an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and cause the Trustee to return it to the Holder at the Company’s expense. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc .

The Trustee shall execute any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine; provided, that the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate each stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms. Such Opinion of Counsel shall be at the expense of the Company.

ARTICLE 10

GUARANTEES

Section 10.01 Guarantee .

(a) Subject to this Article Ten, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, and fully and unconditionally, guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of, this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: (i) the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest and defaulted interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium, if any, and interest and defaulted interest, if any, on the Notes (pursuant to Section 2.12), if lawful (subject in all cases to any applicable grace period provided herein), and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 

-115-


(b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that, to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Subject to Section 6.06, each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

(c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to any of the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated with full force and effect.

(d) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantee.

Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability .

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute (i) a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal, state or foreign law to the extent applicable to its Guarantee or (ii) an unlawful distribution under any applicable state or foreign law prohibiting distributions by an insolvent entity to the extent applicable to its Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive

 

-116-


contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article Ten, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance or such an unlawful distribution.

Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery of Guarantee.

(a) To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Guarantee substantially in the form included in Exhibit D shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor by manual or facsimile signature on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers.

(b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee.

(c) If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Guarantee is endorsed, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

(d) The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

(e) If required by Section 4.17, the Company shall cause such Subsidiaries to execute supplemental indentures to this Indenture and Guarantees in accordance with Section 4.17 and this Article Ten, to the extent applicable.

Section 10.04 Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms .

Each Guarantor may consolidate with or merge into or sell its assets to the Company or another Guarantor without limitation, or with, into or to any other Persons upon the terms and conditions set forth in Article Five.

Section 10.05 Releases .

The Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released in the event that:

(a) the sale, disposition or other transfer (including through merger or consolidation) of all of the Capital Stock (or any sale, disposition or other transfer of Capital Stock (including through merger or consolidation) following which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Subsidiary), or all or substantially all the assets, of the applicable Guarantor, if such sale, disposition or other transfer is made in compliance with the provisions of Section 4.10;

(b) the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.07 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”;

 

-117-


(c) in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary which after the Issue Date is required to guarantee the Notes pursuant to Section 4.17, the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary of all Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or the repayment of all the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, in each case, which resulted in an obligation to guarantee the Notes;

(d) if the Company exercises its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option as described under Article 8 or if its obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

(e) such Guarantor is also a guarantor or borrower under the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date and, at the time of release of its Guarantee, (x) has been released from its guarantee of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with the Credit Agreement, (y) is not an obligor under any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (vii), (ix), (x) or (xv) of Section 4.09(b) and (z) does not guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company or any of the other Guarantors.

ARTICLE 11

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge .

(a) This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:

(i) either:

(A) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(B) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise within one year and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, (a) cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

(ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture on the date of the deposit or will occur as a result of the deposit (other than a

 

-118-


Default resulting from borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other material instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound;

(iii) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

(iv) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes issued hereunder at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

(b) In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

(c) Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of this Section 11.01(a), the provisions of Sections 11.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive such satisfaction and discharge. In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money .

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Additional Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided, that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

-119-


ARTICLE 12

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls .

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by, or with another provision (an “ incorporated provision ”) included in this Indenture by operation of, Sections 310 to 318 of the TIA, inclusive, such imposed duties or incorporated provision shall control.

Section 12.02 Notices .

Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:

Sensata Technologies B.V.

529 Pleasant Street

Attleboro, Massachusetts

Facsimile No.: (508) 236-3800

Attention: Vice President, Finance

With a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Facsimile No.: (312) 361-2200

Attention: Dennis M. Myers, P.C.

If to the Trustee:

The Bank of New York

Corporate Trust Division

101 Barclay Street, 21st Floor West

New York, NY 10286

Facsimile No.: (212) 815-5707

Attention: Corporate Trust Division

The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

 

-120-


Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes .

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(i) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(ii) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) must comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and must include:

(i) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

-121-


(ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(iii) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

(iv) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied; provided, however , that with respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials.

Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents .

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors , Officers , Employees and Stockholders .

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under any Notes, any Indenture, the Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of such Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws, and it is the view of the Commission that such waiver is against public policy.

Section 12.08 Governing Law .

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 12.09 Jurisdiction .

The Company has consented to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York or any U.S. Federal court sitting in The City of New York, New York, United States, and any appellate court from any thereof. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby appoints Corporation Service Company located at 1177 Avenue of the Americas, 17th Floor, New York, New York as its authorized agent upon which service of process may be served in any action or proceeding brought in any court of the State of New York or any U.S. Federal court sitting in The City of New York in connection with this Indenture or the Notes.

 

-122-


Section 12.10 Waiver of Immunities .

To the extent that the Company may in any jurisdiction claim for itself or its assets immunity from a suit, execution, attachment, whether in aid of execution, before judgment or otherwise, or other legal process in connection with and as set out in this Indenture and the Notes and to the extent that in any jurisdiction there may be immunity attributed to the Company or the Company’s assets, whether or not claimed, the Company irrevocably agrees for the benefit of the Holders not to claim, and irrevocably waive, the immunity to the full extent permitted by law.

Section 12.11 Currency Rate Indemnity.

The Company agrees that, if a judgment or order made by any court for the payment of any amount in respect of any Notes is expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars, the Company will indemnify the relevant Holder against any deficiency arising from any variation in rates of exchange between the date as of which the U.S. dollars currency is notionally converted into the judgment currency for the purposes of the judgment or order and the date of actual payment. This indemnity will constitute a separate and independent obligation from the Company’s other obligations under this Indenture, will give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, will apply irrespective of any indulgence granted from time to time and will continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum or sums in respect of amounts due under this Indenture or the Notes.

Section 12.12 Successors .

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.04 hereof.

Section 12.13 Severability .

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then (to the extent permitted by applicable law) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 12.14 Counterpart Originals .

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 12.15 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc .

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

[ Signatures on following page ]

 

-123-


Dated as of April 27, 2006

 

SIGNATURES
SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.
By:  

/s/ M.F. Stijger

Name:  

Amaco Management Services B.V.

Title:   Managing Director
SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Name:   Thomas Wroe, Jr.
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDING
COMPANY U.S., B.V.
By:  

/s/ M.F. Stijger

Name:

  Amaco Management Services B.V.
Title:   Managing Director
SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLLAND, B.V.
By:  

/s/ M.F. Stijger

Name:   Amaco Management Services B.V.
Title:   Managing Director
SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDING
COMPANY MEXICO, B.V.
By:  

/s/ M.F. Stijger

Name:   Amaco Management Services B.V.
Title:   Managing Director


SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES DE MÉXICO, S.DE R.L. DE C.V.
By:  

/s/ Santiago Sepulveda

Name:   Santiago Sepulveda
Title:   Attorney-in-Fact
SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES SENSORES E CONTROLES DO BRASIL LTDA
By:  

/s/ Jose Nelson Salveti

Name:   Jose Nelson Salveti
Title:   Officer

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES JAPAN

LIMITED

By:  

/s/ Takeshi Tanaka

Name:   Takeshi Tanaka
Title:   Representative Director
SENSORS AND CONTROLS (KOREA) LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Name:   Thomas Wroe, Jr.
Title:   Representative Director
SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS KOREA LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Name:   Thomas Wroe, Jr.
Title:   Representative Director
S&C ACQUISITION SDN. BHD.
By:  

/s Leong Kee Wai

Name:   Leong Kee Wai
Title:   Director


SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC
By:  

/s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Name:   Thomas Wroe, Jr.
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK , as Trustee
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


EXHIBIT A

[Face of Note]

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (C) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2),(3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO IN RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THESE NOTES, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V. OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES OF LESS THAN $100,000 AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V. THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO IN RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THESE NOTES, THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE TRUSTEE. IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V. SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

A-1


AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR DELIVERED TO ANYONE ANYWHERE IN THE WORLD OTHER THAN TO PROFESSIONAL MARKET PARTIES (“PMP”) WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE EXEMPTION REGULATION TO THE DUTCH ACT ON THE SUPERVISION OF THE CREDIT SYSTEM 1992.

EACH HOLDER OF NOTES, BY PURCHASING THE NOTES, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND AGREED FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (1) SUCH HOLDER IS A PMP AND IS ACQUIRING SUCH NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A PMP, THAT (2) SUCH NOTES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED TO ANYONE ANYWHERE IN THE WORLD OTHER THAN TO A PMP ACQUIRING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A PMP AND THAT (3) THE HOLDER WILL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS DESCRIBED HEREIN TO ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREE.

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE

 

A-2


& CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

[Additional language for Regulation S Note to be inserted after paragraph 1]

THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).

 

A-3


CUSIP No. 144A: 81725WAA1 REG S: N78840AA8

ISIN 144A: US81725WAA18 REG S: USN78840AA89

8% Senior Notes due 2014

 

No.             $             

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

promise to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum of                      DOLLARS on May 1, 2014.

Interest Payment Dates: May 1 and November 1, commencing November 1, 2006

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

Record Dates: April 15 and October 15

Dated: April 27, 2006

 

A-4


SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Dated: April 27, 2006

 

A-5


Dated: April 27, 2006

 

This is one of the Notes referred to
in the within-mentioned Indenture:
THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

 

A-6


[Reverse of Note]

8% Senior Notes due 2014

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1) INTEREST . Sensata Technologies B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 8% per annum from April 27, 2006 until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to Section 2(d) of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from April 27, 2006 until the principal hereof is due. The first Interest Payment Date shall be November 1, 2006. The Company will pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

(2) METHOD OF PAYMENT . The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 15 or October 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. If a Holder has given wire transfer instructions to the Paying Agent on behalf of the Company, the Paying Agent will remit all principal, interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, on that Holder’s Notes in accordance with these instructions. All other payments on the Notes will be made by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

(3) PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR . Initially, The Bank of New York, as the Trustee, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

(4) INDENTURE . The Company issued the Notes under the Indenture dated as of April 27, 2006 (the “ Indenture ”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all the terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

A-7


The Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Company. This Note is one of the Initial Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Initial Notes or Additional Notes pursuant to the Indenture. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur Indebtedness, enter into consensual restrictions upon the payment of certain dividends and distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or incur Liens and make asset sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Company and each Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property.

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantors have, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed the Obligations of the Company under the Notes on an unsecured senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

(5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) At any time prior to May 1, 2009, the Company may, at its option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes, as the case may be), at a redemption price equal to 108% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of Holders on the record date to receive interest due on the interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings ( provided, that if the Equity Offering is an offering by any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company, a portion of the net cash proceeds thereof equal to the amount required to redeem any such Notes is contributed to the equity capital of the Company), or the Net Proceeds of one or more Designated Asset Sales; provided, however, that

(1) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) must remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding in such calculation, Notes held by the Company or any of its Affiliates); and

(2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of such Equity Offering or Designated Asset Sale, as the case may be.

(b) Except pursuant to Section 3.07(a) of the Indenture or as otherwise set forth below, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to May 1, 2009; provided, however , the Company may acquire the Notes by means other than a redemption.

 

A-8


(c) On or after May 1, 2010, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes, at its option upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the record date to receive interest due on the interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 1 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2010

   104.000 %

2011

   102.000 %

2012 and thereafter

   100.000 %

(d) At any time prior to May 1, 2010, the Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the record date to receive interest due on the interest payment date).

(e) The Company may, at its option, redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at any time upon not less than 15 days’ nor more than 30 days’ notice to the Holders (which notice shall be irrevocable and given in accordance with Section 3.03 and Section 3.04), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date, premium, if any, and all Additional Amounts, if any, then due and which will become due on the date of redemption as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if the Company determines in good faith that the Company or any Guarantor is, or on the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Notes, would be obligated to pay Additional Amounts in respect of the Notes pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof, which the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, cannot avoid by the use of reasonable measures available to it (including, without limitation, making payment through a paying agent located in another jurisdiction), as a result of:

(1) any change in, or amendment to, the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction affecting taxation which becomes effective on or after the Issue Date or, in the case of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction that arises after the Issue Date, the date on which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction under the Indenture (or, in the case of a successor Person, after the date of assumption by the successor person of the obligations thereunder); or

(2) any change in the official application, administration, or interpretation of the laws, regulations or rulings of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including a holding, judgment, or order by a court of competent jurisdiction), on or after the Issue Date or, in the case of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction has changed since the Issue Date, the date on which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction under the Indenture (or, in the case of a successor Person, after the date of assumption by the successor person of the obligations thereunder).

 

A-9


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may not redeem the Notes under this provision if a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction changes and the Company is obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law of such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction which was officially announced at the time the latter became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given (a) earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Company or any Guarantor, would be obliged to make such payment of Additional Amounts or withholding if a payment in respect of the Notes or the relevant Guarantee, as the case may be, were then due and (b) unless at the time such notice is given, the obligation to pay Additional Amounts remains in effect.

(f) The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

(g) Notices of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that (x) redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture and (y) redemption notices may be mailed less than 30 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a redemption using the Net Proceeds of one or more Designated Asset Sales. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.

(6) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER .

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Company at such time has given notice of redemption with respect to all outstanding Notes, each Holder will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (in a principal amount equal to the Minimum Dollar Denomination (as defined in paragraph (7) below) or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to a change of control offer (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) on the terms set forth in the Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer a Change of Control Payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased, to the date of purchase. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Company at such time has given notice of redemption with respect to all outstanding Notes, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed.

(b) Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale not applied or invested in accordance with the Indenture within 365 days from the date of the receipt of such Net Proceeds shall constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” If the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Company, or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, will make an offer (an “ Asset Sale

 

A-10


Offer ”) to all Holders and Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with such Notes and contains provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase, on a pro rata basis, the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash.

(7) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE . The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 or, if greater at the Issue Date, the dollar equivalent of €1,000 rounded up to the nearest $1,000 (the “ Minimum Dollar Denomination ”) and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

(8) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS . The registered Holder of a Note shall be treated as its owner for all purposes.

(9) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER . Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Company and Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing Default or Event or Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented:

(i) to cure any ambiguity, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

(ii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(iii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company or a successor company of a Guarantor, as applicable, of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligations under the Indenture;

(iv) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder;

(v) to secure the Notes;

 

A-11


(vi) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA;

(vii) to add a Guarantee of the Notes;

(viii) to conform the text of the Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” included in the Offering Memorandum relating to the Notes;

(ix) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Indenture on the Issue Date; or

(x) to release a Guarantor upon its sale or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or other permitted release from its Guarantee; provided, that such sale, designation or release is in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture,

provided, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate, each stating that such amendment or supplement complies with the provisions of the Indenture.

(10) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES . If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

(11) DISCHARGE AND DEFEASANCE . Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes, the Guarantees and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Securities for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

(12) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY . The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

 

A-12


(13) NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS . No past, present or future director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or member of the Company, the Parent or any Subsidiary, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(14) AUTHENTICATION . This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

(15) ABBREVIATIONS . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

(16) ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES . In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Placement Agents named therein or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company and the Guarantors to the purchasers of any Additional Notes (collectively, the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”).

(17) CUSIP NUMBERS, ISINS . The Company has caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

(18) GOVERNING LAW. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES.

(19) JURISDICTION . The Company consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York or any U.S. Federal court sitting in The City of New York, New York, United States, and any appellate court from any thereof. Each of the Company and the Guarantors has appointed Corporation Service Company located at 1177 Avenue of the Americas, 17th Floor, New York, New York as its authorized agent upon which service of process may be served in any action or proceeding brought in any court of the State of New York or any U.S. Federal court sitting in The City of New York in connection with the Indenture or the Notes.

 

A-13


(20) WAIVER OF IMMUNITIES . To the extent that the Company may in any jurisdiction claim for itself or its assets immunity from a suit, execution, attachment, whether in aid of execution, before judgment or otherwise, or other legal process in connection with and as set out in the Indenture and the Notes and to the extent that in any jurisdiction there may be immunity attributed to the Company or the Company’s assets, whether or not claimed, the Company irrevocably agrees for the benefit of the Holders not to claim, and irrevocably waives, the immunity to the full extent permitted by law.

(21) CURRENCY RATE INDEMNITY. The Company agrees that, if a judgment or order made by any court for the payment of any amount in respect of any Notes is expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars, the Company will indemnify the relevant Holder against any deficiency arising from any variation in rates of exchange between the date as of which the U.S. dollars currency is notionally converted into the judgment currency for the purposes of the judgment or order and the date of actual payment. This indemnity will constitute a separate and independent obligation from the Company’s other obligations under the Indenture, will give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, will apply irrespective of any indulgence granted from time to time and will continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum or sums in respect of amounts due under the Indenture or the Notes.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to:

Sensata Technologies B.V.

529 Pleasant Street

Attleboro, Massachusetts

Facsimile No.: (508) 236-3800

Attention: Vice President, Finance

 

A-14


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

  

 

   (Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                         to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                     

 

Your Signature:  

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name

appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:                                                      


* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-15


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

 

¨ Section 4.10

  

¨ Section 4.15

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$                     

Date:                     

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name

appears on the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No.:                                                  

Signature Guarantee*:                                     


* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-16


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

[To be inserted for Rule 144A Global Note]

The following exchanges of a part of this Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Rule 144A Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

at Maturity

of

this Global Note

 

Amount of

increase in

Principal Amount

at Maturity

of

this Global Note

  

Principal Amount

at Maturity

of this Global Note
following such

decrease

(or increase)

  

Signature of

authorized officer

of Trustee or

Custodian

         
         
         

[To be inserted for Regulation S Global Note]

The following exchanges of a part of this Regulation S Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or of other Restricted Global Notes for an interest in this Regulation S Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

at Maturity

of

this Global Note

 

Amount of

increase in

Principal Amount

at Maturity

of

this Global Note

  

Principal Amount

at Maturity

of this Global Note
following such

decrease

(or increase)

  

Signature of

authorized officer

of Trustee or

Custodian

         
         
         

 

A-17


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Sensata Technologies B.V.

529 Pleasant Street

Attleboro, Massachusetts

Facsimile No.: (508) 236-3800

Attention: Vice President, Finance

The Bank of New York

Corporate Trust Division

101 Barclay Street, 21st Floor West

New York, NY 10286

Facsimile No.: (212) 815-5707

Attention: Corporate Trust Division

Re: 8% Senior Notes due 2014

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of April 27, 2006 (the “ Indenture ”), among Sensata Technologies B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, as issuer (the “ Company ”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                     , (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $              in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to                      (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

B-1


2. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Legended Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than a Placement Agent). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Legended Regulation S Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. ¨ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

or

(b) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;

or

(c) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

 

B-2


or

(d) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $100,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

4. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note .

(a) ¨ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144 . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(b) ¨ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) ¨ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the

 

B-3


Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

By:

 

 

  Name:
  Title:

Dated:                     

 

B-4


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

(a)    ¨    a beneficial interest in the:
   (i)    ¨ 144A Global Note (CUSIP                      ), or
   (ii)    ¨ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP                      ); or
(b)    ¨    a Restricted Definitive Note.
2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

(a)    ¨    a beneficial interest in the:
   (i)    ¨ 144A Global Note (CUSIP                      ), or
   (ii)    ¨ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP                      ), or
   (iii)    ¨ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP                      ); or
(b)    ¨    a Restricted Definitive Note; or
(c)    ¨    an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-5


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Sensata Technologies B.V.

529 Pleasant Street

Attleboro, Massachusetts

Facsimile No.: (508) 236-3800

Attention: Vice President, Finance

The Bank of New York

Corporate Trust Division

101 Barclay Street, 21st Floor West

New York, NY 10286

Facsimile No.: (212) 815-5707

Attention: Corporate Trust Division

Re: 8% Senior Notes due 2014

(CUSIP                      )

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of April 27, 2006 (the “ Indenture ”), among Sensata Technologies B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, as issuer (the “ Company ”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                                     , (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $                      in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

(a) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

C-1


(b) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(c) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(d) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

(a) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

C-2


(b) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] ¨ 144A Global Note, Regulation S Global Note ¨ with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Dated:                     

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of April 27, 2006 (the “ Indenture ”) among Sensata Technologies B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, the guarantors named on the signature pages thereof, and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), (a) prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest and defaulted interest, if any, on the Notes (as defined in the Indenture) when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and the prompt payment of interest on overdue principal, premium, if any, and interest and defaulted interest, if any, on the Notes (pursuant to Section 2.12 of the Indenture), if lawful (subject in all cases to any applicable grace periods provided in the Indenture and the Notes) when due, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee under the Indenture and the Notes will be promptly paid in full, all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Notes and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article Eleven of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

D-1


IN WITNESS HEREOF, each Guarantor has caused this Notation of Guarantee to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officer.

 

[NAME OF GUARANTOR]

 

D-2


EXHIBIT E

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of              , 200      , among                                          (the “ New Guarantor ”), a subsidiary of Sensata Technologies B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands ( the Company ”), and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company and the existing Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”), dated as of April 27, 2006 providing for the issuance of 8% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, Section 4.17 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the New Guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Company and the existing Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1. DEFINED TERMS. Defined terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing Guarantors (if any), to provide an unconditional guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 11 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture, including the provisions relating the subordination of such guarantee set forth in Article 10, and the Notes and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

3. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or member of the Company, any parent entity of the Company or any Subsidiary, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each

 

E-1


Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

4. NOTICES. All notices or other communications to the New Guarantor shall be given as provided in Section 13.02 of the Indenture.

5. RATIFICATION OF INDENTURE; SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES PART OF INDENTURE. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

6. GOVERNING LAW. THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

7. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

8. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

9. TRUSTEE MAKES NO REPRESENTATION. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

E-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

Dated:              , 20     

[NEW GUARANTOR]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
The Bank of New York
    as Trustee
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

 

E-3

Exhibit 4.2

Execution Copy


SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

AND

THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN

€245,000,000

9% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2016

 


INDENTURE

Dated as of April 27, 2006

 


THE BANK OF NEW YORK

Trustee

 


 



CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

 

Trust Indenture

Act Section

   Indenture Section

310(a)(1)

   7.10

      (a)(2)

   7.10

      (a)(3)

   N.A.

      (a)(4)

   N.A.

      (a)(5)

   7.10

      (b)

   7.10

      (c)

   N.A.

311(a)

   7.11

      (b)

   7.11

      (c)

   N.A.

312(a)

   2.05

      (b)

   13.03

      (c)

   13.03

313(a)

   7.06

      (b)(1)

   N.A.

      (b)(2)

   7.06; 7.07

      (c)

   7.06; 13.02

      (d)

   7.06

314(a)

   4.03; 13.02; 13.05

      (b)

   N.A.

      (c)(1)

   13.04

      (c)(2)

   13.04

      (c)(3)

   N.A.

      (d)

   N.A.

      (e)

   13.05

      (f)

   N.A.

315(a)

   7.01

      (b)

   7.05; 13.02

      (c)

   7.01

      (d)

   7.01

      (e)

   6.11

316(a) (last sentence)

   2.09

      (a)(1)(A)

   6.05

      (a)(1)(B)

   6.04

      (a)(2)

   N.A.

      (b)

   6.07

      (c)

   2.12

317(a)(1)

   6.08

      (a)(2)

   6.09

      (b)

   2.04

318(a)

   13.01

      (b)

   N.A.

      (c)

   13.01

 


N.A. means not applicable.

* This Cross Reference Table is not part of this Indenture.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page
ARTICLE 1   
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE   
Section 1.01    Definitions    1
Section 1.02    Other Definitions    40
Section 1.03    Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act    40
Section 1.04    Rules of Construction    41
ARTICLE 2   
THE NOTES   
Section 2.01    Form and Dating    41
Section 2.02    Execution and Authentication    43
Section 2.03    Registrar and Luxembourg Paying Agent    43
Section 2.04    Luxembourg Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust    44
Section 2.05    Holder Lists    45
Section 2.06    Transfer and Exchange    45
Section 2.07    Replacement Notes    59
Section 2.08    Outstanding Notes    59
Section 2.09    Treasury Notes    60
Section 2.10    Temporary Notes    60
Section 2.11    Cancellation    60
Section 2.12    Defaulted Interest    60
Section 2.13    ISIN and Common Code Numbers    61
ARTICLE 3   
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT   
Section 3.01    Notices to Trustee    61
Section 3.02    Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed    61
Section 3.03    Notice of Redemption.    62
Section 3.04    Effect of Notice of Redemption    63
Section 3.05    Deposit of Redemption Price    63
Section 3.06    Notes Redeemed in Part    63
Section 3.07    Optional Redemption    63
Section 3.08    Mandatory Redemption    66
Section 3.09    Intentionally Omitted    66
ARTICLE 4   
COVENANTS   
Section 4.01    Payment of Notes    66

 

-i-


     Page
Section 4.02    Maintenance of Office or Agency    69
Section 4.03    Reports    70
Section 4.04    Compliance Certificate    71
Section 4.05    Corporate Existence    71
Section 4.06    Limitation on Layering    71
Section 4.07    Restricted Payments    72
Section 4.08    Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries    79
Section 4.09    Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock    80
Section 4.10    Asset Sales    86
Section 4.11    Transactions with Affiliates    88
Section 4.12    Liens    90
Section 4.13    Business Activities    91
Section 4.14    Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.    91
Section 4.15    Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control    91
Section 4.16    Payments for Consent    93
Section 4.17    Additional Guarantees    93
Section 4.18    Maintenance of Properties and Insurance.    93
Section 4.19    Changes in Covenants upon Notes Being Rated Investment Grade    94
Section 4.20    Compliance with Laws.    95
Section 4.21    Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.    95
ARTICLE 5   
SUCCESSORS   
Section 5.01    Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets    95
ARTICLE 6   
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES   
Section 6.01    Events of Default    97
Section 6.02    Acceleration    98
Section 6.03    Other Remedies    99
Section 6.04    Waiver of Past Defaults    100
Section 6.05    Control by Majority    100
Section 6.06    Limitation on Suits    101
Section 6.07    Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment    101
Section 6.08    Collection Suit by Trustee    101
Section 6.09    Trustee May File Proofs of Claim    101
Section 6.10    Priorities    102
Section 6.11    Undertaking for Costs    102
ARTICLE 7   
TRUSTEE   
Section 7.01    Duties of Trustee    103
Section 7.02    Rights of Trustee    104
Section 7.03    Individual Rights of Trustee    105

 

-ii-


     Page
Section 7.04    Trustee’s Disclaimer    105
Section 7.05    Notice of Defaults    105
Section 7.06    Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes    106
Section 7.07    Compensation and Indemnity    106
Section 7.08    Replacement of Trustee    107
Section 7.09    Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.    108
Section 7.10    Eligibility; Disqualification    108
Section 7.11    Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company    108
ARTICLE 8   
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE   
Section 8.01    Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance    109
Section 8.02    Legal Defeasance and Discharge    109
Section 8.03    Covenant Defeasance    109
Section 8.04    Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance    110
Section 8.05    Deposited Money and European Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions    112
Section 8.06    Repayment to Company    112
Section 8.07    Reinstatement    113
ARTICLE 9   
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER   
Section 9.01    Without Consent of Holders of Notes    113
Section 9.02    With Consent of Holders of Notes    114
Section 9.03    Effect on Senior Debt.    115
Section 9.04    Compliance with Trust Indenture Act    115
Section 9.05    Revocation and Effect of Consents    115
Section 9.06    Notation on or Exchange of Notes    116
Section 9.07    Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.    116
ARTICLE 10   
SUBORDINATION   
Section 10.01    Agreement to Subordinate    117
Section 10.02    Suspension of Payment When Designated Senior Debt Is in Default.    117
Section 10.03   

Notes Subordinated to Prior Payment of All Senior Debt on Dissolution, Liquidation or Reorganization of the Company.

   119
Section 10.04    Payments May Be Made Prior to Dissolution.    120
Section 10.05    Holders To Be Subrogated to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt.    121
Section 10.06    Obligations of the Company Unconditional.    121
Section 10.07    Notice to Trustee.    121
Section 10.08    Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent.    122
Section 10.09    Trustee’s Relation to Senior Debt.    122

 

-iii-


     Page
Section 10.10    Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of the Company or Holders of Senior Debt.    122
Section 10.11    Holders Authorize Trustee To Effectuate Subordination of Notes.    123
Section 10.12    This Article Ten Not To Prevent Events of Default.    123
Section 10.13    Trustee’s Compensation Not Prejudiced.    124
ARTICLE 11   
GUARANTEES   
Section 11.01    Guarantee    124
Section 11.02    Limitation on Guarantor Liability    125
Section 11.03    Execution and Delivery of Guarantee.    125
Section 11.04    Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms    126
Section 11.05    Releases    126
Section 11.06    Subordination of Guarantee    127
ARTICLE 12   
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE   
Section 12.01    Satisfaction and Discharge    127
Section 12.02    Application of Trust Money    128
ARTICLE 13   
MISCELLANEOUS   
Section 13.01    Trust Indenture Act Controls    128
Section 13.02    Notices    129
Section 13.03    Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes    130
Section 13.04    Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent    130
Section 13.05    Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion    130
Section 13.06    Rules by Trustee and Agents    131
Section 13.07    No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders    131
Section 13.08    Governing Law    131
Section 13.09    Jurisdiction.    131
Section 13.10    Waiver of Immunities.    131
Section 13.11    Currency Rate Indemnity.    132
Section 13.12    Successors    132
Section 13.13    Severability    132
Section 13.14    Counterpart Originals    132
Section 13.15    Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.    132

 

-iv-


EXHIBITS

    
Exhibit A    FORM OF GLOBAL NOTE
Exhibit B    FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Exhibit C    FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Exhibit D    FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE
Exhibit E    FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

-v-


INDENTURE dated as of April 27, 2006 among Sensata Technologies B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Company ”), the Guarantors (as defined herein) and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as Trustee.

The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) of (a) the €245,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (the “ Initial Notes ”), (b) any Additional Notes (as defined herein) that may be issued after the date hereof and (c) if and when issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined herein), the Company’s Exchange Notes (as defined herein) issued in the Exchange Offer (as defined herein) in exchange for any outstanding Initial Notes or Additional Notes (all such securities in clauses (a), (b) and (c) being referred to collectively as the “ Notes ”):

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01 Definitions .

144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Common Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

Acquired Debt ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized in connection with, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by an existing Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Interest ” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Additional Notes ” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.

Advisory Agreement ” means the Advisory Agreement to be dated on or about the Issue Date, by and among the Sponsors, the Company and Affiliates of each of the Sponsors, as in effect on the Issue Date.


Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Agent ” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Luxembourg Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such Note; and

(2) the excess of (x) the present value at such redemption date of the sum of the redemption price of such Note at (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under Section 3.07(c) plus all required interest payments due on such Note, through May 1, 2011 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Bund Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points over (y) the then outstanding principal amount of such Note.

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

Asset Sale ” means: (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a sale and leaseback) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition” ); or (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case, other than:

(1) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or obsolete, damaged or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business and dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or the disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(2) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

 

-2


(3) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 4.07 or the granting of a Lien permitted by Section 4.12;

(4) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $10.0 million;

(5) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) the lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(7) any sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (with the exception of Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries made pursuant to clause (10) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”);

(8) foreclosures on assets or transfers by reason of eminent domain;

(9) disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

(10) sales of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing; and

(11) a transfer of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing.

“Bank Indebtedness” means all Obligations pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

Bankruptcy Law ” means (i) Title 11, United States Code or any similar U.S. federal or state law for the relief of debtors or the administration or liquidation of debtors’ estates for the benefit of their creditors, (ii) the Dutch Bankruptcy Law or any similar Dutch federal or state law for the relief of debtors or the administration or liquidation of debtors’ estates for the benefit of their creditors and (iii) any other similar federal or local law for the relief of debtors or the administration or liquidation of debtors’ estates for the benefit of their creditors in any other applicable jurisdiction, now or hereinafter in effect.

Beneficial Owner ” or “ beneficial owner ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such

 

-3


“person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns,” “Beneficially Owned” and “Beneficial Ownership” have a corresponding meaning.

Board of Directors ” means:

 

  (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;

 

  (2) with respect to a partnership having only one general partner, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

 

  (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Broker-Dealer ” means any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act.

Bund Rate ” means, as of any applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany ( Bunds or Bundesanleihen ) with a constant maturity (as officially compiled and published in the most recent financial statistics that have become publicly available at least two Business Days (but not more than five Business Days) prior to such redemption date (or, if such financial statistics are not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Company in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to May 1, 2011; provided, however , that if the period from the redemption date to May 1, 2011 is not equal to the constant maturity of direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany for which a weekly average yield is given, the Bund Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such redemption date to such date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

Business Day ” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets are open, or not authorized to close, in The City of New York, the City of London or in Luxembourg.

Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, capital stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

-4


(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for temporary treatment of construction-related expenditures under EITF 97-10, “The Effect of Lessee Involvement in Asset Construction,” which will ultimately be treated as operating leases upon a sale-leaseback transaction).

Cash Contribution Amount ” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Company or any Guarantor described in the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

Cash Equivalents ” means any of the following:

(1) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States, any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof, having (i) one of the three highest ratings from either Moody’s or S&P and (ii) maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof; provided, that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof;

(2) time deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) is a lender under the Credit Agreement or (ii)(A) is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and is a member of the Federal Reserve System and (B) has combined capital and surplus of at least $250.0 million (any such bank in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii) being an “Approved Domestic Bank”), in each case with maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(3) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by an Approved Domestic Bank (or by the parent company thereof) or any variable rate note issued by, or guaranteed by a domestic corporation rated “A-1” (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or “P-1” (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, in each case with maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(4) repurchase agreements entered into by any Person with a bank or trust company or recognized securities dealer (including any lender under the

 

-5


Credit Agreement), in each case, having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States;

(5) Investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which are administered by financial institutions having capital of at least $250.0 million and the portfolios of which are limited such that 95% of such investments are of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (1), (2), (3), or (4) of this definition;

(6) solely with respect to the Company and any Foreign Subsidiary, non-U.S. dollar denominated (i) certificates of deposit of, bankers acceptances of, or time deposits with, any commercial bank which is organized and existing under the laws of the country in which such Person maintains its chief executive office and principal place of business, provided such country is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, and whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least “P-1” or the equivalent thereof (any such bank being an “Approved Foreign Bank”) and maturing within one year of the date of acquisition and (ii) equivalents of demand deposit accounts which are maintained with an Approved Foreign Bank; and

(7) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the Netherlands or any member nation of the European Union whose legal tender is the euro and which are denominated in euro or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction, having (i) one of the three highest ratings from either Moody’s or S&P and (ii) maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof; provided, that the full faith and credit of the Netherlands or any such member nation of the European Union is pledged in support thereof.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, lease, transfer or other conveyance, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than to a Permitted Holder;

(2) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or

 

-6


otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any entity of which is a Subsidiary; or

(3) the first day on which the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company then in office shall cease to consist of individuals who (i) were members of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date or (ii) were either (x) nominated for election by such Board of Directors, a majority of whom were directors on the Issue Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors or who were designated or appointed pursuant to clause (y) below, or (y) designated or appointed by a Permitted Holder.

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, S.A. and any successor thereto.

Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder. Section references to the Code are to the Code, as in effect on the Issue Date, and any subsequent provisions of the Code, amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.

Commission ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Depositary ” means a depositary common to Euroclear and Clearstream, being initially The Bank of New York Depository (Nominees) Limited until a successor Common Depositary, if any, shall have become such pursuant to this Indenture, and thereafter Common Depositary shall mean or include each Person who is then a Common Depositary hereunder.

Company ” means Sensata Technologies B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, and other noncash charges (excluding any noncash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (including amortization of original issue discount,

 

-7


noncash interest payments (other than imputed interest as a result of purchase accounting), commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing, the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, net payments (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations (any net receipts pursuant to such interest rate Hedging Obligations shall be included as a reduction to Consolidated Interest Expense), but excluding amortization of deferred financing fees or expensing of any bridge or other financing fees, and any loss on the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, in each case, relating to the Specified Financings) and (b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and less (c) interest income actually received or receivable in cash for such period; provided, however , that Securitization Fees shall be deemed not to constitute Consolidated Interest Expense.

Consolidated Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Total Consolidated Indebtedness as of the date of determination to (b) the aggregate amount of EBITDA of the Company for the period of the four most recent consecutive fiscal quarters prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements are available. The Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” including any pro forma calculations to EBITDA.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however , that

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains or losses (including, without limitation, severance, relocation, signing bonus, transition and other restructuring costs and litigation settlements or losses) shall be excluded;

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(s) during such period;

(3) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) and any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person shall be excluded;

(4) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided, that , to the extent not already included, Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be (A) increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period (subject in the case of dividends paid or distributions made to a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) to the limitations contained in clause (5) below) and (B) decreased by the amount of any equity of the Company in a net loss of any such Person for such period to the extent the Company has funded such net loss;

 

-8


(5) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(iii), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not permitted at the date of determination without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided, that the Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be, subject to the exclusion contained in clause (3) above, increased by the amount of dividends or similar distributions that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof (subject to the provisions of this clause (5)) in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein.

(6) non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs shall be excluded;

(7) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment or conversion of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations shall be excluded;

(8) unrealized gains and losses from Hedging Obligations or “embedded derivatives” that require the same accounting treatment as Hedging Obligations shall be excluded;

(9) the effect of any non-cash items resulting from any amortization, write-up, write-down, write-off or impairment of assets (including intangible assets, goodwill and deferred financing costs but excluding inventory) in connection with the Transactions or any future acquisition, merger, consolidation or similar transaction or any other non-cash impairment charges incurred subsequent to the Issue Date resulting from the application of SFAS Nos. 142 and 144 (excluding any such non-cash item to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period except to the extent such item is subsequently reversed) shall be excluded; and

(10) any purchase accounting adjustments (including the impact of writing up inventory or deferred revenue at fair value), amortization, impairments, write-offs, or non-cash charges with respect to purchase accounting with respect to any acquisition, merger, consolidation, disposition or similar transaction, shall be excluded.

 

-9


Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments made by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments made by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.07(a)(iv).

Consolidated Total Assets ” means the total consolidated total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however , that Consolidated Total Assets as of any date prior to the Issue Date shall be measured after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions.

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Contribution Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Company or such Guarantor after the Issue Date; provided, that :

(1) if the aggregate principal amount of such Contribution Indebtedness is greater than one times such cash contributions to the capital of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, the amount of such excess shall be (A)(x) Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Secured Indebtedness) or (y) Senior Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Secured Indebtedness) and (B) Indebtedness with a Stated Maturity later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes; and

(2) such Contribution Indebtedness (a) is incurred within 180 days after the making of such cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the date of the incurrence thereof.

 

-10


Controls Business ” means the assets and operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries related to the manufacture, marketing or sale of controls.

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

Credit Agreement ” means that certain credit agreement, dated as of or about the Issue Date, among the Company, the “Parent” (as defined therein), the “U.S. Borrower” (as defined therein), the other lender parties thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Administrative Agent, the lenders party thereto, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P., in each case, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P., as Documentation Agent, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether at maturity or thereafter) or refinanced from time to time in one or more agreements or indentures (in each case with the same or new lenders or institutional investors), including any agreement adding or changing the borrower or guarantor or extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof ( provided, that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09).

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

Designated Asset Sales ” means Asset Sales of the Controls Business substantially as an entirety, which are designated as “Designated Asset Sales,” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal executive or financial officer of, or any other duly authorized Person performing a similar function on behalf of, the Company on the date of sale provided, however , that the Company shall apply the Net Proceeds of any Designated Asset Sale, (x) first, to repay Secured Indebtedness, but only to the extent necessary, to ensure that after giving pro forma effect to such Designated Asset Sale and the application of such Net Proceeds, the Company’s Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio would be no greater than the Company’s Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such Designated Asset Sale, (y) second, to redeem the Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes, in aggregate principal amounts on a pro rata basis based on outstanding principal amounts thereof as of the end of the Company’s most recently concluded fiscal quarter for which a balance sheet is available, in each case in accordance with Section 3.07 in amounts sufficient to ensure that, after giving pro forma effect to such Designated Asset Sale and the application of such Net Proceeds, the Company’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be no greater than the Company’s Consolidated Leverage

 

-11


Ratio immediately prior to such Designated Asset Sale, provided further that, if the terms of Section 3.07 will not allow the Company to redeem the Notes in amounts sufficient to satisfy this clause (y), then the Company shall be permitted to repay any other Indebtedness in amounts sufficient to satisfy this clause (y) and (z) thereafter, in any other manner otherwise permitted under the Indenture, including without limitation, to make a Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 4.07(c)(xvi).

Designated Noncash Consideratio n” means the fair market value of noncash consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Noncash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.07(a)(iii).

Designated Senior Debt ” means:

(1) any Bank Indebtedness that constitutes Senior Debt;

(2) the Senior Notes and Guarantees relating thereto; and

(3) any other Senior Debt permitted under this Indenture the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or more and that has been designated by the Company in the instrument evidencing that Senior Debt as “Designated Senior Debt.”

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the final maturity date of the Notes or the date such Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or transferred by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

-12


Domestic Subsidiary ” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company that was formed under the laws of the United States, any state or territory of the United States or the District of Columbia.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication,

(1) the provision for taxes based on income or profits, plus franchise or similar taxes, of such Person for such period deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same was deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, plus

(3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent such depreciation and amortization were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(4) any reasonable expenses or charges incurred in connection with any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, recapitalization or Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture (in each case whether or not consummated) or the Transactions (including, without limitation, the fees payable to the Sponsors pursuant to the Advisory Agreement in connection with the Transactions) and, in each case, deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(5) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment cost, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, including future lease commitments, and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees) deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(6) any other noncash charges, expenses or losses (including any impairment charges and the impact of purchase accounting, including, but not limited to, the amortization of inventory step-up) reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period), plus

(7) any net gain or loss resulting from Hedging Obligations relating to currency exchange risk, plus

(8) the amount of any expense for minority interests consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any Guarantor deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

-13


(9) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, advisory fees, termination payments and related expenses paid to the Sponsors (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, plus

(10) Securitization Fees to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus

(11) any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of discontinued operations, less

(12) noncash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges made in any prior period).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and non-cash charges of, a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion, including by reason of minority interests) that the net income or loss of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating Consolidated Net Income and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) and would not be restricted from being so dividended, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived.

EMU ” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations (excluding Disqualified Stock of the Company), other than (i) public offerings with respect to common stock of the Company or of any of its direct or indirect parent corporations registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8, (ii) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution or (iii) an issuance to any Subsidiary of the Company.

euro or means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

 

-14


Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system, and any successor thereto.

European Government Securities ” means any security that is (a) a direct obligation of any country that is a member state of the European Monetary Union for the payment of which the full faith and credit of such country is pledged or (b) an obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of any such country the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by such country, which, in either case under the preceding clause (a) or (b), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Notes ” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof.

Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Excluded Contributions ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock),

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.07(a)(iii).

Existing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the date of this Indenture.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period consisting of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees or repays any Indebtedness or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence,

 

-15


assumption, guarantee or repayment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period and as if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary had not earned the interest income actually earned during such period in respect of such cash used to repay, repurchase, defease or otherwise discharge such Indebtedness.

If Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) have been made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations (and the change in any associated Fixed Charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period.

If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation (including, without limitation, the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company and shall comply with the requirements of Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission, except that such pro forma calculations may include operating expense reductions for such period resulting from the transaction which is being given pro forma effect that (A) have been realized or (B) for which the steps necessary for realization have been taken (or are taken concurrently with such transaction) or (C) for which the steps necessary for realization are reasonably expected to be taken within the twelve month period following such transaction or (D) that have been added to pro forma EBITDA to calculate pro forma Adjusted EBITDA as set forth in the Offering Memorandum in footnote 3 under “Summary — Summary Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Data” (without duplication of amounts otherwise included in the calculation of EBITDA) and, in each case, including, but not limited to, (a) reduction in personnel expenses, (b) reduction of costs related to administrative functions, (c) reduction of costs related to leased or owned properties and (d) reductions from the consolidation of operations and streamlining of corporate overhead, provided, that , in each case, such adjustments are set forth in an Officers’ Certificate signed by the Company’s chief financial officer and another Officer which states (i) the amount of such adjustment or adjustments, (ii) in the case of items (B) or (C) above, that such adjustment or adjustments are based on the reasonable good faith beliefs of the Officers executing such Officers’ Certificate at the time of such execution and (iii) that any related incurrence of Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to this Indenture. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma

 

-16


effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if the related hedge has a remaining term in excess of twelve months).

Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at the interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (a) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding all noncash interest expense and amortization/accretion of original issue discount, in each case, in connection with the Specified Financings (including any original issue discount created by fair value adjustments to Existing Indebtedness as a result of purchase accounting)) of such Person for such period, (b) all cash dividends paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued (other than dividends that are payable only at such time as there are no Notes outstanding) during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation or combination) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries and (c) all cash dividends paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued (other than dividends that are payable only at such time as there are no Notes outstanding) during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States in effect on the date of the Indenture. For purposes of this description, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person means such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries and does not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

Global Notes ” means the 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note.

guarantee ” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. When used as a verb, “guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.

 

-17


Guarantee ” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the Notes issued hereunder by a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. When used as a verb, “Guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.

Guarantor ” means any Person that issues a Guarantee of the Notes, either on the Issue Date or after the Issue Date in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided, that upon the release and discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person shall cease to be a Guarantor. On the Issue Date, the Guarantors will be each Restricted Subsidiary that is a guarantor under the Credit Agreement.

Guarantor Senior Debt ” means, with respect to any Guarantors, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed or allowable claim under applicable law) on any Indebtedness and any Securitization Repurchase Obligation of such Guarantor, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular obligation, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such obligation shall be subordinate or pari passu in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, “Guarantor Senior Debt” shall also include the principal of, premium, if any, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed or allowable claim under applicable law) on, and all other amounts owing in respect of (including guarantees of the foregoing obligations):

(1) all monetary obligations of every nature of such Guarantor under, or with respect to, the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, obligations to pay principal, premium and interest, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, fees, expenses and indemnities (and guarantees thereof);

(2) all monetary obligations of every nature of such Guarantor under, or with respect to, the Senior Notes, including, without limitation, obligations to pay principal, premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, fees, expenses and indemnities (and guarantees thereof); and

(3) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof),

in each case whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Guarantor Senior Debt” shall not include:

(1) any Indebtedness of such Guarantor to a Subsidiary of such Guarantor (other than any Securitization Repurchase Obligation);

(2) Indebtedness to, or guaranteed on behalf of, any shareholder, director, officer or employee of such Guarantor or any Subsidiary of such Guarantor (including, without limitation, amounts owed for compensation), other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement;

 

-18


(3) Indebtedness to trade creditors and other amounts incurred in connection with obtaining goods, materials or services (including guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities);

(4) Indebtedness represented by Capital Stock;

(5) any liability for federal, foreign, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Guarantor;

(6) that portion of any Indebtedness incurred in violation of any of Sections 4.06 and 4.09;

(7) Indebtedness which, when incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of Title 11, United States Code, is without recourse to such Guarantor; and

(8) any Indebtedness which is, by its express terms, subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of such Guarantor.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and

(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage, hedge or protect such Person with respect to fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.

Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person,

(a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(i) in respect of borrowed money,

(ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),

(iii) representing the deferred and unpaid balance of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (a)

 

-19


any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (b) any earn-out obligations, until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or

(iv) representing any interest rate Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon the balance sheet (excluding the notes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(b) Disqualified Stock of such Person;

(c) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and

(d) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien (other than a Lien on Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary) on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person);

provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the normal course of business and not in respect of borrowed money, (b) obligations under or in respect of Securitization Financings, or (c) items that would appear as a liability on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP as a result of the application of EITF 97-10, “The Effect of Lessee Involvement in Asset Construction.”

Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in a Permitted Business of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged

Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

Institutional Accredited Investor ” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs.

Investment Grade ” means (1) BBB — (with a stable outlook) or above, in the case of S&P (or its equivalent under any successor Rating Categories of S&P) and Baa3 (with a stable outlook) or above, in the case of Moody’s (or its equivalent under any successor Rating Categories of Moody’s), or (2) the equivalent in respect of the Rating Categories of any Rating Agencies.

 

-20


Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (including by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others, but excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.07(d).

For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07, (i) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and (iii) any transfer of Capital Stock that results in an entity which became a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith as of the date of initial acquisition) of the Capital Stock of such entity owned by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after such transfer.

Issue Date ” means the first date Notes are issued under this Indenture.

Legended Regulation S Global Note ” means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Common Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount at maturity of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

 

-21


Letter of Transmittal ” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided, that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Material Foreign Subsidiary ” means, any Foreign Subsidiary that (a) contributed 5.0% or more of the consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period of four fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior to the date of determination, (b) had consolidated assets representing 5.0% or more of the total consolidated assets of the Company on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter ended for which internal financial statements are available on or prior to the date of determination or (c) owns any Material Intellectual Property or any Material Real Property; provided, that the Company shall be required to designate one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that would not otherwise satisfy the foregoing requirements as Material Foreign Subsidiaries to the extent that (a) the aggregate amount of the consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period of four fiscal quarters most recently ended for which internal financial statements are available attributable to all Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Material Foreign Subsidiaries or otherwise Guarantors would otherwise exceed 10.0% or more of the consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period or (b) the total consolidated assets of all Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Material Foreign Subsidiaries or otherwise Guarantors would otherwise exceed 10.0% or more of the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on the last day of the most recently-ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Foreign Subsidiary shall be deemed a Material Foreign Subsidiary if the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation prohibits by law, rule, regulation or order such Foreign Subsidiary from providing a Guarantee that would otherwise be required pursuant to Section 4.17, provided, that the Company delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee citing the applicable provision of local law that prohibits the Guarantee.

Material Intellectual Property ” means any intellectual property that in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors or senior management of the Company (x) is material to the operation of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (y) could reasonably be expected to become material to such operation.

Material Real Property ” means fee owned real property (a) with a value in excess of $5.0 million or (b) in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors or senior management of the Company, where manufacturing operations that are material to the operation or the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are conducted.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating business.

 

-22


Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of any Preferred Stock.

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale, in each case net of legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), repayment of Indebtedness that is secured by the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

Notes ” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes.

Obligations ” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Offering Memorandum ” means that certain offering memorandum, dated April 21, 2006, relating to the initial offering of the Notes.

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of, or any duly authorized Person performing a similar function on behalf of, the Company.

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom is the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer, or any duly authorized Person performing a similar function on behalf of, the Company.

Opinion of Counsel ” means an opinion from legal counsel that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

Participant ” means, with respect to Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively.

 

-23


Permitted Asset Swap ” means any transfer of property or assets by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in which at least 90% of the consideration received by the transferor consists of properties or assets (other than cash) that will be used in a Permitted Business; provided, that the aggregate fair market value of the property or assets being transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is not greater than the aggregate fair market value of the property or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such exchange ( provided, however, that in the event such aggregate fair market value of the property or assets being transferred or received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is (x) less than $30.0 million, such determination shall be made in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and (y) greater than or equal to $30.0 million, such determination shall be made by an Independent Financial Advisor).

Permitted Business ” means the business and any services, activities or businesses incidental, or directly related or similar to, any line of business engaged in by the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

Permitted Debt ” is defined under Section 4.09.

Permitted Holders ” means (i) each of the Sponsors and their respective Affiliates, but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the Sponsors, (ii) Officers, provided, that if such Officers beneficially own more shares of Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities than the number of such shares beneficially owned by all the Officers as of the Issue Date or acquired by Officers within 90 days immediately following the Issue Date, such excess shall be deemed not to be beneficially owned by Permitted Holders, and (iii) any “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members, provided, that in the case of such “group” and without giving effect to the existence of such “group” or any other “group,” such Sponsors, Affiliates and Officers (subject, in the case of Officers, to the foregoing limitation), collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities held by such “group”.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) any Investment by the Company in any Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted Subsidiary in another Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents;

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business if as a result of such Investment (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

-24


(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 4.10 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided, that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(6) loans and advances to employees and any guarantees made in the ordinary course of business, but in any event not in excess of $10.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;

(7) any Investment acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable or (B) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.09(b)(ix);

(9) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(10) any Investments by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 3.0% of Consolidated Total Assets of the Company as of the end of the Company’s fiscal quarter most recently ended prior to the date on which such Investment is made for which financial statements are available (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (10);

 

-25


(11) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations (exclusive of Disqualified Stock);

(12) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under the covenant described in Section 4.09;

(13) Investments consisting of licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(14) Investments of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or at the time such Person merges or consolidates with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in either case, in compliance with this Indenture; provided, that such Investments were not made by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such merger or consolidation;

(15) any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Securitization Financing or any related Indebtedness; provided, however , that any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional Securitization Assets or an equity interest; and

(16) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement or other acquisition.

Permitted Junior Securities ” means:

(1) Equity Interests in the Company, any other Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent of the Company issued pursuant to a plan of reorganization or readjustment; or

(2) unsecured debt securities of the Company or the Company issued pursuant to a plan of reorganization or readjustment that are subordinated to all Senior Debt of the Company or, as applicable, Guarantor Senior Debt of the relevant Guarantor (and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt or such Guarantor Senior Debt) to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes are subordinated to Senior Debt under this Indenture;

provided, that to the extent that any Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt, as the case may be, outstanding on the date of consummation of any such plan of reorganization or readjustment is not paid in full in cash on such date, the holders of any such Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt not so paid in full in cash have consented to the terms of such plan of reorganization or readjustment.

 

-26


Permitted Liens ” means the following types of Liens:

(1) deposits of cash or government bonds made in the ordinary course of business to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party;

(2) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptance issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice;

(3) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized in connection with, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further , however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized for, such acquisition; provided, further however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(5) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under this Indenture and is secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation;

(6) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(7) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(8) Liens to secure any Indebtedness that is incurred to refinance any Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien existing on the Issue Date or referred to in clauses (3), (4) and (20)(B) of this definition; provided, however , that such Liens (x) are no less favorable to the holders of the Notes, taken as a whole, and are not more favorable to the lienholders with respect

 

-27


to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced; and (y) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced;

(9) Liens on Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” incurred in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;

(10) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent or the failure to pay would not result in a material adverse effect, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted or for property taxes on property that the Company or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

(11) judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(12) pledges, deposits or security under workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other security securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements or earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement or other acquisition, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(13) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not overdue by more than 30 days or if more than 30 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted;

(14) encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of business or to the ownership of properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business;

 

-28


(15) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business that do not (x) interfere in any material respect with the business of the Company or any of its material Restricted Subsidiaries (including the Company) or (y) secure any Indebtedness;

(16) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

(17) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution, provided, that (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board or other applicable law and (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depositary institution;

(18) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(19) Liens modifying or replacing Liens in existence on the Issue Date; provided, however , that such Liens are no less favorable to the holders of the Notes, taken as a whole;

(20) (A) other Liens securing Indebtedness having a principal amount not to exceed $50.0 million at any time outstanding and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however , that (x) the Lien may not extend to any other property (except for accessions to such property) owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is incurred, (y) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (z) with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligations; provided, that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

 

-29


(21) Liens (A) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (B) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (C) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(22) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(23) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (A) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (B) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (C) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(24) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture;

(25) Liens with respect to the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary incurred in accordance with Section 4.09;

(26) Liens arising by operation of law under Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code in favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods;

(27) security given to a public or private utility or any governmental authority as required in the ordinary course of business;

(28) Liens to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Sections 4.09(b)(xi) and 4.09(b)(xxii);

(29) landlords’ and lessors’ liens in respect of rent not in default for more than sixty (60) days or the existence of which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect;

(30) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities imposed by applicable law arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the importation of goods and securing obligations, in each case for sums not overdue by more than thirty (30) days or if more than thirty (30) days

 

-30


overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted;

(31) Liens on securities which are the subject of repurchase agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(32) Liens on the Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

Placement Agents ” means Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Banc of America Securities LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up

Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

Purchase Money Note ” means a promissory note of a Securitization Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, issued by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to such Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid in cash or a contribution of equity and which (a) shall be repaid from cash available to the Securitization Subsidiary, other than (i) amounts required to be established as reserves, (ii) amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, (iii) principal and other amounts owing to such investors and (iv) amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in clause (a).

QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

Qualified Proceeds ” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business; provided, that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, except that in the event the value of any such assets or Capital Stock exceeds $25.0 million, the fair market value thereof shall be determined by an Independent Financial Advisor.

Qualified Securitization Financing ” means any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and the Securitization Subsidiary, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) and (iii) the financing terms,

 

-31


covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.

Rating Agency ” means (1) S&P and Moody’s or (2) if S&P or Moody’s or both of them are not making ratings publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2) under the Exchange Act, as the case may be, selected by the Company, which will be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

Rating Category ” means (1) with respect to S&P, any of the following categories (any of which may include a “+” or “—”: AAA, AA, A, BBB, BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor categories), (2) with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories: Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, Ba, B, Caa, Ca, C and D (or equivalent successor categories), and (3) the equivalent of any such categories of S&P or Moody’s used by another Rating Agency, if applicable.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means, with respect to the Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date among the Company, the Guarantors and the Placement Agents.

Related Party ” means:

(1) any controlling stockholder, partner, member, 50% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of any equity investor;

(2) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding a 50% or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more equity investors and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause; or

(3) any Person with whom an equity investor or a Related Party (under clauses (1) or (2) of the definition of Related Party) may be deemed as part of a “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Note ” means a Legended Regulation S Global Note or an Unlegended Regulation S Global Note, as appropriate.

Representative ” means the trustee, agent or representative (if any) for an issue of Senior Debt; provided, that if, and for so long as, any Designated Senior Debt lacks such a representative, then the Representative for such Designated Senior Debt shall at all times constitute the holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of such Designated Senior Debt.

 

-32


Responsible Officer ,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, in each case having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Restricted Subsidiary.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

S&P ” means Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating business.

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien.

Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person, at any date the ratio of (i) Secured Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of calculation (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) to (ii) EBITDA of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available immediately preceding such date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred. In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs or redeems any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is made, then the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or redemption of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. The Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” including any pro forma calculations to EBITDA

 

-33


Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Securitization Assets ” means any accounts receivable or other revenue streams subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Fees ” means reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Financing ” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets and any Hedging Obligations entered into by the Company or any such Subsidiary in connection with such Securitization Assets.

Securitization Repurchase Obligation ” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including, without limitation, as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Securitization Subsidiary ” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company makes an Investment and to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contingent and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization

 

-34


Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary of the Company has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Company reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company and (c) to which neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary of the Company has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Senior Debt ” means the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed or allowable claim under applicable law) on any Indebtedness and any Securitization Repurchase Obligation of the Company whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular obligation, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such obligation shall be subordinate or pari passu in right of payment to the Notes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, “Senior Debt” shall also include the principal of, premium, if any, interest (including any interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed or allowable claim under applicable law) on, and all other amounts owing in respect of (including guarantees of the foregoing obligations):

(1) all monetary obligations of every nature of the Company under, or with respect to, the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, obligations to pay principal, premium and interest, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, fees, expenses and indemnities (and guarantees thereof);

(2) all monetary obligations of every nature of the Company under, or with respect to, the Senior Notes, including, without limitation, obligations to pay principal, premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, fees, expenses and indemnities (and guarantees thereof); and

(3) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof),

in each case whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred.

 

-35


Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Senior Debt” shall not include:

(1) any Indebtedness of the Company to a Subsidiary of the Company (other than any Securitization Repurchase Obligation);

(2) Indebtedness to, or guaranteed on behalf of, any shareholder, director, officer or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (including, without limitation, amounts owed for compensation), other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement;

(3) Indebtedness to trade creditors and other amounts incurred in connection with obtaining goods, materials or services (including guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities);

(4) Indebtedness represented by Capital Stock;

(5) any liability for federal, foreign, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company;

(6) that portion of any Indebtedness incurred in violation of Sections 4.06 or 4.09;

(7) Indebtedness which, when incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of Title 11, United States Code, is without recourse to the Company; and

(8) any Indebtedness which is, by its express terms, subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company.

Senior Indenture ” means the indenture dated on the Issue Date among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee relating to the Senior Notes.

Senior Notes ” means the 8% senior notes of the Company due 2014.

Senior Subordinated Indebtedness ” means the Notes (in the case of the Company), a Guarantee (in the case of a Guarantor) of the Notes and any other Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank pari passu with such Notes or such Guarantee, as the case may be, in right of payment and is not subordinated by its terms in right of payment to any Indebtedness or other obligation of the Company or such Guarantor which is not Senior Debt (in the case of the Company) or Guarantor Senior Debt (in the case of a Guarantor).

Shareholders Agreement ” means the Shareholders Agreement to be dated on or about the Issue Date by and among the Company/Parent and the investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors and certain of their limited partners that are signatories thereto.

Shelf Registration Statement ” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

-36


Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof.

Specified Financings ” means the financings included in the Transactions and this offering of the Notes.

Sponsors ” means Bain Capital Partners LLC and its Affiliates and CCMP Asia Equity Partners.

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means (a) with respect to the Company, any Indebtedness of the Company that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes (in the case of the Senior Indenture) or the Notes (in the case of this Indenture) and (b) with respect to any Guarantor of the Senior Notes or the Notes, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee of the Senior Notes (in the case of the Senior Indenture) or the Notes (in the case of this Indenture).

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity, of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise and (y) such Person or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

 

-37


TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).

Total Consolidated Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of all indebtedness of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date of determination, after giving effect to any incurrence of Indebtedness and the application of the proceeds therefrom giving rise to such determination.

Transactions ” means the transactions contemplated by (i) the Credit Agreement and (ii) the offering of the Senior Notes and the Notes.

Trustee ” means The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

Unlegended Regulation S Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend, deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Common Depositary or its nominee and issued upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

Unrestricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Global Note ” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company (other than the Company) that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Company, as provided below) and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary, but excluding the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided, that (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares or equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (b) such designation complies with Section 4.07 and (c) each of (I) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (II) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted

 

-38


Subsidiary; provided, that , immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and (x) the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described under Section 4.09(a) or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be notified by the Company to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the board resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Dollar Equivalent ” means with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the “Exchange Rates” column under the heading “Currency Trading” on the date two business days prior to such determination.

Except as described under Section 4.09, whenever it is necessary to determine whether the Company has complied with any covenant in this Indenture or a Default has occurred thereunder and an amount is expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars, such amount will be treated as the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined as of the date such amount is initially determined in such currency.

U.S. Person ” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than

 

-39


directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Section 1.02 Other Definitions .

 

Term

   Defined
in Section

Acceleration Notice

   6.02

Additional Amounts

   4.01

Additional Taxing Jurisdiction

   4.01

Affiliate Transaction

   4.11

Asset Sale Offer

   4.10

Authentication Order

   2.02

Change of Control Offer

   4.15

Change of Control Payment

   4.15

Change of Control Payment Date

   4.15

Change in Tax Law

   3.07

“Covenant Defeasance”

   8.03

Custodian

   2.01

Event of Default

   6.01

Excess Proceeds

   4.10

incur

   4.09

Legal Defeasance

   8.02

Luxembourg Paying Agent

   2.03

non-payment default

   10.03

Offer Period

   4.10

Payment Blockage Notice

   10.03

Payment Default

   6.01

Permitted Debt

   4.09

Refinancing Indebtedness

   4.09

Refunding Capital Stock

   4.07

Registrar

   2.03

Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction

   4.01

Restricted Payments

   4.07

Retired Capital Stock

   4.07

Suspension Condition

   4.19

Suspension Covenants

   4.19

Taxes

   4.01

Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

 

-40


The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

indenture securities ” means the Notes and the Guarantees;

indenture security Holder ” means a Holder of a Note;

indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture;

indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee; and

obligor ” on the indenture securities means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the indenture securities, respectively.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by the Commission rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them by such definitions.

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction .

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(i) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(iii) “or” is not exclusive;

(iv) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;

(v) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(vi) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

(vii) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the the Commission from time to time.

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.01 Form and Dating .

(a) General . The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. The Notes will be in denominations of €50,000 and any integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof.

 

-41


The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

(b) Rule 144A Global Notes . Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A will be initially represented by one or more permanent Global Notes, without interest coupons, (in substantially the form of Exhibit A) in definitive, fully registered book-entry form, which will be deposited upon issuance with the Common Depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream, and registered in the name of the Common Depositary or its nominee, in each case for credit to an account of a direct or indirect participant in Euroclear or Clearstream as described below. The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Registrar and the Common Depositary as hereinafter provided.

(c) Regulation S Global Notes . Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S will be initially represented by one or more permanent Global Notes without interest coupons (in substantially the form of Exhibit A) in definitive, fully registered book-entry form, which will be deposited upon issuance with the Common Depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream, and registered in the name of the Common Depositary or its nominee, in each case for credit to an account of a direct or indirect participant in Euroclear or Clearstream as described below. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Registrar and the Common Depositary as hereinafter provided.

(d) Form of Notes . Notes may be issued in the form of (i) Definitive Notes or (ii) one or more Global Notes. Notes issued in definitive form shall be registered in the name or names of such Persons and for the principal amounts as the Issuer may request. The Company initially appoints the Common Depositary to act as depositary for the Global Notes. Notes issued in the form of a Global Note shall be registered in the name of the Common Depositary or its nominee. In the event any of the Notes are issued in a transaction under Rule 144A of the Securities Act, any such Person shall purchase such Notes in transactions complying with Rule 144A under the Securities Act. The Trustee, as custodian (“ Custodian ”), will act as custodian of each Global Note for the Common Depositary or appoint a sub-custodian to act in such capacity. So long as the Common Depositary or its nominee is the registered owner of the Global Note, it shall be considered the holder of the Notes represented thereby for all purposes hereunder and under the Global Note. None of the Company, the Trustee or any Luxembourg Paying Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made by the Common Depositary, or its nominee, on account of beneficial interests in the Global Note. Interests in the Global Note shall be transferred on the Common Depositary’s book-entry settlement system. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Notes in definitive form or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or in the form of Notes in

 

-42


definitive form, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Common Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Common Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication .

At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by two Officers of the Company (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.

Section 2.03 Registrar and Luxembourg Paying Agent .

The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“ Luxembourg Paying Agent ”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Luxembourg Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Luxembourg Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Luxembourg Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Luxembourg Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

-43


The Company may remove any Registrar or Luxembourg Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Luxembourg Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however , that no such removal shall become effective until (i) if applicable, acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Company and such successor Registrar or Luxembourg Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Luxembourg Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Luxembourg Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company and the Trustee; provided, however , that the Trustee may resign as Luxembourg Paying Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.08.

The initial Registrar will be The Bank of New York. The initial Transfer Agents will be The Bank of New York, in New York, The Bank of New York, in London, and The Bank of New York (Luxembourg) S.A., in Luxembourg. The Company initially appoints The Bank of New York, in London, to act as the Common Depositary, and The Bank of New York (Luxembourg) S.A. as the Luxembourg Paying Agent with respect to the Global Notes. As long as the Notes remain outstanding, the Company will also, to the extent possible, ensure that it maintains a Luxembourg Paying Agent in a member state of the European Union that will not be obliged to withhold or deduct for on account of tax in connection with any payment made by it in relation to the Notes pursuant to the European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other Directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of November 26 and 27, 2000 on the taxation of savings income or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such Directive. The Company shall not act as Luxembourg Paying Agent or appoint a Luxembourg Paying Agent in any member state of the EU where the Luxembourg Paying Agent would be obliged to withhold or deduct tax in connection with any payment made by it in relation to the Notes unless either (i) another Luxembourg Paying Agent is located in a member state where it is not obliged to withhold or deduct tax or (ii) no other member state would require a Luxembourg Paying Agent located therein to withhold or deduct tax in relation to such payments at a lower (or zero) rate. For so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and its rules so require, the Company will publish a notice of any change of Luxembourg Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg.

Section 2.04 Luxembourg Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust .

The Company will require each Luxembourg Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Luxembourg Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Luxembourg Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Luxembourg Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Luxembourg Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Luxembourg Paying Agent. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Luxembourg Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Luxembourg Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund

 

-44


for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Luxembourg Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Luxembourg Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05 Holder Lists .

The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a).

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange .

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . A Global Note representing the Notes may not be transferred except as a whole to nominees of the Common Depositary or to a successor of the Common Depositary or such successor’s nominee. Transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes may be affected only through the book-entry system maintained by the Common Depositary in compliance with the Applicable Procedures, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and in effect from time to time. All Global Notes representing the Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if:

(i) The Common Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Common Depositary for the Global Note and the Company thereupon fails to appoint a successor common depositary within 90 days;

(ii) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of the Definitive Notes representing the Notes; or

(iii) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

Upon the occurrence of any of the events in clauses (i) or (ii) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Common Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes representing the Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. A Global Note representing the Notes may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a)(ii), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through Euroclear and Clearstream, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance

 

-45


with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Legended Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than a Placement Agent). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:

(A) both:

(1) a written order from the Common Depositary given to the Registrar in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account to be credited with such increase; or

(B) both:

(1) a written order from a the Common Depositary given to the Registrar in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Registrar to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(2) instructions given by Common Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (B)(1) above;

provided, that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Legended Regulation S Global Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period and the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903 under the Securities Act.

 

-46


Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Legended Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

 

-47


(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

(v) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note. Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

(i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

-48


(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable;

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Common Depositary. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(ii) Beneficial Interests in Legended Regulation S Global Note to Definitive Notes . Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Legended Regulation S Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act; except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

(iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such

 

-49


beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or

 

-50


through the Common Depositary. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable;

(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note.

 

-51


(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

 

-52


If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

 

-53


(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate:

(i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; and

(ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the

 

-54


Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company.

Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.

(g) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

(i) Private Placement Legend .

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (C) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2),(3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO IN RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THESE NOTES, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V. OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND IF SUCH TRANSFER IS

 

-55


IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES OF LESS THAN €100,000 AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V. THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO IN RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THESE NOTES, THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE TRUSTEE. IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V. SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR DELIVERED TO ANYONE ANYWHERE IN THE WORLD OTHER THAN TO PROFESSIONAL MARKET PARTIES (“PMP”) WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE EXEMPTION REGULATION TO THE DUTCH ACT ON THE SUPERVISION OF THE CREDIT SYSTEM 1992.

EACH HOLDER OF NOTES, BY PURCHASING THE NOTES, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND AGREED FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (1) SUCH HOLDER IS A PMP AND IS ACQUIRING SUCH NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A PMP, THAT (2) SUCH NOTES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED TO ANYONE ANYWHERE IN THE WORLD OTHER THAN TO A PMP ACQUIRING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A PMP AND THAT (3) THE HOLDER WILL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS DESCRIBED HEREIN TO ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREE.

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

-56


(ii) Global Note Legend . Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE REGISTRAR MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED OR EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITORY TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, THE COMMON DEPOSITARY, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

(iii) Regulation S Global Note Legend . The Regulation S Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

-57


(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

(ii) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof).

(iii) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(v) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required:

(A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection;

(B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or

(C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

(vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(vii) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

(viii) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

 

-58


Section 2.07 Replacement Notes .

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for their expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes .

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except (i) Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; (ii) Notes for the payment or redemption of which money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside, segregated and held in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Notes; provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed prior to the maturity thereof, written notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture, or provision satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made for giving such notice; and (iii) Notes in substitution for which other Notes shall have been authenticated and delivered, or which shall have been paid, pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (except with respect to any such Note as to which proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that such Note is held by a Person in whose hands such Note is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company). Except as set forth in Section 2.08 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 9.02 hereof.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Registrar receive proof satisfactory each of them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Luxembourg Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay all principal, premium and accrued interest with respect to the outstanding Notes payable on that date and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders thereof pursuant to the terms of Section 10 hereof, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.

 

-59


Section 2.09 Treasury Notes .

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, request, waiver or consent in the exercise of any discretion, power or authority (whether contained in this Indenture or vested by operation of law) which the Trustee is required, expressly or impliedly, to exercise in or by reference to the interests of the Holders or any of them, Notes owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded.

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes .

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

Section 2.11 Cancellation .

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Luxembourg Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will dispose of such canceled Notes in its customary manner (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has redeemed, purchased or paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest .

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided, that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice prepared by the Company that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

 

-60


Section 2.13 ISIN and Common Code Numbers .

The Company in issuing the Notes may use ISIN and Common Code numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use ISIN and Common Code numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any initial ISIN or Common Code numbers and any change in the ISIN or Common Code numbers.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee .

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date (unless a shorter time is acceptable to the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate setting forth:

(i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

(ii) the redemption date;

(iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed;

(iv) the redemption price;

(v) applicable Common Code and ISIN numbers; and

(vi) a statement that the conditions precedent to such redemption have been satisfied.

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed .

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption as follows:

(i) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or

 

-61


(ii) if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable.

In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. No Notes in principal amounts equal to or less than €1,000 can be redeemed in part; provided, that no Notes will be redeemed in part if the resulting note would have a minimum denomination that is less than €50,000.

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption.

(a) Notices of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that (x) redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and (y) redemption notices may be mailed less than 30 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a redemption using the Net Proceeds of one or more Designated Asset Sales. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.

(b) If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state:

(i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

(ii) the redemption date;

(iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed;

(iv) the redemption price;

(v) applicable Common Code and ISIN numbers; and

(vi) a statement that the conditions precedent to such redemption have been satisfied.

A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

 

-62


(c) At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at their expense. In such event, the Company shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this Section.

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption .

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price.

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption Price .

Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Luxembourg Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Luxembourg Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Luxembourg Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed.

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption. If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption is not so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed in Part .

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption .

(a) At any time prior to May 1, 2009, the Company may, at its option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes, as the case may be), at a redemption price equal to 109% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of Holders on the record date to receive interest due on the interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings ( provided, that if the Equity Offering is an offering by any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company, a

 

-63


portion of the net cash proceeds thereof equal to the amount required to redeem any such Notes is contributed to the equity capital of the Company), or the Net Proceeds of one or more Designated Asset Sales; provided, however, that

(1) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) must remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding in such calculation, Notes held by the Company or any of its Affiliates); and

(2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of such Equity Offering or Designated Asset Sale, as the case may be.

(b) Except pursuant to Section 3.07(a) or as otherwise set forth below, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to May 1, 2009; provided, however , the Company may acquire the Notes by means other than a redemption.

(c) On or after May 1, 2011, the Company may, at its option, redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the record date to receive interest due on the interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 1 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2011

   104.500 %

2012

   103.000 %

2013

   101.500 %

2014 and thereafter

   100.000 %

(d) At any time prior to May 1, 2011, the Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the record date to receive interest due on the interest payment date).

(e) The Company may, at its option, redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at any time upon not less than 15 days’ nor more than 30 days’ notice to the Holders (which notice shall be irrevocable and given in accordance with Section 3.03 and Section 3.04), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date, premium, if any, and all Additional Amounts, if any, then due and which will become due on the date of redemption as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if the Company determines in good faith that the Company or any Guarantor is, or on the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Notes, would be obligated to pay Additional Amounts in respect of the Notes pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof, which the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, cannot avoid by the use of reasonable measures available to it (including, without limitation, making payment through a Luxembourg Paying Agent located in another jurisdiction), as a result of:

 

-64


(1) any change in, or amendment to, the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction affecting taxation which becomes effective on or after the Issue Date or, in the case of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction that arises after the Issue Date, the date on which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction under this Indenture (or, in the case of a successor Person, after the date of assumption by the successor person of the obligations thereunder); or

(2) any change in the official application, administration, or interpretation of the laws, regulations or rulings of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including a holding, judgment, or order by a court of competent jurisdiction), on or after the Issue Date or, in the case of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction has changed since the Issue Date, the date on which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction under this Indenture (or, in the case of a successor Person, after the date of assumption by the successor person of the obligations thereunder) (each of the foregoing clauses (1) and (2), a “Change in Tax Law” ).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may not redeem the Notes under this provision if a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction changes under this Indenture and the Company is obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law of such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction which was officially announced at the time the latter became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction.

In the case of a Guarantor that becomes a party to this Indenture after the Issue Date or a successor person (including a surviving entity), the Change in Tax Law must become effective after the date that such entity (or another person organized or resident in the same jurisdiction) first makes a payment on the Notes. In the case of Additional Amounts required to be paid as a result of the Company conducting business in an Additional Taxing Jurisdiction, the Change in Tax Law must become effective after the date the Company begins to conduct the business giving rise to the withholding or deduction.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given (a) earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Company or any Guarantor, would be obliged to make such payment of Additional Amounts or withholding if a payment in respect of the Notes or the relevant Guarantee, as the case may be, were then due and (b) unless at the time such notice is given, the obligation to pay Additional Amounts remains in effect.

Prior to the mailing of any notice of redemption pursuant to the foregoing, the Company will deliver to each Trustee:

(1) an Officers’ Certificate stating that the Company is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the right of the Company so to redeem have occurred (including that such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by the Company or any Guarantor or surviving entity taking reasonable measures available to it); and

 

-65


(2) a written opinion of independent tax advisers of recognized standing qualified under the laws of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction and reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee to the effect that the Company or a Guarantor or surviving entity, as the case may be, is or would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law.

The foregoing provisions shall apply mutatis mutandis to any successor Person, after such successor Person becomes a party to this Indenture, with respect to a Change in Tax Law occurring after the time such successor Person becomes a party to this Indenture.

(f) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption .

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

Section 3.09 Intentionally Omitted .

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes .

(a) The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any will be considered paid on the date due if the Luxembourg Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, then due. The Company will pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

The Company will pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful.

(b)(i) All payments that the Company makes under or with respect to the Notes and that any Guarantor makes under or with respect to any Guarantee will be made free

 

-66


and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charges (including, without limitation, penalties, interest and other similar liabilities related thereto) of whatever nature (collectively, “ Taxes ”) imposed or levied by or on behalf of the United States, any jurisdiction in which the Company or any Guarantor is incorporated, organized or otherwise resident for tax purposes or from or through which any of the foregoing makes any payment on the Notes or by or within any department or political subdivision or governmental authority or in any of the foregoing having the power to tax (each, a “ Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction ”), unless withholding or deduction is then required by law or by the interpretation or administration of law. If the Company or any Guarantor is required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes, the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall pay additional amounts ( Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary to ensure that the net amount received by each Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will be not less than the amount the Holder or beneficial owner would have received if such Taxes had not been required to be withheld or deducted. If the Company or any Guarantor conducts business in any jurisdiction (an “ Additional Taxing Jurisdiction ”) other than a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction and, as a result, is required by the law of such Additional Taxing Jurisdiction to withhold or deduct any amount on account of the Taxes imposed by such Additional Taxing Jurisdiction from payment under the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be, which would not have been required to be so withheld or deducted but for such conduct of business in such Additional Taxing Jurisdiction, the Additional Amounts provision described above shall be considered to apply as if references in such provision to “Taxes” included taxes imposed by way of withholding or deduction by any such Additional Taxing Jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof or therein).

(ii) Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall, however, pay Additional Amounts to a Holder or beneficial owner of Notes in respect or on account of:

(A) any Taxes that would not have been imposed or levied by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction but for the Holder’s or beneficial owner’s present or former connection with such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (other than the mere receipt or holding of Notes or by reason of the receipt of payments thereunder or the exercise or enforcement of rights under any Notes, this Indenture or any Guarantee);

(B) any Taxes that are imposed or withheld by reason of the failure of the Holder or Beneficial Owner, following the Company’s written request addressed to the Holder (and made at a time that would enable the Holder or beneficial owner acting reasonably to comply with that request) to comply with any certification or identification requirements, whether required or imposed by statute, regulation or administrative practice of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, Taxes imposed by the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including, without limitation, a certification that the Holder or beneficial owner is not resident in the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction);

(C) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer, personal property or similar Taxes;

 

-67


(D) any Tax which is payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from payments made under or with respect to the Notes;

(E) any Tax imposed on or with respect to any payment by the Company or a Guarantor to the Holder if such Holder is a fiduciary or partnership or person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment to the extent that Taxes would not have been imposed on such payment had the beneficiary, partner or other beneficial owner directly held the Note;

(F) any Tax that is imposed or levied by reason of the presentation (where presentation is required in order to receive payment) of such Notes for payment on a date more than 30 days after the date on which such payment became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later, except to the extent that the Beneficial Owner or Holder thereof would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Notes been presented for payment on any date during such 30 day period;

(G) any withholding or deduction in respect of any Taxes where such withholding or deduction is imposed or levied on a payment to an individual and is required to be made pursuant to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other Directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of 26-27 November 2000 on the taxation of savings income or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such Directive; or

(H) any Tax that is imposed or levied on or with respect to a Note presented for payment on behalf of a Holder or beneficial owner who would have been able to avoid such withholding or deduction by presenting the Note to another paying agent in a member state of the European Union.

(iii) The Company and each Guarantor shall (A) make such withholding or deduction required by applicable law and (B) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant taxing authority in accordance with applicable law.

(iv) At least 30 calendar days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to the Notes is due and payable, if the Company and any Guarantor shall be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment (unless such obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises after the 30th day prior to the date on which payment under or with respect to the Notes is due and payable, in which case it will be promptly thereafter), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Additional Amounts will be payable and the amounts so payable and shall set forth such other information (other than the identities of Holders and beneficial owners) necessary to enable such Trustee or Luxembourg Paying Agent, as the case may be, to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders and beneficial owners on the payment date. The Company shall provide the Trustee with documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee evidencing payment of such Additional Amounts.

 

-68


(v) Upon request, the Company or the relevant Guarantor shall furnish to each Trustee or a Holder within a reasonable time certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment by the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, of any Taxes imposed or levied by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction. If, notwithstanding the reasonable best efforts of the Company or such Guarantor to obtain such receipts, the same are not obtainable, then the Company or such Guarantor shall provide such Holder with other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or Holder of such payment by the Company or such Guarantor.

(vi) The Company and each Guarantor shall pay (i) any present or future stamp, issue, registration, court documentation, excise or property taxes or other similar taxes, charges and duties, including interest and penalties with respect thereto, imposed by any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction in respect of the execution, issue, delivery or registration of the Notes, any Guarantee or this Indenture or any other document or instrument referred to hereunder and any such taxes, charges, duties or similar levies imposed by any jurisdiction as a result of, or in connection with, the enforcement of the Notes, such Guarantee or this Indenture or any such other document or instrument following the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Notes, and (ii) any stamp, court, or documentary taxes (or similar charges or levies) imposed with respect to the receipt of any payments with respect to the Notes or such Guarantee. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall, however, pay such amounts that are imposed on or result from a sale or other transfer or disposition by a Holder or Beneficial Owner.

(vii) This Section 4.01(b) shall survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and shall apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor person to the Company or any Guarantor is organized, incorporated or otherwise resident for tax purposes and any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein.

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency .

The Company will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however , that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

-69


The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

Section 4.03 Reports .

(a) Whether or not required by the Commission, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, if not filed electronically with the Commission through the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval System (or any successor system), the Company shall furnish to the Holders, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations:

(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K (or Form 20-F if the Company is a “foreign private issuer” as such term is defined under the rules and regulations of the Commission), other than the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2006, if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission if the Company were required to file such reports.

(b) In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, after the consummation of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in Section 4.03(a)(i) and (ii) above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations for a filer that is not an “accelerated filer” (as defined in such rules and regulations), unless the Commission will not accept such a filing, and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request; provided, that (x) the first and second reports required to be delivered pursuant to Section 4.03(a)(i) above may be delivered at any time up to 75 days after the end of the fiscal quarter to which such report relates and (y) the first report requiring annual financial information required to be delivered pursuant to Section 4.03(a)(i) above may be delivered at any time up to April 30, 2007. In addition, the Company agrees that, for so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding, it shall furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(c) If at any time any direct or indirect parent of the Company becomes a Guarantor (there being no obligation of any such parent to do so) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission (or any successor provision), the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and furnished to Holders pursuant to the requirements herein, may, at the option of the Company, be filed by and be those of such parent rather than the Company.

 

-70


(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied with respect to the Form 10-K or 20-F, as applicable, for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2006 prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by the filing with the Commission of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and/or Shelf Registration Statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act with respect to fiscal year 2006 within the time periods and in accordance with the other provisions set forth under the Registration Rights Agreement.

Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate .

(a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company an Officers’ Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Company they would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default that occurred during such period. If they do, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Company also shall comply with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA.

(b) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 4.05 Corporate Existence .

Except as otherwise permitted by Article Five, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence in accordance with its organizational documents.

Section 4.06 Limitation on Layering .

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt (including Acquired Debt) or Guarantor Senior Debt (including Acquired Debt) of the Company or such other Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is either:

(1) Senior Subordinated Indebtedness; or

(2) subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or the related Guarantee, as the case may be.

For purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be subordinated or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, as applicable, solely by reason of any Liens or Guarantees arising or created in respect thereof or by

 

-71


virtue of the fact that the holders of any secured Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them.

Section 4.07 Restricted Payments .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation (other than (A) dividends or distributions by the Company payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary payable solely to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary or (C), in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, pro rata dividends or distributions to minority stockholders of such Restricted Subsidiary (or owners of an equivalent interest in the case of a Subsidiary that is an entity other than a corporation) provided, that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company held by any Person (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary), including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

(iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Indebtedness permitted under Sections 4.09(b)(vii) and (viii) or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, acquisition or retirement); or

(iv) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (i) through (iv) being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”).

(b) Section 4.07(a) shall not apply if, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

 

-72


(ii) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a); and

(iii) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (ix), (x), (xi), (xii), (xiv), and (xv) of the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum, without duplication, of

 

  (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from March 31, 2006 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

 

  (B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, of property and marketable securities received by the Company after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of the Company (including a resale of Retired Capital Stock (as defined below) but excluding (1) cash proceeds received from the sale of Equity Interests of the Company and, to the extent actually contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of the Company’s direct or indirect parent corporations to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 4.07(c)(iv), (2) cash proceeds received from the sale of Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 4.07(c)(ii), (3) Designated Preferred Stock, (4) the Cash Contribution Amount, (5) Excluded Contributions and (6) Disqualified Stock) or (y) debt securities of the Company that have been converted into such Equity Interests of the Company (other than Refunding Capital Stock or Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Company sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Company, as the case may be, and other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock), plus

 

  (C) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, of property and marketable securities contributed to the capital of the

 

-73


Company after the Issue Date (other than (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Excluded Contributions, (iii) any Disqualified Stock, (iv) any Refunding Capital Stock, (v) any Designated Preferred Stock, (vi) the Cash Contribution Amount and (vii) cash proceeds applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 4.07(c)(iv), plus

 

  (D) without duplication of any amounts included in Section 4.07(c)(iv) and to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, of property and marketable securities received after the Issue Date by means of (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances which constitute Restricted Investments of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.07(c)(x) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

 

  (E) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.07(c)(x) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment).

(c) The provisions in Sections 4.07(a) and (b) will not prohibit:

(i) the payment of any dividend or other distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(ii)(A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company (“Retired Capital Stock”) or Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes in

 

-74


exchange for or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Company) of Equity Interests of the Company or contributions to the equity capital of the Company (in each case, other than Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) and (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;

(iii) the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the borrower thereof which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 so long as (A) the principal amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value plus related fees and expenses and the amount of any reasonable premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, (B) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes and any Guarantees thereof at least to the same extent as such Indebtedness subordinated to such Notes so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, (C) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Indebtedness subordinated to such Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (D) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness subordinated to such Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;

(iv) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations (or their permitted transferees, assigns, estates or heirs) pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan, agreement or arrangement, provided, however , that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (iv) does not exceed in any calendar year $7.5 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the two immediately succeeding calendar years); and provided, further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent corporations, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations that occurs after the Issue Date plus (B) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations in connection with the Transactions that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations pursuant to a

 

-75


deferred compensation plan of such corporation plus (C) the cash proceeds of “key man” life insurance policies received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date ( provided, that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A), (B) and (C) above in any calendar year) less (D) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A), (B) and (C) of this clause (iv);

(v) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or incurred in accordance with this covenant to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges for such entity;

(vi) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date and the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company issued after the Issue Date; provided, however , that (A) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions thereon) on a pro forma basis, the Company would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.0 to 1 and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (6) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Company from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date;

(vii) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(viii) the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock following the first public offering of the Company’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent corporations after the Issue Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Company after the Issue Date in any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Company’s common stock registered on Form F-4 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

(ix) Investments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(x) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $75.0 million;

(xi) cash dividends or other distributions on the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock used to, or the making of loans, the proceeds of which will

 

-76


be used to, fund the payment of fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or the offering of the Notes, in each case to the extent permitted (to the extent applicable) by Section 4.11;

(xii) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(xiii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock pursuant to Section 4.10 and Section 4.15; provided, that a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, has been made and all the Notes tendered by the Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

(xiv) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, a direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company in amounts required for such Person to pay, without duplication:

 

  (A) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence;

 

  (B) income taxes to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from the Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries, provided, however , that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount of income taxes that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay for such fiscal year were the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries to pay such taxes as a stand-alone taxpayer;

 

  (C) customary salary, bonus, severance, indemnification obligations and other benefits payable to officers and employees of such direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company to the extent such salaries, bonuses, severance, indemnification obligations and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (D) general corporate overhead and operating expenses such as direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

-77


  (E) reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with any unsuccessful debt or equity offering or other financing transaction by such direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company; and

 

  (F) its obligations under the Advisory Agreement (as in effect on the Issue Date);

(xv) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Company; provided, however , that any such cash payment shall be bona fide and in good faith and shall not be for the purpose of evading the limitation of the covenant described under this subheading (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company);

(xvi) the declaration or payment of Restricted Payments that are made with the proceeds of Designated Asset Sales; provided, however , that any such Restricted Payments made other than pursuant to clause (y) of the definition of “Designated Asset Sales” shall not exceed $200.0 million in the aggregate; and

(xvii) the dividend or distribution of a Restricted Investment consisting of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents) to the extent such Restricted Investment was included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments.

provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (ii), (v), (vi), (viii), (x), (xii), (xiii) or (xvi) above, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(d) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this covenant will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company. Such determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an Independent Financial Advisor if the fair market value exceeds $50.0 million.

(e) The Company shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary. For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of Investments. Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section or the definition of Permitted Investments and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

-78


(f) For the avoidance of doubt, any dividend or distribution otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section may be in the form of a loan.

Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(ii) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(iii) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

(b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(i) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect (x) pursuant to the Credit Agreement or related documents as in effect on the Issue Date or (y) on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, pursuant to Existing Indebtedness and related documentation;

(ii) this Indenture, the Senior Indenture, the Notes, the Senior Notes and the related Guarantees (including any Exchange Notes with respect to the Notes, the Senior Notes and related Guarantees);

(iii) purchase money obligations or other obligations described in Section 4.09(b)(iv) for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that in each case impose restrictions of the nature discussed in Section 4.08(a)(iii) on the property so acquired;

(iv) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(v) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in connection therewith or in contemplation thereof or to provide all or a portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;

 

-79


(vi) contracts for the sale of assets, including, without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(vii) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 and Section 4.12 that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(viii) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(ix) other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Company or any Guarantor, in each case, that is incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.09;

(x) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements;

(xii) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in Section 4.08(a) (i), (ii) and (iii) imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in this Section 4.08(b)(i) through (xi); provided, that the encumbrances or restrictions imposed by such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors, not materially less favorable to the Holders than encumbrances and restrictions contained in such predecessor agreements and do not materially affect the Company’s and Guarantors’ ability, taken as a whole, to make payments of interest and scheduled payments of principal in respect of such Notes, in each case, as and when due; provided further, however, that with respect to agreements existing on the Issue Date, any refinancings or amendments thereof contain such encumbrances or restrictions that are not materially less favorable to the Holders than the encumbrances or restrictions contained in such agreements as in effect on the Issue Date; and

(xiii) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(xviii).

Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively “incur” ) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Company and any Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and any Guarantor may issue Preferred Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company for its most recently ended four full fiscal

 

-80


quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following (collectively, “ Permitted Debt ”):

(i) the incurrence by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement together with the incurrence by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries of the guarantees thereunder and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount, of $1,800.0 million outstanding at any one time, less the amount of (x) all mandatory principal payments (with respect to revolving borrowings and letters of credit, only to the extent revolving commitments are correspondingly reduced) actually made by any obligor thereunder in respect of Indebtedness thereunder with Net Proceeds from Asset Sales; and (y) all principal payments actually made by any obligor thereunder in respect of Indebtedness thereunder with the Net Proceeds from Designated Asset Sales;

(ii) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Senior Notes and the Notes (including, in each case, any Guarantee thereof) issued on the Issue Date and the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Senior Notes and the Notes issued on the Issue Date (including any Guarantee thereof);

(iii) Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(b)(i) or (ii));

(iv) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) in an aggregate principal amount that, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (iv), does not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) an amount equal to 2.0% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the end of the Company’s most recently concluded fiscal quarter for which a balance sheet is available;

(v) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to

 

-81


reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(vi) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-outs or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition or acquisition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that (A) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (A)) and (B) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including noncash proceeds (the fair market value of such noncash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such disposition;

(vii) Indebtedness of the Company owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof and (B) if the Company or a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to all obligations of the Company or such Guarantor with respect to the Notes;

(viii) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;

(ix) Hedging Obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes);

(x) obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds, appeal bonds and other similar types of bonds and performance and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

-82


(xi) Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor or Preferred Stock of any Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (11), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $150.0 million;

(xii)(x) any guarantee by the Company or a Guarantor of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; provided, that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, any such guarantee of the Company or such Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Notes and such Guarantor’s Guarantee with respect to such Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to such Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, (y) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor of Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor incurred in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, and (z) any guarantee by a Guarantor of Indebtedness of the Company incurred in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(xiii) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock that serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness incurred as permitted under Section 4.09(a) and clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this Section 4.09(b), this clause (xiii) and clauses (xiv) and (xxi) of this Section 4.09(b) or any Indebtedness issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness” ) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced, (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the related Guarantees, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to such Notes or such Guarantees at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded, (C) shall not include (x) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Guarantor or (y) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (D) shall not be in a principal amount in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, accrued interest on, and related fees and expenses of, the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced and (E) shall not have a Stated Maturity prior to the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced and (y) the Stated Maturity of any Notes then outstanding; and provided further that in subclauses (A), (B) and (E) of this clause (xiii) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Senior Debt;

 

-83


(xiv) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Person incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Person was acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided, that such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock is not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, such acquisition or merger; and provided further, that after giving effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness either (A) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth Section 4.09(a) or (B) such Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be greater than immediately prior to such acquisition;

(xv) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;

(xvi) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Agreement in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(xvii) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(xviii) Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary, provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred under this clause (xviii) which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (xviii), does not exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 1.0% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the end of the Company’s most recently concluded fiscal quarter for which a balance sheet is available;

(xix) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Company or any Guarantor to current or former officers, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations permitted by Section 4.07;

(xx) Contribution Indebtedness;

(xxi) Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor incurred in connection with or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the acquisition by the Company or such Guarantor of property used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the purchase of Capital Stock of, or merger or consolidation with, any Person owning such assets); provided, that the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company for its

 

-84


most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such Indebtedness is incurred, determined on a pro forma basis as if such Indebtedness had been incurred and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four- quarter period, (A) would have been at least 1.5 to 1 for any incurrence of Indebtedness on or prior to December 31, 2007, and would have been at least 1.75 to 1 for any incurrence of Indebtedness thereafter, and (B) would have been greater than such Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger; and

(xxii) Indebtedness of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such Indebtedness are deposited and used to defease the Notes as described under Article 8 and Article 12.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (xxii) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a), the Company will be permitted to classify and later reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09, and such item of Indebtedness will be treated as having been incurred pursuant to only one of such categories. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement outstanding on the Issue Date will be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (i) of the definition of Permitted. Additionally, all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness may later be reclassified as having been incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or under any category of Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (xxii) above so long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred pursuant to such provision at the time of reclassification.

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness where the Indebtedness incurred is denominated in a different currency, the amount of such Indebtedness will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness; provided, however, that if any such Indebtedness denominated in a different currency is subject to a currency agreement with respect to U.S. dollars covering all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness expressed in U.S. dollars will be as provided in such currency agreement. The principal amount of any refinancing Indebtedness incurred in the same currency as the Indebtedness being refinanced will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the Indebtedness being refinanced, except to the extent that (1) such U.S. Dollar Equivalent was determined based on a currency agreement, in which case the refinancing Indebtedness will be determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, and (2) the principal amount of the refinancing Indebtedness exceeds the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced, in which case the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of such excess will be determined on the date such refinancing Indebtedness is incurred. The maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness, solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.

 

-85


Section 4.10 Asset Sales .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(i) the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;

(ii) in the case of Asset Sales involving consideration in excess of $10.0 million, the fair market value is determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors; and

(iii) except for any Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.

For purposes of clause (iii) above, the amount of (1) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or the related Guarantees) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and from which the Company and all Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing, (2) any securities received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale and (3) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company), taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Consolidated Total Assets of the Company as of the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter prior to the date on which such Designated Noncash Consideration is received (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this paragraph and for no other purpose.

(b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or, if applicable, the Restricted Subsidiary) may apply those Net Proceeds at its option:

(i) to permanently reduce Obligations under Senior Debt of the Company or any Guarantor Senior Debt (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto) or Indebtedness of the Company that ranks pari passu with the Notes or Indebtedness of a Guarantor that ranks pari passu with such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes provided, that if the Company shall so reduce Obligations under Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes or a related Guarantee, it will equally and ratably

 

-86


reduce Obligations under the Notes by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer (as defined in Section 4.10(d) below)) to all Holders to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the pro rata principal amount of the Notes or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

(ii) in the case of a Designated Asset Sale, as provided for in the definition of Designated Asset Sales; or

(iii) to (A) make an investment in any one or more businesses; provided, that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that such business constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) make capital expenditures or (C) make an investment in other assets, in each of (A), (B) and (C), used or useful in a Permitted Business; and/or

(iv) to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided, that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and it results in the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that such business constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) assets that, in each of (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale.

(c) Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale not applied or invested in accordance with Section 4.10(b) within 365 days from the date of the receipt of such Net Proceeds shall constitute “ Excess Proceeds ,” provided, that if during such 365-day period the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a definitive binding agreement committing it to apply such Net Proceeds in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.10(b)(i), (ii) or (iii) after such 365th day, such 365-day period will be extended with respect to the amount of Net Proceeds so committed for a period not to exceed 180 days until such Net Proceeds are required to be applied in accordance with such agreement (or, if earlier, until termination of such agreement).

(d) When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Company, or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, will make an offer (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to all Holders and Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with such Notes and contains provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase, on a pro rata basis, the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash.

(e) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company, or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary (including the Company), may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

-87


(f) If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company, or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary (including the Company), may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

(g) The Company, or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture, the Company, or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 4.10 of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless:

(i) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; and

(ii)(A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company have determined in good faith that the criteria set forth in the immediately preceding clause (1) are satisfied and have approved the relevant Affiliate Transaction as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company; and (B) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $75.0 million, the Board of Directors of the Company shall also have received a written opinion as to the fairness to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an Independent Financial Advisor.

(b) The following items will be deemed not to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

 

-88


(i) any transaction with the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture or similar entity which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Restricted Subsidiary, joint venture or similar entity;

(ii) Restricted Payments and Permitted Investments (other than pursuant to clauses (3), (10) and (11) of the definition thereof) permitted by this Indenture;

(iii) the payment to the Sponsors, any of their Affiliates, and officers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees, termination payments and related reasonable expenses pursuant to (A) the Advisory Agreement or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not less advantageous to the Holders in any material respect than the Advisory Agreement) or (B) other agreements as in effect on the Issue Date that are (x) entered into in connection with the Transactions and (y) as described in the Offering Memorandum or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not less advantageous to the Holders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

(iv) the payment of reasonable and customary compensation and fees to, and indemnities provided on behalf of (and entering into related agreements with) officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent corporations, or any Restricted Subsidiary, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company or senior management thereof;

(v) payments made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsors and any of their Affiliates for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;

(vi) transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view;

(vii) payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to employees or consultants of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and which are otherwise permitted under this Indenture, but in any event not to exceed $10.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;

(viii) payments made or performance under any agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or as described in the Offering Memorandum (other than the Advisory Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement, but including, without limitation, each of the other agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions);

 

-89


(ix) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, the Shareholders Agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreements related thereto to which it is a party on the Issue Date and any similar agreement that it may enter into thereafter); provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to the Shareholders Agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (ix) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

(x) the Transactions and the payment of all transaction, underwriting, commitment and other fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions;

(xi) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture that are fair to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been entered into at such time with an unaffiliated party;

(xii) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to any Permitted Holder, any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Company or its Subsidiaries or any other Affiliates of the Company (other than a Subsidiary);

(xiii) investments by the Sponsors in securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities; and

(xiv) any transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing.

Section 4.12 Liens .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien that secures obligations under any Indebtedness ranking pari passu with or subordinated to the Notes or a related Guarantee on any asset or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

(i) in the case of Liens securing Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes or the related Guarantees, the Notes and any related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

 

-90


(ii) in all other cases, the Notes and any related Guarantees are equally and ratably secured,

(b) The provisions of Section 4.12(a) will not apply to:

(i) Liens existing on the Issue Date to the extent and in the manner such Liens are in effect on the Issue Date;

(ii) Liens securing the Notes and the Senior Notes, and, in each case, the related Guarantees and the Exchange Notes (including Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Additional Notes and Additional Senior Subordinated Notes and secured by a Lien, in each case, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture) and the related Guarantees;

(iii) Liens securing Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt and the related guarantees of such Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt; and

(iv) Permitted Liens.

Section 4.13 Business Activities .

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Section 4.14 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims .

The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (a) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or upon the income, profits or property of it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies except, in each case, any such tax, assessment, charge or claim as is being contested in good faith by appropriate actions or where the failure to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim is not materially adverse to the Holders.

Section 4.15 Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control .

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Company at such time has given notice of redemption under Section 3.07(c) or (d) with respect to all outstanding Notes, each Holder will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (in a principal amount equal to €50,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to a change of control offer (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) on the terms set forth in this Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer a Change of Control Payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased, to the date of purchase (the “ Change of Control Payment ”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Company at such time has given notice of redemption under Section 3.07(b)

 

-91


or (c) with respect to all outstanding Notes, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the date (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”) specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.15 by virtue of such conflict.

(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful:

(i) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(ii) deposit with the Luxembourg Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted, together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

(c) The Luxembourg Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided, that each new Note will be in a principal amount equal to €50,000. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

(d) The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer or (ii) a valid notice of redemption for all of the Notes has been given pursuant to the terms of this Indenture as described under Section 3.07 unless and until such notice has been validly revoked or there is a default in the payment of the applicable redemption price. A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control or conditional upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.

 

-92


(e) Prior to complying with any of the provisions of this Section 4.15, but in any event within 90 days following a Change of Control, to the extent required to permit the Company to comply with this Section 4.15, the Company shall either repay all outstanding Senior Debt or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all agreements governing outstanding Senior Debt. If the Company does not repay such Senior Debt or obtain such consents, the Company will remain prohibited from purchasing the Notes in a Change of Control, which after appropriate notice and lapse of time would result in an Event of Default under this Indenture, which would in turn constitute a default under the Credit Agreement.

Section 4.16 Payments for Consent .

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

Section 4.17 Additional Guarantees .

On or after the Issue Date, the Company shall cause (a) each of its Domestic Subsidiaries or Material Foreign Subsidiaries (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) that incurs Indebtedness in excess of $10.0 million (other than Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (v), (vi), (vii), (viii), (ix), (x), (xv) or (xviii) of Section 4.09(b)) and (b) each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Guarantors, in each case, within 10 Business Days of such incurrence of any such Indebtedness or guarantee of such Indebtedness, to execute and deliver to the Trustee a Guarantee pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any and interest on the Notes and all other obligations under this Indenture on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in this Indenture.

Each Guarantee will be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by that Restricted Subsidiary without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Restricted Subsidiary, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Each Guarantee shall be released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture described under Article 11. The form of such supplemental indenture is attached hereto as Exhibit E hereto.

Section 4.18 Maintenance of Properties and Insurance.

(a) The Company shall cause all material properties owned by or leased by it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries used or useful to the conduct of its business or the business of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in normal condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and shall cause to be made all repairs,

 

-93


renewals, replacements, and betterments thereof, all as in its judgment may be necessary, so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided, however , that nothing in this Section 4.18 shall prevent the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any of such properties, or disposing of any of them, if such discontinuance or disposal is, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary; provided, further , that nothing in this Section 4.18 shall prevent the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from discontinuing or disposing of any properties to the extent otherwise permitted by this Indenture.

(b) The Company shall maintain, and shall cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to maintain, insurance with responsible carriers against such risks and in such amounts, and with such deductibles, retentions, self insured amounts and co-insurance provisions, as are appropriate for a business of this type and size as determined in good faith by the Company.

Section 4.19 Changes in Covenants upon Notes Being Rated Investment Grade .

(a) If, with respect to the Notes, on any date following the date of this Indenture (1) the Notes are rated Investment Grade by both Rating Agencies; and (2) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (the foregoing conditions being referred to collectively as the “ Suspension Condition ”), then, beginning on that day and subject to the provisions of Section 4.19(b), the following covenants will be suspended: Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10(d), 4.11 and 5.01(a)(iv) (collectively, the “ Suspended Covenants ”).

(b) During any period that the foregoing covenants have been suspended, the Company’s Board of Directors may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the second sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.”

(c) If the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to the Notes for any period of time as a result of the foregoing and, subsequently, one or both Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade rating or downgrade the Investment Grade rating assigned to the Notes such that the Notes are no longer rated Investment Grade by both Rating Agencies, then the Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants. Compliance with the Suspended Covenants with respect to Restricted Payments made after the time of such withdrawal or downgrade will be calculated in accordance with the terms Section 4.07 as if such covenant had been in effect during the entire period of time from the date of this Indenture; provided, further , that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind will be deemed to exist under this Indenture, for the Notes or the related Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries will bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring after the Notes attain the required ratings and before any reinstatement of the Suspended Covenants as provided above, or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligations arising prior to the reinstatement of the Suspended Covenants, regardless of whether those actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable covenant had remained in effect during such period.

 

-94


Section 4.20 Compliance with Laws.

The Company shall comply, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, orders and restrictions of the United States, all states and municipalities thereof, and of any governmental department, commission, board, regulatory authority, bureau, agency and instrumentality of the foregoing, in respect of the conduct of their respective businesses and the ownership of their respective properties, except, in any such case, to the extent the failure to so comply would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Section 4.21 Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.

The Company and each Guarantor covenants (to the extent permitted by applicable law) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) the Company and each Guarantor hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants (to the extent permitted by applicable law) that it shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01 Merger , Consolidation , or Sale of Assets .

(a) The Company may not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

(i) either: (A) the Company is the surviving corporation; or (B) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made is, in the case of the Company, a corporation or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of any member state of the European Union, the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia (the Company or such Person, including the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”), provided, that at any time the Successor Company is a limited liability company, there shall be a co-issuer of the Notes that is a corporation that satisfies the requirements of this Section 5.01(a);

 

-95


(ii) the Successor Company (if other than the Company) assumes all the obligations of the Company, under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(iii) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either (A) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) or (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction.

The foregoing provision shall also apply to any Guarantor, with the exception of clause (iv).

(b) For purposes of this Article 5, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

(c) For avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that, for all purposes under this Indenture, a sale, transfer or disposition of the properties or assets of the Company and its subsidiaries that, in the aggregate accounted for no more than two-thirds of the Company’s aggregate EBITDA during the four most recent consecutive fiscal quarters prior to the date of such sale, transfer or disposition for which financial statements are available (as specified in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee), shall be deemed not to be a sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

(d) The predecessor company shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture and the Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor shall not be so released.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, clauses (iii) and (iv) of Section 5.01(a) shall not apply to (A) a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (B) any Restricted Subsidiary consolidating with, merging into or selling, assigning, transferring, conveying, leasing or otherwise disposing of all or part of its properties and assets to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary ( provided, that , in the event that such Restricted Subsidiary is a Guarantor, it may consolidate with, merge into or sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or

 

-96


otherwise dispose of all or part of its properties and assets solely to the Company or another Guarantor) or (C) the Company merging with an Affiliate solely for the purpose and with the sole effect of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default .

Each of the following is an “ Event of Default ”:

(i) the Company defaults in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes (whether or not such payment is prohibited by Article 10 of this Indenture);

(ii) the Company defaults in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest, if any, on or with respect to the Notes and such default continues for a period of 30 days (whether or not such payment is prohibited by Article 10 of this Indenture);

(iii) the Company defaults in the performance of, or breaches any covenant, warranty or other agreement contained in, this Indenture (other than a default in the performance or breach of a covenant, warranty or agreement which is specifically dealt with in clauses (i) or (ii) above) and such default or breach continues for a period of 60 days after the notice specified below;

(iv) a default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the Issue Date, if (A) such default either (1) results from the failure to pay any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or (2) relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its Stated Maturity and (B) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $40.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) or more at any one time outstanding;

(v) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(A) commences a voluntary case;

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

 

-97


(C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

(E) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency;

(F) generally is not able to pay its debts as they become due; or

(G) takes any corporate action to authorize or effect any of the foregoing;

(vi) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(A) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

(B) appoints a custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property or assets of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; or

(C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary,

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;

(vii) the failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $40.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after the applicable judgment becomes final, and, with respect to any such judgments covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; or

(viii) the Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together as of the date of the most recent audited financial statements of the Company, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms hereof) or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or any Guarantee, other than by reason of the release of such Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, and such Default continues for 10 days.

Section 6.02 Acceleration .

(a) If an Event of Default specified in clause (v) or (vi) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, then all unpaid principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

 

-98


(b) If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clauses (v) or (vi) of Section 6.01) shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes under this Indenture may declare the principal of and accrued interest on such Notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” (the “ Acceleration Notice ”), and the same shall become immediately due and payable; provided, however, that so long as any Indebtedness committed to be incurred under the Credit Agreement is outstanding, such acceleration under the Notes and this Indenture shall not be effective until the first to occur of an acceleration under the Credit Agreement and five Business Days after receipt by the Company and the Representative under the Credit Agreement of such Acceleration Notice but only if such Event of Default is then continuing. Upon receipt of an Acceleration Notice, the Company shall promptly provide written notice of such acceleration to holders of Senior Debt or their Representative.

At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes as described in the two preceding paragraphs, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences:

(i) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree;

(ii) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration;

(iii) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid;

(iv) if the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed such Trustee for its expenses (including the fees and costs of its attorneys), disbursements and advances; and

(v) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default under this Indenture of the type described in clause (v) and (vi) of Section 6.01, the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

Section 6.03 Other Remedies .

(a) If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

-99


(b) The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon a Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

(c) In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (iv) of Section 6.01, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose the Company delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured, it being understood that in no event shall an acceleration of the principal amount of the Notes as described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events.

(d) Holders may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in this Indenture and under the TIA. Subject to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity.

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults .

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes at the time then outstanding may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any Default with respect to such Notes and its consequences by providing written notice thereof to the Company and the Trustee, except a Default in the payment of interest on or the principal of such Notes. In the case of any such waiver, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and rights under this Indenture, respectively; provided, that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

Section 6.05 Control by Majority .

Subject to the other provisions of this Indenture and applicable law, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. Subject to Section 7.02, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with any law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder, or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. In the event the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss or expense caused by taking such action or following such direction.

 

-100


Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits .

A Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(i) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

(ii) the Holder or Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(iii) such Holder or Holders offer and provide to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(iv) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 45 days after receipt of the request and the offer and the provision of indemnity; and

(v) during such 45-day period the Holder or Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction in accordance with Section 6.04 which, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with the request.

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over such other Holder.

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on a Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee .

If a Default in payment of principal or interest specified in clauses (i) or (ii) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal and accrued interest and fees remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate per annum borne by the Notes and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the

 

-101


reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Company, its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any custodian in any such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. The Trustee shall be entitled to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors in the matters as it deems necessary or advisable.

Section 6.10 Priorities .

Subject to the provisions of Article Ten, if the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

First : to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;

Second : to Holders for interest accrued on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for interest;

Third : to Holders for principal amounts due and unpaid on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal; and

Fourth: to the Company or, if applicable, the Guarantors, as their respective interests may appear.

The Trustee, upon prior notice to the Company, may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs .

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by a Holder or Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

 

-102


ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have actual knowledge and after the curing of all such Events of Defaults which may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. If an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have actual knowledge has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, with respect to certificates or opinions specifically required by any provision hereof to be furnished to it, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture; provided, however , that the Trustee shall not be responsible for the accuracy or content of any resolution, certificate, statement, opinion, report, document, order or other instrument furnished to it hereunder.

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

(ii) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(iii) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

(d) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability for the performance of any of its duties hereunder or the exercise of any of its rights or powers. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its

 

-103


rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

(e) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder and perform any duties hereunder either directly or through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

(f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(g) in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action;

(h) the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture;

 

-104


(i) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Registrar, the Transfer Agents, the Common Depositary, and the Trustee, in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian, and other Person employed to act hereunder;

(j) the Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded;

(k) The right of the Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty, and the Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of such act; and

(l) In the event the Company is required to pay Additional Interest, the Company will provide written notice to the Trustee of the Company’s obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date, which notice shall set forth the amount of Additional Interest to be paid by the Company. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Additional Interest is payable and the amount thereof.

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee .

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer .

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Luxembourg Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture or the legality or validity of the Notes or this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults .

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90

 

-105


days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes .

(a) Within 60 days after each November 1 beginning with the first November 1 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).

(b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes will be mailed by the Trustee to the Company and filed by the Trustee with the the Commission and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted therefrom.

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity .

(a) The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as agreed between the Company and the Trustee. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable and documented disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable and documented compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

(b) The Company and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, will indemnify the Trustee and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Trustee against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (including the costs and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including, without limitation, the reasonable and documented costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim of which a Responsible Officer has received written notice for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company and the Guarantors, as applicable, will pay the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of such counsel provided ,

 

-106


however that the Company and any Guarantor shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes such indemnified parties’ defense and, in such indemnified parties’ reasonable judgment, there is no conflict of interest between the Company and the Guarantors, as applicable, and such parties in connection with such defense. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

(c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

(d) To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

(e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(v) or (vi) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

(f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee .

(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.

(b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

(ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(iii) a custodian, receiver or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(iv) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

 

-107


(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition at the expense of the Company any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc .

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee.

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification .

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b).

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company .

The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

 

-108


ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes and Guarantees upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge .

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes issued hereunder to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium and Additional Interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;

(ii) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes issued hereunder concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(iv) this Article 8.

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance .

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of

 

-109


the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.15 and 4.17, and clause (iv) of Section 5.01(a) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, and clauses (iii), (iv), (v), (vi) (with respect to a Significant Subsidiary), (vii) and (viii) of Sections 6.01 hereof will not constitute Events of Default.

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .

(a) In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof:

(i) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in euros, non-callable European Government Securities, or a combination of cash in euros and non-callable European Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of an internationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of and interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes issued hereunder on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(ii) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes issued hereunder will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

-110


(iii) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes issued hereunder will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(iv) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from, or arising in connection with, the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing) or insofar as Events of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 123rd day after the date of deposit;

(v) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

(vi) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that: (a) the trust funds will not be subject to any rights of Holders of Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt, including, without limitation, those arising under this Indenture; and (b) assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the deposit, or if longer, the day immediately following the last day on which the deposit may be set aside as preferential payment under applicable law, and assuming that no Holder is an “insider” of the Company under applicable bankruptcy law, after such day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of the preference provisions of Section 547 of the United States Federal Bankruptcy Code;

(vii) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over the other creditors of the Company or any Guarantor or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or any Guarantor or others; and

(viii) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance of the Notes have been complied with.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause (ii) above with respect to a Legal Defeasance need not be delivered if all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable or (y) will become due and payable on the maturity date within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company.

 

-111


(c) Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon the request of the Company, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates.

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and European Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable European Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Luxembourg Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Luxembourg Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable European Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a)(ii) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06 Repayment to Company .

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Luxembourg Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Luxembourg Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however , that the Trustee or such Luxembourg Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company causes to be published once, in a publication acceptable to the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

 

-112


Section 8.07 Reinstatement .

If the Trustee or Luxembourg Paying Agent is unable to apply any euros or non-callable European Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Luxembourg Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however , that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Luxembourg Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes .

Subject to Section 9.03, without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes:

(i) to cure any ambiguity, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

(ii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(iii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company or a successor company of a Guarantor, as applicable, of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture;

(iv) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder;

(v) to secure the Notes;

(vi) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

(vii) to add a Guarantee of the Notes;

(viii) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” included in the Offering Memorandum relating to the Notes;

(ix) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Indenture on the Issue Date; or

 

-113


(x) to release a Guarantor upon its sale or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or other permitted release from its Guarantee; provided, that such sale, designation or release is in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture,

provided, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate, each stating that such amendment or supplement complies with the provisions of this Section 9.01.

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes .

(a) Subject to Sections 6.07 and 9.03, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, together, with the written consent of the Holder or Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any other Holders. Subject to Sections 6.07 and 9.03, the Holder or Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of then outstanding Notes may waive compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) without notice to any other Holders (except a default in respect of the payment of principal or interest on the Notes).

(b) Notwithstanding Section 9.02(a), without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.04, may not (with respect to any Notes issued hereunder and held by a non-consenting Holder):

(i) reduce the principal amount of Notes issued hereunder whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(ii) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note issued hereunder or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes issued hereunder (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under Sections 4.10 and 4.15, except as set forth in clause (x) below);

(iii) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note issued hereunder;

(iv) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes issued hereunder (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes issued hereunder by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued hereunder with respect to a nonpayment default and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(vi) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders hereunder to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes or impair the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to the Notes;

 

-114


(vii) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note issued hereunder (other than a payment required by Sections 4.10 and 4.15, except as set forth in clause (x) below);

(viii) make any change in the ranking or priority of any Note issued hereunder that would adversely affect the Holders;

(ix) modify the Guarantees in any manner adverse to the Holders;

(x) amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in respect of a Change of Control that has occurred or make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer in respect of an Asset Sale that has been consummated after a requirement to make an Asset Sale Offer has arisen; or

(xi) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

(c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

(d) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.03 Effect on Senior Debt .

No amendment of, or supplement or waiver to, this Indenture shall adversely affect the rights of any holder of Senior Debt under the subordination provisions of this Indenture (including the provisions of Article Ten and Section 11.06 hereof) and the defined terms as used therein without the consent of such holder or its Representative.

Section 9.04 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act .

Every amendment, supplement or waiver to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

Section 9.05 Revocation and Effect of Consents .

(a) Until an amendment, waiver or supplement becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may

 

-115


revoke the consent as to his Note or portion of his Note by notice to the Trustee or the Company received before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver.

(b) The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver which record date shall be at least 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the last sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date. The Company shall inform the Trustee in writing of the fixed record date if applicable.

(c) After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through (11) of Section 9.02(b), in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note; provided, that any such waiver shall not impair or affect the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on a Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates without the consent of such Holder.

Section 9.06 Notation on or Exchange of Notes .

If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Company may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Company shall provide the Trustee with an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and cause the Trustee to return it to the Holder at the Company’s expense. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.07 Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc .

The Trustee shall execute any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine; provided, that the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate each stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms. Such Opinion of Counsel shall be at the expense of the Company.

 

-116


ARTICLE 10

SUBORDINATION

Section 10.01 Agreement to Subordinate.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company, for itself and its successors, each of the Guarantors, for itself and its successors, and each Holder, by his or her acceptance of Notes, agrees that the payment of all Obligations owing to the Holders in respect of the Notes is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article Ten, to the prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, or such payment duly provided for to the satisfaction of the holders of Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt, as the case may be, of all Obligations on Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt, as the case may be (including the Obligations with respect to the Credit Agreement and the Senior Notes that constitute Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt, as the case may be, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred and including interest after the commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt, as the case may be, whether or not a claim for such interest would be allowed in such proceeding). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holders may receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities and payments and distributions made relating to the Notes from the trust established pursuant to Article Eight shall not be so subordinated in right of payment, so long as the conditions specified in Article Eight (without any waiver or modification of the requirement that the deposits pursuant thereto do not conflict with the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Senior Notes or any other Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt) with respect to the trust established pursuant to Article Eight are satisfied on the date of any deposit pursuant to said trust.

This Article Ten shall constitute a continuing offer to all Persons who become holders of, or continue to hold, Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt, and such provisions are made for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt and such holders are made obligees hereunder and any one or more of them may enforce such provisions.

Section 10.02 Suspension of Payment When Designated Senior Debt Is in Default .

(a) If any default occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable grace period when payment is due, whether at maturity, upon any redemption, by declaration or otherwise, of any principal of, interest on, unpaid drawings for letters of credit issued in respect of, or fees or other amounts payable with respect to, any Designated Senior Debt (a “ Payment Default ”), then no payment or distribution of any kind or character shall be made by or on behalf of the Company or any other Person on its or their behalf with respect to any Obligations on or relating to the Notes or to acquire, defease or redeem any of the Notes for cash or assets or otherwise unless the default has been cured or waived; provided, however , that the Company may pay the Notes without regard to the foregoing if the Company and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representative of the holders of such Designated Senior Debt.

(b) If any other event of default (other than a Payment Default) occurs and is continuing with respect to any Designated Senior Debt (as such event of default is defined in the instrument creating or evidencing such Designated Senior Debt) permitting the holders of such

 

-117


Designated Senior Debt then outstanding to accelerate the maturity thereof without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) (a “ Non-payment Default ”) and if the Representative for the respective issue of Designated Senior Debt gives notice of the event of default to the Trustee stating that such notice is a payment blockage notice (a “ Payment Blockage Notice ”), then during the period (the “ Payment Blockage Period ”) beginning upon the delivery of such Payment Blockage Notice and ending on the earlier of the 179th day after such delivery and the date on which (x) such Nonpayment Default with respect to such Designated Senior Debt has been cured or waived or ceases to exist, (y) all Designated Senior Debt with respect to which any such event of default has occurred and is continuing is discharged or paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, or (z) the Trustee receives notice thereof from the Representative for the respective issue of Designated Senior Debt terminating the Payment Blockage Period (unless the maturity of any Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated or a Payment Default exists), neither the Company nor any other Person on its behalf shall (x) make any payment of any kind or character with respect to any Obligations on or with respect to the Notes or (y) acquire, defease or redeem any of the Notes for cash or assets or otherwise. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) in no event shall a Payment Blockage Period extend beyond 179 days from the date the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received by the Trustee and (y) no new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered unless and until 360 days have elapsed since the delivery of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice. For all purposes of this Section 10.02(b), no event of default which existed or was continuing on the date of the commencement of any Payment Blockage Period with respect to the Designated Senior Debt shall be, or be made, the basis for the commencement of a second Payment Blockage Period by the Representative of such Designated Senior Debt whether or not within a period of 360 consecutive days, unless such event of default shall have been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants for a period ending after the date of commencement of such Payment Blockage Period that, in either case, would give rise to an event of default pursuant to any provisions under which an event of default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new event of default for this purpose).

(c) The foregoing Sections 10.02(a) and (b) shall not apply to (x) payments and distributions made relating to the Notes from the trust established pursuant to Article Eight, so long as the conditions specified in Article Eight (without any waiver or modification of the requirement that the deposits pursuant thereto do not conflict with the terms of any Senior Debt and provided, that the provisions of this Article Ten were not violated at the time the deposits pursuant thereto were made) are satisfied on the date of any deposit pursuant to said trust and (y) payment in the form of Permitted Junior Securities. In addition, Holders may also receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities.

(d) In the event that any payment or distribution shall be received by the Trustee or any Holder when such payment or distribution is prohibited by the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.02, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Debt ( pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amount of Senior Debt held by such holders) or their respective Representatives, as their respective interests may appear. Upon the proper written request of the holders of the Senior Debt, the Trustee or the Holder, as the case may be, will deliver the amounts in trust to the holders of Senior Debt or their proper Representative. The Trustee shall

 

-118


be entitled to rely on information regarding amounts then due and owing on the Senior Debt, if any, received from the holders of Senior Debt (or their Representatives) or, if such information is not received from such holders or their Representatives, from the Company and only amounts included in the information provided to the Trustee shall be paid to the holders of Senior Debt.

(e) Nothing contained in this Article Ten shall limit the right of the Trustee or the Holders to take any action to accelerate the maturity of the Notes pursuant to Section 6.02 or to pursue any rights or remedies hereunder; provided, that all Senior Debt thereafter due or declared to be due shall first be paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents before the Holders are entitled to receive any payment of any kind or character with respect to Obligations on the Notes (and such Holders may receive such payments only to the extent then permitted to do so by Section 10.02(a) and (b)).

Section 10.03 Notes Subordinated to Prior Payment of All Senior Debt on Dissolution, Liquidation or Reorganization of the Company.

(a) Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, assets or securities, to creditors upon any total or partial liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors or marshaling of assets and liabilities of the Company or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding relating to the Company or its assets, whether voluntary or involuntary, all Obligations due or to become due upon all Senior Debt shall first be paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, or such payment duly provided for to the satisfaction of the holders of Senior Debt, before any payment or distribution of any kind or character is made on account of any Obligations on or relating to the Notes (except that Holders may receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities and payments from the trusts described in Article Eight), or for the acquisition, defeasance or redemption of any of the Notes for cash or assets or otherwise. Upon any such dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization, receivership or similar proceeding, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, assets or securities, to which the Holders or the Trustee under this Indenture would be entitled, except for the provisions hereof, shall be paid by the Company or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, or by the Holders or by the Trustee under this Indenture if received by them, directly to the holders of Senior Debt ( pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Debt held by such holders) or their respective Representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any of such Senior Debt may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, for application to the payment of Senior Debt remaining unpaid until all such Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents after giving effect to any concurrent payment, distribution or provision therefor to or for the holders of Senior Debt.

(b) To the extent any payment of Senior Debt (whether by or on behalf of the Company, as proceeds of security or enforcement of any right of setoff or otherwise) is declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be paid to any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other similar Person under any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, fraudulent conveyance or similar law, then the Senior Debt or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be deemed to be reinstated and outstanding as if such payment had not occurred.

 

-119


It is further agreed that any diminution (whether pursuant to court decree or otherwise, including for any of the reasons described in the preceding sentence) of the Company’s obligation to make any distribution or payment pursuant to any Senior Debt, except to the extent such diminution occurs by reason of the repayment (which has not been disgorged or returned) of such Senior Debt in cash or Cash Equivalents, shall have no force or effect for purposes of the subordination provisions contained in this Article Ten, with any turnover of payments as otherwise calculated pursuant to this Article Ten to be made as if no such diminution had occurred.

(c) In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, assets or securities, shall be received by the Trustee or any Holder when such payment or distribution is prohibited by this Section 10.03, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Debt ( pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amount of Senior Debt held by such holders) or their respective Representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any of such Senior Debt may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, for application to the payment of Senior Debt remaining unpaid until all such Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, after giving effect to any concurrent payment, distribution or provision therefor to or for the holders of such Senior Debt.

(d) The consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company with or into, another corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company following the conveyance or transfer of all or substantially all of its assets, to another corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company upon the terms and conditions provided in Article Five hereof and as long as permitted under the terms of the Senior Debt shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the purposes of this Section if such other corporation shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, assume the Company’s obligations hereunder in accordance with Article Five hereof.

Section 10.04 Payments May Be Made Prior to Dissolution.

Nothing contained in this Article Ten or elsewhere in this Indenture shall prevent (i) the Company, except under the conditions described in Sections 10.02 and 10.03, from making payments at any time for the purpose of making payments of principal of and interest on the Notes, or from depositing with the Trustee any moneys for such payments, or (ii) in the absence of actual knowledge by the Trustee that a given payment would be prohibited by Section 10.02 or 10.03, the application by the Trustee of any moneys deposited with it for the purpose of making such payments of principal of, and interest on, the Notes to the Holders entitled thereto unless at least two Business Days prior to the date upon which such payment would otherwise become due and payable a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have actually received the written notice provided for in the first sentence of Section 10.02(b) or in Section 10.07 (provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holders receiving any payments made in contravention of Section 10.02 or 10.03 (and the respective such payments) shall otherwise be subject to the provisions of Section 10.02 and Section 10.03). The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization of the Company, although any delay or failure to give any such notice shall have no effect on the subordination provisions contained herein.

 

-120


Section 10.05 Holders To Be Subrogated to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt.

Subject to the payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Senior Debt, the Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of Senior Debt to receive payments or distributions of cash, assets or securities of the Company applicable to the Senior Debt until the Notes shall be paid in full; and, for the purposes of such subrogation, no such payments or distributions to the holders of the Senior Debt by or on behalf of the Company, or by or on behalf of the Holders by virtue of this Article Ten, which otherwise would have been made to the Holders shall, as between the Company and the Holders, be deemed to be a payment by the Company to or on account of the Senior Debt, it being understood that the provisions of this Article Ten are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders, on the one hand, and the holders of Senior Debt, on the other hand.

Section 10.06 Obligations of the Company Unconditional.

Nothing contained in this Article Ten or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Notes is intended to or shall impair, as among the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Debt, and the Holders, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders the principal of and any interest on the Notes as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the Holders and creditors of the Company other than the holders of the Senior Debt, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Holder of any Note or the Trustee on its behalf from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, in respect of cash, assets or securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

Section 10.07 Notice to Trustee.

The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact known to the Company which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of this Article Ten, although any delay or failure to give any such notice shall have no effect on the subordination provisions contained herein. Regardless of anything to the contrary contained in this Article Ten or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any default or event of default with respect to any Senior Debt or of any other facts which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee unless and until the Trustee shall have received notice in writing from the Company, or from a holder of Senior Debt or a Representative therefor and, prior to the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee shall be entitled to assume (in the absence of actual knowledge to the contrary) that no such facts exist. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of any notice pursuant to this Section 10.07 to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee thereof).

In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that any evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt to participate in any payment or

 

-121


distribution pursuant to this Article Ten, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amounts of Senior Debt held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article Ten, and if such evidence is not furnished the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

Section 10.08 Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent.

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article Ten, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article Seven hereof, and the Holders shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which any insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization or similar case or proceeding is pending, or upon a certificate of the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or other person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or the Holders, for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other Indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article Ten.

Section 10.09 Trustee’s Relation to Senior Debt.

The Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article Ten with respect to any Senior Debt which may at any time be held by it in its individual or any other capacity to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt and nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee or any such agent of any of its rights as such holder.

With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article Ten, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Debt shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt.

Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders or owners of Senior Debt, the distribution may be made and the notice may be given to their Representative, if any.

Section 10.10 Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of the Company or Holders of Senior Debt.

No right of any present or future holders of any Senior Debt to enforce subordination as provided herein shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder may have or otherwise be charged with.

 

-122


Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Debt may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee, without incurring responsibility to the Trustee or the Holders and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article Ten or the obligations hereunder of the Holders to the holders of the Senior Debt, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Debt, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Senior Debt, or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Debt is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Debt; (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the payment or collection of Senior Debt; and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company and any other Person.

Section 10.11 Holders Authorize Trustee To Effectuate Subordination of Notes .

Each Holder by its acceptance of Notes authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee on its behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, as between the holders of Senior Debt and the Holders, the subordination provided in this Article Ten, and appoints the Trustee its attorney-in-fact for such purposes, including in the event of any dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization of the Company (whether in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization or similar proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of credits or otherwise) tending towards liquidation of the business and assets of the Company, the filing of a claim for the unpaid balance of its Notes and accrued interest in the form required in those proceedings.

If the Trustee does not file a proper claim or proof of debt in the form required in such proceeding prior to 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such claim or claims, then the holders of the Senior Debt or their Representative are or is hereby authorized to have the right to file and are or is hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of the Holders of said Notes. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee or the holders of Senior Debt or their Representative to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee or the holders of Senior Debt or their Representative to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 10.12 This Article Ten Not To Prevent Events of Default.

The failure to make a payment on account of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes by reason of any provision of this Article Ten shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of an Event of Default.

 

-123


Section 10.13 Trustee’s Compensation Not Prejudiced.

Nothing in this Article Ten shall apply to amounts due to the Trustee for its own account (other than payments of Obligations owing to Holders in respect of Notes) pursuant to other sections of this Indenture.

ARTICLE 11

GUARANTEES

Section 11.01 Guarantee .

(a) Subject to this Article Eleven, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, and fully and unconditionally, guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of, this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: (i) the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest and defaulted interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium, if any, and interest and defaulted interest, if any, on the Notes (pursuant to Section 2.12), if lawful (subject in all cases to any applicable grace period provided herein), and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that, to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Subject to Section 6.06, each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

(c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to any of the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated with full force and effect.

 

-124


(d) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantee.

Section 11.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute (i) a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal, state or foreign law to the extent applicable to its Guarantee or (ii) an unlawful distribution under any applicable state or foreign law prohibiting distributions by an insolvent entity to the extent applicable to its Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article Eleven, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance or such an unlawful distribution.

Section 11.03 Execution and Delivery of Guarantee.

(a) To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Guarantee substantially in the form included in Exhibit D shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor by manual or facsimile signature on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers.

(b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee.

(c) If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Guarantee is endorsed, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

 

-125


(d) The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

(e) If required by Section 4.17, the Company shall cause such Subsidiaries to execute supplemental indentures to this Indenture and Guarantees in accordance with Section 4.17 and this Article Eleven, to the extent applicable.

Section 11.04 Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms .

Each Guarantor may consolidate with or merge into or sell its assets to the Company or another Guarantor without limitation, or with, into or to any other Persons upon the terms and conditions set forth in Article Five.

Section 11.05 Releases .

The Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released in the event that:

(a) the sale, disposition or other transfer (including through merger or consolidation) of all of the Capital Stock (or any sale, disposition or other transfer of Capital Stock (including through merger or consolidation) following which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Subsidiary), or all or substantially all the assets, of the applicable Guarantor, if such sale, disposition or other transfer is made in compliance with the provisions of Section 4.10;

(b) the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.07 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”;

(c) in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary which after the Issue Date is required to guarantee the Notes pursuant to Section 4.17, the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary of all Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or the repayment of all the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, in each case, which resulted in an obligation to guarantee the Notes;

(d) if the Company exercises its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option as described under Article 8 or if its obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

(e) such Guarantor is also a guarantor or borrower under the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date and, at the time of release of its Guarantee, (x) has been released from its guarantee of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with the Credit Agreement, (y) is not an obligor under any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (vii), (ix), (x) or (xv) of Section 4.09(b) and (z) does not guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company or any of the other Guarantors.

 

-126


Section 11.06 Subordination of Guarantee

Payments under the Guarantees of each Guarantor shall be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Guarantor Senior Debt of such Guarantor, including Guarantor Senior Debt of such Guarantor incurred after the date of this Indenture, on the same basis as the payments by the Company on the Notes are subordinated to the prior payment in full of Senior Debt of the Company, as provided for in Article 10, and elsewhere in this Indenture. The terms of Section 10.02 apply equally to a Guarantor and the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee of the Notes. For the purposes of the foregoing sentence, the Trustee and the Holders shall have the right to receive and/or retain payments by any of the Guarantors only at such times as they may receive and/or retain payments in respect of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture, including Article Eleven.

ARTICLE 12

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 12.01 Satisfaction and Discharge .

(a) This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:

(i) either:

(A) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(B) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise within one year and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, (a) cash in euros, non-callable European Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

(ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture on the date of the deposit or will occur as a result of the deposit (other than a Default resulting from borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other material instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound;

 

-127


(iii) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

(iv) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes issued hereunder at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

(b) In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

(c) Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of this Section 12.01(a), the provisions of Sections 12.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive such satisfaction and discharge. In addition, nothing in this Section 12.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

Section 12.02 Application of Trust Money .

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Luxembourg Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Luxembourg Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Additional Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Luxembourg Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or European Government Securities in accordance with Section 12.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof; provided, that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or European Government Securities held by the Trustee or Luxembourg Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls .

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by, or with another provision (an “ incorporated provision ”) included in this Indenture by operation of, Sections 310 to 318 of the TIA, inclusive, such imposed duties or incorporated provision shall control.

 

-128


Section 13.02 Notices .

Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:

Sensata Technologies B.V.

529 Pleasant Street

Attleboro, Massachusetts

Facsimile No.: (508) 236-3800

Attention: Vice President, Finance

With a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Facsimile No.: (312) 861-2200

Attention: Dennis M. Myers, P.C.

If to the Trustee:

The Bank of New York

Corporate Trust Division

101 Barclay Street, 21st Floor West

New York, NY 10286

Facsimile No.: (212) 815-5707

Attention: Corporate Trust Division

The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

 

-129


If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Section 13.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes .

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

Section 13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(i) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(ii) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

Section 13.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) must comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and must include:

(i) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(iii) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

 

-130


(iv) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied; provided, however , that with respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials.

Section 13.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents .

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Luxembourg Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 13.07 No Personal Liability of Directors , Officers , Employees and Stockholders .

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under any Notes, any Indenture, the Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of such Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws, and it is the view of the Commission that such waiver is against public policy.

Section 13.08 Governing Law .

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 13.09 Jurisdiction .

The Company hereby consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York or any U.S. Federal court sitting in The City of New York, New York, United States, and any appellate court from any thereof. Each of the Company and the Guarantors has appointed Corporation Service Company located at 1177 Avenue of the Americas, 17th Floor, New York, New York as its authorized agent upon which service of process may be served in any action or proceeding brought in any court of the State of New York or any U.S. Federal court sitting in The City of New York in connection with this Indenture or the Notes.

Section 13.10 Waiver of Immunities .

To the extent that the Company may in any jurisdiction claim for itself or its assets immunity from a suit, execution, attachment, whether in aid of execution, before judgment or otherwise, or other legal process in connection with and as set out in this Indenture and the Notes and to the extent that in any jurisdiction there may be immunity attributed to the Company or the Company’s assets, whether or not claimed, the Company hereby irrevocably agrees for the benefit of the Holders not to claim, and irrevocably waive, the immunity to the full extent permitted by law.

 

-131


Section 13.11 Currency Rate Indemnity.

The Company agrees that, if a judgment or order made by any court for the payment of any amount in respect of any Notes is expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars, the Company will indemnify the relevant Holder against any deficiency arising from any variation in rates of exchange between the date as of which the U.S. dollars currency is notionally converted into the judgment currency for the purposes of the judgment or order and the date of actual payment. This indemnity will constitute a separate and independent obligation from the Company’s other obligations under this Indenture, will give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, will apply irrespective of any indulgence granted from time to time and will continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum or sums in respect of amounts due under this Indenture or the Notes.

Section 13.12 Successors .

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.04 hereof.

Section 13.13 Severability .

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then (to the extent permitted by applicable law) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 13.14 Counterpart Originals .

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 13.15 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc .

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

[ Signatures on following page ]

 

-132


Dated as of April 27, 2006

 

SIGNATURES
SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.
By:  

/s/ M.F. Stijger

Name:   Amaco Management Services B.V.
Title:   Managing Director
SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Name:   Thomas Wroe, Jr,
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDING COMPANY U.S., B.V.
By:  

/s/ M.F. Stijger

Name:   Amaco Management Services B.V.
Title:   Managing Director
SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLLAND, B.V.
By:  

/s/ M.F. Stijger

Name:   Amaco Management Services B.V.
Title:   Managing Director
SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDING COMPANY MEXICO, B.V.
By:  

/s/ M.F. Stijger

Name:   Amaco Management Services B.V.
Title:   Managing Director

 

A-1


SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES DE MÉXICO,
S.DE R.L. DE C.V.
By:  

/s/ Santiago Sepulveda

Name:   Santiago Sepulveda
Title:   Attorney-in-Fact
SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES SENSORES E CONTROLES DO BRASIL LTDA
By:  

/s/ Jose Nelson Salveti

Name:   Jose Nelson Salveti
Title:   Officer
SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES JAPAN LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Takeshi Tanaka

Name:   Takeshi Tanaka
Title:   Representative Director
SENSORS AND CONTROLS (KOREA) LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Name:   Thomas Wroe, Jr.
Title:   Representative Director
SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS KOREA LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Name:   Thomas Wroe, Jr.
Title:   Representative Director
S&C ACQUISITION SDN. BHD.
By:  

/s/ Leong Kee Wai

Name:   Leong Kee Wai
Title:   Director

 

A-2


SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC
By:  

/s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Name:   Thomas Wroe, Jr.
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK , as Trustee

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

A-3


EXHIBIT A

[Face of Note]

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (C) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2),(3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO IN RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THESE NOTES, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V. OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES OF LESS THAN €100,000 AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V. THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO IN RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THESE NOTES, THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE TRUSTEE. IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V. SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY

 

A-1


REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR DELIVERED TO ANYONE ANYWHERE IN THE WORLD OTHER THAN TO PROFESSIONAL MARKET PARTIES (“PMP”) WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE EXEMPTION REGULATION TO THE DUTCH ACT ON THE SUPERVISION OF THE CREDIT SYSTEM 1992.

EACH HOLDER OF NOTES, BY PURCHASING THE NOTES, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND AGREED FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (1) SUCH HOLDER IS A PMP AND IS ACQUIRING SUCH NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A PMP, THAT (2) SUCH NOTES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED TO ANYONE ANYWHERE IN THE WORLD OTHER THAN TO A PMP ACQUIRING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A PMP AND THAT (3) THE HOLDER WILL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS DESCRIBED HEREIN TO ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREE.

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE REGISTRAR MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED OR EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITORY TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, THE COMMON DEPOSITARY, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

A-2


[ Additional language for Regulation S Note to be inserted after paragraph 1 ]

THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).

 

A-3


COMMON CODE No. 144A: 25269292 REG S: 25269241

ISIN No. 144A: XS0252692925 REG S: XS0252692412

9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016

 

No.             

                      

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

The Bank of New York Depository (Nominees) Limited, as Common Depositary, or registered assigns, the principal sum of                                          Euros on May 1, 2016.

Interest Payment Dates: May 1 and November 1, commencing November 1, 2006

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

Record Dates: April 15 and October 15

Dated: April 27, 2006

[Signature Page Follows]

 

A-4


SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Dated: April 27, 2006

 

A-5


Dated: April 27, 2006

This is one of the Notes referred to

in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

A-6


[Reverse of Note]

9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1) INTEREST . Sensata Technologies B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 9% per annum from April 27, 2006 until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to Section 2(d) of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from April 27, 2006 until the principal hereof is due. The first Interest Payment Date shall be November 1, 2006. The Company will pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

(2) METHOD OF PAYMENT . The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 15 or October 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. If a Holder has given wire transfer instructions to the Luxembourg Paying Agent on behalf of the Company, the Luxembourg Paying Agent will remit all principal, interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, on that Holder’s Notes in accordance with these instructions. All other payments on the Notes will be made by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

(3) LUXEMBOURG PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR AND COMMON CODE . The initial Registrar is The Bank of New York (Luxembourg) S.A. The initial Transfer Agents are The Bank of New York, in New York, The Bank of New York, in London, and The Bank of New York (Luxembourg) S.A., in Luxembourg. The Bank of New York, in London, will act as the Common Depositary, and The Bank of New York (Luxembourg) S.A. as the Luxembourg Paying Agent with respect to the Global Notes.

(4) INDENTURE . The Company issued the Notes under the Indenture dated as of April 27, 2006 (the “ Indenture ”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all the terms and provisions of the

 

A-7


Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

The Notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Company. This Note is one of the Initial Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Initial Notes or Additional Notes pursuant to the Indenture. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur Indebtedness, enter into consensual restrictions upon the payment of certain dividends and distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or incur Liens and make asset sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Company and each Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property.

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantors have, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed the Obligations of the Company under the Notes on an unsecured senior subordinated basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

(5) SUBORDINATION . The Notes and the Guarantees are general senior subordinated unsecured obligations of the Company and the Guarantors, subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full, in cash or Cash Equivalents, of all Obligations due in respect of existing or future Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor, as applicable, as set forth in Articles 10 and 11, respectively, of the Indenture. Each Holder by its acceptance hereof agrees to be bound by such provisions and authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee, on its behalf, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided for in the Indenture and appoints the Trustee its attorney-in-fact for such purposes.

(6) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) At any time prior to May 1, 2009, the Company may, at its option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes, as the case may be), at a redemption price equal to 109% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of Holders on the record date to receive interest due on the interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings ( provided, that if the Equity Offering is an offering by any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company, a portion of the net cash proceeds thereof equal to the amount required to redeem any such Notes is contributed to the equity capital of the Company), or the Net Proceeds of one or more Designated Asset Sales; provided, however, that

 

A-8


(1) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) must remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding in such calculation, Notes held by the Company or any of its Affiliates); and

(2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of such Equity Offering or Designated Asset Sale, as the case may be.

(b) Except pursuant to Section 3.07(a) of the Indenture or as otherwise set forth below, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to May 1, 2009; provided, however , the Company may acquire the Notes by means other than a redemption.

(c) On or after May 1, 2011, the Company may, at its option, redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the record date to receive interest due on the interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 1 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2011

   104.500 %

2012

   103.000 %

2013

   101.500 %

2014 and thereafter

   100.000 %

(d) At any time prior to May 1, 2011, the Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the record date to receive interest due on the interest payment date).

(e) The Company may, at its option, redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at any time upon not less than 15 days’ nor more than 30 days’ notice to the Holders (which notice shall be irrevocable and given in accordance with Section 3.03 and Section 3.04), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date, premium, if any, and all Additional Amounts, if any, then due and which will become due on the date of redemption as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if the Company determines in good faith that the Company or any Guarantor is, or on the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Notes, would be obligated to pay Additional Amounts in respect of the Notes pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof, which the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, cannot avoid by the use of reasonable measures available to it (including, without limitation, making payment through a Luxembourg Paying Agent located in another jurisdiction), as a result of:

 

A-9


(1) any change in, or amendment to, the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction affecting taxation which becomes effective on or after the Issue Date or, in the case of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction that arises after the Issue Date, the date on which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction under the Indenture (or, in the case of a successor Person, after the date of assumption by the successor person of the obligations thereunder); or

(2) any change in the official application, administration, or interpretation of the laws, regulations or rulings of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including a holding, judgment, or order by a court of competent jurisdiction), on or after the Issue Date or, in the case of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction has changed since the Issue Date, the date on which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction under the Indenture (or, in the case of a successor Person, after the date of assumption by the successor person of the obligations thereunder).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may not redeem the Notes under this provision if a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction changes and the Company is obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law of such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction which was officially announced at the time the latter became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given (A) earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Company or any Guarantor, would be obliged to make such payment of Additional Amounts or withholding if a payment in respect of the Notes or the relevant Guarantee, as the case may be, were then due and (B) unless at the time such notice is given, the obligation to pay Additional Amounts remains in effect.

(f) The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

(g) Notices of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that (x) redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture and (y) redemption notices may be mailed less than 30 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a redemption using the Net Proceeds of one or more Designated Asset Sales. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.

(7) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER .

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Company at such time has given notice of redemption with respect to all outstanding Notes, each Holder will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (in a principal amount equal to €50,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to a change of control offer (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) on the terms set forth in the Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer a Change of Control Payment in cash equal to

 

A-10


101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased, to the date of purchase. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Company at such time has given notice of redemption with respect to all outstanding Notes, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed.

(b) Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale not applied or invested in accordance with the Indenture within 365 days from the date of the receipt of such Net Proceeds shall constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” If the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Company, or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, will make an offer (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to all Holders and Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with such Notes and contains provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase, on a pro rata basis, the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash.

(8) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE . The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of €50,000 and any integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

(9) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS . The registered Holder of a Note shall be treated as its owner for all purposes.

(10) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER . Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Company and Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing Default or Event or Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented:

(i) to cure any ambiguity, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

 

A-11


(ii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(iii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company or a successor company of a Guarantor, as applicable, of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligations under the Indenture;

(iv) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder;

(v) to secure the Notes;

(vi) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA;

(vii) to add a Guarantee of the Notes;

(viii) to conform the text of the Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” included in the Offering Memorandum relating to the Notes;

(ix) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Indenture on the Issue Date; or

(x) to release a Guarantor upon its sale or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or other permitted release from its Guarantee; provided, that such sale, designation or release is in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture,

provided, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate, each stating that such amendment or supplement complies with the provisions of the Indenture.

(11) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES . If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

 

A-12


(12) DISCHARGE AND DEFEASANCE . Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes, the Guarantees and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or European Government Securities for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

(13) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY . The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

(14) NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS . No past, present or future director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or member of the Company, the Parent or any Subsidiary, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(15) AUTHENTICATION . This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

(16) ABBREVIATIONS . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

(17) ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES . In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Placement Agents named therein or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company and the Guarantors to the purchasers of any Additional Notes (collectively, the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”).

(18) COMMON CODES & ISINS . The Company has caused Common Codes and ISINs to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use Common Codes and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

A-13


(19) GOVERNING LAW. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES.

(20) JURISDICTION . The Company consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York or any U.S. Federal court sitting in The City of New York, New York, United States, and any appellate court from any thereof. Each of the Company and the Guarantors has appointed Corporation Service Company located at 1177 Avenue of the Americas, 17th Floor, New York, New York as its authorized agent upon which service of process may be served in any action or proceeding brought in any court of the State of New York or any U.S. Federal court sitting in The City of New York in connection with the Indenture or the Notes.

(21) WAIVER OF IMMUNITIES . To the extent that the Company may in any jurisdiction claim for itself or its assets immunity from a suit, execution, attachment, whether in aid of execution, before judgment or otherwise, or other legal process in connection with and as set out in the Indenture and the Notes and to the extent that in any jurisdiction there may be immunity attributed to the Company or the Company’s assets, whether or not claimed, the Company irrevocably agrees for the benefit of the Holders not to claim, and irrevocably waives, the immunity to the full extent permitted by law.

(22) CURRENCY RATE INDEMNITY. The Company agrees that, if a judgment or order made by any court for the payment of any amount in respect of any Notes is expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars, the Company will indemnify the relevant Holder against any deficiency arising from any variation in rates of exchange between the date as of which the U.S. dollars currency is notionally converted into the judgment currency for the purposes of the judgment or order and the date of actual payment. This indemnity will constitute a separate and independent obligation from the Company’s other obligations under the Indenture, will give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, will apply irrespective of any indulgence granted from time to time and will continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum or sums in respect of amounts due under the Indenture or the Notes.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to:

Sensata Technologies B.V.

529 Pleasant Street

Attleboro, Massachusetts

Facsimile No.: (508) 236-3800

Attention: Vice President, Finance

 

A-14


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

  

 

   (Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                                 to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                     

 

Your Signature:

 

 

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:                                                          


* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-15


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

 

¨     Section 4.10    ¨     Section 4.15

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

                    

Date:                     

Your Signature:

 

 

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Tax Identification No.:                                                  

Signature Guarantee*:                                                                  


* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-16


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

[ To be inserted for Rule 144A Global Note ]

The following exchanges of a part of this Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Rule 144A Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

  

Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
at Maturity

of

this Global Note

  

Amount of
increase in

Principal Amount
at Maturity

of

this Global Note

  

Principal Amount
at Maturity

of this Global Note
following such
decrease

(or increase)

   Signature of
authorized officer
of Trustee or
Custodian

[ To be inserted for Regulation S Global Note ]

The following exchanges of a part of this Regulation S Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or of other Restricted Global Notes for an interest in this Regulation S Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

  

Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
at Maturity

of

this Global Note

  

Amount of
increase in
Principal Amount
at Maturity

of

this Global Note

  

Principal Amount
at Maturity

of this Global Note
following such
decrease

(or increase)

   Signature of
authorized officer
of Trustee or
Custodian

 

A-17


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Sensata Technologies B.V.

529 Pleasant Street

Attleboro, Massachusetts

Facsimile No.: (508) 236-3800

Attention: Vice President, Finance

The Bank of New York

Corporate Trust Division

101 Barclay Street, 21st Floor West

New York, NY 10286

Facsimile No.: (212) 815-5707

Attention: Corporate Trust Division

Re: 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of April 27, 2006 (the “ Indenture ”), among Sensata Technologies B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, as issuer (the “ Company ”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                     , (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of €              in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to                      (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

B-1


2. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Legended Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than a Placement Agent). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Legended Regulation S Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. ¨ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

or

(b) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;

or

(c) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

 

B-2


or

(d) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by, if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $100,000 (or the equivalent thereof in euros), an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

4. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note .

(a) ¨ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144 . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(b) ¨ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) ¨ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities

 

B-3


laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Dated:                             

 

B-4


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1.    The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
      [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
(a)    ¨    a beneficial interest in the:
   (i)   

¨         144A Global Note (COMMON CODE                      ), or

   (ii)   

¨         Regulation S Global Note (COMMON CODE                      ); or

(b)    ¨    a Restricted Definitive Note.
2.    After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:
      [CHECK ONE]
(a)    ¨    a beneficial interest in the:
   (i)   

¨         144A Global Note (COMMON CODE                      ), or

   (ii)   

¨         Regulation S Global Note (COMMON CODE                      ), or

   (iii)   

¨         Unrestricted Global Note (COMMON CODE                      ); or

(b)    ¨    a Restricted Definitive Note; or
(c)    ¨    an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-5


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Sensata Technologies B.V.

529 Pleasant Street

Attleboro, Massachusetts

Facsimile No.: (508) 236-3800

Attention: Vice President, Finance

The Bank of New York

Corporate Trust Division

101 Barclay Street, 21st Floor West

New York, NY 10286

Facsimile No.: (212) 815-5707

Attention: Corporate Trust Division

Re: 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016

(COMMON CODE                      )

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of April 27, 2006 (the “ Indenture ”), among Sensata Technologies B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, as issuer (the “ Company ”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                                 , (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of €                      in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

(a) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

C-1


(b) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(c) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(d) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

(a) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

C-2


(b) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] ¨ 144A Global Note, Regulation S Global Note ¨ with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

 

  [Insert Name of Transferor]

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Dated:                     

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of April 27, 2006 (the “ Indenture ”) among Sensata Technologies B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, the guarantors named on the signature pages thereof, and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), (a) prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest and defaulted interest, if any, on the Notes (as defined in the Indenture) when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and the prompt payment of interest on overdue principal, premium, if any, and interest and defaulted interest, if any, on the Notes (pursuant to Section 2.12 of the Indenture), if lawful (subject in all cases to any applicable grace periods provided in the Indenture and the Notes) when due, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee under the Indenture and the Notes will be promptly paid in full, all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Notes and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article Eleven of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

D-1


IN WITNESS HEREOF, each Guarantor has caused this Notation of Guarantee to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officer.

 

[NAME OF GUARANTOR]

 

D-2


EXHIBIT E

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of                      , 200      , among                      (the “ New Guarantor ”), a subsidiary of Sensata Technologies B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands ( the Company ”), and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company and the existing Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”), dated as of April 27, 2006 providing for the issuance of 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, Section 4.17 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the New Guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Company and the existing Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1. DEFINED TERMS. Defined terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing Guarantors (if any), to provide an unconditional guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 11 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture, including the provisions relating the subordination of such guarantee set forth in Article 10, and the Notes and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

3. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or member of the Company, any parent entity of the Company or any Subsidiary, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each

 

E-1


Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

4. NOTICES. All notices or other communications to the New Guarantor shall be given as provided in Section 13.02 of the Indenture.

5. RATIFICATION OF INDENTURE; SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES PART OF INDENTURE. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

6. GOVERNING LAW. THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

7. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

8. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

9. TRUSTEE MAKES NO REPRESENTATION. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

E-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

Dated:              , 20         

 

[NEW GUARANTOR]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

    as Trustee

By:

 

 

  Authorized Signatory

 

E-3

Exhibit 4.3

Execution Copy

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

Dated: April 27, 2006

among

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

and

THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN

and

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into April 27, 2006, among Sensata Technologies B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands (the “Company”), the companies named on the signature pages hereto (collectively, the “Guarantors”) and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Banc of America Securities LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (the “Placement Agents”).

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Placement Agreement dated, April 21, 2006, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Placement Agents (the “Placement Agreement”), which provides for the sale by the Company to the Placement Agents of an aggregate of $450,000,000 principal amount of the Company’s 8% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”), which will be jointly and severally guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by the Guarantors (the “Guarantees” and, together with the Notes, the “Securities”). In order to induce the Placement Agents to enter into the Placement Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed to provide to the Placement Agents and their direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Placement Agreement.

In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions .

As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:

1933 Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

1934 Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Additional Interest ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(d) hereof.

Closing Date ” shall mean the Closing Date as defined in the Placement Agreement.

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include the Company’s successors.

Exchange Offer ” shall mean the exchange offer by the Company of Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

 

1


Exchange Offer Registration ” shall mean a registration under the 1933 Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form F-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

Exchange Securities ” shall mean notes issued by the Company and guarantees of the Guarantors under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Securities, as applicable (except that (i) interest thereon shall accrue from the last date on which interest was paid on the Securities or, if no such interest has been paid, from April 27, 2006, (ii) the Exchange Securities will not contain restrictions on transfer and (iii) the Exchange Securities are not entitled to Additional Interest), and to be offered to Holders of such Registrable Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

Guarantors ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include any Guarantor successor.

Holder ” shall mean the Placement Agents, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities, and each of their successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become registered owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture; provided that for purposes of Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement, the term “Holder” shall include Participating Broker-Dealers (as defined in Section 4(a)).

Indenture ” shall mean the senior indenture relating to the Securities dated as of April 27, 2006 among the Company, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York, as trustee, and as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Majority Holders ” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Registrable Securities; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities held by the Company or any of its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) (other than the Placement Agents or subsequent Holders of Registrable Securities if such subsequent holders are deemed to be such affiliates solely by reason of their holding of such Registrable Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount.

Person ” shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

2


Placement Agents ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Prospectus ” shall mean the prospectus included in a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including all material incorporated by reference therein.

Registration Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(d) hereof.

Registrable Securities ” shall mean the Securities; provided , however , that the Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities shall have been declared effective under the 1933 Act and such Securities shall have been disposed of or exchanged pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) when such Securities have been sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the 1933 Act, (iii) when such Securities are exchanged for Exchange Securities or (iv) when such Securities shall otherwise have ceased to be outstanding.

Registration Expenses ” shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or NASD registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any underwriters or Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements and other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all rating agency fees, (v) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, (vi) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, (vii) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Holders (which counsel shall be selected by the Majority Holders and which counsel may also be counsel for the Placement Agents) and (viii) the fees and disbursements of the independent public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors, including the expenses of any special audits or “cold comfort” letters required by this Agreement or incident to the performance of this Agreement, but excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the underwriters (other than fees and expenses set forth in clause (ii) above) or the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder.

 

3


Registration Statement ” shall mean any registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors that covers any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Shelf Registration ” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof.

Shelf Registration Statement ” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors pursuant to the provisions of Section 2(b) of this Agreement which covers all or a portion of the Registrable Securities on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the 1933 Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

Trustee ” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.

Underwriter ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3 hereof.

Underwritten Registration ” or “ Underwritten Offering ” shall mean a registration in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering to the public.

2. Registration Under the 1933 Act .

(a) To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretation of the Staff of the SEC (the “Staff”), the Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause to be filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement within 210 days after the date of the original issue of the Securities (the “Issue Date”), covering the offer by the Company and the Guarantors to the Holders to exchange all of the Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities and to have such Exchange Offer Registration Statement remain effective until the closing of the Exchange Offer. The Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the 1933 Act within 360 days after the Issue Date. The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has been declared effective by the SEC and shall use their reasonable best efforts to complete the Exchange Offer not less than 40 days after such effective date. The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer by mailing the related exchange offer Prospectus and accompanying documents to each Holder, through DTC or otherwise, stating in such Prospectus or accompanying documents in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law:

(i) that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn will be accepted for exchange;

 

4


(ii) the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 30 days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “Exchange Dates”);

(iii) that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest, but will not retain any rights under this Registration Rights Agreement;

(iv) that Holders electing to have a Registrable Security exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to surrender such Registrable Security, together with the enclosed letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date; and

(v) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election, not later than the close of business on the last Exchange Date, by sending to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) specified in the notice a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Securities exchanged.

As soon as reasonably practicable after the last Exchange Date, the Company shall:

(i) accept for exchange Registrable Securities or portions thereof tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer; and

(ii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities or portions thereof so accepted for exchange by the Company and issue, and cause the Trustee to promptly authenticate an Exchange Security equal in principal amount to the principal amount of the Registrable Securities surrendered by such Holder.

The Company and the Guarantors shall use its best efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that the Exchange Offer does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the Staff of the SEC. Upon the Placement Agent’s request, the Company and the Guarantors shall inform the Placement Agents of the names and addresses of the Holders to whom the Exchange Offer is made, and the Placement Agents shall have the right, subject to applicable law, to contact such Holders and otherwise facilitate the tender of Registrable Securities in the Exchange Offer.

 

5


If the Company and the Guarantors effect the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors (i) will be entitled to close the Exchange Offer 30 days after such commencement (provided that the Company and the Guarantors have accepted all the Securities theretofore validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer) and (ii) will be required to consummate the Exchange Offer not later than 40 days after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective.

Each Holder participating in the Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company and the Guarantors that at the time of the consummation of the Exchange Offer (i) any Exchange Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) such Holder will have no arrangements or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the 1933 Act) of the Exchange Securities, (iii) such Holder is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act, of the Company or the Guarantors or if it is an affiliate, such Holder will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the 1933 Act to the extent applicable, (iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of the Exchange Securities and (v) if such Holder is a broker-dealer, that it will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it will be required to acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

(b) In the event that (i) the Company and the Guarantors determine that the Exchange Offer Registration provided for in Section 2(a) above is not available or may not be consummated as soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date because it would violate applicable law or the applicable interpretations of the Staff of the SEC, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not for any other reason consummated within 400 days of the Closing Date, (iii) any Placement Agent shall notify the Company and the Guarantors following the consummation of the Exchange Offer that the Securities held by it are not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer or (iv) any Holder (other than an Participating Broker-Dealer) is prohibited by law or SEC policy from participating in the Exchange Offer or, in the case of any Holder (other than an Participating Broker-Dealer) that participates in the Exchange Offer, such Holder may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus, the Company and the Guarantors shall: (1) use their reasonable best efforts to cause to be filed as soon as practicable after such determination, date or notice of such opinion of counsel is given to the Company and the Guarantors, as the case may be, a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale by the Holders of all of the Registrable Securities, (2) in the case of Section 2(b)(i), use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC under the 1933 Act on or prior to the 360 th day after the Issue Date, (3) in the case of Sections 2(b)(ii), (iii) or (iv), use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC under the 1933 Act on or prior to the 90 th day after the date on with the Shelf Registration Statement is required to be filed, and (4) keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective until the earliest of (A) the time when the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement can be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the

 

6


1933 Act without any limitations under clauses (c), (e), (f) and (h) of Rule 144, (B) two years from the Issue Date and (C) the date on which all Registrable Securities registered thereunder are disposed of in accordance therewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that a Shelf Registration Statement is required to be filed pursuant to Section 2(b)(ii) and the Exchange Offer is consummated on a date that is later than 400 days after the Closing Date, upon the completion of the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors will no longer be required to make effective or continue to effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, except as may be required pursuant to Section 2(b)(i), (iii) or (iv).

The Company and the Guarantors further agree to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company and the Guarantors for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the 1933 Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder for shelf registration or if reasonably and timely requested by a Holder with respect to information relating to such Holder, and to use their reasonable best efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective and such Shelf Registration Statement to become usable as soon as thereafter practicable, provided that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to amend the Shelf Registration Statement to add additional Holders more than once per quarter. The Company and the Guarantors agree to furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC.

(c) The Company and the Guarantors shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b). Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

(d) An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof or a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC; provided , however , that, if, after it has been declared effective, the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court, such Registration Statement will be deemed not to have become effective during the period of such interference until the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement may legally resume.

The Company and the Guarantors will pay additional cash interest (“Additional Interest”) on the Securities,

(1) if the Company and the Guarantors fail to file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement with the SEC on or prior to the 210 th day after the date hereof,

(2) if the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective by the SEC

 

7


on or prior to the 360 th day after the date hereof or, if obligated to file a Shelf Registration Statement, a Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective by the SEC on or prior to the 360 th day hereof,

(3) if the Exchange Offer is not closed with respect to any of the Securities that are then tendered on or before the 40 th day after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective,

(4) if obligated to file the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors fail to file the Shelf Registration Statement with the SEC on or prior to the 30 th day after the date on which the obligation to file a Shelf Registration Statement arises,

(5) if obligated to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to (A) Section 2(b)(2) above, the Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to the 360 th day after the Issue Date; and (B) Section 2(b)(3) above, the Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to 90 th day after the date on with the Shelf Registration Statement is required to be filed, or

(6) after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, is declared effective, such Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective or usable (subject to certain exceptions) (each such event referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (6), a “Registration Default”);

from, and including, the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to, but excluding, the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured.

The rate of the Additional Interest will be 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of a Registration Default, and such rate will increase by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum Additional Interest rate of 1.00% per annum. The Company and the Guarantors will pay such Additional Interest on regular interest payment dates. Such Additional Interest will be in addition to any other interest payable from time to time with respect to the Securities.

(e) Without limiting the remedies available to the Placement Agents and the Holders, the Company acknowledges that any failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Placement Agents or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Placement Agents or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company’s obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof.

 

8


3. Registration Procedures .

In connection with the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors with respect to the Registration Statements pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the 1933 Act, which form (x) shall be selected by the Company and the Guarantors and (y) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the selling Holders thereof and (z) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, and use their reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective in accordance with Section 2 hereof;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the 1933 Act; to keep each Prospectus current during the period described under Section 4(3) and Rule 174 under the 1933 Act that is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities;

(c) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, to counsel for the Placement Agents, to counsel for the Holders and to each Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus as reasonably requested, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder or Underwriter may reasonably request other than exhibits to documents incorporated by reference or exhibits thereto or documents available on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”), in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities; and the Company consents to the use of such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law by each of the selling Holders of Registrable Securities and any such Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by and in the manner described in such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law;

(d) use their best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement shall reasonably request in writing a reasonable time prior to the time the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC, to cooperate with such Holders in connection with any filings

 

9


required to be made with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Holder to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Securities owned by such Holder; provided , however , that each of the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(d), (ii) file any general consent to service of process or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not so subject;

(e) in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each Holder of Registrable Securities who has provided contact information to the Company, counsel for the Holders and counsel for the Placement Agents promptly and, if requested by any such Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in writing (i) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendment thereto has been filed and becomes effective, (ii) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement and Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) if, between the effective date of a Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to the offering cease to be true and correct in all material respects or if the Company receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the happening of any event during the period a Shelf Registration Statement is effective which makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading and (vi) of any determination by the Company and the Guarantors that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement would be appropriate;

(f) use reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement and provide prompt notice to each Holder of the withdrawal of any such order;

(g) in the case of a Shelf Registration, if requested, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested);

(h) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing

 

10


Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) and registered in such names as the selling Holders may reasonably request at least one business day prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities;

(i) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(e)(v) hereof, use its reasonable best efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Company and the Guarantors agree to notify the Holders to suspend use of the Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and the Holders hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus until the Company and the Guarantors have amended or supplemented the Prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission;

(j) a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or any document which is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus (other than filings required to be made pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), after initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Placement Agents and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, counsel to the Holders) and make such of the representatives of the Company and the Guarantors as shall be reasonably requested by the Placement Agents or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders or their counsel) available for discussion of such document, and shall not at any time file or make any amendment to the Registration Statement, any Prospectus or any amendment of or supplement to a Registration Statement or a Prospectus or any document which is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus, of which the Placement Agents and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, counsel to the Holders) shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Placement Agents or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders or their counsel) shall reasonably object, except for any amendment or supplement or document (a copy of which has previously been furnished to the Placement Agents and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, counsel to the Holders)) which counsel to the Company shall advise the Company in writing is required in order to comply with applicable law;

(k) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement;

 

11


(l) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “TIA”), in connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA and execute, and use its best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

(m) in the case of a Shelf Registration, make available for inspection by a representative of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold, any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, and attorneys and accountants designated by such Holders, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all financial and other records, pertinent documents and properties of the Company and the Guarantors, and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Company and the Guarantors to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement; provided that (1) the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on behalf of the selling Holders, underwriters and representatives thereof by one counsel for the Holders and one counsel for the underwriters, who shall be such counsel as may be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities or by the underwriters, as the case may be, and (2) if any such information is identified by the Company or any Guarantor as being confidential or proprietary, each person receiving such information shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information, including, with respect to Holders, entering into customary confidentiality agreements;

(n) use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, to be rated by two nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (as such term is defined in Rule 436(g)(2) under the 1933 Act); and

(o) in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into such customary agreements and take all such other reasonable actions in connection therewith (including those reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities including, but not limited to, if requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement not more than one Underwritten Offering and in such connection, (i) to the extent possible, make such representations and warranties to the Holders and any Underwriters of such Registrable Securities with respect to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents incorporated by reference or deemed incorporated by reference, if any, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings, (ii) obtain opinions of counsel to the

 

12


Company and the Guarantors (which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and substance, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Holders and such Underwriters and their respective counsel) addressed to each selling Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings, (iii) obtain “cold comfort” letters from the independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (and, if necessary, any other certified public accountant of any subsidiary of the Company or the Guarantors, or of any business acquired by the Company or the Guarantors for which financial statements and financial data are or are required to be included in the Registration Statement) addressed to each selling Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings, and (iv) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold or the Underwriters, and which are customarily delivered in underwritten offerings, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties of the Company made pursuant to clause (i) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in an underwriting agreement.

In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors may require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Company and the Guarantors such information regarding the Holder and the proposed distribution by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Company and the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably request in writing. In addition, each selling Holder agrees to promptly furnish additional information required under Item 507 of Regulation S-K. So long as any Holder fails to furnish such information in a reasonably timely manner after receiving the request, the Company and the Guarantors shall (i) have no obligation under this Agreement to provide for the disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the Shelf Registration Statement in respect to which such information was requested, (ii) not be required to provide for the disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in any post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or any future Shelf Registration Statement that is not otherwise required to be filed and (iii) not be required to pay any Additional Amounts as provided in Section 2(d) hereof. Each Holder including Registrable Securities in a Shelf Registration Statement shall agree to furnish promptly to the Company all information regarding such Holder and the proposed distribution by the Holder of such Registrable Securities required under Regulation S-K.

In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company and the Guarantors of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(e)(v) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(i) hereof, and, if so directed by the Company and the Guarantors, such Holder will deliver to the Company and the Guarantors (at their expense) all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the

 

13


time of receipt of such notice. If the Company and the Guarantors shall give any such notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall extend the period during which the Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Holders shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions. The Company and the Guarantors may give any such notice only twice during any 365 day period and any such suspensions may not exceed 45 days for each suspension and there may not be more than two suspensions in effect during any 365 day period.

Nothwithstanding the foregoing (and anything else to the contrary in this Agreement), the Company and the Guarantors may allow a Shelf Registration Statement to cease to be effective if the management board of the Company determines in good faith that it is in the Company’s best interests not to disclose the existence of facts surrounding any proposed or pending material corporate transaction involving the Company or a Guarantor, and the Company notifies the Holders of Registrable Securities promptly after such management board makes such determination; provided, however, that such period shall not be greater than 60 days (whether or not consecutive) in the aggregate, and provided further that the period referred to in this paragraph during which the Company and the Guarantors agree to use their reasonable best efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement effective shall be extended by the number of days during which such Shelf Registration Statement was not effective pursuant to the foregoing provision.

In the Underwritten Offering referred to in Section 3(p) above, the investment bank or investment banks and manager or managers (the “Underwriters”) that will administer the offering will be selected by the Majority Holders of the Registrable Securities included in such offering, subject to the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

4. Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer.

(a) The Staff of the SEC has taken the position that any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”), may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the 1933 Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

The Company understands that it is the Staff’s position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Securities owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligation under the 1933 Act in connection with resales of Exchange Securities for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the 1933 Act.

 

14


(b) In light of the above, notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors agree that the provisions of this Agreement as they relate to a Shelf Registration shall also apply to an Exchange Offer Registration to the extent, and with such reasonable modifications thereto as may be, reasonably requested by the Placement Agents or by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers, in each case as provided in clause (ii) below, in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent with the positions of the Staff recited in Section 4(a) above; provided that:

(i) the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as would otherwise be contemplated by Section 3(i), (A) after the Participating Broker-Dealers shall have disposed of the Registrable Securities or (B) for a period exceeding 180 days after the last Exchange Date (as such period may be extended pursuant to the penultimate paragraph of Section 3 of this Agreement) and Participating Broker-Dealers shall not be authorized by the Company to deliver and shall not deliver such Prospectus after such date or such period in connection with the resales contemplated by this Section 4; and

(ii) the application of the Shelf Registration procedures set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement to an Exchange Offer Registration, to the extent not required by the positions of the Staff of the SEC or the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, will be in conformity with the reasonable request to the Company and the Guarantors by the Placement Agents or with the reasonable request in writing to the Company by one or more broker-dealers who certify to the Placement Agents and the Company and the Guarantors in writing that they anticipate that they will be Participating Broker-Dealers; and provided further that, in connection with such application of the Shelf Registration procedures set forth in Section 3 to an Exchange Offer Registration, the Company and the Guarantors shall be obligated (x) to deal only with one entity representing the Participating Broker-Dealers, which shall be Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated unless it elects not to act as such representative, (y) to pay the fees and expenses of only one counsel representing the Participating Broker-Dealers, which shall be counsel to the Placement Agents unless such counsel elects not to so act and (z) to cause to be delivered only one, if any, “cold comfort” letter with respect to the Prospectus in the form existing on the last Exchange Date and with respect to each subsequent amendment or supplement, if any, effected during the period specified in clause (i) above.

(c) The Placement Agents shall have no liability to the Company, the Guarantors or any Holder with respect to any request that it may make pursuant to Section 4(b) above.

 

15


5. Indemnification and Contribution .

(a) The Company and the Guarantors agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Placement Agents, each Holder and each Person, if any, who controls any Placement Agent or any Holder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, or is under common control with, or is controlled by, any Placement Agent or any Holder, from and against all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Placement Agents, any Holder or any such controlling or affiliated Person in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) pursuant to which Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities were registered under the 1933 Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company and the Guarantors shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to the Placement Agents or any Holder furnished to the Company and the Guarantors in writing through Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated or any selling Holder expressly for use therein. In connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted by Section 3, the Company and the Guarantors will also indemnify the Underwriters, if any, selling brokers, dealers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection with any Registration Statement.

(b) Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors, the Placement Agents and the other selling Holders, and each of their respective directors, officers who sign the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company, the Guarantors, any Placement Agent and any other selling Holder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors to the Placement Agents and the Holders, but only with reference to information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company and the Guarantors in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).

(c) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to either

 

16


paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) above, such Person (the “indemnified party”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “indemnifying party”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. The Company and the Guarantors may take the primary responsibility for supervising any such defense (with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party), provided, however, that the indemnified party shall be promptly informed of all material developments with respect to such proceeding by the indemnifying party, the indemnified party shall have the right to ask reasonable questions of such counsel and the indemnifying party and, with respect to any matters that relate directly to such indemnified party in such proceedings, shall be consulted by the indemnifying party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (a) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Placement Agents and all Persons, if any, who control any Placement Agent within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, (b) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, the Guarantors, their respective directors, their respective officers who sign the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company or the Guarantors within the meaning of either such Section and (c) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Holders and all Persons, if any, who control any Holders within the meaning of either such Section, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In such case involving the Placement Agents and Persons who control the Placement Agents, such firm shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. In such case involving the Holders and such Persons who control Holders, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Majority Holders. In all other cases, such firm shall be designated by the Company and the Guarantors. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent but, if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered

 

17


into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party for such fees and expenses of counsel in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which such indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) of this Section 5 is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company, the Guarantors and the Holders shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, the Guarantors or by the Holders and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Holders’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5(d) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Registrable Securities of such Holder that were registered pursuant to a Registration Statement.

(e) The Company, the Guarantors and each Holder agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, no Holder shall be required to indemnify or contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which Registrable Securities were sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

 

18


The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Placement Agents, any Holder or any Person controlling any Placement Agent or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Company, the Guarantors, their respective officers or directors or any Person controlling the Company or the Guarantors, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Securities and (iv) any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

6. Miscellaneous .

(a) No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company and the Guarantors have not entered into, and on or after the date of this Agreement will not enter into, any agreement which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s or the Guarantors’ other issued and outstanding securities under any such agreements.

(b) Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company and the Guarantors have obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent; provided , however , that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to any departure from the provisions of Section 5 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder.

(c) Notices . All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company or the Guarantors by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c), which address initially is, with respect to the Placement Agents, the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and (ii) if to the Company and the Guarantors, initially at the Company’s address set forth in the Placement Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c).

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next business day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

 

19


Copies of all such notices, demands, or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture.

(d) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Placement Agreement. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The Placement Agents (in their capacity as Placement Agents) shall have no liability or obligation to the Company or the Guarantors with respect to any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement.

(e) Purchases and Sales of Securities . The Company and the Guarantors shall not, and shall use their respective best efforts to cause its affiliates (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) not to, purchase and then resell or otherwise transfer any Securities; provided , however , the preceding sentence shall not apply to purchases by affiliates of the Company in the initial distribution of the Securities.

(f) Third Party Beneficiary . The Holders shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Placement Agents, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of Holders hereunder.

(g) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(h) Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(i) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

20


(j) Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.
By:  

/s/ M.F. Stijger

Name:   Amaco Management Services B.V.
Title:   Managing Director

Confirmed and accepted as of

    the date first above written:

 

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

 

By: MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED

By:

 

/s/ Todd J. Singer

Name:

 

Todd J. Singer

Title:

 

Executive Director

 

22


 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDING COMPANY U.S. B.V.
By:  

/s/ M.F. Stijger

Name:   Amaco Management Services B.V.
Title:   Managing Director

 

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:   /s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.
Name:   Thomas Wroe, Jr.
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC
By:   /s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.
Name:   Thomas Wroe, Jr.
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

23


SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLLAND B.V.
By:  

/s/ M.F. Stijger

Name:   Amaco Management Services B.V.
Title:   Managing Director

 

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDING COMPANY MEXICO, B.V.
By:  

/s/ M.F. Stijger

Name:   Amaco Management Services B.V.
Title:   Managing Director

 

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDING B.V.
By:  

/s/ M.F. Stijger

Name:   Amaco Management Services B.V.
Title:   Managing Director

 

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES DE MÉXICO, S. DE.R.L. DE C.V.
By:  

/s/ Santiago Sepulveda

Name:   Santiago Sepulveda
Title:   Attorney-in-Fact

 

24


SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES SENSORES E CONTROLES DO BRASIL LTDA
By:  

/s/ Jose Nelson Salveti

Name:   Jose Nelson Salveti
Title:   Officer

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES JAPAN LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Takeshi Tanaka

Name:   Takeshi Tanaka
Title:   Representative Director

 

 

SENSORS AND CONTROLS KOREA LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Name:  

Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Title:  

Representative Director

 

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS (KOREA) LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Name:  

Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Title:  

Representative Director

 

 

S&C ACQUISITION SDN. BHD
By:  

/s/ Leong Kee Wai

Name:  

Leong Kee Wai

Title:  

Director

 

25

Exhibit 4.4

Execution Copy

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

Dated: April 27, 2006

among

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

and

THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN

and

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into April 27, 2006, among Sensata Technologies B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands (the “Company”), the companies named on the signature pages hereto (collectively, the “Guarantors”) and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Banc of America Securities LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (the “Placement Agents”).

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Placement Agreement dated, April 21, 2006, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Placement Agents (the “Placement Agreement”), which provides for the sale by the Company to the Placement Agents of an aggregate of €245,000,000 principal amount of the Company’s 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (the “Notes”), which will be jointly and severally guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by the Guarantors (the “Guarantees” and, together with the Notes, the “Securities”). In order to induce the Placement Agents to enter into the Placement Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed to provide to the Placement Agents and their direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Placement Agreement.

In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions .

As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:

1933 Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

1934 Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Additional Interest ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(d) hereof.

Closing Date ” shall mean the Closing Date as defined in the Placement Agreement.

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include the Company’s successors.

Exchange Offer ” shall mean the exchange offer by the Company of Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

Exchange Offer Registration ” shall mean a registration under the 1933 Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

 

1


Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form F-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

Exchange Securities ” shall mean notes issued by the Company and guarantees of the Guarantors under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Securities, as applicable (except that (i) interest thereon shall accrue from the last date on which interest was paid on the Securities or, if no such interest has been paid, from April 27, 2006, (ii) the Exchange Securities will not contain restrictions on transfer and (iii) the Exchange Securities are not entitled to Additional Interest), and to be offered to Holders of such Registrable Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

Guarantors ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include any Guarantor successor.

Holder ” shall mean the Placement Agents, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities, and each of their successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become registered owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture; provided that for purposes of Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement, the term “Holder” shall include Participating Broker-Dealers (as defined in Section 4(a)).

Indenture ” shall mean the senior indenture relating to the Securities dated as of April 27, 2006 among the Company, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York, as trustee, and as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Majority Holders ” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Registrable Securities; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities held by the Company or any of its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) (other than the Placement Agents or subsequent Holders of Registrable Securities if such subsequent holders are deemed to be such affiliates solely by reason of their holding of such Registrable Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount.

Person ” shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

Placement Agents ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

2


Prospectus ” shall mean the prospectus included in a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including all material incorporated by reference therein.

Registration Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(d) hereof.

Registrable Securities ” shall mean the Securities; provided , however , that the Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities shall have been declared effective under the 1933 Act and such Securities shall have been disposed of or exchanged pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) when such Securities have been sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the 1933 Act, (iii) when such Securities are exchanged for Exchange Securities or (iv) when such Securities shall otherwise have ceased to be outstanding.

Registration Expenses ” shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or NASD registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any underwriters or Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements and other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all rating agency fees, (v) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, (vi) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, (vii) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Holders (which counsel shall be selected by the Majority Holders and which counsel may also be counsel for the Placement Agents) and (viii) the fees and disbursements of the independent public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors, including the expenses of any special audits or “cold comfort” letters required by this Agreement or incident to the performance of this Agreement, but excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the underwriters (other than fees and expenses set forth in clause (ii) above) or the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder.

Registration Statement ” shall mean any registration statement of the Company and the

 

3


Guarantors that covers any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Shelf Registration ” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof.

Shelf Registration Statement ” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors pursuant to the provisions of Section 2(b) of this Agreement which covers all or a portion of the Registrable Securities on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the 1933 Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

Trustee ” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.

Underwriter ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3 hereof.

Underwritten Registration ” or “ Underwritten Offering ” shall mean a registration in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering to the public.

2. Registration Under the 1933 Act .

(a) To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretation of the Staff of the SEC (the “Staff”), the Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause to be filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement within 210 days after the date of the original issue of the Securities (the “Issue Date”), covering the offer by the Company and the Guarantors to the Holders to exchange all of the Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities and to have such Exchange Offer Registration Statement remain effective until the closing of the Exchange Offer. The Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the 1933 Act within 360 days after the Issue Date. The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has been declared effective by the SEC and shall use their reasonable best efforts to complete the Exchange Offer not less than 40 days after such effective date. The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer by mailing the related exchange offer Prospectus and accompanying documents to each Holder, through the common depositary for the Securities or otherwise, stating in such Prospectus or accompanying documents in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law:

(i) that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn will be accepted for exchange;

 

4


(ii) the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 30 days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “Exchange Dates”);

(iii) that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest, but will not retain any rights under this Registration Rights Agreement;

(iv) that Holders electing to have a Registrable Security exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to surrender such Registrable Security, together with the enclosed letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date; and

(v) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election, not later than the close of business on the last Exchange Date, by sending to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) specified in the notice a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Securities exchanged.

As soon as reasonably practicable after the last Exchange Date, the Company shall:

(i) accept for exchange Registrable Securities or portions thereof tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer; and

(ii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities or portions thereof so accepted for exchange by the Company and issue, and cause the Trustee to promptly authenticate an Exchange Security equal in principal amount to the principal amount of the Registrable Securities surrendered by such Holder.

The Company and the Guarantors shall use its best efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that the Exchange Offer does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the Staff of the SEC. Upon the Placement Agent’s request, the Company and the Guarantors shall inform the Placement Agents of the names and addresses of the Holders to whom the Exchange Offer is made, and the Placement Agents shall have the right, subject to applicable law, to contact such Holders and otherwise facilitate the tender of Registrable Securities in the Exchange Offer.

 

5


If the Company and the Guarantors effect the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors (i) will be entitled to close the Exchange Offer 30 days after such commencement (provided that the Company and the Guarantors have accepted all the Securities theretofore validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer) and (ii) will be required to consummate the Exchange Offer not later than 40 days after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective.

Each Holder participating in the Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company and the Guarantors that at the time of the consummation of the Exchange Offer (i) any Exchange Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) such Holder will have no arrangements or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the 1933 Act) of the Exchange Securities, (iii) such Holder is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act, of the Company or the Guarantors or if it is an affiliate, such Holder will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the 1933 Act to the extent applicable, (iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of the Exchange Securities and (v) if such Holder is a broker-dealer, that it will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it will be required to acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

(b) In the event that (i) the Company and the Guarantors determine that the Exchange Offer Registration provided for in Section 2(a) above is not available or may not be consummated as soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date because it would violate applicable law or the applicable interpretations of the Staff of the SEC, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not for any other reason consummated within 400 days of the Closing Date, (iii) any Placement Agent shall notify the Company and the Guarantors following the consummation of the Exchange Offer that the Securities held by it are not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer or (iv) any Holder (other than an Participating Broker-Dealer) is prohibited by law or SEC policy from participating in the Exchange Offer or, in the case of any Holder (other than an Participating Broker-Dealer) that participates in the Exchange Offer, such Holder may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus, the Company and the Guarantors shall: (1) use their reasonable best efforts to cause to be filed as soon as practicable after such determination, date or notice of such opinion of counsel is given to the Company and the Guarantors, as the case may be, a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale by the Holders of all of the Registrable Securities, (2) in the case of Section 2(b)(i), use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC under the 1933 Act on or prior to the 360 th day after the Issue Date, (3) in the case of Sections 2(b)(ii), (iii) or (iv), use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC under the 1933 Act on or prior to the 90 th day after the date on with the Shelf Registration Statement is required to be filed, and (4) keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective until the earliest of (A) the time when the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement can be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the

 

6


1933 Act without any limitations under clauses (c), (e), (f) and (h) of Rule 144, (B) two years from the Issue Date and (C) the date on which all Registrable Securities registered thereunder are disposed of in accordance therewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that a Shelf Registration Statement is required to be filed pursuant to Section 2(b)(ii) and the Exchange Offer is consummated on a date that is later than 400 days after the Closing Date, upon the completion of the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors will no longer be required to make effective or continue to effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, except as may be required pursuant to Section 2(b)(i), (iii) or (iv).

The Company and the Guarantors further agree to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company and the Guarantors for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the 1933 Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder for shelf registration or if reasonably and timely requested by a Holder with respect to information relating to such Holder, and to use their reasonable best efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective and such Shelf Registration Statement to become usable as soon as thereafter practicable, provided that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to amend the Shelf Registration Statement to add additional Holders more than once per quarter. The Company and the Guarantors agree to furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC.

(c) The Company and the Guarantors shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b). Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

(d) An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof or a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC; provided , however , that, if, after it has been declared effective, the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court, such Registration Statement will be deemed not to have become effective during the period of such interference until the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement may legally resume.

The Company and the Guarantors will pay additional cash interest (“Additional Interest”) on the Securities,

(1) if the Company and the Guarantors fail to file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement with the SEC on or prior to the 210 th day after the date hereof,

(2) if the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective by the SEC

 

7


on or prior to the 360 th day after the date hereof or, if obligated to file a Shelf Registration Statement, a Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective by the SEC on or prior to the 360 th day hereof,

(3) if the Exchange Offer is not closed with respect to any of the Securities that are then tendered on or before the 40 th day after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective,

(4) if obligated to file the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors fail to file the Shelf Registration Statement with the SEC on or prior to the 30 th day after the date on which the obligation to file a Shelf Registration Statement arises,

(5) if obligated to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to (A) Section 2(b)(2) above, the Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to the 360 th day after the Issue Date; and (B) Section 2(b)(3) above, the Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to 90 th day after the date on with the Shelf Registration Statement is required to be filed, or

(6) after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, is declared effective, such Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective or usable (subject to certain exceptions) (each such event referred to in the preceding clauses (1) through (6), a “Registration Default”);

from, and including, the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to, but excluding, the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured.

The rate of the Additional Interest will be 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of a Registration Default, and such rate will increase by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum Additional Interest rate of 1.00% per annum. The Company and the Guarantors will pay such Additional Interest on regular interest payment dates. Such Additional Interest will be in addition to any other interest payable from time to time with respect to the Securities.

(e) Without limiting the remedies available to the Placement Agents and the Holders, the Company acknowledges that any failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Placement Agents or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Placement Agents or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company’s obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof.

 

8


3. Registration Procedures .

In connection with the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors with respect to the Registration Statements pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the 1933 Act, which form (x) shall be selected by the Company and the Guarantors and (y) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the selling Holders thereof and (z) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, and use their reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective in accordance with Section 2 hereof;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the 1933 Act; to keep each Prospectus current during the period described under Section 4(3) and Rule 174 under the 1933 Act that is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities;

(c) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, to counsel for the Placement Agents, to counsel for the Holders and to each Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus as reasonably requested, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder or Underwriter may reasonably request other than exhibits to documents incorporated by reference or exhibits thereto or documents available on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”), in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities; and the Company consents to the use of such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law by each of the selling Holders of Registrable Securities and any such Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by and in the manner described in such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law;

(d) use their best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement shall reasonably request in writing a reasonable time prior to the time the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC, to cooperate with such Holders in connection with any filings

 

9


required to be made with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Holder to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Securities owned by such Holder; provided , however , that each of the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(d), (ii) file any general consent to service of process or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not so subject;

(e) in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each Holder of Registrable Securities who has provided contact information to the Company, counsel for the Holders and counsel for the Placement Agents promptly and, if requested by any such Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in writing (i) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendment thereto has been filed and becomes effective, (ii) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement and Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) if, between the effective date of a Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to the offering cease to be true and correct in all material respects or if the Company receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the happening of any event during the period a Shelf Registration Statement is effective which makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading and (vi) of any determination by the Company and the Guarantors that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement would be appropriate;

(f) use reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement and provide prompt notice to each Holder of the withdrawal of any such order;

(g) in the case of a Shelf Registration, if requested, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested);

(h) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing

 

10


Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) and registered in such names as the selling Holders may reasonably request at least one business day prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities;

(i) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(e)(v) hereof, use its reasonable best efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Company and the Guarantors agree to notify the Holders to suspend use of the Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and the Holders hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus until the Company and the Guarantors have amended or supplemented the Prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission;

(j) a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or any document which is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus (other than filings required to be made pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), after initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Placement Agents and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, counsel to the Holders) and make such of the representatives of the Company and the Guarantors as shall be reasonably requested by the Placement Agents or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders or their counsel) available for discussion of such document, and shall not at any time file or make any amendment to the Registration Statement, any Prospectus or any amendment of or supplement to a Registration Statement or a Prospectus or any document which is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus, of which the Placement Agents and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, counsel to the Holders) shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Placement Agents or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders or their counsel) shall reasonably object, except for any amendment or supplement or document (a copy of which has previously been furnished to the Placement Agents and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, counsel to the Holders)) which counsel to the Company shall advise the Company in writing is required in order to comply with applicable law;

(k) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement;

 

11


(l) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “TIA”), in connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA and execute, and use its best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

(m) in the case of a Shelf Registration, make available for inspection by a representative of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold, any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, and attorneys and accountants designated by such Holders, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all financial and other records, pertinent documents and properties of the Company and the Guarantors, and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Company and the Guarantors to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement; provided that (1) the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on behalf of the selling Holders, underwriters and representatives thereof by one counsel for the Holders and one counsel for the underwriters, who shall be such counsel as may be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities or by the underwriters, as the case may be, and (2) if any such information is identified by the Company or any Guarantor as being confidential or proprietary, each person receiving such information shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information, including, with respect to Holders, entering into customary confidentiality agreements;

(n) use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, to be rated by two nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (as such term is defined in Rule 436(g)(2) under the 1933 Act); and

(o) in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into such customary agreements and take all such other reasonable actions in connection therewith (including those reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities including, but not limited to, if requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement not more than one Underwritten Offering and in such connection, (i) to the extent possible, make such representations and warranties to the Holders and any Underwriters of such Registrable Securities with respect to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents incorporated by reference or deemed incorporated by reference, if any, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings, (ii) obtain opinions of counsel to the

 

12


Company and the Guarantors (which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and substance, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Holders and such Underwriters and their respective counsel) addressed to each selling Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings, (iii) obtain “cold comfort” letters from the independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (and, if necessary, any other certified public accountant of any subsidiary of the Company or the Guarantors, or of any business acquired by the Company or the Guarantors for which financial statements and financial data are or are required to be included in the Registration Statement) addressed to each selling Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings, and (iv) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold or the Underwriters, and which are customarily delivered in underwritten offerings, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties of the Company made pursuant to clause (i) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in an underwriting agreement.

In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors may require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Company and the Guarantors such information regarding the Holder and the proposed distribution by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Company and the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably request in writing. In addition, each selling Holder agrees to promptly furnish additional information required under Item 507 of Regulation S-K. So long as any Holder fails to furnish such information in a reasonably timely manner after receiving the request, the Company and the Guarantors shall (i) have no obligation under this Agreement to provide for the disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the Shelf Registration Statement in respect to which such information was requested, (ii) not be required to provide for the disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in any post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or any future Shelf Registration Statement that is not otherwise required to be filed and (iii) not be required to pay any Additional Interest as provided in Section 2(d) hereof. Each Holder including Registrable Securities in a Shelf Registration Statement shall agree to furnish promptly to the Company all information regarding such Holder and the proposed distribution by the Holder of such Registrable Securities required under Regulation S-K.

In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company and the Guarantors of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(e)(v) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(i) hereof, and, if so directed by the Company and the Guarantors, such Holder will deliver to the Company and the Guarantors (at their expense) all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the

 

13


time of receipt of such notice. If the Company and the Guarantors shall give any such notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall extend the period during which the Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Holders shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions. The Company and the Guarantors may give any such notice only twice during any 365 day period and any such suspensions may not exceed 45 days for each suspension and there may not be more than two suspensions in effect during any 365 day period.

Nothwithstanding the foregoing (and anything else to the contrary in this Agreement), the Company and the Guarantors may allow a Shelf Registration Statement to cease to be effective if the management board of the Company determines in good faith that it is in the Company’s best interests not to disclose the existence of facts surrounding any proposed or pending material corporate transaction involving the Company or a Guarantor, and the Company notifies the Holders of Registrable Securities promptly after such management board makes such determination; provided, however, that such period shall not be greater than 60 days (whether or not consecutive) in the aggregate, and provided further that the period referred to in this paragraph during which the Company and the Guarantors agree to use their reasonable best efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement effective shall be extended by the number of days during which such Shelf Registration Statement was not effective pursuant to the foregoing provision.

In the Underwritten Offering referred to in Section 3(p) above, the investment bank or investment banks and manager or managers (the “Underwriters”) that will administer the offering will be selected by the Majority Holders of the Registrable Securities included in such offering, subject to the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

4. Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer.

(a) The Staff of the SEC has taken the position that any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”), may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the 1933 Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

The Company understands that it is the Staff’s position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Securities owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligation under the 1933 Act in connection with resales of Exchange Securities for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the 1933 Act.

 

14


(b) In light of the above, notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors agree that the provisions of this Agreement as they relate to a Shelf Registration shall also apply to an Exchange Offer Registration to the extent, and with such reasonable modifications thereto as may be, reasonably requested by the Placement Agents or by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers, in each case as provided in clause (ii) below, in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent with the positions of the Staff recited in Section 4(a) above; provided that:

(i) the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as would otherwise be contemplated by Section 3(i), (A) after the Participating Broker-Dealers shall have disposed of the Registrable Securities or (B) for a period exceeding 180 days after the last Exchange Date (as such period may be extended pursuant to the penultimate paragraph of Section 3 of this Agreement) and Participating Broker-Dealers shall not be authorized by the Company to deliver and shall not deliver such Prospectus after such date or such period in connection with the resales contemplated by this Section 4; and

(ii) the application of the Shelf Registration procedures set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement to an Exchange Offer Registration, to the extent not required by the positions of the Staff of the SEC or the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, will be in conformity with the reasonable request to the Company and the Guarantors by the Placement Agents or with the reasonable request in writing to the Company by one or more broker-dealers who certify to the Placement Agents and the Company and the Guarantors in writing that they anticipate that they will be Participating Broker-Dealers; and provided further that, in connection with such application of the Shelf Registration procedures set forth in Section 3 to an Exchange Offer Registration, the Company and the Guarantors shall be obligated (x) to deal only with one entity representing the Participating Broker-Dealers, which shall be Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated unless it elects not to act as such representative, (y) to pay the fees and expenses of only one counsel representing the Participating Broker-Dealers, which shall be counsel to the Placement Agents unless such counsel elects not to so act and (z) to cause to be delivered only one, if any, “cold comfort” letter with respect to the Prospectus in the form existing on the last Exchange Date and with respect to each subsequent amendment or supplement, if any, effected during the period specified in clause (i) above.

(c) The Placement Agents shall have no liability to the Company, the Guarantors or any Holder with respect to any request that it may make pursuant to Section 4(b) above.

 

15


5. Indemnification and Contribution .

(a) The Company and the Guarantors agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Placement Agents, each Holder and each Person, if any, who controls any Placement Agent or any Holder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, or is under common control with, or is controlled by, any Placement Agent or any Holder, from and against all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Placement Agents, any Holder or any such controlling or affiliated Person in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) pursuant to which Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities were registered under the 1933 Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company and the Guarantors shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to the Placement Agents or any Holder furnished to the Company and the Guarantors in writing through Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated or any selling Holder expressly for use therein. In connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted by Section 3, the Company and the Guarantors will also indemnify the Underwriters, if any, selling brokers, dealers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection with any Registration Statement.

(b) Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors, the Placement Agents and the other selling Holders, and each of their respective directors, officers who sign the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company, the Guarantors, any Placement Agent and any other selling Holder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors to the Placement Agents and the Holders, but only with reference to information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company and the Guarantors in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).

(c) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to either

 

16


paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) above, such Person (the “indemnified party”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “indemnifying party”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. The Company and the Guarantors may take the primary responsibility for supervising any such defense (with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party), provided, however, that the indemnified party shall be promptly informed of all material developments with respect to such proceeding by the indemnifying party, the indemnified party shall have the right to ask reasonable questions of such counsel and the indemnifying party and, with respect to any matters that relate directly to such indemnified party in such proceedings, shall be consulted by the indemnifying party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (a) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Placement Agents and all Persons, if any, who control any Placement Agent within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, (b) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, the Guarantors, their respective directors, their respective officers who sign the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company or the Guarantors within the meaning of either such Section and (c) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Holders and all Persons, if any, who control any Holders within the meaning of either such Section, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In such case involving the Placement Agents and Persons who control the Placement Agents, such firm shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. In such case involving the Holders and such Persons who control Holders, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Majority Holders. In all other cases, such firm shall be designated by the Company and the Guarantors. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent but, if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered

 

17


into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party for such fees and expenses of counsel in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which such indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) of this Section 5 is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company, the Guarantors and the Holders shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, the Guarantors or by the Holders and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Holders’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5(d) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Registrable Securities of such Holder that were registered pursuant to a Registration Statement.

(e) The Company, the Guarantors and each Holder agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, no Holder shall be required to indemnify or contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which Registrable Securities were sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

 

18


The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Placement Agents, any Holder or any Person controlling any Placement Agent or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Company, the Guarantors, their respective officers or directors or any Person controlling the Company or the Guarantors, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Securities and (iv) any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

6. Miscellaneous .

(a) No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company and the Guarantors have not entered into, and on or after the date of this Agreement will not enter into, any agreement which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s or the Guarantors’ other issued and outstanding securities under any such agreements.

(b) Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company and the Guarantors have obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent; provided , however , that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to any departure from the provisions of Section 5 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder.

(c) Notices . All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company or the Guarantors by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c), which address initially is, with respect to the Placement Agents, the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and (ii) if to the Company and the Guarantors, initially at the Company’s address set forth in the Placement Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c).

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next business day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

 

19


Copies of all such notices, demands, or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture.

(d) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Placement Agreement. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The Placement Agents (in their capacity as Placement Agents) shall have no liability or obligation to the Company or the Guarantors with respect to any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement.

(e) Purchases and Sales of Securities . The Company and the Guarantors shall not, and shall use their respective best efforts to cause its affiliates (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) not to, purchase and then resell or otherwise transfer any Securities; provided , however , the preceding sentence shall not apply to purchases by affiliates of the Company in the initial distribution of the Securities.

(f) Third Party Beneficiary . The Holders shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Placement Agents, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of Holders hereunder.

(g) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(h) Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(i) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

20


(j) Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.
By:  

/s/ M.F. Stijger

Name:   Amaco Management Services B.V.
Title:   Managing Director

Confirmed and accepted as of

    the date first above written:

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

By: MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED

 

By:  

/s/ Todd J. Singer

Name:   Todd J. Singer
Title:   Executive Director

 

22


SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDING

COMPANY U.S., B.V.

By:  

/s/ M.F. Stijger

Name:   Amaco Management Services B.V.
Title:   Managing Director

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:  

/s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Name:   Thomas Wroe, Jr.
Title:  

Chief Executive Officer

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE

COMPANY, LLC.

By:  

/s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Name:   Thomas Wroe, Jr.
Title:  

Chief Executive Officer

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLLAND, B.V.

By:  

/s/ M.F. Stijger

Name:  

Amaco Management Services B.V.

Title:  

Managing Director

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDING

COMPANY MEXICO, B.V.

By:  

/s/ M.F. Stijger

Name:  

Amaco Management Services B.V.

Title:  

Managing Director

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDING B.V.

By:  

/s/ M.F. Stijger

Name:  

Amaco Management Services B.V.

Title:  

Managing Director

 

 

23


SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES DE MÉXICO, S.

DE R.L. DE C.V.

By:  

/s/ Santiago Sepulveda

Name:   Santiago Sepulveda
Title:  

Attorney-in-Fact

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES SENSORES E

CONTROLES DO BRASIL LTDA

By:  

/s/ Jose Nelson Salveti

Name:   Jose Nelson Salveti
Title:  

Officer

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES JAPAN LIMITED

By:  

/s/ Takeshi Tanaka

Name:   Takeshi Tanaka
Title:  

Representative Director

 

24


SENSATA AND CONTROLS KOREA LIMITED

By:  

/s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Name:   Thomas Wroe, Jr.
Title:  

Representative Director

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS

(KOREA) LIMITED

By:  

/s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Name:   Thomas Wroe, Jr.
Title:  

Representative Director

 

S&C ACQUISITION SDN. BHD.

By:  

/s/ Leong Kee Wai

Name:   Leong Kee Wai
Title:  

Director

 

25

Exhibit 10.1

EXECUTION COPY

 


CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of April 27, 2006

among

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

as BV Borrower

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC

as US Borrower

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDING B.V.

as Parent

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.

as Administrative Agent

THE INITIAL L/C ISSUER AND INITIAL SWING LINE LENDER NAMED HEREIN

As Initial L/C Issuer and Initial Swing Line Lender

THE OTHER LENDERS PARTY HERETO

 


MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS, L.P.

as Joint Lead Arrangers and as Joint Bookrunners

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

as Syndication Agent

and

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS, L.P.

as Documentation Agent

 


 

Credit Agreement

1


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

       Page
ARTICLE 1   
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS   

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms

   1

SECTION 1.02. Other Interpretive Provisions

   42

SECTION 1.03. Accounting Terms

   43

SECTION 1.04. Rounding

   43

SECTION 1.05. References to Agreements and Laws

   43

SECTION 1.06. Times of Day

   44

SECTION 1.07. Timing of Payment or Performance

   44
ARTICLE 2   
THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS   

SECTION 2.01. The Loans

   44

SECTION 2.02. Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans

   45

SECTION 2.03. Letters of Credit

   47

SECTION 2.04. Swing Line Loans

   53

SECTION 2.05. Prepayments

   56

SECTION 2.06. Termination or Reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments

   60

SECTION 2.07. Repayment of Loans

   61

SECTION 2.08. Interest

   61

SECTION 2.09. Fees

   62

SECTION 2.10. Computation of Interest and Fees

   62

SECTION 2.11. Evidence of Indebtedness

   63

SECTION 2.12. Payments Generally

   63

SECTION 2.13. Sharing of Payments

   65

SECTION 2.14. Increase in Commitments

   66

SECTION 2.15. Professional Market Party Representation

   67

SECTION 2.16. Currency Equivalents.

   68
ARTICLE 3   
TAXES, INCREASED COSTS PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY   

SECTION 3.01. Taxes

   69

SECTION 3.02. Illegality

   71

SECTION 3.03. Inability to Determine Rates

   71

SECTION 3.04. Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans

   72

SECTION 3.05. Funding Losses

   73

SECTION 3.06. Matters Applicable to Requests for Compensation

   73

SECTION 3.07. Replacement of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances

   74

SECTION 3.08. Survival

   75

 

Credit Agreement

i


ARTICLE 4   
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT   

SECTION 4.01. Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension

   75

SECTION 4.02. Conditions to All Credit Extensions After the Closing Date

   79
ARTICLE 5   
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES   

SECTION 5.01. Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws

   80

SECTION 5.02. Authorization; No Contravention

   80

SECTION 5.03. Governmental Authorization; Other Consents

   80

SECTION 5.04. Binding Effect

   81

SECTION 5.05. Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect

   81

SECTION 5.06. Litigation

   81

SECTION 5.07. Ownership of Property; Liens

   81

SECTION 5.08. Environmental Compliance

   82

SECTION 5.09. Taxes

   83

SECTION 5.10. ERISA Compliance

   83

SECTION 5.11. Subsidiaries; Equity Interests

   84

SECTION 5.12. Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act

   84

SECTION 5.13. Disclosure

   84

SECTION 5.14. Intellectual Property, Licenses, Etc.

   84

SECTION 5.15. Solvency

   85

SECTION 5.16. Perfection, Mortgages, Etc.

   85

SECTION 5.17. Compliance with Laws Generally

   85

SECTION 5.18. Labor Matters

   85

SECTION 5.19. Compliance with Dutch Banking Act

   85

SECTION 5.20. Debt.

   85
ARTICLE 6   
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS   

SECTION 6.01. Financial Statements

   86

SECTION 6.02. Certificates; Other Information

   87

SECTION 6.03. Notices

   89

SECTION 6.04. Payment of Obligations

   89

SECTION 6.05. Preservation of Existence, Etc.

   89

SECTION 6.06. Maintenance of Properties

   89

SECTION 6.07. Maintenance of Insurance

   89

SECTION 6.08. Compliance with Laws

   90

SECTION 6.09. Books and Records

   90

SECTION 6.10. Inspection Rights

   90

SECTION 6.11. Use of Proceeds

   90

SECTION 6.12. Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security

   90

SECTION 6.13. Compliance with Environmental Laws

   92

SECTION 6.14. Further Assurances

   93

SECTION 6.15. Interest Rate Hedging

   93

 

Credit Agreement

ii


SECTION 6.16. Designation of Subsidiaries

   93

SECTION 6.17. Maintenance of Ratings

   94

SECTION 6.18. Junior Financing Documentation

   94

SECTION 6.19. Certain Tax Matters

   94
ARTICLE 7   
NEGATIVE COVENANTS   

SECTION 7.01. Liens

   94

SECTION 7.02. Investments

   97

SECTION 7.03. Indebtedness

   100

SECTION 7.04. Fundamental Changes

   103

SECTION 7.05. Dispositions

   104

SECTION 7.06. Restricted Payments

   106

SECTION 7.07. Change in Nature of Business

   108

SECTION 7.08. Transactions with Affiliates

   108

SECTION 7.09. Burdensome Agreements

   109

SECTION 7.10. Holding Company

   110

SECTION 7.11. Financial Covenants

   110

SECTION 7.12. Amendments of Certain Documents

   111

SECTION 7.13. Accounting Changes

   111

SECTION 7.14. Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness

   111

SECTION 7.15. Designated Senior Debt

   111

SECTION 7.16. Capital Expenditures

   111

SECTION 7.17. Partnership, Etc.

   112
ARTICLE 8   
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES   

SECTION 8.01. Events of Default

   112

SECTION 8.02. Remedies Upon Event of Default

   114

SECTION 8.03. Application of Funds

   115
ARTICLE 9   
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND OTHER AGENTS   

SECTION 9.01. Authorization and Action

   116

SECTION 9.02. Agents’ Reliance, Etc.

   117

SECTION 9.03. Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Bank of America, N.A. and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P. and Affiliates

   117

SECTION 9.04. Lender Credit Decision

   117

SECTION 9.05. Indemnification

   117

SECTION 9.06. Successor Agents

   118

SECTION 9.07. Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers

   119

 

Credit Agreement

iii


ARTICLE 10   
MISCELLANEOUS   

SECTION 10.01. Amendments, Etc.

   120

SECTION 10.02. Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies

   122

SECTION 10.03. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

   123

SECTION 10.04. Attorney Costs, Expenses and Taxes

   123

SECTION 10.05. Indemnification by the Borrowers

   123

SECTION 10.06. Payments Set Aside

   124

SECTION 10.07. Successors and Assigns

   125

SECTION 10.08. Confidentiality

   128

SECTION 10.09. Setoff

   128

SECTION 10.10. Interest Rate Limitation

   129

SECTION 10.11. Counterparts

   129

SECTION 10.12. Integration

   129

SECTION 10.13. Survival of Representations and Warranties

   129

SECTION 10.14. Severability

   130

SECTION 10.15. Tax Forms

   130

SECTION 10.16. Process Agent.

   131

SECTION 10.17. GOVERNING LAW

   132

SECTION 10.18. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY

   132

SECTION 10.19. Binding Effect

   132

SECTION 10.20. USA Patriot Act Notice

   132

SECTION 10.21. Supplemental Obligations.

   133

 

Credit Agreement

iv


SIGNATURES

   S-1

SCHEDULES

 

 

I

   Guarantors
 

II

   Foreign Security Agreements
 

III

   Consolidated EBITDA
 

2.01

   Commitments
 

4.01(a)(vi)(E)

   Landlord/Warehouse Collateral Access Agreements
 

5.06

   Disclosed Litigation
 

5.07(c)

   Real Properties Pledged as Collateral
 

5.10(b)

   Material ERISA Claims, Actions, Suits, or Action by Governmental Authority
 

5.10(c)

   ERISA Events or Material Liabilities
 

5.11

   Subsidiaries
 

5.14

   IP Rights
 

6.14(c)

   Post-Closing Matters
 

7.01(b)

   Existing Liens
 

7.02(f)

   Existing Investments
 

7.03(c)(i)

   Existing Indebtedness
 

7.08

   Transactions with Affiliates
 

7.09

   Existing Restrictions
 

10.02

   Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices

EXHIBITS

  
 

Form of

  
 

A

   Committed Loan Notice
 

B

   Swing Line Loan Notice
 

C-1

   Term Note
 

C-2

   Revolving Credit Note
 

C-3

   Swing Line Note
 

D

   Compliance Certificate
 

E

   Assignment and Assumption
 

F-1

   Domestic Guaranty
 

F-2

   Foreign Guaranty
 

G

   Domestic Security Agreement
 

H-1

   Kirkland & Ellis LLP Opinion
 

H-2

   Loyens Loeff and Van Doorne Opinions
 

H-3

   Creel, Garcia-Cuellar y Muggenburg, S.C. Opinion
 

H-4

   Pinheiro Neto Advogados Opinion
 

H-5

   Bae, Kim & Lee Opinion
 

H-6

   O’Melveny & Meyers, Tokyo Office Opinion
 

H-7

   Azim, Tunku Farik & Wong Opinion
 

I

   Administrative Questionnaire

 

Credit Agreement

v


CREDIT AGREEMENT

This CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of April 27, 2006 among SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V., a besloten vennootschap organized under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ BV Borrower ”), SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ US Borrower ”), SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDING B.V., a besloten vennootschap organized under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Parent ”), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, each a “ Lender ”), the Initial L/C Issuer, the Initial Swing Line Lender and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as Administrative Agent.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

Pursuant to an asset purchase agreement (as amended, the “ Purchase Agreement ”) dated as of January 8, 2006, between Texas Instruments Incorporated (the “ Seller ”) and S&C Purchase Corp., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the BV Borrower, the BV Borrower will acquire (the “ Acquisition ”) substantially all of the assets, including the stock of certain subsidiaries (the “ Purchased Subsidiaries ”) of the Seller, and assume substantially all of the liabilities of the assets constituting the sensors and controls division of the Seller (the “ Acquired Business ”).

The Borrowers have requested that (a) substantially contemporaneously with the consummation of the Acquisition (i) the US Term Lenders make US Term Loans to the Borrowers in an aggregate principal amount of $950,000,000 and (ii) the Euro Term Lenders make Euro Term Loans to the Borrowers in an aggregate principal amount of €325,000,000 to (A) finance the Acquisition and (B) pay the fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions, and (b) from time to time, the Revolving Credit Lenders lend to the Borrowers and the L/C Issuer issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries under a $150,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility.

The applicable Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend and the L/C Issuer has indicated its willingness to so issue Letters of Credit, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Accepting Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(vii) .

Acquired Business ” has the meaning specified in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.

Acquired EBITDA ” means, with respect to any entity or business acquired in a Permitted Acquisition for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such entity or business (determined as if references to the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA were references to such entity or business and its Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such entity or business.

 

Credit Agreement

1


Acquisition ” has the meaning specified in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.

Additional Commitments Effective Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(b) .

Additional Revolving Credit Commitments ” means the commitments of the Additional Revolving Credit Lenders to make Additional Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 2.14 .

Additional Revolving Credit Lenders ” means the lenders providing the Additional Revolving Credit Commitments.

Additional Revolving Credit Loans ” means any loans made in respect of any Additional Revolving Credit Commitments that shall have been added pursuant to Section 2.14 .

Additional Term Commitments ” means the commitments of the Additional Term Lenders to make Additional Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.14.

Additional Term Lenders ” means the lenders providing the Additional Term Loans.

Additional Term Loans ” means any loans made in respect of any additional Term Commitments that shall have been added pursuant to Section 2.14 .

Adjusted Consolidated Funded Indebtedness ” means, on any day, the sum of (a) with respect to Consolidated Funded Indebtedness consisting of revolving borrowings, the average daily outstanding amount of such revolving borrowings for the four fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior to such day (or, if fewer than four full fiscal quarters have elapsed since the Closing Date, for the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter most recently ended on or prior to such day) plus (b) with respect to all other Consolidated Funded Indebtedness, the outstanding amount thereof on such day.

Administrative Agent ” means Morgan Stanley in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

Administrative Agent’s Office ” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02 , or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify in writing to the Borrowers, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers.

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit I .

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified; provided that portfolio companies of the Sponsor that are not Subsidiaries of the Parent shall be deemed not to be Affiliates of any Loan Party. “ Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Agent-Related Persons ” means the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and, in each case, the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Person.

 

Credit Agreement

2


Agents ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and each Documentation Agent.

Aggregate Commitments ” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.

Agreement ” means this Credit Agreement.

Applicable Rate ” means a percentage per annum equal to:

(a) with respect to Term Loans, (A) for Eurodollar Rate Loans, 1.75%, (B) for EURIBOR Loans, 2.00% and (C) for Base Rate Loans, 0.75%;

(b) with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans, unused Revolving Credit Commitments and Letter of Credit fees, (i) until receipt by the Administrative Agent of a Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.02(b) with respect to the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2006 (A) for Eurodollar Rate Loans and for EURIBOR Loans, 2.00%, (B) for Base Rate Loans, 1.00%, (C) for Letter of Credit fees, 2.25% and (D) for Revolving Commitment Fees, 0.50% and (ii) thereafter, the following percentages per annum, based upon the Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(b) :

 

Applicable Rate

 

Pricing

Level

  

Leverage Ratio

  

Eurodollar Rate

and Letter of

Credit Fees

    Base Rate    

Revolving

Credit

Commitment

Fee Rate

 

1

   ³  5.50:1    2.00 %   1.00 %   0.50 %

2

   ³ 4.50:1 but < 5.50:1    1.75 %   0.75 %   .0.50 %

3

   ³ 4.00:1 but < 4.50:1    1.50 %   0.50 %   0.375 %

4

   < 4.00:1    1.25 %   0.25 %   0.375 %

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate set forth in subsection (b)  above resulting from a change in the Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(b) ; provided that at the option of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, pricing level 1 shall apply, (x) as of the first Business Day after the date on which a Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered but was not delivered, and shall continue to so apply to and including the date on which such Compliance Certificate is so delivered (and thereafter the Pricing Level otherwise determined in accordance with this definition shall apply) and (y) as of the first Business Day after an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and shall continue to so apply to but excluding the date on which such Event of Default is cured or waived (and thereafter the Pricing Level otherwise determined in accordance with this definition shall apply); and

 

Credit Agreement

3


(c) with respect to any Additional Term Loans or Additional Revolving Credit Commitments, such amount as may be agreed to by the applicable Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Additional Term Lenders or Additional Revolving Credit Lenders, as the case may be.

Appropriate Lender ” means, at any time, (a) with respect to Loans of any Class, the Lenders of such Class, (b) with respect to the Letter of Credit Sublimit, (i) the L/C Issuer and (ii) if any Letters of Credit have been issued pursuant to Section 2.03(a) , the Revolving Credit Lenders and (c) with respect to the Swing Line Facility, (i) the Swing Line Lender and (ii) if any Swing Line Loans are outstanding pursuant to Section 2.04(a) , the Revolving Credit Lenders.

Approved Domestic Bank ” has the meaning specified in clause (b)  of the definition of “Cash Equivalents”.

Approved Foreign Bank ” has the meaning specified in clause (f)  of the definition of “Cash Equivalents”.

Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages a Lender.

Arrangers ” means Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P., each in its capacity as a joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner for the Facilities.

Assignment and Assumption ” means an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit E .

Attorney Costs ” means and includes all reasonable fees, documented out-of-pocket expenses and documented out-of-pocket disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel.

Attributable Indebtedness ” means, on any date, in respect of any Capitalized Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(iii) .

Base Rate ” means a fluctuating interest rate per annum in effect from time to time, which rate per annum shall at all times be equal to the higher of:

(i) the rate of interest published by the Wall Street Journal , from time to time, as the “prime rate”; and

(ii)  1 / 2 of 1% per annum above the Federal Funds Rate.

Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

Bilateral Providers ” has the meaning specified in the Domestic Security Agreement.

Borrower ” means the BV Borrower or the US Borrower, as the context may require, and “ Borrowers ” means, collectively, the BV Borrower and the US Borrower.

 

Credit Agreement

4


Borrower Materials ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02 .

Borrower Parties ” means the collective reference to the BV Borrower, the US Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, and “ Borrower Party ” means any one of them.

Borrowing ” means a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a Swing Line Borrowing or a Term Borrowing, as the context may require.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in (a) when used in relation to any Borrower, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office and the L/C Issuer’s Office are located and (b) when used in relation to the BV Borrower, the Netherlands, and if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurodollar Rate Loan or EURIBOR Loan, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in respect of any such Eurodollar Rate Loan, or any other dealings to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurodollar Rate Loan or EURIBOR Loan, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars or Euros, as the case may be, are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar or Euro market, as the case may be.

BV Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

CapEx Pull-Forward Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.16(b) .

Capital Expenditures ” means, as of any date for the applicable period then ended, all additions to plant, property and equipment and other capital expenditures of the Borrower Parties on a consolidated basis for such period that are required to be set forth in the consolidated statement of cash flows, as determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that Capital Expenditures shall not include any such expenditures which constitute any of the following, without duplication: (a) a Permitted Acquisition, (b) capital expenditures relating to the construction or acquisition of any property which has been transferred to a Person other than a Borrower Party pursuant to a sale-leaseback transaction permitted under Section 7.05(f) , (c) to the extent permitted by this Agreement, a reinvestment of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Disposition in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(ii) , Casualty Event or Equity Issuance by any Borrower Party, (d) expenditures of proceeds of insurance settlements, condemnation awards and other settlements in respect of lost, destroyed, damaged or condemned assets, equipment or other property to the extent such expenditures are made to replace or repair such lost, destroyed, damaged or condemned assets, equipment or other property or otherwise to acquire, maintain, develop, construct, improve, upgrade or repair assets or properties useful in the business of the Borrower Parties within 12 months of receipt of such proceeds, (e) interest capitalized during such period, (f) expenditures that are accounted for as capital expenditures of such Person and that actually are paid for by a third party (excluding any Borrower Party) and for which no Borrower Party has provided or is required to provide or incur, directly or indirectly, any consideration or obligation to such third party or any other person (whether before, during or after such period), (g) the book value of any asset owned by such Person prior to or during such period to the extent that such book value is included as a capital expenditure during such period as a result of such Person reusing or beginning to reuse such asset during such period without a corresponding expenditure actually having been made in such period; provided that (i) any expenditure necessary in order to permit such asset to be reused shall be included as a Capital Expenditure during the period that such expenditure actually is made and (ii) such book value shall have been included in Capital Expenditures when such asset was originally acquired, (h) the purchase price of equipment purchased during such period to the extent the consideration therefor consists of any combination of (i) used or surplus equipment traded in at the time of such purchase and (ii) the proceeds of a concurrent sale of used or surplus equipment, in each case, in the ordinary course of business, (i) the purchase price of equipment that is purchased substantially contemporaneously with the trade in of existing equipment to the extent

 

Credit Agreement

5


that the gross amount of such purchase price is reduced by the credit granted by the seller of such equipment for the equipment being traded in at such time, or (j) any transition costs associated with (i) becoming a stand-alone entity and (ii) becoming a public company, to the extent such costs are classified as Capital Expenditures.

Capitalized Leases ” means all leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases on a balance sheet of the lessee.

Cash Collateral ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g) .

Cash Collateral Account ” means a deposit account at a commercial bank selected by the Administrative Agent in the name of the Administrative Agent and under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent, and otherwise established in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Cash Collateralize ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g) .

Cash Equivalents ” means any of the following types of Investments, to the extent owned by the BV Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens permitted pursuant to any Loan Document):

(a) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States, any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof, having (i) one of the three highest ratings from either Moody’s or S&P and (ii) maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof;

(b) time deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) is a Lender or (ii)(A) is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and is a member of the Federal Reserve System and (B) has combined capital and surplus of at least $250,000,000 (any such bank in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii) being an “ Approved Domestic Bank ”), in each case with maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(c) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by an Approved Domestic Bank (or by the parent company thereof) or any variable rate note issued by, or guaranteed by a domestic corporation rated “A-1” (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or “P-1” (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, in each case with maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(d) repurchase agreements entered into by any Person with a bank or trust company or recognized securities dealer (including any of the Lenders), in each case, having capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000 for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States;

(e) Investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the BV Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which are administered by financial institutions having capital of at least $250,000,000, and the portfolios of which are limited such that 95% of such investments are of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (a) , (b) , (c) , and (d)  of this definition;

 

Credit Agreement

6


(f) solely with respect to the BV Borrower and any Foreign Subsidiary, non-Dollar denominated (i) certificates of deposit of, bankers acceptances of, or time deposits with, any commercial bank which is organized and existing under the laws of the country in which such Person maintains its chief executive office and principal place of business provided such country is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, and whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least “P-1” or the equivalent thereof (any such bank being an “ Approved Foreign Bank ”) and maturing within one year of the date of acquisition and (ii) equivalents of demand deposit accounts which are maintained with an Approved Foreign Bank; and

(g) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the Netherlands or any member nation of the European Union whose legal tender is the euro and which are denominated in Euros or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction, having (i) one of the three highest ratings from either Moody’s or S&P and (ii) maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of the Netherlands or any such member nation of the European Union is pledged in support thereof.

Cash Management Obligations ” means obligations owed by any Loan Party to any Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds or in respect of any credit card or similar services designated by the BV Borrower as constituting Cash Management Obligations.

Cash on Hand ” means, on any date of determination, the sum of the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower Parties, as set forth on the balance sheet of the BV Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries (it being understood that such amount shall exclude in any event any cash or Cash Equivalents identified on such balance sheet as “restricted” (other than cash or Cash Equivalents restricted in favor of the Secured Parties)).

Casualty Event ” means any event that gives rise to the receipt by any Borrower Party of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property.

CERCLA ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980.

CERCLIS ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System maintained by the US Environmental Protection Agency.

Change of Control ” means the earliest to occur of (a) the Permitted Holders ceasing to have the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of securities having a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of the BV Borrower; provided that the occurrence of the foregoing event shall not be deemed a Change of Control if,

 

Credit Agreement

7


(i) any time prior to the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, and for any reason whatsoever, (A) the Permitted Holders otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to designate (and do so designate) a majority of the board of directors of the BV Borrower or (B) the Permitted Holders own, directly or indirectly, of record and beneficially an amount of common stock or other common Equity Interests having ordinary voting power of the BV Borrower equal to more than fifty percent (50%) of the amount of common stock or other common Equity Interests having ordinary voting power of the BV Borrower owned, directly or indirectly, by the Permitted Holders of record and beneficially as of the Closing Date and such ownership by the Permitted Holders represents the largest single block of voting securities having ordinary voting power of the BV Borrower held by any Person or related group for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, or

(ii) at any time after the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, and for any reason whatsoever, (A) no “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person and its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan, and excluding the Permitted Holders), shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of more than the greater of (x) thirty-five percent (35%) of the outstanding voting securities having ordinary voting power of the Qualifying IPO Issuer and (y) the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities having ordinary voting power of the Qualifying IPO Issuer owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially by the Permitted Holders, and (B) during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months, the board of directors of the Qualifying IPO Issuer shall consist of a majority of the Continuing Directors; or

(b) any “Change of Control” (or any comparable term) in any document pertaining to any Junior Financing with an aggregate outstanding principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or

(c) at any time prior to a Qualifying IPO of the BV Borrower, the BV Borrower ceasing to be a directly or indirectly wholly owned Subsidiary of Parent.

Class ” (a) when used with respect to Lenders, refers to whether such Lenders are Revolving Credit Lenders, Term Lenders, Additional Revolving Credit Lenders or Additional Term Lenders, (b) when used with respect to Commitments, refers to whether such Commitments are Revolving Credit Commitments, Term Commitments, Additional Revolving Credit Commitments or Additional Term Commitments and (c) when used with respect to Loans or a Borrowing, refers to whether such Loans, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Credit Loans, Term Loans, Additional Revolving Credit Loans or Additional Term Loans.

Closing Date ” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 4.01 .

Closing Date Representations and Warranties ” means, solely with respect to the Acquired Business, (a) those representations and warranties set forth in the final Purchase Agreement dated as of January 8, 2006 made by the Seller in respect of the Acquired Business that (i) are material to the interests of the Lenders and (ii) a breach of any of which would permit US Acquisition Corp. to terminate its obligations thereunder and (b) those representations and warranties set forth in Sections 5.01, 5.02, 5.03 and 5.15 , in each case to the extent the same relate to the entering into and performance of the Loan Documents, and Section 5.12 .

 

Credit Agreement

8


Code ” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral ” means all of the “Collateral” referred to in the Collateral Documents and all of the other property and assets that are or are required under the terms hereof or of the Collateral Documents to be subject to Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Collateral Agent ” means Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, in its capacity as collateral agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

Collateral Documents ” means, collectively, the Domestic Security Agreement, each Foreign Security Agreement, each Intellectual Property Security Agreement, the Mortgages, and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties as security for the Secured Obligations, including collateral assignments, Security Agreement Supplements, security agreements, pledge agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.12 .

Commitment ” means a Term Commitment or a Revolving Credit Commitment, as the context may require.

Committed Loan Notice ” means a notice of (a) a Term Borrowing, (b) a Revolving Credit Borrowing, (c) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other (other than a conversion of a Eurodollar Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan), or (d) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a) , which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

Compensation Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.12(c)(ii) .

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D .

Consolidated Cash Taxes ” means, as of any date for the applicable period ending on such date with respect to the Borrower Parties on a consolidated basis, the aggregate of all income, franchise and similar taxes, as determined in accordance with GAAP, to the extent the same are paid or payable in cash with respect to such period.

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any period, with respect to any Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Income, plus (b) an amount which, in the determination of Consolidated Net Income for such period, has been deducted for, without duplication,

(i) total interest expense and to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, the costs of surety bonds in connection with any financing activity and any losses on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk in the ordinary course of business, net of interest income and gains on such hedging obligations,

(ii) income, withholding, franchise and similar taxes and any tax distributions made pursuant to Section 7.06(e)(i) and Section 7.06(e)(iii) and foreign withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period,

 

Credit Agreement

9


(iii) total depreciation and amortization expense (including non-cash amortization of debt discount or deferred financing costs),

(iv) letter of credit fees,

(v) cash fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or, to the extent permitted hereunder, any Investment permitted under Section 7.02 , Disposition permitted under Section 7.05 , Equity Issuance or Debt Issuance (in each case, whether or not consummated),

(vi) to the extent actually reimbursed or reimbursable, expenses incurred to the extent covered by indemnification provisions in any agreement in connection with the Transactions or a Permitted Acquisition,

(vii) to the extent covered by insurance under which the insurer has been properly notified and has not denied or contested coverage, expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption,

(viii) management fees paid under Section 7.08(d) or any other monitoring, consulting or advisory fees and related expenses paid to Sponsor to the extent permitted under this Agreement,

(ix) to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period, any non-cash purchase accounting adjustment and any step-ups with respect to re-valuing assets and liabilities in connection with the Transactions or any Investment permitted under Section 7.02 ,

(x) non-cash losses from Joint Ventures and non-cash minority interest reductions,

(xi) fees and expenses in connection with exchanges or refinancings permitted by Section 7.14 ,

(xii)(A) non-cash, non-recurring charges with respect to employee severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension or post-retirement employee benefit plans, (B) other extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring non-cash charges (other than the write down of Current Assets), (C) (x) extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring cash charges incurred prior to the Closing Date plus (y) extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring cash charges in an aggregate amount under this clause (C)  not to exceed $25,000,000 in any fiscal year and (D) cash charges paid in connection with litigation related to product liability in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 in any fiscal year,

(xiii) with respect to the calculation of any covenant set forth in Section 7.11 for any applicable period, the Net Cash Proceeds from any issuance of Equity Interests by the BV Borrower to the Equity Investors in an amount not greater than 120% of the amount necessary to ensure that the Borrower Parties are in compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 7.11 for such period, solely to the extent that the Net Cash Proceeds therefrom (A) are actually received by the BV Borrower (including through capital contribution of such Net Cash Proceeds by Parent to the BV Borrower) no later than ten (10) days after the date of delivery of the applicable Compliance Certificate and

 

Credit Agreement

10


(B) are Not Otherwise Applied; provided that any infusion of equity pursuant to a Notice of Intent to Make an Equity Infusion shall not be made more than twice in any twelve (12)-month period; it being understood that this clause (xiii)  may not be relied on for purposes of calculating any financial ratios other than as applicable to Section 7.11 (including for purposes of the definition of “Pro Forma Basis”),

(xiv) any other non-cash charges or expenses to the extent such non-cash charges or expenses do not result in a cash payment in a future period,

(xv) one-time cash charges relating to the transition costs associated with (a) becoming a stand-alone entity and (b) becoming a public company; minus

(c) an amount which, in the determination of Consolidated Net Income for such period, has been included for non-cash income during such period (other than with respect to cash actually received), minus

(d) all cash payments made during such period on account of non-cash charges added to Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (b)(xii) above in such period or in a previous period (other than to the extent the amount thereof is within the basket provided for in clause (b)(xii)(C) ), minus

(e) to the extent the amount thereof is greater than the amount permitted to be added to Consolidated Net Income pursuant to the basket in clause (b)(xii)(C) above, the amount of extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring cash charges in excess of such permitted amount that have been excluded in the determination of Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus/minus

(f) unrealized losses/gains in respect of Swap Contracts and other embedded derivatives or similar contracts incurred in the ordinary course of business that require the same accounting treatment as Swap Contracts,

provided , there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including the net loss or gain resulting from Swap Contracts entered into to hedge against currency exchange risk in the ordinary course of business), all as determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that (a) notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, for purposes of any calculation made under the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.11 (including for purposes of the definition of “Pro Forma Basis”, but excluding for purposes of the definition of “Applicable Rate”), to the extent the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds of any issuance of Equity Interests are an effective addition to Consolidated EBITDA as contemplated by, and in accordance with, the provisions of clause (b)(xiii) above and, as a result thereof, any Event of Default of the covenants set forth in Section 7.11 shall have been cured for any applicable period, such cure shall be deemed to be effective as of the last day of such applicable period, and (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the BV Borrower for the fiscal quarter ended on December 31, 2005, March 31, 2006 and June 30, 2006 shall be as set forth on Schedule III hereto.

Consolidated Funded Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, without duplication,

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money,

(b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments,

 

Credit Agreement

11


(c) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services purchased by such Person (other than accrued expenses and trade debt incurred in the ordinary course of business) which would appear in the liabilities section of the balance sheet of such Person,

(d) all Consolidated Funded Indebtedness of others secured by any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed,

(e) all Guarantees of such Person with respect to Consolidated Funded Indebtedness of another Person, provided , however , that any guarantee of the obligations of Engineered Material Solutions, Inc. shall not be included.

(f) the implied principal component of all obligations of such Person under Capitalized Leases,

(g) all drafts drawn (to the extent unreimbursed) under standby letters of credit issued or bankers’ acceptances facilities created for the account of such Person,

(h) unless the holder thereof is a Loan Party or, if the issuer thereof is a Subsidiary of the BV Borrower which is not a Loan Party, any other Subsidiary of the BV Borrower, all Disqualified Equity Interests convertible into Indebtedness and issued by such Person from and after the date on which they are so converted, and

(i) the Consolidated Funded Indebtedness of any partnership or unincorporated joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer to the extent such Consolidated Funded Indebtedness is recourse to such Person.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, (i) the term “Consolidated Funded Indebtedness” shall not be deemed to include (A) any earn-out obligation until such obligation appears in the liabilities section of the balance sheet of the applicable Person, (B) any earn-out obligation that appears in the liabilities section of the balance sheet of the applicable Person to the extent (1) such Person is indemnified for the payment thereof by a solvent Person reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or (2) amounts to be applied to the payment thereof are in escrow, (C) any deferred compensation arrangements or employee equity plan related to which there is a liability on the balance sheet or (D) any non-compete or consulting obligations incurred in connection with Permitted Acquisitions and (ii) the amount of Consolidated Funded Indebtedness for which recourse is limited either to a specified amount or to an identified asset of such Person shall be deemed to be equal to such specified amount or the fair market value of such identified asset as determined by such Person in good faith, as the case may be.

Consolidated Interest Charges ” means, for any period, with respect to any Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the amount by which (i) the sum of interest expense for such period (including the interest component under Capitalized Leases, but excluding, to the extent included in interest expense, (u) fees and expenses associated with the consummation of the Transactions, (v) annual agency fees paid to the Administrative Agent, (w) costs associated with obtaining Swap Contracts, (x) fees and expenses associated with any Investment permitted under Section 7.02 , Equity Issuance or Debt Issuance (whether or not consummated), (y) pay-in-kind interest expense or other noncash interest expense (including as a result of the effects of purchase accounting) and (z) amortization or write-down of any deferred financing fees) exceeds (ii) interest income for such period, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP, to the extent the same are paid or payable (or received or receivable) in cash with respect to such period.

 

Credit Agreement

12


Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, with respect to any Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, net income as determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that Consolidated Net Income for any such period shall exclude, without duplication, (i) any net after-tax extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring gains, losses or charges (including severance, relocation, transition and other restructuring costs and litigation settlements or losses), (ii) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(s) during such period, (iii) any net after-tax gains or losses realized upon the disposition of assets outside the ordinary course of business (including any gain or loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Equity Interests of any Person), (iv) (A) the income of (1) for purposes of calculating Cumulative Consolidated Net Income only, any Subsidiary (other than a Loan Party) to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Subsidiary or its stockholders (which has not been legally waived) and (2) any Joint Venture and any Unrestricted Subsidiary, except in each case to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid in cash to such Person or one of its Subsidiaries by such Subsidiary, Joint Venture or Unrestricted Subsidiary during such period and (B) the income or loss of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of such Person or is merged into or consolidated with such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person or the date that such other Person’s assets are acquired by such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person, (v) non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs, (vi) any net after-tax income or loss (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, (vii) the effect of any non-cash items resulting from any amortization, write-up, write-down or write-off of assets (including intangible assets, goodwill and deferred financing costs) in connection with the Transactions, any Permitted Acquisition or any merger, consolidation or similar transaction not prohibited by this Agreement (other than any such non-cash item to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period except to the extent such item is subsequently reversed) and (viii) any reductions in respect of dividends on, or accretion of, preferred Equity Interests; and provided further that Consolidated Net Income for any such period shall be decreased by the amount of any equity of the BV Borrower in a net loss of any Person for such period to the extent the BV Borrower has funded such net loss.

Consolidated Scheduled Funded Debt Payments ” means, as of any date for the applicable period ending on such date with respect to the Borrower Parties on a consolidated basis, the sum of all scheduled payments of principal on Consolidated Funded Indebtedness made during such period (including the implied principal component of payments made on Capitalized Leases during such period) as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Continuing Directors ” shall mean the directors (or managers) of the BV Borrower on the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated hereby, and each other director (or manager), if, in each case, such other directors’ or managers’ nomination for election to the board of directors (or board of managers) of the BV Borrower (or the Qualifying IPO Issuer after a Qualifying IPO) is recommended by a majority of the then Continuing Directors or such other director receives the indirect vote of the Permitted Holders in his or her election by the stockholders of the BV Borrower (or the Qualifying IPO Issuer after a Qualifying IPO).

Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Control ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Affiliate.”

 

Credit Agreement

13


Controls Business ” means the assets and operations of the BV Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries related to the manufacture, marketing or sale of controls.

Credit Extension ” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.

Cumulative Excess Cash Flow ” means the sum of Excess Cash Flow for each fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 and ending on the last day of Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal year.

Current Assets ” means, at any time, the consolidated current assets (other than cash, deferred income taxes and Cash Equivalents) of the Borrower Parties.

Current Liabilities ” means, at any time, the consolidated current liabilities of the Borrower Parties at such time, but excluding, without duplication, (a) the current portion of any long-term Indebtedness and (b) outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans, (c) deferred income taxes and (d) any liability in respect of net obligations of such Person in respect of Swap Contracts related solely to interest rate protection entered into in the ordinary course of business.

Debt Issuance ” means the issuance by any Person and its Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness for borrowed money.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, general assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Declining Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(vii) .

Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the lapse of grace period, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” means an interest rate equal to (a) the Base Rate plus (b) the Applicable Rate applicable to Base Rate Loans plus (c) 2.0% per annum; provided that with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a EURIBOR Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2.0% per annum, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws, and if there is no applicable interest rate, then at the rate applicable to the US Term Loans bearing interest at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate applicable to Base Rate Loans plus 2.0% per annum.

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans, participations in L/C Obligations or participations in Swing Line Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within one (1) Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one (1) Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, or (c) has been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

Disclosed Litigation ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.06 .

 

Credit Agreement

14


Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition of any property by any Person (including any sale and leaseback transaction and any sale of Equity Interests, but excluding any issuance by such Person of its own Equity Interests), including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith.

Disqualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash, or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case of clauses (a) through (d) above, prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Maturity Date of the Term Loan Facility.

Documentation Agent ” means Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P., as documentation agent under this Agreement.

Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.

Dollar Amount ” means, at any time:

(a) with respect to any Loan denominated in Dollars (including, with respect to any Swing Line Loan, any funded participation therein), the principal amount thereof then outstanding (or in which such participation is held);

(b) with respect to any Euro Loan, the principal amount thereof then outstanding in the relevant Euro, converted to Dollars in accordance with Section 1.08 and Section 2.16(a); and

(c) with respect to any L/C Obligation (or any risk participation therein), (A) if denominated in Dollars, the amount thereof and (B) if denominated in Euros, the amount thereof converted to Dollars in accordance with Section 1.08 and Section 2.16(b) .

Dollar Letter of Credit ” means a Letter of Credit denominated in Dollars.

Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Dollar Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(c) .

Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, as to each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender, its obligation to (a) make Dollar Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.01(c) , (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations in respect of Dollar Letters of Credit and (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth, and opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The aggregate Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments of all Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders shall be $150,000,000 on the Closing Date, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Credit Agreement

15


Dollar Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, as to each Revolving Credit Lender, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Dollar Revolving Credit Loans and its Pro Rata Share of the L/C Obligations and the Swing Line Obligations at such time.

Dollar Revolving Credit Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment at such time.

Dollar Revolving Credit Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(c) .

Domestic Guarantors ” means, collectively, the Domestic Subsidiaries listed as such on Schedule I that, as of the Closing Date, have Guaranteed the Obligations of the BV Borrower (in its capacity as a Borrower under the Loan Documents) pursuant to the Domestic Guaranty and each other Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary of the BV Borrower that shall be required to become a Domestic Guarantor pursuant to Section 6.12 .

Domestic Guaranty ” means the Domestic Guaranty made by the Domestic Guarantors in favor of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit F-1 , together with each other guaranty and guaranty supplement of any Domestic Subsidiary in respect of the Obligations of the BV Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 6.12 .

Domestic Security Agreement ” means the Domestic Security Agreement among the US Borrower, the Domestic Guarantors, the Additional Grantors named therein and the Administrative Agent, dated as of the Closing Date and substantially in the form of Exhibit G , together with each related security agreement supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.12 .

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and any other Subsidiary that is not, and that is not directly or indirectly owned by, a “controlled foreign corporation” under Section 957 of the Code.

Dutch Banking Act ” means the Dutch Act on the Supervision of the Credit System 1992 ( Wet toezicht kredietwezen 1992 ).

Dutch Borrowers ” means the BV Borrower and any other Person that is incorporated in The Netherlands to whom a Loan is made available and “Dutch Borrower” means any one of them.

Dutch Central Bank ” means De Nederlandsche Bank N.V.

Dutch Exemption Regulation ” means the Dutch Banking Act Exemption Regulation 1992 ( Vrijstellingsregeling Wtk 1992 ) of the Ministry of Finance of The Netherlands dated 26 June 2002, as amended from time to time.

Dutch Policy Guidelines ” means the 2005 Dutch Central Bank’s Dutch Policy Guidelines ( Beleidsregel 2005 kernbegrippen markttoetreding en handhaving Wtk 1992 ) dated 29 December 2004 issued in relation to the Dutch Exemption Regulation, as amended from time to time.

Eligible Assignee ” means (a) a Lender; (b) an Affiliate of a Lender; (c) an Approved Fund; and (d) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by (i) the Administrative Agent, (ii) in the case of any assignment of a Revolving Credit Commitment, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, and (iii) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under Section 8.01(a) , Section 8.01(f) or Section 8.01(g)(i) , the relevant Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

Credit Agreement

16


Eligible Equity Proceeds ” means (a) the Net Cash Proceeds received by Parent from any sale or issuance of any Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Parent to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are directly or indirectly contributed to, and actually received by, the BV Borrower (or, if only a portion thereof is so contributed and received, to the extent of such portion) and (b) after a Qualifying IPO of the BV Borrower, the Net Cash Proceeds received by the BV Borrower from any sale or issuance of any Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the BV Borrower.

Environmental Laws ” means any and all applicable Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, legally-binding agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution, the protection of the environment or the management, disposal or release of any hazardous materials, substances or wastes into the environment, including those related to air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrowers, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries arising from, resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

Equity Contribution Agreement ” means the definitive agreement pursuant to which the Sponsor commits to make the Equity Contribution.

Equity Contributions ” means, collectively, the contribution by the Equity Investors indirectly to the BV Borrower (through Parent) of an aggregate amount of cash equal to not less than (taken together with the Rollover Equity (on a fully diluted basis)) 25% of the total consolidated capitalization of the BV Borrower on the Closing Date after giving pro forma effect to the consummation of the Transactions in order to consummate the Acquisition.

Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares, interests, rights, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests or units in) such Person and all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase, acquisition or exchange from such Person of any of the foregoing (including through convertible securities).

Equity Investors ” means the Sponsor and the Management Shareholders.

Equity Issuance ” means any issuance for cash by any Person and its Subsidiaries to any other Person of (a) its Equity Interests, (b) any of its Equity Interests pursuant to the exercise of options or warrants, (c) any of its Equity Interests pursuant to the conversion of any debt securities to equity or (d) any options or warrants relating to its Equity Interests. A Disposition shall not be deemed to be an Equity Issuance.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

 

Credit Agreement

17


ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the any Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any material liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums not yet due or premiums due but not yet delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

Euro ” means the single currency of Participating Member States of the European Union.

Euro Letter of Credit ” means a Letter of Credit denominated in Euros.

Euro Loan ” means a Loan that is a EURIBOR Loan and that is made in Euros pursuant to the applicable Committed Loan Notice.

Euro Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Euro Revolving Credit Loans of the same type and having the same Interest Period made by each of the Euro Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(c ).

Euro Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, as to each Euro Revolving Credit Lender, its obligation to (a) make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section  2.01(c) , (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations and (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth, opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Euro Revolving Credit Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The aggregate Euro Revolving Credit Commitments of all Euro Revolving Credit Lenders shall be $150,000,000 on the Closing Date, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Euro Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, as to each Euro Revolving Credit Lender, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Euro Revolving Credit Lender’s Euro Revolving Credit Loans and its Pro Rata Share of the L/C Obligations at such time.

Euro Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate Dollar Amount of the Euro Revolving Credit Commitments at such time. The Euro Revolving Credit Facility is part of, not in addition to, the Revolving Credit Facility.

Euro Revolving Credit Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(d) .

Euro Revolving Credit Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Euro Revolving Credit Commitment at such time.

 

Credit Agreement

18


Euro Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $150,000,000 and (b) the aggregate Dollar Amount of the Euro Revolving Credit Commitments. The Euro Sublimit is part of, not in addition to, the Revolving Credit Facility.

EURIBOR ” means, in relation to any Interest Period commencing on the Closing Date:

(i) the applicable Screen Rate; or

(ii) (if no Screen Rate is available for such Interest Period) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Administrative Agent at its request quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the European Interbank Market,

as of 11.00 A.M. (Central European time) on the Rate Fixing Day for the offering of deposits in Euro for a period comparable to such Interest Period.

EURIBOR Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest by reference to EURIBOR.

Eurodollar Rate ” means, for any Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan:

(a) the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate by reference to a page or other service that displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, or

(b) if the rate referenced in the preceding clause (a)  is not available, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent as the rate of interest at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in immediately available funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by the Administrative Agent and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by the Administrative Agent’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 4:00 p.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period.

Eurodollar Rate Loan ” means a Loan, whether denominated in Dollars or in Euros, that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurodollar Rate.

Euro Term Commitment ” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to make a Euro Term Loan to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.01(b) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Euro-equivalent amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Euro Term Loan Commitment” or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Euro Term Commitments as of the Closing Date is the Euro-equivalent of $400,088,000.

Euro Term Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(b) . For the avoidance of doubt, for all purposes of this Agreement, the initial principal amount of each Euro Term Lender’s Euro Term Loan shall be equal to the principal amount thereof in Euros.

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01 .

 

Credit Agreement

19


Excess Cash Flow ” means, with respect to any fiscal year of the Borrower Parties on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to (a) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower Parties for such period minus (b) without duplication,

(i) the sum of (x) Capital Expenditures made in cash to the extent not financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness, equity issuances or other proceeds of a financing transaction that would not be included in Consolidated EBITDA and (y) for the purposes of determining Excess Cash Flow, cash expenditures excluded pursuant to clause (j) of the definition of Capital Expenditures,

(ii) standalone information technology and license fees paid before December 31, 2007,

(iii) Consolidated Interest Charges,

(iv) Consolidated Cash Taxes paid, including cash payments for Federal, state and other income tax liabilities incurred prior to the Closing Date,

(v) Consolidated Scheduled Funded Debt Payments,

(vi) Restricted Payments made by the Borrower Parties to the extent that such Restricted Payments are permitted to be made under Section 7.06(e) ,

(vii) the aggregate principal amount of any long-term Indebtedness voluntarily prepaid (other than (A) prepayments of long-term Indebtedness financed by incurring other long-term Indebtedness, (B) prepayments of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(a) or 2.05(b) and (C) prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(a) ); provided that (1) such prepayments are otherwise permitted hereunder and (2) if such Indebtedness consists of a revolving line of credit, the commitments under such line of credit are permanently reduced by the amount of such prepayment,

(viii) letter of credit fees and annual agency fees,

(ix) proceeds received by the Borrower Parties from insurance claims with respect to casualty events, business interruption or product recalls which reimburse prior business expenses to the extent such expenses were added to Consolidated Net Income in determining Consolidated EBITDA,

(x) all extraordinary or unusual cash charges,

(xi) cash payments made in satisfaction of non-current liabilities (other than Indebtedness),

(xii) cash fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions and not paid with the proceeds of the Loans, the Senior Notes or the Senior Subordinated Notes or, to the extent permitted hereunder, any Investment permitted under Section 7.02 , Disposition permitted under Section 7.05, Equity Issuance or Debt Issuance (whether or not consummated) and not paid with the proceeds of any financing transaction,

(xiii) fees and expenses in connection with the exchanges or refinancings permitted by Section 7.14 ,

 

Credit Agreement

20


(xiv) to the extent added to Consolidated Net Income in determining Consolidated EBITDA, cash indemnity payments received pursuant to indemnification provisions in any agreement in connection with the Acquisition, any Permitted Acquisition or any other Investment permitted hereunder (or in any similar agreement related to any other acquisition consummated prior to the Closing Date),

(xv) non-recurring cash charges to the extent included in determining Consolidated EBITDA,

(xvi) cash expenses incurred in connection with deferred compensation arrangements in connection with the Transactions,

(xvii) management fees paid under Section 7.08(d) or other monitoring, consulting or advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor to the extent permitted under this Agreement,

(xviii) cash used to consummate a Permitted Acquisition to the extent not financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness, equity issuances or other proceeds from a financing transaction that would not be included in Consolidated EBITDA,

(xix) to the extent added to Consolidated Net Income in determining Consolidated EBITDA, losses from discontinued operations for such period,

(xx) to the extent added to Consolidated Net Income in determining Consolidated EBITDA, Eligible Equity Proceeds,

(xxi) cash expenditures made in respect of Swap Contracts to the extent not reflected in the computation of Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Interest Charges, and

(xxii) to the extent not deducted in the computation of Net Cash Proceeds in respect of any asset disposition or condemnation giving rise thereto, the amount of any mandatory prepayment of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder or under any other Loan Document), together with any interest, premium or penalties required to be paid (and actually paid) in connection therewith (in the case of this clause (b)(xxii) and the foregoing clauses (b)(i) through (xxi) , to the extent made, paid, incurred or for, as the case may be, such fiscal year),

(c) minus increases in working capital for such fiscal year ( i.e. , the increase, if any, in Current Assets minus Current Liabilities from the beginning to the end of such fiscal year) or plus decreases in working capital for such fiscal year ( i.e. , the decrease, if any, in Current Assets minus Current Liabilities from the beginning to the end of such fiscal year), excluding changes in working capital resulting from any Permitted Acquisition or Disposition permitted hereunder.

Exchange Rate ” means on any day with respect to any currency other than Dollars, the rate at which such currency may be exchanged into Dollars, as set forth at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such day on the Reuters World Currency Page for such currency; in the event that such rate does not appear on any Reuters World Currency Page, the Exchange Rate shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, or, in the absence of such agreement, the Exchange Rate shall instead be the arithmetic average of the spot rates of exchange of the Administrative Agent in the market

 

Credit Agreement

21


where its foreign currency exchange operations in respect of such currency are then being conducted, at or about 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on such date for the purchase of Dollars for delivery two Business Days later.

Existing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date.

Facility ” means the Term Loan Facility, the Revolving Credit Facility, the Swing Line Sublimit or the Letter of Credit Sublimit, as the context may require.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the immediately preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to the Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

Fee Letter ” means that certain Fee Letter dated as of January 8, 2006 among the Arrangers, the Agents and S&C Purchase Corp., as amended and restated by that certain Amended and Restated Fee Letter dated as of March 29, 2006 among the Arrangers, the Agents and Potazia Holding B.V.

Foreign Guarantor ” means, collectively, (i) the BV Borrower, in its capacity as a Guarantor of the Obligations of the US Borrower (in its capacity as a Borrower under the Loan Documents) and (ii) each other Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary of the BV Borrower listed as such on Schedule I that, as of the Closing Date, has Guaranteed the Obligations of the BV Borrower (in its capacity as a Borrower under the Loan Documents) pursuant to the Foreign Guaranty and (iii) each other Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary of the BV Borrower that shall be required to become a Foreign Guarantor pursuant to Section 6.12 .

Foreign Guaranty ” means the Foreign Guaranty made by the BV Borrower (in its capacity as a Guarantor) and the other Foreign Guarantors in favor of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit F-2 , together with each other guaranty or guaranty supplement in respect of the Obligations of the BV Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 6.12 .

Foreign Security Agreements ” means, collectively, the Collateral Documents set forth on Schedule II and each Security Agreement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 4.01 , Section 6.12 and Section 6.14 , each in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, to secure the Obligations of each Foreign Guarantor under its respective Guaranty.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the BV Borrower which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified

 

Credit Agreement

22


Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

Granting Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(g) .

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, without duplication, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien); provided, however, if such obligation has not been assumed, the amount of such Guarantee shall be the lesser of the primary obligations so secured or the value of the assets to which a Lien has attached; and provided further that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business, or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations, including, but not limited to, those in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantors ” means, collectively, (i) in the case of the Obligations of the US Borrower in its capacity as a Borrower under the Loan Documents, the BV Borrower and (ii) in the case of the Obligations of the BV Borrower in its capacity as a Borrower under the Loan Documents, the Parent, each Domestic Guarantor and Foreign Guarantor.

Guaranty ” means, collectively, the Domestic Guaranty and the Foreign Guaranty.

Hazardous Materials ” means all substances, materials or wastes classified or regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law as hazardous, toxic explosive or radioactive or as pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials and polychlorinated biphenyls.

 

Credit Agreement

23


Hedge Bank ” means any Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, in its capacity as a party to a Secured Hedge Agreement.

Historical Financial Statements ” means the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Acquired Business as of each of December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, and the related audited consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the Acquired Business for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003.

Honor Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i) .

Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

(b) the maximum amount (after giving effect to any prior drawings or reductions which may have been reimbursed) of all outstanding letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds, performance bonds and similar instruments issued or created by or for the account of such Person;

(c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;

(d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than (i) trade accounts payable or accrued expenses in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligation until such obligation appears in the liabilities section of the balance sheet of such Person);

(e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements and mortgage, industrial revenue bond, industrial development bond and similar financings), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;

(f) all Attributable Indebtedness;

(g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests;

(h) all Synthetic Indebtedness of such Person; and

(i) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (e)  shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (x) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (y) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith.

 

Credit Agreement

24


Indemnified Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.05 .

Indemnitees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.05 .

Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.08 .

Initial L/C Issuer ” means the bank or other financial institution listed on the signature pages hereof as the Initial L/C Issuer.

Initial Lenders ” means, at any date, collectively, the Lenders party to this Agreement on the Closing Date, each in its capacity as, and so long as it is, a “Lender” hereunder.

Initial Swing Line Lender ” means the bank or other financial institution listed on the signature pages hereof as the Initial Swing Line Lender.

Intellectual Property Security Agreement ” means, collectively, the Copyright Security Agreement, the Trademark Security Agreement and the Patent Security Agreement (each as defined in the Domestic Security Agreement), referred to in and substantially in the forms attached to the Domestic Security Agreement together with each other intellectual property security agreement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.12 or the applicable Security Agreement.

Interest Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to the Borrower Parties on a consolidated basis, as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the BV Borrower for the four (4) fiscal quarter period ending on such date with respect to the Borrower Parties on a consolidated basis, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower Parties for such period to (b) Consolidated Interest Charges of the Borrower Parties for such period; provided that for the purpose of calculating the Interest Coverage Ratio on any day prior to the expiration of four full fiscal quarters since the Closing Date, Consolidated Interest Charges shall be determined for the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter, annualized on a simple arithmetic basis.

Interest Payment Date ” means, (a) as to any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made; provided that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a EURIBOR Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.

Interest Period ” means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan or any EURIBOR Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan or EURIBOR Loan, as applicable, is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan or EURIBOR Loan, as the case may be, and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, or if available to all relevant Lenders, two weeks or nine or twelve months thereafter, as selected by the relevant Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice; provided that:

(a) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

Credit Agreement

25


(b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

(c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.

Investment ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or debt or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person and any arrangement pursuant to which the investor incurs debt of the type referred to in clause (i)  of the definition of “Indebtedness” set forth in this Section 1.01 in respect of such Person or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment, less any amount paid, repaid, returned, distributed or otherwise received in cash in respect of such Investment.

Investment Pull-Forward Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02(n) .

IP Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.14 .

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Joint Venture ” means (a) any Person which would constitute an “equity method investee” of the BV Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) any Person in whom the BV Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries beneficially owns any Equity Interest that is not a Subsidiary.

Junior Financing ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.14 .

Junior Financing Documentation ” means any documentation governing any Junior Financing.

Jurisdictional Requirements ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.04(a) .

Laws ” means, collectively, all applicable international, foreign, Federal, state, commonwealth and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

L/C Advance ” means, with respect to each Revolving Credit Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Pro Rata Share.

L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Revolving Credit Borrowing.

 

Credit Agreement

26


L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the renewal or increase of the amount thereof.

L/C Issuer ” means the Initial L/C Issuer in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder and each other Lender reasonably acceptable to both the Administrative Agent and the BV Borrower that has entered into a letter of credit issuer agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in each case, in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder; provided that no Person shall at any time become an L/C Issuer if after giving effect thereto there would at such time be more than three (3) L/C Issuers. Each L/C Issuer may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such L/C Issuer, in which case the term L/C Issuer shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate. In the event that there is more than one L/C Issuer at any time, references herein and in the other Loan Documents to the L/C Issuer shall be deemed to refer to the L/C Issuer in respect of the applicable Letter of Credit or to all L/C Issuers, as the context requires.

L/C Issuer’s Office ” means the L/C Issuer’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02 , or such other address or account as the L/C Issuer may from time to time notify in writing to the Borrowers, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent.

L/C Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including, without duplication, all L/C Borrowings.

Lender ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement and, as the context requires, includes the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender.

Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.

Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued hereunder. A Letter of Credit may be a commercial letter of credit or a standby letter of credit.

Letter of Credit Application ” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit substantially in the form from time to time in use by the L/C Issuer.

Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” means the day that is the scheduled Maturity Date then in effect for the Revolving Credit Facility.

Letter of Credit Sublimit ” means $75,000,000. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Credit Facility.

Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to the Borrower Parties on a consolidated basis, as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the BV Borrower for the four (4) fiscal quarter period ending on such date, the ratio of (a) Adjusted Consolidated Funded Indebtedness (net of Cash on Hand) of the Borrower Parties on the last day of such period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower Parties for such period.

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any Capitalized Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

 

Credit Agreement

27


Loan ” means an extension of credit by a Lender to a Borrower under Article 2 in the form of a US Term Loan, a Euro Term Loan, a Revolving Credit Loan or a Swing Line Loan.

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, (a) this Agreement, (b) the Notes, (c) the Guaranty, (d) the Collateral Documents, (e) the Fee Letter, (f) each Letter of Credit Application and (g) solely for purposes of the Collateral Documents and the Guaranty, each Secured Hedge Agreement.

Loan Parties ” means, collectively, each Borrower and each Guarantor.

Management Shareholders ” means the members of management of the BV Borrower, its direct or indirect parent company or its Subsidiaries who are investors, directly or indirectly, in Parent.

Mandatory Cost ” means the rate per annum notified by any Lender to the Administrative Agent to be the cost to the Lender of compliance with all reserve asset, liquidity or cash margin requirements of the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank.

Master Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Swap Contract.”

Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the BV Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to perform their obligations under any Loan Document or (c) a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Lenders under any Loan Document.

Material Foreign Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any Foreign Subsidiary that (a) contributed 5.0% or more of the Consolidated EBITDA of the BV Borrower for the period of four fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior to the date of determination, (b) had consolidated assets representing 5.0% or more of the total consolidated assets of the BV Borrower on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter ended on or prior to the date of determination or (c) owns any Material Intellectual Property or any Material Real Property; provided , that the Borrower shall be required, from time to time, to designate one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that would not otherwise satisfy the foregoing requirements as Material Foreign Subsidiaries to the extent that (a) the aggregate amount of the Consolidated EBITDA of the BV Borrower for the period of four fiscal quarters quarters most recently ended attributable to all Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Material Foreign Subsidiaries would otherwise exceed 10.0% or more of the Consolidated EBITDA of the BV Borrower for such period or (b) the total consolidated assets of all Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Material Foreign Subsidiaries would otherwise exceed 10.0% or more of the total consolidated assets of the BV Borrower on the last day of the most recently-ended fiscal quarter.

Material Intellectual Property ” means any IP Rights that are material to the operation of the business of the BV Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

Material Real Property ” means fee owned real property (a) with a value in excess of $10,000,000 or (b) where manufacturing operations that are material to the operation of the business of the BV Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are conducted.

Maturity Date ” means (a) with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility, April 27, 2012, (b) with respect to the US Term Loan Facility, April 27, 2013, and (c) with respect to the Euro Term Loan Facility, April 27, 2013.

 

Credit Agreement

28


Maximum Rate ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.10 .

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Morgan Stanley ” means Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.

Mortgage ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(a)(vi) , together with each other mortgage or other comparable instrument in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.12 .

Mortgage Policies ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(a)(vi)(B) .

Multiemployer Plan ” means any multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, and subject to ERISA, to which any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

Net Cash Proceeds ” means:

(a) with respect to the Disposition of any asset by the BV Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Casualty Event, the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event (including any cash or Cash Equivalents received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received and, with respect to any Casualty Event, any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of such Casualty Event actually received by or paid to or for the account of the BV Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) over (ii) the sum of (A) the principal amount of any Indebtedness that is secured by the asset subject to such Disposition or Casualty Event and that is required to be repaid (and is timely repaid) in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event (other than Indebtedness under the Loan Documents), (B) the out-of-pocket fees and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees) actually incurred by the BV Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event, (C) taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable in connection therewith by the BV Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary and attributable to such Disposition or Casualty Event (including, in respect of any proceeds received in connection with a Disposition or Casualty Event of any asset of any Restricted Subsidiary organized under the laws of a jurisdiction different from the jurisdiction of organization of the Borrower that is its most direct parent company, deductions in respect of withholding taxes that are payable in cash if such funds are repatriated to the jurisdiction of the relevant Borrower) and (D) any reserve for adjustment in respect of (1) the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP and (2) any liabilities associated with such asset or assets and retained by the BV Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction and it being understood that “Net Cash Proceeds” shall include, without limitation, any cash or Cash Equivalents (i) received upon the Disposition of any non-cash consideration received by the BV Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any such Disposition or Casualty Event and (ii) upon the reversal (without the satisfaction of any applicable liabilities in cash in a corresponding amount) of any reserve described in clause (D)  above or, if such liabilities have not been satisfied

 

Credit Agreement

29


in cash and such reserve not reversed within three hundred and sixty-five (365) days after such Disposition or Casualty Event, the amount of such reserve; provided that (x) no proceeds realized in a single transaction or series of related transactions shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds unless such proceeds shall exceed $10,000,000 and (y) no proceeds shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds under this clause (a)  in any fiscal year until the aggregate amount of all such proceeds in such fiscal year shall exceed $20,000,000 (and thereafter only proceeds in excess of such amount shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds under this clause (a) ).

(b) with respect to the issuance of any Equity Interest by the BV Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the excess of (i) the sum of the cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with such issuance over (ii) all taxes (including, in respect of any proceeds received in connection with the issuance of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary organized under the laws of a jurisdiction different from the jurisdiction of organization of the Borrower that is its most direct parent company, deductions in respect of withholding taxes that are payable in cash if such funds are repatriated to the jurisdiction of the relevant Borrower) and fees (including investment banking fees, underwriting discounts, commissions, costs and other out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and other customary expenses) incurred by the BV Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such issuance; and

(c) with respect to the incurrence or issuance of any Indebtedness by the BV Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of the cash received in connection with such incurrence or issuance over (ii) the investment banking fees, underwriting discounts, commissions, costs and other out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and other customary expenses, incurred by the BV Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such incurrence or issuance (including, in the case of Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary organized under the laws of a jurisdiction different from the jurisdiction of organization of the Borrower that is its most direct parent company, deductions in respect of withholding taxes that are payable in cash if such funds are repatriated to the jurisdiction of the relevant Borrower).

Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(d) .

Nonrenewal Notice Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(iii) .

Non-US Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.15(a)(i) .

Not Otherwise Applied ” means, with reference to any amount of Net Cash Proceeds of any transaction or event or of Excess Cash Flow, that such amount (a) was not required to be applied to prepay the Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b) , (b) was not previously included in a calculation of “Consolidated EBITDA” pursuant to clause (b)(xiii) of the definition thereof and (c) was not previously applied in determining the permissibility of a transaction under the Loan Documents where such permissibility was (or may have been) contingent on receipt of such amount.

Note ” means a US Term Note, a Euro Term Note or a Revolving Credit Note, as the context may require.

Notice of Intent to Make An Equity Infusion ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02(b) .

NPL ” means the National Priorities List under CERCLA.

 

Credit Agreement

30


Obligations ” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents include (a) the obligation to pay principal, interest, Letter of Credit commissions, charges, expenses, fees, Attorney Costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) the obligation of any Loan Party to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that any Lender, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay or advance on behalf of such Loan Party.

Organization Documents ” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-US jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Other Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(b) .

Outstanding Amount ” means (a) with respect to the Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans on any date, the principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans (including any refinancing of outstanding unpaid drawings under Letters of Credit or L/C Credit Extensions as a Revolving Credit Borrowing) and Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (b) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount thereof on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes thereto as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding unpaid drawings under any Letters of Credit (including any refinancing of outstanding unpaid drawings under Letters of Credit or L/C Credit Extensions as a Revolving Credit Borrowing) or any reductions in the maximum amount available for drawing under Letters of Credit taking effect on such date.

Parent ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(d) .

Participating Member States ” has the meaning given to it in Council Regulation EC No. 1103/97 of 17 June 1997 made under Article 235 of the Treaty on European Union.

Patriot Act ” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into Law October 26, 2001)).

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

 

Credit Agreement

31


Pension Plan ” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five (5) plan years.

Permitted Acquisition ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02(i) .

Permitted Capital Expenditure Amount ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 7.15 .

Permitted Encumbrances ” has the meaning specified in the Mortgages.

Permitted Holders ” means the Sponsor and the Management Shareholders.

Permitted Other Investment ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02(n) .

Permitted Refinancing ” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, (b) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (c) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, taken as a whole, (d) the terms and conditions (including, if applicable, as to collateral) of any such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended Indebtedness are not materially less favorable to the Loan Parties or the Lenders than the terms and conditions of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (e) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is incurred by the Person or Persons who are the obligors on the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, and such new or additional obligors as are permitted under Section 7.03 or as are or become Loan Parties in accordance with Section 6.12 and with respect to subordinated Indebtedness the obligations of such obligors shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in documentation governing the Indebtedness, taken as a whole and (f) at the time thereof, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness ” means any unsecured Indebtedness of a Borrower that (a) is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of the Obligations on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Lenders than the terms and conditions set forth in the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture, (b) is not scheduled to mature prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the scheduled Maturity Date of the Term Loan Facility, (c) has no scheduled amortization or payments of principal prior to the Maturity Date of the Term Loan Facility, and (d) has covenant, default and remedy provisions no more restrictive, or mandatory prepayment, repurchase or redemption provisions no more onerous or expansive in scope, taken as a whole, than those set forth in the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture.

 

Credit Agreement

32


Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Platform ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02 .

Pledged Debt ” has the meaning specified in the applicable Security Agreement.

Pledged Equity ” has the meaning specified in the applicable Security Agreement.

Post-Acquisition Period ” means, with respect to any Permitted Acquisition, the period beginning on the date such Permitted Acquisition is consummated and ending on the last day of the sixth full consecutive fiscal quarter immediately following the date on which such Permitted Acquisition is consummated.

Prepayment Percentage ” means the applicable percentage based on the Leverage Ratio set forth below for each item set forth below:

 

Level

   Debt     Equity Interests     Excess Cash Flow  

Level I > 5.00:1

   100 %   50 %   50 %

Level II < 5.00:1 but > 4.00:1

   50 %   0 %   25 %

Level III < 4.00:1

   0 %   0 %   0 %

Any increase or decrease in the Prepayment Percentage resulting from a change in the Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(b) ; provided that at the option of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders Level I shall apply (x) as of the first Business Day after the date on which a Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered but was not delivered, and shall continue to so apply to and including the date on which such Compliance Certificate is so delivered (and thereafter the Level otherwise determined in accordance with this definition shall apply) and (y) as of the first Business Day after an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and shall continue to so apply to but excluding the date on which such Event of Default is cured or waived (and thereafter the Level otherwise determined in accordance with this definition shall apply).

Professional Market Party ” means a professional market party ( professionele marktpartij ) as defined in the Dutch Exemption Regulation, which includes, among others:

(a) Persons regulated in any country to operate lawfully in financial markets;

(b) Persons lawfully engaged in regulated activities in financial markets without being regulated;

(c) central governments, central banks, regional and other decentralized governmental bodies, international treaty organizations and supranational organizations;

 

Credit Agreement

33


(d) Persons meeting at least two of the following criteria according to their most recent consolidated or non-consolidated annual accounts: (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the financial year, (2) total assets of at least €43,000,000, and (3) annual net turnover of at least €50,000,000;

(e) Persons with a registered office in The Netherlands who, at their request, have been entered into the register of qualified investors (within the meaning of Directive 2003/71/EC) maintained by the Netherlands Authority for the Financial Markets ( Stichting Autoriteit Financiële Markten );

(f) individual residents in The Netherlands who, at their request, have been entered into the register of qualified investors and who meet at least two of the following criteria: (1) they have carried out at least 10 sizeable transactions on financial markets in each of the preceding four calendar quarters, (2) the size of their securities portfolio is at least €500,000, and (3) they have worked for at least one year in the financial sector in a position that requires knowledge of investment in securities;

(g) Persons having as their sole corporate objective investment in securities (e.g. hedge funds);

(h) issuers of collateralized debt instruments in relation to such collateralized debt instruments;

(i) Persons who have total assets of at least €500,000,000 according to their balance sheet at the end of the year preceding the year in which they became a Lender or participated in any Commitment to a Dutch Borrower hereunder;

(j) Persons (i) who have net assets of at least €10,000,000 as of the end of the year preceding the year in which they became a Lender or participated in any Commitment to a Dutch Borrower hereunder and (ii) who have been active in financial markets on average at least twice per month during the preceding two consecutive years;

(k) Subsidiaries of a Professional Market Party, as defined in paragraphs (a) to (h) inclusive, that are supervised on a consolidated basis; or

(l) Persons with, and Persons that issue securities with, a rating assigned by a rating agency recognized by the Dutch Central Bank.

Pro Forma Adjustment ” means, for any period for which the financial covenants contained in Section 7.11 are measured that includes all or any part of a fiscal quarter included in any Post-Acquisition Period, with respect to the Acquired EBITDA of the applicable entity or business acquired in a Permitted Acquisition or the Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower Parties, the pro forma increase or decrease in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, projected by the Borrowers in good faith as a result of (a) any action taken during such Post-Acquisition Period for the purposes of realizing reasonable identifiable and factually supportable cost savings or (b) any additional costs incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, in each case in connection with the combination of the operations of such entity or business with the operations of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that, so long as such actions are taken during such Post-Acquisition Period or such costs are incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, as applicable, the cost savings related to such actions or such additional costs, as applicable, it may be assumed, for purposes of projecting such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, that such cost savings will be realized during the entirety of such period, or such additional costs, as applicable, will be incurred during the entirety of such period; provided further that any such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, shall be without duplication for cost savings or additional costs already included in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, for such period.

 

Credit Agreement

34


Pro Forma Basis ”, “ Pro Forma Compliance ” and “ Pro Forma Effect ” means, for purposes of calculating compliance with each of the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.11 in respect of a Specified Transaction, that such Specified Transaction and the following transactions in connection therewith shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the applicable period of measurement in such covenant: (a) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person subject to such Specified Transaction, (i) in the case of a Permitted Acquisition or Investment described in the definition of “Specified Transaction”, shall be included and (ii) in the case of a Disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of or all of the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary of the BV Borrower or any division or product line of the BV Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall be excluded, (b) any retirement of Indebtedness, and (c) any Indebtedness incurred or assumed by the BV Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith and if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate which is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination; provided that the foregoing pro forma adjustments may be applied to the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.11 solely to the extent that such adjustments are consistent with the definition of Consolidated EBITDA and give effect to events that are (i) (x) directly attributable to such transaction, (y) expected to have a continuing impact on the BV Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (z) factually supportable or based on the reasonable good faith of the Responsible Officer executing the Compliance Certificate or (ii) otherwise consistent with the definition of Pro Forma Adjustment.

Pro Rata Share ” means, with respect to each Lender at any time, a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Commitments of such Lender under the applicable Facility or Facilities (or in the case of any Term Lender under any Term Loan Facility under which Term Loans have been made, the Outstanding Amount of such Lender’s Term Loans under such Facility) at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Aggregate Commitments under the applicable Facility or Facilities (or in the case of any Term Loan Facility under which Term Loans have been made, the Outstanding Amount of all Term Loans under such Facility) at such time; provided that if such Commitments have been terminated, then the Pro Rata Share of each Lender shall be determined based on the Pro Rata Share of such Lender immediately prior to such termination and after giving effect to any subsequent assignments made pursuant to the terms hereof.

Public Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02 .

Purchase Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.

Purchased Subsidiary ” has the meaning specified in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.

Qualifying IPO ” means the issuance by the Qualifying IPO Issuer of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933 (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).

 

Credit Agreement

35


Qualifying IPO Issuer ” means any of Parent or the BV Borrower or a corporation or other legal entity which owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the outstanding equity interests of any of Parent or the BV Borrower.

Rate Fixing Day ” means the day which market practice in the European Interbank Market treats as the rate fixing day for obtaining deposits in Euro which shall be (i) one Business Days prior to the date of the proposed Borrowing with respect to the initial Interest Period and (ii) two Business Days prior to the first day of any other Interest Period.

“Reference Bank” means each of the Arrangers.

Refinanced Term Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01 .

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(c) .

Related Documents ” means the Purchase Agreement, the Senior Notes Documents and the Senior Subordinated Notes Documents.

Replacement Term Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01 .

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the thirty (30) day notice period has been waived.

Request for Credit Extension ” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.

Required Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of the (a) Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition), (b) aggregate unused Term Commitments and (c) aggregate unused Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that the unused Term Commitment, unused Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer or other similar officer of a Loan Party or, in the case of any BV Borrower or any Foreign Subsidiary, any duly appointed authorized signatory or any director or managing member of such Person and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any secretary or assistant secretary. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interest of the BV Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to the stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Persons thereof) of the BV Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Credit Agreement

36


Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the BV Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing or a Euro Revolving Credit Borrowing.

Revolving Credit Commitment ” means a Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment or a Euro Revolving Credit Commitment.

Revolving Credit Commitment Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.09(a) .

Revolving Credit Commitment Period ” means the period from and including the Closing Date to but not including the Maturity Date of the Revolving Credit Facility or any earlier date on which the Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate as provided herein.

Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate Dollar Amount of the Revolving Credit Lenders’ Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.

Revolving Credit Lender ” means, at any time, the collective reference to the Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders and the Euro Revolving Credit Lenders.

Revolving Credit Loan ” means the collective reference to the Dollar Revolving Credit Loans and the Euro Revolving Credit Loans.

Revolving Credit Note ” means a promissory note of a Borrower payable to any Revolving Credit Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-2 hereto, evidencing the aggregate indebtedness of such Borrower to such Revolving Credit Lender resulting from the Revolving Credit Loans made by such Revolving Credit Lender to such Borrower.

Rollover Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.15(b) .

Rollover Equity ” means the “rollover” by Management Shareholders, concurrently with the consummation of the Acquisition, of Equity Interests held in the Seller into Equity Interests in the Parent.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

Screen Rate ” means the percentage rate per annum determined by the Banking Federation of the European Union for the relevant period, displayed on the appropriate page of the Telerate screen. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Administrative Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Secured Hedge Agreement ” means any Swap Contract required or permitted under Article 6 or Article 7 that is entered into by and between any Loan Party and any Hedge Bank.

Secured Hedge Obligations ” means any Obligation arising under a Secured Hedge Agreement.

Secured Obligations ” has the meaning specified in the Domestic Security Agreement.

 

Credit Agreement

37


Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, Affiliates of the Lenders in the case of Cash Management Obligations, the Hedge Banks, the Bilateral Providers and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Article 9 .

Security Agreement ” means, collectively, the Domestic Security Agreement, the Foreign Security Agreements, the Intellectual Property Security Agreements and each other Collateral Document executed and delivered pursuant to Section 4.01 , Section 6.12 and Section 6.14 , each in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, to secure the Obligations of each Loan Party under its respective Loan Documents.

Security Agreement Supplement ” has the meaning specified in the applicable Security Agreement, if applicable.

Senior Notes ” means the $450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the BV Borrower’s 8.0% senior notes due 2014 issued in a public offering or in a Rule 144A or other private placement pursuant to the Senior Notes Indenture.

Senior Notes Documents ” means the Senior Notes, the Senior Notes Indenture, and all other documents executed and delivered with respect to the Senior Notes or the Senior Notes Indenture.

Senior Notes Indenture ” means the Indenture dated as of April 27, 2006, pursuant to which the Senior Notes were issued.

Senior Secured Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to the Borrower Parties on a consolidated basis, as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the BV Borrower for the four (4) fiscal quarter period ending on such date, the ratio of (a) consolidated senior secured indebtedness of the Borrower Parties on the last day of such period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower Parties for such period.

Senior Subordinated Notes ” means the €245,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the BV Borrower’s 9.0% senior subordinated notes due 2016 issued in a public offering or in a Rule 144A or other private placement pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Notes Documents ” means the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture, and all other documents executed and delivered with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture ” means the Indenture dated as of April 27, 2006, pursuant to which the Senior Subordinated Notes were issued.

Shareholders Agreement ” means, collectively, (i) the Securityholders Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2006, by and among Sensata Investment Company S.C.A., Sensata Technologies Holding B.V., Sensata Management Company S.A., funds managed by Bain Capital Partners, LLC or its Affiliates, Asia Opportunity Fund II, L.P. and AOF II Employee Co-Invest Fund, L.P. and (ii) the Investors Right Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2006, by and among Sensata Investment Company S.C.A., Sensata Technologies Holding B.V., Sensata Management Company S.A., funds managed by Bain Capital Partners, LLC or its Affiliates and K&E Investment Partners, LP.

Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such

 

Credit Agreement

38


Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to generally pay such debts and liabilities as they mature and (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

SPC ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(g) .

Specified Asset Sale ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(vi) .

Specified Junior Financing Obligations ” means (a) any obligations of any Borrower in respect of any Junior Financing or (b) any obligations of any other Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Junior Financing having an aggregate principal amount of more than the Threshold Amount.

Specified Transaction ” means any (a) Disposition of all or substantially all the assets of or all the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary or of any division or product line of the BV Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) Permitted Acquisition, (c) designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case in accordance with Section 6.16 or (d) the proposed incurrence of Indebtedness or making of a Restricted Payment in respect of which compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.11 is by the terms of this Agreement required to be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

Sponsor Management Agreement ” means the Advisory Agreement dated April 27, 2006 among Sensata Investment Company S.C.A., Sensata Technologies Holding B.V., the BV Borrower, Bain Capital Partners, LLC, Portfolio Company Advisors Limited, Bain Capital Ltd. and CCMP Capital Asia Ltd., as amended from time to time.

Sponsor ” means, collectively, Bain Capital Fund VIII, L.P. and/or its Affiliates (including, as applicable, related funds, general partners thereof and limited partners thereof, but solely to the extent any such limited partners are directly or indirectly participating as investors pursuant to a side-by-side investing arrangement, but not including, however, any portfolio company of any of the foregoing).

Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the BV Borrower.

Surviving Debt ” means Indebtedness of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries outstanding immediately before and after the Initial Extension of Credit set forth on Schedule 5.20 .

Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward contracts, future contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, repurchase

 

Credit Agreement

39


agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, sell buy back and buy sell back agreements, and securities lending and borrowing agreements or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a) , the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

Swing Line Borrowing ” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04 .

Swing Line Facility ” means the revolving credit facility made available by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04 .

Swing Line Lender ” means the Initial Swing Line Lender in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.

Swing Line Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a) .

Swing Line Loan Notice ” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(b) , which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

Swing Line Note ” means a promissory note of any Borrower payable to the Swing Line Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto, evidencing the aggregate indebtedness of such Borrower to such Swing Line Lender resulting from the Swing Line Loans made by the Swing Line Lender.

Swing Line Sublimit ” means $25,000,000. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Credit Facility.

Syndication Agent ” means Banc of America Securities LLC, as syndication agent under this Agreement.

Synthetic Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination thereof, all Obligations of such Person in respect of transactions entered into by such Person that are intended to function primarily as a borrowing of funds (including, without limitation, any minority interest transactions that function primarily as a borrowing) but are not otherwise included in the definition of “Indebtedness” or as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

Target ” has the meaning specified in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.

 

Credit Agreement

40


Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(a) .

Term Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Term Loans of the same Type (if applicable) and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans and EURIBOR Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Term Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(a) .

Term Commitment ” means a US Term Commitment and/or a Euro Term Commitment, as the context may require.

Term Lender ” means a US Term Lender and/or a Euro Term Lender, as the context may require.

Term Loan Facility ” means the Term Loans or the Additional Term Loans, as the context may require.

Term Loans ” means US Term Loans and/or Euro Term Loans, as the context may require.

Term Note ” means a promissory note of any Borrower payable to any Term Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto, evidencing the aggregate indebtedness of such Borrower to such Term Lender resulting from the Term Loans made by such Term Lender.

Threshold Amount ” means $50,000,000.

Total Outstandings ” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.

Transactions ” means, collectively, (a) the Equity Contributions, (b) the Acquisition, (c) the execution and delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of each Loan Document to which they are a party executed and delivered or to be executed and delivered on or prior to the Closing Date, and, in the case of each Borrower, the making of the initial Borrowings hereunder, (d) the execution, delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of the Senior Subordinated Notes Documents to which they are a party and, in the case of the BV Borrower, the issuance of the Senior Subordinated Notes, (e) the execution, delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of the Senior Notes Documents to which they are a party and, in the case of the BV Borrower, the issuance of the Senior Notes, (f) the consummation of any other transactions in connection with the foregoing, and (g) the payment of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with any of the foregoing.

Type ” means, with respect to a Loan denominated in Dollars, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

Ultimate Parent ” means Sensata Technologies Holding B.V.

Unfunded Advances/Participations ” means (a) with respect to the Administrative Agent, the aggregate amount, if any (i) made available to the Borrowers on the assumption that each Appropriate Lender has made its Pro Rata Share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent and (ii) with respect to which a corresponding amount shall not in fact have been made available to the Administrative Agent by any such Lender, (b) with respect to the Swing Line Lender, the aggregate amount, if any, of participations in respect of any outstanding Swing Line Loan that shall not have been funded by the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with Section 2.04(c) and (c) with respect to the L/C Issuer, the aggregate amount of L/C Borrowings.

 

Credit Agreement

41


Uniform Commercial Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction, to the extent it may be required to apply to the creation or perfection of a security interest in any item or items of Collateral.

United States ” and “ US ” mean the United States of America.

Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(c)(i) .

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the BV Borrower designated by the board of directors of the BV Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.16 subsequent to the date hereof.

US Acquisition Co. ” means Sensata Technologies, Inc., a wholly-owned indirect Subsidiary of the BV Borrower formed for the purpose of acquiring all of the assets of the Acquired Business and all of the capital stock of the Purchased Subsidiaries located in the United States.

US Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

US Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.15(b) .

US Term Commitment ” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to make a US Term Loan to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.01(a) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “US Term Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The aggregate amount of the US Term Commitments as of the Closing Date is $950,000,000.

US Term Loan Facility ” means the Term Loans or the Additional Term Loans, as the context may require.

US Term Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(a) .

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Yield Differential ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a) .

SECTION 1.02. Other Interpretive Provisions . With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

(b) (i) The words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

 

Credit Agreement

42


(ii) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Loan Document in which such reference appears.

(iii) The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.

(c) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including.”

(d) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

SECTION 1.03. Accounting Terms . (a) All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, as in effect from time to time. All financial ratios calculated pursuant to Section 7.11 shall be calculated in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Historical Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

(b) If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio set forth in any Loan Document, and either the BV Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent and the BV Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders and Borrowers); provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the BV Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders a written reconciliation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, between calculations of such ratio made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, financial ratios and other financial calculations pursuant to this Agreement shall, following any Specified Transaction, be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis. In addition, the financial ratios and related definitions set forth in the Loan Documents shall be computed to exclude the application of ASR 268, Topic D98, FAS 133, FAS 150 or FAS 123r (to the extent these pronouncements under FAS 123r result in recording an equity award as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet of the BV Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the circumstance where, but for the application of the pronouncements, such award would have been classified as equity).

SECTION 1.04. Rounding . Any financial ratios required to be maintained by any Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (or required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement) shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

SECTION 1.05. References to Agreements and Laws . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to Organization Documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by any Loan Document; and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.

 

Credit Agreement

43


SECTION 1.06. Times of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

SECTION 1.07. Timing of Payment or Performance . When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment (other than as described in the definition of Interest Period) or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

SECTION 1.08. Currency Equivalents Generally. (a) Any amount specified in this Agreement (other than in Articles 2, 9 and 10 or as set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section) or any of the other Loan Documents to be in Dollars shall also include the equivalent of such amount in any currency other than Dollars, such equivalent amount to be determined at the rate of exchange quoted by the Reuters World Currency Page for the applicable currency at 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such day (or, in the event such rate does not appear on any Reuters World Currency Page, by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the relevant Borrower, or, in the absence of such agreement, such rate shall instead be the arithmetic average of the spot rates of exchange of the Administrative Agent in the market where its foreign currency exchange operations in respect of such currency are then being conducted, at or about 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on such date for the purchase of Dollars for delivery two Business Days later); provided that the determination determining compliance with Section 7.01, 7.01 and 7.03 with respect to any amount of Indebtedness or Investment in a currency other than Dollars, no Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of changes in rates of exchange occurring after the time such Indebtedness or Investment is incurred; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.08 shall otherwise apply to such Sections, including with respect to determining whether any Indebtedness or Investment may be incurred at any time under such Sections.

(b) For purposes of determining compliance under Sections 7.02, 7.05, 7.06, 7.11 and 7.15, any amount in a currency other than Dollars will be converted to Dollars based on the average Exchange Rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period; provided, however , that the foregoing shall not be deemed to apply to the determination of any amount of Indebtedness. For purposes of determining compliance with Section 7.11, the Dollar Amount of each Euro Loan and the equivalent in Dollars of any other Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than Dollars will reflect the currency translation effects, determined in accordance with GAAP, of Swap Contracts for currency exchange risks with respect to the applicable currency in effect on the date of determination of the Dollar Amount of such Euro Loan or the Dollar equivalent of such other Indebtedness.

ARTICLE 2

THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

SECTION 2.01. The Loans . (a)  The US Term Borrowing . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make to the BV Borrower or the US Borrower (as directed by the BV Borrower) a single Dollar loan on the Closing Date (each, a “ US Term Loan ” and, collectively, the “ US Term Loans ”) in an amount equal to such Lender’s US Term Commitment. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(a) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. US Term Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

 

Credit Agreement

44


(b) The Euro Term Borrowing . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make to the BV Borrower a single Euro-denominated loan on the Closing Date (each, a “ Euro Term Loan ” and, collectively, the “ Euro Term Loans ”) in an amount equal to such Lender’s Euro Term Commitment. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(b) and repaid may not be reborrowed.

(c) The Revolving Credit Borrowings . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (i) each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make loans denominated in Dollars to any Borrower as elected by such Borrower pursuant to Section 2.02 (each such loan, a “ Dollar Revolving Credit Loan ”) from time to time, on any Business Day until the Maturity Date during the Revolving Credit Commitment Period, in an aggregate Dollar Amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and (ii) each Euro Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make loans denominated in Euros to any Borrower as elected by such Borrower pursuant to Section 2.02 (each such loan, an “ Euro Revolving Credit Loan ”) from time to time, on any Business Day until the Maturity Date, in an aggregate Dollar Amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that after giving effect to any Revolving Credit Borrowing, (i) the aggregate Dollar Amount of the Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any Revolving Credit Lender, plus such Dollar Amount of the Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans, shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and (ii) the aggregate Dollar Amount of Euro Revolving Credit Loans and L/C Obligations in respect of Euro Letters of Credit shall not exceed the Euro Sublimit. Within the limits of each Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, each Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01(c) , prepay under Section 2.05 , and reborrow under this Section 2.01(c) . Dollar Revolving Credit Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Loans, as further provided herein, and Euro Revolving Credit Loans must be EURIBOR Loans, as further provided herein; provided that all Dollar Revolving Credit Loans made by each of the Lenders pursuant to the same Borrowing shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type made to the same Borrower.

SECTION 2.02. Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans . (a) Each Term Borrowing, each Revolving Credit Borrowing, each conversion of US Term Loans or Dollar Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the relevant Borrower’s irrevocable (except as provided in Section 3.02 , Section 3.03 and Section 3.04 herein) notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent (i) not later than 12:00 p.m. (noon) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans, continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or any conversion of Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) not later than 12:00 p.m. (noon) one (1) Business Day before the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans and (iii) not later than 12:00 p.m. (noon) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of Euro Term Loans or Euro Revolving Credit Loans. Each telephonic notice by a Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of such Borrower. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof (or comparable amounts determined by the Administrative Agent in the case of Euro Loans). Except as provided in Section 2.03(c)(i) and Section 2.04(c)(i) , each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed

 

Credit Agreement

45


Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the relevant Borrower is requesting a US Term Borrowing, a Euro Term Borrowing, a Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing, a Euro Revolving Credit Borrowing, a conversion of US Term Loans or Dollar Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing US Term Loans or Dollar Revolving Credit Loans are to be converted, (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto and (vi) the account of the relevant Borrower to be credited with the proceeds of such Borrowing. If, with respect to Loans denominated in Dollars the relevant Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable US Term Loans or Dollar Revolving Credit Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans. If the relevant Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period (or fails to give a timely notice requesting a continuation of EURIBOR Loans denominated in Euros), it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one (1) month. If no currency is specified, the requested Borrowing shall be in Dollars.

(b) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of the amount of its Pro Rata Share of the applicable Class of Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the relevant Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans or continuation described in Section 2.02(a) . In the case of each Borrowing, each Appropriate Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 12:00 p.m. (noon) on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (or, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 4.01 ), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the relevant Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent by wire transfer of such funds in accordance with instructions provided to the Administrative Agent by such Borrower.

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan unless the relevant Borrower pays the amount due, if any, under Section 3.05 in connection therewith. During the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may require that no Loans may be converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the relevant Borrower and the Appropriate Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the Eurodollar Rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the relevant Borrower and the Appropriate Lenders of any change in the Administrative Agent’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the determination of such change.

(e) After giving effect to all Term Borrowings, all Revolving Credit Borrowings, all conversions of US Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of US Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than fifteen (15) Interest Periods in effect.

 

Credit Agreement

46


(f) The failure of any Lender to make the Loan to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Loan on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Loan to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.

SECTION 2.03. Letters of Credit . (a)  The Letter of Credit Commitment . (i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) the L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03 , (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or Euros for the account of the Borrowers (or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as a Borrower is a joint and several co-applicant, and references to a “Borrower” in this Section 2.03 shall be deemed to include reference to such Restricted Subsidiary) and to amend or renew Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b) , and (2) to honor drafts under the Letters of Credit; and (B) the Revolving Credit Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the relevant Borrower; provided that the L/C Issuer shall not be obligated to make any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, and no Lender shall be obligated to participate in any Letter of Credit if, as of the date of such L/C Credit Extension, (x) the aggregate Dollar Amount of Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any Revolving Credit Lender, plus such Lender’s Dollar Amount of Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans, would exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, (y) the Dollar Amount of Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit or (z) the aggregate Dollar Amount of Euro Revolving Credit Loans and L/C Obligations in respect of Euro Letters of Credit would exceed the Euro Sublimit. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the relevant Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly such Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

(ii) The L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that the L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which, in each case, the L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;

(B) subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii) , the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit, prior to giving effect to any automatic renewal, would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last renewal, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date;

(C) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Revolving Credit Lenders have approved such expiry date; or

 

Credit Agreement

47


(D) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate any Laws or one or more policies of the L/C Issuer.

(iii) The L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Renewal Letters of Credit . (i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the relevant Borrower delivered to the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of such Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. at least ten (10) days, or such shorter period as mutually agreed, prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be, or such later date and time as the L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in its sole discretion. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (G) the currency in which the requested Letter of Credit will denominated; and (H) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may reasonably request. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may reasonably request.

(ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the relevant Borrower and, if not, the L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Upon receipt by the L/C Issuer of confirmation from the Administrative Agent that the requested issuance or amendment is permitted in accordance with the terms hereof (such confirmation to be promptly provided by the Administrative Agent), then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the relevant Borrower or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the L/C Issuer an unfunded risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Letter of Credit.

(iii) If the relevant Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic renewal provisions (each, an “ Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit must permit the L/C Issuer to prevent any such renewal at least once in each twelve month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Nonrenewal Notice Date ”) in each such twelve month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the L/C Issuer, no Borrower shall be required to make a specific request to the L/C Issuer for any such renewal. Once an Auto-

 

Credit Agreement

48


Renewal Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the L/C Issuer to permit the renewal of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided that the L/C Issuer shall not permit any such renewal if (A) the L/C Issuer has determined that it would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its renewed form under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of Section 2.03(a)(ii) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is five (5) Business Days before the Nonrenewal Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such renewal or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Revolving Credit Lender or any Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.03 is not then satisfied.

(iv) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the L/C Issuer will also deliver to the relevant Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

(c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations . (i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall notify the relevant Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. Not later than 12:00 p.m. (noon) on the Business Day immediately following any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”), the relevant Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing. If any Borrower fails to so reimburse the L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Credit Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (expressed in Dollars in the Dollar Amount thereof in the case of Euros) (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof. In such event, the relevant Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02(a) for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Any notice given by the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of a prompt confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

(ii) Each Revolving Credit Lender (including the Lender acting as the L/C Issuer) shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer, in Dollars, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii) , each Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the relevant Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the L/C Issuer.

(iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the relevant Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03 .

 

Credit Agreement

49


(iv) Until each Revolving Credit Lender funds its Revolving Credit Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such amount shall be solely for the account of the L/C Issuer.

(v) Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse the L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c) , shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the L/C Issuer, any Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided that each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the relevant Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the relevant Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

(vi) If any Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii) , the L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. A certificate of the L/C Issuer submitted to any Revolving Credit Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.03(c)(vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Repayment of Participations . (i) If, at any time after the L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Revolving Credit Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c) , the Administrative Agent receives for the account of the L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the relevant Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

(ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(d)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Revolving Credit Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.

 

Credit Agreement

50


(e) Obligations Absolute . The obligation of each Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit issued for its account and to repay each L/C Borrowing relating to any Letter of Credit issued for its account shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that such Borrower or the applicable other Borrower or applicable Restricted Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

(iv) any payment by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law;

(v) any exchange, release or nonperfection of any Collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from the Guaranty or any other guarantee, for all or any of the Obligations of such Borrower in respect of such Letter of Credit; or

(vi) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, such Borrower;

provided that the foregoing shall not excuse the L/C Issuer from liability to such Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are waived by such Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable Law) suffered by such Borrower that are determined by a nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have been caused by the L/C Issuer’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof.] Each Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit issued for its account and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with such Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, such Borrower will promptly notify the L/C Issuer. Each Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

(f) Role of L/C Issuer . Each Lender and each Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain

 

Credit Agreement

51


or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuer, any Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of the L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Application. Each Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude such Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at Law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuer, any Agent-Related Person, nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of the L/C Issuer, shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i)  through (vi)  of Section 2.03(e) ; provided that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, each relevant Borrower may have a claim against the L/C Issuer, and the L/C Issuer may be liable to such Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by such Borrower which such Borrower proves were caused by the L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence or the L/C Issuer’s willful or grossly negligent or bad faith failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

(g) Cash Collateral . Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, (i) if the L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 to a Revolving Credit Borrowing cannot then be met, or (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any Letter of Credit may for any reason remain outstanding and partially or wholly undrawn, the relevant Borrower shall promptly Cash Collateralize (x) in the case of clause (i) , 100% and (y) in the case of clause (ii) , 103%, in each case, the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations (such Outstanding Amount to be determined as of the date of such L/C Borrowing or the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, as the case may be) or, in the case of clause (ii) , provide a back to back letter of credit in a face amount at least equal to 103% of the then undrawn amount of such Letter of Credit from an issuer and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuer in its reasonable discretion. Any Letter of Credit that is so Cash Collateralized or in respect of which such a back-to-back letter of credit shall have been issued shall be deemed no longer outstanding for purposes of this Agreement. For purposes hereof, “ Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances (“ Cash Collateral ”) pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in deposit accounts designated by the Administrative Agent and which is under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent and shall be deposited in an interest-bearing account. If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that any funds held as Cash Collateral are subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent or claims of the depositary bank arising by operation of law or that the total amount of such funds is less than the amount required by the first sentence of this clause (g) , the relevant Borrower will, forthwith upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay to the Administrative Agent, as additional funds to be deposited and held in the deposit accounts designated by the Administrative Agent

 

Credit Agreement

52


as aforesaid, an amount equal to the excess of (x) 100% or 103%, as applicable, of such aggregate Outstanding Amount over (y) the total amount of funds, if any, then held as Cash Collateral that the Administrative Agent reasonably determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit as Cash Collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Law, to reimburse the L/C Issuer. To the extent the amount of any Cash Collateral exceeds 100% or 103%, as applicable, of the then Outstanding Amount of such L/C Obligations and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the excess shall be refunded to the relevant Borrower.

(h) Applicability of ISP98 and UCP . Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and the relevant Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance) shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.

(i) Letter of Credit Fees . Each Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share a Letter of Credit fee for each Letter of Credit issued for the account of such Borrower equal to the Applicable Rate times the daily maximum amount then available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. Such letter of credit fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such letter of credit fees shall be due and payable on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily maximum amount of each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.

(j) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer . Each Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit issued for the account of such Borrower equal to 0.125% per annum of the daily maximum amount then available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. Such fronting fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fees shall be due and payable on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. In addition, each Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees not related to the fronting fee and standard costs and charges are due and payable within five (5) Business Days of written demand by the L/C Issuer setting forth in reasonable detail such costs and charges and are nonrefundable.

(k) Conflict with Letter of Credit Application . In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Letter of Credit Application, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

SECTION 2.04. Swing Line Loans . (a)  The Swing Line . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “ Swing Line Loan ”) to each Borrower from time to time on any Business Day (other than the Closing Date) during the Revolving Credit Commitment Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of Loans and L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided that after giving effect to

 

Credit Agreement

53


any Swing Line Loan, the aggregate Dollar Amount of the Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any Revolving Credit Lender, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Dollar Amount of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment; provided further that neither Borrower shall use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrowers may borrow under this Section 2.04 , prepay under Section 2.05 , and reborrow under this Section 2.04 . Each Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan. Swing Line Loans shall only be denominated in Dollars. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender an unfunded risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.

(b) Borrowing Procedures . Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the relevant Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $1,000,000 (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day and (iii) the account of the relevant Borrower to be credited with the proceeds of such Swing Line Borrowing. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the relevant Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Revolving Credit Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of such proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the first proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a) , or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the relevant Borrower.

(c) Refinancing of Swing Line Loans . (i) The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the relevant Borrower (each of which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Revolving Credit Lender make a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Each such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02(a) , without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 . The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the relevant Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Revolving Credit Lender shall make an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii) , each Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the relevant Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.

 

Credit Agreement

54


(ii) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Revolving Credit Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(c)(i) , the request for Base Rate Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Revolving Credit Lenders fund its risk participation in such Swing Line Loan and each such Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

(iii) If any Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(i) , the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii)  shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iv) Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, any Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided that each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by a Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice). No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the relevant Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

(d) Repayment of Participations . (i) At any time after any Revolving Credit Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share of such payment (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s risk participation was funded) in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Revolving Credit Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Federal Funds Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender.

(e) Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender . The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the relevant Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until each Revolving Credit Lender funds its Base Rate Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Pro Rata Share shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

 

Credit Agreement

55


(f) Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender . The relevant Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.

SECTION 2.05. Prepayments . (a)  Optional . (i) Any Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Loans made to such Borrower, in each case, in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (A) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. (noon) (1) three (3) Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans or EURIBOR Loans and (2) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (B) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans or EURIBOR Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (or comparable amounts determined by the Administrative Agent in the case of Euro Loans) or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding; and (C) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Class(es) and Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such prepayment. If such notice is given by a Borrower, such Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan or EURIBOR Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05 . Each prepayment of principal of, and interest on, Euro Loans shall be made in the relevant Euro. Each prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(a) shall be applied among the Facilities in such amounts and, in the case of the US Term Loan Facility and the Euro Term Loan Facility, in such order of maturity, as the relevant Borrower may direct in its sole discretion. Each prepayment made by a Borrower in respect of a particular Facility shall be paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of (and to be promptly disbursed to) the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.

(ii) Either Borrower may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (1) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. (noon) on the date of the prepayment, and (2) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000 or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by either Borrower, such Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any relevant Borrower may rescind any notice of prepayment under Section 2.05(a)(i) or Section 2.05(a)(ii) if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing of all of the Facilities, which refinancing shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed.

(b) Mandatory . (i) Within five (5) Business Days after financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) and the related Compliance Certificate has been delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(b) , the BV Borrower shall cause to be prepaid an aggregate principal amount of Term Loans, ratably, in an amount equal to (A) the Prepayment Percentage of Excess Cash Flow, if any, for the fiscal year covered by such financial statements (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31,

 

Credit Agreement

56


2007) minus (B) the sum of (1) the amount of any voluntary prepayments of Term Loans made pursuant to Section 2.05(a) during such fiscal year and (2) solely to the extent the amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments are reduced pursuant to Section 2.06 in connection therewith (and solely to the extent of the amount of such reduction), the amount of any voluntary prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans made pursuant to Section 2.05(a) during such fiscal year.

(A) If (x) the BV Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary Disposes of any property or assets (other than any Disposition of any property or assets permitted by Section 7.05(a) , (b) , (c) , (d) , (e) , (f)  (except to the extent clause (iii)  of the proviso thereto is applicable to such Disposition), (g) , (h) , (i) , (j)  or (m) ) or (y) any Casualty Event occurs, which results in the realization or receipt by the BV Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary of Net Cash Proceeds (other than Net Cash Proceeds from any Disposition permitted by Section 7.05(o) which shall be subject to Section 2.05(b)(i)(C ) below), the BV Borrower shall cause to be prepaid on or prior to the date which is ten (10) Business Days after the date of the realization or receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds an aggregate principal amount of Term Loans, ratably, in an amount equal to 100% of all Net Cash Proceeds received; provided that no such prepayment shall be required pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(i)(A) if, on or prior to such date, the BV Borrower shall have given written notice to the Administrative Agent of its intention to reinvest or cause to be reinvested all or a portion of such Net Cash Proceeds in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(i)(B) (which, except in the case of a Casualty Event, election may only be made if no Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing);

(B) With respect to any Net Cash Proceeds realized or received with respect to any Disposition (other than any Disposition specifically excluded from the application of Section 2.05(b)(i)(A ) or, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.05(b)(i)(C), any Disposition permitted under Section 7.05(o)) or any Casualty Event, at the option of the BV Borrower, and with respect to a Disposition, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the BV Borrower may reinvest or cause to be reinvested all or any portion of such Net Cash Proceeds in assets useful for its business within (x) three hundred and sixty-five (365) days of the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds or (y) if the BV Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary enters into a contract to reinvest such Net Cash Proceeds within three hundred and sixty-five (365) days of the receipt thereof, within one hundred and eighty (180) days of the date of such contract; provided that if any Net Cash Proceeds are not so reinvested within the applicable time periods set forth above in this Section 2.05(b)(i)(B) or are no longer intended to be so reinvested at any time after delivery of a notice of reinvestment election, an amount equal to any such Net Cash Proceeds shall be promptly applied to the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in this Section 2.05 ; and

(C) If the BV Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary Disposes of any property or assets pursuant to Section 7.05(o), the BV Borrower shall, within ten (10) Business Days after the realization of such Net Cash Proceeds, (x)  first , cause to be prepaid an aggregate principal amount of Term Loans, ratably, in an amount sufficient to ensure that after giving pro forma effect to such Disposition, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall not be greater than the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio of the Borrower Parties on a consolidated basis as of the end of the fiscal quarter of the BV Borrower immediately prior to such Disposition and (y)  second , cause to be redeemed (or irrevocably deposit with the applicable trustee, or otherwise irrevocably deposit into escrow for the benefit of the holders thereof on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, an amount sufficient to redeem) a principal amount of the Senior

 

Credit Agreement

57


Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes, in accordance with, and to the extent permitted by, their terms, and thereafter, if necessary, cause to be ratably prepaid Term Loans, in an aggregate amount for all such redemptions and prepayments sufficient to ensure that after giving pro forma effect to such Disposition, the Leverage Ratio shall not be greater than the Leverage Ratio of the Borrower Parties on a consolidated basis as of the end of the fiscal quarter of the BV Borrower immediately prior to such Disposition. In the event that any Net Cash Proceeds in respect of any Disposition permitted by Section 7.05(o) remain following application of the foregoing sentence, such excess amount shall applied to prepay the Term Loans, ratably, in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such remaining Net Cash Proceeds; provided that no prepayment of any such excess amount shall be required pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(i)(C) if, on or prior to such date, (1) the BV Borrower shall have given written notice to the Administrative Agent of its intention to reinvest or cause to be reinvested all or a portion of such excess Net Cash Proceeds in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(i)(B) (which, except in the case of a Casualty Event, election may only be made if no Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing) or (2) such excess Net Cash Proceeds have been applied to make Restricted Payments to the extent permitted by Section 7.06(i) .

(ii) If for any reason the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans, the L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans at any time exceeds the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect, the Borrowers shall promptly prepay Revolving Credit Loans or Swing Line Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided that the Borrowers shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(ii) unless after the prepayment in full of the Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans such aggregate Outstanding Amount exceeds such aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect.

(iii) If the BV Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs or issues (A) any Indebtedness not expressly permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to Section 7.03 or (B) any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness incurred in reliance on (1)  Section 7.03(e) (except to the extent the applicable Permitted Acquisition is not consummated within 180 days of the incurrence or issuance thereof) or (2) any Permitted Refinancing), the BV Borrower shall cause to be prepaid an aggregate amount of Term Loans, ratably, in an amount equal to the Prepayment Percentage of all Net Cash Proceeds received therefrom on or prior to the date which is five (5) Business Days after the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds.

(iv) If the Parent or the BV Borrower issues any Equity Interests (other than, in each case to the extent otherwise permitted by this Agreement, (A) issuances of Equity Interests of the Parent or the BV Borrower to directors, officers and employees, including pursuant to employee stock plans, (B) issuances of Equity Interests of the BV Borrower to the Parent or any other Loan Party, (C) issuances of Equity Interests of the Parent or the BV Borrower to qualified officers and directors as required by law, (D) issuances of Equity Interests of the Parent or the BV Borrower in connection with Permitted Acquisitions, (E) issuances of Equity Interests of the Parent to the Sponsor, (F) issuances of Equity Interests of the Parent or the BV Borrower, the proceeds of which are applied towards prepayment of the Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness, in accordance with this Agreement, and (G) issuances of Equity Interests of the Parent, the proceeds of which are used to supplement or cure financial covenant compliance under Section 7.11 to the extent permitted by this Agreement), the BV Borrower shall cause to be prepaid an aggregate amount of Term Loans, ratably, in an amount equal to the Prepayment Percentage of all Net Cash Proceeds received therefrom on or prior to the date which is five (5) Business Days after the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds.

 

Credit Agreement

58


(v) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 2.05(b) , (A) to the extent that (and for so long as) any of Excess Cash Flow or all the Net Cash Proceeds of any asset sale or other Disposition or any Casualty Event by a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Borrower) giving rise to mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(i)(A) or Section 2.05(b)(i)(B) (each such Disposition and Casualty Event, a “ Specified Asset Sale ”) are prohibited or delayed by applicable local Law from being repatriated to the jurisdiction of organization of the Borrower that is the most direct parent company of such Restricted Subsidiary, the portion of such Excess Cash Flow or Net Cash Proceeds so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Term Loans at the times provided in this Section 2.05(b) but may be retained by the applicable Restricted Subsidiary so long as the applicable local Law will not permit such repatriation to the relevant Borrower (the BV Borrower hereby agreeing to cause the applicable Restricted Subsidiary to promptly take all actions reasonably required by applicable local Law to permit such repatriation), and once such repatriation of any of such affected Excess Cash Flow or Net Cash Proceeds is permitted under the applicable local Law, such repatriation will be promptly effected and such repatriated Excess Cash Flow or Net Cash Proceeds will be promptly (and in any event not later than five (5) Business Days after such repatriation) applied (net of additional taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) to the repayment of the Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(b) and (B) to the extent that the BV Borrower has determined in good faith that repatriation of any of or all the Excess Cash Flow or Net Cash Proceeds of any Specified Asset Sale to the jurisdiction of organization of the Borrower that is the most direct parent company of the relevant Restricted Subsidiary would have a material adverse tax consequence with respect to such Excess Cash Flow or Net Cash Proceeds, the Excess Cash Flow or Net Cash Proceeds so affected may be retained by the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, provided that, in the case of this clause (B) , on or before the date on which any Excess Cash Flow or Net Cash Proceeds so retained would otherwise have been required to be applied to prepayments pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(ii) , the BV Borrower causes to be applied an amount equal to such Excess Cash Flow or Net Cash Proceeds to such prepayments as if such Excess Cash Flow or Net Cash Proceeds had been received by the relevant Borrower rather than such Restricted Subsidiary, less the amount of additional taxes that would have been payable or reserved against if such Excess Cash Flow or Net Cash Proceeds had been so repatriated (or, if less, the Excess Cash Flow or Net Cash Proceeds that would be calculated if received by such Restricted Subsidiary) in satisfaction of such prepayment requirement.

(vi) Each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(b) shall be applied, first, in direct order of maturities, to any principal repayment installments of such Term Loans that are due within twenty-four (24) months after the date of such prepayment and second, on a pro-rata basis, to the other principal repayment installments of such Term Loans; and each such prepayment shall be paid to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Share (prior to giving effect to any rejection by any Term Lender of any such prepayment pursuant to clause (viii)  below), subject to clause (viii)  of this Section 2.05(b) .

(vii) The BV Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (iv) and (v)  of this Section 2.05(b) at least three (3) Business Days prior to the date of such prepayment. Each such notice shall specify the date of such prepayment and provide a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of the contents of any such prepayment notice and of such Appropriate Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the prepayment. Any Term Lender (a “ Declining Lender ”, and any

 

Credit Agreement

59


Term Lender which is not a Declining Lender, an “ Accepting Lender ”) may elect, by delivering not less than two (2) Business Days prior to the proposed prepayment date, a written notice that any mandatory prepayment otherwise required to be made with respect to the Term Loans held by such Term Lender pursuant to clauses (i)  (other than clause (A) thereof to the extent than less than 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds from any Disposition referred to therein are required to make such prepayment), (ii), (iv) and (v)  of this Section 2.05(b) not be made, in which event the portion of such prepayment which would otherwise have been applied to the Term Loans of the Declining Lenders shall instead be retained by the relevant Borrower.

(viii) Funding Losses, Etc . All prepayments under this Section 2.05 shall be made together with, in the case of any such prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a EURIBOR Loan on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period therefor, any amounts owing in respect of such Eurodollar Rate Loan or EURIBOR Loan, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 3.05 . Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of Section 2.05(b) , so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans or EURIBOR Loans is required to be made under this Section 2.05(b) , other than on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, a Borrower may, in its sole discretion, deposit the amount of any such prepayment otherwise required to be made thereunder into a Cash Collateral Account until the last day of such Interest Period, at which time the Administrative Agent shall be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from such Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of such Loans in accordance with this Section 2.05(b) . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall also be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from a Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of the outstanding Loans in accordance with this Section 2.05(b) .

SECTION 2.06. Termination or Reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments . (a)  Optional . The BV Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate all or any portion of the unused Commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent three (3) Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount (A) of $1,000,000 or any whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or (B) equal to the entire remaining amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments and (iii) if, after giving effect to any reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments, (1) the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit, as the case may be, exceeds the amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments, such sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess and (2) the Euro Sublimit exceeds the Euro Revolving Credit Facility, such sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess. The amount of any such Revolving Credit Commitment reduction shall not be applied to the Letter of Credit Sublimit, the Swing Line Sublimit or the Euro Sublimit unless otherwise specified by the BV Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the BV Borrower may rescind or postpone any notice of termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments if such termination would have resulted from a refinancing of all of the Facilities, which refinancing shall not be consummated or otherwise shall be delayed.

(b) Mandatory . (i) The Term Commitment of each Term Lender shall be automatically and permanently reduced to $0 at 5:00 p.m. on the Closing Date upon the funding of the Term Loans.

(ii) The Revolving Credit Commitment of each Revolving Credit Lender shall be automatically and permanently reduced to $0 on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility.

 

Credit Agreement

60


(c) Application of Commitment Reductions; Payment of Fees . The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Appropriate Lenders of any termination or reduction of unused portions of the Letter of Credit Sublimit, the Swing Line Sublimit or the Euro Sublimit or the unused Commitments of any Class under this Section 2.06 . Upon any reduction of unused Commitments of any Class, the Commitment of each Lender of such Class shall be reduced by such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount by which such Commitments are reduced (other than the termination of the Commitment of any Lender as provided in Section 3.07 ). All commitment fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Aggregate Commitments of any Class shall be paid to the Appropriate Lenders on the effective date of such termination.

SECTION 2.07. Repayment of Loans . (a)  Term Loans . The Borrowers shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Term Lenders the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans in quarterly installments payable on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on September 30, 2006, in an amount equal to (x) on each such date occurring on or prior to the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date, 0.25% and (y) thereafter, 23.50%, in each case of the sum of the original principal amount of the Term Loan made on the Closing Date (which amount shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.05 ); provided , however , that the final principal installment shall be repaid on the Maturity Date for the Term Loan Facility and in any event shall be in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans outstanding on such date.

(b) Revolving Credit Loans . Each Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the applicable Revolving Credit Lenders on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility the aggregate principal amount of all of its Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on such date.

(c) Swing Line Loans . Each Borrower shall repay the aggregate principal amount of all of its Swing Line Loans on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility.

(d) Additional Term Loans . The relevant Borrower shall repay the aggregate amount of any Additional Term Loans to the Administrative Agent in accordance with a repayment schedule to be agreed by such Borrower and the relevant Additional Term Lenders.

(e) Additional Revolving Credit Loans . The relevant Borrower shall repay the aggregate amount of any Additional Revolving Credit Loans to the Administrative Agent on the maturity date to be agreed by such Borrower and the relevant Additional Revolving Credit Lenders.

SECTION 2.08. Interest. (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(b) , (i) each Eurodollar Rate Loan or EURIBOR Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate or EURIBOR Loan for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate; (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate; and (iii) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for Revolving Credit Loans.

(b) The BV Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Euro Term Loans owing to each Lender from the date of the Borrowing of Euro Term Loans until such principal amount shall be paid in full for each Interest Period at the end of each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to EURIBOR for such Interest Period, plus the Applicable Rate, plus Mandatory Costs, if any.

 

Credit Agreement

61


(c) While any Event of Default set forth in Section 8.01(a) exists, each Borrower shall pay interest on the principal amount of all of its outstanding Obligations hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate (plus Mandatory Costs, if any) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws. Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

(d) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

SECTION 2.09. Fees . In addition to certain fees described in Section 2.03(i) and Section 2.03(j) :

(a) Revolving Credit Commitment Fee . The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share, a commitment fee (each, a “ Revolving Credit Commitment Fee ” and, collectively, the “ Revolving Credit Commitment Fees ”) equal to the Applicable Rate times the actual daily amount by which the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments exceed the sum of (i) the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Credit Loans and (ii) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations; provided that any Revolving Credit Commitment Fee accrued with respect to the Revolving Credit Commitment of a Defaulting Lender during the period prior to the time such Lender became a Defaulting Lender and unpaid at such time shall not be payable by the Borrowers so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender except to the extent that such Revolving Credit Commitment Fee shall otherwise have been due and payable by the Borrowers prior to such time; and provided further that no Revolving Credit Commitment Fee shall accrue on the Revolving Credit Commitment of a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender. The Revolving Credit Commitment Fees shall accrue at all times from the date hereof until the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article 4 is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility. The Revolving Credit Commitment Fees shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.

(b) Other Fees . The Borrowers shall pay or cause to be paid to the Agents such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever (except as expressly agreed between the Borrowers and the applicable Agent).

SECTION 2.10. Computation of Interest and Fees . All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by reference to the “prime rate” as published in the Wall Street Journal shall be made on the basis of a year of three hundred and sixty-five (365) or three hundred and sixty-six (366) days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a three hundred and sixty (360) day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a three hundred and sixty-five (365) day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid; provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a) , bear interest for one (1) day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

 

Credit Agreement

62


SECTION 2.11. Evidence of Indebtedness . (a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and evidenced by one or more entries in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent, acting solely for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1(c), as agent for the Borrowers, in each case in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be prima facie evidence absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrowers and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrowers hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the relevant Borrowers shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note payable to such Lender, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto. Each Borrower and each Lender agrees from time to time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(f) or Section 8.01(g)(i) to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent all such Notes or other promissory notes and other instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request to evidence and confirm the respective interests and obligations of the Lenders after giving effect to any exchange of Lenders’ interests pursuant to arrangements relating thereto among the Lenders, and each Lender agrees to surrender any Notes or other promissory notes originally received by it in connection with its Loans hereunder to the Administrative Agent against delivery of any Notes or other promissory notes so executed and delivered.

(b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.11(a) , each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records and, in the case of the Administrative Agent, entries in the Register, evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

(c) Entries made in good faith by the Administrative Agent in the Register pursuant to Section 2.11(a) and Section 2.11(b) , and by each Lender in its account or accounts pursuant to Section 2.11(a) and Section 2.11(b) , shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of principal and interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to, in the case of the Register, each Lender and, in the case of such account or accounts, such Lender, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, absent manifest error; provided that the failure of the Administrative Agent or such Lender to make an entry, or any finding that an entry is incorrect, in the Register or such account or accounts shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 2.12. Payments Generally . (a) All payments to be made by the Borrowers shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein and except with respect to principal of and interest on Loans denominated in Euros, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder with respect to principal and interest on Loans denominated in Euros shall be made to the

 

Credit Agreement

63


Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office in such Euros and in same day funds not later than 2:00 p.m. (London time) on the dates specified herein. If, for any reason, any Borrower is prohibited by any Law from making any required payment hereunder in Euros, such Borrower shall make such payment in Dollars in the Dollar Amount of the Euro payment amount. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 4:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue to the extent applicable.

(b) If any payment to be made by any Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day in relation to such Borrower, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that, if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar Rate Loans or EURIBOR Loans, as the case may be, to be made in the next succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

(c) Unless any Borrower or any Lender has notified the Administrative Agent, prior to the date any payment is required to be made by it to the Administrative Agent hereunder, that such Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, has timely made such payment and may (but shall not be so required to), in reliance thereon, make available a corresponding amount to the Person entitled thereto. If and to the extent that such payment was not in fact made to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds, then:

(i) if any Borrower failed to make such payment, each Lender shall forthwith on demand repay to the Administrative Agent the portion of such assumed payment that was made available to such Lender in immediately available funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the applicable Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect; and

(ii) if any Lender failed to make such payment, such Lender shall forthwith on demand pay to the Administrative Agent the amount thereof in immediately available funds, together with interest thereon for the period from the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the relevant Borrower to the date such amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent (the “ Compensation Period ”) at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. When such Lender makes payment to the Administrative Agent (together with all accrued interest thereon), then such payment amount (excluding the amount of any interest which may have accrued and been paid in respect of such late payment) shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the applicable Borrowing. If such Lender does not pay such amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent may make a demand therefor upon the relevant Borrower, and the relevant Borrower shall pay such amount to the Administrative Agent, together with interest thereon for the Compensation Period at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest applicable to the applicable Borrowing. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitment or to prejudice any rights which the Administrative Agent or any Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

 

Credit Agreement

64


A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or any relevant Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this Section 2.12(c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(d) If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article 2 , and such funds are not made available to the relevant Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article 4 are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(e) The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans and to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan or to fund any such participation on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan or purchase its participation.

(f) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

(g) Whenever any payment received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents is insufficient to pay in full all amounts due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on any date, such payment shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent and applied by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in the order of priority set forth in Section 8.03 . If the Administrative Agent receives funds for application to the Obligations of the Loan Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents under circumstances for which the Loan Documents do not specify the manner in which such funds are to be applied, the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, elect to distribute such funds to each of the Lenders in accordance with such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the sum of (i) the Outstanding Amount of all Loans outstanding at such time and (ii) the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations outstanding at such time, in repayment or prepayment of such of the outstanding Loans or other Obligations then owing to such Lender.

SECTION 2.13. Sharing of Payments . If, other than as expressly provided elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain on account of the Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations or in Swing Line Loans held by it, any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of setoff, or otherwise) in excess of its ratable share (or other share contemplated hereunder) thereof, such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans made by them and/or such subparticipations in the participations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans held by them, as the case may be, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment in respect of such Loans or such participations, as the case may be, pro rata with each of them; provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the purchasing Lender in its discretion), such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered, without further interest thereon. Each Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right

 

Credit Agreement

65


of setoff, but subject to Section 10.09 ) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of such Borrower in the amount of such participation. The Administrative Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section 2.13 and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that purchases a participation pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall from and after such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the Obligations purchased.

SECTION 2.14. Increase in Commitments . (a) Upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time after the Closing Date, each Borrower may on up to three (3) different occasions (in the aggregate for both Borrowers) request Additional Term Commitments or Additional Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that (i) after giving effect to any such addition, the aggregate amount of Additional Term Commitments and Additional Revolving Credit Commitments that have been added pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall not exceed $250,000,000; provided further that $100,000,000 of such aggregate amount shall only be permitted to be incurred as a Term Facility to be used solely to finance Permitted Acquisitions, (ii) any such addition shall be in an aggregate amount of $50,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof ( provided that such amount may be less than $50,000,000 if such amount represents all remaining availability under the aggregate limit in respect of Additional Term Commitments and Additional Revolving Credit Commitments set forth in clause (i)  to this proviso), (iii) (A) the final maturity date of any Additional Term Loans shall be no earlier than the Maturity Date for the Term Loans and (B) the final maturity date of any Additional Revolving Credit Loans shall be no earlier than the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Loans, (iv) the average life to maturity of the Additional Term Loans shall be no shorter than the remaining average life to maturity of the Term Loans, and (v) if the initial yield of any Additional Term Loans or any Additional Revolving Credit Loans (as determined by the Administrative Agent to be equal (x) in the case of Additional Term Loans, to the sum of (A) the Applicable Rate with respect to the Additional Term Loans and (B) if the Additional Term Loans are initially made at a discount or the Lenders making the same receive a fee from the applicable Borrower or any Subsidiary for doing so (the amount of such discount or fee, expressed as a percentage of the Additional Term Loans, being referred to herein as “ OID ”), the amount of OID divided by the lesser of (1) the average life to maturity of such Additional Term Loans and (2) four and (y) in the case of Additional Revolving Credit Loans, to the Applicable Rate with respect to the Additional Revolving Credit Loans) exceeds the Applicable Rate then in effect for Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, as the case may be, by more than 50 basis points (the amount of such excess being referred to herein as “ Yield Differential ”), then each Applicable Rate for each adversely effected Term Loan or Revolving Credit Commitment shall automatically be increased by the Yield Differential, effective upon the making of the Additional Term Loans or the providing of the Additional Revolving Credit Commitments, as the case may be.

(b) If any Additional Term Commitments or Additional Revolving Credit Commitments are added in accordance with this Section 2.14 , the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower shall determine the effective date (the “ Additional Commitments Effective Date ”) and the final amount of such addition. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the applicable Borrower and the Lenders (which may include Persons reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower that were not Lenders prior to the Additional Commitments Effective Date) of the final amount of such addition and the Additional Commitments Effective Date. As a condition precedent to such addition, the BV Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of the BV Borrower dated as of the Additional Commitments Effective Date signed by a Responsible Officer of the BV Borrower certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, (i) the representations and warranties contained in Article 5 and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Additional Commitments Effective Date, except to the extent that such

 

Credit Agreement

66


representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.14(b) , the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.05(a) and Section 5.05(b) shall be deemed to refer to the most recent financial statements furnished pursuant to subsections (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 6.01 , (ii) no Default or Event of Default exists immediately before or immediately after giving effect to such addition, (iii) the BV Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with each of the covenants set forth in Section 7.11 as of (A) the Additional Commitments Effective Date and (B) the last day of the most recently ended determination period after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Additional Term Commitment or Additional Revolving Credit Commitment, as applicable, the making of Additional Term Loans or Additional Revolving Credit Loans, as the case may be, in respect thereof and any Investment or Disposition to be consummated in connection therewith. On each Additional Commitments Effective Date, each applicable Lender, Eligible Assignee or other Person which is providing an Additional Term Commitment or Additional Revolving Credit Commitment (i) shall become a “Term Lender” or “Revolving Credit Lender”, as applicable, for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) in the case of any Additional Term Commitment, shall make an Additional Term Loan to the applicable Borrower in a principal amount equal to such Additional Term Commitment, and such Additional Term Loan shall be a “Term Loan” for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(c) Any other terms of and documentation entered into in respect of any Additional Term Loans made or any Additional Revolving Credit Commitments provided, in each case pursuant to this Section 2.14 , to the extent not consistent with the Term Loans or the Revolving Credit Commitments, as the case may be, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Any Additional Term Loans or Additional Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, made or provided pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall be evidenced by one or more entries in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 2.11 .

(d) This Section 2.14 shall supersede any provisions in Section 10.01 to the contrary. Notwithstanding any other provision of any Loan Document, the Loan Documents may be amended by the Agent and the Loan Parties, if necessary, to provide for terms applicable to each Additional Term Commitment and/or Additional Revolving Credit Commitment, as the case may be.

SECTION 2.15. Professional Market Party Representation . (a) Each Lender, in relation to any Loan or L/C Advance made available to a Dutch Borrower, represents that, on the date of this Agreement and, if on such date it is a requirement of Dutch Law that each Lender is a Professional Market Party, the date on which a Loan or L/C Advance (or any portion thereof) is made to a Dutch Borrower (i) it is a Professional Market Party and (ii) it is aware that it does not benefit from the (creditor) protection offered by the Dutch Banking Act when lending monies to Persons that are subject to the prohibition under Section 82 of the Dutch Banking Act.

(b) Each Lender acknowledges that each Dutch Borrower shall rely upon the representations set forth in clause (a)  above and agrees, to the extent necessary, to provide its reasonable assistance to such Dutch Borrower in verifying such Lender’s status as a Professional Market Party.

(c) On the date hereof, each Dutch Borrower has verified the status of each Person that is a Lender either as:

(i) a Professional Market Party; or

(ii) exempted from the requirements in this Section 2.15 because such Lender forms part of a closed circle ( besloten kring ) with such Dutch Borrower.

 

Credit Agreement

67


(d) Each Dutch Borrower agrees that, subject to the representations set forth in clause (a)  above, it shall not require a license as a credit institution ( kredietinstelling ) under Section 6 of the Dutch Banking Act or, if such Dutch Borrower shall require such license, such Dutch Borrower shall obtain such license.

(e) On the date that an Eligible Assignee, a Participant or an SPC becomes a party hereunder pursuant to Section 10.07 of this Agreement:

(i) each Dutch Borrower shall make the representations set forth in clause (g)  below; and

(ii) no assignment or transfer or sub-participation shall be effective unless both the Eligible Assignee, Participant or SPC, as applicable, and each Dutch Borrower shall have complied with the requirements of Section 10.07 and this Section 2.15 .

(f) On the date that an assignment or transfer or sub-participation shall become effective, the Eligible Assignee, Participant or SPC, as applicable, shall make the representations set forth in the Assignment and Assumption.

(g) On the date that an Eligible Assignee, a Participant or an SPC becomes a party hereunder, each Dutch Borrower shall represent that on such date it has verified the status of such Eligible Assignee, Participant or SPC, as applicable, either as:

(i) a Professional Market Party; or

(ii) exempted from the requirements set forth in this Section 2.15 because such Eligible Assignee, Participant or SPC, as applicable, forms part of a closed circle ( besloten kring ) with such Dutch Borrower.

SECTION 2.16. Currency Equivalents . (a) The Administrative Agent shall determine the Dollar Amount of each Euro Loan and L/C Obligation in respect of Letters of Credit denominated in Euros (i) in the case of any Term Loan, as of the Closing Date, and (ii) otherwise, (A) as of the first day of each Interest Period applicable thereto and (B) as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the relevant Borrower, and shall promptly notify such Borrower and the Lenders of each Dollar Amount so determined by it. Each such determination shall be based on the Exchange Rate (x) on the date of the related Borrowing Request for purposes of the initial such determination for any Euro Loan and (y) on the fourth Business Day prior to the dates as of which such Dollar Amount is to be determined, for purposes of any subsequent determination.

(b) If after giving effect to any such determination of a Dollar Amount, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans, the Swing Line Loans and the L/C Obligations exceeds the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect by 5% or more, the relevant Borrower shall, within five (5) Business Days of receipt of notice thereof from the Administrative Agent setting forth such calculation in reasonable detail, prepay or cause to be prepaid outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and/or Swing Line Loans (as selected by such Borrower and notified to the Lenders through the Administrative Agent not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the date of prepayment) or take other action (including, in such Borrower’s discretion, cash collateralization of L/C Obligations in amounts from time to time equal to such excess) to the extent necessary to eliminate any such excess.

 

Credit Agreement

68


ARTICLE 3

TAXES, INCREASED COSTS PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

SECTION 3.01. Taxes . (a) Except as provided in this Section 3.01 , any and all payments by any Borrower to or for the account of any Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges, and all liabilities (including additions to tax, penalties and interest) with respect thereto, excluding , in the case of each Agent and each Lender, (i) taxes imposed on or measured by its net income and franchise (and similar) taxes imposed on it in lieu of net income taxes, by the United States and the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the Laws of which such Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, is organized or in which its principal office is located or in the case of any Lender, in which its Lending Office is located, and (ii) any branch profits tax imposed by the United States, and all liabilities (including additions to tax, penalties and interest) with respect thereto (all such non-excluded taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges, and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as “ Taxes ”). If any Borrower shall be required by any Laws to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under any Loan Document to any Agent or any Lender, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01 ), each of such Agent and such Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) such Borrower shall make such deductions, (iii) such Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable Laws, and (iv) within thirty (30) days after the date of such payment, such Borrower shall furnish to such Agent or Lender (as the case may be) the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof to the extent such a receipt is issued therefor, or other written proof of payment thereof that is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided that no Borrower shall be obligated to make any such payment to any Agent or any Lender (as the case may be) in respect of penalties, interest and other liabilities attributable to Taxes or Other Taxes if and to the extent that such penalties, interest and other liabilities are attributable to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent or such Lender (as the case may be); provided further that if any Borrower reasonably believes that such taxes were not correctly or legally asserted by any Agent or Any Lender, such Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, will use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrowers to obtain a refund of such taxes so long as such efforts would not, in the sole determination of the Agent or such Lender (as the case may be) result in any additional costs, expenses or risks or be otherwise disadvantageous to it.

(b) In addition, each Borrower agrees to pay any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes and any other excise, property, intangible or mortgage recording taxes or charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document (hereinafter referred to as “ Other Taxes ”).

(c) Each Borrower agrees to indemnify each Agent and each Lender for (i) the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes(including any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 3.01 ) paid by such Agent and such Lender, and (ii) any liability (including additions to tax, penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, in each case whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority; provided that such Agent or Lender, as the case may be, provides such Borrower with a written statement thereof setting forth in reasonable detail the basis and calculation of such amounts. Payment under this Section 3.01(c) shall be made within thirty (30) days after the date such Lender or such Agent makes a written demand therefor. Notwithstanding anything contained in this

 

Credit Agreement

69


Section 3.01 to the contrary, the Borrowers shall be under no obligation to any Agent or any Lender with respect to any additional amounts described in subsections (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 3.01 to the extent incurred prior to the one hundred-eightieth (180th) day preceding the date on which the Borrowers received notice by such Agent or such Lender of such additional amounts, unless the requirement resulting in such additional amounts becomes effective during such 180 day period and retroactively applies to a date occurring prior to such 180 day period, in which case the Borrowers shall be responsible for all such additional amounts described in subsections (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 3.01 from and after such date of effectiveness.

(d) No Borrower shall be required pursuant to this Section 3.01 to pay any additional amount to, or to indemnify, any Lender or Agent, as the case may be, to the extent that such Lender or such Agent becomes subject to Taxes subsequent to the Closing Date (or, if later, the date such Lender or Agent becomes a party to this Agreement) as a result of a change in the place of organization of such Lender or Agent or a change in the Lending Office of such Lender, except to the extent that any such change is requested or required in writing by any Borrower (and provided that nothing in this clause (d)  shall be construed as relieving any Borrower from any obligation to make such payments or indemnification in the event of a change in Lending Office or place of organization that precedes a change in Law to the extent such Taxes result from a change in Law).

(e) If a Lender or an Agent is subject to United States withholding tax at a rate in excess of zero percent at the time such Lender or such Agent, as the case may be, first becomes a party to this Agreement, withholding tax at such rate (or at a lesser rate to which such Lender or Agent is entitled under an applicable treaty) at such time shall be considered excluded from Taxes; provided that, if at the date of the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which a Lender becomes a party to this Agreement, the Lender assignor was entitled to payments under clause (a)  of this Section 3.01 in respect of United States withholding tax with respect to interest paid at such date, then, to such extent, the term Taxes shall include (in addition to withholding taxes that may be imposed in the future or other amounts otherwise includable in Taxes) United States withholding tax, if any, applicable with respect to the Lender assignee on such date. Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the BV Borrower is located or any treaty to which the Netherlands is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the BV Borrower (with a copy to the appropriate Agent), at the reasonable written request of the BV Borrower, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate; provided that such Lender is legally entitled to complete, execute and deliver such documentation and in such Lender’s judgment such completion, execution or delivery would not materially prejudice the legal position of such Lender; and provided further , that if any form or document referred to in this Section 3.01 requires the disclosure of information, other than information necessary to compute the tax payable and information required on the date hereof by the relevant taxing authority, that the applicable Lender or Agent considers to be confidential, such Lender or Agent shall give notice thereof to the BV Borrower and shall not be obligated to include in such form or document such confidential information.

(f) If any Lender or Agent shall become aware that it is entitled to receive a refund in respect of amounts paid by any Borrower pursuant to this Section 3.01 , which refund in the good faith judgment of such Lender or Agent is allocable to such payment, it shall promptly notify such Borrower of the availability of such refund and shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, apply for such refund; provided that in the sole judgment of the Lender or Agent, applying for such refund would not cause such Person to suffer any material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage. If any Lender or Agent receives a refund in respect of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which indemnification or additional amounts have been paid to it by any Borrower pursuant to this Section 3.01 , it shall promptly remit such refund (including any interest included in such refund) to such Borrower (to the extent that it determines that it can do so

 

Credit Agreement

70


without prejudice to the retention of the refund), net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be; provided that such Borrower, upon the request of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be, agrees promptly to return such refund to such party in the event such party is required to repay such refund to the relevant taxing authority. Such Lender or Agent, as the case may be, shall, at such Borrower’s request, provide such Borrower with a copy of any notice of assessment or other evidence of the requirement to repay such refund received from the relevant taxing authority ( provided that such Lender or Agent may delete any information therein that such Lender or Agent deems confidential). Nothing herein contained shall interfere with the right of a Lender or Agent to arrange its tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit nor oblige any Lender or Agent to claim any tax refund or to disclose any information relating to its tax affairs or any computations in respect thereof or require any Lender or Agent to do anything that would prejudice its ability to benefit from any other refunds, credits, reliefs, remissions or repayments to which it may be entitled.

(g) Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 3.01(a) or Section 3.01(c) with respect to such Lender it will, if requested by the relevant Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts (subject to such Lender’s overall internal policies of general application and legal and regulatory restrictions) to avoid the consequences of such event, including to designate another Lending Office for any Loan or Letter of Credit affected by such event; provided that such efforts are made on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided further that nothing in this Section 3.01(g) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of any Borrower or the rights of the Lender pursuant to Section 3.01(a) and Section 3.01(c) .

SECTION 3.02. Illegality . If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Eurodollar Rate Loans or EURIBOR Loans, as applicable, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate or EURIBOR Loans, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrowers through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make Eurodollar Rate Loans or EURIBOR Loans or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, each such Borrower (i) may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or EURIBOR Loans, as the case may be, or (ii) shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, each such Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted. Each Lender agrees to designate a different Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the good faith judgment of such Lender, otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender.

SECTION 3.03. Inability to Determine Rates . If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Rate or EURIBOR Rate, as applicable, for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan or EURIBOR Loan, as applicable, or that the Eurodollar Rate or EURIBOR Rate, as applicable, for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan or EURIBOR Loan, as applicable, does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, or that Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and the Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loan or EURIBOR Loan, as applicable, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify each Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter,

 

Credit Agreement

71


the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans or EURIBOR Loans, as applicable, shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, each Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.

SECTION 3.04. Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans . (a) If any Lender reasonably determines in good faith that as a result of the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any Law, in each case after the date hereof, or such Lender’s compliance therewith, there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining Eurodollar Rate Loans or EURIBOR Loans or (as the case may be) issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or a reduction in the amount received or receivable by such Lender in connection with any of the foregoing (excluding for purposes of this Section 3.04(a) any such increased costs or reduction in amount resulting from (i) taxes (as to which Section 3.01 shall govern), (ii) changes in the basis of taxation of overall net income or overall gross income (including branch profits), and franchise (and similar) taxes imposed in lieu of net income taxes, by the United States or any foreign jurisdiction or any political subdivision of either thereof under the Laws of which such Lender is organized or maintains a Lending Office and (iii) reserve requirements contemplated by Section 3.04(c) , then from time to time each such Borrower (A) may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans or EURIBOR Loans, as applicable, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or (B) within thirty (30) days after written demand by such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail such increased costs or reduction (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 3.06 ), the relevant Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduction.

(b) If any Lender reasonably determines in good faith that the introduction of any Law regarding capital adequacy or any change therein or in the interpretation thereof, in each case after the date hereof, or compliance by such Lender (or its Lending Office) therewith, has the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender as a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy and such Lender’s desired return on capital), then from time to time (i) each such Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or EURIBOR Loans, as applicable, (ii) within thirty (30) days after written demand by such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail the charge and the calculation of such reduced rate of return (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 3.06 ), the relevant Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction.

(c) Each Borrower shall pay to each Lender, (i) as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as “Eurocurrency liabilities”), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Rate Loan or EURIBOR Loan, as applicable, equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error), and (ii) as long as such Lender shall be required to comply with any reserve ratio requirement or analogous requirement of any other central banking or financial regulatory authority imposed in respect of the maintenance of the Commitments or the funding of the Eurodollar Rate Loans or EURIBOR Loan, as applicable, such additional costs (expressed as a percentage per annum and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest five decimal places) equal to the actual costs allocated to such Commitment or Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) which in each

 

Credit Agreement

72


case shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan; provided such Borrower shall have received at least thirty (30) days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest or cost from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice thirty (30) days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest or cost shall be due and payable thirty (30) days from receipt of such notice.

(d) No Borrower shall be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to Section 3.04(a) , Section 3.04(b) or Section 3.04(c) for any such increased cost or reduction incurred more than ninety (90) days prior to the date that such Lender demands, or notifies such Borrower of its intention to demand, compensation therefor; provided that, if the circumstance giving rise to such increased cost or reduction is retroactive, then such 90-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

(e) If any Lender requests compensation under this Section 3.04 , then such Lender will, if requested by the relevant Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts to designate another Lending Office for any Loan or Letter of Credit affected by such event; provided that such efforts are made on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided further that nothing in this Section 3.04(e) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of any Borrower or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Section 3.04(a) , Section 3.04(b) , Section 3.04(c) or Section 3.04(d) .

SECTION 3.05. Funding Losses . Upon demand of any Lender from time to time, each Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise); or

(b) any failure by any Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by such Borrower;

including any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by a Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.05 , each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it at the Eurodollar Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded.

SECTION 3.06. Matters Applicable to Requests for Compensation . (a) Any Agent or any Lender claiming compensation under this Article 3 shall deliver a certificate to the applicable Borrower setting forth in reasonable detail the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder, which shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, such Agent or such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

(b) With respect to any Lender’s claim for compensation under Section 3.02 , Section 3.03 or Section 3.04 , no Borrower shall be required to compensate such Lender for any amount incurred more than ninety (90) days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the relevant Borrower of the event that

 

Credit Agreement

73


gives rise to such claim; provided that, if the circumstance giving rise to such increased cost or reduction is retroactive, then such 90-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. If any Lender requests compensation by a Borrower under Section 3.04 , such Borrower may, by notice to such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), suspend the obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans from one Interest Period to another, or to convert Base Rate Loans into Eurodollar Rate Loans, until the event or condition giving rise to such request ceases to be in effect (in which case the provisions of Section 3.06(c) shall be applicable); provided that such suspension shall not affect the right of such Lender to receive the compensation so requested.

(c) If the obligation of any Lender to make or continue any Eurodollar Rate Loan from one Interest Period to another, or to convert Base Rate Loans into Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended pursuant to Section 3.06(b) hereof, such Lender’s Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be automatically converted into Base Rate Loans on the last day(s) of the then current Interest Period(s) for such Eurodollar Rate Loans (or, in the case of an immediate conversion required by Section 3.02 , on such earlier date as required by Law) and, unless and until such Lender gives notice as provided below that the circumstances specified in Section 3.01 , Section 3.02 , Section 3.03 or Section 3.04 hereof that gave rise to such conversion no longer exist:

(i) to the extent that such Lender’s Eurodollar Rate Loans have been so converted, all payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise be applied to such Lender’s Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be applied instead to its Base Rate Loans; and

(ii) all Loans that would otherwise be made or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans from one Interest Period to another by such Lender shall be made or continued instead as Base Rate Loans, and all Base Rate Loans of such Lender that would otherwise be converted into Eurodollar Rate Loans shall remain as Base Rate Loans.

(d) If any Lender gives notice to a Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) that the circumstances specified in Section 3.01 , Section 3.02 , Section 3.03 or Section 3.04 hereof that gave rise to the conversion of such Lender’s Eurodollar Rate Loans pursuant to this Section 3.06 no longer exist (which such Lender agrees to do promptly upon such circumstances ceasing to exist) at a time when Eurodollar Rate Loans made by other Lenders are outstanding, such Lender’s Base Rate Loans shall be automatically converted irrespective of whether such conversion results in greater than twenty-five (25) Interest Periods being outstanding under this Agreement, on the first day(s) of the next succeeding Interest Period(s) for such outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loans, to the extent necessary so that, after giving effect thereto, all Loans held by the Lenders holding Eurodollar Rate Loans and by such Lender are held pro rata (as to principal amounts, interest rate basis, and Interest Periods) in accordance with their respective Commitments.

SECTION 3.07. Replacement of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances . (a) If at any time (x) any Borrower becomes obligated to pay additional amounts or indemnity payments described in Section 3.01 or Section 3.04 as a result of any condition described in such Sections or any Lender ceases to make Eurodollar Rate Loans as a result of any condition described in Section 3.02 or Section 3.04 , (y) any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender or (z) any Lender becomes a Non Consenting Lender, then such Borrower may, on ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender (in its capacity as a Lender under the applicable Facility, if the underlying matter in respect of which such Lender has become a Non-Consenting Lender relates to a certain Class of Loans or Commitments) by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 10.07(b) (with the assignment fee to be paid by such Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (in respect of the applicable Class of Loans or

 

Credit Agreement

74


Commitments if the underlying matter in respect of which such Lender has become a Non-Consenting Lender relates to a certain Class of Loans or Commitments) to one or more Eligible Assignees; provided that (A) in the case of any Eligible Assignees in respect of Non-Consenting Lenders, the replacement Lender shall agree to the consent, waiver or amendment to which the Non-Consenting Lender did not agree and (B) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to any Borrower to find a replacement Lender or other such Person.

(b) Any Lender being replaced pursuant to Section 3.07(a) above shall (i) execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans of the applicable Class and, if applicable, participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans, and (ii) deliver any Notes evidencing such Loans to the relevant Borrower or the Administrative Agent. Pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption, (i) the assignee Lender shall acquire all or a portion, as the case may be, of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans of the applicable Class and, if applicable, participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans, (ii) all obligations of the Borrowers owing to the assigning Lender relating to the Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such assigning Lender concurrently with such assignment and assumption and (iii) upon such payment and, if so requested by the assignee Lender, delivery to the assignee Lender of the appropriate Note or Notes executed by the relevant Borrower, the assignee Lender shall become a Lender hereunder and the assigning Lender shall cease to constitute a Lender hereunder with respect to such assigned Loans, Commitments and participations, except with respect to indemnification provisions under this Agreement, which shall survive as to such assigning Lender.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, (i) the Lender that acts as the L/C Issuer may not be replaced hereunder at any time that it has any Letter of Credit outstanding hereunder unless arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer (including the furnishing of a back-up standby letter of credit in form and substance, and issued by an issuer reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer or the depositing of cash collateral into a cash collateral account in amounts and pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer) have been made with respect to such outstanding Letter of Credit and (ii) the Lender that acts as the Administrative Agent may not be replaced in such capacity hereunder except in accordance with the terms of Section 9.06 .

(d) In the event that (i) the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent has requested the Lenders to consent to a departure or waiver of any provisions of the Loan Documents or to agree to any amendment thereto, (ii) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the agreement of all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 10.01 or all the Lenders with respect to a certain Class of Loans or Commitments and (iii) the Required Lenders have agreed to such consent, waiver or amendment, then any Lender who does not agree to such consent, waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “ Non-Consenting Lender .”

SECTION 3.08. Survival . All of the Borrowers’ obligations under this Article 3 shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

ARTICLE 4

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

SECTION 4.01. Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension . The obligation of each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction (or waiver) of the following conditions precedent:

 

Credit Agreement

75


(a) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles or pdf electronic copies (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(i) executed counterparts of this Agreement;

(ii) executed counterparts of each Guaranty;

(iii) a Note executed by the relevant Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note, if any;

(iv) the Security Agreements, duly executed by each of the relevant Loan Parties, together with, if applicable:

(A) certificates representing the Pledged Equity referred to therein, accompanied by undated stock powers executed in blank or, if applicable, other appropriate instruments of transfer and instruments evidencing the Pledged Debt, if any, indorsed in blank, and

(B) copies of all searches with respect to the Collateral, together with copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such searches, and accompanied by evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the Liens indicated in any such financing statement (or similar document) would be permitted by Section 7.01 or have been or contemporaneously will be released or terminated or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and all proper financing statements, duly prepared for filing under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable Law in all jurisdictions necessary in order to perfect and protect the Liens created under the Security Agreements, covering the Collateral of the relevant Borrower described in the relevant Security Agreement;

(v) the Intellectual Property Security Agreement, duly executed by each of the relevant Borrowers, together with evidence that all action, to the extent reasonably feasible, that is reasonably necessary in order to perfect and protect the Liens on Material Intellectual Property created under the Intellectual Property Security Agreement has been taken;

(vi) deeds of trust, trust deeds and mortgages in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (with such changes as may be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to account for local law matters) and covering the properties identified to be mortgaged on Schedule 5.07(c) (together with the Assignments of Leases and Rents referred to therein and each other mortgage delivered pursuant to Section 6.12 , in each case as amended, the “ Mortgages ”), duly executed by the appropriate Loan Party, together with:

(A) evidence that counterparts of the Mortgages have been duly executed, acknowledged and delivered and are in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary in order to create a valid first and subsisting Lien on the property described therein in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid,

 

Credit Agreement

76


(B) fully paid International Loan Policy of Title Insurance with such extended coverage as is available pursuant to the underwriting requirements of the Title Company (to be substantially similar to that provided under an ALTA Extended form policy) (the “ Mortgage Policies ”) in form and substance, with endorsements and in amounts reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, issued by Chicago Title Insurance Company (“ CTIC ”), insuring the Mortgages to be valid first and subsisting Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all defects (including, but not limited to, mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens) and encumbrances, excepting only Permitted Encumbrances and other Liens permitted under the Loan Documents, and providing for such other affirmative insurance (including endorsements for future advances under the Loan Documents and for mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens),

(C) any surveys or maps, for which all necessary fees (where applicable) shall have been paid, as may be required for CTIC to provide the Administrative Agent with extended coverage on the Administrative Agent’s loan title policies,

(D) engineering, soils and other reports as to the properties described in the Mortgages, in form and substance and from professional firms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent ,

(E) access agreements, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, executed by each of the lessors of the leased real properties listed on Schedule 4.01(a)(vi)(E) , giving notice to each lessor of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in any Collateral located in the leased real properties listed on Schedule 4.01(a)(vi)(E) , as well as confirming the right of the Administrative Agent or such party as may be directed by the Administrative Agent to enter such leased real property and remove any Collateral located therein or thereon,

(F) evidence of the insurance required by the terms of the Mortgages, and

(vii) evidence that all other action that the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary in order to create valid first and subsisting Liens on the property described in the Mortgages has been taken;

(viii) evidence that all insurance (including without limitation title insurance) required to be maintained pursuant to the Loan Documents has been obtained and is in effect and that the Administrative Agent has been named as loss payee under each property insurance policy with respect to such insurance as to which the Administrative Agent shall have requested to be so named;

(ix) a Request for Credit Extension relating to the initial Credit Extensions in accordance with the requirements hereof;

(x) an opinion of each of (A) Kirkland & Ellis LLP, special counsel to the Loan Parties, (B) Loyens Loeff N.V., Dutch counsel to the Loan Parties, (C) Creel, Garcia-Cuellar y Muggenburg, S.C., special Mexico counsel to the Loan Parties, (D) Pinheiro Neto Advogados, Brazilian counsel to the Loan Parties, (E) Bae, Kim & Lee, special Korea counsel to the Loan Parties, (F) O’Melveny & Myers, Tokyo Office, special Japan counsel to the Loan Parties and (G) Azim, Tunku Farik & Wong, special Malaysia counsel to the Loan Parties, each addressed to each Agent and each Lender and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

Credit Agreement

77


(xi) such documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in its jurisdiction of organization;

(xii) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer of such Loan Party authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party; and

(xiii) certified copies of each of (A) the Senior Subordinated Notes Documents, (B) the Senior Notes Documents and (C) the Equity Contribution Agreement, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each duly executed by the parties thereto, which shall be in full force and effective in accordance with their respective terms as of the Closing Date.

(b) There shall not have occurred any event, occurrence or development which, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Acquired Business, in each case since December 31, 2004, except for any such effect (a) to the extent relating to any Excluded Asset or Excluded Liability (each as defined in the Purchase Agreement) and for which the Borrowers, their Subsidiaries, and the Purchased Subsidiaries will have no liability following the Closing in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement, or (b) resulting from or arising in connection with (i) the announcement of the Purchase Agreement or consummation of the transactions specifically contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, (ii) changes or effects affecting generally the industries in which the Acquired Business operates, (iii) changes in Applicable Laws (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) or accounting standards, principles or interpretations of general application, (iv) changes in economic, regulatory or political conditions generally or (v) changes attributable to actions or omissions of the Borrowers or any of their affiliates, other than any action or omission specifically contemplated by the Purchase Agreement; provided that the changes or effects described in clauses (ii)  through (iv)  shall be disregarded only to the extent that the effect or change is not disproportionately adverse to the Acquired Business compared to other persons operating in the industries in which the Acquired Business operates, taking into account the market position and geographic scope of the Acquired Business.

(c) (i) The representations and warranties contained in Article 5, in each case solely as they relate to the BV Borrower and the US Borrower, shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date and (ii) the Closing Date Representations and Warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects.

(d) The Arrangers shall be reasonably satisfied with (x) the Purchase Agreement (including all schedules and exhibits thereto) and (y) all other agreements, instruments and documents relating to the Transactions; and the Purchase Agreement and such other agreements, instruments and documents relating to the Transactions shall not be altered, amended or otherwise changed or supplemented, in each case in any material respect, or any material condition therein waived without the prior written consent of the Arrangers (it being agreed that the final Purchase Agreement dated January 8, 2006 and delivered to the Arrangers on January 8, 2006 is satisfactory to the Arrangers). The Acquisition shall have been consummated in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement.

(e) No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed initial Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds therefrom.

 

Credit Agreement

78


(f) Prior to or substantially contemporaneously with the initial Credit Extensions, the Borrowers shall have received at least $900,000,000 in gross cash proceeds from (i) the issuance and sale of the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Senior Notes, (ii) the issuance of additional common equity securities, (iii) the issuance of additional preferred equity securities having terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, or (iv) any combination of the foregoing.

(g) Prior to or substantially contemporaneously with the initial Credit Extensions, the Equity Contributions shall have been funded in full.

(h) (i) Any applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, relating to the Acquisition shall have expired or been terminated; (ii) all approvals pursuant to Competition Laws (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) listed on Section 10.01(b) of the disclosure schedule to the Purchase Agreement (the “ Disclosure Schedule ”) shall have been obtained; (iii) all approvals of Governmental Authorities (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) listed on Section 10.01(c) of the Disclosure Schedule shall have been obtained; and (iv) no provision of any Applicable Law (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) shall prohibit the consummation of the Acquisition or subject the Borrowers to any penalty or other condition that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(i) All fees and expenses required to be paid on or before the Closing Date and invoiced (with reasonably supporting documentation) and delivered to the Borrowers before the Closing Date shall have been paid in full in cash.

(j) The Administrative Agent shall have received all documentation and other information with respect to each Loan Party required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation, the Patriot Act.

SECTION 4.02. Conditions to All Credit Extensions After the Closing Date . The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than in connection with (i) a Credit Extension to be made on the Closing Date, or (ii) a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) is subject to satisfaction (or waiver) of the following conditions precedent:

(a) The representations and warranties of each Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article 5 or any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (ii) that for purposes of this Section 4.02 , the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.05(a) and Section 5.05(b) shall be deemed to refer to the most recent financial statements furnished pursuant to Section 6.01(a) and Section 6.01(b) and, in the case of the financial statements furnished pursuant to Section 6.01(b) , the representations contained in Section 5.05(a) , as modified by this clause (ii) , shall be qualified by the statement that such financial statements are subject to the absence of footnotes and year-end audit adjustments.

(b) No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds therefrom.

(c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

 

Credit Agreement

79


Each Request for Credit Extension (other than (i) a Credit Extension to be made on the Closing Date, or (ii) a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) submitted by any Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Section 4.02(a) and Section 4.02(b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.

ARTICLE 5

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each of the Borrowers represents and warrants to the Agents and the Lenders on the Closing Date and on each other date required by Section 4.02 that:

SECTION 5.01. Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws . Each Loan Party and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) is a Person duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite corporate or other applicable entity power and authority to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, (d) is in compliance with all Laws, writs, injunctions and orders and (e) has all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted; except in each case referred to in clauses (a)  (other than with respect to any Borrower), (b)(i) , (c) , (d)  or (e) , to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.02. Authorization; No Contravention . The (a) execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, and (b) as of the Closing Date only, the consummation of the Transactions (other than the Transactions described in clause (a) ), are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not and will not (i) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents, (ii) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under (other than as permitted by Section 7.01 ), or constitute a default under or require any payment (except for Indebtedness to be repaid on or prior to the Closing Date in connection with the Transactions) to be made under (x) (A) any Junior Financing Documentation or (B) any other Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (y) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (iii) violate any Law (including, without limitation, Regulation X issued by the FRB); except with respect to any conflict, breach, contravention, default, payment (but not creation of Liens) or violation referred to in clause (ii)  or clause (iii) , to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention, default, payment or violation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.03. Governmental Authorization; Other Consents . No material approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (b) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Collateral Documents, (c) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Collateral Documents (including the priority thereof) or (d) the exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents, except for (i) filings necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties or to release existing Liens in

 

Credit Agreement

80


connection with the Transaction, (ii) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect and (iii) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain or make could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.04. Binding Effect . This Agreement and each other Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party that is a party thereto, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law).

SECTION 5.05. Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect . (a) The Historical Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Acquired Business and its subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP or the equivalent accounting principles in the relevant local jurisdiction consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein.

(b) In the case of the Closing Date, since December 31, 2005 and, in all other cases, since the date of the most recent audited financial statements delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.01(a) , there has been no material adverse change in, or event or condition, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, financial condition or operating results of the BV Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(c) The forecasts of consolidated balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement of the BV Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each fiscal year ending after the Closing Date until the seventh anniversary of the Closing Date, copies of which have been furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Initial Lenders prior to the Closing Date, have been prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time made in light of the conditions existing at the time of preparation of such forecasts and represented, at the time of preparation, the BV Borrower’s reasonable estimate of its future financial performance, it being understood that (i) such forecasts, as to future events, are not to be viewed as facts, that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such forecasts may differ significantly from the forecasted results and that such differences may be material and that such forecasts are not a guarantee of financial performance and (ii) no representation is made with respect to information of a general economic or general industry nature.

SECTION 5.06. Litigation . Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.06 (the “ Disclosed Litigation ”), there are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the actual knowledge of any Responsible Officer of any Borrower, threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues that (a) purport to restrain or contest entry into or performance under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the consummation of the Transactions or (b) either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and there has been no materially adverse change in the status, or financial effect on any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, of the Disclosed Litigation from that described on Schedule 5.06 hereto.

SECTION 5.07. Ownership of Property; Liens . (a) Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all real property necessary in the ordinary

 

Credit Agreement

81


conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Encumbrances and such minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes and Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and except where the failure to have such title or other property interests described above could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Schedule 7.01(b) sets forth a list of all Liens on the property and assets of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries that is complete and accurate in all material respects, showing as of the date hereof the lienholder thereof, the principal amount of the obligations secured thereby and the property or assets of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary subject thereto. The property of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Liens set forth on Schedule 7.01(b), and as otherwise permitted by Section 7.01.

(c) Schedule 5.07(c) sets forth a complete and accurate list of all real property owned by any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as of the Closing Date, showing as of such date the street address (to the extent available), county or other relevant jurisdiction, state and record owner and book and estimated fair value thereof. Each Loan Party has good and marketable title to the real property owned by such Loan Party, free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens created or permitted by the Loan Documents.

(d) Schedule 7.02(f) sets forth a list of all Investments held by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party that is complete and accurate in all material respects, as of the Closing Date, on the date hereof, showing as of the date hereof the amount, obligor or issuer and maturity, if any, thereof.

SECTION 5.08. Environmental Compliance .

(a) There are no actions, suits, proceedings, demands or claims alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of, or liability under, any Environmental Law received by, and relating to businesses, operations or properties of, any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) none of the properties currently or, to the actual knowledge of any Responsible Officer of any Borrower, formerly owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or, to the actual knowledge of any Responsible Officer of any Borrower, to which any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries sent any Hazardous Materials for disposal, is listed on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list; (ii) there are no and, to the actual knowledge of any Responsible Officer of any Borrower, never have been any underground or aboveground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been discharged, treated, stored or disposed on, at or under any property currently owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or, to its actual knowledge, on, at or under any property formerly owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries during or prior to the period of such ownership or operation; (iii) there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material on or at any property currently owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries; and (iv) Hazardous Materials have not been released, discharged or disposed of on, at or under any property currently or to the actual knowledge of any Responsible Officer of any Borrower formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, except for such releases, discharges or disposal that were in compliance with Environmental Laws.

 

Credit Agreement

82


(c) The Material Real Properties do not contain any Hazardous Materials in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute or constituted a violation of, (ii) require response or remedial action under, or (iii) could result in a Borrower incurring liability under Environmental Laws, which violations, actions and liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) None of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries is undertaking, and has not completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual or threatened release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law except for any such investigation or assessment or remedial or response action that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) No Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled or stored at, or transported to or from, any property currently or formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries have been disposed of by or on behalf of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries in a manner that could not reasonably be expected to result in, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

This Section 5.08 sets forth the sole and exclusive representations and warranties of the Loan Parties with respect to environmental, health or safety matters.

SECTION 5.09. Taxes . The Loan Parties have filed all Federal and state income and other material tax returns and reports required to be filed (after giving effect to permitted extension periods), and have paid all Federal and state income and other material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those (a) which are not overdue by more than sixty (60) days or (b) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP or the equivalent accounting principles in the relevant local jurisdiction or (c) with respect to which the failure to make such filing or payment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.10. ERISA Compliance . (a) Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Pension Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code; and (ii) each Pension Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has either received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter has been or will be submitted to the IRS within the applicable required time period with respect thereto and, to the knowledge of any Borrower, nothing has occurred which could reasonably be expected to prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification.

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 5.10(b) , there are no pending or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Pension Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of any Borrower, there has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Pension Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Except as set forth on Schedule 5.10(c) , (i) no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan has an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code), whether or not waived, and no application for a waiver of the minimum funding

 

Credit Agreement

83


standard has been filed with respect to any Pension Plan; (iii) none of the Borrowers or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums not yet due or premiums due and not yet delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) none of the Borrowers or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) none of the Borrowers or any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, except, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses of this Section 5.10(c) , as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.11. Subsidiaries; Equity Interests . As of the Closing Date, no Loan Party has any Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.11 , and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in each Restricted Subsidiary are fully paid and with respect to corporate shares, nonassessable and are owned directly by the Person set forth on Schedule 5.11 and are free and clear of all Liens except (i) those created under the Collateral Documents and (ii) any nonconsensual Lien that is permitted under Section 7.01 . As of the Closing Date, Schedule 5.11 (a) sets forth the name and jurisdiction of each Subsidiary, (b) sets forth the direct ownership interest of the BV Borrower and any other Subsidiary in each Subsidiary, including the percentage of such ownership and (c) identifies each Material Foreign Subsidiary.

SECTION 5.12. Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act . (a) No proceeds of any Borrowings or drawings under any Letter of Credit will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock in violation of Regulation U issued by the FRB.

(b) None of the Borrowers, any Person Controlling the Borrowers, or any Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Neither the making of any Loans, nor the issuance of any Letters of Credit, nor the application of the proceeds or repayment thereof by the Borrowers, nor the consummation of the other transactions contemplated by the Related Documents will violate any provision of the Securities Act or any rule, regulation or order of the SEC thereunder.

SECTION 5.13. Disclosure . To the actual knowledge of the Responsible Officers of the Borrowers, no report, financial statement, certificate or other written information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to any Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or any other Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) when taken as a whole contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, (i) with respect to financial estimates, projected financial information and other forward-looking information, each Borrower represents and warrants only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation; it being understood that such projections, as to future events, are not to be viewed as facts, that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ significantly from the projected results and that such differences may be material and that such projections are not a guarantee of financial performance and (ii) no representation is made with respect to information of a general economic or general industry nature.

SECTION 5.14. Intellectual Property, Licenses, Etc . Schedule 5.14 sets forth a complete and accurate list of all registered, patented or applied for Material Intellectual Property on the Closing Date, of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries, showing as of the Closing Date the jurisdiction in which each such

 

Credit Agreement

84


Material Intellectual Property is registered, the registration number and the date of registration. Each Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all of the material trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, licenses, database rights and design rights and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “ IP Rights ”) that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently operated by each Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries without conflict with the rights of any other Person, except to the extent such failure to own or possess the right to use or such conflicts, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of Borrowers, no trademarks, servicemarks, copyrights, logos, designs, slogans or other advertising devices, products, processes, methods, substances, part or other material, as currently used or employed by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, infringes upon any rights held by any other Person except for such infringements, individually or in the aggregate, which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the actual knowledge of any Borrower, threatened, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.15. Solvency . On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transaction, the Loan Parties, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

SECTION 5.16. Perfection, Mortgages, Etc . All filings and other actions reasonably necessary to perfect and protect the Liens on the Collateral created under, and in the manner contemplated by, the Collateral Documents have been duly made or taken or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent and are in full force and effect and the Collateral Documents create in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a valid and, together with such filings and other actions, perfected first priority Lien in the Collateral, securing the payment of the Secured Obligations, subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01 . The Loan Parties are the legal and beneficial owners of the Collateral free and clear of any Lien, except for the Liens created or permitted under the Loan Documents. Each Mortgage creates, as security for the obligations purported to be secured thereby, a valid and enforceable first mortgage Lien on the respective Property in favor of the Administrative Agent (or such other trustee as may be required under local law) for the benefit of the Secured Parties, superior and prior to the rights of all third Persons, except for the Liens created or permitted under the Loan Documents.

SECTION 5.17. Compliance with Laws Generally . None of the Loan Parties or any of their respective material properties, or the use of such material properties, is in violation of any applicable Law, or is in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction, decree or order of any Governmental Authority, except for such violations or defaults that (a) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or (b) individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.18. Labor Matters . Except as in the aggregate has not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against any Loan Party pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer of any Borrower, threatened.

SECTION 5.19. Compliance with Dutch Banking Act . The BV Borrower complies and acts in accordance with the requirements of the Dutch Banking Act, the Dutch Banking Act Exemption Regulation and the Dutch Policy Rule.

SECTION 5.20. Debt . Schedule 7.03(c)(i) sets forth a list that is complete and accurate in all material respects of all Existing Indebtedness of each Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the Closing Date.

 

Credit Agreement

85


ARTICLE 6

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation (other than contingent indemnification obligations not then due and payable) hereunder which is accrued and payable shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit that has not been collateralized on terms reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer shall remain outstanding, each of the Borrowers shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Section 6.01 , Section 6.02 , Section 6.03 , Section 6.15 , Section 6.16 , Section 6.17 , Section 6.18 and Section 6.19 ) cause each Restricted Subsidiary to:

SECTION 6.01. Financial Statements . Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within (i) one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the 2006 fiscal year of the BV Borrower, and (ii) ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year thereafter, a consolidated balance sheet of the BV Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or any other independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit;

(b) as soon as available, but in any event within (i) seventy-five (75) days after the end of each of the first two (2) fiscal quarters of the BV Borrower beginning with the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2006, and (ii) forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter thereafter, excluding, in each case, the fourth fiscal quarter, a consolidated balance sheet of the BV Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the BV Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the BV Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes; and

(c) as soon as available, but in any event no later than (i) one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the 2006 fiscal year, and (ii) ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year thereafter, forecasts prepared by management of the BV Borrower, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of consolidated balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements of the BV Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year following such fiscal year then ended.

(d) simultaneously with the delivery of each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a) and Section 6.01(b) above, the related consolidating balance sheet and the related consolidating statements of income or operations reflecting the adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements.

 

Credit Agreement

86


SECTION 6.02. Certificates; Other Information . Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:

(a) no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a) , a certificate of its independent certified public accountants auditing such financial statements that addresses either (i) whether in making the examination necessary therefor or (ii) through performance of other acceptable procedures under professional auditing standards, such firm obtained knowledge of any Event of Default under Section 7.11 or, if any such Event of Default shall exist, stating the nature and status of such event;

(b)(i) no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a) and Section 6.01(b) , a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the BV Borrower (which shall set forth reasonably detailed calculations (A) demonstrating compliance with Section 7.11 and (B) in the case of any delivery of financial statements under Section 6.01(a) in respect of any fiscal year ending on or after December 31, 2007, of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year) and (ii) at any time on or after the tenth (10th) day prior to the last day of any fiscal quarter, the Equity Investors may deliver notice of their intent to provide the BV Borrower with Net Cash Proceeds (a “ Notice of Intent to Make An Equity Infusion ”) through capital contributions or the purchase of Equity Interests by one or more Equity Investors as contemplated pursuant to clause (b)(xiii) and the final proviso of the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”; provided that the delivery of a Notice of Intent to Make An Equity Infusion shall in no way affect or alter the occurrence, existence or continuation of any such Event of Default or the rights, benefits, powers and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under any Loan Document; provided further that from the date of receipt of such Notice of Intent to Make an Equity Infusion by the Administrative Agent until the 20 th Business Day following the delivery of the Compliance Certificate, neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall exercise any right to foreclose on or take possession of the Collateral solely on the basis of an Event of Default having occurred and being continuing under Section 7.11 ;

(c) promptly after the same are publicly available, copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which BV Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary filed with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or with any Governmental Authority that may be substituted therefor, or with any national securities exchange, and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

(d) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any material requests or material notices received by any Loan Party (other than in the ordinary course of business) from, or material statement or material report furnished to, any holder of debt securities of any Loan Party or of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any Junior Financing Documentation in a principal amount greater than the Threshold Amount and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to any other clause of this Section 6.02 ;

(e) promptly after the receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, copies of each notice or other written correspondence received from the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-US jurisdiction) concerning any material investigation or other material inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries;

(f) together with the delivery of each Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.02(b) , (i) a report supplementing Schedule 5.07(c) hereto, including, in the case of supplements to Schedule 5.07(c) , an identification of all owned real property Disposed of by any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the delivery of the last supplements and a list and description of all Material Real Property acquired since the delivery of the last supplements (including the street address (if

 

Credit Agreement

87


available), county or other relevant jurisdiction, state or other relevant jurisdiction, and the record owner), (ii) a description of each event, condition or circumstance during the last fiscal quarter covered by such Compliance Certificate requiring a mandatory prepayment under Section 2.05(b) ;

(g) promptly after any Borrower has notified the Administrative Agent of any intention by such Borrower to treat the Loans and/or Letters of Credit and related transactions as being a “reportable transaction” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4), a duly completed copy of IRS Form 8886 or any successor form; and

(h) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, legal, financial or corporate affairs of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender through the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) , Section 6.01(b) , Section 6.02(c) or Section 6.02(d) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the BV Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the BV Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02 ; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the BV Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (A) upon the request of the Administrative Agent, the BV Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender and (B) the BV Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions ( i.e. , soft copies) of such documents. Except for Compliance Certificates, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the BV Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery of or maintaining its copies of such documents. The BV Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Arrangers will make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the BV Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the BV Borrower or its securities) (each, a “ Public Lender ”). The BV Borrower hereby agrees that (w) all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the BV Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders to treat the Borrower Materials as either publicly available information or not material information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the BV Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws; (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Investor;” and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform designated “Private Investor.”

 

Credit Agreement

88


SECTION 6.03. Notices . Promptly notify the Administrative Agent:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default;

(b) of any matter that has resulted or could in the reasonable judgment of any Loan Party reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including any such matter arising out of or resulting from (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between any Loan Party or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority, (iii) the commencement of, or any material adverse development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws or the assertion or occurrence of any alleged noncompliance by any Loan Party or as any of its Subsidiaries with any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, or (iv) the occurrence of any ERISA Event; and

(c) of the application of any amount of Net Cash Proceeds of any transaction or event or of Excess Cash Flow pursuant to clause (c)  of the definition of “Not Otherwise Applied”.

Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the BV Borrower (x) that such notice is being delivered pursuant to Section 6.03(a) , Section 6.03(b) or Section 6.03(c) (as applicable) and (y) setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and (other than in the case of a notice pursuant to Section 6.03(c) , stating what action the BV Borrower or the applicable Loan Party has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document in respect of which such Default exists.

SECTION 6.04. Payment of Obligations . Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities except, in each case, to the extent the failure to pay or discharge the same could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.05. Preservation of Existence, Etc . (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by Section 7.04 or Section 7.05 , and, in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Borrower) to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges (including its good standing), permits, licenses, Material Intellectual Property Rights and franchises necessary in the normal conduct of its business, except (i) to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) pursuant to a transaction permitted by Section 7.04 or Section 7.05 .

SECTION 6.06. Maintenance of Properties . Except if the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear, casualty and condemnation excepted, and (b) make all necessary renewals, replacements, modifications, improvements, upgrades, extensions and additions thereof or thereto in accordance with prudent industry practice or in the reasonable judgment of management.

SECTION 6.07. Maintenance of Insurance . Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as the BV Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the same geographic locales) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons.

 

Credit Agreement

89


SECTION 6.08. Compliance with Laws . Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except if the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.09. Books and Records . Maintain proper books of record and account (in which full, true and correct, in all material respects, entries shall be made of all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the BV Borrower and the Subsidiaries) in a manner that permits the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP or the equivalent accounting principles in the relevant local jurisdiction.

SECTION 6.10. Inspection Rights . Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants (so long as an executed standard access letter of such independent public accountants is received from the Administrative Agent) and to examine and make extracts from its books and records, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested, all at the expense of the Borrowers as provided below and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the BV Borrower and the applicable Loan Party; provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights under this Section 6.10 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than one (1) time during any calendar year absent the existence and continuance of an Event of Default and only at such time shall it be at the Borrowers’ expense; provided further that when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing the Administrative Agent or any such Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrowers at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give the Borrowers the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Borrowers’ accountants.

SECTION 6.11. Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions (i) in the case of the Term Loans, to finance in part the Acquisition, (ii) to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions and (iii) to provide ongoing working capital and for other general corporate purposes of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (including Permitted Acquisitions).

SECTION 6.12. Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security (a) Upon (A) the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary by any Loan Party or the designation in accordance with Section 6.16 of any existing direct or indirect Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) any Subsidiary commencing to constitute a Material Foreign Subsidiary or (C) any Restricted Subsidiary Guaranteeing any Specified Junior Financing Obligations, the BV Borrower shall, in each case at the BV Borrower’s expense; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 6.12 shall not apply to any Subsidiary to the extent that such Subsidiary is prohibited by applicable local Laws from taking any such action:

(i) within thirty (30) days after such formation, acquisition, designation or Guarantee (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion):

 

Credit Agreement

90


(A) cause each such Restricted Subsidiary that is (x) a material Domestic Subsidiary, (y) a Material Foreign Subsidiary or (z) a Foreign Subsidiary that has Guaranteed any Specified Junior Financing Obligations to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Guaranty or guaranty supplement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, Guaranteeing the Obligations of (x) the BV Borrower and (y) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary and solely to the extent such Foreign Subsidiary has Guaranteed any Specified Junior Financing Obligations of the US Borrower or any other Domestic Subsidiary, the US Borrower, subject, in the case of clauses (y)  and (z) , to any limitations required by local Law;

(B) cause each such Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 6.12(a)(i)(A) to furnish to the Administrative Agent a description of any Material Real Property owned by such Restricted Subsidiary in detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(C) cause each such Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 6.12(a)(i)(A) , to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent Mortgages with respect to Material Real Property, Security Agreement Supplements, Intellectual Property Security Agreements and other Collateral Documents, as specified by, and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (consistent with the Mortgages, Security Agreements, Intellectual Property Security Agreement and other Collateral Documents in effect on the Closing Date), granting a Lien in substantially all personal property of such Restricted Subsidiary and all Material Real Property, in each case securing the Obligations of such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guaranty;

(D) cause each such Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 6.12(a)(i)(A) to deliver any and all certificates representing Equity Interests owned by such Restricted Subsidiary or, if applicable in the case of Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries, cause the legal representative(s) of such Restricted Subsidiary to register the transfer of the Equity Interests in the relevant share registers of such Restricted Subsidiary, in each applicable case accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank and instruments, if any, evidencing the intercompany debt held by such Restricted Subsidiary, if any, indorsed in blank to the Administrative Agent or accompanied by other appropriate instruments of transfer;

(E) take and cause such Restricted Subsidiary to take whatever action (including the recording of Mortgages with respect to Material Real Property, the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (or comparable documents or instruments under other applicable Law), and delivery of certificates evidencing stock and membership interests) as may be necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to vest in the Administrative Agent (or in any representative of the Administrative Agent designated by it) valid and subsisting Liens on the properties purported to be subject to the Mortgages and the other Collateral Documents delivered pursuant to this Section 6.12 , enforceable against all third parties in accordance with their terms,

(ii) within thirty (30) days after the reasonable request therefor by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent a signed copy of a customary legal opinion, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, of counsel for the Loan Parties reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to such matters set forth in this Section 6.12(a) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, and

 

Credit Agreement

91


(iii) as promptly as practicable after the request therefor by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent with respect to Material Real Property owned by such Restricted Subsidiary that is the subject of such request, title reports in scope, form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and, to the extent available, surveys and environmental assessment reports.

It is understood and agreed that (i) no Foreign Subsidiary shall be obligated to guarantee the Obligations of the US Borrower (unless such Foreign Subsidiary is a guarantor of any Specified Junior Financing Obligations of the US Borrower or any other Domestic Subsidiary), (ii) no more than 65% of the voting Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to be pledged to directly or indirectly to support the Obligations of the US Borrower (except to the extent pledged to support obligations under any Specified Junior Financing Obligations of the US Borrower or any other Domestic Subsidiary) and (iii) no Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary that are held directly by a Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to be pledged to support the Obligations of the US Borrower (except to the extent pledged to support obligations under any Specified Junior Financing Obligations of the US Borrower or any other Domestic Subsidiary).

(b) Upon the acquisition of (x) any personal property by any Loan Party or (y) Material Real Property by any Loan Party, if such personal property shall not already be subject to a perfected Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the relevant Borrower or Loan Party, as the case may be, shall give notice thereof to the Administrative Agent and shall, if requested by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing such Loan Party’s Obligations and will take, or cause the relevant Loan Party to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to grant and perfect or record such Lien, including, as the case may be, the applicable actions referred to in Section 6.12(a) and Section 6.14(b) .

(c) On the Closing Date, the BV Borrower will cause each Domestic Guarantor to duly execute and deliver (i) a Security Agreement to grant a first-priority perfected security interest (subject to Liens permitted under Section 7.02 ) in each of their respective assets constituting Collateral thereunder to secure each of their respective Obligations under the Domestic Guaranty, (ii) a Domestic Guaranty and (iii) if applicable, an Intellectual Property Security Agreement to secure each of their respective Obligations under the Domestic Guaranty. To the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, the BV Borrower will cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent one or more customary legal opinions in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent with respect to the granting of such security interests and the making of such Guarantees.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the Administrative Agent shall not take a security interest in or require any title insurance or similar items with respect to those assets as to which the Administrative Agent shall determine, in its reasonable discretion, that the cost of obtaining such Lien (including any mortgage, stamp, intangibles or other tax, title insurance or similar items) is excessive in relation to the benefit to the Lenders of the security afforded thereby and (y) Liens required to be granted pursuant to this Section 6.12 shall be subject to exceptions and limitations consistent with those set forth in the Collateral Documents as in effect on the Closing Date (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction).

SECTION 6.13. Compliance with Environmental Laws . Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) comply, and

 

Credit Agreement

92


take all reasonable actions to cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits; (ii) obtain and renew all Environmental Permits as necessary for its operations and properties; and (iii) in each case to the extent required by Environmental Laws, conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up Hazardous Materials from any of its properties, in accordance with the requirements of all Environmental Laws.

SECTION 6.14. Further Assurances . (a) Promptly upon reasonable request by the Administrative Agent, (i) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of any Loan Document or other document or instrument relating to any Collateral, (ii) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require from time to time in order to carry out more effectively the purposes of the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, the Collateral Documents), and (iii) with respect to any property subject to a Mortgage in Japan, periodically amend the secured amount set forth in such Mortgage to an amount not greater than 135% of the value of the property secured by such Mortgage and pay any and all taxes or additional registration fees with respect to such periodic amendments.

(b) Promptly following the delivery of each Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.02(b) , execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an appropriate Intellectual Property Security Agreement with respect to all After-Acquired Intellectual Property (as defined in the Security Agreement) that is Material Intellectual Property owned by it as of the last day of the period for which such Compliance Certificate is delivered, to the extent that such After-Acquired Intellectual Property that is Material Intellectual Property is not covered by any previous Intellectual Property Security Agreement so signed and delivered by it. In each case, each Borrower will, and will cause each Guarantor to, promptly cooperate as reasonably necessary to enable the Administrative Agent to make any reasonably necessary recordations with the US Copyright Office or the US Patent and Trademark Office or comparable foreign Governmental Authority, as appropriate, with respect to such Material Intellectual Property.

(c) Take or cause to be taken each action set forth on Schedule 6.14(c) within the time period (as such time period may be extended by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) specified for such action to be taken on such schedule.

SECTION 6.15. Interest Rate Hedging . Enter into prior to one hundred eighty (180) days following the Closing Date, and maintain at all times thereafter until the date that is two (2) years after the Closing Date, protection against fluctuations in interest rates pursuant to Eurodollar Rate Loans or EURIBOR Loans, as the case may be, under this Agreement pursuant to one or more interest rate Swap Contracts reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, the effect of which shall be to fix or limit the interest cost of the Borrowers with respect to at least 35% of Consolidated Funded Indebtedness consisting of obligations for borrowed money.

SECTION 6.16. Designation of Subsidiaries . The board of directors of the BV Borrower may at any time designate any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (a) immediately before and after such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (b) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the BV Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis, with the covenants set forth in Section 7.11 (and, as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of any such designation, the BV Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations demonstrating such compliance), (c) no Borrower may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (d) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a “Restricted Subsidiary” for the purpose of any Junior Financing. The designation of any Subsidiary as an

 

Credit Agreement

93


Unrestricted Subsidiary shall constitute an Investment by BV Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary (as applicable) therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the net book value of such Person’s (as applicable) investment therein. The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute the incurrence at the time of designation of any Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time.

SECTION 6.17. Maintenance of Ratings . Use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain a rating of the Facilities by each of S&P and Moody’s.

SECTION 6.18. Junior Financing Documentation . (a) Cause each Loan Party to take any and all actions deemed reasonably necessary so that the Obligations of such Loan Parties under the Loan Documents shall be and at all times remain “Senior Indebtedness” (or any comparable term), “Designated Senior Indebtedness” (or any comparable term) or “Senior Secured Financing” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture or any other Junior Financing Documentation and (b) cause each Loan Party to take any and all actions deemed reasonably necessary so that the subordination provisions set forth in the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture or any other Junior Financing Documentation, shall be and at all times remain (until the termination of all obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations not then due and payable) of such Loan Party thereunder) effective, legally valid, binding and enforceable against the holders of any Junior Financing, if applicable, in accordance with the terms thereof, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivorship, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law).

SECTION 6.19. Certain Tax Matters . The BV Borrower will not book the Loans through a US branch within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.884-4(b)(1)(i)(A) and will not specifically identify the Loans as a liability of a US trade or business within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.884-4(b)(1)(ii).

ARTICLE 7

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation (other than contingent indemnification obligations not then due and payable) hereunder which is accrued and payable shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit that has not been collateralized in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer shall remain outstanding, the Loan Parties shall not, nor shall the BV Borrower permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

SECTION 7.01. Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:

(a) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;

(b) Liens existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.01(b) and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that (i) the Lien does not extend to any additional property other than (A) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien or financed by Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(b)(ii) , and (B) proceeds and products thereof, and (ii) the modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing of the obligations secured or benefited by such Liens (if such obligations constitute Indebtedness) is permitted by Section 7.03 ;

 

Credit Agreement

94


(c) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges which are not overdue for a period of more than sixty (60) days or, if more than sixty (60) days overdue (i) which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate actions diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP or the equivalent accounting principles in the relevant local jurisdiction or (ii) with respect to which the failure to make payment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(d) statutory Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, repairmen, construction contractors or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which secure amounts not overdue for a period of more than sixty (60) days or, if more than sixty (60) days overdue (i) no action has been taken to enforce such Lien, (ii) such Lien is being contested in good faith and by appropriate actions diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP or the equivalent accounting principles in the relevant local jurisdiction or (iii) with respect to which the failure to make payment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e)(i) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, (ii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing insurance premiums or reimbursement obligations under insurance policies, in each case payable to insurance carriers that provide insurance to the BV Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees that have been posted by the Borrower Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to support the payments of the items set forth in clauses (i)  and (ii)  of this Section 7.01(e) .

(f)(i) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds, performance and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii) obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees that have been posted to support payment of the items set forth in clause (i)  of this Section 7.01(f) ;

(g) easements, rights-of-way, covenants, conditions, restrictions, encroachments, protrusions and other similar encumbrances and minor title defects or matters that would be disclosed in an accurate survey affecting real property which, in the aggregate, do not in any case materially and adversely interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;

(h) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h) ;

(i) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(b)(ii) ; provided that (i) such Liens attach concurrently with or within two hundred and seventy (270) days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property except for accessions to such property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and the proceeds and the products thereof; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(j)(i) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to other Persons in the ordinary course of business which do not (A) interfere in any material respect with the business of any Borrower or any other Loan Party or (B) secure any Indebtedness for borrowed money or (ii) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by any Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

 

Credit Agreement

95


(k) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(l) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business or (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(m) Liens (i) (A) on advances of cash or Cash Equivalents in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02(f) , Section 7.02(i) or Section 7.02(n) to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment and (B) consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any property in a Disposition permitted under Section 7.05 , in each case under this clause (i) , solely to the extent such Investment or Disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien and (ii) on earnest money deposits of cash or Cash Equivalents made by any Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

(n) Liens on property of any Foreign Subsidiary securing Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary permitted under Section 7.03(c)(iv) ;

(o) Liens in favor of a Borrower, a Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(b)(v) , Section 7.03(c)(iv) and Section 7.03(c)(v) ;

(p) Liens existing on property at the time of its acquisition or existing on the property of any Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case after the date hereof (other than Liens on the Equity Interests of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that (i) such Lien was not created in contemplation of such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) such Lien does not extend to or cover any other assets or property (other than the proceeds or products thereof and after-acquired property subjected to a Lien pursuant to terms existing at the time of such acquisition, it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition), and (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby (or, as applicable, any modifications, replacements, renewals or extension thereof) is permitted under Section 7.03 ;

(q) Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings (or similar filings under other applicable Law) regarding leases entered into by any Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(r) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by any Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and not prohibited by this Agreement;

(s) Permitted Encumbrances;

 

Credit Agreement

96


(t) other Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations permitted under this Agreement and outstanding in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50,000,000;

(u) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the BV Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(v) any interest or title of a licensor, sublicensor, lessor or sublessor under any license or operating or true lease agreement;

(w) Liens on securities which are the subject of repurchase agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(x) ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the BV Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are located;

(y) Liens arising by operation of law under Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code in favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods;

(z) security given to a public or private utility or any Governmental Authority as required in the ordinary course of business;

(aa) Liens in the nature of the right of setoff in favor of counterparties to contractual agreements with the Loan Parties in the ordinary course of business; and

(bb) any exclusive or non-exclusive licenses granted under any IP Rights that do not secure or is not granted in connection with incurrence of Indebtedness.

SECTION 7.02. Investments . Make or hold any Investments, except:

(a) Investments by Parent, any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in assets that were Cash Equivalents when such Investment was made;

(b) loans or advances to officers, directors, members of management, and employees of Parent, any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding, for business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes, or (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Parent (or after the occurrence of a Qualifying IPO of the BV Borrower, the BV Borrower) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs of such loans or advances);

(c) Investments (i) by any Loan Party in any other Loan Party, (ii) by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in any Loan Party or in any other Restricted Subsidiary that is also not a Loan Party or (iii) by Loan Parties in any Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000,000 at any time outstanding (in the case of clause (iii) , determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs of such Investments);

 

Credit Agreement

97


(d) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Investments consisting of Liens, Indebtedness, fundamental changes, Dispositions, Restricted Payments and Capital Expenditures permitted by Section 7.01 , Section 7.03 , Section 7.04 , Section 7.05 , Section 7.06 and Section 7.14 , respectively;

(f) Investments existing or contemplated on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 7.02(f) and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided that the amount of the original Investment is not increased except by the terms of such Investment or as otherwise permitted by this Section 7.02 ;

(g) Investments in Swap Contracts permitted by Section 7.03 ;

(h) promissory notes and other noncash consideration received in connection with Dispositions permitted by Section 7.05 ;

(i) the purchase or other acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets or business of, any Person, or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of, such Person, or of all of the Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares) in a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will be owned directly by a Borrower or one or more of their respective wholly owned Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, as a result of a merger or consolidation); provided that, with respect to each such purchase or other acquisition made pursuant to this Section 7.02(i) (each of the foregoing, a “ Permitted Acquisition ”):

(A) each applicable Loan Party and any such newly created or acquired Subsidiary shall, or will within the times specified therein, have complied with the applicable requirements of Section 6.12 ;

(B)(1) immediately before and immediately after giving Pro Forma Effect to any such purchase or other acquisition, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (2) immediately after giving effect to any such purchase or other acquisition, there must be at least $50,000,000 of unused and available Revolving Credit Commitments and (3) immediately after giving effect to such purchase or other acquisition, the Borrower Parties shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with all of the covenants set forth in Section 7.11 (assuming for purposes of making such determination that Revolving Credit Loans had been made and were outstanding at such time in respect of the full amount of the $50,000,000 of unused and available Revolving Credit Commitments referred to in the preceding clause (2) ), such compliance to be determined on the basis of the financial information most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b) as though such purchase or other acquisition had been consummated as of the first day of the fiscal period covered thereby and evidenced by a certificate from the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer (or other equivalent officer) of the BV Borrower demonstrating such compliance calculation in reasonable detail; and

(C) the BV Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, no later than five (5) Business Days after the date on which any such purchase or other acquisition is consummated, a certificate of a Responsible Officer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, certifying that all of the requirements set forth in this Section 7.02(i) have been satisfied or will be satisfied on or prior to the consummation of such purchase or other acquisition.

 

Credit Agreement

98


(j) Investments in connection with the Acquisition;

(k) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of (i) indorsements for collection or deposit or (ii) customary trade arrangements with customers;

(l) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of any Person and in settlement of obligations of, or disputes with, any Person arising in the ordinary course of business and upon foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;

(m) loans and advances to Parent in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof), Restricted Payments permitted to be made to Parent in accordance with Section 7.06 ;

(n) so long as immediately after giving effect to any such Investment, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, other Investments that do not exceed $35,000,000 in any fiscal year (such amount to be increased to (A) $40,000,000, if the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding four fiscal quarters was less than 4.5:1 and (B) $45,000,000 if the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding four fiscal quarters was less than 3.5:1) (such applicable amount, the “ Permitted Other Investment Amount ”); provided that the Permitted Other Investment Amount may be increased by (x) the amount of any Eligible Equity Proceeds which are Not Otherwise Applied, (y) if the Leverage Ratio-based tests referred to in clause (A)  or (B)  of the first parenthetical above in this clause (n)  shall have been satisfied, an amount equal to 100% of Cumulative Excess Cash Flow that is Not Otherwise Applied and (z) the sum of the Rollover Amounts for the two preceding fiscal years, to the extent that such Rollover Amounts shall not have been used to make Capital Expenditures pursuant to Section 7.14 ( provided that the BV Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any application of any Rollover Amount or pursuant to this clause (n) ); provided further that (1) to the extent the aggregate amount of Investments made pursuant to this clause (n)  in any fiscal year is less than the Permitted Other Investment Amount, the amount of such difference may be carried forward and used to make Investments pursuant to this clause (n)  in the two immediately succeeding fiscal years and (2) for any fiscal year, the amount of Investments that would otherwise be permitted in such fiscal year pursuant to this clause (n)  may be increased by an amount not to exceed the Permitted Other Investment Amount (any amount so utilized, the “ Investment Pull-Forward Amount ”) ( provided that the Investment Pull-Forward Amount in respect of any fiscal year shall reduce, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, the Permitted Other Investment Amount in respect of the immediately succeeding fiscal year); provided further that, to the extent that any such Investment (or series of related Investments) made pursuant to this clause (n)  consists of the contribution(s) or other transfer(s) of property (other than cash) having an aggregate net book value in excess of $5,000,000 to a Joint Venture for consideration less than the fair market value of such property as determined by the Board of Directors (or equivalent body) of the BV Borrower, then the BV Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a pro forma Compliance Certificate demonstrating that, upon after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Investment(s), the Borrower Parties would be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.11 ;

(o) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;

 

Credit Agreement

99


(p) Guarantees by any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of leases (other than Capitalized Leases), contracts, or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(q) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that (i) immediately after giving effect to any such Investment, the fair market value of the assets of the applicable Unrestricted Subsidiary, when aggregated with the fair market value of the assets of all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, shall not exceed $25,000,000 and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing or will occur and be continuing immediately after giving effect to any such Investment;

(r) at any time after the consummation of a Qualifying IPO of the BV Borrower, Investments to the extent the consideration paid therefor consists solely of Equity Interests of the BV Borrower;

(s) Investments consisting of promissory notes issued by any Loan Party to future, present or former officers, directors and employees, members of management, or consultants of the BV Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Parent (or, after the occurrence of a Qualifying IPO of the BV Borrower, the BV Borrower), to the extent the applicable Restricted Payment is permitted by Section 7.06 ;

(t) earnest money required in connection with Permitted Acquisitions;

(u) Investments consisting of loans and advances to the Parent and its Subsidiaries in connection with the reimbursement of expenses incurred on behalf of the Loan Parties in the ordinary course of business;

(v) capitalization or forgiveness of any Indebtedness owed to any Loan Parties by any other Loan Parties; and

(w) Investments to the extent the consideration paid therefor consists solely of Equity Interests of the Parent.

SECTION 7.03. Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Notes, the Senior Subordinated Notes and any Permitted Refinancing thereof (which may be incurred by any Borrower, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the definition of the term Permitted Refinancing);

(b) In the case of any Loan Party:

(i) Indebtedness of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents;

(ii) Attributable Indebtedness and purchase money obligations (including obligations in respect of mortgage, industrial revenue bond, industrial development bond, and similar financings) to finance the purchase, repair or improvement of fixed or capital assets within the limitations set forth in Section 7.01(i) and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; provided that the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness at any one time outstanding shall not exceed $25,000,000;

(iii)(A) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount for all Loan Parties not to exceed $50,000,000 at any time outstanding and (B) Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness for all

 

Credit Agreement

100


Loan Parties (1) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100,000,000 and (2) in an aggregate amount in excess of $100,000,000, solely to the extent that the full amount of Net Cash Proceeds of any such Indebtedness in excess of $100,000,000 is applied to prepay Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(iv);

(iv)(A) Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness incurred to finance Permitted Acquisitions, and, upon notice to the Administrative Agent of its intention to do so upon receipt of the proceeds thereof, such Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness may be incurred up to 180 days prior to the consummation of any such Permitted Acquisition so long as the Net Cash Proceeds of such Indebtedness are utilized within 180 days of the incurrence thereof to finance such Permitted Acquisition (or if not so utilized within such time period, solely to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds of such Indebtedness are applied to prepay Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(iv) ), (B) Indebtedness assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition; provided that such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition, or (C) Indebtedness owed to the seller of any property acquired in a Permitted Acquisition on an unsecured subordinated basis, which subordination shall be on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in each case under this clause (iv), so long as both immediately prior and after giving effect thereto (x) no Event of Default shall exist or result therefrom, and (y) the Borrower Parties shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 7.11 , after giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition and the assumption, incurrence or issuance of such Indebtedness, and, in each case, any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(v) Indebtedness of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party owing to any other Loan Party or any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in respect of an Investment permitted by Section 7.02 ; provided that all such Indebtedness of any Loan Party owed to any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party must be expressly subordinated to the Obligations of such Loan Party, it being understood that such Loan Party may make payments thereon prior to the occurrence (but not during the continuance) of an Event of Default;

(vi) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by any Loan Party to future, present or former officers, directors and employees, members of management, or consultants of the BV Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Parent (or, after the occurrence of a Qualifying IPO of the BV Borrower, the BV Borrower), to the extent the applicable Restricted Payment is permitted by Section 7.06 ;

(c) In the case of the BV Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries:

(i) Existing Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.03(c)(i) and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(ii) Indebtedness in respect of Swap Contracts required by Section 6.15 or in respect of other Swap Contracts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(iii) Guarantees by any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Indebtedness of any Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted hereunder; provided that (A) no Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness constituting a Junior Financing shall be permitted unless such Restricted Subsidiary shall have also provided a Guarantee of the Obligations substantially on the terms set forth in the applicable Guaranty to the extent required by Section 6.12 and (B) if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations, such Guarantee shall be subordinated to the Guarantee of the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination provisions of such Indebtedness;

 

Credit Agreement

101


(iv) Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding for all such Persons taken together not exceeding $50,000,000;

(v) Indebtedness (other than for borrowed money) subject to Liens permitted under Section 7.01 ;

(vi) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(vii) Indebtedness incurred in a Permitted Acquisition or Disposition under agreements providing for indemnification, the adjustment of the purchase price or similar adjustments;

(viii) Indebtedness consisting of obligations of any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary under deferred compensation or other similar arrangements incurred by such Person in connection with the Transactions and Permitted Acquisitions;

(ix) Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and similar arrangements in each case in connection with cash management and deposit accounts;

(x) Indebtedness consisting of (A) the financing of insurance premiums or (B) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) Indebtedness incurred by any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims; provided that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(xii) obligations in respect of surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and performance and completion guarantees provided by any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(xiii) Indebtedness in respect of any bankers’ acceptance, letter of credit, warehouse receipt or similar facilities entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xiv) Attributable Indebtedness and Indebtedness incurred in connection with sale-leaseback transactions permitted under Section  7.05(f) ;

 

Credit Agreement

102


(xv) without duplication of any other Indebtedness, non-cash accruals of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount and/or pay-in-kind interest to the extent such Debt is permitted hereunder;

(xvi) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries under overdraft lines of credit in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding for all such Persons taken together not to exceed $25,000,000; and

(xvii) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a)  through (xvi) .

SECTION 7.04. Fundamental Changes . Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, except that:

(a) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with or liquidate into (i) any Borrower (including a merger, the purpose of which is to reorganize any Borrower into a new jurisdiction so long as (x) the US Borrower remains organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and (y) the BV Borrower remains organized under the Laws of its current jurisdiction or the Laws of another jurisdiction that permits all payments required to be made by such Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents to be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Taxes or such Borrower agrees to indemnify each Agent and each Lender for the full amount of such Taxes and any liability arising therefrom or with respect thereto in the manner provided in Article 3 (the requirements set forth in this clause (y)  and the foregoing clause (x) , collectively, the “ Jurisdictional Requirements ”)); provided that such Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person or the continuing or surviving Person shall expressly assume the obligations of such Borrower in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, or (ii) any one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that when any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Loan Party is merging with another Restricted Subsidiary, (A) a Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person or (B) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be an Investment permitted by Section 7.02 and any Indebtedness corresponding to such Investment must be permitted by Section 7.03 ;

(b)(i) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge or consolidate with or into any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and (ii) any Subsidiary (other than any Borrower) may liquidate or dissolve or change its legal form if the BV Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the business of the BV Borrower;

(c) so long as no Event of Default exists or would result therefrom, the BV Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with any other Person in order to (i) effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02 ( provided that (A) the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Restricted Subsidiary, which together with each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the requirements of Section 6.12 and (B) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a permitted Investment in accordance with Section 7.02 ) or (ii) to effect the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 6.16 ; provided that if any Borrower is a party to any transaction effected pursuant to this Section 7.04(c) , (1) such Borrower shall be the continuing and surviving Person or the continuing or surviving Person shall expressly assume the obligations of such Borrower in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (2) the Jurisdictional Requirements shall be satisfied;

 

Credit Agreement

103


(d) the BV Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may consummate the Acquisition and the transactions contemplated thereby (including the corporate restructuring transactions previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent); and

(e) so long as no Event of Default exists or would result therefrom, a merger, dissolution, liquidation or consolidation, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.05 , may be effected; provided that if any Borrower is a party to any transaction effected pursuant to this Section 7.04(e) , (i) such Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person or the continuing or surviving Person shall expressly assume the obligations of such Borrower in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Jurisdictional Requirements shall be satisfied.

SECTION 7.05. Dispositions . Make any Disposition except:

(a) Dispositions of obsolete, used, surplus or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business and Dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(b) Dispositions of inventory, cash and immaterial assets in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;

(d) Dispositions of property by any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary (including any such Disposition effected pursuant to a merger, liquidation or dissolution); provided that if the transferor of such property is a Guarantor or a Borrower (i) the transferee thereof must either be a Borrower or a Guarantor or (ii) to the extent such transaction constitutes an Investment, such transaction is permitted under Section 7.02 ;

(e) Dispositions permitted by Section 7.02 , Section 7.04 and Section 7.06 and Liens permitted by Section 7.01 ;

(f) Dispositions by any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of property pursuant to sale-leaseback transactions; provided that (i) the fair market value of all property so Disposed of shall not exceed $40,000,000 from and after the Closing Date, (ii) the purchase price for such property shall be paid to the relevant Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary for not less than 75% cash consideration and (iii) all Net Cash Proceeds resulting from the Disposition pursuant to this Section 7.05(f) of Property with a fair market value in excess of $20,000,000 shall be applied to prepay Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(ii) ;

(g) Dispositions of Cash Equivalents;

(h) Dispositions of past due accounts receivable in connection with the collection, write down or compromise thereof;

(i) leases, subleases, or sublicenses of property, and Dispositions of IP Rights in the ordinary course of business, in each case that do not materially interfere with the business of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries, and Dispositions of IP Rights under a research or development agreement in which the other party receives a license to IP Rights that result from such agreement;

 

Credit Agreement

104


(j) transfers of property subject to Casualty Events upon receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Casualty Event;

(k) Dispositions of property by any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.05 ; provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition, no Event of Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition, (ii) the Consolidated EBITDA generated by or attributable to all such property Disposed of in any fiscal year of the BV Borrower shall not exceed 10% of Consolidated EBITDA of the BV Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the cumulative period since the Closing Date (excluding any property disposed of in a Disposition or series of related Dispositions involving an aggregate fair market value of less than $5,000,000) and (iii) the sale price for such property (if in excess of $10,000,000) shall be paid to such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary for not less than 75% cash consideration;

(l) Dispositions of Investments in Joint Ventures, to the extent required by, or made pursuant to buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties forth in, joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements in effect on the Closing Date; and

(m) Dispositions in the ordinary course of business consisting of the abandonment of IP Rights which, in the reasonable good faith determination of the BV Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, are uneconomical, negligible, obsolete or otherwise not material in the conduct of its business (it being understood and agreed that no Material Intellectual Property may be Disposed of in reliance on this clause (m) );

(n) Dispositions of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to any Borrower or to another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Guarantor or a Borrower, then (i) the transferee must either be a Borrower or a Guarantor or (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be an Investment permitted by Section 7.02 and any Indebtedness corresponding to such Investment must be permitted by Section 7.03 ;

(o) Dispositions of the Controls Business, provided that such Dispositions shall be for fair value and the payments received in respect thereof shall consist of at least 75% in cash and Cash Equivalents;

(p) sales of non-core assets acquired in connection with Permitted Acquisitions which are not used in the business of the Loan Parties;

(q) any disposition of real property to a Governmental Authority as a result of a condemnation of such real property; and

(r) exclusive or non-exclusive licenses or similar agreements in respect of IP Rights;

provided that any Disposition of any property pursuant to this Section 7.05 (except pursuant to Sections 7.05(a) , (d) , (e) , (h) , (i) , (j) , (m)  and (o) ), shall be for not less than the fair market value of such property at the time of such Disposition. To the extent any Collateral is Disposed of as expressly permitted by this Section 7.05 to any Person other than a Loan Party, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Loan Documents, and the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized by the Lenders to take any actions deemed appropriate in order to effect the foregoing.

 

Credit Agreement

105


SECTION 7.06. Restricted Payments . Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:

(a) each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to any Borrower and to other Restricted Subsidiaries (and, in the case of a Restricted Payment by a non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary, to (i) a Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary based on their relative ownership interests);

(b) the Borrowers and each Restricted Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of such Person;

(c) the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments necessary to consummate the Acquisition and the other Transactions;

(d) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into transactions expressly permitted by Section 7.04 , Section 7.05 or Section 7.08 ;

(e) the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments to Parent:

(i) the proceeds of which will be used by the Parent for distribution to the Ultimate Parent to pay (or to make a Restricted Payment to enable it to pay) the tax liability for each relevant jurisdiction in respect of consolidated, combined, unitary or affiliated returns filed by or on behalf of the Ultimate Parent; provided that such proceeds are limited to the tax liability attributable to the Borrowers and the Subsidiaries determined as if the Borrowers and the Subsidiaries filed separately;

(ii) the proceeds of which shall be used by the Parent for distribution to the Ultimate Parent to pay (or to make a Restricted Payment to enable it to pay) the Ultimate Parent’s operating expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including, without limitation, administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties), which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 in any fiscal year plus any reasonable and customary indemnification claims made by directors or officers of the Ultimate Parent attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(iii) the proceeds of which shall be used by the Parent for distribution to the Ultimate Parent to pay (or to make a Restricted Payment to enable it to pay) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain the Ultimate Parent’s corporate existence;

(iv) the proceeds of which will be used by the Parent for distribution to the Ultimate Parent to pay (or to make a Restricted Payment to enable it to pay) for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Ultimate Parent (or, after a Qualifying IPO of the BV Borrower, the BV Borrower) held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, member of management or consultant of the Ultimate Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (or the estate, family members, spouse or former spouse of any of the foregoing); provided that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (e)(iv) does not exceed in any calendar year $7,500,000 (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years); and provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (1) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests to employees, directors, officers, members of management or consultants of the Ultimate Parent or of its Subsidiaries that occurs after the Closing Date to the extent such

 

Credit Agreement

106


proceeds constitute Eligible Equity Proceeds plus (2) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to employees, directors, officers, members of management or consultants of the Ultimate Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (or the estate, family members, spouse or former spouse of any of the foregoing) in connection with the Transactions that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests of the Ultimate Parent pursuant to a deferred compensation plan of such Person plus (3) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Ultimate Parent (to the extent such proceeds are contributed to the BV Borrower) or any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date ( provided that the BV Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (1) , (2)  and (3)  above in any calendar year) less (4) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (1) , (2)  and (3)  of this clause (e)(iv) ;

(v) to finance any Investment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 7.02 ; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing or consummation of such Investment or at future times as may be scheduled at the time of such closing or consummation to be made thereafter in connection therewith and (B) the Ultimate Parent shall, immediately following the closing or consummation thereof, cause or have caused (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to a Borrower or a Loan Party (or a Person that will become a Loan Party upon receipt of such contribution) or (2) the merger (to the extent permitted in Section 7.04 ) of the Person formed or acquired into a Borrower or a Loan Party in order to consummate such Permitted Acquisition, in each case, in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.12 ;

(vi) the proceeds of which shall be used by the Parent for distribution to the Ultimate Parent to make (or to make a Restricted Payment to enable it to make) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Ultimate Parent (or, after a Qualifying IPO of the BV Borrower, of the BV Borrower); provided that any such cash payment shall not be for the purpose of evading the limitations set forth in this Section 7.06 (as determined in good faith by the board of directors or the managing board, as the case may be, of the BV Borrower (or any authorized committee thereof));

(vii) the proceeds of which shall be used by the Parent for distribution to the Ultimate Parent to pay (or to make a Restricted Payment to enable it to pay) fees and expenses (other than to Affiliates) related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering permitted by this Agreement;

(viii) the proceeds of which shall be used by the Parent for distribution to the Ultimate Parent to pay (or to make a Restricted Payment to enable it to pay) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of the Ultimate Parent to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are directly attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(ix) the proceeds of which shall be used by the Parent for distribution to the Ultimate Parent to pay (or to make a Restricted Payment to enable it to pay) amounts owing pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement or other amounts of the type described in Section 7.08(d) , Section 7.08(i) or Section 7.08(k) , in each case to the extent the applicable payment would be permitted under the applicable clause in Section 7.08 if such payment were to be made by a Borrower Party;

(f) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, in addition to the foregoing Restricted Payments, the Ultimate Parent, the Parent, the

 

Credit Agreement

107


Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries may make additional Restricted Payments to their respective shareholders in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25,000,000 (such amount to be increased to (A) $35,000,000 if the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding four fiscal quarters was less than 5.0:1 and (B) $50,000,000 if the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding four fiscal quarters was less than 4.0:1; and

(g) at any time on or after December 31, 2006, so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and (ii) the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding four fiscal quarters was less than 5.0:1 (determined on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to any Restricted Payment to be made pursuant to this Section 7.06(g) ), in addition to the foregoing Restricted Payments, the Ultimate Parent, the Parent, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries may make additional Restricted Payments to their respective shareholders in an amount not to exceed the Cumulative Excess Cash Flow Not Otherwise Applied as in effect immediately prior to the time of the making of such Restricted Payment;

(h) from and after a Qualifying IPO of the BV Borrower, the BV Borrower may make Restricted Payments, in each case in accordance with the provision thereof, deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants; and

(i) Restricted Payments payable by any Loan Party to its stockholders with respect to the proceeds (net of any mandatory prepayment amount(s) required to be paid to the Lenders under Section 2.05(b)(i)(C) ) received from any Disposition of any property or assets pursuant to Section 7.05(o) ) in an aggregate maximum amount not to exceed $200,000,000; provided that no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such Restricted Payment.

SECTION 7.07. Change in Nature of Business . Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the date hereof or any business reasonably related, supportive, complementary or ancillary thereto.

SECTION 7.08. Transactions with Affiliates . Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Borrowers, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than (a) transactions among Loan Parties or any entity that becomes a Loan Party as a result of such transaction, (b) on fair and reasonable terms substantially as favorable to the relevant Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as would be obtainable by such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, (c) the payment of fees, costs and expenses in connection with the consummation of the Transactions, (d) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under Section 8.01(a) , Section 8.01(f) or Section 8.01(g)(i) , the payment of fees, expenses or other payments to the Sponsor pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement as such fee provisions are set forth in the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date, (e) loans and other transactions by the Borrowers and the Subsidiaries to the extent not prohibited by this Agreement, (f) entering into employment and severance arrangements between Parent, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees, as determined in good faith by the board of directors or senior management of the relevant Person, (g) payments by the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the tax sharing agreements among Parent, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrowers and the Subsidiaries, (h) the payment of customary fees and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket costs of, and customary indemnities provided to or on behalf of, directors, officers and employees of Parent, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or the Sponsor or to its Affiliates, to the extent attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrowers

 

Credit Agreement

108


and the Restricted Subsidiaries, as determined in good faith by the board of directors or senior management of the relevant Person, (i) the payment of fees, expenses, indemnities or other payments pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement as such fee and indemnity provisions are set forth in the Shareholders Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date, (j) transactions pursuant to the other permitted agreements in existence on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.08 or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect, (k) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 7.06 , (l) payments by the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any customary financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions, financings or divestitures, which payments are approved by the board of directors of the BV Borrower in good faith, (m) the issuance of Equity Interests to the management of the BV Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transaction, (n) payment of reasonable compensation to officers and employees for services actually rendered to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, (o) stock option and compensation plans of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, (p) advances and loans to officers, directors, members of management and employees of Parent, any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent specifically permitted under Section 7.02(b) , (q) Investments consisting of promissory notes issued by any Loan Party to future, present or former officers, directors and employees, members of management, or consultants of the BV Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Parent (or, after the occurrence of a Qualifying IPO of the BV Borrower, the BV Borrower), to the extent the applicable Restricted Payment is permitted by Section 7.06 , and (r) other transactions specifically permitted under this Agreement (including, without limitation, sale/leaseback transactions, Dispositions, Investments and Indebtedness).

SECTION 7.09. Burdensome Agreements . Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the Senior Notes Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture or customary terms in any documentation providing for any Permitted Refinancing thereof) that limits the ability of (a) any Restricted Subsidiary to make Restricted Payments to any Borrower or any Guarantor or to otherwise transfer property to or invest in any Borrower or any Guarantor, or (b) any Borrower or any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person for the benefit of the Secured Parties with respect to the Facilities and the Obligations or under the Loan Documents; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to Contractual Obligations which (i) (x) arise under applicable law, (y) exist on the date hereof and (to the extent not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.09 ) are listed on Schedule 7.09 hereto or (z) to the extent Contractual Obligations permitted by clause (y)  are set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness, are set forth in any agreement evidencing any permitted renewal, extension or refinancing of such Indebtedness so long as such renewal, extension or refinancing does not expand the scope of the restrictions described in clause (a)  or (b)  that are contained in such Contractual Obligation, (ii) are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the BV Borrower, so long as such Contractual Obligations were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the BV Borrower, (iii) represent Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary which is permitted by Section 7.03 , (iv) arise in connection with any Disposition permitted by Section 7.05 , (v) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 7.02 and applicable solely to such joint venture, (vi) are negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 but solely to the extent any negative pledge relates to the property financed by or the subject of such Indebtedness (and excluding in any event any Indebtedness constituting any Junior Financing) or that expressly permits Liens for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders with respect to the credit facilities established hereunder and the Obligations under the Loan Documents on a senior basis without the requirement that such holders of such Indebtedness be secured by such Liens on an equal and ratable, or junior, basis, (vii) are customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions may

 

Credit Agreement

109


relate to the assets subject thereto, (viii) comprise restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03 to the extent that such restrictions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (ix) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest or (x) are customary provisions restricting assignment or transfer of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business.

SECTION 7.10. Holding Company . The Parent shall not (a) engage in any business or activity other than (i) the ownership of all the outstanding Equity Interests in the BV Borrower (or other Equity Interests in accordance with clause (b)  below) and activities incidental thereto, (ii) activities necessary to consummate the Acquisition and the Transactions and (iii) corporate maintenance activities (including the payment of taxes and expenses associated with being a holding company), (b) own or acquire any assets (other than Equity Interests in the BV Borrower or other Subsidiaries of the BV Borrower that are pledged to secure the Obligations pursuant to a Collateral Document and cash and Cash Equivalents in amounts reasonably required in connection with its permitted business activities or representing proceeds of a Restricted Payment permitted hereunder temporarily held pending further distribution to the Permitted Holders), (c) create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset owned by it, other than Liens under the Loan Documents or non-consensual Liens permitted under Section 7.01 , (d) incur any liabilities (other than liabilities under the Loan Documents, unsecured Guarantees permitted hereunder, liabilities relating to the performance of its obligations under such documents and other liabilities (not including Indebtedness) incidental to its existence and permitted business activities), (e) make any public offering of its common stock or any other issuance of its Equity Interests not prohibited by Article 7 , and (f) engage in any transaction that Parent is permitted to enter into or consummate under this Article 7 .

SECTION 7.11. Financial Covenants . (a)  Leverage Ratio . Permit the Leverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the BV Borrower (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2006) set forth below to be greater than the ratio set forth below opposite such fiscal quarter:

 

Fiscal Year

   First Quarter    Second Quarter    Third Quarter    Fourth Quarter

2006

         8.75:1    8.75:1

2007

   8.75:1    8.75:1    8.50:1    8.50:1

2008

   8.50:1    8.50:1    8.50:1    8.00:1

2009

   8.00:1    8.00:1    8.00:1    7.50:1

2010

   7.50:1    7.50:1    7.50:1    7.00:1

2011

   7.00:1    7.00:1    7.00:1    7.00:1

2012

   7.00:1    7.00:1    7.00:1    7.00:1

(b) Interest Coverage Ratio . Permit the Interest Coverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the BV Borrower (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2006) (as set forth below to be less than the ratio set forth below opposite such fiscal quarter:

 

Fiscal Year

   First Quarter    Second Quarter    Third Quarter    Fourth Quarter

2006

         1.20:1    1.20:1

2007

   1.20:1    1.20:1    1.30:1    1.30:1

2008

   1.30:1    1.30:1    1.30:1    1.40:1

2009

   1.40:1    1.40:1    1.40:1    1.50:1

2010

   1.50:1    1.50:1    1.50:1    1.60:1

2011

   1.60:1    1.60:1    1.60:1    1.60:1

2012

   1.60:1    1.60:1    1.60:1    1.60:1

 

Credit Agreement

110


SECTION 7.12. Amendments of Certain Documents . Amend or otherwise modify (a) any of its Organization Documents in a manner materially adverse to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders or (b) any term or condition of any Junior Financing Documentation in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, in each case without the consent of the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 7.13. Accounting Changes . Make any change in (a) fiscal year or (b) accounting policies or reporting policies except as required or permitted by generally accepted accounting principles; provided, however , that the BV Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case, the BV Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement and to the covenants contained herein that are deemed reasonably necessary by the Administrative Agent, and not objected to by the Required Lenders, to reflect such change in fiscal year.

SECTION 7.14. Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness . (a) Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner (it being understood that payments of regularly scheduled interest shall be permitted) any of the Senior Subordinated Notes, any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness or any other subordinated Indebtedness having an aggregate principal amount of more than the Threshold Amount (collectively, “ Junior Financing ”) or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of any Junior Financing Documentation, except (i) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, (x) for an aggregate purchase price not to exceed $25,000,000; provided that, if the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding four fiscal quarters was less than 5.0:1, such amount may be increased by an amount equal to the sum of (1) $25,000,000 and (2) an amount equal to 100% of Cumulative Excess Cash Flow that is Not Otherwise Applied or (y) the refinancing thereof with the Net Cash Proceeds of any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness or Eligible Equity Proceeds that are Not Otherwise Applied and (ii) the conversion of any Junior Financing to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests).

SECTION 7.15. Designated Senior Debt . Designate any Indebtedness (other than under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents) of the Borrowers or the Restricted Subsidiaries as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” or “Senior Secured Financing” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any Junior Financing Documentation.

SECTION 7.16. Capital Expenditures. (a) Make any Capital Expenditures that would cause the aggregate amount of Capital Expenditures made by the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries in any fiscal year to exceed $70,000,000 (such amount, subject to the last paragraph of this Section 7.16 , the “ Permitted Capital Expenditure Amount ”); provided that, with respect to any fiscal year of the Borrower during which a Permitted Acquisition is consummated and for each fiscal year subsequent thereto, the Permitted Capital Expenditure Amount applicable to each such fiscal year shall be increased by an amount equal to the greater of (i) 200% of the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the amount of capital expenditures (determined in accordance with GAAP) made by the acquired entity or business for the thirty-six month period immediately preceding the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition by (B) three (3) and (ii) 10% of the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the net sales of the acquired entity or business for such thirty-six month period (as set forth in the audited financial statements of such acquired entity or business for such period or, if such audited financial statements are not available, as set forth in the most recent financial statements of such acquired entity or business delivered to the relevant Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary by such acquired entity or business or the seller thereof in connection with the purchase and sale agreement relating to such Permitted Acquisition or otherwise in connection with such Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s consideration of Permitted Acquisition) divided by (B) three (3) (such greater amount, the “ Acquired Permitted Capital Expenditure Amount ”); provided further

 

Credit Agreement

111


that, with respect to the fiscal year during which any such Permitted Acquisition occurs, the Permitted Capital Expenditure Amount applicable to such fiscal year shall be increased by an amount equal to the product of (x) the Acquired Permitted Capital Expenditure Amount and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days remaining in such fiscal year and the denominator of which is 365 or 366, if applicable.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in clause (a)  above, (i) to the extent that the aggregate amount of Capital Expenditures made by the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries in any fiscal year pursuant to such clause (a)  is less than the amount set forth therein, the amount of such difference (the “ Rollover Amount ”) may be carried forward and used to make Capital Expenditures in the succeeding fiscal years to the extent such Rollover Amount shall not previously have been used to determine the permissibility of an Investment pursuant to Section 7.02(n) and (ii) for any fiscal year, the amount of Capital Expenditures that would otherwise be permitted in such fiscal year pursuant to this Section 7.16 (including as a result of the application of clause (i)  of this clause (b) ) may be increased by an amount not to exceed $20,000,000 (the “ CapEx Pull-Forward Amount ”). The actual CapEx Pull-Forward Amount in respect of any such fiscal year shall reduce, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, the amount of Capital Expenditures that would have been permitted to be made in the immediately succeeding fiscal year ( provided that, other than in respect of the 2013 fiscal year, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries may apply the CapEx Pull-Forward Amount in such immediately succeeding fiscal year).

SECTION 7.17. Partnership, Etc. Become a general partner in any general or limited partnership or Joint Venture, or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to do so, other than any Restricted Subsidiary the sole assets of which consist of its interest in such partnership or Joint Venture.

ARTICLE 8

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

SECTION 8.01. Events of Default . Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:

(a) Non-Payment . Any Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to pay (i) when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise), any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C Borrowing, or (ii) within five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest or any fee payable pursuant to Section 2.09 or (iii) within ten (10) Business Days after invoice or written demand, any other amount payable hereunder or with respect to any other Loan Document; or

(b) Specific Covenants . Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 6.03(a) , Section 6.05(a) (solely with respect to the Borrowers) or Section 6.11 or Article 7 ; provided that any Event of Default under Section 7.11 is subject to cure as contemplated by the last proviso set forth in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”; or

(c) Other Defaults . Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Section 8.01(a) or (b)  above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after notice thereof by the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers; or

(d) Representations and Warranties . Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document required to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or, as provided in Section 4.02, deemed made; or

 

Credit Agreement

112


(e) Cross-Default . Any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) fails to make any payment beyond the applicable grace period with respect thereto, if any (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder and determined, in the case of any Swap Contract, by reference to the Swap Termination Value of such Swap Contract) having an aggregate outstanding principal amount of not less than the Threshold Amount, or (ii) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity; provided that this clause (e)(ii) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder and under the documents providing for such Indebtedness; or

(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc. Any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

(g) Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment . (i) Any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within sixty (60) days after its issue or levy; or

(h) Judgments . There is entered against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which such insurer has been notified of such judgment or order and has not denied coverage) and there is a period of sixty (60) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or

(i) ERISA . An ERISA Event shall have occurred that, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(j) Invalidity of Loan Documents . Any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder (including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or Section 7.05 ) or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations not then due and payable or Letters of Credit that are collateralized in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the

 

Credit Agreement

113


applicable L/C Issuer), ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies in writing that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document (other than as a result of repayment in full of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations not then due and payable or Letters of Credit that are collateralized in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer) and termination of the Aggregate Commitments or as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder or thereunder (including under Section 7.04 or Section 7.05 )), or purports in writing to revoke or rescind any Loan Document; or

(k) Change of Control . There occurs any Change of Control; or

(l) Collateral Documents . Any Collateral Document after delivery thereof pursuant to Section 4.02 or Section 6.12 shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or Section 7.05 ) cease to create a valid and perfected first priority Lien on and security interest in any Collateral covered thereby that has a value greater $10,000,000 or that is otherwise material to the business of any Loan Party, subject to Liens permitted under Section 7.01 , or any Loan Party shall assert in writing such invalidity or lack of perfection or priority (other than in an informational notice to the Administrative Agent), except (i) to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Administrative Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Collateral Documents or to file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements, (ii) as to Collateral consisting of real property, to the extent that such losses are covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and the related insurer shall not have ultimately denied or disclaimed in writing that such losses are covered by such title insurance, notwithstanding any initial denial or disclaimer of coverage by the Title Company under lender’s title insurance policy, (iii) as a result of the sale, release or other Disposition of the applicable Collateral in a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents and (iv) relating to an immaterial amount of the Collateral.

SECTION 8.02. Remedies Upon Event of Default . If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:

(a) declare the Commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such Commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers;

(c) require that the Borrowers Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and

(d) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or applicable Law;

provided that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to any Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrowers to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

Credit Agreement

114


SECTION 8.03. Application of Funds . After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02 ), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.04 and amounts payable under Article 3 , but not including principal of or interest on any Loan) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

Second , to the payment in full of the Unfunded Advances/Participations (the amounts so applied to be distributed between or among the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender and any L/C Issuer pro rata in accordance with the amounts of Unfunded Advances/Participations owed to them on the date of any distribution);

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders (including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.05 and amounts payable under Article 3 ), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and L/C Borrowings, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth payable to them;

Fifth , ratably to (a) the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit and (b) to payment of (i) that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, (ii) the Secured Hedge Obligations and the Cash Management Obligations, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fifth held by them;

Sixth , to the payment of all other Obligations of the Loan Parties that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations not then due and payable and Letters of Credit that are cash collateralized on terms reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer) have been paid in full, to the Borrowers or as otherwise required by Law.

Subject to Section 2.03(c) , amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth(b) above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above and, if no Obligations remain outstanding, delivered to the Borrowers.

 

Credit Agreement

115


ARTICLE 9

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND OTHER AGENTS

SECTION 9.01. Authorization and Action . (a) Each Lender (in its capacities as a Lender, a Swing Line Lender (if applicable), an Issuing Bank (if applicable) and on behalf of itself and its Affiliates as potential Hedge Banks) hereby appoints and authorizes each Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to such Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. As to any matters not expressly provided for by the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, enforcement or collection of the Loans), no Agent shall be required to exercise any discretion or take any action, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in so acting or refraining from acting) upon the instructions of the Required Lenders, and such instructions shall be binding upon all Lenders, all Hedge Banks and all holders of Notes; provided , however , that no Agent shall be required to take any action that exposes such Agent to personal liability or that is contrary to this Agreement or applicable law. Each Agent agrees to give to each Lender prompt notice of each notice given to it by the Borrowers pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

(b) In furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender (in its capacities as a Lender, a Swing Line Lender (if applicable), an Issuing Bank (if applicable) and on behalf of itself and its Affiliates as potential Hedge Banks) hereby appoints and authorizes the Collateral Agent to act as the agent of such Lender for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Secured Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Collateral Agent (and any Supplemental Collateral Agents appointed by the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 9.01(c) for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights or remedies thereunder at the direction of the Collateral Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of this Article VII (including, without limitation, Section 9.05 as though any such Supplemental Collateral Agents were an “Agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

(c) Any Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents or of exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Collateral Agent) by or through agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Collateral Agent may also from time to time, when the Collateral Agent deems it to be necessary or desirable, appoint one or more trustees, co-trustees, collateral co-agents, collateral subagents or attorneys-in-fact (each, a “ Supplemental Collateral Agent ”) with respect to all or any part of the Collateral; provided , however , that no such Supplemental Collateral Agent shall be authorized to take any action with respect to any Collateral unless and except to the extent expressly authorized in writing by the Collateral Agent. Should any instrument in writing from the Borrowers or any other Loan Party be required by any Supplemental Collateral Agent so appointed by the Collateral Agent to more fully or certainly vest in and confirm to such Supplemental Collateral Agent such rights, powers, privileges and duties, the Borrowers shall, or shall cause such Loan Party to, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such instruments promptly upon request by the Collateral Agent. If any Supplemental Collateral Agent, or successor thereto, shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all rights, powers, privileges and duties of such Supplemental Collateral Agent, to the extent permitted by law, shall automatically vest in and be exercised by the Collateral Agent until the appointment of a new Supplemental Collateral Agent. No Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent, attorney-in-fact or Supplemental Collateral Agent that it selects in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.01(c) in the absence of such Agent’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

 

Credit Agreement

116


SECTION 9.02. Agents’ Reliance, Etc . Neither any Agent nor any of their respective directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with the Loan Documents, except for its or their own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. Without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, each Agent: (a) may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for any Loan Party), independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts; (b) makes no warranty or representation to any Lender and shall not be responsible to any Lender for any statements, warranties or representations (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with the Loan Documents; (c) shall not have any duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance, observance or satisfaction of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of any Loan Document on the part of any Loan Party or the existence at any time of any Default under the Loan Documents or to inspect the property (including the books and records) of any Loan Party; (d) shall not be responsible to any Lender for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of, or the perfection or priority of any lien or security interest created or purported to be created under or in connection with, any Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; and (e) shall incur no liability under or in respect of any Loan Document by acting upon any notice, consent, certificate or other instrument or writing (which may be by telegram or telecopy) believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties.

SECTION 9.03. Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Bank of America, N.A. and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P. and Affiliates . With respect to its Commitments, the Loans made by it and any Notes issued to it, each of Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Bank of America, N.A. and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P. shall have the same rights and powers under the Loan Documents as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though they were not Agents; and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, include Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Bank of America, N.A. and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P. in their individual capacities. Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Bank of America, N.A. and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P. and their affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as trustee under indentures of, accept investment banking engagements from and generally engage in any kind of business with, any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries and any Person that may do business with or own securities of any Loan Party or any such Subsidiary, all as if Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Bank of America, N.A. and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P. were not an Agents and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders. No Agent shall have any duty to disclose any information obtained or received by it or any of its Affiliates relating to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent such information was obtained or received in any capacity other than as such Agent.

SECTION 9.04. Lender Credit Decision . Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender and based on the financial statements referred to in Section 5.01 and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement.

SECTION 9.05. Indemnification . (a) Each Lender severally agrees to indemnify each Agent (to the extent not promptly reimbursed by the Borrowers) from and against such Lender’s ratable share (determined as provided below) of any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions,

 

Credit Agreement

117


judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against such Agent in any way relating to or arising out of the Loan Documents or any action taken or omitted by such Agent under the Loan Documents (collectively, the “ Indemnified Costs ”); provided , however , that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as found in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender agrees to reimburse each Agent promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) payable by the Borrowers under Section 10.04 , to the extent that such Agent is not promptly reimbursed for such costs and expenses by the Borrowers. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any Indemnified Costs, this Section 9.05 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Lender or any other Person.

(b) Each Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to indemnify the Issuing Bank (to the extent not promptly reimbursed by the Borrowers) from and against such Revolving Credit Lender’s ratable share (determined as provided below) of any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Issuing Bank in any way relating to or arising out of the Letters of Credit or the Loan Documents or any action taken or omitted by the Issuing Bank under the Letters of Credit or the Loan Documents; provided , however , that no Revolving Credit Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Issuing Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as found in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Revolving Credit Lender agrees to reimburse the Issuing Bank promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) payable by the Borrowers under Section 9.04 , to the extent that the Issuing Bank is not promptly reimbursed for such costs and expenses by the Borrowers.

(c) For purposes of this Section 9.05 , each Lender’s respective ratable share of any amount shall be determined, at any time, according to the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Loans outstanding at such time and owing to such Lender, (ii) such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the aggregate available amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time, (iii) such Lender’s unused Term Commitments at such time and (iv) such Lender’s unused Revolving Credit Commitments at such time; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Swing Line Loans owing to the Swing Line Lender and of Letter of Credit Loans owing to the Issuing Bank shall be considered to be owed to the Revolving Credit Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Commitments. The failure of any Lender to reimburse any Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any amount required to be paid by the Lenders to such Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, as provided herein shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation hereunder to reimburse such Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for its ratable share of such amount, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to reimburse such Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such other Lender’s ratable share of such amount. Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of any Lender hereunder, the agreement and obligations of each Lender contained in this Section 9.05 shall survive the payment in full of principal, interest and all other amounts payable hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 9.06. Successor Agents . Any Agent may resign as to any or all of the Facilities at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrowers and may be removed as to all of the Facilities at any time with or without cause by the Required Lenders; provided , however , that any removal of the Administrative Agent will not be effective until it or its Affiliate has also been replaced as

 

Credit Agreement

118


Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender and Issuing Bank and discharged from all of its obligations in respect thereof. Upon any such resignation or removal, the Required Lenders shall have the right (with the consent of the Borrowers, so long as no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing) to appoint a successor Agent as to such of the Facilities as to which such Agent has resigned or been removed. If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders (or, so long as no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, consented to by the Borrowers), and shall have accepted such appointment, within 30 days after the retiring Agent’s giving of notice of resignation or the Required Lenders’ removal of the retiring Agent, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent, which shall be a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or of any State thereof and having a combined capital and surplus of at least $250,000,000. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent as to all of the Facilities and, in the case of a successor Collateral Agent, upon the execution and filing or recording of such financing statements, or amendments thereto, and such amendments or supplements to the Mortgages, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Required Lenders may reasonably request, in order to continue the perfection of the Liens granted or purported to be granted by the Collateral Documents, such successor Agent shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, discretion, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent as to less than all of the Facilities and, in the case of a successor Collateral Agent, upon the execution and filing or recording of such financing statements, or amendments thereto, and such amendments or supplements to the Mortgages, and such other instruments or notices, as may be reasonably necessary or desirable, or as the Required Lenders may request, in order to continue the perfection of the Liens granted or purported to be granted by the Collateral Documents, such successor Agent shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, discretion, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent as to such Facilities, other than with respect to funds transfers and other similar aspects of the administration of Borrowings under such Facilities, issuances of Letters of Credit (notwithstanding any resignation as Agent with respect to the Letter of Credit Facility) and payments by the Borrowers in respect of such Facilities, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement as to such Facilities, other than as aforesaid. If within 45 days after written notice is given of the retiring Agent’s resignation or removal under this Section 9.06 no successor Agent shall have been appointed and shall have accepted such appointment, then on such 45th day (a) the retiring Agent’s resignation or removal shall become effective, (b) the retiring Agent shall thereupon be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents and (c) the Required Lenders shall thereafter perform all duties of the retiring Agent under the Loan Documents until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided above. After any retiring Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder as Agent as to any of the Facilities shall have become effective, the provisions of this Article VII shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent as to such Facilities under this Agreement.

SECTION 9.07. Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers . None of the Lenders or other Persons identified on the facing page or signature pages of this Agreement as a “syndication agent,” “documentation agent,” “bookrunner,” or “lead arranger” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than to the extent expressly set forth herein and, in the case of such Lenders, those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders or other Persons so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.

 

Credit Agreement

119


ARTICLE 10

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 10.01. Amendments, Etc . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by any Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless (x) in the case of any amendment necessary to implement the terms of any Additional Term Loans or Additional Revolving Credit Loans, as applicable, in accordance with the terms hereof, in writing signed by the relevant Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the relevant Additional Term Lenders or Additional Revolving Credit Lenders, as applicable, and (y) in the case of any other amendment, in writing signed by the Required Lenders (or by the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders) and the relevant Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby (it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.01 or Section 4.02 , or the waiver of any Default, Event of Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute an extension or increase of any Commitment of any Lender);

(b) postpone any date scheduled for any payment of principal or interest under Section 2.07 or Section 2.08 or fees under Section 2.03(i) or Section 2.09(a) , without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, it being understood that the waiver of any mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest;

(c) reduce or forgive the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iii)  of the second proviso to this Section 10.01 ) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, it being understood that any change to the definition of Leverage Ratio or in the component definitions thereof shall not constitute a reduction in any rate of interest; provided that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrowers to pay interest at the Default Rate;

(d) change any provision of this Section 10.01 or the definition of “Required Lenders”;

(e) change the definition of “Pro Rata Share”, Section 2.12(a) , Section 2.13 or Section 8.03 in any manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments or other amounts required thereby without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby;

(f) release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions (it being understood that a transaction permitted under Section 7.05 shall not constitute the release of all or substantially all of the Collateral), without the written consent of each Lender; or

(g) other than in connection with a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or Section 7.05 , release any material Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, without the written consent of each Lender;

and provided further that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the L/C Issuer under

 

Credit Agreement

120


this Agreement or any Letter of Credit Application relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of, or any fees or other amounts payable to, the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (iv)  Section 10.07(g) may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Loans are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender (it being understood that any Commitments or Loans held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded from a vote of the Lenders hereunder requiring any consent of the Lenders).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the relevant Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans and the Revolving Credit Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders.

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers and the Lenders providing the relevant Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans (“ Refinanced Term Loans ”) with a replacement term loan tranche hereunder (“ Replacement Term Loans ”); provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term Loans, (b) the Applicable Rate for such Replacement Term Loans shall not be higher than the Applicable Rate for such Refinanced Term Loans, (c) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans at the time of such refinancing and (d) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans shall be substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than, those applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans, except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the latest final maturity of the Term Loans in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 10.01 , in the event that the Borrowers request that this Agreement be modified or amended in a manner that would require the unanimous consent of all of the Lenders and such modification or amendment is agreed to by the Required Lenders, then with the consent of the Borrowers and the Required Lenders, the Borrowers and the Required Lenders shall be permitted to amend the Agreement without the consent of the Non-Consenting Lenders to provide for (a) the termination of the Commitment of each Non-Consenting Lender that are (x) Revolving Credit Lenders, (y) Term Lenders or (z) both, at the election of the Borrowers and the Required Lenders, (b) the addition to this Agreement of one or more other financial institutions (each of which shall be an Eligible Assignee), or an increase in the Commitment of one or more of the Required Lenders (with the written consent thereof), so that the total Commitment after giving effect to such amendment shall be in the same amount as the total Commitment immediately before giving effect to such amendment, (c) if any Loans are outstanding at the time of such amendment, the making of such additional Loans by such new financial institutions or Required Lender or Lenders, as the case may be, as may be necessary to repay in full with accrued interest, at par, the outstanding Loans of the Non-Consenting Lenders immediately before giving effect to such amendment and (d) such other modifications to this Agreement as may be appropriate to effect the foregoing clauses (a) , (b)  and (c) .

 

Credit Agreement

121


Further, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 10.01 , if within thirty (30) days following the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall have jointly identified an obvious error or any error or omission of a technical or immaterial nature, in each case, in any provision of the Loan Documents, then the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall be permitted to amend such provision and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Document if the same is not objected to in writing by the Required Lenders within five (5) Business Days following receipt of notice thereof.

SECTION 10.02. Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies . (a)  General . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder or any other Loan Document shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or (subject to Section 10.02(c) ) electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to any Borrower, any Guarantor, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and

(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the relevant Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender.

All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, four (4) Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail (which form of delivery is subject to the provisions of Section 10.02(c) ), when delivered; provided that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Article 2 shall not be effective until actually received by such Person. In no event shall a voice mail message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder.

(b) Effectiveness of Facsimile Documents and Signatures . Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable Law, have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on all Loan Parties, the Agents and the Lenders. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile document or signature.

(c) Reliance by Agents and Lenders . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of any Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made

 

Credit Agreement

122


in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrowers shall indemnify each Agent-Related Person and each Lender from all actual losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of any Borrower in the absence of gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

SECTION 10.03. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.

SECTION 10.04. Attorney Costs, Expenses and Taxes . The Borrowers agree upon and following the Closing Date (a) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, syndication and execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including all Attorney Costs of one attorney for all Lenders and the Administrative Agent (which shall be Shearman & Sterling LLP) and such other local counsel in each foreign jurisdiction as agreed between the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, and (b) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and each Lender for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law), including all Attorney Costs of counsel (which counsel shall be limited as provided in Section 10.05 ). The foregoing costs and expenses shall include all reasonable search, filing, recording, title insurance and appraisal charges and fees and taxes related thereto, and other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Agent. All amounts due under this Section 10.04 shall be paid promptly (but in any event within 30 days) following receipt by the BV Borrower or an invoice relating thereto setting forth such expenses in reasonable detail. The agreements in this Section 10.04 shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations. If any Loan Party fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or other amounts payable by it hereunder or under any Loan Document, such amount may be paid on behalf of such Loan Party by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, in its sole discretion.

SECTION 10.05. Indemnification by the Borrowers . The Borrowers shall indemnify and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person, each Lender and their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents, attorneys-in-fact, trustees and advisors (collectively the “ Indemnitees ”) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, actual losses, actual damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, reasonable costs, reasonable expenses and reasonable disbursements (including Attorney Costs (which shall be limited to one (1) counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (exclusive of one local counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in each appropriate jurisdiction), unless (x) the interests of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are sufficiently divergent, in which case one (1) additional counsel may be appointed and (y) if the interests of any Lender or group of Lenders (other than all of the Lenders) are distinctly or disproportionately affected, one (1) additional counsel for such Lender or group of Lenders in the case of clause (a)  below)) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of or in connection with (a) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Loan Document or any other agreement, letter or

 

Credit Agreement

123


instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, (b) any Commitment, Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), or (c) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property currently or formerly owned or operated by any Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to any Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or (d) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding) and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (and regardless of whether such matter is instituted by a third party or by any Borrower or any other Loan Party) (all the foregoing, collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”), in all cases, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the negligence of the Indemnitee; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements (x) have been determined in the final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of any Indemnitee or any of its directors, officers or employees or a material breach of the Loan Documents by any Indemnitee or (y) arise from claims of any of the Lenders solely against one or more Lenders (and not by one or more Lenders against the Administrative Agent or one or more of the other Agents) that have not resulted from the action, inaction, participation or contribution of any Borrower or their respective Subsidiaries or other Affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors, stockholders, partners, members, employees, agents, representatives or advisors or (z) arise from claims of any Person (other than the Borrowers or their Affiliates but subject to the other limitations on their obligations set forth in this Section 10.05 ) against Morgan Stanley arising from its role as financial advisor to the Acquired Business in connection with the Acquisition. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement, nor shall any Indemnitee or any Loan Party have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Closing Date). In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 10.05 applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Loan Party, its directors, shareholders or creditors or an Indemnitee or any other Person, whether or not any Indemnitee is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not any of the transactions contemplated hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents is consummated. All amounts due under this Section 10.05 shall be paid promptly (but in any event within thirty (30) days) after written demand therefor; provided, however , that such Indemnitee shall promptly refund such amount to the extent that there is a final judicial or arbitral determination that such Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification or contribution rights with respect to such payment pursuant to the express terms of this Section 10.05 . The agreements in this Section 10.05 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

SECTION 10.06. Payments Set Aside . To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of any Borrower is made to any Agent or any Lender, or any Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued

 

Credit Agreement

124


in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by any Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.

SECTION 10.07. Successors and Assigns . (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that no Borrower may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(b) , (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(d) , (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 10.07(f) or Section 10.07(h) , as the case may be, or (iv) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(g) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 10.07(d) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this Section 10.07(b) , participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it); provided that (i) except in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to a Lender, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the outstanding principal balance of the Loan of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent shall not be less than $2,500,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, or $1,000,000 or €1,000,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of any Term Loans; (ii) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund (but subject to clause (iv)  below), each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default in respect of Section 8.01(a) , Section 8.01(f) or Section 8.01(g)(i) has occurred and is continuing and except for assignments in connection with the exchange of Lenders’ interests pursuant to arrangements relating thereto among the Lenders following the date on which either any Event of Default referred to in Section 8.01(f) or Section 8.01(g)(i) shall have occurred and be continuing in respect of any Borrower or the Loans shall have been declared immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 8.02 , each Borrower consents to such assignment (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); (iii) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (iii)  shall not (x) apply to rights in respect of Swing Line Loans or (y) prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis; (iv) any assignment of a Revolving Credit Commitment must be approved by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); (v) the parties (other than the relevant Borrower unless its consent to such assignment is required hereunder) to each assignment shall (A) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent (which initially may be ClearPar, LLC) or (B) manually execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption; and (vi) the assigning Lender shall deliver any Notes evidencing such Loans to the

 

Credit Agreement

125


relevant Borrower or the Administrative Agent. Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.07(c) , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01 , Section 3.04 , Section 3.05 , Section 10.04 and Section 10.05 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Upon request, and the surrender by the assigning Lender of its Note, the relevant Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this clause (b)  shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.07(d) .

(c) The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of the Loans, L/C Obligations (specifying the Unreimbursed Amounts), L/C Borrowings and amounts due under Section 2.03 , owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Agents and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by any Borrower, any Agent and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, any Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrowers, the Agents and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 10.01 that directly affects such Participant. Subject to Section 10.07(e) , the Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01 , Section 3.04 and Section 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.07(b) and such Participant agrees to be bound by such Sections and Section 3.06 . To the extent permitted by Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.09 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender.

(e) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 , Section 3.04 or Section 3.05 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect

 

Credit Agreement

126


to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the relevant Borrower’s prior written consent and such Participant complies with Section 3.01 , Section 3.06 and Section 10.15 as if such Participant were a Lender under Section 10.15 . A Participant shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01 unless the relevant Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the relevant Borrower, to comply with Section 3.01 , Section 3.06 and Section 10.15 as though it were a Lender.

(f) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the relevant Borrower (an “ SPC ”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the relevant Borrower under this Agreement (including its obligations under Section 3.01 , Section 3.04 or Section 3.05 ), (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Loan Document, remain the lender of record hereunder. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the relevant Borrower and the Administrative Agent, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or Guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender that is a Fund may, without the consent of or notice to the Administrative Agent or any Borrower, create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Note, if any, held by it to the trustee for holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such Fund as security for such obligations or securities; provided that unless and until such trustee actually becomes a Lender in compliance with the other provisions of this Section 10.07 , (i) no such pledge shall release the pledging Lender from any of its obligations under the Loan Documents and, (ii) such trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a Lender under the Loan Documents even though such trustee may have acquired ownership rights with respect to the pledged interest through foreclosure or otherwise (unless such trustee is an Eligible Assignee which has complied with the requirements of Section 10.07(b) ).

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Morgan Stanley may, upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Borrowers and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer and/or the Swing Line Lender; provided that on or prior to the expiration of such 30-day period with respect to Morgan Stanley’s resignation as L/C Issuer, Morgan Stanley shall have identified a successor L/C Issuer reasonably acceptable to the Borrowers willing to accept its appointment as successor L/C Issuer. In the event of any

 

Credit Agreement

127


such resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, the Borrowers shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders willing to accept such appointment a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided that no failure by the Borrowers to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Morgan Stanley as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, except as expressly provided above. If Morgan Stanley resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights and obligations of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c) ). If Morgan Stanley resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c) .

SECTION 10.08. Confidentiality . Each of the Agents and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information, except that Information may be disclosed (a) to it and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, trustees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority; (c) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process; ( provided that the Agent or Lender that discloses any Information pursuant to this clause (c)  shall provide the BV Borrower prompt notice of such disclosure to the extent permitted by applicable Law); (d) to any other party to this Agreement; (e) subject to an agreement containing provisions no less restrictive than those of this Section 10.08 (or as may otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the BV Borrower), to any Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement; (f) with the written consent of the BV Borrower; (g) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.08 ; (h) to any state, Federal or foreign authority or examiner (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any other similar organization) regulating any Lender; (i) to any rating agency when required by it (it being understood that, prior to any such disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake to preserve the confidentiality of any Information relating to the Loan Parties received by it from such Lender); (j) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder to the extent reasonably necessary in connection with such enforcement or (k) to any direct or indirect contractual counterparty in swap agreements or such contractual counterparty’s professional advisor (so long as such contractual counterparty or professional advisor to such contractual counterparty agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 10.08 )]. In addition, the Agents and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Agents and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Commitments, and the Credit Extensions. For the purposes of this Section 10.08 , “ Information ” means all information received from any Loan Party relating to any Loan Party or its business, other than any such information that is publicly available to any Agent or any Lender prior to disclosure by any Loan Party other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.08 .

SECTION 10.09. Setoff . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, after obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, each Lender is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Borrowers or any other Loan Party, any such notice being waived by each of the Borrowers (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party) to the fullest extent permitted by Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at

 

Credit Agreement

128


any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Agent or such Lender shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the BV Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Administrative Agent and each Lender under this Section 10.09 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of setoff) that the Administrative Agent and such Lender may have. Notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary, in no event shall the assets of any Foreign Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party constitute security, or shall the proceeds of such assets be available for, payment of the Obligations of any Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary, it being understood that (a) the Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party do not constitute such an asset and (a) the provisions hereof shall not limit, reduce or otherwise diminish in any respect the Borrowers’ obligations to make any mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(ii) .

SECTION 10.10. Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If any Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrowers. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

SECTION 10.11. Counterparts . This Agreement and each other Loan Document may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by telecopier of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement and such other Loan Document. The Agents may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by telecopier be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by telecopier.

SECTION 10.12. Integration . This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on such subject matter. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Agents or the Lenders in any other Loan Document shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement. Each Loan Document was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.

SECTION 10.13. Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and

 

Credit Agreement

129


thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by each Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by any Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that any Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation (other than contingent indemnification obligations to the extent not then due and payable or Letters of Credit that have been cash collateralized in a manner satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer) hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding except as set forth in Section 2.03(g) .

SECTION 10.14. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 10.15. Tax Forms . (a) (i) Each Lender and Agent that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code that lends to the US Borrower (each, a “ Non-US Lender ”) shall deliver to the US Borrower and the Administrative Agent, on or prior to the date which is ten (10) Business Days after the Closing Date (or upon accepting an assignment of an interest herein), two duly signed, properly completed copies of either IRS Form W-8BEN or any successor thereto (relating to such Non-US Lender and entitling it to an exemption from, or reduction of, United States withholding tax on all payments to be made to such Non-US Lender by the US Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document) or IRS Form W-8ECI or any successor thereto (relating to all payments to be made to such Non-US Lender by the US Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document) or such other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the US Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such Non-US Lender is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction of, United States withholding tax, including any exemption pursuant to Section 881(c) of the Code, and in the case of a Non-US Lender claiming such an exemption under Section 881(c) of the Code, a certificate that establishes in writing to the US Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such Non-US Lender is not (i) a “bank” as defined in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (ii) a 10 percent shareholder within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, or (iii) a controlled foreign corporation related to the US Borrower with the meaning of Section 864(d) of the Code. Thereafter and from time to time, each such Non-US Lender shall (A) promptly submit to the US Borrower and the Administrative Agent such additional duly and properly completed and signed copies of one or more of such forms or certificates (or such successor forms or certificates as shall be adopted from time to time by the relevant United States taxing authorities) as may then be available under then current United States laws and regulations to avoid, or such evidence as is reasonably satisfactory to the US Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any available exemption from, or reduction of, United States withholding taxes in respect of all payments to be made to such Non-US Lender by the US Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, or any other Loan Document, in each case, (1) on or before the date that any such form, certificate or other evidence expires or becomes obsolete, (2) after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form, certificate or evidence previously delivered by it to the US Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (3) from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the US Borrower or the Administrative Agent, and (B) promptly notify the US Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction.

(ii) Each Non-US Lender, to the extent it does not act or ceases to act for its own account with respect to any portion of any sums paid or payable to such Non-US Lender under any of the Loan Documents (for example, in the case of a typical participation by such Non-US Lender), shall deliver to the US Borrower and the Administrative Agent on the date when such Non-US Lender ceases to act for its own account with respect to any portion of any such sums paid or payable, and at such other times as

 

Credit Agreement

130


may be necessary in the determination of the US Borrower or the Administrative Agent (in either case, in the reasonable exercise of its discretion), (A) two duly signed, properly completed copies of the forms or statements required to be provided by such Non-US Lender as set forth above, to establish the portion of any such sums paid or payable with respect to which such Non-US Lender acts for its own account that is not subject to United States withholding tax, and (B) two duly signed, properly completed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor thereto), together with any information such Non-US Lender chooses to transmit with such form, and any other certificate or statement of exemption required under the Code, to establish that such Non-US Lender is not acting for its own account with respect to a portion of any such sums payable to such Non-US Lender.

(iii) If any form or document referred to in this Section 10.15 requires the disclosure of information, other than information necessary to compute the tax payable and information required on the date hereof by Internal Revenue Service, that the applicable Non-US Lender reasonably considers to be confidential, such Lender shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and shall not be obligated to include in such form or document such confidential information.

(iv) The US Borrower shall not be required to pay any additional amount or any indemnity payment under Section 3.01 to (A) any Non-US Lender with respect to any Taxes required to be deducted or withheld on the basis of the information, certificates or statements of exemption such Lender transmits pursuant to this Section 10.15(a) , or (B) any Non-US Lender with respect to any Taxes required to the deducted or withheld by reason of such Non-US Lender’s failure to satisfy the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.15(a) , with respect to Taxes required to be deducted or withheld by reason of such US Lender’s failure; provided that if such Lender shall have satisfied the requirement of this Section 10.15(a) on the date such Lender became a Lender to the US Borrower or ceased to act for its own account with respect to any payment under any of the Loan Documents, nothing in this Section 10.15(a) shall relieve the US Borrower of its obligation to pay any amounts pursuant to Section 3.01 if such Lender’s failure to satisfy the provisions of Section 10.15(a) is reasonably the result of any change in any applicable Law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change in the interpretation, administration or application thereof.

(v) The Administrative Agent may deduct and withhold any taxes required by any Laws to be deducted and withheld from any payment under any of the Loan Documents.

SECTION 10.16. Process Agent . Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 10.02 . In addition, each Loan Party not organized in the United States of America or a state thereof hereby irrevocably appoints CT Corporation System (the “ Process Agent ”) with an office on the date hereof at 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011 in the United States, as its agent to receive on behalf of such Loan Party and its property service of copies of the summons and complaint and any other process that may be served in any such action or proceeding. Such service may be made by mailing or delivering a copy of such process to such Loan Party in care of the Process Agent at the Process Agent’s above address, and such Loan Party hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Process Agent to accept such service on its behalf. As an alternative method of service, each Loan Party not organized in the United States of America or a state thereof also irrevocably consents to the service of any and all process in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies of such process to such Loan Party at its address specified in Section 10.02 (such service to be effective seven days after mailing thereof). Each Loan Party not organized in the United States of America or a state thereof covenants and agrees that it shall take any and all reasonable action, including the execution and filing of any and all documents, that may be necessary to continue the designation of the Process Agent above in full force and effect, and to cause the Process Agent to continue to act as such. Nothing in this Section 10.16 shall affect the right of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by applicable law or affect the

 

Credit Agreement

131


right of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to bring any suit, action or proceeding against each Loan Party or its property in the courts of other jurisdictions.

SECTION 10.17. GOVERNING LAW . (a) THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH BORROWER, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. EACH BORROWER, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS , WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED THERETO.

SECTION 10.18. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY . EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 10.18 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

SECTION 10.19. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by each Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by each Lender, Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer that each such Lender, Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer has executed it and the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 shall have been satisfied or waived, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Borrower, each Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns, except that no Borrower shall have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Lenders except as permitted by Section 7.04 .

SECTION 10.20. USA Patriot Act Notice . Each Lender that is subject to the Patriot Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Borrower, which information includes the name and address of each Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Borrower in accordance with the Act.

 

Credit Agreement

132


SECTION 10.21. Supplemental Obligations . In order to provide for the creation and enforcement of security interests in Collateral under certain Foreign Security Agreements securing all of the Secured Obligations, each of the parties hereto hereby agrees as follows:

(a) The Borrowers hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agree and covenant with the Administrative Agent to pay directly to the Administrative Agent, as a creditor in its own right and not in its capacity as Administrative Agent, on the Administrative Agent’s first demand, amounts equal to, and in the currency of, the Secured Obligations as and when such amounts become due and payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of any of the Loan Documents (the obligations of the Borrowers under this Section 10.21(a), the “ Supplemental Obligations ”).

(b) The Borrowers and the Administrative Agent further agree and acknowledge that (i) the Supplemental Obligations are separate and independent from and without prejudice to the Secured Obligations under the Loan Documents and (ii) the Administrative Agent’s right to receive payment of the Supplemental Obligations represents a separate and independent claim from the claims of the Lenders to receive payments in respect of the Secured Obligations; provided that the aggregate amount at any time owing in respect of the Supplemental Obligations shall not exceed the aggregate amount then owing under the Secured Obligations.

(c) Any amount unconditionally and irrevocably paid by the Borrowers in satisfaction of the Secured Obligations pursuant to the Loan Documents shall equally reduce the aggregate amount due under the Supplemental Obligations in a like amount, and any amount unconditionally and irrevocably received or applied by any of the Lenders in satisfaction of the Secured Obligations, shall equally reduce the Supplemental Obligations.

(d) If, after enforcement of the rights of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties under the Collateral Documents, there are insufficient proceeds to satisfy and discharge the Supplemental Obligations in full, the unpaid balance of the Supplemental Obligations shall then cease to exist, without prejudice, however, to (i) any other Obligations of the Borrower or any other Loan Party under any of the Loan Documents and (ii) any remedies of the Agents or the Lenders or any one of them under the Loan Documents.

(e) For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 10.21 shall not (i) be deemed to constitute a commitment of the Administrative Agent to make any advances or otherwise extend credit under or in respect of the Supplemental Obligations or otherwise and (ii) create any duties or obligations on the part of the Administrative Agent other than to hold the Supplemental Obligations.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

 

Credit Agreement

133


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.,

    as BV Borrower

By:  

/s/ Ian Blasco

Name:   Ian Blasco
Title:   Authorized Signatory

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE

  COMPANY, LLC,

    as US Borrower

By:  

/s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Name:   Thomas Wroe, Jr.
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES

    INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS B.V.,

    as Parent

By:  

/s/ Ian Blasco

Name:   Ian Blasco
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Credit Agreement


MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

individually as an Initial Lender and as

Administrative Agent, Initial L/C Issuer and

Initial Swing Line Lender

By:

 

/s/ Todd Vannucci

Name:

  Todd Vannucci

Title:

  Managing Director

Credit Agreement


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF

COMMITTED LOAN NOTICE

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC. (“ Morgan Stanley ”),

as Administrative Agent

under the Credit Agreement

referred to below

One Pierrepont Plaza, 7 th Floor

300 Cadman Plaza West

Brooklyn, NY 11201                                                                                                   [              ], 200   

Attention: Larry Benison/Gerard Jordan

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, [ SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Borrower ”) ] [ SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”) ] , refers to the Credit Agreement dated as of April 27 , 2006 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined) among the Borrower, [ SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ] [ SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands ] , SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDING B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, the Lenders, the Initial L/C Issuer, the Initial Swing Line Lender and Morgan Stanley as Administrative Agent, and hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.02 (a) of the Credit Agreement that the undersigned hereby requests a [ Borrowing ] [ a conversion ] [ a continuation ] (the “ Proposed Action ”) under the Credit Agreement, and in that connection sets forth below the information relating to such Proposed Action as required by Section 2.02(a) of the Credit Agreement:

(i) The Proposed Action is a 1 [ US Term Borrowing ] [ Euro Term Borrowing ] [ Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing ][ Euro Revolving Credit Borrowing ] [ conversion of [ US Term Loans ] [ Dollar Revolving Credit Loans ] from [ Base Rate ] [ Eurodollar Rate ] Loans to [ Base Rate ] [ Eurodollar Rate ] Loans ]] [ a continuation of a Eurodollar Rate Loan ] .

(ii) The Business Day of the Proposed Action is                      , 200 [    ] .

(iii) The principal amount to be [ borrowed ] [ converted ] [ continued ] pursuant to the Proposed Action is                      .

 


1 Insert only one choice in brackets.

 

1


(iv) 2 [ The Type of Loan comprising the Proposed Action is a [ Base Rate Loan ] [ Eurodollar Rate Loan ] . ]

(v) 3 [ The initial Interest Period for each Eurodollar Rate Loan made as part of the Proposed Action is                      month [ s ] . ]

(vi) The account of the Borrower to be credited with the proceeds of the Proposed Action is [                                  ] .

4 The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the Proposed Action:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article 5 of the Credit Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of the Proposed Action, except (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (ii) that for purposes of this Committed Loan Notice, the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.05(a) and Section 5.05(b) of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent financial statements furnished pursuant to Section 6.01(a) and Section 6.01(b) of the Credit Agreement and, in the case of the financial statements furnished pursuant to Section 6.01(b) of the Credit Agreement, the representations contained in Section 5.05(a) of the Credit Agreement, as modified by this clause (ii) , shall be qualified by the statement that such financial statements are subject to the absence of footnotes and year-end audit adjustments.

(b) No Default exists, or would result, from such borrowing or from the application of proceeds therefrom.

(c) The conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and 4.02(b) of the Credit Agreement have been satisfied on and as of the date of the Proposed Action.

Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Committed Loan Notice by facsimile shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Committed Loan Notice.

 

Very truly yours,

[SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.]

[SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE

COMPANY, LLC]

By  

 

Title:  

 


2 Insert only if the Proposed Action involves a US Term Borrowing, a Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing, or a conversion.
3 Insert only if the Proposed Action is a Borrowing involving a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a EURIBOR loan.
4 Do not use for any Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans from one Type to another or for a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans.

 

2


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF

SWING LINE LOAN NOTICE

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC. (“ Morgan Stanley ”),

as Administrative Agent

under the Credit Agreement

referred to below

One Pierrepont Plaza, 7 th Floor

300 Cadman Plaza West

Brooklyn, NY 11201                                                                                                   [              ], 200   

Attention: Larry Benison/Gerard Jordan

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, [ SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Borrower ”) ] [ SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”) ] , refers to the Credit Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined) among the Borrower, [ SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC ] , a Delaware limited liability company ] [ SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands ] , SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDING B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, the Lenders, the Initial L/C Issuer, the Initial Swing Line Lender and Morgan Stanley as Administrative Agent, and hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.04(b) of the Credit Agreement that the undersigned hereby requests a Swing Line Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in that connection sets forth below the information relating to such Borrowing (the “ Proposed Borrowing ”) as required by Section 2.04(b) of the Credit Agreement:

(i) The aggregate amount of the Proposed Borrowing is $              . 1

(ii) The Business Day of the Proposed Borrowing is                      , 200    .

(iii) The account of the Borrower to be credited with the proceeds of the Proposed Borrowing is

[                              ].

The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the Proposed Borrowing:

 


1 The aggregate amount must be a minimum of $1,000,000.

 

1


(a) The representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article 5 of the Credit Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of the Proposed Borrowing, except (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (ii) that for purposes of this Committed Loan Notice, the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.05(a) and Section 5.05(b) of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent financial statements furnished pursuant to Section 6.01(a) and Section 6.01(b) of the Credit Agreement and, in the case of the financial statements furnished pursuant to Section 6.01(b) of the Credit Agreement, the representations contained in Section 5.05(a) of the Credit Agreement, as modified by this clause (ii) , shall be qualified by the statement that such financial statements are subject to the absence of footnotes and year-end audit adjustments. ]

(b) No Default exists, or would result, from the Proposed Borrowing or from the application of proceeds therefrom.

(c) The conditions specified in Section 4.02(a) and Section 4.02 of the Credit Agreement have been satisfied on and as of the date of the Proposed Borrowing.

Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Swing Line Loan Notice by fascimile shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Swing Line Loan Notice.

 

Very truly yours,

[SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.]

[SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE

COMPANY, LLC]

By  

 

Title:  

 

2


EXHIBIT C-1

FORM OF

TERM NOTE

 

[$ ][ ]                     

  Dated: [                      ] , 200 [    ]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, [ SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ] [ POTAZIA HOLDING B.V., a besloten vennootschap organized under the laws of the Netherlands ] , (the “ Borrower ”), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of                      or its registered assigns (the “ Lender ”) for the account of its applicable Lending Office (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) the principal amount of the Term Loan (as defined below) owing to the Lender by the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement dated as of April [ 27 ] , 2006 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; terms defined therein, unless otherwise defined herein, being used herein as therein defined) among the Borrower, [ SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ] [ POTAZIA HOLDING B.V., a besloten vennootschap organized under the laws of the Netherlands ] , SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDING B.V., a besloten vennootschap organized under the laws of the Netherlands, the Lenders, the Initial L/C Issuer, the Initial Swing Line Lender and , MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING INC., as Administrative Agent for the Lender and such other lender parties, on the dates and in the amounts specified in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Term Loan from the date of the Term Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates, and payable at such times, as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

Both principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as Administrative Agent, at [              ] , in same day funds. The Term Loan owing to the Lender by the Borrower, and all payments made on account of principal thereof, shall be recorded by the Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto, which is part of this promissory note (the “ Promissory Note ”); provided , however , that the failure of the Lender to make any such recordation or endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower under this Promissory Note.

This Promissory Note is one of the Notes referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement, among other things, (i) provides for the making of a single loan (the “ Term Loan ”) by the Lender to the Borrower in an amount not to exceed the [ Dollar ] [ Euro ] amount first above mentioned, the indebtedness of the Borrower resulting from such Term Loan being evidenced by this Promissory Note, and (ii) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events and also for prepayments on account of principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof upon the terms and conditions therein specified. The obligations of the Borrower under this Promissory Note


and the other Loan Documents, and the obligations of the other Loan Parties under the Loan Documents, are secured by the Collateral as provided in the Loan Documents.

This Promissory Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

[SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC] [POTAZIA HOLDING B.V.]

By  

 

Title:  


PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 

Date

 

Amount of

Principal Paid

or Prepaid

 

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

 

Notation

Made By

 

3


EXHIBIT C-2

FORM OF

REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

[ $ ][ ]                     

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, [ SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ] [ SENSATA TECHNOLIGES B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands ] , (the “ Borrower ”), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of              or its registered assigns (the “ Lender ”) for the account of its applicable Lending Office (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) the principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans (as defined below) owing to the Lender by the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; terms defined therein, unless otherwise defined herein, being used herein as therein defined) among the Borrower, [ SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ] [ SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands ] , SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDING B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, the Lenders, the Initial L/C Issuer, the Initial Swing Line Lender and , MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as Administrative Agent for the Lender and such other lender parties, on the dates and in the amounts specified in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Credit Loan from the date of such Revolving Credit Loan, as the case may be, until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates, and payable at such times, as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

Both principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the [ United States of America ] [ European Union ] to MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as Administrative Agent, at One Pierrepont Plaza, 7 th Floor, 300 Cadman Plaza West, Brooklyn, NY 11201 in same day funds. Each Revolving Credit Loan owing to the Lender by the Borrower, and all payments made on account of principal thereof, shall be recorded by the Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto, which is part of this promissory note (the “ Promissory Note ”); provided , however , that the failure of the Lender to make any such recordation or endorsement shall not affect the Obligations of the Borrower under this Promissory Note.

This Promissory Note is one of the Notes referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement, among other things, (i) provides for the making of loans (the “ Revolving Credit Loans ” ) by the Lender to or for the benefit of the Borrower from time to time in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the [ Dollar ] [Euro ] amount first above mentioned, the indebtedness of the Borrower resulting from each such Revolving Credit Loan being evidenced by this Promissory Note, and (ii) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events and also for prepayments on account of principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof upon the terms and conditions therein specified. The obligations of the Borrower under this Promissory Note and the other Loan Documents, and the obligations of the other Loan Parties under the Loan Documents, are secured by the Collateral as provided in the Loan Documents.


This Promissory Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

[SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC] [SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.]

By  

 

Title:  


LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 

Date

 

Amount of

Loan

 

Amount of

Principal Paid

or Prepaid

 

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

 

Notation

Made By

 

3


EXHIBIT C-3

FORM OF

SWING LINE CREDIT NOTE

$                     

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, [ SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ] [ SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands ] , (the “ Borrower ”), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of              or its registered assigns (the “ Lender ”) for the account of its applicable Lending Office (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) the principal amount of the Swing Line Loans (as defined below) owing to the Lender by the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; terms defined therein, unless otherwise defined herein, being used herein as therein defined) among the Borrower, [ SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ] [ SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands ] , SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDING B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands , the Lenders, the Initial L/C Issuer, the Initial Swing Line Lender and, MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as Administrative Agent for the Lender and such other lender parties, on the dates and in the amounts specified in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Swing Line Loan from the date of such Swing Line Loan, as the case may be, until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates, and payable at such times, as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

Both principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as Administrative Agent, at One Pierrepont Plaza, 7 th Floor, 300 Cadman Plaza West, Brooklyn, NY 11201 in same day funds. Each Swing Line Loan owing to the Lender by the Borrower, and all payments made on account of principal thereof, shall be recorded by the Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto, which is part of this promissory note (the “ Promissory Note ”); provided , however , that the failure of the Lender to make any such recordation or endorsement shall not affect the Obligations of the Borrower under this Promissory Note.

This Promissory Note is one of the Notes referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement, among other things, (i) provides for the making of loans (the “ Swing Line Loans ” ) by the Lender to or for the benefit of the Borrower from time to time in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the Dollar amount first above mentioned, the indebtedness of the Borrower resulting from each such Swing Line Loans being evidenced by this Promissory Note, and (ii) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events and also for prepayments on account of principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof upon the terms and conditions therein specified. The obligations of the Borrower under this Promissory Note and the other Loan Documents, and the obligations of the other Loan Parties under the Loan Documents, are secured by the Collateral as provided in the Loan Documents.


This Promissory Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

[SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC] [SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.]

By  

 

Title:  


LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 

Date

 

Amount of

Loan

 

Amount of

Principal Paid

or Prepaid

 

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

 

Notation

Made By


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

To: Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Administrative Agent, and the Lenders that are parties to the Credit Agreement referred to below

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ BV Borrower ”), SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ US Borrower ”), SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDING B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Parent ”), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, each a “ Lender ”), the Initial L/C Issuer, the Initial Swing Line Lender and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as Administrative Agent.

The undersigned Responsible Officer of the BV Borrower hereby certifies as of the date hereof that he/she is the              of the BV Borrower, and that, as such, he/she is authorized to execute and deliver this Compliance Certificate to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the BV Borrower, and that:

I. ± [ Reports . Attached hereto is (i) a report supplementing Schedule 5.07(b) of the Credit Agreement, including an identification of all owned real property Disposed of by any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the delivery of the last supplements and a list and description of all Material Real Property acquired since the delivery of the last supplements (including the street address (if available), county or other relevant jurisdiction, state or other relevant jurisdiction and the record owner) and (ii) a description of each event, condition or circumstance during the last fiscal quarter covered hereby requiring a mandatory prepayment under Section 2.05(b) of the Credit Agreement. ]

II. Financial Tests . The BV Borrower hereby certifies and warrants to you that attached are detailed calculations * [ (A) ] demonstrating compliance with Section 7.11 of the Credit Agreement * [ and (B) of Excess Cash Flow for fiscal year ended on [              ]] .

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

 


± Insert only if applicable.
* Insert if delivering this Compliance Certificate concurrently with or no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a) of the Credit Agreement for any fiscal year ending on or after December 31, 2007.


(A) Section 7.11(a): Leverage Ratio - Ratio of Adjusted Consolidated Funded Indebtedness to Consolidated EBITDA

 

(1) The sum of (a) with respect to Consolidated Funded Indebtedness consisting of revolving borrowings, the average daily outstanding amount of such revolving borrowings for the four fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior to such day (or, if fewer than four full fiscal quarters have elapsed since April [27], 2006, for the period commencing on April [27], 2006 and ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter most recently ended on or prior to such day) plus (b) with respect to all other Consolidated Funded Indebtedness, the outstanding amount thereof on such day (Item (D)(3)):

   $                     

(2) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower Parties, as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the BV Borrower for the four (4) fiscal quarter period ending on such date (the “ Measurement Period ”) (Item (C)(10)):

   $                     

(3) Ratio of Item (A)(1) to Item (A)(2):

                          :1

(4) Maximum permitted:

                           :1

 


(B) Section 7.11(b): Interest Coverage Ratio - Ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Interest Charges

 

(1) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower Parties for the Measurement Period (Item (C)(10)):

   $                       

(2) Consolidated Interest Charges of the Borrower Parties for the Measurement Period:

  

(a) The amount by which (i) the sum of interest expense for the Measurement Period (including the interest component under Capitalized Leases, but excluding, to the extent included in interest expense, (u) fees and expenses associated with the consummation of the Transactions, (v) annual agency fees paid to the Administrative Agent, (w) costs associated with obtaining Swap Contracts, (x) fees and expenses associated with any Investment permitted under Section 7.02 , Equity Issuance or Debt Issuance (whether or not consummated), (y) pay-in-kind interest expense or other noncash interest expense (including as a result of the effects of purchase accounting) and (z) amortization or write-down of any deferred financing fees) exceeds (ii) interest income for the Measurement Period, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP, to the extent the same are paid or payable (or received or receivable) in cash with respect to the Measurement Period:

   $                     

(3) Ratio of Item (B)(1) to Item (B)(2)(a):

               to 1.00

(10) Minimum required:

              to 1.00


(C) Consolidated EBITDA

 

(1) Consolidated Net Income of the BV Borrower, the US Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the Measurement Period:

   $                     

(2) An amount which, in the determination of Consolidated Net Income, has been deducted for, without duplication:

  

(a) total interest expense and to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, the costs of surety bonds in connection with any financing activity and any losses on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk in the ordinary course of business, net of interest income and gains on such hedging obligations:

   $                     

(b) income, withholding, franchise and similar taxes and any tax distributions made pursuant to Section 7.06(e)(i) and Section 7.06(e)(iii) of the Credit Agreement and foreign withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period:

   $                     

(c) total depreciation and amortization expense (including non-cash amortization of debt discount or deferred financing costs):

   $                     

(d) letter of credit fees:

   $                     

(e) cash fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or, to the extent permitted hereunder, any Investment permitted under Section 7.02 of the Credit Agreement, Disposition permitted under Section 7.05 of the Credit Agreement, Equity Issuance or Debt Issuance (in each case, whether or not consummated):

   $                     

(f) to the extent actually reimbursed or reimbursable, expenses incurred to the extent covered by indemnification provisions in any agreement in connection with the Transactions or a Permitted Acquisition:

   $                     

(g) to the extent covered by insurance under which the insurer has been properly notified and has not denied or contested coverage, expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption:

   $                     

(h) management fees paid under Section 7.08(d) of the Credit Agreement or any other monitoring, consulting or advisory fees and related expenses paid to Sponsor to the extent permitted under the Credit Agreement:

   $                       


(i) to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period, any non-cash purchase accounting adjustment and any step-ups with respect to re-valuing assets and liabilities in connection with the Transactions or any Investment permitted under Section 7.02 of the Credit Agreement:

   $                     

(j) non-cash losses from Joint Ventures and non-cash minority interest reductions:

   $                     

(k) fees and expenses in connection with exchanges or refinancings permitted by Section 7.14 of the Credit Agreement:

   $                     

(l) (A) non-cash, non-recurring charges with respect to employee severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension or post-retirement employee benefit plans, (B) other extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring non-cash charges (other than the write down of Current Assets), (C) (x) extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring cash charges incurred prior to the Closing Date plus (y) extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring cash charges in an aggregate amount under this Item (C)(2)(l) not to exceed $25,000,000 in any fiscal year and (D) cash charges paid in connection with litigation related to product liability in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 in any fiscal year:

   $                     

(m) the Net Cash Proceeds from any issuance of Equity Interests by the BV Borrower to the Equity Investors in an amount not greater than 120% of the amount necessary to ensure that the Borrower Parties are in compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 7.11 of the Credit Agreement for such period, solely to the extent that the Net Cash Proceeds therefrom (A) are actually received by the BV Borrower (including through capital contribution of such Net Cash Proceeds by Parent to the BV Borrower) no later than ten (10) days after the date of delivery of this Compliance Certificate and (B) are Not Otherwise Applied; provided that any infusion of equity pursuant to a Notice of Intent to Make an Equity Infusion shall not be made more than twice in any twelve (12)-month period; it being understood that this clause (m)  may not be relied on for purposes of calculating any financial ratios other than as applicable to Section 7.11 of the Credit Agreement (including for purposes of the definition of “Pro Forma Basis”):

   $                     

(n) any other non-cash charges or expenses to the extent such non-cash charges or expenses do not result in a cash payment in a future period:

   $                       

 


(o) one-time cash charges relating to the transition costs associated with (a) becoming a stand-alone entity and (b) becoming a public company:

   $                     

(3) An amount which, in the determination of Consolidated Net Income for the Measurement Period, has been included for non-cash income during the Measurement Period (other than with respect to cash actually received):

   $                     

(4) All cash payments made during such period on account of non-cash charges added to Consolidated Net Income pursuant to Item (C)(2)(l) above in such period or in a previous period (other than to the extent the amount thereof is within the basket provided for in Item (C)(2)(l)(C) ):

   $                     

(5) To the extent the amount thereof is greater than the amount permitted to be added to Consolidated Net Income pursuant to the basket in Item (C)(2)(l) above, the amount of extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring cash charges in excess of such permitted amount that have been excluded in the determination of Consolidated Net Income for such period:

   $                     

(6) (a) Unrealized losses in respect of Swap Contracts and other embedded derivatives or similar contracts incurred in the ordinary course of business that require the same accounting treatment as Swap Contracts:

   $                     

OR

 

(b) Unrealized gains in respect of Swap Contracts and other embedded derivatives or similar contracts incurred in the ordinary course of business that require the same accounting treatment as Swap Contracts:

   $                     

(7) Item (C)(2)(a) + Item (C)(2)(b) + Item (C)(2)(c) + Item (C)(2)(d) + Item (C)(2)(e) + Item (C)(2)(f) + Item (C)(2)(g) + Item (C)(2)(h) + Item (C)(2)(i) + Item (C)(2)(j) + Item (C)(2)(k) + Item (C)(2)(l) + Item (C)(2)(m) + Item (C)(2)(n) + Item (C)(2)(o)

   $                     

(8) Item (C)(1) + Item (C)(7)

   $                     

(9) (a) Item (C)(3) + Item (C)(4) + Item (C)(5) + Item (C)(6)(a)

   $                     

OR

 

      (b) Item (C)(3) + Item (C)(4) + Item (C)(5) – Item (C)(6)(b)

   $                     

(10) Consolidated EBITDA:

 

         Item (C)(8) – Item (C)(9)

   $                       


(D) Adjusted Consolidated Funded Indebtedness

 

(1) The average daily outstanding amount of revolving borrowings for the Measuring Period:

   $                     

(2) The outstanding amount of all other Consolidated Funded Indebtedness:

   $                     

(3) Adjusted Consolidated Funded Indebtedness:

 

Item (D)(1) + Item (D)(2)

   $                       


(E) [ Excess Cash Flow ]

 

(1) Consolidated EBITDA for the Measurement Period (Item (C)(10)):

   $                     

(2) the sum of (x) Capital Expenditures made in cash to the extent not financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness, equity issuances or other proceeds of a financing transaction that would not be included in Consolidated EBITDA and (y) for the purposes of determining Excess Cash Flow, cash expenditures excluded pursuant to clause (j) of the definition of Capital Expenditures:

   $                     

(3) standalone information technology and license fees paid before December 31, 2007:

   $                     

(4) Consolidated Interest Charges:

   $                     

(5) Consolidated Cash Taxes paid, including cash payments for Federal, state and other income tax liabilities incurred prior to the Closing Date:

   $                     

(6) Consolidated Scheduled Funded Debt Payments:

   $                     

(7) Restricted Payments made by the Borrower Parties to the extent that such Restricted Payments are permitted to be made under Section 7.06(e) of the Credit Agreement:

   $                     

(8) the aggregate principal amount of any long-term Indebtedness voluntarily prepaid (other than (A) prepayments of long-term Indebtedness financed by incurring other long-term Indebtedness, (B) prepayments of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(a) or 2.05(b) of the Credit Agreement and (C) prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(a) of the Credit Agreement); provided that (1) such prepayments are otherwise permitted hereunder and (2) if such Indebtedness consists of a revolving line of credit, the commitments under such line of credit are permanently reduced by the amount of such prepayment:

   $                     

(9) letter of credit fees and annual agency fees:

   $                     

(10) proceeds received by the Borrower Parties from insurance claims with respect to casualty events, business interruption or product recalls which reimburse prior business expenses to the extent such expenses were added to Consolidated Net Income in determining Consolidated EBITDA:

   $                       

Insert if delivering concurrently with or no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a) of the Credit Agreement for any fiscal year ending on or after December 31, 2007.


(11) all extraordinary or unusual cash charges:

   $                     

(12) cash payments made in satisfaction of non-current liabilities (other than Indebtedness):

   $                     

(13) cash fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions and not paid with the proceeds of the Loans, the Senior Notes or the Senior Subordinated Notes or, to the extent permitted hereunder, any Investment permitted under Section 7.02 of the Credit Agreement, Disposition permitted under Section 7.05 of the Credit Agreement, Equity Issuance or Debt Issuance (whether or not consummated) and not paid with the proceeds of any financing transaction:

   $                     

(14) fees and expenses in connection with the exchanges or refinancings permitted by Section 7.14 of the Credit Agreement:

   $                     

(15) to the extent added to Consolidated Net Income in determining Consolidated EBITDA, cash indemnity payments received pursuant to indemnification provisions in any agreement in connection with the Acquisition, any Permitted Acquisition or any other Investment permitted hereunder (or in any similar agreement related to any other acquisition consummated prior to the Closing Date):

   $                     

(16) non-recurring cash charges to the extent included in determining Consolidated EBITDA:

   $                     

(17) cash expenses incurred in connection with deferred compensation arrangements in connection with the Transactions:

   $                     

(18) management fees paid under Section 7.08(d) of the Credit Agreement or other monitoring, consulting or advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor to the extent permitted under the Credit Agreement:

   $                     

(19) cash used to consummate a Permitted Acquisition to the extent not financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness, equity issuances or other proceeds from a financing transaction that would not be included in Consolidated EBITDA:

   $                     

(20) to the extent added to Consolidated Net Income in determining Consolidated EBITDA, losses from discontinued operations for such period:

   $                     

(21) to the extent added to Consolidated Net Income in determining Consolidated EBITDA, Eligible Equity Proceeds:

   $                     

(22) cash expenditures made in respect of Swap Contracts to the extent not reflected in the computation of Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Interest Charges:

   $                       


(23) to the extent not deducted in the computation of Net Cash Proceeds in respect of any asset disposition or condemnation giving rise thereto, the amount of any mandatory prepayment of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder or under any other Loan Document), together with any interest, premium or penalties required to be paid (and actually paid) in connection therewith (in the case of this Item (E)(23) and the foregoing Items (E)(2) through Items (E)(22) , to the extent made, paid, incurred or for, as the case may be, such fiscal year):

   $                       

(24)(a) increases in working capital for such fiscal year ( i.e. , the increase, if any, in Current Assets minus Current Liabilities from the beginning to the end of such fiscal year), excluding changes in working capital resulting from any Permitted Acquisition or Disposition permitted under the Credit Agreement:

 

OR

   $                     

(b) decreases in working capital for such fiscal year ( i.e. , the decrease, if any, in Current Assets minus Current Liabilities from the beginning to the end of such fiscal year), excluding changes in working capital resulting from any Permitted Acquisition or Disposition permitted under the Credit Agreement:

   $                     

(25) Item (E)(2) + Item (E)(3) + Item (E)(4) + Item (E)(5) + Item (E)(6) + Item (E)(7) + Item (E)(8) + Item (E)(9) + Item (E)(10) + Item (E) (11) + Item (E)(12) + Item (E)(13) + Item (E)(14) + Item (E)(15) + Item (E)(16) + Item (E)(17) + Item (E)(18) + Item (E)(19) + Item (E)(20) + Item (E)(21) + Item (E)(22) + Item (E)(23)

   $                     

(26) Excess Cash Flow:

 

  

Item (E)(1) – Item (E)(25) – Item (E)(24)(a)

   $                     

OR

 

Item (E)(1) – Item (E)(25) + Item (E)(24)(b)

   $                     


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Responsible Officer of the BV Borrower has executed this Compliance Certificate on behalf of the BV Borrower on this [              ] day of [                      ], [          ].

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; the terms defined therein, unless otherwise defined herein, being used herein as therein defined) among SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, (the “ BV Borrower ”), SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (the “ US Borrower ”), SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDING B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, the Lenders, the Initial L/C Issuer, the Initial Swing Line Lender and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.

Each “Assignor” referred to on Schedule 1 hereto (each, an “ Assignor ”) and each “Assignee” referred to on Schedule 1 hereto (each, an “ Assignee ”) agrees severally with respect to all information relating to it and its assignment hereunder and on Schedule 1 hereto as follows:

(1) Such Assignor hereby sells and assigns, without recourse except as to the representations and warranties made by it herein, to such Assignee, and such Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from such Assignor, an interest in and to such Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement as of the date hereof equal to the percentage interest specified on Schedule 1 hereto of all outstanding rights and obligations under the Facility or Facilities specified on Schedule 1 hereto. After giving effect to such sale and assignment, such Assignee’s Commitments and the amount of the Loans owing to such Assignee will be as set forth on Schedule 1 hereto.

(2) Such Assignor (i) represents and warrants that its name set forth on Schedule 1 hereto is its legal name, that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest or interests being assigned by it hereunder and that such interest or interests are free and clear of any adverse claim; (ii) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with any Loan Document or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of, or the perfection or priority of any lien or security interest created or purported to be created under or in connection with, any Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; (iii) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of any Loan Party or the performance or observance by any Loan Party of any of its obligations under any Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; and (iv) attaches the Note or Notes (if any) held by such Assignor and requests that the Administrative Agent exchange such Note or Notes for a new Note or Notes payable to the order of such Assignee in an amount equal to the Commitments assumed by such Assignee pursuant hereto or new Notes payable to the order of such Assignee in an amount equal to the Commitments assumed by such Assignee pursuant hereto and such Assignor in an amount equal to the Commitments retained by such Assignor under the Credit Agreement, respectively, as specified on Schedule 1 hereto.

(3) Such Assignee (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, any Assignor or any other Lender Party and based on such


documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (iii) represents and warrants that its name set forth on Schedule 1 hereto is its legal name; (iv) confirms that it is an Eligible Assignee; (v) appoints and authorizes each Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Loan Documents as are delegated to such Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; (vi) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender Party; and (vii) attaches any information related to Taxes as required by Article 3 of the Credit Agreement.

(4) The Assignee hereby confirms that it is a Professional Market Party in accordance with the requirements of the Dutch Exemption Regulation.

(5) Following the execution of this Assignment and Assumption, it will be delivered to the Administrative Agent for acceptance and recording by the Administrative Agent. The effective date for this Assignment and Assumption (the “ Effective Date ”) shall be the date of acceptance hereof by the Administrative Agent, unless otherwise specified on Schedule 1 hereto.

(6) Upon such acceptance and recording by the Administrative Agent, as of the Effective Date, (i) such Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and (ii) such Assignor shall, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Assumption, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement (other than its rights and obligations under the Loan Documents that are specified under the terms of such Loan Documents to survive the payment in full of the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents to the extent any claim thereunder relates to an event arising prior to the Effective Date of this Assignment and Assumption) and, if this Assignment and Assumption covers all of the remaining portion of the rights and obligations of such Assignor under the Credit Agreement, such Assignor shall cease to be a party thereto.

(7) Upon such acceptance and recording by the Administrative Agent, from and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents in respect of the interest assigned hereby (including, without limitation, all payments of principal, interest and commitment fees with respect thereto) to such Assignee. Such Assignor and such Assignee shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents for periods prior to the Effective Date directly between themselves.

(8) This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

(9) This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of Schedule 1 to this Assignment and Assumption by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption.


SCHEDULE 1

TO

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

 

Revolving Credit Loan   

Percentage interest assigned

     %

Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment assigned

   $                         
Term Loan Facility (US Term Loans)   

Percentage interest assigned

     %

US Term Loans Commitment assigned

   $  
Term Loan Facility (Euro Term Loans)   

Percentage interest assigned

     %

Euro Term Loans Commitment assigned

    

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Assignor and each Assignee have caused Schedule 1 to this Assignment and Assumption to be executed by their officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date specified thereon.

Effective Date (if other than date of acceptance by Administrative Agent):

1                      , 200   

                           Assignor

 

                     , as Assignor

[Type or print legal name of Assignor]

By

 

 

Title:

 

Dated:                      , 200   

                           Assignee

 

                     , as Assignee

[Type or print legal name of Assignee]

By

 

 

Title:

 

Dated:                      , 200   

Domestic Lending Office:

Eurodollar Lending Office:

 


1 This date should be no earlier than five Business Days after the delivery of this Assignment and Assumption to the Administrative Agent

 

4


Accepted [ and Approved ] this             

day of                      , 200   

 

[MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC as Administrative Agent] 2 .

By

 

 

Title:

 

[L/C ISSUER] [SWING LINE LENDER], or [L/C Issuer] [Swing Line Lender] 3

By

 

 

Title:

 

 


2 Required if Assignee is a Person other than a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.
3 Required in case of any assignment of a Revolving Credit Commitment.

5


Accepted [ and Approved ] this             

day of                      , 200   

 

[NAME OF BORROWER] 4

By

 

 

Title:

 

 


4 Required unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under Section 8.01(a), Section 8.01(f) or Section 8.01(g) of the Credit Agreement.

Exhibit 10.2

EXECUTION COPY

GUARANTY

Dated as of May 15, 2006

From

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

as Guarantor

in favor of

THE SECURED PARTIES REFERRED TO IN

THE CREDIT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN


T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S

 

Section

   Page

Section 1. Guaranty; Limitation of Liability

   1

Section 2. Guaranty Absolute

   2

Section 3. Waivers and Acknowledgments

   3

Section 4. Subrogation

   4

Section 5. Payments Free and Clear of Taxes, Etc.

   5

Section 6. Representations and Warranties

   5

Section 7. Covenants

   5

Section 8. Amendments, Guaranty Supplements, Etc.

   5

Section 9. Notices, Etc.

   6

Section 10. No Waiver; Remedies

   6

Section 11. Right of Set-off

   6

Section 12. Indemnification

   6

Section 13. Continuing Guaranty; Assignments under the Credit Agreement

   7

Section 14. Judgments.

   7

Section 15. Execution in Counterparts

   8

Section 16. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial, Etc.

   8


GUARANTY

GUARANTY dated as of May 15, 2006 made by SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Guarantor ”), in favor of the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT.

The Guarantor, SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ US Borrower ”; together with the Guarantor, the “ Borrowers ”), and SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDING B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, are party to a Credit Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; the capitalized terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined) with certain Lenders party thereto, the Initial L/C Issuer, the Initial Swing Line Lender and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as Administrative Agent. The Borrowers have entered into or may from time to time enter into lines of credit (committed or uncommitted) and other similar arrangements (the “ Bilateral Obligations ”) with Lenders or their Affiliates and certain other financial institutions as initially set forth on Schedule XII of the Domestic Security Agreement and as such schedule may be amended from time to time upon written notice by the Borrowers to the applicable Lenders or Affiliates and certain other financial institutions (each, in such capacity, a “ Bilateral Provider ”).

The Guarantor may receive, directly or indirectly, a portion of the proceeds of the Loans under the Credit Agreement and will derive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement and from each Bilateral Provider’s Bilateral Obligations.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and in order to induce the Lenders to make Loans and to issue Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement, the Bilateral Providers to provide Bilateral Obligations and the Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Hedge Agreements from time to time, the Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:

Section 1. Guaranty; Limitation of Liability . (a) The Guarantor hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the punctual payment when due, whether at scheduled maturity or on any date of a required prepayment or by acceleration, demand or otherwise, of all Obligations of the US Borrower, all Cash Management Obligations of the US Borrower now or hereafter existing (including, without limitation, any extensions, modifications, substitutions, amendments or renewals of any or all of the foregoing Obligations), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, interest, premiums, fees, indemnities, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise and the Bilateral Obligations of each Bilateral Provider solely in respect of the US Borrower (such Obligations being the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”), and agrees to pay any and all reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of counsel) incurred by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party in enforcing any rights under this Guaranty or any other Loan Document in accordance with Section 10.04 of the Credit Agreement (including Attorney Costs of any law firm or other external counsel to the Administrative Agent); provided , however , that in no event shall the Guaranteed Obligations of the Guarantor include any of its obligations as a Borrower under the Credit Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Guarantor’s liability shall extend to all amounts that constitute part of the Guaranteed Obligations and would be owed by the US Borrower to any Secured Party under or in respect of the Loan Documents but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy,


reorganization or similar proceeding involving the US Borrower. Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Credit Agreement to the contrary, (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Bilateral Obligations guaranteed hereby shall not exceed $40,000,000 and (ii) to the extent that Bilateral Obligations are cash collateralized or otherwise guaranteed (other than pursuant hereunder), such Bilateral Obligations shall not be guaranteed hereby.

(b) The Guarantor, and by its acceptance of this Guaranty, the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party, hereby confirm that it is the intention of all such Persons that this Guaranty and the Obligations of the Guarantor hereunder not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law (as hereinafter defined), the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar foreign, federal or state Law to the extent applicable to this Guaranty and the Obligations of the Guarantor hereunder. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Administrative Agent, the other Secured Parties and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the Obligations of the Guarantor (other than in its capacity as a Borrower under the Credit Agreement) under this Guaranty at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount as will result in the Obligations of the Guarantor under this Guaranty not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. For purposes hereof, “ Bankruptcy Law ” means any proceeding of the type referred to in Section 8.01(f) of the Credit Agreement or Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar foreign, federal or state Law for the relief of debtors.

(c) The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that in the event any payment shall be required to be made to any Secured Party under this Guaranty or any other guaranty, the Guarantor will contribute, to the maximum extent permitted by Law, such amounts so as to maximize the aggregate amount paid to the Secured Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document, the Guarantor shall not have any liability or obligation under this Guaranty to the extent that such liability or obligation would constitute unlawful financial assistance under the applicable Laws of the jurisdiction of the Guarantor.

Section 2. Guaranty Absolute . The Guarantor guarantees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, regardless of any Law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of any Secured Party with respect thereto. The Obligations of the Guarantor under or in respect of this Guaranty are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any other Loan Party under or in respect of the Loan Documents, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against the Guarantor to enforce this Guaranty, irrespective of whether any action is brought against the US Borrower (in its capacity as Borrower under the Credit Agreement) or any other Loan Party or whether the US Borrower or any other Loan Party is joined in any such action or actions. The liability of the Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be irrevocable, absolute and unconditional irrespective of, and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to, any or all of the following:

(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or any agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any other Loan Party under or in respect of the Loan Documents, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from any Loan Document, including, without limitation, any increase in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit to the US Borrower; provided that where such a waiver is unenforceable or where such a change would discharge the Guarantor of its liability under this Guaranty if made without its consent, the Guarantor hereby gives its consent to such change;

 

2


(c) any taking, exchange, release or non-perfection of any Collateral or any other collateral, or any taking, release or amendment or waiver of, or consent to departure from, any other guaranty, for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(d) any manner of application of Collateral or any other collateral, or proceeds thereof, to all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any manner of sale or other disposition of any Collateral or any other collateral for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any Loan Party under the Loan Documents or any other assets of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries;

(e) any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries;

(f) any failure of any Secured Party to disclose to any Loan Party any information relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any other Loan Party now or hereafter known to such Secured Party (the Guarantor waiving any duty on the part of the Secured Parties to disclose such information);

(g) the failure of any other Person to execute or deliver this Guaranty or any other guaranty or agreement or the release or reduction of liability of the Guarantor or other guarantor or surety with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations; or

(h) any other circumstance (including, without limitation, any statute of limitations) or any existence of or reliance on any representation by any Secured Party that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Loan Party or any other guarantor or surety to the extent permitted.

This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by any Secured Party or any other Person upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the US Borrower (in its capacity as a Borrower under the Credit Agreement) or any other Loan Party or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

Section 3. Waivers and Acknowledgments . (a) The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance, presentment, demand for performance, notice of nonperformance, default, acceleration, protest or dishonor and any other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this Guaranty and any requirement that any Secured Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against any Loan Party or any other Person or any Collateral.

(b) The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Guaranty and, where it may not waive this right, the Guarantor agrees that this Guaranty will not be revoked, and acknowledges that this Guaranty is continuing in nature and applies to all Guaranteed Obligations, whether existing now or in the future.

(c) The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives (i) any defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by any Secured Party that in any manner impairs, reduces, releases or otherwise adversely affects the subrogation, reimbursement,

 

3


exoneration, contribution or indemnification rights of the Guarantor or other rights of the Guarantor to proceed against any of the other Loan Parties, any other guarantor or any other Person or any Collateral and (ii) any defense based on any right of set-off or counterclaim against or in respect of the Obligations of the Guarantor hereunder.

(d) The Guarantor acknowledges that the Collateral Agent may, without notice to or demand upon the Guarantor and without affecting the liability of the Guarantor under this Guaranty, foreclose under any mortgage by nonjudicial sale, and the Guarantor hereby waives any defense to the recovery by the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties against the Guarantor of any deficiency after such nonjudicial sale and any defense or benefits that may be afforded by applicable Law.

(e) The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any duty on the part of any Secured Party to disclose to the Guarantor any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any other Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries now or hereafter known by such Secured Party.

(f) The Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Loan Documents and that the waivers set forth in Section 2 and this Section 3 are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

Section 4. Subrogation . The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees not to exercise any rights that it may now have or hereafter acquire against the US Borrower that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Guarantor’s Obligations under or in respect of this Guaranty or any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Secured Party against the US Borrower or any Collateral, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common Law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the US Borrower, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right, unless and until all of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than (x) obligations with respect to Secured Hedge Agreements, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable under the Loan Documents) and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty shall have been paid in full in cash, all Letters of Credit shall have been cash collateralized or otherwise back-stopped, in each case, on terms required by the Credit Agreement or shall have expired or been terminated and the Commitments shall have expired or been terminated. If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor in violation of the immediately preceding sentence at any time prior to the latest of (a) the payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, (b) the Maturity Date of the Term Loan Facility and (c) the latest date of cash collateralization or other back-stop, in each case, on the terms required by the Credit Agreement or the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, such amounts shall be received and held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be segregated from other property and funds of the Guarantor and shall forthwith be paid or delivered to the Administrative Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or assignment) to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, or to be held as Collateral for any Guaranteed Obligations or other amounts payable under this Guaranty thereafter arising. If (i) the Guarantor shall make payment to any Secured Party of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts, if any, payable under this Guaranty shall have been paid in full in cash, (iii) the Maturity Date of the Term Loan Facility shall have occurred and (iv) all Letters of Credit shall have been cash collateralized or otherwise back-stopped, in each case, on the terms required under the Credit Agreement, or shall have expired or been terminated, the Secured Parties will, at the

 

4


Guarantor’s request and expense, execute and deliver to the Guarantor appropriate documents, without recourse and without representation or warranty, necessary to evidence the transfer by subrogation to the Guarantor of an interest in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from such payment made by the Guarantor pursuant to this Guaranty.

Section 5. Payments Free and Clear of Taxes, Etc . (a) Any payment made by the Guarantor pursuant to this Guaranty which results in the imposition of Taxes which would not have been imposed had the payment been made by the US Borrower shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any such Taxes; provided that if the Guarantor shall be required to deduct any such Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums paid under this section) the Administrative Agent, Lender or L/C Issuer (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Guarantor shall make such deductions and (iii) the Guarantor shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable Law. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 5 shall be read as an obligation of the Guarantor that is in addition to its Guarantee of the US Borrower’s obligations to indemnify for Taxes and Other Taxes pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Credit Agreement and shall not relieve the Guarantor of its obligations to make payments pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Credit Agreement on the US Borrower’s behalf.

Section 6. Representations and Warranties . The Guarantor hereby represents and warrants as follows:

(a) There are no conditions precedent to the effectiveness of this Guaranty that have not been satisfied or waived.

(b) The Guarantor has, independently and without reliance upon any Secured Party and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Guaranty and each other Loan Document to which it is or is to be a party, and the Guarantor has established adequate means of obtaining from the US Borrower on a continuing basis information pertaining to, and is now and on a continuing basis will be familiar with, the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties and prospects of the US Borrower.

Section 7. Covenants . The Guarantor (other than in its capacity as a Borrower under the Credit Agreement) covenants and agrees that, so long as any part of the Guaranteed Obligations shall remain unpaid, any Letter of Credit shall be outstanding and not cash collateralized or otherwise back-stopped in accordance with the Cash Collateralization or back-to-back letter of credit provisions set forth in Section 2.03(g) of the Credit Agreement or any Lender shall have any Commitment, the Guarantor will perform and observe, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to perform and observe, all of the terms, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents on its or their part to be performed or observed or that the US Borrower has agreed to cause the Guarantor to perform or observe.

Section 8. Amendments, Guaranty Supplements, Etc . (a) No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty and no consent to any departure by the Guarantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however , that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all of the Secured Parties (other than any Lender that is, at such time, a Defaulting Lender), (a) reduce or limit the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder, release the Guarantor hereunder or otherwise limit the Guarantor’s liability with respect to the Obligations owing to the Secured

 

5


Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents except as provided in the next succeeding sentence, (b) postpone any date fixed for payment hereunder or (c) change the number of Secured Parties or the percentage of (x) the Commitments, (y) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans or (z) the aggregate Available Amount of outstanding Letters of Credit that, in each case, shall be required for the Secured Parties or any of them to take any action hereunder.

Section 9. Notices, Etc . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including telegraphic, telecopy or telex communication) and mailed, telegraphed, telecopied, telexed or delivered to it, if to the Guarantor, addressed to the BV Borrower’s address specified in Schedule 10.02 of the Credit Agreement, if to any Agent, at its address specified in Schedule 10.02 of the Credit Agreement, if to or any Lender, at its address specified in its Administrative Questionnaire, if to any Hedge Bank, at its address specified in the Secured Hedge Agreement to which it is a party, or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made at such time as shall be set forth in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement. Delivery by telecopier of an executed counterpart of a signature page to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart thereof.

Section 10. No Waiver; Remedies . No failure on the part of any Secured Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by Law.

Section 11. Right of Set-off . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent and, after obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, each other Agent and each Lender and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, but excluding payroll, tax and trust accounts) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Agent, such Lender or such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Guarantor against any and all of the Obligations of the Guarantor now or hereafter existing under the Loan Documents, irrespective of whether such Agent or such Lender shall have made any demand under this Guaranty or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be unmatured. Each Agent and each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Guarantor after any such set-off and application; provided , however , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of each Agent and each Lender and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of set-off) that such Agent, such Lender and their respective Affiliates may have.

Section 12. Indemnification . (a) Without limitation on any other Obligations of any Guarantor or remedies of the Secured Parties under this Guaranty, the Guarantor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify, defend and save and hold harmless each Secured Party and each of their Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors (each, an “Indemnified Party”) from and against, any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, Attorney Costs) (which shall be limited to one (1) counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties (exclusive of one local counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties in each appropriate jurisdiction), unless (x) the interests of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties are sufficiently divergent, in which case one (1) additional counsel may be appointed and (y) if the interests of any Secured Party or group of Secured Parties (other than all of the Secured Parties) are distinctly or disproportionately affected, one (1) additional counsel for such Secured Party or group of

 

6


Secured Parties in connection with the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Loan Document or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby) that may be actually incurred by or awarded against any Indemnified Party in connection with or as a result of any failure of any Guaranteed Obligations to be the legal, valid and binding obligations of any Loan Party enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with their terms.

(b) The Guarantor hereby also agrees that none of the Indemnified Parties shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract, tort or otherwise) to the Guarantor or any of its Affiliates or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors, and the Guarantor hereby agrees not to assert any claim against any Indemnified Party on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to the Facilities, the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Loans or the Letters of Credit, the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

(c) Each of the Indemnified Parties hereby also agrees that the Guarantor shall have no liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract, tort or otherwise) to any of the Indemnified Parties or any of their respective Affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors, and each of the Indemnified Parties hereby agrees not to assert any claim against the Guarantor on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to the Facilities, the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Loans or the Letters of Credit, the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

(d) Without prejudice to the survival of any of the other agreements of the Guarantor under this Guaranty or any of the other Loan Documents (in its capacity as Guarantor hereunder), the agreements and obligations of the Guarantor contained in Section 1(a) (with respect to enforcement expenses), the last sentence of Section 2 , Section 5 and this Section 12 shall survive the payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations and all of the other amounts payable under this Guaranty.

Section 13. Continuing Guaranty; Assignments under the Credit Agreement . This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until the latest of (i) the payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than with respect to the Secured Hedge Agreement and the Cash Management Obligations that are not yet due and payable and contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been asserted) and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, (ii) the Maturity Date of the Term Loan Facility and (iii) the latest date of cash collateralization or other back-stop, in each case, on the terms required by the Credit Agreement, or expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, (b) be binding upon the Guarantor, its successors and assigns and (c) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Secured Parties and their successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of clause (c) of the immediately preceding sentence, any Secured Party may assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, all or any portion of its Commitments, the Loans owing to it and the Note or Notes held by it) to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Secured Party herein or otherwise, in each case as and to the extent provided in Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement. Except as expressly provided in the Credit Agreement, the Guarantor shall not have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Secured Parties.

Section 14. Judgments . If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in Dollars or any other applicable currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) into a different currency (the “ Other Currency ”), the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent

 

7


they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the Judgment Currency with such Other Currency at the spot rate of exchange quoted by the Administrative Agent at 11:00 a.m. on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given (or such other rate as may be required by any applicable Law), for the purchase of the Judgment Currency, for delivery two Business Days thereafter.

Section 15. Execution in Counterparts . This Guaranty and each amendment, waiver and consent with respect hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties thereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Guaranty by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Guaranty.

Section 16. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial, Etc . (a) This Guaranty shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

(b) The Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the jurisdiction of any New York State court or federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is or is to be a party, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court. The Guarantor agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. The Guarantor hereby irrevocably appoints CT Corporation System with an office on the date hereof at 111 Eighth Avenue, 13th Floor, New York, New York 1001 (the “ Process Agent ”) as its agent to receive and forward on behalf of itself the summons and complain and any other process which may be served in any such action or proceeding. Such service may be made by mailing or delivering a copy of such process to the Guarantor in the care of the Process Agent at the Process Agent’s address, and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Process Agent to receive such service on its behalf. Nothing in this Guaranty or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that any party may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Guaranty or any other Loan Document in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is or is to be a party in any New York State or federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such suit, action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, THE LOANS OR THE ACTIONS OF ANY SECURED PARTY IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT THEREOF.

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.
By:  

/s/ M.F. Stijger

Name:   Amaco Management Services B.V.
Title:   Managing Director

Exhibit 10.3

EXECUTION VERSION

DOMESTIC GUARANTY

Dated as of April 27, 2006

From

THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN

And

THE ADDITIONAL GUARANTORS REFERRED TO HEREIN

as Guarantors

in favor of

THE SECURED PARTIES REFERRED TO IN

THE CREDIT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN

Domestic Guaranty


T A B L E    O F    C O N T E N T S

 

Section

         Page
Section 1.   Guaranty; Limitation of Liability    1
Section 2.   Guaranty Absolute    2
Section 3.   Waivers and Acknowledgments    3
Section 4.   Subrogation    4
Section 5.   Payments Free and Clear of Taxes, Etc.    5
Section 6.   Representations and Warranties    5
Section 7.   Covenants    5
Section 8.   Amendments, Guaranty Supplements, Etc.    6
Section 9.   Notices, Etc.    6
Section 10.   No Waiver; Remedies    7
Section 11.   Right of Set-off    7
Section 12.   Indemnification    7
Section 13.   Continuing Guaranty; Assignments under the Credit Agreement    8
Section 14.   Execution in Counterparts    8
Section 15.   Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial, Etc.    8

Exhibit A - Guaranty Supplement

Domestic Guaranty


DOMESTIC GUARANTY

DOMESTIC GUARANTY dated as of April 27, 2006 made by the Persons listed on the signature pages hereof under the caption “Subsidiary Guarantors” and the Additional Guarantors (as defined in Section 8(b) ) (such Persons so listed and the Additional Guarantors being, collectively, the “ Guarantors ” and, individually, each a “ Guarantor ”) in favor of the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT.

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ BV Borrower ”), SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ US Borrower ”; together with the BV Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDING B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands , are party to a Credit Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; the capitalized terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined) with certain Lenders party thereto, the Initial L/C Issuer, the Initial Swing Line Lender and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as Collateral Agent and Administrative Agent. The Borrowers and the Guarantors have entered into or may from time to time enter into lines of credit (committed or uncommitted) and other similar arrangements (the “ Bilateral Obligations ”) with Lenders or their Affiliates and certain other financial institutions as initially set forth on Schedule XII of the Domestic Security Agreement and as such schedule may be amended from time to time upon written notice by the Borrowers to the applicable Lenders or Affiliates and certain other financial institutions (each, in such capacity, a “ Bilateral Provider ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and in order to induce the Lenders to make Loans and to issue Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement, the Bilateral Providers to provide Bilateral Obligations and the Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Hedge Agreements from time to time, each Guarantor, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, hereby agrees as follows:

Section 1.  Guaranty; Limitation of Liability . (a) Each Guarantor hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the punctual payment when due, whether at scheduled maturity or on any date of a required prepayment or by acceleration, demand or otherwise, of all Obligations of the BV Borrower, each Loan Party guaranteeing the Obligations of the BV Borrower and each other Restricted Subsidiary that is an obligor with respect to the Cash Management Obligations now or hereafter existing (including, without limitation, any extensions, modifications, substitutions, amendments or renewals of any or all of the foregoing Obligations), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, interest, premiums, fees, indemnities, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise and the Bilateral Obligations of each Bilateral Provider (such Obligations being the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”), and agrees to pay any and all reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of counsel) incurred by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party in enforcing any rights under this Guaranty or any other Loan Document in accordance with Section 10.04 of the Credit Agreement (including reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel to the Administrative Agent);

Domestic Guaranty


provided , however , that in no event shall the Guaranteed Obligations of any Guarantor include any of its obligations as a Borrower under the Credit Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Guarantor’s liability shall extend to all amounts that constitute part of the Guaranteed Obligations and would be owed by any other Guarantor to any Secured Party under or in respect of the Loan Documents but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving such other Guarantor. Notwithstanding anything herein or the Credit Agreement to the contrary, (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Bilateral Obligations guaranteed hereby shall not exceed $40,000,000 and (ii) to the extent that Bilateral Obligations are cash collateralized or otherwise guaranteed (other than pursuant hereunder), such Bilateral Obligations shall not be guaranteed hereby.

(b) Each Guarantor (other than the BV Borrower), and by its acceptance of this Guaranty, the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such Persons that this Guaranty and the Obligations of each Guarantor hereunder not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law (as hereinafter defined), the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar foreign, federal or state Law to the extent applicable to this Guaranty and the Obligations of each Guarantor hereunder. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Administrative Agent, the other Secured Parties and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the Obligations of each Guarantor under this Guaranty at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount as will result in the Obligations of such Guarantor under this Guaranty not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. For purposes hereof, “ Bankruptcy Law ” means any proceeding of the type referred to in Section 8.01(f) of the Credit Agreement or Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar foreign, federal or state Law for the relief of debtors.

(c) Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that in the event any payment shall be required to be made to any Secured Party under this Guaranty, the Foreign Guaranty or any other guaranty, such Guarantor will contribute, to the maximum extent permitted by Law, such amounts to each other Guarantor and each other guarantor so as to maximize the aggregate amount paid to the Secured Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents.

(d) To the extent that any Guarantor shall be required hereunder to pay a portion of the Guaranteed Obligations exceeding the greater of (a) the amount of the economic benefit actually received by such Guarantor from the Loans and (b) the amount such Guarantor would otherwise have paid if such Guarantor had paid the aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations (excluding the amount thereof repaid by the Borrowers) in the same proportion as such Guarantor’s net worth at the date enforcement is sought hereunder bears to the aggregate net worth of all the Guarantors (taken together with the aggregate net worth of all other “ Guarantors ” (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement) obligated with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations (the “ Other Guarantors ”)) at the date of enforcement is sought hereunder, then each Other Guarantor shall reimburse such other Guarantors for the amount of such excess, pro rata, based on the respective net worths of such Other Guarantors at the date enforcement hereunder is sought.

Section 2.  Guaranty Absolute . Each Guarantor guarantees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, regardless of any Law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of any Secured Party with respect thereto. The Obligations of each Guarantor under or in respect of this Guaranty are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any other Loan Party under or in respect of the Loan Documents, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against each Guarantor to enforce this Guaranty, irrespective of whether any action is brought against the BV Borrower or any other Loan Party or whether the BV Borrower or any other Loan Party is joined in any such action or actions. The liability of each Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be

Domestic Guaranty

 

2


irrevocable, absolute and unconditional irrespective of, and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to, any or all of the following:

(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or any agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any other Loan Party under or in respect of the Loan Documents, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from any Loan Document, including, without limitation, any increase in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise;

(c) any taking, exchange, release or non-perfection of any Collateral or any other collateral, or any taking, release or amendment or waiver of, or consent to departure from, any other guaranty, for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(d) any manner of application of Collateral or any other collateral, or proceeds thereof, to all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any manner of sale or other disposition of any Collateral or any other collateral for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any Loan Party under the Loan Documents or any other assets of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries;

(e) any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries;

(f) any failure of any Secured Party to disclose to any Loan Party any information relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any other Loan Party now or hereafter known to such Secured Party (each Guarantor waiving any duty on the part of the Secured Parties to disclose such information);

(g) the failure of any other Person to execute or deliver this Guaranty, any Guaranty Supplement (as hereinafter defined) or any other guaranty or agreement or the release or reduction of liability of any Guarantor or other guarantor or surety with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations; or

(h) any other circumstance (including, without limitation, any statute of limitations) or any existence of or reliance on any representation by any Secured Party that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Loan Party or any other guarantor or surety.

This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by any Secured Party or any other Person upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the BV Borrower or any other Loan Party or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

Section 3.  Waivers and Acknowledgments . (a) Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance, presentment, demand for performance, notice of nonperformance, default, acceleration, protest or dishonor and any other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this Guaranty and any requirement that any Secured Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against any Loan Party or any other Person or any Collateral.

Domestic Guaranty

 

3


(b) Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Guaranty and acknowledges that this Guaranty is continuing in nature and applies to all Guaranteed Obligations, whether existing now or in the future.

(c) Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives (i) any defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by any Secured Party that in any manner impairs, reduces, releases or otherwise adversely affects the subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification rights of such Guarantor or other rights of such Guarantor to proceed against any of the other Loan Parties, any other guarantor or any other Person or any Collateral and (ii) any defense based on any right of set-off or counterclaim against or in respect of the Obligations of such Guarantor hereunder.

(d) Each Guarantor acknowledges that the Collateral Agent may, without notice to or demand upon such Guarantor and without affecting the liability of such Guarantor under this Guaranty, foreclose under any mortgage by nonjudicial sale, and each Guarantor hereby waives any defense to the recovery by the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties against such Guarantor of any deficiency after such nonjudicial sale and any defense or benefits that may be afforded by applicable Law.

(e) Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any duty on the part of any Secured Party to disclose to such Guarantor any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any other Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries now or hereafter known by such Secured Party.

(f) Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Loan Documents and that the waivers set forth in Section 2 and this Section 3 are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

Section 4.  Subrogation . Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees not to exercise any rights that it may now have or hereafter acquire against the BV Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other insider guarantor that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor’s Obligations under or in respect of this Guaranty or any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Secured Party against the BV Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other insider guarantor or any Collateral, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common Law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the BV Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other insider guarantor, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right, unless and until all of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than (x) obligations with respect to Secured Hedge Agreements, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable under the Loan Documents) and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty shall have been paid in full in cash, all Letters of Credit shall have been cash collateralized or otherwise back-stopped, in each case, on terms required by the Credit Agreement or shall have expired or been terminated and the Commitments shall have expired or been terminated. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the immediately preceding sentence at any time prior to the latest of (a) the payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, (b) the Maturity Date of the Term Loan Facility and (c) the latest date of cash collateralization or other back-stop, in each case, on the terms required by the Credit Agreement or the expiration or termination of all Letters of

Domestic Guaranty

 

4


Credit, such amounts shall be received and held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be segregated from other property and funds of such Guarantor and shall forthwith be paid or delivered to the Administrative Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or assignment) to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, or to be held as Collateral for any Guaranteed Obligations or other amounts payable under this Guaranty thereafter arising. If (i) any Guarantor shall make payment to any Secured Party of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts, if any, payable under this Guaranty shall have been paid in full in cash, (iii) the Maturity Date of the Term Loan Facility shall have occurred and (iv) all Letters of Credit shall have been cash collateralized or otherwise back-stopped, in each case, on the terms required under the Credit Agreement, or shall have expired or been terminated, the Secured Parties will, at such Guarantor’s request and expense, execute and deliver to such Guarantor appropriate documents, without recourse and without representation or warranty, necessary to evidence the transfer by subrogation to such Guarantor of an interest in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from such payment made by such Guarantor pursuant to this Guaranty.

Section 5.  Payments Free and Clear of Taxes, Etc . Any payment made by a Guarantor pursuant to this Guaranty which results in the imposition of Taxes which would not have been imposed had the payment been made by the BV Borrower shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any such Taxes; provided that if a Guarantor shall be required to deduct any such Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums paid under this section) the Administrative Agent, Lender or L/C Issuer (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) such Guarantor shall make such deductions and (iii) such Guarantor shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable Law. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 5 shall be read as an obligation of the Guarantors that is in addition to their Guarantee of the BV Borrower’s obligations to indemnify for Taxes and Other Taxes pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Credit Agreement and shall not relieve a Guarantor of its obligations to make payments pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Credit Agreement on the relevant Borrower’s behalf.

Section 6.  Representations and Warranties . Each Guarantor hereby makes each representation and warranty made in the Loan Documents by the Borrowers with respect to such Guarantor and each Guarantor hereby further represents and warrants as follows:

(a) There are no conditions precedent to the effectiveness of this Guaranty that have not been satisfied or waived.

(b) Such Guarantor has, independently and without reliance upon any Secured Party and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Guaranty and each other Loan Document to which it is or is to be a party, and such Guarantor has established adequate means of obtaining from each other Loan Party on a continuing basis information pertaining to, and is now and on a continuing basis will be familiar with, the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties and prospects of such other Loan Party.

Section 7.  Covenants . Each Guarantor (other than the BV Borrower) covenants and agrees that, so long as any part of the Guaranteed Obligations shall remain unpaid, any Letter of Credit shall be outstanding and not cash collateralized or otherwise back-stopped in accordance with the Cash Collateralization or back-to-back letter of credit provisions set forth in Section 2.03(g) of the Credit Agreement or any Lender shall have any Commitment, such Guarantor will perform and observe, and

Domestic Guaranty

 

5


cause each of its Subsidiaries to perform and observe, all of the terms, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents on its or their part to be performed or observed or that the BV Borrower has agreed to cause such Guarantor or such Subsidiaries to perform or observe.

Section 8.  Amendments, Guaranty Supplements, Etc . (a) No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty and no consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however , that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all of the Secured Parties (other than any Lender that is, at such time, a Defaulting Lender), (a) reduce or limit the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder, release any Guarantor hereunder or otherwise limit any Guarantor’s liability with respect to the Obligations owing to the Secured Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents except as provided in the next succeeding sentence, (b) postpone any date fixed for payment hereunder or (c) change the number of Secured Parties or the percentage of (x) the Commitments, (y) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans or (z) the aggregate Available Amount of outstanding Letters of Credit that, in each case, shall be required for the Secured Parties or any of them to take any action hereunder. Upon the sale of a Guarantor to the extent permitted in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, such Guarantor (other than the BV Borrower) shall be automatically released from this Guaranty; provided that no such release shall occur if such Guarantor is a guarantor in respect of any Specified Junior Financing Obligations, unless such Guarantor is released from its obligations with respect to such Specified Junior Financing Obligations. The Administrative Agent will, at such Guarantor’s expense, execute and deliver to such Guarantor such documents as such Guarantor shall reasonably request to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its Guarantee hereunder pursuant to this Section 8 ; provided that such Guarantor shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a written request therefor and a certificate of such Guarantor to the effect that the transaction is in compliance with the Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent shall be authorized to rely on any such certificate without independent investigation.

(b) Upon the execution and delivery by any Person of a guaranty supplement in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto (each, a “ Guaranty Supplement ”), (i) such Person shall be referred to as an “ Additional Guarantor ” and shall become and be a Guarantor hereunder, and each reference in this Guaranty to a “ Guarantor ” shall also mean and be a reference to such Additional Guarantor, and each reference in any other Loan Document to a “ Guarantor “or a “ Domestic Guarantor ” shall also mean and be a reference to such Additional Guarantor, and (ii) each reference herein to “ this Guaranty ”, “ hereunder ”, “ hereof ” or words of like import referring to this Guaranty, and each reference in any other Loan Document to the “ Guaranty ”, “ Domestic Guaranty ”, “ thereunder ”, “ thereof ” or words of like import referring to this Guaranty, shall mean and be a reference to this Guaranty as supplemented by such Guaranty Supplement.

Section 9.  Notices, Etc . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including telegraphic, telecopy or telex communication) and mailed, telegraphed, telecopied, telexed or delivered to it, if to any Guarantor, addressed to it in care of the BV Borrower at the BV Borrower’s address specified in Schedule 10.02 of the Credit Agreement, if to any Agent, at its address specified in Schedule 10.02 of the Credit Agreement, if to or any Lender, at its address specified in its Administrative Questionnaire, if to any Hedge Bank, at its address specified in the Secured Hedge Agreement to which it is a party, or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made at such time as shall be set forth in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement. Delivery by telecopier of an executed counterpart of a signature page to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty or of any Guaranty Supplement to be executed and delivered hereunder shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart thereof.

Domestic Guaranty

 

6


Section 10.  No Waiver; Remedies . No failure on the part of any Secured Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by Law.

Section 11.  Right of Set-off . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent and, after obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, each other Agent and each Lender and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, but excluding payroll, tax and trust accounts) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Agent, such Lender or such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of any Guarantor against any and all of the Obligations of such Guarantor now or hereafter existing under the Loan Documents, irrespective of whether such Agent or such Lender shall have made any demand under this Guaranty or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be unmatured. Each Agent and each Lender agrees promptly to notify such Guarantor after any such set-off and application; provided , however , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of each Agent and each Lender and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of set-off) that such Agent, such Lender and their respective Affiliates may have.

Section 12.  Indemnification . (a) Without limitation on any other Obligations of any Guarantor or remedies of the Secured Parties under this Guaranty, each Guarantor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify, defend and save and hold harmless each Secured Party and each of their Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors (each, an “Indemnified Party”) from and against, any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, Attorney Costs) (which shall be limited to one (1) counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties (exclusive of one local counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties in each appropriate jurisdiction), unless (x) the interests of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties are sufficiently divergent, in which case one (1) additional counsel may be appointed and (y) if the interests of any Secured Party or group of Secured Parties (other than all of the Secured Parties) are distinctly or disproportionately affected, one (1) additional counsel for such Secured Party or group of Secured Parties in connection with the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Loan Document or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby) that may be actually incurred by or awarded against any Indemnified Party in connection with or as a result of any failure of any Guaranteed Obligations to be the legal, valid and binding obligations of any Loan Party enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with their terms.

(b) Each Guarantor hereby also agrees that none of the Indemnified Parties shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract, tort or otherwise) to any of the Guarantors or any of their respective Affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors, and each Guarantor hereby agrees not to assert any claim against any Indemnified Party on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to the Facilities, the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Loans or the Letters of Credit, the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

(c) Each of the Indemnified Parties hereby also agrees that none of the Guarantors shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract, tort or otherwise) to any of the Indemnified Parties or any of their respective Affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents

Domestic Guaranty

 

7


and advisors, and each of the Indemnified Parties hereby agrees not to assert any claim against any Guarantor on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to the Facilities, the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Loans or the Letters of Credit, the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

(d) Without prejudice to the survival of any of the other agreements of any Guarantor under this Guaranty or any of the other Loan Documents, the agreements and obligations of each Guarantor contained in Section 1(a) (with respect to enforcement expenses), the last sentence of Section 2 , Section 5 and this Section 12 shall survive the payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations and all of the other amounts payable under this Guaranty.

Section 13.  Continuing Guaranty; Assignments under the Credit Agreement . This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until the latest of (i) the payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than with respect to the Secured Hedge Agreement and the Cash Management Obligations that are not yet due and payable and contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been asserted) and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, (ii) the Maturity Date of the Term Loan Facility and (iii) the latest date of cash collateralization or other back-stop, in each case, on the terms required by the Credit Agreement, or expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, (b) be binding upon each Guarantor, its successors and assigns and (c) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Secured Parties and their successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of clause (c) of the immediately preceding sentence, any Secured Party may assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, all or any portion of its Commitments, the Loans owing to it and the Note or Notes held by it) to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Secured Party herein or otherwise, in each case as and to the extent provided in Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement. Except as expressly provided in the Credit Agreement, no Guarantor shall have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Secured Parties.

Section 14.  Execution in Counterparts . This Guaranty and each amendment, waiver and consent with respect hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties thereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Guaranty by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Guaranty.

Section 15.  Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial, Etc . (a) This Guaranty shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

(b) Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is or is to be a party, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court. Each Guarantor agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Guaranty or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that any party may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Guaranty or any other Loan Document in the courts of any jurisdiction.

Domestic Guaranty

 

8


(c) Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is or is to be a party in any New York State or federal court. Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such suit, action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, THE LOANS OR THE ACTIONS OF ANY SECURED PARTY IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT THEREOF.

Domestic Guaranty

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE

    COMPANY, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Name:

 

Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Name:

 

Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer

Domestic Guaranty


Exhibit A

To The

Domestic Guaranty

FORM OF DOMESTIC GUARANTY SUPPLEMENT

                      ,     

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Administrative Agent

One Pierrepont Plaza, 7th Floor

300 Cadman Plaza West

Brooklyn, NY 11201

Attn: Larry Benison / Gerard Jordan

Phone: (718) 754-7299 / 7422

Fax: (718) 754-7249 / 7250

Credit Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006 among

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ BV Borrower ”), SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ US Borrower ”), SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDING B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, certain Lender party thereto, the Initial L/C Issuer, the Initial Swing Line Lender and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as Collateral Agent and Administrative Agent.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the above-captioned Credit Agreement and to the Domestic Guaranty referred to therein (such Domestic Guaranty, as in effect on the date hereof and as it may hereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, together with this Domestic Guaranty Supplement, being the “ Domestic Guaranty ”). The capitalized terms defined in the Domestic Guaranty or in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as therein defined.

Section 1. Guaranty; Limitation of Liability . (a) The undersigned hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the punctual payment when due, whether at scheduled maturity or on any date of a required prepayment or by acceleration, demand or otherwise, of all Obligations of the BV Borrower, each Loan Party guaranteeing the Obligations of the BV Borrower and each other Restricted Subsidiary which is an obligor with respect to the Cash Management Obligations now or hereafter existing under or in respect of the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, any extensions, modifications, substitutions, amendments or renewals of any or all of the foregoing Obligations), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, interest, premiums, fees, indemnities, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise and the Bilateral Obligations of each Bilateral Provider (such Obligations being the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”), and agrees to pay any and all expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of counsel) incurred by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party in enforcing any rights under this Guaranty Supplement, the Domestic Guaranty or any other Loan Document in

Domestic Guaranty


accordance with Section 10.04 of the Credit Agreement (including reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel to the Administrative Agent); provided, however , that in no event shall the Guaranteed Obligations of any Guarantor include any of its obligations as a Borrower under the Credit Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the undersigned’s liability shall extend to all amounts that constitute part of the Guaranteed Obligations and would be owed by any other Loan Party to any Secured Party under or in respect of the Loan Documents but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving such other Loan Party. Notwithstanding anything herein or the Credit Agreement to the contrary, (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Bilateral Obligations guaranteed hereby shall not exceed $40,000,000 and (ii) to the extent that Bilateral Obligations are cash collateralized or otherwise guaranteed (other than pursuant hereunder), such Bilateral Obligations shall not be guaranteed hereby.

(b) The undersigned, and by its acceptance of this Guaranty Supplement, the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such Persons that this Guaranty Supplement, the Domestic Guaranty and the Obligations of the undersigned hereunder and thereunder not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar foreign, federal or state law to the extent applicable to this Guaranty Supplement, the Domestic Guaranty and the Obligations of the undersigned hereunder and thereunder. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Administrative Agent, the other Secured Parties and the undersigned hereby irrevocably agree that the Obligations of the undersigned under this Guaranty Supplement and the Domestic Guaranty at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount as will result in the Obligations of the undersigned under this Guaranty Supplement and the Domestic Guaranty not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

(c) The undersigned hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that in the event any payment shall be required to be made to any Secured Party under this Guaranty Supplement, the Domestic Guaranty, the Foreign Guaranty; or any other guaranty, the undersigned will contribute, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, such amounts to each other Guarantor and each other guarantor so as to maximize the aggregate amount paid to the Secured Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents.

(d) To the extent that any Guarantor shall be required hereunder to pay a portion of the Guaranteed Obligations exceeding the greater of (a) the amount of the economic benefit actually received by such Guarantor from the Loans and (b) the amount such Guarantor would otherwise have paid if such Guarantor had paid the aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations (excluding the amount thereof repaid by the Borrowers) in the same proportion as such Guarantor’s net worth at the date enforcement is sought hereunder bears to the aggregate net worth of all the Guarantors (taken together with the aggregate net worth of all other “ Guarantors ” (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement) obligated with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations (the “ Other Guarantors ”)) at the date of enforcement is sought hereunder, then each Other Guarantor shall reimburse such other Guarantors for the amount of such excess, pro rata, based on the respective net worths of such Other Guarantors at the date enforcement hereunder is sought.

Section 2. Obligations Under the Guaranty . The undersigned hereby agrees, as of the date first above written, to be bound as a Guarantor by all of the terms and conditions of the Domestic Guaranty to the same extent as each of the other Guarantors thereunder. The undersigned further agrees, as of the date first above written, that each reference in the Domestic Guaranty to an “ Additional Guarantor ” or a “ Guarantor ” shall also mean and be a reference to the undersigned, and each reference in any other Loan Document to a “ Domestic Guarantor ” or a “ Loan Party ” shall also mean and be a reference to the undersigned.

Domestic Guaranty

 

2


Section 3. Representations and Warranties . The undersigned hereby makes each representation and warranty set forth in Section 6 of the Domestic Guaranty to the same extent as each other Guarantor.

Section 4. Delivery by Telecopier . Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Guaranty Supplement by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Guaranty Supplement.

Section 5. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial, Etc . (a) This Guaranty Supplement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

(b) The undersigned hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or any federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty Supplement, the Domestic Guaranty or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is or is to be a party, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and the undersigned hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court. The undersigned agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Guaranty Supplement or the Domestic Guaranty or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that any party may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Guaranty Supplement, the Domestic Guaranty or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is or is to be a party in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

(c) The undersigned irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty Supplement, the Domestic Guaranty or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is or is to be a party in any New York State or federal court. The undersigned hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such suit, action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, THE LOANS OR THE ACTIONS OF ANY SECURED PARTY IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT THEREOF.

 

Very truly yours,
[NAME OF ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR]

By

 

 

Title:

 

Domestic Guaranty

 

3

Exhibit 10.4

EXECUTION COPY

FOREIGN GUARANTY

Dated as of April 27, 2006

From

THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN

And

THE ADDITIONAL GUARANTORS REFERRED TO HEREIN

as Guarantors

in favor of

THE SECURED PARTIES REFERRED TO IN

THE CREDIT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN

Foreign Guaranty


T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S

 

Section

   Page
Section 1. Guaranty; Limitation of Liability    1
Section 2. Guaranty Absolute    2
Section 3. Waivers and Acknowledgments    4
Section 4. Subrogation    5
Section 5. Payments Free and Clear of Taxes, Etc.    5
Section 6. Representations and Warranties    6
Section 7. Covenants    6
Section 8. Amendments, Guaranty Supplements, Etc.    6
Section 9. Notices, Etc.    7
Section 10. No Waiver; Remedies    7
Section 11. Right of Set-off    7
Section 12. Indemnification    8
Section 13. Continuing Guaranty; Assignments under the Credit Agreement    8
Section 14. Judgments.    9
Section 15. Execution in Counterparts    9
Section 16. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial, Etc.    9

Exhibit A - Guaranty Supplement

Foreign Guaranty


FOREIGN GUARANTY

FOREIGN GUARANTY dated as of April 27, 2006 made by the Persons listed on the signature pages hereof under the caption “Foreign Guarantors” and the Additional Guarantors (as defined in Section 8(b) ) (such Persons so listed and the Additional Guarantors being, collectively, the “ Guarantors ” and, individually, each a “ Guarantor ”) in favor of the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT.

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ BV Borrower ”), SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ US Borrower ”; together with the BV Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDING B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, are party to a Credit Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; the capitalized terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined) with certain Lenders party thereto, the Initial L/C Issuer, the Initial Swing Line Lender and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as Collateral Agent and Administrative Agent. The Borrowers and the Guarantors have entered into or may from time to time enter into lines of credit (committed or uncommitted) and other similar arrangements (the “ Bilateral Obligations ”) with Lenders or their Affiliates and certain other financial institutions as initially set forth on Schedule XII of the Domestic Security Agreement and as such schedule may be amended from time to time upon written notice by the Borrowers to the applicable Lenders or Affiliates and certain other financial institutions (each, in such capacity, a “ Bilateral Provider ”).

Each Guarantor may receive, directly or indirectly, a portion of the proceeds of the Loans under the Credit Agreement and will derive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement and from each Bilateral Provider’s Bilateral Obligations. It is a condition precedent to the making of the Loans by the Lenders and the issuance of Letters of Credit by the Initial L/C Issuer under the Credit Agreement and the entry by the Hedge Banks into Secured Hedge Agreements from time to time that each Guarantor shall have executed and delivered this Guaranty.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and in order to induce the Lenders to make Loans and to issue Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement, the Bilateral Providers to provide Bilateral Obligations and the Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Hedge Agreements from time to time, each Guarantor, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, hereby agrees as follows:

Section 1. Guaranty; Limitation of Liability . (a) Each Guarantor hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the punctual payment when due, whether at scheduled maturity or on any date of a required prepayment or by acceleration, demand or otherwise, of all Obligations of the BV Borrower, each Loan Party guaranteeing the Obligations of the BV Borrower and each other Foreign Subsidiary that is an obligor with respect to the Cash Management Obligations now or hereafter existing (including, without limitation, any extensions, modifications, substitutions, amendments or renewals of any or all of the foregoing Obligations), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, interest, premiums, fees, indemnities, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise and the Bilateral Obligations of each Bilateral Provider (such Obligations being the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”), and agrees to pay any and all reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of counsel) incurred by the

Foreign Guaranty


Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party in enforcing any rights under this Guaranty or any other Loan Document in accordance with Section 10.04 of the Credit Agreement (including Attorney Costs of any law firm or other external counsel to the Administrative Agent); provided , however , that in no event shall the Guaranteed Obligations of any Guarantor include any of its obligations as a Borrower under the Credit Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Guarantor’s liability shall extend to all amounts that constitute part of the Guaranteed Obligations and would be owed by any other Guarantor to any Secured Party under or in respect of the Loan Documents but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving such other Guarantor. Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Credit Agreement to the contrary, (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Bilateral Obligations guaranteed hereby shall not exceed $40,000,000 and (ii) to the extent that Bilateral Obligations are cash collateralized or otherwise guaranteed (other than pursuant hereunder), such Bilateral Obligations shall not be guaranteed hereby.

(b) Each Guarantor (other than the BV Borrower), and by its acceptance of this Guaranty, the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party, hereby confirm that it is the intention of all such Persons that this Guaranty and the Obligations of each Guarantor hereunder not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law (as hereinafter defined), the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar foreign, federal or state Law to the extent applicable to this Guaranty and the Obligations of each Guarantor hereunder. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Administrative Agent, the other Secured Parties and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the Obligations of each Guarantor (other than the BV Borrower in its capacity as a Borrower under the Credit Agreement) under this Guaranty at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount as will result in the Obligations of such Guarantor under this Guaranty not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. For purposes hereof, “ Bankruptcy Law ” means any proceeding of the type referred to in Section 8.01(f) of the Credit Agreement or Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar foreign, federal or state Law for the relief of debtors.

(c) Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that in the event any payment shall be required to be made to any Secured Party under this Guaranty or any other guaranty, such Guarantor will contribute, to the maximum extent permitted by Law, such amounts to each other Guarantor and each other guarantor so as to maximize the aggregate amount paid to the Secured Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents.

(d) To the extent that any Guarantor shall be required hereunder to pay a portion of the Guaranteed Obligations exceeding the greater of (a) the amount of the economic benefit actually received by such Guarantor from the Loans and (b) the amount such Guarantor would otherwise have paid if such Guarantor had paid the aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations (excluding the amount thereof repaid by the Borrowers) in the same proportion as such Guarantor’s net worth at the date enforcement is sought hereunder bears to the aggregate net worth of all the Guarantors (taken together with the aggregate net worth of all other “ Guarantors ” (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement) obligated with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations (the “ Other Guarantors ”)) at the date of enforcement is sought hereunder, then each Other Guarantor shall reimburse such other Guarantors for the amount of such excess, pro rata, based on the respective net worths of such Other Guarantors at the date enforcement hereunder is sought.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document, no Guarantor shall have any liability or obligation under this Guaranty to the extent that such liability or obligation would constitute unlawful financial assistance under the applicable Laws of the jurisdiction of any Guarantor.

Section 2. Guaranty Absolute . Each Guarantor guarantees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, regardless of any

Foreign Guaranty

 

2


Law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of any Secured Party with respect thereto. The Obligations of each Guarantor under or in respect of this Guaranty are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any other Loan Party under or in respect of the Loan Documents, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against each Guarantor to enforce this Guaranty, irrespective of whether any action is brought against the BV Borrower (in its capacity as Borrower under the Credit Agreement) or any other Loan Party or whether the BV Borrower or any other Loan Party is joined in any such action or actions. The liability of each Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be irrevocable, absolute and unconditional irrespective of, and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to, any or all of the following:

(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or any agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any other Loan Party under or in respect of the Loan Documents, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from any Loan Document, including, without limitation, any increase in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise; provided that where such a waiver is unenforceable or where such a change would discharge the Guarantor of its liability under this Guaranty if made without its consent, the Guarantor hereby gives its consent to such change;

(c) any taking, exchange, release or non-perfection of any Collateral or any other collateral, or any taking, release or amendment or waiver of, or consent to departure from, any other guaranty, for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(d) any manner of application of Collateral or any other collateral, or proceeds thereof, to all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any manner of sale or other disposition of any Collateral or any other collateral for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any Loan Party under the Loan Documents or any other assets of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries;

(e) any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries;

(f) any failure of any Secured Party to disclose to any Loan Party any information relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any other Loan Party now or hereafter known to such Secured Party (each Guarantor waiving any duty on the part of the Secured Parties to disclose such information);

(g) the failure of any other Person to execute or deliver this Guaranty, any Guaranty Supplement (as hereinafter defined) or any other guaranty or agreement or the release or reduction of liability of any Guarantor or other guarantor or surety with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations; or

(h) any other circumstance (including, without limitation, any statute of limitations) or any existence of or reliance on any representation by any Secured Party that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Loan Party or any other guarantor or surety to the extent permitted; provided that, where a Loan Party contracts with the Secured Parties to be discharged from the Guaranteed Obligations, the Guarantor hereby assents to such contract and remains bound under this Guaranty.

Foreign Guaranty

 

3


This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by any Secured Party or any other Person upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the BV Borrower (in its capacity as a Borrower under the Credit Agreement) or any other Loan Party or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

Section 3. Waivers and Acknowledgments . (a) Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance, presentment, demand for performance, notice of nonperformance, default, acceleration, protest or dishonor and any other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this Guaranty and any requirement that any Secured Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against any Loan Party or any other Person or any Collateral.

(b) Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Guaranty and, where it may not waive this right, the Guarantor agrees that this Guaranty will not be revoked, and acknowledges that this Guaranty is continuing in nature and applies to all Guaranteed Obligations, whether existing now or in the future.

(c) Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives (i) any defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by any Secured Party that in any manner impairs, reduces, releases or otherwise adversely affects the subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification rights of such Guarantor or other rights of such Guarantor to proceed against any of the other Loan Parties, any other guarantor or any other Person or any Collateral and (ii) any defense based on any right of set-off or counterclaim against or in respect of the Obligations of such Guarantor hereunder.

(d) Each Guarantor acknowledges that the Collateral Agent may, without notice to or demand upon such Guarantor and without affecting the liability of such Guarantor under this Guaranty, foreclose under any mortgage by nonjudicial sale, and each Guarantor hereby waives any defense to the recovery by the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties against such Guarantor of any deficiency after such nonjudicial sale and any defense or benefits that may be afforded by applicable Law.

(e) Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any duty on the part of any Secured Party to disclose to such Guarantor any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any other Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries now or hereafter known by such Secured Party.

(f) Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Loan Documents and that the waivers set forth in Section 2 and this Section 3 are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(g) To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Guarantor organized under the laws of Mexico unconditionally and irrevocably waives, any right to which it may be entitled, to the extent applicable, under Articles 2813, 2814,2815,2816, 2817, 2818, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2823, 2824, 2826, 2827, 2830, 2835, 2836, 2837, 2838, 2839, 2840, 2842, 2844, 2846, 2847, 2848 and 2849 of the Federal Civil Code ( Código Civil Federal ) and the corresponding provisions of the Civil Codes of the States of Mexico and the Federal District.

Foreign Guaranty

 

4


(h) Each Guarantor organized under the laws of Brazil hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the rights and benefits under Articles 364, 365, 827, 829, 834, 835, 837, 838 and 839 of the Brazilian Civil Code.

Section 4. Subrogation . Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees not to exercise any rights that it may now have or hereafter acquire against the BV Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other insider guarantor that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor’s Obligations under or in respect of this Guaranty or any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Secured Party against the BV Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other insider guarantor or any Collateral, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common Law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the BV Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other insider guarantor, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right, unless and until all of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than (x) obligations with respect to Secured Hedge Agreements, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable under the Loan Documents) and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty shall have been paid in full in cash, all Letters of Credit shall have been cash collateralized or otherwise back-stopped, in each case, on terms required by the Credit Agreement or shall have expired or been terminated and the Commitments shall have expired or been terminated. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the immediately preceding sentence at any time prior to the latest of (a) the payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, (b) the Maturity Date of the Term Loan Facility and (c) the latest date of cash collateralization or other back-stop, in each case, on the terms required by the Credit Agreement or the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, such amounts shall be received and held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be segregated from other property and funds of such Guarantor and shall forthwith be paid or delivered to the Administrative Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or assignment) to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, or to be held as Collateral for any Guaranteed Obligations or other amounts payable under this Guaranty thereafter arising. If (i) any Guarantor shall make payment to any Secured Party of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts, if any, payable under this Guaranty shall have been paid in full in cash, (iii) the Maturity Date of the Term Loan Facility shall have occurred and (iv) all Letters of Credit shall have been cash collateralized or otherwise back-stopped, in each case, on the terms required under the Credit Agreement, or shall have expired or been terminated, the Secured Parties will, at such Guarantor’s request and expense, execute and deliver to such Guarantor appropriate documents, without recourse and without representation or warranty, necessary to evidence the transfer by subrogation to such Guarantor of an interest in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from such payment made by such Guarantor pursuant to this Guaranty.

Section 5. Payments Free and Clear of Taxes, Etc . Any payment made by a Guarantor pursuant to this Guaranty which results in the imposition of Taxes which would not have been imposed had the payment been made by the BV Borrower shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any such Taxes; provided that if a Guarantor shall be required to deduct any such Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums paid under this section) the Administrative Agent, Lender or L/C Issuer (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) such Guarantor shall make such deductions and (iii) such Guarantor shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable Law. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 5 shall be read as

Foreign Guaranty

 

5


an obligation of the Guarantors that is in addition to their Guarantee of the BV Borrower’s obligations to indemnify for Taxes and Other Taxes pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Credit Agreement and shall not relieve a Guarantor of its obligations to make payments pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Credit Agreement on the relevant Borrower’s behalf.

Section 6. Representations and Warranties . Each Guarantor hereby makes each representation and warranty made in the Loan Documents by the Borrowers with respect to such Guarantor and each Guarantor hereby further represents and warrants as follows:

(a) There are no conditions precedent to the effectiveness of this Guaranty that have not been satisfied or waived.

(b) Such Guarantor has, independently and without reliance upon any Secured Party and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Guaranty and each other Loan Document to which it is or is to be a party, and such Guarantor has established adequate means of obtaining from each other Loan Party on a continuing basis information pertaining to, and is now and on a continuing basis will be familiar with, the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties and prospects of such other Loan Party.

Section 7. Covenants . Each Guarantor (other than the Foreign Guarantor in its capacity as a Borrower under the Credit Agreement) covenants and agrees that, so long as any part of the Guaranteed Obligations shall remain unpaid, any Letter of Credit shall be outstanding and not cash collateralized or otherwise back-stopped in accordance with the Cash Collateralization or back-to-back letter of credit provisions set forth in Section 2.03(g) of the Credit Agreement or any Lender shall have any Commitment, such Guarantor will perform and observe, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to perform and observe, all of the terms, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents on its or their part to be performed or observed or that the BV Borrower has agreed to cause such Guarantor or such Subsidiaries to perform or observe.

Section 8. Amendments, Guaranty Supplements, Etc . (a) No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty and no consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however , that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all of the Secured Parties (other than any Lender that is, at such time, a Defaulting Lender), (a) reduce or limit the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder, release any Guarantor hereunder or otherwise limit any Guarantor’s liability with respect to the Obligations owing to the Secured Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents except as provided in the next succeeding sentence, (b) postpone any date fixed for payment hereunder or (c) change the number of Secured Parties or the percentage of (x) the Commitments, (y) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans or (z) the aggregate Available Amount of outstanding Letters of Credit that, in each case, shall be required for the Secured Parties or any of them to take any action hereunder. Upon the sale of a Guarantor to the extent permitted in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, such Guarantor (other than the Foreign Guarantor in its capacity as a Borrower under the Credit Agreement) shall be automatically released from this Guaranty; provided that no such release shall occur if such Guarantor is a guarantor in respect of any Specified Junior Financing Obligations, unless such Guarantor is released from its obligations with respect to such Specified Junior Financing Obligations. The Administrative Agent will, at such Guarantor’s expense, execute and deliver to such Guarantor such documents as such Guarantor shall reasonably request to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its Guarantee hereunder pursuant to this Section 8; provided that such Guarantor shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a written

Foreign Guaranty

 

6


request therefor and a certificate of such Guarantor to the effect that the transaction is in compliance with the Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent shall be authorized to rely on any such certificate without independent investigation.

(b) Upon the execution and delivery by any Person of a guaranty supplement in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto (each, a “ Guaranty Supplement ”), (i) such Person shall be referred to as an “ Additional Guarantor ” and shall become and be a Guarantor hereunder, and each reference in this Guaranty to a “ Guarantor ” shall also mean and be a reference to such Additional Guarantor, and each reference in any other Loan Document to a “ Guarantor “or a “ Foreign Guarantor ” shall also mean and be a reference to such Additional Guarantor, and (ii) each reference herein to “ this Guaranty ”, “ hereunder ”, “ hereof ” or words of like import referring to this Guaranty, and each reference in any other Loan Document to the “ Guaranty ”, “ Foreign Guaranty ”, “ thereunder ”, “ thereof ” or words of like import referring to this Guaranty, shall mean and be a reference to this Guaranty as supplemented by such Guaranty Supplement.

Section 9. Notices, Etc . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including telegraphic, telecopy or telex communication) and mailed, telegraphed, telecopied, telexed or delivered to it, if to any Guarantor, addressed to it in care of the BV Borrower at the BV Borrower’s address specified in Schedule 10.02 of the Credit Agreement, if to any Agent, at its address specified in Schedule 10.02 of the Credit Agreement, if to or any Lender, at its address specified in its Administrative Questionnaire, if to any Hedge Bank, at its address specified in the Secured Hedge Agreement to which it is a party, or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made at such time as shall be set forth in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement. Delivery by telecopier of an executed counterpart of a signature page to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty or of any Guaranty Supplement to be executed and delivered hereunder shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart thereof.

Section 10. No Waiver; Remedies . No failure on the part of any Secured Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by Law.

Section 11. Right of Set-off . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent and, after obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, each other Agent and each Lender and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, but excluding payroll, tax and trust accounts) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Agent, such Lender or such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of any Guarantor against any and all of the Obligations of such Guarantor now or hereafter existing under the Loan Documents, irrespective of whether such Agent or such Lender shall have made any demand under this Guaranty or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be unmatured. Each Agent and each Lender agrees promptly to notify such Guarantor after any such set-off and application; provided , however , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of each Agent and each Lender and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of set-off) that such Agent, such Lender and their respective Affiliates may have.

Foreign Guaranty

 

7


Section 12. Indemnification . (a) Without limitation on any other Obligations of any Guarantor or remedies of the Secured Parties under this Guaranty, each Guarantor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify, defend and save and hold harmless each Secured Party and each of their Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors (each, an “Indemnified Party”) from and against, any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, Attorney Costs) (which shall be limited to one (1) counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties (exclusive of one local counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties in each appropriate jurisdiction), unless (x) the interests of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties are sufficiently divergent, in which case one (1) additional counsel may be appointed and (y) if the interests of any Secured Party or group of Secured Parties (other than all of the Secured Parties) are distinctly or disproportionately affected, one (1) additional counsel for such Secured Party or group of Secured Parties in connection with the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Loan Document or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby) that may be actually incurred by or awarded against any Indemnified Party in connection with or as a result of any failure of any Guaranteed Obligations to be the legal, valid and binding obligations of any Loan Party enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with their terms.

(b) Each Guarantor hereby also agrees that none of the Indemnified Parties shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract, tort or otherwise) to any of the Guarantors or any of their respective Affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors, and each Guarantor hereby agrees not to assert any claim against any Indemnified Party on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to the Facilities, the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Loans or the Letters of Credit, the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

(c) Each of the Indemnified Parties hereby also agrees that none of the Guarantors shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract, tort or otherwise) to any of the Indemnified Parties or any of their respective Affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors, and each of the Indemnified Parties hereby agrees not to assert any claim against any Guarantor on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to the Facilities, the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Loans or the Letters of Credit, the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

(d) Without prejudice to the survival of any of the other agreements of any Guarantor under this Guaranty or any of the other Loan Documents, the agreements and obligations of each Guarantor contained in Section 1(a) (with respect to enforcement expenses), the last sentence of Section 2 , Section 5 and this Section 12 shall survive the payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations and all of the other amounts payable under this Guaranty.

Section 13. Continuing Guaranty; Assignments under the Credit Agreement . This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until the latest of (i) the payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than with respect to the Secured Hedge Agreement and the Cash Management Obligations that are not yet due and payable and contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been asserted) and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, (ii) the Maturity Date of the Term Loan Facility and (iii) the latest date of cash collateralization or other back-stop, in each case, on the terms required by the Credit Agreement, or expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, (b) be binding upon each Guarantor, its successors and assigns and (c) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Secured Parties and their successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of clause (c) of the immediately preceding sentence, any Secured Party may assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and

Foreign Guaranty

 

8


obligations under the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, all or any portion of its Commitments, the Loans owing to it and the Note or Notes held by it) to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Secured Party herein or otherwise, in each case as and to the extent provided in Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement. Except as expressly provided in the Credit Agreement, no Guarantor shall have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Secured Parties.

Section 14. Judgments . If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in Dollars or any other applicable currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) into a different currency (the “ Other Currency ”), the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the Judgment Currency with such Other Currency at the spot rate of exchange quoted by the Administrative Agent at 11:00 a.m. on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given (or such other rate as may be required by any applicable Law), for the purchase of the Judgment Currency, for delivery two Business Days thereafter.

Section 15. Execution in Counterparts . This Guaranty and each amendment, waiver and consent with respect hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties thereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Guaranty by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Guaranty.

Section 16. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial, Etc . (a) This Guaranty shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

(b) Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the jurisdiction of any New York State court or federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is or is to be a party, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court. Each Guarantor agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably appoints CT Corporation System with an office on the date hereof at 111 Eighth Avenue, 13th Floor, New York, New York 1001 (the “ Process Agent ”) as its agent to receive and forward on behalf of itself the summons and complain and any other process which may be served in any such action or proceeding. Such service may be made by mailing or delivering a copy of such process to any Guarantor in the care of the Process Agent at the Process Agent’s address, and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Process Agent to receive such service on its behalf and forward such service to the Guarantors. Nothing in this Guaranty or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that any party may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Guaranty or any other Loan Document in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is or is to be a party in any New York State or federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such suit, action or proceeding in any such court.

Foreign Guaranty

 

9


(d) EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, THE LOANS OR THE ACTIONS OF ANY SECURED PARTY IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT THEREOF.

Foreign Guaranty

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDING

    COMPANY U.S., B.V.

By:  

/s/ Ian Blasco

Name:   Ian Blasco
Title:   Authorized Signatory
SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLLAND, B.V.
By:  

/s/ Ian Blasco

Name:   Ian Blasco
Title:   Authorized Signatory

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDING

    COMPANY MEXICO, B.V.

By:  

/s/ Ian Blasco

Name:   Ian Blasco
Title:   Authorized Signatory

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES DE MÉXICO,

    S. DE R.L. DE C.V.

By:  

/s/ Santiago Sepulveda

Name:   Santiago Sepulveda
Title:   Attorney-in-Fact

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES SENSORES E

    CONTROLES DO BRASIL LTDA.

By:  

/s/ Jose Nelson Salveti

Name:   Jose Nelson Salveti
Title:   Officer

Foreign Guaranty


SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES JAPAN LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Takeshi Tanaka

Name:   Takeshi Tanaka
Title:   Representative Director
SENSORS AND CONTROLS (KOREA) LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Name:   Thomas Wroe, Jr.
Title:   Representative Director

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS

    KOREA LIMITED

By:  

/s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Name:   Thomas Wroe, Jr.
Title:   Representative Director
S&C ACQUISITION SDN. BHD.
By:  

/s/ Loong Wei Leong

Name:   Loong Wei Leong
Title:   Director

Foreign Guaranty


Exhibit A

To The

Foreign Guaranty

FORM OF FOREIGN GUARANTY SUPPLEMENT

                          ,         

Morgan Stanley Funding, Inc., as Administrative Agent

One Pierrepont Plaza, 7th Floor

300 Cadman Plaza West

Brooklyn, NY 11201

Attn: Larry Benison / Gerard Jordan

Phone: (718) 754-7299 / 7422

Fax: (718) 754-7249 / 7250

Credit Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006 among SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ BV Borrower ”), SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ US Borrower ”), SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDING B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, certain Lender party thereto, the Initial L/C Issuer, the Initial Swing Line Lender and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as Collateral Agent and Administrative Agent.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the above-captioned Credit Agreement and to the Foreign Guaranty referred to therein (such Foreign Guaranty, as in effect on the date hereof and as it may hereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, together with this Foreign Guaranty Supplement, being the “ Foreign Guaranty ”). The capitalized terms defined in the Foreign Guaranty or in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as therein defined.

Section 1. Guaranty; Limitation of Liability . (a) The undersigned hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the punctual payment when due, whether at scheduled maturity or on any date of a required prepayment or by acceleration, demand or otherwise, of all Obligations of the BV Borrower, each Loan Party guaranteeing the Obligations of the BV Borrower in its capacity as Borrower (and not as Guarantor) and each other Foreign Subsidiary which is an obligor with respect to the Cash Management Obligations now or hereafter existing under or in respect of the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, any extensions, modifications, substitutions, amendments or renewals of any or all of the foregoing Obligations), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, interest, premiums, fees, indemnities, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise, and the Bilateral Obligations of each Bilateral Provider (such Obligations being the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”), and agrees to pay any and all reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of counsel) by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party in enforcing any rights under this Guaranty Supplement, the Foreign Guaranty or any other Loan Document in accordance with Section 10.04 of the Credit Agreement (including Attorney Costs of any law firm or other external counsel to the Administrative Agent); provided , however , that in no event shall the Guaranteed Obligations of any Guarantor include any of its

Foreign Guaranty


obligations as a Borrower under the Credit Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the undersigned’s liability shall extend to all amounts that constitute part of the Guaranteed Obligations and would be owed by any other Loan Party to any Secured Party under or in respect of the Loan Documents but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving such other Loan Party. Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Credit Agreement to the contrary, (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Bilateral Obligations guaranteed hereby shall not exceed $40,000,000 and (ii) to the extent that Bilateral Obligations are cash collateralized or otherwise guaranteed (other than pursuant hereunder), such Bilateral Obligations shall not be guaranteed hereby.

(b) The undersigned, and by its acceptance of this Guaranty Supplement, the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party, hereby confirm that it is the intention of all such Persons that this Guaranty Supplement, the Foreign Guaranty and the Obligations of the undersigned hereunder and thereunder not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar foreign, federal or state law to the extent applicable to this Guaranty Supplement, the Foreign Guaranty and the Obligations of the undersigned hereunder and thereunder. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Administrative Agent, the other Secured Parties and the undersigned hereby irrevocably agree that the Obligations of the undersigned under this Guaranty Supplement and the Foreign Guaranty at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount as will result in the Obligations of the undersigned under this Guaranty Supplement and the Foreign Guaranty not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

(c) The undersigned hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that in the event any payment shall be required to be made to any Secured Party under this Guaranty Supplement, the Foreign Guaranty, the Foreign Guaranty; or any other guaranty, the undersigned will contribute, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, such amounts to each other Guarantor and each other guarantor so as to maximize the aggregate amount paid to the Secured Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents.

(d) To the extent that any Guarantor shall be required hereunder to pay a portion of the Guaranteed Obligations exceeding the greater of (a) the amount of the economic benefit actually received by such Guarantor from the Loans and (b) the amount such Guarantor would otherwise have paid if such Guarantor had paid the aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations (excluding the amount thereof repaid by the Borrowers) in the same proportion as such Guarantor’s net worth at the date enforcement is sought hereunder bears to the aggregate net worth of all the Guarantors (taken together with the aggregate net worth of all other “ Guarantors ” (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement) obligated with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations (the “ Other Guarantors ”)) at the date of enforcement is sought hereunder, then each Other Guarantor shall reimburse such other Guarantors for the amount of such excess, pro rata, based on the respective net worths of such Other Guarantors at the date enforcement hereunder is sought.

Section 2. Obligations Under the Guaranty . The undersigned hereby agrees, as of the date first above written, to be bound as a Guarantor by all of the terms and conditions of the Foreign Guaranty to the same extent as each of the other Guarantors thereunder. The undersigned further agrees, as of the date first above written, that each reference in the Foreign Guaranty to an “ Additional Guarantor ” or a “ Guarantor ” shall also mean and be a reference to the undersigned, and each reference in any other Loan Document to a “ Foreign Guarantor ” or a “ Loan Party ” shall also mean and be a reference to the undersigned.

Section 3. Representations and Warranties . The undersigned hereby makes each representation and warranty set forth in Section 6 of the Foreign Guaranty to the same extent as each other Guarantor.

Foreign Guaranty


Section 4. Delivery by Telecopier . Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Guaranty Supplement by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Guaranty Supplement.

Section 5. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial, Etc . (a) This Guaranty Supplement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

(b) The undersigned hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the jurisdiction of any New York State court or any federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty Supplement, the Foreign Guaranty or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is or is to be a party, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and the undersigned hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court. The undersigned agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. The undersigned hereby irrevocably appoints CT Corporation System with an office on the date hereof at 111 Eighth Avenue, 13th Floor, New York, New York 1001 (the “ Process Agent ”) as its agent to receive and forward on behalf of itself the summons and complain and any other process which may be served in any such action or proceeding. Such service may be made by mailing or delivering a copy of such process to the undersigned in the care of the Process Agent at the Process Agent’s address, and the undersigned hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Process Agent to receive such service on its behalf and forward such service to the undersigned. Nothing in this Guaranty Supplement or the Foreign Guaranty or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that any party may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Guaranty Supplement, the Foreign Guaranty or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is or is to be a party in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

(c) The undersigned irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty Supplement, the Foreign Guaranty or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is or is to be a party in any New York State or federal court. The undersigned hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such suit, action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, THE LOANS OR THE ACTIONS OF ANY SECURED PARTY IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT THEREOF.

 

Very truly yours,
[NAME OF ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR]
By  

 

Title:  

Foreign Guaranty

Exhibit 10.5

EXECUTION COPY

DOMESTIC SECURITY AGREEMENT

Dated April 27, 2006

From

The Grantors referred to herein

as Grantors

To

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED

as Collateral Agent

Domestic Security Agreement


T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S

 

     Page

SECTION 1. Grant of Security

   2

SECTION 2. Security for Obligations

   6

SECTION 3. Grantors Remain Liable

   6

SECTION 4. Delivery and Control of Security Collateral

   6

SECTION 5. Maintaining the Collateral Account; Pledged Deposit Accounts

   8

SECTION 6. Investing of Amounts in the Collateral Account

   8

SECTION 7. Release of Amounts

   8

SECTION 8. Representations and Warranties

   8

SECTION 9. Further Assurances

   12

SECTION 10. As to Equipment and Inventory

   12

SECTION 11. Insurance

   12

SECTION 12. Post-Closing Changes

   13

SECTION 13. As to Intellectual Property Collateral

   13

SECTION 14. Voting Rights; Dividends; Etc.

   14

SECTION 15. As to the Assigned Agreements

   15

SECTION 16. As to Letter-of-Credit Rights

   16

SECTION 17. Commercial Tort Claims

   16

SECTION 18. Transfers and Other Liens; Additional Shares

   17

SECTION 19. Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney in Fact

   17

SECTION 20. Collateral Agent May Perform

   17

SECTION 21. The Collateral Agent’s Duties

   17

SECTION 22. Remedies

   18

SECTION 23. Indemnity and Expenses

   19

SECTION 24. Amendments; Waivers; Additional Grantors; Etc.

   20

Domestic Security Agreement

 

ii


SECTION 25. Notices, Etc.

   20

SECTION 26. Continuing Security Interest; Assignments under the Credit Agreement

   21

SECTION 27. Release; Termination

   21

SECTION 28. Execution in Counterparts

   21

SECTION 29. Governing Law

   21

 

Schedules

   

Schedule I

  -   Investment Property

Schedule II

  -   Pledged Deposit Accounts

Schedule III

  -   Securities Accounts

Schedule IV

  -   Commodities Accounts

Schedule V

  -   Assigned Agreements

Schedule VI

  -   Intellectual Property

Schedule VII

  -   Commercial Tort Claims

Schedule VIII

  -   Location, Chief Executive Office, Type of Organization, Jurisdiction of Organization and Organizational Identification Number

Schedule IX

  -   Changes in Name, Location, Etc.

Schedule X

  -   Locations of Equipment and Inventory

Schedule XI

  -   Letters of Credit

Schedule XII

  -   Bilateral Obligations

 

Exhibits

    

Exhibit A

  -    Form of Consent and Agreement

Exhibit B

  -    Form of Copyright Security Agreement

Exhibit C

  -    Form of Patent Security Agreement

Exhibit D

  -    Form of Trademark Security Agreement

Exhibit E

  -    Form of Domestic Security Agreement Supplement

Domestic Security Agreement

 

iii


DOMESTIC SECURITY AGREEMENT

DOMESTIC SECURITY AGREEMENT dated April 27, 2006 (this “ Agreement ”) made by SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ US Borrower ”), and the other Persons listed on the signature pages hereof (together with the US Borrower, the “ Grantors ”), to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, as collateral agent (together with any successor collateral agent appointed pursuant to Article 9 of the Credit Agreement referred to below, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

The US Borrower, SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands ( the BV Borrower ” and together with the US Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), and SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDING B.V., a private limited liability company (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, have entered into a Credit Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006 (such agreement, as it may hereafter be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, being the “ Credit Agreement ”) with the Guarantors (as defined in the Credit Agreement), the Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement), the Initial L/C Issuer (as defined in the Credit Agreement), the Initial Swing Line Lender (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and the Administrative Agent (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

The Borrowers and their Subsidiaries have entered into or may from time to time enter into lines of credit (committed or uncommitted) and other similar arrangements (the “ Bilateral Obligations ”) with Lenders or their Affiliates and certain other financial institutions as initially set forth on Schedule XII hereto and as such schedule may be amended from time to time upon written notice by the Borrowers to the applicable Lenders or Affiliates and certain other financial institutions (each, in such capacity, a “ Bilateral Provider ”).

Each Grantor is the owner of the shares of stock or other Equity Interests (as defined in the Credit Agreement) (the “ Initial Pledged Equity ”) set forth opposite such Grantor’s name on and as otherwise described in Part I of Schedule I hereto and issued by the Persons named therein and of the indebtedness (the “ Initial Pledged Debt ”) set forth opposite such Grantor’s name on and as otherwise described in Part II of Schedule I hereto and issued by the obligors named therein.

Each Grantor is the owner of the deposit accounts (the “ Pledged Deposit Accounts ”) set forth opposite such Grantor’s name on Schedule II hereto.

Each Grantor is the owner of the securities accounts (the “ Securities Accounts ”) set forth opposite such Grantor’s name on Schedule III hereto.

Each Grantor has rights in and to all commodity contracts (the “ Pledged Commodity Contracts ”) carried from time to time in each such Grantor’s commodities accounts (the “ Commodities Accounts ”) set forth opposite such Grantor’s name on Schedule IV hereto.

The US Borrower will be the owner of an account to be opened at the request of the Collateral Agent (the “ Collateral Account ”).

It is a condition precedent to the making of Loans by the Lenders and the issuance of Letters of Credit by the L/C Issuer under the Credit Agreement and the entry into Secured Hedge Agreements by the Hedge Banks from time to time that the Grantors shall have granted the security interest contemplated by this Agreement. Each Grantor will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and from each Bilateral Provider’s Bilateral Obligations.

Domestic Security Agreement


Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined in this Agreement are used in this Agreement as defined in the Credit Agreement. Further, unless otherwise defined in this Agreement or in the Credit Agreement, terms defined in Article 8 or 9 of the UCC (as defined below) are used in this Agreement as such terms are defined in such Article 8 or 9. “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of the security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and in order to induce (i) the Lenders to make Loans and issue Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement, (ii) each Bilateral Provider to provide or continue to provide Bilateral Obligations from time to time and (iii) the Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Hedge Agreements from time to time, each Grantor hereby agrees with the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties as follows:

SECTION 1. Grant of Security . Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following, in each case, as to each type of property described below, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, wherever located, and whether now or hereafter existing or arising (collectively, the “ Collateral ”):

(a) all equipment in all of its forms, including, without limitation, all machinery, tools, motor vehicles, vessels, aircraft, furniture and fixtures, and all parts thereof and all accessions thereto, including, without limitation, computer programs and supporting information that constitute equipment within the meaning of the UCC (any and all such property being the “ Equipment ”);

(b) all inventory in all of its forms, including, without limitation, (i) all raw materials, work in process, finished goods and materials used or consumed in the manufacture, production, preparation or shipping thereof, (ii) goods in which such Grantor has an interest in mass or a joint or other interest or right of any kind (including, without limitation, goods in which such Grantor has an interest or right as consignee) and (iii) goods that are returned to or repossessed or stopped in transit by such Grantor), and all accessions thereto and products thereof and documents therefor, including, without limitation, computer programs and supporting information that constitute inventory within the meaning of the UCC (any and all such property being the “ Inventory ”);

(c) all accounts (including, without limitation, health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including, without limitation, tangible chattel paper and electronic chattel paper), instruments (including, without limitation, promissory notes), deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights, general intangibles (including, without limitation, payment intangibles) and other obligations of any kind, whether or not arising out of or in connection with the sale or lease of goods or the rendering of services and whether or not earned by performance, and all rights now or hereafter existing in and to all supporting obligations and in and to all security agreements, mortgages, Liens, leases, letters of credit and other contracts securing or otherwise relating to the foregoing property (any and all of such accounts, chattel paper, instruments, deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights, general intangibles and other obligations, to the extent not referred to in subsection (d), (e) or (f) below, being the “ Receivables ,” and any and all such supporting obligations, security agreements, mortgages, Liens, leases, letters of credit and other contracts being the “ Related Contracts ”);

Domestic Security Agreement

 

2


(d) the following (collectively, the “ Security Collateral ”):

(i) the Initial Pledged Equity and the certificates, if any, representing the Initial Pledged Equity, and all dividends, distributions, return of capital, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Initial Pledged Equity and all warrants, rights or options issued thereon or with respect thereto;

(ii) the Initial Pledged Debt and the instruments, if any, evidencing the Initial Pledged Debt, and all interest, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Initial Pledged Debt;

(iii) all additional shares of stock and other Equity Interests from time to time acquired by such Grantor in any manner (such shares and other Equity Interests, together with the Initial Pledged Equity, being the “ Pledged Equity ”), and the certificates, if any, representing such additional shares or other Equity Interests, and all dividends, distributions, return of capital, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such shares or other Equity Interests and all warrants, rights or options issued thereon or with respect thereto; provided, however , that Security Collateral shall not include any Equity Interest in any Foreign Subsidiary that is owned or otherwise held by any Grantor which, when aggregated with all of the other Equity Interests in such Person pledged by such Grantor and the other Grantors, would result in more than 66% of the Equity Interests (on a fully diluted basis) in such Person entitled to vote (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.956-2(c)(2) promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code) being pledged to the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, under this Agreement, the other Collateral Documents or otherwise (although Security Collateral shall include all of the Equity Interests in such Person not entitled to vote (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.956-2(c)(2) promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code)); provided that if, as a result of any change in the tax laws of the United States of America after the date of this Agreement, the pledge by such Grantor of any additional Equity Interests in any such Person to the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, under this Agreement or any of the other Collateral Documents would not result in an increase in the net consolidated tax liabilities of any such Grantor, then, promptly after the change in such laws, all such additional Equity Interests shall be included in Security Collateral;

(iv) all additional indebtedness from time to time owed to such Grantor (such indebtedness, together with the Initial Pledged Debt, being the “ Pledged Debt ”) and the instruments, if any, evidencing such indebtedness, and all interest, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such indebtedness;

(v) the Securities Accounts, the Commodities Accounts, all Pledged Commodity Contracts from time to time carried in the Commodities Accounts, all security entitlements with respect to all financial assets from time to time credited to the Securities Accounts or the Commodities Accounts, and all financial assets, and all dividends, distributions, return of capital, interest, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such Pledged Commodity Contracts, security entitlements or financial assets and all warrants, rights or options issued thereon or with respect thereto; and

Domestic Security Agreement

 

3


(vi) all other investment property (including, without limitation, all (A) securities, whether certificated or uncertificated, (B) security entitlements, (C) securities accounts, (D) commodity contracts and (E) commodity accounts) in which such Grantor has now, or acquires from time to time hereafter, any right, title or interest in any manner, and the certificates or instruments, if any, representing or evidencing such investment property, and all dividends, distributions, return of capital, interest, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such investment property and all warrants, rights or options issued thereon or with respect thereto;

(e) each of the agreements listed on Schedule V hereto and each Secured Hedge Agreement to which such Grantor is now or may hereafter become a party, in each case as such agreements may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (collectively, the “ Assigned Agreements ”), including, without limitation, (i) all rights of such Grantor to receive moneys due and to become due under or pursuant to the Assigned Agreements, (ii) all rights of such Grantor to receive proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty with respect to the Assigned Agreements, (iii) claims of such Grantor for damages arising out of or for breach of or default under the Assigned Agreements and (iv) the right of such Grantor to terminate the Assigned Agreements, to perform thereunder and to compel performance and otherwise exercise all remedies thereunder (all such Collateral being the “ Agreement Collateral ”);

(f) the following (collectively, the “ Account Collateral ”):

(i) the Pledged Deposit Accounts, the Collateral Account and all funds and financial assets from time to time credited thereto (including, without limitation, all Cash Equivalents), and all certificates and instruments, if any, from time to time representing or evidencing the Pledged Deposit Accounts or the Collateral Account;

(ii) all promissory notes, certificates of deposit, checks and other instruments from time to time delivered to or otherwise possessed by the Collateral Agent for or on behalf of such Grantor in substitution for or in addition to any or all of the then existing Account Collateral; and

(iii) all interest, dividends, distributions, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the then existing Account Collateral; and

(g) the following (collectively, the “ Intellectual Property Collateral ”):

(i) all patents, patent applications, utility models and statutory invention registrations, all inventions claimed or disclosed therein and all improvements thereto (“ Patents ”);

(ii) all trademarks, service marks, domain names, trade dress, logos, designs, slogans, trade names, business names, corporate names and other source identifiers, whether registered or unregistered (provided that no security interest shall be granted in United States intent-to-use trademark applications to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark applications under applicable federal law), together, in each case, with the goodwill symbolized thereby (“ Trademarks ”);

Domestic Security Agreement

 

4


(iii) all copyrights, including, without limitation, copyrights in Computer Software (as hereinafter defined), internet web sites and the content thereof, whether registered or unregistered (“ Copyrights ”);

(iv) all computer software, programs and databases (including, without limitation, source code, object code and all related applications and data files), firmware and documentation and materials relating thereto, together with any and all maintenance rights, service rights, programming rights, hosting rights, test rights, improvement rights, renewal rights and indemnification rights and any substitutions, replacements, improvements, error corrections, updates and new versions of any of the foregoing (“ Computer Software ”);

(v) all confidential and proprietary information, including, without limitation, know-how, trade secrets, manufacturing and production processes and techniques, inventions, research and development information, databases and data, including, without limitation, technical data, financial, marketing and business data, pricing and cost information, business and marketing plans and customer and supplier lists and information (collectively, “ Trade Secrets ”), and all other intellectual, industrial and intangible property of any type, including, without limitation, industrial designs and mask works;

(vi) all registrations and applications for registration for any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, those registrations and applications for registration set forth in Schedule IV hereto, together with all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions, renewals and reexaminations thereof;

(vii) all tangible embodiments of the foregoing, all rights in the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of such Grantor accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto;

(viii) all agreements, permits, consents, orders and franchises relating to the license, development, use or disclosure of any of the foregoing to which such Grantor, now or hereafter, is a party or a beneficiary, including, without limitation, the agreements set forth in Schedule IV hereto (all of the foregoing collectively referred to as “ IP Agreements ”); and

(ix) any and all claims for damages and injunctive relief for past, present and future infringement, dilution, misappropriation, violation, misuse or breach with respect to any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect, or otherwise recover, such damages;

(h) the commercial tort claims described in Schedule VII hereto (together with any commercial tort claims as to which the Grantors have complied with the requirements of Section 17 , the “ Commercial Tort Claims Collateral ”);

(i) all books and records (including, without limitation, customer lists, credit files, printouts and other computer output materials and records) of such Grantor pertaining to any of the Collateral; and

(j) all proceeds of, collateral for, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to, and supporting obligations relating to, any and all of the Collateral (including, without limitation, proceeds, collateral and supporting obligations that constitute property of the types described in subsections (a) through (i) of this Section 1 ) and, to the extent not otherwise included, all (A) payments under insurance (whether or not the Collateral Agent is the loss payee thereof), or any indemnity, warranty or guaranty, payable by reason of loss or damage to or otherwise with respect to any of the foregoing Collateral, and (B) cash.

Domestic Security Agreement

 

5


Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of security interest in (and the term “Collateral” shall be deemed not to include) (A) any joint venture, lease, license, contract, property rights or agreement to which any Grantor is a party or any of its rights or interests thereunder, to the extent that and for so long as (but only for so long as), the grant of such security interest shall (1) constitute or result in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability under applicable law of any right, title or interest of any Grantor therein or (2) constitute or result in a material breach or termination pursuant to the terms of, or a material default, under, any such joint venture, lease, license, contract, property rights or agreement (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions)); provided that such Grantor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain consents necessary for the granting of such Lien on such property hereunder; or (B) any Equipment owned by any Grantor that is subject to a purchase money Lien or a Capitalized Lease (as defined in the Credit Agreement) permitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement if the contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted (or in the documentation providing for such Capitalized Lease) prohibits the creation of any other Lien on such Equipment, but only, in each case, to the extent and for so long as (but only for so long as), the Indebtedness (as defined in the Credit Agreement) secured by the applicable Lien or the applicable Capitalized Lease has not been repaid in full or the applicable prohibition has not otherwise been removed or terminated; provided that any proceeds, substitutions or replacements of any property included in subclauses (A) and (B) above shall not be excluded (unless such proceeds, substitutions or replacements would itself constitute property excluded under subclause (A) or (B)).

SECTION 2. Security for Obligations . This Agreement secures, in the case of each Grantor, the payment of all Obligations, Cash Management Obligations and Bilateral Obligations of such Grantor now or hereafter existing under the Loan Documents, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, reimbursement obligations, interest, fees, premiums, penalties, indemnifications, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise (all such Obligations being the “ Secured Obligations ”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement secures, as to each Grantor, the payment of all amounts that constitute part of the Secured Obligations and would be owed by such Grantor to any Secured Party under the Loan Documents, but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving a Loan Party. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the Credit Agreement to the contrary, (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Bilateral Obligations secured hereby shall not exceed $40,000,000 and (ii) to the extent that Bilateral Obligations are cash collateralized or otherwise secured (other than pursuant to this Agreement), such Bilateral Obligations shall not be secured hereby.

SECTION 3. Grantors Remain Liable . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) each Grantor shall remain liable under the contracts and agreements included in such Grantor’s Collateral to the extent set forth therein to perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed, (b) the exercise by the Collateral Agent of any of the rights hereunder shall not release any Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral and (c) no Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, nor shall any Secured Party be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of any Grantor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.

SECTION 4. Delivery and Control of Security Collateral . (a) All certificates or instruments representing or evidencing Security Collateral in excess of $2,500,000 in principal amount individually shall be delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent pursuant hereto and shall be in

Domestic Security Agreement

 

6


suitable form for transfer by delivery, or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent shall have the right, at any time, to (i) transfer to or to register in the name of the Collateral Agent or any of its nominees any or all of the Security Collateral and (ii) exchange certificates or instruments representing or evidencing Security Collateral for certificates or instruments of smaller or larger denominations; provided that the Collateral Agent provides written notice to the applicable Grantor.

(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, promptly upon the request of the Collateral Agent, with respect to any Security Collateral that constitutes an uncertificated security, the relevant Grantor will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the issuer thereof either (i) to register the Collateral Agent as the registered owner of such security or (ii) to agree with such Grantor and the Collateral Agent that upon receipt of a notice of exclusive control following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such issuer will comply with instructions with respect to such security originated by the Collateral Agent without further consent of such Grantor, such agreement to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (such agreement being an “ Uncertificated Security Control Agreement ”).

(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, promptly upon the request of the Collateral Agent, with respect to the Securities Accounts and any Security Collateral that constitutes a security entitlement with an aggregate value in excess of $2,500,000 and as to which the financial institution acting as Collateral Agent hereunder is not the securities intermediary, the relevant Grantor will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the securities intermediary with respect to such Account or security entitlement either (i) to identify in its records the Collateral Agent as the entitlement holder thereof or (ii) to agree with such Grantor and the Collateral Agent that such securities intermediary will comply with entitlement orders originated by the Collateral Agent without further consent of such Grantor, such agreement to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (a “ Securities Account Control Agreement ”).

(d) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, promptly upon the request of the Collateral Agent, with respect to the Commodities Accounts and any Security Collateral that constitutes a commodity contract with an aggregate value in excess of $2,500,000 at any time, such Grantor will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the commodity intermediary with respect to such Account or commodity contract either (i) to identify in its records the Collateral Agent as the beneficiary thereof or (ii) to agree in an agreement with such Grantor and the Collateral Agent that such commodity intermediary will apply any value distributed on account of such commodity contract as directed by the Collateral Agent without further consent of such Grantor, such authenticated record to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (such agreement being a “ Commodity Account Control Agreement ”).

(e) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent shall have the right to transfer to or to register in the name of the Collateral Agent or any of its nominees any or all of the Security Collateral, subject only to the revocable rights specified in Section 14(a) . In addition, the Collateral Agent shall have the right upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default to convert Security Collateral consisting of financial assets held directly by the Collateral Agent to Security Collateral consisting of financial assets credited to one or more of the applicable Securities Accounts or the Collateral Account.

(f) Upon the request of the Collateral Agent upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor will notify each issuer of Security Collateral granted by it hereunder that such Security Collateral is subject to the security interest granted hereunder.

Domestic Security Agreement

 

7


SECTION 5. Maintaining the Collateral Account; Pledged Deposit Accounts . So long as any Loan or any other Obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall remain unpaid (other than contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable and which by their terms survive termination of the Loan Document), any Letter of Credit shall be outstanding, or any Lender shall have any Commitment; provided that Letters of Credit shall be deemed no longer outstanding hereunder in accordance with the Cash Collateralization or back-to-back letter of credit provisions set forth in Section 2.03(g) of the Credit Agreement:

(a) Each Grantor will maintain the Collateral Account and the Pledged Deposit Accounts only with the financial institution acting as Collateral Agent hereunder or with a bank (a “ Pledged Account Bank ”) that has agreed with such Grantor and the Collateral Agent to comply, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, with instructions originated by the Collateral Agent directing the disposition of funds in such deposit account without the further consent of such Grantor, such agreement to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (a “ Deposit Account Control Agreement ”); provided, however , this Section 5(a) shall not apply to deposit accounts (i) to the extent the average daily balance, measurable over a trailing 30-day period, on deposit in each such deposit account does not exceed $5,000,000 at any time or (ii) operated solely as a payroll account. Each Grantor agrees that at no time shall the average daily balance, measurable over a trailing 30-day period, on deposit in all deposit accounts for which there is not in effect a Deposit Account Control Agreement exceed $15,000,000.

(b) The Collateral Agent may, at any time and without notice to, or consent from, the Grantor, transfer, or direct the transfer of, funds from the Pledged Deposit Accounts or the Collateral Account to satisfy the Grantor’s Obligations under the Loan Documents if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

SECTION 6. Investing of Amounts in the Collateral Account . During periods when the Collateral Agent exercises sole control over the Collateral Account, the Collateral Agent shall, subject to the provisions of Sections 5 , 7 and  22 : (a) from time to time, invest, or direct the applicable Pledged Account Bank to invest, amounts received with respect to the Collateral Account in such Cash Equivalents credited to the Collateral Account as the Borrower may select and the Collateral Agent may approve, (b) from time to time, invest interest paid on the Cash Equivalents referred to in subsection (a) above and reinvest other proceeds of any such Cash Equivalents that may mature or be sold, in each case in such Cash Equivalents credited in the same manner, (c) deposit interest and proceeds that are not invested or reinvested in Cash Equivalents as provided above in the Collateral Account and (d) have the right to exchange, or direct the applicable Pledged Account Bank to exchange, such Cash Equivalents for similar Cash Equivalents of smaller or larger determinations, or for other Cash Equivalents, credited to the Collateral Account.

SECTION 7. Release of Amounts . To the extent that (i) any proceeds were deposited in the Collateral Account or a Pledged Deposit Account during the continuance of an Event of Default and (ii) there are remaining proceeds in such Collateral Account or Pledged Deposit Account upon the termination of such Event of Default, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent will pay and release, or direct the applicable Pledged Account Bank to pay and release, to the applicable Grantor or at its order or, at the request of such Grantor, to the Collateral Agent to be applied to the Obligations of the Grantors under the Loan Documents, such amount, if any, as is then on deposit in such Collateral Account or Pledged Deposit Account, in each case to the extent permitted to be released under the terms of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 8. Representations and Warranties . Each Grantor represents and warrants as follows:

Domestic Security Agreement

 

8


(a) Such Grantor’s exact legal name, as defined in Section 9-503(a) of the UCC, is correctly set forth in Schedule VIII hereto. Such Grantor’s location, chief executive office, type of organization, jurisdiction of organization and organizational identification number, if any, is set forth in Schedule VIII hereto and is accurate in all material respects. Within the five years preceding the date hereof, such Grantor has not changed its legal name, location (as defined in the UCC), chief executive office, type of organization, jurisdiction of organization or organizational identification number, if any, from those set forth in Schedule VIII hereto except as set forth in Schedule IX hereto.

(b) Such Grantor is the legal and beneficial owner of the Collateral granted or purported to be granted by it free and clear of any Lien, claim, option or right of others, except for the security interest created under this Agreement or otherwise permitted under the Credit Agreement. No effective financing statement or other instrument similar in effect covering all or any part of the Collateral or listing such Grantor as debtor is on file in any relevant recording office, except such as may have been filed in favor of the Collateral Agent relating to the Loan Documents or as otherwise permitted under the Credit Agreement.

(c) All of the Equipment and Inventory (other than Equipment and Inventory that is (i) located at customer or supplier locations in the normal course of business or (ii) in transit or out for repair or further process) of such Grantor are located at the places specified therefor in Schedule X hereto or at another location as to which such Grantor has complied with the requirements of Section 10(a) or otherwise have an aggregate book value of no more than $10,000,000. Within the five years preceding the date hereof, such Grantor has not changed the location of its Equipment or Inventory except as set forth in Schedule X hereto. Such Grantor has exclusive possession and control of its Equipment and Inventory (other than Equipment and Inventory that is located at customer or supplier locations in the normal course of business), other than Inventory stored at any leased premises or warehouse for which a landlord’s or warehouseman’s agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, is in effect.

(d) None of the Receivables or Agreement Collateral is evidenced by a promissory note or other instrument in excess of (i) $5,000,000 individually and (ii) $10,000,000 in the aggregate, that has not been delivered to the Collateral Agent.

(e) If such Grantor is an issuer of Security Collateral, such Grantor confirms that it has received notice of the security interest granted hereunder.

(f) The Pledged Equity pledged by such Grantor hereunder has been duly authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and non-assessable (to the extent such term is applicable). The Pledged Debt pledged by such Grantor hereunder has been duly authorized, authenticated or issued and delivered, is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the issuers thereof, is not in default and, to the extent applicable, is evidenced by one or more promissory notes (which promissory notes have been delivered to the Collateral Agent).

(g) The Initial Pledged Equity pledged by such Grantor constitutes the percentage of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the issuers thereof indicated on Schedule I hereto. The Initial Pledged Debt constitutes all of the outstanding indebtedness in excess of (i) $2,500,000 individually and (ii) $5,000,000 in the aggregate, owed to such Grantor by the issuers thereof and is outstanding in the principal amount indicated on Schedule I hereto.

(h) Such Grantor has no material investment property, other than the material investment property listed on Schedule I hereto and additional investment property as to which such Grantor has complied with the requirements of Section 4 .

Domestic Security Agreement

 

9


(i) The Assigned Agreements to which such Grantor is a party, true and complete copies of which (other than the Secured Hedge Agreements) have been furnished to the Collateral Agent, have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by all parties thereto, have not been amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, other than in accordance with their terms, are in full force and effect and are binding upon and enforceable against all parties thereto in accordance with their terms. There exists no material default under any Assigned Agreement to which such Grantor is a party by any party thereto. Each party to the Assigned Agreements listed on Schedule V hereto to which such Grantor is a party other than the Grantors has executed and delivered to such Grantor a consent, in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto or otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, to the grant of a security interest in such Assigned Agreement to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement.

(j) Such Grantor has no deposit accounts to the extent that the average daily balance, measurable over a 30-day trailing period, on deposit in each such deposit account does not exceed $5,000,000 other than the Collateral Account, Pledged Deposit Accounts listed on Schedule II hereto and additional Pledged Deposit Accounts as to which such Grantor has complied with the applicable requirements of Section 5 .

(k) Such Grantor is not a beneficiary or assignee under any letter of credit in a face amount greater than $5,000,000 other than the letters of credit described in Schedule XI hereto and additional letters of credit as to which such Grantor has complied in all material respects with the requirements of Section 16 .

(l) This Agreement creates in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a valid first priority security interest, except as otherwise provided for under the Loan Documents, in the Collateral granted by such Grantor, securing the payment of the Secured Obligations. Each Grantor has authorized the Collateral Agent to file financing and continuation statements under the UCC and record Intellectual Property Security Agreements referred to in Section 13(f) with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and the U.S. Copyright Office necessary to perfect a first priority security interest in the respective Collateral, as applicable, subject to certain exceptions contained herein and in the Credit Agreement.

(m) No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body or any other third party is required (other than as otherwise provided for under the Credit Agreement or this Agreement) for (i) the grant by such Grantor of the security interest granted hereunder or for the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by such Grantor, (ii) the perfection (to the extent required hereunder and excluding any security interest in cash) or maintenance of the security interest created hereunder (including the first priority nature of such security interest), except for the filing of financing and continuation statements under the UCC, which financing statements have been duly filed and are in full force and effect, the recordation of the Intellectual Property Security Agreements referred to in Section 13(f) with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and the U.S. Copyright Office, any filings outside the United States required to perfect a security interest in Intellectual Property Collateral, and the actions described in Section 4 with respect to the Security Collateral, which actions have been taken and are in full force and effect, or (iii) the exercise by the Collateral Agent of its voting or other rights provided for in this Agreement or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement, except as may be required in connection with the disposition of any portion of the Security Collateral by laws affecting the offering and sale of securities generally.

(n) The Inventory that has been produced or distributed by such Grantor has been produced in material compliance with all requirements of applicable Law, including, without limitation, the Fair Labor Standards Act.

Domestic Security Agreement

 

10


(o) As to itself and its Intellectual Property Collateral:

(i) Except as could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the operation of such Grantor’s business as currently conducted and the use of the Material Intellectual Property Collateral (as defined below) in connection therewith do not infringe, misappropriate, dilute, misuse or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of any third party.

(ii) Such Grantor is the exclusive owner or joint owner of all right, title and interest in and to the Material Intellectual Property Collateral, or is entitled to use all Material Intellectual Property Collateral subject only to the terms of the related IP Agreements.

(iii) The Intellectual Property Collateral set forth on Schedule VI hereto includes all patents, patent applications, domain names, trademark registrations and applications, copyright registrations and applications that are material to the business of such Grantor and material IP Agreements owned by such Grantor as of the date hereof which are reasonably necessary to the operation of such Grantor’s respective business.

(iv) The Material Intellectual Property Collateral is subsisting and has not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable in whole or part, and to the best knowledge of such Grantor, is valid and enforceable.

(v) Except as set forth on Schedule VI hereto, such Grantor has not granted any material license, release, covenant not to sue, non-assertion assurance, or other material right to any Person with respect to any part of the Material Intellectual Property Collateral (other than (A) licenses granted to such Grantor’s customers in the ordinary course of business and (B) patent cross-licenses entered into in the ordinary course of such Grantor’s patent licensing business), the effect of which would create a material impairment of such Grantor’s use of such Material Intellectual Property Collateral as intended in the operation of its respective business. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents will not result in the termination or impairment of any of the Material Intellectual Property Collateral.

(vi) With respect to each material IP Agreement set forth on Schedule VI hereto, except as could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (A) such IP Agreement is valid and binding and in full force and effect and represents the entire agreement between the respective parties thereto with respect to the subject matter thereof; (B) such IP Agreement will not cease to be valid and binding and in full force and effect on terms identical to those currently in effect as a result of the rights and interest granted herein, nor will the grant of such rights and interest constitute a material breach or default under such IP Agreement or otherwise give any party thereto a right to terminate such IP Agreement; (C) such Grantor has not received any notice of termination or cancellation under such IP Agreement; (D) such Grantor has not received any notice of a breach or default under such IP Agreement, which breach or default has not been cured; and (E) neither such Grantor nor any other party to such IP Agreement is in breach or default thereof in any material respect, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a breach or default or permit termination, modification or acceleration under such IP Agreement.

(p) Such Grantor has no commercial tort claims in excess of $5,000,000 other than those listed in Schedule VII hereto and additional commercial tort claims as to which such Grantor has complied with the requirements of Section 17 .

Domestic Security Agreement

 

11


SECTION 9. Further Assurances . (a) Each Grantor agrees that from time to time, at the expense of such Grantor, such Grantor will promptly execute and deliver, or otherwise authenticate, all further instruments and documents, and take all further commercially reasonable action that is necessary, or that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to perfect and protect any pledge or security interest granted or purported to be granted by such Grantor hereunder or to enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral of such Grantor. Each Grantor further agrees that it shall, at the expense of such Grantor, take any and all commercially reasonable actions necessary to defend title to the Collateral against all Persons and to defend the security interest created hereunder and the priority thereof against any Lien prohibited under the Credit Agreement.

(b) Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to file one or more financing or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, including, without limitation, one or more financing statements indicating that such financing statements cover all assets or all personal property (or words of similar effect) of such Grantor, regardless of whether any particular asset described in such financing statements falls within the scope of the UCC or the granting clause of this Agreement. A photocopy or other reproduction of this Agreement shall be sufficient as a financing statement where permitted by law.

(c) Each Grantor will furnish to the Collateral Agent from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Collateral of such Grantor and such other reports in connection with such Collateral as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail.

(d) Upon notice by the Collateral Agent, the Borrower will furnish to the Collateral Agent on or prior to the fifth anniversary of the date hereof (but not more than six months prior thereto), an opinion of counsel, from outside counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, to the effect that all financing or continuation statements have been filed, and all other action has been taken to perfect continuously from the date hereof the security interest granted hereunder.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Collateral Document, this Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 6.12(e) or 6.12(c) and 6.12(e) , as applicable, of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 10. As to Equipment and Inventory . Each Grantor will keep its Equipment (other than Equipment that is located at a customer or supplier location in the ordinary course of business) and Inventory (other than Inventory on consignment or sold in the ordinary course of business) at the places therefor specified in Section 8(c) or, upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the Collateral Agent, at such other places designated by such Grantor in such notice.

(a) Each Grantor will cause its Equipment to be maintained and preserved in accordance with Section 6.06 of the Credit Agreement.

(b) Each Grantor will pay promptly when due all property and other material taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon, and all claims (including, without limitation, claims for labor, materials and supplies) against, its Equipment and Inventory, except to the extent payment thereof is not required by Section 6.04 of the Credit Agreement. In producing its Inventory, each Grantor will comply with all requirements of applicable Law, including, without limitation, the Fair Labor Standards Act.

SECTION 11. Insurance . Each Grantor will, at its own expense, maintain insurance as required by the terms of the Credit Agreement. Each such policy shall in addition (i) name the Collateral Agent as

Domestic Security Agreement

 

12


loss payee or additional insured party, as applicable, thereunder (without any representation or warranty by or obligation upon the Collateral Agent) as their interests may appear, (ii) provide that there shall be no recourse against the Collateral Agent for payment of premiums or other amounts with respect thereto and (iii) provide that at least 10 days’ prior written notice of cancellation or of lapse shall be given to the Collateral Agent by the insurer. Each Grantor will, if so reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, deliver to the Collateral Agent original or duplicate policies of such insurance. Reimbursement under any liability insurance maintained by any Grantor pursuant to this Section 11 may be paid directly to the Person who shall have incurred liability covered by such insurance. Any insurance proceeds related to a loss involving damage to Equipment or Inventory shall be applied as set forth in the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 12. Post-Closing Changes . Each Grantor agrees to promptly notify the Collateral Agent in writing of any change to its legal name, type of organization, jurisdiction of organization, organizational identification number (if any) or location from those set forth in Schedule VIII hereto and shall take all action reasonably required by the Collateral Agent for the purposes of perfecting or protecting the security interest granted by this Agreement. Each Grantor will hold and preserve its records relating to the Collateral, including, without limitation, the Assigned Agreements and Related Contracts, and will permit representatives of the Collateral Agent at any reasonable time during normal business hours to inspect and make abstracts from such records and other documents, upon reasonable advance notice to such Grantor; provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuance of an Event of Default, only the Collateral Agent may exercise rights under this Section 12 and the Collateral Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than one (1) time during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default; provided further that, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party (or any respective representative or independent contractor) may do any of the foregoing at the reasonable expense of such Grantor at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice. If any Grantor does not have an organizational identification number and later obtains one, within thirty (30) days, it will notify the Collateral Agent of such organizational identification number.

SECTION 13. As to Intellectual Property Collateral . (a) With respect to each item of its Intellectual Property Collateral that is material to the business of any Grantor (any such item of Intellectual Property Collateral being “ Material Intellectual Property Collateral ”), except to the extent failure to act could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to each item of its Material Intellectual Property Collateral, each Grantor agrees to take, at its expense, commercially reasonable actions that it determines are necessary in accordance with the exercise of its business discretion, including, without limitation, register in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, the U.S. Copyright Office and any other governmental authority, to (i) maintain the validity and enforceability of such Material Intellectual Property Collateral and maintain such Material Intellectual Property Collateral in full force and effect, and (ii) pursue the registration and maintenance of each patent, trademark, or copyright registration or application, now or hereafter included in such Material Intellectual Property Collateral of such Grantor, including, without limitation, the payment of required fees and taxes, the filing of responses to office actions issued by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, the U.S. Copyright Office or other governmental authorities, the filing of applications for renewal or extension, the filing of affidavits under Sections 8 and 15 of the U.S. Trademark Act, the filing of divisional, continuation, continuation-in-part, reissue and renewal applications or extensions, the payment of maintenance fees and the participation in interference, reexamination, opposition, cancellation, infringement and misappropriation proceedings.

(b) Except as could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Grantor shall do or permit any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any of its Material Intellectual Property Collateral may lapse, be terminated or become invalid or unenforceable or placed in the public domain (or, in case of a trade secret, lose its competitive value).

Domestic Security Agreement

 

13


(c) Except when failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect, each Grantor shall take commercially reasonable actions that it determines are necessary in accordance with the exercise of its business discretion to preserve and protect each item of its Material Intellectual Property Collateral.

(d) With respect to its Material Intellectual Property, on the Closing Date or such later date as provided under the terms of the Credit Agreement or which the Collateral Agent consents to in writing, each Grantor agrees to execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent, with respect to all Material Intellectual Property that is registered or with respect to which registration is pending (i) an agreement, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit B hereto or otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (a “ Copyright Security Agreement ”), (ii) an agreement, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit C hereto or otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (a “ Patent Security Agreement ”) and (iii) an agreement, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit D hereto or otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (a “ Trademark Security Agreement ” and, together with each Copyright Security Agreement and each Patent Security Agreement, the “ Intellectual Property Security Agreements ”), in each case for recording the security interest granted hereunder to the Collateral Agent in such Intellectual Property Collateral with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or the U.S. Copyright Office, as applicable.

(e) Each Grantor agrees that should it obtain an ownership interest in any item of the type set forth in Section 1(g) that is not on the date hereof a part of the Material Intellectual Property Collateral (“ After-Acquired Material Intellectual Property ”) (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall automatically apply thereto, and (ii) any such After-Acquired Material Intellectual Property and, in the case of trademarks, the goodwill symbolized thereby, shall automatically become part of the Material Intellectual Property Collateral subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement with respect thereto. After the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, as set forth in Section 6.14(b) of the Credit Agreement, each Grantor shall provide written notice to the Collateral Agent identifying the After-Acquired Material Intellectual Property consisting of patents, patent applications, trademark registrations, trademark applications, copyright registrations, and copyright applications acquired during such fiscal quarter, and such Grantor shall execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent with such written notice, or otherwise authenticate, an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (an “ IP Domestic Security Agreement Supplement ”) covering such After-Acquired Material Intellectual Property, which IP Domestic Security Agreement Supplement shall be recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, the U.S. Copyright Office and any other governmental authorities necessary to perfect the security interest hereunder in such After-Acquired Material Intellectual Property.

SECTION 14. Voting Rights; Dividends; Etc . (a) So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Collateral Agent has not given notice to the Borrower:

(i) Each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Security Collateral of such Grantor or any part thereof for any purpose; provided , however , that such Grantor will not exercise or refrain from exercising any such right if such action would have a material adverse effect on the value of the Security Collateral or any part thereof or on the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent or the other Secured Parties under this Agreement or the ability of the Collateral Agent or the other Secured Parties to exercise the same.

(ii) Each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest and other distributions paid in respect of the Security Collateral of such Grantor if and to the extent that the payment thereof is not otherwise prohibited by the terms of the Loan Documents;

Domestic Security Agreement

 

14


provided , however , that any and all dividends, interest and other distributions paid or payable other than in cash in respect of, and instruments and other property received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, or in exchange for, any Security Collateral shall be, and shall be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent to hold as Security Collateral and shall, if received by such Grantor, be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, be segregated from the other property or funds of such Grantor and be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent as Security Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary indorsement).

(iii) The Collateral Agent will execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to each Grantor all such proxies and other instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and other rights that it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (i) above and to receive the dividends or interest payments that it is authorized to receive and retain pursuant to paragraph (ii) above.

(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and following notice from the Collateral Agent to the Borrower:

(i) All rights of each Grantor (x) to exercise or refrain from exercising the voting and other consensual rights that it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 14(a)(i) shall, upon notice to such Grantor by the Collateral Agent, cease and (y) to receive the dividends, interest and other distributions that it would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 14(a)(ii) shall automatically cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise or refrain from exercising such voting and other consensual rights and to receive and hold as Security Collateral such dividends, interest and other distributions.

(ii) All dividends, interest and other distributions that are received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of paragraph (i) of this Section 14(b) shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, shall be segregated from other funds of such Grantor and shall be forthwith paid over to the Collateral Agent as Security Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary indorsement).

SECTION 15. As to the Assigned Agreements . (a) For each Assigned Agreement listed on Schedule V hereto, each Grantor party to such Assigned Agreement will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each party to such Assigned Agreements other than a Grantor to execute and deliver a consent, to the extent such consent is required pursuant to the terms of the UCC, and in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto or otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, granting a security interest in such Assigned Agreement to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement.

(b) Each Grantor will at its expense:

(i) perform and observe all terms and provisions of the Assigned Agreements to be performed or observed by it, maintain the Assigned Agreements to which it is a party in full force and effect, enforce the Assigned Agreements to which it is a party in accordance with the terms thereof and take all such commercially reasonable action to such end as may be reasonably requested from time to time by the Collateral Agent; and

(ii) furnish to the Collateral Agent promptly upon receipt thereof copies of all material notices, requests and other documents received by such Grantor under or pursuant to the Assigned Agreements to which it is a party, and from time to time (A) furnish to the Collateral

Domestic Security Agreement

 

15


Agent such information and reports regarding the Assigned Agreements and such other Collateral of such Grantor as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request and (B) upon reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, make to each other party to any Assigned Agreement to which it is a party such demands and requests for information and reports or for action as such Grantor is entitled to make thereunder.

(c) Each Grantor agrees that it will not, to the extent prohibited by the Credit Agreement:

(i) cancel or terminate any Assigned Agreement to which it is a party or consent to or accept any cancellation or termination thereof;

(ii) amend, amend and restate, supplement or otherwise modify any such Assigned Agreement or give any consent, waiver or approval thereunder;

(iii) waive any default under or material breach of any such Assigned Agreement; or

(iv) take any other action in connection with any such Assigned Agreement that would impair the value of the interests or rights of such Grantor thereunder or that would impair the interests or rights of any Secured Party.

(d) Each Grantor hereby consents on its behalf and on behalf of its Subsidiaries to the assignment and pledge to the Collateral Agent for benefit of the Secured Parties of each Assigned Agreement to which it is a party by any other Grantor hereunder.

(e) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and the written request of the Collateral Agent, each Grantor shall instruct each other party to each Assigned Agreement to which it is a party, that all payments due or to become due under or in connection with such Assigned Agreement shall be made directly to the Collateral Account or a Pledged Deposit Account subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

(f) All moneys received or collected pursuant to subsection (e) above shall be (i) released to the applicable Grantor on the terms set forth in Section 7 so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or (ii) if any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, applied as provided in Section 22(b) .

SECTION 16. As to Letter-of-Credit Rights . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, if any Grantor is at any time a beneficiary under a letter of credit issued in favor of such Grantor, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof and, at the request and option of the Collateral Agent, such Grantor shall, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, either (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to arrange for the issuer and any confirmer of such letter of credit to consent to an assignment to the Collateral Agent of the proceeds of any drawing under the letter of credit or (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to arrange for the Collateral Agent to become the transferee beneficiary of the letter of credit, with the Collateral Agent agreeing, in each case, that the proceeds of any drawing under the letter of credit are to be paid to the applicable Grantor unless an Event of Default has occurred or is continuing.

SECTION 17. Commercial Tort Claims . Each Grantor will promptly give notice to the Collateral Agent of any commercial tort claim individually in excess of $5,000,000 that may arise after the date hereof and will immediately execute or otherwise authenticate a supplement to this Agreement, and otherwise take all necessary action, to subject such commercial tort claim to the first priority security interest created under this Agreement.

Domestic Security Agreement

 

16


SECTION 18. Transfers and Other Liens; Additional Shares . (a) Each Grantor agrees that it will not (i) sell, assign or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any of the Collateral, other than sales, assignments and other dispositions of Collateral and options relating to Collateral permitted under the terms of the Credit Agreement or (ii) create or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any of the Collateral of such Grantor except for the pledge, assignment and security interest created under this Agreement and Liens permitted under the Loan Documents.

(b) Each Grantor agrees that it will (i) cause each issuer of the Pledged Equity pledged by such Grantor not to issue any Equity Interests or other securities in addition to or in substitution for the Pledged Equity issued by such issuer, except to such Grantor (except for director’s qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable law, or as otherwise required by law), and (ii) pledge hereunder, immediately upon its acquisition (directly or indirectly) thereof, any and all additional Equity Interests or other securities (subject to Section 1(d)(iii) with respect to any Equity Interest in any Foreign Subsidiary).

SECTION 19. Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney in Fact . Each Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints the Collateral Agent such Grantor’s attorney in fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or otherwise, from time to time, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, in the Collateral Agent’s reasonable discretion, to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Collateral Agent may deem necessary or advisable to effect the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation:

(a) to obtain and adjust insurance required to be paid to the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 11 ,

(b) to ask for, demand, collect, sue for, recover, compromise, receive and give acquittance and receipts for moneys due and to become due under or in respect of any of the Collateral,

(c) to receive, indorse and collect any drafts or other instruments, documents and chattel paper, in connection with subsection (a)  or (b)  above, and

(d) to file any claims or take any action or institute any proceedings that the Collateral Agent may deem necessary or desirable for the collection of any of the Collateral or otherwise to enforce compliance with the terms and conditions of any Assigned Agreement or the rights of the Collateral Agent with respect to any of the Collateral.

SECTION 20. Collateral Agent May Perform . If any Grantor fails to perform any agreement contained herein, the Collateral Agent may, but without any obligation to do so, with notice (or upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without notice), itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement, and the expenses of the Collateral Agent incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by such Grantor under Section 23 .

SECTION 21. The Collateral Agent’s Duties . The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent hereunder are solely to protect the Secured Parties’ interest in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon it to exercise any such powers. Except for the safe custody of any Collateral in its possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, the Collateral Agent shall have no duty (other than as imposed by law, this Agreement or any other Loan Document) as to any Collateral, as to

Domestic Security Agreement

 

17


ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relative to any Collateral, whether or not any Secured Party has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against any parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral. The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords its own property and will not be liable or responsible for any loss or damage to any Collateral, or for any diminution in the value thereof, by reason of any act or omission of any sub-agent or bailee selected by the Collateral Agent in good faith, except to the extent that such liability arises from the Collateral Agent’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

SECTION 22. Remedies . Subject to Section 8.02 of the Credit Agreement, if any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

(a) The Collateral Agent may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party upon default under the UCC (whether or not the UCC applies to the affected Collateral) and also may: (i) require each Grantor to, and each Grantor hereby agrees that it will at its expense and upon request of the Collateral Agent forthwith, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Collateral Agent and make it available to the Collateral Agent at a place and time to be designated by the Collateral Agent that is reasonably convenient to both parties; (ii) without notice except as specified below, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any of the Collateral Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and upon such other terms as the Collateral Agent may deem commercially reasonable; (iii) occupy any premises owned or, to the extent lawful and permitted, leased by any of the Grantors where the Collateral or any part thereof is assembled or located for a reasonable period in order to effectuate its rights and remedies hereunder or under law, without obligation to such Grantor in respect of such occupation; and (iv) exercise any and all rights and remedies of any of the Grantors under or in connection with the Collateral, or otherwise in respect of the Collateral, including, without limitation, (A) any and all rights of such Grantor to demand or otherwise require payment of any amount under, or performance of any provision of, the Assigned Agreements, the Receivables, the Related Contracts and the other Collateral, (B) withdraw, or cause or direct the withdrawal, of all funds with respect to the Account Collateral and (C) exercise all other rights and remedies with respect to the Assigned Agreements, the Receivables, the Related Contracts and the other Collateral, including, without limitation, those set forth in Section 9-607 of the UCC. Each Grantor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten days’ notice to such Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. Each Grantor recognizes that in light of such applicable restrictions and limitations arising under Federal and state securities laws, the Collateral Agent may, with respect to any sale of the Pledged Equity, limit the purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Pledged Equity for their own account, for investment, and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. In the event of any such sale, the Collateral Agent shall incur no responsibility or liability for selling all or any part of the Pledged Equity at a price that the Collateral Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, may in good faith deem reasonable under the circumstances, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price might have been realized if the sale were deferred until after registration as aforesaid or if more than a single purchaser were approached.

Domestic Security Agreement

 

18


(b) Any cash held by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent and all cash proceeds received by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral may, in the discretion of the Collateral Agent, be held by the Collateral Agent as collateral for, or at any time thereafter applied (after payment of any amounts payable to the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 23 ) in whole or in part by the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties against, all or any part of the Secured Obligations, as set forth in Section 8.03 of the Credit Agreement.

(c) All payments received by any Grantor under or in connection with any Assigned Agreement or otherwise in respect of the Collateral shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, shall be segregated from other funds of such Grantor and shall be forthwith paid over to the Collateral Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary indorsement).

(d) The Collateral Agent may, without notice to any Grantor except as required by law and at any time or from time to time, charge, set off and otherwise apply all or any part of the Secured Obligations against any funds held with respect to the Account Collateral or in any other deposit account.

(e) The Collateral Agent may send to each bank, securities intermediary, commodity intermediary or issuer party to any Deposit Account Control Agreement, Securities Account Control Agreement, Commodity Account Control Agreement or Uncertificated Security Control Agreement a “Notice of Exclusive Control” (or similar term) as defined in and under such Agreement.

(f) In the event of any sale or other disposition of any of the Intellectual Property Collateral of any Grantor, the goodwill symbolized by any Trademarks subject to such sale or other disposition shall be included therein, and such Grantor shall supply to the Collateral Agent or its designee such Grantor’s know-how and expertise, and documents and things relating to any Intellectual Property Collateral subject to such sale or other disposition, and such Grantor’s customer lists and other records and documents relating to such Intellectual Property Collateral and to the manufacture, distribution, advertising and sale of products and services of such Grantor.

(g) If the Collateral Agent shall determine to exercise its right to sell all or any of the Security Collateral of any Grantor pursuant to this Section 22 , each Grantor agrees that, upon request of the Collateral Agent, such Grantor will, at its own reasonable expense, do or cause to be done all such other commercially reasonable acts and things as may be reasonably necessary to make such sale of such Security Collateral or any part thereof valid and binding and in compliance with applicable law.

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the exercise of remedies by the Collateral Agent under this Agreement upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default shall be subject to Section 8.02 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 23. Indemnity and Expenses . (a) Each Grantor agrees to indemnify, defend and save and hold harmless each Secured Party and each Representative Party (as defined below) of any of the foregoing Persons (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”) from and against, and shall pay on demand, any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) that may be incurred by or asserted or awarded against any Indemnified Party, in each case arising out of or in connection with or resulting from this Agreement (including, without limitation, enforcement of this Agreement), provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or such Indemnitee’s Representative Parties or (y) result from a claim brought by any Grantor against an Indemnitee for breach of such

Domestic Security Agreement

 

19


Indemnitee’s obligations under this Agreement, if such Grantor has obtained a final judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. For purposes of this Section 23(a) , “ Representative Partie s” means, as to any Person, (i) such Person’s officers, directors and employees and (ii) such Person’s Affiliates, agents, advisers and other representatives, in each case to the extent acting at the direction of such Person.

(b) Each Grantor will within 30 days of written demand pay to the Collateral Agent the amount of any and all reasonable expenses, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of its counsel and of any experts and agents, that the Collateral Agent may incur in connection with (i) the custody, preservation, use or operation of, or the sale of, collection from or other realization upon, any of the Collateral of such Grantor, (ii) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of the Collateral Agent or the other Secured Parties hereunder or (iii) the failure by such Grantor to perform or observe any of the provisions hereof.

SECTION 24. Amendments; Waivers; Additional Grantors; Etc . (a) No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and no consent to any departure by any Grantor herefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Collateral Agent and the Grantors, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. No failure on the part of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising any right hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

(b) Upon the execution and delivery by any Person of a security agreement supplement in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto (each a “ Security Agreement Supplement ”), such Person shall be referred to as an “ Additional Grantor ” and shall be and become a Grantor hereunder, and each reference in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to “Grantor” shall also mean and be a reference to such Additional Grantor, each reference in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to the “ Collateral ” shall also mean and be a reference to the Collateral granted by such Additional Grantor and each reference in this Agreement to a Schedule shall also mean and be a reference to the schedules attached to such Security Agreement Supplement.

SECTION 25. Notices, Etc . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be either (i) in writing (including telegraphic, telecopier or telex communication) and mailed, telegraphed, telecopied, telexed or otherwise delivered or (ii) by electronic mail (if electronic mail addresses are designated as provided below) confirmed immediately in writing, in the case of the US Borrower or the Collateral Agent (as provided for the Administrative Agent thereunder), addressed to it at its address specified in the Credit Agreement and, in the case of each Grantor other than the US Borrower, addressed to it at its address set forth opposite such Grantor’s name on the signature pages hereto or on the signature page to the Security Agreement Supplement pursuant to which it became a party hereto; or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, four (4) Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail, when delivered. Delivery by telecopier of an executed counterpart of any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or of any Security Agreement Supplement or Schedule hereto shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart thereof.

Domestic Security Agreement

 

20


SECTION 26. Continuing Security Interest; Assignments under the Credit Agreement . This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until the latest of (i) the payment in full in cash of the Secured Obligations (other than (x) obligations with respect to Secured Hedge Agreements, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) the contingent obligations not yet accrued and payable under the Loan Documents), (ii) the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility, (iii) the Maturity Date for the Term Loan Facility and (iv) the termination or expiration of all Letters of Credit, (b) be binding upon each Grantor, its successors and assigns and (c) inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent hereunder, to the benefit of the Secured Parties and their respective permitted successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing subsection (c), any Lender may assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, all or any portion of its Commitments, the Loans owing to it and the Note or Notes, if any, held by it) to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Lender herein or otherwise, in each case as provided in Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 27. Release; Termination . (a) Upon any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of any item of Collateral of any Grantor in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents (other than sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business), the Collateral Agent will, at such Grantor’s expense, execute and deliver to such Grantor such documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted hereby; provided , however , that (i) such Grantor shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent a written request for release describing the item of Collateral and the terms of the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition in reasonable detail, including, without limitation, the price thereof and any expenses in connection therewith, together with a form of release for execution by the Collateral Agent and a certificate of such Grantor to the effect that the transaction is in compliance with the Loan Documents and as to such other matters as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request and (ii) the proceeds of any such sale, lease, transfer or other disposition required to be applied, or any payment to be made in connection therewith, in accordance with Section 2.05 of the Credit Agreement shall, to the extent so required, be paid or made to, or in accordance with the instructions of, the Collateral Agent when and as required under Section 2.05 of the Credit Agreement.

(b) Upon the latest of (i) the payment in full in cash of the Secured Obligations (other than (x) obligations with respect to Secured Hedge Agreements, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable under the Loan Documents), (ii) the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility, (iii) the Maturity Date for the Term Loan Facility and (iv) the cash collateralization, back-stop (on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent), termination or expiration of all Letters of Credit, the pledge and security interest granted hereby shall terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the applicable Grantor. Upon any such termination, the Collateral Agent will, at the applicable Grantor’s expense, execute and deliver to such Grantor such documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination.

SECTION 28. Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 29. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Domestic Security Agreement

 

21


[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

Domestic Security Agreement

 

22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE     COMPANY, LLC
By:  

/s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Name:  

Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Title:  

Chief Executive Officer

  Address for Notices:
      c/o Sensata Technologies
      529 Pleasant Street
      Attleboro, MA 02703
SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Name:  

Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Title:  

Chief Executive Officer

  Address for Notices:
      529 Pleasant Street
      Attleboro, MA 02703

Domestic Security Agreement


Schedule I to the

Domestic Security Agreement

INVESTMENT PROPERTY

Part I

Initial Pledged Shares

 

Grantor

 

Issuer

 

Class of
Equity
Interest

   Par Value    Certificate
No(s)
   Number of
Shares
   Percentage of
Outstanding
Shares
               
               

Part II

Initial Pledged Debt

 

Grantor

 

Debt
Issuer

 

Description of
Debt

   Debt Certificate
No(s)
  

Final

Maturity

   Outstanding
Principal Amount
            
            

Part III

Other Investment Property

 

Grantor

 

Issuer

 

Name of

Investment

  

Certificate

No(s)

   Amount   

Other

Identification

            
            

 


Schedule II to the

Domestic Security Agreement

PLEDGED DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

 

Grantor

 

Type of Account

 

Name and Address of Bank

   Account Number
      
      
      

 


Schedule III to the

Domestic Security Agreement

SECURITIES ACCOUNTS

 

Grantor

 

Type of Account

 

Name and Address of

Securities Intermediary

   Account Number
      
      

 


Schedule IV to the

Domestic Security Agreement

COMMODITIES ACCOUNTS

 

Grantor

 

Type of Account

 

Name and Address of

Commodity Intermediary

   Account Number
      
      

 


Schedule V to the

Domestic Security Agreement

ASSIGNED AGREEMENTS

 

Grantor

  

Assigned Agreement

 


Schedule VI to the

Domestic Security Agreement

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

I. Patents

 

Grantor

   Patent Titles    Country    Patent No.    Application No.    Filing Date    Issue Date
                 
                 

II. Domain Names and Trademarks

 

Grantor

   Domain Name/Mark    Country    Mark    Reg. No.    Application No.    Filing Date    Issue Date
                    
                    
                    

III. Trade Names

 

Grantor

 

Names

 
 

IV. Copyrights

 

Grantor

   Title of Work    Country    Title    Reg. No.    Application No.    Filing Date    Issue Date
                    
                    

V. IP Agreements

 

Grantor

 

IP Agreements

 
 

 


Schedule VII to the

Domestic Security Agreement

COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS


Schedule VIII to the

Domestic Security Agreement

LOCATION, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE, TYPE OF ORGANIZATION, JURISDICTION OF

ORGANIZATION AND ORGANIZATIONAL IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

 

Grantor

 

Location

 

Chief Executive Office

   Type of
Organization
   Jurisdiction of
Organization
  

Organizational

I.D. No.

 


Schedule IX to the

Domestic Security Agreement

CHANGES IN NAME, LOCATION, ETC.


Schedule X to the

Domestic Security Agreement

LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AND INVENTORY

[ Name of Grantor ]

Locations of Equipment:

Locations of Inventory:

[ Name of Grantor ]

Locations of Equipment:

Locations of Inventory:


Schedule XI to the

Domestic Security Agreement

LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

Beneficiary
(Grantor)

   Issuer   

Nominated Person

(if any)

   Account Party    Number    Maximum Available
Amount
   Date


Exhibit A to the

Domestic Security Agreement

FORM OF CONSENT AND AGREEMENT

The undersigned hereby (a) acknowledges notice of, and consents to the terms and provisions of, the Domestic Security Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”; the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined) from                      (the “ Grantor ”) and certain other grantors from time to time party thereto to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, as Collateral Agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties referred to therein, (b) consents in all respects to the pledge and assignment to the Collateral Agent of all of the Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Assigned Agreement (as defined below) pursuant to the Security Agreement, (c) acknowledges that the Grantor has provided it with notice of the right of the Collateral Agent in the exercise of its rights and remedies under the Security Agreement to make all demands, give all notices, take all actions and exercise all rights of the Grantor under the Assigned Agreement (as defined below), and (d) agrees with the Collateral Agent that:

(1) A true copy of the agreement between the undersigned and the Grantor dated as of                      ,          (the “ Assigned Agreement ”), including, without limitation, all amendments, modifications, restatements and supplements is attached hereto as Schedule I. The Assigned Agreement is in full force and effect, and the undersigned is not aware of any default under the Assigned Agreement or any event that would give any party the right to terminate or rescind the Assigned Agreement. Other than as disclosed on Schedule II attached hereto, no prepayments have been made of any amounts to become due under the Assigned Agreement.

(2) Upon notice and as instructed by the Grantor, the undersigned shall make all payments to be made by the undersigned under or in connection with the Assigned Agreement directly to the Collateral Account or a Pledged Deposit Account subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement or otherwise in accordance with instructions of the Collateral Agent.

(3) Any payment made pursuant to paragraph 2 above shall be made by the undersigned irrespective of, and without deduction for, any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or set off and shall be final, and the undersigned will not seek to recover from any Secured Party for any reason once any such payment is made.

(4) The Collateral Agent or its designee shall be entitled to exercise any and all rights and remedies of the Grantor under the Assigned Agreement in accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement, and the undersigned shall comply in all respects with such exercise.

(5) The undersigned will not, to the extent prohibited by the Security Agreement, (i) cancel or terminate the Assigned Agreement or consent to or accept any cancellation or termination thereof, or (ii) amend, amend and restate, supplement or otherwise modify the Assigned Agreement.

(6) In the event of a default by the Grantor in the performance of any of its obligations under the Assigned Agreement, or upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event or condition under the Assigned Agreement which would immediately or with the passage of any applicable grace period or the giving of notice, or both, enable the undersigned to terminate or suspend its obligations under the Assigned Agreement, the undersigned shall not terminate the Assigned Agreement until it first gives written notice thereof to the Collateral Agent and permits the Grantor and the Collateral Agent the period of time afforded to the Grantor under the Assigned Agreement to cure such default.


(7) The undersigned shall deliver to the Collateral Agent, concurrently with the delivery thereof to the Grantor, a copy of each notice, request or demand given by the undersigned pursuant to the Assigned Agreement.

(8) Except as specifically provided in this Consent and Agreement, neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any liability or obligation under the Assigned Agreement as a result of this Consent and Agreement, the Security Agreement or otherwise.

(9) Upon the enforcement of the Security Agreement by the Collateral Agent and the transfer of the Assigned Agreement to a transferee, the undersigned will not unreasonably withhold its consent to the recognition of the transferee as the counterparty to the Assigned Agreement in the place and stead of the Grantor.

This Consent and Agreement shall be binding upon the undersigned and its successors and assigns, and shall inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent hereunder, to the benefit of the Secured Parties and their successors, transferees and assigns. This Consent and Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Consent and Agreement as of the date set opposite its name below.

 

Dated:                      , 200        [NAME OF OBLIGOR]
  By   

 

  Title:   

 

2


Exhibit B to the

Domestic Security Agreement

FORM OF COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Copyright Security Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Copyright Security Agreement ”) dated                      , 20      is made by the Persons listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, the “ Grantors ”) in favor of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).

WHEREAS, SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDING B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, have entered into a Credit Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) with the Lenders party thereto and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as administrative agent.

WHEREAS, as a condition precedent to (i) the making of the Loans, (ii) the issuance of Letters of Credit by the Lenders under the Credit Agreement, (iii) the Bilateral Obligations provided by the Lenders or their Affiliates from time to time and (iv) the entry into Secured Hedge Agreements by the Hedge Banks from time to time, each Grantor has executed and delivered that certain Domestic Security Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006 made by the Grantors to the Collateral Agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”). Terms defined in the Security Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Security Agreement.

WHEREAS, under the terms of the Security Agreement, the Grantors have granted to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, among other property, certain Copyrights of the Grantors constituting Material Intellectual Property Collateral, and have agreed as a condition thereof to execute this Copyright Security Agreement for recording with the U.S. Copyright Office and any other appropriate governmental authorities.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor agrees as follows:

Section 1. Grant of Security . Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties a continuing security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (all of the following items or types of property being herein collectively referred to as the “ Copyright Collateral ”), whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising:

(i) each Copyright constituting Material Intellectual Property Collateral owned by the Grantor, including, without limitation, each Copyright registration and application therefor, referred to in Schedule 1 hereto;

(ii) all registrations and applications for registration for any of the foregoing;

 


(iv) all rights in the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of such Grantor accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto; and

(v) any and all Proceeds of, collateral for, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to, and Supporting Obligations relating to, any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, all Proceeds of and revenues from any and all claims for damages and injunctive relief for past, present and future infringement, dilution, misappropriation, violation, misuse or breach with respect to any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect, or otherwise recover, all proceeds and damages relating thereto.

Section 2. Recordation . Each Grantor authorizes and requests that the Register of Copyrights and any other applicable government officer record this Copyright Security Agreement.

Section 3. Execution in Counterparts . This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 4. Grants, Rights and Remedies . This Copyright Security Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantors for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the U.S. Copyright Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Collateral Agent in connection with the Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof and does not modify its terms or conditions or create any additional rights or obligations for any party thereto or hereto. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

Section 5 Governing Law . This Copyright Security Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Copyright Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

[             ]

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

2


Schedule 1

to Copyright

Security Agreement

COPYRIGHTS


Exhibit C to the

Domestic Security Agreement

FORM OF PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Patent Security Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Patent Security Agreement ”) dated                      , 20      in favor of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).

WHEREAS, SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDING B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, have entered into a Credit Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) with the Lenders party thereto and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as administrative agent.

WHEREAS, as a condition precedent to (i) the making of the Loans, (ii) the issuance of Letters of Credit by the Lenders under the Credit Agreement, (iii) the Bilateral Obligations provided by the Lenders or their Affiliates from time to time and (iv) the entry into Secured Hedge Agreements by the Hedge Banks from time to time, each Grantor has executed and delivered that certain Domestic Security Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006 made by the Grantors to the Collateral Agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”). Terms defined in the Security Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Security Agreement.

WHEREAS, under the terms of the Security Agreement, the Grantors have granted to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, among other property, certain Patents of the Grantors constituting Material Intellectual Property Collateral, and have agreed as a condition thereof to execute this Patent Security Agreement for recording with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and any other appropriate governmental authorities.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor agrees as follows:

Section 1. Grant of Security . Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties a continuing security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (all of the following items or types of property being herein collectively referred to as the “ Patent Collateral ”), whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising:

(i) each Patent constituting Material Intellectual Property Collateral owned by the Grantor, including, without limitation, each Patent referred to in Schedule 1 hereto;

(ii) all issuances and applications for registration for any of the foregoing, together with all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions and reexaminations thereof;


(iii) all rights in the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of such Grantor accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto; and

(iv) any and all Proceeds of, collateral for, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to, and Supporting Obligations relating to, any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, all Proceeds of and revenues from any and all claims for damages and injunctive relief for past, present and future infringement, dilution, misappropriation, violation, misuse or breach with respect to any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect, or otherwise recover, all proceeds and damages relating thereto.

Section 2. Recordation . Each Grantor authorizes and requests that the Commissioner for Patents and any other applicable government officer record this Patent Security Agreement.

Section 3. Execution in Counterparts . This Patent Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 4. Grants, Rights and Remedies . This Patent Security Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantors for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Collateral Agent in connection with the Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof and does not modify its terms or conditions or create any additional rights or obligations for any party thereto or hereto. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

Section 5. Governing Law . This Patent Security Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Patent Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

[                                                                                       ]

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

2


Schedule 1

to Patent

Security Agreement

[NAME OF GRANTOR]

PATENTS AND DESIGN PATENTS

 

Patent No.

 

Issued

 

Expiration

   Country    Title

PATENT APPLICATIONS

 

Case No.

 

Serial No.

 

Country

   Date    Filing Title

 


Exhibit D to the

Security Agreement

FORM OF TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Trademark Security Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Trademark Security Agreement ”) dated                      , 20      is made by the Persons listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, the “ Grantors ”) in favor of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).

WHEREAS, SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDING B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, have entered into a Credit Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) with the Lenders party thereto and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as administrative agent.

WHEREAS, as a condition precedent to (i) the making of the Loans, (ii) the issuance of Letters of Credit by the Lenders under the Credit Agreement, (iii) the Bilateral Obligations provided by the Lenders or their Affiliates from time to time and (iv) the entry into Secured Hedge Agreements by the Hedge Banks from time to time, each Grantor has executed and delivered that certain Domestic Security Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006 made by the Grantors to the Collateral Agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”). Terms defined in the Security Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Security Agreement.

WHEREAS, under the terms of the Security Agreement, the Grantors have granted to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, among other property, certain Trademarks constituting Material Intellectual Property Collateral of the Grantors, and have agreed as a condition thereof to execute this Trademark Security Agreement for recording with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and any other appropriate governmental authorities.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor agrees as follows:

Section 1. Grant of Security . Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties a continuing security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (all of the following items or types of property being herein collectively referred to as the “ Trademark Collateral ”), whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising:

(i) each Trademark constituting Material Intellectual Property Collateral owned by the Grantor (including, without limitation, each Trademark registration and application therefor, referred to in Schedule 1 hereto, and all of the goodwill of the business connected with the use of or symbolized by, each Trademark);

 


(ii) all registrations and applications for registration for any of the foregoing, together with all renewals thereof;

(iii) all rights in the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of such Grantor accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto; and

(iv) any and all Proceeds of, collateral for, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to, and Supporting Obligations relating to, any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, all Proceeds of and revenues from any and all claims for damages and injunctive relief for past, present and future infringement, dilution, misappropriation, violation, misuse or breach with respect to any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect, or otherwise recover, all proceeds and damages relating thereto.

Section 2. Recordation . Each Grantor authorizes and requests that the Commissioner for Trademarks and any other applicable government officer record this Trademark Security Agreement.

Section 3. Execution in Counterparts . This Trademark Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 4. Grants, Rights and Remedies . This Trademark Security Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantors for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Collateral Agent in connection with the Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof and does not modify its terms or conditions or create any additional rights or obligations for any party thereto or hereto. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

Section 5. Governing Law . This Trademark Security Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Trademark Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

[             ]

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

2


Schedule 1

to Trademark

Security Agreement

U.S. TRADEMARK REGISTRATIONS

 

TRADEMARK

 

REG. NO.

 

REG. DATE

U.S. TRADEMARK APPLICATIONS

 

TRADEMARK

 

REG. NO.

 

REG. DATE

 


Exhibit E to the

Domestic Security Agreement

FORM OF DOMESTIC SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT

[Date of Security Agreement Supplement ]

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Administrative Agent

One Pierrepont Plaza, 7th Floor

300 Cadman Plaza West

Brooklyn, NY 11201

Attn: Larry Benison / Gerard Jordan

Phone: (718) 754-7299 / 7422

Fax: (718) 754-7249 / 7250

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to (i) the Credit Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the Borrowers, SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDING B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, the guarantors named therein, the Lenders party thereto, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent for the Lenders (together with any successor administrative agent appointed pursuant to Article 9 of the Credit Agreement, the “ Administrative Agent ”), and (ii) the Domestic Security Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006, (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”) made by the Grantors from time to time party thereto in favor of the Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement or the Security Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement or the Security Agreement.

SECTION 1. Grant of Security . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Security Agreement, including provisions for the termination of security interests granted and the release of Liens thereunder, the undersigned hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of its right, title and interest in and to the following, in each case whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned, wherever located and whether now or hereafter existing or arising (collectively, the undersigned’s “ Collateral ”): all Equipment, Inventory, Receivables, Related Contracts, Security Collateral (including, without limitation, the shares of stock and other Equity Interests set forth on Part I of Schedule I hereto, the indebtedness set forth on Part II of Schedule I hereto and the securities and Securities Accounts and Commodities Accounts set forth on Schedules III and IV hereto), Agreement Collateral (including, without limitation, each of the agreements listed on Schedule V hereto), Account Collateral (including, without limitation, the deposit accounts set forth on Schedule II hereto), Intellectual Property Collateral, Commercial Tort Claims Collateral (including, without limitation, the commercial tort claims described in Schedule VII hereto), all books and records (including, without limitation, customer lists, credit files, printouts and other computer output materials and records) of the undersigned pertaining to any of the undersigned’s Collateral, and all proceeds of, collateral for, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with

 

2


respect to, and supporting obligations relating to, any and all of the undersigned’s Collateral (including, without limitation, proceeds, collateral and supporting obligations that constitute property of the types described in this Section 1 ) and, to the extent not otherwise included, all (A) payments under insurance (whether or not the Collateral Agent is the loss payee thereof), or any indemnity, warranty or guaranty, payable by reason of loss or damage to or otherwise with respect to any of the foregoing Collateral, and (B) cash.

SECTION 2. Security for Obligations . The grant of a security interest in the Collateral by the undersigned under this Security Agreement Supplement and the Security Agreement secures the payment of all Secured Obligations of the undersigned now or hereafter existing under the Loan Documents, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, reimbursement obligations, interest, fees, premiums, penalties, indemnifications, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Security Agreement Supplement and the Security Agreement secure the payment of all amounts that constitute part of the Secured Obligations and would be owed by the undersigned to any Secured Party under the Loan Documents, but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving a Loan Party. Notwithstanding anything in this Security Agreement Supplement, the Security Agreement or the Credit Agreement to the contrary, (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Bilateral Obligations secured hereby shall not exceed $40,000,000 and (ii) to the extent that Bilateral Obligations are cash collateralized or otherwise secured (other than pursuant to the Security Agreement), such Bilateral Obligations shall not be secured hereby.

SECTION 3. Representations and Warranties . (a) The undersigned’s exact legal name, as defined in Section 9-503(a) of the UCC, is correctly set forth in Schedule VIII hereto. The undersigned’s location, chief executive office, type of organization, jurisdiction of organization and organizational identification number, if any, is set forth in Schedule VIII hereto and is accurate in all material respects. Within the five years preceding the date hereof, the undersigned has not changed its legal name, location (as defined in the UCC), chief executive office, type of organization, jurisdiction of organization or organizational identification number, if any, from those set forth in Schedule VIII hereto except as set forth in Schedule IX hereto

(b) Inventory (other than Equipment and Inventory that is (i) located at customer or supplier locations in the normal course of business or (ii) in transit or out for repair or further process) of such Grantor are located at the places specified therefor in Schedule X hereto or at another location as to which such Grantor has complied with the requirements of Section 10(a) of the Security Agreement or otherwise have an aggregate book value of no more than $10,000,000. Within the five years preceding the date hereof, the undersigned has not changed the location of its Equipment or Inventory except as set forth in Schedule IX hereto.

(c) The undersigned is not a beneficiary or assignee under any letter of credit in a face amount greater than $5,000,000 other than the letters of credit described in Schedule XI hereto.

(d) The undersigned hereby makes each other representation and warranty set forth in Section 8 of the Security Agreement with respect to itself and the Collateral granted by it.

SECTION 4. Obligations Under the Security Agreement . The undersigned hereby agrees, as of the date first above written, to be bound as a Grantor by all of the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement to the same extent as each of the other Grantors. The undersigned further agrees, as of the date first above written, that each reference in the Security Agreement to an “Additional Grantor” or a “Grantor” shall also mean and be a reference to the undersigned, that each reference to the “Collateral” or any part thereof shall also mean and be a reference to the undersigned’s Collateral or part thereof, as the case may be, and that each reference in the Security Agreement to a Schedule shall also mean and be a reference to the schedules attached hereto.

 

3


SECTION 5. Governing Law . This Security Agreement Supplement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

Very truly yours,
[NAME OF ADDITIONAL GRANTOR]
By  

 

Title:  
Address for notices:

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Exhibit 10.6

ASSET AND STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

dated as of

January 8, 2006

between

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

and

S&C PURCHASE CORP.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     P AGE

ARTICLE 1

D EFINITIONS

Section 1.01. Definitions

   1

Section 1.02. Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions

   13

ARTICLE 2

P URCHASE AND S ALE

Section 2.01. Purchase and Sale of the Shares

   14

Section 2.02. Purchase and Sale of the Purchased Assets

   14

Section 2.03. Excluded Assets

   15

Section 2.04. Assumed Liabilities

   16

Section 2.05. Excluded Liabilities

   17

Section 2.06. Restructuring

   19

Section 2.07. Limitation on Assignment of Purchased Assets

   21

Section 2.08. Purchase Price; Allocation of Purchase Price

   21

Section 2.09. Closing

   23

Section 2.10. Closing Statement.

   24

Section 2.11. Adjustment of Purchase Price

   25

ARTICLE 3

R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF S ELLER

Section 3.01. Corporate Existence and Power

   26

Section 3.02. Corporate Authorization

   26

Section 3.03. Governmental Authorization

   27

Section 3.04. Noncontravention

   27

Section 3.05. Required Consents

   27

Section 3.06. Purchased Subsidiaries

   27

Section 3.07. Financial Statements

   28

Section 3.08. Absence of Certain Changes

   28

Section 3.09. No Undisclosed Material Liabilities

   30

Section 3.10. Material Contracts

   30

Section 3.11. Litigation

   32

Section 3.12. Compliance with Laws and Court Orders

   32

Section 3.13. Properties; Liens

   32

Section 3.14. Intellectual Property

   33

Section 3.15. Sufficiency of Purchased Assets

   34

Section 3.16. Permits

   34

Section 3.17. Finders’ Fees

   35

 

i


     P AGE

Section 3.18. Employee Benefit Plans

   35

Section 3.19. Employee and Labor Matters

   36

Section 3.20. Environmental Compliance

   36

Section 3.21. Insurance

   37

Section 3.22. Customer and Supplier Relationships

   37

Section 3.23. Product Warranty and Liability

   38

ARTICLE 4

R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF B UYER

Section 4.01. Corporate Existence and Power

   38

Section 4.02. Corporate Authorization

   38

Section 4.03. Governmental Authorization

   39

Section 4.04. Noncontravention

   39

Section 4.05. Financing

   39

Section 4.06. Litigation

   40

Section 4.07. Finders’ Fees

   40

Section 4.08. Inspections; No Other Representations

   40

ARTICLE 5

C OVENANTS OF S ELLER

Section 5.01. Conduct of the Business

   41

Section 5.02. Access to Information

   41

Section 5.03. Non-compete

   43

Section 5.04. Confidentiality

   45

Section 5.05. Insurance.

   45

Section 5.06. Exclusivity

   46

Section 5.07. Intercompany Receivables and Payables

   47

ARTICLE 6

C OVENANTS OF B UYER

Section 6.01. Confidentiality

   47

Section 6.02. Access

   47

Section 6.03. Financing Matters

   48

Section 6.04. 338(g) Election

   49

ARTICLE 7

C OVENANTS OF B UYER AND S ELLER

Section 7.01. Reasonable Efforts; Further Assurance

   49

Section 7.02. Certain Filings; Consents

   50

Section 7.03. Public Announcements

   50

Section 7.04. Notices of Certain Events

   51

 

ii


     P AGE

Section 7.05. WARN Act

   51

Section 7.06. Non-solicit

   51

Section 7.07. Conflicts; Privileges

   52

Section 7.08. Commercial Arrangements

   53

Section 7.09. Accounts Receivable

   53

Section 7.10. Seller Trademarks and Tradenames

   53

Section 7.11. Certain Products

   55

ARTICLE 8

T AX M ATTERS

Section 8.01. Tax Matters

   57

Section 8.02. Tax Cooperation; Allocation of Taxes

   57

ARTICLE 9

P ERSONNEL M ATTERS

Section 9.01. Business Employees

   60

Section 9.02. Maintenance of Compensation and Employee Benefits

   61

Section 9.03. Employee Communications

   71

Section 9.04. Acknowledgement

   71

Section 9.05. No Third-party Beneficiaries

   71

ARTICLE 10

C ONDITIONS TO C LOSING

Section 10.01. Conditions to Obligations of Buyer and Seller

   72

Section 10.02. Conditions to Obligation of Buyer

   72

Section 10.03. Conditions to Obligation of Seller

   73

ARTICLE 11

S URVIVAL ; I NDEMNIFICATION

Section 11.01. Survival

   73

Section 11.02. Indemnification

   74

Section 11.03. Procedures

   76

Section 11.04. Calculation of Damages

   81

Section 11.05. Assignment of Claims

   82

Section 11.06. Exclusivity

   82

ARTICLE 12

T ERMINATION

Section 12.01. Grounds for Termination

   82

Section 12.02. Effect of Termination

   83

 

iii


     P AGE

ARTICLE 13

M ISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.01. Notices

   83

Section 13.02. Amendments and Waivers

   84

Section 13.03. Expenses

   85

Section 13.04. Successors and Assigns

   85

Section 13.05. Governing Law

   85

Section 13.06. Jurisdiction

   85

Section 13.07. Counterparts; Effectiveness; No Third Party Beneficiaries

   86

Section 13.08. Entire Agreement

   86

Section 13.09. Bulk Sales Laws

   86

Section 13.10. Severability

   86

Section 13.11. Specific Performance

   87

Section 13.12. Disclosure Schedule

   87

DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

SCHEDULE 4.05    Commitment Letters

 

EXHIBIT A   Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement
EXHIBIT B   Form of Cross License Agreement
EXHIBIT C   Form of Transition Services Agreement
EXHIBIT D   Form of Opinion Regarding Employee Benefit Plan Qualification (for Buyer and Seller)
EXHIBIT E   Form of Certification Regarding VEBA (for Buyer and Seller)

 

iv


ASSET AND STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of January 8, 2006 between Texas Instruments Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”), and S&C Purchase Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Buyer ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, Buyer desires to purchase the Shares (as defined below) and the Purchased Assets (as defined below) and assume the Assumed Liabilities (as defined below) from Seller and its Subsidiaries, and Seller and its Subsidiaries desire to sell the Shares and the Purchased Assets and transfer the Assumed Liabilities to Buyer, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

D EFINITIONS

Section 1.01 . Definitions. (a) As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:

Accounting Policies ” means GAAP, applied in a manner consistent with the accounting policies, principles, practices and methodologies used in the preparation of the Audited Balance Sheet.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such other Person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “ controlling ” and “ controlled ” have correlative meanings.

Applicable Law ” means, with respect to any Person, any federal, state, local or foreign law (statutory, common or otherwise), constitution, treaty, convention, ordinance, code, rule, regulation, order, injunction, judgment, determination, decree, ruling or other similar requirement enacted, adopted, promulgated or applied by a Governmental Authority that is binding upon or applicable to such Person, as amended unless expressly specified otherwise.

Assignment and Assumption Agreement ” means an Assignment and Assumption Agreement between Buyer and Seller in substantially the form


attached hereto as Exhibit A with such changes as Buyer and Seller may agree upon, together with any other documents of conveyance entered into pursuant to Section 2.09(c)(vi).

Audited Balance Sheet ” means the audited balance sheet of the Business as of December 31, 2004.

Balance Sheet Date ” means December 31, 2004.

Base Working Capital ” means $199,000,000.

Business ” means the Control Business and the Sensor Business. The Business does not include the RFID Business.

Business Day ” means a day, other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York and London, England are authorized or required by Applicable Law to close.

Business Employee ” means any employee of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates who is employed primarily in connection with the Business, (i) including, for the avoidance of doubt, the individuals named in Section 1.01(a)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule, but (ii) excluding the individuals named in Section 1.01(a)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule, and such employees of the Retained Businesses as Seller and Buyer may agree to treat as Business Employees prior to the Closing.

Business Intellectual Property Rights ” means the Business Patents and the Other Business Intellectual Property Rights.

Business Patents ” means the Patents listed in Section 2.02(h) of the Disclosure Schedule.

Closing Date ” means the date on which the Closing occurs. The Closing shall be deemed to occur at 12:01 a.m. on the date that is the Closing Date.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Competition Laws ” means statutes, rules, regulations, orders, decrees, administrative and judicial doctrines, and other laws that are designed or intended to prohibit, restrict or regulate actions having the purpose or effect of monopolization, lessening of competition or restraint of trade.

“Consent” means any authorization, approval, order, license, qualification, permit, franchise, certification, waiver or other consent of any third Person or any Governmental Authority.

 

2


Control Business ” means the business conducted by the Controls business unit of Seller and Seller’s Subsidiaries involving the design, development, sale, manufacturing and marketing of Control Products.

Control Products ” means (i) electromechanical products designed to control heat, current or arcing, including in commercial and residential heating and air conditioning systems, refrigeration appliances, lighting, aerospace or industrial products, and also including motor protectors, circuit breakers, lighting protection, arc-fault circuit protectors, precision switches, thermostats or semiconductor burn-in test sockets, (ii) electronic control modules or board level solutions in heating, ventilation, air conditioning or refrigeration systems, including for gas ignition, defrost control, electric heat, fan sequencing, system monitoring, or compressor control and protection or (iii) control products intended for applications addressed by products that are currently marketed or under development by the Controls business unit of Seller and its Subsidiaries.

Cross License Agreement ” means a Cross License Agreement between Buyer and Seller in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

Current Product ” means any (i) Sensor Product or Control Product, or any component thereof, that was manufactured, marketed, sold, offered for sale, distributed or otherwise transferred by the Business, or with respect to which the Business has substantially completed its development efforts, as of the Closing Date and (ii) future Sensor Product, Control Product or component that is an extension, modification, derivation, replacement or successor of such Sensor Product, Control Product or component and does not infringe or misappropriate Intellectual Property Rights of a third party in a manner that is materially different from its predecessor.

Disclosure Schedule ” means the disclosure schedule delivered by Seller to Buyer concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and attached hereto.

Economic Detriment ” means (i) any Tax, penalty, cost, expense or other adverse economic impact on Buyer or its Affiliates (including the Purchased Subsidiaries), except to the extent of invoiced out-of-pocket expenses for which Buyer is reimbursed by Seller on an after-tax basis, (ii) any restriction, reduction or other impairment of any Purchased Subsidiary’s ability after the Closing Date directly or indirectly to dividend, distribute or otherwise repatriate cash (other than by reductions (but in any event not below zero) of statutory retained earnings accrued and available for distributions prior to the Closing Date) or (iii) prior to the Closing any change in current assets (except cash) or liabilities from those consistent with historical levels maintained in the ordinary course of business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any transfer of Purchased Subsidiary Pre-Closing Cash pursuant to Section 2.06(a)(i) or 2.06(b)(ii), the reduction in cash by the amount transferred shall not in and of itself be deemed an Economic Detriment.

 

3


Employee Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan”, as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, and any employment, severance or similar contract, plan, arrangement or policy and each other plan or arrangement providing for cash or equity compensation, profit-sharing, incentive or deferred compensation, vacation benefits, insurance (including any self-insured arrangements), health or medical benefits, disability or sick leave benefits and post-employment or retirement, or other benefits, in each case which is maintained, sponsored, administered or contributed to by Seller or any Subsidiary of Seller (or any ERISA Affiliate of Seller or any Subsidiary of Seller) and (i) covers any current or former Business Employee who is based primarily in the United States, (ii) with respect to which any Purchased Subsidiary has any material current or future Liability or (iii) which would otherwise constitute an Assumed Liability.

Environmental Laws ” means any Applicable Law as in effect on or prior to the Closing Date relating to the environment, pollutants, contaminants, wastes or chemicals or any toxic, radioactive, ignitable, corrosive, reactive or otherwise hazardous substances, wastes or materials or to public or workplace health or safety.

Environmental Liabilities ” means any and all Liabilities or commitments primarily arising in connection with or relating to the Business (as currently or previously conducted), the Purchased Assets, the Purchased Subsidiaries or any activities or operations occurring or conducted at the Real Property, which arise under or relate to any Environmental Law.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate ” of any entity means any other entity which, together with such entity, would be treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Excluded Environmental Liabilities ” means any Environmental Liabilities attributable or relating to, resulting from, or caused by (i) any real property or facility now or previously owned, leased or operated by the Purchased Subsidiaries or by Seller or any Affiliate of the Seller with respect to the Business (other than (A) the Real Property, (B) except as otherwise provided in clause (ii), the Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia facility currently shared by a Retained Business and the Business, but only to the extent arising out of the operation of the Business or (C) any other Purchased Asset, but only to the extent arising out of the operation

 

4


of the Business); (ii) any Retained Business (including the Known Kuala Lumpur Contamination and any other Environmental Liabilities to the extent arising from the conduct of any Retained Business at any facility currently shared by such Retained Business and the Business); and (iii) the offsite treatment, storage, disposal or arrangement for disposal of hazardous substances, wastes or materials by Seller or any Affiliate of Seller with respect to the Business (including any such hazardous substances, wastes or materials generated in connection with operations upon the Real Property) or by any Purchased Subsidiary, in each case prior to the Closing.

Excluded Representations ” means, as to Seller or Buyer, as applicable, the representations set forth in Section 3.01 ( Corporate Existence and Power ), Section 3.02 ( Corporate Authorization ), Section 3.17 ( Finders’ Fees ), Section 4.01 ( Corporate Existence and Power ), Section 4.02 ( Corporate Authorization ), Section 4.07 ( Finders’ Fees ) and Section 8.01 ( Tax Matters ).

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

Governmental Authority ” means any transnational, domestic or foreign federal, state or local, governmental authority, department, court, agency or official, including any political subdivision thereof and any arbitral body the decrees of which have the force of law.

HSR Act ” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.

Identified Environmental Liability ” means Environmental Liabilities arising out of those matters described in Section 3.20(b) of the Disclosure Schedule.

Indebtedness ” means (i) all obligations for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other instruments, (iii) all obligations under any hedging or swap obligation or other similar arrangement, (iv) all obligations (other than operating leases) secured by a Lien on Purchased Assets or Assets of a Purchased Subsidiary, other than a Lien described in clause (i), (iii) or (iv) of the definition of Permitted Liens, (v) all obligations for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business), (vi) all commitments by which a Person assures a creditor against loss (including contingent reimbursement obligations regarding letters of credit), (vii) all obligations under capitalized leases, (viii) all guarantees (other than product warranties made in the ordinary course of business), including guarantees of any items set forth in clauses (i) through (vii), and (ix) all outstanding prepayment premiums, if any, and accrued interest, fees and expenses related to any of the items set forth in clauses (i) through (ix).

 

5


Intellectual Property Right ” means any Patent, trademark, service mark, all goodwill associated with each of such marks, trade name, trade dress, internet domain name, mask work, trade secret, copyright, know-how, software (including any registrations or applications for registration of any of the foregoing) or any other similar type of proprietary intellectual property right and the right to sue and recover for any past, present, or future infringements or misappropriations thereof.

International Plan ” means any employment, severance or similar contract, plan, arrangement or policy and each other plan or arrangement providing for cash or equity compensation, profit-sharing, incentive or deferred compensation, vacation benefits, insurance (including any self-insured arrangements), health or medical benefits, disability or sick leave benefits and post-employment or retirement benefits, in each case which is maintained, administered or contributed to by Seller or any Subsidiary of Seller (or any Affiliate of Seller or any Subsidiary of Seller) and (i) covers any current or former Business Employee who is based primarily in a country other than the United States, (ii) with respect to which any Purchased Subsidiary has any material Liability or (iii) which would otherwise constitute an Assumed Liability, and in any event is not an Employee Plan.

knowledge of Seller ,” “ Seller’s knowledge ” or any other similar knowledge qualification in this Agreement means to the actual knowledge, after reasonable inquiry of appropriate personnel (including members of the legal department), of Thomas Wroe, Jr., Gene A. Carlone, Martha N. Sullivan, Robert E. Kearney, Dick Dane, Jim Armstrong or Donna Kimmel.

Known Kuala Lumpur Contamination ” means conditions of contamination in the soil and groundwater identified prior to the date hereof at, on or under the Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia facility currently shared by a Retained Business and the Business.

Latest Balance Sheet ” means the unaudited balance sheet of the Business as of September 30, 2005.

Leased Real Property ” means all of Seller’s and its Subsidiaries’ right, title and interest in all leases, subleases, licenses, concessions and other agreements (the “ Leases ”), pursuant to which Seller or one of its Subsidiaries holds a leasehold or subleasehold estate in, or is granted the right to use or occupy, any land, buildings, structures, improvements, fixtures or other interest in real property used or held for use primarily by the Business, including the right to all security deposits and other amounts and instruments deposited by or on behalf of Seller or one of its Subsidiaries thereunder.

 

6


Leasehold Improvements ” means all buildings, structures, improvements and fixtures located on any Leased Real Property which are owned by Seller or one of its Subsidiaries, regardless of whether title to such buildings, structures, improvements or fixtures are subject to reversion to the landlord or other third party upon the expiration or termination of the Lease for such Leased Real Property.

Liability ” means any liability, debt or obligation of any kind, character, or description, and whether known or unknown, accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, and regardless of when asserted or by whom.

License Side Agreement ” means the License Side Agreement dated the date hereof between Seller and Buyer.

Lien ” means, with respect to any property or asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, option, right of first refusal, right of first offer or encumbrance in respect of such property or asset.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Business, except for any such effect (i) to the extent relating to any Excluded Asset or Excluded Liability and for which Buyer, its Subsidiaries and the Purchased Subsidiaries will have no Liability following the Closing in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or (ii) resulting from or arising in connection with (A) the announcement of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions specifically contemplated hereby, (B) changes or effects affecting generally the industries in which the Business operates, (C) changes in Applicable Laws or accounting standards, principles or interpretations of general application, (D) changes in economic, regulatory or political conditions generally or (E) changes attributable to actions or omissions of Buyer or any of its Affiliates, other than any action or omission specifically contemplated by this Agreement; provided that the changes or effects described in clauses (B) through (D) shall be disregarded only to the extent that the effect or change is not disproportionately adverse to the Business compared to other Persons operating in the industries in which the Business operates, taking into account the market position and geographic scope of the Business.

MEMS Product ” means a product integrating (i) sensors, actuators and/or micromechanical elements and (ii) electronics, on a common silicon substrate; wherein such product is fabricated using a combination of integrated circuit process sequences ( e.g. , CMOS, Bipolar, or BICMOS processes), and at least one substantial “micromachining” process step (wherein such “micromachining” process step is not a Semiconductor Process step).

 

7


1934 Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Other Business Intellectual Property Rights ” means all Intellectual Property Rights (other than Patents) owned by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries and developed by, or used or held for use exclusively in, the Control Business or the Sensor Business (including any invention disclosure which is not the subject of a filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office (or foreign equivalent) as of the Closing Date).

Owned Real Property ” means all land, together with all buildings, structures, improvements and fixtures located thereon, and all easements and other rights and interests appurtenant thereto owned by Seller or one of its Subsidiaries and used or held for use primarily by the Business.

Patent ” means any issued patent or pending patent application (including any provisional patent application), and any and all divisionals, continuations, continuations-in-part, reissues, renewals, reexaminations, and extensions thereof, any counterparts claiming priority therefrom, utility models, patents of importation/confirmation, supplementary protection certificates, certificates of invention and similar statutory rights.

Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture, trust or other entity or organization, including a Governmental Authority.

Portfolio Cross-License ” means a non-exclusive Patent cross-license covering at least a majority of Seller’s Patent portfolio and entered into in the normal course of Seller’s Patent licensing business.

Pre-Closing Tax Period ” means (i) any Tax period ending on or before the Closing Date and (ii) with respect to a Tax period that commences before but ends after the Closing Date, the portion of such period up to and including the Closing Date.

Purchased Subsidiaries ” means Texas Instrumentos Eletronicos do Brasil Limitada; Texas Instruments (Changzhou) Co., Ltd.; Texas Instruments (China) Company Limited; Texas Instruments Korea Limited (“ TI Korea ”) and Texas Instruments Italia S.p.A (“ TI Italia ”).

 

8


Purchased Subsidiary Liability ” means any Liability of any Purchased Subsidiary which would fall within the definition of an Excluded Liability were it a Liability of the Seller or a Retained Subsidiary.

Replacement Guarantee ” means the guarantee to be entered into by Seller or a Subsidiary of Seller prior to the Closing Date in connection with the sale by Engineered Materials Solutions, Inc. of its contacts business to a joint venture of Checon Corporation and Shivalik Bimetal Controls Ltd., such guarantee to be fully secured by collateral of such joint venture (and include reasonable mechanics for the guarantor from time to time to verify the adequacy of the collateral securing its guarantee), limit the liability of the guarantor to $5 million and otherwise be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Buyer (it being understood that Buyer shall be entitled to participate in the discussions with respect to the form and substance of such guarantee on and after the date hereof and prior to the execution thereof).

Representative ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s directors, officers, employees, counsel, financial advisors, auditors, agents and other authorized representatives.

Retained Businesses ” means all businesses now, previously or hereafter conducted by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries other than the Business. The Retained Businesses include the RFID Business.

Retained Subsidiaries ” means all of the Subsidiaries of Seller other than the Purchased Subsidiaries.

RFID Business ” means the business of designing, developing, licensing, manufacturing, marketing and selling radio frequency identification systems as conducted by Seller and its Subsidiaries.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Semiconductor Activities ” means the design, development, use and distribution of (i) design, automation, application or other software embodied in or operating on or in any way relating to the manufacture, or use of, any Semiconductor Product and (ii) application notes, reference designs, emulators, evaluation modules (EVMs), and marketing materials directly relating to the sales, marketing or use of any Semiconductor Product.

Semiconductor Process ” means any system, method, process, software or hardware, material, structure, apparatus, device, composition, or improvement, for or relating to the manufacture, assembly or test of a semiconductor device.

 

9


Semiconductor Product ” means any semiconductor product or other product made using a Semiconductor Process, such as discretes, integrated circuits, MEMS Products and radio frequency identification products. Semiconductor Product also means chipsets or combinations of discretes and/or integrated circuits which are incorporated in board-level products, or in assemblies or systems, but in any event does not mean any portion of any such board-level product, assembly or system which is not a chipset, discrete or integrated circuit. Semiconductor Products includes any software which is incorporated in, or specific to any of the foregoing which are Semiconductor Products.

Sensor Business ” means the business conducted by the Sensor business unit of Seller and Seller’s Subsidiaries involving the design, development, sale, manufacturing and marketing of Sensor Products (excluding the Tire Pressure Sensor Products).

Sensor Products ” means (i) pressure, position, force, gas or acceleration sensors or pressure switches, in each case for transportation, industrial or heating, ventilation, air conditioning or refrigeration applications or (ii) sensor products intended for applications that are addressed by products currently marketed or under development by the Sensors business unit of Seller and its Subsidiaries.

Shares ” means all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of, or other equity interests in, the Purchased Subsidiaries.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any entity of which, and only for so long as, securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person.

Tax ” means (i) any tax, governmental fee or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever (including withholding on amounts paid to or by any Person), together with any interest, penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any Governmental Authority (a “ Taxing Authority ”) responsible for the imposition of any such tax (domestic or foreign), or (ii) Liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in (i) as a result of being party to any agreement or any express or implied obligation to indemnify any other Person.

Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

 

10


“Transaction Documents ” means this Agreement, the Assignment and Assumption Agreement, the Cross License Agreement, the License Side Agreement and the Transition Services Agreement.

Transferred Indebtedness ” means the Indebtedness listed in Section 1.01(b) of the Disclosure Schedule.

Transition Services Agreement ” means a Transition Services Agreement between Buyer and Seller in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C with such changes as Buyer and Seller may agree upon.

(b) Each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term:

 

Term

   Section

Accounting Referee

   2.08

Agreement

   Preamble

Allocation Methodology

   2.08

Alternative Transaction

   5.06

Apportioned Obligations

   8.02

Apportioned Ad Valorem Obligations

   8.02

Assumed Liabilities

   2.04

Baskets

   11.03

Business Covered Employees

   7.06

Buyer

   Preamble

Buyer Basket

   11.02

Buyer Cap

   11.02

Buyer Indemnified Party

   11.02

Buyer International Retirement Plan

   9.02

Buyer Retiree Medical Plan

   9.02

Buyer DB Plan

   9.02

Buyer DC Plan

   9.02

Buyer FSA Plan

   9.02

Buyer Welfare Plan

   9.02

Caps

   11.03

Certifications

   9.02

Closing

   2.09

Closing Statement

   2.10

Closing Working Capital

   2.10

Competing Business

   5.03

Confidentiality Agreement

   6.01

Contracts

   2.01

Controlling Party

   11.03

Current Representation

   7.07

Damages

   11.02

 

11


Term

   Section

DB Participants

   9.02

Debt Commitment Letter

   4.05

Debt Financing

   4.05

Designated Representative

   7.07

Disputed Item

   2.10

Environmental Matters

   11.03

Equity Commitment Letters

   4.05

Equity Financing

   4.05

Estimated Working Capital

   2.09

EU Employment Regulations

   9.02

Excluded Assets

   2.03

Excluded Liabilities

   2.05

Final Pension Amount

   9.02

Final Working Capital

   2.11

Financing

   4.05

Have Made Costs

   7.11

Indemnified Party

   11.03

Indemnifying Party

   11.03

Initial Pension Amount

   9.02

International Transfer Amount

   9.02

Non-Controlling Party

   11.03

Other Apportioned Obligations

   8.02

Permitted Liens

   3.13

Post-Closing Tax Period

   8.02

Potential Contributor

   11.05

PBGC

   9.02

Purchase Price

   2.08

Purchased Assets

   2.01

Purchased Subsidiary Pre-Closing Cash

   2.06

Purchased Subsidiary Securities

   3.06

Real Property

   3.13

Registered Business Intellectual Property Rights

   3.14

Relevant Period

   9.02

Required Consents

   3.05

Restructuring

   2.06

Sample Working Capital Calculation

   2.10

Seller

   Preamble

Seller Cap

   11.02

Seller DB Plan

   9.02

Seller DC Plan

   9.02

Seller Environmental Basket

   11.02

Seller FSA Plan

   9.02

Seller General Basket

   11.02

 

12


Term

   Section

Seller Indemnified Party

   11.02

Seller International Retirement Plan

   9.02

Seller Retiree Medical Plan

   9.02

Seller Trademarks and Tradenames

   2.03

Seller Welfare Plan

   9.02

Specified Matters

   11.02

Specified Policy

   5.05

Supplemental Financial Statements

   5.02

Third Party Buyers

   11.03

Third Party Claim

   11.03

Tire Pressure Sensor Products

   5.03

Transfer Taxes

   8.02

Transferred Cash

   2.03

Transferred Employees

   9.01

Transferred Employees (Non-U.S.)

   9.01

Transferred Employees (U.S.)

   9.01

VEBA

   9.02

WARN Act

   7.05

Warranty Breach

   11.02

Section 1.02 . Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions. The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof. References to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All Schedules annexed hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein. Any capitalized terms used in any Exhibit or Schedule but not otherwise defined therein, shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement. Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”, whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import. When the words “not to be unreasonably withheld” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “, conditioned or delayed”, whether or not they are in fact followed by that phrase or a phrase of like import. “Writing”, “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form. References to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof. References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person.

 

13


References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively. References to “law” or “laws” shall be deemed to include any and all Applicable Law.

ARTICLE 2

P URCHASE A ND S ALE

Section 2.01. Purchase and Sale of the Shares . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, Seller agrees to, and to cause its Subsidiaries to, sell to Buyer, and Buyer agrees to purchase from Seller and its Subsidiaries, the Shares at the Closing.

Section 2.02 . Purchase and Sale of the Purchased Assets. Except as otherwise provided below, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, Buyer agrees to purchase from Seller and the Retained Subsidiaries and Seller agrees to, and to cause the Retained Subsidiaries to, sell, convey, transfer, assign and deliver, or cause to be sold, conveyed, transferred, assigned and delivered, to Buyer at the Closing, free and clear of any Liens, other than Permitted Liens, all of Seller’s and the Retained Subsidiaries’ right, title and interest in, to and under all of the assets, rights, properties and business, of every kind and description, owned, held or used primarily in the conduct of the Business by Seller or any of the Retained Subsidiaries as the same shall exist on the Closing Date, except for the Excluded Assets (the “ Purchased Assets ”). The Purchased Assets include all right, title and interest of Seller and the Retained Subsidiaries in, to and under the following that are owned, held or used primarily in the conduct of the Business:

(a) the Owned Real Property and the Leased Real Property (including all Leasehold Improvements thereon) listed in Section 3.13 of the Disclosure Schedule;

(b) all personal property and interests therein (including machinery, equipment, furniture, office furnishings and vehicles) located at (i) the Owned Real Property and Leased Real Property described in clause (a) above or (ii) that portion of any facility used by the Business other than such Owned Real Property or Leased Real Property;

(c) all raw materials, work-in-process, finished goods, supplies, spare parts, packaging and other inventories, except for work-in-process and finished goods produced by any Retained Business for which the Business has not yet taken ownership in accordance with the commercial arrangements relating thereto, but including work-in-process and finished goods produced by the Business for which the Retained Businesses have not yet taken ownership in accordance with the commercial arrangements relating thereto;

 

14


(d) all rights (including rights in respect of non-performance or breach) under all contracts, agreements, leases, licenses (excluding Portfolio Cross-Licenses), commitments, sales and purchase orders and other instruments, including all contracts listed in Section 3.10 of the Disclosure Schedule (collectively, the “ Contracts ”), including the capital lease relating to the Attleboro, Massachusetts facility;

(e) all trade accounts receivable and other receivables;

(f) all prepaid assets;

(g) all of the Shares;

(h) all Business Intellectual Property Rights;

(i) all licenses, permits, qualifications or other governmental authorizations transferable without consent of any Governmental Authority and such other licenses, permits, qualifications, or other governmental authorizations for which consent to transfer is obtained on or prior to (or, pursuant to Section 2.07, after) the Closing Date;

(j) all books, records, files and papers, whether in hard copy or computer format, including any information relating to any Tax imposed on the Purchased Assets or a Purchased Subsidiary;

(k) sales and promotional literature, customer lists, and other sales and marketing-related materials; and

(l) all claims, causes of action, judgments, reimbursements and demands.

Section 2.03. Excluded Assets . Buyer expressly understands and agrees that the following assets and properties of Seller and the Retained Subsidiaries (the “ Excluded Assets ”) shall be excluded from the Purchased Assets:

(a) all of Seller’s and the Retained Subsidiaries’ cash and cash equivalents on hand and in banks (except for such amounts, if any, as the parties may agree will be retained by the Purchased Subsidiaries and not constitute Purchased Subsidiary Pre-Closing Cash (the “ Transferred Cash ”));

 

15


(b) insurance policies relating to the Business and all claims, credits, causes of action or rights thereunder (except for Buyer’s rights under Section 5.05);

(c) all Intellectual Property Rights (other than the Business Intellectual Property Rights), including the marks and names set forth in Section 2.03 of the Disclosure Schedule (the “ Seller Trademarks and Tradenames ”), and including all royalties and/or other license payments under any Portfolio Cross-License;

(d) all books, records, files and papers, whether in hard copy or computer format, prepared in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (other than confidentiality agreements with any Person relating to the Business, copies of which will be made available to Buyer at the Closing (it being understood that the portion of such copies not relating to the Business may be redacted)) and all minute books and corporate records of Seller and the Retained Subsidiaries;

(e) the property and assets described in Section 2.03 of the Disclosure Schedule;

(f) all rights of Seller or any of the Retained Subsidiaries arising under the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby;

(g) all Purchased Assets sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business during the period from the date hereof until the Closing Date in compliance with the terms hereof; and

(h) all of Seller’s and the Retained Subsidiaries’ claims for and rights to receive Tax refunds relating to the Business arising on or prior to the Closing Date.

Section 2.04. Assumed Liabilities . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, Buyer agrees, effective at the time of the Closing, to assume all contracts and Liabilities of Seller or any of the Retained Subsidiaries of any kind, character or description (whether known or unknown, accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise) primarily relating to or arising out of the Purchased Assets or the conduct of the Business, except for the Excluded Liabilities (the “ Assumed Liabilities ”), including the following:

(a) all Liabilities set forth on the Latest Balance Sheet to the extent not satisfied prior to the Closing Date;

 

16


(b) subject to Section 2.07, all Liabilities of Seller or any of the Retained Subsidiaries arising under the Contracts;

(c) all Environmental Liabilities (other than the Excluded Environmental Liabilities);

(d) all Liabilities arising out of any action, suit, investigation or proceeding before any arbitrator or any Governmental Authority, including all actions, suits, investigations and proceedings listed in Section 3.11 of the Disclosure Schedule;

(e) all Liabilities relating to any products manufactured or sold on or prior to the Closing Date, including warranty obligations and product Liabilities;

(f) all Liabilities and commitments assumed by Buyer, or for which Buyer is otherwise responsible, pursuant to Section 8.02;

(g) the Transferred Indebtedness; and

(h) all Liabilities and commitments relating to current or former Business Employees, other than any such Liabilities and commitments that are expressly excluded pursuant to Section 2.05(d).

Buyer’s obligations under this Section 2.04 shall not be subject to offset or reduction, whether by reason of any actual or alleged breach of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in the Transaction Documents or any other agreement or document delivered in connection herewith or therewith or any right to indemnification hereunder or otherwise.

Section 2.05. Excluded Liabilities . Buyer is assuming only the Assumed Liabilities from Seller and the Retained Subsidiaries and is not assuming any other Liability of Seller or any of the Retained Subsidiaries of whatever nature, whether presently in existence or arising hereafter. All such other Liabilities shall be retained by and remain Liabilities of Seller or the Retained Subsidiaries, as applicable (all such Liabilities not being assumed being herein referred to as the “ Excluded Liabilities ”), including the following (which shall be Excluded Liabilities):

(a) all Liabilities to the extent arising out of or relating to the operation or conduct by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries of any Retained Business;

(b) all Liabilities to the extent arising out of or relating to any Excluded Asset;

 

17


(c) all Liabilities and commitments in respect of Taxes, other than those Liabilities and commitments for which Buyer is responsible pursuant to Section 8.02;

(d) all Liabilities and commitments relating to (i) current or former employees of Seller, any of the Purchased Subsidiaries or any of the Retained Subsidiaries other than, in each case, Business Employees, (ii) current or former Business Employees (A) that are expressly retained by Seller pursuant to Article 9 or Section 2.05(d) of the Disclosure Schedule or (B) for which a specific prepaid asset ( e.g. , an insurance policy), if any, is not sold, conveyed, transferred, assigned or delivered to Buyer, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Employee Plan or International Plan (in the case of a Liability or commitment relating to an Employee Plan or International Plan); (iii) Business Employees who, as of the Closing Date, are on a leave of absence resulting from a reduction in force or a “bridging” of age and/or service credit for purposes of an Employee Plan; (iv) compensation deferred by Business Employees prior to the Closing Date; (v) in respect of former Business Employees, the Seller Supplemental Pension Plan and (vi) stock option and other equity-based compensation plans of Seller;

(e) all Indebtedness (other than the Transferred Indebtedness) including all Liabilities arising out of or relating to any guarantee or consignment arrangements involving Seller and Engineered Materials Solutions, Inc., other than the Replacement Guarantee;

(f) all obligations to any broker, finder or agent for any investment banking or brokerage fees, finders fees or commission relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any other fees and expenses for which Seller is responsible pursuant to Section 13.03;

(g) all indemnification obligations owed to any Person who is or was an officer or director of Seller or any Subsidiary prior to the Closing in respect of actions or omissions occurring prior to the Closing;

(h) all Liabilities incurred in connection with effecting the Restructuring (including Transfer Taxes and the cost of obtaining required consents from third parties);

(i) all Excluded Environmental Liabilities;

(j) all obligations under employee benefit arrangements, employment agreements or other similar arrangements which come due as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby, including any stay or transaction bonus; and

 

18


(k) all Liabilities arising out of intentional violations of Applicable Law that are punishable by a material criminal fine or imprisonment.

Section 2.06 . Restructuring. (a) Prior to the Closing, Seller shall cause:

(i) each Purchased Subsidiary to convey, transfer, assign and deliver to Seller or a Retained Subsidiary all of such Purchased Subsidiary’s right, title and interest in, to and under (A) the assets, properties and business, of every kind and description, that are not owned, held or used primarily in the conduct of the Business by such Purchased Subsidiary, including all right, title and interest of such Purchased Subsidiary in, to and under the assets and properties listed in Section 2.06(a)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule and (B) all cash and cash equivalents on hand and in banks as of the close of business on the Business Day immediately prior to the Closing Date except for any Transferred Cash (the “ Purchased Subsidiary Pre-Closing Cash ”). All such assets, properties and business shall be deemed to be Excluded Assets for all purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section or elsewhere in this Agreement, prior to the Closing Seller shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, directly or indirectly convey, transfer, assign or deliver, nor enter into any transaction or series of transactions having the purpose or effect of directly or indirectly transferring, dividending, distributing or otherwise repatriating, any Purchased Subsidiary Pre-Closing Cash, in each case to the extent such action or transaction would have any Economic Detriment;

(ii) all contracts and Liabilities of each Purchased Subsidiary of any kind, character or description (whether known or unknown, accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise) that do not primarily relate to or arise out of the conduct of the Business or which are Purchased Subsidiary Liabilities, including all contracts and Liabilities listed in Section 2.06(a)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule, to be assumed by Seller or a Retained Subsidiary. All of such contracts and Liabilities shall be deemed to be Excluded Liabilities for all purposes of this Agreement; and

(iii) each Purchased Subsidiary to transfer to Seller or a Retained Subsidiary (or otherwise terminate the employment of) any employee who is not a Business Employee. For the avoidance of doubt, all Liabilities and commitments relating to such employees shall be deemed to be Excluded Liabilities for all purposes of this Agreement.

(b) If the transactions contemplated by Section 2.06(a) (the “ Restructuring ”) are not completed on or prior to the Closing Date, then

 

19


(i) the Closing shall nonetheless be consummated (unless the Restructuring has not been consummated with respect to TI Korea, in which case the Closing shall not be consummated until the Restructuring with respect to TI Korea has been completed) and the Shares transferred to Buyer, but if the Restructuring has not been completed with respect to TI Italia, then the Shares of TI Italia shall be retained by Seller and shall not be transferred to Buyer at the Closing;

(ii) each of Buyer and Seller shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, use its reasonable efforts (but without the payment of money by Buyer) to complete the Restructuring as soon as reasonably practicable following the Closing Date, including Buyer causing the Purchased Subsidiaries to implement arrangements (such as, for example, payment of dividends or the making of intercompany loans) to facilitate the transfer of any remaining Purchased Subsidiary Pre-Closing Cash to Seller; provided that Buyer and its Affiliates (including the Purchased Subsidiaries) will not be required to take any action that would have an Economic Detriment. In addition, following the Closing Buyer shall, and shall cause the Purchased Subsidiaries to, hold all Purchased Subsidiary Pre-Closing Cash in segregated accounts (and provide Seller with monthly statements for such accounts promptly following receipt thereof) and take reasonable steps to ensure that other cash of the Business will not be comingled with the Purchased Subsidiary Pre-Closing Cash;

(iii) Seller shall receive the benefits of each Excluded Asset and bear the burdens of ownership of each Excluded Liability with respect to which the Restructuring has not been completed prior to the Closing from and including the Closing Date to and including the date on which the Restructuring is completed thereto (with any costs or expense associated with such arrangements incremental to what Buyer would bear had the Restructuring occurred at Closing to be borne by Seller);

(iv) if the Shares of TI Italia are not transferred to Buyer at the Closing in accordance with clause (i) above, (A) Buyer shall receive the benefits and bear the burdens of ownership of the Business to the extent conducted by TI Italia from and including the Closing Date to and including the date on which such Shares are so transferred to Buyer (with any costs or expense associated with such arrangements incremental to what Buyer would bear had the Restructuring occurred at the Closing to be borne by Seller) and (B) Seller shall transfer such Shares to Buyer (in the manner contemplated by Section 2.09(c)(v)) without the payment by Buyer of any additional consideration therefor promptly following the completion of the Restructuring with respect to TI Italia; and

 

20


(v) Seller and Buyer shall cooperate in a mutually agreeable manner and enter into such amendments to the Transaction Documents and additional agreements as may be reasonably necessary so as to implement the foregoing.

Section 2.07. Limitation on Assignment of Purchased Assets . Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, this Agreement shall not constitute an agreement to assign any Purchased Asset or any right thereunder as to which the transfer or attempted assignment, without obtaining any Consent of, or other action by, any third party or any Governmental Authority, would constitute a breach or in any way adversely affect the rights of Buyer or Seller or any of their respective Affiliates thereunder or subject any of the foregoing to civil or criminal liability. Seller and Buyer will use their reasonable efforts (but without any payment of money by Buyer) to obtain the Consent of the other parties to any such Purchased Asset or any claim or right or any benefit arising thereunder for the assignment thereof to Buyer as Buyer may request. If such Consent is not obtained, or if an attempted assignment thereof would be ineffective or would adversely affect the rights of Seller or its Affiliates thereunder so that Buyer would not in fact receive all such rights, Seller and Buyer will cooperate in an arrangement reasonably acceptable to both parties under which Buyer would obtain the benefits and assume the obligations thereunder in accordance with this Agreement in the same manner as if such Purchased Asset were transferred to Buyer at the Closing, including sub-contracting, sub-licensing, or sub-leasing to Buyer, or under which Seller would enforce for the benefit of Buyer, with Buyer assuming Seller’s obligations, any and all rights of Seller or its Affiliates against a third party thereto (with any out-of-pocket incremental costs or expenses associated with such arrangements to be borne by Seller). Seller will promptly pay to Buyer when received all monies received by Seller under any Purchased Asset or any claim or right or any benefit arising thereunder, except to the extent the same represents an Excluded Asset. Seller will continue to use its reasonable efforts to obtain any such required Consent or approval, and promptly upon receipt of such Consent will transfer and assign such Purchased Asset and such rights therein to Buyer without the payment by Buyer of any additional consideration.

Section 2.08. Purchase Price; Allocation of Purchase Price . (a) The purchase price for the Purchased Assets and the Shares (the “ Purchase Price ”) is $3,000,000,000 (three billion dollars) in cash. The Purchase Price shall be paid as provided in Section 2.09 and shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 2.09 and 2.11. Seller shall be treated as receiving a portion of the Purchase Price as agent for its Affiliates actually selling the Purchased Assets and the Shares consistent with the allocation of the Purchase Price pursuant to the Allocation Statement.

 

21


(b) As soon as practicable after the Closing, Buyer shall deliver to Seller a statement (the “ Allocation Statement ”), allocating the Purchase Price (plus Assumed Liabilities, to the extent properly taken into account under Section 1060 of the Code) among the Purchased Assets and the Shares in accordance with Section 1060 of the Code and the principles and methodology set forth and illustrated in Section 2.08 of the Disclosure Schedule (the “ Allocation Methodology ”); provided that the parties may agree to amend or adjust such methodology to the extent that the parties mutually determine necessary to properly reflect the fair market value of the Purchased Assets and the Shares. If within 10 days after the delivery of the Allocation Statement Seller notifies Buyer in writing that Seller objects to the allocation set forth in the Allocation Statement because it is inconsistent with the Allocation Methodology, Buyer and Seller shall use their best efforts to revise the allocation specified in the Allocation Statement to the mutual satisfaction of Buyer and Seller within 20 days. In the event that Buyer and Seller are unable to resolve such dispute within 20 days, Buyer and Seller shall jointly retain Deloitte & Touche LLP (the “ Accounting Referee ”) to resolve the disputed items and the Accounting Referee shall determine an allocation that is most consistent with the Allocation Methodology. Upon resolution of the disputed items, the allocation reflected on the Allocation Statement shall be adjusted to reflect such resolution. The costs, fees and expenses of such Accounting Referee shall be borne equally by Buyer and Seller. If any Taxing Authority or other Governmental Authority requires a third party appraisal of all or part of the Purchased Assets or the Shares, Buyer shall bear the responsibility for obtaining such appraisal and the allocation set forth on the Allocation Statement shall be adjusted to the extent necessary to reflect the results of such appraisal.

(c) Seller and Buyer agree to (i) be bound by the Allocation Statement (as it may be adjusted as provided in Section 2.08(b)) and (ii) act in accordance with the allocation established pursuant to Section 2.08(b) in the preparation, filing and audit of any Tax return (including filing Form 8594 with its federal income Tax return for the taxable year that includes the date of the Closing).

(d) If an adjustment is made with respect to the Purchase Price pursuant to Section 2.11, the Allocation Statement shall be adjusted by mutual agreement of the parties in accordance with Section 1060 of the Code and the Allocation Methodology. In the event that an agreement is not reached within 20 days after the determination of Final Working Capital, any disputed items shall be resolved in the manner described in Section 2.08(b). Buyer and Seller agree to file any additional information return required to be filed pursuant to Section 1060 of the Code and to treat the Allocation Statement as adjusted in the manner described in Section 2.08(b).

 

22


(e) Not later than 30 days prior to the filing of their respective Forms 8594 relating to this transaction, each party shall deliver to the other party a copy of its Form 8594.

Section 2.09. Closing . (a) The closing (the “ Closing ”) of the purchase and sale of the Shares and the Purchased Assets and the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities hereunder shall take place at the offices of Davis Polk & Wardwell, 450 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York, as soon as possible, but in no event later than five Business Days, after satisfaction (or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, waiver) of the conditions set forth in Article 10 (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the fulfillment or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, waiver of those conditions), or at such other time or place as Buyer and Seller may agree.

(b) At least five Business Days prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall deliver to Buyer a certificate setting forth Seller’s good faith estimate of Closing Working Capital (such estimate, the “ Estimated Working Capital ”); provided that Estimated Working Capital shall not in any event exceed $200,000,000.

(c) At the Closing:

(i) Buyer shall deliver to Seller, in immediately available funds by wire transfer to an account or accounts designated by Seller by notice to Buyer not later than two Business Days prior to the Closing Date, an amount equal to the Purchase Price (A)  plus , as an adjustment to the Purchase Price, if Estimated Working Capital exceeds Base Working Capital, the amount of such excess or (B)  minus , as an adjustment to the Purchase Price, if Base Working Capital exceeds Estimated Working Capital, the amount of such excess;

(ii) Seller and Buyer shall enter into the Transaction Documents (other than this Agreement and the License Side Agreement);

(iii) Seller shall, or shall cause its Subsidiaries to, deliver to Buyer certificates for the Shares (to the extent that the Shares are represented by certificates) duly endorsed or accompanied by stock powers duly endorsed in blank, with any required transfer stamps affixed thereto;

(iv) Seller shall deliver certificates, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, from Seller and its relevant Subsidiaries, duly executed and acknowledged, certifying that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are exempt from withholding under Section 1445 of the Code;

 

23


(v) Seller shall deliver an opinion of its internal counsel, which opinion shall be in customary form, subject to customary assumptions and exceptions and otherwise reasonably acceptable to Buyer, with respect to the corporate existence of Seller and the corporate authorization of Seller and non-contravention of Seller’s organizational documents with respect to the execution, delivery and performance by Seller of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby; and

(vi) Seller shall, or shall cause its Subsidiaries to, deliver to Buyer such deeds, bills of sale, endorsements, consents, assignments and other good and sufficient instruments of conveyance and assignment as the parties and their respective counsel shall deem reasonably necessary to vest in Buyer all right, title and interest in, to and under the Purchased Assets and to evidence Buyer’s assumption of the Assumed Liabilities.

Section 2.10. Closing Statement . (a) As promptly as practicable, but no later than 75 days, after the Closing Date, Seller will cause to be prepared and delivered to Buyer a closing statement (the “ Closing Statement ”) prepared in accordance with the Accounting Policies, with such adjustments as are set forth in Section 2.10(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, and setting forth the current portion of a balance sheet for the Business as of the Closing and Seller’s calculation of Closing Working Capital as of the close of business on the date immediately preceding the Closing Date. “ Closing Working Capital ” means, with respect to the Business, the excess of (i) Transferred Cash, accounts receivable, inventory and prepaid expenses and other current assets of the Business that constitute either Purchased Assets or assets of the Purchased Subsidiaries that are not Excluded Assets, less (ii) accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities of the Business that constitute (A) Assumed Liabilities, (B) payables, expenses or liabilities of the Purchased Subsidiaries that are not Excluded Liabilities or Purchased Subsidiary Liabilities or (C) payables, expenses or Liabilities for social security and other employee taxes and value added, sale and use taxes of the Purchased Subsidiaries, excluding the effect (including the Tax effect) of any act, event or transaction after the Closing not in the ordinary course of business of the Business and any provision for deferred income Tax assets or liabilities. Section 2.10(a) of the Disclosure Schedule (the “ Sample Working Capital Calculation ”) sets forth, for illustrative purposes only, an example of the calculation of Closing Working Capital as of December 31, 2004.

(b) If Buyer disagrees with Seller’s calculation of Closing Working Capital delivered pursuant to Section 2.10(a), Buyer may, within 45 days after delivery of the documents referred to in Section 2.10(a), deliver a notice to Seller disagreeing with such calculation and which specifies Buyer’s calculation of such amount and, in reasonable detail, Buyer’s grounds for such disagreement. Any such notice of disagreement shall specify those items or amounts as to which

 

24


Buyer disagrees (each, a “ Disputed Item ”), and Buyer shall be deemed to have agreed with all other items and amounts contained in the Closing Statement and the calculation of Closing Working Capital delivered pursuant to Section 2.10(a).

(c) If a notice of disagreement shall be duly delivered pursuant to Section 2.10(b), Buyer and Seller shall, during the 15 days following such delivery, use their reasonable efforts to reach agreement on the Disputed Items or amounts in order to determine Closing Working Capital. If Buyer and Seller are unable to reach such agreement during such period, they shall promptly thereafter jointly retain the Accounting Referee and cause the Accounting Referee promptly to review this Agreement and the Disputed Items for the purpose of calculating Closing Working Capital. In making such calculation, the Accounting Referee shall consider only the Disputed Items, and the determination of the Accounting Referee with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 2.10(a), on the one hand, and Buyer’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 2.10(b), on the other hand. The Accounting Referee shall deliver to Buyer and Seller, as promptly as practicable, a report setting forth such calculation. Such report shall be final and binding upon Buyer and Seller (absent manifest error). The cost of such review and report shall be borne (i) by Seller if the difference between Final Working Capital and Closing Working Capital as set forth in Seller’s calculation of Closing Working Capital delivered pursuant to Section 2.10(a) is greater than the difference between Final Working Capital and Closing Working Capital as set forth in Buyer’s calculation of Closing Working Capital delivered pursuant to Section 2.10(b), (ii) by Buyer if the first such difference is less than the second such difference and (iii) otherwise equally by Buyer and Seller.

(d) Buyer and Seller agree that they will cooperate and assist in the preparation of the Closing Statement and the calculation of Closing Working Capital and in the conduct of the reviews referred to in this Section 2.10, including by making available to the other party and its Representatives, to the extent reasonably requested, reasonable access to books, records, work papers, personnel and Representatives in connection with such party’s review and preparation of the Closing Statement. If Seller fails to substantially comply in a timely manner with requests made by Buyer pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, the 45-day objection period referred to in Section 2.10(b) shall be extended for such period of time as is reasonably necessary to enable Buyer to complete its review of the Closing Statement.

Section 2.11. Adjustment of Purchase Price . (a) If Estimated Working Capital exceeds Final Working Capital, Seller shall pay to Buyer, as an adjustment to the Purchase Price, in the manner and with interest as provided in Section 2.11(b), the amount of such excess. If Final Working Capital exceeds Estimated Working Capital, Buyer shall pay to Seller, in the manner and with

 

25


interest as provided in Section 2.11(b), the amount of such excess. “ Final Working Capital ” means Closing Working Capital (i) as shown in Seller’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 2.10(a) if no notice of disagreement with respect thereto is duly delivered pursuant to Section 2.10(b); or (ii) if such a notice of disagreement is delivered, (A) as agreed by Buyer and Seller pursuant to Section 2.10(c) or (B) in the absence of such agreement, as shown in the Accounting Referee’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 2.10(c); provided that in no event shall Final Working Capital be more than Seller’s calculation of Closing Working Capital delivered pursuant to Section 2.10(a) or less than Buyer’s calculation of Closing Working Capital delivered pursuant to Section 2.10(b).

(b) Any payment pursuant to Section 2.11(a) shall be made at a mutually convenient time and place within 10 days after Final Working Capital has been determined by delivery by Buyer or Seller, as the case may be, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account or accounts of such other party as may be designated by such other party. The amount of any payment to be made pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall bear interest from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the date of payment at a rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate as published in The Wall Street Journal in effect as of the Closing Date. Such interest shall be payable at the same time as the payment to which it relates and shall be calculated on the basis of a year of 365 days and the actual number of days elapsed.

ARTICLE 3

R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF S ELLER

Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, Seller represents and warrants to Buyer, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing, that:

Section 3.01. Corporate Existence and Power . Seller is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has all corporate powers and all material governmental licenses, authorizations, permits, consents and approvals required to carry on the Business as now conducted.

Section 3.02. Corporate Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance by Seller of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby are within Seller’s corporate powers and authority and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Seller. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Seller and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of Seller. Each other Transaction Document will be duly and validly executed by Seller at or prior to the Closing and, upon such execution and delivery by Seller

 

26


and the due and valid execution and delivery of such Transaction Document by each other party thereto, will constitute a valid and binding agreement of Seller, enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms.

Section 3.03. Governmental Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance by Seller of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any Governmental Authority other than (i) compliance with any applicable requirements of the HSR Act, any other Competition Laws and the 1934 Act and (ii) any such action or filing as to which the failure to make or obtain would not be material to the Business.

Section 3.04. Noncontravention . The execution, delivery and performance by Seller of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby do not and will not (i) violate the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Seller or any Subsidiary, (ii) assuming compliance with the matters referred to in Section 3.03, violate any Applicable Law in any material respect, (iii) assuming the obtaining of all Required Consents, constitute a default under or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any right or obligation or to a loss of any benefit relating to the Business to which Seller or any of its Subsidiaries is entitled under any provision of any agreement or other instrument binding upon Seller or any of its Subsidiaries, except for such matters as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any Purchased Asset, except for Permitted Liens.

Section 3.05. Required Consents . Section 3.05 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth each agreement required to be set forth in Section 3.10(a) of the Disclosure Schedule requiring a consent or other action by any Person as a result of the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement (the “ Required Consents ”).

Section 3.06 . Purchased Subsidiaries. (a) Each Purchased Subsidiary is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and has all organizational powers and all material governmental licenses, authorizations, permits, consents and approvals required to carry on its business as now conducted.

(b) All of the Shares are owned beneficially and of record by Seller and its Subsidiaries, free and clear of any Lien, and Seller or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, will transfer and deliver to Buyer at the Closing valid title to the Shares free and clear of any Lien. There are no outstanding (i) securities of Seller or any Subsidiary convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock or voting securities of any Purchased Subsidiary or (ii) options or other rights to

 

27


acquire from Seller or any Purchased Subsidiary, or other obligation of Seller or any Subsidiary to issue, any capital stock, voting securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock or voting securities of any Purchased Subsidiary (the items in clauses 3.06(b)(i) and 3.06(b)(ii) being referred to collectively as the “ Purchased Subsidiary Securities ”). There are no outstanding obligations of Seller or any Subsidiary to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any outstanding Purchased Subsidiary Securities. No applicable securities law was violated in connection with the offering, sale or issuance of the Shares to Seller or any of its Subsidiaries. None of the Shares have been issued in violation of, and none are subject to, any purchase option, call, right of first refusal, preemptive, subscription, or other similar right. Neither the Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries is party to any arrangement granting to any Person any stock appreciation, phantom stock or other similar right with respect to the Shares or the Purchased Subsidiaries.

Section 3.07. Financial Statements . The audited balance sheets as of December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2004 and the related audited statements of income and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2004, and the unaudited interim balance sheet as of September 30, 2005 and the related unaudited interim statements of income and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 for the Business, true and complete copies of which are set forth in Section 3.07 of the Disclosure Schedule, together with the Supplemental Financial Statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.02(a), fairly present, in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis and the books and records of the Business (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto), the financial position of the Business as of the dates thereof and its results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of notes in the case of any unaudited interim financial statements, none of which would be, individually or in the aggregate, material).

Section 3.08. Absence of Certain Changes . Since the Balance Sheet Date, the Business has been conducted in the ordinary course consistent with past practices and there has not been:

(a) any event, occurrence or development which, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) any incurrence, assumption or guarantee by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness with respect to the Business other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices;

 

28


(c) any creation or other incurrence of any Lien on any material Purchased Asset or any material asset of any Purchased Subsidiary other than Permitted Liens;

(d) any transaction or commitment made, or any contract or agreement entered into, by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries relating to and material to the Business, other than transactions and commitments in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices and those contemplated by the Transaction Documents;

(e) any material change in any method of accounting or accounting practice by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to the Business except for any such change required by reason of a concurrent change in GAAP;

(f) any (i) employment, deferred compensation, severance, retirement or other similar agreement entered into with any (A) executive Business Employee or (B) any non-executive Business Employee whose annual base salary exceeds $125,000 (or any amendment to any such existing agreement), (ii) grant of any severance or termination pay to any such Business Employee or (iii) increase in compensation payable to any such Business Employee, in each case for non-executive Business Employees other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices;

(g) any material damage, casualty, or loss with respect to any of the Purchased Assets in excess of $3,000,000, other than those covered by insurance;

(h) any sale, transfer, lease, license, or other disposal of any assets of the Business or of any Purchased Subsidiary for an amount in excess of $3,000,000, other than the sale of inventory and obsolete equipment in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(i) any material reduction in capital expenditures relative to the capital expenditure budget in a manner inconsistent with past practices;

(j) any acceleration of collection of accounts receivable or delaying of payment of accounts payable, in each case in any material respect and other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

29


(k) any extension of Indebtedness to any Person in connection with the Business in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate other than the creation of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of Business; or

(l) any amendment, termination, cancellation, or compromise or any material claims relating to the Business, or waiver of any right that is material to the Business.

Section 3.09 . No Undisclosed Material Liabilities. There are no Liabilities of the Seller or its Subsidiaries (including the Purchased Subsidiaries) relating to or arising out of the Purchased Assets or the conduct of the Business, that in each case would constitute Assumed Liabilities at the Closing or any Purchased Subsidiary Liability, of any kind, other than:

(a) Liabilities provided for in the Latest Balance Sheet or disclosed in the notes thereto;

(b) Liabilities disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule;

(c) Liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms of any contract or agreement binding upon the Business;

(d) Liabilities (other than for tort) incurred in the ordinary course of business since the date of the Latest Balance Sheet; and

(e) other undisclosed Liabilities which, individually or in the aggregate, are not material to the Business;

provided that Seller shall have no liability under this Section 3.09 with respect to any subject matter as to which another Section in this Article 3 (other than Section 3.11) contains a specific representation.

Section 3.10. Material Contracts . (a) With respect to the Business, neither Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by:

(i) any lease (whether of real or personal property) requiring (A) annual rentals of $5,000,000 or more or (B) aggregate payments by or to Seller and its Subsidiaries of $10,000,000 or more, in the case of each of clauses (A) and (B) that cannot be terminated on not more than 120 days’ notice without payment by any of Seller or its Subsidiaries of any material penalty;

(ii) except for the agreements described in clause (iii) below, any agreement for the purchase of materials, supplies, goods, services, equipment or other assets, or any other agreement under which either (A)

 

30


since January 1, 2005 there have been payments to or by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries of $5,000,000 or more or (B) aggregate payments to or by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries of $10,000,000 or more are required, in each case that cannot be terminated on not more than 120 days’ notice without payment by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries of any material penalty;

(iii) except for the agreements described in clause (ii) above, any sales, distribution or other similar agreement providing for the sale to or by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries of materials, supplies, goods, services, equipment or other assets under which since January 1, 2005 there have been payments by or to Seller or any of its Subsidiaries of $5,000,000 or more;

(iv) any material partnership, joint venture or other similar agreement or arrangement;

(v) any agreement relating to the acquisition or disposition of any business (whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or otherwise) or any assets involving consideration in excess of $5,000,000, except for purchases of inventory, capital expenditures or sales of inventory or obsolete equipment, in each case in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices;

(vi) any agreement relating to the incurrence of Indebtedness, except any such agreement (A) with an aggregate outstanding principal amount not exceeding $5,000,000 or (B) entered into subsequent to the date of, and not in violation of, this Agreement;

(vii) any material agreement between the Business on the one hand, and other business units of Seller or any Affiliate of Seller, on the other hand, that will not be terminated at or prior to the Closing without creation of any liability that would be an Assumed Liability;

(viii) any employment, deferred compensation, severance, retirement or other similar agreement entered into with any executive Business Employee or any other Business Employee whose annual base salary exceeds $125,000;

(ix) any agreement relating to the extension of Indebtedness to, or the making of an equity investment in, any Person, in each case in excess of $5 million in the aggregate, other than the creation of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business;

 

31


(x) any agreement that limits in any material respect the freedom of the Business to compete in any line of business or with any Person or in any area, other than confidentiality agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; or

(xi) any other agreement not required to be disclosed pursuant to clauses (i) through (x) above the termination or lapse of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Each Contract required to be set forth in Section 3.10 of the Disclosure Schedule is a valid and binding agreement of Seller or its applicable Subsidiary, and, to the knowledge of Seller, the other parties thereto and is in full force and effect. None of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of Seller, any other party thereto is in default or breach in any respect under the terms of any such Contract, except for any such defaults or breaches which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.11. Litigation . There is no action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending by or against, or to the knowledge of Seller, threatened by or against or affecting, the Business or any Purchased Asset or asset of a Purchased Subsidiary before any arbitrator or any Governmental Authority, which would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and neither Seller nor its Subsidiaries is bound by any outstanding material order, injunction, judgment, arbitration award, or ruling that is material to the Business.

Section 3.12. Compliance with Laws and Court Orders . Neither Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries is in, or has during the previous three years been in, violation of any Applicable Law relating to the Purchased Assets, the Purchased Subsidiaries or the conduct of the Business, except for violations that have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.13. Properties; Liens . (a) Section 3.13 of the Disclosure Schedule lists the street addresses of all Owned Real Property and all Leased Real Property (the “ Real Property ”).

(b) Seller or a Subsidiary of Seller, as the case may be, has good and, subject to Permitted Liens, marketable title to all Owned Real Property and all Leasehold Improvements and a valid leasehold interest in all Leased Real Property. Seller or a Subsidiary of Seller, as the case may be, has good and marketable title, or a valid leasehold interest in, all Purchased Assets and all assets of the Purchased Subsidiaries which constitute personal property, except for properties and assets sold since the Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices or where the failure to have such good title or valid leasehold interests would not, be material to the Business.

 

32


(c) No Purchased Asset or asset of a Purchased Subsidiary is subject to any Lien, except for:

(i) Liens disclosed in Section 3.13 of the Disclosure Schedule;

(ii) Liens disclosed on the Latest Balance Sheet or notes thereto or securing liabilities reflected on the Latest Balance Sheet or notes thereto;

(iii) Liens for Taxes, assessments and similar charges that are not yet due or are being contested in good faith;

(iv) mechanic’s, materialman’s, carrier’s, repairer’s and other similar Liens arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business for amounts that are not yet due and payable or are being contested in good faith; or

(v) other Liens that do not materially interfere with the use of any Owned Real Property or any other asset that is material to the Business (clauses (i) - (v) of this Section 3.13(c) are, collectively, the “ Permitted Liens ”).

(d) All of the Purchased Assets and all assets of the Purchased Subsidiaries are in good operating condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted, other than such states of disrepair which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.14. Intellectual Property . (a) Section 3.14(a) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a list of all registrations and applications for registration included in the Business Intellectual Property Rights (the “ Registered Business Intellectual Property Rights ”) and all material licenses (other than the Portfolio Cross-Licenses) or other material agreements relating to the Business Intellectual Property Rights that are included in the Purchased Assets.

(b)(i) Seller or a Subsidiary of Seller owns or has a valid right to use the Business Intellectual Property Rights, (ii) no proceedings have been instituted, are pending or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened which challenge any rights in respect of any of the Business Intellectual Property Rights or the validity thereof or assert that the operation of the Business infringes the Intellectual Property Rights of any other Person, and (iii) none of the Business Intellectual Property Rights, as used by Seller or its Subsidiaries, or the conduct of the Business as it is currently conducted by Seller or its Subsidiaries infringes upon the Intellectual Property Rights (other than Patents) of others or, to the knowledge of Seller, the Patents of others.

 

33


(c) No Business Intellectual Property Right is subject to any outstanding judgment, injunction, order, decree or agreement restricting the use thereof by Seller (or Buyer, to Seller’s knowledge) with respect to the Business or restricting the licensing (except for such restrictions as exist by reason of the Portfolio Cross-Licenses and the Cross-License Agreement) thereof by Seller (or Buyer, to Seller’s knowledge) to any third party.

(d) The Business Intellectual Property Rights together with the Intellectual Property Rights licensed to Buyer pursuant to the Cross License Agreement constitute all of the Intellectual Property Rights other than Patents and, to the knowledge of Seller, all Patents, used by the Business as currently conducted by Seller and its Subsidiaries and, together with those rights and services to be provided by Seller to Buyer pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, are Intellectual Property Rights other than Patents and, to the knowledge of Seller, Patents sufficient for Buyer to conduct the Business as currently conducted.

Section 3.15 . Sufficiency of Purchased Assets. The Purchased Assets together with the property and assets of the Purchased Subsidiaries (other than those that Seller contemplates transferring out of a Purchased Subsidiary pursuant to Section 2.06(a)(i)) constitute all of the property and assets (tangible and intangible, but excluding all Intellectual Property Rights) used or held for use primarily in the conduct of the Business by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries as it is conducted as of the date hereof except for the Excluded Assets, and, together with the services, occupancy and other rights to be provided to Buyer pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, are adequate in all material respects for Buyer to conduct the Business as currently conducted by Seller and its Subsidiaries. No representations or warranties are made under this Section 3.15 with respect to Intellectual Property Rights, which are exclusively the subject of Section 3.14. For purposes of Article 11, the accuracy of the representations and warranties in Section 3.14(d) and this Section 3.15 shall be determined without exception or carve-out for the failure to obtain any Consent from any third party or Governmental Authority, whether or not the requirement therefor is disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule; provided that Buyer shall have complied in all material respects with its obligations pursuant to Sections 2.07 and 7.01 with respect to the obtaining of such Consent.

Section 3.16. Permits. Seller and its Subsidiaries possess all material permits, approvals, orders authorizations, consents, licenses, certificates, franchises, exemption of, or filings or registrations with, or issued by, any Governmental Authority necessary for the operation of the Business as currently conducted.

 

34


Section 3.17. Finders’ Fees . Except for Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Lazard Frères & Co. LLC, each of whose fees will be paid by Seller, there is no investment banker, broker, finder or other intermediary which has been retained by or is authorized to act on behalf of Seller who might be entitled to any fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents for which Buyer or any of its Affiliates would be responsible.

Section 3.18. Employee Benefit Plans . (a) Seller has made available to Buyer copies of (i) each material Employee Plan together with the most recent annual report (Form 5500 including, if applicable, Schedule B thereto) and Form 990, if applicable, prepared in connection with any such plan and (ii) each material International Plan. Section 3.18 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of all the material Employee Plans and material International Plans.

(b) None of Seller, any Subsidiary of Seller, any of their ERISA Affiliates or any predecessor thereof, maintains, administers or contributes to, or has in the past maintained, administered or contributed to, any Employee Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA.

(c) None of Seller, any Subsidiary of Seller, any of their ERISA Affiliates or any predecessor thereof contributes to, or has in the past contributed to, any multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA.

(d) Each Employee Plan which is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter, or has pending or has time remaining in which to file, an application for such determination from the Internal Revenue Service, and to the knowledge of Seller there is no reason why any such determination letter should be revoked or not be reissued. Seller has made available to Buyer copies of the most recent Internal Revenue Service determination letters with respect to each such Employee Plan. Each Employee Plan has been maintained, funded and administered in compliance with its terms and with any Applicable Law, except for instances of non-compliance as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. With respect to each Employee Plan, all contributions and premium payments that are due have been made within the time periods prescribed by ERISA and the Code, except for any such contribution or payment which the failure to make would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No events have occurred with respect to any Employee Plan that could result in payment or assessment by or against the Business, any Purchased Asset or any Purchased Subsidiary, or Buyer or any of its Affiliates of any excise taxes under Sections 4972, 4975, 4976, 4977, 4979, 4980B, 4980D, 4980E or 5000 of the Code, except for excise taxes as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

35


(e) No Purchased Subsidiary has any material Liability under Section 302 or Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code. None of Seller, any Retained Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates has any material Liability under Section 302 or Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code that could become a material Liability of Buyer, any Purchased Subsidiary or any of their Affiliates.

(f) Seller has (or has caused its Subsidiaries to have) performed all obligations required with respect to each International Plan, except for any such obligation as to which the failure to perform would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each International Plan has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with any Applicable Law, except for instances of non-compliance as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All payments (including premiums due) and all employer and employee contributions required to have been collected in respect of each International Plan have been paid when due, or if applicable, accrued on the balance sheet of Seller and its Affiliates, except for any such payment, contribution or accrual as to which the failure to make would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.19 . Employee and Labor Matters. (a) To the knowledge of Seller, no Business Employee whose annual base salary exceeds $125,000 (i) has any present intention to terminate his or her employment with the Business within 12 months of the Closing Date, or (ii) is a party to any confidentiality, non-competition, proprietary rights or other such agreement with any other Person besides the Seller or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, that would be material to the performance of his or her employment duties.

(b)(i) Neither the Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries is party to any collective bargaining agreement with respect to the Business or any Business Employee; (ii) no union organizing efforts are underway or, to the knowledge of the Seller, threatened, and no other question concerning labor representation exists with respect to the Business or any Business Employee; and (iii) no material labor dispute has occurred in the past three years, and no material labor dispute is underway or, to the knowledge of the Seller, threatened, in each case with respect to the Business.

Section 3.20. Environmental Compliance . Except as to matters that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(a)(i) no written notice, order, request for information, complaint or penalty has been received by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries, and (ii) there are no judicial, administrative or other actions, suits or

 

36


proceedings pending or threatened, in the case of each of (i) and (ii), which allege a violation of any Environmental Law or allege the existence of any Environmental Liabilities and relate to the Purchased Assets, the Business or the assets of the Purchased Subsidiaries; and

(b) Seller and its Subsidiaries have obtained or caused to be obtained all environmental permits necessary for the operation of the Purchased Assets, the Business and the assets of the Purchased Subsidiaries to comply with all applicable Environmental Laws and Seller and its Subsidiaries are in compliance, and have for the previous three years been in compliance, with the terms of such permits and, with respect to the operation of the Purchased Assets, the Business and the assets of the Purchased Subsidiaries, with all other applicable Environmental Laws;

(c) With respect to the Purchased Assets, the Business, or the assets of the Purchased Subsidiaries, none of Seller or its Subsidiaries has at any time prior to the Closing treated, stored, disposed of, arranged for or permitted the disposal of, transported, handled, released, or exposed any Person to, any hazardous substance, material or waste, and no hazardous substances, waste or material at any time prior to the Closing has been released at, on, under or from any Real Property, in each case so as to give rise to any material Liability, including any such liability for response costs, corrective action costs, personal injury, property damage, natural resources damages or attorney fees or material investigative, corrective or remedial obligations, pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, or any other Environmental Law; and

(d) Seller has furnished to Buyer all environmental audits and other written assessments and reports bearing on material environmental liabilities, in each case relating to the current operations and facilities of the Business and which are in its or its Subsidiaries’ possession or under its or their reasonable control.

Section 3.21 . Insurance. Section 3.21 of the Disclosure Schedule lists and briefly describes the material components of the insurance coverage maintained and owned by Seller with respect to the Business. All of such insurance policies are in full force and effect, and the Seller and its Subsidiaries are not in default in any material respect with respect to their obligations under any such insurance policies.

Section 3.22 . Customer and Supplier Relationships. To Seller’s knowledge, Section 3.22 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of the top ten customers (by revenue) ranked by ability to ultimately direct the purchasing decision of the Control Business, the top ten customers (by

 

37


revenue) ranked by ability to ultimately direct the purchasing decision of the Sensor Business, the top ten suppliers (by purchases) of the Control Business, and the top ten suppliers (by purchases) of the Sensor Business, in each case for the period from January 1, 2005 to the date hereof. No such customer or supplier within the last twelve months has canceled or otherwise terminated, or to the knowledge of the Seller, threatened to cancel or terminate, its relationship with the Business, and no such customer or supplier has during the last twelve months decreased materially or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened to decrease or limit materially its business with the Business, in each case whether as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby or otherwise.

Section 3.23 . Product Warranty and Liability. All products made, assembled, or sold by the Business in the previous three years have been in conformity with all applicable contractual commitments, Applicable Law, and all express and implied warranties, with only such exceptions as would not reasonably be expected to be material to the Business. Neither Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries has been notified of any claims for, and Seller has no knowledge of any threatened claims for, any product returns, warranty obligations or product services that would reasonably be expected to be material to the Business.

ARTICLE 4

R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF B UYER

Buyer represents and warrants to Seller, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing, that:

Section 4.01. Corporate Existence and Power . Buyer is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware and has all corporate powers and all material governmental licenses, authorizations, permits, consents and approvals required to carry on its business as now conducted.

Section 4.02. Corporate Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby are within the corporate powers and authority of Buyer and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Buyer. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Buyer and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of Buyer. Each other Transaction Document will be duly and validly executed by Buyer at or prior to the Closing and, upon such execution and delivery by Buyer and the due and valid execution and delivery of such Transaction Document by each other party thereto, will constitute a valid and binding agreement of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms.

 

38


Section 4.03. Governmental Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby require no material action by or in respect of, or material filing with, any Governmental Authority other than compliance with any applicable requirements of the HSR Act and other Competition Laws.

Section 4.04. Noncontravention . The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby do not and will not (i) violate the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Buyer, (ii) assuming compliance with the matters referred to in Section 4.03, violate any Applicable Law, (iii) require any consent or other action by any Person under, constitute a default under or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any material right or obligation or to a loss of any material benefit to which Buyer is entitled under any provision of any agreement or other instrument binding upon Buyer or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of any material Lien on any asset of Buyer.

Section 4.05. Financing . Schedule 4.05 hereto contains true and complete copies of (a) an executed commitment letter (the “ Equity Commitment Letters ”) from Bain Capital Fund VIII, L.P. confirming its commitment to provide Buyer with equity financing in an aggregate amount of up to $975,000,000 (nine hundred seventy-five million dollars) (the “ Equity Financing ”) and designating Seller as a third party beneficiary thereof (subject to the limitations set forth therein) and (b) an executed commitment letter (the “ Debt Commitment Letter ”) from Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., Bank of America Bridge LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. confirming their commitment to provide Buyer with up to $2.125 billion in debt financing (the “ Debt Financing ” and together with the Equity Financing, the “ Financing ”). Except as previously disclosed to Seller in writing, Buyer has not entered into any agreement not set forth in the Debt Commitment Letter pursuant to which any Person has the right to modify or amend the terms of the Debt Financing described in the Debt Commitment Letter. Each of the Equity Commitment Letters is in full force and effect, is a valid and binding obligation of each of the parties thereto and has not been amended or modified in any respect. The Debt Commitment Letter is a valid and binding obligation of Buyer and, to the knowledge of Buyer, the other parties thereto and, as of the date hereof, has not been amended or modified in any respect. No event has occurred which, with or without notice, lapse of time or both, would constitute a default or breach on the part of Buyer under any term or condition of the Equity Commitment Letters or the Debt Commitment Letter, and Buyer has no reason to believe that it will be unable to satisfy on a timely basis any term or condition of closing to be satisfied by it pursuant to the Equity Commitments Letters or the Debt Commitment Letter. Buyer has fully paid any

 

39


and all commitment or other fees required by the Debt Commitment Letter to be paid on or before the date hereof. The Financing, when funded in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Equity Commitment Letters and the Debt Commitment Letter will provide Buyer with funds sufficient to pay the Purchase Price and any other amounts to be paid by it under the Transaction Documents.

Section 4.06. Litigation . There is no action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending against, or to the knowledge of Buyer threatened against or affecting, Buyer before any arbitrator or any Governmental Authority, except for such actions, suits, investigations or proceedings as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

Section 4.07. Finders’ Fees . There is no investment banker, broker, finder or other intermediary which has been retained by or is authorized to act on behalf of Buyer who might be entitled to any fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for which Seller or any of its Affiliates would be responsible.

Section 4.08. Inspections; No Other Representations . Buyer is an informed and sophisticated purchaser, and has engaged expert advisors, experienced in the evaluation and purchase of property and assets such as the Purchased Assets and the Shares as contemplated hereunder. Buyer has undertaken such investigation and has been provided with and has evaluated such documents and information as it has deemed necessary to enable it to make an informed decision with respect to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement. Buyer acknowledges that Seller has given Buyer access to the key employees, documents and facilities of the Business. Buyer will undertake prior to Closing such further investigation and request such additional documents and information as it deems necessary. Buyer agrees to accept the Purchased Assets and the Business in the condition they are in on the Closing Date based on its own inspection, examination and determination with respect to all matters and without reliance upon any express or implied representations or warranties of any nature made by or on behalf of or imputed to Seller, except as expressly set forth in this Agreement. Nothing in this paragraph will in any way affect Buyer’s ability to rely on the representations and warranties contained in Articles 3 and 8, nor affect Buyer’s rights to indemnification under Article 11.

 

40


ARTICLE 5

C OVENANTS OF S ELLER

Seller agrees that:

Section 5.01. Conduct of the Business . From the date hereof until the Closing Date, except as set forth on Section 5.01 of the Disclosure Schedule or as specifically contemplated by any of the Transaction Documents, Seller shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, conduct the Business in the ordinary course consistent with past practice and shall use its reasonable efforts to preserve intact the business organizations and relationships with third parties and to keep available the services of the current Business Employees. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, from the date hereof until the Closing Date, except as set forth in Section 5.01 of the Disclosure Schedule or as specifically contemplated by any of the Transaction Documents, with respect to the Business Seller will not and will cause its Subsidiaries not to:

(a) acquire assets from any other Person (including by merger or consolidation) for consideration in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate except (i) pursuant to existing contracts or commitments disclosed to Buyer as of the date hereof or (ii) purchases of inventory or capital expenditures in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(b) sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of any Purchased Assets or assets of the Purchased Subsidiaries (including by merger or consolidation) except (i) pursuant to existing contracts or commitments disclosed to Buyer as of the date hereof or (ii) sales of inventory or obsolete equipment in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(c) agree or commit to do any of the foregoing;

(d) take any action that would make any representation or warranty of Seller in Section 3.08 of this Agreement inaccurate in any material respect at the Closing Date or which would require disclosure pursuant to Section 3.08 if taken after the Balance Sheet Date and prior to the date hereof; or

(e) with respect to the Purchased Subsidiaries, make or change any Tax election, change an annual accounting period, adopt or change any accounting method, file any amended Tax Return, settle any Tax claim or assessment, or take any other similar action relating to the filing of any Tax Return or the payment of any Tax, if such election, adoption, change, amendment, settlement, or other action would have the effect of increasing the liability for Taxes of any Purchased Subsidiary for any Tax period ending after the Closing Date.

Section 5.02. Access to Information . (a) From the date hereof until the Closing Date, Seller will, and will cause its Subsidiaries to, (i) give Buyer, its

 

41


Representatives and financing sources reasonable access to the offices, properties, books and records of Seller and its Subsidiaries relating to the Business, (ii) furnish to Buyer and its Representatives such financial and operating data (including (A) audited annual financial statements with respect to 2005, which shall be furnished as soon as available but in any event no later than February 28, 2006, (B) unaudited quarterly financial statements with respect to the first quarter of 2006, which shall be furnished as soon as available but in any event no later than April 30, 2006 (such annual and quarterly financial statements, collectively, the “ Supplemental Financial Statements ”) and (C) monthly management reports in a form consistent with the monthly management reports customarily prepared by the Business, each such monthly management report to be furnished as soon as available but in any event no later than 15 days after the end of the applicable month) and other information relating to the Business as such Persons may reasonably request and (iii) instruct the employees, counsel, financial advisors and other Representatives of Seller and its Subsidiaries to cooperate with Buyer in its investigation of the Business. Any investigation pursuant to this Section shall be conducted in such manner as not to interfere unreasonably with the conduct of the business of Seller. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) Buyer shall not have access (1) to personnel records of Seller or its Affiliates relating to individual performance or evaluation records, medical histories or other information which in Seller’s good faith opinion is sensitive or the disclosure of which could subject Seller or its Affiliates to risk of liability, (2) for purposes of conducting any environmental sampling or testing or (3) to any information to the extent relating to any Retained Business and (B) Seller may, unless Buyer cooperates in any reasonably satisfactory protective arrangement, withhold, as and to the extent necessary to avoid contravention or waiver, any document or information the disclosure of which would violate any agreement or any Applicable Law or would result in the waiver of any legal privilege or work-product privilege.

(b) Seller shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, provide such cooperation as may be reasonably requested by Buyer in connection with obtaining the financing contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letter (or any replacement thereof), including: (i) participation in meetings, drafting sessions, and due diligence sessions, and otherwise assisting Buyer in the preparation of offering materials and materials for rating agency presentations; (ii) reasonably cooperating with the marketing efforts of Buyer, its Subsidiaries, and their financing sources for any of the financing contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letter (or any replacement thereof), including participation in management presentation sessions, “road shows”, and sessions with rating agencies; (iii) furnishing Buyer, its Subsidiaries, and their financing sources with financial and other pertinent information regarding the Business as may be reasonably requested by Buyer, including all financial statements (but excluding any pro forma financial statements, which shall be prepared by Buyer with the

 

42


cooperation of Seller and its Subsidiaries), and assisting Buyer in the preparation of business projections and other financial data of the type required by Regulation S-X and Regulation S-K under the Securities Act and of the type and form customarily included in offering memoranda, private placement memoranda, prospectuses and similar documents; (iv) providing and executing documents as may be reasonably requested by Buyer, including a certificate of the chief financial officer of (or person performing equivalent function for) the Business with respect to solvency matters and consents of accountants for use of their reports in any materials relating to the Debt Commitment Letter; (v) reasonably facilitating the pledging of collateral; and (vi) using reasonable efforts to obtain accountants’ comfort letters, legal opinions, surveys and title insurance as reasonably requested by Buyer. All reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the foregoing sentence shall be paid, or reimbursed promptly following demand therefor, by Buyer.

(c) On and after the Closing Date, Seller will, and will cause its Subsidiaries to, afford promptly to Buyer, its Subsidiaries and their respective Representatives reasonable access to its books of account, financial and other records (including accountant’s work papers), information, employees and auditors to the extent necessary or useful for any such Persons in connection with any audit, investigation, dispute or litigation or any other reasonable business purpose relating to the Business or the transactions contemplated hereby (including the preparation by Buyer of an initial filing under the Securities Act with respect to the financing contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letter and periodic reports under the Exchange Act); provided that any such access by any such Persons shall not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of the business of Seller. In addition, Seller will use reasonable efforts to provide, or to cause its accountants or other Representatives to provide, such consents, letters or other documents as Buyer may reasonably request in connection with the preparation by Buyer of such filing under the Securities Act and such reports under the Exchange Act. Buyer shall bear all of the out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, but excluding reimbursement for general overhead, salaries and employee benefits) reasonably incurred in connection with the foregoing.

Section 5.03 . Non-compete. (a) For a period of six years following the Closing Date, Seller shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to, engage in or participate in any business which engages in, the design, development, manufacture, marketing, license or sale of Sensor Products or Control Products; provided that for purposes of this Section 5.03(a), the phrases “or under development” in clause (iii) of the definition of Control Products and “or under development” in clause (ii) of the definition of Sensor Products shall be disregarded. The term “participate in” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (i) owning, managing or having any direct or indirect interest in such Person, whether as owner, stockholder, partner or joint venturer or (ii)

 

43


having any officer or other senior management employee, at the direction of Seller, act as a director, officer, employee, agent, consultant or independent contractor of any Person.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall restrict in any way:

(i) the right of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries to (A) design, develop, manufacture, market, license or sell Semiconductor Products (including any Semiconductor Products which are designed to sense physical phenomena, condition signals from sensors or both), (B) engage in any Semiconductor Activities or (C) license any Intellectual Property Rights (other than the Business Intellectual Property Rights, except as expressly described in the Cross License Agreement);

(ii) the right of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries to design, develop, manufacture, market, license or sell any tire pressure sensor application currently under development or manufactured or sold by Seller or any of the Retained Subsidiaries and described in Section 5.03 of the Disclosure Schedule or any extension, modification, derivative, replacement or successor thereof (collectively, the “ Tire Pressure Sensor Products ”);

(iii) the acquisition or ownership by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries of up to 20% of the outstanding equity securities of any Person whose revenues attributable to a business in which Seller or such Subsidiary would otherwise not be permitted to engage or participate pursuant to this Section 5.03 (a “ Competing Business ”) do not at any time exceed $50 million (based on the last annual financial statements of such Person preceding the date of determination), so long as neither Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries has any active participation in the business or management of the business conducted by such Person (which active participation would include appointing a representative to serve on the board of directors or equivalent governing body of such Person or having the right to effectively control or materially restrict, through veto rights or otherwise, the management or policies of such Person other than with respect to customer supply or product development arrangements); or

(iv) the acquisition by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries of a majority interest in a Person who conducts a Competing Business; provided that if the Competing Business has annual revenues in excess of $5 million (based on the last annual financial statements of such Person preceding the date of determination) during the last full fiscal year preceding the consummation of such acquisition or any subsequent full fiscal year, then

 

44


(A) Seller shall, or shall cause its relevant Subsidiary to, as soon as it may reasonably do so on commercially reasonable terms and in any event within eighteen months following (1) if the Competing Business’ annual revenues exceeded such threshold for its last full fiscal year preceding the acquisition, the consummation of such acquisition and (2) otherwise, the end of the first full fiscal year in which the Competing Business’ annual revenues exceed such threshold, divest such Person’s interest in the Competing Business or terminate such Competing Business; and

(B) with respect to any such divestiture, Seller shall, or shall cause its relevant Subsidiary to, provide Buyer with the exclusive opportunity to negotiate with Seller or such Subsidiary for a period of 60 days with respect to the possible acquisition by Buyer of the Competing Business prior to entering into negotiations with another Person with respect to such divestiture.

Section 5.04 . Confidentiality. Seller will not, and will cause its controlled Affiliates and Representatives not to, for a period of three years after the Closing Date, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Buyer, disclose to any third party (other than each other and their respective Representatives) any confidential or proprietary information included in the Purchased Assets; provided that the foregoing restriction will not (a) apply to any information to the extent (i) relating to Intellectual Property Rights, the disclosure of which shall be governed by the Cross-License Agreement, (ii) generally available to, or known by, the public (other than as a result of disclosure in violation of this Section 5.04), (iii) that such information relates to Semiconductor Products or (iv) independently developed by Seller or any of its Affiliates (other than by the Business prior to the Closing) or (b) prohibit any disclosure (i) required by any applicable legal requirement or (ii) made to the extent necessary, in the reasonable judgment of Seller, in connection with the enforcement of any right or remedy relating to any of the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, so long as, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), to the extent legally permissible, Seller provides Buyer with reasonable prior notice of such disclosure and a reasonable opportunity to seek an appropriate protective order.

Section 5.05 . Insurance. (a) Except as set forth in this Section 5.05, coverage of the Purchased Assets and Purchased Subsidiaries under any insurance policy of Seller or its Affiliates shall cease as of the Closing Date.

(b) Seller shall and shall cause its Affiliates to use reasonable efforts (including using reasonable efforts to cause Buyer and its Subsidiaries to be listed as “Additional Insureds”) to ensure that the Purchased Assets and Purchased

 

45


Subsidiaries shall, to the extent covered as of the date hereof or the Closing Date, continue to have coverage under each insurance policy in effect with respect thereto at any time prior to the Closing (each, a “ Specified Policy ”) in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof from and after the Closing Date for any loss, liability or damage suffered with respect to any incident or event occurring prior to the Closing. Seller shall indemnify Buyer for the costs and expenses referred to in this Section 5.05(b) to the extent, if any, that Seller is required to do so pursuant to Article 11.

(c) In the case of any Specified Policy that is a “claims made basis” policy, from the Closing Date until the policy expiration date (including any renewal thereof) of such policy (if later than the Closing Date), and in the case of any Specified Policy that is an “occurrence basis” policy, after the Closing Date, the Seller shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, use their reasonable efforts to assist Buyer or its Subsidiaries in asserting claims for any loss, liability or damage suffered with respect to any Purchased Assets and Purchased Subsidiaries after the Closing with respect to any incident or event occurring prior to the Closing, to the extent such loss, liability or damage is covered by the terms of such Specified Policy; provided that (i) all of the Seller’s and its Affiliates’ reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the foregoing are promptly paid by Buyer or its Subsidiaries as directed by the Sellers, (ii) such claims will be subject to (and recovery thereon will be reduced by the amount of) any applicable deductibles, retentions, gaps or self-insurance provisions, (iii) such claims will be subject to exhaustion of per claim and applicable limits, and (iv) in the event that any legal action, arbitration, negotiation or other proceedings are required for coverage to be asserted against any insurer or a claim to be perfected, Buyer shall do so solely at its own expense. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Buyer be entitled to assert any claim with respect to an occurrence with a date of loss occurring after the Closing. None of the Seller or its Affiliates will bear any liability for the failure of an insurance carrier to pay any claim under any Specified Policy. This Section 5.05(c) shall not affect Seller’s indemnification obligations pursuant to Article 11.

(d) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, Seller shall not be required to comply with this Section 5.05 or any portion thereof if so doing would (i) be materially adverse to Seller or its Subsidiaries or (ii) require Seller or its Subsidiaries to incur any significant costs not reimbursable by Buyer.

Section 5.06 . Exclusivity. Until the date upon which this Agreement is terminated, Seller shall not, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries, Affiliates and Representatives not to, directly or indirectly, solicit or initiate or enter into discussions or transactions with, or encourage, or provide any information to any Person or group of Persons (other than Buyer and its Representatives) concerning, any sale, lease, or license of all or any portion of the Business or the Purchased Assets or Purchased Subsidiaries (other than sales of obsolete equipment or

 

46


inventory in the ordinary course of business and sales expressly permitted by this Agreement or with respect to assets or liabilities of the Purchased Subsidiaries that are deemed Excluded Assets or Excluded Liabilities pursuant to Section 2.06(a)) or any other alternative to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (an “ Alternative Transaction ”); provided that Seller shall be entitled, by notice to Buyer delivered not later than April 10, 2005, to terminate its obligations pursuant to this Section 5.06 if Buyer does not deliver to Seller on March 31, 2005 a letter that describes in reasonable detail the status of Buyer’s efforts to consummate the Debt Financing and reasonably demonstrate that the Debt Financing is reasonably likely to be consummated, except that, notwithstanding such termination, Seller shall not be permitted to enter into negotiations with respect to the terms of any Alternative Transaction until the date upon which this Agreement is terminated.

Section 5.07 . Intercompany Receivables and Payables. At or prior to the Closing, Seller shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, eliminate all intercompany receivables and payables between the Business, on the one hand, and any Retained Business, on the other hand, incurred in the ordinary course of business. For the avoidance of doubt, any Taxes of the Purchased Subsidiaries arising from such elimination shall be treated as a Purchased Subsidiary Liability for purposes of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 6

C OVENANTS OF B UYER

Buyer agrees that:

Section 6.01 . Confidentiality . All information provided or made available to Buyer, its Affiliates or any of their respective Representatives or potential sources of financing (except for any such Representatives or financing sources who are party to a confidentiality agreement with Seller with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby) pursuant to any of the Transaction Documents or in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby will be subject to the confidentiality agreement dated September 28, 2005 between Buyer and Seller (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”), which agreement shall remain in full force and effect for the benefit of Seller and shall survive the Closing (with respect to information concerning the Retained Businesses) or any termination of this Agreement.

Section 6.02. Access . On and after the Closing Date, Buyer will afford promptly to Seller and its Representatives reasonable access to its properties, books, records, employees and auditors to the extent necessary to permit Seller to determine any matter relating to its rights and obligations hereunder or to any period ending on or before the Closing Date; provided that any such access by

 

47


Seller shall not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of the business of Buyer. Seller shall bear all of the out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, but excluding reimbursement for general overhead, salaries and employee benefits) reasonably incurred in connection with the foregoing.

Section 6.03 . Financing Matters. Buyer shall comply with its obligations under the Debt Commitment Letter and shall use its reasonable efforts to consummate the Debt Financing on the terms and conditions described in the Debt Commitment Letter, including using its reasonable efforts to (i) negotiate definitive agreements with respect to the Financing on the terms and conditions contained in the Debt Commitment Letter and (ii) satisfy all conditions to the Debt Financing to the extent the satisfaction of such conditions is within the control of Buyer. If any portion of the Debt Financing becomes unavailable on the terms and conditions contemplated in the Debt Commitment Letter, Buyer will seek in good faith to arrange to obtain such portion from alternative sources on terms and conditions that are equivalent or more favorable to Buyer as promptly as practicable. Subject to the satisfaction by Seller of its obligations pursuant to Section 5.02, the conditions set forth in Section 10.01 and 10.02 (other than Section 10.02(e)) and the conditions to funding set forth in the Debt Commitment Letter (other than conditions the nonsatisfaction of which is solely the result of the failure of the Equity Financing to be consummated), Buyer will draw down on the Bridge Loans, the Senior Bridge Loans and the Senior Subordinated Bridge Loans (in each case, as defined in the Debt Commitment Letter) if adequate funding has not been obtained through the issuance of the Subordinated Notes and the Notes (in each case, as defined in the Debt Commitment Letter) and the senior secured portion of the Debt Financing, in each case, as necessary to enable the Debt Financing to be funded on or prior to the later of (A) May 31, 2006 and (B) the earlier of (1) June 30, 2006 and (2) the 30 th day after the first date on which both (x) Seller shall have provided Buyer with all financial information reasonably necessary to complete an offering memorandum for the Subordinated Notes and Notes financing (it being understood that such requirement shall not be satisfied if such information would go “stale” within such 30-day period) and (y) the conditions set forth in Section 10.01(a), 10.01(b), 10.01(c), 10.02(b) and 10.02(c) have been satisfied and the parties reasonably expect that the condition set forth in Section 10.01(e) will be satisfied within 30 days. Buyer will give Seller prompt notice of any material breach by any party of the Debt Commitment Letter or any termination of the Debt Commitment Letter. To the extent reasonably requested by Seller, Buyer will keep Seller informed on a current basis in reasonable detail of the status of its efforts to consummate the Financing. Buyer will not agree to any material amendment or modification to, or grant or seek any waiver under, the Debt Commitment Letter without first consulting with Seller and, if such amendment, modification or waiver would or would reasonably be expected to adversely affect or delay in any material respect Buyer’s ability to consummate the Debt Financing or the Closing, receiving Seller’s prior written consent.

 

48


Section 6.04 . 338(g) Election. Buyer agrees to make, upon Seller’s written request received by Buyer no later than 30 days after the Closing Date, an effective and irrevocable election under Section 338(g) of the Code with respect to each Purchased Subsidiary, to file each such election within the time limit set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.338-2(d), and to provide Seller or its relevant Subsidiary with a notice of each such election pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.338-2(e)(4).

ARTICLE 7

C OVENANTS OF B UYER AND S ELLER

Buyer and Seller agree that:

Section 7.01. Reasonable Efforts; Further Assurance . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Buyer and Seller will use their reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary or desirable under Applicable Law to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. Seller and Buyer agree to execute and deliver such other documents, certificates, agreements and other writings and to take such other actions as may be reasonably necessary or desirable in order to consummate or implement expeditiously the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, to vest in Buyer or its Subsidiaries ownership of the Purchased Subsidiaries and good title to the Purchased Assets and to confirm the assumption by Buyer or its Subsidiaries of the Assumed Liabilities.

(b) In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each of Buyer and Seller shall make appropriate filings pursuant to applicable Competition Laws, including an appropriate filing of a Notification and Report Form pursuant to the HSR Act and any applicable filings in the European Union, Korea and, to the extent required by Applicable Law, Brazil, China, Japan and Mexico, with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents as promptly as reasonably practicable and, in the case of such Notification and Report Form pursuant to the HSR Act, in any event within 10 Business Days of the date hereof. Each of Buyer and Seller shall supply as promptly as reasonably practicable any additional information and documentary material that may be requested pursuant to the HSR Act and any other Competition Laws and shall take all other actions reasonably necessary to cause the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting periods under the HSR Act and any other Competition Laws as soon as practicable.

 

49


(c) If any objections are asserted with respect to the transactions contemplated by any of the Transaction Documents under any Competition Law or if any suit or proceeding is instituted or threatened by any Governmental Authority or any private party challenging any of the transactions contemplated by any of the Transaction Documents as violative of any Competition Law, each of Buyer and Seller shall use its reasonable best efforts to promptly resolve such objections. In furtherance of the foregoing, Buyer shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and controlled Affiliates to, take all actions, including agreeing to hold separate or to divest any of the businesses or properties or assets of Buyer or any of its Affiliates (including any Purchased Assets and any assets of any Purchased Subsidiary) and to terminate any existing relationships and contractual rights and obligations, as may be required (i) by the applicable Governmental Authority in order to resolve such objections as such Governmental Authority may have to such transactions under any Competition Law or (ii) by any domestic or foreign court or other tribunal, in any action or proceeding brought by a private party or Governmental Authority challenging such transactions as violative of any Competition Law, in order to avoid the entry of, or to effect the dissolution, vacating, lifting, altering or reversal of, any order that has the effect of restricting, preventing or prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents; provided that Buyer and its Subsidiaries and controlled Affiliates will not have any obligation to take any such action that has or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of Buyer and its Subsidiaries (including, after the Closing, the Business), taken as a whole, or of such controlled Affiliate.

Section 7.02. Certain Filings; Consents . Seller and Buyer shall cooperate with one another (i) in determining whether any action by or in respect of, or filing with or Consent of, any Governmental Authority is required, or any actions or Consents are required to be obtained from parties to any material contracts, in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and (ii) in taking such actions or making any such filings, furnishing information required in connection therewith and seeking to obtain any such actions or Consents in a timely manner. Seller shall pay any commercially reasonable amounts required in order to obtain such actions or Consents; provided that the filing fees required pursuant to the HSR Act or other Competition Laws will be borne by the party required to pay such fees under Applicable Laws.

Section 7.03. Public Announcements . The initial press release relating to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will be a joint release agreed upon by the parties, except for any press releases or public statements the making of which may be required by Applicable Law or any listing agreement with any national securities exchange (which, to the extent practicable, shall not be issued prior to the other party being given a reasonable opportunity to review and comment). The parties agree to consult with each other

 

50


before issuing any further press release or making any other public statement with respect to any Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby which differs substantially from previously agreed upon press releases or public statements and, except for any press releases and public statements the making of which may be required by Applicable Law or any listing agreement with any national securities exchange, neither party will issue any such press release or make any such public statement unless the content of such press release or public statement shall have been agreed upon by the parties.

Section 7.04. Notices of Certain Events . Each of Seller and Buyer shall promptly notify the other party of:

(a) any notice or other communication from any Person alleging that the consent of such Person is or may be required in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents;

(b) any notice or other communication from any Governmental Authority in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents; and

(c) any actions, suits, claims, investigations or proceedings commenced that, if pending on the date of this Agreement, would have been required to have been disclosed pursuant to, in the case of Seller, Section 3.11 or, in the case of Buyer, Section 4.06.

Each of Seller and Buyer shall use reasonable efforts to notify the other party of any event or state of facts which makes the representations and warranties of such party contained herein untrue in any material respect or which makes the satisfaction of any condition or performance of any obligation of such party contained herein impossible or reasonably unlikely.

Section 7.05. WARN Act . Buyer shall assume all obligations and Liabilities for the provision of notice or payment in lieu of notice or any applicable penalties under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (the “ WARN Act ”) or any similar law arising as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Buyer hereby indemnifies Seller and its Affiliates against and agrees to hold each of them harmless from any and all Damages incurred or suffered by Seller or any of its Affiliates with respect to WARN or any similar law arising as a result of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

Section 7.06 . Non-solicit. (a) For a period of three years following the Closing Date, Seller shall not, and shall not permit any of its controlled Affiliates to, (i) directly solicit (or cause to be directly solicited) any of the individuals listed

 

51


in Section 7.06(a) of the Disclosure Schedule or any individual that may be added thereto prior to the Closing (A) to reflect new hires of officers, management employees, key technical employees or key sales employees and departures from the Business occurring after the date hereof or (B) by agreement of Seller and Buyer (the “ Business Covered Employees ”), except pursuant to generalized solicitations by use of advertising or which are not specifically targeted at the Business Covered Employees, or (ii) hire any of the Business Covered Employees; provided that the foregoing shall not restrict the solicitation or hiring of any Person who was not employed by Buyer for the six month period prior to such Person’s solicitation or hiring.

(b) Until the third anniversary of the last date on which services are provided by Seller pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, Buyer shall not, and shall not permit any of its controlled Affiliates (including, after the Closing, the Purchased Subsidiaries) to, (i) directly solicit (or cause to be directly solicited) any officer, management employee or other key employee of Seller or any of Seller’s Subsidiaries who provided services to Buyer pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, except pursuant to generalized solicitations by use of advertising or which are not specifically targeted at such employees, or (ii) hire any such employee; provided that the foregoing shall not restrict the solicitation or hiring or any Person who was not employed by Seller or any of Seller’s Subsidiaries for the six month period prior to such Person’s solicitation or hiring.

(c) For a period of six months following the Closing Date, neither Seller nor Buyer shall, nor shall either Seller or Buyer permit any of its controlled Affiliates (including, with respect to Buyer after the Closing, the Purchased Subsidiaries) to, (i) directly solicit (or cause to be directly solicited) any employee of the other party who is employed by or contracted to Texas Instruments Malaysia Sdn. Bhd., Texas Instruments de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V., Texas Instruments (China) Company Limited, Texas Instruments (Changzhou) Co., Ltd., Texas Instruments Hong Kong Limited or Texas Instruments Semiconductor Technologies (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. as of the Closing Date, except pursuant to generalized solicitations by use of advertising or which are not specifically targeted at such employees, or (ii) hire any such employee.

Section 7.07 . Conflicts; Privileges. (a) Buyer waives and will not assert, and agrees to cause its Subsidiaries (including, after the Closing, the Purchased Subsidiaries) to waive and not to assert, any conflict of interest arising out of or relating to the representation after the Closing of Seller, any Retained Subsidiary or any shareholder, officer, employee or director of Seller or any Retained Subsidiary in any matter involving any Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated thereby, by any legal counsel or accountant currently representing Seller, any Retained Subsidiary or any Purchased Subsidiary in connection with the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby (the “ Current Representation ”) and listed in Section 7.07 of the Disclosure Schedule (the “ Designated Representatives ”).

 

52


(b) It is the intent of Seller and Buyer that all rights to any evidentiary privilege, including any attorney-client, work product or federally authorized tax practitioner privilege, with respect to any communication between any Designated Representative, on the one hand, and Seller, any Subsidiary of Seller (including any Purchased Subsidiary) or any shareholder, officer, employee or director of Seller or any Subsidiary of Seller, on the other hand, relating to (i) the Current Representation or (ii) any Excluded Asset, Excluded Liability or Retained Subsidiary shall, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), be retained by Seller. Accordingly, Buyer waives and will not assert, and agrees to cause its Affiliates (including, after the Closing, the Purchased Subsidiaries) to waive and not to assert, including in connection with any dispute with Seller, any evidentiary privilege with respect to any such communication.

(c) Seller and Buyer agree to take, and to cause their respective Affiliates to take, all steps reasonably necessary to implement the intent of this Section 7.07.

Section 7.08 . Commercial Arrangements. Buyer and Seller shall use their reasonable efforts in good faith to enter into written agreements prior to the Closing with respect to the purchase and supply of products that are the subject of existing arrangements (whether written or oral) between the Business, on the one hand, and any Retained Business, on the other hand, such agreements to be on the standard terms and conditions used by the Business or the relevant Retained Business, as applicable, in similar agreements with non-Affiliated third parties.

Section 7.09 . Accounts Receivable. Following the Closing, if Buyer or Seller (or their respective Affiliates) receives payment with respect to an account receivable that is owned by the other party pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, such party shall promptly (and in any event within ten Business Days) remit such payment to the other party.

Section 7.10 . Seller Trademarks and Tradenames. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 7.10, Seller grants to Buyer and its Subsidiaries a nonexclusive, worldwide, fully-paid and royalty-free license under any rights Seller may have in the Seller Trademarks and Tradenames, to reproduce and affix:

(i) in perpetuity, the Seller Trademark and Tradename “TI bug” to the inventory included in the Purchased Assets or manufactured in compliance with this Section 7.10;

 

53


(ii) Sensor Products and Control Products manufactured within a period of twelve months following the Closing Date using the molds in which the Seller Trademark and Tradename “TI bug” is embedded and exists as of the Closing Date, provided that Buyer’s manufacture of inventory using such molds during such twelve month period shall be in amounts substantially consistent with past practices;

(iii) for a period of nine months following the Closing Date, the Seller Trademark and Tradename “TI” in price lists, literature and advertising for Current Products; and

(iv) for a period of nine months following the Closing Date, the Seller Trademark and Tradename “TI” and “TI bug” on the device packaging ( i.e. , outer and inner carton) for the Current Products.

Any such use of the Seller Trademarks and Tradenames will be in substantially the same manner of current use by Seller or its Subsidiaries, unless otherwise agreed to by Seller in writing.

(b) Buyer agrees to cease using the Seller Trademarks “TI” and “TI bug” logo and distributing Current Product units, literature and advertising for the Current Product that bear such “TI” and “TI bug” logo Seller Trademarks as soon as practicable, notwithstanding the specified time periods set forth above. Buyer shall not, however, be required to recall or destroy price lists, literature or advertising for the Current Product bearing Seller Trademarks and Tradenames.

(c) If reasonably requested by Seller, at Seller’s cost, Buyer shall cooperate to enable Seller to register the Seller Trademarks and Tradenames, or to register Buyer as a user of the Seller Trademarks and Tradenames, in countries where the Seller Trademarks and Tradenames are then currently used by Buyer.

(d) Buyer agrees that to the extent any Seller Trademarks and Tradenames are used on or in connection with Sensor Products and Control Products after Closing, such Sensor Products and Control Products shall be of a quality commensurate in all material respects with specifications used by Seller, any of its Subsidiaries or any other Person currently manufacturing Sensor Products and Control Products for Seller or any of its Subsidiaries. If Seller notifies Buyer in writing that such specifications are not being met with respect to any Sensor Products or Control Products that (i) were manufactured after the Closing Date and (ii) which use any Seller Trademark and Tradename in a manner not substantially consistent with the manner in which such Seller Trademark and Tradename was used by the Business with respect to such Sensor Products or Control Products prior to the Closing Date, Buyer shall have 30 days after receipt of such notice to implement measures to correct, or to take reasonable steps toward correcting, the nonconformance. If Buyer fails to correct

 

54


the nonconformance within such 30-day period (or to take reasonable steps toward correcting the nonconformance within such 30-day period and correct the nonconformance within 45 days after Buyer’s receipt of such notice), Buyer agrees to stop all use of the Seller Trademarks and Tradenames on such nonconforming Sensor Products and Control Products as soon as reasonably possible after requested by Seller to do so.

(e) As soon as reasonably practicable following the Closing, Buyer shall change the name of each Purchased Subsidiary so that it does not include any of the Seller Trademarks and Tradenames.

(f) Except as set forth in this Section 7.10, after the Closing, Buyer shall not use any of the Seller Trademarks and Tradenames, except for a period of six months following the Closing Date to the extent necessary to communicate that the Business was formerly owned by Seller.

Section 7.11 . Certain Products. (a) If Buyer reasonably believes or receives written notice that the manufacture, use, sale, offer for sale, or import of any Current Product infringes or is likely to infringe any claim of any Patent owned by any other Person anywhere in the world, then, as a condition to Seller’s obligations under Sections 11.02(a)(vi) and 11.02(a)(vii), Buyer shall use its reasonable efforts to obtain such Current Product from a Person (including Seller under subsection (b) below) that has sufficient ownership, rights or licenses to manufacture and sell such Current Product to Buyer without infringing any claim of any Patent owned by any other Person anywhere in the world; provided that any royalty or other increase in the per unit price or cost paid or incurred by Buyer for such Current Product (relative to the price or cost that Buyer demonstrates in reasonable detail it would have paid in the absence of such infringement, such price or cost to be based on the average price or cost per unit that Buyer paid or incurred during the preceding twelve month period for such Current Product (if applicable)) shall be deemed Damages for purposes of Sections 11.02(a)(vi) and 11.02(a)(viii) to the extent that such Sections apply in accordance with Article 11. In addition, if Buyer arranges to obtain a Current Product from a Person who does not provide such Current Product to the Business as of the Closing Date (including with respect to a Current Product that is not marketed or sold by the Business as of the Closing Date), then, as a condition to Seller’s obligations under Sections 11.02(a)(vi) and 11.02(a)(vii), Buyer shall use its reasonable efforts to obtain such Current Product from a reputable and established source, including Seller under Section 7.11(b) (it being understood that for this purpose current suppliers of Current Products shall be considered reputable and established sources) that Buyer reasonably believes has sufficient ownership, rights or licenses to manufacture and sell such Current Product to Buyer without infringing any claim of any Patent owned by any other Person anywhere in the world.

 

55


(b) Upon a request of Buyer made prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date or if Seller makes the election referred to in paragraph (C) of Section 11.02(a)(vii) of the Disclosure Schedule, Buyer and Seller shall enter into mutually agreeable, commercially reasonable arrangements pursuant to which Seller shall make, have made, sell, offer for sale or import, in each case for Buyer, any Current Product that is alleged to infringe any Intellectual Property Rights of a third party, provided that Seller has the capability to do so and has sufficient ownership, rights or licenses to do so without resulting in such infringement or breach of any applicable license agreement. The price paid by Buyer to Seller with respect to any such arrangement (the “ Have Made Costs ”) shall be:

(i) if such arrangement is entered into upon a request of Buyer made on or prior to April 30, 2007 or because Seller makes the election referred to in paragraph (C) of Section 11.02(a)(vii) of the Disclosure Schedule, the greater of (A) the product of (1) the price or cost per unit that Buyer demonstrates in reasonable detail it would have paid in the absence of such infringement, such price or cost to be based on the average price or cost per unit that Buyer paid or incurred during the preceding twelve month period for such Current Product, multiplied by (2) the number of units of such Current Product manufactured by or for Seller and delivered to Buyer or Buyer’s designee, and (B) all of Seller’s reasonable manufacturing, selling and related costs and expenses (including appropriate allocations for overhead, depreciation and amortization) associated with Seller’s performance under this Section 7.11(b) in respect of such Current Product, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied; or

(ii) if such arrangement is entered into upon a request of Buyer made after April 30, 2007 and prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date, a commercially reasonable amount.

Seller shall invoice Buyer within 60 days after each shipment of such Current Product for the applicable Have Made Costs for the Current Products included in such shipment. Payment of such invoice shall be made within 30 days after delivery to Buyer of such invoice, except to the extent that Buyer may dispute any such Have Made Costs in good faith. Within sixty days after the end of each calendar quarter, Seller shall, if applicable, provide Buyer with reasonable detail and documentation backup to support the calculation of and bases for Have Made Costs with respect to Current Products shipped in such quarter.

 

56


ARTICLE 8

T AX M ATTERS

Section 8.01 . Tax Matters. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, Seller hereby represents and warrants, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, to Buyer that:

(a) Seller and its Subsidiaries have timely paid all Taxes required to be paid, the non-payment of which would result in a Lien on any Purchased Asset or Share.

(b) Seller and its Subsidiaries have established, in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis with that of preceding periods, adequate reserves for the payment of, and will timely pay, all (i) Taxes due and payable (A) which arise from or with respect to the Purchased Assets, the Shares or the operation of the Business or (B) of the Purchased Subsidiaries, in each case which are incurred in or attributable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period and (ii) all Taxes arising out of the Restructuring.

(c) Each Purchased Subsidiary has timely filed all material Tax Returns that it was required to file. All such Tax Returns were correct and complete in all material respects and were prepared in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. All material Taxes owed and due by Purchased Subsidiaries have been paid. There are no Liens on any of the assets of the Purchased Subsidiaries that arose in connection with any failure (or alleged failure) to pay any material Tax.

(d) There is no dispute or claim concerning any material Tax liability of any Purchased Subsidiary either (i) claimed or raised by any authority in writing or (ii) as to which any directors and officers (and employees responsible for Tax matters) of Seller or any Purchased Subsidiary has knowledge based upon personal contact with any agent of such authority.

(e) No Purchased Subsidiary has waived any statute of limitations in respect of any material Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a material Tax assessment or deficiency.

Section 8.02. Tax Cooperation; Allocation of Taxes . (a) Buyer and Seller agree to furnish or cause to be furnished to each other, upon request, as promptly as practicable, such information and assistance relating to the Business, the Purchased Assets and the Purchased Subsidiaries (including access to books and records) as is reasonably necessary for the filing of all Tax returns, the making of any election relating to Taxes, the preparation for any audit by any Taxing Authority, and the prosecution or defense of any claim, suit or proceeding relating

 

57


to any Tax. Buyer and Seller shall retain all books and records with respect to Taxes pertaining to the Purchased Assets or Purchased Subsidiaries for a period of at least seven years following the Closing Date. On or after the end of such period, each party shall provide the other with at least 10 days prior written notice before destroying any such books and records, during which period the party receiving such notice can elect to take possession, at its own expense, of such books and records. Seller and Buyer shall cooperate with each other in the conduct of any audit or other proceeding relating to Taxes involving the Purchased Assets, the Purchased Subsidiaries or the Business.

(b) All real property taxes, personal property taxes and similar ad valorem obligations levied with respect to the Purchased Assets or the Purchased Subsidiaries for a taxable period which includes (but does not end on) the Closing Date (collectively, the “ Apportioned Ad Valorem Obligations ”) shall be apportioned between Seller and Buyer based on the number of days of such taxable period included in the Pre-Closing Tax Period and the number of days of such taxable period after the Closing Date (any such portion of such taxable period, the “ Post-Closing Tax Period ”). All other Taxes with respect to the Purchased Assets or the conduct of the Business (including Taxes of the Purchased Subsidiaries) for such a taxable period (the “ Other Apportioned Obligations ”) shall be apportioned between Buyer and Seller as if such period ended on the Closing Date. Seller shall be liable for the proportionate amount of Apportioned Ad Valorem Obligations and Other Apportioned Obligations (together, the “ Apportioned Obligations ”) that is attributable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period, except to the extent such Taxes were taken into account as a liability in calculating Final Working Capital, and Buyer (or its Subsidiaries) shall be liable for the proportionate amount of such taxes that is attributable to the Post-Closing Tax Period.

(c) All excise, sales, use, value added (except for value added taxes that will be recoverable by Buyer or its Subsidiaries after the Closing Date), registration stamp, recording, documentary, conveyancing, franchise, property, transfer, gains and similar Taxes, levies, charges and fees (collectively, “ Transfer Taxes ”) incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be shared equally by Buyer and Seller. Value added taxes incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement that will be recoverable by Buyer or its Subsidiaries after the Closing Date shall be invoiced by Seller to Buyer, paid by Buyer to Seller and remitted by Seller to the relevant Taxing Authority in accordance with Applicable Law; provided that Seller shall simultaneously with Buyer’s payment of such taxes to Seller advance to Buyer (i) 100% of the aggregate amount by which all such value added taxes exceed $5 million but are less than or equal to $10 million and (ii) 50% of the aggregate amount of all such value added taxes in excess of $10 million and, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), within 10 Business Days of Buyer’s recovery of such value added taxes (or any portion thereof) from the applicable

 

58


Taxing Authorities, Buyer shall reimburse Seller for Seller’s pro rata portion (determined based on the proportion that the total amount advanced by Seller to Buyer under clauses (i) and (ii) bears to the total amount of such recoverable value added taxes paid by Buyer to Seller) of the amount so recovered. Buyer and Seller shall cooperate in providing each other with any appropriate resale exemption certifications and other similar documentation.

(d) Apportioned Obligations and Taxes described in Section 8.02(c) shall be timely paid, and all applicable filings, reports and returns shall be filed, as provided by Applicable Law. The paying party shall be entitled to reimbursement from the non-paying party in accordance with Section 8.02(b) or (c), as the case may be. Upon payment of any such Apportioned Obligation or Tax, the paying party shall present a statement to the non-paying party setting forth the amount of reimbursement to which the paying party is entitled under Section 8.02(b) or (c), as the case may be together with such supporting evidence as is reasonably necessary to calculate the amount to be reimbursed. Except with respect to Taxes of a Purchased Subsidiary that are being paid by Seller to Buyer in accordance with Section 8.02(e), the non-paying party shall make such reimbursement promptly but in no event later than 10 days after the presentation of such statement. Any payment not made within such time shall bear interest on a daily basis, at the rate per annum set forth in Section 2.11(b), for each day until paid.

(e) Buyer shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, all Returns required to be filed by any Purchased Subsidiary after the Closing Date with respect to any Pre-Closing Tax Period. Buyer shall timely file, or cause to be timely filed, all such Returns. Any such Return shall be prepared in a manner consistent with past practice and without a change of any election or any accounting method, except as otherwise required by law, and shall be submitted by Buyer to Seller (together with schedules, statements and, to the extent reasonably requested by Seller, supporting documentation) at least 20 days prior to the due date (including extensions) of such Return. If Seller, within 10 Business Days after delivery of any such Return, notifies Buyer in writing that it objects to any items in such Return, the disputed items shall be resolved by mutual agreement between Buyer and Seller. Seller will pay to Buyer the amount of Taxes shown on such Return no later than two days prior to the date such Return is required to be filed, except to the extent such Taxes were taken into account as a liability in calculating Final Working Capital.

(f) Buyer shall promptly pay or cause to be paid to Seller all refunds of Taxes and interest thereon received by any Purchased Subsidiary attributable to Taxes paid by any Purchased Subsidiary with respect to any Pre-Closing Tax Period, except to the extent such refund is taken into account as an asset in calculating Final Working Capital or is attributable to the carryback of a Tax attribute arising in a Post-Closing Tax Period or a later Tax Period. If, in lieu of receiving such refund, any Purchased Subsidiary reduces a Tax Liability or

 

59


increases a tax asset relating to a taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date, Buyer shall promptly pay or cause to be paid to Seller the amount of such reduction in Tax Liability or, when realized, the amount of any benefit resulting from such increase in tax assets, as the case may be. Any amount required to be paid by Buyer to Seller pursuant to this Section 8.02(f) shall be reduced by the amount of any increase in Taxes of a Purchased Subsidiary as a result of the receipt of such refund, reduction in Tax Liability or increase in tax assets.

ARTICLE 9

P ERSONNEL M ATTERS

Section 9.01 . Business Employees. Buyer shall (or will cause one of its Subsidiaries to) (i) continue the employment on and after the Closing Date of each Business Employee who is currently employed by a Purchased Subsidiary and (ii) on or prior to the Closing Date, make an offer of employment to each other current Business Employee, in both cases on the terms set forth in this Section 9.01. For the avoidance of doubt, current Business Employees include any Business Employee who is, immediately prior to the Closing, absent from work on account of paid time-off, vacation, sick or personal leave (but not short-term disability or long-term disability), worker’s compensation or leave of absence (other than a leave of absence resulting from a reduction in force or a “bridging” of age and/or service credit for purposes of an Employee Plan) and any Business Employee for whom an obligation to recall, rehire or otherwise return to employment exists under a contractual obligation or law (such as, without limitation, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act and any Applicable Law that requires employers to permit the return of their employees following a leave of absence ( e.g. , maternity leave)). Any U.S. Business Employee who is, immediately prior to the Closing, absent from work on account of short-term disability shall receive an offer of employment from Buyer (or one of its Subsidiaries) on the terms set forth in this Section 9.01 when he or she is able and willing to return to active employment; provided that such individual so returns within six months following the Closing Date (in this regard, Buyer or such Subsidiary shall make any reasonable accommodation required under Applicable Law to accommodate the disability that resulted in such individual being on such short-term disability). Unless a written acceptance of an offer of employment is required by Applicable Law, a Business Employee who continues employment or who has received an offer shall be deemed to have accepted such continuance or offer, unless such Business Employee specifically declines such continuance or offer. Business Employees described in clause (i) who continue such employment and Business Employees described in clause (ii) (including in each case any Business Employees returning from short-term disability) who accept such offer

 

60


of employment shall collectively be the “ Transferred Employees ”. Transferred Employees who are based primarily in the United States shall collectively be the “ Transferred Employees (U.S.) ”. Transferred Employees who are based primarily outside of the United States shall collectively be the “ Transferred Employees (Non-U.S.) ”. Buyer and Seller agree to utilize, or cause their respective Affiliates to utilize, the standard procedure set forth in Revenue Procedure 2004-53 with respect to wage reporting for Transferred Employees (U.S.).

Section 9.02 . Maintenance of Compensation and Employee Benefits. (a) Subject to the penultimate sentence of this Section 9.02(a), Buyer agrees that for a period of 12 months after the Closing Date (the “ Relevant Period ”), it will provide (or will cause to be provided) each Transferred Employee with an annual base salary and non-equity based incentive compensation opportunity that are at least equal to his or her annual base salary and non-equity based incentive compensation opportunity in effect immediately prior to the Closing. In addition, Buyer agrees that during the Relevant Period, it will provide (or will cause to be provided) Transferred Employees with benefits that are, in the aggregate, substantially comparable to the benefits provided to Transferred Employees immediately prior to the Closing (other than any equity-based benefits). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge and agree that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement with respect to any Member State of the European Community is a “relevant transfer” within the meaning of the Transfer of Undertakings (Protection of Employment) Regulations 1981, as amended from time to time and the regulations and/or laws implementing the European Council Directive of March 12, 2001 (2001/23/EC) relating to the safeguarding of employees’ rights in the event of transfers of undertakings, businesses or parts of businesses and any country implementing legislation under such Directive as amended (“ EU Employment Regulations ”), and the parties shall cooperate in good faith to (i) satisfy, or cause to be satisfied, the information and consultation requirements of the EU Employment Regulations as they apply to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) to comply with, or cause the compliance with, any other Applicable Law relating to the continuation of employment of employees or the offering of employment to individuals. Without limiting the generality of this Section 9.02(a), Section 9.02(b) through Section 9.02(l) shall apply to Transferred Employees, to the extent described therein.

(b) Buyer agrees that during the Relevant Period it will provide (or will cause to be provided) reasonable relocation benefits for any Transferred Employee (U.S.) whose principal location of employment is relocated to a location greater than 35 miles from his or her location of employment immediately prior to the Closing.

 

61


(c) With respect to each Employee Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA (each, a “ Seller DB Plan ”):

(i) effective on the Closing Date, Seller shall take all necessary actions to cause such Seller DB Plan to be amended (if required) to provide for the direct trust-to-trust transfer of assets and liabilities as contemplated in this Section 9.02(c);

(ii) as soon as reasonably practicable after the Closing Date, Buyer shall establish or designate, effective as of the Closing Date, a defined benefit pension plan and trust which shall be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code (the “ Buyer DB Plan ”) and shall cover Transferred Employees who are participants of the Seller DB Plan immediately prior to the Closing (“ DB Participants ”), and the parties shall cooperate in good faith to effect such establishment or designation as soon as reasonably practicable after the Closing Date. As soon as practicable following the establishment of the Buyer DB Plan, Seller and Buyer, if necessary, shall file with the Internal Revenue Service proper notice on IRS Form 5310A regarding the transfer of assets and liabilities from the Seller DB Plan to the Buyer DB Plan;

(iii) as soon as practicable after the date that is four months after the Closing Date (or if later, as soon after such date as the Certifications, as hereinafter defined, are received), Seller will cause the trustees of the Seller DB Plan to transfer the Initial Pension Amount, as hereinafter defined, to the Buyer DB Plan. As soon as practicable after the date that is six months after the Closing Date (or if later, as soon after such date as the Certifications, if not previously received, are received), the Seller will cause the trustees of the Seller DB Plan to transfer the Final Pension Amount, as hereinafter defined, to the Buyer DB Plan.

For purposes of this section, the “ Final Pension Amount ” shall mean (x) an amount of assets of the Seller DB Plan that would be allocated to DB Participants if the Seller DB Plan were terminated on the Closing Date and assets were allocated to participants in accordance with Section 4044 of ERISA

(A) using the methodology of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“ PBGC ”) for plan terminations,

(B) using the interest rate and mortality tables used by the PBGC and effective on the Closing Date for valuing annuities,

(C) assuming participants not in pay status will retire and elect a lump sum under the Seller DB Plan payable at expected retirement age, as determined in accordance with Appendix D of PBGC Regulation Part 4044,

 

62


(D) using for purposes of determining the lump-sum value the interest rate and mortality table specified in the Seller DB Plan for valuing lump sums and effective for lump sums made on the Closing Date,

(E) without regard to any assets or liabilities associated with any account under the Seller DB Plan maintained pursuant to Section 401(h) of the Code and

(F) without any provisions for expenses as defined under ERISA Regulation 4044.3(a) and Part 4044, Appendix C,

adjusted to reflect (y) earnings on the balance of the amount described in clause (x) above outstanding ( i.e. , not theretofore transferred in accordance with this section) from time to time at the rate of earnings on assets of the Seller DB Plan during the period from the Closing Date to the last day of the month ending prior to the actual date(s) of transfer, minus a portion of expenses paid from the trust proportional to the amount of assets to be transferred in relation to the total amount of assets of the Seller DB Plan prior to the transfer, and further reduced by any benefit payments made in respect of DB Participants (and their alternate payees, if any) prior to the actual date(s) of transfer,

less (z) the Initial Pension Amount;

the “ Initial Pension Amount ” shall be 85% of the amount described in clause (x) of the definition of Final Pension Amount, as estimated in the reasonable discretion of the enrolled actuary for the Seller DB Plan and agreed by the actuary for the Buyer DB Plan, such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and

the “ Certifications ” shall mean Buyer’s certification to Seller, and Seller’s certification to Buyer, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, that the Buyer DB Plan and Seller DB Plan are qualified under the applicable provisions of the Code.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the transfer of assets and liabilities from the Seller DB Plan to the Buyer DB Plan shall be required to satisfy the requirements of Section 414(l) of the Code. Buyer and Seller shall each use reasonable efforts to effect the asset and liability transfers contemplated in this Section 9.02(c) as soon as reasonably practicable; provided that the Initial Pension Amount and the Final Pension Amount shall be transferred no later than the date that is eight months following the Closing Date;

 

63


(iv) all Liabilities associated with any participants of the Seller DB Plan (other than Liabilities associated with DB Participants upon the asset and liability transfers contemplated in this Section 9.02(c)) shall remain the responsibility of Seller;

(v) Buyer shall cause the Buyer DB Plan to credit each DB Participant with full past service credit for eligibility, vesting, benefit accrual and all other purposes from his or her date of employment (adjusted to reflect breaks in service in accordance with the provisions of the Seller DB Plan) with Seller and its Affiliates to the extent such service was credited on behalf of such DB Participant under the Seller DB Plan; and

(vi) Seller shall provide Buyer with all information requested by Buyer with respect to DB Participants and up to 10 other participants in the Seller DB Plan that is reasonably necessary to verify the calculation of the liabilities for such DB Participants used to determine the amount of assets transferred from the Seller DB Plan to the Buyer DB Plan as contemplated in Section 9.02(c)(iii).

(d)(i) As soon as reasonably practicable after the Closing Date, Buyer shall cover (or will cause to be covered), effective as of the Closing Date and for the Relevant Period, each Transferred Employee (U.S.) under one or more other defined contribution plans and trusts intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code (collectively, the “ Buyer DC Plan ”) on the same basis as similarly situated employees of Buyer and its Subsidiaries ( provided that to the extent that Buyer and its Subsidiaries do not have similarly situated employees, the basis on which Transferred Employees (U.S.) shall participate in the Buyer DC Plan as of the Closing Date shall be substantially comparable to the basis on which they participated in any defined contribution plan and trust intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code that is sponsored by Seller or any of its Affiliates as in effect immediately prior to the Closing (the “ Seller DC Plan ”)) and on terms that reflect the service credit provisions of Section 9.02(f). Effective as of the Closing Date or any subsequent date reasonably requested by Buyer (no later than the 60 th day following the Closing Date), Transferred Employees (U.S.) shall be eligible to effect a “direct rollover” (as described in Section 401(a)(31) of the Code) of their account balances (including participant loans) under the Seller DC Plan to the Buyer DC Plan in the form of cash and participant loan notes; provided that any such direct rollover shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Buyer DC Plan applicable to rollover contributions. Prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall amend and take any other action, or cause to be amended or have any other action taken, including requesting the approval of the Board of Directors or a

 

64


committee thereof, if necessary, to vest any account balances in respect of Transferred Employees (U.S.) in the Seller DC Plan that are unvested as of the Closing Date and make to the Seller DC Plan the pro rata portion of employer contributions, if any, in respect of Transferred Employees (U.S.) through the date immediately prior to the Closing; and

(ii) all Liabilities associated with any participants of the Seller DC Plan (other than Liabilities associated with Transferred Employees (U.S.) who elect a direct rollover of account balances as contemplated in this Section 9.02(d) and for whom such direct rollover is effected) shall remain the responsibility of Seller.

(e) With respect to each International Plan which provides retirement benefits (each, a “ Seller International Retirement Plan ”):

(i) effective on the Closing Date, each Transferred Employee (Non-U.S.) who is an active participant in a Seller International Retirement Plan shall be vested in his or her accrued benefit earned through the Closing Date;

(ii) effective on the Closing Date, each Transferred Employee (Non-U.S.) who is an active participant in a Seller International Retirement Plan shall cease to be an active participant under such International Retirement Plan and shall become a participant in one or more retirement plans established or designated by Buyer (collectively, the “ Buyer International Retirement Plan ”);

(iii) as soon as practicable after the Closing, Seller shall cause the transfer from each Seller International Retirement Plan to the Buyer International Retirement Plan of assets and liabilities which are attributable to the Transferred Employees (Non-U.S.) who are participants as of the Closing Date in a Seller International Retirement Plan, where permissible by Applicable Law. Subject to Section 9.02(e)(iv), the amount of assets to be transferred (the “ International Transfer Amount ”) shall be the amount determined as of the Closing Date, using service and compensation as of the Closing Date, and on the basis of the actuarial assumptions and valuations most recently used to determine employer contributions to such Seller International Retirement Plan. Such determination of the amount to be transferred shall be made by Seller’s actuary and verified by Buyer’s actuary (such verification not be unreasonably withheld). Buyer’s actuary may comment with respect to the determination of the amount to be so transferred, and any such comments shall, in good faith, be taken into account by Seller’s actuary. Within a reasonable period of time before the transfer, Seller’s actuary shall provide such other information as may be reasonably necessary to

 

65


permit Buyer’s actuary to comment with respect to the determination of such amount. In the event that the trustee of the Seller International Retirement Plan is precluded from Applicable Law from transferring an amount equal to the International Transfer Amount, the transfer from the Seller International Retirement Plan to the Buyer International Retirement Plan shall be limited as required by Applicable Law, and Seller shall separately pay to Buyer any difference between the Transfer Amount and the maximum asset transfer as subsequently determined under Applicable Law;

(iv) where the Seller International Retirement Plan is a defined contribution plan, the Transfer Amount shall be equal to the account balances on the Closing Date of the Transferred Employees (Non-U.S.);

(v) Buyer agrees to enroll the Transferred Employees (Non-U.S.) who are participants in a Seller International Retirement Plan in a Buyer International Retirement Plan, and the Buyer International Retirement Plan shall be liable for benefits with respect to such Transferred Employees (Non-U.S.) accrued under the Seller International Retirement Plan prior to the Closing Date; and

(vi) if a transfer in accordance with Section 9.02(e)(iii) is not permissible, and a Transferred Employee (Non-U.S.) transfers his or her pension rights to a Buyer International Retirement Plan following the Closing Date, the amount of assets to be transferred (or any additional amount required to be transferred by Seller as a result of a shortfall) with respect to him or her shall be determined by this Section 9.02(e); provided that the amount so transferred shall not be less than the amount required to be transferred under Applicable Law.

(f) Buyer shall grant (or will cause to be granted) each Transferred Employee credit for years of prior service with the Seller or any of its Affiliates or their respective predecessors for all purposes (other than for any purpose under any equity-based plan or arrangement) to the extent and for the purposes credited under an analogous Employee Plan or International Plan prior to the Closing Date; provided that no service credit shall be granted to the extent any duplication of benefits results.

(g) Effective as of the Closing Date (or such later date as may be provided pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement; provided that Buyer cooperates in good faith with Seller in the establishment, effective as of the Closing Date, of mirror health and welfare benefit plans by Buyer and its Subsidiaries), each Transferred Employee shall cease participation in the health and welfare benefit plans of Seller and any of its Affiliates (other than a Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries to the extent such health and welfare

 

66


benefit plan is maintained solely for the employees of a Purchased Subsidiary or one of its Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Seller Welfare Plan ”) and commence participation in the health and welfare benefit plans maintained, administered or contributed to by Buyer and its Subsidiaries (each, a “ Buyer Welfare Plan ”). Seller and its Affiliates (other than the Purchased Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries) shall be responsible for claims incurred under a Seller Welfare Plan for Transferred Employees prior to the Closing Date. All claims incurred under a Buyer Welfare Plan for Transferred Employees on or after the Closing Date shall be the responsibility of Buyer and its Subsidiaries. For purposes of this Section 9.02(g), the following claims shall be deemed to be incurred as follows: (i) life, accidental death and dismemberment and business travel accident insurance benefits, upon the death or accident giving rise to such benefits; (ii) health or medical, dental, vision care and/or prescription drug benefits, upon provision of such services, materials or supplies; and (iii) short- and long-term disability benefits, upon the event that gives rise to the disability. Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to the provisions of Section 9.01 pertaining to U.S. Business Employees on short-term disability, Seller and Buyer hereby agree that (A) any Business Employee who as of the Closing Date is receiving short-term or long-term disability benefits (or who has satisfied the requirements for receiving such benefits), shall become eligible or continue to be eligible, as applicable, to receive such benefits under Seller’s short-term or long-term disability plan, as applicable, unless and until such individual is no longer disabled, and (B) Seller shall be solely liable for any other liabilities, obligations or commitments arising in connection with any Business Employee who is receiving long-term disability benefits (or who has satisfied the requirements for receiving such benefits) as of the Closing Date.

(h) Buyer shall (or will cause one of its Subsidiaries to):

(i) where reasonably possible during the plan year in which the Closing Date occurs, waive all limitations as to pre-existing conditions, exclusions and waiting periods with respect to participation and coverage requirements applicable to the Transferred Employees (U.S.) under any health and welfare plans in which such Transferred Employees (U.S.) are eligible to participate after the Closing Date to the extent that such limitations were waived under the applicable Employee Plan; and

(ii) where reasonably possible, provide each Transferred Employee (U.S.) with credit during the plan year in which the Closing Date occurs for any co-payments and deductibles paid prior to the Closing Date in satisfying any applicable deductible or out-of-pocket requirements under any health and welfare plans that such Transferred Employees (U.S.) are eligible to participate in after the Closing Date.

 

67


(i) As of the Closing Date, Seller shall transfer from medical and dependent care account plans of Seller and any of its Affiliates (other than a Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Seller FSA Plan ”) to one or more medical and dependent care account plans established or designated by Buyer (collectively, the “ Buyer FSA Plan ”) the account balances in respect of 2006 ( provided that the Closing Date occurs in 2006) of Transferred Employees (U.S.), and Buyer shall be responsible for the obligations of the Seller FSA Plans to provide benefits to Transferred Employees (U.S.) with respect to such transferred account balances on or after the Closing Date. Each Transferred Employee (U.S.) shall be permitted to continue to have payroll deductions made as most recently elected by him or her under the applicable Seller FSA Plan. Buyer shall reimburse Seller for benefits paid by the Seller FSA Plans in respect of claims incurred in 2006 ( provided that the Closing Date occurs in 2006) to any Transferred Employee (U.S.) prior to the Closing Date to the extent in excess of the payroll deductions made in respect of such Transferred Employee (U.S.) on or prior to the Closing Date, but only to the extent of the amount that such Transferred Employee (U.S.) continues to contribute to the Buyer FSA Plan.

(j) Any Transferred Employee (U.S.) who (A) is terminated other than for cause during the Relevant Period, or (B) rejects an offer of employment from Buyer or one of its Affiliates at Closing (which offer of employment did not meet the requirements of Section 9.02(a) or required that the Transferred Employee (U.S.) relocate his or her principal location of employment to a location greater than 35 miles from his or her location of employment immediately prior to the Closing) and does not otherwise accept another offer of employment from Buyer or one of its Affiliates at Closing, shall be entitled to severance from Buyer in an amount equal to what he or she would have received under the severance plan of Seller or its Affiliates (as in effect on the date hereof, other than immaterial changes made to avoid or minimize the effect of the application of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder) applicable to such Transferred Employee (U.S.) (taking into account any post-Closing service with Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries), assuming for purposes of this Section 9.02(j) that such Transferred Employee (U.S.) had satisfied any requirements for the receipt of severance under such plan or policy; provided that in order to receive an enhanced severance benefit such Transferred Employee (U.S.) executes, delivers and does not revoke a general release in favor of Seller, Buyer and their respective Affiliates.

(k) Any Transferred Employee (U.S.) shall carry over to Buyer or one of its Affiliates any “banked” time that he or she has accrued as of immediately prior to the Closing under the policy of Seller and its Affiliates with respect to paid time-off. With respect to any such Transferred Employee (U.S.) whose accrued “banked” time at the end of the calendar year in which the Closing occurs is in excess of the amount of “banked” time that such Transferred Employee (U.S.) would have been entitled to accrue during an 18-month period under the

 

68


policy of Seller and its Affiliates with respect to paid time-off (as in effect immediately prior to the Closing), Buyer may, at its election, pay (or may cause to be paid) cash to such Transferred Employee (U.S.) in lieu of such excess accrued “banked” time in accordance with the policy of Seller and its Affiliates with respect to the cash-out of excess “banked” time (as in effect immediately prior to the Closing), and any such excess accrued “banked” time that is not so cashed out shall continue to be carried over. With respect to any such Transferred Employee (U.S.) whose employment terminates for any reason, Buyer shall pay cash to such Transferred Employee (U.S.) in lieu of any accrued “banked” time that he or she has accrued as of the effective date of such termination in accordance with the policy of Seller and its Affiliates with respect to the cash-out of accrued time “banked” by terminated employees (as in effect immediately prior to the Closing). The treatment of any accrued but unused vacation, sick or personal leave or time-off in respect of any Transferred Employee (Non-U.S.) shall be in accordance with Applicable Law.

(l) With respect to each Employee Plan that provides retiree medical benefits to Business Employees and that is funded through a voluntary employee’s beneficiary association (“ VEBA ”) and an account under Section 401(h) of the Code (collectively, the “ Seller Retiree Medical Plan ”):

(i) effective as of the Closing Date, Seller shall take all necessary actions to cause the appropriate plan and trust documents to be amended (if and to the extent necessary) to provide for the direct trust-to-trust transfer of assets and liabilities as contemplated in this Section 9.02(l), including requesting the approval of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, if necessary;

(ii) as soon as reasonably practicable after the Closing Date, Buyer shall establish or designate, effective as of the Closing Date, a retiree medical plan and a VEBA or VEBAs which shall be qualified under Section 501(c)(9) of the Code (collectively, the “ Buyer Retiree Medical Plan” ) on behalf of Transferred Employees (U.S.), and the parties shall cooperate in good faith to effect such establishment or designation as soon as reasonably practicable after the Closing Date;

(iii) as soon as practicable after the later of (x) four months after the Closing Date and (y) the dates of receipt by Buyer and Seller of Buyer’s certification to Seller and Seller’s certification to Buyer, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E, that the Buyer’s VEBA(s) and Seller’s VEBA(s) are qualified under the applicable provisions of the Code, the assets and liabilities associated with all Transferred Employees (U.S.) (and their spouses and other dependents, if any) shall be transferred from the Seller’s VEBA(s) to the Buyer’s VEBA(s). The amount of assets accumulated to provide retiree medical

 

69


benefits in the Seller’s account VEBA(s) that will be transferred shall be the aggregate amount of assets in the Seller’s VEBA(s), multiplied b y a fraction, the numerator of which is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (APBO) in the Seller Retiree Medical Plan for the Transferred Employees (U.S.) (and their spouses and other dependents, if any) immediately prior to the Closing Date, and the denominator of which is the APBO for all participants and their spouses and other dependents (if any) in the Seller Retiree Medical Plan, including Transferred Employees (U.S.) (and their spouses and other dependents, if any) at such date. The plan provisions, census data, valuation methods and actuarial assumptions used to determine the APBO shall be the same as those used by Seller to determine the SFAS 106 curtailment charge for the transactions contemplated hereby. The assets to be transferred shall be credited with earnings on the balance outstanding from time to time at the rate of earnings of the entire trust on assets of the Seller’s VEBA(s) during the period from the Closing Date to the last day of the month ending prior to the actual date(s) of transfer, minus a portion of expenses paid from the trust proportional to the amount of assets to be transferred in relation to the total amount of assets of the Seller’s VEBA(s) prior to the transfer, and further reduced by any benefit payments made in respect of Transferred Employees (U.S.) (and their spouses and other dependents, if any) prior to the actual date(s) of transfer. Buyer and Seller shall each use reasonable efforts to effect the asset and liability transfers contemplated in this Section 9.02(l) as soon as reasonably practicable;

(iv) all Liabilities associated with any participants of the Seller Retiree Medical Plan (other than Liabilities associated with Transferred Employees (U.S.) and their spouses and other dependants, if any, upon the asset and liability transfers contemplated in this Section 9.02(l)) shall remain the responsibility of Seller;

(v) Buyer shall cause the Buyer Retiree Medical Plan to credit each Transferred Employee (U.S.) with full past service credit for eligibility, vesting, benefit accrual and all other purposes from his or her date of employment (adjusted to reflect breaks in service in accordance with the provisions of the Seller Retiree Medical Plan) with Seller and its Affiliates to the extent such service was credited on behalf of such Transferred Employee (U.S.) under the Seller Retiree Medical Plan.

(vi) Seller shall provide Buyer with all information requested by Buyer with respect to Transferred Employees (U.S.) and up to 10 other participants in the Seller Retiree Medical Plan that is reasonably necessary to verify the calculation of the liabilities for such Transferred Employees used to determine the amount of assets transferred from the Seller Retiree Medical Plan to the Buyer Retiree Medical Plan as contemplated by Section 9.02(l)(iii);

 

70


(vii) the assets transferred pursuant to Section 9.02(l)(iii) plus all future investment earnings thereon shall be exclusively used to pay for retiree medical benefits and related administration costs for Transferred Employees (U.S.) (and their spouses or other dependents, if any) and, for so long as the provisions of the Buyer Retiree Medical Plan are substantially the same as those of the Seller Retiree Medical Plan (as of the Closing Date) for other employees (including spouses and other dependents thereof) of the Business to the extent permitted by Applicable Law; and

(viii) for the avoidance of doubt, effective as of the Closing Date, Transferred Employees (U.S.) shall be eligible to receive benefits under the Buyer Retiree Medical Plan and shall not be eligible to receive benefits under the Seller Retiree Medical Plan.

Section 9.03 . Employee Communications. The initial communication with Business Employees relating to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents shall be agreed upon by the parties. Thereafter, until the Closing, the parties agree to consult with each other before making any further communication with Business Employees of a similar widely disseminated nature, and neither party shall make any such further communication that is inconsistent with communications previously agreed upon unless the content thereof shall have been agreed upon by the other party (it being understood that Seller may respond to questions from Business Employees on matters within the scope of the initial communication and not inconsistent therewith).

Section 9.04 . Acknowledgement. Buyer and Seller acknowledge and agree that nothing contained in this Article 9 shall be construed to limit in any way the ability of Buyer or its Affiliates to terminate the employment of any Transferred Employee from and after the Closing Date; provided that such termination is in accordance with Applicable Law.

Section 9.05 . No Third-party Beneficiaries. Without limiting the generality of Section 13.07, nothing in this Article 9, express or implied, is intended to confer any rights, benefits, remedies, obligations or liabilities under this Agreement upon any Person, including any current or former Business Employee (including any Transferred Employee), other than the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns.

 

71


ARTICLE 10

C ONDITIONS T O C LOSING

Section 10.01. Conditions to Obligations of Buyer and Seller . The obligations of Buyer and Seller to consummate the Closing are subject to the satisfaction (or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, waiver by each party) of the following conditions:

(a) any applicable waiting period under the HSR Act relating to the transactions contemplated hereby shall have expired or been terminated;

(b) all approvals pursuant to Competition Laws listed on Section 10.01(b) of the Disclosure Schedule shall have been obtained;

(c) all approvals of Governmental Authorities listed on Section 10.01(c) of the Disclosure Schedule shall have been obtained;

(d) no provision of any Applicable Law shall prohibit the consummation of the Closing or subject the Buyer or Seller to any penalty or other condition that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(e) the Restructuring with respect to TI Korea shall have been completed.

Section 10.02. Conditions to Obligation of Buyer . The obligation of Buyer to consummate the Closing is subject to the satisfaction (or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, waiver by Buyer) of the following further conditions:

(a)(i) Seller shall have performed in all material respects all of its obligations hereunder required to be performed by it on or prior to the Closing Date, (ii) the representations and warranties of Seller contained in this Agreement (disregarding all materiality and Material Adverse Effect qualifications) shall be true when made and at and as of the Closing Date, as if made at and as of such date, with only such exceptions as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) Buyer shall have received a certificate signed by an officer of Seller to the foregoing effect;

(b) all consents of third parties required by the agreements listed in Section 10.02(b) of the Disclosure Schedule shall have been obtained;

 

72


(c) all governmental licenses, authorizations, permits, consents and approvals required to carry on the Business as now conducted shall have been transferred to or otherwise obtained by Buyer on or before the Closing Date, with only such exceptions as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(d) Buyer shall have received all documents it may reasonably request relating to (i) the existence of Seller and its Subsidiaries (including the Purchased Subsidiaries) and (ii) the authority of Seller for this Agreement, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer; and

(e) The proceeds of the Debt Financing shall have been received by Buyer, or shall be fully available to Buyer, on substantially the terms and conditions set forth in the Debt Commitment Letter (including after giving effect to any changes pursuant to the “market flex” provisions thereof); provided that Buyer shall not be entitled to assert the failure of the condition set forth in this Section 10.02(e) if the failure of the Debt Financing to be consummated has resulted solely from the failure of the Equity Financing to be consummated.

Section 10.03. Conditions to Obligation of Seller . The obligation of Seller to consummate the Closing is subject to the satisfaction (or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, waiver by Seller) of the following further conditions:

(a)(i) Buyer shall have performed in all material respects all of its obligations hereunder required to be performed by it at or prior to the Closing Date, (ii) the representations and warranties of Buyer contained in this Agreement shall be true in all material respects when made and at and as of the Closing Date, as if made at and as of such date and (iii) Seller shall have received a certificate signed by an officer of Buyer to the foregoing effect; and

(b) Seller shall have received all documents it may reasonably request relating to the existence of Buyer and the authority of Buyer for this Agreement, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Seller.

ARTICLE 11

S URVIVAL ; I NDEMNIFICATION

Section 11.01. Survival . The representations and warranties of the parties hereto contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing until April 30, 2007; provided that (i) the representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.17

 

73


( Finders’ Fees ) and 4.07 ( Finders’ Fees ) shall survive indefinitely or until the latest date permitted by law, (ii) the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.20 ( Environmental Compliance ) shall survive until the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date and (iii) the representations and warranties contained in Article 8 ( Tax Matters ) shall survive until 30 days after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations (giving effect to any waiver, mitigation or extension thereof). The covenants and agreements of the parties hereto contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing indefinitely or for the shorter period explicitly specified therein, except that for such covenants and agreements that survive for such shorter period, breaches thereof shall survive indefinitely or until the latest date permitted by law. Notwithstanding the preceding two sentences, any breach of covenant, agreement, representation or warranty in respect of which indemnity may be sought under this Agreement shall survive the time at which it would otherwise terminate pursuant to the preceding two sentences, if notice of the inaccuracy thereof giving rise to such right of indemnity shall have been given to the party against whom such indemnity may be sought prior to such time.

Section 11.02. Indemnification . (a) Effective at and after the Closing, Seller indemnifies Buyer and its Subsidiaries (including the Purchased Subsidiaries) and each of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents and Representatives (each, a “ Buyer Indemnified Party ”) against and agrees to hold each of them harmless from any and all damage, loss, Liability and expense (including reasonable expenses of investigation and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses in connection with any action, suit or proceeding whether involving a third party claim or a claim solely between the parties hereto) (“ Damages ”) incurred or suffered by a Buyer Indemnified Party arising out of:

(i) subject to the terms of Section 11.03(g)(v), any misrepresentation or breach of warranty (each such misrepresentation and breach of warranty, a “ Warranty Breach ”) or breach of covenant or agreement made or to be performed by Seller pursuant to this Agreement;

(ii) any Excluded Liability (other than an Identified Environmental Liability);

(iii) any Purchased Subsidiary Liability;

(iv) the matters described in item 1 or 2 of Section 3.11 of the Disclosure Schedule (the “ Specified Matters ”);

(v) any Identified Environmental Liability;

(vi) any of the matters described in Section 11.02(a)(vi) of the Disclosure Schedule;

 

74


(vii) any of the matters described in Section 11.02(a)(vii) of the Disclosure Schedule; or

(viii) the restructuring described in item 8 of Section 3.08(f) of the Disclosure Schedule and item 1 of Section 3.09 of the Disclosure Schedule to the extent that the amount of such Damages exceeds the reserve reflected in Final Working Capital with respect to such restructuring;

provided that (A) Seller shall not be liable for Warranty Breaches, Specified Matters, Infringement Claims (as defined in Section 11.02(a)(vii) of the Disclosure Schedule) or TSA Consequential Damages (as defined in the Transition Services Agreement) unless the aggregate amount of Damages with respect to all Warranty Breaches, the Specified Matters, Infringement Claims and TSA Consequential Damages exceeds $30,000,000 and then only to the extent of such excess (the “ Seller General Basket ”), (B) Seller’s maximum aggregate liability for all Warranty Breaches, the Specified Matters, the Identified Environmental Liabilities, all Infringement Claims and all TSA Consequential Damages shall not exceed $300,000,000 (the “ Seller Cap ”) and (C) with respect to Infringement Royalty/Cover Damages (as defined in Section 11.02(a)(vii) of the Disclosure Schedule) under clause (vii) above that are indemnifiable after exhaustion of the Seller General Basket, Seller’s liability under this Agreement shall be limited to 80% of such Infringement Royalty/Cover Damages in excess of the Seller General Basket (and subject, for the avoidance of doubt, to the Seller Cap); and provided further that (1) Seller shall not be liable with respect to any single claim or group of related claims with respect to a Warranty Breach or an Infringement Claim that results in Damages of $100,000 or less (and such Damages shall not be applied to the Seller General Basket), (2) with respect to indemnification by Seller for Identified Environmental Liabilities, Seller shall not be liable unless the aggregate amount of Damages with respect to all such Identified Environmental Liabilities exceeds $497,000 and then only to the extent of such excess (the “ Seller Environmental Basket ”) and (3) the Seller General Basket, the Seller Cap and clause (1) of this proviso shall not apply with respect to Warranty Breaches related to the Excluded Representations. For the avoidance of doubt, Seller shall not be liable for any Damages relating to a Warranty Breach of Section 3.07 or 8.01(a) to the extent a Buyer Indemnified Party has been compensated for such Damages pursuant to Seller’s performance of its obligations to pay Taxes to the relevant Taxing Authority or reimburse Buyer pursuant to Article 8.

(b) Effective at and after the Closing, Buyer indemnifies Seller and its Subsidiaries and each of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents and Representatives (each, a “ Seller Indemnified Party ”) against and agrees to hold each of them harmless from any and all Damages incurred or suffered by Seller or any of its Affiliates arising out of:

(i) any Warranty Breach or breach of covenant or agreement made or to be performed by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement; or

 

75


(ii) any Assumed Liability (except, with respect to the Specified Matters, any Identified Environmental Liability, any Warranty Breach or any Infringement Claim, to the extent that Seller is required to indemnify the Buyer Indemnified Parties pursuant to Section 11.02(a));

provided that (A) Buyer shall not be liable for Warranty Breaches or TSA Consequential Damages unless the aggregate amount of Damages with respect to all Warranty Breaches and TSA Consequential Damages exceeds $30,000,000 and then only to the extent of such excess (the “ Buyer Basket ”) and (B) Buyer’s maximum liability for all such Warranty Breaches and TSA Consequential Damages shall not exceed $300,000,000 (the “ Buyer Cap ”); and provided further that (1) Buyer shall not be liable with respect to any single claim or group of related claims with respect to a Warranty Breach that results in Damages of $100,000 or less (and such Damages shall not be applied to the Buyer Basket) and (2) the Buyer Basket, the Buyer Cap and clause (1) of this proviso shall not apply with respect to Warranty Breaches related to the Excluded Representations.

(c) All Warranty Breaches (except for Warranty Breaches with respect to Section 3.08(a) or Section 3.10(a)(xi)) shall, for purposes of Sections 11.02(a) and 11.02(b), be determined without giving effect to any qualification in the representations and warranties of Seller or Buyer as to materiality, in all material respects, Material Adverse Effect, material adverse effect or words of similar effect.

Section 11.03. Procedures . (a) Any party(ies) entitled to indemnification under Section 11.02 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) agrees to give prompt notice to the party from whom the Indemnified Party is entitled to seek indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) of the assertion of any claim, or the commencement of any suit, action or proceeding in respect of which the Indemnified Party is entitled to seek indemnification under Section 11.02 (it being understood that a party’s entitlement to indemnification shall be determined without regard to the application of (i) the Seller General Basket, Seller Environmental Basket and Buyer Basket (collectively, the “ Baskets ”) and (ii) the Seller Cap and Buyer Cap (collectively, the “ Caps ”)) and will provide the Indemnifying Party such information with respect thereto that the Indemnifying Party may reasonably request. The failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent such failure shall have adversely prejudiced the Indemnifying Party.

(b) Seller shall control and appoint lead counsel for the defense of any claim asserted by any third party (a “ Third Party Claim ”) that is an Excluded Liability. In addition, the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to control and

 

76


appoint lead counsel for the defense of any Third Party Claim or any Environmental Matter if (i) it is reasonably expected that indemnification payments to be made by the Indemnifying Party in respect of such Third Party Claim or Environmental Matter in accordance with Section 11.02 (taking into account the Baskets and the Caps) will be greater than the harm suffered by the Indemnified Party as a result of such Third Party Claim, including any injunctive, equitable or other non-monetary relief sought by such third party, (ii) the Indemnifying Party shall acknowledge in writing its obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party for any Damages relating to such Third Party Claim or Environmental Matter (subject to the limitations on indemnification set forth in this Article 11, including the Baskets and the Caps) and (iii) the Indemnifying Party shall notify the Indemnified Party that it has elected to assume such defense promptly but in any event within 30 days after receipt of the notice with respect to such Third Party Claim referred to in Section 11.02(a) or, with respect to Environmental Matters, in a timely manner given the facts and circumstances and changes thereto or development thereof over time (it being understood that the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to take such actions as may be required to defend such Third Party Claim, including if necessary seeking extensions of time to respond to pleadings and the like, prior to the receipt of such acknowledgement within the 30-day period referred to above). The Indemnified Party shall be entitled to control and appoint lead counsel for the defense of any Third Party Claim if the Indemnifying Party is not entitled to, or fails to, elect to assume the defense of such claim pursuant to the foregoing sentence, or thereafter if the Indemnifying Party fails or ceases to prosecute such claim with reasonable diligence.

(c) The party controlling the defense of any Third Party Claim or Environmental Matter in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.03 (the “ Controlling Party ”) (i) shall pay all the costs of such defense (including attorneys’ fees), provided that if the Indemnified Party is the Controlling Party, then such costs shall be considered Damages arising out of such Third Party Claim for purposes of Section 11.02, and (ii) shall obtain the prior written consent of the other party (the “ Non-Controlling Party ”) before entering into any settlement of such Third Party Claim or Environmental Matter, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld (A) if the settlement does not impose injunctive or other equitable relief against the Non-Controlling Party or (B) with respect to Environmental Matters, if the settlement is consistent with the terms of Section 11.03(g). The Non-Controlling Party shall be entitled to participate in the defense of such Third Party Claim and to employ separate counsel of its choice for such purpose. The fees and expenses of such separate counsel shall be paid by the Non-Controlling Party, unless in the reasonable judgment of counsel to the Non-Controlling Party there is a conflict of interest between the Controlling Party and the Non-Controlling Party, in which case such fees and expenses shall be paid by the Controlling Party ( provided that if the Indemnified Party is the Controlling

 

77


Party, then such fees and expenses shall be considered Damages arising out of such Third Party Claim for purposes of Section 11.02). In any Third Party Claim where an Indemnified Party is the Non-Controlling Party and which involves any material customer or supplier of the Indemnified Party or its Affiliates, such participation shall in any event include the right of the Non-Controlling Party to engage in direct discussions with the other parties to such Third Party Claim, including discussions concerning the claim and the potential resolution thereof; provided that (1) such participation right shall not alter the rights of the Controlling Party to control and direct the defense of such Third Party Claim, including the right to reject or accept any resolution proposed by the Non-Controlling Party in such Controlling Party’s sole discretion, and (2) the Non-Controlling Party shall disclose to such other parties that in conducting any such discussions, the Non-Controlling Party is acting on its own behalf and not as a Representative of the Controlling Party and the Non-Controlling Party is not authorized to agree to any settlement with respect to such Third Party Claim. With respect to any Third Party Claim relating to the Specified Matters, the Controlling Party shall retain the legal counsel identified in Section 11.03(c) of the Disclosure Schedule with respect thereto and shall not replace or discharge such counsel absent good cause.

(d) Each party shall cooperate, and cause their respective Affiliates to cooperate, in the defense or prosecution of any Third Party Claim and shall furnish or cause to be furnished such records, information and testimony, and attend such conferences, discovery proceedings, hearings, trials or appeals, as may be reasonably requested in connection therewith. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, in connection with the defense of any Infringement Claim, Buyer shall, to the extent requested by Seller, assert (or, in Buyer’s sole discretion, allow Seller to assert on its behalf) against the Person making such Infringement Claim any claims for infringement or misappropriation of Business Intellectual Property Rights for which there is a reasonable basis in law and fact. A Controlling Party shall, to the extent requested by the Non-Controlling Party, (i) keep the Non-Controlling Party reasonably informed relating to the progress of any significant matter (including providing the Non-Controlling Party with periodic summaries of the status of such Third Party Claim and the amounts spent with respect thereto and copies of all material plans, reports and external correspondence and notifying the Non-Controlling Party of, and giving the Non-Controlling Party the opportunity to attend, scheduled voice or in-person conferences with regulators or other third parties) and (ii) provide the Non-Controlling Party with a reasonable period of time, given the specific circumstances, to permit such party to comment on any material proposed actions, and to consider in good faith any such comments.

(e) Each Indemnified Party must mitigate as required by Applicable Law any loss for which such Indemnified Party seeks indemnification under this Agreement. If such Indemnified Party mitigates its loss after the Indemnifying

 

78


Party has paid the Indemnified Party under any indemnification provision of this Agreement in respect of that loss, the Indemnified Party must notify the Indemnifying Party and pay to the Indemnifying Party the extent of the value of the benefit to the Indemnified Party of that mitigation (less the Indemnified Party’s reasonable costs of mitigation) within two Business Days after the benefit is received.

(f) Each Indemnified Party shall use its reasonable efforts to collect any amounts available under insurance coverage, or from any other Person alleged to be responsible, for any Damages payable under Section 11.02.

(g) In addition to the provisions set forth in Section 11.03(a), 11.03(b), 11.03(c), 11.03(e) and 11.03(f) above, with respect to any matter for which Buyer or its Affiliates seek indemnification relating to a Warranty Breach of Section 3.20, an Excluded Environmental Liability, an Identified Environmental Liability or any other environmental matter otherwise subject to indemnification under the terms of this Agreement (“ Environmental Matters ”):

(i) Except as set forth in Section 11.03(b), Buyer will retain the defense, control and resolution of any Environmental Matters, including disclosure, investigation, negotiation, performance and settlement of such matters. With respect to any Environmental Matters, the Controlling Party shall, to the extent requested by the Non-Controlling Party, (1) keep the other party reasonably informed relating to the progress of any significant matter (including providing the Non-Controlling Party with copies of all material plans, reports and external correspondence and notifying the other party of, and giving the Non-Controlling Party the opportunity to attend, scheduled voice or in-person conferences with regulators or other third parties), (2) provide the other party with a reasonable period of time, given the specific circumstances, to permit such party to comment on any material proposed actions, and to consider in good faith any such comments and (3) not unreasonably interfere with the ordinary course operation of the business at any Real Property or with the continuing use of the Real Property in the manner being used as of the Closing Date;

(ii) Buyer agrees to, and shall cause its Affiliates to, cooperate with Seller in providing all necessary and reasonably requested access to properties, facilities, employees and records and timely providing Seller with copies of all communications relating to such matter received from any Governmental Authority or third party;

(iii) Each party agrees to cooperate, and to cause their respective Affiliates to cooperate, in the defense or prosecution of any Environmental Matter and shall provide to the other party with copies of

 

79


any and all material environmental audits, studies, action plans, tests and communications with any Governmental Agency or third party relating to investigatory, remedial or other activities with respect to any property which may be subject to a claim for indemnification for any Environmental Matters;

(iv) Seller’s obligation to indemnify Buyer or any of its Affiliates shall be limited to those Damages which must be incurred, based upon (1) the use of a reasonable and cost-effective method available under the circumstances and (2) the industrial or commercial use of the property as of the Closing Date, to meet, in a reasonably cost-effective manner, the requirements of any applicable Environmental Law or to meet the demands of any applicable Governmental Authority or as required by any judicial or administrative resolution, order or settlement agreement of a Third Party Claim otherwise complying with the terms of this Agreement. To the extent necessary to achieve the purposes set forth in this Section, Buyer and its Affiliates agree that engineering or institutional controls and a deed or other restriction are each a reasonable cost-effective method, so long as such control or restriction does not materially limit the industrial or commercial activities being performed on the applicable property as of the Closing Date.

(v) Seller shall have no liability under this Agreement for any Damages relating to Environmental Matters to the extent arising out of any sampling of the soil or groundwater or any disclosure, report, or communication to any Governmental Authority or third party by Buyer or any of its Affiliates (or by a Third Party Buyer of any Real Property as described in clause (B) below), or out of the initiation or encouragement by Buyer or any of its Affiliates of any action by any Governmental Authority or third party unless:

(A) Buyer or any of its Affiliates reasonably believes it must investigate, take action, initiate or encourage any such action due to (1) the requirements of any applicable law, including any Environmental Law, (2) a need to respond to any Third Party Claim against Buyer or its Affiliates, (3) the discovery of a condition first identified as a result of construction activities which would have been undertaken in the ordinary course of operating the site in the manner in which it is operating as of the Closing Date, in the absence of an indemnity or (4) the discovery of a condition in the ordinary course of operating the site in the manner in which it is operating as of the Closing Date which condition, if unaddressed, would reasonably be expected to result in a material Third Party Claim or imminent and substantial risk to human health;

 

80


(B) Buyer or any of its Affiliates reasonably believes that it (or any Third Party Buyer) must investigate, take action, initiate or encourage any such action to meet the demands of a reasonable third party buyer or its financing parties (collectively, “ Third Party Buyers ”) in connection with the sale of the applicable Real Property to such third party or any other transaction involving the direct or indirect transfer of, or related encumbrance on, the applicable Real Property; provided that the liability of Seller under this Agreement for any Damages for any Environmental Matters triggered by such Third Party Buyer requirement shall be limited to 50% of any Damages incurred by Buyer or its Affiliates, to be determined after the application of the Baskets and Caps; and

(C) Buyer or any of its Affiliates investigates, takes action, initiates or encourages any such action other than as described above, in which case the liability of Seller under this Agreement for any Damages relating to Environmental Matters triggered by such investigation, action, initiation or encouragement shall be limited to 20% of any Damages incurred by Buyer or its Affiliates, to be determined after the application of the Baskets and Caps.

Section 11.04. Calculation of Damages . (a) The amount of any Damages payable under Section 11.03 by the Indemnifying Party shall be net of any (i) amounts actually recovered by the Indemnified Party under applicable insurance policies, or from any other Person alleged to be responsible therefor and (ii) Tax benefit actually realized by the Indemnified Party arising from the incurrence or payment of any such Damages (taking into account any current or future Tax costs). In computing the amount of any such Tax benefit, the Indemnified Party shall be deemed to fully utilize, at the highest applicable marginal tax rate then in effect, all Tax items arising from the incurrence or payment of any indemnified Damages, with such Tax items to be the last items taken into account. If the Indemnified Party receives any amounts under applicable insurance policies, or from any other Person alleged to be responsible for any Damages, subsequent to an indemnification payment by the Indemnifying Party, then such Indemnified Party shall promptly reimburse the Indemnifying Party for any payment made or expense incurred by such Indemnifying Party in connection with providing such indemnification payment up to the amount received by the Indemnified Party, net of any expenses incurred by such Indemnified Party in collecting such amount.

(b) The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable under Section 11.02 for any (i) Damages to the extent that the Liability relating thereto has been taken into account as a liability in calculating Final Working Capital pursuant to the Purchase Price adjustment under Section 2.11 or (ii) punitive Damages (other than any punitive Damages payable to a third party).

 

81


(c) Any indemnification payment made pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated by Buyer and Seller as an adjustment to the Purchase Price for Tax purposes.

Section 11.05. Assignment of Claims . If the Indemnified Party receives any payment from an Indemnifying Party in respect of any Damages pursuant to Section 11.02 and the Indemnified Party could have recovered all or a part of such Damages from a third party (a “ Potential Contributor ”) based on the underlying Claim asserted against the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnified Party shall assign such of its rights to proceed against the Potential Contributor as are necessary to permit the Indemnifying Party to recover from the Potential Contributor the amount of such payment; provided that the Indemnified Party shall not be required to assign any right to proceed against a Potential Contributor if the Indemnified Party determines in its reasonable discretion that such assignment would be materially detrimental to its reputation, future business prospects or customer, supplier, or employee relationships.

Section 11.06. Exclusivity . Except as specifically set forth in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, Buyer waives any rights and claims Buyer may have against Seller, whether in law or in equity, relating to the pre-Closing conduct of the Business or the transactions contemplated hereby. The rights and claims waived by Buyer include claims for contribution or other rights of recovery arising out of or relating to any Environmental Law (whether now or hereinafter in effect), claims for breach of contract, breach of representation or warranty, negligent misrepresentation and all other claims for breach of duty, but shall not include claims for fraud. After the Closing, Section 7.05, Article 11 and Section 13.11 will provide the exclusive remedy for any misrepresentation, breach of warranty, covenant or other agreement or other claim arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

ARTICLE 12

T ERMINATION

Section 12.01 . Grounds for Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

(a) by mutual written agreement of Seller and Buyer;

(b) by either Seller or Buyer if the Closing shall not have been consummated on or before June 30, 2006; provided that neither Buyer nor Seller shall be able to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this clause (b) if the failure of the Closing to be consummated by such date is caused by its breach of its obligations hereunder; or

 

82


(c) by either Seller or Buyer if consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby would violate any nonappealable final order, decree or judgment of any Governmental Authority having competent jurisdiction.

The party desiring to terminate this Agreement pursuant to clauses 12.01(b) or 12.01(c) shall give notice of such termination to the other party.

Section 12.02. Effect of Termination . If this Agreement is terminated as permitted by Section 12.01, such termination shall be without liability of either party (or any stockholder or Representative of such party) to the other party to this Agreement; provided that if such termination shall result from the willful (i) failure of either party to fulfill a condition to the performance of the obligations of the other party, (ii) failure to perform a covenant of this Agreement or (iii) breach by either party hereto of any representation or warranty or agreement contained herein, such party shall be fully liable for any and all Damages incurred or suffered by the other party as a result of such failure or breach. The provisions of Sections 6.01, 13.02, 13.03, 13.04, 13.05, 13.06, 13.07, 13.08 and 13.10 shall survive any termination hereof pursuant to Section 12.01.

ARTICLE 13

M ISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.01. Notices . All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile transmission) and shall be given,

if to Buyer, to:

 

  S&C Purchase Corp.
  c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC
  745 Fifth Avenue
  New York, New York 10151
  Attention:   Ed Conard
    Paul Edgerley
    Stephen M. Zide
  Facsimile No.: (212) 421-2225

 

83


  with a copy to:
    Kirkland & Ellis LLP
    200 E. Randolph Drive
    Chicago, Illinois 60601
    Attention:    Jeffrey C. Hammes, P.C.
       Matthew E. Steinmetz, P.C.
       Jeffrey W. Richards
    Facsimile No.: (312) 861-2200
  if to Seller, to:
    Texas Instruments Incorporated
    12500 TI Boulevard
    Dallas, Texas 75266
    Attention: General Counsel
    Facsimile No.: (214) 480-5061
    and
    Texas Instruments Incorporated
    7839 Churchill Way MS 3995
    Dallas, Texas 75251
    Attention: Vice President of Corporate Development
    Facsimile No.: (972) 917-3804
  with a copy to:
    Davis Polk & Wardwell
    450 Lexington Avenue
    New York, New York 10017
    Attention: Paul R. Kingsley
    Facsimile No.: (212) 450-3800

or such other address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. in the place of receipt and such day is a Business Day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt.

Section 13.02. Amendments and Waivers . (a) Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by each party to this Agreement, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.

 

84


(b) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

Section 13.03. Expenses . Except as otherwise provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement (a) by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries (including, for costs incurred prior to the Closing, the Purchased Subsidiaries) shall be paid by Seller and (b) by Buyer or any of its Affiliates (including, for costs incurred following the Closing, the Purchased Subsidiaries) shall be paid by Buyer.

Section 13.04. Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided that no party may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the consent of each other party hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer shall have the right to assign all or certain provisions of this Agreement, or any interest herein, and may delegate any duty or obligation hereunder, without the consent of Seller, to (i) any Affiliate of Buyer, (ii) any purchaser of any or all of the assets or equity interests (whether by merger, recapitalization, reorganization or otherwise) of Buyer or the Business or (iii) any of Buyer’s financing sources as collateral; provided that, in the case of each of clauses (i)-(iii), no such assignment or delegation shall relieve Buyer of any of its obligations hereunder; and provided further that between the date hereof and the Closing Date, Buyer intends to form or cause to be formed one or more Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and in connection therewith Buyer may on or prior to the Closing assign and delegate any or all of its interest herein and duties and obligations hereunder (including to make payments, acquire assets, and assume Liabilities at the Closing) to and among such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, but no such assignment or delegation shall relieve Buyer of any of its obligations hereunder (other than its obligation to assume an Assumed Liability relating to the operation of the Business to the extent such obligation was so assigned to a Subsidiary or Affiliate of Buyer).

Section 13.05. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law rules of such state.

Section 13.06. Jurisdiction . The parties hereto agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated

 

85


hereby shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or any New York State court sitting in New York City, so long as one of such courts shall have subject matter jurisdiction over such suit, action or proceeding, and that any cause of action arising out of this Agreement shall be deemed to have arisen from a transaction of business in the State of New York, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 13.01 shall be deemed effective service of process on such party.

Section 13.07. Counterparts; Effectiveness; No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Agreement shall become effective when each party hereto shall have received a counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto. Until and unless each party has received a counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto, this Agreement shall have no effect and no party shall have any right or obligation hereunder (whether by virtue of any other oral or written agreement or other communication). Except as set forth in Section 11.02, no provision of this Agreement is intended to confer any rights, benefits, remedies or Liabilities hereunder upon any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

Section 13.08. Entire Agreement . The Transaction Documents and the Confidentiality Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both oral and written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

Section 13.09. Bulk Sales Laws . Buyer and Seller each hereby waive compliance by Seller with the provisions of the “bulk sales,” “bulk transfer” or similar laws of any state in connection with the sale of the Purchased Assets.

Section 13.10. Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so

 

86


long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

Section 13.11 . Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement to be performed following the Closing were not performed in accordance with the terms thereof and that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of any such provision or to enforce specifically the performance of any such provision in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or any New York State court sitting in New York City, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

Section 13.12 . Disclosure Schedule. The parties acknowledge and agree that (i) the inclusion of any items or information in the Disclosure Schedule that are not required by this Agreement to be so included is solely for the convenience of Buyer, (ii) the disclosure by Seller of any matter in the Disclosure Schedule shall not be deemed to constitute an acknowledgement by Seller that the matter is required to be disclosed by the terms of this Agreement or that the matter is material, (iii) if any section of the Disclosure Schedule lists an item or information in such a way as to make its relevance to the disclosure required by or provided in another section of the Disclosure Schedule or the statements contained in any Section of Article 3 reasonably apparent, such information shall be deemed to have been disclosed in or with respect to such other section, notwithstanding the omission of an appropriate cross-reference to such other section or the omission of a reference in the particular representation and warranty to such section of the Disclosure Schedule, (iv) except as provided in clause (iii) above, headings have been inserted in the Disclosure Schedule for convenience of reference only, (v) the Disclosure Schedule is qualified in their entirety by reference to specific provisions of this Agreement and (vi) the Disclosure Schedule and the information and statements contained therein are not intended to constitute, and shall not be construed as constituting, representations or warranties of Seller except as and to the extent provided in this Agreement.

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank; the next page is the signature page.]

 

87


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED
By:  

/s/ Kevin P. March

Name:   Kevin P. March
Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
S&C PURCHASE CORP.
By:  

/s/ Edward Conard

Name:   Edward Conard
Title:  


EXHIBIT A

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [            ], 2006, between Texas Instruments Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”), and S&C Purchase Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Buyer ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, Buyer and Seller have concurrently herewith consummated the purchase by Buyer of the Purchased Assets pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 8, 2006 between Buyer and Seller (the “ Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement ”; terms defined in the Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement, Buyer has agreed to assume certain Liabilities of Seller and the Retained Subsidiaries with respect to the Purchased Assets and the Business;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the sale of the Purchased Assets and in accordance with the terms of the Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement, Buyer and Seller agree as follows:

1.(a) Seller does hereby sell, transfer, assign and deliver to Buyer all of the right, title and interest of Seller and the Retained Subsidiaries in, to and under the Purchased Assets; provided that, subject to Section 2.07 of the Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement, no sale, transfer, assignment or delivery shall be made of any or any material portion of any Purchased Asset if an attempted sale, assignment, transfer or delivery, without the consent of a third party, would constitute a breach or other contravention thereof or in any way adversely affect the rights of Buyer, Seller or any of the Retained Subsidiaries thereunder.

(b) Buyer does hereby accept all the right, title and interest of Seller and the Retained Subsidiaries in, to and under all of the Purchased Assets (except as aforesaid) and Buyer assumes and agrees to pay, perform and discharge promptly and fully when due all of the Assumed Liabilities and to perform all of the obligations of Seller and the Retained Subsidiaries to be performed under the Purchased Assets except to the extent Liabilities thereunder constitute Excluded Liabilities.

 

A-1


2. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law rules of such state.

3. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank; the next page is the signature page.]

 

A-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
S&C PURCHASE CORP.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

A-3


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF OPINION REGARDING EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN QUALIFICATION (FOR BUYER AND SELLER)

[Date]

[Buyer/Seller Counsel]

[Address]

[Address]

Attn:

 

  Re: [Buyer/Seller Pension Plan]

Gentlemen:

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 9.02(c)(iii) of that certain Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 8, 2006 between Texas Instruments Incorporated and S&C Purchase Corp., please be advised that we have acted as counsel to [Buyer/Seller] (the “Company”) in connection with the adoption of the “[Buyer/Seller Pension Plan]” (the “Plan”) and the trust agreement that implements the provisions of the Plan (the “Trust”). We have reviewed the Plan and the Trust and such other documents as we have deemed necessary for our opinion expressed herein. Subject to and contingent upon the occurrence of the actions required to be taken by the Company as set forth in the next paragraph, it is our opinion that the Plan and the Trust meet, in form, the qualifications under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and, with respect to the Trust, the requirements for exemption from taxation pursuant to Section 501(a) of the Code.

The Company has represented to us that it will promptly (and in any event prior to the expiration of the applicable remedial amendment period) file the Plan with the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) for purposes of receiving a determination letter with respect to the qualified status of the Plan and the Trust under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. The Company has further represented to us that it will timely make all changes requested by the IRS as a condition to the issuance of a determination letter.

 

Sincerely,
[Buyer/Seller Counsel]

 

D-1


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF CERTIFICATION REGARDING VEBA (FOR BUYER AND SELLER)

[Insert Date]

[Buyer/Seller]

[Address]

[Address]

Attn:

 

  Re: [Buyer/Seller VEBA]

Gentlemen:

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 9.02(l) of that certain Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January7, 2006 between Texas Instruments Incorporated and S&C Purchase Corp., we hereby certify to [Buyer/Seller] that the voluntary employees’ beneficiary association adopted by us to provide for the payment of life, sick, accident or other benefits to the members of such association or their dependents or designated beneficiaries within the meaning of Section 501(c)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (“VEBA”) meets, in form, the requirements of such section of the Code, including the requirement that no part of the net earnings of such VEBA inures (other than through such payments) to the benefit of any private shareholder or individual. Therefore, Section 501(a) of the Code provides that the VEBA is exempt from taxation under Subtitle A of the Code.

This certification shall, in all respects, be subject to and contingent upon the receipt by us of a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service recognizing the exemption of the VEBA under Section 501(a) of the Code. In that regard, we will timely make all changes reasonably requested by the IRS as a condition to the issuance of a favorable determination letter.

 

Sincerely,
[Buyer/Seller]

 

E-1

Exhibit 10.8

AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO ASSET AND STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

AMENDMENT NO. 2 (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of April 27, 2006 to the Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement, between Texas Instruments Incorporated (“ Seller ”) and S&C Purchase Corp., dated as of January 8, 2006 (as amended, the “ Agreement ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of Section 13.04 of the Agreement, S&C Purchase Corp. transferred and conveyed to Sensata Technologies B.V., formerly known as Potazia Holding B.V. (“ Buyer ”), all of its right, title, interest and obligations in, to or under the agreement (the “ Assignment ”) effective as of February 8, 2006; and

WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Agreement pursuant to Section 13.02 to reflect the changes set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1 . Definitions. Each capitalized term used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Agreement.

Section 2 . Real Property Primarily Related to the Business. The disclosure set forth in Sections 3.13(a) and (b) of the Disclosure Schedule shall be deleted in its entirety and shall be deemed replaced, as of the date of the Agreement, with the disclosure set forth in Annex A hereto.

Section 3 . Disclosure Schedules . (a) Items 5, 8 and 9 in Section 10.02(b) of the Disclosure Schedule shall be deleted and replaced with the word “[Reserved]”. For the avoidance of doubt, the amendment of Section 10.02(b) of the Disclosure Schedule with respect to Items 8 and 9, as set forth in the preceding sentence, shall not otherwise modify the rights and obligations of Buyer and Seller with respect to such Purchased Assets pursuant to the Agreement (including pursuant to Sections 2.07, 7.01, 7.02 and 11.02 thereof).

Section 4 . Transferred Indebtedness . The disclosure set forth in Item 4 of Section 1.01(b) of the Disclosure Schedule shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the words: “Intercompany loans solely among Purchased Subsidiaries made pursuant to, and in compliance with, Section 2.06(a)(i) of the Agreement, including the entrusted loans between (i) Texas Instruments (Changzhou) Co., Ltd. and Texas Instruments (China) Company Limited and (ii) Texas Instruments (China) Company Limited and S&C International Trading (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., in each case to the extent entered into prior to the Closing in


accordance with that certain letter agreement between Texas Instruments and Sensata Technologies B.V., formerly known as Potazia Holding B.V., dated as of March 30, 2006 and designated as Transferred Indebtedness therein”.

Section 5 . Sample Working Capital Calculation . The disclosure set forth in Section 2.10(a) of the Disclosure Schedule shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the disclosure set forth in Annex B hereto.

Section 6 . Assignment of Contracts. (a) Buyer and Seller acknowledge and agree that Seller shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligations pursuant to Sections 2.07, 7.01 and 7.02 of the Agreement with respect to Contracts listed in Annex C hereto (the “ Identified Contracts ”); provided , that at the request of Buyer, following the Closing, Seller and Buyer will use their reasonable efforts (but without any payment of money by Buyer) to obtain the Consent of the other parties to any such Identified Contract or any claim or right or any benefit arising thereunder for the assignment thereof to Buyer as Buyer may reasonably request and the last three sentences of Section 2.07 and Sections 7.01 and 7.02 of the Agreement shall apply with respect to such Identified Contract.

(b) Buyer and Seller acknowledge and agree that the last sentence in Section 3.15 of the Agreement shall not apply to any Identified Contract unless and until (i) the counterparty to such Identified Contract shall have asserted that Buyer is not entitled to continue to receive the benefits of such Identified Contact in the absence of such counterparty’s Consent, which assertion shall not have been instigated, and shall not have arisen out of any dispute initiated, by or on behalf of Buyer or any of its Subsidaries (other than the Purchased Subsidiaries prior to Closing), and (ii) Buyer shall have notified Seller of the receipt of such assertion.

Section 7 . Employees. Buyer and Seller acknowledge and agree that the following shall be deemed to be Excluded Liabilities: (i) the profit sharing rights pursuant to Applicable Law of Business Employees employed in jurisdictions outside the United States and (ii) all other Liabilities and commitments relating to current or former Business Employees that, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), (x) would but for the operation of this Section 7 be Assumed Liabilities, (y) are current liabilities of the Business as of the Closing Date and (z) as a result of Applicable Law, cannot be assumed by Buyer or any of its Affiliates at the Closing.

Section 8 . Closing . Section 2.09(c)(i) shall be amended by inserting the words “(or to such Subsidiary of Seller as Seller may prior to the Closing designate with respect to any portion of the Purchase Price)” after the phrase “Buyer shall deliver to Seller”.

 

2


Section 9 . Intercompany Payables and Receivables . (a) Section 5.07 of the Agreement shall be deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“At or prior to the Closing, Seller shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, retain or eliminate all intercompany receivables and payables of the Business, incurred in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that Seller shall not retain or eliminate (or cause to be transferred to Seller or a Retained Subsidiary in the Restructuring) the intercompany receivables and intercompany payables outstanding as of the close of business on the Business Day immediately prior to the Closing Date of each of Texas Instrumentos Eletronicos do Brasil Limitada, Texas Instruments (Changzhou) Co., Ltd., Texas Instruments (China) Company Limited or S&C Korea, such intercompany receivables and payables to be deemed, in each case, to be assets and liabilities, respectively, primarily related to the Business. For the avoidance of doubt, any Taxes of the Purchased Subsidiaries arising from such elimination shall be treated as a Purchased Subsidiary Liability for purposes of this Agreement.”

(b) Item 7 in Section 2.03(e) of the Disclosure Schedule shall be deleted and shall be replaced in its entirety with the following, “7. All intercompany payables and receivables (i) between the Business and any Retained Business or (ii) within the Business, in each case, other than the intercompany receivables of and payables of Texas Instrumentos Eletronicos do Brasil Limitada, Texas Instruments (Changzhou) Co. Ltd, Texas Instruments (China) Company Limited and S&C Korea.”

(c) Item 6 in Section 2.06(a)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule shall be deleted and shall be replaced in its entirety with the following, “6. All intercompany receivables of any Purchased Subsidiary other than those intercompany receivables outstanding as of the Closing Date of Texas Instrumentos Eletronicos do Brasil Limitada, Texas Instruments (Changzhou) Co., Ltd. and Texas Instruments (China) Company Limited.”

(d) Item 2 in Section 2.06(a)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule shall be deleted and shall be replaced in its entirety with the following, “2. All intercompany payables of any Purchased Subsidiary other than those intercompany payables outstanding as of the Closing Date of Texas Instrumentos Eletronicos do Brasil Limitada, Texas Instruments (Changzhou) Co., Ltd. or Texas Instruments (China) Company Limited.”

(e) Buyer and Seller acknowledge and agree that the intercompany receivables and intercompany payables of Texas Instrumentos Eletronicos do Brasil Limitada outstanding as of the close of business on the date immediately preceding the Closing Date, shall be treated as accounts receivable and accounts payable, as applicable, for purposes of Closing Working Capital.

 

3


Section 10 . Transfer Documents. The parties acknowledge that they and certain of their Subsidiaries have or will enter into various transfer agreements, deeds, bills of sale, assignments and other instruments of conveyance and assignment in connection with the consummation of the Closing in various jurisdictions outside the United States (collectively, the “ Local Transfer Documents ”). Buyer and Seller acknowledge and agree that nothing contained in any Local Transfer Document shall in any way supersede, modify, replace, amend, change, rescind, expand, exceed, enlarge or in any way affect the provisions, including the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements, conditions, or in general, any rights, remedies, or obligations of Seller or Buyer (or their respective Affiliates) set forth in the Agreement. To the extent there are inconsistencies between the provisions of a Local Transfer Agreement and the provisions of the Agreement, the provisions of the Agreement shall prevail.

Section 11 . Value Added Tax . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 8.02(c) of the Agreement, Buyer and Seller agree that any value added taxes incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Agreement shall be borne by Buyer to the extent such value added taxes would not have been incurred but for any restructuring or reorganization of the Business in the Netherlands undertaken during the 180 days following the Closing Date. For purposes of Section 8.02(c) of the Agreement, the terms “Transfer Taxes” and “value added taxes” shall include any interest and penalties imposed with respect to any Transfer Taxes or value added taxes covered by such section.

Section 12 . Binding Effect. Except to the extent expressly provided herein, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed as one with the Agreement, and the Agreement shall, where the context requires, be read and construed so as to incorporate this Amendment.

Section 13 . Captions. The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof.

Section 14 . Agreement as Amended. From and after the effective date hereof, each reference to “hereof”, “hereunder”, “herein” and “hereby” and each other similar reference and each reference to “this Agreement” and each other similar reference contained in the Agreement shall refer to the agreement as amended hereby.

Section 15 . Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law rules of such state.

 

4


Section 16 . Counterparts; Effectiveness; No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Amendment shall become effective when each party hereto shall have received a counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto. Until and unless each party has received a counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto, this Amendment shall have no effect and no party shall have any right or obligation hereunder (whether by virtue of any other oral or written agreement or other communication). Except as set forth in Section 11.02 of the Agreement, no provision of this Amendment is intended to confer any rights, benefits, remedies or Liabilities hereunder upon any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank; the next page is the signature page.]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED
By:  

/s/ Joseph F. Hubach

Name:   Joseph F. Hubach
Title:   Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.
By:  

/s/ Ian Blasco

Name:   Ian Blasco
Title:   Authorized Signatory


Exhibit A

Real Property Primarily Related to the Business

 

    

Location

  

Address

  

Owned/

Leased

  

Approx. Size

  

Major Use

1.    Aguascalientes, Mexico   

Av. Aguascalientes Sur No.

401, Ex Ejido Salto de

Ojocaliente, C.P. 20270

   Owned   

116 acres/

334K GSF

(used or held

for use)

   Manufacturing
2.    Aguascalientes, Mexico   

Julio Diaz Torres No. 21,

Aguascalientes, Mexico

   Leased    41K GSF    Warehouse
3.    Aguascalientes, Mexico   

Roberto Díaz Not. 303,

Industrial City,

Aguascalientes, Ags. C.P. ,

Mexico 20290

   Leased    54K GSF    Manufacturing/ Warehouse
4.    Almelo, Holland   

Kolthofsingel 8, Almelo,

Netherlands 7600AA

   Owned   

9.4 acres/

188K GSF

   Office
5    Almelo, Holland   

Broekeweg2, Almelo,

Netherlands

   Leased    3K NSF    Warehouse
6.    Attleboro, MA (Business Center)   

529 Pleasant Street, P.O. Box

2964, Attleboro, MA 02703-0964

   Leased    24 acres/ 225K GSF    Office
7    Attleboro, MA (Manufacturing/B12)   

529 Pleasant Street, P.O. Box

2964, Attleboro, MA 02703-0964

   Leased    148K “rentable”SF    Manufacturing
8.    Baoying, China   

Economic Development

Zone, Taisan Road, Baoying

Jiangsu, China 225800

   Owned Improvements on Leased Land   

4 acres/ 167K

GSF

   Manufacturing
9    Baoying, China   

73 Ye Ting Rd., Baoying

County, Yangzhou City,

China

   Leased    11K GSF    Guest House
10.    Baoying, China   

9 Taishan East Rd, Baoying

County, Jiangsu Province,

China

   Owned    24 apartments    Employee Residences
11.    Campinas, Brazil   

648 Rua Azarias de Melo,

Campinas, Sao Paulo, Brazil

   Leased    67K GSF    Manufacturing
12.    Campinas, Brazil   

648 Rua Azarias de Melo,

Campinas, Sao Paulo, Brazil

   Leased    5K GSF    Parking Lot
13.    Campinas, Brazil   

219 Sao Salvador, Campinas,

Sao Paulo, Brazil

   Leased    15K GSF    Parking Lot


    

Location

  

Address

  

Owned/

Leased

  

Approx. Size

  

Major Use

14.    Changzhou, China   

Changzhou Electronics

Technology Industrial Park,

18 Chuang Xin Avenue of

Electronics, Xinbei District,

Changzhou City, Jiangsu

Province, China 213002

   Leased    4 acres/ 251K GSF    Manufacturing
15.    Creve Coeur, MO   

655 Craig Road, Suite 310,

Creve Coeur, MO

   Leased    473 GSF    Sales Office
16.    Jincheon, Korea   

67-1 Sakok-RI. Ewol-Myon,

Chinchon-Kun, Chung-

Cheongbuk-Do, Korea 365-820

   Owned    7.4 acres/134K GSF    Manufacturing
17.    Jincheon, Korea   

1348, Sakok-ri, Eiwol-myun,

Jincheon-kun, Choongbuk,

Korea

   Leased    5,446 LSF    Parking Lot
18.    Oyama, Japan   

305 Tanagashira, Oyama-

Cho, Suntoh-Gun, Shizuoka-

Ken, Japan 410-1327

   Owned (TIJ also leases some pieces of land mainly for pipes to drain rain water.)    6.2 acres/105K GSF    Manufacturing
19.    Oyama, Japan   

302-7, 304, 319-1,

Sukawabata, Tanagashira, Oyama, Japan

   Leased    31,969 sq feet    Parking Lot
20.    Oyama, Japan   

302-1, 302-6 1/2 Sukawabata,

Tanagashira, Oyama, Japan

   Leased    12,626 sq. feet    Parking Lot
21.    Laurence Harbor, NJ   

100 Matawan Road, Suite

100, Matawan, NJ

   Leased    182 GSF    Sales Office
22.    Shanghai, China   

8th Floor of Novel Plaza, 128

Nan Jing Road West, Shanghai 2003

   Leased    12,300 sq. feet    Sales Office

Note

 

1. Of the above locations, the Business shares occupancy with other Seller operations at the owned Aguascalientes, Mexico manufacturing facility (non-Business operations in approximately 19,461 GSF of total 334,000 GSF. The Business leases a portion (58,000 NSF of total 150,000 NSF) of the owned Almelo, Holland facility to a third party tenant, Kemex, B.V. Seller will convey its rights to the owned Aguascalientes site. Such conveyance will include the land inside the Fence depicted on the COPLADE Drawing, which includes all land developed and used in connection with Business operations. Note that a small sliver of land within the Fence in the Southeast Corner (00-34-89.492 hectares, shown as number 4 on the Drawing) is not owned by Seller (although COPLADE has authorized the current fence location) and will not be included in the conveyance. The Government has informally


expressed an interest in creating or expanding a New Park occupying a portion of the North Park, with such New Park potentially including a small portion of (undeveloped/unused) land within the current fence line, and has also indicated some interest in construction of a roadway following the fence line from the southeast to the northwest (within the current fenceline). In addition, Seller may have rights to certain additional land outside the Fence: Seller intends to convey whatever interest, if any, it may have in such additional land, without warranty or other representation as to title.

 

2. Shared (with Seller non-Business operations) Real Property locations where the Business is not the primary user of available space include:

 

  a. Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia – Manufacturing/Office (Site 1, 37,300 GSF of 208,000 GSF; Site 2, 14,621 GSF of 280,000 GSF);

 

  b. Shared sales office space in San Jose, California; Schaumberg, Illinois; Novi, Michigan; Redmond, Washington; Milan, Italy; Madrid, Spain; Taipei, Taiwan; Hong Kong, Beijing, and Shenzhen, China; Nagoya and Tokyo, Japan; Seoul and Dae-gu, Korea; Velizy, France; Herzliya, Israel and Singapore; and

 

  c. Shared office space in Seller owned facilities in Dallas and Plano, Texas; and Villeneuve-Loubet, France.


ANNEX B

Sample Working Capital Calculation

 

1. See Attached


ANNEX C

Identified Contracts

 

Number  

Agreement Name

1.   Reference Design License Agreement between Texas Instruments and Lennox Industries, dated May 10, 2002.
2.   Lease between Thomas & Betts Corporation & Texas Instruments Incorporated, dated March 28, 1996.
3.   Licensing Agreement between Texas Instruments, Materials and Controls, and Telaire, dated January 23, 1995.
4.   Technology Transfer and License Agreement between Sales Technology, Inc., Frank Howard, and Texas Instruments Incorporated Sensors and Controls, dated July 16, 2002.
5.   Consignment Agreement between Whirlpool Corporation and Texas Instruments Incorporated acting through its Sensors and Controls business, dated November 3, 2003.
6.   Letter Agreement between Whirlpool Corporation and Texas Instruments Incorporated acting through its Sensors and Controls business, dated October 29, 2004.
7.   Letter Agreement between Whirlpool Corporation and Texas Instruments Incorporated acting through its Sensors and Controls business, dated October 8, 2003.
8.   TRW Automotive Terms and Conditions of Purchase between Texas Instruments Incorporated acting through its Sensors and Controls business and TRW Automotive Inc. and subsidiaries, dated January 2005, amended by Agreement between Kelsey-Hayes Company and Lucas Automotive GmbH and Texas Instruments Incorporated, dated March 8, 2005.
9.   Consignment Agreement between Texas Instruments Incorporated and TRW (not dated).
10.   Long Term Contract between Delphi Automotive Systems LLC and Texas Instruments, dated April 14, 2000.
11.   Product Supply Agreement between Murata Mfg. Co., Ltd. and Texas Instruments Incorporated, dated July 15, 2003.
12.   GE Energy Rentals Long Term Agreement (not dated).
13.   Manufacturing Agreement among Texas Instruments Automotive Sensors and Controls, Inc., Chartered Semiconductor Manufacturing Ltd, Silicon Manufacturing Partners PTE Ltd and Chartered Silicon Partners PTE Ltd., dated May 23, 2001.
14.   Copyright Permission and NDA Agreement Supplement between Micron Technology, Inc. and Texas Instruments Incorporated Sensors and Controls, dated January 18, 2005, as amended by the Amendment dated May 12, 2005.
15.   License Agreement between Texas Instruments and Applied Computer Solutions, Inc., dated November 14, 1990.
16.   Asset Purchase Agreement between Texas Instruments Incorporated and Illinois Tool Works Inc., dated January 31, 2002.
17.   Software License and Confidentiality Agreement between Hryb Control Systems and Texas Instruments Incorporated dated April 10, 1991.
18.   Supplier Enviracom Protocol License Agreement between Honeywell International Inc., acting through its Automation and Control Solutions division, and Honeywell Intellectual Properties Inc. and Texas Instruments, dated April 12, 2005.


Number  

Agreement Name

19.   Imaging Software Distribution License Agreement between Micron Technology, Inc. and Texas Instruments Incorporated, dated January 21, 2005.
20.   Basic Sales Agreement between NEC Fukui K.K. and Texas Instruments Japan Limited, dated July 7, 2000.
21.   Basic Sales Agreement between Hyundai Motor Company and Texas Instruments Japan Limited, dated October 5, 1989.
22.   Long Term Supply Agreement between Texas Instruments Holland B.V. and Continental TEMIC Microelectronic GmbH, dated August 27, 2004.
23.   Long Term Contract between Robert Bosch Fahrzeugelektrik Eisenach GmbH(RB) and Texas Instruments Holland B.V., dated April 27, 2004.
24.   Supplier Contract between Texas Instruments Holland B.V. and Siemens VDO Automotive Aktiengesellschaft, dated [February 2, 2002].
25.   Service Agreement between Randstad Uitzendbureau B.V. and Texas Instruments Holland B.V., dated January 1, 1998.
26.   Warranty Agreement between Bayerische Motoren Werke and Texas Instruments Incorporated, effective as of January 8, 2004.
27.   General Supply Agreement and Development & Supply Agreement between Texas Instruments Holland B.V. and Continental Teves AG & Co. OHG, effective as of January 1, 2001.
28.   Supply and Purchase Agreement between DELPHI Diesel Systems France, SAS and Texas Instruments Holland B.V., dated June 6, 2002, amended by Amendment to Supply and Purchase Agreement, dated August 8, 2003.
29.   Development, Production and Supply Agreement between Prolinx, Inc. and Texas Instruments Incorporated, dated July 15, 2000.
30.   Manufacturing and Purchase Agreement between SCI Technology Inc. and Texas Instruments Incorporated, dated July 20, 1998.
31.   Office Furniture Buying Agreement between Office Works, Inc. and Texas Instruments Incorporated, dated August 20, 1999.
32.   Product Supply Agreement between Espion Electronics SA and Texas Instruments Incorporated Materials and Controls, dated March 31, 1998.
33.   Product Supply Agreement between Vernier Software and Texas Instruments Incorporated acting through its Materials & Controls Group, effective October 19, 1999.
34.   Property Agreement between Brainin-Advanced Industries, Inc. and Texas Instruments Incorporated, Sensors & Controls.
35.   Purchasing Agreement between International Wire Group, Inc. and Texas Instruments Incorporated Sensors and Controls, dated June 15, 2003.
36.   Purchasing Agreement between International Wire Group, Inc. and Texas Instruments Incorporated Sensors and Controls, dated August 9, 2001.
37.   Technology and Patent License Agreement between Handy & Harman Electronic Materials, Incorporated and Texas Instruments Incorporated, dated February 1, 1997.
38.   Supply Agreement between Kantus Mexicana, S.A. de C.V. and Texas Instruments Mexico, S.A., dated November 30, 1999.
39.   Product Supply Agreement between Polytronics Technology Corporation and Texas Instruments Incorporated, dated September 22, 2003.
40.   Memorandum between Exel & MSI and Texas Instruments, dated January 26, 2005.

Exhibit 10.9

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

dated as of

April 27, 2006

between

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

and

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.


TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT (inclusive of all annexes, exhibits and schedules, this “ Agreement ”) dated as of April 27, 2006 between Texas Instruments Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”), and Sensata Technologies B.V., a Dutch private limited liability company (“ Buyer ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 8, 2006 between Buyer (as assignee of S&C Purchase Corp. effective as of February 8, 2006) and Seller (as amended, the “ Purchase Agreement ”), Seller and its Subsidiaries have agreed to sell to Buyer the Shares and the Purchased Assets, and Buyer has agreed to purchase the Shares and the Purchased Assets and to assume the Assumed Liabilities from Seller and its Subsidiaries as provided therein;

WHEREAS, given the historical interconnections between the Purchased Subsidiaries and the Purchased Assets, on the one hand, and Seller and its Subsidiaries, on the other, Buyer and Seller desire to provide certain support, services, goods and facilities to each other in order to promote the smooth and efficient functional separation of the Purchased Subsidiaries and the Purchased Assets from the Retained Businesses and the efficient operation of Buyer’s and Seller’s respective businesses during such separation;

WHEREAS, in connection therewith, Buyer and Seller desire to enter into this Agreement pursuant to which Buyer and Seller will provide certain transition services to each other as set forth herein or as the parties may otherwise agree in writing; and

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

N ATURE OF THE A GREEMENT

Section 1.01. Intent . Each of the Business and one or more of Seller’s Retained Businesses, particularly the RFID Business, will be affected by the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and, following consummation of the transactions, may not have access to certain support and services as before such consummation. It is the intent of the parties to this Agreement to provide for the smooth and efficient functional separation of the Purchased Subsidiaries, Purchased Assets and Assumed Liabilities from the Retained Businesses and for the efficient operation of the Business and the Retained Businesses during such separation. To that end, each of Buyer and Seller will share various facilities, as described on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth on Annex A (Real Property Owned and Leased), and provide

 


various support, services and goods to each other in the areas of Facilities Related Services, Finance and Accounting, Human Resources, Information Technology Systems Services, Warehousing and Logistics, Records Retention and Security Consulting, Investigative and Access Control Services, as described on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth on Annex B – H, respectively, and Seller and Buyer will provide the services of certain employees as provided on Annex I (Leased Employees) (collectively, the “ Transition Services ,” and each a “ Transition Service ”).

Where the express terms set forth on Annexes, or in any supplemental agreement that the parties may enter into with respect to such services (each, including the IT Services Agreement between Buyer and Seller dated as of the date hereof, a “ Supplemental Agreement ”), and those otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, are in direct conflict the terms set forth on Annexes or the Supplemental Agreement will control. In the event of any conflict between any preprinted terms on a purchase order relating to the Transition Services, and any goods sold in connection therewith, and the terms of this Agreement, the Annexes or any Supplemental Agreement, the terms of this Agreement, the Annexes or the Supplemental Agreement will control.

ARTICLE 2

T RANSITION S ERVICES

Section 2.01 . Transition Services. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein or in a Supplemental Agreement, (a) beginning on the date hereof and during the period set forth on the respective Annex (as such period may be extended in accordance with the respective Annex) or until earlier terminated in accordance with this Agreement (with respect to each Transition Service, the “ Transition Period ”), Buyer and Seller each will provide, or cause one or more of its respective Affiliates to provide (in each case, the party providing the services or leasing or subleasing the personal or real property (as lessor), the “ Provider ”), to the other party or its Affiliates (in each case, the party receiving the services or leasing or subleasing the personal or real property (as lessee), the “ Recipient ”), as requested, the Transition Services (with respect to the Business in the case of Buyer and with respect to the Retained Businesses in the case of Seller) on the terms and conditions set forth herein (including the Annexes hereto and in any Supplemental Agreements), which will be of like kind and amount and provided in the manner and at a relative level of service, for the same purposes and with the same degree of care, skill and attention, including, without limitation, with respect to the quality and timeliness of such services, in all material respects, as provided by Seller or one or more of its Affiliates to the Business or by the Business to Seller or its Affiliates immediately prior to the date hereof and as such services have historically been so provided; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Transition Services to be provided by Buyer shall be limited to those which the Business and/or the

 

2


Purchased Subsidiaries historically have provided to Seller or its Affiliates, even if a service not so historically provided is described in the Annexes hereto or any Supplemental Agreement, and (b) Buyer and Seller each agree to purchase and pay for such Transition Services as provided herein. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent employees historically employed by Seller’s Retained Businesses performed services for the Retained Business but become employed by the Business in connection with the separation of the Business from the Retained Businesses, such persons may be called upon to perform such services previously performed for the Retained Business as a Transition Service by the Business to Seller upon such persons becoming part of the Business, notwithstanding that such services have not historically been provided by the Business to Seller’s Retained Businesses because such employees historically were part of the Retained Businesses.

Section 2.02 . Title to Equipment, Management and Control. (a) Unless otherwise specified on an Annex or in any Supplemental Agreement, all procedures, methods, systems, strategies, tools, equipment, facilities and other resources used by Provider and any of its Affiliates in connection with the provision of the Transition Services (collectively, the “ Equipment ”) will remain the property of Provider and its Affiliates and will at all times be under the sole direction and control of Provider and its Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement will modify the allocation of Purchased Assets and Assumed Liabilities to Buyer and of Excluded Assets and Excluded Liabilities to Seller under the Purchase Agreement.

(b) Unless otherwise specified on an Annex or in a Supplemental Agreement (including, without limitation, Annex I), management of, and control over, the provision of the Transition Services (including the determination or designation at any time of the Equipment, employees, vendors, suppliers, contractors, other representatives and other resources of Provider and its Affiliates to be used in connection with the provision of the Transition Services) will reside solely with Provider. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all labor matters relating to any employees of Provider and its Affiliates will be within the exclusive direction, control and supervision of Provider and its Affiliates and Provider and its Affiliates shall have the sole right to exercise all authority with the respect to the employment (including termination of employment), assignment and compensation of all such employees, and Recipient will take no action affecting such matters. No employees, representatives or independent contractor of Provider and its Affiliates shall be deemed employees, representatives or independent contractors of Recipient or its Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Provider will respond to and address, in accordance with historical practices, reasonable directions and concerns regarding any of the foregoing raised by Recipient.

Section 2.03 . Subcontractors. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Supplemental Agreement, Provider may, directly or through one or more Affiliates, hire or engage one or more subcontractors or other third parties

 

3


(each, a “ Subcontractor ”) to perform all or any of its obligations under this Agreement (it being understood that this Section 2.03 does not permit Provider to substitute other facilities for, or otherwise change, the particular facilities set forth on Annex (A)). If Provider delegates any of its responsibilities under this Agreement to any of its Affiliates or uses Subcontractors in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, then Provider will remain ultimately and fully responsible to the same extent as if Provider was performing such obligations itself, including ensuring that the obligations with respect to the nature, quality and standards of care set forth herein or in the applicable Supplemental Agreement are satisfied with respect to any services provided by any Affiliate or Subcontractor. Further, if Provider delegates any Transition Service provided hereunder to a Subcontractor, Provider will be responsible for any additional costs in excess of the costs charged to Recipient prior to such delegation to a Subcontractor for such Transition Service; provided, however, that if such delegation to a Subcontractor is part of a general delegation of such services encompassing both the Transition Service and the performance of similar services for the applicable Retained Businesses or the Business, as the case may be, then any such additional costs for such Transition Service and such service for the performance of similar services for the Retained Businesses or the Business, as the case may be, will be borne by Provider and Recipient pro rata based on their respective use of such services.

Section 2.04 . Additional and New Services. For four (4) months following the Closing Date, Buyer and Seller may request that services not described in this Agreement (including the Annexes) or any Supplemental Agreement be added as Transition Services hereunder.

(a) With respect to any such service (and only such services) requested by Buyer or Seller that (i) is reasonably necessary for Buyer to conduct the Business with the Purchased Subsidiaries and Purchased Assets or for Seller to conduct the Retained Businesses, and (ii) was provided by Seller or its Affiliates to the Business or the Purchased Subsidiaries, or by the Business or the Purchased Subsidiaries to Seller’s Retained Businesses, as previously conducted at any time during the twelve (12) months prior to Closing, such service will be added as additional Transition Service hereunder (each such service, an “ Additional Service ”). Seller and Buyer agree to negotiate in good faith any terms and conditions regarding the provision of any such Additional Service, it being understood and agreed that (x) the cost for any such Additional Service will be determined on a basis consistent with the determination of pricing set forth in Section 3.01 below, provided that any such Additional Service which, as of the Closing Date, was included in any Transition Services for which an Allocated Cost is already charged hereunder will be provided at no additional cost (unless Seller can reasonably demonstrate such Allocated Cost was reduced to reflect that such additional Transition Service was not contemplated to be provided hereunder), and (y) the term of providing such Additional Service will be consistent with the period for which similar Transition Services are provided as

 

4


set forth on the Annexes hereto, but in no case will the initial period for any such service other than an information technology-related service exceed six (6) months, which period may be extended for a period of up to an additional six (6) months for such services as Recipient in good faith determines continue to be needed after the expiration of the initial period, and in no case will the initial period for any such service which is an information technology-related service exceed twelve (12) months, which period may be extended for a period of up to an additional twelve (12) months for such information technology-related services as Recipient in good faith determines continue to be needed after the expiration of the initial period.

(b) With respect to any such future service requested by Buyer or Seller that (i) is reasonably necessary for Buyer to conduct the Business with the Purchased Subsidiaries and Purchased Assets or for Seller to conduct the Retained Businesses, and (ii) any of Seller or its Affiliates (with respect to Buyer requests) or Buyer or its Affiliates (with respect to Seller requests, but only with the Purchased Assets and Purchased Subsidiaries) is reasonably capable of providing, Seller and Buyer will negotiate in good faith the addition of such service (each, a “ New Service ”) to this Agreement (it being understood neither party will be under any obligation to provide such New Service), including the terms and conditions of provision, cost and term of such New Service. The parties shall work together in good faith to create, approve and follow mutually agreeable (in form and substance) project plans with respect to any such New Services to be provided hereunder.

(c) Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, in no event will either party be required to provide any Additional Services or New Services (i) that would be unlawful for such party to provide or (ii) such as tax return preparation, tax or other legal services (including SEC reporting), corporate development and similar services that would require the exercise of general management for the other party.

(d) All such Additional Services and agreed upon New Services will be included as Transition Services provided hereunder and Buyer and Seller will document the inclusion of such Additional Services or agreed upon New Services by an amendment, letter agreement, or memorandum signed by duly authorized representatives of both parties.

Section 2.05 Records. For so long as Provider is providing any Transition Service hereunder and for one year thereafter, Provider will keep and maintain books and records of the Transition Services provided and reasonable supporting documentation of all material costs incurred in connection with providing such Transition Services, which books and records shall be at least as comprehensive and detailed as those Provider keeps for itself and, (i) in the case of Third Party Pass-Thru Charges and Reimbursement Charges, sufficient to enable Recipient to verify costs of the Transition Service and to substantiate Provider’s invoicing of charges for Transition Services, (ii) in the case of Direct Internal Charges,

 

5


sufficient to enable Recipient to substantiate Provider’s invoicing of charges (including time records for services provided, where applicable) for Transition Services, and (iii) in the case of Allocated Costs, sufficient to enable Recipient to verify that any methodologies utilized in calculating and allocating such Allocated Costs are consistent in all material respects with Seller’s historical practices and to substantiate any increased costs resulting in increased Allocated Costs. Provider will make such books and records available to any officer of, or other authorized person designated by, Recipient for inspection at the principal offices of Provider, at reasonable times and on reasonable advance written request therefor, subject to the confidentiality provisions set forth herein. Recipient shall bear all out-of-pocket costs and expenses in connection with such access.

Section 2.06. Acquisitions . The consummation of an acquisition, directly or indirectly, after Closing, whether by stock purchase, merger, asset acquisition or otherwise, of another existing company, business or product line (an “Acquired Business”) by Buyer or its Affiliates or by Seller or its Affiliates, as the case may be, will not modify, limit, extend or expand any obligation hereunder of Seller or Buyer, as the case may be, to provide Transition Services during the Transition Period in respect of the Business or the Retained Businesses, as applicable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing in no event shall Buyer or Seller or their respective Affiliates be obligated to support or otherwise provide any (i) additional services, (ii) Transition Services, incremental or otherwise, (iii) Additional Services or (iv) New Services, in each case, in respect of any Acquired Business. Upon the request of the other, Buyer and Seller agree to consider, in good faith, providing to an Acquired Business any Transition Service that is being provided as of the date of such request with respect to the Business or the Retained Businesses, as applicable. In the event that Buyer and Seller agree upon the terms and conditions on which to provide any Transition Service to an Acquired Business, any incremental costs associated therewith will be borne by the Recipient of such Transition Service. For the avoidance of doubt, the limitations set forth in this Section 2.06, shall not apply to (and Provider shall provide) Transition Services provided to the Business or the Retained Businesses in respect of organic growth and development consistent with the business plan of the Business or the Retained Businesses, as applicable, as such business plan existed as of the Closing.

ARTICLE 3

C OMPENSATION

Section 3.01. Cost of Transition Services.

(a) Seller’s Current Charge-Out Practices. Seller’s historic charge-out practices for services such as the Transition Services include (i) allocations of Seller’s fully-loaded costs, determined and calculated on a basis consistent with past practices, bearing the same relation to actual costs as historically has been the

 

6


case, and applicable across Seller’s Retained Businesses and the Business, for various services to the Business or the Retained Businesses, as applicable, at various sites, including for international host entity services, centralized information technology systems services and various US human resources payroll and benefit services, estimates of which are set forth on Schedule 1-A and 1-B (it being understood that the estimates on Schedule 1-B are in the aggregate consistent with past practices and bear the same relation to actual costs as historically has been the case, and applicable across Seller’s Retained Businesses and the Business, but the line items set forth on Schedule 1-B have not been historically allocated at that level of detail), respectively (the “ Allocated Costs ”); (ii) various direct activity-based internal charges, charged on an as-requested basis directly to the business unit (e.g., for training and organizational effectiveness programs (“ T&OE ”)) (the “ Direct Internal Charges ”); and (iii) third party pass through charges for services provided by third parties and charged directly to a business unit and not otherwise included in Allocated Costs (e.g . , metered utilities at some locations) (the “ Third Party Pass-Thru Charges ”) (collectively, “ Seller’s Current Charge-Out Practices ”). In addition to Seller’s Current Charge-Out Practices , some third party services contemplated to be provided hereunder may have historically been, and may currently be, charged by such third party directly to the Business, a Purchased Subsidiary or Seller’s Retained Businesses, as the case may be. For the avoidance of doubt, any such direct-billed third party services will be considered a business expense of the party receiving such service and not a Transition Service provided hereunder.

(b) Cost of Transition Services. With respect to any Transition Services for which Seller’s Current Charge-Out Practice has been to charge Allocated Costs, the cost of such Transition Services hereunder (both those provided by Seller to the Business and the Purchased Subsidiaries and those provided by the Business and the Purchased Subsidiaries to Seller’s Retained Businesses) will be Seller’s or Buyer’s Allocated Costs set forth on Schedule 1-A and 1-B (subject to adjustment in accordance with this Agreement) plus the applicable Adder (if any). The Allocated Costs will be adjusted annually, in accordance with Seller’s past practices, with respect to the Transition Services to be provided in each immediately following calendar year during the applicable Transition Periods ( “Allocated Cost Adjustments” ); provided, that (i) such Allocated Cost Adjustments shall reflect actual changes to Provider’s fully-loaded costs, determined and calculated on a basis consistent with historical practices, bearing the same relation to actual costs as historically has been the case, and applicable across Seller’s Retained Businesses or Buyer’s Business, as applicable, (ii) Recipient will not be charged any such Allocated Cost Adjustment resulting from enhanced capabilities or services that are waived by Recipient, and (iii) in no event will the aggregate Allocated Cost Adjustments, without giving effect to any increased usage of Transition Services by Recipient resulting in negotiated price increases as described in Section 2.04, exceed fifteen percent (15%) in the aggregate in any one calendar year. With respect to Transition Services (i) requested by Recipient for which Seller’s Current Charge-Out Practice has been

 

7


to charge Direct Internal Charges and for which such Direct Internal Charges are specified in the Annexes or Schedules hereto, (ii) which are US corporate level services that have not historically been charged to Seller’s business units (the “ Previously Not Charged Costs ”) and for which Direct Internal Charges are specified on the Annexes or Schedules hereto or (iii) constituting consultation and assistance Transition Services as specified in the Annexes and Schedules hereto, the cost of such requested Transition Services hereunder (both those provided by Seller to the Business and the Purchased Subsidiaries and those provided by the Business and the Purchased Subsidiaries to Seller’s Retained Businesses) will be the same amounts Provider charges its divisions and business segments or (if specified) the Direct Internal Charges set forth on the applicable Schedule or Annex (as adjusted in accordance with the methods and subject to the qualifications and limitations set forth in this Section 3.01). With respect to Transition Services for which Seller’s Current Charge-Out Practice has been to charge Third Party Pass-Thru Charges and for which the Annexes or Schedules hereto specify certain Third Party Pass-Thru Charges, Provider may pass through to Recipient the same actual, third party out of pocket expenses it passes through to its divisions and business segments or (if specified) the amounts set forth on such Schedule or Annex (as adjusted in accordance with the methods and subject to the qualifications and limitations set forth in this Section 3.01). With respect to Transition Services for which Provider makes a payment on Recipient’s behalf, Provider may charge Recipient the same amount as the actual payment made by Provider on Recipient’s behalf (a “ Reimbursement Charge ”).

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the manner in which some services have been historically charged may change due to (x) Provider delegating the services previously provided internally to a Subcontractor, to the extent permitted under this Agreement, or (y) as in the case of actual claims and premiums for Health and Welfare Plans (active and retiree), third-party charges previously allocated across Seller’s business may be charged as a Third-Party Pass-Thru Charge, a Reimbursement Charge or directly billed to Buyer. The parties acknowledge and agree, however, that no charges hereunder shall be increased to reflect any increased costs attributable to capital expenditures or similar costs which benefit future periods during which Transition Services are not or may not be provided. With respect to each Transition Services charged on an Allocated Cost basis, an additional five percent (5%) of the applicable Allocated Cost will be added to the Allocated Cost (each such 5% addition to the Allocated Costs, an “ Adder ”). It is the intent and agreement of the parties that Provider not make a profit on charges for Transition Services, except (x) to the extent of the Adders (as applicable), which are intended to encourage reasonably limited usage of the Transition Services, and (y) where the billing for the Transition Service is made by a Provider located in one country to a Recipient located in another, in which case any profit will be limited to the minimum amount (if any) required by applicable governmental or tax requirements.

 

8


Section 3.02 . Cooperation. Recipient acknowledges that some Transition Services to be provided hereunder may require instructions and information from Recipient. Recipient agrees to provide to Provider in sufficient time for Provider or its Affiliates to provide or procure such Transition Services all instructions and information requested by Provider reasonably necessary to enable it to provide or procure such Transition Services. Recipient will pay any additional costs or expenses resulting from any delay by Recipient in providing such instructions or information.

Section 3.03 . Licenses and Third Party Service Providers. Seller will pay any commercially reasonable amounts required in order to obtain the consent of third parties (including licensors of software to Seller) in order to permit Seller to provide the Transition Services as contemplated hereby. To the extent that any such consents are not obtained, Seller and Buyer will cooperate in good faith in arrangements reasonably acceptable to both parties under which Buyer would obtain the benefit of such Transition Service and, if no such arrangement is reasonably acceptable to both parties after cooperation in good faith (and no such consent is otherwise received by Seller), then such service, if not provided at or following Closing, will not be included as services, occupancy and other rights to be provided pursuant to this Agreement for the purposes of Section 3.15 of the Purchase Agreement. Seller will continue to use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any such required consent (so long as Buyer has made no claim for Damages related to the failure to obtain such consent pursuant to Section 11.02(a) of the Purchase Agreement) and, promptly upon receipt of such consent, will begin providing such Transition Services.

Section 3.04 . Billing and Payment. Recipient will promptly pay any and all bills and invoices that it receives from Provider or its Affiliates for the Transition Services (and, to the extent agreed upon pursuant to Section 4.01, the Separation and Set-Up Cost incurred on Recipient’s behalf) in accordance with this Agreement, subject to receiving, if requested, any appropriate support documentation for such bills and invoices. Such charges will be billed at the end of each calendar month during the Transition Period. Each billing invoice will set forth in reasonable detail the applicable Transition Services provided (and Separation and Set-Up Costs incurred) during such period and the corresponding amounts owed for such Transition Services (and, as applicable, Separation and Set-Up Costs) and, in the case of Third Party Pass-Thru Charges or Reimbursement Charges, a copy of the underlying invoice or other documentation evidencing the payment made on Recipient’s behalf. All charges will be in U.S. dollars unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing. All invoices will be due and payable not later than thirty (30) days following receipt by Recipient of Provider’s invoice by wire transfer in accordance with the instructions provided by Provider (in writing to Recipient). Recipient will not offset any amounts payable by it hereunder against any amounts owed to it by Provider or any of Provider’s Affiliates hereunder or under any other Transaction Document. If Recipient fails to pay the full amount of any invoice within 30 days of the relevant payment date

 

9


and the aggregate amount of such unpaid invoices exceeds $50,000, such failure will be considered a material breach of this Agreement and any applicable Supplemental Agreement (except to the extent of any invoiced amounts disputed by Recipient in good faith). If Provider provides Recipient with written notice of such material breach and Recipient in bad faith refuses to pay such unpaid invoices within 10 days of Recipient’s receipt of such written notice, Provider may, without liability (and without effect on any obligation of Recipient to provide services to Provider hereunder or under any Supplemental Agreement), suspend its obligations hereunder and under any Supplemental Agreements to provide any and all services to Recipient until such time as such invoices have been paid in full. Should Recipient dispute any portion of any invoice, Recipient will promptly notify Provider in writing of the nature and basis of the dispute.

Section 3.05 . Interest Payable on Amounts Past Due. All payments required to be made pursuant to this Agreement or any Supplemental Agreement (including pursuant to Section 4.01) will bear interest from and including the date such payment is due but excluding the date of payment at the three (3) month LIBOR rate plus 350 basis points in effect from time to time during the period from the date such payment is past due to the date of payment. Such interest will be payable at the same time as the payment to which it relates and will be calculated on the basis of a year of 365 days and the actual number of days elapsed, compounded quarterly.

Section 3.06 . Taxes. All charges and fees to be paid to Provider under this Agreement or any Supplemental Agreement are exclusive of any applicable taxes or fees required by law or by a Governmental Authority to be collected from Recipient (including withholding, sales, use, excise or services tax which may be assessed on the provision of the Transition Services). If a withholding, sales, use, excise or services tax or other tax or fee is assessed on the provision of any of the Transition Services, Recipient either will (a) pay such tax directly or (b) pay, reimburse or indemnify Provider for such tax. To obtain payment or reimbursement for any such tax, Provider will request payment therefor in an invoice and, upon payment thereof by Recipient to Provider, Provider shall be responsible for remitting such tax to the appropriate authorities and shall hold Recipient harmless against such tax. The parties will cooperate with each other in determining the extent to which any tax is due and owing under the circumstances and will provide and make available to each other any resale certificate, information regarding out-of-state use of materials, services or sale, and other exemption certificates or information reasonably requested by either party.

Section 3.07 . Validity of Documents. The parties hereto will be entitled to rely upon the genuineness, validity or truthfulness of any document, instrument or other writing presented in connection with this Agreement or any Supplemental Agreement unless such document, instrument or other writing appears on its face to be fraudulent, false or forged.

 

10


ARTICLE 4

S EPARATION AND S ET -U P C OSTS

Section 4.01 . Separation and Set-Up Costs. With respect to each facility, license, system or third party service utilized by the Business and the Retained Businesses, the party leaving an existing or establishing a new facility, license, system or service (the “ Leaving Party ”) shall pay all out-of-pocket costs associated with removing its assets and acquiring and setting up replacement assets and services for those left behind (all such costs, “ Leaving Party Separation and Set-up Costs ”). The party that is not the Leaving Party (the “ Remaining Party ”) shall pay all out-of-pocket costs associated with the ongoing operation of its retained assets, and with acquiring and setting up replacement assets and services for those removed by the Leaving Party (the “ Remaining Party Separation and Set-up Costs ”, and collectively with Leaving Party Separation and Set-up Costs, “ Separation and Set-up Costs ”). In the case of shared facilities, the occupant licensee, lessee or sublessee, as applicable, shall be deemed to be the Leaving Party and, as such, shall pay, for example, out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with preparation of and moving its equipment or other assets to and the acquisition and fit-out of a new facility. On the other hand, the owner, licensor, lessor or sublessor shall be deemed to be the Remaining Party and, as such, shall pay out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with rearranging its retained equipment or other assets and fitting-out the applicable departed facility, and any costs associated with ongoing operation of such facility, such as reduced occupancy. In the case of information technology systems, Recipient shall be deemed to be the Leaving Party and shall bear, for example, out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with the migration of the Leaving Party’s data or functionality to and the acquisition of any new system or service not transferred. The Remaining Party shall bear out-of-pocket costs related to acquiring any replacement system or service for those transferred, and ongoing operation of its information technology system not transferred, including excess capacity. Each of Buyer and Seller agrees to (i) reasonably cooperate with the other (in reasonable relation to their respective relevant specialized resources) in implementing such separation, and (ii) consider in good faith (but without any obligation to incur unreimbursed incremental cost) any additional actions that the other party may request in connection with its implementation of such separation. Neither party shall be obligated to incur any Separation and Set-up Costs on behalf of the other party unless the other party shall agree to reimburse such costs (which, if incurred in accordance with the following, shall be reimbursed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.04, unless otherwise specified in writing), and no party shall have any obligation to reimburse the other party for any Separation and Set-up Costs unless the other party incurred such Separation and Set-up Costs on its behalf at its written direction. Nothing in this paragraph will be deemed to alter any other agreement between the parties expressly set forth in this Agreement or in the Purchase Agreement.

 

11


ARTICLE 5

L IMITATION OF L IABILITY ; I NDEMNITY

Section 5.01 . Limitation of Liability. Neither Provider nor any of its Affiliates will be liable to Recipient or any third party for any special, punitive, consequential, incidental or exemplary damages (including lost or anticipated revenues or profits relating to the same and attorneys’ fees) arising from any claim relating to this Agreement, any Supplemental Agreement, or any of the Transition Services to be provided hereunder or thereunder or the performance of or failure to perform Provider’s obligations under this Agreement or under any Supplemental Agreement, whether such claim is based on warranty, contract, tort (including negligence or strict liability) or otherwise, and regardless of whether such damages are foreseeable or an authorized representative of Provider is advised of the possibility or likelihood of such damages; provided that subject to the limitations set forth in Section 11.02(a) of the Purchase Agreement, this limitation shall not apply to the extent such damages are caused by or result from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Provider or any of its Affiliates, employees or Subcontractors (“ TSA Consequential Damages ”). EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING THE ANNEXES) OR ANY SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT, PROVIDER SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WITH RESPECT TO THE TRANSITION SERVICES (OR ANY SERVICES PROVIDED BY THIRD PARTIES WITH WHOM PROVIDER CONTRACTS IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF THE TRANSITION SERVICES) OR ANY GOODS OR PRODUCTS FURNISHED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH AND ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT.

Section 5.02 . Indemnification. Recipient hereby indemnifies Provider and each of its Affiliates against all damages, losses, liabilities and costs (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) attributable to any third party claims arising from or relating to the provision of the Transition Services, except to the extent that such damages, losses, liabilities or costs arise from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Provider or any of its Affiliates, employees or Subcontractors.

ARTICLE 6

C ONFIDENTIALITY

Section 6.01 . Confidentiality. Each party will, and will cause each of its controlled Affiliates, and each of its and their respective officers, directors, employees, accountants, counsel, consultants, advisors, agents and other representatives (with respect to each party, collectively “ Representatives ”) not to directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the party to whom the

 

12


information relates, disclose to any third party (other than each other and their respective Representatives in connection with the performance of Transition Services) any confidential or proprietary information relating to the business of the other party disclosed to it by reason of this Agreement, including the existence of this Agreement or any Supplemental Agreement and the terms and conditions hereof or thereof (the “ Confidential Information ”); provided, that the foregoing restriction will not (a) apply to any information (i) generally available to, or known by, the public (other than as a result of disclosure in violation of this Section 6.01), (ii) that was available to the receiving party on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure by the disclosing party (other than any such availability arising out of Seller’s and its Affiliates’ ownership of the Business prior to the date hereof), (iii) that becomes available to the receiving party from a Person other than the disclosing party or its Affiliates who is not, to the best of the receiving party’s knowledge, subject to any legally binding obligation to keep such information confidential or (iv) that was developed by such party independently and without use of the Confidential Information received hereunder or under any Supplemental Agreement or (b) prohibit any disclosure (i) required by any applicable legal requirement so long as, to the extent legally permissible, the receiving party provides the disclosing party with reasonable prior notice of such requirement and a reasonable opportunity to contest such requirement or (ii) made in connection with the enforcement of any right or remedy relating to this Agreement, any Supplemental Agreement or the Transition Services provided hereunder or thereunder. Each party further agrees to cause each of its and/or its Affiliates’ agents, consultants and contractors (other than those subject to a confidentiality obligation by the nature of the services provided) that are designated to render Transition Services hereunder or who otherwise have access to information required to be held in confidence pursuant to the foregoing to execute an appropriate non-disclosure agreement consistent with the foregoing prior to rendering such services or having access to such information. The obligations of this Section 6.01 will survive for a period of three years following the expiration or termination of this Agreement. The parties acknowledge and agree that the provisions of this Section 6.01 are independent of, and do not limit, negate or otherwise affect, the provisions of any other agreement (including, without limitation, the Purchase Agreement and the Cross-License Agreement) respecting the protection or other treatment of confidential information (whether or not constituting Confidential Information hereunder).

Section 6.02 . Third-party Non-Disclosure Agreements. To the extent that any third-party provider of information or software to be disclosed or made available to Recipient in connection with performance of the Transition Services requires a specific form of non-disclosure agreement as a condition of its consent to use of its information or software for the benefit of Recipient or to permit Recipient access to such information or software, Recipient will execute (and will cause Recipient’s employees to execute, if required) any such form.

 

13


ARTICLE 7

T ERM A ND T ERMINATION

Section 7.01 . Term of Agreement. The term of this Agreement will commence on the date hereof and will continue until the completion or termination of, and final payment for, all the Transition Services contemplated hereunder or under any Supplemental Agreement and the final payment of all Separation and Set-up Costs.

Section 7.02 . Termination. Recipient may terminate any Transition Service or a portion thereof (in any jurisdiction or all jurisdictions listed on Schedule 1) at any time by giving written notice to Provider which notice shall be effective (a) as of the first day (at the opening of business) of the calendar month immediately following the month in which it is delivered, if such notice is delivered on or before the fifteenth day of a month, and (b) as of the first day of the second calendar month following the month in which it is delivered, if such notice is delivered after the fifteenth day of a month, except as set forth on an Annex, a Supplemental Agreement or unless the parties mutually agree in writing to another notice period or a later termination date is specified in such notice. The parties will cooperate to provide as much advance notice of termination as possible, but not less than the time periods set forth in the preceding sentence, unless mutually agreed in writing. Any election to terminate any Transition Service or portion thereof (in any jurisdiction or all jurisdictions listed on Schedule 1) will not relieve the Provider of its continuing duty to provide those Transition Services or portions thereof that have not been terminated (or in any jurisdictions in which such Transition Services have not been terminated) (except (i) where Provider has previously informed Recipient that, or Recipient has provided notice of termination at least 45 days prior to such termination and Provider notifies Recipient within 20 days after receipt of such notice that, any non-terminated Transition Services are dependent upon the Transition Service being terminated or (ii) as specified on the Annexes or Schedules hereto) and shall not limit the Recipient’s obligation to pay for any terminated Transition Services that are provided prior to the effective date of such termination.

ARTICLE 8

F ORCE M AJEURE

Section 8.01. Force Majeure . If Provider is prevented from or delayed in complying, either totally or in part, with any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement (other than Section 3.04) or of any Supplemental Agreement by reason of fire, flood, storm, strike, lockout or other labor trouble, delays by unaffiliated suppliers or carriers, shortages of fuel, power, raw materials or components, any law, order, proclamation, regulation, ordinance, demand, seizure or requirement of any Governmental Authority, riot, civil commotion, war, rebellion, acts of terrorism, nuclear accident or other causes beyond the

 

14


reasonable control of Provider or other acts of God, or acts, omissions or delays in acting by any governmental or military authority, in any such case affecting Provider’s ability to provide any Transition Service hereunder, then (i) Provider promptly will advise Recipient in writing of the circumstances causing the disruption or delay and (ii) the time for performing the obligations required by the affected provisions and/or other requirements of this Agreement or Supplemental Agreement will be suspended and extended during the period of such disability and Provider will have no liability to Recipient or any other party in connection therewith; provided, that the Provider shall take measures to overcome the disruption or delay with respect to the Recipient which are consistent in all material respects with the measures taken in connection with the Provider’s business. Seller and Buyer will make all commercially reasonable efforts to remove such disability within thirty (30) days of giving notice of such disability. If Provider cannot perform any such delayed or disrupted Transition Service (or portion thereof) for a period of thirty (30) days due to such cause, then Recipient may terminate this Agreement solely with respect to such delayed or disrupted Transition Service upon written notice to Provider. In the event Provider is excused from supplying any Transition Service in accordance with the terms of this Section 8.01, Recipient will be free to acquire such services from any substitute source at Recipient’s expense, and with a reduction in any amounts otherwise due hereunder to Provider for the Transition Service being so substituted up to the amount otherwise payable hereunder for such Transition Service, for the period of (and, to the extent Recipient acts reasonably under the circumstances in making such commitments and it was necessary to make such commitments, a period thereafter necessary to honor reasonable commitments beyond the expiration of any disruption or delay), and to the extent reasonably necessitated by, such non-performance. If, after the period of disability, Provider is once again able to perform the Transition Services, Recipient may reinstate this Agreement with respect to Provider’s performance of such Transition Services upon written notice to Provider.

Section 8.02 . Pro-Ration of Limited Resources for Transition Services . To the extent Provider is unable to provide in its entirety a Transition Service because of a delay or disruption which excuses performance pursuant to Section 8.01 above, Provider will use commercially reasonable efforts to allocate such resources and/or products as are then currently available to it and necessary for the performance of such Transition Service ratably between Provider for its own account and Recipient for the performance of such Transition Services hereunder.

ARTICLE 9

T RANSITION M ANAGERS

In order to facilitate the general intent and the terms of this Agreement, each of the parties has designated the individual opposite such party below as transition manager to coordinate and manage the Transition Services hereunder

 

15


and to serve as the principal contact in connection with the Transition Services. The responsibilities of such transition managers include, without limitation, the planning of Transition Services, coordination of the transition and related separation and set-up issues, ensuring the execution of the tasks included within the scope of Transition Services, and the review and delivery of periodic transition progress reports to be provided to the other party. Furthermore, in the event a dispute arises regarding the interpretation or execution of this Agreement, the transition managers will negotiate in good faith and attempt to resolve such dispute. If the transition managers are unable to resolve such dispute within two weeks, then the parties shall refer such dispute to an executive of each of Buyer and Seller. If such executives are unable to resolve such dispute within two weeks, then (and only then) either party may pursue any legally available remedy. Each party may change the designation of its transition manager upon receipt of written notice to the other party.

 

For Seller:    Gene Carlone
   c/o Sensata Technologies, Inc.
   529 Pleasant Street, MS B-55
   Attleboro, Massachusetts 02703
   Telephone: 508-236-3277
   Fax: 508-236-3590
For Buyer:    Jim Armstrong
   Sensata Technologies, Inc.
   529 Pleasant Street, MS B-7
   Attleboro, Massachusetts 02703
   Telephone: 508-236-1274
   Fax: 508-236-3824

ARTICLE 10

G ENERAL P ROVISIONS

Section 10.01 . Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder will be in writing (including facsimile transmission, if electronic confirmation of receipt is generated) and will be given,

if to Seller, to:

Texas Instruments Incorporated

12500 TI Boulevard

Dallas, Texas 75266

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (214) 480-5061

and

 

16


Texas Instruments Incorporated

7839 Churchill Way MS 3995

Dallas, Texas 75251

Attention: Vice President of Corporate Development

Fax: (972) 917-3804

with a copy to:

Davis Polk & Wardwell

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Paul R. Kingsley

Fax: (212) 450-3800

if to Buyer, to:

Sensata Technologies, Inc.

529 Pleasant Street, MS B-1

Attleboro, Massachusetts 02760

Attention: Law Department

Fax: (508) 236-1960

and

Sensata Technologies B.V.

c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC

745 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10151

Attention: Ed Conard

                 Paul Edgerley

                 Stephen M. Zide

Fax: (212) 421-2225

with a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60601

Attention: Matthew E. Steinmetz, P.C.

                 Jeffrey W. Richards

                 Brian C. Van Klompenberg

Fax: (312) 861-2200

or such other address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices, requests and other communications will be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. in the place of receipt and such day

 

17


is a business day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication will be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding business day in the place of receipt.

Section 10.02 . Amendments and Waivers. (a) Any provision of this Agreement or any Supplemental Agreement may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by each party to this Agreement or Supplemental Agreement, as the case may be, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.

(b) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or under any Supplemental Agreement will operate as a waiver thereof nor will any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies provided herein or in any Supplemental Agreement are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

Section 10.03 . Successors and Assigns; Assignment. The provisions of this Agreement and any Supplemental Agreement are binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and thereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided , that no party may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or any Supplemental Agreement without the consent of each other parties hereto or thereto, except that (a) Seller may assign or subcontract any or all of its rights and/or obligations hereunder or under any Supplemental Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to any of its Subsidiaries or to any entity acquiring substantially all of the assets of the business unit providing any particular Transition Service hereunder or thereunder and (b) Buyer may assign any or all of its rights and/or obligations hereunder (i) to any Affiliate in connection with an assignment of rights and obligations under the Purchase Agreement to such Affiliate, (ii) to any of Buyer’s or any of its Affiliates’ financing sources as collateral or (iii) to any purchaser of any or all of the assets or equity interests (whether by merger, recapitalization, reorganization or otherwise) of Buyer or the Business.

Section 10.04 . Governing Law. Neither this Agreement nor any Supplemental Agreement will be governed by the provisions of the 1980 United Nations Convention or Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, but will each be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law rules of such state.

Section 10.05 . Jurisdiction. The parties hereto agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement, any Supplemental Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or any New York State court sitting in New York City, so long as one of such courts has subject matter

 

18


jurisdiction over such suit, action or proceeding, and that any cause of action arising out of this Agreement or any Supplemental Agreement will be deemed to have arisen from a transaction of business in the State of New York, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding which is brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 10.01 will be deemed effective service of process on such party.

Section 10.06 . Counterparts; Effectiveness; No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement and any Supplemental Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures were upon the same instrument. This Agreement and any Supplemental Agreement will become effective when each party hereto or thereto has received a counterpart hereof or thereof signed by the other parties hereto or thereto. Until and unless each party has received a counterpart hereof or thereof signed by the other parties hereto or thereto, neither this Agreement nor any Supplemental Agreement will have any effect and no party will have any right or obligation hereunder or thereunder (whether by virtue of any other oral or written agreement or other communication). No provision of this Agreement or any Supplemental Agreement is intended to confer any rights, benefits, remedies, obligations, or liabilities hereunder or thereunder upon any Person other than the parties hereto or thereto and their respective successors and assigns.

Section 10.07 . Entire Agreement. This Agreement and any Supplemental Agreements, together with the Transaction Documents and the Confidentiality Agreement, constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both oral and written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

Section 10.08 . Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement or any Supplemental Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement or Supplemental Agreement, as the case may be, will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby, or thereby, is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such a determination, the parties will negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement or Supplemental Agreement, as the case may be, so as to effect the

 

19


original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

Section 10.09 . Relationship of Parties. Except as specifically provided herein or in any Supplemental Agreement none of the parties will (a) act or represent or hold itself out as having authority to act as an agent or partner of the other parties or (b) in any way bind or commit the other parties to any obligations or agreement. Nothing contained in this Agreement or any Supplemental Agreement will be construed as creating a partnership, joint venture, agency, trust, fiduciary relationship or other association of any kind, each party being individually responsible only for its obligations as set forth in this Agreement or any Supplemental Agreement. The parties’ respective rights and obligations hereunder or under any Supplemental Agreement are limited to the contractual rights and obligations expressly set forth herein or therein on the terms and conditions set forth herein or therein.

Section 10.10 . Remedies; Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the remedies at law for any breach or threatened breach, including monetary damages, may be inadequate compensation for any loss. In the event of an actual or threatened breach of or default in any of the terms of this Agreement, the party who is or is to be thereby aggrieved shall have the right to specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief of its rights under this Agreement, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies at law or in equity, and all such rights and remedies shall be cumulative, and any defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate is waived.

Section 10.11 . Definitions; Captions; Certain References. Capitalized terms used herein or in any Supplemental Agreement and not otherwise defined herein or therein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Purchase Agreement. The captions herein or in any Supplemental Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof or thereof. All references to “ days ” are to calendar days unless otherwise specified. Whenever the words “ include ,” “ includes ” or “ including ” are used in this Agreement or any Supplemental Agreement, they are deemed to be followed by the words, “without limitation.”

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank; the next page is the signature page.]

 

20


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED
By:  

/s/ Joseph F. Hubach

Name:   Joseph F. Hubach
Title:   Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.
By:  

/s/ Ian Blasco

Name:   Ian Blasco
Title:   Authorized Signatory

Exhibit 10.10

EXECUTION COPY

CROSS LICENSE AGREEMENT

This CROSS LICENSE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of April      , 2006 (the “ Effective Date ”), is entered into by and between Texas Instruments Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”), and Sensata Technologies B.V., a Dutch limited liability company, formerly known as Potazia Holding B.V., assignee of S&C Purchase Corp. (“ Buyer ”) (each a “ Party ” and collectively, the “ Parties ”).

Terms that are not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement (as defined below).

W  I  T  N  E  S  S  E  T  H :

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 8, 2006 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), Buyer is acquiring from Seller and its Subsidiaries the Shares and the Purchased Assets including ownership of certain Intellectual Property Rights;

WHEREAS, Seller and its Subsidiaries are retaining ownership of certain Intellectual Property Rights;

WHEREAS, the Purchase Agreement contemplates that each Party shall grant the other Party a license to use certain technology used in connection with such other Party’s business; and

WHEREAS, each Party is willing to grant the licenses contemplated in the Purchase Agreement upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

D EFINITIONS

Section 1.01 . Definitions. (a) The following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:

Announcement Date ” means January 8, 2006.

Buyer Activities ” means the design, development, use and distribution of (i) design, automation, application or other software embodied in or operating on or in any way relating to the manufacture, or use of, any Buyer Product and (ii) services, application notes, reference designs, and marketing materials directly relating to the sales, marketing or use of any Buyer Product.

Buyer Core Business Technology ” means (i) ceramic capacitive sensing, (ii) microfused silicon strain gauges, (iii) monometal and bimetal snap acting actuators, (iv) low level arc detection, (v) metal oxide silicon sensor, and (vi) a self-regulating heater or current limiter that (A) is an electromechanical product, (B) incorporates positive temperature coefficient materials based on doped barium titanate chemistry, and (C) responds to temperature with increased resistance, or when energized with current generates heat at a self-regulating point.


Buyer Information ” means the know-how and trade secrets owned or licensable by any Buyer Party that any Seller Party has in its possession as of the Effective Date (so long as such know-how and trade secrets have been used by any Seller Party other than in connection with the Business prior to the Effective Date), excluding any Exclusive Buyer Information.

Buyer License ” means the rights granted by Seller to Buyer pursuant to Section 2.01.

Buyer Party ” means Buyer and/or any of its Permitted Subsidiaries.

Buyer Patents ” means all Patents now or hereafter owned or licensable by any Buyer Party with a Priority Date prior to the Effective Date.

Buyer Product ” means any (i) Sensor Product, (ii) Control Product, (iii) Core Business Technology Product, and (iv) any software marketed by Buyer for use in conjunction with any of the foregoing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer Product does not include any Semiconductor Product, except (A) any Semiconductor Product that incorporates arc fault circuits as a functionally and commercially significant part thereof and/or (B) any Semiconductor Product that is a functionally and commercially significant part of a Sensor Product, a Control Product, or a Core Business Technology Product, provided that such Core Business Technology Product also includes at least one functionally and commercially significant component which is not a Semiconductor Product.

Confidential Information ” means all Seller Information and Buyer Information (and all other trade secrets of the Retained Business or the Business that the receiving Party has in its possession as of the Effective Date that are not licensed hereunder) without the need for any further notice or marking, together with any confidential or proprietary information exchanged between the Parties after the Effective Date pursuant to this Agreement (it being understood that if any such confidential or proprietary information exchanged after the Effective Date is disclosed pursuant to a non-disclosure agreement, then the terms of such non-disclosure agreement shall govern the disclosure of such information), excluding any information that: (i) the receiving Party independently develops (in the case of Seller, within any of the Retained Businesses and in the case of Buyer, within the Business) without reference to the disclosed information; (ii) the receiving Party independently receives (in the case of Seller, other than from the Business and in the case of Buyer, other than from any of the Retained Businesses) on a non-confidential basis; (iii) becomes public knowledge through no fault of the receiving Party or any of its Affiliates; or (iv) is in the public domain at the time the receiving Party receives the disclosed information.

Core Business Technology Product ” means any product incorporating Buyer Core Business Technology as a functionally and commercially significant part thereof (other than a Sensor Product or Control Product).

DLP System ” means a Deformable Device and/or DMD System. For the purposes of the foregoing, “ Deformable Device ” means a semiconductor device wherein addressable and movable electromagnetic radiation reflecting members comprise a substantial portion of the device, including, by way of illustration, electrostatically controllable, deformable or deflectable mirrors and “ DMD System ” means any instrumentality or aggregate of instrumentalities which incorporate one or more Deformable Devices as a functionally and commercially significant part thereof.


Exclusive Buyer Information ” means know-how and trade secrets constituting or directly relating to the Buyer Core Business Technology.

Exclusive Seller Information ” means know-how and trade secrets constituting or directly relating to any Semiconductor Process and/or DLP System.

Licensed Party ” means the Party to whom the applicable license set forth in Article 2 has been granted.

Licensing Party ” means the Party granting the other Party the applicable license set forth in Article 2.

MEMS License ” means the rights granted by each Party to the other Party pursuant to Section 2.03.

Net Sales ” means (A) the total amount billed to any unrelated third party by the MEMS Licensee in connection with the sale of Licensed MEMS Products, or (B) the Fair Market Value of any Licensed MEMS Products sold as a Combination Product or sold to a related third party (other than a MEMS Licensee); in each case less (i) sales taxes, excise taxes, import duties and other similar taxes (it being understood that taxes based on the MEMS Licensee’s overall income are excluded) levied by a Governmental Authority in respect to such sales, (ii) reasonable and customary returned sales, sales allowances (adjustments for quality and/or yield) and/or retroactive price adjustments or credits, in each case consistent with the MEMS Licensee’s practices with respect to similar products, (iii) reasonable and customary trade, cash or quantity discounts, in each case consistent with the MEMS Licensee’s practices with respect to similar products, (iv) unreimbursed transportation costs, and (v) unreimbursed transportation insurance costs (but only if they are expressly documented); in any case where such sales, incorporation into a system, or the manufacture of such Licensed MEMS Products occurs in a country where the Infringed MEMS Patent is issued. “ Fair Market Value ” of the Licensed MEMS Products, as used above, shall mean such commercially reasonable price for which the Licensed MEMS Products could have been sold to an unrelated third party, as standalone products, at the time that such Licensed MEMS Products were sold to such unrelated third party as a Combination Product or to a related third party (other than a MEMS Licensee). In determining what is a commercially reasonable price, sales to an unrelated third party by such MEMS Licensee of the same or similar products as a standalone product at any time within six months of the sale of such Combination Product or sale to such related third party (other than a MEMS Licensee) (as applicable), shall be deemed to establish the commercially reasonable per unit price. “ Combination Product ” means a Licensed MEMS Product sold to an unrelated third party that is not sold on a standalone basis.

Other Seller Product ” means (i) any product intended for incorporation in a DLP System; (ii) any products intended for applications addressed by products currently or previously marketed or under development by the Educational and Productivity Solutions business unit of Seller (e.g., calculators); (iii) board-level products for use in telecommunications products (e.g.,


Bluetooth, GPS and WLAN boards); (iv) board-level products for use in Broadband or networking products (e.g., DSL boards); (v) High Volume Analog Logic (HVAL) module or board-level products (other than any product that is a Restricted Buyer Product); (vi) power modules or boards (e.g. Powertrends power board) (other than any product that is a Sensor Product or a Control Product; provided that for these purposes the phrase “or under development” in clause (iii) of the definition of Control Product and in clause (ii) of the definition of Sensor Product shall be disregarded); (vii) modems, residential-gateways and routers; (viii) Tire Pressure Sensor Products; (ix) any other products that any Seller Party manufactured, marketed, sold, offered for sale, distributed or otherwise transferred prior to the Effective Date or with respect to which any Seller Party has substantially completed its development efforts, and any extension, modification, derivative, replacement or successor products referred to in clause (ix) (in each case, other than Semiconductor Products and products included in the Business); and (x) board-level and systems products (such as a Tagit and Tagit reader) for use in RFID systems.

Permitted Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Party, (i) any Subsidiary of such Party as of the Effective Date and (ii) any Subsidiary acquired, directly or indirectly, after the Effective Date by such Party, whether by stock purchase, merger, asset acquisition or otherwise, which has been granted a sublicense pursuant to Section 2.04(b).

Priority Date ” means the first effective filing date of an issued Patent or any application therefor.

Restricted Buyer Product ” means (i) any Sensor Product and/or Control Product (provided that for these purposes the phrase “or under development” in clause (iii) of the definition of Control Product and in clause (ii) of the definition of Sensor Product shall be disregarded) and (ii) any other product that incorporates a Restricted Core Business Technology Product as a functionally and commercially significant part thereof.

Restricted Core Business Technology Product ” means any (i) ceramic capacitive sensor, (ii) microfused silicon strain gauge, (iii) monometal and bimetal snap acting actuator, (iv) metal oxide silicon sensor and (v) a self-regulating heater or current limiter that (A) is an electromechanical product, (B) incorporates positive temperature coefficient materials based on doped barium titanate chemistry, and (C) responds to temperature with increased resistance, or when energized with current generates heat at a self-regulating point.

S&C Field ” means the field of Sensor Products and/or Control Products.

Seller Activities ” means the design, development, use and distribution of (i) design, automation, application or other software embodied in or operating on or in any way relating to the manufacture, or use of, any Seller Product and (ii) services, application notes, reference designs, emulators, evaluation modules (EVMs), and marketing materials directly relating to the sales, marketing or use of any Seller Product.

Seller Information ” means the know-how and trade secrets owned or licensable by any Seller Party that any Buyer Party has in its possession as of the Effective Date (so long as such know-how and trade secrets have been used in the Business prior to the Effective Date) and not assigned to Buyer under the Purchase Agreement, excluding any Exclusive Seller Information.


Seller License ” means the rights granted by Buyer to Seller pursuant to Section 2.02.

Seller Party ” means Seller and/or any of its Permitted Subsidiaries.

Seller Patents ” means all Patents now or hereafter owned or licensable by any Seller Party with a Priority Date prior to the Effective Date and not assigned to Buyer under the Purchase Agreement.

Seller Product ” means any (i) Semiconductor Product, (ii) Other Seller Product and (iii) any software marketed by Seller for use in conjunction with any of the foregoing.

Semiconductor Part ” means any semiconductor device or other device made using a Semiconductor Process and implemented on and/or as part of a common semiconductor substrate, such as a discrete or integrated circuit, and further including a MEMS Product or radio frequency identification product.

Semiconductor Product ” means any Semiconductor Part, and/or any combination of two or more Semiconductor Parts that may be used, sold, assembled or otherwise aggregated together in a chipset, board-level product, or in any assembly or system; provided, however, that the portions of such chipset, board-level product, assembly or system that do not constitute a Semiconductor Part shall not be included as a “Semiconductor Product” (it being understood that Semiconductor Product shall include electrical connections between Semiconductor Parts, decoupling capacitors, power supply connections and any other circuitry directly enabling the Semiconductor Parts to function together). Semiconductor Product also includes any software which is incorporated in, or specific to any of the foregoing which are Semiconductor Products.

(b) Each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term:

 

Term

 

Section

Acquired Business

  2.04(b)

Affiliate

  Purchase Agreement

Agreement

  Preamble

Applicable Law

  Purchase Agreement

Business

  Purchase Agreement

Buyer

  Preamble

Closing

  Purchase Agreement

Control Products

  Purchase Agreement

Effective Date

  Preamble

Georgia-Pacific Method

  2.02(g)

Governmental Authority

  Purchase Agreement

Infringed MEMS Patent

  2.03(a)

Initial MEMS License Term

  2.03(a)
Intellectual Property Right   Purchase Agreement
Licensed MEMS Products   2.03(a)


Term

 

Section

Maximum Stay   2.02(f)
MEMS Infringement Notice   2.03(a)
MEMS Licensee   2.03(a)
MEMS Product   Purchase Agreement
MEMS Royalty   2.03(a)
Party   Preamble
Parties   Preamble
Patents   Purchase Agreement
Permitted Buyer Customer   2.01(c)
Permitted Seller Customer   2.02(c)
Person   Purchase Agreement
Protected Claim   2.02(f)
Purchase Agreement   Preamble
Residual Knowledge   4.01
Retained Businesses   Purchase Agreement
Seller   Preamble
Semiconductor Process   Purchase Agreement
Sensors Products   Purchase Agreement
Stay Request   2.02(f)
Subsidiaries   Purchase Agreement
Successful Workaround   2.02(f)
Tire Pressure Sensor Products   Purchase Agreement

Section 1.02 . Other Definitional And Interpretative Provisions. The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof. References to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All Schedules annexed hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein. Any capitalized terms used in any Exhibit or Schedule but not otherwise defined therein, shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement. Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”, whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import. When the words “not to be unreasonably withheld” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “, conditioned or delayed”, whether or not they are in fact followed by that phrase or a phrase of like import. “Writing”, “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form. References to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof. References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person. References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively. References to “law” or “laws” shall be deemed to include any and all Applicable Law.


ARTICLE 2

G RANT O F R IGHTS

Section 2.01 . From Seller To Buyer. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Seller Party hereby grants to each Buyer Party a perpetual, worldwide, nonexclusive, irrevocable, nontransferable (except as set forth herein), royalty-free (except as set forth in Section 2.03), fully paid-up license under the Seller Patents and Seller Information (i) to make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale and import, reproduce, perform, display or distribute any Buyer Product (other than a MEMS Product in the S&C Field, which is licensed only pursuant to Section 2.03) and (ii) to engage in Buyer Activities.

(b) Effective upon the Effective Date, each Seller Party hereby irrevocably releases each Buyer Party and their respective customers, mediate and immediate, from any and all claims of infringement of any Seller Patent, with respect to any act performed or product made, used or sold by a Buyer Party prior to the Effective Date.

(c) Each Seller Party hereby agrees not to initiate any infringement action, or otherwise assert any claim, demand, cause of action or request for damages or other relief, either alone or in cooperation with any other Person, against any Buyer Party or any of their customers on or before April 30, 2007 under any Seller Patent and/or the Seller Information with respect to (i) any Buyer Product of the type manufactured and sold to such customers (including any Buyer Product of the type with respect to which such customer has entered into a contract or otherwise placed an order with a Buyer Party) within the one (1) year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date for any product of an immediate customer of a Buyer Party and/or (ii) any product of an immediate customer which infringes or has infringed upon such Seller Patent claims and in which such Buyer Product is or has been incorporated within the one (1) year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date (including any such customer products which are modifications, derivations, replacements or successor products of any of the foregoing) (a “ Permitted Buyer Customer Product ”); provided that the foregoing shall not apply with respect to any product of an immediate customer which is only under development as of the Announcement Date. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that the foregoing covenant with respect to a Permitted Buyer Customer Product shall apply to all downstream customers, sellers, distributors, and the like, as in the case of patent exhaustion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as to any particular Seller Patent claim, the covenant set forth in this Section 2.01(c) shall only apply to any changes made to such Buyer Products and/or customer products after the Announcement Date if such changes do not result in such products infringing such Seller Patent claim in a manner that is materially different from such Buyer Product and/or customer product as each existed within the one (1) year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date. Notwithstanding the terms of this Section 2.01(c), in the event that any customer of a Buyer Party initiates a patent infringement action against a Seller Party after the Effective Date and such action does not arise out of or relate to a patent infringement dispute initiated by a Seller Party, then such Seller Party shall be permitted to respond to such patent infringement action and assert any Seller Patent claim that such Seller Party would otherwise be precluded from asserting under this Section 2.01(c) against such customer; provided that the assertion of any such Seller Patent claim (A) is not in respect of a customer product which incorporates a Buyer Product that directly infringes such Seller Patent claim and (B) is not otherwise prevented by any of the other licenses and covenants of this


Article 2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Seller be permitted to recover any damages or obtain any other relief resulting from any infringement of any Seller Patent and/or Seller Information that occurred on or before April 30, 2007 with respect to any Buyer Product and/or any Permitted Buyer Customer Product to the extent that the above covenant applies.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Seller Patents and Seller Information shall only be deemed to be licensable if any Seller Party has the power to sublicense such Seller Patents and Seller Information to Buyer at no additional cost to, and such sublicense will not result in any further obligations being imposed on, any Seller Party; provided, however, if Buyer agrees to assume and directly pay such additional cost to the applicable third party and such direct payment is permitted, such Seller Patents and Seller Information (as applicable) shall be licensable hereunder.

Section 2.02 . From Buyer To Seller. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Buyer Party hereby grants to each Seller Party a perpetual, worldwide, nonexclusive, irrevocable, nontransferable (except as set forth herein), royalty-free (except as set forth in Section 2.03), fully paid-up license under the Buyer Patents and Buyer Information to make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale and import, reproduce, perform, display or distribute any Seller Product (other than a MEMS Product in the S&C Field, which is licensed only pursuant to Section 2.03) and (ii) to engage in any Seller Activities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Seller Parties shall be prohibited from exercising the license rights granted in this Section 2.02 in any manner which contravenes the terms of Section 5.03 of the Purchase Agreement.

(b) Effective upon the Effective Date, each Buyer Party hereby irrevocably releases each Seller Party and their respective customers, mediate and immediate, from any and all claims of infringement of any Buyer Patent, with respect to any act performed or product made, used or sold by a Seller Party prior to the Effective Date.

(c) Each Buyer Party hereby agrees not to initiate any infringement action, or otherwise assert any claim, demand, cause of action or request for damages or other relief, either alone or in cooperation with any other Person, against any Seller Party or any of their customers on or before April 30, 2007 under any Buyer Patent and/or the Buyer Information with respect to (i) any Seller Product of the type manufactured and sold to such customers (including any Seller Product of the type with respect to which such customer has entered into a contract or otherwise placed an order with a Seller Party) within the one (1) year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date for any product of an immediate customer of a Seller Party and/or (ii) any product of an immediate customer which infringes or has infringed upon such Buyer Patent claims and in which such Seller Product is or has been incorporated within the one (1) year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date (including any such customer products which are modifications, derivations, replacements or successor products of any of the foregoing) (a “ Permitted Seller Customer Product ”); provided that the foregoing shall not apply with respect to any product of an immediate customer which is only under development as of the Announcement Date. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that the foregoing covenant with respect to a Permitted Seller Customer Product shall apply to all downstream customers, sellers, distributors, and the like, as in the case of patent exhaustion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as to any particular Buyer Patent claim, the covenant


set forth in this Section 2.02(c) shall only apply to any changes made to such Seller Products and/or customer products after the Announcement Date if such changes do not result in such products infringing such Buyer Patent claim in a manner that is materially different from such Seller Product and/or customer product as each existed within the one (1) year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date. Notwithstanding the terms of this Section 2.02(c), in the event that any customer of a Seller Party initiates a patent infringement action against a Buyer Party after the Effective Date and such action does not arise out of or relate to a patent infringement dispute initiated by a Buyer Party, then such Buyer Party shall be permitted to respond to such patent infringement action and assert any Buyer Patent claim that such Buyer Party would otherwise be precluded from asserting under this Section 2.02(c) against such customer; provided that the assertion of any such Buyer Patent claim (A) is not in respect of a customer product which incorporates a Seller Product that directly infringes such Buyer Patent claim and (B) is not otherwise prevented by any of the other licenses and covenants of this Article 2. In the event that any product of a customer of a Seller Party contributorily infringes upon any claim of a Buyer Patent with respect to which Buyer would otherwise be permitted to provide to Seller written notice pursuant to Section 2.02(f), in such event Buyer shall be entitled to provide Seller with such written notice and the Maximum Stay (as defined below) for the purposes of Section 2.02(f) shall commence from the date of receipt of such written infringement notice by Seller; it being understood, with respect to the foregoing, that none of the Buyer Parties shall be permitted to initiate a patent infringement action against such customer on or before April 30, 2007 (except as a response to a patent infringement action initiated by such customer as otherwise provided in this Section 2.02(c) and Section 2.02(f)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Buyer be permitted to recover any damages or obtain any other relief resulting from any infringement of any Buyer Patent and/or Buyer Information that occurred on or before April 30, 2007 with respect to any Seller Product and/or any Permitted Seller Customer Product to the extent that the above covenant applies.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Buyer Patents and Buyer Information shall only be deemed to be licensable if any Buyer Party has the power to sublicense such Buyer Patents and Buyer Information to Seller at no additional cost to, and such sublicense will not result in any further obligations being imposed on, any Buyer Party; provided, however, if Seller agrees to assume and directly pay such additional cost to the applicable third party and such direct payment is permitted, such Buyer Patents and Buyer Information (as applicable) shall be licensable hereunder.

(e) Each Buyer Party hereby agrees not to initiate any infringement action, or otherwise assert any claim, demand, cause of action or request for damages or other relief, either alone or in cooperation with any other Person, against any Seller Party for contributory infringement, or inducement of infringement, under any claim of any Buyer Patent, for any product, or any act or omission, of any Seller Party (except as a response to a patent infringement action initiated by a Seller Party; provided that such Seller Party’s product contributorily infringes upon such Buyer Patent claim (but in no event shall such response include a claim for an inducement of infringement under such Buyer Patent claim)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the covenant set forth in this Section 2.02(e) shall not apply in the event that (i) any of Buyer’s trade secrets are incorporated in material part in such product in a manner inconsistent with the Seller License or (ii) such inducement claim is based in material part on a disclosure of Buyer trade secrets in a manner inconsistent with the Seller License (so long as Seller has been given an opportunity to cure such disclosure which is reasonable under the circumstances and failed to do so after exercising reasonable best efforts).


(f) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, none of the Buyer Parties shall initiate any infringement action under any claim of any Buyer Patent (a “ Protected Claim ”) against any Person that Buyer is aware is a customer of any Seller Party if and to the extent that any Seller Product in respect of such customer’s product contributorily infringes upon such Protected Claim (except as a response to a patent infringement action initiated by such customer; provided that the foregoing exception shall not apply if such customer agrees to stay its patent infringement action against such Buyer Party and in the event that such customer agrees to such stay after such Buyer Party has initiated such infringement action, such Buyer Party shall promptly refrain from taking further legal action against such customer until such time as it is permitted to do so under this Section 2.02(f)). Prior to initiating any infringement action under any Protected Claim, Buyer shall provide to Seller a written notice setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for asserting infringement of the Protected Claim. Within thirty (30) days, Seller may request in writing (a “ Stay Request ”) an additional period of time, not to exceed nine (9) months from the date of receipt of such written infringement notice (the “ Maximum Stay ”), to modify the Seller Product so that the alleged infringement will cease. The Stay Request shall include, to the extent reasonably practicable, a description of the proposed modifications to the Seller Product. In the event that Buyer has initiated litigation based on infringement of a Protected Claim against a customer of any Seller Party, in any case where a Seller Product contributorily infringes the Protected Claim, and Seller informs Buyer that such customer is a customer of a Seller Party, then Buyer shall promptly refrain from taking further legal action against such customer until such time as it is permitted to do so under this Section 2.02(f) (not to exceed the Maximum Stay); it being understood and agreed that that the foregoing stay shall only be imposed if such customer agrees to such stay and such stay is acceptable to the applicable court or tribunal. For so long as Seller uses and continues to use reasonable best efforts to make such modifications designed to remove the infringing elements as promptly as practicable (i) Buyer shall not pursue litigation as to the Protected Claim and (ii) none of the Seller Parties shall sell, distribute, license or otherwise transfer the affected Seller Products except in such quantities as would be commercially reasonable taking into account the customer’s current product lifecycle (it being understood that Seller shall not materially increase quantities in order to avail itself of the protection set forth in this Section 2.02(f)). If prior to the expiration of the Maximum Stay, Seller puts into commercial production a modified Seller Product and such modified Seller Product is incorporated into the customer product that infringed (and provided that (A) Seller ceases production of the unmodified Seller Product and the customer ceases production of the infringing customer product in each case prior to the expiration of the Maximum Stay and (B) such modified customer product does not thereafter infringe on (x) the Protected Claim or (y) any new patent claim that Buyer would have been unable to assert against the unmodified product) (a “ Successful Workaround ”), Buyer shall not be permitted to recover any damages or obtain any other relief resulting from such infringement that occurred prior to the date that such Successful Workaround was first put into production (or, if earlier, the expiration of the Maximum Stay). For clarification, (1) the maximum period of time during which Buyer agrees not to assert a Protected Claim shall be the duration of the Maximum Stay, after which period if the infringing customer product (including an infringing modified customer product) is then being marketed or sold then notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Buyer shall have the right to assert, file and prosecute such Protected Claim


without any limitation, and (2) in the event that Seller does not deliver a written Stay Request within thirty (30) days after the date of receipt of such written infringement notice, Buyer shall have the right to immediately assert, file and prosecute such Protected Claim without any limitation.

(g) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event will any Buyer Party seek injunctive relief against any Seller Party or, to the Buyer Party’s knowledge at the time, its customers as a remedy for patent infringement as to any product or service of such Seller Party that (i) is not licensed under this Article 2 and (ii) is not a Restricted Buyer Product (it being understood that with respect to such customers for these purposes the phrase “or under development” in clause (iii) of the definition of Control Product and in clause (ii) of the definition of Sensor Product shall not be disregarded); provided, however, as to any such customer the foregoing shall only apply if and to the extent that the product or service of such Seller Party directly infringes the applicable patent claim of such Buyer Party. In the event that Buyer has sought injunctive relief against a customer of a Seller Party and Seller informs Buyer that such customer is a customer of a Seller Party, then Buyer shall promptly withdraw such request for injunctive relief and if an injunction has been granted against such customer, Buyer shall exercise reasonable best efforts to have such injunction vacated (so long as such customer agrees to waive any claim it may have for damages or sanctions arising from such injunction). If requested by Buyer or Seller, the Parties will enter into good faith discussions about the possibility of Seller obtaining a license from Buyer on commercially reasonable terms with respect to such product or services of Seller (it being understood and agreed that the Parties shall apply the principles set forth in Georgia-Pacific Corp. v. United States Plywood Corp. , 318 F. Supp. 1116 (S.D.N.Y. 1970) (taking into account any subsequent case law addressing the application of those principles including Panduit v. Stahlin , 575 F.2d. 1152 (6 th Cir. 1978) (the “ Georgia-Pacific Method ”)) when negotiating the royalty payable for such products or services). For clarification, in the event that the Parties are unable to agree on the terms of a license with respect to such products or services, nothing in this Section 2.02(g) is intended to preclude Buyer from making a claim for damages against Seller, which claim may include a claim for lost profits pursuant to the Georgia-Pacific Method.

Section 2.03 . MEMS Products. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Party and its Permitted Subsidiaries (each a “ MEMS Licensor ”) hereby grants to the other Party and its Permitted Subsidiaries (each a “ MEMS Licensee ”) a worldwide, nonexclusive, irrevocable, nontransferable (except as set forth herein), license under the Buyer Patents and Seller Patents (as applicable) for a term of ten (10) years from the Effective Date (the “ Initial MEMS License Term ”) to make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, and import MEMS Products within the S&C Field (the “ Licensed MEMS Products ”), and make and use any process, method, procedure, technique, design, tool, machine, software, template, or other item to the extent used to manufacture such Licensed MEMS Products. The MEMS Licensee shall pay to the MEMS Licensor a royalty of 0.5% of Net Sales (the “ MEMS Royalty ”) attributable to the MEMS Licensee’s sales of Licensed MEMS Products the manufacture and/or sale of which by the MEMS Licensee would (in the absence of this Section 2.03) directly infringe upon one or more claims of any of the Buyer Patents or Seller Patents, as applicable (the “ Infringed MEMS Patent ”) (it being understood and agreed that (i) such MEMS Royalty shall only be payable with respect to such Licensed MEMS Products sold by the MEMS Licensee after the date of the receipt of notice from the MEMS Licensor (the “ MEMS Infringement Notice ”) and


(ii) in no event shall a Party be required to pay a MEMS Royalty for any Licensed MEMS Product based on contributory infringement, or inducement of infringement, under any Buyer Patents or Seller Patents (as applicable). For clarification, nothing in Section 2.01 and Section 2.02 is intended to grant either Party a license to the Licensed MEMS Products.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Buyer Patents and Seller Patents (as applicable) shall only be deemed to be licensable if the MEMS Licensor or any of its Permitted Subsidiaries has the power to sublicense such Patents to the MEMS Licensee at no additional cost to, and such sublicense will not result in any further obligations being imposed on, MEMS Licensor or any of its Permitted Subsidiaries; provided, however, if the MEMS Licensee agrees to assume and directly pay such additional cost to the applicable third party and such direct payment is permitted, such Patents shall be licensable hereunder.

(c) The MEMS Licensor shall be solely responsible for (i) making its own determination as to whether any of the MEMS Licensee’s Licensed MEMS Products infringe upon one or more claims of any of the MEMS Licensor’s Patents and (ii) providing the MEMS Licensee with the MEMS Infringement Notice. The MEMS Licensee agrees to submit a report within sixty (60) days after the end of each calendar quarter after the receipt of such MEMS Infringement Notice in which any such Licensed MEMS Products that directly infringe upon one or more claims of the Buyer Patents or Seller Patents (as applicable) have thereafter been sold, and such report shall include an identification of the applicable Licensed MEMS Products by SKU sold during the applicable quarter, and the Net Sales associated with such sales. The MEMS Licensee’s report shall be accompanied by payment in full for the royalty due for the calendar quarter covered by such report.

(d) After the expiration of the Initial MEMS License Term, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to extend the term of the MEMS License beyond the Initial MEMS License Term on commercially reasonable terms (it being understood and agreed that the Parties shall apply the Georgia-Pacific Method when negotiating the MEMS Royalty payable for the period after the Initial MEMS License Term; provided, however, neither the MEMS Royalty for the Initial MEMS License Term nor the MEMS Licensor’s lost profits for the period of the Initial MEMS License Term, shall be pertinent factors in determining the MEMS Royalty for the period after the Initial MEMS License Term).

Section 2.04 . Sublicense and Transfer. (a) Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.04, the Buyer License and the MEMS License shall not include the right to sublicense any Seller Patents or Seller Information. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.04, the Seller License and the MEMS License shall not include the right to sublicense the Buyer Patents or Buyer Information.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, subject to the provisions of Section 2.04(c), if the Licensed Party acquires, directly or indirectly, after the Effective Date, whether by stock purchase, merger, asset acquisition or otherwise, the assets or business of another existing company (an “ Acquired Business ”), the Licensed Party shall be deemed to have elected to obtain a license hereunder for such Acquired Business unless it notifies the Licensing Party of its election not to obtain a license under this Section 2.04(b) within forty-five (45) days of the consummation of such acquisition. If the Licensed Party elects or is deemed to


exercise its right to obtain a license pursuant to this Section 2.04(b), the Patents owned or licensable by the Acquired Business immediately prior to such acquisition with a Priority Date prior to the Effective Date shall be licensed to the Licensing Party pursuant to Section 2.01, Section 2.02 and Section 2.03 (as applicable). If the Licensed Party elects not to obtain a license pursuant to this Section 2.04(b), the Acquired Business will not be granted a license under any of the provisions of this Article 2 and none of the Patents of the Acquired Business will be licensed to the Licensing Party. In such event, the Licensed Party shall hold separate the Acquired Business and use reasonable efforts to ensure that (i) none of the products or product technology (including trade secrets relating thereto) of the Acquired Business are commingled with those of the Licensed Party and (ii) the books and records of the Acquired Business are maintained in such a manner as to permit the separate identification of (A) the volumes of products manufactured, sold, or otherwise transferred by the Acquired Business and (B) the results of operations of the Acquired Business. If the Licensed Party shall fail to comply in all material respects with such obligations, then as the sole and exclusive remedy for a breach of the foregoing obligations, the Acquired Business shall be granted the applicable licenses set forth in this Article 2 and the Patents owned or licensable by the Acquired Business immediately prior to such acquisition with a Priority Date prior to the Effective Date shall be licensed to the Licensing Party pursuant to Section 2.01, Section 2.02 and Section 2.03 (as applicable); provided that in the event of a breach committed in bad faith (e.g., laundering of products) damages and equitable relief shall be available to the non-breaching Party. The effective date of the grant of any license pursuant to this Section 2.04(b) shall be (x) the date of consummation of the acquisition giving rise to such grant or (y) in the case of a grant as a result of a material breach by the Licensed Party of its obligation to hold separate an Acquired Business, the date of such material breach.

(c) If the Acquired Business had gross sales equal to thirty percent (30%) or more of the gross sales of the Licensed Party for the four fiscal quarters immediately preceding the acquisition, then the right of the Licensed Party to elect to obtain a license for an Acquired Business as contemplated by Section 2.04(b) shall only be exercisable with the consent of the Licensing Party. Such consent shall be deemed to have been granted if the Licensing Party fails to reply within forty-five (45) days after receipt of notice of such acquisition or contemplated acquisition (it being understood and agreed that such notice shall disclose whether the Acquired Business represents thirty percent (30%) or more of the gross sales of the Licensed Party for the four fiscal quarters immediately preceding such acquisition or contemplated acquisition).

(d) Any license or other rights granted to any Permitted Subsidiary shall terminate upon the date such Permitted Subsidiary ceases to be a Subsidiary of such Licensed Party.

(e) In the event of:

(i) the acquisition by a third party of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of Buyer by (A) a stock sale, (B) an asset sale, or (C) a merger or consolidation, and in the case of (B) and (C) immediately following such transaction the assets of the successor or surviving corporation are substantially identical to the assets of Buyer immediately prior such transaction, then the successor or surviving company shall succeed to all of the rights and obligations of Buyer hereunder;

(ii) the acquisition by a third party of all or substantially all of the assets of Buyer by (A) an asset sale, (B) a merger or consolidation, and immediately following


such transaction the assets of the successor or surviving corporation are not substantially identical to the assets of Buyer immediately prior to such transaction, then the successor or surviving company shall succeed to the rights and obligations of Buyer hereunder, but only with respect to the Buyer Products as the same may exist at the time of consummation of such transaction and any extensions, modifications, derivatives, replacements or successors to such Buyer Products; or

(iii) the acquisition by a third party of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of the Sensors business unit of Buyer or the Controls business unit of Buyer by (A) a stock sale, (B) an asset sale, or (C) a merger or consolidation, then the successor or surviving company shall be entitled to receive a license substantially identical to the license hereunder (it being understood that the license with respect to an acquisition of the Sensors business shall be limited to Sensors Products and the license with respect to an acquisition of the Controls business shall be limited to Controls Products); provided that, in the case of (B) and (C), if the assets of the successor or surviving company immediately following such transaction are not substantially identical to the assets of the transferred Business unit (e.g., the Controls Business or Sensors Business, as applicable) immediately prior to such transaction, such license shall only be with respect to the Buyer Products within such Business unit as the same may exist at the time of consummation of such transaction and any extensions, modifications, derivatives, replacements or successors to such Buyer Products.

(f) In the event of:

(i) the acquisition by a third party of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of Seller by (A) a stock sale, (B) an asset sale or (C) a merger or consolidation, and in the case of (B) and (C) immediately following such transaction the assets of the successor or surviving corporation are substantially identical to the assets of Seller immediately prior such transaction, then the successor or surviving company shall succeed to all of the rights and obligations of Seller hereunder;

(ii) the acquisition by a third party of all or substantially all of the assets of Seller by (A) an asset sale, (B) a merger or consolidation, and immediately following such transaction the assets of the successor or surviving corporation are not substantially identical to the assets of Seller immediately prior to such transaction, then the successor or surviving company shall succeed to the rights and obligations of Seller hereunder, but only with respect to the Seller Products as the same may exist at the time of consummation of such transaction and any extensions, modifications, derivatives, replacements or successors to such Seller Products; or

(iii) the acquisition by a third party of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of the any material business unit of Seller by (A) a stock sale, (B) an asset sale or (C) a merger or consolidation, then the successor or surviving company shall be entitled to receive a license substantially identical to the license hereunder; provided that, in the case of (B) and (C), if the assets of the successor or surviving company immediately following such transaction are not substantially identical to the assets of the transferred business unit immediately prior to such transaction, such license shall only be with respect to the Seller Products within such business unit as the same may exist at the time of consummation of such transaction and any extensions, modifications, derivatives, replacements or successors to such Seller Products.


(g) For purposes of Section 2.04(e) and (f), a “third party” shall include an unaffiliated third party as well as any direct or indirect parent or other affiliated company of Buyer or Seller, as the case may be.

(h) For clarification, nothing in this Section 2.04 shall be construed to result in the grant of a license to any direct or indirect parent company of any third party acquirer or Affiliate thereof, except as expressly contemplated hereby with respect to the successor or surviving company in the applicable business combination transaction.

(i) For clarification, neither Party shall take any action that has as its purpose the evasion of the restrictions on licensing, sublicensing, transfer or assignment set forth this Agreement (e.g. the acquisition of the business or assets of an affiliated company by a Party for the purpose of expanding the volume of products that will benefit from the licenses granted hereunder) nor shall such Party launder products of a third party that would otherwise infringe upon the other Party’s Patents, and in no event shall the protection of the licenses granted hereunder extend to any such products of a third party laundered by such Party. In the event of any material breach of the foregoing, the breaching Party shall only be licensed thereafter with respect to Buyer Products or Seller Products (as applicable) as the same may exist at the time of such material breach. It is understood that the Parties shall endeavor to have a bona fide, arms length relationship with any subcontractor such Party engages for the purpose of making products under such Party’s “have made” rights and in no event shall the purpose of engaging such subcontractor be to shield such subcontractor’s own products under such license.

Section 2.05 . Third Party Contractors. In the event that the Licensed Party has exercised the have made rights set forth in this Article 2 by engaging a third party contractor to have the Buyer Products, Seller Products and/or Licensed MEMS Products (as applicable) made on its behalf, the rights granted to such third party contractor shall be suspended upon the shorter of (i) thirty (30) days prior written notice delivered by the Licensing Party to the Licensed Party in the event that such third party contractor files a complaint (or initiates any other governmental adversary proceeding) and (ii) six (6) months written notice delivered by the Licensing Party to the Licensed Party in the event that such third party contractor otherwise asserts a claim in writing against the Licensing Party or any of its Permitted Subsidiaries, in each case based upon, or challenging or seeking to deny or restrict the rights of the Licensing Party in any of its Patents or alleging that the Licensing Party or any of its Permitted Subsidiaries has infringed or otherwise misappropriated any Intellectual Property Right of such third party contractor; provided that such license shall be reinstated immediately (or such suspension shall not take effect) upon any settlement, final non-appealable judgment, or dismissal (whether or not voluntary) of such complaint or claim.

Section 2.06 . Disclaimers; Limitation of Liability. THE LICENSES GRANTED HEREIN ARE MADE ON AN “AS IS” BASIS, AND SELLER OR BUYER EACH HEREBY DISCLAIM ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE REGARDING MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR OF NON-INFRINGEMENT. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, NOTHING IN THIS


SECTION 2.06 SHALL MODIFY, ALTER, OR LIMIT IN ANY MANNER THE REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, COVENANTS AND REMEDIES UNDER THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

Section 2.07. No Other Licenses . Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, no other licenses are granted to either Party under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 3

T ERM AND T ERMINATION

Section 3.01. Term . Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, the license granted under each Patent under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until the expiration of the statutory term (including all extensions and renewals) of such Patent. Licenses of know-how and trade secrets shall remain in full force and effect for so long as such know-how and trade secrets remains non-public.

Section 3.02. No Termination . Except as set forth above in this Article 3, no license granted hereunder may be terminated by the Licensing Party, even in the event of material breach. The sole and exclusive remedy in the event of a breach (material or otherwise) of this Agreement shall be damages, injunctive relief or specific performance (in each case, as permitted under Applicable Law).

ARTICLE 4

G ENERAL P ROVISIONS

Section 4.01 . Confidentiality. Except as permitted by the Buyer License and the Seller License (as applicable), each Party (“receiving party”) will use the Confidential Information of the other Party (“disclosing party”) solely for the purposes set forth in this Agreement. Seller agrees that all Confidential Information included in the Purchased Assets (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) shall be deemed Confidential Information of Buyer after the Closing. The receiving Party will not directly or indirectly disclose the Confidential Information of the disclosing Party to any third party or use for its own benefit except as permitted by this Agreement, and will provide such Confidential Information only to any of its employees and independent contractors who need it in the normal course of conducting the receiving Party’s business and are bound by comparable agreements requiring that they keep it confidential. The receiving Party will take all reasonable measures to protect the confidentiality of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, notify the disclosing Party in writing of any unauthorized use or disclosure of such Confidential Information, and reasonably assist the disclosing Party in remedying any unauthorized use or disclosure. The receiving Party will give prompt notice of any legal requirement that it disclose the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, and will disclose the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information only to the extent required by law. Subject to Patents of the disclosing Party, either Party may use Residual Knowledge for any purposes. The term “ Residual Knowledge ” means ideas, concepts, know-how, or techniques related to the disclosing Party’s technology that are retained by the unaided memories of the receiving Party’s employees who have had access to Confidential Information consistent with the terms of this Agreement. An employee’s memory will be considered to be unaided if the


employee has not intentionally memorized the Confidential Information for the purpose of retaining and subsequently using or disclosing it. This Section 4.01 shall survive the expiration of this Agreement and continue in force forever with respect to Confidential Information that constitutes trade secrets of a Party under applicable law, for so long as such Confidential Information remains a trade secret. For clarification, it is understood and agreed any information of Buyer published by any Seller Party in the form of application notes, technical bulletins, or the like, prior to the Effective Date are not trade secrets protectable under Section 4.01 or any other non-disclosure agreement.

Section 4.02 . Prosecution And Maintenance. Each Party and its Permitted Subsidiaries shall, at its own expense, control and be solely responsible for the prosecution and maintenance of its Patents or any other Intellectual Property Right licensed hereunder. Nothing in this Agreement implies an obligation on either Party to apply for, prosecute or maintain any Patent or any other Intellectual Property Right.

Section 4.03 . Actions Against Third Parties. Neither Party shall have any obligation hereunder to institute any action or suit against third parties for infringement of any Patent or any other Intellectual Property Right or to defend any action or suit brought by a third party which challenges or concerns the validity or enforceability of such Patents or Intellectual Property Right. Each Party shall have and retain the exclusive right to institute and prosecute any claim, action or suit against third parties for the infringement of any Patent or any other Intellectual Property Right that such Party owns.

Section 4.04 . Assignment. Except as set forth in Section 2.04(e) and (f), neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned or otherwise transferred by either Party, in whole or in part, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, without the prior written consent of the other Party. 1

Section 4.05 . Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any Party shall be in writing (including facsimile transmission) and shall be given,

if to Buyer, to:

Sensata Technologies, B.V.

c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC

745 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10151

  Attention: Ed Conard
       Paul Edgerley
       Stephen M. Zide

Facsimile No.: (212) 421-2225

 


1 Between the date of the Purchase Agreement and the Closing Date, Buyer intends to form or cause to be formed one or more Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and in connection therewith, if necessary, Buyer may on or prior to the Closing assign and delegate any or all of its interest herein and duties and obligations hereunder to and among such Subsidiaries and Affiliates.


with a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 E. Randolph Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60601

  Attention: Jeffrey C. Hammes, P.C.
     Matthew E. Steinmetz, P.C.
     Jeffrey W. Richards

Facsimile No.: (312) 861-2200

if to Seller, to:

Texas Instruments Incorporated

12500 TI Boulevard

Dallas, Texas 75266

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile No.: (214) 480-5061

and

Texas Instruments Incorporated

7839 Churchill Way MS 3995

Dallas, Texas 75251

Attention: Vice President of Corporate Development

Facsimile No.: (972) 917-3804

with a copy to:

Davis Polk & Wardwell

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Paul R. Kingsley

Facsimile No.: (212) 450-3800

or such other address or facsimile number as such Party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other Parties. All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. in the place of receipt and such day is a Business Day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt.

Section 4.06

[intentionally left blank]

Section 4.07 . Amendments And Waivers. (a) Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by each Party, or in the case of a waiver, by the Party against whom the waiver is to be effective.


(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided for herein, no failure or delay by any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

Section 4.08 . Successors And Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

Section 4.09 . Bankruptcy. All licenses granted under the Agreement will be deemed licenses of rights to intellectual property for purposes of Section 365(n) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and a licensee under the Agreement will retain and may fully exercise all of its rights and elections under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

Section 4.10 . Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law rules of such state.

Section 4.11 . Jurisdiction. The Parties agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or any New York State court sitting in New York City, so long as one of such courts shall have subject matter jurisdiction over such suit, action or proceeding, and that any cause of action arising out of this Agreement shall be deemed to have arisen from a transaction of business in the State of New York, and each Party hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any Party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each Party agrees that service of process on such Party as provided in Section 4.05 shall be deemed effective service of process on such Party.

Section 4.12 . Counterparts; Effectiveness; No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Agreement shall become effective when each Party shall have received a counterpart hereof signed by the other Party. Until and unless each Party has received a counterpart hereof signed by the other Party, this Agreement shall have no effect and no Party shall have any right or obligation hereunder (whether by virtue of any other oral or written agreement or other communication). No provision of this Agreement is intended to confer any rights, benefits, remedies, obligations, or liabilities hereunder upon any Person other than the Parties and their respective successors and assigns.


Section 4.13 . Entire Agreement. This Agreement (and the other Transaction Documents) constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both oral and written, between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

Section 4.14 . Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon such a determination, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank; the next page is the signature page.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED
By:  

/s/ Joseph F. Hubach

Name:   Joseph F. Hubach
Title:  

Senior Vice President,

Secretary and General

Counsel

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.
By:  

/s/ Ian Blasco

Name:   Ian Blasco
Title:   Authorized Signatory

Signature Page to Cross License Agreement

Exhibit 10.11

SENSATA INVESTMENT COMPANY S.C.A.

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED

2006 MANAGEMENT SECURITIES PURCHASE PLAN

ARTICLE I

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE; ADMINISTRATION

1.1 Establishment . On April 27, 2006 (the “Effective Date”), Sensata Investment Company S.C.A., a société en commandite par actions organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (the “ Company ”), established a securities purchase plan known as the “Sensata Investment Company S.C.A. 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan” (the “ Original Plan ”). The Original Plan was amended and restated by the Company’s sole manager (the “ Manager ”) on September 29, 2006 pursuant to a written resolution of the board of managing directors of the Manager, and from and after such date the Original Plan, as amended and restated, became known as the “ Sensata Investment Company S.C.A. First Amended and Restated 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan” (the “ Plan ”).

1.2 Purpose . The Plan is intended to promote the long-term growth and profitability of the Company and its Subsidiaries by providing those persons who are or will be involved in the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ growth with an opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in the Company, thereby encouraging such persons to contribute to and participate in the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Under the Plan, the Company may make Awards (as defined in Section 3.1 ) to such present and future officers, directors, employees, consultants, and advisors of the Company or its Subsidiaries as may be selected in the sole discretion of the Manager (collectively, “ Participants ”). Participation in the Plan is voluntary.

1.3 Administration . The Manager shall have the power and authority to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and procedures governing the administration of this Plan, including, but not limited to the full power and authority (a) to interpret the terms of this Plan, the terms of any Awards made under this Plan, and the rules and procedures established by the Manager governing any such Awards, (b) to determine the rights of any person under this Plan, or the meaning of requirements imposed by the terms of this Plan or any rule or procedure established by the Manager, (c) to select Participants for Awards under the Plan, (d) to set the purchase price for issuances of Restricted Securities, (e) to impose such limitations, restrictions and conditions upon such Awards as it shall deem appropriate, (f) to adopt, amend and rescind administrative guidelines and other rules and regulations relating to the Plan, (g) to correct any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, and (h) to make all other determinations and take all other actions necessary or advisable for the implementation and administration of the Plan, subject to such limitations as may be imposed by the Code or other applicable law. Each action of the Manager shall be binding on all persons. The Manager may, to the extent permissible by law, delegate any of its authority hereunder to such persons as it deems appropriate.


ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

As used in this Plan, unless otherwise specified in an Award Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Affiliate ” of a Person means any other person, entity or investment fund controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person and, in the case of a Person which is a partnership, any partner of such Person.

Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms, conditions, and limitations applicable to an Award, as amended from time to time. All Award Agreements shall be deemed to include all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, except to the extent otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement and approved by the Manager.

Bain ” means, collectively, Bain Capital Fund VIII, L.P., Bain Capital VIII Coinvestment Fund, L.P., Bain Capital Fund VIII-E, L.P., Bain Capital Fund IX, L.P., Bain Capital IX Coinvestment Fund, L.P., Brookside Capital Partners Fund, L.P., Prospect Harbor Credit Partners, L.P., Sankaty Credit Opportunities, L.P., Sankaty Credit Opportunities II, L.P., Sankaty High Yield Partners III, L.P., BCIP Associates III, BCIP Trust Associates III, BCIP Associates III-B, BCIP Trust Associates III-B, and BCIP Associates-G.

Cause ” means, for any Participant, the meaning given to such term in an employment or other similar agreement entered into by such Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates on or after the Effective Date and approved by the Manager (which meaning shall continue to apply whether or not such agreement ceases to be effective, unless and until Participant subsequently enters into a superseding employment or other similar agreement that contains a definition of “Cause”, in which case the meaning in such superseding agreement shall apply), or, in the absence of any such agreement, it shall mean (i) the commission of, or indictment for, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude or the commission of any other act or any omission to act involving dishonesty, disloyalty or fraud with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their customers or suppliers, (ii) conduct that brings or is reasonably likely to bring the Company or its Subsidiaries into public disgrace or disrepute, (iii) failure to perform duties as reasonably directed by the Manager or such Participant’s supervisor(s), if any, (iv) gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (v) any breach of the terms of Article VIII or any other material breach of the terms of this Plan, an Award Agreement or any other agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to which such Participant is a party.

CCMP Capital Asia ” means, collectively, Asia Opportunity Fund II, L.P. and AOF II Employee Co-Invest Fund, L.P.

Change in Control ” means (i) any transaction or series of transactions in which the Sponsors (whether by merger, sale of securities, recapitalization, or reorganization) dispose of or sell more than 50% of the total voting power or economic interest in the Company to one or more Independent Third Parties, and (ii) a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the

 

2


assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; provided that, in the case of clause (i) above, such transaction shall only constitute a Change in Control if it results in the Sponsors ceasing to have the power (whether by ownership of voting securities, contractual right or otherwise), collectively, to appoint the Manager. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction or series of transactions shall not constitute a Change in Control hereunder unless it or they also constitute a “change in control” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time.

Competing Business ” means any business engaged (whether directly or indirectly) in the design, manufacture, marketing, or sale of electromechanical or electronic sensors or controls.

CPECs ” means the convertible preferred equity certificates, par value €1.25 per certificate, issued by the Company, or in the event that the outstanding CPECs are hereafter recapitalized, converted into or exchanged for different securities of the Company, such other securities.

Disability ” means, with respect to any Participant, the meaning given to such term in an employment or other similar agreement entered into by such Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates on or after the Effective Date and approved by the Manager (which meaning shall continue to apply whether or not such agreement ceases to be effective, unless and until Participant subsequently enters into a superseding employment or other similar agreement that contains a definition of “Disability”, in which case the meaning in such superseding agreement shall apply), or, in the absence of any such agreement, it shall mean such Participant’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, which incapacity makes Participant eligible to receive disability benefits under the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ long-term disability plans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s incapacity shall not constitute a Disability hereunder unless it also constitutes a “disability” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

Equity Strip ” means a strip of securities containing 1.00 Ordinary Share, 624.00 PECs, and 175.00 CPECs.

Fair Market Value ” of any Restricted Security (or any other security) means the fair market value of such Restricted Security (or such other security, as applicable) as determined in good faith by the Manager, and such determination shall be binding and conclusive on the Company, the Participants and all other Persons interested in the Plan.

Good Reason ” means, for any Participant, the meaning given to such term in an employment or other similar agreement entered into by such Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates on or after the Effective Date and approved by the Manager (which meaning shall continue to apply whether or not such agreement ceases to be effective, unless and until Participant subsequently enters into a superseding employment or other similar agreement that contains a definition of “Good Reason”, in which case the meaning in such superseding agreement shall apply), or, in the absence of any such agreement, it shall mean (i) a material reduction in such Participant’s annual base salary without such Participant’s prior consent, other than any reduction which is generally applicable to such Participant’s peer executives or which is

 

3


the result of a bona fide performance evaluation of such Participant in accordance with the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ policies and practices, (ii) any material breach by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any agreement between such Persons and such Participant, or (iii) a change in such Participant’s principal office without such Participant’s prior consent to a location that is more than 100 miles from such Participant’s principal office on the Effective Date, in each case which is not cured to Participant’s reasonable satisfaction within 30 days after delivery of written notice thereof to the Company; provided that, in each case written notice of a Participant’s resignation with Good Reason must be delivered to the Company within 15 days after the occurrence of any such event in order for such Participant’s resignation with Good Reason to be considered as such.

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg Securities Act ” means the Luxembourg Securities Act, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Independent Third Party ” means any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) that, as of the date hereof, does not (together with its Affiliates) own in excess of 5% of the Company’s Securities on a fully-diluted basis, who is not an Affiliate of any such 5% owner of the Company’s Securities and who is not the spouse or descendent (by birth or adoption) of any such 5% owner of the Company’s Securities.

Initial Public Offering ” means an initial public offering, after the Effective Date, of the Company’s Ordinary Shares pursuant to an offering registered under the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg Securities Act, the Securities Act, or any similar securities law applicable outside of Luxembourg or the United States, other than any such offerings which are registered on Forms S-4 or S-8 under the Securities Act or any similar form under any securities law applicable outside of the United States.

Management Securityholders Addendum ” means the Management Securityholders Addendum, dated as of the date hereof, among the Company and certain of its securityholders, as amended from time to time, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

Ordinary Shares ” means the Company’s Ordinary Shares, par value €1.25 per share, or in the event that the outstanding shares of ordinary share capital are hereafter recapitalized, converted into or exchanged for different stock or securities of the Company, such other stock or securities.

PECs ” means the preferred equity certificates, par value €1.25 per certificate, issued by the Company, or in the event that the outstanding PECs are hereafter recapitalized, converted into or exchanged for different stock or securities of the Company, such other stock or securities.

Permitted Transferee ” with respect to any Participant means such Participant’s spouse and descendants (whether or not adopted) and any trust, family limited partnership or limited liability company that is and remains at all times solely for the benefit of such Participant and/or such Participant’s spouse and/or descendants, provided that such Person has executed and delivered to the Company the documents required to be delivered under the Management Securityholders Addendum.

 

4


Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a government or any branch, department, agency, political subdivision or official thereof.

Public Sale ” means any sale pursuant to a registered public offering under the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg Securities Act, the Securities Act, or any similar securities law applicable outside of Luxembourg or the United States, or any sale to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act or any similar securities law applicable outside of the United States.

Restricted Securities ” means, with respect to a Participant, Securities issued to such Participant which are subject to certain restrictions. For all purposes of this Plan, Restricted Securities will continue to be Restricted Securities in the hands of any holder (including any Permitted Transferee) other than a Participant (except for the Company, the Sponsors and purchasers pursuant to a Public Sale), and each such other holder of Restricted Securities will succeed to all rights and obligations attributable to such Participant as a holder of Restricted Securities hereunder. Restricted Securities will also include Securities issued with respect to Restricted Securities by way of a security split, security dividend or other recapitalization.

Securities ” means the Ordinary Shares, the PECs and the CPECs.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Sponsors ” means, collectively, Bain and CCMP Capital Asia, in each case together with their respective Affiliates.

Subsidiary ” means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other entity in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, stock or other equity securities or interests possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of such entity.

Termination Date ” means the date on which a Participant is no longer employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for any reason. For the avoidance of doubt, a Participant’s Termination Date shall be considered to be the last date of his actual and active employment with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, whether such day is selected by agreement with the Participant or unilaterally by the Company or such Subsidiary and whether advance notice is or is not given to the Participant; no period of notice that is or ought to have been given under applicable law in respect of the termination of employment will be taken into account in determining entitlement under the Plan.

Transfer ” means any direct or indirect sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition (whether with or without consideration and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, including to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of any interest.

ARTICLE III

AWARDS AND ELIGIBILITY

3.1 Awards . Awards under the Plan (“ Awards ”) may be issued in the form of Restricted Securities, as described in Article IV of the Plan. All Awards shall be made in the

 

5


form of one or more whole Equity Strips. Each issuance of Restricted Securities shall be evidenced by a written Award Agreement containing such restrictions, terms and conditions, if any, as the Manager may require; provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in an Award Agreement, if there is any conflict between any provision of the Plan and an Award Agreement, the provisions of the Plan shall govern.

3.2 Maximum Securities Available . The Manager may authorize Awards consisting of Restricted Securities in such numbers of Securities as it may determine from time to time. All Awards shall be subject to adjustment by the Manager as follows. In the event of any reorganization, recapitalization, security split, security dividend, combination of securities, merger, consolidation or other change in the Securities, the Manager shall make appropriate equitable changes in the number and type of Securities covered by outstanding Awards and the terms thereof as the Manager determines in its sole discretion (absent manifest error) are necessary to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights of Participants under the Plan. If any Restricted Securities issued hereunder are repurchased hereunder, such Securities shall again be available under this Plan for reissuance. Securities to be issued as Restricted Securities hereunder may be either authorized and unissued securities, treasury securities or a combination thereof, as the Manager shall determine.

3.3 Eligibility . The Manager may, from time to time, select the Participants who shall be eligible to participate in the Plan and the Awards to be made to each such Participant. The Manager may consider any factors it deems relevant in selecting Participants and in making Awards to such Participants. The Manager’s determinations under the Plan (including, without limitation, determinations of which persons are to receive Awards and in what amount) need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who are eligible to receive Awards under the Plan.

3.4 No Right to Continued Employment; No Entitlement to Future Awards . Nothing in this Plan or (in the absence of an express provision to the contrary) in any Award Agreement, as applicable, shall confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employment of the Company or its Subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or its Subsidiaries to terminate such Participant’s employment at any time for any reason or to continue such Participant’s present (or any other) rate of compensation. The grant of an Award to any Participant shall not create any rights in such Participant to any subsequent Awards by the Company, no Award hereunder shall be considered a condition of such Participant’s employment, and no profit with respect to an Award shall be considered part of such Participant’s salary or compensation under any severance statute or other applicable law.

3.5 Exchange of Prior Awards . In connection with any new Award, the Manager shall have the right, at its discretion, to condition a Participant’s receipt of such new Award on the requirement that such Participant return to the Company Awards previously granted to him or her under the Plan. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, such new Award shall be upon such terms and conditions as are specified by the Manager at the time the new Award is made.

3.6 Securities Laws . The Plan has been instituted by the Company to provide certain compensatory incentives to Participants. The Plan is intended to qualify for an exemption from the obligation to have a prospectus made generally available under the Grand Duchy of

 

6


Luxembourg Securities Act. In addition, the Plan is intended to qualify for an exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 701 of the Securities Act and under applicable state securities laws in the United States and under applicable securities laws in other countries in which Awards are granted.

ARTICLE IV

RESTRICTED SECURITIES

4.1 Restricted Securities . If permitted under applicable law, the Manager shall have the right and power to grant to any Participant, at any time prior to the termination of this Plan, Restricted Securities in such quantity, on such terms and subject to such conditions that are consistent with this Plan and established by the Manager. Restricted Securities issued under this Plan shall be in the form described in this Article IV , or in such other form or forms as the Manager may determine, and shall be subject to such additional terms and conditions and evidenced by Award Agreements, as shall be determined from time to time by the Manager. Except as otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, Restricted Securities shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions contained in this Plan.

4.2 Issuance of Restricted Securities . The Manager shall have the right and power to issue Restricted Securities to any Participant, at such prices as may be established by the Manager in its discretion, which prices shall not be less than the nominal values of such Restricted Securities. The consideration for any such issue shall be cash, unless otherwise determined by the Manager. A Participant may elect to subscribe for any or all of the Restricted Securities issued to him or her by the Manager through one or more entities that would constitute a Permitted Transferee, which entity shall be bound by all of the terms of the Plan, any Award Agreement and the Management Securityholders Addendum.

4.3 Representations on Acquisition . In connection with any subscription of Restricted Securities (other than pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act), Participant shall, by his or her acceptance of such Restricted Securities (and without any further action on the part of the Participant), represent and warrant to the Company that as of the time of such acquisition:

(a) The Restricted Securities to be subscribed for by Participant shall be acquired for Participant’s own account and not with a view to, or intention of, distribution thereof in violation of any securities laws in the United States or elsewhere applicable thereto, and the Restricted Securities shall not be disposed of in contravention of any federal or state securities laws in the United States or elsewhere.

(b) Participant is an employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, is sophisticated in financial matters, and is able to evaluate the risks and benefits of the investment in the Restricted Securities.

(c) Participant is able to bear the economic risks of his investment in the Restricted Securities for an indefinite period of time and is aware that transfer of the Restricted Securities may not be possible because (A) such transfer is subject to contractual restrictions on transfer set forth herein and in the Management Securityholders Addendum and (B) the

 

7


Restricted Securities have not been registered under any securities laws of the United States or elsewhere and, therefore, cannot be sold unless subsequently registered under any applicable securities laws in the United States and elsewhere or an exemption from such registration is available.

(d) Participant has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of the offering of the Restricted Securities and has had full access to such other information concerning the Company as Participant has requested.

In connection with any subscription of Restricted Securities, Participant shall make such additional customary investment representations as the Company may require and Participant shall execute such documents necessary for the Company to perfect exemptions from registration under any applicable federal and state securities laws in the United States and elsewhere as the Company may reasonably request. In addition, in connection with any subscription for Restricted Securities, Participant shall, as applicable, make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, in the form prescribed by the Manager.

4.4 Restrictions on Transfer . All Restricted Securities issued pursuant to the Plan shall not be Transferable (other than pursuant to Article VI or as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of the Management Securityholders Addendum) by the Participant subscribing for such Restricted Securities. Any attempted Transfer of Restricted Securities which is not specifically permitted under the Plan shall be null and void.

4.5 Restricted Security Certificates . If permitted under applicable law, the Company shall issue, in the name of each Participant to whom Restricted Securities have been issued, certificates representing the total number of Restricted Securities issued to such Participant, as soon as reasonably practicable after such issuance. The Company shall hold such certificates for the Participant’s benefit until such Restricted Securities become freely Transferable, at which time the Company shall deliver such certificates (free of all such Transferability restrictions) to the Participant.

4.6 Rights of a Participant . Unless the Manager determines otherwise, any Participant who holds Restricted Securities shall have the right to receive dividends and distributions, if any are declared, with respect to such Restricted Securities. Any Securities received by a Participant as a result of any such dividends or distributions shall be considered Restricted Securities and shall be subject to all of the restrictions contained in the Plan.

ARTICLE V

JOINDER

5.1 Management Securityholders Addendum . Subscription for, purchase of, or acceptance of any issuance of Restricted Securities shall constitute agreement by the Participant subscribing for or receiving such Restricted Securities to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Management Securityholders Addendum with respect to the Restricted Securities, or any other Company security, or held by such Participant. All of the terms of the Management Securityholders Addendum are incorporated herein by reference.

 

8


ARTICLE VI

REPURCHASE OF SECURITIES

6.1 Repurchase Option . In the event that a Participant is no longer employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for any reason, all Restricted Securities issued to such Participant, whether held by such Participant or one or more transferees of such Participant, will be subject to repurchase by the Company and the Sponsors (solely at their option), by delivery of one or more Repurchase Notices (as defined below) within the time periods set forth below, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Article VI (the “ Repurchase Option ”), unless otherwise set forth in the Award Agreement between the Company and the Participant. The Repurchase Option shall terminate on the first to occur of a Change in Control or the Initial Public Offering. All repurchases under this Article VI shall be of one or more whole Equity Strips.

6.2 Termination for any Reason . Unless otherwise specified in an Award Agreement, if a Participant is no longer employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for any reason, then on or after the Termination Date the Company may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Restricted Securities issued to such Participant at a price per security equal to the Fair Market Value thereof as determined as of a date determined by the Manager that is the anticipated date of the Repurchase Closing (as defined in Section 6.3 , and after giving effect to any suspension under Section 6.6 ). If a Participant is no longer employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for any reason, such Participant shall not be entitled under any applicable law to any compensation by reference to his rights granted under the Plan or the benefits capable of being received under the Plan or any loss or diminution in value thereof.

6.3 Repurchase Procedures . Pursuant to the Repurchase Option, the Company may elect to exercise the right to purchase all or any portion of the Restricted Securities issued to a Participant by delivering written notice or notices (each, a “ Repurchase Notice ”) to the holder or holders of such Restricted Securities at any time and from time to time no later than 120 days after the Termination Date; provided that, (a) if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries terminates the employment of a Participant without Cause, then the Company shall deliver the Repurchase Notice(s) to the holder(s) of such Restricted Securities on or before the later of (i) 120 days after the Termination Date and (ii) 210 days after the Effective Date (and, in respect of clause (a)(ii), in no event shall the Company deliver any Repurchase Notice to the holder of such Restricted Securities within 180 days after the Effective Date), and (b) if a Participant’s employment ceases due to such Participant’s death or Disability, then the Company shall have 270 days to determine whether to exercise its right to purchase all or any portion of the Restricted Securities issued to such Participant. Each Repurchase Notice will set forth the number of Restricted Securities to be acquired from such holder(s), the repurchase price of such securities, the aggregate consideration to be paid for such securities and the time and place for the closing of the transaction (each, a “ Repurchase Closing ”). In the event that the Company elects to purchase a portion of such Restricted Securities pursuant to the terms of this Section 6.3 , if any such Restricted Securities are held by transferees of such Participant, the Company shall purchase the securities elected to be purchased first from such Participant to the extent such Restricted Securities are then held by such Participant and second purchase any remaining securities elected to be purchased from such other holder(s) of Restricted Securities pro rata according to the number of Restricted Securities held by such other holder(s) at the time

 

9


of delivery of such Repurchase Notice (determined as nearly as practicable to the nearest security), and the number of each type of Restricted Security to be purchased will be allocated among such other holders pro rata according to the total number of Restricted Securities to be purchased from such persons.

6.4 Sponsor Rights .

(a) If for any reason the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Restricted Securities pursuant to the Repurchase Option pursuant to one or more Repurchase Notices, the Sponsors will be entitled to exercise the Repurchase Option, in the manner set forth in this Section 6.4 , for the Restricted Securities the Company has not elected to purchase (the “ Available Securities ”). As soon as practicable after the Company has determined that there will be Available Securities, but in any event within 90 days after the Termination Date (or 180 days after the Effective Date in the event the Company or any of its Subsidiaries terminates the employment of a Participant without Cause within 90 days after the Effective Date or 240 days in the event a Participant’s employment ceases due to such Participant’s death or Disability), the Company shall give written notice (each, an “ Option Notice ”) to the Sponsors setting forth the number of Available Securities and the price for each Available Security as determined pursuant to the provisions of this Article VI .

(b) The Sponsors may elect to purchase any number of Available Securities by delivering written notice (an “ Election Notice ”) to the Company within 20 days after receipt of the Option Notice from the Company. If the Sponsors elect to purchase an aggregate number of Securities greater than the number of Available Securities, each type of Available Securities shall be allocated among the Sponsors based upon the number of Securities owned by each Sponsor on a fully-diluted basis.

(c) As soon as practicable, and in any event within ten (10) days after the expiration of the 20-day period set forth above, the Company shall notify the holder(s) of Restricted Securities as to the number of Securities being purchased from such holder(s) by the Sponsors (each, a “ Supplemental Repurchase Notice ”). At the time the Company delivers a Supplemental Repurchase Notice to the holder(s) of Restricted Securities, the Company shall also deliver written notice to each electing Sponsor setting forth the number of Securities that the Company and each Sponsor will acquire, the aggregate purchase price and the time and place of the closing of the transaction.

6.5 Closing of Repurchase . The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Article VI will take place on the date designated by the Company in the applicable Repurchase Notice or Supplemental Repurchase Notice, as the case may be, which date will not be more than 60 days after the delivery of such notice. The purchase price of the Restricted Securities purchased pursuant to the Repurchase Option shall be paid in U.S. dollars and determined based upon the currency exchange rate between Euros and U.S. Dollars as published in the Wall Street Journal on the date preceding the Repurchase Closing. The Company and/or the Sponsors, as the case may be, will pay for the Restricted Securities to be purchased pursuant to the Repurchase Option by delivery of a check payable to the holder(s) of such Restricted Securities or a wire transfer; provided that, to the extent the Company at the time of such purchase (i) does not have readily available cash resources (including available revolving credit borrowing capacity) in

 

10


excess of its working capital and other reasonable cash needs or (ii) is prohibited under the terms of any credit arrangement from paying for such Restricted Securities by check or wire transfer, the Company may pay for the Restricted Securities to be purchased pursuant to the Repurchase Option by delivery of a subordinate note or notes bearing interest (compounded semiannually) at a rate per annum equal to the then-applicable interest rate for new borrowings under the senior credit facility of the Company’s Subsidiaries as of the date of such purchase, as determined in good faith by the Board, which note(s) shall be payable upon the first to occur of a Change in Control or the third anniversary of the closing of such purchase, unless the restrictive covenants applicable to any credit arrangement of the Company require a longer maturity period for the note(s) (each, a “ Subordinated Note ” and, collectively, the “ Subordinated Notes ”); further provided that, if a Participant is no longer employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such Participant’s termination with Cause or resignation without Good Reason, the Company may pay for the Restricted Securities to be purchased pursuant to the Repurchase Option by delivery of, at its option, (i) a check payable to the holder(s) of such Restricted Securities or a wire transfer, (ii) a Subordinate Note or Subordinated Notes, or (iii) both (i) and (ii) in the aggregate amount of the purchase price for such securities. In addition, the Company may pay the repurchase price for such Restricted Securities by offsetting such amounts against any bona fide debts owed by Participant to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Any notes issued by the Company pursuant to this Section 6.5 shall be subject to any restrictive covenants to which the Company is subject at the time of such purchase. The Company and/or the Sponsors as the case may be, will receive customary representations and warranties from each seller regarding the sale of Restricted Securities, including, but not limited to, a representation that such seller has good and marketable title to the Restricted Securities to be Transferred free and clear of all liens, claims and other encumbrances, and the Company and/or the Sponsors will be entitled to require all sellers’ signatures be guaranteed by a national bank or reputable securities broker.

6.6 Restrictions on Repurchase . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, all repurchases of Restricted Securities by the Company shall be subject to applicable restrictions contained under the laws of Luxembourg and in the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ debt and equity financing agreements. If any such restrictions prohibit any repurchase of Restricted Securities hereunder which the Company is otherwise entitled to make and the Sponsors have not elected to acquire all Restricted Securities which the Company and the Sponsors have a right to repurchase pursuant to this Article VI , then the time period for the closing of such repurchase specified in Section 6.5 shall be suspended for a period of up to 12 months with respect to any Restricted Securities that the Company has elected to purchase within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.3 , and the Company may make such repurchases as soon as it is permitted to do so under such restrictions but in no event later than twelve months after the initial time period hereunder.

ARTICLE VII

PUBLIC OFFERINGS

7.1 Cooperation in an IPO . In the event that the Company approves an Initial Public Offering, the holders Restricted Securities will take all necessary or desirable actions in connection with the consummation of such offering; provided that any recapitalization or restructuring of the Company’s equity in connection with an Initial Public Offering will be

 

11


effected in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Management Securityholders Addendum and the Company’s organizational documents. In the event that such Initial Public Offering is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the Company’s capital structure will adversely affect the marketability of the offering, each holder of Restricted Securities will consent to and vote for a recapitalization, reorganization and/or exchange of the Securities into securities that the managing underwriters and the Manager find acceptable and will take all necessary or desirable actions in connection with the consummation of the recapitalization, reorganization and/or exchange (but only if such actions shall be consummated on a pro rata basis among all holders of the Company’s Securities in accordance with the distribution mechanics set forth in the Company’s organizational documents).

7.2 Purchaser Representative . If the Company or the holders of the Company’s securities enter into any negotiation or transaction for which Rule 506 (or any similar rule then in effect) of the Securities Act or any similar rule under any securities law applicable outside of the United States may be available with respect to such negotiation or transaction (including a merger, consolidation or other reorganization), as a condition to participation in such sale (whether or not obligated to so participate pursuant to the provisions of the Management Securityholders Addendum or otherwise), the holders of Restricted Securities will, at the request of the Company, appoint a purchaser representative (as such term is defined in Rule 501 of the Securities Act) or similar Person (as required under any securities law applicable outside of the United States) reasonably acceptable to the Company. If any holder of Restricted Securities appoints a purchaser representative or similar Person designated by the Company, the Company will pay the fees of such purchaser representative or similar Person; but if any holder of Restricted Securities declines to appoint the purchaser representative or similar Person designated by the Company, such holder will appoint another purchaser representative or similar Person and such holder will be responsible for the fees of the purchaser representative or similar Person so appointed.

ARTICLE VIII

RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

The Company and its Subsidiaries operate in a highly sensitive and competitive commercial environment. As part of their employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries, Participants will be exposed to highly confidential and sensitive information regarding the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ business operations, including corporate strategy, pricing and other market information, know-how, trade secrets and valuable customer, supplier and employee relationships. It is critical that the Company take all necessary steps to safeguard its legitimate protectible interests in such information and to prevent any of its competitors or any other Persons from obtaining any such information. Therefore, as consideration for the Company’s agreement to issue Restricted Securities to a Participant, each Participant shall agree to be bound by the following restrictive covenants:

8.1 Confidentiality . Each Participant acknowledges that the information, observations and data obtained by him or her while employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries concerning the business or affairs of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (“ Confidential Information ”) are the property of the Company or such Subsidiary. Therefore,

 

12


each Participant agrees that he or she shall not disclose to any unauthorized Person or use for his or her own purposes any Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Manager, unless and to the extent that the aforementioned matters become generally known to and available for use by the public, other than as a result of such Participant’s acts or omissions. Each Participant shall deliver to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, at the termination of such Participant’s employment, or at any other time the Company may request, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports, computer tapes, printouts and software and other documents and data (and copies thereof) relating to the Confidential Information, Work Product (as defined below) or the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that he or she may then possess or have under his or her control.

8.2 Assignment of Inventions . Each Participant acknowledges that all discoveries, concepts, ideas, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, patent applications, copyrightable work and mask work (whether or not including any confidential information) and all registrations or applications related thereto, all other proprietary information and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) which relate to the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed or made by such Participant (whether alone or jointly with others) while employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries (“ Work Product ”) belong to the Company or such Subsidiary. Each Participant shall promptly disclose such Work Product to the Manager and, at the Company’s expense, perform all actions reasonably requested by the Manager (whether during or after the period of Participant’s employment) to establish and confirm such ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney and other instruments).

8.3 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation .

(a) Each Participant acknowledges that during the course of his or her employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries he or she has and shall become familiar with the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ corporate strategy, pricing and other market information, know-how, trade secrets, and valuable customer, supplier and employee relationships, and with other Confidential Information concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and that his or her services shall be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates. Accordingly, Participant agrees that, during his or her employment with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries and for one (1) year thereafter (unless some longer period is specified in any other agreement between Participant and the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries) (the “ Noncompete Period ”), Participant shall not directly or indirectly own any interest in, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for, or in any manner engage in any Competing Business that conducts operations or sales in Japan, Holland, Germany, Korea, China, Malaysia, Mexico, or Brazil, or in the United States within any of the following states: Michigan, Wisconsin, Illinois, New York, Ohio, Indiana, Connecticut, Iowa, Pennsylvania, Missouri, Massachusetts, California, North Carolina, Texas, Indiana, Illinois, Kentucky, Mississippi, Washington, Tennessee, Virginia, New Jersey, Idaho, Colorado, Alabama, Georgia, South Carolina, Florida, or Maryland (and, in the event the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries conducts operations or sales in other jurisdictions after the date hereof, such other jurisdictions, provided that the Company updates this list of jurisdictions by delivering written notice to the Participants). Nothing herein

 

13


shall prohibit any Participant from being a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation which is publicly traded, so long as such Participant has no active participation in the business of such corporation.

(b) During the Noncompete Period, each Participant shall not directly or indirectly through another Person (i) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to leave the employ of the Company or such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and any employee thereof, (ii) knowingly hire any person who was an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at any time during the twelve months prior to the termination of such Participant’s employment or (iii) induce or encourage any customer, supplier, licensee, licensor or other business relation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to cease doing business with the Company or such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, licensee, licensor or business relation and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, making any negative or disparaging statements or communications regarding the Company or any of its Subsidiaries); provided that, in each case, this Section 8.3(b) shall only apply if a Participant shall have done business with, or had supervisory or other responsibility for, the employee, customer, supplier, licensee, licensor, or business relation to which the applicable clause of this Section 8.3(b) applies.

(c) If, at the time of enforcement of this Section 8.3 , a court or other governing body shall hold that the duration, scope or area restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, each Participant agrees that the maximum duration, scope or area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated duration, scope or area and that the court or other governing body shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law. Each Participant acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 8.3 are reasonable and that he or she has reviewed the provisions of the Plan with his legal counsel.

(d) Each Participant acknowledges that any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Section 8.3 would cause the Company and its Subsidiaries irreparable harm. Accordingly, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in its favor, the Company shall be entitled to specific performance and/or injunctive or other equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security). Further, in the event of an alleged breach or violation of this Section 8.3 by any Participant, the Noncompete Period applicable to such Participant shall be tolled until such breach or violation has been duly cured.

8.4 No Restriction on Earning a Living . By his or her acceptance and/or acquisition of an Award, each Participant thereby acknowledges that the provisions of this Article VIII do not preclude such Participant from earning a livelihood, nor do they unreasonably impose limitations on Participant’s ability to earn a living. In addition, each Participant thereby acknowledges that the potential harm to the Company and/or its Subsidiaries of non-enforcement of this Article VIII outweighs any harm to Participant of enforcement (by injunction or otherwise) of this Article VIII against him or her.

 

14


8.5 Breach . If at any time after the cessation of a Participant’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries such Participant (a) breaches any of the obligations under this Article VIII , then the Company may, by delivery of written notice to such Participant, treat such Participant’s cessation of employment as a termination with Cause for all purposes under the Plan (including giving the Company and the Sponsors the right to repurchase Restricted Securities issued to such Participant at Fair Market Value), or (b) engages, after the Non-Compete Period and prior to an Initial Public Offering, in any activity that would be prohibited by Section 8.3(a) or 8.3(b) if it occurred during the Noncompete Period, then the Company may, by delivery of written notice to such Participant, elect to purchase all or any portion of the Restricted Securities issued to such Participant (to the extent not previously repurchased) at a price per security equal to the Fair Market Value thereof as determined as of a date determined by the Manager that is the anticipated date of the Repurchase Closing.

ARTICLE IX

OTHER PROVISIONS

9.1 Indemnification . Neither the Manager, nor any person to whom ministerial duties have been delegated, shall be personally liable for any action, interpretation or determination made with respect to the Plan or Awards made thereunder, and the Manager shall be fully indemnified and protected by the Company with respect to any liability he or she may incur with respect to any such action, interpretation or determination, to the extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent provided in the Company’s Articles of Association, as amended from time to time, or under any agreement between any such member and the Company.

9.2 Termination and Amendment . The Manager at any time may suspend or terminate this Plan and make such additions or amendments as it deems advisable under this Plan; provided that, the Manager may not change any of the terms of an Award Agreement in a manner adverse to a Participant without the approval of such Participant.

9.3 Taxes .

(a) The Company shall have the right to require Participants or their beneficiaries or legal representatives to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy his or her minimum federal, state, local and foreign withholding tax requirements, or to deduct from all payments under the Plan amounts sufficient to satisfy such minimum withholding tax requirements. Whenever payments under the Plan are to be made to a Participant in cash, such payments shall be net of any amounts sufficient to satisfy all federal, state, local and foreign withholding tax requirements.

(b) The Manager may, in its discretion permit a Participant to satisfy his or her tax withholding obligation either by (i) surrendering Restricted Securities owned by the Participant or (ii) having the Company withhold from Restricted Securities otherwise deliverable to such Participant. Restricted Securities surrendered or withheld shall be valued at Fair Market Value as of the date on which income is required to be recognized for income tax purposes.

9.4 Withholding . In a situation where, if a Participant were to receive Restricted Securities, the Company or any of its Affiliates (or a former Affiliate) would be obliged to (or

 

15


would suffer a disadvantage if it were not to) account for any tax or social security contributions in any jurisdiction for which that Person would be liable by virtue of the receipt of Restricted Securities or which would be recoverable from that Person (together, the “ Tax Liability ”), the Restricted Securities may not be issued unless that Person has either (i) made a payment to the Company or any of its Affiliates (or a former Affiliate) of an amount at least equal to the Company’s estimate of the Tax Liability, or (ii) entered into arrangements acceptable to the Company or any of its Affiliates (or a former Affiliate) to secure that such a payment is made (whether by authorizing the sale of some or all of the Restricted Securities on his or her behalf and the payment to the Company or any of its Affiliates (or a former Affiliate) of the relevant amount out of the proceeds of sale or otherwise).

9.5 Data Protection . By participating in the Plan or accepting any rights granted under it, each Participant consents to the collection and processing of personal data relating to the Participant so that the Company and its Affiliates can fulfill their obligations and exercise their rights under the Plan and generally administer and manage the Plan. This data will include, but may not be limited to, data about participation in the Plan and securities offered or received, purchased or sold under the Plan from time to time and other appropriate financial and other data (such as the date on which the Restricted Securities were issued) about the Participant and his participation in the Plan.

9.6 Notices . Notices required or permitted to be made under the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed given, delivered and effective on the earliest of (i) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on a business day, (ii) the business day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on any business day and earlier than 11:59 p.m. (New York time) on the day preceding the next business day, (iii) one (1) business day after when sent, if sent by nationally recognized overnight courier service (charges prepaid), and (iv) actual receipt by the Person to whom such notice is required to be given. All notices shall be addressed (a) to a Participant at such Participant’s address as set forth in the books and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries, or (b) to the Company or the Manager at the principal office of the Company clearly marked “Attention: Manager”.

9.7 Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Plan shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Plan is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Plan shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

9.8 Prior Agreements . The Original Plan is amended, restated and superseded by the Plan in its entirety; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary in the Plan, nothing herein shall relieve any Participant from any liability for any breach prior to the effective date of the Plan and any provision so breached shall not be superseded by the Plan for purposes of actions taken in connection with such breach and liabilities related thereto. No provision of any employment, severance, incentive award, or other similar agreement entered into by a Participant, on the one hand, and any Subsidiary of the Company, on the other hand,

 

16


prior to the effective date of the Plan (other than any Award Agreement issued under the Original Plan) shall modify or have any effect in any manner on any provision of the Plan or any term or condition of any Award Agreement to which such Participant is a party. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any provision in any such agreement that purports to apply in any manner to options, securities, equity-based awards or the like shall not apply to or have any effect on any Awards under the Plan.

9.9 Governing Law and Forum; Waiver of Jury Trial . The Plan shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, United States. Each Participant who accepts an Award thereby agrees that any suit, action or proceeding brought by or against such Participant in connection with this Plan shall be brought solely in the state and federal courts sitting in the State of New York, County of New York, United States, and each Participant consents to the jurisdiction and venue of each such court. EACH PARTICIPANT WHO ACCEPTS AN AWARD IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING INSTITUTED BY OR AGAINST SUCH PARTICIPANT IN RESPECT OF HIS OR HER RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER.

*    *    *    *    *

 

17


Exhibit A

Management Securityholders Addendum

See attached document.

Exhibit 10.12

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDING B.V.

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED 2006 MANAGEMENT OPTION PLAN

ARTICLE I

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE; ADMINISTRATION

1.1 Establishment . On April 27, 2006 (the “ Effective Date ”), Sensata Technologies Holding B.V., a private limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Company ”), established an equity incentive plan known as the “Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. 2006 Management Option Plan” (the “ Original Plan ”). The Original Plan was amended and restated by the Company’s management board (the “ Board ”) on September 29, 2006 pursuant to a written resolution of the Board, and from and after such date the Original Plan, as amended and restated, became known as the “Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. First Amended and Restated 2006 Management Option Plan” (the “ Plan ”).

1.2 Purpose . The Plan is intended to promote the long-term growth and profitability of the Company and its Subsidiaries by providing those persons who are or will be involved in the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ growth with an opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in the Company, thereby encouraging such persons to contribute to and participate in the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Under the Plan, the Company may make Awards (as defined in Section 3.1 ) to such present and future officers, directors, employees, consultants, and advisors of the Company or its Subsidiaries as may be selected in the sole discretion of the Board (collectively, “ Participants ”). Participation in the Plan is voluntary.

1.3 Administration . The Board shall have the power and authority to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and procedures governing the administration of this Plan, including, but not limited to the full power and authority (a) to interpret the terms of this Plan, the terms of any Awards made under this Plan, and the rules and procedures established by the Board governing any such Awards, (b) to determine the rights of any person under this Plan, or the meaning of requirements imposed by the terms of this Plan or any rule or procedure established by the Board, (c) to select Participants for Awards under the Plan, (d) to set the exercise price of any Options granted under the Plan, (e) to establish performance and vesting standards, (f) to impose such limitations, restrictions and conditions upon such Awards as it shall deem appropriate, (g) to adopt, amend and rescind administrative guidelines and other rules and regulations relating to the Plan, (h) to correct any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, and (i) to make all other determinations and take all other actions necessary or advisable for the implementation and administration of the Plan, subject to such limitations as may be imposed by the Code or other applicable law. Each action of the Board shall be binding on all persons. The Board may, to the extent permissible by law, delegate any of its authority hereunder to such persons as it deems appropriate.


ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

As used in this Plan, unless otherwise specified in an Award Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Adjusted IPO Price ” means a price per Ordinary Share equal to the price per Ordinary Share received by the Company and its securityholders in the Initial Public Offering; provided that, if the Initial Public Offering takes place prior to the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date, then the Adjusted IPO Price means a price per Ordinary Share determined as follows:

Adjusted IPO Price = P × 1.15 (D/365)

whereby “P” equals the price per Ordinary Share received by the Company and its securityholders in the Initial Public Offering and “D” equals the number of calendar days by which the date of the Initial Public Offering precedes the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date.

Affiliate ” of a Person means any other person, entity or investment fund controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person and, in the case of a Person which is a partnership, any partner of such Person.

Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms, conditions, and limitations applicable to an Award, as amended from time to time. All Award Agreements shall be deemed to include all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, except to the extent otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement and approved by the Board.

Award Securities ” means, with respect to a Participant, any Ordinary Shares issued to such Participant upon exercise of any Options granted hereunder. For all purposes of this Plan, Award Securities will continue to be Award Securities in the hands of any holder other than a Participant (except for the Company, Luxco (or its designees) and purchasers pursuant to a Public Sale), and each such other holder of Award Securities will succeed to all rights and obligations attributable to such Participant as a holder of Award Securities hereunder. Award Securities will also include Ordinary Shares issued with respect to Award Securities by way of a security split, security dividend or other recapitalization.

Bain ” means, collectively, Bain Capital Fund VIII, L.P., Bain Capital VIII Coinvestment Fund, L.P., Bain Capital Fund VIII-E, L.P., Bain Capital Fund IX, L.P., Bain Capital IX Coinvestment Fund, L.P., Brookside Capital Partners Fund, L.P., Prospect Harbor Credit Partners, L.P., Sankaty Credit Opportunities, L.P., Sankaty Credit Opportunities II, L.P., Sankaty High Yield Partners III, L.P., BCIP Associates III, BCIP Trust Associates III, BCIP Associates III-B, BCIP Trust Associates III-B, and BCIP Associates-G.

Cause ” means, for any Participant, the meaning given to such term in an employment or other similar agreement entered into by such Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates on or after the Effective Date and approved by the Board (which meaning shall continue to apply whether or not such agreement ceases to be effective, unless and until Participant subsequently enters into a superseding employment or other similar agreement that contains a definition of “Cause”, in which case the meaning in such superseding agreement shall apply), or, in the absence of any such agreement, it shall mean (i) the commission of, or indictment for, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude or the commission of any other act or any omission to act involving dishonesty, disloyalty or fraud with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their customers or suppliers, (ii) conduct that brings or is reasonably likely to bring the Company or its Subsidiaries into public disgrace or disrepute, (iii) failure to perform duties as

 

2


reasonably directed by the Board or such Participant’s supervisor(s), if any, (iv) gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (v) any breach of the terms of Article VIII or any other material breach of the terms of this Plan, an Award Agreement or any other agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to which such Participant is a party.

CCMP Capital Asia ” means, collectively, Asia Opportunity Fund II, L.P. and AOF II Employee Co-Invest Fund, L.P.

Change in Control ” means (i) any transaction or series of transactions in which the Sponsors (whether by merger, sale of securities, recapitalization, or reorganization) dispose of or sell more than 50% of the total voting power or economic interest in the Company or in Parent to one or more Independent Third Parties, and (ii) a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; provided that, in the case of clause (i) above, such transaction shall only constitute a Change in Control if it results in the Sponsors ceasing to have the power (whether by ownership of voting securities, contractual right or otherwise), collectively, to elect a majority of the Board.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time.

Competing Business ” means any business engaged (whether directly or indirectly) in the design, manufacture, marketing, or sale of electromechanical or electronic sensors or controls.

Disability ” means, with respect to any Participant, the meaning given to such term in an employment or other similar agreement entered into by such Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates on or after the Effective Date and approved by the Board (which meaning shall continue to apply whether or not such agreement ceases to be effective, unless and until Participant subsequently enters into a superseding employment or other similar agreement that contains a definition of “Disability”, in which case the meaning in such superseding agreement shall apply), or, in the absence of any such agreement, it shall mean such Participant’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, which incapacity makes Participant eligible to receive disability benefits under the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ long-term disability plans.

Dutch Securities Act ” means the Dutch Act on the Supervision of Securities Transactions 1995 (Wet toezicht effectenverkeer 1995), including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Fair Market Value ” of any Award Security (or any other security) means the fair market value of such Award Security (or such other security, as applicable) as determined in good faith by the Board, and such determination shall be binding and conclusive on the Company, the Participants and all other Persons interested in the Plan.

Good Reason ” means, for any Participant, the meaning given to such term in an employment or other similar agreement entered into by such Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates on or after the Effective Date and approved by the Board (which meaning shall continue to apply whether or not such agreement ceases to be effective, unless and until Participant subsequently enters into a superseding employment or other similar agreement that

 

3


contains a definition of “Good Reason”, in which case the meaning in such superseding agreement shall apply), or, in the absence of any such agreement, it shall mean (i) a material reduction in such Participant’s annual base salary without such Participant’s prior consent, other than any reduction which is generally applicable to such Participant’s peer executives or which is the result of a bona fide performance evaluation of such Participant in accordance with the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ policies and practices, (ii) any material breach by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any agreement between such Persons and such Participant, or (iii) a change in such Participant’s principal office without such Participant’s prior consent to a location that is more than 100 miles from such Participant’s principal office on the Effective Date, in each case which is not cured to Participant’s reasonable satisfaction within 30 days after delivery of written notice thereof to the Company; provided that, in each case written notice of a Participant’s resignation with Good Reason must be delivered to the Company within 15 days after the occurrence of any such event in order for such Participant’s resignation with Good Reason to be considered as such.

Independent Third Party ” means any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) that, as of the date hereof, does not (together with its Affiliates) own in excess of 5% of the Company’s or Parent’s securities on a fully-diluted basis, who is not an Affiliate of any such 5% owner of the Company’s or Parent’s securities and who is not the spouse or descendent (by birth or adoption) of any such 5% owner of the Company’s or Parent’s securities.

Initial Public Offering ” means an initial public offering, after the Effective Date, of the Company’s Ordinary Shares pursuant to an offering registered under the Dutch Securities Act, the Securities Act, or any similar securities law applicable outside of the Netherlands or the United States, other than any such offerings which are registered on Forms S-4 or S-8 under the Securities Act or any similar form under any securities law applicable outside of the United States.

Luxco ” means Sensata Investment Company S.C.A., a société en commandite par actions organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

Management Securityholders Addendum ” means the Management Securityholders Addendum, dated as of the date hereof, among the Company and certain of its securityholders, as amended from time to time, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

Ordinary Shares ” means the Company’s Ordinary Shares, par value €0.01 per share, or in the event that the outstanding shares of ordinary share capital are hereafter recapitalized, converted into or exchanged for different stock or securities of the Company, such other stock or securities.

Parent ” means Luxco, but only so long as Luxco continues to own Ordinary Shares which represent more than 50% of the total voting power or economic interest in the Company.

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a government or any branch, department, agency, political subdivision or official thereof.

 

4


Public Sale ” means any sale pursuant to a registered public offering under the Dutch Securities Act, the Securities Act, or any similar securities law applicable outside of the Netherlands or the United States, or any sale to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act or any similar securities law applicable outside of the United States.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Sponsor Inflows ” means, without duplication, as of any measurement date, all cash payments (excluding fees and expense reimbursements) received by the Sponsors (either directly or indirectly through Luxco) with respect to or in exchange for securities of the Company (whether such payments are received from the Company or any third party) from the issuance date of such securities through such measurement date. If such measurement date is the date of consummation of a Change in Control, any securities held by the Sponsors and not transferred in such Change in Control will be deemed to have been sold on such measurement date for the price per security for such securities implied by the Change in Control. If such measurement date is the date of consummation of the Initial Public Offering, any Ordinary Shares held by the Sponsors will be deemed to have been sold on such measurement date for the Adjusted IPO Price.

Sponsor Outflows ” means, without duplication, as of any measurement date, all cash payments made (either directly or indirectly through Luxco) by the Sponsors (on a cumulative basis) with respect to or in exchange for securities of the Company (whether such payments are made to the Company or any third party).

Sponsors ” means, collectively, Bain and CCMP Capital Asia, in each case together with their respective Affiliates.

Subsidiary ” means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other entity in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, stock or other equity securities or interests possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of such entity.

Termination Date ” means the date on which a Participant is no longer employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for any reason. For the avoidance of doubt, a Participant’s Termination Date shall be considered to be the last date of his actual and active employment with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, whether such day is selected by agreement with the Participant or unilaterally by the Company or such Subsidiary and whether advance notice is or is not given to the Participant; no period of notice that is or ought to have been given under applicable law in respect of the termination of employment will be taken into account in determining entitlement under the Plan.

Transfer ” means any direct or indirect sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition (whether with or without consideration and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, including to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of any interest.

 

5


ARTICLE III

AWARDS AND ELIGIBILITY

3.1 Awards . Awards under the Plan (“ Awards ”) may be granted in the form of non-qualified options to purchase Ordinary Shares pursuant to the Plan (“ Options ”), as described in Article IV of the Plan. No Option shall be an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(a) of the Code or any successor provision. All Awards shall be made in the form of Options exercisable for Ordinary Shares. Each grant of Options shall be evidenced by a written Award Agreement containing such restrictions, terms and conditions, if any, as the Board may require; provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in an Award Agreement, if there is any conflict between any provision of the Plan and an Award Agreement, the provisions of the Plan shall govern.

3.2 Maximum Securities Available . An aggregate of 12,532,236 Ordinary Shares shall be reserved for issuance hereunder with respect to Options. All Awards shall be subject to adjustment by the Board as follows. In the event of any reorganization, recapitalization, security split, security dividend, combination of securities, merger, consolidation or other change in the Ordinary Shares, the Board shall make appropriate equitable changes in the number and type of Ordinary Shares covered by outstanding Awards and the terms thereof as the Board determines in its sole discretion (absent manifest error) are necessary to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights of Participants under the Plan. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event of any such transaction, the Board shall have the power to make such changes as it deems appropriate in the number and type of securities covered by outstanding Awards, the prices specified therein and the securities or other property to be received upon exercise (which may include providing for cash payment (or no consideration) in exchange for cancellation of outstanding Options). If any Options expire unexercised or unpaid or are canceled, terminated or forfeited in any manner without the issuance of Ordinary Shares or payment thereunder, the securities with respect to which such Options were granted shall again be available under this Plan, subject to the foregoing maximum amounts. Similarly, if any Ordinary Shares issued upon exercise of Options are repurchased by the Company in accordance with the terms hereof, such Ordinary Shares shall again be available under this Plan for reissuance, subject to the foregoing maximum amounts. It is the intention under the Plan that the Board and the chief executive officer of the Company shall consult with each other in good faith for purposes of determining who should be issued Options in respect of Options that are made available pursuant to the preceding two sentences, it being the understanding that the Options described in the first sentence of this Section 3.2 will be and remain fully allocated to Participants and potential newly hired employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Ordinary Shares to be issued upon exercise of Options hereunder may be either authorized and unissued securities, treasury securities or a combination thereof, as the Board shall determine.

3.3 Eligibility . The Board may, from time to time, select the Participants who shall be eligible to participate in the Plan and the Awards to be made to each such Participant. The Board may consider any factors it deems relevant in selecting Participants and in making Awards to such Participants. The Board’s determinations under the Plan (including, without limitation, determinations of which persons are to receive Awards and in what amount) need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who are eligible to receive Awards under the Plan.

 

6


3.4 No Right to Continued Employment; No Entitlement to Future Awards . Nothing in this Plan or (in the absence of an express provision to the contrary) in any Award Agreement, as applicable, shall confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employment of the Company or its Subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or its Subsidiaries to terminate such Participant’s employment at any time for any reason or to continue such Participant’s present (or any other) rate of compensation. The grant of an Award to any Participant shall not create any rights in such Participant to any subsequent Awards by the Company, no Award hereunder shall be considered a condition of such Participant’s employment, and no profit with respect to an Award shall be considered part of such Participant’s salary or compensation under any severance statute or other applicable law.

3.5 Exchange of Prior Awards . In connection with any new Award, the Board shall have the right, at its discretion, to condition a Participant’s receipt of such new Award on the requirement that such Participant return to the Company Awards previously granted to him or her under the Plan. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, such new Award shall be upon such terms and conditions as are specified by the Board at the time the new Award is made.

3.6 Securities Laws . The Plan has been instituted by the Company to provide certain compensatory incentives to Participants. The Plan is intended to qualify for an exemption from the obligation to have a prospectus made generally available under the Dutch Securities Act. In addition, the Plan is intended to qualify for an exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 701 of the Securities Act and under applicable state securities laws in the United States and under applicable securities laws in other countries in which Awards are granted.

ARTICLE IV

OPTIONS

4.1 Options . The Board shall have the right and power to grant to any Participant, at any time prior to the termination of this Plan, Options in such quantity, at such price, on such terms and subject to such conditions that are consistent with this Plan and established by the Board. Options granted under this Plan shall be in the form described in this Article IV , or in such other form or forms as the Board may determine, and shall be subject to such additional terms and conditions and evidenced by Award Agreements, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board. Except as otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, Options shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions contained in this Plan.

4.2 Vesting of Options . Unless otherwise specified in an Award Agreement, all Options shall be subject to vesting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.2 . Options shall be exercisable by a Participant only to the extent that they are vested. In addition to the other requirements set forth in this Section 4.2 , Options shall vest only so long as a Participant remains employed by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries. Unless otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, all Awards of Options shall be divided into three equal portions, with each such portion exercisable for one-third of the Ordinary Shares for which such Options are exercisable, and such portions shall be referred to hereunder as “ Tranche I Options ”, “ Tranche II Options ” and “ Tranche III Options ”.

 

7


(a) Tranche I Vesting . The Tranche I Options will be subject to time vesting and will time vest on each date set forth below with respect to the cumulative percentage of Tranche I Options that is set forth opposite such date, provided that the Participant holding such Tranche I Options is, and has been, continuously employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from the date of award through such determination date:

 

Date

  

Cumulative Percentage

of Tranche I Options Vested

 

2 nd anniversary of date of grant

   40 %

3 rd anniversary of date of grant

   60 %

4 th anniversary of date of grant

   80 %

5 th anniversary of date of grant

   100 %

Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Tranche I Options shall be considered 100% vested upon consummation of a Change in Control.

(b) Tranche II Vesting . The Tranche II Options shall be subject to time and performance vesting, and will only be deemed fully vested when they have both time vested and performance vested in accordance with the terms hereof. The Tranche II Options will time vest in the same manner as the Tranche I Options. The Tranche II Options will performance vest upon the earlier to occur of a Change in Control or an Initial Public Offering in which the Sponsor Inflows prior to and in connection with such Change in Control or Initial Public Offering are at least two (2) times the Sponsor Outflows prior to such Change in Control or Initial Public Offering.

(c) Tranche III Vesting . The Tranche III Options shall be subject to time and performance vesting, and will only be deemed fully vested when they have both time vested and performance vested in accordance with the terms hereof. The Tranche III Options will time vest in the same manner as the Tranche I Options. The Tranche III Options will performance vest upon the earlier to occur of a Change in Control or an Initial Public Offering in which the Sponsor Inflows prior to and in connection with such Change in Control or Initial Public Offering are at least two and one-half (2.5) times the Sponsor Outflows prior to such Change in Control or Initial Public Offering.

4.3 Normal Expiration . All Options granted under this Plan shall expire at the close of business on the tenth anniversary of the date of grant to the Participant holding such Options, subject to earlier expiration as provided in this Article IV .

 

8


4.4 Expiration in Certain Circumstances .

(a) Expiration on Termination . Unless otherwise specified in an Award Agreement, if a Participant ceases to be employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason, then the portion of such Participant’s Options that have not fully vested as of the Termination Date shall expire at such time. The portion of a Participant’s Options that have fully vested as of such Participant’s Termination Date shall expire (i) 60 days after the Termination Date if such Participant ceases to be employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason other than termination with Cause or due to death or Disability, (ii) on the Termination Date if such Participant’s employment is terminated with Cause, and (iii) in the event such Participant dies or suffers a Disability, on the date that is six months after the date on which such Participant’s employment ceases due to such Participant’s death or Disability.

(b) Expiration on Change in Control or Initial Public Offering . Upon consummation of a Change in Control or an Initial Public Offering, all unvested Tranche II Options and Tranche III Options shall expire at the time of such consummation to the extent they do not otherwise performance vest in connection with such Change in Control or Initial Public Offering, as applicable, in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.2 .

4.5 Exercise .

(a) Procedure for Exercise . Unless otherwise specified in an Award Agreement, at any time after all or any portion of a Participant’s Options have become vested and prior to their expiration, a Participant may exercise all or any specified portion of such vested Options by delivering written notice of exercise specifically identifying the particular Options (including whether the Options are Tranche I Options, Tranche II Options or Tranche III Options) to the Company (an “ Exercise Notice ”), together with (i) a written acknowledgment that such Participant has read and has been afforded an opportunity to ask questions of management of the Company regarding all financial and other information provided to such Participant regarding the Company and (ii) payment in full by delivery of a cashier’s or certified check or wire transfer of immediately available funds in the amount equal to the product of the exercise price multiplied by the number of Award Securities to be acquired, plus the amount of any additional income taxes and employee social security contributions required to be withheld by reason of the exercise of the Options. At the discretion of the Board at any time, or at a Participant’s election in connection with an Initial Public Offering or a Change in Control, a Participant will be permitted to acquire Award Securities upon the exercise of Options without payment in cash therefor pursuant to a cashless exercise of such Options; provided that in connection with the exercise of Options to acquire Ordinary Shares, the Participant shall pay at least an amount in cash equal to the aggregate par value of all Ordinary Shares acquired upon the exercise of such Options, which amount shall be converted into U.S. Dollars based upon the currency exchange rate between Euros and U.S. Dollars as published in the Wall Street Journal on the date of grant of such Options (or at such other time as specified in an Award Agreement). Any cashless exercise shall be effectuated by the Company delivering Ordinary Shares to the Participant with a Fair Market Value equal to (a) the Fair Market Value of all Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of such Options, minus (b) the aggregate exercise price of all Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of such Options (together with the amount of any income taxes and employee social security contributions arising in respect of such cashless exercise), plus (c) any amounts paid by a Participant in respect of the Ordinary Shares issued upon exercise of such Options.

 

9


(b) Special Circumstances . In no event shall the Company, the Board, or any of their respective Affiliates be liable to any Participant or any other Person for any cost, expense, tax, liability or other detriment imposed on a Participant or any other Person under Section 409A of the Code related to such Participant’s acceptance of any Award or participation in the transactions contemplated by the Plan.

(c) Exercise Price . The exercise price of a Participant’s Options shall be specified in such Participant’s Award Agreement. Such exercise price shall be denominated in U.S. Dollars and determined based upon the currency exchange rate between Euros and U.S. Dollars as published in the Wall Street Journal on the date of grant of such Options (or at such other time as specified in an Award Agreement).

4.6 Representations on Exercise . In connection with any exercise of Options and the issuance of Award Securities thereunder (other than pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act), Participant shall by the act of delivering the Exercise Notice (and without any further action on the part of the Participant) represent and warrant to the Company that as of the time of such exercise:

(a) The Award Securities to be acquired by Participant upon exercise shall be acquired for Participant’s own account and not with a view to, or intention of, distribution thereof in violation of any securities laws in the United States or elsewhere applicable thereto, and the Award Securities shall not be disposed of in contravention of any federal or state securities laws in the United States or elsewhere.

(b) Participant is or was an employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, is sophisticated in financial matters, and is able to evaluate the risks and benefits of the investment in the Award Securities.

(c) Participant is able to bear the economic risks of his investment in the Award Securities for an indefinite period of time and is aware that transfer of the Award Securities may not be possible because (A) such transfer is subject to contractual restrictions on transfer set forth herein and in the Management Securityholders Addendum and (B) the Award Securities have not been registered under any securities laws of the United States or elsewhere and, therefore, cannot be sold unless subsequently registered under any applicable securities laws in the United States and elsewhere or an exemption from such registration is available.

(d) Participant has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of the offering of the Award Securities issued upon exercise and has had full access to such other information concerning the Company as Participant has requested.

In connection with any exercise of Options, Participant shall make such additional customary investment representations as the Company may require and Participant shall execute such documents necessary for the Company to perfect exemptions from registration under any applicable federal and state securities laws in the United States and elsewhere as the Company may reasonably request.

 

10


4.7 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED .

4.8 Non-Transferability . All Options are personal to a Participant and, unless otherwise specified in an Award Agreement, are not Transferable by such Participant, other than by will or pursuant to applicable laws of descent and distribution. Only a Participant or his estate or heirs is entitled to exercise Options. All Award Securities issued pursuant to the exercise of any Option shall not be Transferable (other than pursuant to Article VI or as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of the Management Securityholders Addendum) by the Participant who exercised such Option and purchased such Award Securities (or any subsequent transferee). Any attempted Transfer of Options or Award Securities issued upon exercise thereof which is not specifically permitted under the Plan shall be null and void.

4.9 Rights as a Securityholder . A Participant holding Options shall have no rights as a securityholder with respect to any Award Securities issuable upon exercise thereof until the earlier of the date on which such Award Securities are identified on the share register(s) of the Company and the date on which a certificate is issued to such Participant representing such Award Securities. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement, no adjustment in respect of any Award Securities shall be made for cash dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the earlier of the date on which such Award Securities are identified on the share register(s) of the Company and the date on which a certificate is issued to such Participant representing such Award Securities.

ARTICLE V

JOINDER

5.1 Management Securityholders Addendum . Exercise of any Options shall constitute agreement by the Participant making such exercise to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Management Securityholders Addendum with respect to the Award Securities, or any other Company security, issuable to such Participant. All of the terms of the Management Securityholders Addendum are incorporated herein by reference.

ARTICLE VI

REPURCHASE OF SECURITIES

6.1 Repurchase Option . In the event that a Participant is no longer employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for any reason, all Award Securities issued or issuable to such Participant, whether held by such Participant or one or more transferees of such Participant, will be subject to repurchase by the Company and Luxco (solely at their option), by delivery of one or more Repurchase Notices (as defined below) within the time periods set forth below, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Article VI (the “ Repurchase Option ”), unless otherwise set forth in the Award Agreement between the Company and the Participant. The Repurchase Option shall terminate on the first to occur of a Change in Control or the Initial Public Offering.

6.2 Termination for any Reason . Unless otherwise specified in an Award Agreement, if a Participant is no longer employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for any reason, then on or after the Termination Date the Company may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Award Securities issued to such Participant at a price per security equal to the Fair Market Value thereof as determined as of a date determined by the Board that is the anticipated date of

 

11


the Repurchase Closing (as defined in Section 6.3 , and after giving effect to any suspension under Section 6.6 ). If a Participant is no longer employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for any reason, such Participant shall not be entitled under any applicable law to any compensation by reference to his rights granted under the Plan or the benefits capable of being received under the Plan or any loss or diminution in value thereof.

6.3 Repurchase Procedures . Pursuant to the Repurchase Option, the Company may elect to exercise the right to purchase all or any portion of the Award Securities issued to a Participant by delivering written notice or notices (each, a “ Repurchase Notice ”) to the holder or holders of such Award Securities at any time and from time to time no later than 120 days after the Termination Date; provided that (a) if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries terminates the employment of a Participant without Cause, then the Company shall have 210 days to determine whether to exercise its right to purchase all or any portion of the Award Securities issued to such Participant (and in no event shall the Company deliver a Repurchase Notice to the holder or holders of such Award Securities within 180 days after the Termination Date), and (b) if a Participant’s employment ceases due to such Participant’s death or Disability, then the Company shall have 270 days to determine whether to exercise its right to purchase all or any portion of the Award Securities issued to such Participant. Each Repurchase Notice will set forth the number of Award Securities to be acquired from such holder(s), the repurchase price of such securities, the aggregate consideration to be paid for such securities and the time and place for the closing of the transaction (each, a “ Repurchase Closing ”). In the event that the Company elects to purchase a portion of such Award Securities pursuant to the terms of this Section 6.3 , if any such Award Securities are held by transferees of such Participant, the Company shall purchase the securities elected to be purchased first from such Participant to the extent such Award Securities are then held by such Participant and second purchase any remaining securities elected to be purchased from such other holder(s) of Award Securities pro rata according to the number of Award Securities held by such other holder(s) at the time of delivery of such Repurchase Notice (determined as nearly as practicable to the nearest security), and the number of each type of Award Security to be purchased will be allocated among such other holders pro rata according to the total number of Award Securities to be purchased from such persons.

6.4 Luxco Rights .

(a) If for any reason the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Award Securities (issued or issuable to a particular Participant) pursuant to the Repurchase Option pursuant to one or more Repurchase Notices, Luxco will be entitled to exercise the Repurchase Option, in the manner set forth in this Section 6.4 , for the Award Securities the Company has not elected to purchase (the “ Available Securities ”). As soon as practicable after the Company has determined that there will be Available Securities, but in any event within 90 days after the Termination Date (or 180 days in the event the Company or any of its Subsidiaries terminates the employment of a Participant without Cause or 240 days in the event a Participant’s employment ceases due to such Participant’s death or Disability), the Company shall give written notice (each, an “ Option Notice ”) to Luxco setting forth the number of Available Securities and the price for each Available Security as determined pursuant to the provisions of this Article VI .

 

12


(b) Luxco may elect to purchase (or cause one or more of its designees to purchase) any number of Available Securities by delivering written notice (an “ Election Notice ”) to the Company within 20 days after receipt of the Option Notice from the Company.

(c) As soon as practicable, and in any event within ten (10) days after the expiration of the 20-day period set forth above, the Company shall notify the holder(s) of Award Securities as to the number of Award Securities being purchased from such holder(s) by Luxco (each, a “ Supplemental Repurchase Notice ”). At the time the Company delivers a Supplemental Repurchase Notice to the holder(s) of Award Securities, the Company shall also deliver written notice to Luxco setting forth the number of Award Securities that the Company and Luxco will acquire, the aggregate purchase price and the time and place of the closing of the transaction.

6.5 Closing of Repurchase . The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Article VI will take place on the date designated by the Company in the applicable Repurchase Notice or Supplemental Repurchase Notice, as the case may be, which date will not be more than 60 days after the delivery of such notice. The purchase price of the Award Securities purchased pursuant to the Repurchase Option shall be paid in U.S. dollars and determined based upon the currency exchange rate between Euros and U.S. Dollars as published in the Wall Street Journal on the date preceding the Repurchase Closing. The Company and/or Luxco (or its designees), as the case may be, will pay for the Award Securities to be purchased pursuant to the Repurchase Option by delivery of a check payable to the holder(s) of such Award Securities or a wire transfer; provided that, to the extent the Company at the time of such purchase (i) does not have readily available cash resources (including available revolving credit borrowing capacity) in excess of its working capital and other reasonable cash needs or (ii) is prohibited under the terms of any credit arrangement from paying for such Award Securities by check or wire transfer, the Company may pay for the Award Securities to be purchased pursuant to the Repurchase Option by delivery of a subordinate note or notes bearing interest (compounded semiannually) at a rate per annum equal to the then-applicable interest rate for new borrowings under the senior credit facility of the Company’s Subsidiaries as of the date of such purchase, as determined in good faith by the Board, which note(s) shall be payable upon the first to occur of a Change in Control or the third anniversary of the closing of such purchase, unless the restrictive covenants applicable to any credit arrangement of the Company require a longer maturity period for the note(s) (each, a “ Subordinated Note ” and, collectively, the “ Subordinated Notes ”); further provided that, if a Participant is no longer employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such Participant’s termination with Cause or resignation without Good Reason, the Company may pay for the Award Securities to be purchased pursuant to the Repurchase Option by delivery of, at its option, (i) a check payable to the holder(s) of such Award Securities or a wire transfer, (ii) a Subordinate Note or Subordinated Notes, or (iii) both (i) and (ii) in the aggregate amount of the purchase price for such securities. In addition, the Company may pay the repurchase price for such Award Securities by offsetting such amounts against any bona fide debts owed by Participant to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Any notes issued by the Company pursuant to this Section 6.5 shall be subject to any restrictive covenants to which the Company is subject at the time of such purchase. The Company and/or Luxco (or its designees) as the case may be, will receive customary representations and warranties from each seller regarding the sale of Award Securities, including, but not limited to, a representation that such seller has good and marketable title to the Award Securities to be Transferred free and clear of all liens, claims and other encumbrances, and the Company and/or Luxco (or its designees) will be entitled to require all sellers’ signatures be guaranteed by a national bank or reputable securities broker.

 

13


6.6 Restrictions on Repurchase . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, all repurchases of Award Securities by the Company shall be subject to applicable restrictions contained under the laws of the Netherlands and in the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ debt and equity financing agreements. If any such restrictions prohibit any repurchase of Award Securities hereunder which the Company is otherwise entitled to make and Luxco has not elected to acquire all Award Securities which the Company and Luxco have a right to repurchase pursuant to this Article VI , then the time period for the closing of such repurchase specified in Section 6.5 shall be suspended for a period of up to 12 months with respect to any Award Securities that the Company has elected to purchase within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.3 , and the Company may make such repurchases as soon as it is permitted to do so under such restrictions but in no event later than twelve months after the initial time period hereunder.

ARTICLE VII

PUBLIC OFFERINGS

7.1 Cooperation in an IPO . In the event that the Company approves an Initial Public Offering, the holders of Options or Award Securities will take all necessary or desirable actions in connection with the consummation of such offering; provided that any recapitalization or restructuring of the Company’s equity in connection with an Initial Public Offering will be effected in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Management Securityholders Addendum and the Company’s organizational documents. In the event that such Initial Public Offering is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the Company’s capital structure will adversely affect the marketability of the offering, each holder of Options or Award Securities will consent to and vote for a recapitalization, reorganization and/or exchange of the Award Securities into securities that the managing underwriters and the Board find acceptable and will take all necessary or desirable actions in connection with the consummation of the recapitalization, reorganization and/or exchange (but only if such actions shall be consummated on a pro rata basis among all holders of the Company’s Ordinary Shares in accordance with the distribution mechanics set forth in the Company’s organizational documents).

7.2 Compliance with Laws . Each Option shall be subject to the requirement that if at any time the Board shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the securities subject to such Option upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal securities or other law or regulation or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition to or in connection with the granting of such Option or the issue or purchase of securities thereunder, no such Option may be exercised or paid in Ordinary Shares in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval (a “ Required Listing ”) shall have been effected or obtained and the holder of the Option will supply the Company with such certificates, representations and information as the Company shall request which are reasonably necessary or desirable in order for the Company to obtain such Required Listing, and shall otherwise cooperate with the Company in obtaining such Required Listing. In the case of officers and other persons subject to Section 16(b) of the

 

14


Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ 1934 Act ”), or any similar securities law applicable outside of the United States, the Board may at any time impose any limitations upon the exercise of an Option which, in the Board’s discretion, are necessary or desirable in order to comply with Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and any similar securities law applicable outside of the United States.

7.3 Purchaser Representative . If the Company or the holders of the Company’s securities enter into any negotiation or transaction for which Rule 506 (or any similar rule then in effect) of the Securities Act or any similar rule under any securities law applicable outside of the United States may be available with respect to such negotiation or transaction (including a merger, consolidation or other reorganization), as a condition to participation in such sale (whether or not obligated to so participate pursuant to the provisions of the Management Securityholders Addendum or otherwise), the holders of Award Securities will, at the request of the Company, appoint a purchaser representative (as such term is defined in Rule 501 of the Securities Act) or similar Person (as required under any securities law applicable outside of the United States) reasonably acceptable to the Company. If any holder of Award Securities appoints a purchaser representative or similar Person designated by the Company, the Company will pay the fees of such purchaser representative or similar Person; but if any holder of Award Securities declines to appoint the purchaser representative or similar Person designated by the Company, such holder will appoint another purchaser representative or similar Person and such holder will be responsible for the fees of the purchaser representative or similar Person so appointed.

ARTICLE VIII

RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

The Company and its Subsidiaries operate in a highly sensitive and competitive commercial environment. As part of their employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries, Participants will be exposed to highly confidential and sensitive information regarding the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ business operations, including corporate strategy, pricing and other market information, know-how, trade secrets and valuable customer, supplier and employee relationships. It is critical that the Company take all necessary steps to safeguard its legitimate protectible interests in such information and to prevent any of its competitors or any other Persons from obtaining any such information. Therefore, as consideration for the Company’s agreement to grant Options to a Participant, each Participant shall agree to be bound by the following restrictive covenants:

8.1 Confidentiality . Each Participant acknowledges that the information, observations and data obtained by him or her while employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries concerning the business or affairs of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (“ Confidential Information ”) are the property of the Company or such Subsidiary. Therefore, each Participant agrees that he or she shall not disclose to any unauthorized Person or use for his or her own purposes any Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Board, unless and to the extent that the aforementioned matters become generally known to and available for use by the public, other than as a result of such Participant’s acts or omissions. Each Participant shall deliver to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, at the termination of such Participant’s employment, or at any other time the Company may request, all memoranda,

 

15


notes, plans, records, reports, computer tapes, printouts and software and other documents and data (and copies thereof) relating to the Confidential Information, Work Product (as defined below) or the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that he or she may then possess or have under his or her control.

8.2 Assignment of Inventions . Each Participant acknowledges that all discoveries, concepts, ideas, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, patent applications, copyrightable work and mask work (whether or not including any confidential information) and all registrations or applications related thereto, all other proprietary information and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) which relate to the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed or made by such Participant (whether alone or jointly with others) while employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries (“ Work Product ”) belong to the Company or such Subsidiary. Each Participant shall promptly disclose such Work Product to the Board and, at the Company’s expense, perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the period of Participant’s employment) to establish and confirm such ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney and other instruments).

8.3 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation .

(a) Each Participant acknowledges that during the course of his or her employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries he or she has and shall become familiar with the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ corporate strategy, pricing and other market information, know-how, trade secrets, and valuable customer, supplier and employee relationships, and with other Confidential Information concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and that his or her services shall be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates. Accordingly, Participant agrees that, during his or her employment with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries and for one (1) year thereafter (unless some longer period is specified in any other agreement between Participant and the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries) (the “ Noncompete Period ”), Participant shall not directly or indirectly own any interest in, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for, or in any manner engage in any Competing Business that conducts operations or sales in Japan, Holland, Germany, Korea, China, Malaysia, Mexico, or Brazil, or in the United States within any of the following states: Michigan, Wisconsin, Illinois, New York, Ohio, Indiana, Connecticut, Iowa, Pennsylvania, Missouri, Massachusetts, California, North Carolina, Texas, Indiana, Illinois, Kentucky, Mississippi, Washington, Tennessee, Virginia, New Jersey, Idaho, Colorado, Alabama, Georgia, South Carolina, Florida, or Maryland (and, in the event the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries conducts operations or sales in other jurisdictions after the date hereof, such other jurisdictions, provided that the Company updates this list of jurisdictions by delivering written notice to the Participants). Nothing herein shall prohibit any Participant from being a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation which is publicly traded, so long as such Participant has no active participation in the business of such corporation.

(b) During the Noncompete Period, each Participant shall not directly or indirectly through another Person (i) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company

 

16


or any of its Subsidiaries to leave the employ of the Company or such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and any employee thereof, (ii) knowingly hire any person who was an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at any time during the twelve months prior to the termination of such Participant’s employment or (iii) induce or encourage any customer, supplier, licensee, licensor or other business relation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to cease doing business with the Company or such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, licensee, licensor or business relation and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, making any negative or disparaging statements or communications regarding the Company or any of its Subsidiaries); provided that, in each case, this Section 8.3(b) shall only apply if a Participant shall have done business with, or had supervisory or other responsibility for, the employee, customer, supplier, licensee, licensor, or business relation to which the applicable clause of this Section 8.3(b) applies.

(c) If, at the time of enforcement of this Section 8.3 , a court or other governing body shall hold that the duration, scope or area restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, each Participant agrees that the maximum duration, scope or area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated duration, scope or area and that the court or other governing body shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law. Each Participant acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 8.3 are reasonable and that he or she has reviewed the provisions of the Plan with his legal counsel.

(d) Each Participant acknowledges that any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Section 8.3 would cause the Company and its Subsidiaries irreparable harm. Accordingly, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in its favor, the Company shall be entitled to specific performance and/or injunctive or other equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security). Further, in the event of an alleged breach or violation of this Section 8.3 by any Participant, the Noncompete Period applicable to such Participant shall be tolled until such breach or violation has been duly cured.

8.4 No Restriction on Earning a Living . By his or her acceptance and/or acquisition of an Award, each Participant thereby acknowledges that the provisions of this Article VIII do not preclude such Participant from earning a livelihood, nor do they unreasonably impose limitations on Participant’s ability to earn a living. In addition, each Participant thereby acknowledges that the potential harm to the Company and/or its Subsidiaries of non-enforcement of this Article VIII outweighs any harm to Participant of enforcement (by injunction or otherwise) of this Article VIII against him or her.

8.5 Breach . If at any time after the cessation of a Participant’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries such Participant (a) breaches any of the obligations under this Article VIII , then the Company may, by delivery of written notice to such Participant, treat such Participant’s cessation of employment as a termination with Cause for all purposes under the Plan (including giving the Company and Luxco the right to repurchase Award Securities issued to such Participant at Fair Market Value), or (b) engages, after the Non-Compete Period and prior to an Initial Public Offering, in any activity that would be prohibited by Section 8.3(a) or

 

17


8.3(b) if it occurred during the Noncompete Period, then the Company may, by delivery of written notice to such Participant, elect to purchase all or any portion of the Award Securities issued to such Participant (to the extent not previously repurchased) at a price per security equal to the Fair Market Value thereof as determined as of a date determined by the Board that is the anticipated date of the Repurchase Closing.

ARTICLE IX

OTHER PROVISIONS

9.1 Indemnification . No member of the Board, nor any person to whom ministerial duties have been delegated, shall be personally liable for any action, interpretation or determination made with respect to the Plan or Awards made thereunder, and each member of the Board shall be fully indemnified and protected by the Company with respect to any liability he or she may incur with respect to any such action, interpretation or determination, to the extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent provided in the Company’s Articles of Association, as amended from time to time, or under any agreement between any such member and the Company.

9.2 Termination and Amendment . The Board at any time may suspend or terminate this Plan and make such additions or amendments as it deems advisable under this Plan; provided that, the Board may not change any of the terms of an Award Agreement in a manner adverse to a Participant without the approval of such Participant.

9.3 Taxes .

(a) The Company shall have the right to require Participants or their beneficiaries or legal representatives to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy his or her minimum federal, state, local and foreign withholding tax requirements, or to deduct from all payments under the Plan amounts sufficient to satisfy such minimum withholding tax requirements. Whenever payments under the Plan are to be made to a Participant in cash, such payments shall be net of any amounts sufficient to satisfy all federal, state, local and foreign withholding tax requirements.

(b) The Board may, in its discretion permit a Participant to satisfy his or her tax withholding obligation either by (i) surrendering Award Securities owned by the Participant or (ii) having the Company withhold from Award Securities otherwise deliverable to such Participant. Award Securities surrendered or withheld shall be valued at Fair Market Value as of the date on which income is required to be recognized for income tax purposes.

(c) The Company intends for this Plan to comply in all respects with Section 409A of the Code, and the provisions of this Plan shall be interpreted in a manner that is consistent with such intention.

9.4 Withholding . In a situation where, if a Participant were to receive Award Securities, the Company or any of its Affiliates (or a former Affiliate) would be obliged to (or would suffer a disadvantage if it were not to) account for any tax or social security contributions in any jurisdiction for which that Person would be liable by virtue of the receipt of Award Securities or which would be recoverable from that Person (together, the “ Tax Liability ”), the

 

18


Options may not be exercised unless that Person has either (i) made a payment to the Company or any of its Affiliates (or a former Affiliate) of an amount at least equal to the Company’s estimate of the Tax Liability, or (ii) entered into arrangements acceptable to the Company or any of its Affiliates (or a former Affiliate) to secure that such a payment is made (whether by authorizing the sale of some or all of the Award Securities on his or her behalf and the payment to the Company or any of its Affiliates (or a former Affiliate) of the relevant amount out of the proceeds of sale or otherwise).

9.5 Data Protection . By participating in the Plan or accepting any rights granted under it, each Participant consents to the collection and processing of personal data relating to the Participant so that the Company and its Affiliates can fulfill their obligations and exercise their rights under the Plan and generally administer and manage the Plan. This data will include, but may not be limited to, data about participation in the Plan and securities offered or received, purchased or sold under the Plan from time to time and other appropriate financial and other data (such as the date on which the Options were granted) about the Participant and his participation in the Plan.

9.6 Notices . Notices required or permitted to be made under the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed given, delivered and effective on the earliest of (i) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on a business day, (ii) the business day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on any business day and earlier than 11:59 p.m. (New York time) on the day preceding the next business day, (iii) one (1) business day after when sent, if sent by nationally recognized overnight courier service (charges prepaid), and (iv) actual receipt by the Person to whom such notice is required to be given. All notices shall be addressed (a) to a Participant at such Participant’s address as set forth in the books and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries, or (b) to the Company or the Board at the principal office of the Company clearly marked “Attention: Management Board”.

9.7 Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Plan shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Plan is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Plan shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

9.8 Prior Agreements . The Original Plan is amended, restated and superseded by the Plan in its entirety; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary in the Plan, nothing herein shall relieve any Participant from any liability for any breach prior to the effective date of the Plan and any provision so breached shall not be superseded by the Plan for purposes of actions taken in connection with such breach and liabilities related thereto. No provision of any employment, severance, incentive award, or other similar agreement entered into by a Participant, on the one hand, and any Subsidiary of the Company, on the other hand, prior to the effective date of the Plan (other than any Award Agreement issued under the Original Plan) shall modify or have any effect in any manner on any provision of the Plan or any term or condition of any Award Agreement to which such Participant is a party. Without limiting the

 

19


generality of the foregoing, any provision in any such agreement that purports to apply in any manner to options, securities, equity-based awards or the like shall not apply to or have any effect on any Awards under the Plan.

9.9 Governing Law and Forum; Waiver of Jury Trial . The Plan shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, United States. Each Participant who accepts an Award thereby agrees that any suit, action or proceeding brought by or against such Participant in connection with this Plan shall be brought solely in the state and federal courts sitting in the State of New York, County of New York, United States, and each Participant consents to the jurisdiction and venue of each such court. EACH PARTICIPANT WHO ACCEPTS AN AWARD IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING INSTITUTED BY OR AGAINST SUCH PARTICIPANT IN RESPECT OF HIS OR HER RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER.

*    *    *    *    *

 

20


Exhibit A

Management Securityholders Addendum

See attached document.

Exhibit 10.13

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDING B.V.

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED

2006 MANAGEMENT SECURITIES PURCHASE PLAN

ARTICLE I

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE; ADMINISTRATION

1.1 Establishment . On April 27, 2006 (the “Effective Date”), Sensata Technologies Holding B.V., a private limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Company ”), established a securities purchase plan known as the “Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan” (the “ Original Plan ”). The Original Plan was amended and restated by the Company’s management board (the “ Board ”) on September 29, 2006 pursuant to a written resolution of the Board, and from and after such date the Original Plan, as amended and restated, became known as the “Sensata Technologies Holding B.V. First Amended and Restated 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan” (the “ Plan ”).

1.2 Purpose . The Plan is intended to promote the long-term growth and profitability of the Company and its Subsidiaries by providing those persons who are or will be involved in the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ growth with an opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in the Company, thereby encouraging such persons to contribute to and participate in the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Under the Plan, the Company may make Awards (as defined in Section 3.1 ) to such present and future officers, directors, employees, consultants, and advisors of the Company or its Subsidiaries as may be selected in the sole discretion of the Board (collectively, “ Participants ”). Participation in the Plan is voluntary.

1.3 Administration . The Board shall have the power and authority to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and procedures governing the administration of this Plan, including, but not limited to the full power and authority (a) to interpret the terms of this Plan, the terms of any Awards made under this Plan, and the rules and procedures established by the Board governing any such Awards, (b) to determine the rights of any person under this Plan, or the meaning of requirements imposed by the terms of this Plan or any rule or procedure established by the Board, (c) to select Participants for Awards under the Plan, (d) to set the purchase price for issuances of Restricted Securities, (e) to impose such limitations, restrictions and conditions upon such Awards as it shall deem appropriate, (f) to adopt, amend and rescind administrative guidelines and other rules and regulations relating to the Plan, (g) to correct any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, and (h) to make all other determinations and take all other actions necessary or advisable for the implementation and administration of the Plan, subject to such limitations as may be imposed by the Code or other applicable law. Each action of the Board shall be binding on all persons. The Board may, to the extent permissible by law, delegate any of its authority hereunder to such persons as it deems appropriate.


ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

As used in this Plan, unless otherwise specified in an Award Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Affiliate ” of a Person means any other person, entity or investment fund controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person and, in the case of a Person which is a partnership, any partner of such Person.

Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms, conditions, and limitations applicable to an Award, as amended from time to time. All Award Agreements shall be deemed to include all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, except to the extent otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement and approved by the Board.

Bain ” means, collectively, Bain Capital Fund VIII, L.P., Bain Capital VIII Coinvestment Fund, L.P., Bain Capital Fund VIII-E, L.P., Bain Capital Fund IX, L.P., Bain Capital IX Coinvestment Fund, L.P., Brookside Capital Partners Fund, L.P., Prospect Harbor Credit Partners, L.P., Sankaty Credit Opportunities, L.P., Sankaty Credit Opportunities II, L.P., Sankaty High Yield Partners III, L.P., BCIP Associates III, BCIP Trust Associates III, BCIP Associates III-B, BCIP Trust Associates III-B, and BCIP Associates-G.

Cause ” means, for any Participant, the meaning given to such term in an employment or other similar agreement entered into by such Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates on or after the Effective Date and approved by the Board (which meaning shall continue to apply whether or not such agreement ceases to be effective, unless and until Participant subsequently enters into a superseding employment or other similar agreement that contains a definition of “Cause”, in which case the meaning in such superseding agreement shall apply), or, in the absence of any such agreement, it shall mean (i) the commission of, or indictment for, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude or the commission of any other act or any omission to act involving dishonesty, disloyalty or fraud with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their customers or suppliers, (ii) conduct that brings or is reasonably likely to bring the Company or its Subsidiaries into public disgrace or disrepute, (iii) failure to perform duties as reasonably directed by the Board or such Participant’s supervisor(s), if any, (iv) gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (v) any breach of the terms of Article VIII or any other material breach of the terms of this Plan, an Award Agreement or any other agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to which such Participant is a party.

CCMP Capital Asia ” means, collectively, Asia Opportunity Fund II, L.P. and AOF II Employee Co-Invest Fund, L.P.

Change in Control ” means (i) any transaction or series of transactions in which the Sponsors (whether by merger, sale of securities, recapitalization, or reorganization) dispose of or sell more than 50% of the total voting power or economic interest in the Company or in Parent to one or more Independent Third Parties, and (ii) a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; provided that, in the case of clause (i) above, such transaction shall only constitute a Change in Control if it results in the Sponsors ceasing to have the power (whether by ownership of voting securities, contractual right or otherwise), collectively, to elect a majority of the Board.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

2


Competing Business ” means any business engaged (whether directly or indirectly) in the design, manufacture, marketing, or sale of electromechanical or electronic sensors or controls.

Disability ” means, with respect to any Participant, the meaning given to such term in an employment or other similar agreement entered into by such Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates on or after the Effective Date and approved by the Board (which meaning shall continue to apply whether or not such agreement ceases to be effective, unless and until Participant subsequently enters into a superseding employment or other similar agreement that contains a definition of “Disability”, in which case the meaning in such superseding agreement shall apply), or, in the absence of any such agreement, it shall mean such Participant’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, which incapacity makes Participant eligible to receive disability benefits under the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ long-term disability plans.

Dutch Securities Act ” means the Dutch Act on the Supervision of Securities Transactions 1995 (Wet toezicht effectenverkeer 1995), including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Fair Market Value ” of any Restricted Security (or any other security) means the fair market value of such Restricted Security (or such other security, as applicable) as determined in good faith by the Board, and such determination shall be binding and conclusive on the Company, the Participants and all other Persons interested in the Plan.

Good Reason ” means, for any Participant, the meaning given to such term in an employment or other similar agreement entered into by such Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates on or after the Effective Date and approved by the Board (which meaning shall continue to apply whether or not such agreement ceases to be effective, unless and until Participant subsequently enters into a superseding employment or other similar agreement that contains a definition of “Good Reason”, in which case the meaning in such superseding agreement shall apply), or, in the absence of any such agreement, it shall mean (i) a material reduction in such Participant’s annual base salary without such Participant’s prior consent, other than any reduction which is generally applicable to such Participant’s peer executives or which is the result of a bona fide performance evaluation of such Participant in accordance with the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ policies and practices, (ii) any material breach by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any agreement between such Persons and such Participant, or (iii) a change in such Participant’s principal office without such Participant’s prior consent to a location that is more than 100 miles from such Participant’s principal office on the Effective Date, in each case which is not cured to Participant’s reasonable satisfaction within 30 days after delivery of written notice thereof to the Company; provided that, in each case written notice of a Participant’s resignation with Good Reason must be delivered to the Company within 15 days after the occurrence of any such event in order for such Participant’s resignation with Good Reason to be considered as such.

Independent Third Party ” means any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) that, as of the date hereof, does not (together with its Affiliates) own in excess of 5% of the Company’s or Parent’s securities on a fully-diluted basis, who is not an Affiliate of any such 5% owner of the Company’s or Parent’s securities and who is not the spouse or descendent (by birth or adoption) of any such 5% owner of the Company’s or Parent’s securities.

 

3


Initial Public Offering ” means an initial public offering, after the Effective Date, of the Company’s Ordinary Shares pursuant to an offering registered under the Dutch Securities Act, the Securities Act, or any similar securities law applicable outside of the Netherlands or the United States, other than any such offerings which are registered on Forms S-4 or S-8 under the Securities Act or any similar form under any securities law applicable outside of the United States.

Luxco ” means Sensata Investment Company S.C.A., a société en commandite par actions organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

Management Securityholders Addendum ” means the Management Securityholders Addendum, dated as of the date hereof, among the Company and certain of its securityholders, as amended from time to time, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

Ordinary Shares ” means the Company’s Ordinary Shares, par value €0.01 per share, or in the event that the outstanding shares of ordinary share capital are hereafter recapitalized, converted into or exchanged for different stock or securities of the Company, such other stock or securities.

Parent ” means Luxco, but only so long as Luxco continues to own Securities which represent more than 50% of the total voting power or economic interest in the Company.

Permitted Transferee ” with respect to any Participant means such Participant’s spouse and descendants (whether or not adopted) and any trust, family limited partnership or limited liability company that is and remains at all times solely for the benefit of such Participant and/or such Participant’s spouse and/or descendants, provided that such Person has executed and delivered to the Company the documents required to be delivered under the Management Securityholders Addendum.

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a government or any branch, department, agency, political subdivision or official thereof.

Public Sale ” means any sale pursuant to a registered public offering under the Dutch Securities Act, the Securities Act, or any similar securities law applicable outside of the Netherlands or the United States, or any sale to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act or any similar securities law applicable outside of the United States.

Restricted Securities ” means, with respect to a Participant, Securities issued to such Participant hereunder. For all purposes of this Plan, Restricted Securities will continue to be Restricted Securities in the hands of any holder (including any Permitted Transferee) other than a Participant (except for the Company, Luxco (or its designees) and purchasers pursuant to a Public Sale), and each such other holder of Restricted Securities will succeed to all rights and obligations attributable to such Participant as a holder of Restricted Securities hereunder. Restricted Securities will also include Securities issued with respect to Restricted Securities by way of a security split, security dividend or other recapitalization.

 

4


Securities ” means the Ordinary Shares.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Sponsors ” means, collectively, Bain and CCMP Capital Asia, in each case together with their respective Affiliates.

Subsidiary ” means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other entity in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, stock or other equity securities or interests possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of such entity.

Termination Date ” means the date on which a Participant is no longer employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for any reason. For the avoidance of doubt, a Participant’s Termination Date shall be considered to be the last date of his actual and active employment with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, whether such day is selected by agreement with the Participant or unilaterally by the Company or such Subsidiary and whether advance notice is or is not given to the Participant; no period of notice that is or ought to have been given under applicable law in respect of the termination of employment will be taken into account in determining entitlement under the Plan.

Transfer ” means any direct or indirect sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition (whether with or without consideration and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, including to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of any interest.

ARTICLE III

AWARDS AND ELIGIBILITY

3.1 Awards . Awards under the Plan (“ Awards ”) may be granted in the form of Restricted Securities, as described in Article IV of the Plan. Each issuance of Restricted Securities shall be evidenced by a written Award Agreement containing such restrictions, terms and conditions, if any, as the Board may require; provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in an Award Agreement, if there is any conflict between any provision of the Plan and an Award Agreement, the provisions of the Plan shall govern.

3.2 Maximum Securities Available . The Board may authorize Awards consisting of Restricted Securities in such numbers of Securities as it may determine from time to time. All Awards shall be subject to adjustment by the Board as follows. In the event of any reorganization, recapitalization, security split, security dividend, combination of securities, merger, consolidation or other change in the Securities, the Board shall make appropriate equitable changes in the number and type of Securities covered by outstanding Awards and the terms thereof as the Board determines in its sole discretion (absent manifest error) are necessary to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights of Participants under the Plan. If any Restricted Securities issued hereunder are repurchased hereunder, such Securities shall again be available under this Plan for reissuance. Securities to be issued as Restricted Securities hereunder may be either authorized and unissued securities, treasury securities or a combination thereof, as the Board shall determine.

 

5


3.3 Eligibility . The Board may, from time to time, select the Participants who shall be eligible to participate in the Plan and the Awards to be made to each such Participant. The Board may consider any factors it deems relevant in selecting Participants and in making Awards to such Participants. The Board’s determinations under the Plan (including, without limitation, determinations of which persons are to receive Awards and in what amount) need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who are eligible to receive Awards under the Plan.

3.4 No Right to Continued Employment; No Entitlement to Future Awards . Nothing in this Plan or (in the absence of an express provision to the contrary) in any Award Agreement, as applicable, shall confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employment of the Company or its Subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or its Subsidiaries to terminate such Participant’s employment at any time for any reason or to continue such Participant’s present (or any other) rate of compensation. The grant of an Award to any Participant shall not create any rights in such Participant to any subsequent Awards by the Company, no Award hereunder shall be considered a condition of such Participant’s employment, and no profit with respect to an Award shall be considered part of such Participant’s salary or compensation under any severance statute or other applicable law.

3.5 Exchange of Prior Awards . In connection with any new Award, the Board shall have the right, at its discretion, to condition a Participant’s receipt of such new Award on the requirement that such Participant return to the Company Awards previously granted to him or her under the Plan. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, such new Award shall be upon such terms and conditions as are specified by the Board at the time the new Award is made.

3.6 Securities Laws . The Plan has been instituted by the Company to provide certain compensatory incentives to Participants. The Plan is intended to qualify for an exemption from the obligation to have a prospectus made generally available under the Dutch Securities Act. In addition, the Plan is intended to qualify for an exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 701 of the Securities Act and under applicable state securities laws in the United States and under applicable securities laws in other countries in which Awards are granted.

ARTICLE IV

RESTRICTED SECURITIES

4.1 Restricted Securities . If permitted under applicable law, the Board shall have the right and power to grant to any Participant, at any time prior to the termination of this Plan, Restricted Securities in such quantity, at such price, on such terms and subject to such conditions that are consistent with this Plan and established by the Board. Restricted Securities granted under this Plan shall be in the form described in this Article IV , or in such other form or forms as the Board may determine, and shall be subject to such additional terms and conditions and evidenced by Award Agreements, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board. Except as otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, Restricted Securities shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions contained in this Plan.

 

6


4.2 Issuance of Restricted Securities . The Board shall have the right and power to issue Restricted Securities to any Participant, at such prices as may be established by the Board in its discretion, which prices, in respect of Ordinary Shares, shall not be less than the nominal values of such Ordinary Shares. The consideration for any such issue shall be cash, unless otherwise determined by the Board. A Participant may elect to subscribe for any or all of the Restricted Securities issued to him or her by the Board through one or more entities that would constitute a Permitted Transferee, which entity shall in addition to such Participant be bound by all of the terms of the Plan, any Award Agreement and the Management Securityholders Addendum.

4.3 Representations on Acquisition . In connection with any subscription of Restricted Securities (other than pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act), Participant shall, by his or her acceptance of such Restricted Securities (and without any further action on the part of the Participant), represent and warrant to the Company that as of the time of such acquisition:

(a) The Restricted Securities to be subscribed for by Participant shall be acquired for Participant’s own account and not with a view to, or intention of, distribution thereof in violation of any securities laws in the United States or elsewhere applicable thereto, and the Restricted Securities shall not be disposed of in contravention of any federal or state securities laws in the United States or elsewhere.

(b) Participant is an employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, is sophisticated in financial matters, and is able to evaluate the risks and benefits of the investment in the Restricted Securities.

(c) Participant is able to bear the economic risks of his investment in the Restricted Securities for an indefinite period of time and is aware that transfer of the Restricted Securities may not be possible because (A) such transfer is subject to contractual restrictions on transfer set forth herein and in the Management Securityholders Addendum and (B) the Restricted Securities have not been registered under any securities laws of the United States or elsewhere and, therefore, cannot be sold unless subsequently registered under any applicable securities laws in the United States and elsewhere or an exemption from such registration is available.

(d) Participant has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of the offering of the Restricted Securities and has had full access to such other information concerning the Company as Participant has requested.

In connection with any subscription of Restricted Securities, Participant shall make such additional customary investment representations as the Company may require and Participant shall execute such documents necessary for the Company to perfect exemptions from registration under any applicable federal and state securities laws in the United States and elsewhere as the Company may reasonably request.

 

7


4.4 Restrictions on Transfer . All Restricted Securities granted or sold pursuant to the Plan shall not be Transferable (other than pursuant to Article VI or as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of the Management Securityholders Addendum) by the Participant receiving such grant or making such purchase (or any subsequent transferee). Any attempted Transfer of Restricted Securities which is not specifically permitted under the Plan shall be null and void.

4.5 Restricted Security Certificates . If the Restricted Securities are to be certificated under the terms of the Company’s organizational documents, the Company shall issue, in the name of each Participant to whom Restricted Securities have been granted or sold, certificates representing the total number of Restricted Securities granted or sold to such Participant, as soon as reasonably practicable after such grant or sale. The Company shall hold such certificates for the Participant’s benefit until such Restricted Securities become freely Transferable, at which time the Company shall deliver such certificates (free of all such Transferability restrictions) to the Participant.

4.6 Rights of a Participant . Unless the Board determines otherwise, any Participant who holds Restricted Securities shall have the right to receive dividends and distributions, if any are declared, with respect to such Restricted Securities. Any Securities received by a Participant as a result of any such dividends or distributions shall be considered Restricted Securities and shall be subject to all of the restrictions contained in the Plan.

ARTICLE V

JOINDER

5.1 Management Securityholders Addendum . Purchase of or acceptance of any grant of Restricted Securities shall constitute agreement by the Participant purchasing or receiving such Restricted Securities to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Management Securityholders Addendum with respect to the Restricted Securities, or any other Company security, held by such Participant. All of the terms of the Management Securityholders Addendum are incorporated herein by reference.

ARTICLE VI

REPURCHASE OF SECURITIES

6.1 Repurchase Option . In the event that a Participant is no longer employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for any reason, all Restricted Securities issued to such Participant, whether held by such Participant or one or more transferees of such Participant, will be subject to repurchase by the Company and Luxco (solely at their option), by delivery of one or more Repurchase Notices (as defined below) within the time periods set forth below, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Article VI (the “ Repurchase Option ”), unless otherwise set forth in the Award Agreement between the Company and the Participant. The Repurchase Option shall terminate on the first to occur of a Change in Control or the Initial Public Offering.

6.2 Termination for any Reason . Unless otherwise specified in an Award Agreement, if a Participant is no longer employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for any reason,

 

8


then on or after the Termination Date the Company may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Restricted Securities issued to such Participant at a price per security equal to the Fair Market Value thereof as determined as of a date determined by the Board that is the anticipated date of the Repurchase Closing (as defined in Section 6.3 , and after giving effect to any suspension under Section 6.6 ). If a Participant is no longer employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for any reason, such Participant shall not be entitled under any applicable law to any compensation by reference to his rights granted under the Plan or the benefits capable of being received under the Plan or any loss or diminution in value thereof.

6.3 Repurchase Procedures . Pursuant to the Repurchase Option, the Company may elect to exercise the right to purchase all or any portion of the Restricted Securities issued to a Participant by delivering written notice or notices (each, a “ Repurchase Notice ”) to the holder or holders of such Restricted Securities at any time and from time to time no later than 120 days after the Termination Date; provided that, (a) if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries terminates the employment of a Participant without Cause, then the Company shall deliver the Repurchase Notice(s) to the holder(s) of such Restricted Securities on or before the later of (i) 120 days after the Termination Date and (ii) 210 days after the Effective Date (and, in respect of clause (a)(ii), in no event shall the Company deliver any Repurchase Notice to the holder of such Restricted Securities within 180 days after the Effective Date), and (b) if a Participant’s employment ceases due to such Participant’s death or Disability, then the Company shall have 270 days to determine whether to exercise its right to purchase all or any portion of the Restricted Securities issued to such Participant. Each Repurchase Notice will set forth the number of Restricted Securities to be acquired from such holder(s), the repurchase price of such securities, the aggregate consideration to be paid for such securities and the time and place for the closing of the transaction (each, a “ Repurchase Closing ”). In the event that the Company elects to purchase a portion of such Restricted Securities pursuant to the terms of this Section 6.3 , if any such Restricted Securities are held by transferees of such Participant, the Company shall purchase the securities elected to be purchased first from such Participant to the extent such Restricted Securities are then held by such Participant and second purchase any remaining securities elected to be purchased from such other holder(s) of Restricted Securities pro rata according to the number of Restricted Securities held by such other holder(s) at the time of delivery of such Repurchase Notice (determined as nearly as practicable to the nearest security), and the number of each type of Restricted Security to be purchased will be allocated among such other holders pro rata according to the total number of Restricted Securities to be purchased from such persons.

6.4 Luxco Rights .

(a) If for any reason the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Restricted Securities pursuant to the Repurchase Option pursuant to one or more Repurchase Notices, Luxco will be entitled to exercise the Repurchase Option, in the manner set forth in this Section 6.4 , for the Restricted Securities the Company has not elected to purchase (the “ Available Securities ”). As soon as practicable after the Company has determined that there will be Available Securities, but in any event within 90 days after the Termination Date (or 180 days after the Effective Date in the event the Company or any of its Subsidiaries terminates the employment of a Participant without Cause within 90 days after the Effective Date or 240 days in the event a Participant’s employment ceases due to such Participant’s death or Disability), the

 

9


Company shall give written notice (each, an “ Option Notice ”) to Luxco setting forth the number of Available Securities and the price for each Available Security as determined pursuant to the provisions of this Article VI .

(b) Luxco may elect to purchase (or cause one or more of its designees to purchase) any number of Available Securities by delivering written notice (an “ Election Notice ”) to the Company within 20 days after receipt of the Option Notice from the Company.

(c) As soon as practicable, and in any event within ten (10) days after the expiration of the 20-day period set forth above, the Company shall notify the holder(s) of Restricted Securities as to the number of Securities being purchased from such holder(s) by Luxco (each, a “ Supplemental Repurchase Notice ”). At the time the Company delivers a Supplemental Repurchase Notice to the holder(s) of Restricted Securities, the Company shall also deliver written notice to Luxco setting forth the number of Securities that the Company and Luxco will acquire, the aggregate purchase price and the time and place of the closing of the transaction.

6.5 Closing of Repurchase . The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Article VI will take place on the date designated by the Company in the applicable Repurchase Notice or Supplemental Repurchase Notice, as the case may be, which date will not be more than 60 days after the delivery of such notice. The purchase price of the Restricted Securities purchased pursuant to the Repurchase Option shall be paid in U.S. dollars and determined based upon the currency exchange rate between Euros and U.S. Dollars as published in the Wall Street Journal on the date preceding the Repurchase Closing. The Company and/or Luxco (or its designees), as the case may be, will pay for the Restricted Securities to be purchased pursuant to the Repurchase Option by delivery of a check payable to the holder(s) of such Restricted Securities or a wire transfer; provided that, to the extent the Company at the time of such purchase (i) does not have readily available cash resources (including available revolving credit borrowing capacity) in excess of its working capital and other reasonable cash needs or (ii) is prohibited under the terms of any credit arrangement from paying for such Restricted Securities by check or wire transfer, the Company may pay for the Restricted Securities to be purchased pursuant to the Repurchase Option by delivery of a subordinate note or notes bearing interest (compounded semiannually) at a rate per annum equal to the then-applicable interest rate for new borrowings under the senior credit facility of the Company’s Subsidiaries as of the date of such purchase, as determined in good faith by the Board, which note(s) shall be payable upon the first to occur of a Change in Control or the third anniversary of the closing of such purchase, unless the restrictive covenants applicable to any credit arrangement of the Company require a longer maturity period for the note(s) (each, a “ Subordinated Note ” and, collectively, the “ Subordinated Notes ”); further provided that, if a Participant is no longer employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such Participant’s termination with Cause or resignation without Good Reason, the Company may pay for the Restricted Securities to be purchased pursuant to the Repurchase Option by delivery of, at its option, (i) a check payable to the holder(s) of such Restricted Securities or a wire transfer, (ii) a Subordinate Note or Subordinated Notes, or (iii) both (i) and (ii) in the aggregate amount of the purchase price for such securities. In addition, the Company may pay the repurchase price for such Restricted Securities by offsetting such amounts against any bona fide debts owed by Participant to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Any notes issued by the Company pursuant to this Section 6.5 shall be subject to any restrictive

 

10


covenants to which the Company is subject at the time of such purchase. The Company and/or Luxco (or its designees), as the case may be, will receive customary representations and warranties from each seller regarding the sale of Restricted Securities, including, but not limited to, a representation that such seller has good and marketable title to the Restricted Securities to be Transferred free and clear of all liens, claims and other encumbrances, and the Company and/or Luxco (or its designees) will be entitled to require all sellers’ signatures be guaranteed by a national bank or reputable securities broker.

6.6 Restrictions on Repurchase . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, all repurchases of Restricted Securities by the Company shall be subject to applicable restrictions contained under the laws of the Netherlands and in the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ debt and equity financing agreements. If any such restrictions prohibit any repurchase of Restricted Securities hereunder which the Company is otherwise entitled to make and Luxco has not elected to acquire all Restricted Securities which the Company and Luxco have a right to repurchase pursuant to this Article VI , then the time period for the closing of such repurchase specified in Section 6.5 shall be suspended for a period of up to 12 months with respect to any Restricted Securities that the Company has elected to purchase within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.3, and the Company may make such repurchases as soon as it is permitted to do so under such restrictions but in no event later than twelve months after the initial time period hereunder.

ARTICLE VII

PUBLIC OFFERINGS

7.1 Cooperation in an IPO . In the event that the Company approves an Initial Public Offering, the holders of Restricted Securities will take all necessary or desirable actions in connection with the consummation of such offering; provided that any recapitalization or restructuring of the Company’s equity in connection with an Initial Public Offering will be effected in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Management Securityholders Addendum and the Company’s organizational documents. In the event that such Initial Public Offering is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the Company’s capital structure will adversely affect the marketability of the offering, each holder of Restricted Securities will consent to and vote for a recapitalization, reorganization and/or exchange of the Securities into securities that the managing underwriters and the Board find acceptable and will take all necessary or desirable actions in connection with the consummation of the recapitalization, reorganization and/or exchange (but only if such actions shall be consummated on a pro rata basis among all holders of the Company’s Securities in accordance with the distribution mechanics set forth in the Company’s organizational documents).

7.2 Purchaser Representative . If the Company or the holders of the Company’s securities enter into any negotiation or transaction for which Rule 506 (or any similar rule then in effect) of the Securities Act or any similar rule under any securities law applicable outside of the United States may be available with respect to such negotiation or transaction (including a merger, consolidation or other reorganization), as a condition to participation in such sale (whether or not obligated to so participate pursuant to the provisions of the Management Securityholders Addendum or otherwise), the holders of Restricted Securities will, at the request

 

11


of the Company, appoint a purchaser representative (as such term is defined in Rule 501 of the Securities Act) or similar Person (as required under any securities law applicable outside of the United States) reasonably acceptable to the Company. If any holder of Restricted Securities appoints a purchaser representative or similar Person designated by the Company, the Company will pay the fees of such purchaser representative or similar Person; but if any holder of Restricted Securities declines to appoint the purchaser representative or similar Person designated by the Company, such holder will appoint another purchaser representative or similar Person and such holder will be responsible for the fees of the purchaser representative or similar Person so appointed.

ARTICLE VIII

RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

The Company and its Subsidiaries operate in a highly sensitive and competitive commercial environment. As part of their employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries, Participants will be exposed to highly confidential and sensitive information regarding the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ business operations, including corporate strategy, pricing and other market information, know-how, trade secrets and valuable customer, supplier and employee relationships. It is critical that the Company take all necessary steps to safeguard its legitimate protectible interests in such information and to prevent any of its competitors or any other Persons from obtaining any such information. Therefore, as consideration for the Company’s agreement to grant or sell Restricted Securities to a Participant, each Participant shall agree to be bound by the following restrictive covenants:

8.1 Confidentiality . Each Participant acknowledges that the information, observations and data obtained by him or her while employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries concerning the business or affairs of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (“ Confidential Information ”) are the property of the Company or such Subsidiary. Therefore, each Participant agrees that he or she shall not disclose to any unauthorized Person or use for his or her own purposes any Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Board, unless and to the extent that the aforementioned matters become generally known to and available for use by the public, other than as a result of such Participant’s acts or omissions. Each Participant shall deliver to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, at the termination of such Participant’s employment, or at any other time the Company may request, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports, computer tapes, printouts and software and other documents and data (and copies thereof) relating to the Confidential Information, Work Product (as defined below) or the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that he or she may then possess or have under his or her control.

8.2 Assignment of Inventions . Each Participant acknowledges that all discoveries, concepts, ideas, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, patent applications, copyrightable work and mask work (whether or not including any confidential information) and all registrations or applications related thereto, all other proprietary information and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) which relate to the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed or made by such Participant (whether alone or jointly with others) while

 

12


employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries (“ Work Product ”) belong to the Company or such Subsidiary. Each Participant shall promptly disclose such Work Product to the Board and, at the Company’s expense, perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the period of Participant’s employment) to establish and confirm such ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney and other instruments).

8.3 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation .

(a) Each Participant acknowledges that during the course of his or her employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries he or she has and shall become familiar with the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ corporate strategy, pricing and other market information, know-how, trade secrets, and valuable customer, supplier and employee relationships, and with other Confidential Information concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and that his or her services shall be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates. Accordingly, Participant agrees that, during his or her employment with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries and for one (1) year thereafter (unless some longer period is specified in any other agreement between Participant and the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries) (the “ Noncompete Period ”), Participant shall not directly or indirectly own any interest in, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for, or in any manner engage in any Competing Business that conducts operations or sales in Japan, Holland, Germany, Korea, China, Malaysia, Mexico, or Brazil, or in the United States within any of the following states: Michigan, Wisconsin, Illinois, New York, Ohio, Indiana, Connecticut, Iowa, Pennsylvania, Missouri, Massachusetts, California, North Carolina, Texas, Indiana, Illinois, Kentucky, Mississippi, Washington, Tennessee, Virginia, New Jersey, Idaho, Colorado, Alabama, Georgia, South Carolina, Florida, or Maryland (and, in the event the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries conducts operations or sales in other jurisdictions after the date hereof, such other jurisdictions, provided that the Company updates this list of jurisdictions by delivering written notice to the Participants). Nothing herein shall prohibit any Participant from being a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation which is publicly traded, so long as such Participant has no active participation in the business of such corporation.

(b) During the Noncompete Period, each Participant shall not directly or indirectly through another Person (i) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to leave the employ of the Company or such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and any employee thereof, (ii) knowingly hire any person who was an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at any time during the twelve months prior to the termination of such Participant’s employment or (iii) induce or encourage any customer, supplier, licensee, licensor or other business relation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to cease doing business with the Company or such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, licensee, licensor or business relation and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, making any negative or disparaging statements or communications regarding the Company or any of its Subsidiaries); provided that, in each case, this Section 8.3(b) shall only apply if a Participant shall have done business with, or had supervisory or other responsibility for, the employee, customer, supplier, licensee, licensor, or business relation to which the applicable clause of this Section 8.3(b) applies.

 

13


(c) If, at the time of enforcement of this Section 8.3 , a court or other governing body shall hold that the duration, scope or area restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, each Participant agrees that the maximum duration, scope or area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated duration, scope or area and that the court or other governing body shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law. Each Participant acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 8.3 are reasonable and that he or she has reviewed the provisions of the Plan with his legal counsel.

(d) Each Participant acknowledges that any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Section 8.3 would cause the Company and its Subsidiaries irreparable harm. Accordingly, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in its favor, the Company shall be entitled to specific performance and/or injunctive or other equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security). Further, in the event of an alleged breach or violation of this Section 8.3 by any Participant, the Noncompete Period applicable to such Participant shall be tolled until such breach or violation has been duly cured.

8.4 No Restriction on Earning a Living . By his or her acceptance and/or acquisition of an Award, each Participant thereby acknowledges that the provisions of this Article VIII do not preclude such Participant from earning a livelihood, nor do they unreasonably impose limitations on Participant’s ability to earn a living. In addition, each Participant thereby acknowledges that the potential harm to the Company and/or its Subsidiaries of non-enforcement of this Article VIII outweighs any harm to Participant of enforcement (by injunction or otherwise) of this Article VIII against him or her.

8.5 Breach . If at any time after the cessation of a Participant’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries such Participant (a) breaches any of the obligations under this Article VIII, then the Company may, by delivery of written notice to such Participant, treat such Participant’s cessation of employment as a termination with Cause for all purposes under the Plan (including giving the Company and Luxco the right to repurchase Restricted Securities issued to such Participant at Fair Market Value), or (b) engages, after the Non-Compete Period and prior to an Initial Public Offering, in any activity that would be prohibited by Section 8.3(a) or 8.3(b) if it occurred during the Noncompete Period, then the Company may, by delivery of written notice to such Participant, elect to purchase all or any portion of the Restricted Securities issued to such Participant (to the extent not previously repurchased) at a price per security equal to the Fair Market Value thereof as determined as of a date determined by the Board that is the anticipated date of the Repurchase Closing.

ARTICLE IX

OTHER PROVISIONS

9.1 Indemnification . No member of the Board, nor any person to whom ministerial duties have been delegated, shall be personally liable for any action, interpretation or determination made with respect to the Plan or Awards made thereunder, and each member of the Board shall be fully indemnified and protected by the Company with respect to any liability he or she may incur with respect to any such action, interpretation or determination, to the extent

 

14


permitted by applicable law and to the extent provided in the Company’s Articles of Association, as amended from time to time, or under any agreement between any such member and the Company.

9.2 Termination and Amendment . The Board at any time may suspend or terminate this Plan and make such additions or amendments as it deems advisable under this Plan; provided that, the Board may not change any of the terms of an Award Agreement in a manner adverse to a Participant without the approval of such Participant.

9.3 Taxes .

(a) The Company shall have the right to require Participants or their beneficiaries or legal representatives to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy his or her minimum federal, state, local and foreign withholding tax requirements, or to deduct from all payments under the Plan amounts sufficient to satisfy such minimum withholding tax requirements. Whenever payments under the Plan are to be made to a Participant in cash, such payments shall be net of any amounts sufficient to satisfy all federal, state, local and foreign withholding tax requirements.

(b) The Board may, in its discretion permit a Participant to satisfy his or her tax withholding obligation either by (i) surrendering Restricted Securities owned by the Participant or (ii) having the Company withhold from Restricted Securities otherwise deliverable to such Participant. Restricted Securities surrendered or withheld shall be valued at Fair Market Value as of the date on which income is required to be recognized for income tax purposes.

9.4 Withholding . In a situation where, if a Participant were to receive Restricted Securities, the Company or any of its Affiliates (or a former Affiliate) would be obliged to (or would suffer a disadvantage if it were not to) account for any tax or social security contributions in any jurisdiction for which that Person would be liable by virtue of the receipt of Restricted Securities or which would be recoverable from that Person (together, the “ Tax Liability ”), the Restricted Securities may not be issued unless that Person has either (i) made a payment to the Company or any of its Affiliates (or a former Affiliate) of an amount at least equal to the Company’s estimate of the Tax Liability, or (ii) entered into arrangements acceptable to the Company or any of its Affiliates (or a former Affiliate) to secure that such a payment is made (whether by authorizing the sale of some or all of the Restricted Securities on his or her behalf and the payment to the Company or any of its Affiliates (or a former Affiliate) of the relevant amount out of the proceeds of sale or otherwise).

9.5 Data Protection . By participating in the Plan or accepting any rights granted under it, each Participant consents to the collection and processing of personal data relating to the Participant so that the Company and its Affiliates can fulfill their obligations and exercise their rights under the Plan and generally administer and manage the Plan. This data will include, but may not be limited to, data about participation in the Plan and securities offered or received, purchased or sold under the Plan from time to time and other appropriate financial and other data (such as the date on which the Restricted Securities were issued) about the Participant and his participation in the Plan.

 

15


9.6 Notices . Notices required or permitted to be made under the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed given, delivered and effective on the earliest of (i) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on a business day, (ii) the business day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on any business day and earlier than 11:59 p.m. (New York time) on the day preceding the next business day, (iii) one (1) business day after when sent, if sent by nationally recognized overnight courier service (charges prepaid), and (iv) actual receipt by the Person to whom such notice is required to be given. All notices shall be addressed (a) to a Participant at such Participant’s address as set forth in the books and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries, or (b) to the Company or the Board at the principal office of the Company clearly marked “Attention: Management Board”.

9.7 Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Plan shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Plan is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Plan shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

9.8 Prior Agreements . The Original Plan is amended, restated and superseded by the Plan in its entirety; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary in the Plan, nothing herein shall relieve any Participant from any liability for any breach prior to the effective date of the Plan and any provision so breached shall not be superseded by the Plan for purposes of actions taken in connection with such breach and liabilities related thereto. No provision of any employment, severance, incentive award, or other similar agreement entered into by a Participant, on the one hand, and any Subsidiary of the Company, on the other hand, prior to the effective date of the Plan (other than any Award Agreement issued under the Original Plan) shall modify or have any effect in any manner on any provision of the Plan or any term or condition of any Award Agreement to which such Participant is a party. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any provision in any such agreement that purports to apply in any manner to options, securities, equity-based awards or the like shall not apply to or have any effect on any Awards under the Plan.

9.9 Governing Law and Forum; Waiver of Jury Trial . The Plan shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, United States. Each Participant who accepts an Award thereby agrees that any suit, action or proceeding brought by or against such Participant in connection with this Plan shall be brought solely in the state and federal courts sitting in the State of New York, County of New York, United States, and each Participant consents to the jurisdiction and venue of each such court. EACH PARTICIPANT WHO ACCEPTS AN AWARD IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING INSTITUTED BY OR AGAINST SUCH PARTICIPANT IN RESPECT OF HIS OR HER RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER.

*    *    *    *    *

 

16


Exhibit A

Management Securityholders Addendum

See attached document.

Exhibit 10.14

EXECUTION COPY

SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT

This SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of April 27, 2006 by and among (i) Sensata Investment Company S.C.A., a société en commandite par actions organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (the “ Company ”), (ii) Sensata Technologies Holding B.V., a private limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Dutchco ”), (iii) Sensata Management Company S.A., a société anonyme organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (“ Parent ”), (iv) funds managed by Bain Capital Partners, LLC or its Affiliates that are listed on the signature pages hereto (collectively, “ Bain ”), (v) Asia Opportunity Fund II, L.P., an exempted limited partnership formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands (“ AOF II ”), and (vi) AOF II Employee Co-Invest Fund, L.P., an exempted limited partnership formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands (“ AOF Employee Fund ” and together with AOF II, “ CCMPA ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Texas Instruments Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”), and Sensata Technologies B.V., a private limited liability company organized under the laws of the Netherlands (“ Buyer ”), are parties to that certain Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 8, 2006 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which Buyer and its Subsidiaries will acquire the sensors and controls business of Seller (the “ Acquisition ”);

WHEREAS, at the closing of the Acquisition (the “ Closing ”), the Company owns 100% of the outstanding securities of the Dutchco (other than certain options and other securities granted to employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries), which in turn owns 100% of the outstanding securities of Sensata Intermediate Holding Company, B.V., which in turn owns 100% of the outstanding securities of Buyer;

WHEREAS, at the Closing, each of the Bain Holders and each of the CCMPA Holders owns the number and class of Securities set forth opposite its name on the “Schedule of Holders” attached hereto in its capacity as a limited securityholder of the Company;

WHEREAS, Parent is the manager and unlimited securityholder of the Company; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement providing for certain rights and obligations of the CCMPA Holders, the Bain Holders, the Company, the Dutchco, and Parent. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 9 hereof.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

1. Parent as Manager of the Company; Election of CCMPA Directors .

(a) From and after the date of this Agreement and until the provisions of this Section 1 cease to be effective, each Bain Holder and each CCMPA Holder shall vote any and all voting securities of the Parent or the Company over which such holder has voting control and


shall take all other necessary or desirable actions within such holder’s control (whether in such holder’s capacity as a holder of securities, director or officer of Parent or the Company or otherwise, and including, without limitation, attendance at meetings in person or by proxy for purposes of obtaining a quorum, execution of written consents in lieu of meetings, and voting its ordinary shares, if any, of the Dutchco), and each of Parent and the Company shall take all necessary and desirable actions within its control (including, without limitation, calling special board and securityholder meetings), in order to give effect to the provisions of this Section 1.

(b) Each of the Bain Holders and the CCMPA Holders agrees that, unless otherwise directed by the Parent Board, it shall not take any action to the effect that Parent shall be revoked from the position of the Company’s manager or any of the duties associated therewith.

(c) So long as CCMPA and its Affiliates own in the aggregate at least 50% of the Fully Diluted Ordinary Shares held by CCMPA and its Affiliates as of the date hereof (as appropriately adjusted for securities splits, securities dividends, securities combinations, recapitalizations, and similar transactions that affect all equityholders or the holders of any class of securities proportionately), then:

(i)(A) one representative designated by AOF II who is reasonably acceptable to the Bain Holders shall be elected to the U.S. Company Board (the “ CCMPA U.S. Company Director ”) and (B) one representative designated by AOF II who is reasonably acceptable to the Bain Holders shall serve as a non-voting observer of the U.S. Company Board (the “ CCMPA Observer ”);

(ii) one representative designated by AOF II who is reasonably acceptable to the Bain Holders shall be elected to the Parent Board (the “ CCMPA Parent Director ”), so long as the CCMPA Parent Director commits to and attends at least two (2) meetings of the Parent Board per year physically in Luxembourg; and

(iii) one representative designated by AOF II who is reasonably acceptable to the Bain Holders shall be elected to the Dutchco Board (the “ CCMPA Dutchco Director ” and, together with the CCMPA U.S. Company Director and the CCMPA Parent Director, such directors shall be referred to herein as “ CCMPA Directors ”), so long as the CCMPA Dutchco Director commits to and attends at least two (2) meetings of the Dutchco Board per year physically in the Netherlands.

(d) So long as AOF II is entitled to nominate a director pursuant to Section 1(c), the CCMPA Directors shall be removed from the U.S. Company Board, the Parent Board and/or the Dutchco Board (with or without cause) at the written request of AOF II and only upon such written request and under no other circumstances (except as otherwise required by law). If AOF II becomes ineligible to nominate a director pursuant to the terms of Section 1(c), then upon written request by Bain the representatives serving as the CCMPA Directors shall immediately resign from the U.S. Company Board, the Parent Board and the Dutchco Board.

(e) Parent or the Dutchco, as applicable, shall pay (or cause to be paid) the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any CCMPA Director and the CCMPA Observer in connection with attending meetings of the U.S. Company Board, the Parent Board and the

 

2


Dutchco Board, as applicable, subject to reasonable documentation of such expenses in accordance with the U.S. Company’s, Parent’s, and the Dutchco’s policies. The organizational documents of the U.S. Company, Parent, and the Dutchco shall provide for indemnification of directors to the fullest extent of the law. All CCMPA Directors will be entitled to the benefit of director and officer liability insurance and other director indemnification protections in quality and scope at least as favorable as those applicable to the other members of the U.S. Company Board, the Parent Board, and the Dutchco Board. Without the prior written consent of Bain and CCMPA, none of the U.S. Company, Parent, or the Dutchco shall alter, modify or amend such indemnification and exculpatory provisions in any manner that would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the rights of any director nominated by Bain or any CCMPA Director in his or her capacity as a director from and after the Closing. The parties acknowledge and agree that each of the foregoing directors of the U.S. Company, Parent, and Dutchco shall be deemed to be a direct and irrevocable third party beneficiary of the agreements and covenants set forth in this Section 1(e), with the right to enforce such agreements and covenants as fully as if each such director was a party to this Agreement.

(f) So long as AOF II is entitled to nominate a director pursuant to Section 1(c), each CCMPA Holder shall vote all voting securities of the Parent (if any), the Company, the Dutchco (if any), or the U.S. Company (if any) over which such CCMPA Holder has voting control in favor of any director for election to the Parent Board, the Dutchco Board and the U.S. Company Board that is nominated by or on behalf of Bain or its Affiliates.

(g) The provisions of this Section 1 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon the occurrence of a Change in Control or a Public Offering.

2. Rights to Participate in Sales by Bain Holders .

(a) “Tag-Along” Rights in Private Sales by Bain Holders .

(i) In connection with any Bain Holder’s proposed Transfer of Bain Securities, other than in an Exempt Transfer, each CCMPA Holder will have the right and option, but not the obligation (except in respect of an Approved Sale as set forth in Section 3) to participate in such Transfer as set forth in this Section 2(a).

(ii) The Bain Holder proposing to Transfer Bain Securities (the “ Transferring Holder ”) will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the CCMPA Holders a written notice (a “ Transfer Notice ”) specifying in reasonable detail the identity of the prospective transferee(s), the number and type of Securities to be Transferred, and the price and other terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer. Each CCMPA Holder may elect to participate in the proposed Transfer by delivering written notice (the “ Tag-Along Notice ”) to the Transferring Holder within 20 days after delivery of the Transfer Notice (the “ Tag-Along Notice Period ”). Any CCMPA Holder who does not deliver the Tag-Along Notice to the Transferring Holder within the Tag-Along Notice Period shall be deemed to have waived all of such holder’s rights to participate in such Transfer. The closing of any transaction contemplated by this Section 2(a) shall not occur on any date that is earlier than the expiration of the Tag-Along Notice Period.

 

3


(iii) If any CCMPA Holders have elected to participate in such Transfer, each such participating CCMPA Holder will be entitled to sell in the contemplated Transfer, at the same price and on the same terms as the Transferring Holder, a number of each class of Securities being transferred equal to such CCMPA Holder’s Pro Rata Share of such class of Securities, and the Transferring Holder shall cause the prospective purchaser to agree to acquire all Securities (up to each CCMPA Holder’s Pro Rata Share of each class) identified in a Tag-Along Notice timely given to the Transferring Holder, upon the same terms and conditions as applicable to the Transferring Holder’s Securities. If any Person participating in such Transfer elects to Transfer less than their Pro Rata Share, the shares which such Person had the right, but did not elect, to Transfer will be reoffered on the same terms and conditions to the Persons participating in such Transfer who elected to Transfer their full Pro Rata Share (pro rata among such Persons based on their respective Pro Rata Shares), and so on until the Persons participating in such Transfer have elected to Transfer all shares to be sold in the contemplated Transfer. In the event that the Transferring Holder intends to Transfer more than one class of Securities, the Transferring Holder may require that each CCMPA Holder participating in such Transfer, as a condition to such participation, be required to sell in the contemplated Transfer an equivalent portion of all such classes of Securities.

(iv) If any CCMPA Holder elects to participate in such Transfer, such CCMPA Holder shall (A) execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) any purchase agreement or other documentation required by the Transferring Holder to consummate the Transfer, which purchase agreement and other documentation shall be on terms substantially identical to those executed by the Transferring Holder (including (1) joining on a pro rata basis (whether by purchase price adjustment, indemnity payments or otherwise) in any representations, warranties, covenants and agreements in respect of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and (2) making on a several basis individual representations and warranties as to such CCMPA Holder’s valid ownership of such CCMPA Holder’s Securities, free of all liens and encumbrances or adverse claims, enforceability against such CCMPA Holder, and each CCMPA Holder’s authority, power and right to enter into and consummate agreements relating to such Transfer without violating applicable law or any other agreement), (B) at the closing of the Transfer, deliver to the proposed transferee(s) the certificate or certificates representing the Securities to be sold in such Transfer by such CCMPA Holder, duly endorsed for transfer, against receipt of the purchase price thereof, and (C) take or cause to be taken all such reasonable and customary actions in connection with the consummation of such Transfer as are requested by the Transferring Holder, including executing, acknowledging, and delivering consents, assignments, waivers, and other documents or instruments; furnishing information and copies of documents; and filing applications, reports, returns, filings, and other documents or instruments with governmental authorities.

(v) It shall be a condition to the right of the Transferring Holder to complete any such sale that (A) any Securities validly requested to be included in any Tag-Along Notice timely delivered in connection with such proposed Transfer be Transferred on economic terms and conditions at least as favorable as the economic terms and conditions on which the Transferring Holder Transfers its Securities of the same class and (B) such Transfer be completed on other terms not materially different than the terms of such Transfer set forth in the Transfer Notice. In the event the conditions set forth in clauses (A) and (B) above are not satisfied, the Transferring Holder shall be obligated to comply with the provisions of this Section 2 as if such proposed Transfer was an entirely new and separate transaction, except that for such reoffer the Tag Along Notice Period will be only 10 days.

 

4


(vi) If, after the initial Public Offering of the securities of the Dutchco, the Company distributes securities of the Dutchco to the holders of the Company’s Securities, the Company shall either (A) cause the Dutchco to amend its organizational documents to permit transfers of Dutchco securities pursuant to this Section 2(a) without the approval of the management board of the Dutchco or (B) cause the management board of the Dutchco to approve any transfer by a CCMPA Holder pursuant to this Section 2(a).

(vii) The Company shall bear all reasonable out-of-pocket costs of any Transfer pursuant to this Section 2(a) (whether or not consummated) incurred by the Transferring Holder and each other Person participating in any such Transfer (including the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel to the Company and the Bain Holders and of a single legal counsel selected by the CCMPA Holders to represent them as a group (with any additional legal costs incurred by the CCMPA Holders to be borne by such CCMPA Holders)).

(b) “Piggyback” Registration Rights in Registered Offerings of Bain Securities .

(i) Whenever the Company proposes to register any Bain Securities under the Securities Act (or any similar listed offering under applicable securities laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States) (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), then the Company will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the CCMPA Holders a written notice (a “ Registration Notice ”), specifying the approximate number of Bain Securities to be registered and the anticipated per share price range for the offering.

(ii) Each CCMPA Holder may elect to participate in the proposed Piggyback Registration by delivering written notice to the Company within 20 days after delivery of the Registration Notice. Any CCMPA Holder who does not deliver written notice of its election to participate to the Company within 20 days after delivery of the Registration Notice shall be deemed to have waived all of such holder’s rights to participate in such Transfer.

(iii) If any CCMPA Holders have elected to participate in such Piggyback Registration, then (subject to the cutback provisions set forth in clause (iv) below) each such participating CCMPA Holder will be entitled to include in such Piggyback Registration, at the same price and on the same terms as the Bain Holders, a number of each class of Securities being offered equal to such CCMPA Holder’s Pro Rata Share of the Securities of such class as are proposed to be included by the Bain Holders in such registration.

(iv) In any underwritten registration, if the managing underwriters advise the Company that in their opinion the total number of Securities requested or proposed to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability of such offering, then each Bain Holder and CCMPA Holder participating in such registration shall be entitled to include in the proposed registration such Holder’s Pro Rata Share of the total number of each class of Securities that in the opinion of the managing underwriters can be sold by the Bain Holders and the CCMPA Holders, in the aggregate, without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering.

 

5


(v) The Company shall take all actions necessary to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Section 2(b). All expenses incident to the Company’s registration of securities in any Piggyback Registration, including all registration, qualification, filing, and listing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with applicable securities laws, printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and all independent certified public accountants, underwriters (excluding discounts and commissions) and other Persons retained by the Company, will be paid by the Company in respect of each Piggyback Registration, whether or not it has become effective, including that the Company will pay its internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any liability insurance and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed. In addition, the Company will pay, and reimburse the CCMPA Holders covered by such registration for payment of, the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel chosen by the CCMPA Holders incurred in connection with any Piggyback Registration, whether or not it has become effective.

(vi) If any CCMPA Holder elects to participate in a Piggyback Registration, such holder shall (A) agree to sell such holder’s Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Parent Board; (B) complete, execute and deliver (or cause to be completed, executed and delivered) any questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, and other documents required under the terms of the underwriting arrangements or by the Bain Holders to consummate such registration, which documentation shall be on terms substantially identical to those executed by the Bain Holders; (C) provide in writing such information and affidavits as requested by the Company in connection with any registration statement or prospectus relating to such offering; and (D) take or cause to be taken all such reasonable and customary actions in connection with the consummation of such registration as are requested by the Bain Holders, including executing, acknowledging, and delivering consents, assignments, waivers, and other documents or instruments; furnishing information and copies of documents; and filing applications, reports, returns, filings, and other documents or instruments with governmental authorities; provided that (1) no CCMPA Holder shall be liable in respect of the registration statement filed in connection with such offering for amounts in excess of the net proceeds received by such CCMPA Holder in such offering and (2) no CCMPA Holder shall be required to provide any indemnity for any information contained in the registration statement filed in connection with such offering, except for written materials provided by such CCMPA Holder for the express inclusion in such registration statement.

(c) Subsidiary Public Offering . If there is a Public Offering of the securities of any Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall cause such Subsidiary to enter into a registration rights agreement with the parties hereto having terms substantially the same (in respect of such Subsidiary) as are applicable to the Company in this Section 2.

(d) Term . The provisions of Section 2(b) shall terminate and be of no further force and effect at such time as all Securities held by the CCMPA Holders become eligible for sale under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act.

 

6


3. “Drag Along” in an Approved Sale .

(a) If the Bain Holders request (i) a Transfer of a majority of the assets of the Dutchco and its Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis) to any Independent Third Party or group of Independent Third Parties, (ii) a Transfer of a majority of the Company’s outstanding Fully Diluted Ordinary Shares (whether by merger (including one in which the Company is the surviving entity), recapitalization, consolidation, reorganization, combination or otherwise) to any Independent Third Party or group of Independent Third Parties, or (iii) a Transfer of a majority of the Dutchco’s outstanding ordinary shares (determined on a fully diluted basis) (whether by merger (including one in which the Dutchco is the surviving entity), recapitalization, consolidation, reorganization, combination or otherwise) to any Independent Third Party or group of Independent Third Parties (each an “ Approved Sale ”), each CCMPA Holder shall vote for, consent to and raise no objections against such Approved Sale.

(b) If the Approved Sale is structured as (i) a merger (including one in which the Company is the surviving corporation) or consolidation, each CCMPA Holder will waive any dissenter’s rights, appraisal rights or similar rights in connection with such merger or consolidation or (ii) a Transfer of Securities (including by recapitalization, consolidation, reorganization, combination or otherwise), each CCMPA Holder will agree to sell its Pro Rata Share of each class of Securities to be sold in such Transfer, at the same price and on the same terms and conditions as apply to the Bain Holders in such transaction.

(c) In connection with any Approved Sale, each CCMPA Holder participating in such sale shall (A) prior to closing of the proposed Transfer, execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) any purchase agreement or other documentation required by the Bain Holders to consummate the Transfer (including all legal opinions, cross-receipts, and certificates), which purchase agreement and other documentation shall be on terms substantially identical to those executed by the Bain Holders (including (1) joining on a pro rata basis (whether by purchase price adjustment, indemnity payments or otherwise) in any representations, warranties, covenants and agreements in respect of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and (2) making on a several basis individual representations and warranties as to such CCMPA Holder’s valid ownership of such CCMPA Holder’s Securities, free of all liens and encumbrances or adverse claims, enforceability against such CCMPA Holder, and each CCMPA Holder’s authority, power and right to enter into and consummate agreements relating to such Transfer without violating applicable law or any other agreement), (B) at the closing of the Transfer, deliver to the proposed transferee(s) the certificate or certificates representing the Securities to be sold in such Transfer by such CCMPA Holder, duly endorsed for transfer with signatures guaranteed, against receipt of the purchase price thereof, and (C) take all such other reasonable and customary actions in connection with the consummation of the Approved Sale as are requested by the Bain Holders, including executing, acknowledging, and delivering consents, assignments, waivers, and other documents or instruments; furnishing information and copies of documents; and filing applications, reports, returns, filings, and other documents or instruments with governmental authorities.

(d) The obligations of the CCMPA Holders to participate in any Approved Sale pursuant to this Section 3 are subject to the satisfaction of the following condition: if the Bain Holders are given an option as to the form and amount of consideration to be received with respect to Securities in a class or series, all CCMPA Holders of Securities of such class or series will be given the same option.

 

7


(e) If a CCMPA Holder receives its proportionate share of the purchase price from an Approved Sale, then, notwithstanding any failure by such holder to deliver certificates representing the Securities to be Transferred as required by this Section 3, such CCMPA Holder shall, upon receipt of such purchase price, have no voting rights, shall not be entitled to any dividends or distributions, and shall have no other rights or privileges granted to holders of Securities under applicable law or this Agreement after the date of the Approved Sale with respect to the Securities to be Transferred in such Approved Sale.

(f) The Company shall bear all reasonable out-of-pocket costs of any Transfer pursuant to this Section 3 (whether or not consummated) incurred by the Bain Holders and each other Person participating in any such Transfer (including the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel to the Company and the Bain Holders and of a single legal counsel selected by the CCMPA Holders to represent them as a group (with any additional legal costs incurred by the CCMPA Holders to be borne by such CCMPA Holders)).

(g) In the event that both Section 2 and Section 3 apply to a single transaction, the “drag along” rights set forth in this Section 3 will have priority over the “tag along” rights set forth in Section 2 above, and the “tag along” rights set forth in Section 2 will become exercisable by the CCMPA Holders following a determination by the Bain Holders not to exercise their rights under this Section 3.

4. Preemptive Rights .

(a) If the Parent Board or the Dutchco Board authorizes the issuance or sale (other than an Exempt Issuance) of any equity securities of the Company, the Dutchco, or any Subsidiary thereof, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for equity securities of the Company, the Dutchco, or any Subsidiary thereof or containing options or rights to acquire equity securities of the Company, the Dutchco, or any Subsidiary thereof, to any Bain Holder or any of their Affiliates, the Company shall offer to sell to each CCMPA Holder a portion of such securities equal to such CCMPA Holder’s Pro Rata Share. If the Bain Holders are also required to acquire other debt or equity securities in connection with their purchase, the CCMPA Holders exercising their rights pursuant to this Section 4(a) shall also be required to purchase the same type of securities (on the same terms) that such other Persons are required to purchase.

(b) In order to exercise its purchase rights hereunder, each CCMPA Holder must deliver a written notice to the Company, the Dutchco, or such Subsidiary, as applicable, describing its election hereunder within 15 days after receipt of written notice from the Company, the Dutchco, or such Subsidiary, as applicable (the “ Preemptive Right Notice Period ”), describing in reasonable detail the securities being offered, the purchase price thereof, the payment terms and such holder’s percentage allotment. The closing of any transaction contemplated by this Section 4 shall not occur on any date that is earlier than 15 days after the expiration of the Preemptive Right Notice Period. The purchase price for all securities offered to each such CCMPA Holder shall be the same price per security being paid by the Bain Holders

 

8


and shall be payable at the same time as the closing of the sale to the Bain Holders in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds; provided that the closing of any such purchase by a CCMPA Holder may be extended beyond the closing of the Bain Holders’ purchase to the extent necessary to obtain required governmental approvals and other required approvals, and the Company and the CCMPA Holders shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such approvals.

(c) In the event that any CCMPA Holder acquires any equity securities of the Company, the Dutchco, or any Subsidiary thereof, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for equity securities of the Company, the Dutchco, or any Subsidiary thereof or containing options or rights to acquire equity securities of the Company, the Dutchco, or any Subsidiary thereof, pursuant to this Section 4 in a preferred stock or debt offering by the Company, the Dutchco, or such Subsidiary, each CCMPA Holder agrees to exercise all the rights it may have with respect to the Company, the Dutchco, or such Subsidiary (such as covenants and remedies) arising out of such securities acquired pursuant to this Section 4 (including any such preferred stock or debt securities) in the same manner as determined by the Bain Holders (it being understood that the CCMPA Holder’s obligations under this sentence shall not affect such CCMPA Holder’s rights under this Agreement with respect to other Securities).

(d) The CCMPA Holders accept, acknowledge, and agree that they will not be entitled to any statutory or other preemptive right in respect of issuances by the Company and its Subsidiaries, except as set forth in this Section 4.

(e) The provisions of this Section 4 (other than Section 4(c)) will terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the consummation of a Public Offering.

5. Information Rights .

(a) So long as CCMPA and its Affiliates own in the aggregate at least 50% of the Fully Diluted Ordinary Shares held by CCMPA and its Affiliates as of the date hereof (as appropriately adjusted for securities splits, securities dividends, securities combinations, recapitalizations, and similar transactions), CCMPA shall have the right to visit and inspect, during normal business hours upon reasonable advance notice to the Company and without unreasonably interfering with the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ normal business operations, such of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ assets, records, files and other information as it may reasonably request (and make copies of such records) and to meet with the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ officers and other management personnel to obtain in the ordinary course such customary information regarding the Company and its Subsidiaries, and their respective businesses and prospects, as it may reasonably request.

(b) During the period of time when any CCMPA Holder is entitled to nominate the CCMPA Directors pursuant to the terms of Section 1 above, the U.S. Company (and, to the extent applicable, Parent and/or the Dutchco) will provide the following information to CCMPA: (i) any internal board materials and board books at such times as such materials and books are provided to the other members of the U.S. Company Board (and, if applicable, the Parent Board and/or the Dutchco Board); (ii) any annual, quarterly, and monthly financial statements and

 

9


annual budgets of the Company and its Subsidiaries at such times as such materials are provided to the Bain Holders; (iii) prompt notice of any material breach of any material agreements to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, including any financing agreements; (iv) prompt notice of any material claims or disputes involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and (v) any other information concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries that is reasonably requested by CCMPA. Prior to a Public Offering, if any CCMPA Holder is not entitled to nominate the CCMPA Directors pursuant to the terms of Section 1 above, then Parent and the Company will only provide to CCMPA annual audited financial statements, quarterly unaudited financial statements, and annual budgets for the Company and its Subsidiaries in such form and at such times as such statements and budgets are provided to the Bain Holders.

(c) Each CCMPA Holder acknowledges that the information, observations and data obtained by it concerning the business and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates are the property of the Company or such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, including information concerning acquisition opportunities in or reasonably related to the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ business or industry of which any CCMPA Holder may become aware. Therefore, each CCMPA Holder agrees that it will hold all such information, observations, and data in strictest confidence and not disclose to any Person or use for its own account any of such information, observations or data without the Parent Board’s express written consent, unless and to the extent that the aforementioned matters (i) become generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of the acts or omissions to act of any CCMPA Holder or (ii) is required to be disclosed pursuant to any applicable law, court order or administrative or judicial subpoena (in which case such holder shall give prompt advance notice to the Company of such required disclosure, and cooperate with the Company in seeking a protective order or other appropriate safeguard of confidentiality). In addition, the CCMPA holders agree not to purchase or sell any equity or debt securities of the Company unless such purchase or sale complies with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and any other applicable state or foreign securities laws.

6. Public Offering .

(a) Approval . If at any time the Parent Board or the Dutchco Board, as applicable, approves a Public Offering, each CCMPA Holder shall vote for and consent to (to the extent it has any voting or consent right and subject to applicable law) and raise no objections against such Public Offering, and shall take all reasonable actions in connection with the consummation of such Public Offering as requested by the Parent Board or the Dutchco Board, as applicable; provided that (i) no CCMPA Holder shall be liable in respect of the registration statement filed in connection with such offering for amounts in excess of the net proceeds received by such CCMPA Holder in such offering and (ii) no CCMPA Holder shall be required to provide any indemnity for any information contained in the registration statement filed in connection with such offering, except for written materials provided by such CCMPA Holder for the express inclusion in such registration statement.

(b) Reorganization . In connection with any Public Offering of the Company subject to this Section 6, each CCMPA Holder shall agree to effectuate such Public Offering as follows:

 

10


(i) If the Parent Board and the managing underwriters agree that it will be more beneficial to either the Bain Holders or the Public Offering to effect the Public Offering using a public company vehicle (the “ Newco ”) organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, the Company shall be converted into a société anonyme (public company with limited liability or S.A.) under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, and the Securities held by all holders will be reclassified as described below into the securities of Newco to be offered in such Public Offering (the “ Newco Common ”); or

(ii) If the Parent Board and the managing underwriters agree that it will be more beneficial to either the Bain Holders or the Public Offering to effect the Public Offering using a Newco or a Subsidiary organized under the laws of another jurisdiction, the Company shall form or, if applicable, reorganize or recapitalize such entity, and the CCMPA Holders shall, if requested by the Parent Board, contribute all of their Securities to such Newco or Subsidiary in exchange for common stock in Newco or the relevant Subsidiary having the same rights, preferences and designations as the common stock in Newco or the relevant Subsidiary received by the Bain Holders in exchange for contributing the same type of Securities as the CCMPA Holders in connection with such reorganization or recapitalization; provided , however, that if the PECs or CPECs are to be paid off in cash in connection with the Public Offering, then, if the Parent Board shall request, they shall be contributed in exchange for such other Newco securities to achieve a tax efficient result as determined by the Parent Board.

The Newco Common issued to the holders of Securities shall be allocated among such holders so that, immediately after such exchange, each such holder of Securities holds Newco Common having an aggregate value (based on the Public Offering price to the public) equal to the amount which such holder of Securities would have received if, immediately prior to such exchange, the Company had distributed to the holders of Securities an aggregate amount equal to the Implicit Pre-IPO Value of the Newco Common in a complete liquidation pursuant to the rights and preferences set out in the Company’s Articles and in the Terms and Conditions of the CPECs and the PECs (in the form attached to the Company’s Articles) immediately prior to such exchange. Shares of Newco Common shall be allocated among such holders as determined by the rights and preferences set out in the Company’s Articles and the Terms and Conditions of the CPECs and PECs. Any such reorganization or domestication shall be consummated in a manner intended to minimize transaction costs and tax liabilities for the Company and the holders of Securities. Bain agrees to consult in good faith with (but will not require the approval of) CCMPA in connection with implementing any such reorganization or domestication in a manner that is consistent with the preceding sentence.

(c) Waiver . Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each CCMPA Holder hereby waives any dissenter’s rights, appraisal rights or similar rights in connection with any recapitalization, reorganization and/or exchange pursuant to this Section 6.

(d) Subsidiary Public Offering . If there is a Public Offering of the securities of any Subsidiary of the Company, and after such Public Offering the Company distributes securities of such Subsidiary to the holders of the Company’s Securities (whether in liquidation of the Company, dividend or otherwise), such distributed securities shall be deemed to be Securities for purposes of this Agreement and each holder of the Company’s Securities shall be bound by and entitled to the benefits of the terms and conditions of this Agreement in respect of such distributed securities in the same manner as the Company’s Securities held by such holder.

 

11


7. Transfer Restrictions .

(a) Each CCMPA Holder understands and agrees that any Securities issued to or held by such holder on the date hereof have not been registered under the Securities Act or under any state securities laws or the securities laws of any country. No CCMPA Holder shall Transfer any CCMPA Securities (or solicit any offers in respect of any Transfer of such Securities), except in compliance with the Securities Act, and any applicable state or national or foreign securities laws and any restrictions on Transfer contained in this Agreement.

(b) In addition to the foregoing, no CCMPA Holder shall Transfer any CCMPA Securities to any Person at any time, other than in connection with (i) participation in a sale by Bain Holders pursuant to the terms of Section 2, (ii) an Approved Sale in accordance with Section 3, (iii) a Public Sale, or (iv) an Exempt Transfer.

(c) Each certificate evidencing Bain Securities and CCMPA Securities and each certificate issued in exchange for or upon the transfer of any Bain Securities and/or CCMPA Securities (if such securities remain Bain Securities and/or CCMPA Securities as defined herein after such Transfer) shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form until such time as such Securities represented thereby are no longer subject to the provisions hereof:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN TRANSFER AND VOTING RESTRICTIONS PURSUANT TO A SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT DATED AS OF APRIL 27, 2006 AMONG THE ISSUER OF SUCH SECURITIES (THE “COMPANY”) AND CERTAIN OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITYHOLDERS, AS MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME. A COPY OF SUCH SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE BY THE COMPANY TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.”

The Company shall imprint such legend on certificates evidencing Bain Securities and CCMPA Securities outstanding prior to the date hereof. The legend set forth above shall be removed from the certificates evidencing any shares which cease to be Bain Securities or CCMPA Securities, as the case may be, in accordance with the terms hereof.

(d) No CCMPA Holder shall effect any Transfer of any CCMPA Securities or any other equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during (i) the seven days prior to and the 180-day period beginning on the effective date of an initial Public Offering and (ii) the seven days prior to and the 90-day period beginning on the effective date of any Public Offering other than an initial Public Offering, except as part of any such offering or unless the underwriters managing the registration of any such offering otherwise agree; it being understood that the CCMPA Holders will not be subject to a longer lock-up than the Bain Holders.

 

12


(e) Any Transfer or attempted Transfer of any Securities in violation of any provision of this Agreement shall be void, and the Company shall not record such Transfer on its books or treat any purported transferee of such Securities as the owner thereof for any purpose.

8. Consent Rights . So long as CCMPA and its Affiliates own in the aggregate at least 50% of the Fully Diluted Ordinary Shares held by CCMPA and its Affiliates as of the date hereof (as appropriately adjusted for securities splits, securities dividends, securities combinations, recapitalizations, and similar transactions), without the prior written consent of CCMPA:

(a) except for matters of the type addressed by (b) or (c) below, neither Parent nor the Company will, nor will they permit any of their Subsidiaries to, at any time after the date hereof, enter into, make, or modify any transaction, contract, or agreement with the Bain Holders or any of their Affiliates (an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) unless such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Subsidiary than those that would be obtained in a comparable transaction with a bona fide third party on an arm’s length basis; provided that the term “Affiliate Transaction” shall not include this Agreement or the Advisory Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Company (or any of its Affiliates), an Affiliate of the Bain Holders, an Affiliate of the CCMPA Holders, and any other parties thereto (as the terms of such agreements are in effect as of the date hereof);

(b) the Company will not make any amendment to its Articles or other organizational documents (including in connection with a reorganization pursuant to Section 6 hereof), or, after a distribution of Dutchco securities to the holders of the Company’s Securities, any amendment to the organizational documents of the Dutchco, which amendment would change any of the terms, conditions, rights, or preferences of the CCMPA Securities (including any Dutchco securities held by the CCMPA Holders) in any manner different from the terms, conditions, rights, and preferences of the Bain Securities (including any Dutchco securities held by the Bain Holders) (and Bain agrees to consult in good faith with (but will not require the approval of) CCMPA in connection with effecting any other amendment to such organizational documents); and

(c) neither Parent nor the Company shall declare (i) any dividend and/or distribution in respect of any Securities or the Management Share (as described in the Company’s Articles) or (ii) any redemption or other repurchase of any Securities or the Management Share (other than redemptions or other repurchases of Securities of employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries in the normal course of business upon or after termination of employment pursuant to arrangements approved by the Board), in each case unless such actions are consummated on a pro rata basis amongst the holders thereof in accordance with the distribution mechanics set forth in its organizational documents.

9. Definitions .

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Person and, in the case of a Person which is a partnership, any general partner of the Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have correlative meanings.

 

13


Articles ” means the Company’s Articles of Association as amended from time to time in accordance with their terms.

Bain Holder ” means any holder of Bain Securities.

Bain Securities ” means any Securities acquired by Bain or its Affiliates and any equity securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to such Securities by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or upon conversion thereof. Any particular securities constituting Bain Securities that are Transferred in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement shall continue to constitute Bain Securities in the hands of any such transferee; provided that such securities will cease to be Bain Securities only when they have been Transferred by a Bain Holder pursuant to clause (b) or (c) of the definition of Exempt Transfer or in compliance with Section 2 or Section 3.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day on which banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in the State of New York.

CCMPA Holder ” means any holder of CCMPA Securities.

CCMPA Securities ” means any Securities acquired by CCMPA or its Affiliates and any equity securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to such Securities by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or upon conversion thereof. Any particular securities constituting CCMPA Securities that are Transferred in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement shall continue to constitute CCMPA Securities in the hands of any such transferee; provided that such securities will cease to be CCMPA Securities only when they have been (i) Transferred in a Public Sale, (ii) Transferred pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of Exempt Transfer, or (iii) Transfers in accordance with Section 2 or 3.

Change in Control ” means (a) any transaction or series of related transactions in which Bain (whether by merger, sale of securities, recapitalization, or reorganization) disposes of or sells more than 50% of the total voting power or economic interest in the Company to one or more Independent Third Parties, (b) any transaction or series of related transactions in which the Company (whether by merger, sale of securities, recapitalization, or reorganization) disposes of or sells more than 50% of the total voting power or economic interest in the Dutchco to one or more Independent Third Parties, and (c) a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Dutchco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; provided that, in the case of clauses (a) and (b) above, such transaction shall only constitute a Change in Control if it results in Bain ceasing to have the power (whether by ownership of voting securities, contractual right or otherwise), collectively, to elect a majority of the Parent Board or the Dutchco Board, respectively.

 

14


CPECs ” means the convertible preferred equity certificates, par value €1.25 per certificate, issued by the Company, and, if applicable, any additional series of convertible preferred equity certificates duly authorized and issued by the Company from time to time.

Dutchco Board ” means the management board of the Dutchco.

Exempt Issuance ” means any issuance of securities (a) in a Public Offering, (b) in an Approved Sale, (c) to employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to a management equity plan approved by the Parent Board or the Dutchco Board for compensation purposes, (d) to an individual serving on the Parent Board or the Dutchco Board pursuant to an equity plan approved by the Parent Board or the Dutchco Board, as applicable, for compensation purposes, (e) upon conversion or exercise of, or in exchange for, any securities of the Company or the Dutchco or any options or other rights to acquire securities of the Company or the Dutchco (so long as such securities were not issued in violation of this Agreement), (f) as a pro rata distribution with respect to any class of the Company’s or the Dutchco’s outstanding securities, or (g) pursuant to any securities split, securities dividend, securities combination, recapitalization or similar transaction that affects all equityholders or holders of any class of securities proportionately.

Exempt Transfer ” means, (a) a Transfer by a Bain Holder or a CCMPA Holder to any of such holder’s Affiliates (other than a Transfer pursuant to clause (c) of this definition), (b) a Transfer by a Bain Holder in a Public Sale, (c) after a Public Offering, a Transfer by a Bain Holder or a CCMPA Holder to its partners or members in the form of dividends or distributions (whether upon liquidation or otherwise) and any subsequent sales by such partners or members, and (d) a Transfer by a CCMPA Holder to any Person with the prior written approval of Bain; provided that in the case of clauses (a) and (d) above, the transferee thereof shall have agreed, prior to such Transfer, to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the transferred Securities by executing and delivering to the Company a counterpart of this Agreement.

Fully Diluted Ordinary Shares ” means, at any time, the aggregate Ordinary Shares then outstanding, assuming the conversion of all CPECs or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares, and the exercise of any and all in-the-money options, warrants, or other rights to purchase or acquire Ordinary Shares or CPECs.

Holder ” means any holder of Securities.

Implicit Pre-IPO Value ” shall be equal to (a) the Total Price to the Public divided by the percentage (stated as a decimal) that the number of shares of Newco Common sold pursuant to the IPO represents of the total number of shares of Newco Common to be outstanding immediately following the IPO, minus (b) the Primary Offering Proceeds. The “ Primary Offering Proceeds ” means the number of shares of Newco Common sold in the primary offering (which may be zero) in connection with the IPO, multiplied by the Per Share Price. “ IPO ” means an underwritten initial public offering of Newco Common. “ Per Share Price ” means, in connection with any IPO, the price set out or that would be set out on the cover page of a prospectus for such IPO under the caption “Price to Public” (or any similar caption) and opposite the caption “Per Share” (or any similar caption), less the per share allocation of the underwriting

 

15


discounts and commissions and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with the IPO. “ Total Price to the Public ” means the Per Share Price multiplied by the number of shares of Newco Common sold pursuant to the IPO.

Independent Third Party ” means any Person who, immediately prior to the contemplated transaction, does not own in excess of 5% of the Company’s Fully Diluted Ordinary Shares or in excess of 5% of the fully diluted capital stock of any Subsidiary of the Company (a “ 5% Owner ”), or who is not an Affiliate of such a 5% Owner.

Ordinary Shares ” means the ordinary shares of the Company, par value €1.25 per ordinary share (or, after any reorganization or conversion transaction contemplated by Section 6, the ordinary common share capital of the Company).

Parent Board ” means the board of directors of the Parent.

PECs ” means the preferred equity certificates, par value €1.25 per certificate, issued by the Company, and, if applicable, any additional series of preferred equity certificates duly authorized and issued by the Company from time to time.

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Pro Rata Share ” means:

(a) for purposes of the “tag along” participation rights in Section 2(a), with respect to any Holder, the product of (i) the quotient determined by dividing the number of such class of Securities owned by such Holder by the aggregate number of such class of Securities owned by all Persons participating in such Transfer (including the Transferring Holder, and whether such Persons are participating pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise) and (ii) the number of such class of Securities to be sold in the proposed Transfer;

(b) for purposes of the “piggyback” registration rights in Section 2(b), with respect to any Bain Holder or CCMPA Holder, the product of (i) the quotient determined by dividing the number of such class of Securities owned by such Holder by the aggregate number of such class of Securities owned by all Bain Holders and CCMPA Holders requesting to include Securities in such Piggyback Registration, and (ii) the number of such class of Securities to be included in such registration as referenced in the text of this Agreement to which the term Pro Rata Share refers;

(c) for purposes of the “drag-along” rights in Section 3, with respect to any CCMPA Holder, the product of (i) the quotient determined by dividing the number of such class of Securities owned by such CCMPA Holder by the aggregate number of such class of Securities owned by all Persons participating in such Approved Sale (including the Bain Holders, and whether such Persons are participating pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise) and (ii) the number of such class of Securities to be sold in the Approved Sale;

 

16


(d) for purposes of the preemptive rights in Section 4, with respect to any issuance by the Company to the CCMPA Holder, the product of (i) the quotient determined by dividing the number of Fully Diluted Ordinary Shares owned by such CCMPA Holder by the aggregate number of Fully Diluted Ordinary Shares then outstanding, and (ii) the number of such class of securities the Company proposes to issue; and

(e) for purposes of the preemptive rights in Section 4, with respect to any issuance by the Dutchco (or any other Subsidiary of the Company) to the CCMPA Holder, the product of (i) the quotient determined by dividing the number of Fully Diluted Ordinary Shares owned by such CCMPA Holder by the aggregate number of Fully Diluted Ordinary Shares then outstanding, and (ii) the quotient determined by dividing the number of ordinary shares of the Dutchco owned by the Company by the number of ordinary shares of the Dutchco then outstanding (determined on a fully diluted basis) (or, in the case of an offering by another Subsidiary of the Company, the Company’s indirect percentage interest in such Subsidiary), and (iii) the number of such class of securities the Dutchco (or such Subsidiary) proposes to issue, less the CCMPA Holder’s proportional share (based on ownership of the Company) of such securities acquired by the Company in such issuance.

Public Offering ” means:

(a) with respect to the Company, any firm commitment underwritten sale of Ordinary Shares pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form S-1 or F-1 (or a successor or similar form adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any securities commission of any foreign country), or the effective registration or listing or qualification on a major securities market in accordance with the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States; provided that the following shall not be considered a Public Offering: (i) any issuance of Ordinary Shares as consideration or financing for a merger or acquisition that would qualify for registration on Form S-4 or F-4 or any successor or similar form used in the United States or any other country and (ii) any issuance of Ordinary Shares or rights to acquire Ordinary Shares to employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries as part of an incentive or compensation plan registered on Form S-8 or any successor or similar form used in the United States or any other country; and

(b) with respect to any Subsidiary of the Company, any firm commitment underwritten sale of such Subsidiary’s shares pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form S-1 or F-1 (or a successor or similar form adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any securities commission of any foreign country), or the effective registration or listing or qualification on a major securities market in accordance with the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States; provided that the following shall not be considered a Public Offering: (i) any issuance of such Subsidiary’s shares as consideration or financing for a merger or acquisition that would qualify for registration on Form S-4 or F-4 or any successor or similar form used in the United States or any other country and (ii) any issuance of such Subsidiary’s shares or rights to acquire such Subsidiary’s shares to employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries as part of an incentive or compensation plan registered on Form S-8 or any successor or similar form used in the United States or any other country.

 

17


Public Sale ” means any sale of Securities to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act, or other registration or listing or qualification under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States, or to the public pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act (or similar laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States), or pursuant to Rule 144A adopted under the Securities Act or any similar transfer through any exchange or inter-dealer quotation system that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state and foreign securities laws.

Securities ” means the Ordinary Shares, the CPECs, and the PECs.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute.

Securities and Exchange Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor regulatory body.

Securities Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute.

Subsidiary ” means with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the managing director or general partner of such partnership, association or other business entity.

Transfer ” means any sale, pledge, assignment, encumbrance, or other transfer or disposition of any interest in any Securities to any other Person, whether directly, indirectly, voluntarily, involuntarily, or by operation of law, pursuant to judicial process, or otherwise.

U.S. Company ” means Sensata Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

U.S. Company Board ” means the board of directors of the U.S. Company.

10. Amendment and Waiver . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only upon the prior written consent of the Company, Bain, and CCMPA. The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

 

18


11. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or the effectiveness or validity of any provision in any other jurisdiction, and this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

12. Entire Agreement . Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement embodies the complete agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

13. Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and permitted assigns, the Dutchco and its successors and permitted assigns, Parent and its successors and permitted assigns, the Bain Holders and any subsequent holders of Bain Securities and the respective successors and assigns of each of them so long as they hold Bain Securities, and the CCMPA Holders and any subsequent holders of CCMPA Securities and the respective successors and assigns of each of them so long as they hold CCMPA Securities.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

15. Remedies ; No Third Party Beneficiaries. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that the Company and any holder of Securities shall have the right to injunctive relief, in addition to all of its rights and remedies at law or in equity, to enforce the provisions of this Agreement. Except as set forth herein, nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to confer upon any Person who is not a signatory hereto any rights or benefits, as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

16. Notices . All notices, demands and other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when personally delivered, sent by telecopy (with receipt confirmed) on a Business Day during regular business hours of the recipient (or, if not, on the next succeeding Business Day) or two Business Days after sent by reputable overnight express courier (charges prepaid). Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the following Persons at the following addresses:

 

19


To the Company :

 

Sensata Investment Company S.C.A.
5, Parc d’Activité Syrdall
L-5365 Munsbach
Luxembourg
Attention:    Mrs. Ailbhe Jennings
Telephone No.:    352-0-2615-7232
Facsimile No.:    352-0-2615-7222
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Bain and to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
200 East Randolph Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60611
Attention:    Jeffrey C. Hammes, P.C.
   Matthew E. Steinmetz, P.C.
   Jeffrey W. Richards
Telephone No.:    312-861-2000
Facsimile No.:    312-861-2200

To the Dutchco :

Sensata Technologies Holding B.V.

c/o Amaco Management Services B.V.

Amsteldijk 166-6
1079 LH Amsterdam
P.O. Box 74120
1070 BC Amsterdam
The Netherlands
Attention:    Nienke Vlasman
Telephone No.:    31-20-644-6125
Facsimile No.:    31-20-642-3185
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Bain and to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
200 East Randolph Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60611
Attention:    Jeffrey C. Hammes, P.C.
   Matthew E. Steinmetz, P.C.
   Jeffrey W. Richards
Telephone No.:    312-861-2000
Facsimile No.:    312-861-2200

 

20


To Parent :
Sensata Management Company S.A.
5, Parc d’Activité Syrdall
L-5365 Munsbach
Luxembourg
Attention:   Mrs. Ailbhe Jennings
Telephone No.:   352-0-2615-7232
Facsimile No.:   352-0-2615-7222
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Bain and to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
200 East Randolph Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60611
Attention:   Jeffrey C. Hammes, P.C.
  Matthew E. Steinmetz, P.C.
  Jeffrey W. Richards
Telephone No.:   312-861-2000
Facsimile No.:   312-861-2200
To Bain :
c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC
745 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York 10151
Attention:   Ed Conard
  Paul Edgerley
  Stephen M. Zide
Telephone No.:   212-326-9420
Facsimile No.:   212-421-2225
and, if to Bain Capital Fund VIII-E, L.P., to:
Bain Capital Fund VIII-E, L.P.
Devonshire House 6 th floor, Mayfair Place
London, England W1J 8AJ
Attention:   Walid Sarkis
Telephone No.:   44 (20) 7514-5252
Facsimile No.:   44 (20) 7514-5250

 

21


and, if to any of Prospect Harbor Credit Partners, L.P., Sankaty Credit
Opportunities, L.P., Sankaty Credit Opportunities II, L.P., and Sankaty High
Yield Partners III, L.P., to:
c/o Sankaty Advisors, LLC
111 Huntington Avenue
Boston, MA 02119
Attention:   Jonathan Lavine
Telephone No.:   617-516-2000
Facsimile No.:   617-516-2010
and, if to Brookside Capital Partners Fund, L.P., to:

Brookside Capital Partners Fund, L.P.

c/o Brookside Capital, LLC

111 Huntington Avenue
Boston, MA 02119
Attention:   Domenic Ferrante
Telephone No.:   617-516-2000
Facsimile No.:   617-516-2010
and, in any event, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
200 East Randolph Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60611
Attention:   Jeffrey C. Hammes, P.C.
  Matthew E. Steinmetz, P.C.
  Jeffrey W. Richards
Telephone No.:   312-861-2000
Facsimile No.:   312-861-2200
To AOF II or AOF Employee Fund :
c/o Walkers SPV Limited
PO Box 908 GT,
Walker House, Mary Street
George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands
Facsimile No.: 345-945-4757
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
CCMP Asia Equity Partners II, L.P.
30/F One International Finance Center
1 Harbour View Street
Central, Hong Kong
Attention: Official Notice Clerk
Facsimile No.: 852-2868-5551

 

22


and
O’Melveny & Myers LLP
Times Square Tower
7 Times Square
New York, New York 10036
Attention:    Douglas C. Freeman, Esq.
Telephone No.:    212-326-2000
Facsimile No.:    212-326-2061

or to such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

17. Delivery by Facsimile . This Agreement and any signed agreement or instrument entered into in connection thereto or contemplated thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine, shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto shall re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine as a defense to the formation of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

18. Governing Law . All issues concerning this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

19. Termination of Certain Provisions . This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect at such time as all Securities acquired by CCMPA and its Affiliates (other than Securities acquired pursuant to a Public Sale), and any equity securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to such Securities by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or upon conversion thereof, cease to constitute CCMPA Securities under the terms hereof.

20. Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a substantive part of this Agreement. Whenever required by the context, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular forms of nouns, pronouns, and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa. Reference to any agreement, document, or instrument means such agreement, document, or instrument as amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, and if applicable hereof. The use of the words “include” or “including” in this Agreement shall be by way of example rather than by limitation. The use of

 

23


the words “or,” “either” or “any” shall not be exclusive. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. The parties agree that prior drafts of this Agreement shall be deemed not to provide any evidence as to the meaning of any provision hereof or the intent of the parties hereto with respect hereto.

*    *    *    *    *

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Securityholders Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

PARENT :
SENSATA MANAGEMENT COMPANY S.A.
By:  

/s/ Ailbhe Jennings

Name:   Ailbhe Jennings
Its:   Authorized Signatory
COMPANY :
SENSATA INVESTMENT COMPANY S.C.A.
By:   Sensata Management Company S.A.
Its:   Manager
By:  

/s/ Michael Goss

Name:   Michael Goss
Its:   Authorized Signatory
DUTCHCO :
SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDING B.V.
By:  

/s/ M.F. Stijger

Name:  

Amaco Management Service B.V.

Its:   Managing Director

Signature Page to the Securityholders Agreement


BAIN :
BAIN CAPITAL FUND VIII, L.P.
By:   Bain Capital Partners VIII, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Bain Capital Investors, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Stephen M. Zide

Name:   Stephen M. Zide
Its:   Managing Director
BAIN CAPITAL VIII COINVESTMENT FUND, L.P.
By:   Bain Capital Partners VIII, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Bain Capital Investors, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Stephen M. Zide

Name:   Stephen M. Zide
Its:   Managing Director
BAIN CAPITAL FUND VIII-E, L.P.
By:   Bain Capital Partners VIII-E, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Bain Capital Investors, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Stephen M. Zide

Name:   Stephen M. Zide
Its:   Managing Director

Signature Page to the Securityholders Agreement


BAIN CAPITAL FUND IX, L.P.
By:   Bain Capital Partners IX, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Bain Capital Investors, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Stephen M. Zide

Name:   Stephen M. Zide
Its:   Managing Director
BAIN CAPITAL IX COINVESTMENT FUND, L.P.
By:   Bain Capital Partners IX, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Bain Capital Investors, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Stephen M. Zide

Name:   Stephen M. Zide
Its:   Managing Director
BROOKSIDE CAPITAL PARTNERS FUND, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Domenic Ferrante

Name:   Domenic Ferrante
Its:   Authorized Signatory

Signature Page to the Securityholders Agreement


PROSPECT HARBOR CREDIT PARTNERS, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Lavine

Name:   Jonathan Lavine
Its:   Authorized Signatory
SANKATY CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Lavine

Name:   Jonathan Lavine
Its:   Authorized Signatory
SANKATY CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES II, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Lavine

Name:   Jonathan Lavine
Its:   Authorized Signatory
SANKATY HIGH YIELD PARTNERS III, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Lavine

Name:   Jonathan Lavine
Its:   Authorized Signatory

Signature Page to the Securityholders Agreement


BCIP ASSOCIATES III
By:   Bain Capital Investors, LLC
Its:   Managing General Partner
By:  

/s/ Stephen M. Zide

Name:   Stephen M. Zide
Its:   Managing Director
BCIP ASSOCIATES III-B
By:   Bain Capital Investors, LLC
Its:   Managing General Partner
By:  

/s/ Stephen M. Zide

Name:   Stephen M. Zide
Its:   Managing Director
BCIP TRUST ASSOCIATES III
By:   Bain Capital Investors, LLC
Its:   Managing General Partner
By:  

/s/ Stephen M. Zide

Name:   Stephen M. Zide
Its:   Managing Director
BCIP TRUST ASSOCIATES III-B
By:   Bain Capital Investors, LLC
Its:   Managing General Partner
By:  

/s/ Stephen M. Zide

Name:   Stephen M. Zide
Its:   Managing Director

Signature Page to the Securityholders Agreement


BCIP ASSOCIATES-G
By:   Bain Capital Investors, LLC
Its:   Managing General Partner
By:  

/s/ Stephen M. Zide

Name:   Stephen M. Zide
Its:   Managing Director
AOF II :
ASIA OPPORTUNITY FUND II, L.P.
By:   CCMP Asia Equity Partners II, L.P.,
Its:   General Partner
By:   Liu Asia Equity Company II
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Leo Cheung

Name:  

Leo Cheung

Its:  

Authorized Signatory

AOF EMPLOYEE FUND :
AOF II EMPLOYEE CO-INVEST FUND, L.P.
By:   CCMP Asia Equity Partners II, L.P.,
Its:   General Partner
By:   Liu Asia Equity Company II
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Leo Cheung

Name:   Leo Cheung
Its:   Authorized Signatory

Signature Page to the Securityholders Agreement


Schedule of Holders

 

Investor

   Series 1 PECs    CPECs    Ordinary Shares

Bain Holders :

        

Bain Capital Fund VIII, L.P.

   108,963,504    30,558,675    174,621

Bain Capital VIII Coinvestment Fund, L.P.

   33,609,888    9,425,850    53,862

Bain Capital Fund VIII-E, L.P.

   50,911,536    14,278,075    81,589

Bain Capital Fund IX, L.P.

   180,178,128    50,530,725    288,747

Bain Capital IX Coinvestment Fund, L.P.

   12,218,544    3,426,675    19,581

Brookside Capital Partners Fund, L.P.

   39,257,088    11,009,600    62,912

Prospect Harbor Credit Partners, L.P.

   1,002,144    281,050    1,606

Sankaty Credit Opportunities, L.P.

   1,002,144    281,050    1,606

Sankaty Credit Opportunities II, L.P.

   2,755,584    772,800    4,416

Sankaty High Yield Partners III, L.P.

   250,224    70,175    401

BCIP Associates III

   9,640,800    2,703,750    15,450

BCIP Trust Associates III

   1,925,040    539,875    3,085

BCIP Associates III-B

   781,248    219,100    1,252

BCIP Trust Associates III-B

   91,104    25,550    146

BCIP Associates-G

   84,864    23,800    136

CCMPA Holders :

        

Asia Opportunity Fund II, L.P.

   49,599,888    13,910,225    79,487

AOF II Employee Co-Invest Fund, L.P.

   504,192    141,400    808

Exhibit 10.15

EXECUTION COPY

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of May 12, 2006, between Sensata Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Thomas Wroe (“ Executive ”).

In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment . The Company shall employ Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement for the period beginning on the date hereof and ending as provided in paragraph 4 hereof (the “ Employment Period ”).

2. Position and Duties .

(a) During the Employment Period, Executive shall serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and shall have the normal duties, responsibilities, functions and authority of the Chief Executive Officer, subject to the power and authority of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) to expand or limit such duties, responsibilities, functions and authority and to overrule actions of officers of the Company. During the Employment Period, Executive shall render to Parent and its Subsidiaries administrative, financial and other executive and managerial services that are consistent with Executive’s position as the Board may from time to time direct.

(b) Executive shall report to the Board, and Executive shall devote his full business time and attention (except for vacation periods consistent with past practice and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacity) to the business and affairs of Parent and its Subsidiaries. In performing his duties and exercising his authority under the Agreement, Executive shall support and implement the business and strategic plans approved from time to time by the Board and shall support and cooperate with Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ efforts to expand their businesses and operate profitably and in conformity with the business and strategic plans approved by the Board. So long as Executive is employed by the Company, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Board, perform other services for compensation. Unless otherwise agreed by Executive, Executive’s place of work shall be in the greater Attleboro, Massachusetts metropolitan area, except for travel reasonably required for Company business.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Subsidiaries ” shall mean any corporation or other entity of which the securities or other ownership interests having the voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other governing body are, at the time of determination, owned by Parent, directly or through one or more Subsidiaries.


(d) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Affiliate ” shall mean with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries, any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with Parent or any of its Subsidiaries and, in the case of a Person which is a partnership, any partner of the Person.

(e) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Person ” shall mean an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

(f) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Parent ” shall mean Sensata Technologies Holding B.V., a private limited company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands.

3. Compensation and Benefits .

(a) During the Employment Period, Executive’s base salary shall be $400,080.00 per annum and shall be subject to review by the Board on an annual basis commencing January 1, 2007 (as adjusted from time to time, the “ Base Salary ”), which salary shall be payable by the Company in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices (in effect from time to time). In addition, during the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all of the Company’s employee benefit programs for which senior executive employees of Parent and its Subsidiaries are generally eligible (assuming Executive and/or his family meet the eligibility requirements of those benefit programs), as well as the benefit programs listed on Annex A , which are currently in effect in addition to employee benefit programs for which executive employees of Parent and its Subsidiaries are generally eligible (the “ Senior Executive Benefits ”). The Company may in its sole discretion change the Senior Executive Benefits at any time; provided that, the Company shall maintain the benefits set forth on Annex A for a period of 12 months after the date hereof.

(b) During the Employment Period, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred by him in the course of performing his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, which business expenses are consistent with the Company’s policies in effect from time to time with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses, subject to the Company’s requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of such expenses.

(c) In addition to the Base Salary, Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual bonus (“ Annual Bonus ”) in an amount equal to a certain percentage of the Base Salary then in effect, which percentage shall be determined by the Board, and is based upon the achievement by Parent and its Subsidiaries of financial and other objectives established each year by the Board. An Annual Bonus, if any, will be earned as of February 1 and paid to Executive by the Company on or before March 15 th of the fiscal year following the fiscal year to which such Annual Bonus relates.

 

2


4. Term .

(a) The Employment Period shall end on the first anniversary of the date hereof, but shall automatically be renewed on the same terms and conditions set forth herein (as modified from time to time by the parties hereto) for additional one-year periods beginning on the first anniversary of the date hereof and on each successive anniversary date, unless the Company or Executive gives the other party written notice of the election not to renew the Employment Period at least 90 days prior to any such renewal date; provided that, the Employment Period shall terminate prior to such date immediately upon Executive’s resignation (with or without Good Reason, as defined below), death or Disability (as defined below) or upon the Company’s termination of Executive’s employment (whether with Cause (as defined below) or without Cause).

(b) If the Employment Period is terminated (1) by the Company without Cause (other than as a result of Executive’s Disability) or (2) upon Executive’s resignation with Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to (i) his Base Salary through the date of termination, (ii) any bonus amounts to which Executive is entitled determined by reference to years that ended on or prior to the date of termination, (iii) an amount equal to two years of Executive’s then current Base Salary plus an amount equal to the sum of the Annual Bonus paid to Executive in respect of each of the two years immediately preceding the termination of Executive’s employment, and (iv) running concurrently with his COBRA period, continued participation throughout the Severance Period (as defined below) in all health and dental benefit plans in which Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to the termination of Executive’s employment (or the Company shall arrange to make available to Executive benefits substantially similar to those which Executive would otherwise have been entitled to receive over such period if Executive’s employment had not been terminated) on the same terms and conditions (including employee contributions toward premium payments) under which Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to his termination, in each case if and only if Executive has executed and delivered to the Company a general release substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto and only if Executive does not breach the provisions of paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 hereof. The amounts payable pursuant to clause (iii) of this paragraph 4(b) shall be payable in regular installments over 24 months (the “ Severance Period ”) in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices.

(c) If the Employment Period is terminated (1) by the Company with Cause, (2) due to Executive’s death or Disability or (3) by Executive’s resignation without Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to receive (i) his Base Salary through the date of termination and (ii) any bonus amounts to which Executive is entitled determined by reference to years that ended on or prior to the date of termination.

(d) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Executive shall not be entitled to any other salary, bonuses, employee benefits or compensation from the Company or its Subsidiaries after the termination of the Employment Period and all of Executive’s rights to salary, bonuses, employee benefits and other compensation hereunder which would have accrued or become payable after the termination of the Employment Period (other than vested retirement benefits accrued on or prior to the termination of the Employment Period or other amounts owing hereunder as of the date of such termination that have not yet been paid) shall cease upon such termination, other than those expressly required under applicable law (such as COBRA).

 

3


(e) Executive is under no obligation to mitigate damages or the amount of any payment provided for hereunder by seeking other employment or otherwise, and the Company shall have no right of offset for any amounts received by Executive from other employment; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Executive’s coverage under the Company’s health and dental benefit plans will terminate when Executive becomes eligible under any employee benefit plan made available by another employer covering health and dental benefits. The Executive shall notify the Company within thirty (30) days after becoming eligible for any such benefits.

(f) The Company may offset any amounts Executive owes Parent and its Subsidiaries against any amounts Parent and its Subsidiaries owe Executive hereunder.

(g) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean, with respect to Executive, one or more of the following: (i) the indictment for a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude or the commission of any other act or any omission to act involving fraud with respect to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their customers or suppliers; (ii) any act or any omission to act involving dishonesty or disloyalty which causes, or in the good faith judgment of the Board would be reasonably likely to cause, material harm (including reputational harm) to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their customers or suppliers; (iii) any (A) repeated abuse of alcohol or (B) abuse of controlled substances, in either case, that adversely affects Executive’s work performance (and, in the case of clause (A), continues to occur at any time more than 30 days after Executive has been given written notice thereof) or brings Parent or its Subsidiaries into public disgrace or disrepute; (iv) the failure by Executive to substantially perform duties as reasonably directed by the Board or Executive’s supervisor(s), which non-performance remains uncured for 10 days after written notice thereof is given to Executive; (v) willful misconduct with respect to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, which misconducts causes, or in the good faith judgment of the Board would be reasonably likely to cause, material harm (including reputational harm) to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; or (vi) any breach by Executive of paragraph 5, 6 or 7 of this Agreement or any other material breach of this Agreement or the Management Equity Plans (as defined below).

(h) Executive will be “ Disabled ” only if, as a result of his incapacity due to physical or mental illness, Executive is considered disabled under the Company’s long-term disability insurance plans.

(i) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean if Executive resigns from employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries prior to the end of the Employment Period as a result of one or more of the following reasons: (i) any reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or bonus opportunity, without Executive’s prior consent, in either case other than any reduction which (A) is generally applicable to senior leadership team executives of the Company and (B) does not exceed 15% of Executive’s Base Salary and bonus opportunity in the aggregate; (ii) any material breach by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries of any agreement between such Persons and Executive; (iii) a change in Executive’s principal office without

 

4


Executive’s prior consent to a location that is more than 50 miles from Executive’s principal office on the date hereof; (iv) delivery by the Company of a notice of non-renewal of the Employment Period; or (v) a material diminution in Executive’s job responsibilities without Executive’s prior consent; provided that, any such reason was not cured by the Company to Participant’s reasonable satisfaction within 30 days after delivery of written notice thereof to the Company; further provided that, in each case written notice of an Executive’s resignation with Good Reason must be delivered to the Company within 30 days after Executive has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any such event in order for Executive’s resignation with Good Reason to be effective hereunder.

(j) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Management Equity Plans ” shall mean the 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan of Sensata Investment Company S.C.A. and the 2006 Management Option Plan of Parent, along with any Award Agreements (as defined therein) and any attachments thereto, as amended from time to time.

5. Confidential Information .

(a) Executive acknowledges that the continued success of Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, depends upon the use and protection of a large body of confidential and proprietary information. All of such confidential and proprietary information now existing or to be developed in the future will be referred to in this Agreement as “ Confidential Information ”. Confidential Information will be interpreted as broadly as possible to include all information of any sort (whether merely remembered or embodied in a tangible or intangible form) that is (i) related to Parent’s or its Subsidiaries’ or Affiliates’ current or potential business and (ii) is not generally or publicly known. Confidential Information includes, without specific limitation, the information, observations and data obtained by Executive during the course of his performance under this Agreement concerning the business and affairs of Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, information concerning acquisition opportunities in or reasonably related to the Parent’s or its Subsidiaries’ or Affiliates’ business or industry of which Executive becomes aware during the Employment Period, the persons or entities that are current, former or prospective suppliers or customers of any one or more of them during Executive’s course of performance under this Agreement, as well as development, transition and transformation plans, methodologies and methods of doing business, strategic, marketing and expansion plans, including plans regarding planned and potential sales, financial and business plans, employee lists and telephone numbers, locations of sales representatives, new and existing programs and services, prices and terms, customer service, integration processes, requirements and costs of providing service, support and equipment. Therefore, Executive agrees that during his employment and for a period of three (3) years after termination of his employment for any reason (and as to information that constitutes a trade secret under applicable law, for such longer period as the same shall remain a trade secret) he shall not disclose to any unauthorized person or use for his own account any of such Confidential Information without both Board’s prior written consent, unless and to the extent that any Confidential Information (i) becomes generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of Executive’s acts or omissions to act or (ii) is required to be disclosed pursuant to any applicable law or court order. Executive agrees to deliver to the Company at the end of the Employment Period, or at any other time the Company may request in writing, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports and other

 

5


documents (and copies thereof) relating to the business of Parent or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (including, without limitation, all Confidential Information) that he may then possess or have under his control.

(b) During the Employment Period, Executive shall not use or disclose any confidential information or trade secrets, if any, of any former employers or any other person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality, and shall not bring onto the premises of Parent or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employer or any other Person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality unless consented to in writing by the former employer or Person. Executive shall use in the performance of his duties only information that is (i) generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to Executive’s and that is (x) common knowledge in the industry or (y) is otherwise legally in the public domain, (ii) otherwise provided or developed by Parent or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or (iii) in the case of materials, property or information belonging to any former employer or other Person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality, approved for such use in writing by such former employer or Person. If at any time during the Employment Period, Executive believes he is being asked to engage in work that will, or will be likely to, jeopardize any confidentiality or other obligations Executive may have to former employers, Executive shall immediately advise the Board so that Executive’s duties can be modified appropriately.

(c) Executive represents and warrants to the Parent and its Subsidiaries that Executive took nothing with him which belonged to any former employer when Executive left his position(s) with such employer(s) and that Executive has nothing that contains any information which belongs to any former employer. If at any time Executive discovers that this representation is incorrect, Executive shall promptly return any such materials to Executive’s former employer(s). Parent and its Subsidiaries does not want any such materials, and Executive shall not be permitted to use or refer to any such materials in the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder.

(d) Executive understands that Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates will receive from third parties confidential or proprietary information (“ Third Party Information ”) subject to a duty on Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. During the Employment Period and thereafter, and without in any way limiting the provisions of paragraph 5(a) above, Executive will hold Third Party Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose to anyone (other than personnel of Parent or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who need to know such information in connection with their work for Parent or such Subsidiaries and Affiliates) or use, except in connection with his work for Parent or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, Third Party Information unless expressly authorized by a member of the Board in writing.

6. Intellectual Property, Inventions and Patents . Executive acknowledges that all discoveries, concepts, ideas, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, patent applications, copyrightable work and mask work (whether or not including any confidential information) and all registrations or applications related thereto, all other proprietary information and all similar or related information (whether or

 

6


not patentable) which relate to Parent’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed or made by Executive (whether alone or jointly with others) while employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries, whether before or after the date of this Agreement (“ Work Product ”), belong to Parent, the Company or such Subsidiary. Executive shall promptly disclose such Work Product to the Board and, at the Company’s expense, perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the Employment Period) to establish and confirm such ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney and other instruments).

7. Non-Compete; Non-Solicitation .

(a) In further consideration of the compensation to be paid to Executive hereunder, Executive acknowledges that during the course of his employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries he has and shall become familiar with Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ corporate strategy, pricing and other market information, know-how, trade secrets and valuable customer, supplier and employee relationships, and with other Confidential Information concerning Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and that his services have been and shall be of special, unique and extraordinary value to Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates. Accordingly, Executive agrees that, during the Employment Period and for two (2) years thereafter (the “ Noncompete Period ”), he shall not directly or indirectly own any interest in, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for, or in any manner engage in any Competing Business that conducts operations or sales in Japan, Holland, Germany, Korea, China, Malaysia, Mexico, or Brazil, or in the United States within any of the following states: Michigan, Wisconsin, Illinois, New York, Ohio, Indiana, Connecticut, Iowa, Pennsylvania, Missouri, Massachusetts, California, North Carolina, Texas, Indiana, Illinois, Kentucky, Mississippi, Washington, Tennessee, Virginia, New Jersey, Idaho, Colorado, Alabama, Georgia, South Carolina, Florida, or Maryland (and, in the event the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates conducts operations or sales in other jurisdictions after the date hereof, such other jurisdictions, provided that the Company updates this list of jurisdictions by delivering written notice to Executive). Nothing herein shall prohibit Executive from being a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation which is publicly traded, so long as Executive has no active participation in the business of such corporation. For purpose of this Agreement, “ Competing Business ” shall mean any business engaged (whether directly or indirectly) in the design, manufacture, marketing, or sale of electromechanical or electronic sensors or controls.

(b) During the Noncompete Period, Executive shall not directly or indirectly through another person or entity (i) induce or attempt to induce any employee of Parent or any Subsidiary to leave the employ of Parent or such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship between Parent or any Subsidiary and any employee thereof, (ii) knowingly hire any person who was an employee of Parent or any Subsidiary at any time during the twelve months prior to the termination of Executive’s employment or (iii) induce or encourage any customer, supplier, licensee, licensor or other business relation of Parent or any Subsidiary to cease doing business with Parent or such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, licensee. licensor or business relation and Parent or any Subsidiary

 

7


(including, without limitation, making any negative or disparaging statements or communications regarding Parent or its Subsidiaries); provided that, in each case, this paragraph 7(b) shall only apply if Executive shall have done business with, or had supervisory or other responsibility for, the employee, customer, supplier, licensee, licensor, or business relation to which the applicable clause of this paragraph 7(b) applies.

(c) If, at the time of enforcement of this paragraph 7, a court shall hold that the duration, scope or area restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties agree that the maximum duration, scope or area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated duration, scope or area and that the court shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law. Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7 are reasonable and that he has reviewed the provisions of this Agreement with his legal counsel.

(d) Executive acknowledges that any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this paragraph 7 would cause Parent and its Subsidiaries irreparable harm. Accordingly, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in its favor, the Company shall be entitled to specific performance and/or injunctive or other equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security). Further, in the event of an alleged breach or violation by Executive of this paragraph 7, the Noncompete Period shall be tolled until such breach or violation has been duly cured.

8. Executive’s Representations . Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (a) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Executive do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which Executive is a party or by which he is bound, (b) Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompete agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other person or entity and (c) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of Executive, enforceable in accordance with its terms. Executive hereby acknowledges and represents that he has consulted with independent legal counsel regarding his rights and obligations under this Agreement and that he fully understands the terms and conditions contained herein.

9. Survival . Paragraphs 4 through 23 (other than paragraph 21) shall survive and continue in full force in accordance with their terms notwithstanding the termination of the Employment Period.

10. Notices . Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, sent by reputable overnight courier service or mailed by first class mail, return receipt requested, to the recipient at the address below indicated:

 

8


Notices to Executive :

Thomas Wroe, Jr.

297 Sesuit Neck Road

P.O. Box 879

East Dennis, MA 02641

Notices to the Company :

Sensata Technologies, Inc.

529 Pleasant Street

Attleboro, MA 02703

Attention: Senior Counsel

With a copy to :

Bain Capital Partners, LLC

745 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10151

Attention: Ed Conard

Paul Edgerley

Stephen M. Zide

and

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60601

Attention: Matthew E. Steinmetz, P.C.

Jeffrey W. Richards

or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party shall have specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any notice under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered, sent or mailed.

11. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any action in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

12. Complete Agreement . This Agreement, those documents expressly referred to herein and other documents of even date herewith embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

 

9


13. No Strict Construction . The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts (including by means of facsimile), each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

15. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor to the Company, including, without limitation, any Persons acquiring directly or indirectly all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise (and such successor shall thereafter be deemed the “Company” for the purposes of this Agreement), but will not otherwise be assignable, transferable or delegable by the Company other than to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees and legatees, but otherwise will not otherwise be assignable, transferable or delegable by Executive. This Agreement is personal in nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign, transfer or delegate this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder except as otherwise expressly provided in this paragraph 15.

16. Choice of Law . All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

17. Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company (as approved by the Board) and Executive, and no course of conduct or course of dealing or failure or delay by any party hereto in enforcing or exercising any of the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Company’s right to terminate the Employment Period with Cause or, except as otherwise stated herein, Executive’s right to terminate the Employment Agreement with Good Reason) shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement or be deemed to be an implied waiver of any provision of this Agreement.

18. Insurance . The Company may, at its discretion, apply for and procure in its own name and for its own benefit life and/or disability insurance on Executive in any amount or amounts considered advisable. Executive agrees to cooperate in any medical or other examination, supply any information and execute and deliver any applications or other instruments in writing as may be reasonably necessary to obtain and constitute such insurance.

 

10


19. Indemnification and Reimbursement of Payments on Behalf of Executive . The Company and its respective Subsidiaries shall be entitled to deduct or withhold from any amounts owing from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to Executive any federal, state, local or foreign withholding taxes, excise tax, or employment taxes (“ Taxes ”) imposed with respect to Executive’s compensation or other payments from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Executive’s ownership interest in Parent (including, without limitation, wages, bonuses, dividends, the receipt or exercise of equity options and/or the receipt or vesting of restricted equity). In the event the Company or any of its Subsidiaries does not make such deductions or withholdings, Executive shall indemnify the Company and its Subsidiaries for any amounts paid with respect to any such Taxes, together (if such failure to withhold was at the written direction of Executive) with any interest, penalties and related expenses thereto.

20. Waiver of Jury Trial . AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

21. Corporate Opportunity . During the Employment Period, Executive shall submit to the Board all business, commercial and investment opportunities or offers presented to Executive, or of which Executive becomes aware, at any time during the Employment Period, which opportunities relate to the business of designing, manufacturing, marketing, or selling electromechanical or electronic sensors or controls (“ Corporate Opportunities ”). During the Employment Period, unless approved by the Board, Executive shall not accept or pursue, directly or indirectly, any Corporate Opportunities on Executive’s own behalf.

22. Executive’s Cooperation . During the Employment Period and thereafter, Executive shall reasonably cooperate with Parent and its Subsidiaries in any internal investigation or administrative, regulatory or judicial proceeding as reasonably requested by Parent or any Subsidiary (including, without limitation, Executive being available to Parent and its Subsidiaries upon reasonable notice for interviews and factual investigations, appearing at Parent’s or any Subsidiary’s request to give truthful and accurate testimony without requiring service of a subpoena or other legal process, volunteering to Parent and its Subsidiaries all pertinent information and turning over to Parent and its Subsidiaries all relevant documents which are or may come into Executive’s possession, all at times and on schedules that are reasonably consistent with Executive’s other permitted activities and commitments). In the event Parent or any Subsidiary requires Executive’s cooperation in accordance with this paragraph, Parent shall pay Executive a per diem reasonably determined by the Board and reimburse Executive for reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith (including lodging and meals, upon submission of receipts).

23. Nondisparagement . Executive agrees not to, except as may be required by law, directly or indirectly, publicly or privately, make, publish or solicit, or encourage others to make, publish or solicit, any disparaging statements, comments, announcements, or remarks concerning Parent or its Affiliates, or any of their respective past and present directors, officers or

 

11


employees. Parent and its Affiliates agree not to, except as may be required by law, directly or indirectly, publicly or privately, make, publish or solicit, or encourage others to make, publish or solicit, any disparaging statements, comments, announcements or remarks concerning Executive or his employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

*   *   *   *   *

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Employment Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert E. Kearney

Name:   Robert E. Kearney
Title:   Vice President, Finance

/s/ Thomas Wroe

Thomas Wroe

 

13


ANNEX A

 

i. annual physical medical analysis

 

ii. financial counseling services

Exhibit 10.16

EXECUTION COPY

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of May 12, 2006, between Sensata Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Martha Sullivan (“ Executive ”).

In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment . The Company shall employ Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement for the period beginning on the date hereof and ending as provided in paragraph 4 hereof (the “ Employment Period ”).

2. Position and Duties .

(a) During the Employment Period, Executive shall serve as the Chief Operating Officer of the Company and shall have the normal duties, responsibilities, functions and authority of the Chief Operating Officer, subject to the power and authority of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), in consultation with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ Chief Executive Officer ”), to expand or limit such duties, responsibilities, functions and authority and to overrule actions of officers of the Company. During the Employment Period, Executive shall render to Parent and its Subsidiaries administrative, financial and other executive and managerial services that are consistent with Executive’s position as the Board may from time to time direct.

(b) Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board, and Executive shall devote her full business time and attention (except for vacation periods consistent with past practice and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacity) to the business and affairs of Parent and its Subsidiaries. In performing her duties and exercising her authority under the Agreement, Executive shall support and implement the business and strategic plans approved from time to time by the Board and shall support and cooperate with Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ efforts to expand their businesses and operate profitably and in conformity with the business and strategic plans approved by the Board. So long as Executive is employed by the Company, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Board, perform other services for compensation. Unless otherwise agreed by Executive, Executive’s place of work shall be in the greater Attleboro, Massachusetts metropolitan area, except for travel reasonably required for Company business.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Subsidiaries ” shall mean any corporation or other entity of which the securities or other ownership interests having the voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other governing body are, at the time of determination, owned by Parent, directly or through one or more Subsidiaries.


(d) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Affiliate ” shall mean with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries, any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with Parent or any of its Subsidiaries and, in the case of a Person which is a partnership, any partner of the Person.

(e) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Person ” shall mean an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

(f) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Parent ” shall mean Sensata Technologies Holding B.V., a private limited company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands.

3. Compensation and Benefits .

(a) During the Employment Period, Executive’s base salary shall be $248,640.00 per annum and shall be subject to review by the Board, after consultation with the Chief Executive Officer, on an annual basis commencing January 1, 2007 (as adjusted from time to time, the “ Base Salary ”), which salary shall be payable by the Company in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices (in effect from time to time). In addition, during the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all of the Company’s employee benefit programs for which senior executive employees of Parent and its Subsidiaries are generally eligible (assuming Executive and/or her family meet the eligibility requirements of those benefit programs), as well as the benefit programs listed on Annex A , which are currently in effect in addition to employee benefit programs for which executive employees of Parent and its Subsidiaries are generally eligible (the “ Senior Executive Benefits ”). The Company may in its sole discretion change the Senior Executive Benefits at any time; provided that, the Company shall maintain the benefits set forth on Annex A for a period of 12 months after the date hereof.

(b) During the Employment Period, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred by him in the course of performing her duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, which business expenses are consistent with the Company’s policies in effect from time to time with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses, subject to the Company’s requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of such expenses.

(c) In addition to the Base Salary, Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual bonus (“ Annual Bonus ”) in an amount equal to a certain percentage of the Base Salary then in effect, which percentage shall be determined by the Chief Executive Officer, after consultation with and approval by the Board, and is based upon the achievement by Parent and its Subsidiaries of financial and other objectives established each year by the Board. An Annual Bonus, if any, will be earned as of February 1 and paid to Executive by the Company on or before March 15 th of the fiscal year following the fiscal year to which such Annual Bonus relates.

 

2


4. Term .

(a) The Employment Period shall end on the first anniversary of the date hereof, but shall automatically be renewed on the same terms and conditions set forth herein (as modified from time to time by the parties hereto) for additional one-year periods beginning on the first anniversary of the date hereof and on each successive anniversary date, unless the Company or Executive gives the other party written notice of the election not to renew the Employment Period at least 90 days prior to any such renewal date; provided that, the Employment Period shall terminate prior to such date immediately upon Executive’s resignation (with or without Good Reason, as defined below), death or Disability (as defined below) or upon the Company’s termination of Executive’s employment (whether with Cause (as defined below) or without Cause).

(b) If the Employment Period is terminated (1) by the Company without Cause (other than as a result of Executive’s Disability) or (2) upon Executive’s resignation with Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to (i) her Base Salary through the date of termination, (ii) any bonus amounts to which Executive is entitled determined by reference to years that ended on or prior to the date of termination, (iii) an amount equal to one year of Executive’s then current Base Salary plus an amount equal to the average of the Annual Bonus paid to Executive in respect of each of the two years immediately preceding the termination of Executive’s employment, and (iv) running concurrently with her COBRA period, continued participation throughout the Severance Period (as defined below) in all health and dental benefit plans in which Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to the termination of Executive’s employment (or the Company shall arrange to make available to Executive benefits substantially similar to those which Executive would otherwise have been entitled to receive over such period if Executive’s employment had not been terminated) on the same terms and conditions (including employee contributions toward premium payments) under which Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to her termination, in each case if and only if Executive has executed and delivered to the Company a general release substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto and only if Executive does not breach the provisions of paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 hereof. The amounts payable pursuant to clause (iii) of this paragraph 4(b) shall be payable in regular installments over 12 months (the “ Severance Period ”) in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices.

(c) If the Employment Period is terminated (1) by the Company with Cause, (2) due to Executive’s death or Disability or (3) by Executive’s resignation without Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to receive (i) her Base Salary through the date of termination and (ii) any bonus amounts to which Executive is entitled determined by reference to years that ended on or prior to the date of termination.

(d) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Executive shall not be entitled to any other salary, bonuses, employee benefits or compensation from the Company or its Subsidiaries after the termination of the Employment Period and all of Executive’s rights to salary, bonuses, employee benefits and other compensation hereunder which would have accrued or become payable after the termination of the Employment Period (other than vested retirement benefits accrued on or prior to the termination of the Employment Period or other amounts owing hereunder as of the date of such termination that have not yet been paid) shall cease upon such termination, other than those expressly required under applicable law (such as COBRA).

 

3


(e) Executive is under no obligation to mitigate damages or the amount of any payment provided for hereunder by seeking other employment or otherwise, and the Company shall have no right of offset for any amounts received by Executive from other employment; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Executive’s coverage under the Company’s health and dental benefit plans will terminate when Executive becomes eligible under any employee benefit plan made available by another employer covering health and dental benefits. The Executive shall notify the Company within thirty (30) days after becoming eligible for any such benefits.

(f) The Company may offset any amounts Executive owes Parent and its Subsidiaries against any amounts Parent and its Subsidiaries owe Executive hereunder.

(g) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean, with respect to Executive, one or more of the following: (i) the indictment for a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude or the commission of any other act or any omission to act involving fraud with respect to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their customers or suppliers; (ii) any act or any omission to act involving dishonesty or disloyalty which causes, or in the good faith judgment of the Board would be reasonably likely to cause, material harm (including reputational harm) to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their customers or suppliers; (iii) any (A) repeated abuse of alcohol or (B) abuse of controlled substances, in either case, that adversely affects Executive’s work performance (and, in the case of clause (A), continues to occur at any time more than 30 days after Executive has been given written notice thereof) or brings Parent or its Subsidiaries into public disgrace or disrepute; (iv) the failure by Executive to substantially perform duties as reasonably directed by the Board or Executive’s supervisor(s), which non-performance remains uncured for 10 days after written notice thereof is given to Executive; (v) willful misconduct with respect to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, which misconducts causes, or in the good faith judgment of the Board would be reasonably likely to cause, material harm (including reputational harm) to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; or (vi) any breach by Executive of paragraph 5, 6 or 7 of this Agreement or any other material breach of this Agreement or the Management Equity Plans (as defined below).

(h) Executive will be “ Disabled ” only if, as a result of her incapacity due to physical or mental illness, Executive is considered disabled under the Company’s long-term disability insurance plans.

(i) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean if Executive resigns from employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries prior to the end of the Employment Period as a result of one or more of the following reasons: (i) any reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or bonus opportunity, without Executive’s prior consent, in either case other than any reduction which (A) is generally applicable to senior leadership team executives of the Company and (B) does not exceed 15% of Executive’s Base Salary and bonus opportunity in the aggregate; (ii) any material breach by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries of any agreement between such Persons and Executive; (iii) a change in Executive’s principal office without

 

4


Executive’s prior consent to a location that is more than 50 miles from Executive’s principal office on the date hereof; (iv) delivery by the Company of a notice of non-renewal of the Employment Period; or (v) a material diminution in Executive’s job responsibilities without Executive’s prior consent; provided that, any such reason was not cured by the Company to Participant’s reasonable satisfaction within 30 days after delivery of written notice thereof to the Company; further provided that, in each case written notice of an Executive’s resignation with Good Reason must be delivered to the Company within 30 days after Executive has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any such event in order for Executive’s resignation with Good Reason to be effective hereunder.

(j) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Management Equity Plans ” shall mean the 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan of Sensata Investment Company S.C.A. and the 2006 Management Option Plan of Parent, along with any Award Agreements (as defined therein) and any attachments thereto, as amended from time to time.

5. Confidential Information .

(a) Executive acknowledges that the continued success of Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, depends upon the use and protection of a large body of confidential and proprietary information. All of such confidential and proprietary information now existing or to be developed in the future will be referred to in this Agreement as “ Confidential Information ”. Confidential Information will be interpreted as broadly as possible to include all information of any sort (whether merely remembered or embodied in a tangible or intangible form) that is (i) related to Parent’s or its Subsidiaries’ or Affiliates’ current or potential business and (ii) is not generally or publicly known. Confidential Information includes, without specific limitation, the information, observations and data obtained by Executive during the course of her performance under this Agreement concerning the business and affairs of Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, information concerning acquisition opportunities in or reasonably related to the Parent’s or its Subsidiaries’ or Affiliates’ business or industry of which Executive becomes aware during the Employment Period, the persons or entities that are current, former or prospective suppliers or customers of any one or more of them during Executive’s course of performance under this Agreement, as well as development, transition and transformation plans, methodologies and methods of doing business, strategic, marketing and expansion plans, including plans regarding planned and potential sales, financial and business plans, employee lists and telephone numbers, locations of sales representatives, new and existing programs and services, prices and terms, customer service, integration processes, requirements and costs of providing service, support and equipment. Therefore, Executive agrees that during her employment and for a period of three (3) years after termination of her employment for any reason (and as to information that constitutes a trade secret under applicable law, for such longer period as the same shall remain a trade secret) she shall not disclose to any unauthorized person or use for her own account any of such Confidential Information without both Board’s prior written consent, unless and to the extent that any Confidential Information (i) becomes generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of Executive’s acts or omissions to act or (ii) is required to be disclosed pursuant to any applicable law or court order. Executive agrees to deliver to the Company at the end of the Employment Period, or at any other time the Company may request in writing, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports and other

 

5


documents (and copies thereof) relating to the business of Parent or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (including, without limitation, all Confidential Information) that she may then possess or have under her control.

(b) During the Employment Period, Executive shall not use or disclose any confidential information or trade secrets, if any, of any former employers or any other person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality, and shall not bring onto the premises of Parent or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employer or any other Person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality unless consented to in writing by the former employer or Person. Executive shall use in the performance of her duties only information that is (i) generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to Executive’s and that is (x) common knowledge in the industry or (y) is otherwise legally in the public domain, (ii) otherwise provided or developed by Parent or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or (iii) in the case of materials, property or information belonging to any former employer or other Person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality, approved for such use in writing by such former employer or Person. If at any time during the Employment Period, Executive believes she is being asked to engage in work that will, or will be likely to, jeopardize any confidentiality or other obligations Executive may have to former employers, Executive shall immediately advise the Board so that Executive’s duties can be modified appropriately.

(c) Executive represents and warrants to the Parent and its Subsidiaries that Executive took nothing with him which belonged to any former employer when Executive left her position(s) with such employer(s) and that Executive has nothing that contains any information which belongs to any former employer. If at any time Executive discovers that this representation is incorrect, Executive shall promptly return any such materials to Executive’s former employer(s). Parent and its Subsidiaries does not want any such materials, and Executive shall not be permitted to use or refer to any such materials in the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder.

(d) Executive understands that Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates will receive from third parties confidential or proprietary information (“ Third Party Information ”) subject to a duty on Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. During the Employment Period and thereafter, and without in any way limiting the provisions of paragraph 5(a) above, Executive will hold Third Party Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose to anyone (other than personnel of Parent or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who need to know such information in connection with their work for Parent or such Subsidiaries and Affiliates) or use, except in connection with her work for Parent or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, Third Party Information unless expressly authorized by a member of the Board in writing.

6. Intellectual Property, Inventions and Patents . Executive acknowledges that all discoveries, concepts, ideas, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, patent applications, copyrightable work and mask work (whether or not including any confidential information) and all registrations or applications related thereto, all other proprietary information and all similar or related information (whether or

 

6


not patentable) which relate to Parent’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed or made by Executive (whether alone or jointly with others) while employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries, whether before or after the date of this Agreement (“ Work Product ”), belong to Parent, the Company or such Subsidiary. Executive shall promptly disclose such Work Product to the Board and, at the Company’s expense, perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the Employment Period) to establish and confirm such ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney and other instruments).

7. Non-Compete; Non-Solicitation .

(a) In further consideration of the compensation to be paid to Executive hereunder, Executive acknowledges that during the course of her employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries she has and shall become familiar with Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ corporate strategy, pricing and other market information, know-how, trade secrets and valuable customer, supplier and employee relationships, and with other Confidential Information concerning Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and that her services have been and shall be of special, unique and extraordinary value to Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates. Accordingly, Executive agrees that, during the Employment Period and for one (1) year thereafter (the “ Noncompete Period ”), she shall not directly or indirectly own any interest in, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for, or in any manner engage in any Competing Business that conducts operations or sales in Japan, Holland, Germany, Korea, China, Malaysia, Mexico, or Brazil, or in the United States within any of the following states: Michigan, Wisconsin, Illinois, New York, Ohio, Indiana, Connecticut, Iowa, Pennsylvania, Missouri, Massachusetts, California, North Carolina, Texas, Indiana, Illinois, Kentucky, Mississippi, Washington, Tennessee, Virginia, New Jersey, Idaho, Colorado, Alabama, Georgia, South Carolina, Florida, or Maryland (and, in the event the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates conducts operations or sales in other jurisdictions after the date hereof, such other jurisdictions, provided that the Company updates this list of jurisdictions by delivering written notice to Executive). Nothing herein shall prohibit Executive from being a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation which is publicly traded, so long as Executive has no active participation in the business of such corporation. For purpose of this Agreement, “ Competing Business ” shall mean any business engaged (whether directly or indirectly) in the design, manufacture, marketing, or sale of electromechanical or electronic sensors or controls.

(b) During the Noncompete Period, Executive shall not directly or indirectly through another person or entity (i) induce or attempt to induce any employee of Parent or any Subsidiary to leave the employ of Parent or such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship between Parent or any Subsidiary and any employee thereof, (ii) knowingly hire any person who was an employee of Parent or any Subsidiary at any time during the twelve months prior to the termination of Executive’s employment or (iii) induce or encourage any customer, supplier, licensee, licensor or other business relation of Parent or any Subsidiary to cease doing business with Parent or such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, licensee. licensor or business relation and Parent or any Subsidiary

 

7


(including, without limitation, making any negative or disparaging statements or communications regarding Parent or its Subsidiaries); provided that, in each case, this paragraph 7(b) shall only apply if Executive shall have done business with, or had supervisory or other responsibility for, the employee, customer, supplier, licensee, licensor, or business relation to which the applicable clause of this paragraph 7(b) applies.

(c) If, at the time of enforcement of this paragraph 7, a court shall hold that the duration, scope or area restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties agree that the maximum duration, scope or area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated duration, scope or area and that the court shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law. Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7 are reasonable and that she has reviewed the provisions of this Agreement with her legal counsel.

(d) Executive acknowledges that any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this paragraph 7 would cause Parent and its Subsidiaries irreparable harm. Accordingly, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in its favor, the Company shall be entitled to specific performance and/or injunctive or other equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security). Further, in the event of an alleged breach or violation by Executive of this paragraph 7, the Noncompete Period shall be tolled until such breach or violation has been duly cured.

8. Executive’s Representations . Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (a) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Executive do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which Executive is a party or by which she is bound, (b) Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompete agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other person or entity and (c) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of Executive, enforceable in accordance with its terms. Executive hereby acknowledges and represents that she has consulted with independent legal counsel regarding her rights and obligations under this Agreement and that she fully understands the terms and conditions contained herein.

9. Survival . Paragraphs 4 through 23 (other than paragraph 21) shall survive and continue in full force in accordance with their terms notwithstanding the termination of the Employment Period.

10. Notices . Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, sent by reputable overnight courier service or mailed by first class mail, return receipt requested, to the recipient at the address below indicated:

 

8


Notices to Executive :
   Martha N. Sullivan
   30 Jennifer Street
   Wrentham, MA 02093
Notices to the Company :
   Sensata Technologies, Inc.
   529 Pleasant Street
   Attleboro, MA 02703
   Attention: Senior Counsel
With a copy to :
   Bain Capital Partners, LLC
   745 Fifth Avenue
   New York, New York 10151
   Attention:    Ed Conard
      Paul Edgerley
      Stephen M. Zide
   and
   Kirkland & Ellis LLP
   200 East Randolph Drive
   Chicago, Illinois 60601
   Attention:    Matthew E. Steinmetz, P.C.
      Jeffrey W. Richards

or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party shall have specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any notice under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered, sent or mailed.

11. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any action in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

12. Complete Agreement . This Agreement, those documents expressly referred to herein and other documents of even date herewith embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

 

9


13. No Strict Construction . The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts (including by means of facsimile), each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

15. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor to the Company, including, without limitation, any Persons acquiring directly or indirectly all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise (and such successor shall thereafter be deemed the “Company” for the purposes of this Agreement), but will not otherwise be assignable, transferable or delegable by the Company other than to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees and legatees, but otherwise will not otherwise be assignable, transferable or delegable by Executive. This Agreement is personal in nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign, transfer or delegate this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder except as otherwise expressly provided in this paragraph 15.

16. Choice of Law . All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

17. Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company (as approved by the Board) and Executive, and no course of conduct or course of dealing or failure or delay by any party hereto in enforcing or exercising any of the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Company’s right to terminate the Employment Period with Cause or, except as otherwise stated herein, Executive’s right to terminate the Employment Agreement with Good Reason) shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement or be deemed to be an implied waiver of any provision of this Agreement.

18. Insurance . The Company may, at its discretion, apply for and procure in its own name and for its own benefit life and/or disability insurance on Executive in any amount or amounts considered advisable. Executive agrees to cooperate in any medical or other examination, supply any information and execute and deliver any applications or other instruments in writing as may be reasonably necessary to obtain and constitute such insurance.

19. Indemnification and Reimbursement of Payments on Behalf of Executive . The Company and its respective Subsidiaries shall be entitled to deduct or withhold from any amounts owing from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to Executive any federal, state, local

 

10


or foreign withholding taxes, excise tax, or employment taxes (“ Taxes ”) imposed with respect to Executive’s compensation or other payments from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Executive’s ownership interest in Parent (including, without limitation, wages, bonuses, dividends, the receipt or exercise of equity options and/or the receipt or vesting of restricted equity). In the event the Company or any of its Subsidiaries does not make such deductions or withholdings, Executive shall indemnify the Company and its Subsidiaries for any amounts paid with respect to any such Taxes, together (if such failure to withhold was at the written direction of Executive) with any interest, penalties and related expenses thereto.

20. Waiver of Jury Trial . AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

21. Corporate Opportunity . During the Employment Period, Executive shall submit to the Board all business, commercial and investment opportunities or offers presented to Executive, or of which Executive becomes aware, at any time during the Employment Period, which opportunities relate to the business of designing, manufacturing, marketing, or selling electromechanical or electronic sensors or controls (“ Corporate Opportunities ”). During the Employment Period, unless approved by the Board, Executive shall not accept or pursue, directly or indirectly, any Corporate Opportunities on Executive’s own behalf.

22. Executive’s Cooperation . During the Employment Period and thereafter, Executive shall reasonably cooperate with Parent and its Subsidiaries in any internal investigation or administrative, regulatory or judicial proceeding as reasonably requested by Parent or any Subsidiary (including, without limitation, Executive being available to Parent and its Subsidiaries upon reasonable notice for interviews and factual investigations, appearing at Parent’s or any Subsidiary’s request to give truthful and accurate testimony without requiring service of a subpoena or other legal process, volunteering to Parent and its Subsidiaries all pertinent information and turning over to Parent and its Subsidiaries all relevant documents which are or may come into Executive’s possession, all at times and on schedules that are reasonably consistent with Executive’s other permitted activities and commitments). In the event Parent or any Subsidiary requires Executive’s cooperation in accordance with this paragraph, Parent shall pay Executive a per diem reasonably determined by the Board and reimburse Executive for reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith (including lodging and meals, upon submission of receipts).

23. Nondisparagement . Executive agrees not to, except as may be required by law, directly or indirectly, publicly or privately, make, publish or solicit, or encourage others to make, publish or solicit, any disparaging statements, comments, announcements, or remarks concerning Parent or its Affiliates, or any of their respective past and present directors, officers or employees. Parent and its Affiliates agree not to, except as may be required by law, directly or indirectly, publicly or privately, make, publish or solicit, or encourage others to make, publish or solicit, any disparaging statements, comments, announcements or remarks concerning Executive or her employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

*    *    *    *    *

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Employment Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Name:   Thomas Wroe, Jr.
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Martha Sullivan

Martha Sullivan

 

12


ANNEX A

 

i. annual physical medical analysis

 

ii. financial counseling services

Exhibit 10.17

EXECUTION COPY

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of May 12, 2006, between Sensata Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Richard D. Dane (“ Executive ”).

In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment . The Company shall employ Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement for the period beginning on the date hereof and ending as provided in paragraph 4 hereof (the “ Employment Period ”).

2. Position and Duties .

(a) During the Employment Period, Executive shall serve as the Vice President, Worldwide Manufacturing, of the Company and shall have the normal duties, responsibilities, functions and authority of the Vice President, Worldwide Manufacturing, subject to the power and authority of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), in consultation with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ Chief Executive Officer ”), to expand or limit such duties, responsibilities, functions and authority and to overrule actions of officers of the Company. During the Employment Period, Executive shall render to Parent and its Subsidiaries administrative, financial and other executive and managerial services that are consistent with Executive’s position as the Board may from time to time direct.

(b) Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board, and Executive shall devote his full business time and attention (except for vacation periods consistent with past practice and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacity) to the business and affairs of Parent and its Subsidiaries. In performing his duties and exercising his authority under the Agreement, Executive shall support and implement the business and strategic plans approved from time to time by the Board and shall support and cooperate with Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ efforts to expand their businesses and operate profitably and in conformity with the business and strategic plans approved by the Board. So long as Executive is employed by the Company, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Board, perform other services for compensation. Unless otherwise agreed by Executive, Executive’s place of work shall be in the greater Attleboro, Massachusetts metropolitan area, except for travel reasonably required for Company business.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Subsidiaries ” shall mean any corporation or other entity of which the securities or other ownership interests having the voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other governing body are, at the time of determination, owned by Parent, directly or through one or more Subsidiaries.


(d) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Affiliate ” shall mean with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries, any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with Parent or any of its Subsidiaries and, in the case of a Person which is a partnership, any partner of the Person.

(e) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Person ” shall mean an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

(f) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Parent ” shall mean Sensata Technologies Holding B.V., a private limited company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands.

3. Compensation and Benefits .

(a) During the Employment Period, Executive’s base salary shall be $199,140.00 per annum and shall be subject to review by the Board, after consultation with the Chief Executive Officer, on an annual basis commencing January 1, 2007 (as adjusted from time to time, the “ Base Salary ”), which salary shall be payable by the Company in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices (in effect from time to time). In addition, during the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all of the Company’s employee benefit programs for which senior executive employees of Parent and its Subsidiaries are generally eligible (assuming Executive and/or his family meet the eligibility requirements of those benefit programs), as well as the benefit programs listed on Annex A , which are currently in effect in addition to employee benefit programs for which executive employees of Parent and its Subsidiaries are generally eligible (the “ Senior Executive Benefits ”). The Company may in its sole discretion change the Senior Executive Benefits at any time; provided that, the Company shall maintain the benefits set forth on Annex A for a period of 12 months after the date hereof.

(b) During the Employment Period, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred by him in the course of performing his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, which business expenses are consistent with the Company’s policies in effect from time to time with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses, subject to the Company’s requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of such expenses.

(c) In addition to the Base Salary, Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual bonus (“ Annual Bonus ”) in an amount equal to a certain percentage of the Base Salary then in effect, which percentage shall be determined by the Chief Executive Officer, after consultation with and approval by the Board, and is based upon the achievement by Parent and its Subsidiaries of financial and other objectives established each year by the Board. An Annual Bonus, if any, will be earned as of February 1 and paid to Executive by the Company on or before March 15 th of the fiscal year following the fiscal year to which such Annual Bonus relates.

 

2


4. Term .

(a) The Employment Period shall end on the first anniversary of the date hereof, but shall automatically be renewed on the same terms and conditions set forth herein (as modified from time to time by the parties hereto) for additional one-year periods beginning on the first anniversary of the date hereof and on each successive anniversary date, unless the Company or Executive gives the other party written notice of the election not to renew the Employment Period at least 90 days prior to any such renewal date; provided that, the Employment Period shall terminate prior to such date immediately upon Executive’s resignation (with or without Good Reason, as defined below), death or Disability (as defined below) or upon the Company’s termination of Executive’s employment (whether with Cause (as defined below) or without Cause).

(b) If the Employment Period is terminated (1) by the Company without Cause (other than as a result of Executive’s Disability) or (2) upon Executive’s resignation with Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to (i) his Base Salary through the date of termination, (ii) any bonus amounts to which Executive is entitled determined by reference to years that ended on or prior to the date of termination, (iii) an amount equal to one year of Executive’s then current Base Salary plus an amount equal to the average of the Annual Bonus paid to Executive in respect of each of the two years immediately preceding the termination of Executive’s employment, and (iv) running concurrently with his COBRA period, continued participation throughout the Severance Period (as defined below) in all health and dental benefit plans in which Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to the termination of Executive’s employment (or the Company shall arrange to make available to Executive benefits substantially similar to those which Executive would otherwise have been entitled to receive over such period if Executive’s employment had not been terminated) on the same terms and conditions (including employee contributions toward premium payments) under which Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to his termination, in each case if and only if Executive has executed and delivered to the Company a general release substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto and only if Executive does not breach the provisions of paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 hereof. The amounts payable pursuant to clause (iii) of this paragraph 4(b) shall be payable in regular installments over 12 months (the “ Severance Period ”) in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices.

(c) If the Employment Period is terminated (1) by the Company with Cause, (2) due to Executive’s death or Disability or (3) by Executive’s resignation without Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to receive (i) his Base Salary through the date of termination and (ii) any bonus amounts to which Executive is entitled determined by reference to years that ended on or prior to the date of termination.

(d) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Executive shall not be entitled to any other salary, bonuses, employee benefits or compensation from the Company or its Subsidiaries after the termination of the Employment Period and all of Executive’s rights to salary, bonuses, employee benefits and other compensation hereunder which would have accrued or become payable after the termination of the Employment Period (other than vested retirement benefits accrued on or prior to the termination of the Employment Period or other amounts owing hereunder as of the date of such termination that have not yet been paid) shall cease upon such termination, other than those expressly required under applicable law (such as COBRA).

 

3


(e) Executive is under no obligation to mitigate damages or the amount of any payment provided for hereunder by seeking other employment or otherwise, and the Company shall have no right of offset for any amounts received by Executive from other employment; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Executive’s coverage under the Company’s health and dental benefit plans will terminate when Executive becomes eligible under any employee benefit plan made available by another employer covering health and dental benefits. The Executive shall notify the Company within thirty (30) days after becoming eligible for any such benefits.

(f) The Company may offset any amounts Executive owes Parent and its Subsidiaries against any amounts Parent and its Subsidiaries owe Executive hereunder.

(g) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean, with respect to Executive, one or more of the following: (i) the indictment for a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude or the commission of any other act or any omission to act involving fraud with respect to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their customers or suppliers; (ii) any act or any omission to act involving dishonesty or disloyalty which causes, or in the good faith judgment of the Board would be reasonably likely to cause, material harm (including reputational harm) to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their customers or suppliers; (iii) any (A) repeated abuse of alcohol or (B) abuse of controlled substances, in either case, that adversely affects Executive’s work performance (and, in the case of clause (A), continues to occur at any time more than 30 days after Executive has been given written notice thereof) or brings Parent or its Subsidiaries into public disgrace or disrepute; (iv) the failure by Executive to substantially perform duties as reasonably directed by the Board or Executive’s supervisor(s), which non-performance remains uncured for 10 days after written notice thereof is given to Executive; (v) willful misconduct with respect to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, which misconducts causes, or in the good faith judgment of the Board would be reasonably likely to cause, material harm (including reputational harm) to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; or (vi) any breach by Executive of paragraph 5, 6 or 7 of this Agreement or any other material breach of this Agreement or the Management Equity Plans (as defined below).

(h) Executive will be “ Disabled ” only if, as a result of his incapacity due to physical or mental illness, Executive is considered disabled under the Company’s long-term disability insurance plans.

(i) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean if Executive resigns from employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries prior to the end of the Employment Period as a result of one or more of the following reasons: (i) any reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or bonus opportunity, without Executive’s prior consent, in either case other than any reduction which (A) is generally applicable to senior leadership team executives of the Company and (B) does not exceed 15% of Executive’s Base Salary and bonus opportunity in the aggregate; (ii) any material breach by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries of any agreement between such Persons and Executive; (iii) a change in Executive’s principal office without

 

4


Executive’s prior consent to a location that is more than 50 miles from Executive’s principal office on the date hereof; or (iv) delivery by the Company of a notice of non-renewal of the Employment Period; provided that, any such reason was not cured by the Company to Participant’s reasonable satisfaction within 30 days after delivery of written notice thereof to the Company; further provided that, in each case written notice of an Executive’s resignation with Good Reason must be delivered to the Company within 30 days after Executive has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any such event in order for Executive’s resignation with Good Reason to be effective hereunder.

(j) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Management Equity Plans ” shall mean the 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan of Sensata Investment Company S.C.A. and the 2006 Management Option Plan of Parent, along with any Award Agreements (as defined therein) and any attachments thereto, as amended from time to time.

5. Confidential Information .

(a) Executive acknowledges that the continued success of Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, depends upon the use and protection of a large body of confidential and proprietary information. All of such confidential and proprietary information now existing or to be developed in the future will be referred to in this Agreement as “ Confidential Information ”. Confidential Information will be interpreted as broadly as possible to include all information of any sort (whether merely remembered or embodied in a tangible or intangible form) that is (i) related to Parent’s or its Subsidiaries’ or Affiliates’ current or potential business and (ii) is not generally or publicly known. Confidential Information includes, without specific limitation, the information, observations and data obtained by Executive during the course of his performance under this Agreement concerning the business and affairs of Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, information concerning acquisition opportunities in or reasonably related to the Parent’s or its Subsidiaries’ or Affiliates’ business or industry of which Executive becomes aware during the Employment Period, the persons or entities that are current, former or prospective suppliers or customers of any one or more of them during Executive’s course of performance under this Agreement, as well as development, transition and transformation plans, methodologies and methods of doing business, strategic, marketing and expansion plans, including plans regarding planned and potential sales, financial and business plans, employee lists and telephone numbers, locations of sales representatives, new and existing programs and services, prices and terms, customer service, integration processes, requirements and costs of providing service, support and equipment. Therefore, Executive agrees that during his employment and for a period of three (3) years after termination of his employment for any reason (and as to information that constitutes a trade secret under applicable law, for such longer period as the same shall remain a trade secret) he shall not disclose to any unauthorized person or use for his own account any of such Confidential Information without both Board’s prior written consent, unless and to the extent that any Confidential Information (i) becomes generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of Executive’s acts or omissions to act or (ii) is required to be disclosed pursuant to any applicable law or court order. Executive agrees to deliver to the Company at the end of the Employment Period, or at any other time the Company may request in writing, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports and other documents (and copies thereof) relating to the business of Parent or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (including, without limitation, all Confidential Information) that he may then possess or have under his control.

 

5


(b) During the Employment Period, Executive shall not use or disclose any confidential information or trade secrets, if any, of any former employers or any other person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality, and shall not bring onto the premises of Parent or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employer or any other Person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality unless consented to in writing by the former employer or Person. Executive shall use in the performance of his duties only information that is (i) generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to Executive’s and that is (x) common knowledge in the industry or (y) is otherwise legally in the public domain, (ii) otherwise provided or developed by Parent or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or (iii) in the case of materials, property or information belonging to any former employer or other Person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality, approved for such use in writing by such former employer or Person. If at any time during the Employment Period, Executive believes he is being asked to engage in work that will, or will be likely to, jeopardize any confidentiality or other obligations Executive may have to former employers, Executive shall immediately advise the Board so that Executive’s duties can be modified appropriately.

(c) Executive represents and warrants to the Parent and its Subsidiaries that Executive took nothing with him which belonged to any former employer when Executive left his position(s) with such employer(s) and that Executive has nothing that contains any information which belongs to any former employer. If at any time Executive discovers that this representation is incorrect, Executive shall promptly return any such materials to Executive’s former employer(s). Parent and its Subsidiaries does not want any such materials, and Executive shall not be permitted to use or refer to any such materials in the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder.

(d) Executive understands that Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates will receive from third parties confidential or proprietary information (“ Third Party Information ”) subject to a duty on Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. During the Employment Period and thereafter, and without in any way limiting the provisions of paragraph 5(a) above, Executive will hold Third Party Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose to anyone (other than personnel of Parent or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who need to know such information in connection with their work for Parent or such Subsidiaries and Affiliates) or use, except in connection with his work for Parent or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, Third Party Information unless expressly authorized by a member of the Board in writing.

6. Intellectual Property, Inventions and Patents . Executive acknowledges that all discoveries, concepts, ideas, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, patent applications, copyrightable work and mask work (whether or not including any confidential information) and all registrations or applications related thereto, all other proprietary information and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) which relate to Parent’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived,

 

6


developed or made by Executive (whether alone or jointly with others) while employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries, whether before or after the date of this Agreement (“ Work Product ”), belong to Parent, the Company or such Subsidiary. Executive shall promptly disclose such Work Product to the Board and, at the Company’s expense, perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the Employment Period) to establish and confirm such ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney and other instruments).

7. Non-Compete; Non-Solicitation .

(a) In further consideration of the compensation to be paid to Executive hereunder, Executive acknowledges that during the course of his employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries he has and shall become familiar with Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ corporate strategy, pricing and other market information, know-how, trade secrets and valuable customer, supplier and employee relationships, and with other Confidential Information concerning Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and that his services have been and shall be of special, unique and extraordinary value to Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates. Accordingly, Executive agrees that, during the Employment Period and for one (1) year thereafter (the “ Noncompete Period ”), he shall not directly or indirectly own any interest in, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for, or in any manner engage in any Competing Business that conducts operations or sales in Japan, Holland, Germany, Korea, China, Malaysia, Mexico, or Brazil, or in the United States within any of the following states: Michigan, Wisconsin, Illinois, New York, Ohio, Indiana, Connecticut, Iowa, Pennsylvania, Missouri, Massachusetts, California, North Carolina, Texas, Indiana, Illinois, Kentucky, Mississippi, Washington, Tennessee, Virginia, New Jersey, Idaho, Colorado, Alabama, Georgia, South Carolina, Florida, or Maryland (and, in the event the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates conducts operations or sales in other jurisdictions after the date hereof, such other jurisdictions, provided that the Company updates this list of jurisdictions by delivering written notice to Executive). Nothing herein shall prohibit Executive from being a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation which is publicly traded, so long as Executive has no active participation in the business of such corporation. For purpose of this Agreement, “ Competing Business ” shall mean any business engaged (whether directly or indirectly) in the design, manufacture, marketing, or sale of electromechanical or electronic sensors or controls.

(b) During the Noncompete Period, Executive shall not directly or indirectly through another person or entity (i) induce or attempt to induce any employee of Parent or any Subsidiary to leave the employ of Parent or such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship between Parent or any Subsidiary and any employee thereof, (ii) knowingly hire any person who was an employee of Parent or any Subsidiary at any time during the twelve months prior to the termination of Executive’s employment or (iii) induce or encourage any customer, supplier, licensee, licensor or other business relation of Parent or any Subsidiary to cease doing business with Parent or such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, licensee. licensor or business relation and Parent or any Subsidiary (including, without limitation, making any negative or disparaging statements or communications regarding Parent or its Subsidiaries); provided that, in each case, this paragraph 7(b) shall only

 

7


apply if Executive shall have done business with, or had supervisory or other responsibility for, the employee, customer, supplier, licensee, licensor, or business relation to which the applicable clause of this paragraph 7(b) applies.

(c) If, at the time of enforcement of this paragraph 7, a court shall hold that the duration, scope or area restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties agree that the maximum duration, scope or area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated duration, scope or area and that the court shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law. Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7 are reasonable and that he has reviewed the provisions of this Agreement with his legal counsel.

(d) Executive acknowledges that any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this paragraph 7 would cause Parent and its Subsidiaries irreparable harm. Accordingly, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in its favor, the Company shall be entitled to specific performance and/or injunctive or other equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security). Further, in the event of an alleged breach or violation by Executive of this paragraph 7, the Noncompete Period shall be tolled until such breach or violation has been duly cured.

8. Executive’s Representations . Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (a) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Executive do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which Executive is a party or by which he is bound, (b) Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompete agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other person or entity and (c) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of Executive, enforceable in accordance with its terms. Executive hereby acknowledges and represents that he has consulted with independent legal counsel regarding his rights and obligations under this Agreement and that he fully understands the terms and conditions contained herein.

9. Survival . Paragraphs 4 through 23 (other than paragraph 21) shall survive and continue in full force in accordance with their terms notwithstanding the termination of the Employment Period.

 

8


10. Notices . Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, sent by reputable overnight courier service or mailed by first class mail, return receipt requested, to the recipient at the address below indicated:

 

Notices to Executive :

Richard D. Dane

610 Bandera Drive

Allen, TX 75013

Notices to the Company :

Sensata Technologies, Inc.

529 Pleasant Street

Attleboro, MA 02703

Attention: Senior Counsel

With a copy to :

Bain Capital Partners, LLC

745 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10151

Attention:

   Ed Conard
   Paul Edgerley
   Stephen M. Zide

and

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60601

Attention:

   Matthew E. Steinmetz, P.C.
   Jeffrey W. Richards

or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party shall have specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any notice under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered, sent or mailed.

11. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any action in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

12. Complete Agreement . This Agreement, those documents expressly referred to herein and other documents of even date herewith embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

 

9


13. No Strict Construction . The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts (including by means of facsimile), each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

15. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor to the Company, including, without limitation, any Persons acquiring directly or indirectly all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise (and such successor shall thereafter be deemed the “Company” for the purposes of this Agreement), but will not otherwise be assignable, transferable or delegable by the Company other than to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees and legatees, but otherwise will not otherwise be assignable, transferable or delegable by Executive. This Agreement is personal in nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign, transfer or delegate this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder except as otherwise expressly provided in this paragraph 15.

16. Choice of Law . All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

17. Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company (as approved by the Board) and Executive, and no course of conduct or course of dealing or failure or delay by any party hereto in enforcing or exercising any of the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Company’s right to terminate the Employment Period with Cause or, except as otherwise stated herein, Executive’s right to terminate the Employment Agreement with Good Reason) shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement or be deemed to be an implied waiver of any provision of this Agreement.

18. Insurance . The Company may, at its discretion, apply for and procure in its own name and for its own benefit life and/or disability insurance on Executive in any amount or amounts considered advisable. Executive agrees to cooperate in any medical or other examination, supply any information and execute and deliver any applications or other instruments in writing as may be reasonably necessary to obtain and constitute such insurance.

19. Indemnification and Reimbursement of Payments on Behalf of Executive . The Company and its respective Subsidiaries shall be entitled to deduct or withhold from any amounts owing from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to Executive any federal, state, local

 

10


or foreign withholding taxes, excise tax, or employment taxes (“ Taxes ”) imposed with respect to Executive’s compensation or other payments from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Executive’s ownership interest in Parent (including, without limitation, wages, bonuses, dividends, the receipt or exercise of equity options and/or the receipt or vesting of restricted equity). In the event the Company or any of its Subsidiaries does not make such deductions or withholdings, Executive shall indemnify the Company and its Subsidiaries for any amounts paid with respect to any such Taxes, together (if such failure to withhold was at the written direction of Executive) with any interest, penalties and related expenses thereto.

20. Waiver of Jury Trial . AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

21. Corporate Opportunity . During the Employment Period, Executive shall submit to the Board all business, commercial and investment opportunities or offers presented to Executive, or of which Executive becomes aware, at any time during the Employment Period, which opportunities relate to the business of designing, manufacturing, marketing, or selling electromechanical or electronic sensors or controls (“ Corporate Opportunities ”). During the Employment Period, unless approved by the Board, Executive shall not accept or pursue, directly or indirectly, any Corporate Opportunities on Executive’s own behalf.

22. Executive’s Cooperation . During the Employment Period and thereafter, Executive shall reasonably cooperate with Parent and its Subsidiaries in any internal investigation or administrative, regulatory or judicial proceeding as reasonably requested by Parent or any Subsidiary (including, without limitation, Executive being available to Parent and its Subsidiaries upon reasonable notice for interviews and factual investigations, appearing at Parent’s or any Subsidiary’s request to give truthful and accurate testimony without requiring service of a subpoena or other legal process, volunteering to Parent and its Subsidiaries all pertinent information and turning over to Parent and its Subsidiaries all relevant documents which are or may come into Executive’s possession, all at times and on schedules that are reasonably consistent with Executive’s other permitted activities and commitments). In the event Parent or any Subsidiary requires Executive’s cooperation in accordance with this paragraph, Parent shall pay Executive a per diem reasonably determined by the Board and reimburse Executive for reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith (including lodging and meals, upon submission of receipts).

23. Nondisparagement . Executive agrees not to, except as may be required by law, directly or indirectly, publicly or privately, make, publish or solicit, or encourage others to make, publish or solicit, any disparaging statements, comments, announcements, or remarks concerning Parent or its Affiliates, or any of their respective past and present directors, officers or employees. Parent and its Affiliates agree not to, except as may be required by law, directly or indirectly, publicly or privately, make, publish or solicit, or encourage others to make, publish or solicit, any disparaging statements, comments, announcements or remarks concerning Executive or his employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

*    *    *    *    *

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Employment Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Name:   Thomas Wroe, Jr.
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Richard D. Dane

Richard D. Dane

 

12


ANNEX A

 

i. annual physical medical analysis

 

ii. financial counseling services

Exhibit 10.18

EXECUTION COPY

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of May 12, 2006, between Sensata Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Steven M. Major (“ Executive ”).

In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment . The Company shall employ Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement for the period beginning on the date hereof and ending as provided in paragraph 4 hereof (the “ Employment Period ”).

2. Position and Duties .

(a) During the Employment Period, Executive shall serve as the Vice President, Sensors Division, of the Company and shall have the normal duties, responsibilities, functions and authority of the Vice President, Sensors Division, subject to the power and authority of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), in consultation with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ Chief Executive Officer ”), to expand or limit such duties, responsibilities, functions and authority and to overrule actions of officers of the Company. During the Employment Period, Executive shall render to Parent and its Subsidiaries administrative, financial and other executive and managerial services that are consistent with Executive’s position as the Board may from time to time direct.

(b) Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board, and Executive shall devote his full business time and attention (except for vacation periods consistent with past practice and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacity) to the business and affairs of Parent and its Subsidiaries. In performing his duties and exercising his authority under the Agreement, Executive shall support and implement the business and strategic plans approved from time to time by the Board and shall support and cooperate with Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ efforts to expand their businesses and operate profitably and in conformity with the business and strategic plans approved by the Board. So long as Executive is employed by the Company, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Board, perform other services for compensation. Unless otherwise agreed by Executive, Executive’s place of work shall be in the greater Attleboro, Massachusetts metropolitan area, except for travel reasonably required for Company business.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Subsidiaries ” shall mean any corporation or other entity of which the securities or other ownership interests having the voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other governing body are, at the time of determination, owned by Parent, directly or through one or more Subsidiaries.


(d) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Affiliate ” shall mean with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries, any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with Parent or any of its Subsidiaries and, in the case of a Person which is a partnership, any partner of the Person.

(e) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Person ” shall mean an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

(f) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Parent ” shall mean Sensata Technologies Holding B.V., a private limited company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands.

3. Compensation and Benefits .

(a) During the Employment Period, Executive’s base salary shall be $197,640.00 per annum and shall be subject to review by the Board, after consultation with the Chief Executive Officer, on an annual basis commencing January 1, 2007 (as adjusted from time to time, the “ Base Salary ”), which salary shall be payable by the Company in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices (in effect from time to time). In addition, during the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all of the Company’s employee benefit programs for which senior executive employees of Parent and its Subsidiaries are generally eligible (assuming Executive and/or his family meet the eligibility requirements of those benefit programs), as well as the benefit programs listed on Annex A , which are currently in effect in addition to employee benefit programs for which executive employees of Parent and its Subsidiaries are generally eligible (the “ Senior Executive Benefits ”). The Company may in its sole discretion change the Senior Executive Benefits at any time; provided that, the Company shall maintain the benefits set forth on Annex A for a period of 12 months after the date hereof.

(b) During the Employment Period, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred by him in the course of performing his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, which business expenses are consistent with the Company’s policies in effect from time to time with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses, subject to the Company’s requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of such expenses.

(c) In addition to the Base Salary, Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual bonus (“ Annual Bonus ”) in an amount equal to a certain percentage of the Base Salary then in effect, which percentage shall be determined by the Chief Executive Officer, after consultation with and approval by the Board, and is based upon the achievement by Parent and its Subsidiaries of financial and other objectives established each year by the Board. An Annual Bonus, if any, will be earned as of February 1 and paid to Executive by the Company on or before March 15 th of the fiscal year following the fiscal year to which such Annual Bonus relates.

 

2


4. Term .

(a) The Employment Period shall end on the first anniversary of the date hereof, but shall automatically be renewed on the same terms and conditions set forth herein (as modified from time to time by the parties hereto) for additional one-year periods beginning on the first anniversary of the date hereof and on each successive anniversary date, unless the Company or Executive gives the other party written notice of the election not to renew the Employment Period at least 90 days prior to any such renewal date; provided that, the Employment Period shall terminate prior to such date immediately upon Executive’s resignation (with or without Good Reason, as defined below), death or Disability (as defined below) or upon the Company’s termination of Executive’s employment (whether with Cause (as defined below) or without Cause).

(b) If the Employment Period is terminated (1) by the Company without Cause (other than as a result of Executive’s Disability) or (2) upon Executive’s resignation with Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to (i) his Base Salary through the date of termination, (ii) any bonus amounts to which Executive is entitled determined by reference to years that ended on or prior to the date of termination, (iii) an amount equal to one year of Executive’s then current Base Salary plus an amount equal to the average of the Annual Bonus paid to Executive in respect of each of the two years immediately preceding the termination of Executive’s employment, and (iv) running concurrently with his COBRA period, continued participation throughout the Severance Period (as defined below) in all health and dental benefit plans in which Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to the termination of Executive’s employment (or the Company shall arrange to make available to Executive benefits substantially similar to those which Executive would otherwise have been entitled to receive over such period if Executive’s employment had not been terminated) on the same terms and conditions (including employee contributions toward premium payments) under which Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to his termination, in each case if and only if Executive has executed and delivered to the Company a general release substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto and only if Executive does not breach the provisions of paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 hereof. The amounts payable pursuant to clause (iii) of this paragraph 4(b) shall be payable in regular installments over 12 months (the “ Severance Period ”) in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices.

(c) If the Employment Period is terminated (1) by the Company with Cause, (2) due to Executive’s death or Disability or (3) by Executive’s resignation without Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to receive (i) his Base Salary through the date of termination and (ii) any bonus amounts to which Executive is entitled determined by reference to years that ended on or prior to the date of termination.

(d) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Executive shall not be entitled to any other salary, bonuses, employee benefits or compensation from the Company or its Subsidiaries after the termination of the Employment Period and all of Executive’s rights to salary, bonuses, employee benefits and other compensation hereunder which would have accrued or become payable after the termination of the Employment Period (other than vested retirement benefits accrued on or prior to the termination of the Employment Period or other amounts owing hereunder as of the date of such termination that have not yet been paid) shall cease upon such termination, other than those expressly required under applicable law (such as COBRA).

 

3


(e) Executive is under no obligation to mitigate damages or the amount of any payment provided for hereunder by seeking other employment or otherwise, and the Company shall have no right of offset for any amounts received by Executive from other employment; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Executive’s coverage under the Company’s health and dental benefit plans will terminate when Executive becomes eligible under any employee benefit plan made available by another employer covering health and dental benefits. The Executive shall notify the Company within thirty (30) days after becoming eligible for any such benefits.

(f) The Company may offset any amounts Executive owes Parent and its Subsidiaries against any amounts Parent and its Subsidiaries owe Executive hereunder.

(g) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean, with respect to Executive, one or more of the following: (i) the indictment for a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude or the commission of any other act or any omission to act involving fraud with respect to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their customers or suppliers; (ii) any act or any omission to act involving dishonesty or disloyalty which causes, or in the good faith judgment of the Board would be reasonably likely to cause, material harm (including reputational harm) to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their customers or suppliers; (iii) any (A) repeated abuse of alcohol or (B) abuse of controlled substances, in either case, that adversely affects Executive’s work performance (and, in the case of clause (A), continues to occur at any time more than 30 days after Executive has been given written notice thereof) or brings Parent or its Subsidiaries into public disgrace or disrepute; (iv) the failure by Executive to substantially perform duties as reasonably directed by the Board or Executive’s supervisor(s), which non-performance remains uncured for 10 days after written notice thereof is given to Executive; (v) willful misconduct with respect to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, which misconducts causes, or in the good faith judgment of the Board would be reasonably likely to cause, material harm (including reputational harm) to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; or (vi) any breach by Executive of paragraph 5, 6 or 7 of this Agreement or any other material breach of this Agreement or the Management Equity Plans (as defined below).

(h) Executive will be “ Disabled ” only if, as a result of his incapacity due to physical or mental illness, Executive is considered disabled under the Company’s long-term disability insurance plans.

(i) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean if Executive resigns from employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries prior to the end of the Employment Period as a result of one or more of the following reasons: (i) any reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or bonus opportunity, without Executive’s prior consent, in either case other than any reduction which (A) is generally applicable to senior leadership team executives of the Company and (B) does not exceed 15% of Executive’s Base Salary and bonus opportunity in the aggregate; (ii) any material breach by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries of any agreement between such Persons and Executive; (iii) a change in Executive’s principal office without

 

4


Executive’s prior consent to a location that is more than 50 miles from Executive’s principal office on the date hereof; or (iv) delivery by the Company of a notice of non-renewal of the Employment Period; provided that, any such reason was not cured by the Company to Participant’s reasonable satisfaction within 30 days after delivery of written notice thereof to the Company; further provided that, in each case written notice of an Executive’s resignation with Good Reason must be delivered to the Company within 30 days after Executive has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any such event in order for Executive’s resignation with Good Reason to be effective hereunder.

(j) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Management Equity Plans ” shall mean the 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan of Sensata Investment Company S.C.A. and the 2006 Management Option Plan of Parent, along with any Award Agreements (as defined therein) and any attachments thereto, as amended from time to time.

5. Confidential Information .

(a) Executive acknowledges that the continued success of Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, depends upon the use and protection of a large body of confidential and proprietary information. All of such confidential and proprietary information now existing or to be developed in the future will be referred to in this Agreement as “ Confidential Information ”. Confidential Information will be interpreted as broadly as possible to include all information of any sort (whether merely remembered or embodied in a tangible or intangible form) that is (i) related to Parent’s or its Subsidiaries’ or Affiliates’ current or potential business and (ii) is not generally or publicly known. Confidential Information includes, without specific limitation, the information, observations and data obtained by Executive during the course of his performance under this Agreement concerning the business and affairs of Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, information concerning acquisition opportunities in or reasonably related to the Parent’s or its Subsidiaries’ or Affiliates’ business or industry of which Executive becomes aware during the Employment Period, the persons or entities that are current, former or prospective suppliers or customers of any one or more of them during Executive’s course of performance under this Agreement, as well as development, transition and transformation plans, methodologies and methods of doing business, strategic, marketing and expansion plans, including plans regarding planned and potential sales, financial and business plans, employee lists and telephone numbers, locations of sales representatives, new and existing programs and services, prices and terms, customer service, integration processes, requirements and costs of providing service, support and equipment. Therefore, Executive agrees that during his employment and for a period of three (3) years after termination of his employment for any reason (and as to information that constitutes a trade secret under applicable law, for such longer period as the same shall remain a trade secret) he shall not disclose to any unauthorized person or use for his own account any of such Confidential Information without both Board’s prior written consent, unless and to the extent that any Confidential Information (i) becomes generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of Executive’s acts or omissions to act or (ii) is required to be disclosed pursuant to any applicable law or court order. Executive agrees to deliver to the Company at the end of the Employment Period, or at any other time the Company may request in writing, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports and other documents (and copies thereof) relating to the business of Parent or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (including, without limitation, all Confidential Information) that he may then possess or have under his control.

 

5


(b) During the Employment Period, Executive shall not use or disclose any confidential information or trade secrets, if any, of any former employers or any other person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality, and shall not bring onto the premises of Parent or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employer or any other Person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality unless consented to in writing by the former employer or Person. Executive shall use in the performance of his duties only information that is (i) generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to Executive’s and that is (x) common knowledge in the industry or (y) is otherwise legally in the public domain, (ii) otherwise provided or developed by Parent or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or (iii) in the case of materials, property or information belonging to any former employer or other Person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality, approved for such use in writing by such former employer or Person. If at any time during the Employment Period, Executive believes he is being asked to engage in work that will, or will be likely to, jeopardize any confidentiality or other obligations Executive may have to former employers, Executive shall immediately advise the Board so that Executive’s duties can be modified appropriately.

(c) Executive represents and warrants to the Parent and its Subsidiaries that Executive took nothing with him which belonged to any former employer when Executive left his position(s) with such employer(s) and that Executive has nothing that contains any information which belongs to any former employer. If at any time Executive discovers that this representation is incorrect, Executive shall promptly return any such materials to Executive’s former employer(s). Parent and its Subsidiaries does not want any such materials, and Executive shall not be permitted to use or refer to any such materials in the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder.

(d) Executive understands that Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates will receive from third parties confidential or proprietary information (“ Third Party Information ”) subject to a duty on Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. During the Employment Period and thereafter, and without in any way limiting the provisions of paragraph 5(a) above, Executive will hold Third Party Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose to anyone (other than personnel of Parent or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who need to know such information in connection with their work for Parent or such Subsidiaries and Affiliates) or use, except in connection with his work for Parent or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, Third Party Information unless expressly authorized by a member of the Board in writing.

6. Intellectual Property, Inventions and Patents . Executive acknowledges that all discoveries, concepts, ideas, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, patent applications, copyrightable work and mask work (whether or not including any confidential information) and all registrations or applications related thereto, all other proprietary information and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) which relate to Parent’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ actual or anticipated business,

 

6


research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed or made by Executive (whether alone or jointly with others) while employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries, whether before or after the date of this Agreement (“ Work Product ”), belong to Parent, the Company or such Subsidiary. Executive shall promptly disclose such Work Product to the Board and, at the Company’s expense, perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the Employment Period) to establish and confirm such ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney and other instruments).

7. Non-Compete; Non-Solicitation .

(a) In further consideration of the compensation to be paid to Executive hereunder, Executive acknowledges that during the course of his employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries he has and shall become familiar with Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ corporate strategy, pricing and other market information, know-how, trade secrets and valuable customer, supplier and employee relationships, and with other Confidential Information concerning Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and that his services have been and shall be of special, unique and extraordinary value to Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates. Accordingly, Executive agrees that, during the Employment Period and for one (1) year thereafter (the “ Noncompete Period ”), he shall not directly or indirectly own any interest in, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for, or in any manner engage in any Competing Business that conducts operations or sales in Japan, Holland, Germany, Korea, China, Malaysia, Mexico, or Brazil, or in the United States within any of the following states: Michigan, Wisconsin, Illinois, New York, Ohio, Indiana, Connecticut, Iowa, Pennsylvania, Missouri, Massachusetts, California, North Carolina, Texas, Indiana, Illinois, Kentucky, Mississippi, Washington, Tennessee, Virginia, New Jersey, Idaho, Colorado, Alabama, Georgia, South Carolina, Florida, or Maryland (and, in the event the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates conducts operations or sales in other jurisdictions after the date hereof, such other jurisdictions, provided that the Company updates this list of jurisdictions by delivering written notice to Executive). Nothing herein shall prohibit Executive from being a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation which is publicly traded, so long as Executive has no active participation in the business of such corporation. For purpose of this Agreement, “ Competing Business ” shall mean any business engaged (whether directly or indirectly) in the design, manufacture, marketing, or sale of electromechanical or electronic sensors or controls.

(b) During the Noncompete Period, Executive shall not directly or indirectly through another person or entity (i) induce or attempt to induce any employee of Parent or any Subsidiary to leave the employ of Parent or such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship between Parent or any Subsidiary and any employee thereof, (ii) knowingly hire any person who was an employee of Parent or any Subsidiary at any time during the twelve months prior to the termination of Executive’s employment or (iii) induce or encourage any customer, supplier, licensee, licensor or other business relation of Parent or any Subsidiary to cease doing business with Parent or such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, licensee. licensor or business relation and Parent or any Subsidiary (including, without limitation, making any negative or disparaging statements or communications

 

7


regarding Parent or its Subsidiaries); provided that, in each case, this paragraph 7(b) shall only apply if Executive shall have done business with, or had supervisory or other responsibility for, the employee, customer, supplier, licensee, licensor, or business relation to which the applicable clause of this paragraph 7(b) applies.

(c) If, at the time of enforcement of this paragraph 7, a court shall hold that the duration, scope or area restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties agree that the maximum duration, scope or area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated duration, scope or area and that the court shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law. Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7 are reasonable and that he has reviewed the provisions of this Agreement with his legal counsel.

(d) Executive acknowledges that any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this paragraph 7 would cause Parent and its Subsidiaries irreparable harm. Accordingly, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in its favor, the Company shall be entitled to specific performance and/or injunctive or other equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security). Further, in the event of an alleged breach or violation by Executive of this paragraph 7, the Noncompete Period shall be tolled until such breach or violation has been duly cured.

8. Executive’s Representations . Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (a) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Executive do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which Executive is a party or by which he is bound, (b) Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompete agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other person or entity and (c) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of Executive, enforceable in accordance with its terms. Executive hereby acknowledges and represents that he has consulted with independent legal counsel regarding his rights and obligations under this Agreement and that he fully understands the terms and conditions contained herein.

9. Survival . Paragraphs 4 through 23 (other than paragraph 21) shall survive and continue in full force in accordance with their terms notwithstanding the termination of the Employment Period.

 

8


10. Notices . Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, sent by reputable overnight courier service or mailed by first class mail, return receipt requested, to the recipient at the address below indicated:

 

Notices to Executive :

Steven M. Major

74 Indian Hill Road

Medfield, MA 02052

Notices to the Company :

Sensata Technologies, Inc.

529 Pleasant Street

Attleboro, MA 02703

Attention: Senior Counsel

With a copy to :

Bain Capital Partners, LLC

745 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10151

Attention:

   Ed Conard
   Paul Edgerley
   Stephen M. Zide

and

  

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60601

Attention:

   Matthew E. Steinmetz, P.C.
   Jeffrey W. Richards

or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party shall have specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any notice under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered, sent or mailed.

11. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any action in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

12. Complete Agreement . This Agreement, those documents expressly referred to herein and other documents of even date herewith embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

 

9


13. No Strict Construction . The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts (including by means of facsimile), each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

15. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor to the Company, including, without limitation, any Persons acquiring directly or indirectly all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise (and such successor shall thereafter be deemed the “Company” for the purposes of this Agreement), but will not otherwise be assignable, transferable or delegable by the Company other than to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees and legatees, but otherwise will not otherwise be assignable, transferable or delegable by Executive. This Agreement is personal in nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign, transfer or delegate this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder except as otherwise expressly provided in this paragraph 15.

16. Choice of Law . All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

17. Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company (as approved by the Board) and Executive, and no course of conduct or course of dealing or failure or delay by any party hereto in enforcing or exercising any of the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Company’s right to terminate the Employment Period with Cause or, except as otherwise stated herein, Executive’s right to terminate the Employment Agreement with Good Reason) shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement or be deemed to be an implied waiver of any provision of this Agreement.

18. Insurance . The Company may, at its discretion, apply for and procure in its own name and for its own benefit life and/or disability insurance on Executive in any amount or amounts considered advisable. Executive agrees to cooperate in any medical or other examination, supply any information and execute and deliver any applications or other instruments in writing as may be reasonably necessary to obtain and constitute such insurance.

19. Indemnification and Reimbursement of Payments on Behalf of Executive . The Company and its respective Subsidiaries shall be entitled to deduct or withhold from any amounts owing from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to Executive any federal, state, local

 

10


or foreign withholding taxes, excise tax, or employment taxes (“ Taxes ”) imposed with respect to Executive’s compensation or other payments from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Executive’s ownership interest in Parent (including, without limitation, wages, bonuses, dividends, the receipt or exercise of equity options and/or the receipt or vesting of restricted equity). In the event the Company or any of its Subsidiaries does not make such deductions or withholdings, Executive shall indemnify the Company and its Subsidiaries for any amounts paid with respect to any such Taxes, together (if such failure to withhold was at the written direction of Executive) with any interest, penalties and related expenses thereto.

20. Waiver of Jury Trial . AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

21. Corporate Opportunity . During the Employment Period, Executive shall submit to the Board all business, commercial and investment opportunities or offers presented to Executive, or of which Executive becomes aware, at any time during the Employment Period, which opportunities relate to the business of designing, manufacturing, marketing, or selling electromechanical or electronic sensors or controls (“ Corporate Opportunities ”). During the Employment Period, unless approved by the Board, Executive shall not accept or pursue, directly or indirectly, any Corporate Opportunities on Executive’s own behalf.

22. Executive’s Cooperation . During the Employment Period and thereafter, Executive shall reasonably cooperate with Parent and its Subsidiaries in any internal investigation or administrative, regulatory or judicial proceeding as reasonably requested by Parent or any Subsidiary (including, without limitation, Executive being available to Parent and its Subsidiaries upon reasonable notice for interviews and factual investigations, appearing at Parent’s or any Subsidiary’s request to give truthful and accurate testimony without requiring service of a subpoena or other legal process, volunteering to Parent and its Subsidiaries all pertinent information and turning over to Parent and its Subsidiaries all relevant documents which are or may come into Executive’s possession, all at times and on schedules that are reasonably consistent with Executive’s other permitted activities and commitments). In the event Parent or any Subsidiary requires Executive’s cooperation in accordance with this paragraph, Parent shall pay Executive a per diem reasonably determined by the Board and reimburse Executive for reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith (including lodging and meals, upon submission of receipts).

23. Nondisparagement . Executive agrees not to, except as may be required by law, directly or indirectly, publicly or privately, make, publish or solicit, or encourage others to make, publish or solicit, any disparaging statements, comments, announcements, or remarks concerning Parent or its Affiliates, or any of their respective past and present directors, officers or employees. Parent and its Affiliates agree not to, except as may be required by law, directly or indirectly, publicly or privately, make, publish or solicit, or encourage others to make, publish or solicit, any disparaging statements, comments, announcements or remarks concerning Executive or his employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

*    *    *    *    *

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Employment Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Steven M. Major

 

12


ANNEX A

 

i. annual physical medical analysis

 

ii. financial counseling services

Exhibit 10.19

EXECUTION COPY

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of May 12, 2006, between Sensata Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Jean-Pierre Vasdeboncoeur (“ Executive ”).

In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment . The Company shall employ Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement for the period beginning on the date hereof and ending as provided in paragraph 4 hereof (the “ Employment Period ”).

2. Position and Duties .

(a) During the Employment Period, Executive shall serve as the Vice President, Controls Division, of the Company and shall have the normal duties, responsibilities, functions and authority of the Vice President, Controls Division, subject to the power and authority of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), in consultation with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ Chief Executive Officer ”), to expand or limit such duties, responsibilities, functions and authority and to overrule actions of officers of the Company. During the Employment Period, Executive shall render to Parent and its Subsidiaries administrative, financial and other executive and managerial services that are consistent with Executive’s position as the Board may from time to time direct.

(b) Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board, and Executive shall devote his full business time and attention (except for vacation periods consistent with past practice and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacity) to the business and affairs of Parent and its Subsidiaries. In performing his duties and exercising his authority under the Agreement, Executive shall support and implement the business and strategic plans approved from time to time by the Board and shall support and cooperate with Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ efforts to expand their businesses and operate profitably and in conformity with the business and strategic plans approved by the Board. So long as Executive is employed by the Company, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Board, perform other services for compensation. Unless otherwise agreed by Executive, Executive’s place of work shall be in the greater Attleboro, Massachusetts metropolitan area, except for travel reasonably required for Company business.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Subsidiaries ” shall mean any corporation or other entity of which the securities or other ownership interests having the voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other governing body are, at the time of determination, owned by Parent, directly or through one or more Subsidiaries.


(d) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Affiliate ” shall mean with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries, any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with Parent or any of its Subsidiaries and, in the case of a Person which is a partnership, any partner of the Person.

(e) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Person ” shall mean an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

(f) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Parent ” shall mean Sensata Technologies Holding B.V., a private limited company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands.

3. Compensation and Benefits .

(a) During the Employment Period, Executive’s base salary shall be $178,020.00 per annum and shall be subject to review by the Board, after consultation with the Chief Executive Officer, on an annual basis commencing January 1, 2007 (as adjusted from time to time, the “ Base Salary ”), which salary shall be payable by the Company in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices (in effect from time to time). In addition, during the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all of the Company’s employee benefit programs for which senior executive employees of Parent and its Subsidiaries are generally eligible (assuming Executive and/or his family meet the eligibility requirements of those benefit programs), as well as the benefit programs listed on Annex A , which are currently in effect in addition to employee benefit programs for which executive employees of Parent and its Subsidiaries are generally eligible (the “ Senior Executive Benefits ”). The Company may in its sole discretion change the Senior Executive Benefits at any time; provided that, the Company shall maintain the benefits set forth on Annex A for a period of 12 months after the date hereof.

(b) During the Employment Period, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred by him in the course of performing his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, which business expenses are consistent with the Company’s policies in effect from time to time with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses, subject to the Company’s requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of such expenses.

(c) In addition to the Base Salary, Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual bonus (“ Annual Bonus ”) in an amount equal to a certain percentage of the Base Salary then in effect, which percentage shall be determined by the Chief Executive Officer, after consultation with and approval by the Board, and is based upon the achievement by Parent and its Subsidiaries of financial and other objectives established each year by the Board. An Annual Bonus, if any, will be earned as of February 1 and paid to Executive by the Company on or before March 15 th of the fiscal year following the fiscal year to which such Annual Bonus relates.

 

2


4. Term .

(a) The Employment Period shall end on the first anniversary of the date hereof, but shall automatically be renewed on the same terms and conditions set forth herein (as modified from time to time by the parties hereto) for additional one-year periods beginning on the first anniversary of the date hereof and on each successive anniversary date, unless the Company or Executive gives the other party written notice of the election not to renew the Employment Period at least 90 days prior to any such renewal date; provided that, the Employment Period shall terminate prior to such date immediately upon Executive’s resignation (with or without Good Reason, as defined below), death or Disability (as defined below) or upon the Company’s termination of Executive’s employment (whether with Cause (as defined below) or without Cause).

(b) If the Employment Period is terminated (1) by the Company without Cause (other than as a result of Executive’s Disability) or (2) upon Executive’s resignation with Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to (i) his Base Salary through the date of termination, (ii) any bonus amounts to which Executive is entitled determined by reference to years that ended on or prior to the date of termination, (iii) an amount equal to one year of Executive’s then current Base Salary plus an amount equal to the average of the Annual Bonus paid to Executive in respect of each of the two years immediately preceding the termination of Executive’s employment, and (iv) running concurrently with his COBRA period, continued participation throughout the Severance Period (as defined below) in all health and dental benefit plans in which Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to the termination of Executive’s employment (or the Company shall arrange to make available to Executive benefits substantially similar to those which Executive would otherwise have been entitled to receive over such period if Executive’s employment had not been terminated) on the same terms and conditions (including employee contributions toward premium payments) under which Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to his termination, in each case if and only if Executive has executed and delivered to the Company a general release substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto and only if Executive does not breach the provisions of paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 hereof. The amounts payable pursuant to clause (iii) of this paragraph 4(b) shall be payable in regular installments over 12 months (the “ Severance Period ”) in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices.

(c) If the Employment Period is terminated (1) by the Company with Cause, (2) due to Executive’s death or Disability or (3) by Executive’s resignation without Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to receive (i) his Base Salary through the date of termination and (ii) any bonus amounts to which Executive is entitled determined by reference to years that ended on or prior to the date of termination.

(d) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Executive shall not be entitled to any other salary, bonuses, employee benefits or compensation from the Company or its Subsidiaries after the termination of the Employment Period and all of Executive’s rights to salary, bonuses, employee benefits and other compensation hereunder which would have accrued or become payable after the termination of the Employment Period (other than vested retirement benefits accrued on or prior to the termination of the Employment Period or other amounts owing hereunder as of the date of such termination that have not yet been paid) shall cease upon such termination, other than those expressly required under applicable law (such as COBRA).

 

3


(e) Executive is under no obligation to mitigate damages or the amount of any payment provided for hereunder by seeking other employment or otherwise, and the Company shall have no right of offset for any amounts received by Executive from other employment; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Executive’s coverage under the Company’s health and dental benefit plans will terminate when Executive becomes eligible under any employee benefit plan made available by another employer covering health and dental benefits. The Executive shall notify the Company within thirty (30) days after becoming eligible for any such benefits.

(f) The Company may offset any amounts Executive owes Parent and its Subsidiaries against any amounts Parent and its Subsidiaries owe Executive hereunder.

(g) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean, with respect to Executive, one or more of the following: (i) the indictment for a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude or the commission of any other act or any omission to act involving fraud with respect to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their customers or suppliers; (ii) any act or any omission to act involving dishonesty or disloyalty which causes, or in the good faith judgment of the Board would be reasonably likely to cause, material harm (including reputational harm) to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their customers or suppliers; (iii) any (A) repeated abuse of alcohol or (B) abuse of controlled substances, in either case, that adversely affects Executive’s work performance (and, in the case of clause (A), continues to occur at any time more than 30 days after Executive has been given written notice thereof) or brings Parent or its Subsidiaries into public disgrace or disrepute; (iv) the failure by Executive to substantially perform duties as reasonably directed by the Board or Executive’s supervisor(s), which non-performance remains uncured for 10 days after written notice thereof is given to Executive; (v) willful misconduct with respect to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, which misconducts causes, or in the good faith judgment of the Board would be reasonably likely to cause, material harm (including reputational harm) to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; or (vi) any breach by Executive of paragraph 5, 6 or 7 of this Agreement or any other material breach of this Agreement or the Management Equity Plans (as defined below).

(h) Executive will be “ Disabled ” only if, as a result of his incapacity due to physical or mental illness, Executive is considered disabled under the Company’s long-term disability insurance plans.

(i) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean if Executive resigns from employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries prior to the end of the Employment Period as a result of one or more of the following reasons: (i) any reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or bonus opportunity, without Executive’s prior consent, in either case other than any reduction which (A) is generally applicable to senior leadership team executives of the Company and (B) does not exceed 15% of Executive’s Base Salary and bonus opportunity in the aggregate; (ii) any material breach by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries of any agreement between such Persons and Executive; (iii) a change in Executive’s principal office without

 

4


Executive’s prior consent to a location that is more than 50 miles from Executive’s principal office on the date hereof; or (iv) delivery by the Company of a notice of non-renewal of the Employment Period; provided that, any such reason was not cured by the Company to Participant’s reasonable satisfaction within 30 days after delivery of written notice thereof to the Company; further provided that, in each case written notice of an Executive’s resignation with Good Reason must be delivered to the Company within 30 days after Executive has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any such event in order for Executive’s resignation with Good Reason to be effective hereunder.

(j) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Management Equity Plans ” shall mean the 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan of Sensata Investment Company S.C.A. and the 2006 Management Option Plan of Parent, along with any Award Agreements (as defined therein) and any attachments thereto, as amended from time to time.

5. Confidential Information .

(a) Executive acknowledges that the continued success of Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, depends upon the use and protection of a large body of confidential and proprietary information. All of such confidential and proprietary information now existing or to be developed in the future will be referred to in this Agreement as “ Confidential Information ”. Confidential Information will be interpreted as broadly as possible to include all information of any sort (whether merely remembered or embodied in a tangible or intangible form) that is (i) related to Parent’s or its Subsidiaries’ or Affiliates’ current or potential business and (ii) is not generally or publicly known. Confidential Information includes, without specific limitation, the information, observations and data obtained by Executive during the course of his performance under this Agreement concerning the business and affairs of Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, information concerning acquisition opportunities in or reasonably related to the Parent’s or its Subsidiaries’ or Affiliates’ business or industry of which Executive becomes aware during the Employment Period, the persons or entities that are current, former or prospective suppliers or customers of any one or more of them during Executive’s course of performance under this Agreement, as well as development, transition and transformation plans, methodologies and methods of doing business, strategic, marketing and expansion plans, including plans regarding planned and potential sales, financial and business plans, employee lists and telephone numbers, locations of sales representatives, new and existing programs and services, prices and terms, customer service, integration processes, requirements and costs of providing service, support and equipment. Therefore, Executive agrees that during his employment and for a period of three (3) years after termination of his employment for any reason (and as to information that constitutes a trade secret under applicable law, for such longer period as the same shall remain a trade secret) he shall not disclose to any unauthorized person or use for his own account any of such Confidential Information without both Board’s prior written consent, unless and to the extent that any Confidential Information (i) becomes generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of Executive’s acts or omissions to act or (ii) is required to be disclosed pursuant to any applicable law or court order. Executive agrees to deliver to the Company at the end of the Employment Period, or at any other time the Company may request in writing, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports and other documents (and copies thereof) relating to the business of Parent or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (including, without limitation, all Confidential Information) that he may then possess or have under his control.

 

5


(b) During the Employment Period, Executive shall not use or disclose any confidential information or trade secrets, if any, of any former employers or any other person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality, and shall not bring onto the premises of Parent or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employer or any other Person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality unless consented to in writing by the former employer or Person. Executive shall use in the performance of his duties only information that is (i) generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to Executive’s and that is (x) common knowledge in the industry or (y) is otherwise legally in the public domain, (ii) otherwise provided or developed by Parent or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or (iii) in the case of materials, property or information belonging to any former employer or other Person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality, approved for such use in writing by such former employer or Person. If at any time during the Employment Period, Executive believes he is being asked to engage in work that will, or will be likely to, jeopardize any confidentiality or other obligations Executive may have to former employers, Executive shall immediately advise the Board so that Executive’s duties can be modified appropriately.

(c) Executive represents and warrants to the Parent and its Subsidiaries that Executive took nothing with him which belonged to any former employer when Executive left his position(s) with such employer(s) and that Executive has nothing that contains any information which belongs to any former employer. If at any time Executive discovers that this representation is incorrect, Executive shall promptly return any such materials to Executive’s former employer(s). Parent and its Subsidiaries does not want any such materials, and Executive shall not be permitted to use or refer to any such materials in the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder.

(d) Executive understands that Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates will receive from third parties confidential or proprietary information (“ Third Party Information ”) subject to a duty on Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. During the Employment Period and thereafter, and without in any way limiting the provisions of paragraph 5(a) above, Executive will hold Third Party Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose to anyone (other than personnel of Parent or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who need to know such information in connection with their work for Parent or such Subsidiaries and Affiliates) or use, except in connection with his work for Parent or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, Third Party Information unless expressly authorized by a member of the Board in writing.

6. Intellectual Property, Inventions and Patents . Executive acknowledges that all discoveries, concepts, ideas, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, patent applications, copyrightable work and mask work (whether or not including any confidential information) and all registrations or applications related thereto, all other proprietary information and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) which relate to Parent’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ actual or anticipated business,

 

6


research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed or made by Executive (whether alone or jointly with others) while employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries, whether before or after the date of this Agreement (“ Work Product ”), belong to Parent, the Company or such Subsidiary. Executive shall promptly disclose such Work Product to the Board and, at the Company’s expense, perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the Employment Period) to establish and confirm such ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney and other instruments).

7. Non-Compete; Non-Solicitation .

(a) In further consideration of the compensation to be paid to Executive hereunder, Executive acknowledges that during the course of his employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries he has and shall become familiar with Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ corporate strategy, pricing and other market information, know-how, trade secrets and valuable customer, supplier and employee relationships, and with other Confidential Information concerning Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and that his services have been and shall be of special, unique and extraordinary value to Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates. Accordingly, Executive agrees that, during the Employment Period and for one (1) year thereafter (the “ Noncompete Period ”), he shall not directly or indirectly own any interest in, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for, or in any manner engage in any Competing Business that conducts operations or sales in Japan, Holland, Germany, Korea, China, Malaysia, Mexico, or Brazil, or in the United States within any of the following states: Michigan, Wisconsin, Illinois, New York, Ohio, Indiana, Connecticut, Iowa, Pennsylvania, Missouri, Massachusetts, California, North Carolina, Texas, Indiana, Illinois, Kentucky, Mississippi, Washington, Tennessee, Virginia, New Jersey, Idaho, Colorado, Alabama, Georgia, South Carolina, Florida, or Maryland (and, in the event the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates conducts operations or sales in other jurisdictions after the date hereof, such other jurisdictions, provided that the Company updates this list of jurisdictions by delivering written notice to Executive). Nothing herein shall prohibit Executive from being a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation which is publicly traded, so long as Executive has no active participation in the business of such corporation. For purpose of this Agreement, “ Competing Business ” shall mean any business engaged (whether directly or indirectly) in the design, manufacture, marketing, or sale of electromechanical or electronic sensors or controls.

(b) During the Noncompete Period, Executive shall not directly or indirectly through another person or entity (i) induce or attempt to induce any employee of Parent or any Subsidiary to leave the employ of Parent or such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship between Parent or any Subsidiary and any employee thereof, (ii) knowingly hire any person who was an employee of Parent or any Subsidiary at any time during the twelve months prior to the termination of Executive’s employment or (iii) induce or encourage any customer, supplier, licensee, licensor or other business relation of Parent or any Subsidiary to cease doing business with Parent or such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, licensee. licensor or business relation and Parent or any Subsidiary (including, without limitation, making any negative or disparaging statements or communications

 

7


regarding Parent or its Subsidiaries); provided that, in each case, this paragraph 7(b) shall only apply if Executive shall have done business with, or had supervisory or other responsibility for, the employee, customer, supplier, licensee, licensor, or business relation to which the applicable clause of this paragraph 7(b) applies.

(c) If, at the time of enforcement of this paragraph 7, a court shall hold that the duration, scope or area restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties agree that the maximum duration, scope or area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated duration, scope or area and that the court shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law. Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7 are reasonable and that he has reviewed the provisions of this Agreement with his legal counsel.

(d) Executive acknowledges that any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this paragraph 7 would cause Parent and its Subsidiaries irreparable harm. Accordingly, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in its favor, the Company shall be entitled to specific performance and/or injunctive or other equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security). Further, in the event of an alleged breach or violation by Executive of this paragraph 7, the Noncompete Period shall be tolled until such breach or violation has been duly cured.

8. Executive’s Representations . Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (a) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Executive do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which Executive is a party or by which he is bound, (b) Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompete agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other person or entity and (c) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of Executive, enforceable in accordance with its terms. Executive hereby acknowledges and represents that he has consulted with independent legal counsel regarding his rights and obligations under this Agreement and that he fully understands the terms and conditions contained herein.

9. Survival . Paragraphs 4 through 23 (other than paragraph 21) shall survive and continue in full force in accordance with their terms notwithstanding the termination of the Employment Period.

10. Notices . Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, sent by reputable overnight courier service or mailed by first class mail, return receipt requested, to the recipient at the address below indicated:

 

8


Notices to Executive :

Jean-Pierre Vasdeboncoeur

125 Laurel Wood Drive

East Greenwich, RI 02818

Notices to the Company :

Sensata Technologies, Inc.

529 Pleasant Street

Attleboro, MA 02703

Attention: Senior Counsel

With a copy to :

Bain Capital Partners, LLC

745 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10151

Attention:

   Ed Conard
   Paul Edgerley
   Stephen M. Zide

and

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60601

Attention:

   Matthew E. Steinmetz, P.C.
   Jeffrey W. Richards

or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party shall have specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any notice under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered, sent or mailed.

11. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any action in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

12. Complete Agreement . This Agreement, those documents expressly referred to herein and other documents of even date herewith embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

 

9


13. No Strict Construction . The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts (including by means of facsimile), each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

15. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor to the Company, including, without limitation, any Persons acquiring directly or indirectly all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise (and such successor shall thereafter be deemed the “Company” for the purposes of this Agreement), but will not otherwise be assignable, transferable or delegable by the Company other than to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees and legatees, but otherwise will not otherwise be assignable, transferable or delegable by Executive. This Agreement is personal in nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign, transfer or delegate this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder except as otherwise expressly provided in this paragraph 15.

16. Choice of Law . All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

17. Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company (as approved by the Board) and Executive, and no course of conduct or course of dealing or failure or delay by any party hereto in enforcing or exercising any of the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Company’s right to terminate the Employment Period with Cause or, except as otherwise stated herein, Executive’s right to terminate the Employment Agreement with Good Reason) shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement or be deemed to be an implied waiver of any provision of this Agreement.

18. Insurance . The Company may, at its discretion, apply for and procure in its own name and for its own benefit life and/or disability insurance on Executive in any amount or amounts considered advisable. Executive agrees to cooperate in any medical or other examination, supply any information and execute and deliver any applications or other instruments in writing as may be reasonably necessary to obtain and constitute such insurance.

19. Indemnification and Reimbursement of Payments on Behalf of Executive . The Company and its respective Subsidiaries shall be entitled to deduct or withhold from any amounts owing from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to Executive any federal, state, local

 

10


or foreign withholding taxes, excise tax, or employment taxes (“ Taxes ”) imposed with respect to Executive’s compensation or other payments from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Executive’s ownership interest in Parent (including, without limitation, wages, bonuses, dividends, the receipt or exercise of equity options and/or the receipt or vesting of restricted equity). In the event the Company or any of its Subsidiaries does not make such deductions or withholdings, Executive shall indemnify the Company and its Subsidiaries for any amounts paid with respect to any such Taxes, together (if such failure to withhold was at the written direction of Executive) with any interest, penalties and related expenses thereto.

20. Waiver of Jury Trial . AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

21. Corporate Opportunity . During the Employment Period, Executive shall submit to the Board all business, commercial and investment opportunities or offers presented to Executive, or of which Executive becomes aware, at any time during the Employment Period, which opportunities relate to the business of designing, manufacturing, marketing, or selling electromechanical or electronic sensors or controls (“ Corporate Opportunities ”). During the Employment Period, unless approved by the Board, Executive shall not accept or pursue, directly or indirectly, any Corporate Opportunities on Executive’s own behalf.

22. Executive’s Cooperation . During the Employment Period and thereafter, Executive shall reasonably cooperate with Parent and its Subsidiaries in any internal investigation or administrative, regulatory or judicial proceeding as reasonably requested by Parent or any Subsidiary (including, without limitation, Executive being available to Parent and its Subsidiaries upon reasonable notice for interviews and factual investigations, appearing at Parent’s or any Subsidiary’s request to give truthful and accurate testimony without requiring service of a subpoena or other legal process, volunteering to Parent and its Subsidiaries all pertinent information and turning over to Parent and its Subsidiaries all relevant documents which are or may come into Executive’s possession, all at times and on schedules that are reasonably consistent with Executive’s other permitted activities and commitments). In the event Parent or any Subsidiary requires Executive’s cooperation in accordance with this paragraph, Parent shall pay Executive a per diem reasonably determined by the Board and reimburse Executive for reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith (including lodging and meals, upon submission of receipts).

23. Nondisparagement . Executive agrees not to, except as may be required by law, directly or indirectly, publicly or privately, make, publish or solicit, or encourage others to make, publish or solicit, any disparaging statements, comments, announcements, or remarks concerning Parent or its Affiliates, or any of their respective past and present directors, officers or employees. Parent and its Affiliates agree not to, except as may be required by law, directly or indirectly, publicly or privately, make, publish or solicit, or encourage others to make, publish or solicit, any disparaging statements, comments, announcements or remarks concerning Executive or his employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

*    *    *    *    *

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Employment Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Jean-Pierre Vasdeboncoeur

 

12


ANNEX A

 

i. annual physical medical analysis

 

ii. financial counseling services

Exhibit 10.20

EXECUTION COPY

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of May 12, 2006, between Sensata Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Robert E. Kearney (“ Executive ”).

In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment . The Company shall employ Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement for the period beginning on the date hereof and ending as provided in paragraph 4 hereof (the “ Employment Period ”).

2. Position and Duties .

(a) During the Employment Period, Executive shall serve as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company and shall have the normal duties, responsibilities, functions and authority of the Chief Financial Officer, subject to the power and authority of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), in consultation with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ Chief Executive Officer ”), to expand or limit such duties, responsibilities, functions and authority and to overrule actions of officers of the Company. During the Employment Period, Executive shall render to Parent and its Subsidiaries administrative, financial and other executive and managerial services that are consistent with Executive’s position as the Board may from time to time direct.

(b) Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board, and Executive shall devote his full business time and attention (except for vacation periods consistent with past practice and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacity) to the business and affairs of Parent and its Subsidiaries. In performing his duties and exercising his authority under the Agreement, Executive shall support and implement the business and strategic plans approved from time to time by the Board and shall support and cooperate with Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ efforts to expand their businesses and operate profitably and in conformity with the business and strategic plans approved by the Board. So long as Executive is employed by the Company, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Board, perform other services for compensation. Unless otherwise agreed by Executive, Executive’s place of work shall be in the greater Attleboro, Massachusetts metropolitan area, except for travel reasonably required for Company business.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Subsidiaries ” shall mean any corporation or other entity of which the securities or other ownership interests having the voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other governing body are, at the time of determination, owned by Parent, directly or through one or more Subsidiaries.


(d) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Affiliate ” shall mean with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries, any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with Parent or any of its Subsidiaries and, in the case of a Person which is a partnership, any partner of the Person.

(e) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Person ” shall mean an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

(f) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Parent ” shall mean Sensata Technologies Holding B.V., a private limited company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands.

3. Compensation and Benefits .

(a) During the Employment Period, Executive’s base salary shall be $180,960.00 per annum and shall be subject to review by the Board, after consultation with the Chief Executive Officer, on an annual basis commencing January 1, 2007 (as adjusted from time to time, the “ Base Salary ”), which salary shall be payable by the Company in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices (in effect from time to time). In addition, during the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all of the Company’s employee benefit programs for which senior executive employees of Parent and its Subsidiaries are generally eligible (assuming Executive and/or his family meet the eligibility requirements of those benefit programs), as well as the benefit programs listed on Annex A , which are currently in effect in addition to employee benefit programs for which executive employees of Parent and its Subsidiaries are generally eligible (the “ Senior Executive Benefits ”). The Company may in its sole discretion change the Senior Executive Benefits at any time; provided that, the Company shall maintain the benefits set forth on Annex A for a period of 12 months after the date hereof.

(b) During the Employment Period, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred by him in the course of performing his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, which business expenses are consistent with the Company’s policies in effect from time to time with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses, subject to the Company’s requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of such expenses.

(c) In addition to the Base Salary, Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual bonus (“ Annual Bonus ”) in an amount equal to a certain percentage of the Base Salary then in effect, which percentage shall be determined by the Chief Executive Officer, after consultation with and approval by the Board, and is based upon the achievement by Parent and its Subsidiaries of financial and other objectives established each year by the Board. An Annual Bonus, if any, will be earned as of February 1 and paid to Executive by the Company on or before March 15 th of the fiscal year following the fiscal year to which such Annual Bonus relates.

 

2


4. Term .

(a) The Employment Period shall end on the first anniversary of the date hereof, but shall automatically be renewed on the same terms and conditions set forth herein (as modified from time to time by the parties hereto) for additional one-year periods beginning on the first anniversary of the date hereof and on each successive anniversary date, unless the Company or Executive gives the other party written notice of the election not to renew the Employment Period at least 90 days prior to any such renewal date; provided that, the Employment Period shall terminate prior to such date immediately upon Executive’s resignation (with or without Good Reason, as defined below), death or Disability (as defined below) or upon the Company’s termination of Executive’s employment (whether with Cause (as defined below) or without Cause).

(b) If the Employment Period is terminated (1) by the Company without Cause (other than as a result of Executive’s Disability) or (2) upon Executive’s resignation with Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to (i) his Base Salary through the date of termination, (ii) any bonus amounts to which Executive is entitled determined by reference to years that ended on or prior to the date of termination, (iii) an amount equal to one year of Executive’s then current Base Salary plus an amount equal to the average of the Annual Bonus paid to Executive in respect of each of the two years immediately preceding the termination of Executive’s employment, and (iv) running concurrently with his COBRA period, continued participation throughout the Severance Period (as defined below) in all health and dental benefit plans in which Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to the termination of Executive’s employment (or the Company shall arrange to make available to Executive benefits substantially similar to those which Executive would otherwise have been entitled to receive over such period if Executive’s employment had not been terminated) on the same terms and conditions (including employee contributions toward premium payments) under which Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to his termination, in each case if and only if Executive has executed and delivered to the Company a general release substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto and only if Executive does not breach the provisions of paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 hereof. The amounts payable pursuant to clause (iii) of this paragraph 4(b) shall be payable in regular installments over 12 months (the “ Severance Period ”) in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices.

(c) If the Employment Period is terminated (1) by the Company with Cause, (2) due to Executive’s death or Disability or (3) by Executive’s resignation without Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to receive (i) his Base Salary through the date of termination and (ii) any bonus amounts to which Executive is entitled determined by reference to years that ended on or prior to the date of termination.

(d) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Executive shall not be entitled to any other salary, bonuses, employee benefits or compensation from the Company or its Subsidiaries after the termination of the Employment Period and all of Executive’s rights to salary, bonuses, employee benefits and other compensation hereunder which would have accrued or become payable after the termination of the Employment Period (other than vested retirement benefits accrued on or prior to the termination of the Employment Period or other amounts owing hereunder as of the date of such termination that have not yet been paid) shall cease upon such termination, other than those expressly required under applicable law (such as COBRA).

 

3


(e) Executive is under no obligation to mitigate damages or the amount of any payment provided for hereunder by seeking other employment or otherwise, and the Company shall have no right of offset for any amounts received by Executive from other employment; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Executive’s coverage under the Company’s health and dental benefit plans will terminate when Executive becomes eligible under any employee benefit plan made available by another employer covering health and dental benefits. The Executive shall notify the Company within thirty (30) days after becoming eligible for any such benefits.

(f) The Company may offset any amounts Executive owes Parent and its Subsidiaries against any amounts Parent and its Subsidiaries owe Executive hereunder.

(g) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean, with respect to Executive, one or more of the following: (i) the indictment for a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude or the commission of any other act or any omission to act involving fraud with respect to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their customers or suppliers; (ii) any act or any omission to act involving dishonesty or disloyalty which causes, or in the good faith judgment of the Board would be reasonably likely to cause, material harm (including reputational harm) to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their customers or suppliers; (iii) any (A) repeated abuse of alcohol or (B) abuse of controlled substances, in either case, that adversely affects Executive’s work performance (and, in the case of clause (A), continues to occur at any time more than 30 days after Executive has been given written notice thereof) or brings Parent or its Subsidiaries into public disgrace or disrepute; (iv) the failure by Executive to substantially perform duties as reasonably directed by the Board or Executive’s supervisor(s), which non-performance remains uncured for 10 days after written notice thereof is given to Executive; (v) willful misconduct with respect to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, which misconducts causes, or in the good faith judgment of the Board would be reasonably likely to cause, material harm (including reputational harm) to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; or (vi) any breach by Executive of paragraph 5, 6 or 7 of this Agreement or any other material breach of this Agreement or the Management Equity Plans (as defined below).

(h) Executive will be “ Disabled ” only if, as a result of his incapacity due to physical or mental illness, Executive is considered disabled under the Company’s long-term disability insurance plans.

(i) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean if Executive resigns from employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries prior to the end of the Employment Period as a result of one or more of the following reasons: (i) any reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or bonus opportunity, without Executive’s prior consent, in either case other than any reduction which (A) is generally applicable to senior leadership team executives of the Company and (B) does not exceed 15% of Executive’s Base Salary and bonus opportunity in the aggregate; (ii) any material breach by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries of any agreement between such Persons and Executive; (iii) a change in Executive’s principal office without

 

4


Executive’s prior consent to a location that is more than 50 miles from Executive’s principal office on the date hereof; or (iv) delivery by the Company of a notice of non-renewal of the Employment Period; provided that, any such reason was not cured by the Company to Participant’s reasonable satisfaction within 30 days after delivery of written notice thereof to the Company; further provided that, in each case written notice of an Executive’s resignation with Good Reason must be delivered to the Company within 30 days after Executive has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any such event in order for Executive’s resignation with Good Reason to be effective hereunder.

(j) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Management Equity Plans ” shall mean the 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan of Sensata Investment Company S.C.A. and the 2006 Management Option Plan of Parent, along with any Award Agreements (as defined therein) and any attachments thereto, as amended from time to time.

5. Confidential Information .

(a) Executive acknowledges that the continued success of Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, depends upon the use and protection of a large body of confidential and proprietary information. All of such confidential and proprietary information now existing or to be developed in the future will be referred to in this Agreement as “ Confidential Information ”. Confidential Information will be interpreted as broadly as possible to include all information of any sort (whether merely remembered or embodied in a tangible or intangible form) that is (i) related to Parent’s or its Subsidiaries’ or Affiliates’ current or potential business and (ii) is not generally or publicly known. Confidential Information includes, without specific limitation, the information, observations and data obtained by Executive during the course of his performance under this Agreement concerning the business and affairs of Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, information concerning acquisition opportunities in or reasonably related to the Parent’s or its Subsidiaries’ or Affiliates’ business or industry of which Executive becomes aware during the Employment Period, the persons or entities that are current, former or prospective suppliers or customers of any one or more of them during Executive’s course of performance under this Agreement, as well as development, transition and transformation plans, methodologies and methods of doing business, strategic, marketing and expansion plans, including plans regarding planned and potential sales, financial and business plans, employee lists and telephone numbers, locations of sales representatives, new and existing programs and services, prices and terms, customer service, integration processes, requirements and costs of providing service, support and equipment. Therefore, Executive agrees that during his employment and for a period of three (3) years after termination of his employment for any reason (and as to information that constitutes a trade secret under applicable law, for such longer period as the same shall remain a trade secret) he shall not disclose to any unauthorized person or use for his own account any of such Confidential Information without both Board’s prior written consent, unless and to the extent that any Confidential Information (i) becomes generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of Executive’s acts or omissions to act or (ii) is required to be disclosed pursuant to any applicable law or court order. Executive agrees to deliver to the Company at the end of the Employment Period, or at any other time the Company may request in writing, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports and other documents (and copies thereof) relating to the business of Parent or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (including, without limitation, all Confidential Information) that he may then possess or have under his control.

 

5


(b) During the Employment Period, Executive shall not use or disclose any confidential information or trade secrets, if any, of any former employers or any other person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality, and shall not bring onto the premises of Parent or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employer or any other Person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality unless consented to in writing by the former employer or Person. Executive shall use in the performance of his duties only information that is (i) generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to Executive’s and that is (x) common knowledge in the industry or (y) is otherwise legally in the public domain, (ii) otherwise provided or developed by Parent or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or (iii) in the case of materials, property or information belonging to any former employer or other Person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality, approved for such use in writing by such former employer or Person. If at any time during the Employment Period, Executive believes he is being asked to engage in work that will, or will be likely to, jeopardize any confidentiality or other obligations Executive may have to former employers, Executive shall immediately advise the Board so that Executive’s duties can be modified appropriately.

(c) Executive represents and warrants to the Parent and its Subsidiaries that Executive took nothing with him which belonged to any former employer when Executive left his position(s) with such employer(s) and that Executive has nothing that contains any information which belongs to any former employer. If at any time Executive discovers that this representation is incorrect, Executive shall promptly return any such materials to Executive’s former employer(s). Parent and its Subsidiaries does not want any such materials, and Executive shall not be permitted to use or refer to any such materials in the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder.

(d) Executive understands that Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates will receive from third parties confidential or proprietary information (“ Third Party Information ”) subject to a duty on Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. During the Employment Period and thereafter, and without in any way limiting the provisions of paragraph 5(a) above, Executive will hold Third Party Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose to anyone (other than personnel of Parent or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who need to know such information in connection with their work for Parent or such Subsidiaries and Affiliates) or use, except in connection with his work for Parent or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, Third Party Information unless expressly authorized by a member of the Board in writing.

6. Intellectual Property, Inventions and Patents . Executive acknowledges that all discoveries, concepts, ideas, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, patent applications, copyrightable work and mask work (whether or not including any confidential information) and all registrations or applications related thereto, all other proprietary information and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) which relate to Parent’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ actual or anticipated business,

 

6


research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed or made by Executive (whether alone or jointly with others) while employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries, whether before or after the date of this Agreement (“ Work Product ”), belong to Parent, the Company or such Subsidiary. Executive shall promptly disclose such Work Product to the Board and, at the Company’s expense, perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the Employment Period) to establish and confirm such ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney and other instruments).

7. Non-Compete; Non-Solicitation .

(a) In further consideration of the compensation to be paid to Executive hereunder, Executive acknowledges that during the course of his employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries he has and shall become familiar with Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ corporate strategy, pricing and other market information, know-how, trade secrets and valuable customer, supplier and employee relationships, and with other Confidential Information concerning Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and that his services have been and shall be of special, unique and extraordinary value to Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates. Accordingly, Executive agrees that, during the Employment Period and for one (1) year thereafter (the “ Noncompete Period ”), he shall not directly or indirectly own any interest in, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for, or in any manner engage in any Competing Business that conducts operations or sales in Japan, Holland, Germany, Korea, China, Malaysia, Mexico, or Brazil, or in the United States within any of the following states: Michigan, Wisconsin, Illinois, New York, Ohio, Indiana, Connecticut, Iowa, Pennsylvania, Missouri, Massachusetts, California, North Carolina, Texas, Indiana, Illinois, Kentucky, Mississippi, Washington, Tennessee, Virginia, New Jersey, Idaho, Colorado, Alabama, Georgia, South Carolina, Florida, or Maryland (and, in the event the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates conducts operations or sales in other jurisdictions after the date hereof, such other jurisdictions, provided that the Company updates this list of jurisdictions by delivering written notice to Executive). Nothing herein shall prohibit Executive from being a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation which is publicly traded, so long as Executive has no active participation in the business of such corporation. For purpose of this Agreement, “ Competing Business ” shall mean any business engaged (whether directly or indirectly) in the design, manufacture, marketing, or sale of electromechanical or electronic sensors or controls.

(b) During the Noncompete Period, Executive shall not directly or indirectly through another person or entity (i) induce or attempt to induce any employee of Parent or any Subsidiary to leave the employ of Parent or such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship between Parent or any Subsidiary and any employee thereof, (ii) knowingly hire any person who was an employee of Parent or any Subsidiary at any time during the twelve months prior to the termination of Executive’s employment or (iii) induce or encourage any customer, supplier, licensee, licensor or other business relation of Parent or any Subsidiary to cease doing business with Parent or such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, licensee. licensor or business relation and Parent or any Subsidiary (including, without limitation, making any negative or disparaging statements or communications

 

7


regarding Parent or its Subsidiaries); provided that, in each case, this paragraph 7(b) shall only apply if Executive shall have done business with, or had supervisory or other responsibility for, the employee, customer, supplier, licensee, licensor, or business relation to which the applicable clause of this paragraph 7(b) applies.

(c) If, at the time of enforcement of this paragraph 7, a court shall hold that the duration, scope or area restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties agree that the maximum duration, scope or area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated duration, scope or area and that the court shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law. Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7 are reasonable and that he has reviewed the provisions of this Agreement with his legal counsel.

(d) Executive acknowledges that any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this paragraph 7 would cause Parent and its Subsidiaries irreparable harm. Accordingly, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in its favor, the Company shall be entitled to specific performance and/or injunctive or other equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security). Further, in the event of an alleged breach or violation by Executive of this paragraph 7, the Noncompete Period shall be tolled until such breach or violation has been duly cured.

8. Executive’s Representations . Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (a) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Executive do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which Executive is a party or by which he is bound, (b) Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompete agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other person or entity and (c) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of Executive, enforceable in accordance with its terms. Executive hereby acknowledges and represents that he has consulted with independent legal counsel regarding his rights and obligations under this Agreement and that he fully understands the terms and conditions contained herein.

9. Survival . Paragraphs 4 through 23 (other than paragraph 21) shall survive and continue in full force in accordance with their terms notwithstanding the termination of the Employment Period.

 

8


10. Notices . Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, sent by reputable overnight courier service or mailed by first class mail, return receipt requested, to the recipient at the address below indicated:

 

Notices to Executive :

Robert E. Kearney

2 Farm Country Road

North Attleboro, MA 02760

Notices to the Company :

Sensata Technologies, Inc.

529 Pleasant Street

Attleboro, MA 02703

Attention: Senior Counsel

With a copy to :

Bain Capital Partners, LLC

745 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10151

Attention:

   Ed Conard
   Paul Edgerley
   Stephen M. Zide

and

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60601

Attention:

   Matthew E. Steinmetz, P.C.
   Jeffrey W. Richards

or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party shall have specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any notice under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered, sent or mailed.

11. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any action in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

12. Complete Agreement . This Agreement, those documents expressly referred to herein and other documents of even date herewith embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

 

9


13. No Strict Construction . The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts (including by means of facsimile), each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

15. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor to the Company, including, without limitation, any Persons acquiring directly or indirectly all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise (and such successor shall thereafter be deemed the “Company” for the purposes of this Agreement), but will not otherwise be assignable, transferable or delegable by the Company other than to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees and legatees, but otherwise will not otherwise be assignable, transferable or delegable by Executive. This Agreement is personal in nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign, transfer or delegate this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder except as otherwise expressly provided in this paragraph 15.

16. Choice of Law . All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

17. Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company (as approved by the Board) and Executive, and no course of conduct or course of dealing or failure or delay by any party hereto in enforcing or exercising any of the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Company’s right to terminate the Employment Period with Cause or, except as otherwise stated herein, Executive’s right to terminate the Employment Agreement with Good Reason) shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement or be deemed to be an implied waiver of any provision of this Agreement.

18. Insurance . The Company may, at its discretion, apply for and procure in its own name and for its own benefit life and/or disability insurance on Executive in any amount or amounts considered advisable. Executive agrees to cooperate in any medical or other examination, supply any information and execute and deliver any applications or other instruments in writing as may be reasonably necessary to obtain and constitute such insurance.

19. Indemnification and Reimbursement of Payments on Behalf of Executive . The Company and its respective Subsidiaries shall be entitled to deduct or withhold from any amounts owing from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to Executive any federal, state, local

 

10


or foreign withholding taxes, excise tax, or employment taxes (“ Taxes ”) imposed with respect to Executive’s compensation or other payments from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Executive’s ownership interest in Parent (including, without limitation, wages, bonuses, dividends, the receipt or exercise of equity options and/or the receipt or vesting of restricted equity). In the event the Company or any of its Subsidiaries does not make such deductions or withholdings, Executive shall indemnify the Company and its Subsidiaries for any amounts paid with respect to any such Taxes, together (if such failure to withhold was at the written direction of Executive) with any interest, penalties and related expenses thereto.

20. Waiver of Jury Trial . AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

21. Corporate Opportunity . During the Employment Period, Executive shall submit to the Board all business, commercial and investment opportunities or offers presented to Executive, or of which Executive becomes aware, at any time during the Employment Period, which opportunities relate to the business of designing, manufacturing, marketing, or selling electromechanical or electronic sensors or controls (“ Corporate Opportunities ”). During the Employment Period, unless approved by the Board, Executive shall not accept or pursue, directly or indirectly, any Corporate Opportunities on Executive’s own behalf.

22. Executive’s Cooperation . During the Employment Period and thereafter, Executive shall reasonably cooperate with Parent and its Subsidiaries in any internal investigation or administrative, regulatory or judicial proceeding as reasonably requested by Parent or any Subsidiary (including, without limitation, Executive being available to Parent and its Subsidiaries upon reasonable notice for interviews and factual investigations, appearing at Parent’s or any Subsidiary’s request to give truthful and accurate testimony without requiring service of a subpoena or other legal process, volunteering to Parent and its Subsidiaries all pertinent information and turning over to Parent and its Subsidiaries all relevant documents which are or may come into Executive’s possession, all at times and on schedules that are reasonably consistent with Executive’s other permitted activities and commitments). In the event Parent or any Subsidiary requires Executive’s cooperation in accordance with this paragraph, Parent shall pay Executive a per diem reasonably determined by the Board and reimburse Executive for reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith (including lodging and meals, upon submission of receipts).

23. Nondisparagement . Executive agrees not to, except as may be required by law, directly or indirectly, publicly or privately, make, publish or solicit, or encourage others to make, publish or solicit, any disparaging statements, comments, announcements, or remarks concerning Parent or its Affiliates, or any of their respective past and present directors, officers or employees. Parent and its Affiliates agree not to, except as may be required by law, directly or indirectly, publicly or privately, make, publish or solicit, or encourage others to make, publish or solicit, any disparaging statements, comments, announcements or remarks concerning Executive or his employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

*    *    *    *    *

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Employment Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Name:   Thomas Wroe, Jr.
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Robert E. Kearney

Robert E. Kearney

 

12


ANNEX A

 

i. annual physical medical analysis

 

ii. financial counseling services

Exhibit 10.21

EXECUTION COPY

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of May 12, 2006, between Sensata Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Donna N. Kimmel (“ Executive ”).

In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment . The Company shall employ Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement for the period beginning on the date hereof and ending as provided in paragraph 4 hereof (the “ Employment Period ”).

2. Position and Duties .

(a) During the Employment Period, Executive shall serve as the Vice President, Human Resources, of the Company and shall have the normal duties, responsibilities, functions and authority of the Vice President, Human Resources, subject to the power and authority of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), in consultation with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ Chief Executive Officer ”), to expand or limit such duties, responsibilities, functions and authority and to overrule actions of officers of the Company. During the Employment Period, Executive shall render to Parent and its Subsidiaries administrative, financial and other executive and managerial services that are consistent with Executive’s position as the Board may from time to time direct.

(b) Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board, and Executive shall devote his full business time and attention (except for vacation periods consistent with past practice and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacity) to the business and affairs of Parent and its Subsidiaries. In performing his duties and exercising his authority under the Agreement, Executive shall support and implement the business and strategic plans approved from time to time by the Board and shall support and cooperate with Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ efforts to expand their businesses and operate profitably and in conformity with the business and strategic plans approved by the Board. So long as Executive is employed by the Company, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Board, perform other services for compensation. Unless otherwise agreed by Executive, Executive’s place of work shall be in the greater Attleboro, Massachusetts metropolitan area, except for travel reasonably required for Company business.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Subsidiaries ” shall mean any corporation or other entity of which the securities or other ownership interests having the voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other governing body are, at the time of determination, owned by Parent, directly or through one or more Subsidiaries.


(d) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Affiliate ” shall mean with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries, any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with Parent or any of its Subsidiaries and, in the case of a Person which is a partnership, any partner of the Person.

(e) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Person ” shall mean an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

(f) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Parent ” shall mean Sensata Technologies Holding B.V., a private limited company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands.

3. Compensation and Benefits .

(a) During the Employment Period, Executive’s base salary shall be $178,200.00 per annum and shall be subject to review by the Board, after consultation with the Chief Executive Officer, on an annual basis commencing January 1, 2007 (as adjusted from time to time, the “ Base Salary ”), which salary shall be payable by the Company in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices (in effect from time to time). In addition, during the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all of the Company’s employee benefit programs for which senior executive employees of Parent and its Subsidiaries are generally eligible (assuming Executive and/or his family meet the eligibility requirements of those benefit programs), as well as the benefit programs listed on Annex A , which are currently in effect in addition to employee benefit programs for which executive employees of Parent and its Subsidiaries are generally eligible (the “ Senior Executive Benefits ”). The Company may in its sole discretion change the Senior Executive Benefits at any time; provided that, the Company shall maintain the benefits set forth on Annex A for a period of 12 months after the date hereof.

(b) During the Employment Period, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred by him in the course of performing his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, which business expenses are consistent with the Company’s policies in effect from time to time with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses, subject to the Company’s requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of such expenses.

(c) In addition to the Base Salary, Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual bonus (“ Annual Bonus ”) in an amount equal to a certain percentage of the Base Salary then in effect, which percentage shall be determined by the Chief Executive Officer, after consultation with and approval by the Board, and is based upon the achievement by Parent and its Subsidiaries of financial and other objectives established each year by the Board. An Annual Bonus, if any, will be earned as of February 1 and paid to Executive by the Company on or before March 15 th of the fiscal year following the fiscal year to which such Annual Bonus relates.

 

2


4. Term .

(a) The Employment Period shall end on the first anniversary of the date hereof, but shall automatically be renewed on the same terms and conditions set forth herein (as modified from time to time by the parties hereto) for additional one-year periods beginning on the first anniversary of the date hereof and on each successive anniversary date, unless the Company or Executive gives the other party written notice of the election not to renew the Employment Period at least 90 days prior to any such renewal date; provided that, the Employment Period shall terminate prior to such date immediately upon Executive’s resignation (with or without Good Reason, as defined below), death or Disability (as defined below) or upon the Company’s termination of Executive’s employment (whether with Cause (as defined below) or without Cause).

(b) If the Employment Period is terminated (1) by the Company without Cause (other than as a result of Executive’s Disability) or (2) upon Executive’s resignation with Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to (i) his Base Salary through the date of termination, (ii) any bonus amounts to which Executive is entitled determined by reference to years that ended on or prior to the date of termination, (iii) an amount equal to one year of Executive’s then current Base Salary plus an amount equal to the average of the Annual Bonus paid to Executive in respect of each of the two years immediately preceding the termination of Executive’s employment, and (iv) running concurrently with his COBRA period, continued participation throughout the Severance Period (as defined below) in all health and dental benefit plans in which Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to the termination of Executive’s employment (or the Company shall arrange to make available to Executive benefits substantially similar to those which Executive would otherwise have been entitled to receive over such period if Executive’s employment had not been terminated) on the same terms and conditions (including employee contributions toward premium payments) under which Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to his termination, in each case if and only if Executive has executed and delivered to the Company a general release substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto and only if Executive does not breach the provisions of paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 hereof. The amounts payable pursuant to clause (iii) of this paragraph 4(b) shall be payable in regular installments over 12 months (the “ Severance Period ”) in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices.

(c) If the Employment Period is terminated (1) by the Company with Cause, (2) due to Executive’s death or Disability or (3) by Executive’s resignation without Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to receive (i) his Base Salary through the date of termination and (ii) any bonus amounts to which Executive is entitled determined by reference to years that ended on or prior to the date of termination.

(d) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Executive shall not be entitled to any other salary, bonuses, employee benefits or compensation from the Company or its Subsidiaries after the termination of the Employment Period and all of Executive’s rights to salary, bonuses, employee benefits and other compensation hereunder which would have accrued or become payable after the termination of the Employment Period (other than vested retirement benefits accrued on or prior to the termination of the Employment Period or other amounts owing hereunder as of the date of such termination that have not yet been paid) shall cease upon such termination, other than those expressly required under applicable law (such as COBRA).

 

3


(e) Executive is under no obligation to mitigate damages or the amount of any payment provided for hereunder by seeking other employment or otherwise, and the Company shall have no right of offset for any amounts received by Executive from other employment; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Executive’s coverage under the Company’s health and dental benefit plans will terminate when Executive becomes eligible under any employee benefit plan made available by another employer covering health and dental benefits. The Executive shall notify the Company within thirty (30) days after becoming eligible for any such benefits.

(f) The Company may offset any amounts Executive owes Parent and its Subsidiaries against any amounts Parent and its Subsidiaries owe Executive hereunder.

(g) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean, with respect to Executive, one or more of the following: (i) the indictment for a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude or the commission of any other act or any omission to act involving fraud with respect to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their customers or suppliers; (ii) any act or any omission to act involving dishonesty or disloyalty which causes, or in the good faith judgment of the Board would be reasonably likely to cause, material harm (including reputational harm) to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their customers or suppliers; (iii) any (A) repeated abuse of alcohol or (B) abuse of controlled substances, in either case, that adversely affects Executive’s work performance (and, in the case of clause (A), continues to occur at any time more than 30 days after Executive has been given written notice thereof) or brings Parent or its Subsidiaries into public disgrace or disrepute; (iv) the failure by Executive to substantially perform duties as reasonably directed by the Board or Executive’s supervisor(s), which non-performance remains uncured for 10 days after written notice thereof is given to Executive; (v) willful misconduct with respect to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, which misconducts causes, or in the good faith judgment of the Board would be reasonably likely to cause, material harm (including reputational harm) to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; or (vi) any breach by Executive of paragraph 5, 6 or 7 of this Agreement or any other material breach of this Agreement or the Management Equity Plans (as defined below).

(h) Executive will be “ Disabled ” only if, as a result of his incapacity due to physical or mental illness, Executive is considered disabled under the Company’s long-term disability insurance plans.

(i) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean if Executive resigns from employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries prior to the end of the Employment Period as a result of one or more of the following reasons: (i) any reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or bonus opportunity, without Executive’s prior consent, in either case other than any reduction which (A) is generally applicable to senior leadership team executives of the Company and (B) does not exceed 15% of Executive’s Base Salary and bonus opportunity in the aggregate; (ii) any material breach by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries of any agreement between such Persons and Executive; (iii) a change in Executive’s principal office without

 

4


Executive’s prior consent to a location that is more than 50 miles from Executive’s principal office on the date hereof; or (iv) delivery by the Company of a notice of non-renewal of the Employment Period; provided that, any such reason was not cured by the Company to Participant’s reasonable satisfaction within 30 days after delivery of written notice thereof to the Company; further provided that, in each case written notice of an Executive’s resignation with Good Reason must be delivered to the Company within 30 days after Executive has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any such event in order for Executive’s resignation with Good Reason to be effective hereunder.

(j) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Management Equity Plans ” shall mean the 2006 Management Securities Purchase Plan of Sensata Investment Company S.C.A. and the 2006 Management Option Plan of Parent, along with any Award Agreements (as defined therein) and any attachments thereto, as amended from time to time.

5. Confidential Information .

(a) Executive acknowledges that the continued success of Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, depends upon the use and protection of a large body of confidential and proprietary information. All of such confidential and proprietary information now existing or to be developed in the future will be referred to in this Agreement as “ Confidential Information ”. Confidential Information will be interpreted as broadly as possible to include all information of any sort (whether merely remembered or embodied in a tangible or intangible form) that is (i) related to Parent’s or its Subsidiaries’ or Affiliates’ current or potential business and (ii) is not generally or publicly known. Confidential Information includes, without specific limitation, the information, observations and data obtained by Executive during the course of his performance under this Agreement concerning the business and affairs of Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, information concerning acquisition opportunities in or reasonably related to the Parent’s or its Subsidiaries’ or Affiliates’ business or industry of which Executive becomes aware during the Employment Period, the persons or entities that are current, former or prospective suppliers or customers of any one or more of them during Executive’s course of performance under this Agreement, as well as development, transition and transformation plans, methodologies and methods of doing business, strategic, marketing and expansion plans, including plans regarding planned and potential sales, financial and business plans, employee lists and telephone numbers, locations of sales representatives, new and existing programs and services, prices and terms, customer service, integration processes, requirements and costs of providing service, support and equipment. Therefore, Executive agrees that during his employment and for a period of three (3) years after termination of his employment for any reason (and as to information that constitutes a trade secret under applicable law, for such longer period as the same shall remain a trade secret) he shall not disclose to any unauthorized person or use for his own account any of such Confidential Information without both Board’s prior written consent, unless and to the extent that any Confidential Information (i) becomes generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of Executive’s acts or omissions to act or (ii) is required to be disclosed pursuant to any applicable law or court order. Executive agrees to deliver to the Company at the end of the Employment Period, or at any other time the Company may request in writing, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports and other documents (and copies thereof) relating to the business of Parent or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (including, without limitation, all Confidential Information) that he may then possess or have under his control.

 

5


(b) During the Employment Period, Executive shall not use or disclose any confidential information or trade secrets, if any, of any former employers or any other person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality, and shall not bring onto the premises of Parent or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employer or any other Person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality unless consented to in writing by the former employer or Person. Executive shall use in the performance of his duties only information that is (i) generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to Executive’s and that is (x) common knowledge in the industry or (y) is otherwise legally in the public domain, (ii) otherwise provided or developed by Parent or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or (iii) in the case of materials, property or information belonging to any former employer or other Person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality, approved for such use in writing by such former employer or Person. If at any time during the Employment Period, Executive believes he is being asked to engage in work that will, or will be likely to, jeopardize any confidentiality or other obligations Executive may have to former employers, Executive shall immediately advise the Board so that Executive’s duties can be modified appropriately.

(c) Executive represents and warrants to the Parent and its Subsidiaries that Executive took nothing with him which belonged to any former employer when Executive left his position(s) with such employer(s) and that Executive has nothing that contains any information which belongs to any former employer. If at any time Executive discovers that this representation is incorrect, Executive shall promptly return any such materials to Executive’s former employer(s). Parent and its Subsidiaries does not want any such materials, and Executive shall not be permitted to use or refer to any such materials in the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder.

(d) Executive understands that Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates will receive from third parties confidential or proprietary information (“ Third Party Information ”) subject to a duty on Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. During the Employment Period and thereafter, and without in any way limiting the provisions of paragraph 5(a) above, Executive will hold Third Party Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose to anyone (other than personnel of Parent or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who need to know such information in connection with their work for Parent or such Subsidiaries and Affiliates) or use, except in connection with his work for Parent or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, Third Party Information unless expressly authorized by a member of the Board in writing.

6. Intellectual Property, Inventions and Patents . Executive acknowledges that all discoveries, concepts, ideas, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, patent applications, copyrightable work and mask work (whether or not including any confidential information) and all registrations or applications related thereto, all other proprietary information and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) which relate to Parent’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ actual or anticipated business,

 

6


research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed or made by Executive (whether alone or jointly with others) while employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries, whether before or after the date of this Agreement (“ Work Product ”), belong to Parent, the Company or such Subsidiary. Executive shall promptly disclose such Work Product to the Board and, at the Company’s expense, perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the Employment Period) to establish and confirm such ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney and other instruments).

7. Non-Compete; Non-Solicitation .

(a) In further consideration of the compensation to be paid to Executive hereunder, Executive acknowledges that during the course of his employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries he has and shall become familiar with Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ corporate strategy, pricing and other market information, know-how, trade secrets and valuable customer, supplier and employee relationships, and with other Confidential Information concerning Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and that his services have been and shall be of special, unique and extraordinary value to Parent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates. Accordingly, Executive agrees that, during the Employment Period and for one (1) year thereafter (the “ Noncompete Period ”), he shall not directly or indirectly own any interest in, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for, or in any manner engage in any Competing Business that conducts operations or sales in Japan, Holland, Germany, Korea, China, Malaysia, Mexico, or Brazil, or in the United States within any of the following states: Michigan, Wisconsin, Illinois, New York, Ohio, Indiana, Connecticut, Iowa, Pennsylvania, Missouri, Massachusetts, California, North Carolina, Texas, Indiana, Illinois, Kentucky, Mississippi, Washington, Tennessee, Virginia, New Jersey, Idaho, Colorado, Alabama, Georgia, South Carolina, Florida, or Maryland (and, in the event the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates conducts operations or sales in other jurisdictions after the date hereof, such other jurisdictions, provided that the Company updates this list of jurisdictions by delivering written notice to Executive). Nothing herein shall prohibit Executive from being a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation which is publicly traded, so long as Executive has no active participation in the business of such corporation. For purpose of this Agreement, “ Competing Business ” shall mean any business engaged (whether directly or indirectly) in the design, manufacture, marketing, or sale of electromechanical or electronic sensors or controls.

(b) During the Noncompete Period, Executive shall not directly or indirectly through another person or entity (i) induce or attempt to induce any employee of Parent or any Subsidiary to leave the employ of Parent or such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship between Parent or any Subsidiary and any employee thereof, (ii) knowingly hire any person who was an employee of Parent or any Subsidiary at any time during the twelve months prior to the termination of Executive’s employment or (iii) induce or encourage any customer, supplier, licensee, licensor or other business relation of Parent or any Subsidiary to cease doing business with Parent or such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, licensee. licensor or business relation and Parent or any Subsidiary (including, without limitation, making any negative or disparaging statements or communications

 

7


regarding Parent or its Subsidiaries); provided that, in each case, this paragraph 7(b) shall only apply if Executive shall have done business with, or had supervisory or other responsibility for, the employee, customer, supplier, licensee, licensor, or business relation to which the applicable clause of this paragraph 7(b) applies.

(c) If, at the time of enforcement of this paragraph 7, a court shall hold that the duration, scope or area restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties agree that the maximum duration, scope or area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated duration, scope or area and that the court shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law. Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this paragraph 7 are reasonable and that he has reviewed the provisions of this Agreement with his legal counsel.

(d) Executive acknowledges that any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this paragraph 7 would cause Parent and its Subsidiaries irreparable harm. Accordingly, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in its favor, the Company shall be entitled to specific performance and/or injunctive or other equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security). Further, in the event of an alleged breach or violation by Executive of this paragraph 7, the Noncompete Period shall be tolled until such breach or violation has been duly cured.

8. Executive’s Representations . Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (a) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Executive do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which Executive is a party or by which he is bound, (b) Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompete agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other person or entity and (c) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of Executive, enforceable in accordance with its terms. Executive hereby acknowledges and represents that he has consulted with independent legal counsel regarding his rights and obligations under this Agreement and that he fully understands the terms and conditions contained herein.

9. Survival . Paragraphs 4 through 23 (other than paragraph 21) shall survive and continue in full force in accordance with their terms notwithstanding the termination of the Employment Period.

10. Notices . Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, sent by reputable overnight courier service or mailed by first class mail, return receipt requested, to the recipient at the address below indicated:

 

8


Notices to Executive :
  Donna N. Kimmel
  50 Park Row West, Suite 310
  Providence, RI 02903
Notices to the Company :
  Sensata Technologies, Inc.
  529 Pleasant Street
  Attleboro, MA 02703
  Attention: Senior Counsel
With a copy to :
  Bain Capital Partners, LLC
  745 Fifth Avenue
  New York, New York 10151
  Attention:    Ed Conard
     Paul Edgerley
     Stephen M. Zide
  and
  Kirkland & Ellis LLP
  200 East Randolph Drive
  Chicago, Illinois 60601
  Attention:    Matthew E. Steinmetz, P.C.
     Jeffrey W. Richards

or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party shall have specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any notice under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered, sent or mailed.

11. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any action in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

12. Complete Agreement . This Agreement, those documents expressly referred to herein and other documents of even date herewith embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

 

9


13. No Strict Construction . The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts (including by means of facsimile), each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

15. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor to the Company, including, without limitation, any Persons acquiring directly or indirectly all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise (and such successor shall thereafter be deemed the “Company” for the purposes of this Agreement), but will not otherwise be assignable, transferable or delegable by the Company other than to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees and legatees, but otherwise will not otherwise be assignable, transferable or delegable by Executive. This Agreement is personal in nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign, transfer or delegate this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder except as otherwise expressly provided in this paragraph 15.

16. Choice of Law . All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

17. Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company (as approved by the Board) and Executive, and no course of conduct or course of dealing or failure or delay by any party hereto in enforcing or exercising any of the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Company’s right to terminate the Employment Period with Cause or, except as otherwise stated herein, Executive’s right to terminate the Employment Agreement with Good Reason) shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement or be deemed to be an implied waiver of any provision of this Agreement.

18. Insurance . The Company may, at its discretion, apply for and procure in its own name and for its own benefit life and/or disability insurance on Executive in any amount or amounts considered advisable. Executive agrees to cooperate in any medical or other examination, supply any information and execute and deliver any applications or other instruments in writing as may be reasonably necessary to obtain and constitute such insurance.

19. Indemnification and Reimbursement of Payments on Behalf of Executive . The Company and its respective Subsidiaries shall be entitled to deduct or withhold from any amounts owing from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to Executive any federal, state, local

 

10


or foreign withholding taxes, excise tax, or employment taxes (“ Taxes ”) imposed with respect to Executive’s compensation or other payments from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Executive’s ownership interest in Parent (including, without limitation, wages, bonuses, dividends, the receipt or exercise of equity options and/or the receipt or vesting of restricted equity). In the event the Company or any of its Subsidiaries does not make such deductions or withholdings, Executive shall indemnify the Company and its Subsidiaries for any amounts paid with respect to any such Taxes, together (if such failure to withhold was at the written direction of Executive) with any interest, penalties and related expenses thereto.

20. Waiver of Jury Trial . AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

21. Corporate Opportunity . During the Employment Period, Executive shall submit to the Board all business, commercial and investment opportunities or offers presented to Executive, or of which Executive becomes aware, at any time during the Employment Period, which opportunities relate to the business of designing, manufacturing, marketing, or selling electromechanical or electronic sensors or controls (“ Corporate Opportunities ”). During the Employment Period, unless approved by the Board, Executive shall not accept or pursue, directly or indirectly, any Corporate Opportunities on Executive’s own behalf.

22. Executive’s Cooperation . During the Employment Period and thereafter, Executive shall reasonably cooperate with Parent and its Subsidiaries in any internal investigation or administrative, regulatory or judicial proceeding as reasonably requested by Parent or any Subsidiary (including, without limitation, Executive being available to Parent and its Subsidiaries upon reasonable notice for interviews and factual investigations, appearing at Parent’s or any Subsidiary’s request to give truthful and accurate testimony without requiring service of a subpoena or other legal process, volunteering to Parent and its Subsidiaries all pertinent information and turning over to Parent and its Subsidiaries all relevant documents which are or may come into Executive’s possession, all at times and on schedules that are reasonably consistent with Executive’s other permitted activities and commitments). In the event Parent or any Subsidiary requires Executive’s cooperation in accordance with this paragraph, Parent shall pay Executive a per diem reasonably determined by the Board and reimburse Executive for reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith (including lodging and meals, upon submission of receipts).

23. Nondisparagement . Executive agrees not to, except as may be required by law, directly or indirectly, publicly or privately, make, publish or solicit, or encourage others to make, publish or solicit, any disparaging statements, comments, announcements, or remarks concerning Parent or its Affiliates, or any of their respective past and present directors, officers or employees. Parent and its Affiliates agree not to, except as may be required by law, directly or indirectly, publicly or privately, make, publish or solicit, or encourage others to make, publish or

 

11


solicit, any disparaging statements, comments, announcements or remarks concerning Executive or his employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

*    *    *    *    *

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Employment Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Thomas Wroe, Jr.

Name:   Thomas Wroe, Jr.
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Donna N. Kimmel

Donna N. Kimmel

 

13


ANNEX A

 

i. annual physical medical analysis

 

ii. financial counseling services

Exhibit 10.22

EXECUTION COPY

ADVISORY AGREEMENT

This Advisory Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of April 27, 2006 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among Sensata Investment Company S.C.A., a société en commandite par actions organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (“ Luxco ”), Sensata Technologies Holding B.V., a private limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (“ Dutchco ”), Sensata Technologies B.V., a private limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Company ”), Bain Capital Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ BCP ”), Portfolio Company Advisors Limited, a company organized under the laws of England and Wales (“ PCA ”), Bain Capital, Ltd., a company organized under the laws of England and Wales (“ BCL ” and together with BCP and PCA, “ Bain ”), and CCMP Capital Asia Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (“ CCMPA ” and together with Bain, the “ Advisors ”). Certain capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in Section 19 .

WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain the Advisors with respect to the services described herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties to this Agreement agree as follows:

1. Term . This Agreement shall be in effect for an initial term commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Term ”), which Term shall automatically be extended thereafter on a year to year basis unless the Company or Bain provides written notice of its desire to terminate this Agreement to the other and CCMPA at least 90 days prior to the expiration of the Term or any extension thereof. In addition, in connection with the consummation of a Change in Control or the Initial Public Offering, Bain may terminate this Agreement by delivery of written notice of termination to the Company and CCMPA. The provisions of Sections 3(e) , 5 , 6 , and 8 through 19 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

2. Services . The Advisors shall perform or cause to be performed such services for the Company and/or its subsidiaries as mutually agreed by the Advisors and the Company, which services may include, without limitation, the following:

(a) general executive, management, and consulting services;

(b) identification, support, negotiation and analysis of acquisitions and dispositions by the Company and/or its subsidiaries;

(c) support, negotiation and advice in connection with financing dispositions, mergers, combinations, and change in control transactions and in connection with refinancing of existing indebtedness involving the Company (however structured);

(d) finance functions, including assistance in the preparation of financial projections and monitoring of compliance with financing agreements;

(e) marketing functions, including monitoring of marketing plans and strategies;


(f) human resources functions, including searching and hiring of executives; and

(g) other services for the Company and its subsidiaries upon which the Company and Bain agree, and, if required to be performed by CCMPA, which are reasonably acceptable to CCMPA.

Substantially all advisory services to be rendered by CCMPA shall be rendered in Hong Kong. The Company shall furnish to each Advisor such information that each Advisor reasonably believes appropriate to provide the services to be provided by it hereunder (all such information, the “ Information ”). The Company acknowledges and confirms that (i) each Advisor will use and rely on the Information in performing the services to be provided by it hereunder and (ii) each Advisor does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of such Information.

3. Periodic Fees and Expenses .

(a) The Company will pay the Advisors or their respective designees a fee in the aggregate amount of $30,000,000 for services rendered in connection with the debt financing of the transactions (the “ Acquisition ”) contemplated by the Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 8, 2006, between Texas Instruments Incorporated and S&C Purchase Corp. Such fee shall be allocated between the Advisors in accordance with each Advisor’s Fee Allocation Percentage. Each Advisor’s allocated portion of such fee will be payable to such Advisor or its designee by wire transfer of immediately available funds on the Effective Date. In addition, the Company will reimburse each Advisor or its designee, by wire transfer of immediately available funds on the Effective Date, for its reasonable travel expenses and other reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses (including the fees and expenses of accountants, attorneys and other advisors retained by such Advisor, subject to the terms of any existing agreement, including the Assignment and Assumption Agreement) incurred in connection with the foregoing and the investigation, negotiation, and consummation of the Acquisition.

(b) During the Term of this Agreement, the Company will pay each Advisor a quarterly advisory fee for each fiscal quarter of the Company (a “ Periodic Fee ”) equal to the product of (x) $1,000,000 times (y) such Advisor’s Fee Allocation Percentage on the date of payment. Each Advisor’s Periodic Fee will be payable in advance to such Advisor or its designee by wire transfer of immediately available funds on the first business day of the first month of each fiscal quarter. The pro-rated amount of each Advisor’s Periodic Fee for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the last day of the Company’s fiscal quarter ending on or about June 30, 2006 will be payable by wire transfer of immediately available funds on the Effective Date.

(c) The Company will reimburse each Advisor for such reasonable travel expenses and other reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses (including the fees and expenses of accountants, attorneys and other advisors retained by such Advisor) as may be incurred by such Advisor and its partners, members, employees or agents in connection with the rendering of services pursuant to this Agreement. Such expenses will be reimbursed by wire transfer of immediately available funds promptly upon the request of such Advisor (but in any case no later

 

- 2 -


than five business days following such request) and will be in addition to any other fees or amounts payable to such Advisor pursuant to this Agreement. Unless requested by the Company, in no event shall any Advisor submit its expenses to the Company more often than monthly.

(d) The Company will deliver to (or pay on behalf of) Luxco or Dutchco, as applicable, such funds as necessary for Luxco and Dutchco to satisfy all expense reimbursement and indemnification obligations owed to its Securityholders and directors pursuant to its organizational documents or any securityholders, registration rights, investor rights, or similar agreement.

(e) The Company will pay the Advisors or their designees an aggregate fee (each, a “ Subsequent Transaction Fee ”) equal to 1% of the aggregate value of each transaction that is completed during the Term (or completed after any termination of this Agreement, if such transaction was contemplated at the time of termination of the Agreement) resulting in a Change in Control, acquisition, disposition or divestiture, spin-off, split-off, or financing (whether debt or equity financing) by or involving the Companies (however structured). Each Advisor shall be entitled to a portion of such Subsequent Transaction Fee equal to the product of (x) the amount of such Subsequent Transaction Fee times (y) such Advisor’s Fee Allocation Percentage at the time of the transaction.

(f) In the event of a termination of this Agreement, the Company shall pay in cash to each of the Advisors (a)(i) all unpaid Periodic Fees, (ii) all unpaid Subsequent Transaction Fees, and (iii) all expenses due under this Agreement with respect to periods prior to the termination date, plus (b) the net present value (using a discount rate equal to the yield as of such termination date on U.S. Treasury securities of like maturity) of the Periodic Fees that would have been payable with respect to the period from the termination date through the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date or, in the case of any extension thereof, through the end of such extension period.

4. Personnel . Each Advisor will provide and devote to the performance of this Agreement such partners, employees and agents of such Advisor as it shall deem appropriate to the furnishing of the services mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Advisors pursuant to Section 2 hereof; it being understood that no minimum number of hours is required to be devoted by any or all of the Advisors on a weekly, monthly, annual, or other basis. Each Advisor may, in its sole discretion, remove, substitute for, or add members to its professional employees made available by it hereunder, from time to time, on the basis of necessity, desirability or otherwise, and any such removal, substitution or addition will not in any way modify or affect any of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, including, without limitation, its obligation to pay fees and expenses to such Advisor as provided hereunder. The fees and other compensation specified in this Agreement will be payable by the Company regardless of the extent of services requested by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, and regardless of whether or not the Company requests an Advisor to provide any such services. The Company acknowledges that the services of each of the Advisors are not exclusive, and that each of the Advisors will render similar services to other Persons (including with the same partners, employees, and agents thereof as may render services to the Company).

 

- 3 -


5. Liability . None of the Advisors nor any of their respective Affiliates, nor any of their respective partners, shareholders, directors, officers, members, representatives, employees or agents (collectively, the “ Advisor Group ”) shall be liable to the Companies or any of their Affiliates or Securityholders or to any other Advisor or any other member of the Advisor Group for any loss, liability, damage or expense (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively, a “ Loss ”) arising out of or in connection with the performance of services contemplated by this Agreement. No Advisor makes any representations or warranties, express or implied, in respect of the services provided by any member of the Advisor Group. Except as an Advisor may otherwise agree in writing after the date hereof with respect to itself or its Affiliates: (i) each member of the Advisor Group shall have the right to, and shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) not to, directly or indirectly: (A) engage in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Companies or any of their Affiliates and (B) do business with any client or customer of the Companies or any of their Affiliates; (ii) no member of the Advisor Group shall be liable to the Companies or any of their Affiliates or Securityholders for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of any such activities or of such Person’s participation therein; and (iii) in the event that any member of the Advisor Group acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for the Companies or any of their Affiliates or Securityholders on the one hand, and any member of the Advisor Group, on the other hand, or any other Person, no member of the Advisor Group shall have any duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present such corporate opportunity to the Companies or any of their Affiliates or Securityholders and, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Advisor Group shall not be liable to the Companies or any of their Affiliates or Securityholders for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of the fact that any member of the Advisor Group directly or indirectly pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another Person, or does not present such opportunity to the Companies or any of their Affiliates or Securityholders. In no event will any of the parties hereto be liable to any other party hereto for (i) any indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, including lost profits or savings, whether or not such damages are foreseeable, arising out of this Agreement or the performance of services hereunder, or (ii) in respect of any liabilities relating to any third party claims (whether based in contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of this Agreement or the performance of services hereunder, except as set forth in Section 6 below.

6. Indemnity . The Company and its subsidiaries shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Advisor Group from and against any and all Losses arising from any claim by any Person with respect to, or in any way related to, this Agreement (collectively, “ Claims ”) arising out of or in connection with the performance of services contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise provided by any member of the Advisor Group to, or otherwise in connection with the operation of, Luxco or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates (whether during or after the Term). The Company and its subsidiaries shall defend at their own cost and expense any and all suits or actions (just or unjust) which may be brought against Luxco, its subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates, or any member of the Advisor Group or in which any member of the Advisor Group may be impleaded with others upon any Claims, or upon any matter, directly or indirectly related to or arising out of this Agreement or the performance hereof by any member of the Advisor Group. If the indemnification provided for above is unavailable in respect of any Losses, then the Company, in lieu of indemnifying any member of the Advisor Group, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such member of the Advisor Group in such

 

- 4 -


proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of Luxco, the Company and their subsidiaries, on the one hand, and such member, on the other hand, in connection with the actions which resulted in such Losses, as well as any other equitable considerations.

7. Independent Contractor . Each of the Advisors and the Company agree that each Advisor shall perform services hereunder as an independent contractor, retaining control over and responsibility for its own operations and personnel. No Advisor or any of its partners, members, employees or agents shall be considered employees or agents of the Companies as a result of this Agreement nor shall any of them have authority under this Agreement to contract in the name of or bind the Companies, except as expressly agreed to in writing by the Companies.

8. Notices . Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries required or permitted to be provided hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given, delivered, and effective on the earliest of (a) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile telephone number specified in this Section 8 prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on a business day, (b) the business day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile telephone number specified in this Agreement later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on any business day and at or earlier than 11:59 p.m. (New York time) on such business day, (c) one (1) business day after when sent, if sent by nationally recognized overnight courier service (charges prepaid), or (d) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given. The address for such notices and communications shall be as follows:

 

To Luxco :
Sensata Investment Company S.C.A.
5, Parc d’Activité Syrdall
L-5365 Munsbach
Luxembourg
Attention:   Mrs. Ailbhe Jennings
Telephone No.:   352-0-2615-7232
Facsimile No.:   352-0-2615-7222
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Bain and to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
200 East Randolph Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60611
Attention:   Jeffrey C. Hammes, P.C.
  Matthew E. Steinmetz, P.C.
  Jeffrey W. Richards
Telephone No.:   312-861-2000
Facsimile No.:   312-861-2200

 

- 5 -


To Dutchco :
Sensata Technologies Holding B.V.
c/o Amaco Management Services B.V.
Amsteldijk 166-6
1079 LH Amsterdam
P.O. Box 74120
1070 BC Amsterdam
The Netherlands
Attention: Nienke Vlasman
Telephone No.:   31-20-644-6125
Facsimile No.:   31-20-642-3185
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Bain and to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
200 East Randolph Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60611
Attention:   Jeffrey C. Hammes, P.C.
  Matthew E. Steinmetz, P.C.
  Jeffrey W. Richards
Telephone No.:   312-861-2000
Facsimile No.:   312-861-2200
To the Company :

Sensata Technologies B.V.

c/o Amaco Management Services B.V.

Amsteldijk 166-6
1079 LH Amsterdam
P.O. Box 74120
1070 BC Amsterdam
The Netherlands
Attention: Nienke Vlasman
Telephone No.:   31-20-644-6125
Facsimile No.:   31-20-642-3185
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Bain and to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
200 East Randolph Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60611
Attention:   Jeffrey C. Hammes, P.C.
  Matthew E. Steinmetz, P.C.
  Jeffrey W. Richards
Telephone No.:   312-861-2000
Facsimile No.:   312-861-2200
To Bain :  

 

- 6 -


Bain Capital Partners, LLC

745 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York 10151
Attention:    Ed Conard
   Paul Edgerley
   Stephen M. Zide
Telephone No.:    212-326-9420
Facsimile No.:    212-421-2225
and
Bain Capital, Ltd.
Devonshire House 6th floor, Mayfair Place
London, England W1J 8AJ
Attention:    Walid Sarkis
Telephone No.:    44-20-7514-5252
Facsimile No.:    44-20-7514-5250
and   
Portfolio Company Advisors Limited
Devonshire House 6th floor, Mayfair Place
London, England W1J 8AJ
Attention:    Michael Colato
Telephone No.:    44-20-7514-5252
Facsimile No.:    44-20-7514-5250
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
200 East Randolph Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60611
Attention:    Jeffrey C. Hammes, P.C.
   Matthew E. Steinmetz, P.C.
   Jeffrey W. Richards
Telephone No.:    312-861-2000
Facsimile No.:    312-861-2200
To CCMPA :

CCMP Capital Asia Ltd

c/o Walkers SPV Limited

Walker House, Mary Street
P.O. Box 908GT
George Town, Grand Cayman
Cayman Islands
Facsimile No.:    345-945-4757

 

- 7 -


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
CCMP Capital Asia Pte Ltd
30/F One International Finance Center
1 Harbor View Street
Central, Hong Kong
Attention:    Official Notice Clerk
Facsimile No.:    852-2868-5551
and
O’Melveny & Myers LLP
Times Square Tower
7 Times Square
New York, New York 10036
Attention:    Douglas C. Freeman, Esq.
Telephone No.:    212-326-2000
Facsimile No.:    212-326-2061

9. Successors . This Agreement and all the obligations and benefits hereunder shall inure to the successors and permitted assigns of the parties.

10. Assignment . No party may assign any obligations hereunder to any other party without the prior written consent of each of the other parties; provided that any Advisor may, without consent of the Company or the other Advisors, assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any of its Affiliates.

11. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed and delivered by each party hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

12. Entire Agreement . The terms and conditions hereof constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersede all previous communications, either oral or written, representations or warranties of any kind whatsoever, except as expressly set forth herein.

13. Amendments and Waivers . No amendment or waiver of any term, provision or condition of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and executed by the Company and BCP; provided that if any such amendment or waiver reduces the economic benefit to CCMPA or increases CCMPA’s obligations under this Agreement or amends this Section 13 , such amendment or waiver shall require CCMPA’s prior consent (but only so long as CCMPA’s Fee Allocation Percentage is greater than zero). No waiver on any one occasion shall extend to or effect or be construed as a waiver of any right or remedy on any other occasion. No course of dealing of any Person nor any delay or omission in exercising any right or remedy shall constitute an amendment of this Agreement or a waiver of any right or remedy of any party hereto.

 

- 8 -


14. Allocation of Bain Fees . All fees payable to Bain hereunder shall be allocated among BCP, PCA, and BCL as BCP shall direct the Company.

15. Governing Law . All issues concerning this agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

16. Consent to Jurisdiction . Each party to this Agreement, by its execution hereof, (a) hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the State of New York, County of New York for the purpose of any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof, (b) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, and agrees not to allow any of its subsidiaries to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such action, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such proceeding brought in one of the above-named courts is improper, or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in or by such court and (c) hereby agrees not to commence or maintain any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof or thereof other than before one of the above-named courts nor to make any motion or take any other action seeking or intending to cause the transfer or removal of any such action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation to any court other than one of the above-named courts whether on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any party hereto is or becomes a party in any litigation in connection with which it may assert indemnification rights set forth in this agreement, the court in which such litigation is being heard shall be deemed to be included in clause (a) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party to this Agreement may commence and maintain an action to enforce a judgment of any of the above-named courts in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each party hereto hereby consents to service of process in any such proceeding in any manner permitted by New York law, and agrees that service of process by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, at its address specified pursuant to Section 8 hereof is reasonably calculated to give actual notice.

17. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW WHICH CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE OR ACTION, CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR SUIT (IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE), INQUIRY, PROCEEDING OR INVESTIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INFORMED BY THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO THAT THIS

 

- 9 -


SECTION 17 CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT UPON WHICH THEY ARE RELYING AND WILL RELY IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT. ANY PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 17 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF EACH SUCH PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

18. Joint and Several Liability . Each obligation described herein of the Companies, as the case may be, shall be a joint and several obligation of the Companies. If requested by any of the Advisors, then the Companies shall cause any of their subsidiaries to sign a counterpart signature page to this Agreement to evidence such joint and several liability. Upon an underwritten registered public offering of capital stock of any subsidiary of the Company, Bain may cause such subsidiary (and its subsidiaries) to be released from joint and several liability for obligations hereunder arising after the closing of such offering, but this Agreement shall continue in full force and be binding on the Companies (other than such subsidiary).

19. Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (i) any other Person which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person (for the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise), or (ii) if such Person or other Person is an investment fund, any other investment fund the primary investment advisor to which is the primary investment advisor to either such Person or an Affiliate thereof; provided , however , in either case that neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall be deemed an Affiliate of any of the Securityholders of Luxco (and vice versa).

Assignment and Assumption Agreement ” shall mean that certain Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2006, by and between Bain Capital Fund VIII, L.P. and Asia Opportunity Fund II, L.P.

Change in Control ” shall mean (a) any transaction or series of related transactions in which Affiliates of Bain (whether by merger, sale of securities, recapitalization, or reorganization) dispose of or sell more than 50% of the total voting power or economic interest in Luxco to one or more Independent Third Parties, (b) any transaction or series of related transactions in which Luxco (whether by merger, sale of securities, recapitalization, or reorganization) disposes of or sells more than 50% of the total voting power or economic interest in Dutchco to one or more Independent Third Parties, or (c) a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Dutchco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

Companies ” shall mean Luxco, Dutchco, the Company, and their respective direct or indirect subsidiaries.

 

- 10 -


Fee Allocation Percentage ” shall mean, with respect to any Advisor at any time, a fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Fully Diluted Ordinary Shares owned by such Advisor (if any) and its Affiliates on such date and the denominator of which is the total number of Fully Diluted Ordinary Shares owned by all Advisors (if any) and their Affiliates on such date.

Fully Diluted Ordinary Shares ” shall mean, at any time, the aggregate Ordinary Shares then outstanding, assuming the conversion of all CPECs or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares, and the exercise of any and all in-the-money options, warrants, or other rights to purchase or acquire Ordinary Shares or CPECs. For purposes of this definition, (a) “ Ordinary Shares ” shall mean the ordinary shares of Luxco, par value €1.25 per ordinary share; provided that if any ordinary equity securities of Dutchco or any other subsidiary of Luxco are distributed by Luxco to Luxco’s securityholders in a reorganization, liquidation or similar transaction of Luxco or otherwise, such distributed securities will be Ordinary Shares for purposes of this Agreement, and (b) “ CPECs ” shall mean the convertible preferred equity certificates, par value €1.25 per certificate, issued by Luxco, and, if applicable, any additional series of convertible preferred equity certificates duly authorized and issued by Luxco from time to time.

Independent Third Party ” shall mean any Person, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) that, immediately prior to the contemplated transaction or series of related transactions, does not own in excess of 5% of Luxco’ ordinary share capital on a fully-diluted basis, who is not an Affiliate of any such 5% owner of Luxco’ ordinary share capital and who is not the spouse or descendent (by birth or adoption) of any such 5% owner of Luxco’ ordinary share capital.

Initial Public Offering ” shall mean the initial public offering and sale of ordinary shares of Luxco or Dutchco for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or equivalent foreign securities laws (other than a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8 (or any similar or successor form in the United States or any other country)).

Person ” shall mean any individual, partnership, corporation, company, association, trust, joint venture, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, entity or division, or any government, governmental department or agency or political subdivision thereof.

Securityholder ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, a current or former owner (whether registered or beneficial) of any capital stock of any Person.

*    *    *    *    *

 

- 11 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

LUXCO :
SENSATA INVESTMENT COMPANY S.C.A.
By:   Sensata Management Company S.A.
Its:   Manager
By:  

/s/ Ailbhe Jennings

Name:   Ailbhe Jennings
Its:   Authorized Signatory
DUTCHCO :
SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDING B.V.
By:  

/s/ M.F. Stijger

Name:   Amaco Management Services B.V.
Its:   Managing Director
COMPANY :
SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.
By:  

/s/ M.F. Stijger

Name:   Amaco Management Services B.V.
Its:   Managing Director

Signature Page to Advisory Agreement


ADVISORS :
BAIN CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Stephen M. Zide

Name:   Stephen M. Zide
Its:   Managing Director
BAIN CAPITAL, LTD.
By:  

/s/ Stephen M. Zide

Name:   Stephen M. Zide
Its:   Managing Director
PORTFOLIO COMPANY ADVISORS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Stephen M. Zide

Name:   Stephen M. Zide
Its:   Managing Director
CCMP CAPITAL ASIA LTD
By:   Liu Asia Advisory Company II
Its:   Sole director
By:  

/s/ Leo Cheung

Name:   Leo Cheung
Its:   Authorized Signatory

Signature Page to Advisory Agreement

Exhibit 10.23

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO ADVISORY AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO ADVISORY AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of December 19, 2006, by and between Sensata Technologies B.V., a private limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Company ”), and Bain Capital Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ BCP ”), and this Amendment amends that certain Advisory Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2006, by and among the Company, Sensata Investment Company S.C.A., Sensata Technologies Holding B.V., BCP, Portfolio Company Advisors Limited, Bain Capital, Ltd., and CCMP Capital Asia Ltd. (the “ Advisory Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, the parties acknowledge that the original draft of the Advisory Agreement contained an error that was inconsistent with the intention of the parties.

WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 13 of the Advisory Agreement, the undersigned wish to correct such error by amending the Advisory Agreement as specified herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Amendment . The first sentence of Section 3(a) of the Advisory Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the words “services rendered in connection with the debt financing of the transactions” in the second and third lines of such section and inserting the following words in lieu thereof: “investment banking and financial advisory services, including services related to the obtaining of debt financing, rendered in connection with the transactions”.

2. Effectiveness and Ratification . All of the provisions of this Amendment shall be effective as of the date hereof. Except as specifically provided for in this Amendment, the terms of the Advisory Agreement are hereby ratified and confirmed and remain in full force and effect.

3. Effect of Amendment . Whenever the Advisory Agreement is referred to in the Advisory Agreement or in any other agreements, documents or instruments, such reference shall be deemed to be to the Advisory Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

4. Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Amendment are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Amendment.

5. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in separate counterparts (including by means of telecopied signature pages), each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

6. Governing Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

*    *    *    *    *


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No.1 to Advisory Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

By:

 

/s/ Geert Braaksma

Name:

  Geert Braaksma

Title:

  Managing Director

 

BAIN CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Ed Conard

Name:

  Ed Conard

Title:

  Managing Director

Exhibit 10.24

EXECUTION COPY

 


INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

among

Sensata Management Company S.A.,

Sensata Investment Company S.C.A.,

Sensata Technologies Holding B.V.,

Funds managed by Bain Capital Partners, LLC or its Affiliates,

and

certain other Persons

Dated as of April 27, 2006

 



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page

1.

 

LUXCO DEMAND REGISTRATIONS

   2
 

1.1.

   Requests for Registration    2
 

1.2.

   Demand Notice    2
 

1.3.

   Demand Registration Expenses    2
 

1.4.

   Short-Form Registrations    2
 

1.5.

   Priority on Demand Registrations    3
 

1.6.

   Restrictions on Demand Registrations    3
 

1.7.

   Selection of Underwriters    3
 

1.8.

   Other Registration Rights    3

2.

  DUTCHCO DEMAND REGISTRATIONS    4
 

2.1.

   Requests for Registration    4
 

2.2.

   Demand Notice    4
 

2.3.

   Demand Registration Expenses    4
 

2.4.

   Short-Form Registrations    4
 

2.5.

   Priority on Demand Registrations    4
 

2.6.

   Restrictions on Demand Registrations    5
 

2.7.

   Selection of Underwriters    5
 

2.8.

   Other Registration Rights    5

3.

  PIGGYBACK REGISTRATIONS    6
 

3.1.

   Right to Piggyback    6
 

3.2.

   Piggyback Expenses    6
 

3.3.

   Priority on Primary Registrations    6
 

3.4.

   Priority on Secondary Registrations    6

4.

  REGISTRATION GENERALLY    6
 

4.1.

   Registration Procedures    6
 

4.2.

   Registration Expenses    10
 

4.3.

   Participation in Underwritten Offerings    11
 

4.4.

   Holdback Agreements    12
     4.4.1.    Securityholder Holdback    12
    

4.4.2.    Issuer Holdback

   12
 

4.5.

   Current Public Information    12

5.

  INDEMNIFICATION    13
 

5.1.

   Indemnification by the Issuer    13
 

5.2.

   Indemnification by Holders of Registrable Securities    13
 

5.3.

   Procedure    14
 

5.4.

   Entry of Judgment; Settlement    14
 

5.5.

   Contribution    14
 

5.6.

   Other Rights    15

 

i


6.   OTHER RIGHTS    15
  6.1.      Information Rights    15
              6.1.1.    Historical Financial Information    15
              6.1.2.    Tax Information    16
              6.1.3.    Access    16
  6.2.      Expenses; Indemnity    18
  6.3.      Parent as Manager of Luxco; Election of Bain Directors    19
              6.3.1.    Actions    19
              6.3.2.    Board Size; Bain Directors    19
              6.3.3.    Removal    19
              6.3.4.    Expenses; Etc    20
7.   DEFINITIONS    20
8.   MISCELLANEOUS    25
  8.1.      No Inconsistent Agreements; Foreign Registration    25
  8.2.      Adjustments Affecting Luxco Registrable Securities    25
  8.3.      Remedies    25
  8.4.      Amendment and Waiver    26
  8.5.      Successors and Assigns; Transferees    26
  8.6.      Severability    26
  8.7.      Counterparts    26
  8.8.      Descriptive Headings    26
  8.9.      Notices    26
  8.10.    Delivery by Facsimile    29
  8.11.    Governing Law    30

 

ii


INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Investor Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of April 27, 2006 by and among:

 

  (i) Sensata Management Company S.A., a société anonyme organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (“ Parent ”);

 

  (ii) Sensata Investment Company S.C.A., a société en commandite par actions organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (“ Luxco ”);

 

  (iii) Sensata Technologies Holding B.V., a private limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (“ Dutchco ”) and wholly owned subsidiary of Luxco;

 

  (iv) Funds managed by Bain Capital Partners, LLC or its Affiliates (together with their respective Affiliates, “ Bain ”);

 

  (v) each Person executing this Agreement and listed as an Other Investor on the signature pages hereto (collectively, the “ Other Investors ” and together with Bain, the “ Investors ”); and

 

  (vi) such other Persons, if any, that from time to time become parties hereto (collectively, together with the Investors, the “ Securityholders ”).

RECITALS

1. Texas Instruments Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”), and Sensata Technologies B.V., a private limited liability company organized under the laws of the Netherlands (“ Buyer ”), are parties to that certain Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 8, 2006, pursuant to which Buyer and its Subsidiaries will acquire the sensors and controls business of Seller (the “ Acquisition ”).

2. At the closing of the Acquisition (the “ Closing ”), Luxco owns 100% of the outstanding securities of Dutchco (other than certain options and other securities granted to employees of Luxco and its Subsidiaries), which in turn owns 100% of the outstanding securities of Sensata Intermediate Holding Company, B.V., which in turn owns 100% of the outstanding securities of Buyer.

3. Luxco, as of the date hereof, is authorized by the Articles (as defined below) to issue securities consisting of 790,909 Ordinary Shares, par value €1.25 per ordinary share, 493,527,216 Series 1 Preferred Equity Certificates, par value €1.25 per certificate (“ Series 1 PECs ”), 138,409,075 convertible preferred equity certificates, par value €1.25 per certificate (“ CPECs ”).

4. Luxco and the Investors are parties to that certain Investor Equity Subscription Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Subscription Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Investor subscribed for Ordinary Shares of the Luxco, Series 1 PECs, and CPECs. At the


Closing, each of the Investors owns the number and class of securities set forth opposite its name on the “Schedule of Holders” attached hereto in its capacity as a limited securityholder of Luxco. Parent is the manager and unlimited securityholder of Luxco

5. In order to induce the Investors to enter into the Subscription Agreement, Luxco has agreed to provide the rights set out in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Subscription Agreement. Unless otherwise noted in this Agreement, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in Section 7.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

1. LUXCO DEMAND REGISTRATIONS .

1.1. Requests for Registration . At any time prior to Luxco’s Initial Public Offering, Bain may initiate the registration of Luxco securities in Luxco’s Initial Public Offering. Subject to the other provisions of Section 1, Bain may initiate an unlimited number of registrations of all or part of their Luxco Registrable Securities on Form S-1 or any successor or similar long-form registration (“ Long-Form Registrations ”) and, if available, an unlimited number of registrations of all or part of their Luxco Registrable Securities on Form S-2 or S-3 or any successor or similar short-form registration (“ Short-Form Registrations ” and, collectively with Long Form Registrations, “ Demand Registrations ”).

1.2. Demand Notice . All requests for Demand Registrations shall be made by giving written notice (a “ Demand Notice ”) to Luxco. Each Demand Notice shall specify the approximate number of Luxco Registrable Securities requested to be registered. Within ten days after receipt of any such Demand Notice, Luxco will give written notice of such requested registration to all other holders of Luxco Registrable Securities and, subject to Section 1.5, will include in such registration (and in all related registrations and qualifications under securities laws or in compliance with other registration requirements and in any related underwriting) all Luxco Registrable Securities with respect to which Luxco has received written requests for inclusion therein within 15 days after the delivery of Luxco’s notice.

1.3. Demand Registration Expenses . Luxco will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration initiated as a Demand Registration, whether or not it has become effective.

1.4. Short-Form Registrations . Demand Registrations will be Short-Form Registrations whenever Luxco is permitted to use any applicable short-form (unless the managing underwriter(s) of such offering requests Luxco to use a Long-Form Registration in order to sell all of the Luxco Registrable Securities requested to be sold). After Luxco has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act, Luxco will use its best efforts to make Short-Form Registrations available for the sale of Luxco Registrable Securities. Bain may, in connection with any Demand Registration requested by such holders that is a Short-Form Registration, require Luxco to file such Short-Form Registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with and pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (or any successor or similar rule then in effect) (a “ Shelf Registration ”).

 

- 2 -


1.5. Priority on Demand Registrations . Luxco shall not include in any Demand Registration any securities which are not Luxco Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Luxco Registrable Securities included in such registration. If a Demand Registration is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter(s) advises Luxco in writing that in its opinion the number of Luxco Registrable Securities and, if permitted hereunder, other securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number of Luxco Registrable Securities and other securities, if any, which can be sold therein without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, then Luxco shall include in such registration, prior to the inclusion of any securities that are not Luxco Registrable Securities, the number of Luxco Registrable Securities requested to be included in such offering that, in the opinion of such underwriter(s), can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the number of Luxco Registrable Securities owned by each such holder, and only then securities that are not Luxco Registrable Securities if the managing underwriter(s) has advised that such securities may be included.

1.6. Restrictions on Demand Registrations . Luxco will not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration within 90 days after the closing of a Public Offering (other than on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar form, but including the closing of an underwritten distribution pursuant to a Shelf Registration). Luxco may postpone for up to 30 days (from the date of the request) the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration if and so long as Luxco determines that such Demand Registration would reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on any proposal or plan by Luxco or any of the Subsidiaries to engage in any acquisition of assets (other than in the ordinary course of business) or any merger, consolidation, tender offer, registration or issuance of securities, financing or other material transaction; provided , however , that in such event, Luxco will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such registration. Luxco may not postpone a Demand Registration more than two (2) times in any twelve-month period.

1.7. Selection of Underwriters . Bain will have the right to select the underwriter or underwriters to administer the offering, provided that such selection will be subject to the approval of the Parent Board, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

1.8. Other Registration Rights . Luxco represents and warrants that it is not a party to, or otherwise subject to, any other agreement granting registration rights to any other Person with respect to any securities of Luxco, other than the Securityholders Agreement and the Luxco Management Plan. Except as provided in this Agreement, Luxco shall not grant to any Persons the right to request Luxco to register any equity securities of Luxco, or any securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such securities, without the prior written consent of Bain; provided that without such written consent, (a) Luxco may grant rights to other Persons to participate in Piggyback Registrations so long as such rights are subordinate to the rights of the holders of Luxco Registrable Securities with respect to such Piggyback Registrations; and (b) Luxco may grant rights to other Persons to request registrations so long as the holders of Luxco Registrable Securities are entitled to participate in any such registrations with such Persons pro rata on the basis of the number of securities owned by each such holder.

 

- 3 -


2. DUTCHCO DEMAND REGISTRATIONS .

2.1. Requests for Registration . At any time prior to Dutchco’s Initial Public Offering, Luxco, at Bain’s request, shall initiate the registration of Dutchco securities in Dutchco’s Initial Public Offering. Subject to the other provisions of Section 2, Luxco, at the request of Bain, may initiate an unlimited number of Long-Form Registrations and, if available, Short-Form Registrations.

2.2. Demand Notice . All requests for Demand Registrations shall be made by Bain giving a Demand Notice to Luxco and Luxco delivering such Demand Notice to Dutchco. Each Demand Notice shall specify the approximate number of Dutchco Registrable Securities requested to be registered. Within ten days after receipt of any such Demand Notice, Dutchco will give written notice of such requested registration to all other holders of Dutchco Registrable Securities and, subject to Section 2.5, will include in such registration (and in all related registrations and qualifications under securities laws or in compliance with other registration requirements and in any related underwriting) all Dutchco Registrable Securities with respect to which Dutchco has received written requests for inclusion therein within 15 days after the delivery of Dutchco’s notice.

2.3. Demand Registration Expenses . Dutchco will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration initiated as a Demand Registration, whether or not it has become effective.

2.4. Short-Form Registrations . Demand Registrations will be Short-Form Registrations whenever Dutchco is permitted to use any applicable short-form (unless the underwriter of such offering requests Dutchco to use a Long-Form Registration in order to sell all of the Dutchco Registrable Securities requested to be sold). After Dutchco has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act, Dutchco will use its best efforts to make Short-Form Registrations available for the sale of Dutchco Registrable Securities. Luxco may, at Bain’s request, in connection with any Demand Registration requested by Luxco that is a Short-Form Registration, require Dutchco to file such Short-Form Registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a Shelf Registration.

2.5. Priority on Demand Registrations . Dutchco shall not include in any Demand Registration any securities which are not Dutchco Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Dutchco Registrable Securities included in such registration. If a Demand Registration is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter(s) advises Dutchco in writing that in its opinion the number of Dutchco Registrable Securities and, if permitted hereunder, other securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number of Dutchco Registrable Securities and other securities, if any, which can be sold therein without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, then Dutchco shall include in such registration, prior to the inclusion of any securities that are not Dutchco Registrable Securities, the number of Dutchco Registrable Securities requested to be included in such offering that, in the opinion of such underwriter(s), can be sold without adversely affecting

 

- 4 -


the marketability of the offering, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the number of Dutchco Registrable Securities owned by each such holder, and only then securities that are not Dutchco Registrable Securities if the managing underwriter(s) has advised that such securities may be included.

2.6. Restrictions on Demand Registrations . Dutchco will not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration within 90 days after the closing of a Public Offering (other than on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar form, but including the closing of an underwritten distribution pursuant to a Shelf Registration). Dutchco may postpone for up to 30 days (from the date of the request) the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration if and so long as Dutchco determines that such Demand Registration would reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on any proposal or plan by Dutchco or any of the Subsidiaries to engage in any acquisition of assets (other than in the ordinary course of business) or any merger, consolidation, tender offer, registration or issuance of securities, financing or other material transaction; provided , however , that in such event, Dutchco will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such registration. Dutchco may not postpone a Demand Registration more than two (2) times in any twelve-month period.

2.7. Selection of Underwriters . Luxco will have the right to select the underwriter or underwriters to administer the offering, provided that such selection will be subject to the approval of the Dutchco Board, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

2.8. Other Registration Rights . Dutchco represents and warrants that it is not a party to, or otherwise subject to, any other agreement granting registration rights to any other Person with respect to any securities of Dutchco, other than the Securityholders Agreement and the Luxco Management Plan. Except as provided in this Agreement, Dutchco shall not grant to any Persons the right to request Dutchco to register any equity securities of Dutchco, or any securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such securities, without the prior written consent of Luxco; provided that without such written consent, (a) Dutchco may grant rights to other Persons to participate in Piggyback Registrations so long as such rights are subordinate to the rights of the holders of Dutchco Registrable Securities with respect to such Piggyback Registrations; and (b) Dutchco may grant rights to other Persons to request registrations so long as the holders of Dutchco Registrable Securities are entitled to participate in any such registrations with such Persons pro rata on the basis of the number of securities owned by each such holder.

 

- 5 -


3. PIGGYBACK REGISTRATIONS .

3.1. Right to Piggyback . Whenever Luxco or the Dutchco proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act (other than (a) in an Initial Public Offering, (b) pursuant to a Demand Registration to which Section 1 is applicable or (c) in connection with registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar form) and the registration form to be used may be used for the registration of Registrable Securities (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), the Issuer will give prompt written notice to all holders of Registrable Securities of its intention to effect such a registration and, subject to Sections 3.3 and 3.4 below, will include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Issuer has received written requests for inclusion therein within 30 days after the delivery of the Issuer’s notice. Each such Company notice shall specify the approximate number of Company equity securities to be registered.

3.2. Piggyback Expenses . The Registration Expenses of the holders of Registrable Securities will be paid by the Issuer in all Piggyback Registrations, whether or not any such registration becomes effective.

3.3. Priority on Primary Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Issuer and the managing underwriter(s) advises the Issuer in writing (with a copy to each party hereto requesting registration of Registrable Securities) that in its opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability of such offering, the Issuer will include in such registration: (a) first, the securities the Issuer proposes to sell, (b) second, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders of such Registrable Securities on the basis of the number of shares owned by each such holder, and (c) third, other securities requested to be included in such registration.

3.4. Priority on Secondary Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of holders of Registrable Securities (other than the Issuer or Bain, as applicable), and the managing underwriter(s) advises the Issuer in writing that in its opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, the Issuer will include in such registration: (a) first, the securities requested to be included therein by the holders requesting registration, and the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders of such securities and Registrable Securities on the basis of the number of shares owned by each such holder, and (b) second, other such securities requested to be included in such registration.

4. REGISTRATION GENERALLY .

4.1. Registration Procedures . Whenever the holders of Registrable Securities have requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Agreement, the Issuer will use its best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof and pursuant thereto the Issuer will as expeditiously as possible:

 

- 6 -


(a) prepare and (within 60 days after the end of the period within which requests for inclusion in such registration may be given to the Issuer) file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and thereafter use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective (provided that before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Issuer will furnish to the counsel selected by the Bain to be included in any Demand Registration copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to review by such counsel);

(b) prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary (i) to keep such registration statement effective for a period (A) of not less than 180 days (subject to extension pursuant to Section 4.3(b)) or, if such registration statement relates to an underwritten offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer, (B) of less than 180 days, which period will terminate when all of the securities covered by such registration statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement (but in any event not before the expiration of any longer period required under the Securities Act), or (C) in the case of a Shelf Registration, ending on the earlier of (I) the date on which all Registrable Securities have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration or have otherwise ceased to be Registrable Securities, (II) the second anniversary of the effective date of such Shelf Registration and (III) such other date determined by Bain, and (ii) to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement until such time as all of such securities have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;

(c) furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;

(d) use its best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (provided that the Issuer will not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subsection, (ii) subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any such jurisdiction or (iii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction);

 

- 7 -


(e) promptly notify each seller of such Registrable Securities, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, upon discovery that, or upon the discovery of the happening of any event as a result of which, the prospectus included in such registration statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, and, at the request of any such seller, the Issuer will prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the prospective purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made;

(f) cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Issuer are then listed and, if not so listed, to be listed on the NASD automated quotation system and, if listed on the NASD automated quotation system, use its best efforts to secure designation of all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement as a NASDAQ “national market system security” within the meaning of Rule 11Aa2-1 of the Securities and Exchange Commission or, failing that, to secure NASDAQ authorization for such Registrable Securities and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to arrange for at least two market makers to register as such with respect to such Registrable Securities with the NASD;

(g) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

(h) enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form) and take all such other actions as the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including, without limitation, effecting a stock split or a combination of shares);

(i) make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Issuer, and cause the Issuer’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;

 

- 8 -


(j) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, but not later than 18 months after the effective date of the registration statement, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve months beginning with the first day of the Issuer’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

(k) in the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any securities included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction, the Issuer will use its reasonable best efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(l) obtain one or more comfort letters, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), signed by the Issuer’s independent public accountants in the then-current customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered from time to time by comfort letters as the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold reasonably request;

(m) provide a legal opinion of the Issuer’s outside counsel, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), with respect to the registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included therein (including the preliminary prospectus) and such other documents relating thereto in the then-current customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered from time to time by legal opinions of such nature (in a form reasonably acceptable to the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in the registration);

(n) cooperate with the sellers of Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement and the managing underwriter or agent, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive legends) representing securities to be sold under the registration statement, and enable such securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter or agent, if any, or such holders may request;

(o) notify counsel for the sellers of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement and the managing underwriter or agent, immediately, and confirm the notice in writing (i) when the registration statement, or any post-effective amendment to the registration statement, shall have become

 

- 9 -


effective, or any supplement to the prospectus or any amendment prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Securities and Exchange Commission, (iii) of any request of the Securities and Exchange Commission to amend the registration statement or amend or supplement the prospectus or for additional information, and (iv) of the issuance by the Securities and Exchange Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the registration statement for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the institution or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes;

(p) make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the withdrawal of any such order at the earliest possible moment;

(q) if requested by the managing underwriter or agent or any holder of Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriter or agent or such holder reasonably requests to be included therein, including, without limitation, with respect to the number of Registrable Securities being sold by such holder to such underwriter or agent, the purchase price being paid therefor by such underwriter or agent and with respect to any other terms of the underwritten offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after being notified of the matters incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; and

(r) cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or any similar Person.

The Issuer may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish to the Issuer such information relating to the sale or registration of such securities regarding such seller and the distribution of such securities as the Issuer may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

4.2. Registration Expenses .

(a) All expenses incident to the Issuer’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities laws, printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, and fees and

 

- 10 -


disbursements of counsel for the Issuer and all independent certified public accountants, underwriters (excluding discounts and commissions) and other Persons retained by the Issuer (all such expenses being herein called “ Registration Expenses ”), will be paid by the Issuer in respect of each Demand Registration and each Piggyback Registration, whether or not it has become effective, including that the Issuer will pay its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any liability insurance and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Issuer are then listed or on the NASD automated quotation system.

(b) In connection with each Demand Registration and each Piggyback Registration, whether or not it has become effective, the Issuer will pay, and reimburse the holders of Registrable Securities covered by such registration for the payment of, the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel chosen by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration, and such expenses shall be considered Registration Expenses hereunder.

4.3. Participation in Underwritten Offerings .

(a) No Person may participate in any registration hereunder which is underwritten unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements (including, without limitation, pursuant to the terms of any over-allotment or “green shoe” option requested by the managing underwriter(s), provided that no holder of Registrable Securities will be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Securities that such holder has requested the Issuer to include in any registration) and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

(b) Each Person that is participating in any registration hereunder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Issuer of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 4.1(e) above, such Person will forthwith discontinue the disposition of its Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement until such Person’s receipt of the copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus as contemplated by such Section 4.1(e). In the event the Issuer shall give any such notice, the applicable time period mentioned in Section 4.1(b) during which a Registration Statement is to remain effective shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to this paragraph to and including the date when each seller of a Registrable Security covered by such registration statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4.1(e).

 

- 11 -


4.4. Holdback Agreements .

4.4.1. Securityholder Holdback . To the extent not inconsistent with applicable law, each holder of Registrable Securities shall not effect any public sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144) of equity securities of the Issuer, or any securities, options or rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during (a) with respect to the Issuer’s Initial Public Offering, the seven days prior to and the 180-day period beginning on the effective date of such Initial Public Offering, (b) with respect to any other underwritten Demand Registration or any underwritten Piggyback Registration in which Registrable Securities are included, the seven days prior to and the 90-day period beginning on the effective date of such registration, and (c) upon notice from the Issuer of the commencement of an underwritten distribution in connection with any Shelf Registration, the seven days prior to and the 90-day period beginning on the date of commencement of such distribution, in each case except as part of such underwritten registration, and in each case unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering otherwise agree.

4.4.2. Issuer Holdback . The Issuer shall not effect any public sale or distribution of its equity securities, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during (a) with respect to the Issuer’s Initial Public Offering, the seven days prior to and the 180-day period beginning on the effective date of such Initial Public Offering, (b) with respect to any other underwritten Demand Registration or any underwritten Piggyback Registration in which Registrable Securities are included, the seven days prior to and the 90-day period beginning on the effective date of such registration, and (c) upon notice from any holder(s) of Registrable Securities subject to a Shelf Registration that such holder(s) intend to effect an underwritten distribution of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration (upon receipt of which, the Issuer will promptly notify all other holders of Registrable Securities of the date of the commencement of such distribution), the seven days prior to and the 90-day period beginning on the date of the commencement of such distribution, in each case except as part of such underwritten registration or pursuant to registrations on Form S-4 or Form S-8, and in each case unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering otherwise agree.

4.5. Current Public Information . At all times after the Issuer has filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the requirements of either the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act, the Issuer will timely file all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, and will take such further action as any holder or holders of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required to enable such holders to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act (as such rule may be amended from time to time) or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

- 12 -


5. INDEMNIFICATION .

5.1. Indemnification by the Issuer . The Issuer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each holder of Registrable Securities and, as applicable, its officers, directors, trustees, employees, stockholders, holders of beneficial interests, members, and general and limited partners (collectively, “ Indemnitees ”) and each Person who controls such holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, to which such holder or any such Indemnitee may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (a) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, together with any documents incorporated therein by reference or, (b) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and the Issuer will reimburse such holder and each of its Indemnitees for any legal or any other expenses, including any amounts paid in any settlement effected with the consent of the Issuer, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, liability, action or proceeding; provided , however , that the Issuer shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) or expense arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement, or omission or alleged omission, made in such registration statement, any such prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any application, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information prepared and furnished to the Issuer by such holder expressly for use therein. In connection with an underwritten offering, the Issuer will indemnify such underwriters, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the holders of Registrable Securities.

5.2. Indemnification by Holders of Registrable Securities . In connection with any registration statement in which a holder of Registrable Securities is participating, each such holder will furnish to the Issuer in writing such information and affidavits as the Issuer reasonably requests for use in connection with any such registration statement or prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, will indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer and its Indemnitees against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, to which the Issuer or any such Indemnitee may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (a) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or in any application, together with any documents incorporated therein by reference or (b) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, any such prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any application, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information prepared and furnished to the Issuer by such holder expressly for use therein, and such holder will reimburse the Issuer and each such Indemnitee for any legal or any other expenses including any amounts paid in any settlement effected with the consent of such holder, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, incurred by

 

- 13 -


them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, liability, action or proceeding; provided , however , that the obligation to indemnify will be individual (and not joint and several) to each holder and will be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement, less any other amounts paid by such holder in respect of such untrue statement, alleged untrue statement, omission or alleged omission.

5.3. Procedure . Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder will (a) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification ( provided , however , that the failure of any indemnified party to give such notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent that the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give such notice), and (b) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim will not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim.

5.4. Entry of Judgment; Settlement . The indemnifying party shall not, except with the approval of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to each indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation without any payment or consideration provided by such indemnified party.

5.5. Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is unavailable to or is insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under the provisions above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (a) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits received by the Issuer on the one hand and the sellers of Registrable Securities and any other sellers participating in the registration statement on the other hand from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registered offering of securities as to which indemnity is sought but also the relative fault of the indemnified party and the indemnifying party as well as any other relevant equitable considerations or (b) if the allocation provided by clause (a) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (a) above but also the relative fault of the Issuer on the one hand and of the sellers of Registrable Securities and any other sellers participating in the registration

 

- 14 -


statement on the other hand in connection with the statement or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Issuer on the one hand and the sellers of Registrable Securities and any other sellers participating in the registration statement on the other hand shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) to the Issuer bear to the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) to the sellers of Registrable Securities and any other sellers participating in the registration statement. The relative fault of the Issuer on the one hand and of the sellers of Registrable Securities and any other sellers participating in the registration statement on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuer or by the sellers of Registrable Securities or other sellers participating in the registration statement and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The Issuer and the sellers of Registrable Securities agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the sellers of Registrable Securities were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, no seller of Registrable Securities shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the net proceeds received by such Seller from the sale of Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement filed pursuant hereto, less any other amounts paid by such holder in respect of such untrue statement, alleged untrue statement, omission, or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act or any similar securities law) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

5.6. Other Rights . The indemnification and contribution by any such party provided for under this Agreement shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution which any indemnified party may have pursuant to law or contract and will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made or omitted by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and will survive the transfer of securities.

6. OTHER RIGHTS .

6.1. Information Rights .

6.1.1. Historical Financial Information . Luxco and/or Dutchco as Bain may request will furnish to Bain (including Fund IX and Fund IX Coinvestment) the following information so long as Bain owns securities of Luxco:

(a) As soon as available, and in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of Dutchco (or, if earlier, not later than 15 days prior to the date by which Bain (or its controlling Affiliate(s)) reasonably believes it is required to file (including to maintain any relevant eligibility) with the Securities

 

- 15 -


Commission financial statements that incorporate or include the results of Dutchco and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year-end), the audited consolidated balance sheet of Dutchco and its Subsidiaries as at the end of each such fiscal year and the audited consolidated statements of income, cash flows and changes in securityholders’ equity for such year of Dutchco and its Subsidiaries, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the next preceding fiscal year, accompanied by the report of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing, to the effect that, except as set forth therein, such consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) applied on a basis consistent with prior years and fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of Dutchco and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and the results of their operations and changes in their cash flows and securityholders’ equity for the periods covered thereby.

(b) As soon as available, and in any event within 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter (other than the fourth fiscal quarter) of Dutchco (or, if earlier, not later than 15 days prior to the date by which Bain (or its controlling Affiliate(s)) reasonably believes it is required to file (including to maintain any relevant eligibility) with the Securities Commission financial statements that incorporate or include the results of Dutchco and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal quarter), the consolidated balance sheet of Dutchco and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the consolidated statements of income, cash flows and changes in securityholders’ equity for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year then ended of Dutchco and its Subsidiaries, setting forth in each case the figures for the corresponding periods of the previous fiscal year in comparative form, all in reasonable detail and all prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

(c) As soon as available, and in any event within 30 days after the end of each month (other than the last month of a fiscal quarter), the consolidated balance sheet of Dutchco and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such month and the consolidated statements of income, cash flows for such month and the portion of the fiscal year then ended of Dutchco and its Subsidiaries (to the extent prepared by Dutchco or its operating Subsidiary), setting forth in each case the figures for the corresponding periods of the previous fiscal year in comparative form, all in reasonable detail.

6.1.2. Tax Information . Within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, Luxco shall cause to be delivered to Bain all information necessary for the preparation of Bain’s income tax returns (whether federal, state or foreign).

6.1.3. Access .

(a) General . So long as Bain owns securities of Luxco, Bain (including Fund IX and Fund IX Coinvestment) shall have the right to (i) inspect, during normal business hours upon reasonable advance notice to Luxco and its

 

- 16 -


Subsidiaries, as applicable, and without unreasonably interfering with Luxco’s and the Subsidiaries’, as applicable, normal business operations, such of Luxco’s and its Subsidiaries’ facilities, records, files and other information as it may reasonably request and (ii) meet with Luxco’s and its Subsidiaries’ officers, other management personnel, and outside accountants to obtain such information regarding Luxco and its Subsidiaries and their respective businesses and prospects as it may reasonably request.

(b) VCOC Members . Each Affiliated Fund of Bain that directly or indirectly has an interest in Luxco, in each case that is intended to qualify as a “venture capital operating company” as defined in the United States Department of Labor Regulations Section 2510.3-101 et.seq. (the “ Plan Asset Regulations ”), including for the avoidance of doubt, each of Fund IX and Fund IX Coinvest (each, a “ VCOC Member ”), for so long as the VCOC Member, directly or through one or more conduit Subsidiaries, continues to hold any securities of Luxco (without limitation or prejudice of any the rights provided to the Securityholders hereunder), Luxco shall, with respect to each such VCOC Member:

(i) To the extent not otherwise provided in this Agreement, provide such VCOC Member or its designated representative with:

 

  (a) the right to visit and inspect any of the offices and properties of Luxco and its Subsidiaries and inspect and copy the books and records of Luxco and its Subsidiaries, as the VCOC Member shall reasonably request;

 

  (b) to the extent Luxco (or its Subsidiaries) is required by law or pursuant to the terms of any outstanding indebtedness of Luxco to prepare certain reports, any annual reports, quarterly reports, and other periodic reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act actually prepared by Luxco (or its Subsidiaries) as soon as available; and

 

  (c) copies of all materials provided to the Parent Board, provided that Luxco shall be entitled to exclude portions of such materials to the extent providing such portions would be reasonably likely to result in the waiver of attorney-client privilege.

(ii) Make appropriate officers of Luxco and its Subsidiaries available periodically and at such times as reasonably requested by the VCOC Member for consultation with the VCOC Member or its designated representative with respect to matters

 

- 17 -


relating to the business and affairs of Luxco and its Subsidiaries, including significant changes in management personnel and compensation of employees, introduction of new lines of business, important acquisitions or dispositions of plants and equipment, significant research and development programs, the purchasing or selling of important trademarks, licenses or concessions, or the proposed commencement or compromise of significant litigation;

(iii) To the extent consistent with applicable law (and with respect to events which require public disclosure, only following Luxco’s public disclosure thereof through applicable securities law filings or otherwise), inform the VCOC Member or its designated representative in advance with respect to any significant corporate actions, including extraordinary dividends, mergers, acquisitions or dispositions of assets, issuances of significant amounts of debt or equity and material amendments to the organizational documents of Luxco, and to provide the VCOC Member or its designated representative with the right to consult with Luxco with respect to such actions; and

(iv) Provide the VCOC Member or its designated representative with such other rights of consultation which the VCOC Member’s counsel may determine to be reasonably necessary under applicable legal authorities to qualify its investment in Luxco as a “venture capital investment” for purposes of the Plan Asset Regulations.

Luxco agrees to consider the recommendations of the VCOC Member or its designated representative in connection with the matters on which it is consulted as described above, recognizing that the ultimate discretion with respect to all such matters shall be retained by Luxco.

6.2. Expenses; Indemnity . Luxco and its Subsidiaries, jointly and severally, will pay, and will indemnify, exonerate and hold each holder of Registrable Securities and, as applicable, its Indemnitees free and harmless from and against any and all liability for payment of, the out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them before or after the date of this Agreement, in connection with: (a) negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the other agreements entered into by the Indemnitees in connection with the Acquisition (the “ Transaction Agreements ”), (b) any amendments or waivers (whether or not the same become effective) under or in respect of this Agreement, the other Transaction Agreements, or the Articles, and (c) the interpretation of, and enforcement of the rights granted under, this Agreement, the other Transaction Agreements, or the Articles. If and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unavailable or unenforceable for any reason, Luxco and its Subsidiaries, jointly and severally, hereby agree to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the foregoing indemnified liabilities that is permissible under applicable law. The rights of any Indemnitee to

 

- 18 -


indemnification in this Section 6.2 will be in addition to any other rights any such Person may have under this agreement, any other agreement or instrument referenced above or any other agreement or instrument to which such Indemnitee is or becomes a party or is or otherwise becomes a beneficiary or under law or regulation.

6.3. Parent as Manager of Luxco; Election of Bain Directors .

6.3.1. Actions . From and after the date of this Agreement and until the provisions of this Section 6.3 cease to be effective, Bain shall vote any and all voting securities of the Parent or Luxco over which Bain has voting control and shall take all other necessary or desirable actions within its control (whether in its capacity as a holder of securities, director or officer of Parent or Luxco or otherwise, and including, without limitation, attendance at meetings in person or by proxy for purposes of obtaining a quorum, execution of written consents in lieu of meetings, and voting its ordinary shares, if any, of Dutchco), and each of Parent and Luxco shall take all necessary and desirable actions within its control (including, without limitation, calling special board and securityholder meetings, and voting their shares in the Dutchco and its Subsidiaries), in order to give effect to the provisions of this Section 6.3.

6.3.2. Board Size; Bain Directors . So long as Bain owns any Securities of Luxco:

(a) Bain shall determine the size of the Parent Board, the Dutchco Board, and the U.S. Company Board;

(b) Bain shall have the right to designate each director of the Parent Board, the Dutchco Board, and the U.S. Company Board, and any such designee of Bain shall be elected to the Parent Board, the Dutchco Board, or the U.S. Company Board, as applicable (each, a “ Bain Director ”), subject to the rights of any other Person to designate directors to such boards pursuant to this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the rights of Fund IX and Fund IX Coinvestment set forth immediately below), the Securityholders Agreement, or applicable law;

(c) Fund IX shall have the right to designate one representative to be elected to each of the Parent Board, the Dutchco Board, and the U.S. Company Board, which such designee(s) shall be elected to the Parent Board, the Dutchco Board, and the U.S. Company Board; and

(d) Fund IX Coinvestment shall have the right to designate one representative to be elected to each of the Parent Board, the Dutchco Board, and the U.S. Company Board, which such designee(s) shall be elected to the Parent Board, the Dutchco Board, and the U.S. Company Board.

6.3.3. Removal . With respect to any Person entitled to designate a director pursuant to Section 6.3.3, the directors appointed by such Person shall be removed from the Parent Board, the Dutchco Board, and/or the U.S. Company Board (with or without cause) at the written request of such Person and only upon such written request and under no other circumstances (except as otherwise required by law).

 

- 19 -


6.3.4. Expenses; Etc . Parent or the Dutchco, as applicable, shall pay (or cause to be paid) the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Bain Director in connection with attending meetings of the Parent Board, the Dutchco Board and the U.S. Company Board, as applicable, subject to reasonable documentation of such expenses in accordance with the Parent’s, Dutchco’s, and the U.S. Company’s policies. The organizational documents of Parent, Dutchco, and the U.S. Company shall provide for indemnification of directors to the fullest extent of the law. All Bain Directors will be entitled to the benefit of director and officer liability insurance and other director indemnification protections in quality and scope at least as favorable as those applicable to the other members of the Parent Board, the Dutchco Board, and the U.S. Company Board. Without the prior written consent of Bain, none of the Parent, the Dutchco, or the U.S. Company shall alter, modify or amend such indemnification and exculpatory provisions in any manner that would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the rights of any director nominated by Bain in his or her capacity as a director from and after the Closing. The parties acknowledge and agree that each of the foregoing directors of Parent, Dutchco, and the U.S. Company shall be deemed to be a direct and irrevocable third party beneficiary of the agreements and covenants set forth in this Section 6.3.5, with the right to enforce such agreements and covenants as fully as if each such director was a party to this Agreement.

7. DEFINITIONS .

Affiliate ” means, (a) with respect to any Person, (i) any other Person which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person (for the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise); provided , however , that neither Luxco nor any of its subsidiaries shall be deemed an Affiliate of any of the Securityholders (and vice versa) and none of the Securityholders shall be deemed Affiliates of each other solely as a result of their relationship with respect to Luxco, (ii) if such Person is an investment fund, any other investment fund the primary investment advisor to which is the primary investment advisor to such Person or an Affiliate thereof and (iii) if such Person is a natural Person, any Family Member of such natural Person.

Affiliated Fund ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, an investment fund that is an Affiliate of such Person or an entity that is directly or indirectly wholly-owned by such Person or one or more of such funds (other than a portfolio company of any such fund).

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preface.

Articles ” means Luxco’s Articles of Association and the terms of the PECs and the CPECs, each as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

- 20 -


Bain ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preface.

CCMPA ” means Asia Opportunity Fund II, L.P., an exempted limited partnership formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and AOF II Employee Co-Invest Fund, L.P., an exempted limited partnership formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

CPECs ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Demand Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.

Demand Registrations ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

Dutchco ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preface.

Dutchco Board ” means the managing board of Dutchco.

Dutchco Management Plans ” means the 2006 Dutchco Management Option Plan and the 2006 Dutchco Management Securities Purchase, along with any attachments thereto and any award agreements entered into pursuant to the terms thereof.

Dutchco Registrable Securities ” means (i) any Ordinary Shares of Dutchco issued to or otherwise acquired by Luxco or the Investors, and (ii) any equity securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to any of the foregoing securities referred to in clause (i) by way of stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or upon conversion thereof. As to any particular securities constituting Dutchco Registrable Securities, such shares will cease to be Dutchco Registrable Securities when they have been (x) effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the registration statement covering them, or (y) sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any similar law of a country other than the United States. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to be a holder of Dutchco Registrable Securities whenever such Person has the right to acquire directly or indirectly such Dutchco Registrable Securities (upon conversion or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected. For purposes of Section 2.5 only, Dutchco Registrable Securities shall also include any Management Dutchco Securities.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any similar law of any country other than the United States, each as amended, or any successor law then in force.

Family Member ” means, with respect to any natural Person, such Person’s spouse and descendants (whether or not adopted) and any trust, family limited partnership or limited liability company that is and remains at all times solely for the benefit of such Person’s spouse and/or descendants.

Fund IX ” means Bain Capital Fund IX, L.P., an exempted limited partnership formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

- 21 -


Fund IX Coinvestment ” means Bain Capital IX Coinvestment Fund, L.P., an exempted limited partnership formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

Holdco ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.

Indemnitees ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

Initial Public Offering ” means, with respect to Luxco or Dutchco, the initial firm underwritten Public Offering registered under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on From S-4 or S-8 (or any successor or similar form under the Securities Act)).

Investor ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preface.

Issuer ” means Luxco, with respect to any Public Offering by Luxco, and Dutchco, with respect to any Public Offering by Dutchco.

Long-Form Registrations ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

Luxco ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preface.

Luxco Management Plan ” means the 2006 Luxco Management Securities Purchase, along with any attachments thereto and any award agreements entered into pursuant to the terms thereof.

Luxco Registrable Securities ” means (i) any Ordinary Shares of Luxco issued to or otherwise acquired by the Investors, and (ii) any equity securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to any of the foregoing securities referred to in clause (i) by way of stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or upon conversion thereof. As to any particular securities constituting Luxco Registrable Securities, such shares will cease to be Luxco Registrable Securities when they have been (x) effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the registration statement covering them, or (y) sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any similar law of a country other than the United States. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to be a holder of Luxco Registrable Securities whenever such Person has the right to acquire directly or indirectly such Luxco Registrable Securities (upon conversion or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected. For purposes of Section 1.5 only, Luxco Registrable Securities shall also include any Other Investor Securities and Management Luxco Securities.

Management Dutchco Securities ” means (i) any Ordinary Shares of Dutchco issued to or otherwise acquired by employees of Subsidiaries of Dutchco pursuant to the Dutchco Management Plans, including, without limitation, upon conversion of Dutchco’s deferred payment certificates into Ordinary Shares of Dutchco, and (ii) any equity securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to any of the foregoing securities referred to in clause (i) by way of stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or upon conversion thereof. As to

 

- 22 -


any particular securities constituting Management Dutchco Securities, such shares will cease to be Management Dutchco Securities when they have been (x) effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the registration statement covering them, or (y) sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any similar law of a country other than the United States. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to be a holder of Management Dutchco Securities whenever such Person has the right to acquire directly or indirectly such Management Dutchco Securities (upon conversion or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected.

Management Luxco Securities ” means (i) any Ordinary Shares of Luxco issued to or otherwise acquired by employees of Subsidiaries of Luxco pursuant to the Luxco Management Plan, including, without limitation, upon conversion of CPECs into Ordinary Shares of Luxco, and (ii) any equity securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to any of the foregoing securities referred to in clause (i) by way of stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or upon conversion thereof. As to any particular securities constituting Management Luxco Securities, such shares will cease to be Management Luxco Securities when they have been (x) effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the registration statement covering them, or (y) sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any similar law of a country other than the United States. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to be a holder of Management Luxco Securities whenever such Person has the right to acquire directly or indirectly such Management Luxco Securities (upon conversion or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected.

Ordinary Shares ” means, as it relates to Luxco, the Ordinary Shares of Luxco, par value €1.25 per share, and, as it relates to Dutchco, the Ordinary Shares of Dutchco, par value €0.01 per share.

Other Investor ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preface.

Other Investor Securities ” means (i) any Ordinary Shares of Luxco issued to or otherwise acquired by CCMPA and K&E Investment Partners, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, pursuant to the Subscription Agreement, including, without limitation, upon conversion of CPECs into Ordinary Shares of Luxco, and (ii) any equity securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to any of the foregoing securities referred to in clause (i) by way of stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or upon conversion thereof. As to any particular securities constituting Other Investor Securities, such shares will cease to be Other Investor Securities when they have been (x) effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the registration statement covering them, or (y) sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any similar law of a country other than the United States. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to be a holder of Other Investor Securities whenever such Person has the right to acquire directly or indirectly such

 

- 23 -


Other Investor Securities (upon conversion or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected.

Parent ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preface.

Parent Board ” means the board of directors of Parent.

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated organization and a government or any department or agency thereof.

Piggyback Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

Public Offering ” means a public offering and sale of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

Purchase Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Registrable Securities ” means Luxco Registrable Securities or Dutchco Registrable Securities, as applicable.

Registration Expenses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933 or any similar law of any country other than the United States, each as amended, or any successor law then in force.

Securities and Exchange Commission ” includes any governmental body or agency responsible for administering federal securities laws in the United States or the equivalent body of any other country.

Securities Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any similar law of any country other than the United States, each as amended, or any successor law then in force.

Securityholders Agreement ” means that certain Securityholders Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Parent, Luxco, Dutchco, Bain, and CCMPA.

Securityholders ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preface.

Series 1 PECs ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Shelf Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4.

Short-Form Registrations ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of securities entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time

 

- 24 -


owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the limited liability company, partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

Transaction Agreements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

U.S. Company ” means Sensata Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

U.S. Company Board ” means the board of directors of the U.S. Company.

VCOC Member ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.3(b).

8. MISCELLANEOUS .

8.1. No Inconsistent Agreements; Foreign Registration . Luxco will not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its securities which is inconsistent with or violates the rights granted to the holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement. In the event the Board and Bain approve a Public Offering or a sale of the securities of Luxco or Dutchco pursuant to the securities laws of a country other than the United States of America, the Board shall have the power to amend this Agreement in such manner as it shall deem reasonably necessary to ensure that the provisions of this Agreement will apply in a substantial manner to any offering or sale under such foreign securities laws.

8.2. Adjustments Affecting Luxco Registrable Securities . Luxco will not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to its securities which would materially and adversely affect the ability of the holders of Luxco Registrable Securities to include such Luxco Registrable Securities in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement or which would adversely affect the marketability of such Luxco Registrable Securities in any such registration (including, without limitation, effecting a stock split or a combination of shares). If the holders of Luxco Registrable Securities create a new holding company (“ Holdco ”), the result of which is that the stockholders of Luxco immediately before such event become all the stockholders of Holdco, then in each instance the provisions of this Agreement will, in addition to applying to Luxco, also apply to Holdco in the same manner as if Holdco were substituted for Luxco throughout this Agreement.

8.3. Remedies . The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that, in addition to any other rights and remedies at law or in equity existing in its favor, any party shall be entitled to specific performance and/or other injunctive relief from any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

- 25 -


8.4. Amendment and Waiver . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only upon the prior written consent of Luxco and Bain Capital Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on behalf of Bain; provided that Section 6.1.3(b) or Section 6.3.2(c) or (d) may not be amended without the prior written consent of any VCOC Member adversely affected thereby. The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

8.5. Successors and Assigns; Transferees . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. In addition, and whether or not any express assignment shall have been made, the provisions of this Agreement which are for the benefit of the holders of Registrable Securities (or any portion thereof) as such shall be for the benefit of and enforceable by any subsequent holder of any Registrable Securities (or of such portion thereof), subject to the provisions respecting the minimum numbers or percentages of shares of Registrable Securities (or of such portion thereof) required in order to be entitled to certain rights, or take certain actions, contained herein.

8.6. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or the effectiveness or validity of any provision in any other jurisdiction, and this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

8.7. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

8.8. Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

8.9. Notices . Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries required or permitted to be provided hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given, delivered, and effective on the earliest of (i) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile telephone number specified in this Section 8.9 prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on a Business Day, (ii) the Business Day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile telephone number specified in this Agreement later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on any Business Day and earlier than 11:59 p.m. (New York time) on such day, (iii) one (1) Business Day after when sent, if sent by nationally recognized overnight courier service (charges prepaid), or (iv) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given. The address for such notices and communications shall be as follows:

 

- 26 -


To Luxco :

Sensata Investment Company S.C.A.

5, Parc d’Activité Syrdall

L-5365 Munsbach

Luxembourg

Attention:    Mrs. Ailbhe Jennings

Telephone No.: 352-0-2615-7232

Facsimile No.: 352-0-2615-7222

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Bain and to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60611

Attention:    Jeffrey C. Hammes, P.C.

                      Matthew E. Steinmetz, P.C.

                      Jeffrey W. Richards

Telephone No.: 312-861-2000

Facsimile No.: 312-861-2200

To Dutchco :

Sensata Technologies Holding B.V.

c/o Amaco Management Services B.V.

Amsteldijk 166-6

1079 LH Amsterdam

P.O. Box 74120

1070 BC Amsterdam

The Netherlands

Attention: Nienke Vlasman

Telephone No.: 31-20-644-6125

Facsimile No.: 31-20-642-3185

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Bain and to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60611

Attention:    Jeffrey C. Hammes, P.C.

                      Matthew E. Steinmetz, P.C.

                      Jeffrey W. Richards

Telephone No.: 312-861-2000

Facsimile No.: 312-861-2200

 

- 27 -


To Parent :

Sensata Management Company S.A.

5, Parc d’Activité Syrdall

L-5365 Munsbach

Luxembourg

Attention:    Mrs. Ailbhe Jennings

Telephone No.: 352-0-2615-7232

Facsimile No.: 352-0-2615-7222

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Bain and to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60611

Attention:    Jeffrey C. Hammes, P.C.

                      Matthew E. Steinmetz, P.C.

                      Jeffrey W. Richards

Telephone No.: 312-861-2000

Facsimile No.: 312-861-2200

To Bain :

c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC

745 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10151

Attention:    Ed Conard

                      Paul Edgerley

                      Stephen M. Zide

Telephone No.: 212-326-9420

Facsimile No.: 212-421-2225

and, if to Bain Capital Fund VIII-E, L.P., to:

Bain Capital Fund VIII-E, L.P.

Devonshire House 6 th floor, Mayfair Place

London, England W1J 8AJ

Attention:    Walid Sarkis

Telephone No.: 44 (20) 7514-5252

Facsimile No.: 44 (20) 7514-5250

and, if to any of Prospect Harbor Credit Partners, L.P., Sankaty Credit

Opportunities, L.P., Sankaty Credit Opportunities II, L.P., and Sankaty High

Yield Partners III, L.P., to:

c/o Sankaty Advisors, LLC

111 Huntington Avenue

Boston, MA 02119

Attention:    Jonathan Lavine

Telephone No.: 617-516-2000

Facsimile No.: 617-516-2010

 

- 28 -


and, if to Brookside Capital Partners Fund, L.P., to:

Brookside Capital Partners Fund, L.P.

c/o Brookside Capital, LLC

111 Huntington Avenue

Boston, MA 02119

Attention:    Domenic Ferrante

Telephone No.: 617-516-2000

Facsimile No.: 617-516-2010

and, in any event, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60611

Attention:    Jeffrey C. Hammes, P.C.

                      Matthew E. Steinmetz, P.C.

                      Jeffrey W. Richards

Telephone No.: 312-861-2000

Facsimile No.: 312-861-2200

To Other Investor :

K&E Investment Partners, LP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60611

Attention:    Nuala Murray

Telephone No.: 312-861-2000

Facsimile No.: 312-861-2200

8.10. Delivery by Facsimile . This Agreement and any signed agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or contemplated hereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine, shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto shall re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine as a defense to the formation of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

 

- 29 -


8.11. Governing Law . The corporate law of Delaware will govern all issues concerning the relative rights of Luxco and its Securityholders. All other issues concerning this agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

*    *    *    *

 

- 30 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

PARENT :
SENSATA MANAGEMENT COMPANY S.A.
By:  

/s/ Ailbhe Jennings

Name:   Ailbhe Jennings
Its:   Authorized Signatory
LUXCO :

SENSATA INVESTMENT COMPANY S.C.A.

By:

  Sensata Management Company S.A.

Its:

  Manager
By:  

/s/ Michael Goss

Name:   Michael Goss
Its:   Authorized Signatory

DUTCHCO :

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDING B.V.
By:  

/s/ M.F. Stijger

Name:   Amaco Management Services B.V.
Its:   Managing Director

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


BAIN :
BAIN CAPITAL FUND VIII, L.P.
By:   Bain Capital Partners VIII, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Bain Capital Investors, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Stephen M. Zide

Name:   Stephen M. Zide
Its:   Managing Director
BAIN CAPITAL VIII COINVESTMENT FUND, L.P.
By:   Bain Capital Partners VIII, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Bain Capital Investors, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Stephen M. Zide

Name:   Stephen M. Zide
Its:   Managing Director
BAIN CAPITAL FUND VIII-E, L.P.
By:   Bain Capital Partners VIII-E, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Bain Capital Investors, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Stephen M. Zide

Name:   Stephen M. Zide
Its:   Managing Director

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


BAIN CAPITAL FUND IX, L.P.
By:   Bain Capital Partners IX, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Bain Capital Investors, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Stephen M. Zide

Name:   Stephen M. Zide
Its:   Managing Director
BAIN CAPITAL IX COINVESTMENT FUND, L.P.
By:   Bain Capital Partners IX, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Bain Capital Investors, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Stephen M. Zide

Name:   Stephen M. Zide
Its:   Managing Director
BROOKSIDE CAPITAL PARTNERS FUND, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Domenic Ferrante

Name:   Domenic Ferrante
Its:   Authorized Signatory

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


PROSPECT HARBOR CREDIT PARTNERS, L.P.
By:  

/s/  Jonathan Lavine

Name:   Jonathan Lavine
Its:   Authorized Signatory
SANKATY CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES, L.P.
By:  

/s/  Jonathan Lavine

Name:   Jonathan Lavine
Its:   Authorized Signatory
SANKATY CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES II, L.P.
By:  

/s/  Jonathan Lavine

Name:   Jonathan Lavine
Its:   Authorized Signatory
SANKATY HIGH YIELD PARTNERS III, L.P.
By:  

/s/  Jonathan Lavine

Name:   Jonathan Lavine
Its:   Authorized Signatory

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


BCIP ASSOCIATES III
By:   Bain Capital Investors, LLC
Its:   Managing General Partner
By:  

/s/  Stephen M. Zide

Name:   Stephen M. Zide
Its:   Managing Director
BCIP ASSOCIATES III-B
By:   Bain Capital Investors, LLC
Its:   Managing General Partner
By:  

/s/  Stephen M. Zide

Name:   Stephen M. Zide
Its:   Managing Director
BCIP TRUST ASSOCIATES III
By:   Bain Capital Investors, LLC
Its:   Managing General Partner
By:  

/s/  Stephen M. Zide

Name:   Stephen M. Zide
Its:   Managing Director
BCIP TRUST ASSOCIATES III-B
By:   Bain Capital Investors, LLC
Its:   Managing General Partner
By:  

/s/  Stephen M. Zide

Name:   Stephen M. Zide
Its:   Managing Director

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


BCIP ASSOCIATES-G
By:   Bain Capital Investors, LLC
Its:   Managing General Partner
By:  

/s/  Stephen M. Zide

Name:   Stephen M. Zide
Its:   Managing Director

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


OTHER INVESTORS :
K&E INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP
By:   K&E Investment Management, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/  Matthew Steinmetz

Name:   Matthew Steinmetz
Its:   Authorized Signatory

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


Schedule of Holders

SENSATA INVESTMENT COMPANY S.C.A.

 

Investor

   Series 1 PECs    CPECs    Ordinary Shares

Bain :

        

Bain Capital Fund VIII, L.P.

   108,963,504    30,558,675    174,621

Bain Capital VIII Coinvestment Fund, L.P.

   33,609,888    9,425,850    53,862

Bain Capital Fund VIII-E, L.P.

   50,911,536    14,278,075    81,589

Bain Capital Fund IX, L.P.

   180,178,128    50,530,725    288,747

Bain Capital IX Coinvestment Fund, L.P.

   12,218,544    3,426,675    19,581

Brookside Capital Partners Fund, L.P.

   39,257,088    11,009,600    62,912

Prospect Harbor Credit Partners, L.P.

   1,002,144    281,050    1,606

Sankaty Credit Opportunities, L.P.

   1,002,144    281,050    1,606

Sankaty Credit Opportunities II, L.P.

   2,755,584    772,800    4,416

Sankaty High Yield Partners III, L.P.

   250,224    70,175    401

BCIP Associates III

   9,640,800    2,703,750    15,450

BCIP Trust Associates III

   1,925,040    539,875    3,085

BCIP Associates III-B

   781,248    219,100    1,252

BCIP Trust Associates III-B

   91,104    25,550    146

BCIP Associates-G

   84,864    23,800    136

Other Investors :

        

K&E Investment Partners, L.P.

   751,296    210,700    1,204

Exhibit 10.25

Supply and Purchase Agreement

by and between

Engineered Materials Solutions, Inc.

and

Texas Instruments Incorporated

Dated 10/17/05

This Supply and Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”), made this 17 th day of December, 2005 (the “Effective Date”), is by and between Texas Instruments Incorporated, a Delaware corporation, with its principal place of business at 34 Forest Street, Attleboro, MA 02703 (hereinafter “BUYER”), and Engineered Materials Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with its principal place of business at 39 Perry Avenue, Attleboro, MA 02703 (hereinafter “SUPPLIER”).

EFFECTIVE PERIOD: June 1, 2005 through December 31, 2010

This Agreement sets forth the understandings reached by the parties to this Agreement during negotiations concerning the items and work listed herein. SUPPLIER, and any foreign subsidiaries of SUPPLIER, hereby grant to Texas Instruments Incorporated, Sensors & Controls (“BUYER”), and its foreign subsidiaries, a continuing right to purchase, in whole or in part, the bimetal items listed herein in accordance with the following terms and conditions. As to the purchase of bimetal products on or after June 1, 2005, this Agreement replaces the Supply and Purchase Agreement dated November 13, 2000.

1. Definitions .

1.1 “Affiliate” – Any BUYER majority-owned subsidiary, division or subdivision existing at the time of signing this Agreement or any subsidiary, division or subdivision thereafter added or acquired.

1.2 “Agreement” – Unless the context otherwise requires, references to this Agreement include this agreement and all applicable Addenda referred to herein and/or attached hereto, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference.

1.3 “Committed Ship Date” (“ CSD ”) – The date SUPPLIER agrees to have Product available to ship to BUYER based upon a Purchase Order or Order.

1.4 “Days” – All references to days shall mean calendar days unless otherwise indicated.

 

1


1.5 “Flexibility” – The allowable change in BUYER’s Forecast without changing BUYER’s pricing and Lead-Time terms.

1.6 “Forecast” – A non-binding planning tool that expresses BUYER’s estimated Product demand for time periods beyond the firm order period established by the lead-time, typically in weekly and/or monthly quantities.

1.7 “Lead-Time” – Period of time SUPPLIER requires to fulfill a Purchase Order, which will generally be eight (8) weeks unless agreed otherwise by the parties, or as set forth in Attachment E for SMI items or Attachment G for “C” items.

1.8 “Product” – Any item described in Attachment A, and any additional products that the parties agree from time to time will constitute “Products.”

1.9 “Product Specifications” – The specifications for the Product(s) as defined in Attachment A.

1.10 “Purchase Order” or “Order” – A binding document issued by BUYER for the purpose of ordering Product pursuant to this Agreement. Purchase Orders or Orders may include a BUYER Purchase Order Form, or a defined Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) order transmission as mutually defined and agreed to by the parties.

1.11 “SUPPLIER Scorecard” – A documented BUYER process whereby SUPPLIER’s performance is evaluated based on the following criteria: delivery and quality as and defined in Attachment D.

2. TERM & TERMINATION

(a) The Agreement set forth herein shall be valid for the Effective Period shown above unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. Upon mutual agreement of both parties this Agreement can be extended for one (1) year through written notice (delivered or mailed prepaid) prior to the expiration of this Agreement. Deliveries may extend for twelve (12) months thereafter.

(b) An event of default shall occur if either party:

Ceases conducting business in the normal course, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, suffers or permits the appointment of a receiver for its business or assets, or becomes subject to any proceeding under any statute of any governing authority relating to insolvency or the protection of rights of creditors; or (1) materially breaches any of its obligations under this Agreement, (2) fails to cure such breach within sixty (60) days following receipt of written notice from the non-defaulting party describing in reasonable detail the nature of such breach, unless that material breach cannot be cured within the 60-day period, in which case the defaulting party will have a reasonable time to cure that material breach so long as it diligently pursues that cure, and (3) the non-defaulting party provides the defaulting party with written notice within ten (10) days following the expiration of that period set forth in Section l(b)(2) informing the defaulting party that a default has occurred.

If an event of default occurs, the non-defaulting party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement, with limited liability, by giving sixty (60) days written notice to the other. The liability will be limited to payment for materials shipped, materials covered by firm orders, and materials held in FG inventory or in process to support forecast.

(c) Termination for Failure to Maintain Quality Standards. BUYER shall have the right to terminate this Agreement if SUPPLIER fails to achieve or maintain the minimum SUPPLIER Scorecard ratings set forth in section 15 for a period of three (3) consecutive months and fails to implement a cure within 60 days

 

2


of written notice from BUYER of such condition. In such event, BUYER shall have the right to terminate this Agreement, without liability (with the exception of amounts already owed at that time by BUYER to SUPPLIER pursuant to this Agreement), immediately by giving written 4 month notice to SUPPLIER. If SUPPLIER fails to maintain itself as QS-9000 compliant and ISO registered, then BUYER may immediately terminate existing orders hereunder, in whole or in part, without any liability.

3. PRODUCTS AND QUANTITIES

(a) This Agreement is not a purchase order and does not authorize delivery of or payment for any goods.

SUPPLIER shall provide 100% and BUYER will purchase exclusively from SUPPLIER all BUYER’S requirements for bimetal product described in Attachment A (which is attached hereto and by this reference made a part hereof) to all BUYER entities and affiliates globally at the prices shown thereon. SUPPLIER shall also provide 100% of all redesigned or new bimetal materials purchased by BUYER during the period of this agreement, provided SUPPLIER can meet BUYER’s specification for the new bimetal item.

SUPPLIER understands that BUYER has acquired, and may in the future acquire, businesses that have existing bimetal strip and parts suppliers and satisfactory histories. BUYER is not initially obligated to transition these arrangements to SUPPLIER. SUPPLIER will be asked to quote on all existing bimetal strip and parts that are purchased by any acquired company or any new bimetal strip and parts that BUYER may need to purchase from acquisition of new business, generation of new products or other means. SUPPLIER will be awarded these items provided; (1) the SUPPLIER pricing is market competitive per section 4(d) and (2) BUYER conversion costs are economically viable for BUYER. SUPPLIER understands a reasonable conversion period may be necessary.

BUYER understands that SUPPLIER will initially be manufacturing product at its Attleboro, MA facility. SUPPLIER will be initiating production at a China based facility commencing by the end of 2006.

(b) SUPPLIER and BUYER will work together in earnest to qualify SUPPLIER’s bimetal for all of BUYER’S applications. If SUPPLIER is not able to meet the technical performance specifications required for BUYER’s application. BUYER must then inform SUPPLIER of this in writing and give SUPPLIER 90 days to correct the situation. If SUPPLIER is unable to meet the specification, then BUYER is free to purchase this item for this application from other sources.

(c) On a monthly basis, BUYER shall provide to the SUPPLIER a three (3) month product forecast for all items listed in Attachment A from all locations including affiliates. Product forecasts may be provided in electronic format (Excel spreadsheet). SUPPLIER understands and acknowledges that the first and second months of each product forecast are firm build orders and the third months are merely estimates with no binding effect. For firm orders, BUYER shall be responsible to SUPPLIER for the full contract price. Forecast for all SMI items are defined in attachment E.

(d) SUPPLIER shall respond within two business days following receipt of each monthly Forecast via written or electronic communication. If SUPPLIER cannot accept the two months firm order or meet BUYER’S Forecasted quantities of Product, SUPPLIER will indicate as such in its response. SUPPLIER will include a description of any actions SUPPLIER would have to take to satisfy BUYER’s demand as set forth in that Forecast. Absent any such notice, SUPPLIER shall be deemed to have accepted such Orders and Forecasts.

(e) Except as provided in section 3 (a) above, BUYER agrees to place all of its orders with and purchase all of its requirements from SUPPLIER for the Products purchased as of May 31, 2005 during the term of this Agreement, unless SUPPLIER is unable to meet BUYER’s demand as set forth in a Forecast. If SUPPLIER is unable to meet BUYER’s average monthly demand (based on average of 12 month forecast), BUYER is free to purchase material from other sources until SUPPLIER is able to meet said demand.

 

3


(f) The consideration for this Agreement is the initial commitment of BUYER to purchase the items set forth in its initial purchase order.

(g) SUPPLIER will work to reduce lead-times during the course of this agreement. SUPPLIER will work toward a goal of 4 weeks lead-time for “B” items (non-SMI and non “C” items). To achieve this goal, SUPPLIER will need support and assistance from BUYER. This includes monthly forecasts from all sites, long range planning to level production, a means of minimizing expedite orders and communication of requirements via electronic data exchange. This is a long range, but important goal that will take significant effort from both parties to achieve. SUPPLIER agrees to work in earnest to meet the goal. The level of cooperation will dictate the degree of success.

4. PRICES

(a) Prices herein are Ex works in accordance with Incoterms 2000.

(b) Prices shall be in accordance with initial prices and adjustments to fabrication prices as shown in Attachment A (except as modified in Sections 4(d-e)).

(c) BUYER will not accept shipment at any increase in price above that indicated on this Agreement unless previously agreed to in writing (Attachment A).

(d) Both parties to this Agreement agree to meet on an annual basis to review market conditions. Specifically, this will include market pricing for BUYER’s products, expected volumes needed from SELLER to BUYER and the impact this could have on SUPPLIER’s cost structure, market pricing of SELLER’s products, and changes in raw material markets that could affect the cost structure of SELLER. If after reviewing all of these areas either party is dissatisfied in the “good faith” nature of the discussions, then either party has the right to open the contract and seek permanent changes to it.

(e) When SUPPLIER’s China operations are fully integrated and substantially complete, and when all BUYER product approvals have been substantially completed, SUPPLIER agrees to enter into discussions with BUYER to review additional price downs, provided that the costs of the SUPPLIER’s China operation are below the costs that were used in the 2005-2010 Agreement. See Attachment B for China Start-up assumptions.

5. DELIVERY

(a) SUPPLIER agrees to make expedited deliveries and pay for such deliveries provided the following conditions are all met;

 

    Product was ordered with standard 8 week lead-time or greater

 

    Product is not on the list of “C” items, shown in Attachment G

 

    Quantity ordered was not increased or exceed the forecasted quantity

 

    Item ordered is not a sample or first time order.

 

    Order is not a pull-in or reschedule

(b) Unless otherwise agreed in writing, SUPPLIER shall not make commitments for material in production in excess of the amount or in advance of the time necessary to meet BUYER’s forecast. It is SUPPLIER’s responsibility to comply with this schedule, but not anticipate BUYER’s requirements. Goods shipped to BUYER in advance of schedule date minus 5 days may be returned to SUPPLIER at SUPPLIER’s expense. A shipment is counted as on time if it is shipped within –5/+0 days of the request

 

4


date, provide the request meets SUPPLIER’s standard 8 week lead-time. BUYER may change forecast quantities without restriction. Orders within 21 days of the original promise date cannot be rescheduled (pushed out or pulled in) unless reviewed and approved by SUPPLIER. Orders outside 21 days of the original promise date can be rescheduled out for up to 30 days from the original promise date. Reschedule in requests will be reviewed and accepted at SUPPLIER’s discretion. BUYER agrees to take pushed out items within 30 days of original promise date. Orders may be cancelled per Section 11. Rescheduled orders (pull ins or pushouts) will be excluded from SUPPLIER on time delivery metric. Increases in quantity will be considered a new order for the increased amount. Reductions in quantities will be considered cancellation of the reduced quantity.

(c) In addition to the packing and shipping instructions specified by BUYER, the goods shall be packaged in accordance with commercially acceptable standards, or to applicable BUYER specifications, to ensure safe arrival at BUYER’s location.

(d) Neither party will be liable for damages because of delays in or failure of performance when the delay or failure is due to acts of God, acts of civil or military authority, fire, earthquake, flood, strikes, war, epidemics, shortage of power, or other causes beyond such party’s reasonable control and without its fault or negligence, if the party (a) used commercially reasonable efforts to avoid or uses commercially reasonable efforts to remove the conditions, (b) notifies the other party promptly upon becoming aware of such condition, and (c) continues performance as soon as practicable after the conditions are removed. Provided non-delivery is a result of Force Majeure as described above, BUYER shall be entitled to obtain like Product from other sources to meets its immediate needs up to and until SUPPLIER can resume normal delivery.

(e) SUPPLIER agrees to accept emergency orders from BUYER as feasible based on material and manufacturing limitations. These will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis and accepted at SUPPLIER’s discretion. Emergency Orders will not be part of the SUPPLIER Scorecard. Emergency orders are orders with lead-times of less than 8 weeks.

(f) SUPPLIER shall notify BUYER as soon as practical upon becoming aware of any instance, which will affect delivery, quantity or committed ship date. If such instance is not due to BUYER’s actions, BUYER shall be entitled to obtain like Product from other sources to meet its immediate needs up to and until SUPPLIER can resume normal delivery. Buyer will not exercise this clause for minor quality or delivery issues. In the case of minor quality or delivery issues, If BUYER’s delivery to BUYER’s customers are negatively effected and BUYER and SUPPLIER cannot come to mutual agreement, then after written notification, BUYER may exercise this clause.

6. SPECIFICATIONS

a) SUPPLIER shall deliver the goods in accordance with the specifications as agreed to in writing by the parties, unless otherwise specified in BUYER’s purchase order(s) and will be free of defects, in material and workmanship. BUYER’s purchase orders will define BUYER’s specification number and revision. In the event of specification changes (e.g working under deviations) SUPPLIER and BUYER agree to work together to make the specification change as quickly as possible. SUPPLIER and BUYER will agree on which specification is current and SUPPLIER will continue to provide products to those agreements until the specification is updated to reflect current practice. Notice of any SUPPLIER-requested changes or waivers in product characteristic specifications must be given to BUYER in writing and acknowledged by BUYER in writing prior to any deliveries being made of goods manufactured under revised specifications

(b) BUYER may from time to time change any of the drawings, specifications or instructions for work covered by any purchase order issued hereunder and SUPPLIER shall review any such change notices. BUYER will communicate all revisions and additions of the specifications to SUPPLIER including revision number. Such changes will apply to new orders and not affect work in process of finished goods. BUYER is obligated to purchase SUPPLIER’s material supply for these items prior to change, up to the

 

5


forecast level for said items. If such changes result in a decrease or increase in SUPPLIER’s cost or in the time for performance, an adjustment in the price and time for performance may be made by the parties in writing, provided, however, that SUPPLIER notifies BUYER of the request for such adjustments within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of the change notice. BUYER agrees to inform SUPPLIER of all discontinued items and accept liability for said items where forecasts were not consumed by releases.

(c) SUPPLIER will consider the feasibility of Product Specification changes, which BUYER may propose. Within twenty (20) days after receipt of any such BUYER proposal, SUPPLIER will furnish to BUYER written comments regarding the proposed changes including its willingness to implement the change, the price adjustment, if any, and the time schedule required for implementation. If SUPPLIER is unable to meet the specification changes, after a ninety (90) day development period, BUYER may qualify and purchase this item from alternate supplier, provided the alternate supplier can meet the same specification. BUYER will notify SUPPLIER in writing of this prior any purchases from the alternate supplier.

(d) If any change to Products affects the interchangeability of latest version and previous version Product, SUPPLIER will provide a different Product number for the latest version Products.

(e) During the term of this Agreement, and thereafter as long as Products are made available to BUYER, SUPPLIER will, at its expense, provide BUYER with a copy of each Engineering Change Order (ECO), or like documentation issued with respect to a change in Product Specifications of the Product. Documentation will include: the type and scope of the change, technical documentation covering the reason for the change (including but not limited to, delivery, rework, stocking and reclamation), and time frames for implementation. Copies will be provided to BUYER no later than ten (10) days after the issuance by SUPPLIER. BUYER must approve all specification changes prior to implementation by SUPPLIER.

7. INVENTORY

(a) SUPPLIER agrees to pursue the implementation of a SUPPLIER managed inventory program (SMI) with the intent of maintaining a minimum two (2) week inventory on each selected part at a mutually agreed upon location. SUPPLIER retains title for all goods in SMI.

(b) SMI Programs commercial issues are shown in Attachment E.

8. RETURN MATERIAL AUTHORIZATIONS

(a) Upon SUPPLIER’s confirmation of a shipment of non-conforming material to BUYER (through SUPPLIER’s examination of a representative sample of such nonconforming material via BUYER’s submission of pictures or samples), SUPPLIER agrees to provide Return Material Authorizations (RMAs) within three (3) working days of such confirmation.

(b) Defective material shall be returned freight collect to SUPPLIER. Replacement material shall be sent freight prepaid from SUPPLIER, who will absorb the burden of any premium transportation when defect or replacement material places critical time or delivery schedule constraints on BUYER. BUYER agrees to package returned materials to avoid damage during transportation and handling. SUPPLIER will not give credit for materials that were damaged during return due to improper packaging by BUYER, provided the defect is traced to the shipping. However, SUPPLIER is still liable for the original defect, provided the defect is still visible upon return to SUPPLIER, regardless of the shipping condition.

 

6


9. LOT TRACEABILITY

SUPPLIER shall maintain a system for tracing lots of goods for a period of up to two (2) years after date of manufacture. SUPPLIER shall maintain records for current year plus prior year. Furthermore, SUPPLIER agrees to work cooperatively with BUYER in an effort to assist with analyzing the failure of goods.

10. TERMS AND CONDITIONS

The terms and conditions governing each sale of Product will be as set forth in this Agreement (including Attachment C hereto, General Provisions/Terms and Conditions of Purchase, which by this reference is made a part of this Agreement). Performance under this Agreement issued under this Agreement is expressly limited to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and General Provisions/Terms and Conditions to Purchase. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of General Provisions/Terms and Conditions to Purchase, the terms and conditions of this Agreement will take precedence. Clauses may only be added to this Agreement only with mutual written agreement of SUPPLIER and BUYER

11. CANCELLATION OF PURCHASE ORDERS

Purchase orders can be canceled for any reason provided BUYER agrees to pay SUPPLIER for all finished goods, WIP, SFG and raw materials SUPPLIER has in place or on order to support BUYER’s purchase orders or forecast. Finished goods will be valued at finished product selling price, WIP and SFG at 75% of finished product selling price and raw material at 50% of finished product selling price (per Attachment A).

12. PRODUCT DISCONTINUANCE

SUPPLIER agrees to supply BUYER with the goods described in Attachment A for the duration of the term of this Agreement.

13. NOTICES

Any notice, required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be valid and sufficient if dispatched by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, in any post office in the United States addressed as follows:

If to SUPPLIER:    If to BUYER:
Engineered Materials Solutions, Inc.    Texas Instruments
39 Perry Avenue    34 Forest Street, MS 20-21
Attleboro, MA 02703    Attleboro, MA 02703
Attn: Chief Financial Officer    Attn: Legal Counsel

14. RELEASE OF INFORMATION

(a) SUPPLIER and BUYER agree that it is preferable to conduct business under this Agreement on a non-confidential basis and agree to do so to the maximum extent possible. If the exchange of confidential information becomes necessary, then the exchange will be governed by the non-disclosure agreement signed by and between the parties and attached hereto as Attachment F.

15. QUALITY

(a) This Agreement, and the purchase order(s) issued under it, is for goods, which will be used in the manufacture of devices, which will be sold to customers requiring TS 16949 compliance by BUYER. TS

 

7


16949 requires that BUYER perform subcontractor quality system development in relation to customer specific requirements. As a subcontractor for this component, SUPPLIER must be ISO 9001:2000 registered and TS 16949 compliant as described in current version of such standards. SUPPLIER’s who are currently QS9000:1998 registered must submit to BUYER a transition plan to ISO9001:2000 or ISO/TS 16949 for approval. Compliance will be monitored by incoming quality, on-time delivery statistics, BUYER/subcontractor management reviews, periodic progress reports, on-site assessments and other means. BUYER will provide appropriate reasonable assistance as necessary to SUPPLIER to meet this expectation.

(b) All Produce(s) are subject to BUYER’s qualification process. SUPPLIER will use commercially reasonable efforts to assist BUYER in its Product qualification process, consistent with industry protocols, by providing the following in a timely manner: (a) all pertinent requested Product documents and information; (b) a copy of all appropriate regulatory certifications; and (c) assistance in resolving any problems that may arise, and any other information or documentation. BUYER may provide this information to its customers and affiliates on a need-to-know basis at no charge.

(c) SUPPLIER shall be subject to the BUYER’s SUPPLIER Scorecard as set forth in Attachment D and hereby agrees to assist BUYER by providing any data or information reasonably requested by BUYER in connection with generating the SUPPLIER Scorecard.

16. WARRANTY

(a) SUPPLIER expressly warrants that, for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of shipment from EMS (the “Warranty Period”), all Products will conform to the relevant mutually agreed upon Product Specifications and will be free from defects in workmanship and materials. The foregoing warranties shall be void and are specifically disclaimed by SUPPLIER with respect to any Products that are subjected to accident, misuse, neglect, alteration, improper installation, improper handling, unauthorized repair or improper testing, provided any such actions or occurrences are not directly attributable to SUPPLIER or its agents. No agent, employee or other representative of SUPPLIER has any authority to bind SUPPLIER to any representation or warranty relating to the Products, and any such representation or warranty shall not be deemed to have become a part of this Agreement and shall be unenforceable except as set forth above. THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND OF ANY OTHER TYPE, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.

(b) For product included in an SMI program, the twelve (12) month warranty period will begin when product is shipped from SUPPLIER.

(c) BUYER may return any defective Product (not meeting specifications in effect at time of order) to SUPPLIER at SUPPLIER’s expense. In addition to other remedies at law, equity or otherwise, SUPPLIER shall, at BUYER’s option, repair, replace, credit or refund the price of any Products found to be defective during the Warranty Period, and SUPPLIER agrees to reimburse BUYER all reasonable and actual freight and handling costs associated with such repair or replacement of any defective Product as defined in section 6.

17. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

(a) EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 17(e) BELOW, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, EVEN IF THE PARTY HAS BEEN NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES.

(b) BUYER’s continued use or possession of the goods after expiration of the Warranty Period stated above shall be conclusive evidence that the warranty is fulfilled to the full satisfaction of BUYER.

 

8


(c) Each party (the “indemnitor”) shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the other party and its affiliated companies, directors, officers, employees, and agents harmless from any and all claims by any other person for death, bodily injury or harm to physical property (including reasonable attorney’s fees and costs of litigation), to the extent caused by the indemnitor’s own breaches, acts, omissions, or misrepresentations, related to the subject matter of this Agreement regardless of the form of the action.

(d) SUPPLIER shall defend, indemnify and hold BUYER and its affiliated companies, directors, officers, employees and agents harmless from any and all claims asserted against BUYER by any other person for infringement of intellectual property rights relating to the Products in the form delivered to BUYER prior to any incorporation of the Products into BUYER’s products, provided that (a) the claim for infringement relating to the Product is not related to any patent, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property rights that BUYER sold (or purported to sell) to SUPPLIER pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement and the Product(s) on which the claims are based are not substantially similar to the products produced by SUPPLIER as of the date hereof, with regard to form, materials and the processes used for producing them and (b) SUPPLIER is promptly informed and furnished a copy of each communication, notice or other action relating to the alleged infringement and is given authority, information and assistance (at SUPPLIER’s expense) necessary to defend or settle said suit or proceeding. SUPPLIER shall not be obligated to defend or be liable for costs or damages if the infringement arises out of compliance with BUYER’s Product Specifications, or from a combination with, an addition to, or a modification of the Products after delivery by SUPPLIER. SUPPLIER’s obligations hereunder shall not apply to any infringement occurring after BUYER has received notice of such suit or proceeding alleging the infringement unless SUPPLIER has given written permission for such continuing infringement.

(e) SUPPLIER agrees to participate in a “cost share” with BUYER for costs charged by BUYER’s customers (such items as line down fees, sorting, recall costs, etc.) as a result of a clearly demonstrable defect or delivery issue directly as a result of SUPPLIER’s performance. To be applicable for this cost sharing, the defect must be a clear violation of specification and the direct cause of the additional charges from BUYER’s customer. To be applicable for this cost sharing, the delivery issue must be a clear violation of SUPPLIER’s stated lead-time for the product involved and the direct cause of the additional charges from BUYER’s customer. The total annual liability for any and all costs associated with section 17(e) will be capped at 10% of the fabrication charge of net revenue for the current calendar year.

18. OZONE DEPLETING SUBSTANCES

Except where the Texas Instruments (TI) BUYER of Record has given written approval to SUPPLIER, in advance of shipment, SUPPLIER hereby agrees that it has not used or introduced after May 15, 1993, a Class I or Class II ozone depleting substance (ODS) (as such terms are defined in 40 CFR 82.104), into any product being supplied to or imported by BUYER under this Agreement. Where the BUYER of Record has so agreed to accept product containing or manufactured using an ODS, SUPPLIER will label the product with a warning or will otherwise effectively warn BUYER of such use in accordance with 40 CFR 82, Subpart E. Should SUPPLIER choose to warn BUYER through a mechanism other than a warning label or other warning accompanying the shipment, a copy of such warning shall be sent to the BUYER of Record, or the otherwise appointed representative of the BUYER of Record, in advance of shipment. Breach of this provision will entitle BUYER to all remedies available for breach of this Agreement, including without limitations, the right to reject the product and/or terminate this Agreement.

19. CHANGES

SUPPLIER acknowledges and agrees that shipment of unauthorized, counterfeit, or rebuilt parts or goods, or any unapproved change of an approved good is strictly prohibited. Any SUPPLIER change in design, material, processing or manufacturing location, from the part previously approved for production, requires prior written approval from BUYER. BUYER understands that SUPPLIER will need to make such changes to reduce costs and therefore agrees to test for qualification such changes in an expeditious fashion.

 

9


SUPPLIER agrees that multiple concurrent changes will require additional time for evaluation. Such approval may be initiated by submitting a written request of change to BUYER and obtained by submitting samples to BUYER for evaluation.

20. APPLICABLE LAW

The validity, interpretation and performance of this Agreement shall be enforced under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, U.S.A., excluding its conflict of laws provision and excluding the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods.

21. ASSIGNMENT

Neither this Agreement nor any right or obligation it governs may be assigned or delegated by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, except BUYER acknowledges that SUPPLIER has collaterally assigned its rights under this Agreement to its lenders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either party may assign this Agreement and any Purchase Orders outstanding under it (a) to any Affiliate, including, without limitation, its parent company, (b) the surviving entity in the event of a merger by BUYER or SUPPLIER with any other entity, (c) in connection with the sale of substantially all of the assets of (i) BUYER, (ii) the Controls Division of BUYER that is currently conducted on the SUPPLIER’s Attleboro Site (as defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement) or (iii) SUPPLIER. Notwithstanding the foregoing, BUYER may not assign this Agreement to a direct competitor of SUPPLIER and SUPPLIER may not assign this Agreement to a direct competitor of the Controls division of BUYER. This Agreement will be binding upon any successor to which either party directly or indirectly transfers all or a substantial part of its business and assets whether by merger, sale of assets, sale of stock or otherwise. The party making such a transfer will assign this Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder and obtain from the assignee, in a form satisfactory to the other party, an acceptance of such assignment and an assumption of all of the assignor party’s obligations under this Agreement.

22. EQUIPMENT AND PROPERTY LOAN

In the event the parties agree that BUYER shall loan equipment and tools, parts and other property to SUPPLIER for its use in support of BUYER’s requirements under this Agreement, the parties shall enter into an “Equipment/Property Agreement” under separate cover.

23. GOVERNING LANGUAGE

This Agreement has been executed in the English language only and the English language shall be controlling in all respects. No translation of this Agreement into any other language shall be of any force and effect in the interpretation of this Agreement or in a determination of the intent of either party.

24. EXPORT

Each party hereby agrees that, unless any necessary prior authorization is obtained from the U.S. Department of Commerce, neither party nor its subsidiaries shall knowingly export, reexport, or release, directly or indirectly, any technology, software, or software source code (as defined in Part 772 of the Export Administration Regulations of the U.S. Department of Commerce (“EAR”), received from the other party, or export, directly or indirectly, any direct product of such technology, software, or software source code (as defined in Part 734 of the EAR), to any destination or country to which the export, reexport or release of the technology, software, software source code, or direct product is prohibited by the EAR. The assurances provided for herein are furnished to both parties by the other party in compliance with Part 740 (Technology and Software Under Restriction) of the EAR

 

10


Both parties further agree to obtain any necessary export license or other documentation prior to the exportation or re-exportation of any product, technical data, software or software source code acquired from BUYER under this Agreement or any direct product of such technical data, software or software source code. Accordingly, neither party shall sell, export, reexport, transfer, divert or otherwise dispose of any such product, technical data, software or software source code directly or indirectly to any person, firm, entity, country or countries prohibited by U.S. or applicable non-U.S. laws. Further, both parties shall give notice of the need to comply with such laws and regulations to any person, firm or entity which it has reason to believe is obtaining any such product, technical data, software or software source code from either party with the intention of exportation. Each party shall secure, at its own expense, such licenses and export and import documents as are necessary for each respective party to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement. If necessary government approvals cannot be obtained, either party may terminate, cancel or otherwise be excused from performing any obligations it may have under this Agreement that are prohibited by U.S. or applicable non-U.S. law.

25. VALIDITY

Any failure of either party to enforce at any time, or for any period of time, any of the provisions of this Agreement, shall not constitute a waiver of such provisions or in any way affect the validity of this Agreement.

26. MISCELLANEOUS

(a) All rights and obligations granted to BUYER in this Agreement may be exercised by any BUYER Affiliate or subcontractor designated by BUYER.

(b) SUPPLIER will provide to BUYER, upon request, a certificate of origin stating the country of origin for the Product.

(c) The relationship of SUPPLIER and BUYER as established under this Agreement will be and remain one of independent contractors, and neither party will at any time or in any way represent itself as being a dealer, agent or other representative of the other party or as having authority to assume or create obligations or act in any manner on behalf of the other party.

(d) Except as required by law or by the order of a court of competent jurisdiction, neither party will publicize or otherwise advertise the existence of this Agreement or its terms without the prior written consent of the other party.

(e) The following sections shall survive termination of this Agreement for whatever reason(s) and shall remain in effect: 1, 13, 14, 16, 17, and 26.

27. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement, Attachments A, B, C, D, E, F, G and purchase orders issued hereunder set forth the entire understanding and agreement between the parties as to the subject matter of this Agreement and merges and supersedes all previous communications, negotiations, warranties, representations and agreements, either oral or written, with respect to the subject matter hereof, and no addition to or modification of this Agreement shall be binding on either party hereto unless reduced to writing and duly executed by each of the parties hereto.

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, both parties have signed and dated this document in the spaces provided below:

 

ENGINEERED MATERIALS SOLUTIONS, INC INC  (“SUPPLIER”)
By:  

LOGO

   
Title:   PRESIDENT & CEO    
Date:   OCTOBER 17, 2005    
TEXAS INSTRUMENTS, INC  (“BUYER”)
By:  

LOGO

   
Title:   VICE PRESIDENT    
Date:   10/19/05    

 

Attachment A:    Goods & Pricing
Attachment B:    China Start-Up
Attachment C:    General Terms and Conditions
Attachment D:    Performance Metrics – SUPPLIER Scorecard
Attachment E:    SMI Agreement
Attachment F:    Non-disclosure Agreement
Attachment G:    “C” Level items

 

12


Attachment A: Goods  & Pricing

Start point for pricing is the pricing in effect as of May 31, 2005. Reductions apply to all pricing in the 50 pound, 75 pound, and 100 pound, break quantities. Pricing for items released in less than 50 pounds quantities are the prices then in effect on May 31, 2005, unless changed by provisions 4(d) and 4(e) or raw material pricing.

All prices are in United States Dollars, one price per item regardless of BUYER location or SUPPLIER production location.

Cost Reduction schedule (reductions based on fabrication price excluding nickel)

 

June 1, 2005    5.0 %  
January 1, 2006    4.0 %  
January 1, 2007    3.0 %  
January 1, 2008    3.0 %  
January 1, 2009    3.0 %  
January 1, 2010    3.0 %  

The attached schedule defines the base prices at $2.80/lb nickel market price. All prices are varied based on the prior month’s LME nickel price. The nickel factors for all products are shown in the Attachment A. The formula for calculation of the current list price is as follows;

Given that;

LME = prior month’s average LME price/lb

Ni Factor = nickel factor as shown in Attachment A

Base Price = price by item shown in attachment at $2.80/lb nickel market price

List Price = current price for product

List price = base price + Ni Factor *(LME – 2.80)

 


Attachment B: SUPPLIER China Start-Up

BUYER Agrees to make a best effort complete bimetal qualifications in an expeditious fashion.

SUPPLIER’s China qualifications will be valid on a global basis.

SUPPLIER has flexibility to provide BUYER materials from either Attleboro or China once both sites are qualified on the particular BUYER manufacturing line/location.

Freight terms will be Ex works shipping location unless manufacturing site changed based on SUPPLIER problems in delivery. If SUPPLIER manufacturing/delivery issues creates a higher freight cost, then SUPPLIER agrees to pay the incremental freight cost.


Attachment C – General Terms and Conditions

General Provisions

1. Modifications

Changes, modifications, waivers, additions or amendments to the terms and conditions of this order shall be binding on either party only if such changes, modifications, waivers, additions, or amendments are in writing and signed by a duly authorized representative of the other party.

2. Applicable Law

The validity, interpretation and performance of this Agreement shall be enforced under the laws of the State of Massachusetts.

3. Compliance with Law

SUPPLIER agrees that at all times it will comply with all applicable federal, state, municipal and local laws, orders and regulations, including but not limited to those affecting or limiting prices, production, purchase, sale, and use of material. If requested by BUYER, SUPPLIER agrees to timely certify compliance with such laws in such forms as BUYER may request.

4. Indemnity

In the event SUPPLIER, it’s officers, employees and agents or any of them enter premises owned, leased, occupied by or under the control of BUYER in the performance of or in connection with this order, SUPPLIER agrees to indemnify and hold BUYER, its officers, agents and employees harmless from any loss, cost, damage, or bodily injury (including death) of whatsoever kind or nature arising out of, or incidental to the performance, delivery or installation of this order occasioned in whole or in part by any action or omission of SUPPLIER, its employees, officers and agents or any of them, only to the extent such loss, cost, damage or bodily injury (including death) is caused by SUPPLIER. SUPPLIER will maintain general comprehensive liability, property damage and automobile liability insurance, including contractual endorsement and products hazards coverage, in reasonable amounts covering the obligations set forth in this order and, upon request, it will provide BUYER with a Certificate of insurance indicating the amount of such insurance.

SUPPLIER agrees to defend and indemnify BUYER from and against all claims, actions, liabilities, losses and costs and expenses arising out of the death or injury to any person, property damage or loss, or economic injury arising out of the negligence or wrongful misconduct of SUPPLIER. Likewise, BUYER agrees to defend and indemnify SUPPLIER from and against all claims, actions, liabilities, losses, costs and expenses arising out of the death or injury to any person, property damage or loss arising out of the negligence or wrongful misconduct of BUYER

5. Waiver

Any failure of BUYER to enforce at any time, or for any period of time, any of the provisions of this purchase order shall not constitute a waiver of such provisions not of TI’s right to enforce each and every provision.

6. Tooling

SUPPLIER shall preserve all special drawings, dies, patterns, tooling or other items supplied or paid for by BUYER in good condition; and they are the property of BUYER unless otherwise specified, and the same such items shall be returned in good condition when the work on the order has been completed or terminated, or at any other time as requested by BUYER. No special drawing, die, pattern, tool or other item supplied by BUYER or made by SUPPLIER for the use of or delivery to BUYER, or for use by SUPPLIER in supplying BUYER, shall be used by SUPPLIER for any purpose other than supplying BUYER, without SUPPLIER’s first obtaining the written consent of BUYER thereto, provided, however, that if the U.S. Government has rights in such items under a prime contract with BUYER, non interfering use of the items for direct sales to the Government is authorized if written notice is provided to BUYER prior to such use. If material, equipment, special drawings, dies, patterns, or other items are furnished by BUYER for performance of this purchase order, all risk of loss thereof or damage thereto shall be upon SUPPLIER from the time of shipment to SUPPLIER until redelivery to and receipt by BUYER.


7. Patents and Copyrights

SUPPLIER agrees to indemnify and to save BUYER, its officers, agents, employees, and vendees (mediate and immediate) harmless from any and all loss, expense, damage, liability, claims or demands either at law or in equity for actual or alleged infringement of any patent invention, design, trademark, or copyright arising from the purchase, use or sale of materials or articles required by this purchase order, except where such infringement or alleged infringement arises by reason of designs for such materials or articles originally furnished to SUPPLIER by BUYER.

8. Notice of Labor Disputes

Whenever any actual or potential labor dispute delays or threatens to delay the timely performance of this order, SUPPLIER shall immediately give notice thereof to BUYER and, if the order relates to a military contract, SUPPLIER will also give notice to the nearest military representative.

9. Terms

The payment terms for SMI pulls from all of the SMI programs are per Attachment E.

The following terms with respect to payment are applicable to non-SMI orders:

a. Net Invoices - Net invoices dated within a seven day week ending on a Saturday will be paid on the Fourth following Friday.

b. Discounted Invoices - Discounted invoices dated within a seven day week ending on a Saturday will be paid the second following Friday. Invoices that specify a discount for tenth prox payment will be paid on the second Friday of the month following the date of the invoices. The acceptance of minimal discount offers will be at the discretion of TI.

c. All schedules of payments above stated are based upon receipt by TI or shipment f.o.b. source, whichever is applicable as indicated on the face hereof, of the goods or services prior to scheduled payment date. If TI receives the invoice prior to such shipment or receipt of goods or services, the foregoing terms on this order shall be measured from date of such receipt of shipment of goods rather than date of receipt of invoice.

Invoices must be imprinted, where applicable, with the nine-digit D-U-N-S number where available, corresponding to the address where payment should be mailed and payment shall be sent to such address.

10. Extra Charges

No charges of any kind, including charges for boxing or cartage, will be allowed unless specifically agreed to by BUYER in writing. Pricing by weight, where applicable, covers net weight of material, unless otherwise agreed. SUPPLIER will charge a deposit for reels used for .003” to .004” materials. The charge will be refunded upon return of the reels.

11. Setoff

Setoffs will not be allowed.

12. Sales and Use Tax Exemption

It is hereby certified that the above described property is exempt from the sales and use tax, unless otherwise noted for the reason that such property is purchased for resale or will become an ingredient or component part of, or be incorporated into, or used or consumed in, a manufactured product produced for ultimate sale at retail. If the property described on this purchase order is purchased tax exempt and subsequent use makes this property taxable, BUYER will access and pay tax to the appropriate state.


13. Reservation of Rights

BUYER expressly reserves all rights and remedies, which are available to it at law or equity, including but not limited to rights and remedies set forth in the Uniform Commercial Code.

15. Overshipments

SUPPLIER is instructed to ship only the quantity(ies) specified in this order. However, any deviation caused by conditions of loading, shipping, packing, or allowances in manufacturing, processes may be accepted by BUYER according to the overshipment allowance indicated on the face of this order. BUYER reserves the right to return any overshipment in excess of the allowance at the SUPPLIER’s expense. Orders of 100 lbs or more will have ship tolerance will be +/- 10%. Orders less that 100 Ibs will be +/- 25% The “C” items specified in Attachment G will be sold on a lot charge basis and SUPPLIER has the right to ship all material finished from the production lot. Attachment G may be updated based on product usage changes.

16. Packing and Shipping Instructions

SUPPLIER shall determine that shipments are properly packed and described in accordance with agreed upon BUYER specifications and/or applicable carrier regulations. Shipments will be made at the lowest freight charges as specified by BUYER. BUYER may assist SUPPLIER by providing freight classifications or classifying material. SUPPLIER will not insure or declare value on shipments, expect on parcel post, unless BUYER specifies otherwise. On shipment where value is declared, SUPPLIER will ship prepaid insured for $50 to facilitate tracing. When shipping via small parcel, SUPPLIER will ship freight collect if available, otherwise SUPPLIER will ship freight prepaid. SUPPLIER shall consolidate air and surface shipments daily on one bill of lading per mode to avoid premium freight costs, unless instructed otherwise by BUYER. In case of any shipment that does not correspond to normal past practice between BUYER and SUPPLIER, or to standard practice in the industry, (e.g., requires special handling equipment or air ride suspension, or air shipment over 500 pounds, or over 120 inches long or wide, or over 56 cubic feet, etc.) SUPPLIER agrees to notify BUYER’s appropriate traffic department prior to shipment for special shipping instructions. All truck shipments must be classified by SUPPLIER using the current “National Motor Freight Classification Tariff”. Each box, crate or carton will show BUYER’s full street address (not just post office box numbers) and purchase order and item numbers regardless of how shipped. On small parcel shipments, a packing list shall accompany each container and shall describe the contents of that container. On other shipments, SUPPLIER will provide a packing list to accompany each shipment, referencing the appropriate purchase order and item number. The bill of lading also will reference the purchase order and item number. SUPPLIER is responsible for packing any shipment correctly based on the carrier/mode utilized. Charges for packing and crating shall be deemed part of the purchase price, and no additional charges will be made therefore unless specifically requested by BUYER on the purchase order or specification. SUPPLIER agrees to ship via the carrier specified by BUYER.

All premium freight cost incurred by BUYER or SUPPLIER beyond that specified by BUYER shall be borne by SUPPLIER. SUPPLIER is responsible for all shipments, which are damaged in transit due to improper packaging by SUPPLIER. On all F.O.B. origin shipments, except Parcel Post, SUPPLIER will ship freight collect. (If small parcel carrier collect is unavailable, SUPPLIER will ship prepaid.

All shipments are Ex Works SUPPLIER’s plant.

Definition of Terms (Whether F.O.B. origin or destination).

a. “Freight collect” SUPPLIER will ship freight collect - freight carrier will bill BUYER.

b. “Freight prepaid charge back” - SUPPLIER will ship freight prepaid and bill BUYER.

c. “Freight prepaid” - SUPPLIER will ship freight prepaid and bear all transportation costs.


17. Returns

Materials that do not meet the specification in effect at the time of shipment of that materials from EMS shall be returned freight collect to SUPPLIER, if it caused the defect. Replacement material shall be sent freight prepaid from SUPPLIER, who will absorb the burden of premium transportation when defect or replacement material places critical time or delivery schedule constraints on BUYER. BUYER will preserve and package all returned materials in a manner to prevent damage due to transportation or environmental effects.

18. SUPPLIER Ownership Change

SUPPLIER is required to submit immediately in writing to BUYER notification on the following change conditions, whether subcontract is DOD classified or not:

a. Acquisition by or merger with any foreign interest;

b. Majority or controlling interest obtained by a foreign interest.


Attachment D - Performance Metrics – SUPPLIER Scorecard

The purpose of the SUPPLIER Scorecard is to define the performance criteria that are important to BUYER and our customers and to provide an objective assessment of SUPPLIER performance. BUYER will prepare the SUPPLIER Scorecard.

The SUPPLIER Scorecard has two major categories: Quality and Delivery. Each category has a number of criteria with a specific set of quantitative or qualitative requirements.

Certain quantitative metrics, percent defective, events and on-time delivery will be reported monthly. Performance against all categories of the SUPPLIER Scorecard is normally reported quarterly either in summary form or at a business review.

1. Quality – Quality metric will be based on sales value of returned materials not to exceed 0.5% the total prior six months sales revenue of bimetal. The value of returned material will be calculated from the weight returned to SUPPLIER. In the case where BUYER could run part of the cut in production, the value of the unused portion of the cut shall be used to calculate the value.

2. Delivery – Delivery metric will be on-time delivery metric of meeting at least ninety five percent (95%) on-time delivery to request (+0/-5 days), provided eight week lead time was allowed for the order.

Routine feedback of performance by the SUPPLIER Scorecard process will not take the place of timely feedback on events or specific problems as they occur. Formal business reviews will be held periodically with SUPPLIER to provide performance feedback, resolve outstanding issues, assist SUPPLIER in implementing key BUYER programs, and to develop better long-term relationships. These reviews may alternate between SUPPLIER’s site and BUYER.


Attachment E - SMI Agreement

BUYER has SMI programs planned for TMX, Asian sites and TIH. The other plants will use standard lead-times and purchase orders. This agreement on commercial issues for SMI applies to all BUYER/SUPPLIER SMI programs. In addition, we will have separate agreements with the third party warehousers (Exel) and BUYER’s sites for each of the SMI programs, to address non-commercial issues.

The following points apply to all SMI programs between BUYER and SUPPLIER;

1. The sales dollar value cap for the entire SMI program limits the total amount of product SUPPLIER will hold in SMI for BUYER. This would include the inventory at all sites, including any 3 rd party warehouses, any BUYER facilities and FG inventory in SUPPLIER facilities to support the SMI programs. SUPPLIER will stock 2-4 weeks minimum worth of the A items for bimetal, based on average monthly usage. The sales dollar value cap for the entire SMI program is $750,000.00

2. BUYER agrees to pay on pull for all withdrawls from the SMI program. Transaction time to report pulls and pay invoices should not exceed 48 hours. It is understood that there will be exceptions (e.g. due to local holidays) that will delay some payments up to 10 days.

3. BUYER will provide a rolling four (4) month forecast for all SMI items with one (1) month firm.

4. Cost of warehousing, freight, all duties, VAT and distribution will remain BUYER’s responsibility.

5. BUYER accepts liability to purchase all the forecasted material in case of product obsolescence. This includes FG, SFG and WIP. If BUYER reduces forecasts without pulling the materials, BUYER is still obligated to purchase the peak forecasted and safety stock quantity, provided the forecasted peak is within the firm order window.

6. Material cannot be returned to the warehouse (in part or in whole) once it has been withdrawn.

7. When the individual site SMI agreements and Attachment E of this Agreement are different, then this Agreement will take precedence.

8. Any goods in the SUPPLIER Inventory stored for more than one hundred and twenty (120) days shall, after email notice (or any other agreed upon means of communication) by SUPPLIER to BUYER, automatically become BUYER inventory and will be deemed withdrawn from the SUPPLIER Inventory. In this case, SUPPLIER is entitled to invoice these withdrawn goods.


Attachment F - Non-Disclosure Agreement

WHEREAS, Engineered Materials Solutions, Inc. (hereinafter designated as “EMS”) desires to disclose to TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED, Materials & Controls (hereinafter designated as “IT”), certain information related to Thermostatic bimetal materials; design, manufacturing processes, testing, inspection performance and application; and

WHEREAS, TI desires to disclose to EMS certain information related to                      ; and

WHEREAS, one party hereto (“OWNER”) may disclose to the other party hereto (“RECIPIENT”) during the period June, 2005 through December, 2010, the information described above which OWNER deems proprietary (hereinafter “PROPRIETARY INFORMATION”), for the purpose of evaluation of future business opportunities between the parties;

NOW THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

For a period of five (5) years from the date of this Agreement, RECIPIENT shall not disclose any information it receives from OWNER that is marked “proprietary” (or comparable legend) to any other person, firm, or corporation, or use the PROPRIETARY INFORMATION for its own benefit, except for the purpose described above. RECIPIENT shall use the same degree of care to avoid disclosure or use of the PROPRIETARY INFORMATION as RECIPIENT employs with respect to its own proprietary information of like importance.

Information shall not be deemed PROPRIETARY INFORMATION and RECIPIENT shall have no obligation with respect to any information which is:

 

  (1) already known to RECIPIENT; or

(2) now or hereafter becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of RECIPIENT; or

(3) received from a third party without similar restriction and without breach of this Agreement; or

  (4) independently developed by RECIPIENT; or

(5) furnished to a third party by OWNER without a restriction on the third party’s rights; or

(6) approved for release by written authorization of OWNER; or

(7) disclosed pursuant to the requirement of a Governmental agency or disclosure is permitted by operation of law.

RECIPIENT shall not be liable for (1) inadvertent disclosure or use of PROPRIETARY INFORMATION provided that (a) it uses the same degree of care in safeguarding the PROPRIETARY INFORMATION as it uses for its own proprietary information of like importance, and (b) upon discovery of the inadvertent disclosure or use of the PROPRIETARY INFORMATION, it shall endeavor to prevent any further inadvertent disclosure or use, and (2) unauthorized disclosure or use of PROPRIETARY INFORMATION by persons who are or who have been in its employ, unless it fails to safeguard the PROPRIETARY INFORMATION with the same degree of care as it uses for its own proprietary information of like importance.

Each party respectively appoints the person listed below as its Data Control Coordinator to receive, on its behalf, all PROPRIETARY INFORMATION pursuant to this Agreement. Either party may change its Data Control Coordinator by giving the other party written notice of the name and address of its newly appointed Data Control Coordinator.


On behalf of TI:      On behalf of EMS:   

 

     Chief Financial Officer   
Texas Instruments Incorporated      Engineered Materials Solutions, Inc.   
34 Forest Street      39 Perry Avenue   
P.O. Box 2964                  Attleboro, MA 02703   
Attleboro, MA 02703-0964        

In the event either party orally discloses its PROPRIETARY INFORMATION to the other party, the disclosing party shall notify the other party’s Data Control Coordinator in writing of the oral disclosure within thirty (30) days following the disclosure, identifying the place and date of oral disclosure and the names of the employees of the other party to whom the disclosure was made and describing the information disclosed.

All written PROPRIETARY INFORMATION delivered by one party to the other party pursuant to this Agreement shall be and remain the property of the disclosing party, and the written PROPRIETARY INFORMATION, and any copies thereof, shall be promptly returned to the disclosing party upon written request, or destroyed at that party’s option.

Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as granting or conferring any rights by license or otherwise, expressly, impliedly, or otherwise for any invention, discovery or improvement made, conceived, or acquired prior to, on or after the date of this Agreement.

Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as a representation or inference that either party will not pursue, independently, similar opportunities, provided that the obligations set forth herein are not breached.

Neither party shall publicly announce or disclose the existence of this Agreement or its terms and conditions, or advertise or release any publicity regarding this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the other party. This provision shall survive the expiration, termination or cancellation of this Agreement.

Neither party has an obligation under or in consequence of this Agreement to purchase or sell any service or item from or to the other party.

This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding and agreement between the parties hereto as to the subject matter of this Agreement and merges and supersedes all previous communications, negotiations, warranties, representations and agreements, either oral or written, with respect to obligations of confidentiality of the subject matter hereof, and no addition to or modification of this Agreement shall be binding on either party hereto, unless reduced to writing and duly executed by each of the parties hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of this      day of                      , 2005.

 

 

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED

MATERIALS SOLUTIONS,

    ENGINEERED INC.
By:  

 

    By:  

 

Name:  

 

    Name:  

 

Title:  

 

    Title:  

 

Date:  

 

    Date:  

 


Attachment G - “C” Items List

 

TI P/N

   EMS P/N    Material    Lead-Time    Min Order Quantity

12702-282-1

   A03963660    B11    14 wks    1000 Ibs

12702-334-1

   A039611227    B11    14 wks    1000 Ibs

12702-298-1

   A03964206    D560R    14 wks    1000 Ibs

P50R .0160 x .750

   A039611551    P50R    14 wks    1000 Ibs

8700-86-598

   A03964624    S346    14 wks    1000 Ibs

8700-86-639

   A039611365    S346    14 wks    1000 Ibs

8700-106-535

   A03963523    S406    14 wks    1000 Ibs

12702-310-1

   A03964817    S467    14 wks    1000 Ibs

S475.007 x .900

   A039611399    S475    14 wks    1000 lbs

Exhibit 10.26

CONSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

CONSIGNMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of October 22, 2006 (the “ Agreement ”), by and between HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a bank organized under the laws of the United States with offices located at 452 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10018 (“ HSBC ”) and SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation with offices located at 529 Pleasant Street, Attleboro, Massachusetts 02703 (the “ Company ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company utilizes certain Precious Metal (as hereinafter defined) in its operations; and

WHEREAS, the Company has requested that HSBC, in its discretion, consign certain of such Precious Metal to the Company for disposition by the Company as hereinafter provided.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and of the mutual promises hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS .

When used herein, the terms set forth below shall be defined as follows:

1.1. “ Authorized Representatives ” means all person(s) who are authorized by and on behalf of the Company under this Agreement, including, without limitation, (a) to transact consignment and purchase and sale transactions with HSBC under the Consignment Facility; and (b) to request that a consignment under the Consignment Facility be continued as such or converted to a consignment of another Type.

1.2. “ Business Day ” means a day on which commercial banks settle payments in New York.

1.3. “ Company ” means Sensata Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

1.4. “ Company’s Account ” means the demand deposit account of the Company at HSBC, which shall be charged for payments to be made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, or any other account of the Company at HSBC designated by HSBC from time to time.

1.5. “ Company’s Address ” means 529 Pleasant Street, Attleboro, Massachusetts 02703.

1.6. “ Consigned Precious Metal ” means Precious Metal which has been consigned to the Company pursuant to the Consignment Facility.


1.7. “ Consignment Facility ” means the facility under Paragraph 2 hereof, whereby the Company way request consignments of Precious Metal from HSBC.

1.8. “ Consignment Facility Indebtedness ” means the Value of all outstanding Consigned Precious Metal consigned to the Company under the Consignment Facility (it being understood that all Precious Metal consigned to the Company by HSBC shall be deemed to be outstanding on consignment until returned or paid in full in accordance herewith).

1.9. “ Consignment Limit ” means the lesser of:

(a) Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000); or

(b) Ninety percent (90%) of the aggregate undrawn face amount of the Letters of Credit.

1.10. “ Consignment Period ” means:

(a) with respect to the consignment of Precious Metal based upon a Variable Consignment Fee, the period beginning on the Drawdown Date and ending one (1) Business Day after such Drawdown Date; and

(b) with respect to the consignment of Precious Metal based upon a Fixed Consignment Fee, the period beginning on the Drawdown Date and ending one (1) month, two (2) months, or three (3) months after such Drawdown Date (or such other period as HSBC and the Company shall agree upon from time to time thereafter), as the Company may select in its relevant notice pursuant to Paragraph 2.2 or 2.6;

provided , however , in the case of Variable Consignment Fees and Fixed Consignment Fees, if such Consignment Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a London Banking Day, such Consignment Period shall end on the next following London Banking Day.

1.11. “ Consignment Request ” shall have the meaning assigned by Paragraph 2.2(a) hereof.

1.12. “ Conversion Request ” means a notice given by an Authorized Representative to HSBC of the Company’s election to convert or continue a consignment under the Consignment Facility in accordance with Paragraph 2.6 hereof.

1.13. “ Drawdown Date ” means the date on which any consignment under the Consignment Facility is made or is to be made and the date on which any consignment under the Consignment Facility is converted or continued in accordance with Paragraph 2.6 hereof.

1.14. “ Event of Default ” means each and every event specified in Paragraph 8.1 of this Agreement.

1.15. “ Fiscal Year ” means the year ending December 31st.

 

-2-


1.16. “ Fixed Consignment Fee ” means a consignment fee set forth in Paragraph 2.5 hereof.

1.17. “ Fixed Rate Consignment ” means a consignment of Precious Metal by HSBC to the Company under the Consignment Facility bearing a Fixed Consignment Fee.

1.18. “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

1.19. “ Guarantors ” means Sensata Technologies B.V., a corporation organized under the laws of The Netherlands, and Sensata Technologies Holding Company U.S. B.V., a corporation organized under the laws of The Netherlands.

1.20. “ Guaranty Agreements ” means those certain Guaranty Agreements of the Guarantors in favor of HSBC dated on or about the date hereof, whereby the Guarantors have guaranteed the payment and performance of the Obligations.

1.21. “ Indebtedness ” means, as to the Company, all items of indebtedness, obligation or liability, whether matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, direct or contingent, joint or several, including, without limitation:

(a) All indebtedness guaranteed, directly or indirectly, in any manner or endorsed (other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business) or discounted with recourse;

(b) All indebtedness in effect guaranteed, directly or indirectly, through agreements, contingent or otherwise: (i) to purchase such indebtedness; or (ii) to purchase, sell or lease (as lessee or lessor) property, products, materials or supplies or to purchase or sell services, primarily for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of such indebtedness or to assure the owner of the indebtedness against loss; or (iii) to supply funds to or in any other manner invest in the debtor;

(c) All indebtedness secured by (or for which the holder of such indebtedness has a right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance upon property owned or acquired subject thereto, whether or not the liabilities secured thereby have been assumed;

(d) All indebtedness incurred as the consignee of goods under consignment facilities whether or not, in accordance with GAAP, such consignment facilities should be reflected on the Company’s balance sheet; and

(e) All indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a general partner or joint venturer.

1.22. “ Inventory ” means all inventory (as defined in Section 9-102(48) of the Uniform Commercial Code), goods, merchandise and other personal property, wherever located, now owned a hereafter acquired or acquired on consignment which are held for sale or lease, or

 

-3-


furnished or to be furnished under any contract of service or are raw materials, work in process, supplies or materials used or consumed in business, and all products thereof, and substitutions, replacements, additions or accessions thereto, all cash or non-cash proceeds of all of the foregoing including insurance proceeds.

1.23. “ Letters of Credit ” those certain irrevocable Letters of Credit issued by Morgan Stanley Bank, or other financial institution acceptable to HSBC, in its sole discretion, which are acceptable to HSBC in its sole discretion in form and substance and which shall be in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto.

1.24. “ London Banking Day ” means any day on which commercial banks are open for international business (including dealings in dollar deposits) in London.

1.25. “ Metal Payment ” means, for any Precious Metal, (a) the Company’s payment at the office of HSBC herein set forth or such other place as HSBC may from time to time specify in writing in the form of immediately available United States dollars in an amount equal to the Value of such Precious Metal on the date of such payment (or, if the Company had previously provided notice to HSBC of its intention to purchase or settle such Precious Metal on a particular date and HSBC had fixed the Value of such Precious Metal or otherwise acted in reliance on such notice, and at HSBC’s election, the Value of such Precious Metal on the date of fix of Value or other action), plus any applicable premium, or any other purchase price to which the parties have agreed in writing, or (b) after notice to and agreement to the same by HSBC, delivery of like Precious Metal delivered to HSBC’s designated pool accounts, loco London.

1.26. “ Obligations ” means any and all Indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of the Company to HSBC of every kind and description, direct or indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, whether for payment of performance, now existing or hereafter arising under this Agreement including, without limitation, all indebtedness and obligations of the Company under the Consignment Facility; and all interest, taxes, fees, charges, expenses and attorneys’ fees chargeable to the Company or incurred by HSBC hereunder, or any other document or instrument delivered pursuant to or as a supplement hereto.

1.27. “ Permitted Liens ” means, so long as execution thereon has been stayed:

 

  (a) Liens for taxes, assessments, or similar charges, incurred in the ordinary course of business, which either are not yet due and owing or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and as to which the Company shall have set aside adequate reserves;

 

  (b) Pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure payment of worker’s compensation, or to participate in any fund in connection with worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance, old-age pensions or other social security programs;

 

  (c) Liens of mechanics, materialmen, warehousemen, carriers, or other like liens, securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business that are not yet due and payable;

 

-4-


  (d) Good faith pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure performance of bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or leases, not in excess of ten percent (10%) of the aggregate amount due thereunder, or to secure statutory obligations, or surety, appeal, indemnity, performance or other similar bonds required in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (e) Encumbrances consisting of zoning restrictions, easements, or other restrictions on the use of real property, none of which materially impairs the use of such property by the Company or any Subsidiary in the operation of its business, and none of which is violated in any material respect by existing or proposed structures or land use;

 

  (f) Restrictions, easements and minor irregularities in title which do not and will not interfere with the occupation, use and enjoyment by the Company of such properties and assets in the normal course of its business as presently conducted or materially impair the value of such properties and assets for the purpose of such business;

 

  (g) Liens in favor of HSBC;

 

  (h) Liens consented to by HSBC in writing; and

 

  (i) Existing liens set forth or described on Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof.

1.28. “ Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, or unincorporated organization.

1.29. “ Precious Metal ” means silver, having a minimum degree of fineness of ninety-nine and 90/100 percent (99.90%).

1.30. “ Premises ” means any real estate owned, used or leased by the Company.

1.31. “ Prime Rate ” means the variable per annum rate of interest so designated from time to time by HSBC as its prime rate. The Prime Rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate being charged to any customer. Changes in the rate of interest resulting from changes in the Prime Rate shall take place immediately without notice or demand of any kind.

1.32. “ Proposal Letter ” means that certain letter of HSBC and agreed to by the Company dated September 28, 2006.

1.33. “ Regulatory Change ” after the date hereof, the introduction of any new, or any change in existing, applicable laws, rules or regulations or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any court or governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by HSBC with any new request or directive by any such court or authority (whether or not having the force of law).

 

-5-


1.34. “ Security Documents ” means the Letters of Credit, the Guaranty Agreements, any and all UCC financing statements evidencing present or future security interests which are collateral for the Obligations, all as same may be amended, such agreements and documents being dated on or about the date hereof, and any and all other documents, instruments or agreements now or hereafter securing or providing collateral for the Obligations and all agreements and instruments delivered in connection therewith.

1.35. “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation of which more than fifty (50%) percent of the outstanding voting securities shall, at the time of determination, be owned by a corporation directly or indirectly through one or more Subsidiaries.

1.36. “ Transaction Documents ” means the following this Agreement and the Security Documents.

1.37. “ Type ” means, as to any consignment under the Consignment Facility, its nature as a Fixed Rate Consignment or a Variable Rate Consignment.

1.38. “ Value ” means the value of all Consigned Precious Metal, determined at any date, by the London Silver Market fixing price on such date; provided , however , that (x) if no such reference price is set on such date, the last such set price shall be deemed to apply; and (y) if the setting of such reference price is discontinued or for any reason not available to HSBC for reference as to any Precious Metal, HSBC at its option may utilize any other recognized reference price or mechanism to determine the value of such Precious Metal on such date and shall notify the Company of the same.

1.39. “ Variable Consignment Fee ” means a consignment fee set forth in Paragraph 2.5(c) hereof.

1.40. “ Variable Rate Consignment ” means a consignment of Precious Metal by HSBC to the Company under the Consignment Facility bearing a Variable Consignment Fee.

To the extent not defined in this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, accounting and financial terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings attributed to them by GAAP, and all other terms contained in this Agreement shall have the meanings attributed to them by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code in force in the State of New York, as of the date hereof to the extent the same are used or defined therein.

2. CONSIGNMENT FACILITY.

2.1. Consigned Precious Metal; Title .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth and provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, on any Business Day during the period from the date hereof until the termination of this Agreement, the Company may from time to time request consignments of Precious Metal with an aggregate Value at any time not to exceed the Consignment Limit, and HSBC shall provide consignments of Precious Metal to the Company on such terms as provided hereunder or as otherwise may be agreed in writing by HSBC and the Company.

 

-6-


(b) The commodities to be consigned to the Company by HSBC under the Consignment Facility shall consist of Precious Metal as defined herein. EXCEPT FOR THE FINENESS OF THE PRECIOUS METAL AS SPECIFIED HEREIN, HSBC MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE GOODS CONSIGNED OR TO BE SOLD HEREUNDER, WHETHER AS TO MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR ANY OTHER MATTER, AND HSBC HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES.

(c) Title to Consigned Precious Metal shall remain in HSBC until Metals Payment has been made for such Consigned Precious Metal, whereupon title to such purchased Consigned Precious Metal shall pass to the Company. Upon request by HSBC, the Company shall authorize the filing of such financing statements and other documents as may be reasonably requested by HSBC to evidence HSBC’s interests as HSBC and secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code.

(d) The Company shall timely pay all license fees, assessments and sales, use, excise, property and other taxes now or hereafter imposed by any governmental body or authority with respect to the possession, use, sale, transfer, consignment, delivery or ownership of the Consigned Precious Metal.

(e) HSBC shall not be liable for any delay in delivery or inability to deliver Precious Metal hereunder resulting directly or indirectly from any unavailability or scarcity of Precious Metal, foreign or domestic embargoes, seizure, acts of God, insurrections, strikes, war, the adoption or enactment of any law, ordinance, regulation, ruling or order directly or indirectly interfering with the production, sale, consignment or delivery of Precious Metal hereunder, lack of transportation, fire, flood, explosions or other accidents, events or contingencies beyond the reasonable control of HSBC.

(f) The Precious Metal consigned pursuant to the Consignment Facility and governed by this Agreement shall be such quantity and form of Precious Metal as HSBC may confirm to the Company from time to time. Precious Metal in the possession or control of the Company, or Precious Metal held by a third party for the account of the Company, shall constitute Consigned Precious Metal notwithstanding that (i) such Precious Metal is in alloyed form or is contained in raw materials, work-in-process or finished goods, (ii) such Precious Metal was delivered to, or credited to the account of, the Company, by a third party in exchange for or in consideration of Precious Metal delivered by HSBC to such third party, (iii) such Precious Metal was sold by the Company to HSBC and then consigned back to the Company pursuant to this Agreement, (iv) such Precious Metal is demonstrably not the Precious Metal physically delivered by HSBC or its designee, or (v) such Precious Metal is in the possession of or under the control of any person other than the Company, including any refiner, customer of the Company or bailee.

(g) Following the release or book entry delivery of Consigned Precious Metal to, or for the account of, the Company, the Company shall, as between HSBC and the Company, accept all risk of loss to the Consigned Precious Metal in accordance with the provisions hereof until Metals Payments as hereinafter provided.

 

-7-


2.2. Requests for Consignments .

(a) Requests for delivery of Precious Metal to be held for consignment hereunder shall be made by an Authorized Representative to an authorized officer of HSBC by telephone of fax. Each request shall indicate:

 

  (i) the quantity and quality of the Precious Metal to be delivered;

 

  (ii) the date on which the delivery is requested to be made;

 

  (iii) the term of the consignment (up to three (3) months or any other terms which is mutually acceptable); and

 

  (iv) the specific entity and location to which delivery of Precious Metal is to be made (the “Consignment Request”).

(b) Upon acceptance by HSBC of a Consignment Request, it may elect to issue a written confirmation to the Company confirming the consignment of Precious Metal to the Company in accordance with the terms of such Consignment Request or as otherwise indicated on the confirmation, which may state the Fixed Consignment Rate or Floating Consignment Rate to apply to such consignment. If HSBC elects to issue a confirmation, the consignment rate and other information set forth in the same shall be binding on the parties. Notwithstanding HSBC’s acceptance of the terms of any Consignment Request, HSBC may condition its delivery and consignment of Precious Metal to the Company on HSBC’s receipt, at an address provided from time to time by HSBC to the Company, of a corresponding confirmation signed by the Company and such other documentation as HSBC may deem necessary or appropriate.

(c) Requests for Fixed Rate Consignments of Precious Metal shall be for not less than 10,000 fine troy ounces or integral multiples of 1,000 fine troy ounces in excess thereof.

(d) There shall be no minimum ounce requirements for requests for, and repayments of, Variable Rate Consignments.

(e) There shall be no more than ten (10) Fixed Rate Consignments outstanding for Consigned Precious Metal at any one time.

(f) Requests for any Variable Rate Consignments shall be delivered to HSBC no later than 12:00 noon (New York time) one (1) Business Day prior to the proposed Drawdown Date. Each such notice shall specify (i) the amount and form of Precious Metal requested, (ii) the proposed Drawndown Date of such consignment, and (iii) whether such request is a standing order.

 

-8-


(g) Requests for any Fixed Rate Consignments shall be delivered to HSBC by 12:00 noon (New York time) two (2) London Banking Days prior to the proposed Drawdown Date. Each such notice shall specify (i) the amount and form of Precious Metal requested, (ii) the proposed Drawdown Date of such consignment, and (iii) the Consignment Period for such consignment.

(h) The Company irrevocably authorizes HSBC to make or cause to be made, at or about the time of the Drawdown Date of any consignment of Precious Metal or at the time of receipt of any payment of purchase price for Consigned Precious Metal or any redelivery of Consigned Precious Metal, an appropriate notation on HSBC’s books and records reflecting the making of such consignment of Precious Metal or (as the case may be) the receipt of such purchase price for Consigned Precious Metal, or any redelivery of Consigned Precious Metal. The amount of the Consignment Facility Indebtedness set forth in HSBC’s books and records shall be prima facie evidence of the Consignment Facility Indebtedness owing and unpaid to HSBC, but the failure to record, or any error in so recording, any such amount on HSBC’s books and records shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Company hereunder to make pay and perform its obligation under the Consignment Facility when due.

2.3. Deliveries

(a) For the purposes of this Agreement, “deliver” or ‘delivery’ shall mean either (i) actual physical shipment of Precious Metal by a reputable carrier of HSBC’s choice, at the Company’s sole risk and expense, or (ii) crediting of the Precious Metal by one party to an account of the other party with the first party or one or more third parties when no physical movement thereof is contemplated by the parties.

(b) If HSBC has agreed to make, or have its designee make, a requested delivery of Precious Metal for consignment hereunder, HSBC will arrange for the delivery of the Precious Metal to a location acceptable to HSBC, or its designee, and the Company on the date agreed upon for delivery by customary shipment means selected by HSBC or its designee (and reasonably acceptable to the Company). The Company shall bear all risk of loss, theft, destruction or damage to the Precious Metal requested to be delivered hereunder in all circumstances. A delivery statement provided by HSBC or its designee setting out the quantity and quality of Precious Metal delivered shall accompany such delivery. Delivery shall take place F.O.B. HSBC’s or its desginee’s vault. All charges incurred for transport, cartage, packaging, insurance or otherwise for the delivery of Precious Metal to the Company shall be for the account of the Company.

(c) All deliveries of Precious Metal to be made hereunder by the Company to HSBC will be made to a location directed by HSBC on the date agreed upon for delivery by a customary shipment means and a shipper selected by the Company (and reasonably acceptable to HSBC). The Company shall bear the cost of such delivery in all circumstances, including without limitation in connection with a re-delivery of Precious Metal following an Event of Default, and the Company shall bear the risk of loss or damage to such Precious Metal until delivery is made by it to HSBC. For the purpose of this Agreement, Precious Metal shall be deemed re-delivered to HSBC at such time and date that HSBC or its agents shall sign a delivery receipt or other acknowledgement of safe delivery of the Precious Metal.

 

-9-


(d) If upon receipt it is determined that Precious Metal delivered by a party hereunder are of a different quantity and/or quality than set out in the delivery statement, the receiving party shall immediately give notice in writing of such discrepancy to the other. In that event the party that made delivery shall be entitled to conduct such tests and make such examination of the Precious Metal as it considers necessary or desirable. If such tests or examinations determine that the Precious Metal delivered are of a different quantity and/or quality than was set out in the said delivery statement, then HSBC or the Company, as the case may be, shall make the appropriate adjustments.

(e) The Company shall pay to HSBC a market premium on all delivered or returned Precious Metal at rates quoted at the time of delivery by or return to HSBC based on prevailing market conditions and the form and quality of the particular Precious Metal delivered to or returned by the Company. Any such market premium will be payable within five (5) Business Days of the date of delivery or return by debiting the Company’s Account.

(f) On the date hereof, the market premium referred to herein is $0.0175 per fine troy ounce for silver of 0.9999 fineness in 1,000 ounce bars. HSBC may from time to time and without prior notice increase or decrease the market premium payable hereunder in response to market conditions.

2.4. Purchases and Sales of Precious Metal; Payment

(a) Provided that no Event of Default (or condition with which the passage of time and/or the giving of notice may become an Event of Default) has occurred and is continuing, the Company may elect to purchase Consigned Precious Metal at any time by notifying HSBC of its intention to do so at a reasonable time before (which shall be not less than thirty (30) minutes) the fix at which such Precious Metal is to be purchased. The Company shall make a Metals Payment within two (2) Business Days for all Consigned Precious Metal so purchased (but HSBC may permit the Company to pay prior to such time without premium or discount).

(b) All Metals Payments shall be made without counterclaim or setoff and free and clear of, and without any deduction or withholding for, any taxes or other payments. All Metals Payments shall be applied to the obligations of the Company of HSBC as it determines in its sole discretion. The Company hereby authorizes HSBC to charge the Company’s Account at any time and from time to time for the purpose of making any Metals Payment which is at any time payable hereunder by the Company.

(c) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Company shall immediately make a Metals Payment for Consigned Precious Metal at the time the Consigned Precious Metal is lost or stolen.

(d) Provided that no Event of Default (or condition with which the passage of time and/or the giving of notice may become an Event of Default) has occurred and is continuing, the Company may elect at any time, to sell Precious Metal by notifying HSBC of its intention to do so within a reasonable time before the fix at which such sale will occur. HSBC shall pay for such purchased Precious Metal within two (2) Business Days of purchase by federal

 

-10-


wire transfer, other customary form of cash payment acceptable to the parties or by credit to the Company’s account at approved intermediaries. HSBC may make early payment if requested by the Company and practicable at such market discount for early payment as quoted from time to time by HSBC. HSBC’s purchase price shall be at the applicable Value for such purchased Precious Metal less such market discounts as quoted from time to time by HSBC. The Company shall timely pay and hold HSBC harmless for all third party charges in connection with all such sales. Sales of Precious Metal by the Company shall be of not less than 1,000 fine troy ounces.

(e) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Company shall only be permitted to make a physical delivery of Precious Metal in payment of the Obligations with the prior written consent of HSBC. Any such physical delivery of Precious Metal to HSBC shall be (i) to a vault designated by HSBC, (ii) at the Company’s expense and risk, (iii) in a form acceptable to HSBC at a location acceptable to HSBC subject to such market discounts as may be provided in Paragraph 2.4(d), and (iv) credited to the Company’s account only upon HSBC’s assaying the Value thereof.

2.5. Consignment Fees .

(a) During such time as Precious Metal is consigned to the Company hereunder and until the same is withdrawn from consignment and paid for in full by the Company or returned as hereinafter provided, the Company shall pay to HSBC a fee as follows: (i) in the case of Variable Rate Consignments, the fee shall be computed daily as a percentage of the outstanding Value of such Consigned Precious Metal on such day; and (ii) in the case of Fixed Rate Consignments, the fee shall be computed as a percentage of the outstanding Value of such Consigned Precious Metal on the first day of the applicable Consignment Period. Such fees shall be accrued on a daily basis and shall be paid by debiting the Company’s Account as follows: (x) in the case of Variable Rate Consignments, consignment fees shall be paid monthly, on the fifth Business Day of each month; and (y) in the case of Fixed Rate Consignments, consignment fees shall be paid on the last day of the Consignment Period with respect thereto.

(b) The Company may elect to pay either a Variable Consignment Fee or, provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, a Fixed Consignment Fee with respect to each consignment of Precious Metal under the Consignment Facility, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. Consignment fees shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year counting the actual number of days elapsed.

(c) Each Variable Consignment Fee shall be calculated for one Business Day commencing with the Drawdown Date and shall be set by HSBC each Business Day. The Variable Consignment Fee in effect on the date hereof is one and one-half per cent (1  1 / 2 %) per annum and is subject to change each Business Day in accordance with the terms hereof.

(d) Each Fixed Consignment Fee shall be calculated for a certain specific quantity and form of Precious Metal consigned to the Company for a certain specific Consignment Period and shall be as quoted by HSBC to the Company. The quantity and form of Precious Metal and the Consignment Period shall be selected by the Company, subject to acceptance by HSBC. Once the specific quantity and form of Precious Metal and the specific Consignment Period have been selected and the consignment fee determined, such selections

 

-11-


shall be irrevocable and binding on the Company and shall obligate the Company to accept the consignment requested from HSBC in the amount, in the form and for the Consignment Period specified.

(e) At such time as the Company requests the consignment and delivery of Precious Metal under the Consignment Facility, it shall become obligated to pay to HSBC a market premium per fine troy ounce announced by HSBC at the time of such consignment. Such payment is to be make within five (5) Business Days of the date of the invoice for the same.

2.6. Conversion Options .

(a) Subject to the provision hereof, the Company may elect from time to time to convert an outstanding Variable Rate Consignment to a Fixed Rate Consignment and to convert an outstanding Fixed Rate Consignment to a Variable Rate Consignment, provided that (i) with respect to any such conversion of a Fixed Rate Consignment into a Variable Rate Consignment, such conversion shall only be made on the last day of the Consignment Period with respect thereto; (ii) with respect to any such conversion of a Variable Rate Consignment to a Fixed Rate Consignment, the Company shall give HSBC at least two (2) London Banking Days’ prior written notice of the day on which such election is effective; and (iii) no consignment may be converted into a Fixed Rate Consignment when there has occurred an Event of Default hereunder which is continuing at the time. The Company shall give to HSBC notice sent by telecopier of its decision to convert an outstanding consignment. All or any part of outstanding consignments under the Consignment Facility may be converted as provided herein. Each such request shall be irrevocable by the Company.

(b) Subject to the provisions hereof, Fixed Rate Consignments may be continued as such upon the expiration of a Consignment Period with respect thereto by giving to HSBC notice by telecopier of the Company’s decision to continue an outstanding consignment as such at least two (2) London Banking Day’s prior to the day on which such election is effective; provided that no Fixed Rate Consignment may be continued as such when there has occurred an Event of Default hereunder, but shall be automatically converted to a Variable Rate Consignment on the last day of the first Consignment Period relating thereto ending during the continuance of such Event of Default. In the event that the Company does not notify HSBC of its election hereunder with respect to any consignment, such consignment shall be automatically converted to, or continued as, a Variable Rate Consignment at the end of the applicable Consignment Period.

2.7. Illegality .

If (i) by reason of any Regulatory Change, HSBC determines that adequate and fair means do not or will not exist for determining Fixed Consignment Fees, (ii) by reason of any Regulatory Change, HSBC becomes restricted in the amount which it may hold of a category of liabilities which includes liabilities which are determined in part by reference to the Fixed Rate Consignments or a category of assets which includes obligations which are determined in part by reference to Fixed Rate Consignments, (iii) by reason of any Regulatory Change, it shall be unlawful for HSBC to maintain a Fixed Rate Consignment, (iii) in the exclusive judgment of HSBC, Fixed Consignments Fees do not adequately reflect the cost to HSBC of making or

 

-12-


maintaining the consignment of Precious Metal then, in any such case, any Fixed Rate Consignment shall be converted automatically to Variable Rate Consignments. If HSBC determines that because of a change in circumstances Fixed Rate Consignments are again available to the Company hereunder, HSBC will so advise the Company, and the Company may convert the Variable Rate Consignments to a Fixed Rate Consignment at any time (provided that Fixed Rate Consignments are otherwise available hereunder) by making such election in accordance with, and subject to the conditions hereof. The Company shall promptly pay HSBC, any additional amounts necessary to compensate HSBC for any costs incurred by HSBC in making any conversion in accordance with this Paragraph, including any interest or fees payable by HSBC to lenders of funds obtained by them in order to make or maintain their Fixed Rate Consignments hereunder.

2.8. Indemnity .

The Company shall indemnify HSBC and hold HSBC harmless from and against any loss, cost or expense (including loss of anticipated profits) that HSBC have sustained or incurred as a consequence of (a) default by the Company in payment of any Fixed Rate Consignments as and when due and payable (including, without limitation, as a result of prepayment or late payment of the purchase price for the Consigned Precious Metal or the acceleration of the Consignment Facility Indebtedness pursuant to the terms of this Agreement), which expenses shall include any such loss or expense arising from interest or fees payable by HSBC to lenders of funds obtained by them in order to maintain their Fixed Rate Consignments; (b) default by the Company in taking a consignment or conversion after the Company had given (or is deemed to have given) its request therefore; and (c) the purchase of Consigned Precious Metal bearing a Fixed Consignment Fee or the making of any conversion of any such consignment to a Variable Rate Consignment on a day that is not the last day of the applicable Consignment Period with respect thereto, including interest or fees payable by HSBC to lenders of funds obtained by them in order to maintain any such consignments.

2.9. Maintenance of Consignment Limits .

(a) If the Consignment Facility Indebtedness at any time exceeds the Consignment Limit, the Company shall promptly, without further notice or demand by HSBC, either:

 

  (i) make payment to HSBC, as provided in Paragraph 2.4 hereof, for Consigned Precious Metal having an aggregate Value sufficient to result in the remaining Consignment Facility Indebtedness being not more than the Consignment Limit, or

 

  (ii) deliver to HSBC, either loco London or through a recognized third party acceptable to HSBC, Consigned Precious Metal having an aggregate Value sufficient to result in the remaining Consignment Facility Indebtedness being not more than the Consignment Limit.

 

-13-


2.10. True Consignment; Grant of Security Interest .

(a) The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide for a true consignment and that all transactions hereunder shall constitute true consignments of the Consigned Precious Metal.

(b) As security for the prompt and unconditional payment and performance of any and all Obligations, whether now existing or hereafter incurred, the Company hereby grants to HSBC a continuing lien upon the security interest in, and does hereby pledge, assign and transfer to HSBC, a continuing security interest in the Consigned Precious Metal from time to time delivered hereunder by HSBC, whether now existing or hereafter arising. Nothing contained in the foregoing grant is intended to conflict with the true consignment nature of this Agreement with respect to the Consigned Precious Metal. The foregoing grant is supplementary to, and not in replacement of, any other lien or security interest securing the Obligations.

2.11. Late Payments .

If the entire amount of any required purchase price payment or any other payment under the Consignment Facility is not paid in full within ten (10) Business Days after the same is due, the Company shall pay to HSBC, the greater of (a) a late fee equal to five percent (5%) of the required payment, or (b) to the extent permitted by law, late charges on the required payment not paid when due at a consignment fee equal to four percent (4%) in excess of the consignment fee that would otherwise be payable hereunder, from the date of delinquency until payment in full.

2.12. Termination; Return of Consigned Precious Metal .

(a) HSBC may terminate the Consignment Facility at any time by sending thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof to the Company. ALL CONSIGNED PRECIOUS METAL AND SUMS OUTSTANDING UNDER THE CONSIGNMENT FACILITY SHALL BE DUE AND PAYABLE UPON THE EARLIER OF (I) THE OCCURRENCE OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT AND ACCELERATION OF THE OBLIGATIONS BY HSBC, OF (B) THIRTY (30) DAYS AFTER DEMAND BY HSBC HEREUNDER. Upon giving of such notice or at any time thereafter, HSBC may, at its option, suspend or terminate its obligation to consign or deliver Precious Metal hereunder.

(b) The Company may terminate this Consignment Facility by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of such termination to HSBC. Upon receipt of such notice, HSBC may, in its sole discretion, continue to consign or deliver Precious Metal hereunder, provided, however, no consignment of Precious Metal shall have a Consignment Period later than thirty (30) days after receipt by HSBC of the Company’s termination notice. ALL SUMS OUTSTANDING UNDER THIS CONSIGNMENT FACILITY WILL BE DUE AND PAYBALE THIRTY (30) DAYS AFTER RECEIPT OF WRITTEN NOTICE FROM THE COMPANY HEREUNDER.

(c) Upon termination of the Consignment Facility, HSBC may credit any amounts then held by it to reduce the Obligations in accordance with the provisions hereof. Termination of the Consignment Facility shall not affect the Company’s duty to pay and perform its obligations to HSBC under the Consignment Facility in full. Notwithstanding termination,

 

-14-


until all Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, HSBC shall retain the security granted under the Security Documents and, except for those specific covenants and conditions dealing with the consigning of Precious Metal, all terms and conditions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

(d) Upon termination of the Consignment Facility for any reason, the Company shall immediately upon the effective date of termination (i) make Metals Payment for all Consigned Precious Metal theretofore consigned but for which Metals Payment in full has not been made, the purchase price thereof to be determined in accordance with Paragraph 2.4 hereof; or (ii) deliver to HSBC, loco London or through a recognized third party acceptable to HSBC, any Consigned Precious Metal theretofore consigned to but for which Metals Payment in full has not been made.

3. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES .

The Company shall deliver to HSBC a certificate or letter certifying to HSBC the name(s) of all Authorized Representatives, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A . HSBC may conclusively rely on such certificate or letter until it shall receive a further certificate from the Company in form acceptable to HSBC canceling or amending the prior list of Authorized Representatives. Any person identifying himself or herself as an Authorized Representative of the Company shall have the right to effect transactions under the Consignment Facility and this Agreement. HSBC shall have no responsibility or obligation to ascertain whether the person is in fact the Authorized Representative of the Company which he or she claims to be or is, in fact, authorized to effect the transaction. At its option, HSBC may verify any telephonic or telegraphic request for a transaction by calling an Authorized Representative, and where more than one Authorized Representative is so authorized, by calling an Authorized Representative or other individual other than the caller or the individual initiating the transaction. The Company authorizes HSBC at its option to record electronically all telephonic requests for transactions that HSBC may receive from the Company or any other person purporting to act on behalf of the Company.

4. CONDITIONS .

4.1. Conditions to Consignment .

The obligation of HSBC to perform hereunder is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) The representations and warranties set forth in Paragraph 6 hereof shall be true and correct on and as of the date hereof and the date each consignment is requested and is to occur or be issued.

(b) The Company shall have executed and delivered to HSBC, or shall have caused to be executed and delivered to HSBC in form and substance acceptable to HSBC, upon the execution of this Agreement, all agreements required by HSBC for the purpose of securing

 

-15-


payment and performance of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement, together with any other documents required by the terms hereof or thereof, including, without limitation:

 

  (i) the Guaranty Agreement; and

 

  (ii) the Letters of Credit.

(c) HSBC shall have received on the date hereof (i) the favorable written opinion of counsel for the Company, dated the date hereof, satisfactory to HSBC and its counsel in scope and substance; and (ii) such other supporting documents and certificates as HSBC or its special counsel may request.

(d) There shall have been no material adverse change in the Company’s or any Gurantor’s financial condition or their financial or business prospects, from those represented in any financial statement or other information submitted to HSBC or upon which HSBC has relied.

(e) All legal matters incident to the transactions hereby contemplated shall be satisfactory to counsel for HSBC.

(f) No Event of Default as specified in Paragraph 8.1 hereof, nor any event which upon notice or lapse of time or both would constitute such an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing.

(g) All of the conditions of set forth in HSBC’s Proposal Letter shall have been satisfied to HSBC’s satisfaction or waived by HSBC.

4.2. Company’s Confirmation .

The Company’s request to HSBC for the delivery of Precious Metal under the Consignment Facility shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty to HSBC that the conditions specified in Paragraph 4 for such consignment have been satisfied.

5. SECURITY .

5.1. Security Documents and Guaranty Agreements . The Obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall be secured by, and entitled to the benefits of, the Security Documents and shall be guaranteed by, and entitled to the benefits of, the Guaranty Agreements.

5.2. Letters of Credit . The Obligations of the Company hereunder shall at all times be subject to its prior receipt and the continued effectiveness of the Letters of Credit, in form and substance satisfactory to HSBC, and in any case in an aggregate amount such that the Consignment Facility Indebtedness is equal to not more than ninety percent (90%) percent of the aggregate undrawn stated amount of the Letters of Credit. The Letters of Credit shall by their terms be payable to HSBC upon presentation of HSBC’s draft accompanied by a signed statement by HSBC, certifying that (a) the amount of the draft represents indebtedness owning to HSBC by the Company as reflected in HSBC’s books and records; and/or (b) the amount of the draft represents

 

-16-


indebtedness which has been paid but which payment, or portion thereof, was paid within ninety (90) days of a petition filed by or against the Company under the Bankruptcy Code. In the event that HSBC shall determine that the financial institution issuing the Letters of Credit is no longer acceptable to HSBC in its sole discretion, the Company shall within ninety (90) days of receipt of notice of such determination from HSBC, cause new Letters of Credit to be issued to HSBC in compliance with the terms of this paragraph by a financial institution acceptable to HSBC. HSBC may draw on the Letters of Credit without either granting notice to or receiving the consent of Company. The foregoing provisions is without prejudice to the right of HSBC to declare an Event of Default under Paragraph 8.1 (p) hereof.

6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .

As a material inducement to HSBC, the Company hereby represents and warrants to HSBC (which representations and warranties shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the consignment of Precious Metal that:

6.1. Corporate Authority . The Company (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation, (b) has the requisite corporate power and authority to own its properties and to carry on business as now being conducted, and holds all material permits, authorizations and licenses, without material restrictions or limitations, which are necessary for such ownership or business activity, (c) is qualified to do business in every jurisdiction where such qualification is necessary except where the failure to so qualify does not have a material adverse effect on the business or operations of the Company taken as a whole, and (d) has the requisite corporate power to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and the Security Documents to which the Company is a party. The Company has no reason to believe that any such material permits, authorizations or licenses will be revoked, canceled, rescinded, modified or lost.

6.2. No Conflict . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents to which the Company is a party have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action and will not violate any provision of law, any order of any court or other agency of government, the corporate charter, articles of incorporation or by-laws of the Company or any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party, or by which the Company is bound, or be in conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or, except as may be provided by this Agreement, result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the property or assets of the Company pursuant to, any such indenture, agreement or other instrument.

6.3. Litigation . There is no action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity or by or before any governmental instrumentality or other agency now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or any of the Guarantors which, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, properties, assets or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Company or such Guarantor.

 

-17-


6.4. Default . The Company is not in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any agreement or instrument to which it is a party.

6.5. Financing Statements . No financing statement or agreement is on file in any public office pertaining to or affecting the Consigned Precious Metal, now owned or hereafter acquired, except for financing statements in favor of HSBC.

6.6. Assets . The Company has good title to all of its properties and assets, free and clear of all mortgages, security interests, restrictions, liens and encumbrances of any kind, except for Permitted Liens.

6.7. Representations . No statement of fact made by or on behalf of the Company in this Agreement or in any certificate or schedule furnished to HSBC pursuant hereto, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make statements contained therein or herein not misleading. There is no fact presently known to the Company which has not been disclosed to HSBC which materially affects adversely, nor as far as the Company can reasonably foresee, will materially affect adversely the property, business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company.

6.8. Taxes . The Company has filed all federal, state and local tax returns required to be filed and has paid or made adequate provision for the payment of all federal, state and local taxes, charges and assessments.

6.9. Binding Obligations . This Agreement, the Security Documents to which the Company is a party, and all other agreements executed by the Company in connection herewith have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other similar laws of general application affecting the rights of creditors generally.

6.10. No Event of Default . No Event of Default as defined in Paragraph 8.1 hereof, and no event which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would become such an Event of Default, has occurred and is continuing.

6.11. Financial Statements . The Company has furnished to HSBC financial statements for the business of the Company and the audited financial statements for the Company and the Guarantors which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP on a basis consistent with that of preceding periods and which are complete and correct and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and the Guarantors as at said dates, and the results of their operations for the year or other period ended on said date. Since the date of the Financial Statements, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition of the Company or the Guarantors.

 

-18-


6.12. Solvency .

(a) The fair salable value of the assets of the Company exceeds as of the date hereof and will, immediately following each consignment and delivery of Consigned Precious Metal and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of the Consignment Facility exceed the amount that will be required to be paid on or in respect of its existing debts and other liabilities (including contingent liabilities) as they mature.

(b) The assets of the Company do not as of the date hereof and will not, immediately following each consignment and delivery of Consigned Precious Metal and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds thereof constitute unreasonably small capital to carry out its business as conducted or as proposed to be conducted.

(c) The Company does not intend to, or believe that it will, incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature, taking into account the timing of and amounts of cash to be received by the Company and the timing of and amounts of cash to be payable on or in respect of Indebtedness of the Company.

6.13. Not a Tax Shelter Transaction . The Company does not intend to treat the consignments of Precious Metal and related transactions as being a “reportable transaction” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4). In the event the Company determines to take any action inconsistent with such intention, it will promptly notify HSBC thereof.

7. AFFIRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE COVENANTS .

From the date hereof and until (a) the Obligations have been paid in full, (b) the Consignment Facility has been terminated, and (c) HSBC has no obligation to consign Precious Metal, the Company shall:

7.1. Licenses and Permits . Do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, rights, licenses, permits and franchises and comply with all laws and regulations applicable to the Company; at all times maintain, preserve and protect all franchises and trade names and preserve all the remainder of its property used or useful in the conduct of its business and keep the same in good repair, working order and condition, and from time to time, make, or cause to be made, all needful and proper repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereto, so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times.

7.2. Compliance with Law . Comply with all applicable laws and regulations, whether now in effect or hereafter enacted or promulgated by any governmental authority having jurisdiction in the premises.

7.3. Taxes, Etc. Certain Rights of HSBC . Pay and discharge or cause to be paid and discharged all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its

 

-19-


income and profits of upon any of its property, real, personal or mixed, or upon any part thereof, before the same shall become in default, as well as all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies or otherwise, which, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon such properties or any part thereof; provided that the Company shall not be required to pay and discharge or cause to be paid and discharged any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so long as the validity thereof shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and it shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect to any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim, so contested, and provided , further , that payment with respect to any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim shall be made before any of its property shall be seized and sold in satisfaction thereof.

7.4. Financial Statements . Unless otherwise explicitly waived by HSBC in writing, furnish to HSBC:

(a) one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Sensata Technologies B.V., a consolidated balance sheet of Sensata Technologies B.V. and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative from the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or any other independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit;

(b) as soon as available, but in any event within seventy-five (75) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of Sensata Technologies B.V., excluding the fourth fiscal quarter, a consolidated balance sheet of Sensata Technologies B.V. and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Fiscal Year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by an duly authorized officer of the Sensata Technologies B.V. as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of Sensata Technologies B.V. and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes; and

(c) promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding its operations, assets, business, affairs and financial condition.

7.5. Inspections; Field Exams . Permit HSBC, by its respective employees, representatives and agents, from time to time during normal business hours to (a) and without disruption to the Company’s normal business operations, inspect any of the Consigned Precious Metal and the books and financial records of the Company; (b) examine, audit and make extracts or copies of the books of accounts and other financial records of the Company; (c) have access to its properties, facilities and its advisors, officers, directors and employees to discuss the affairs,

 

-20-


finances and accounts of the Company; and (d) on forty-eight (48) hours’ notice conduct field exams of the Company. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (i) the Company shall provide such access to HSBC at all times and without notice or limitations and (ii) the Company shall pay the costs and expenses of such field exams.

7.6. Prompt Notification . Immediately advise HSBC of (a) any material adverse change in the Company’s assets, liabilities, financial condition, business or prospects, or of the occurrence of any default or Event of Default; (b) any proceedings instituted against the Company or any of the Guarantors or any entity with whom the Company is in partnership by or in any Federal or state court or before any commission or other regulatory body, Federal, state or local, which, if adversely determined, would have a materially adverse effect upon its business, operations, properties, assets, or condition, financial or otherwise; (c) any occurrence of any loss, theft or destruction of or damage to any of the Company’s inventory of Precious Metal (including, for such purpose, any Consigned Precious Metal); (d) any change in the Company’s principal office or any address where Consigned Precious Metal or Precious Metal inventory of the Company is located; and (e) any change in the Company’s fiscal year-end or the Company’s independent certified public accountants.

(a) Liens . Not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, ownership interest, or other encumbrance of any nature whatsoever on (i) any of the Consigned Precious Metal, whether or not such customers have prepaid orders for the Consigned Precious Metal, or (ii) any products or property now or hereafter owned which does or will include Consigned Precious Metal, whether or not such customers have prepaid orders for the Consigned Precious Metal.

7.7. Corporate Status .

(a) Comply with the covenants of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of April 27, 2006 among Sensata Technologies B.V., Sensata Technologies Finance Company, LLC, Sensata Technologies Intermediate Holding B.V., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Administrative Agent, the Initial L/C Issuer and Initial Swing Line Lender Named therein, and the other Lenders party thereto, as in effect on the date hereof.

(b) Not change its name or place of incorporation unless it has provided HSBC with thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof.

7.8. Precious Metal . At all times maintain Precious Metal in its Inventory equal to or greater than the Consigned Precious Metal and defend the Consigned Precious Metal against any claims and demands of any persons (other than HSBC) at any time claiming the same or any interest therein.

7.9. Financing Statements . Promptly authorize HSBC from time to time to file one or more financing statements pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code in form satisfactory to HSBC, and execute such other instruments in form suitable for recording or filing as may be reasonably required by HSBC hereunder. The expense for the preparation and recording of any such financing statements shall be paid by the Company.

 

-21-


8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND ACCELERATION .

8.1. Events of Default . NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING ELSE HEREIN, IN ANY TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, OR OTHERWISE TO THE CONTRARY, THE COMPANY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE CONSIGNMENT INDEBTEDNESS AND ALL OTHER OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER ARE AND SHALL BE DUE AND PAYABLE THIRTY (30) DAYS AFTER DEMAND BY HSBC AND THAT AS A NECESSARY INDUCEMENT TO THE MAKING OF THE CONSIGNMENT FACILITY, THE COMPANY HAS AGREED THAT HSBC SHALL HAVE THE ABSOLUTE AND UNCONDITIONAL RIGHT, IN HSBC’S SOLE DISCRETION, TO MAKE DEMAND OF ALL OR A PORTION OF THE CONSIGNMENT INDEBTEDNESS AT ANY TIME AND FROM TIME REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE COMPANY IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT THERE HAS OCCURRED DEFAULT, A MATERIAL CHANGE, OR AN EVENT OF DEFAULT, OR ANY OTHER EVENT. THE LIST OF EVENTS THAT GIVE RISE TO AN EVENT OF DEFAULT HEREUNDER IS AN ILLUSTRATIVE LIST OF EVENTS THAT MAY GIVE RISE TO A DEMAND BY HSBC, BUT SUCH LIST IS NOT EXCLUSIVE AND SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO LIMIT OR RESTRICT HSBC’S UNFETTERED RIGHT TO MAKE DEMAND HEREUNDER. Without limitation of the foregoing, thirty (30) days after demand by HSBC or in each case of the occurrence of any one or more of the following events (each of which is herein called an “Event of Default”):

(a) default in the payment or performance of any of the Obligations; or

(b) any representation or warranty made herein or in any certificate, statement or agreement furnished by the Company in connection with this Agreement shall prove to be false or misleading in any material respect; or

(c) default in the payment or performance of any obligation or indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor to HSBC, or any or any affiliate of HSBC, whether now or hereafter existing and howsoever arising, incurred or evidenced; or

(d) the Company or any Guarantor shall (i) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (ii) file or suffer the filing of any voluntary or involuntary petition under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Act by or against the Company or any Guarantor; or (iii) apply for or permit the appointment of a receiver, trustee or custodian of any of the property or business of the Company or any Guarantor; or (iv) become insolvent to suffer the entry of an order for relief under Title II of the United States Code; or (v) make an admission of its inability to pay its debts as they become due; or

(e) the occurrence of any attachment on any of the Consigned Precious Metal or any Precious Metal owned by the Company; or

(f) the determination by HSBC in good faith that the Company or any Guarantor has suffered a material adverse change in their business or financial condition; or

 

-22-


(g) the occurrence of any event of default (after the expiration of any applicable grace period) under any agreement now or at any time hereafter securing or guaranteeing performance of this Agreement or inuring to the benefit of HSBC in connection with this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Security Documents; or

(h) the occurrence of any loss, theft, destruction of or damage to any of the Consigned Precious Metal; or

(i) default with respect to any evidence of indebtedness, obligations or liabilities of the Company (including, but not limited to, consignment agreements and any agreements between the Company and any parent, affiliate or subsidiary of HSBC), if the effect of such default is to accelerate the maturity of such indebtedness or to permit the holder thereof to cause such indebtedness to become due prior to the stated maturity thereof, or if any indebtedness of the Company is not paid, when due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or by acceleration or otherwise; or

(j) discontinuance of the operation of the Company’s business for any reason; or

(k) any of the Guaranty Agreements shall be terminated, or for any reason any Guarantor shall terminate or seek to terminate or limit, by written or verbal notice, its respective Guaranty Agreement or shall be in default of Guarantor’s own obligations to HSBC; or

(l) occurrence of any event of default under any dollar loan or precious metal consignment or lease agreements entered into by the Company; pr

(m) the Company shall fail to renew the Letters of Credit, or any extensions or replacements therefor, at least ninety (90) days prior to their respective expiration dates;

(n) the financial condition of the financial institution issuing the Letters of Credit bank is no longer acceptable to HSBC in its sole discretion;

then in any such event, thirty (30) days after demand by HSBC or immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default set forth in subparagraph (d) above, and at the option of HSBC in all other cases: (i) the Company shall promptly return to HSBC all Consigned Precious Metal theretofore consigned to but not purchased and paid for by the Company to a location designated by HSBC as provided herein, and (ii) all the Company’s obligations to HSBC under the Consignment Facility shall become immediately due and payable without presentment, demand or notice, all of which are hereby expressly waived, notwithstanding any credit or time allowed to the Company or any instrument evidencing the Company’s obligations to HSBC. The Company shall, at HSBC’s request, immediately assemble all such collateral and Consigned Precious Metal, and HSBC may go upon the Company’s Premises to take immediate possession thereof.

8.2. Waiver . No failure or delay on HSBC’s part to exercise or to enforce any of HSBC’s rights hereunder or under any other instruments or agreement evidencing the Company’s obligations to HSBC or to require strict compliance with the terms hereof or thereof

 

-23-


in any one or more instances and no course of conduct on HSBC’s part shall constitute or be deemed to constitute a waiver or relinquishment of any such rights hereunder unless it shall have signed a waiver thereof in writing and no such waiver, unless expressly stated therein, shall be effective as to any transaction which occurs after the date of such waiver or as to any continuance of a breach after such waiver. HSBC’s rights hereunder shall continue unimpaired notwithstanding any extension of time, compromise or other indulgence granted by HSBC, to the Company with respect to the Company’s obligations to HSBC or any instrument given HSBC in connection therewith, and the Company hereby waives notice of any such extension, compromise or other indulgence and consent to be bound thereby as if it had expressly agreed thereto in advance.

9. INDEMNIFICATION .

The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless HSBC from and against any and all claims, actions and suits whether groundless or otherwise, and from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages and expenses of every nature and character arising out of this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Guaranty Agreements, or any other documents or agreements executed or delivered in connection herewith and any related documents or the transactions contemplated hereby other than to the extent that such liability, claim, action, suit, loss, damages or expense is the result of gross negligence or willful misconduct of HSBC, or any of them, and excluding any of the foregoing which arise out of claims, actions, and suits brought by the Company, the Guarantors or any of the Company’s affiliates including, without limitation, (a) any actual or proposed use by the Company of the proceeds of the Consignment Facility, (b) the Company or any of the Guarantors or any the Company’s affiliates entering into or performing this Agreement or any of the other documents or agreements executed or delivered in connection herewith and any related documents, or (c) with respect to the Company and the Guarantors and the Company’s affiliates and their respective properties and assets, in each case including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel and allocated costs of internal counsel incurred in connection with any such investigation, litigation or other proceeding. In litigation, or the preparation therefor, HSBC shall be entitled to select its own counsel and, in addition to the foregoing indemnity, the Company agrees to pay promptly the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. If, and to the extent that the obligations of the Company under this Paragraph are unenforceable for any reason, the Company hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment in satisfaction of such obligations which is permissible under applicable law. The provisions of this Paragraph shall survive the repayment of the Obligations and the termination of the obligations of HSBC hereunder.

10. SETOFF .

The Company hereby grants to HSBC, a lien, security interest and right of set off as security for all liabilities and obligations to HSBC, whether now existing or hereafter arising, upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of HSBC, or in transit to any of them. At any time, without demand or notice, HSBC may set off the same or any part thereof and apply the same to any liability or obligation of the Company even though unmatured and regardless of the adequacy of

 

-24-


any other collateral securing the Obligations. ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE HSBC TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING THEIR RIGHT OF SET OFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF THE COMPANY, ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.

11. ASSIGNMENTS .

11.1. Assignment by the Company .

The rights of the Company under this Agreement may not be assigned to any third party without the prior written consent of HSBC. All covenants and agreements of the Company contained herein shall bind the Company and its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of HSBC, its successors and assigns.

11.2. Assignments by HSBC .

HSBC may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement.

12. EXPENSES .

The Company shall pay on demand all expenses of HSBC in connection with the preparation, administration, default, collection, waiver or amendment of loan terms, or in connection with HSBC’s exercise, preservation or enforcement of any of its rights, remedies or options hereunder, including, without limitation, reasonable fees of outside legal counsel or the reasonable allocated costs of in-house legal counsel, accounting, consulting, brokerage or other costs relating to any appraisals or examinations conducted in connection with the Consignment or any collateral therefor, and the amount of all such expenses shall, until paid, bear interest at the rate applicable to principal hereunder (including any default rate) and be an obligation secured by any collateral.

13. GOVERNING LAW; MISCELLANEOUS .

13.1. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to instruments made and to be performed wholly within that state. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, such illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

13.2. Arbitration . THE COMPANY AGREES THAT ANY ACTION, DISPUTE, PROCEEDING, CLAIM OR CONTROVERSY BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND HSBC WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE (“DISPUTE” OR “DISPUTES”) SHALL, AT HSBC’S ELECTION, WHICH ELECTION MAY BE MADE AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF A JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BY

 

-25-


HSBC, OR IN THE EVENT OF A JUDICIAL PROCEEDING INSTITUTED BY THE COMPANY AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE LAST DAY TO ANSWER AND/OR RESPOND TO A SUMMONS AND/OR COMPLAINT MADE BY THE COMPANY, BE RESOLVED BY ARBITRATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH AND SHALL, AT THE ELECTION OF HSBC, INCLUDE ALL DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH (1) THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED AGREEMENTS, NOTES OR INSTRUMENTS, (2) ALL PAST, PRESENT AND FUTURE AGREEMENTS INVOLVING THE COMPANY AND HSBC, (3) ANY TRANSACTION RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT AND ALL PAST, PRESENT AND FUTURE TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THE COMPANY, HSBC, AND (4) ANY ASPECT OF THE PAST, PRESENT OR FUTURE RELATIONSHIP OF THE COMPANY, HSBC. HSBC may elect to require arbitration of any Dispute with the Company without thereby being required to arbitrate all Disputes between HSBC and the Company. Any such Dispute shall be resolved by binding arbitration in accordance with Article 75 of the New York Civil Practice Law and Rules and the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”). In the event of any inconsistency between such Rules and these arbitration provisions, these provisions shall supersede such Rules. All statutes of limitations which would otherwise be applicable shall apply to any arbitration proceeding under this Paragraph. In any arbitration proceeding subject to this Paragraph, the arbitration panel (the “arbitrator”) is specifically empowered to decide (by documents only, or with a hearing, at the arbitrator’s sole discretion) pre-hearing motions which are substantially similar to pre-hearing motions to dismiss and motions for summary adjudication. In any such arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall not have the power or authority to award punitive damages to any party. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. Whenever an arbitration is required, the parties shall select an arbitrator in the manner provided in this Paragraph. No provision of, nor the exercise of any rights under, this Paragraph shall limit the right of HSBC (1) to foreclose against any real or personal property collateral through judicial foreclosure, by the exercise of the power of sale under a deed of trust, mortgage or other security agreement or instrument, pursuant to applicable provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code, or otherwise herein pursuant to applicable law, (2) to exercise self-help remedies including but not limited to setoff and repossession, or (3) to request and obtain from a court having jurisdiction before, during or after the pendency of any arbitration, provisional or ancillary remedies and relief including but not limited to injunctive or mandatory relief or the appointment of a receiver. The institution and maintenance of an action or judicial proceeding for, or pursuit of, provisional or ancillary remedies or exercise of self-help remedies shall not constitute a waiver of the right of HSBC and, even if HSBC is the plaintiff, to submit the Dispute to arbitration if HSBC would otherwise have such right. Whenever an arbitration is required under this Paragraph, the arbitrator shall be selected, except as otherwise herein provided, in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA. A single arbitrator shall decide any claim of $l00,000 or less and he or she shall be an attorney with at least five years’ experience. Where the claim of any party exceeds $100,000, the Dispute shall be decided by a majority of three arbitrators, at least two of whom shall be attorneys (at least one of whom shall have not less than five years’ experience representing commercial banks). The arbitrator shall have the power to award recovery of all costs and fees (including attorneys’ fees, administrative fees, arbitrator’s fees, and court costs) to the prevailing party. In the event of any Dispute governed by this Paragraph, each of the parties shall, subject to the award of the arbitrator, pay an equal share of the arbitrator’s fees.

 

-26-


13.3. Personal Jurisdiction . THE COMPANY AGREES THAT ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING IN RESPECT OF OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE INITIATED AND PROSECUTED IN THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS, AS THE CASE MAY BE, LOCATED IN NEW YORK COUNTY, NEW YORK AND ANY ARBITRATION PROCEEDING PURSUANT HERETO SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK. THE COMPANY CONSENTS TO AND SUBMITS TO THE EXERCISE OF JURISDICTION OVER ITS PERSON BY ANY SUCH COURT HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE SUBJECT MATTER, WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS UPON IT AND CONSENTS THAT ALL SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS BE MADE BY REGISTERED MAIL DIRECTED TO THE COMPANY AT ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH BELOW OR TO ANY OTHER ADDRESS AS MAY APPEAR IN HSBC’S RECORDS AS THE ADDRESS OF THE COMPANY. THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.

13.4. Set-Off . IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING IN RESPECT OF OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE COMPANY WAIVES (I) THE RIGHT TO INTERPOSE ANY SET-OFF OR COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY NATURE OR DESCRIPTION, (II) ANY OBJECTION BASED ON FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR VENUE AND (III) ANY CLAIM FOR CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR SPECIAL DAMAGES.

13.5. Waiver of Jury . THE COMPANY AND HSBC MUTUALLY HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM BASED HEREON, ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS CONTEMPLATED TO BE EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALINGS, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY PART, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALINGS, STATEMENTS OR ACTIONS OF HSBC RELATING TO THE ADMINISTRATION OF THIS TRANSACTION AND THE TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, AND AGREE THAT NEITHER PARTY WILL SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED. EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, THE COMPANY HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO CLAIM OR RECOVER IN ANY LITIGATION ANY SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES OTHER THAN, OR TN ADDITION TO, ACTUAL DAMAGES. THE COMPANY CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF HSBC HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT HSBC WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER. THIS WAIVER CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR HSBC TO ACCEPT THIS AGREEMENT AND EXTEND THE CREDIT FACILITIES HEREUNDER.

 

-27-


13.6. Usury . All agreements between the Company and HSBC are hereby expressly limited so that in no contingency or event whatsoever, whether by reason of acceleration of maturity of the indebtedness evidenced hereby or otherwise, shall the amount paid or agreed to be paid to HSBC for the use or the forbearance of the indebtedness evidenced hereby exceed the maximum permissible under applicable law. As used herein, the term “applicable law” shall mean the law in effect as of the date hereof provided, however that in the event there is a change in the law which results in a higher permissible rate of interest, then this Agreement shall be governed by such new law as of its effective date. In this regard, it is expressly agreed that it is the intent of the Company and HSBC in the execution, delivery and acceptance of this Agreement to contract in strict compliance with the laws of the State of New York from time to time in effect. If, under or from any circumstances whatsoever, fulfillment of any provision hereof or of any of the Consignment documents or the Security Documents at the time of performance of such provision shall be due, shall involve transcending the limit of such validity prescribed by applicable law, then the obligation to be fulfilled shall automatically be reduced to the limits of such validity, and if under or from circumstances whatsoever HSBC should ever receive as interest and amount which would exceed the highest lawful rate, such amount which would be excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of the principal balance evidenced hereby and not to the payment of interest. This provision shall control every other provision of all agreements between the Company and HSBC.

13.7. Additional Costs (Metals Cost) . If, at any time, any Regulatory Change: (i) shall subject HSBC to any tax, duty or other charge with respect to this Agreement, except an income tax, based upon the charging and collecting of interest hereunder by or at a rate calculated by reference to Metals Cost Rate, shall change the basis of taxation or payments to HSBC of the principal of or interest on the Obligations (ii) shall result in the imposition, modification or deemed applicability of any reserve, special deposit or similar requirements against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, HSBC; or (iii) shall, because of the existence of this Agreement, affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by HSBC, or any corporation controlling HSBC, upon demand then, by HSBC, the Company agrees to pay to HSBC such additional amount or amounts as will compensate HSBC for such increased cost or reduction. Such payments shall be made on the first date for payment of interest hereunder following the date of the demand by HSBC and on each such payment date thereafter or shall be paid promptly on demand if the Company is not advised of the amount of such payment prior to any such payment date. Determinations by HSBC for purposes of this Paragraph of the effect of any Regulatory Change on its costs of making or maintaining the consignment and of the additional amounts required to compensate HSBC in respect thereof, shall be conclusive absent manifest error in calculation, provided that such determinations are made in good faith.

13.8. Certificate . A certificate setting forth any additional amounts payable pursuant to Paragraphs 13.6 and 13.7 and a brief explanation of such amounts which are due, submitted by HSBC to the Company, shall be prima facie evidence that such amounts are due and owing.

13.9. Survival of Representations and Covenants . This Agreement and all covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein and in the certificates delivered pursuant hereto, shall survive the consigning of Consigned Precious Metal by HSBC to the Company and the execution and delivery to HSBC of this Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect

 

-28-


so long as any indebtedness or obligation of the Company to HSBC is outstanding and unpaid. Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of the Company shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of HSBC.

13.10. Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement; and shall be sent by any one of the following: certified mail, return receipt requested; overnight courier; confirmed telecopier; or by hand and shall be addressed (a) if to the Company, to the Company at the Company’s Address and (b) if to HSBC, to HSBC at HSBC’s address. Notices shall be deemed effective two (2) days after deposit in the mail, if sent by certified mail; the next Business Day, if sent by overnight courier; upon confirmation, if sent by confirmed telecopier; and upon delivery, if sent by hand. The address of any party hereto for such demands, notices and other communications may be changed by giving notice in writing at any time to the other party hereto.

13.11 Amendments . This Agreement is intended by the parties as the final, complete and exclusive statement of the transactions evidenced by this Agreement. All prior or contemporaneous promises, agreements sand understandings, whether oral or written, are deemed to be superseded by this Agreement, and no party is relying on any promise, agreement or understanding not set forth in this Agreement. No modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor consent to any departure by the Company therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance, and for the purpose, for which given. No notice to, or demand, on the Company, in any case, shall entitle the Company to any other or future notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

13.12. Waiver . Neither any failure or any delay on the part of HSBC in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or under any other instrument given as security therefor, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or future exercise, or the exercise of any right, power or privilege.

13.13. Following Business Day Convention . All payments hereunder shall be adjusted in accordance with the Following Business Day Convention’ so that if any payment hereunder becomes due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date of such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day (subject to the definition of Consignment Period), and such extension of time shall be included in computing interest and fees in connection with such payment.

*The next page is a signature page*

 

-29-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

WITNESS:     SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

[ILLEGIBLE]

    By:  

[ILLEGIBLE]

    Title:   CFO
WITNESS:     HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

    By:  

 

    Title:  

 

-30-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

WITNESS:     SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

    By:  

 

    Title:  
WITNESS:     HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

    By:  

 

    Title:  

 

-31-


EXHIBIT A

529 Pleasant Street

Attleboro, Massachusetts 02703

                             , 2006

 

To: HSBC Bank USA, National Association

452 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10018

Dear Sir or Madam:

In accordance with that certain Consignment Agreement dated the date hereof by and between the undersigned and HSBC Bank USA, National Association (“HSBC”), the undersigned hereby designate the following persons as Authorized Representatives who are authorized by and on behalf of the undersigned to transact consignment transactions with HSBC under the Consignment Facility, to effect purchase and sale transactions with HSBC (either as purchaser or seller) under the Consignment Facility, to direct HSBC to ship or transfer Precious Metal under the Consignment Facility, to authorize payment of Precious Metal obligations under the Consignment Facility by means of debiting the undersigned’s account(s) with HSBC, to settle purchase transactions under the Consignment Facility and generally to bind the undersigned in any and all transactions by and between HSBC and the undersigned under the Consignment Facility:

 

Name    Title
   President
   Vice President
   Secretary, Treasurer

HSBC is hereby authorized to rely on this authorization until HSBC receives further written notice canceling or amending the foregoing.

 

Very truly yours,
SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 


EXHIBIT B

Permitted Liens

Liens in favor of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, as Collateral Agent


EXHIBIT C

LETTER OF CREDIT

NAME AND ADDRESS OF OPENING BANK

PLEASE NOTE: ISSUING BANK SHOULD TRANSCRIBE THIS FORMAT ONTO BANK STATIONARY WHEN ISSUING A LETTER OR CREDIT. DO NOT TYPE ON THIS FORM!! THIS IS A SAMPLE FORMAT ONLY.

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OR CREDIT

HSBC Bank USA, National Association

452 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10018

Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No.                     

Gentlemen:

We hereby establish our Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No.              in your favor, for account of                              (Name of Customer) (hereinafter “Applicant”) to the extent of US $                      available by your sight draft(s) drawn on us, accompanied by any one or both of the following signed statements by you:

a) The amount of the draft represents indebtedness owing to you by the Applicant as reflected on our books and records; and/or

b) The amount of the draft represents indebtedness which has been paid but which payment, or a portion thereof, was paid within ninety (90) days of a petition tiled by or against Applicant under the Bankruptcy Code.

All draft under this Letter of Credit must be marked “Drawn under              Letter of Credit No.              dated                      .”

This Letter of Credit may be transferred by you in whole or in part provided that you deliver to us your written notice of transfer of this credit in the form attached hereto to Exhibit             

We hereby engage with you that drafts drawn under and in compliance with the terms of this Letter of Credit will be duly honored if drawn and negotiated on or before                          (hereinafter ‘Expiration Date”).

Partial drawings and partial shipments are permitted.


Notwithstanding the Expiration Date, if you receive payment from Applicant on or before the Expiration Date and within 90 days immediately preceding the filing of petition under the Bankruptcy Code by or against Applicant, then in that event our obligation under this letter of credit shall be extended (or be reinstated) and the Expiration Date shall be extended for a period of one hundred and twenty (120) days beyond the date of the filing of such petition and our obligations to you hereunder shall remain in full force and effect during such additional period.

This Letter of Credit is subject to the Uniform Customs and Practice of Documentary Credits, 1993 Revisions, International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500.

 

(NAME OF OPENING BANK)

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signature

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit 10.27

SENSATA TECHNOLOGY, INC. – ENGINEERED MATERIALS SOLUTIONS, INC.

CONSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

CONSIGNMENT AGREEMENT , dated as of October 23, 2006 (the “ Agreement ”), by and between SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, INC. , a Delaware corporation, “Sensata”) and ENGINEERED MATERIALS SOLUTIONS, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company” ).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company utilizes certain Precious Metal (as hereinafter defined) in its operations;

WHEREAS, the Company currently obtains Precious Metal pursuant to a consignment agreement with Texas Instruments Incorporated (“TI”)(which in turn has a consignment agreement with Bank of America, Precious Metals Division (“BoA”);

WHEREAS, TI and BoA are terminating that arrangement and the Company has requested that Sensata, in its discretion, consign certain of such Precious Metal to the Company for disposition by the Company as hereinafter provided;

Whereas, in order to make these arrangements and enter into this Agreement, Sensata has been required to enter into an agreement with HSBC Bank USA, National Association (“HSBC”) whereby HSBC consigns silver to Sensata, who in turns consigns this material to Company; and

Whereas, the Company is in the process of divesting its contacts business or, should such effort fail, alternatively phasing-out such operations and so this arrangement is intended to be temporary in duration to permit continuity of operations through this transition period.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and of the mutual promises hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS .

When used herein, the terms set forth below shall be defined as follows:

1.1. “ Authorized Representatives ” means all person(s) who are authorized by and on behalf of the Company under this Agreement, including, without limitation, (a) to transact consignment and purchase and sale transactions with Sensata under the Consignment Facility; and (b) to request that a consignment under the Consignment Facility be continued as such or converted to a consignment of another Type.

1.2. “ Business Day ” means a day on which commercial banks settle payments in New York.

 


1.3. “ Company ” means Engineered Materials Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

1.4. “ Company’s Address ” means 39 Perry Avenue, Attleboro, Massachusetts 02703.

1.5. “ Consigned Precious Metal ” means Precious Metal which has been consigned to the Company pursuant to the Consignment Facility.

1.6. “ Consignment Facility ” means the facility under Paragraph 2 hereof, whereby the Company may request consignments of Precious Metal from Sensata.

1.7. “ Consignment Facility Indebtedness ” means the Value of all outstanding Consigned Precious Metal consigned to the Company under the Consignment Facility (it being understood that all Precious Metal consigned to the Company by Sensata shall be deemed to be outstanding on consignment until returned or paid in full in accordance herewith).

1.8. “ Consignment Limit ” means:

Eighteen Million Dollars ($18,000,000)

1.9. “ Consignment Period ” means:

(a) with respect to the consignment of Precious Metal based upon a Variable Consignment Fee, the period beginning on the Drawdown Date and ending one (1) Business Day after such Drawdown Date; and

(b) with respect to the consignment of Precious Metal based upon a Fixed Consignment Fee, the period beginning on the Drawdown Date and ending one (1) month, two (2) months, or three (3) months after such Drawdown Date (or such other period as Sensata and the Company shall agree upon from time to time thereafter), as the Company may select in its relevant notice pursuant to Paragraph 2.2 or 2.6;

provided , however , in the case of Variable Consignment Fees and Fixed Consignment Fees, if such Consignment Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a London Banking Day, such Consignment Period shall end on the next following London Banking Day.

1.10. “ Consignment Request ” shall have the meaning assigned by Paragraph 2.2(a) hereof.

1.11. “ Contrarian ” means Contrarian Financial Service Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, for itself as a lender and as agent for the Contrarian Lenders.

1.12. “ Contrarian Lenders ” means any lender that is a party to any of the Contrarian Loan Documents.

1.13. “ Contrarian Loan Documents ” means collectively, (a) the Senior Secured First Lien Credit and Security Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof (as amended, restated, supplemented, extended, renewed, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time), among the Company, Contrarian and one or more of the Contrarian Lenders, pursuant to which the

 

-2-


Contrarian Lenders have, upon certain terms and conditions, provided loans and other financial accommodations to the Company secured by a first priority lien and security interest in substantially all assets and properties of the Company and (b) the Senior Secured Second Lien Credit and Security Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof (as amended, restated, supplemented, extended, renewed, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time), among the Company, Contrarian and one or more of the Contrarian Lenders, pursuant to which the Contrarian Lenders have, upon certain terms and conditions, provided loans and other financial accommodations to the Company secured by a second priority lien and security interest in substantially all assets and properties of the Company, and (c) all other agreements and instruments entered into in connection with either of the forgoing.

1.14. “ Conversion Request ” means a notice given by an Authorized Representative to Sensata of the Company’s election to convert or continue a consignment under the Consignment Facility in accordance with Paragraph 2.6 hereof.

1.15. “ Drawdown Date ” means the date on which any consignment under the Consignment Facility is made or is to be made and the date on which any consignment under the Consignment Facility is converted or continued in accordance with Paragraph 2.6 hereof.

1.16. “ Event of Default ” means each and every event specified in Paragraph 8.1 of this Agreement.

1.17. “ Fiscal Year ” means the year ending December 31st.

1.18. “ Fixed Consignment Fee ” means a consignment fee set forth in Paragraph 2.5 hereof.

1.19. “ Fixed Rate Consignment ” means a consignment of Precious Metal by Sensata to the Company under the Consignment Facility bearing a Fixed Consignment Fee.

1.20. “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

1.21. “ Indebtedness ” means, as to the Company, all items of indebtedness, obligation or liability, whether matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, direct or contingent, joint or several, including, without limitation:

(a) All indebtedness guaranteed, directly or indirectly, in any manner or endorsed (other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business) or discounted with recourse;

(b) All indebtedness in effect guaranteed, directly or indirectly, through agreements, contingent or otherwise: (i) to purchase such indebtedness; or (ii) to purchase, sell or lease (as lessee or lessor) property, products, materials or supplies or to purchase or sell services, primarily for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of such indebtedness or to assure the owner of the indebtedness against loss; or (iii) to supply funds to or in any other manner invest in the debtor;

 

-3-


(c) All indebtedness secured by (or for which the holder of such indebtedness has a right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance upon property owned or acquired subject thereto, whether or not the liabilities secured thereby have been assumed;

(d) All indebtedness incurred as the consignee of goods under consignment facilities whether or not, in accordance with GAAP, such consignment facilities should be reflected on the Company’s balance sheet; and

(e) All indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a general partner or joint venturer.

1.22. “ Inventory ” means all inventory (as defined in Section 9-102(48) of the Uniform Commercial Code), goods, merchandise and other personal property, wherever located, now owned or hereafter acquired or acquired on consignment which are held for sale or lease, or furnished or to be furnished under any contract of service or are raw materials, work in process, supplies or materials used or consumed in business, and all products thereof, and substitutions, replacements, additions or accessions thereto, all cash or non-cash proceeds of all of the foregoing including insurance proceeds.

1.23. “ Letter of Credit Fee ” means fee charged by Morgan Stanley to Sensata and passed on to Company.

1.24. “ London Banking Day ” means any day on which commercial banks are open for international business (including dealings in dollar deposits) in London.

1.25. “ Metals Payment ” means, for any Precious Metal, (a) the Company’s payment at the office of Sensata herein set forth or such other place as Sensata may from time to time specify in writing in the form of immediately available United States dollars in an amount equal to the Value of such Precious Metal on the date of such payment (or, if the Company had previously provided notice to Sensata of its intention to purchase or settle such Precious Metal on a particular date and Sensata had fixed the Value of such Precious Metal or otherwise acted in reliance on such notice, and at Sensata’s election, the Value of such Precious Metal on the date of fix of Value or other action), plus any applicable premium, or any other purchase price to which the parties have agreed in writing, or (b) after notice to and agreement to the same by Sensata, delivery of like Precious Metal delivered to Sensata’s designated pool accounts, loco London.

1.26. “ Obligations ” means any and all Indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of the Company to Sensata of every kind and description, direct or indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, whether for payment or performance, now existing or hereafter arising under this Agreement including, without limitation, all indebtedness and obligations of the Company under the Consignment Facility; and all interest, taxes, fees, charges, expenses and attorneys’ fees chargeable to the Company or incurred by Sensata hereunder, or any other document or instrument delivered pursuant to or as a supplement hereto.

1.27. “ Permitted Liens ” means, so long as execution thereon has been stayed:

(a) Liens for taxes, assessments, or similar charges, incurred in the ordinary course of business, which either are not yet due and owing or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and as to which the Company shall have set aside adequate reserves;

 

-4-


(b) Pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure payment of worker’s compensation, or to participate in any fund in connection with worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance, old-age pensions or other social security programs;

(c) Liens of mechanics, materialmen, warehousemen, carriers, or other like liens, securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business that are not yet due and payable;

(d) Good faith pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure performance of bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or leases, not in excess of ten percent (10%) of the aggregate amount due thereunder, or to secure statutory obligations, or surety, appeal, indemnity, performance or other similar bonds required in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Encumbrances consisting of zoning restrictions, easements, or other restrictions on the use of real property, none of which materially impairs the use of such property by the Company or any Subsidiary in the operation of its business, and none of which is violated in any material respect by existing or proposed structures or land use;

(f) Restrictions, easements and minor irregularities in title which do not and will not interfere with the occupation, use and enjoyment by the Company of such properties and assets in the normal course of its business as presently conducted or materially impair the value of such properties and assets for the purpose of such business;

(g) Liens in favor of Sensata;

(h) Liens consented to by Sensata in writing;

(i) Liens granted pursuant to and in connection with the Contrarian Loan Documents.

1.28. “ Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, or unincorporated organization.

1.29. “ Precious Metal ” means silver, having a minimum degree of fineness of ninety-nine and 90/100 percent (99.90%).

1.30. “ Premises ” means any real estate owned, used or leased by the Company.

1.31. “ Prime Rate ” means the variable per annum rate of interest so designated from time to time by HSBC as its prime rate. The Prime Rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate being charged to any customer. Changes in the rate of interest resulting from changes in the Prime Rate shall take place immediately without notice or demand of any kind.

 

-5-


1.32. “ Regulatory Change ” after the date hereof, the introduction of any new, or any change in existing, applicable laws, rules or regulations or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any court or governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Sensata with any new request or directive by any such court or authority (whether or not having the force of law).

1.33. “ Security Documents ” means any and all UCC financing statements evidencing present or future security interests which are collateral for the Obligations, all as the same may be amended, such agreements and documents being dated on or about the date hereof, and any and all other documents, instruments or agreements now or hereafter securing or providing collateral for the Obligations and all agreements and instruments delivered in connection therewith.

1.34. “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation of which more than fifty (50%) percent of the outstanding voting securities shall, at the time of determination, be owned by a corporation directly or indirectly through one or more Subsidiaries.

1.35. “ Transaction Documents ” means the following: this Agreement and the Security Documents.

1.36. “ Type ” means, as to any consignment under the Consignment Facility, its nature as a Fixed Rate Consignment or a Variable Rate Consignment.

1.37. “ Value ” means the value of all Consigned Precious Metal, determined at any date, by the London Silver Market fixing price on such date; provided , however , that (x) if no such reference price is set on such date, the last such set price shall be deemed to apply; and (y) if the setting of such reference price is discontinued or for any reason not available to Sensata for reference as to any Precious Metal, Sensata at its option may utilize any other recognized reference price or mechanism to determine the value of such Precious Metal on such date and shall notify the Company of the same.

1.38. “ Variable Consignment Fee ” means a consignment fee set forth in Paragraph 2.5(c) hereof.

1.39. “ HSBC Agreements ” means the Consignment Agreement between Sensata and HSBC dated on or about the date hereof, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

1.40. “ Variable Rate Consignment ” means a consignment of Precious Metal by Sensata to the Company under the Consignment Facility bearing a Variable Consignment Fee.

To the extent not defined in this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, accounting and financial terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings attributed to them by GAAP, and all other terms contained in this Agreement shall have the meanings attributed to them by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code in force in the State of New York, as of the date hereof to the extent the same are used or defined therein.

 

-6-


2. CONSIGNMENT FACILITY .

2.1. Consigned Precious Metal; Title .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth and provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, on any Business Day during the period from the date hereof until the termination of this Agreement, the Company may from time to time request consignments of Precious Metal with an aggregate Value at any time not to exceed the Consignment Limit, and Sensata shall provide consignments of Precious Metal to the Company on such terms as provided hereunder or as otherwise may be agreed in writing by Sensata and the Company.

(b) The Precious Metals to be consigned to the Company by Sensata under the Consignment Facility shall consist of Precious Metal as defined herein. EXCEPT FOR THE FINENESS OF THE PRECIOUS METAL AS SPECIFIED HEREIN, SENSATA MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE GOODS CONSIGNED OR TO BE SOLD HEREUNDER, WHETHER AS TO MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR ANY OTHER MATTER, AND SENSATA HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES.

(c) Sensata’s rights in Consigned Precious Metal shall remain in Sensata until such Consigned Precious Metal is purchased or withdrawn from Consignment by Company. Title to such purchased Consigned Precious Metal shall pass to the Company upon payment of Metals Payment. Upon request by Sensata, the Company shall authorize the filing of such financing statements and other documents as may be reasonably requested by Sensata to evidence Sensata’s interests as Sensata and secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code.

(d) The Company shall timely pay all license fees, assessments and sales, use, excise, property and other taxes now or hereafter imposed by any governmental body or authority with respect to the possession, use, sale, transfer, consignment, delivery or ownership of the Consigned Precious Metal.

(e) Sensata shall not be liable for any delay in delivery or inability to deliver Precious Metal hereunder resulting directly or indirectly from any unavailability or scarcity of Precious Metal, foreign or domestic embargoes, seizure, acts of God, insurrections, strikes, war, the adoption or enactment of any law, ordinance, regulation, ruling or order directly or indirectly interfering with the production, sale, consignment or delivery of Precious Metal hereunder, lack of transportation, fire, flood, explosions or other accidents, events or contingencies beyond the reasonable control of Sensata.

(f) The Precious Metal consigned pursuant to the Consignment Facility and governed by this Agreement shall be such quantity and form of Precious Metal as Sensata may confirm to the Company from time to time. Precious Metal in the possession or control of the Company, or Precious Metal held by a third party for the account of the Company, shall constitute Consigned Precious Metal notwithstanding that (i) such Precious Metal is in alloyed form or is contained in raw materials, work-in-process or finished goods, (ii) such Precious Metal was delivered to, or credited to the account of, the Company, by a third party in exchange for or in consideration of Precious Metal delivered by Sensata to such third party, (iii) such

 

-7-


Precious Metal was sold by the Company to Sensata and then consigned back to the Company pursuant to this Agreement, (iv) such Precious Metal is demonstrably not the Precious Metal physically delivered by Sensata or its designee, or (v) such Precious Metal is in the possession of or under the control of any person other than the Company, including any refiner, customer of the Company or bailee.

(g) Following the release or book entry delivery of Consigned Precious Metal to, or for the account of, the Company, the Company shall, as between Sensata and the Company, accept all risk of loss to the Consigned Precious Metal in accordance with the provisions hereof until Metals Payment as hereinafter provided.

2.2. Requests for Consignments .

(a) Requests for delivery of Precious Metal to be held for consignment hereunder shall be made by an Authorized Representative to an authorized officer of Sensata by telephone or fax. Each request shall indicate:

 

  (i) the quantity and quality of the Precious Metal to be delivered;

 

  (ii) the date on which the delivery is requested to be made;

 

  (iii) the term of the consignment (up to three (3) months or any other term which is mutually acceptable); and

 

  (iv) the specific entity and location to which delivery of Precious Metal is to be made (the “Consignment Request”).

(b) Upon acceptance by Sensata of a Consignment Request, it may elect to issue a written confirmation to the Company confirming the consignment of Precious Metal to the Company in accordance with the terms of such Consignment Request or as otherwise indicated on the confirmation, which may state the Fixed Consignment Rate or Variable Consignment Rate to apply to such consignment. If Sensata elects to issue a confirmation, the consignment rate and other information set forth in the same shall be binding on the parties. Notwithstanding Sensata’s acceptance of the terms of any Consignment Request, Sensata may condition its delivery and consignment of Precious Metal to the Company on Sensata’s receipt, at an address provided from time to time by Sensata to the Company, of a corresponding confirmation signed by the Company and such other documentation as Sensata may deem necessary or appropriate.

(c) Requests for Fixed Rate Consignments of Precious Metal shall be for not less than 10,000 fine troy ounces or integral multiples of 1,000 fine troy ounces in excess thereof.

(d) There shall be no minimum ounce requirements for requests for, and repayments of, Variable Rate Consignments.

(e) There shall be no more than ten (10) Fixed Rate Consignments outstanding for Consigned Precious Metal at any one time.

 

-8-


(f) Requests for any Variable Rate Consignments shall be delivered to Sensata no later than 9:30 AM (New York time) one (1) Business Day prior to the proposed Drawdown Date. Each such notice shall specify (i) the amount and form of Precious Metal requested, (ii) the proposed Drawdown Date of such consignment, and (iii) whether such request is a standing order.

(g) Requests for any Fixed Rate Consignments shall be delivered to Sensata by 9:30 AM (New York time) two (2) London Banking Days prior to the proposed Drawdown Date. Each such notice shall specify (i) the amount and form of Precious Metal requested, (ii) the proposed Drawdown Date of such consignment, and (iii) the Consignment Period for such consignment.

(h) The Company irrevocably authorizes Sensata to make or cause to be made, at or about the time of the Drawdown Date of any consignment of Precious Metal or at the time of receipt of any payment of purchase price for Consigned Precious Metal or any redelivery of Consigned Precious Metal, an appropriate notation on Sensata’s books and records reflecting the making of such consignment of Precious Metal or (as the case may be) the receipt of such purchase price for Consigned Precious Metal, or any redelivery of Consigned Precious Metal. The amount of the Consignment Facility Indebtedness set forth in Sensata’s books and records shall be prima facie evidence of the Consignment Facility Indebtedness owing and unpaid to Sensata, but the failure to record, or any error in so recording, any such amount on Sensata’s books and records shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Company hereunder to make pay and perform its obligation under the Consignment Facility when due.

2.3. Deliveries

(a) For the purposes of this Agreement, “deliver” or “delivery” shall mean either (i) actual physical shipment of Precious Metal by a reputable carrier of Sensata’s choice, at the Company’s sole risk and expense, or (ii) crediting of the Precious Metal by one party to an account of the other party with the first party or one or more third parties when no physical movement thereof is contemplated by the parties.

(b) If Sensata has agreed to make, or have its designee make, a requested delivery of Precious Metal for consignment hereunder, Sensata will arrange for the delivery of the Precious Metal to a location acceptable to Sensata, or its designee, and the Company on the date agreed upon for delivery by customary shipment means selected by Sensata or its designee (and reasonably acceptable to the Company). The Company shall bear all risk of loss, theft, destruction or damage to the Precious Metal requested to be delivered hereunder in all circumstances. A delivery statement provided by Sensata or its designee setting out the quantity and quality of Precious Metal delivered shall accompany such delivery. Delivery shall take place F.O.B. Sensata’s or its designee’s vault. All charges incurred for transport, cartage, packaging, insurance or otherwise for the delivery of Precious Metal to the Company shall be for the account of the Company.

(c) All redeliveries of Precious Metal to be made hereunder by the Company to Sensata will be made to a location directed by Sensata on the date agreed upon for redelivery by a customary shipment means and a shipper selected by the Company (and reasonably

 

-9-


acceptable to Sensata). The Company shall bear the cost of such delivery in all circumstances, including without limitation in connection with a re-delivery of Precious Metal following an Event of Default, and the Company shall bear the risk of loss or damage to such Precious Metal until delivery is made by it to Sensata. For the purpose of this Agreement, Precious Metal shall be deemed re-delivered to Sensata at such time and date that Sensata or its agents shall sign a delivery receipt or other acknowledgement of safe delivery of the Precious Metal.

(d) If upon receipt it is determined that Precious Metal delivered by a party hereunder are of a different quantity and/or quality than set out in the delivery statement, the receiving party shall immediately give notice in writing of such discrepancy to the other. In that event the party that made delivery shall be entitled to conduct such tests and make such examination of the Precious Metal as it considers necessary or desirable. If such tests or examinations determine that the Precious Metal delivered are of a different quantity and/or quality than was set out in the said delivery statement, then Sensata or the Company, as the case may be, shall make the appropriate adjustments.

(e) The Company shall pay to Sensata a market premium on all delivered or returned Precious Metal at rates quoted at the time of delivery by or return to Sensata based on prevailing market conditions and the form and quality of the particular Precious Metal delivered to or returned by the Company. Any such market premium will be payable daily via wire transfer to Sensata.

(f) On the date hereof, the market premium referred to herein is $0.0175 per fine troy ounce for silver of 0.9999 fineness in 1,000 ounce bars. Sensata may from time to time and without prior notice increase or decrease the market premium payable hereunder in response to changes from HSBC’s rate that are based on market conditions.

2.4. Purchases and Sales of Precious Metal; Payment

(a) Provided that no Event of Default (or condition with which the passage of time and/or the giving of notice may become an Event of Default) has occurred and is continuing, the Company may elect to purchase Consigned Precious Metal at any time by notifying Sensata of its intention to do so at a reasonable time before (which shall be not less than one hundred fifty (150) minutes) the fix at which such Precious Metal is to be purchased. The Company shall make a Metals Payment daily for all Consigned Precious Metal so purchased. Company shall report daily its precious metal usage.

(b) All Metals Payments shall be made without counterclaim or setoff and free and clear of, and without any deduction or withholding for, any taxes or other payments. All Metals Payments shall be applied to the obligations of the Company to Sensata as it determines in its sole discretion.

(c) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Company shall immediately make a Metals Payment for Consigned Precious Metal at the time the Consigned Precious Metal is lost or stolen.

(d) Provided that no Event of Default (or condition with which the passage of time and/or the giving of notice may become an Event of Default) has occurred and is

 

-10-


continuing, the Company may elect at any time, to sell Precious Metal by notifying Sensata of its intention to do so within a reasonable time before the fix at which such sale will occur. Sensata shall pay for such purchased Precious Metal within two (2) Business Days of purchase by federal wire transfer, other customary form of cash payment acceptable to the parties or by credit to the Company’s account at approved intermediaries. Sensata’s purchase price shall be at the applicable Value for such purchased Precious Metal less such market discounts as quoted from time to time by Sensata. The Company shall timely pay and hold Sensata harmless for all third party charges in connection with all such sales. Sales of Precious Metal by the Company shall be of not less than 1,000 fine troy ounces.

(e) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Company shall only be permitted to make a physical delivery of Precious Metal in payment of the Obligations with the prior written consent of Sensata. Any such physical delivery of Precious Metal to Sensata shall be (i) to a vault designated by Sensata, (ii) at the Company’s expense and risk, (iii) in a form acceptable to Sensata at a location acceptable to Sensata subject to such market discounts as may be provided in Paragraph 2.4(d), and (iv) credited to the Company’s account only upon Sensata or its agent assaying the Value thereof.

2.5. Consignment Fees .

(a) During such time as Precious Metal is consigned to the Company hereunder and until the same is withdrawn from consignment and paid for in full by the Company or returned as hereinafter provided, the Company shall pay to Sensata a fee as follows: (i) in the case of Variable Rate Consignments, the fee shall be computed daily as a percentage of the outstanding Value of such Consigned Precious Metal on such day; and (ii) in the case of Fixed Rate Consignments, the fee shall be computed as a percentage of the outstanding Value of such Consigned Precious Metal on the first day of the applicable Consignment Period. Such fees shall be accrued on a daily basis and shall be paid via federal wire transfer as follows: (x) in the case of Variable Rate Consignments, consignment fees shall be paid monthly, on the fifth Business Day of each month; and (y) in the case of Fixed Rate Consignments, consignment fees shall be paid on the last day of the Consignment Period with respect thereto.

(b) The Company may elect to pay either a Variable Consignment Fee or, provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, a Fixed Consignment Fee with respect to each consignment of Precious Metal under the Consignment Facility, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. Consignment fees shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year counting the actual number of days elapsed.

(c) Each Variable Consignment Fee shall be calculated for one Business Day commencing with the Drawdown Date and shall be set by Sensata each Business Day. The Variable Consignment Fee in effect on the date hereof is one and one-half per cent (1  1 / 2 %) per annum and is subject to change each Business Day in accordance with the terms hereof based on a corresponding rate charged by HSBC to Sensata.

(d) Each Fixed Consignment Fee shall be calculated for a certain specific quantity and form of Precious Metal consigned to the Company for a certain specific

 

-11-


Consignment Period and shall be as quoted by Sensata to the Company equal the rate quoted from HSBC to Sensata. The quantity and form of Precious Metal and the Consignment Period shall be selected by the Company, subject to acceptance by Sensata. Once the specific quantity and form of Precious Metal and the specific Consignment Period have been selected and the consignment fee determined, such selections shall be irrevocable and binding on the Company and shall obligate the Company to accept the consignment requested from Sensata in the amount, in the form and for the Consignment Period specified.

(e) At such time as the Company requests the consignment and delivery of Precious Metal under the Consignment Facility, it shall become obligated to pay to Sensata a market premium per fine troy ounce announced by Sensata at the time of such consignment. Such payment is to be made on the same day as the date of the invoice for the same via federal wire transfer.

(f) Company shall additionally pay to Sensata ongoing commitment fees (“Commitment Fees”) to compensate Sensata for agreeing to enter into this transaction and for Sensata’s added costs in administrating such agreement. Payments of the Commitment Fees shall be made monthly. Such payments shall be made by the fifth business day of the following month. For the months through January 31, 2007, the calculation of this Commitment Fees is calculated as follows: the monthly Commitment Fees shall be the greater of (i) $25,000.00 or (ii) 2.5% annualized of the value of the consigned Bullion as of the last business day of the month. For months after January 31, 2007, the monthly Commitment Fees shall be the greater of (i) $35,000 or (ii) 2.5% annualized of the value of the consigned Bullion as of the last business day of the month.

(g) Company shall additionally pay to Sensata ongoing letter of credit fees (“LC Fees”) to compensate Sensata for letter of credit costs incurred to secure HSBC to Sensata consignment agreement. The fee currently is 2.40% per annum of the letter of credit value of $20 million, which can change. The fee will be paid monthly, two business days after the end of the month. These costs may continue to be past on to the Company for four months after termination in the event that they continue to be incurred by Sensata.

2.6. Conversion Options .

(a) Subject to the provisions hereof, the Company may elect from time to time to convert an outstanding Variable Rate Consignment to a Fixed Rate Consignment and to convert an outstanding Fixed Rate Consignment to a Variable Rate Consignment, provided that (i) with respect to any such conversion of a Fixed Rate Consignment into a Variable Rate Consignment, such conversion shall only be made on the last day of the Consignment Period with respect thereto; (ii) with respect to any such conversion of a Variable Rate Consignment to a Fixed Rate Consignment, the Company shall give Sensata at least two (2) London Banking Days’ prior written notice of the day on which such election is effective; and (iii) no consignment may be converted into a Fixed Rate Consignment when there has occurred an Event of Default hereunder which is continuing at the time. The Company shall give to Sensata notice sent by telecopier of its decision to convert an outstanding consignment. All or any part of outstanding consignments under the Consignment Facility may be converted as provided herein. Each such request shall be irrevocable by the Company.

 

-12-


(b) Subject to the provisions hereof, Fixed Rate Consignments may be continued as such upon the expiration of a Consignment Period with respect thereto by giving to Sensata notice by telecopier of the Company’s decision to continue an outstanding consignment as such at least four (4) London Banking Days’ prior to the day on which such election is effective; provided that no Fixed Rate Consignment may be continued as such when there has occurred an Event of Default hereunder, but shall be automatically converted to a Variable Rate Consignment on the last day of the first Consignment Period relating thereto ending during the continuance of such Event of Default. In the event that the Company does not notify Sensata of its election hereunder with respect to any consignment, such consignment shall be automatically converted to, or continued as, a Variable Rate Consignment at the end of the applicable Consignment Period.

2.7. Illegality .

If for any reason HSBC is unable to offer Sensata a Fixed Consignment Fee or the continuation of an existing Fixed Consignment Fee, then any Fixed Rate Consignment shall be converted automatically to Variable Rate Consignments. If HSBC notifies Sensata that because of a change in circumstances Fixed Rate Consignments are again available to Sensata, Sensata will so advise the Company, and the Company may convert the Variable Rate Consignments to a Fixed Rate Consignment at any time (provided that Fixed Rate Consignments are otherwise available hereunder) by making such election in accordance with, and subject to the conditions hereof. the Company shall promptly pay Sensata, any additional amounts necessary to compensate Sensata for any costs incurred by Sensata in making any conversion in accordance with this Paragraph, including any interest or fees payable by Sensata to lenders of funds obtained by them in order to make or maintain their Fixed Rate Consignments hereunder.

2.8. Indemnity .

The Company shall indemnify Sensata and hold Sensata harmless from and against any loss, cost or expense (including loss of anticipated profits) that Sensata have sustained or incurred as a consequence of (a) default by the Company in payment of any Fixed Rate Consignments as and when due and payable (including, without limitation, as a result of prepayment or late payment of the purchase price for the Consigned Precious Metal or the acceleration of the Consignment Facility Indebtedness pursuant to the terms of this Agreement), which expenses shall include any such loss or expense arising from interest or fees payable by Sensata to lenders of funds obtained by them in order to maintain their Fixed Rate Consignments; (b) default by the Company in taking a consignment or conversion after the Company had given (or is deemed to have given) its request therefor; and (c) the purchase of Consigned Precious Metal bearing a Fixed Consignment Fee or the making of any conversion of any such consignment to a Variable Rate Consignment on a day that is not the last day of the applicable Consignment Period with respect thereto, including interest or fees payable by Sensata to lenders of funds obtained by them in order to maintain any such consignments.

 

-13-


2.9. Maintenance of Consignment Limits .

(a) If the Consignment Facility Indebtedness at any time exceeds the Consignment Limit, the Company shall promptly, without further notice or demand by Sensata, either:

 

  (i) make payment to Sensata, as provided in Paragraph 2.4 hereof, for Consigned Precious Metal having an aggregate Value sufficient to result in the remaining Consignment Facility Indebtedness being not more than the Consignment Limit, or

 

  (ii) deliver to Sensata, or its designee, either loco London or through a recognized third party acceptable to Sensata, Consigned Precious Metal having an aggregate Value sufficient to result in the remaining Consignment Facility Indebtedness being not more than the Consignment Limit.

2.10. True Consignment; Grant of Security Interest .

(a) The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide for a true consignment and that all transactions hereunder shall constitute true consignments of the Consigned Precious Metal.

(b) As security for the prompt and unconditional payment and performance of any and all Obligations, whether now existing or hereafter incurred, the Company hereby grants to Sensata a continuing lien upon and security interest in, and does hereby pledge, assign and transfer to Sensata, a continuing security interest in the Consigned Precious Metal from time to time delivered hereunder by Sensata, whether now existing or hereafter arising. Nothing contained in the foregoing grant is intended to conflict with the true consignment nature of this Agreement with respect to the Consigned Precious Metal. The foregoing grant is supplementary to, and not in replacement of, any other lien or security interest securing the Obligations.

2.11. Late Payments .

If the entire amount of any required purchase price payment or any other payment under the Consignment Facility is not paid in full within two (2) Business Days after the same is due, the Company shall pay to Sensata, the greater of (a) a late fee equal to five percent (5%) of the required payment, or (b) to the extent permitted by law, late charges on the required payment not paid when due at a consignment fee equal to four percent (4%) in excess of the consignment fee that would otherwise be payable hereunder, from the date of delinquency until payment in full.

2.12. Termination; Return of Consigned Precious Metal .

(a) The Consignment Facility and this Agreement shall terminate automatically, unless terminated earlier as provided below, on October 31, 2007.

(b) Sensata may terminate the Consignment Facility at any time by sending twenty (20) days prior written notice thereof to the Company. ALL CONSIGNED PRECIOUS METAL AND SUMS OUTSTANDING UNDER THE CONSIGNMENT FACILITY SHALL

 

-14-


BE DUE AND PAYABLE UPON THE EARLIER OF (I) THE OCCURRENCE OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT AND ACCELERATION OF THE OBLIGATIONS BY SENSATA, OF (B) TWENTY (20) DAYS AFTER DEMAND BY SENSATA HEREUNDER. Upon giving of such notice or at any time thereafter, Sensata may, at its option, suspend or terminate its obligation to consign or deliver Precious Metal hereunder.

(c) The Company may terminate this Consignment Facility by giving forty five (45) days’ prior written notice of such termination to Sensata, except upon the sale of the ESC business unit, in which case the Company may terminate the Agreement on three (3) days prior notice; provided Sensata has been informed of the transaction within 15 days prior thereto. Upon receipt of such notice, Sensata may, in its sole discretion, continue to consign or deliver Precious Metal hereunder, provided, however, no consignment of Precious Metal shall have a Consignment Period later than forty five (45) days after receipt by Sensata of the Company’s termination notice. ALL SUMS OUTSTANDING UNDER THIS CONSIGNMENT FACILITY WILL BE DUE AND PAYABLE FORTY FIVE (45) DAYS AFTER RECEIPT OF WRITTEN NOTICE FROM THE COMPANY HEREUNDER.

(d) Upon termination of the Consignment Facility, Sensata may credit any amounts then held by it to reduce the Obligations in accordance with the provisions hereof. Termination of the Consignment Facility shall not affect the Company’s duty to pay and perform its obligations to Sensata under the Consignment Facility in full. Notwithstanding termination, until all Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, Sensata shall retain the security granted under the Security Documents and, except for those specific covenants and conditions dealing with the consigning of Precious Metal, all terms and conditions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

(e) Upon termination of the Consignment Facility for any reason, the Company shall immediately upon the effective date of termination (i) make Metals Payment for all Consigned Precious Metal theretofore consigned but for which Metals Payment in full has not been made, the purchase price thereof to be determined in accordance with Paragraph 2.4 hereof; or (ii) deliver to Sensata, or its designee, loco London or through a recognized third party acceptable to Sensata, any Consigned Precious Metal theretofore consigned to but for which Metals Payment in full has not been made.

3. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES .

The Company shall deliver to Sensata a certificate or letter certifying to Sensata the name(s) of all Authorized Representatives, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A . Sensata may conclusively rely on such certificate or letter until it shall receive a further certificate from the Company in form acceptable to Sensata canceling or amending the prior list of Authorized Representatives. Any person identifying himself or herself as an Authorized Representative of the Company shall have the right to effect transactions under the Consignment Facility and this Agreement. Sensata shall have no responsibility or obligation to ascertain whether the person is in fact the Authorized Representative of the Company which he or she claims to be or is, in fact, authorized to effect the transaction. At its option, Sensata may verify any telephonic or telegraphic request for a transaction by calling an Authorized Representative, and where more than one Authorized Representative is so authorized, by calling an Authorized Representative or

 

-15-


other individual other than the caller or the individual initiating the transaction. The Company authorizes Sensata at its option to record electronically all telephonic requests for transactions that Sensata may receive from the Company or any other person purporting to act on behalf of the Company.

4. CONDITIONS .

4.1. Conditions to Consignment .

The obligation of Sensata to perform hereunder is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) The representations and warranties set forth in Paragraph 6 hereof shall be true and correct on and as of the date hereof and the date each consignment is requested and is to occur or be issued.

(b) There shall have been no material adverse change in the Company’s financial condition or their financial or business prospects, from those represented in any financial statement or other information submitted to Sensata or upon which Sensata has relied.

(c) All legal matters incident to the transactions hereby contemplated shall be satisfactory to counsel for Sensata.

(d) No Event of Default as specified in Paragraph 8.1 hereof, nor any event which upon notice or lapse of time or both would constitute such an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing.

4.2. Company’s Confirmation .

The Company’s request to Sensata for the delivery of Precious Metal under the Consignment Facility shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty to Sensata that the conditions specified in Paragraph 4 for such consignment have been satisfied.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .

As a material inducement to Sensata, the Company hereby represents and warrants to Sensata (which representations and warranties shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the consignment of Precious Metal that:

5.1. Corporate Authority . The Company (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation, (b) has the requisite corporate power and authority to own its properties and to carry on business as now being conducted, and holds all material permits, authorizations and licenses, without material restrictions or limitations, which are necessary for such ownership or business activity, (c) is qualified to do business in every jurisdiction where such qualification is necessary except where the failure to so qualify does not have a material adverse effect on the business or operations of the Company taken as a whole, and (d) has the requisite corporate power to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement

 

-16-


and the Security Documents to which the Company is a party. The Company has no reason to believe that any such material permits, authorizations or licenses will be revoked, canceled, rescinded, modified or lost.

5.2. No Conflict . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents to which the Company is a party have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action and will not violate any provision of law, any order of any court or other agency of government, the corporate charter, articles of incorporation or by-laws of the Company or any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party, or by which the Company is bound, or be in conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or, except as may be provided by this Agreement , result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the property or assets of the Company pursuant to, any such indenture, agreement or other instrument.

5.3. Litigation . There is no action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity or by or before any governmental instrumentality or other agency now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company which, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, properties, assets or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Company.

5.4. Default . The Company is not in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any agreement or instrument to which it is a party.

5.5. Financing Statements . No financing statement or agreement is on file in any public office pertaining to or affecting the Consigned Precious Metal, now owned or hereafter acquired, except for financing statements in favor of Sensata, HSBC or Contrarian.

5.6. Assets . The Company has good title to all of its properties and assets, free and clear of all mortgages, security interests, restrictions, liens and encumbrances of any kind, except for Permitted Liens.

5.7. Representations . No statement of fact made by or on behalf of the Company in this Agreement or in any certificate or schedule furnished to Sensata pursuant hereto, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make statements contained therein or herein not misleading. There is no fact presently known to the Company which has not been disclosed to Sensata which materially affects adversely, nor as far as the Company can reasonably foresee, will materially affect adversely the property, business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company.

5.8. Taxes . The Company has filed all federal, state and local tax returns required to be filed and has paid or made adequate provision for the payment of all federal, state and local taxes, charges and assessments.

5.9. Binding Obligations . This Agreement, to which the Company is a party, and all other agreements executed by the Company in connection herewith have been duly executed and

 

-17-


delivered by the Company and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other similar laws of general application affecting the rights of creditors generally.

5.10. No Event of Default . No Event of Default as defined in Paragraph 7.1 hereof, and no event which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would become such an Event of Default, has occurred and is continuing.

5.11. Financial Statements . The Company has furnished to Sensata financial statements for the business of the Company and the audited financial statements for the Company which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP on a basis consistent with that of preceding periods and which are complete and correct and fairly present the financial condition of the Company as at said dates, and the results of their operations for the year or other period ended on said date. Since the date of the Financial Statements, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition of the Company.

5.12. Solvency .

(a) The fair salable value of the assets of the Company exceeds as of the date hereof and will, immediately following each consignment and delivery of Consigned Precious Metal and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of the Consignment Facility exceed the amount that will be required to be paid on or in respect of its existing debts and other liabilities (including contingent liabilities) as they mature.

(b) The assets of the Company do not as of the date hereof and will not, immediately following each consignment and delivery of Consigned Precious Metal and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds thereof constitute unreasonably small capital to carry out its business as conducted or as proposed to be conducted.

(c) The Company does not intend to, or believe that it will, incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature, taking into account the timing of and amounts of cash to be received by the Company and the timing of and amounts of cash to be payable on or in respect of Indebtedness of the Company.

5.13. Not a Tax Shelter Transaction . The Company does not intend to treat the consignments of Precious Metal and related transactions as being a “reportable transaction” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4). In the event the Company determines to take any action inconsistent with such intention, it will promptly notify Sensata thereof.

6. AFFIRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE COVENANTS .

From the date hereof and until (a) the Obligations have been paid in full, (b) the Consignment Facility has been terminated, and (c) Sensata has no obligation to consign Precious Metal, the Company shall:

 

-18-


6.1. Licenses and Permits . Do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, rights, licenses, permits and franchises and comply with all laws and regulations applicable to the Company; at all times maintain, preserve and protect all franchises and trade names and preserve all the remainder of its property used or useful in the conduct of its business and keep the same in good repair, working order and condition, and from time to time, make, or cause to be made, all needful and proper repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereto, so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times.

6.2. Compliance with Law . Comply with all applicable laws and regulations, whether now in effect or hereafter enacted or promulgated by any governmental authority having jurisdiction in the premises.

6.3. Taxes, Etc.; Certain Rights of Sensata . Pay and discharge or cause to be paid and discharged all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income and profits of upon any of its property, real, personal or mixed, or upon any part thereof, before the same shall become in default, as well as all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies or otherwise, which, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon such properties or any part thereof; provided that the Company shall not be required to pay and discharge or cause to be paid and discharged any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so long as the validity thereof shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and it shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect to any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim, so contested, and provided , further , that payment with respect to any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim shall be made before any of its property shall be seized and sold in satisfaction thereof.

6.4. Financial Statements . Unless otherwise explicitly waived by Sensata in writing, furnish to Sensata:

(a) One hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Engineered Materials Solutions, Inc., a consolidated balance sheet of Engineered Materials Solutions, Inc. and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit;

(b) as soon as available, but in any event within forty five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of Engineered Materials Solutions, Inc., excluding the fourth fiscal quarter, a consolidated balance sheet of Engineered Materials Solutions, Inc. and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Fiscal Year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal

 

-19-


quarter of the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by an duly authorized officer of the Engineered Materials Solutions, Inc. as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of Engineered Materials Solutions, Inc. and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) Company shall provide annual physical inventory balances to Sensata no later than January 15 th of the following year and within forty five (45) days whenever a physical inventory is taken at other times during the year; and

(d) promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding its operations, assets, business, affairs and financial condition.

6.5. Inspections; Field Exams . Permit Sensata and/or HSBC, by its respective employees, representatives and agents, from time to time during normal business hours to (a) and without disruption to the Company’s normal business operations, inspect any of the Consigned Precious Metal and the books and financial records of the Company; (b) examine, audit and make extracts or copies of the books of accounts and other financial records of the Company; (c) have access to its properties, facilities and its advisors, officers, directors and employees to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company; and (d) on forty-eight (48) hours’ notice conduct field exams of the Company. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (i) the Company shall provide such access to Sensata and/or HSBC at all times and without notice or limitations and (ii) the Company shall pay the costs and expenses of such field exams.

6.6. Prompt Notification . Immediately advise Sensata of (a) any material adverse change in the Company’s assets, liabilities, financial condition, business or prospects, or of the occurrence of any default or Event of Default; (b) any proceedings instituted against the Company or any entity with whom the Company is in partnership by or in any Federal or state court or before any commission or other regulatory body, Federal, state or local, which, if adversely determined, would have a materially adverse effect upon its business, operations, properties, assets, or condition, financial or otherwise; (c) any occurrence of any loss, theft or destruction of or damage to any of the Company’s inventory of Precious Metal (including, for such purpose, any Consigned Precious Metal); (d) any change in the Company’s principal office or any address where Consigned Precious Metal or Precious Metal inventory of the Company is located; and (e) any change in the Company’s fiscal year-end or the Company’s independent certified public accountants.

(a) Liens . Not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, ownership interest, or other encumbrance of any nature whatsoever on (i) any of the Consigned Precious Metal, whether or not such customers have prepaid orders for the Consigned Precious Metal, or (ii) any products or property now or hereafter owned which does or will include Consigned Precious Metal, whether or not such customers have prepaid orders for the Consigned Precious Metal.

 

-20-


6.7. Corporate Status .

(a) Comply with the covenants of that certain Contrarian Loan Documents.

(b) Not change its name or place of incorporation unless it has provided Sensata with thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof.

6.8. Precious Metal . At all times maintain Precious Metal in its Inventory equal to or greater than the Consigned Precious Metal and defend the Consigned Precious Metal against any claims and demands of any persons (other than Sensata) at any time claiming the same or any interest therein.

6.9. Financing Statements . Promptly authorize Sensata from time to time to file one or more financing statements pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code in form satisfactory to Sensata, and execute such other instruments in form suitable for recording or filing as may be reasonably required by Sensata hereunder. The expense for the preparation and recording of any such financing statements shall be paid by the Company.

7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND ACCELERATION .

7.1. Events of Default . NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING ELSE HEREIN, IN ANY TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, OR OTHERWISE TO THE CONTRARY, THE COMPANY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE CONSIGNMENT INDEBTEDNESS AND ALL OTHER OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER ARE AND SHALL BE DUE AND PAYABLE TWENTY (20) DAYS AFTER DEMAND BY SENSATA AND THAT AS A NECESSARY INDUCEMENT TO THE MAKING OF THE CONSIGNMENT FACILITY, THE COMPANY HAS AGREED THAT SENSATA SHALL HAVE THE ABSOLUTE AND UNCONDITIONAL RIGHT, IN SENSATA’S SOLE DISCRETION, TO MAKE DEMAND OF ALL OR A PORTION OF THE CONSIGNMENT INDEBTEDNESS AT ANY TIME AND FROM TIME REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE COMPANY IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT THERE HAS OCCURRED DEFAULT, A MATERIAL CHANGE, OR AN EVENT OF DEFAULT, OR ANY OTHER EVENT. THE LIST OF EVENTS THAT GIVE RISE TO AN EVENT OF DEFAULT HEREUNDER IS AN ILLUSTRATIVE LIST OF EVENTS THAT MAY GIVE RISE TO A DEMAND BY SENSATA, BUT SUCH LIST IS NOT EXCLUSIVE AND SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO LIMIT OR RESTRICT SENSATA’S UNFETTERED RIGHT TO MAKE DEMAND HEREUNDER. Without limitation of the foregoing, twenty (20) days after demand by SENSATA or in each case of the occurrence of any one or more of the following events (each of which is herein called an “Event of Default”):

(a) default in the payment or performance of any of the Obligations; or

(b) any representation or warranty made herein or in any certificate, statement or agreement furnished by the Company in connection with this Agreement shall prove to be false or misleading in any material respect; or

(c) any material default in the payment or performance of any obligation or indebtedness of the Company to Sensata, or any or any affiliate of Sensata, whether now or hereafter existing and howsoever arising, incurred or evidenced that remain uncured 10 days after receipt of written notice of such default; or

 

-21-


(d) the Company shall (i) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (ii) file or suffer the filing of any voluntary or involuntary petition under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Act by or against the Company or any Guarantor; or (iii) apply for or permit the appointment of a receiver, trustee or custodian of any of the property or business of the Company or any Guarantor; or (iv) become insolvent to suffer the entry of an order for relief under Title 11 of the United States Code; or (v) make an admission of its inability to pay its debts as they become due; or

(e) the occurrence of any attachment on any of the Consigned Precious Metal or any Precious Metal owned by the Company; or

(f) the determination by Sensata in good faith that the Company has suffered a material adverse change in their business or financial condition; or

(g) the occurrence of any event of default (after the expiration of any applicable grace period) under any agreement now or at any time hereafter securing or guaranteeing performance of this Agreement or inuring to the benefit of Sensata in connection with this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Security Documents; or

(h) the occurrence of any loss, theft, destruction of or damage to any of the Consigned Precious Metal; or

(i) default with respect to any evidence of indebtedness, obligations or liabilities of the Company (including, but not limited to, consignment agreements and any agreements between the Company and any parent, affiliate or subsidiary of Sensata), if the effect of such default is to accelerate the maturity of such indebtedness or to permit the holder thereof to cause such indebtedness to become due prior to the stated maturity thereof, or if any indebtedness of the Company is not paid, when due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or by acceleration or otherwise; or

(j) discontinuance of the operation of the Company’s business for any reason; or

(k) occurrence of any event of default under any dollar loan or precious metal consignment or lease agreements entered into by the Company;

then in any such event, twenty (20) days after demand by Sensata or immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default set forth in subparagraph (d) above, and at the option of Sensata in all other cases: (i) the Company shall promptly return to Sensata all Consigned Precious Metal theretofore consigned to but not purchased and paid for by the Company to a location designated by Sensata as provided herein, and (ii) all the Company’s obligations to Sensata under the Consignment Facility shall become immediately due and payable without presentment, demand or notice, all of which are hereby expressly waived, notwithstanding any credit or time allowed to the Company or any instrument evidencing the Company’s obligations to Sensata. The Company shall, at Sensata’s request, immediately assemble all such collateral and Consigned Precious Metal, and Sensata may go upon the Company’s Premises to take immediate possession thereof.

 

-22-


7.2. Waiver . No failure or delay on Sensata’s part to exercise or to enforce any of Sensata’s rights hereunder or under any other instruments or agreement evidencing the Company’s obligations to Sensata or to require strict compliance with the terms hereof or thereof in any one or more instances and no course of conduct on Sensata’s part shall constitute or be deemed to constitute a waiver or relinquishment of any such rights hereunder unless it shall have signed a waiver thereof in writing and no such waiver, unless expressly stated therein, shall be effective as to any transaction which occurs after the date of such waiver or as to any continuance of a breach after such waiver. Sensata’s rights hereunder shall continue unimpaired notwithstanding any extension of time, compromise or other indulgence granted by Sensata, to the Company with respect to the Company’s obligations to Sensata or any instrument given Sensata in connection therewith, and the Company hereby waives notice of any such extension, compromise or other indulgence and consent to be bound thereby as if it had expressly agreed thereto in advance.

8. INDEMNIFICATION .

The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Sensata from and against any and all claims, actions and suits whether groundless or otherwise, and from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages and expenses of every nature and character arising out of this Agreement, or any other documents or agreements executed or delivered in connection herewith and any related documents or the transactions contemplated hereby other than to the extent that such liability, claim, action, suit, loss, damages or expense is the result of gross negligence or willful misconduct of Sensata, or any of them, and excluding any of the foregoing which arise out of claims, actions, and suits brought by the Company, or any of the Company’s affiliates including, without limitation, (a) any actual or proposed use by the Company of the proceeds of the Consignment Facility, (b) the Company or any the Company’s affiliates entering into or performing this Agreement or any of the other documents or agreements executed or delivered in connection herewith and any related documents, or (c) with respect to the Company and the Company’s affiliates and their respective properties and assets, in each case including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel and allocated costs of internal counsel incurred in connection with any such investigation, litigation or other proceeding. In litigation, or the preparation therefor, Sensata shall be entitled to select its own counsel and, in addition to the foregoing indemnity, the Company agrees to pay promptly the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. If, and to the extent that the obligations of the Company under this Paragraph are unenforceable for any reason, the Company hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment in satisfaction of such obligations which is permissible under applicable law. The provisions of this Paragraph shall survive the repayment of the Obligations and the termination of the obligations of Sensata hereunder.

9. SETOFF .

The Company hereby grants to Sensata, a lien, security interest and right of set off as security for all liabilities and obligations to Sensata, whether now existing or hereafter arising,

 

-23-


upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Sensata, or in transit to any of them. At any time, without demand or notice, Sensata may set off the same or any part thereof and apply the same to any liability or obligation of the Company even though unmatured and regardless of the adequacy of any other collateral securing the Obligations. ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE SENSATA TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING THEIR RIGHT OF SET OFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF THE COMPANY, ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.

10. ASSIGNMENTS .

10.1. Assignment by the Company .

The rights of the Company under this Agreement may not be assigned to any third party without the prior written consent of Sensata. All covenants and agreements of the Company contained herein shall bind the Company and its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Sensata, its successors and assigns.

10.2. Assignments by Sensata .

Sensata may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement.

11. EXPENSES .

The Company shall pay on demand all expenses of Sensata in connection with the preparation, administration, default, collection, waiver or amendment of loan terms, or in connection with Sensata’s exercise, preservation or enforcement of any of its rights, remedies or options hereunder, including, without limitation, reasonable fees of outside legal counsel or the reasonable allocated costs of in-house legal counsel, accounting, consulting, brokerage or other costs relating to any appraisals or examinations conducted in connection with the Consignment or any collateral therefor, and the amount of all such expenses shall, until paid, bear interest at the rate applicable to principal hereunder (including any default rate) and be an obligation secured by any collateral.

12. GOVERNING LAW; MISCELLANEOUS .

12.1. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts applicable to instruments made and to be performed wholly within that state. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, such illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

12.2. Set-Off . IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING IN RESPECT OF OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE COMPANY WAIVES (I) THE RIGHT TO

 

-24-


INTERPOSE ANY SET-OFF OR COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY NATURE OR DESCRIPTION, (II) ANY OBJECTION BASED ON FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR VENUE AND (III) ANY CLAIM FOR CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR SPECIAL DAMAGES.

12.3. Waiver of Jury . THE COMPANY AND SENSATA MUTUALLY HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM BASED HEREON, ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS CONTEMPLATED TO BE EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALINGS, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY PART, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALINGS, STATEMENTS OR ACTIONS OF SENSATA RELATING TO THE ADMINISTRATION OF THIS TRANSACTION AND THE TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, AND AGREE THAT NEITHER PARTY WILL SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED. EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, THE COMPANY HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO CLAIM OR RECOVER IN ANY LITIGATION ANY SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES OTHER THAN, OR IN ADDITION TO, ACTUAL DAMAGES. THE COMPANY CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF SENSATA HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SENSATA WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER. THIS WAIVER CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR SENSATA TO ACCEPT THIS AGREEMENT AND EXTEND THE CREDIT FACILITIES HEREUNDER.

12.4. Usury . All agreements between the Company and Sensata are hereby expressly limited so that in no contingency or event whatsoever, whether by reason of acceleration of maturity of the indebtedness evidenced hereby or otherwise, shall the amount paid or agreed to be paid to Sensata for the use or the forbearance of the indebtedness evidenced hereby exceed the maximum permissible under applicable law. As used herein, the term “applicable law” shall mean the law in effect as of the date hereof provided, however that in the event there is a change in the law which results in a higher permissible rate of interest, then this Agreement shall be governed by such new law as of its effective date. In this regard, it is expressly agreed that it is the intent of the Company and Sensata in the execution, delivery and acceptance of this Agreement to contract in strict compliance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts from time to time in effect. If, under or from any circumstances whatsoever, fulfillment of any provision hereof or of any of the Consignment documents or the Security Documents at the time of performance of such provision shall be due, shall involve transcending the limit of such validity prescribed by applicable law, then the obligation to be fulfilled shall automatically be reduced to the limits of such validity, and if under or from circumstances whatsoever Sensata should ever receive as interest and amount which would exceed the highest lawful rate, such amount which would be excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of the principal balance evidenced hereby and not to the payment of interest. This provision shall control every other provision of all agreements between the Company and Sensata.

 

-25-


12.5. Additional Costs (Metals Cost) . If, at any time, any Regulatory Change: (i) shall subject Sensata to any tax, duty or other charge with respect to this Agreement, except an income tax, based upon the charging and collecting of interest hereunder by or at a rate calculated by reference to Metals Cost Rate, shall change the basis of taxation or payments to Sensata of the principal of or interest on the Obligations (ii) shall result in the imposition, modification or deemed applicability of any reserve, special deposit or similar requirements against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, Sensata; or (iii) shall, because of the existence of this Agreement, affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by Sensata, or any corporation controlling Sensata, upon demand then, by Sensata, the Company agrees to pay to Sensata such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Sensata for such increased cost or reduction. Such payments shall be made on the first date for payment of interest hereunder following the date of the demand by Sensata and on each such payment date thereafter or shall be paid promptly on demand if the Company is not advised of the amount of such payment prior to any such payment date. Determinations by Sensata for purposes of this Paragraph of the effect of any Regulatory Change on its costs of making or maintaining the consignment and of the additional amounts required to compensate Sensata in respect thereof, shall be conclusive absent manifest error in calculation, provided that such determinations are made in good faith.

12.6. Certificate . A certificate setting forth any additional amounts payable pursuant to Paragraphs 13.6 and 13.7 and a brief explanation of such amounts which are due, submitted by Sensata to the Company, shall be prima facie evidence that such amounts are due and owing.

12.7. Survival of Representations and Covenants . This Agreement and all covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein and in the certificates delivered pursuant hereto, shall survive the consigning of Consigned Precious Metal by Sensata to the Company and the execution and delivery to Sensata of this Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect so long as any indebtedness or obligation of the Company to Sensata is outstanding and unpaid. Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of the Company shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of Sensata.

12.8. Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement; and shall be sent by any one of the following: certified mail, return receipt requested; overnight courier; confirmed telecopier; or by hand and shall be addressed (a) if to the Company, to the Company at the Company’s Address and (b) if to Sensata, to Sensata at Sensata’s address. Notices shall be deemed effective two (2) days after deposit in the mail, if sent by certified mail; the next Business Day, if sent by overnight courier; upon confirmation, if sent by confirmed telecopier; and upon delivery, if sent by hand. The address of any party hereto for such demands, notices and other communications may be changed by giving notice in writing at any time to the other party hereto.

12.9. Amendments . This Agreement is intended by the parties as the final, complete and exclusive statement of the transactions evidenced by this Agreement. All prior or contemporaneous promises, agreements sand understandings, whether oral or written, are deemed to be superseded by this Agreement, and no party is relying on any promise, agreement

 

-26-


or understanding not set forth in this Agreement. No modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor consent to any departure by the Company therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance, and for the purpose, for which given. No notice to, or demand, on the Company, in any case, shall entitle the Company to any other or future notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

12.10. This Agreement (including the Exhibits and Schedules hereto) and that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and among Sensata, Patriach Agency Services, LLC, the Company and the affiliates of the Company party thereto (as such agreement may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Intercreditor Agreement”) are intended by the parties as the final, complete and exclusive statement of the transactions evidenced by this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement.

12.11. Waiver . Neither any failure or any delay on the part of Sensata in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or under any other instrument given as security therefor, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or future exercise, or the exercise of any right, power or privilege.

12.12. Following Business Day Convention . All payments hereunder shall be adjusted in accordance with the ‘Following Business Day Convention’ so that if any payment hereunder becomes due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date of such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day (subject to the definition of Consignment Period), and such extension of time shall be included in computing interest and fees in connection with such payment.

*The next page is a signature page*

 

-27-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

WITNESS:     ENGINEERED MATERIALS SOLUTIONS, INC.

 

    By:  

 

    Title:  
WITNESS:     SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

    By:  

 

    Title:  

 

-28-


EXHIBIT A

39 Pleasant Street

Attleboro, Massachusetts 02703

                          , 2006

 

To: Sensata Technologies, Inc.

529 Pleasant Street

Attleboro, Massachusetts 02703

Dear Sir or Madam:

In accordance with that certain Consignment Agreement dated the date hereof by and between the undersigned and Sensata Technologies, Inc. (“Sensata”), the undersigned hereby designate the following persons as Authorized Representatives who are authorized by and on behalf of the undersigned to transact consignment transactions with Sensata under the Consignment Facility, to effect purchase and sale transactions with Sensata (either as purchaser or seller) under the Consignment Facility, to direct Sensata to ship or transfer Precious Metal under the Consignment Facility, to authorize payment of Precious Metal obligations under the Consignment Facility by means of debiting the undersigned’s account(s) with Sensata, to settle purchase transactions under the Consignment Facility and generally to bind the undersigned in any and all transactions by and between Sensata and the undersigned under the Consignment Facility:

 

Name

    

Title

     President
     Vice President
     Secretary, Treasurer

Sensata is hereby authorized to rely on this authorization until Sensata receives further written notice canceling or amending the foregoing.

 

Very truly yours,
ENGINEERED MATERIALS SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Exhibit 10.28

EXECUTION COPY

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

BY AND AMONG

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

FIRST TECHNOLOGY LIMITED,

AND

HONEYWELL INTERNATIONAL INC.

November 3, 2006


EXECUTION COPY

Table of Contents

 

          Page
ARTICLE I PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES AND IP ASSETS    1
        1.1    Purchase and Sale of Shares and IP Assets    1
        1.2    Purchase Price    2
ARTICLE II CLOSING; CLOSING DELIVERIES    2
        2.1    Closing Date    2
        2.2    Closing Deliveries    2
        2.3    Working Capital Adjustment    3
        2.4    Adjustment of Purchase Price Allocation    5
ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS    6
        3.1    Corporate Status    6
        3.2    Authority    6
        3.3    No Conflict; Government Authorizations    7
        3.4    Capitalization    8
        3.5    Financial Statements.    8
        3.6    Absence of Certain Changes; Undisclosed Liabilities.    9
        3.7    Taxes    11
        3.8    Intellectual Property    14
        3.9    Legal Proceedings    15
        3.10    Compliance with Laws; Permits    16
        3.11    Environmental Matters    16
        3.12    Employee Matters and Benefit Plans    17
        3.13    Material Contracts    20
        3.14    Material Customers and Suppliers    21
        3.15    Real Properties    22
        3.16    Personal Properties    22
        3.17    Sufficiency of Assets    22
        3.18    Labor    23
        3.19    Insurance    23
        3.20    Finder's Fee    24
        3.21    Bank Accounts; Directors and Officers    24
        3.22    Disclaimer of Other Representations and Warranties    24
ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER    24
        4.1    Corporate Status    24
        4.2    Authority    24
        4.3    No Conflict; Required Filings    25
        4.4    Legal Proceedings    25
        4.5    Sufficient Funds    25

 


        4.6    Investment Intent    26
        4.7    No Reliance    26
        4.8    Finder's Fee    28
        4.9    Disclaimer of Other Representations and Warranties    28
ARTICLE V COVENANTS    28
        5.1    Interim Operations of the Companies    28
        5.2    Filings with Governmental Authorities.    30
        5.3    Consents    32
        5.4    Confidentiality; Access to Information    32
        5.5    Publicity    33
        5.6    Books and Records    33
        5.7    Further Action    34
        5.8    Expenses    34
        5.9    Notification of Certain Matters    35
        5.10    Employees and Employee Benefit Plans    35
        5.11    Indebtedness; Intercompany Accounts    39
        5.12    Insurance Matters    40
        5.13    Non-Solicitation of Employees    41
        5.14    Non-Competition    41
        5.15    Business Confidential Information    43
        5.16    Waiver of Conflicts and Attorney-Client Privilege    44
        5.17    Closing Cash Balance    45
        5.18    Sellers' Marks    45
        5.19    The Settlement Agreement    45
        5.20    Dealing with and Voting on English Shares    46
        5.21    Assigned Intellectual Property    46
        5.22    Exclusivity    47
        5.23    Credit Facility    47
        5.24    Certain Payments    48
        5.25    Access    48
        5.26    Continuation of Transition Services    49
        5.27    Listed Patents; Other Assigned Intellectual Property    49
ARTICLE VI CLOSING CONDITIONS    50
        6.1    Conditions to Obligations of Sellers and Purchaser    50
        6.2    Additional Conditions to Obligations of Purchaser    50
        6.3    Additional Conditions to Obligations of Sellers    51
ARTICLE VII CERTAIN TAX MATTERS    52
        7.1    Tax Returns    52
        7.2    Cooperation on Tax Matters; Contests    51
        7.3    Tax Sharing Agreements    54
        7.4    Tax Indemnifications    54
        7.5    Certain Taxes    56

 

iii


ARTICLE VIII TERMINATION    56
        8.1    Termination    56
        8.2    Effect of Termination and Abandonment    56
ARTICLE IX SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION    57
        9.1    Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements    57
        9.2    Indemnification    57
        9.3    Indemnification Procedures    58
        9.4    Indemnification Limitations    60
ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS    63
        10.1    Notices    63
        10.2    Certain Definitions; Interpretation    64
        10.3    Severability    70
        10.4    Entire Agreement; No Third-Party Beneficiaries    71
        10.5    Amendment; Waiver    71
        10.6    Binding Effect; Assignment    71
        10.7    Disclosure Schedule    71
        10.8    Governing Law    71
        10.9    Dispute Resolution; Mediation; Jurisdiction    72
        10.10    Construction; Interpretation    73
        10.11    Counterparts    73

 

iv


Index of Defined Terms

 

Term

   Page

Affiliate

   63

Affiliated Group

   63

Agreement

   Preamble

Ancillary Agreements

   6

Assigned Intellectual Property

   64

Business Confidential Information

   43

Business Material Adverse Effect

   64

Cap

   60

CDI 401(k) Plan

   38

Closing

   2

Closing Date

   2

Code

   64

Collateral Source

   60

Companies

   Recitals

Company Plan

   18

Company Plans

   18

Competing Business

   42

Confidentiality Agreement

   32

Contract

   64

control

   65

Credit Facility

   26

Current Representation

   44

D&O Policy(ies)

   41

De Minimis Loss

   60

Delphi Claim

   65

Disclosure Schedule

   6

Dispute

   71

Disputed Amount

   4

DOJ

   65

Employee Members

   38

Employees

   35

Encumbrances

   22

English Shares

   46

Environmental Claims

   17

Environmental Laws

   17

ERISA

   65

ERISA Group Liabilities

   19

Excluded Representations

   60

Final FTCP Net Working Capital

   3

Foreign Plan

   19

FT

   Preamble

FT Automotive SERP

   36

 

v


FT SERP

   36

FTC

   65

FTCP Business

   65

FTCP Financial Statements

   9

FTCP Interim Financial Statements

   9

FTCP Interim Income Statement

   8

FTCP Interim Statement of Net Assets

   8

FTCP L/Cs

   40

FTCP Net Working Capital

   65

FTCP Preliminary Working Capital Statement

   3

FTCP Specified Accounting Policies

   65

FTCP Year-End Financial Statements

   8

Governmental Authority

   65

Governmental Order

   66

Honeywell

   Preamble

Honeywell L/Cs

   39

HSR Act

   7

Indebtedness

   66

Indemnified Party

   57

Indemnifying Party

   57

Independent Accounting Firm

   66

Intellectual Property

   15

Intellectual Property Assignment

   66

Key Customers

   21

Key Suppliers

   21

knowledge

   66

Labor Laws

   23

Law

   66

Leased Real Property

   22

Liability

   66

License Opportunity

   67

Liens

   22

Losses

   67

Made Available

   67

Management

   61

Material Contract

   21

Materials of Environmental Concern

   17

Mediation Request

   71

Non-US Employees

   37

Occurrence Policies

   40

Other Competition Authorities

   30

Other Competition Filings

   30

Other Competition Law

   30

Owned Real Property

   22

Permit

   67

Permitted Encumbrances

   67

 

vi


Person

   68

Post-closing Representation

   44

Preliminary FTCP Net Working Capital

   3

Procedure

   71

Property

   22

Purchase Price

   2

Purchased Entities

   12

Purchaser

   Preamble

Purchaser Environmental Liability

   61

Purchaser Indemnified Parties

   56

Purchaser Material Adverse Effect

   68

Reorganization

   68

Run-Off Coverage

   41

Seller

   Preamble

Seller Indemnified Parties

   57

Sellers

   1

Sellers' Marks

   45

Seller's UK DB Scheme

   38

Seller's UK DC Scheme

   38

Settlement Agreement

   68

Settlement Opportunity

   68

Shares

   Recitals

Shelby Business

   68

Solvent

   26

Statutory Sellers

   Recitals

Straddle Period

   53

Subsidiary

   69

Sufficient Payment Resources

   26

Survival Period

   56

Swaps

   30

Tangible Property

   22

Targeted FTCP Net Working Capital

   69

Tax Return

   69

Taxes

   69

Taxing Authority

   69

Third-Party Claim

   57

Threshold Amount

   60

Trademark License Agreement

   50

Transaction Matters

   70

UK Plans

   38

US Employees

   35

Voluntary Environmental Investigation

   61

WARN Act

   10

 

vii


Index of Exhibits

Exhibit A Companies and Subsidiaries

Exhibit B Trademark License Agreement

Exhibit C Intellectual Property Assignment

Exhibit D Purchase Price Allocation Schedule

 

viii


STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made this 3 r d day of November, 2006, by and among Sensata Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Purchaser ”), First Technology Limited, a United Kingdom corporation and an indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Honeywell formerly known as First Technology plc (“ FT ”), and Honeywell International Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Honeywell ”). Each of FT and Honeywell is referred to herein as a “ Seller ” and, collectively, as the “ Sellers .”

WHEREAS, the Sellers intend prior to the Closing to consummate the Reorganization;

WHEREAS, as a result of the consummation of the Reorganization, the Sellers will own at the Closing all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock (the “Shares”) of the Companies listed on Exhibit A hereto (the “Companies”) and, indirectly, the Subsidiaries listed on Exhibit A hereto, other than, in the case of FT Dominicana Holdings S.A., a nominal number of shares held by residents of the Dominican Republic (such Persons, collectively, the “Statutory Sellers”) as required pursuant to local law, and which will be transferred concurrently with the transfer of the Shares hereunder;

WHEREAS, the Companies, together with their divisions and Subsidiaries, own or hold the assets, rights, obligations and liabilities comprising the FTCP Business;

WHEREAS, upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Agreement, Purchaser desires to acquire from the applicable Seller the applicable Shares, and the applicable Seller desires to sell to Purchaser the applicable Shares; and

WHEREAS, upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Agreement, Purchaser desires to acquire from FT the Assigned Intellectual Property and FT desires to sell to Purchaser the Assigned Intellectual Property.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES AND IP ASSETS

1.1 Purchase and Sale of Shares and IP Assets . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing (as defined below), in exchange for a payment by Purchaser to Honeywell (as agent for the Sellers) of an aggregate cash amount equal to the Purchase Price (i) Honeywell shall cause each Seller and the Statutory Sellers, as appropriate, and each Seller and the Statutory Sellers, as appropriate, shall, sell, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to Purchaser the Shares free and clear of


all Encumbrances, and (ii) Honeywell shall cause FT, and FT shall, sell, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to Purchaser, the Assigned Intellectual Property in accordance with the terms of the Intellectual Property Assignment and this Agreement (including Section 5.21).

1.2 Purchase Price . The aggregate purchase price to be paid for the Shares and the Assigned Intellectual Property acquired by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement shall be ninety million Dollars ($90,000,000) in cash, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.3 (the “ Purchase Price ”). The Purchase Price shall be allocated in accordance with the Purchase Price Allocation Schedule attached hereto as Exhibit D, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.4, and no party shall take a position inconsistent with such allocation on any Tax Return (unless otherwise required by a final, nonappealable determination of a court of competent jurisdiction or a binding closing agreement entered into with a Taxing Authority). The parties agree that, subject to any change mutually agreed in good faith by the parties after the date hereof, Honeywell values each of the License Opportunity and the Settlement Opportunity as set forth in Exhibit D. At the Closing, Purchaser shall deliver the Purchase Price to Honeywell, as agent for the Sellers, by wire transfer of immediately available funds pursuant to the wire transfer instructions provided by Honeywell in writing no later than three (3) days prior to the Closing Date.

ARTICLE II

CLOSING; CLOSING DELIVERIES

2.1 Closing Date . The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at 10:00 a.m., local time, at the offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, 4 Times Square, New York, New York, two (2) business days following satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to Closing set forth in Article VII (other than those conditions that by their nature have to be satisfied at Closing (but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of those conditions)), or at such other place and time as the parties may agree; provided that (a) the Purchaser, in connection with its debt financing, or (b) Honeywell and the Sellers, in connection with the Reorganization, may elect to defer the date of the Closing by up to 15 business days, so long as such exercise to defer is made by Purchaser, or Honeywell and Sellers, as the case may be, no later than 45 calendar days from the date hereof; provided , however , that in no event will a party have the right to defer the Closing beyond December 27, 2006. The date on which the Closing occurs is referred to herein as the “ Closing Date .”

2.2 Closing Deliveries . At the Closing, (a) Purchaser shall deliver to Honeywell (i) the Purchase Price pursuant to Section 1.2, (ii) the certificate required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.3(c), and (iii) an executed copy of the Trademark License Agreement and the Intellectual Property Assignment and (b) Honeywell shall cause the Sellers and the Statutory Sellers to, and the Sellers and the Statutory Sellers shall, deliver to Purchaser (i) stock certificates for the Shares, which certificates shall be duly endorsed to Purchaser or accompanied by duly executed stock powers, stock transfer forms or other appropriate instruments of transfer, (ii) written resignations, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, of those officers and directors of the Companies and

 

2


their Subsidiaries that are, and will be immediately after giving effect to the Closing and the Purchaser’s obligation pursuant to Section 5.10, employees of Honeywell or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Companies and the Subsidiaries of the Companies) or are otherwise identified in writing by Purchaser no later than 10 days prior to the Closing, (iii) the certificate required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.2(c), (iv) an executed copy of the Trademark License Agreement and the Intellectual Property Assignment, (v) subject to Section 5.6(a) hereof, all of the minute books, stock ledgers and similar corporate records, and corporate seals of each of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, and certified copies of the organizational documents thereof (including, for entities in the Dominican Republic, the Tax ID (RNC) and Mercantile Registry), (vi) certified copies of the resolutions of the boards of directors or similar governing bodies of each of the Sellers authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (vii) good standing certificates, dated as of a recent date prior to the Closing Date, for each of the Companies and their Subsidiaries from their respective jurisdictions of incorporation or organization (but only if such concept is recognized in such jurisdictions and only to the extent good standing certificates are reasonably available in such jurisdictions from appropriate Governmental Authorities), and (viii) such other documents and instruments as Purchaser reasonably requests with reasonable advance notice prior to the Closing Date.

2.3 Working Capital Adjustment.

(a) Within 90 days following the Closing Date, Purchaser shall prepare and deliver to Honeywell (i) a statement (the “ FTCP Preliminary Working Capital Statement ”), setting forth a calculation of the FTCP Net Working Capital (the “ Preliminary FTCP Net Working Capital ”) as of the close of business on the day prior to the Closing Date, and (ii) a calculation of the amount due and owing and a statement setting forth the responsible party therefor in accordance with Section 2.3(f). The “ Final FTCP Net Working Capital ” shall be the Preliminary FTCP Net Working Capital shown on the Preliminary FTCP Working Capital Statement, as modified pursuant to this Section 2.3. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, in no event shall the calculation of the Final FTCP Net Working Capital be affected by any Purchaser purchase accounting adjustments for the transactions taking place on or after the Closing.

(b) Unless Honeywell notifies Purchaser in writing that Honeywell disagrees with any aspect of the FTCP Preliminary Working Capital Statement (such notice to include Honeywell’s objections, a reasonable description of the basis therefor and reasonably detailed proposed revisions to said documents), within sixty (60) days after receipt thereof, the FTCP Preliminary Working Capital Statement shall be conclusive and binding on the parties and shall be the Final FTCP Net Working Capital. If Honeywell so notifies Purchaser in writing within such sixty (60) day period, then Honeywell and Purchaser shall attempt to resolve their differences with respect thereto within fifteen (15) days after Purchaser’s receipt of Honeywell’s written notice of disagreement. If Honeywell and Purchaser resolve their differences with respect to the FTCP Preliminary Working Capital Statement within such fifteen (15) day period, then

 

3


the FTCP Preliminary Working Capital Statement, with such modifications necessary to reflect such agreement of Honeywell and Purchaser, shall be conclusive and binding on the parties and shall be the Final FTCP Net Working Capital. Any disputes not resolved by Honeywell and Purchaser within such fifteen (15) day period regarding the FTCP Preliminary Working Capital Statement (the “ Disputed Amount ”) will be resolved by an Independent Accounting Firm jointly retained by Honeywell and Purchaser. The Independent Accounting Firm shall make a determination only on the Disputed Amount as well as such modifications, if any, to the FTCP Preliminary Working Capital Statement necessary to reflect such determination, and the same shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties, except as provided by applicable law. The determination of the Independent Accounting Firm for any item in dispute cannot, however, be in excess of, nor less than, the greatest or lowest value, respectively, claimed for that particular item in the FTCP Preliminary Working Capital Statement, in the case of Purchaser, or in the notice described in the first sentence of this paragraph, in the case of Honeywell. The fees and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm shall be paid by the parties as follows: Honeywell shall pay a percentage of the fees and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm equal to: (i) the difference, if any, between Honeywell’s estimated value of the Final Net Working Capital as submitted to the Independent Accounting Firm and the Independent Accounting Firm’s final determination of Final Net Working Capital divided by (ii) the Disputed Amount. Purchaser shall pay the remaining percentage, if any, of the fees and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm, (it being understood that in the event the FTCP Final Net Working Capital is equal to the FTCP Preliminary Net Working Capital determined by a party (as submitted to arbitration by such party), the other party shall pay all fees and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm). The Independent Accounting Firm shall be instructed to render its decision in accordance with the terms hereof, including the FTCP Specified Accounting Policies.

(c) In connection with Honeywell’s review of the Preliminary Working Capital Statement and preparation of any notice of objection, Honeywell and its representatives shall have reasonable access, during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance written notice, to the books and records, the financial systems and finance personnel and any other information of the Companies and their Subsidiaries that Honeywell reasonably requests, including all relevant work papers, schedules, memoranda and other documents prepared by Purchaser’s accountants and other advisors (subject to customary indemnification and other agreements that may be requested by Purchaser’s accountants and other advisors) in connection with Purchaser’s preparation of the Preliminary Working Capital Statement, and Purchaser shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries (including the Companies and their Subsidiaries), and shall use reasonable efforts to cause its accountants and other advisors, to cooperate reasonably with Honeywell and its representatives in connection therewith.

(d) In connection with Purchaser’s review of any notice of objection, Purchaser and its representatives shall have reasonable access, during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance written notice, to all relevant work papers, schedules, memoranda and other documents prepared by Honeywell or its accountants and other advisors (subject to customary indemnification and other agreements that may be requested by Honeywell’s accountants and other advisors) and to finance personnel of

 

4


Honeywell and its representatives and any other information which Purchaser reasonably requests, and Honeywell shall, and shall use reasonable efforts to cause its accountants and other advisors to, cooperate reasonably with Purchaser and its representatives in connection therewith.

(e) No later than thirty (30) days after the engagement of the Independent Accounting Firm, as evidenced by its written acceptance by facsimile or otherwise to the parties, each of Honeywell and Purchaser shall submit a brief to the Independent Accounting Firm (with a copy to the other party) setting forth their respective positions regarding the issues in dispute. No later than thirty (30) days after submission of the initial brief, each of Honeywell and Purchaser shall submit a reply brief (with a copy to the other party). The Independent Accounting Firm shall render its decision resolving the dispute within thirty (30) days after submission of the last reply brief. If additional briefing, a hearing, or other information is required by the Independent Accounting Firm, the Independent Accounting Firm shall give notice thereof to the parties as soon as practicable before the expiration of such thirty (30) day period, and the parties shall promptly respond with a view to minimizing any delay in the decision date.

(f) In the event that the Final FTCP Net Working Capital exceeds the Targeted FTCP Net Working Capital, Purchaser shall owe to Honeywell, as agent for the Sellers, the amount of such excess. In the event that the Final FTCP Net Working Capital is less than the Targeted FTCP Net Working Capital, Honeywell shall owe to Purchaser the amount of such deficit.

(g) Honeywell or the Purchaser, as the case may be, shall deposit the amounts, if any, owed by it, as the case may be, under subsection (f) above, together with interest thereon from the Closing Date to the date of payment at a floating rate equal to the U.S. dollar prime rate per annum, as quoted by JPMorgan Chase & Co., from time to time during such period, in immediately available funds, to a bank account designated by the other party no later than five (5) business days after the Final FTCP Net Working Capital has been agreed to or deemed to be agreed to by, or has been delivered by the Independent Accounting Firm.

(h) For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the parties agree that any matter specifically resolved and reflected as part of the FTCP Final Net Working Capital under this Section 2.3 shall not also be recoverable as a Tax Loss pursuant to Article VII or a Loss pursuant to Article IX solely to the extent that the amount of such Loss or Tax Loss, as applicable, is reflected as a current liability in the FTCP Final Net Working Capital.

2.4 Adjustment of Purchase Price Allocation . Within thirty (30) days following (x) the determination of any excess or deficit in accordance with Section 2.3(f), (y) an indemnification payment pursuant to Section 7.4 or (z) an indemnification payment pursuant to Article IX, in each case, Sellers and Purchaser shall revise the purchase price allocation to reflect such excess, deficit or payment in accordance with the nature of each relevant excess, deficit or payment, consistent with the proportional allocation of value described in Exhibit D.

 

5


ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS

The Sellers, jointly and severally, hereby represent and warrant to Purchaser that, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (except in each case to the extent any representation or warranty speaks expressly as of an earlier date), except as set forth on the disclosure schedule delivered by Honeywell to Purchaser concurrently herewith (the “ Disclosure Schedule ”) (it being understood that (x) any matter set forth in the Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed disclosed with respect to all sections of this Article III to which such matter relates so long as the description of such matter in the Disclosure Schedule makes its relevance to such other sections reasonably apparent, whether or not a specific cross reference appears and (y) any action to the extent described in Section 5.1 of the Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed disclosed as an exception to all representations and warranties made as of the Closing Date):

3.1 Corporate Status . Except as set forth in Section 3.1 of the Disclosure Schedule, each of the Companies and each Subsidiary of the Companies is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization (to the extent such concept of good standing is recognized under such laws of incorporation) and each (a) has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as it is now being conducted, and (b) is duly qualified or otherwise authorized to do business and is in good standing (to the extent such concept of good standing is recognized under such laws of incorporation) in each of the jurisdictions in which the ownership, operation or leasing of its properties and assets and the conduct of its business requires it to be so qualified or otherwise authorized, except where the failure to be so qualified or otherwise authorized would not result in a material Loss to the Companies and their Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Honeywell has Made Available to Purchaser a true and correct copy of the certificate of incorporation, by-laws, regulations or other organizational or governing documents of each of the Companies and each of their Subsidiaries, each as in effect on the date hereof, together with all amendments thereto.

3.2 Authority . Each of Honeywell and the Sellers has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Trademark License Agreement and the Intellectual Property Assignment, (together, the “ Ancillary Agreements ”) and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution, delivery and performance by each of Honeywell and the Sellers of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action (including any stockholder or board approvals) on the part of each of Honeywell and the Sellers, and no other corporate proceedings on the part of Honeywell or the Sellers are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by Honeywell and the Sellers of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This

 

6


Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements have been duly executed and delivered by Honeywell and each Seller, and, assuming due authorization and delivery by Purchaser, this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements each constitute a valid and binding obligation of Honeywell and each Seller enforceable against Honeywell and each Seller in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

3.3 No Conflict; Government Authorizations .

(a) Except as set forth in Section 3.3(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), conflict with, or result in any violation of or default under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to loss of a benefit under, or result in the creation of any Encumbrance (except for Permitted Encumbrances) upon any of the properties or assets of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries under, any provision of (i) the certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of Honeywell, Sellers, any of the Companies or the Subsidiaries of the Companies, (ii) any Contract to which any of Honeywell, Sellers, the Companies or the Subsidiaries of the Companies are party or by which they are bound or (iii) any Permit, Governmental Order or, subject to the matters described in clauses (i)-(iii) of Section 3.3(b), Law applicable to any of Honeywell, Sellers, the Companies or the Subsidiaries of the Companies or their respective property or assets, other than, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, any such conflicts, violations, defaults, rights or Encumbrances that would not interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the FTCP Business as presently conducted by the Companies or their Subsidiaries, or result in any material (x) fine, (y) penalty or (z) other Loss to the Companies and their Subsidiaries.

(b) Except as set forth in Section 3.3(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, no material consent, authorization, approval, or exemption of, or registration, declaration, notice or filing with, any Governmental Authority is required to be obtained or made by any of Honeywell, Sellers, the Companies or the Subsidiaries of the Companies in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, other than (i) compliance with and filings under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ HSR Act ”), (ii) to the extent applicable, compliance with and filings under similar Laws of foreign jurisdictions other than the United States, and (iii) compliance with the notice requirements to (A) the Consejo Nacional de Zonas Francas de Exportación (CNZF) and (B) the Secretaria del Estado de Trabajo (SET) of the Dominican Republic.

 

7


3.4 Capitalization.

(a) Section 3.4(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true and complete list of the authorized and outstanding capital stock, name, jurisdiction of organization, and record owner of the equity interests of each Company and its Subsidiaries, all of which are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free and clear of any and all Encumbrances. The Shares constitute all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Companies, and the shares of the Subsidiaries of the Companies set forth on Section 3.4(a) of the Disclosure Schedules constitute all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of such Subsidiaries. None of the shares of capital stock of the Companies were issued in violation of any shareholder preemptive or similar rights or of any applicable Federal, state, foreign or transnational securities laws.

(b) There are no existing options, warrants, calls, rights, subscriptions, arrangements, claims, commitments (contingent or otherwise) or other agreements of any character to which any of Honeywell, the Sellers, the Companies or the Subsidiaries of the Companies is a party, or is otherwise subject, requiring, and there are no securities of any of the Companies or the Subsidiaries of the Companies outstanding which upon conversion or exchange would require, the issuance, sale or transfer of any additional shares of capital stock or other securities of any of the Companies or the Subsidiaries of the Companies convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for or purchase capital stock or any other securities of any of the Companies or the Subsidiaries of the Companies. There are no outstanding or authorized stock appreciation, phantom stock, profit participation or similar rights with respect to the Companies or their Subsidiaries. None of Honeywell, the Sellers, the Companies or the Subsidiaries of the Companies is a party, or is otherwise subject, to any voting trust or other voting agreement with respect to the Shares or any of the shares of capital stock of the Subsidiaries of the Companies or to any agreement relating to the issuance, sale, redemption, transfer, acquisition or other disposition or the registration of the Shares or the capital stock of the Subsidiaries of the Companies.

(c) Other than the Subsidiaries of the Companies listed in Section 3.4(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no joint ventures or other Persons in which the Companies or their Subsidiaries own, of record or beneficially, any direct or indirect equity or other similar interest or any right (contingent or otherwise) to acquire any direct or indirect equity or other similar interest.

3.5 Financial Statements.

(a) Attached to Section 3.5(a) of the Disclosure Schedule are copies of (i) the unaudited historical pro forma income statements of the FTCP Business for each of the calendar years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 and the unaudited historical pro forma statement of net assets of the FTCP Business, as of December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 (collectively, the “ FTCP Year-End Financial Statements ”) and (ii) the unaudited historical pro forma income statement of the FTCP Business for the six-month period ended June 30, 2006 (the “ FTCP Interim Income Statement ”) and the unaudited historical pro forma statement of net assets of the FTCP Business as of June 30, 2006 (the “ FTCP Interim Statement of Net Assets ” and, together

 

8


with the FTCP Interim Income Statement, the “ FTCP Interim Financial Statements ”). The FTCP Interim Financial Statements and the FTCP Year-End Financial Statements are referred to herein as the “ FTCP Financial Statements ”.

(b) The FTCP Financial Statements were derived from the books and records of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and operating results of the FTCP Business as of the dates thereof and for the periods covered thereby, in accordance with the FTCP Specified Accounting Policies, consistently applied, subject in the case of the FTCP Interim Financial Statements to year-end adjustments (none of which are or will be inconsistent with past practice nor, individually or in the aggregate, material).

3.6 Absence of Certain Changes; Undisclosed Liabilities.

(a) Except as expressly required by this Agreement or as set forth in Section 3.6(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, since June 30, 2006 and prior to the date hereof, the Companies and their Subsidiaries have operated in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in all material respects, and neither the Companies nor their Subsidiaries have:

(i) adopted any change in their respective certificates of incorporation or bylaws or other similar organization or governing documents;

(ii) adopted a plan or agreement of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, restructuring, merger, consolidation, restructuring, recapitalization or other reorganization of any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries;

(iii) (A) issued, sold, transferred, pledged, disposed of or encumbered any shares of capital stock of the Companies or their Subsidiaries or any securities or rights convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into any shares of capital stock of the Companies or their Subsidiaries, (B) split, combined, subdivided or reclassified any shares of capital stock of the Companies or their Subsidiaries, (C) granted any options, warrants, or other rights to purchase or obtain any equity securities or any shares of capital stock of the Companies or their Subsidiaries, (D) declared, set aside or paid any dividend or other distribution other than in each case for cash, or (E) redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock of the Companies or their Subsidiaries;

(iv) entered into any Material Contract or materially amended or modified or terminated any Material Contract;

(v) entered into or consummated any transaction involving the acquisition of the business or stock (or, to the extent constituting a going-concern business, assets or other properties) of any other Person (other than purchases of inventory and, subject to clause (vi) below, capital equipment in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice);

 

9


(vi) made any capital expenditure materially in excess of the capital expenditure budget Made Available to Purchaser;

(vii) sold, transferred, leased, licensed, or otherwise disposed of material assets or property other than as expressly required pursuant to existing Material Contracts and sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(viii) sold, assigned, transferred, leased, licensed or encumbered any material Intellectual Property, including pursuant to the License Opportunity or the Settlement Opportunity, or disclosed any material trade secret, or abandoned any material Intellectual Property, in each case other than pursuant to sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(ix) (A) other than in the ordinary course of business, incurred or guaranteed any Indebtedness or issued any note, bond, or other debt security; (B) assumed, guaranteed, endorsed or otherwise become liable or responsible (whether directly, contingently or otherwise) for the obligations of any other Person (other than the Subsidiaries, in the case of the Companies); or (C) made loans, advances or capital contributions to or investments in any other Person (other than the Subsidiaries, in the case of the Companies and other than advances to employees in the ordinary course of business) or (D) mortgaged or pledged any of its material assets, tangible or intangible, or created or suffered to exist any Encumbrance thereon (other than Permitted Encumbrances);

(x) (A) made or rescinded any material tax election with respect to any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries, (B) changed any of its material methods of reporting income or deductions for Tax purposes (C) compromised any Tax liability of any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries that is material to the Companies and their Subsidiaries or (D) issued a waiver to extend the period of limitations for the payment or assessment of any Tax;

(xi) changed any of the accounting principles or practices used by the Companies and their Subsidiaries;

(xii) entered into any new lease or sublease of real property or amended or terminated or waived any rights under any lease or sublease with respect to any Leased Real Property;

(xiii) settled, conciliated or compromised any material claims, actions, suits, investigations or proceedings (including pursuant to the Settlement Opportunity);

(xiv) implemented any layoff of employees that could implicate the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988, as amended, or any similar foreign, transnational, state or local law, regulation or ordinance (collectively, the “ WARN Act ”);

 

10


(xv) had physical damage, destruction, theft or casualty loss affecting any of the Companies’ or their Subsidiaries’ assets in an amount exceeding $100,000 in the aggregate, whether or not covered by insurance;

(xvi) terminated or closed any facility, other than periodic shutdowns in the ordinary course of business;

(xvii) entered into any new Company Plan or terminated any Company Plan or increased the benefits under any Company Plan or amended or modified any Company Plan where such amendment or modification has a material cost impact on the Companies and their Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or granted or made a legally binding promise for, any material increase in compensation or benefits to any director, officer, or employee, or any material bonus, severance, incentive, or profit sharing payments, except as required under existing agreements or arrangements that have been Made Available to Purchaser or by applicable Law; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Companies or their Subsidiaries from entering into statutory employment agreements with new employees outside the United States, to the extent required by applicable Laws, in the ordinary course of business; or

(xviii) entered into an agreement or commitment to do any of the foregoing.

(b) Since June 30, 2006, there has not been a Business Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Other than (x) as and to the extent reflected or reserved for on the FTCP Interim Statement of Net Assets, and (y) Liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since June 30, 2006, none of which is a liability for a breach of contract, breach of warranty, tort, infringement, claim or lawsuit as of the Closing Date the Companies and their Subsidiaries will not have any Liabilities arising out of any event, condition, or state of facts on or prior to the Closing Date, that individually or together with all Liabilities arising out of the same facts and circumstances exceed $1,250,000, except for (i) Liabilities disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule, and (ii) liabilities under Contracts (other than Liabilities arising out of any default by the Companies or their Subsidiaries thereunder).

3.7 Taxes.

(a)Each of the Companies and their Subsidiaries has (i) duly and timely filed (or there has been filed on its behalf) all Tax Returns required to be filed by it (taking into account all applicable extensions) with the appropriate Taxing Authority, and (ii) paid all Taxes shown as due on such Tax Returns when payable. To the knowledge of Honeywell, all such Tax Returns are true and correct in all material respects, and were prepared in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. To the knowledge of Honeywell, since May 1, 2003, no claim has been made by a Taxing Authority in a jurisdiction where any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries do not file Tax Returns that any such entity is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.

 

11


(b) To the knowledge of Honeywell, there are no material Encumbrances for Taxes upon any property or assets of the Companies and their Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Purchased Entities ”), or any Assigned Intellectual Property, except for Encumbrances for Taxes not yet due and payable or for which adequate reserves have been provided in the FTCP Financial Statements.

(c) Except as set forth in Section 3.7(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, to the knowledge of Honeywell, there is no audit, examination, deficiency, refund litigation or proposed adjustment with respect to any material amount of Taxes pending or in progress or threatened with respect to any Taxes of the Companies or the Subsidiaries of the Companies.

(d) To the knowledge of Honeywell, there are no outstanding written requests, agreements, consents or waivers to extend the statutory period of limitations applicable to the assessment of any income Taxes or material income Tax deficiencies against any of the Companies or the Subsidiaries of the Companies.

(e) To the knowledge of Honeywell, each of the Companies or the Subsidiaries of the Companies is in material compliance with all applicable information reporting and Tax withholding requirements under U.S. federal, state and local, and non-US Tax laws.

(f) To the knowledge of Honeywell, none of the Companies or the Subsidiaries of the Companies is a party to, is bound by or has any obligation under any Tax sharing, Tax allocation or Tax indemnity agreement or similar contract or arrangement.

(g) To the knowledge of Honeywell, none of the Companies or the Subsidiaries of the Companies has engaged in a transaction that the Internal Revenue Service has identified by regulation or other form of published guidance as a listed transaction, as set forth in Treas. Reg. § 1.6011-4(b)(2).

(h) Except as set forth in Section 3.7(h) of the Disclosure Schedule, to the knowledge of Honeywell, since May 1, 2003, (i) none of the Purchased Entities has been a member of any affiliated group filing a consolidated United States federal income Tax Return (other than a group the common parent of which was Honeywell) and (ii) none of the Purchased Entities has any liabilities for Taxes of any Person (other than for the Purchased Entities) under Treasury Regulation 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local, or foreign law) as a transferee or successor, by contract, or otherwise.

(i) None of the Purchased Entities will be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of (i) a change in method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date, (ii)

 

12


“closing agreements” as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding provision of state, local or foreign Tax law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date, (iii) an installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date, or (iv) a prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date not in the ordinary course of business.

(j) To the knowledge of Honeywell, none of the Purchased Entities has distributed stock of another Person, or has had its stock distributed by another Person, in a transaction that was purported or intended to be governed in whole or in part by Section 355 or Section 361 of the Code.

(k) As of the Closing,

(i) The tax basis for United Kingdom Tax purposes of FTCP Holdings Ltd., an English unlimited liability company, in the stock of FTCP Bermuda Ltd. will be equal to the fair market value of such stock as of the date Step 11 of the Reorganization (as described in Section 5.1 of the Disclosure Schedule) was implemented, converted into pounds sterling using the exchange rate prevailing on such date;

(ii) The fiscal cost (as defined and adjusted under Article 289 of the Tax Code of the Dominican Republic, and Article 41 of its Application Regulation) of FTCP Bermuda Ltd. in the stock of First Technology Dominicana Holdings, S.A. will be equal to the fiscal cost of such stock immediately prior to FTCP Bermuda Ltd.’s acquisition of such stock. Such fiscal cost has been increased to DOP 1,773,486,658 as of August 31, 2006 by recognizing First Technology Dominicana Holdings S.A.’s share in the prior earnings of First Technology Dominicana, S.A. through December 31, 2005 (in the amount of DOP 1,593,703,467). First Technology Dominicana, S.A.’s prior earnings through December 31, 2005 have been received as a stock dividend by First Technology Dominicana Holdings, S.A. pursuant to the Reorganization; and

(iii) First Technology Dominicana Holdings, S.A.’s fiscal cost in the stock of First Technology Dominicana, S.A. includes First Technology Dominicana Holdings, S.A.’s share in the prior earnings of First Technology Dominicana, S.A.

As of December 31, 2005, the total fiscal cost of First Technology Dominicana Holdings, S.A. in its net assets (i.e., the stock of First Technology Dominicana, S.A.) was DOP 1,770,089,243 and total fiscal cost of First Technology Dominicana, S.A. in its net assets was DOP 1,720,952,824. As of the Closing, the total fiscal cost of the net assets owned by each of First Technology Dominicana Holdings, S.A. and First Technology Dominicana, S.A. will be equal to the respective amounts described in the preceding sentence, as adjusted for the 2006 earnings of First Technology Dominicana, S.A. from January 1, 2006 through the Closing, the capitalization described in (ii), above, and any adjustment for inflation allowed by Law that would apply to such assets.

 

13


For the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge and agree that Purchaser intends to cause the liquidation of Newco Bermuda, First Technology Dominicana Holdings S.A. and First Technology Dominicana S.A. as soon as practicable after the Closing Date, that a breach of the representations set forth in this Section 3.7(k) hereof could cause such liquidations to give rise to Losses indemnifiable hereunder, and thus that Purchaser is relying upon the representations set forth in this Section 3.7(k) in evaluating whether to consummate such liquidations.

3.8 Intellectual Property .

(a) Section 3.8(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true and complete list (in all material respects) of (i) all applications and registrations for Intellectual Property owned by the Companies or their Subsidiaries (ii) all applications and registrations for Assigned Intellectual Property; (iii) all material unregistered Trademarks owned by the Companies or one of their Subsidiaries and used in connection with the top five (5) products or services (in either case by annual revenue) of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and (iv) all material software, other than firmware owned by the Companies or one of their Subsidiaries and incorporated into the top five (5) products or services (in either case by annual revenue) of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

(b) A Company or one of its Subsidiaries is the sole owner, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances) of all Intellectual Property listed on Section 3.8(a)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule, and, immediately after the Closing, a Company or one of its Subsidiaries, or another purchaser designated to acquire the Assigned Intellectual Property shall be transferred sole ownership free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances) of all Intellectual Property listed in Section 3.8(a)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule, in either case, except as would not materially impair the Company’s ability to exploit such Intellectual Property. The Companies and their Subsidiaries own or have valid rights to use all material Intellectual Property that is currently used in the conduct of their respective businesses.

(c) All of the Intellectual Property listed on Section 3.8(a) of the Disclosure Schedule is valid and subsisting. Since March 25, 2006, neither the Companies nor their Subsidiaries have received any claim threatened in writing that challenges the validity or enforceability of the Companies’ or their Subsidiaries’ ownership or right to use any Intellectual Property owned by the Companies or their Subsidiaries and to the knowledge of Honeywell, no such claim has been made since June 30, 2004.

(d) The Companies and their Subsidiaries are not infringing or misappropriating, and have not at any time since January 1, 2004 infringed or misappropriated, in either case in any material respect, the Intellectual Property of any third Person; it being understood that if any instance of such an infringement or misappropriation occurred or existed at any time on or after January 1, 2004, then for purposes of determining the extent of any Losses related to a breach of this provision, the calculation of such Losses for purposes of Article IX shall be based on all instances of

 

14


such infringement or misappropriation without giving effect to such January 1, 2004 time qualifier. Since March 25, 2004, the Companies and their Subsidiaries have not received any claim threatened in writing alleging such infringement or misappropriation (including any offers to license any Patents from any third Person) and, to the knowledge of Honeywell, no such claim has been made since June 30, 2004.

(e) Except as set forth in Section 3.8(e) of the Disclosure Schedule, to the knowledge of Honeywell, no third Person is infringing or misappropriating in any material respect (i) any Intellectual Property owned by the Companies or their Subsidiaries or (ii) any Assigned Intellectual Property.

(f) The Company and its Subsidiaries have taken commercially reasonable efforts to protect the confidentiality of their trade secrets.

(g) Except as set forth in Section 3.8(g) of the Disclosure Schedule, since January 1, 2004, all employees, consultants, or contractors who have been engaged to create or develop Intellectual Property for the Companies or their Subsidiaries which Intellectual Property is material to the conduct of the business of the Companies or their Subsidiaries as currently conducted, have executed and delivered to the Companies and their Subsidiaries a valid and enforceable agreement: (i) providing for the non-disclosure by such current or former employee, consultant, or contractor of any confidential information of the Companies and their Subsidiaries; and (ii) providing for the assignment by such current or former employee, consultant, or contractor to the Companies or their Subsidiaries of any such Intellectual Property arising out of such employee’s, consultant’s, or contractor’s employment by, engagement by or contract with the Companies or their Subsidiaries.

(h) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Intellectual Property ” means all of the following in any jurisdiction throughout the world: (i) all inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice), all improvements thereto, all patents, patent applications, and patent disclosures therefor, and all divisionals, reissues, revisions, re-examinations, extensions, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof, (ii) all trademarks, trade dress, service marks, trade names, domain names, whether registered or unregistered, and pending applications to register the same, including all renewals thereof and all goodwill associated therewith (each, a Trademark”), (iii) all copyrights, whether registered or unregistered, and pending applications to register the same, and (iv) all know-how and trade secrets.

3.9 Legal Proceedings . Except as set forth in Section 3.9 of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no material claims, charges, arbitrations, formal grievances, complaints, actions, suits, investigations or proceedings pending by or against or, to the knowledge of Honeywell, threatened by or against, the Companies or the Subsidiaries of the Companies or any of their respective properties by or before any Governmental Authority. None of the Companies or any Subsidiary of the Companies or any of their respective properties or assets is or are subject to any material Governmental Order, and to the knowledge of Honeywell, there are no such Governmental Orders threatened to be imposed. To the knowledge of Honeywell, there are no formal or

 

15


informal material governmental inquiries or investigations or internal investigations or whistle-blower complaints pending or threatened relating to, affecting or involving the FTCP Business. This representation and warranty does not apply to environmental matters, which are the subject of Section 3.11, or Intellectual Property matters, which are the subject of Section 3.8.

3.10 Compliance with Laws; Permits.

(a) Since January 1, 2004, the Companies and their Subsidiaries have been and are in compliance with all Laws applicable to their respective businesses except where the failure to be in compliance would not interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the FTCP Business as presently conducted by the Companies and their Subsidiaries. Since January 1, 2004, none of the Sellers or the Companies or their Subsidiaries have received any notice or other communication in writing from a Governmental Authority or any other Person regarding any alleged failure to comply with any Laws, except where the failure to comply would not interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the FTCP Business as presently conducted by the Companies and the Subsidiaries or result in a material (x) fine, (y) penalty, or (z) other Loss to the Companies and their Subsidiaries.

(b) The Companies and their Subsidiaries have obtained all Permits that are necessary to the conduct in all material respects of their respective businesses as presently being conducted. All material Permits are in full force and effect and will not be subject to termination or otherwise impaired solely as a result of the sale of the Shares by the Sellers pursuant to this Agreement. To the knowledge of Honeywell, none of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries is in material violation or material default of such Permits, and none of the Companies or their Subsidiaries has received any written notification from any Governmental Authority threatening to revoke any material Permit.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the representations and warranties contained in this Section 3.10 do not apply to Taxes, Intellectual Property, Environmental Laws, and employee matters and Company Plans, which subject matters are covered in their entirety and exclusively under Sections 3.7, 3.8, 3.11, 3.12 and 3.18, respectively.

3.11 Environmental Matters . Except as set forth in Section 3.11 of the Disclosure Schedule:

(a) The Companies and their Subsidiaries have at all times within the past five years complied, and are in compliance, with applicable Environmental Laws, in either case, in all material respects.

(b)Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Companies and their Subsidiaries have obtained, and have at all times within the past five years complied, and are in compliance, in either case, in all material respects, with, all material Permits that are required pursuant to Environmental Laws for the occupation of the Property and the operation of their respective businesses.

 

16


(c) There are no material Environmental Claims pending or, to the knowledge of Honeywell, threatened against the Companies or their Subsidiaries.

(d) There is no condition on any Property, or any formerly owned or operated property or facility, for which any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries have an obligation to undertake any investigation, cleanup or remedial action pursuant to Environmental Laws. There are no Materials of Environmental Concern present on, in, under or migrating from any Property, or any formerly owned or operated property or facility, and no disposal, arrangement for disposal, generation, release, discharge, spill, storage, transportation, handling or treatment of, or exposure of any Person to, Materials of Environmental Concern has occurred on, in or under the Property, or any formerly owned or operated property or facility, or elsewhere by or on behalf of any of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries so as to give rise to any material current or future Liabilities under any Environmental Law.

(e) None of the Companies or their Subsidiaries is subject to any material Liability, including any obligation for corrective or remedial action, of any other Person relating to Environmental Laws.

(f) Honeywell has made available to Purchaser all environmental audits, reports and other material environmental documents relating to the past or current properties, facilities or operations of the Companies or their Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates or predecessors that are in its possession or under its reasonable control.

(g) For purposes of this Agreement, (i) “ Environmental Claims ” means any claim, cause of action, suit, investigation, proceeding, or notice by any person or entity (including any Governmental Order) alleging potential Liability arising out of, based on or resulting from (A) the presence, or release into the environment, of any Material of Environmental Concern at any location, or (B) circumstances forming the basis of any violation, or alleged violation of, or any Liability or potential Liability under, any Environmental Law, (ii) “ Environmental Laws ” means all federal, interstate, state, local and foreign Laws and all Governmental Orders and all common law, in each case, in effect on or prior to the Closing Date relating to pollution or protection of human health, safety, or the environment, including Laws relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of Materials of Environmental Concern, or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of, or exposure of Persons to, Materials of Environmental Concern, and (iii) “ Materials of Environmental Concern ” means chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances and materials, radioactive materials, asbestos, petroleum and petroleum products.

3.12 Employee Matters and Benefit Plans . (a) Each employment, deferred compensation, pension, stock option, stock purchase, stock appreciation right,

 

17


equity-based compensation, incentive, profit-sharing or retirement plan, arrangement or agreement, each medical, vacation, retiree medical, severance pay plan, and each other agreement (including any severance, change in control or similar agreement) or fringe or other material benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement, (x) in each case that is sponsored or maintained by any of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries, that affects or covers any current or former employee, officer, director, contractor or agent of any of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries and under which any of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries has any Liability or (y) with respect to which any of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries has any Liability (including, “employee benefit plans” within the meaning of Sections 3(1), 3(2) and 3(3) of ERISA) (each a “Company Plan“ and collectively, the “Company Plans”) has been listed on Section 3.12(a)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule. True and complete copies of the following have been Made Available to Purchaser by Honeywell: (i) the most recent copy of the Company Plans, including any trust instruments and all amendments thereto, (ii) the most recent annual reports filed on Form 5500, including all required schedules for each Company Plan required to file an annual report, (iii) the most recent determination letter issued by the Internal Revenue Service for each Company Plan that is intended to be “qualified” under Section 401(a) of the Code, (iv) the most recent summary plan description and any summary of material modifications, as required, for each Company Plan, (v) the most recent actuarial reports, if any, relating to each Company Plan, and (vi) the most recent actuarial valuation, study or estimate of any Company Plan that is a retiree medical and life insurance benefits plan or supplemental retirement benefits plan.

(b) Except as set forth in Section 3.12(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, with respect to each Company Plan: (i) if intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code, such Company Plan has received a determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service stating that it so qualifies and that its trust is exempt from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code and nothing has occurred that would adversely affect such qualification or exempt status; (ii) such Company Plan has been maintained, funded and administered in all material respects in accordance with its terms and applicable Law, including (if applicable) ERISA and the Code; (iii) except for routine claims for benefits, no disputes are pending or, to the knowledge of Honeywell, threatened that could give rise to Liability on the part of any of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries; (iv) neither any of the Companies nor any of their Subsidiaries nor any trustee nor any fiduciary of a Company Plan that is subject to ERISA or the Code has engaged in any prohibited transaction within the meaning of Sections 406 or 407 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or any breach of fiduciary duty with respect to any such Company Plan that could result in the imposition of any Liability on such Company Plan or any of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries; (v) all contributions, distributions and premium payments required under ERISA and the Code to be made with respect to any Company Plan as of the Closing Date have been made or shall have been made or accrued on the Final FTCP Net Working Capital in full; (vi) no Company Plan that is subject to ERISA or the Code is a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA or a “multiple employer plan” within the meaning of Section 413(c) of the Code; and (vii) there are no actions, proceedings, audits, hearings, claims or investigations pending before the Internal Revenue Service, Department of Labor or other Governmental Authority with respect to any Company Plan, nor to the knowledge of Honeywell is any such action, proceeding, audit, hearing, claim or investigation threatened.

 

18


(c) No Company Plan is a “defined benefit plan” subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code. None of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries has any Liability: (i) under or with respect to (A) any “employee pension benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) that is subject to Title IV of ERISA or Code Section 412, (B) any “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, (C) any “multiple employer welfare arrangement” as defined in Section 3(40) of ERISA, or (D) any “multiple employer plan” within the meaning of Section 210 of ERISA or Section 413(c) of the Code; or (ii) on account of being at any time considered a single employer under Section 414 of the Code with any Person other than the Companies and their Subsidiaries (the Liabilities in (i) and (ii) are referred to herein collectively as the “ ERISA Group Liabilities ”).

(d) None of the Companies or their Subsidiaries has any Liability for retiree or post-termination health and life or other welfare-type benefits under any Company Plan, other than coverage as may be required under Section 4980B of the Code or Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, or under the continuation of coverage provisions of the Laws of any state or locality.

(e) The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not, either alone or in combination with another event, (i) entitle any current or former employee, officer, director, contractor or agent of any of the Companies or any Subsidiary of the Companies to severance pay, unemployment compensation or any other payment under any Company Plans, (ii) accelerate the time of payment or vesting, or trigger any payment or funding, through a grantor trust or otherwise, or increase the amount of, compensation or benefits due any such current or former employee, officer, director, contractor or agent or trigger any other obligation pursuant to, any of the Company Plans, (iii) result in any breach or violation of, or a default under, any of the Company Plans, or (iv) in respect of any Company Plan that is subject to the Code, result in any payment that would be a “parachute payment” to a “disqualified individual” as those terms are defined in Section 280G of the Code, without regard to whether such payment is reasonable compensation for personal services performed or to be performed in the future.

(f) The Companies and their Subsidiaries have, for purposes of each Company Plan, correctly classified those individuals performing services for the Companies and their Subsidiaries as common law employees, leased employees, independent contractors or agents.

(g) Except as required by applicable Law or as set forth in Section 3.12(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, no benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement is maintained outside the jurisdiction of the United States, or covers any individual residing or working outside the United States (each a “ Foreign Plan ”). Each Foreign Plan complies with applicable Laws in all material respects. All contributions, distributions and premium payments required to be made with respect to each Foreign

 

19


Plan have been timely made or properly accrued. No Liability in connection with the termination of, or withdrawal from, any Foreign Plan has been incurred or will be incurred as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. No Foreign Plan has any unfunded liabilities that have not been properly accrued.

3.13 Material Contracts.

(a) Except as set forth in Section 3.13(a) of the Disclosure Schedule or specifically approved by the Purchaser under Section 5.1, none of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any: (i) Contract that would be required to be filed by Honeywell as a material contract pursuant to Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K of the SEC (including Contracts relating to compensation of executive officers); (ii) Contract containing covenants of a Company or any Subsidiary of a Company not to compete in any line of business, industry or geographical area; (iii) Contract which creates a partnership or joint venture or similar arrangement between any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries and another Person or any options, rights (preemptive or otherwise), warrants, calls, convertible securities or commitments or any other agreements or arrangements with respect to any equity securities of the Companies or their Subsidiaries; (iv) indenture, letters of credit, credit agreement, loan agreement, security agreement, guarantee, note, mortgage or other evidence of Indebtedness or agreement providing for Indebtedness or any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any assets of the Company or their Subsidiaries in an amount exceeding $100,000; (v) Contract for the sale of any of its material assets, including any real property, after the date hereof (other than inventory in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice); (vi) collective bargaining agreement, employee association agreement or other agreement with any labor union, employee representative group, works council or similar collection of employees, (vii) any consulting agreement, management agreement, advisory agreement, employment agreement, severance agreement, retention agreement or change-of-control agreement, in each case providing for payments in excess of $100,000 in any fiscal year; (viii) Contract between the Companies and their Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any of Honeywell or its Affiliates or Subsidiaries or any of its or their officers or directors or entities in which they have an controlling interest (other than Contracts solely between the Companies and their Subsidiaries), on the other hand (other than ordinary course trade payables and trade receivables negotiated on an arms’ length basis); (ix) Contract under which the Companies and their Subsidiaries have made payments in excess of $250,000 in the last fiscal year or anticipate making payments in excess of $250,000 in the current fiscal year or of more than $500,000 over the life of the Contract (other than purchase orders or invoices entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice); (x) any Contract containing any material license of, or any option to assign or purchase, any material Intellectual Property (excluding, however, licenses of commercially available software), including the Third Party License Agreements; (xi) Contract under which the Companies and their Subsidiaries received payments in excess of $250,000 in the last fiscal year or anticipate receiving payments in excess of $250,000 in the current fiscal year or of more than $500,000 over the life of the Contract (other than sales orders or invoices entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice); (xii) Contract involving any Key Customers or Key Suppliers, other than purchase orders

 

20


and sales orders in the ordinary course of business; (xiii) any lease, sublease, or license of any real property or other material assets of or by the Companies or their Subsidiaries; or (xiv) Contract involving the acquisition of the business or stock (or, to the extent constituting a going-concern business, assets or other properties) of any other Person since June 1, 2004. Set forth in Section 3.13(a) of the Disclosure Schedule is a true and correct copy of the terms of the standard warranties provided by the Companies and their Subsidiaries with respect to products sold. Each such contract described in clauses (i)-(xiv) is referred to herein as a “ Material Contract .”

(b) Except as set forth in Section 3.13(b) of the Disclosure Schedule (i) none of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries (or, in the case of the Third Party License Agreements, none of Honeywell or its Subsidiaries) is (and, to the knowledge of Honeywell, no other party is) in material breach of or default under any Material Contract, (ii) none of the Companies or their Subsidiaries (or, in the case of the Third Party License Agreements, none of Honeywell or its Subsidiaries) has received (a) any written or, to the knowledge of Honeywell, oral notice or claim of material default under any Material Contract, (b) any written or, to the knowledge of Honeywell, oral notice, of an intention to terminate, not renew or challenge the validity or enforceability of any Material Contract (other than Contracts with Key Customers or Key Suppliers, as to which this notice shall be governed by Section 3.14), (iii) to the knowledge of Honeywell, no event has occurred that, with or without notice or lapse of time or both, would result in a material breach or default under any Material Contract, (iv) each of the Material Contracts is in full force and effect, is the valid, binding and enforceable obligation of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, and will not be subject to termination solely as a result of the sale of Shares by Sellers pursuant to this Agreement, and to the knowledge of Honeywell, of the other parties thereto. Honeywell has Made Available to Purchaser true and complete copies of each Material Contract, including all material amendments, waivers, exhibits, schedules or attachments thereto.

3.14 Material Customers and Suppliers . Section 3.14 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true and complete list of (a) the top 10 customers of the FTCP Business (by revenue) during each of the last two (2) fiscal years and for the current fiscal year to June 30 (the “ Key Customers ”), and (b) the top 10 suppliers of the FTCP Business (by expense) during each of the last two (2) fiscal years and for the current fiscal year to date (the “ Key Suppliers ”). Since March 25, 2006, no Key Customer or Key Supplier has canceled or otherwise terminated its relationship with the FTCP Business, and, to the knowledge of Honeywell, none of the Companies or their Subsidiaries has, prior to the date hereof, received any written notice from any Key Customer or Key Supplier to the effect that any such Key Customer or Key Supplier intends to cancel or otherwise terminate its relationship with the FTCP Business. Since March 25, 2006 and prior to the date hereof, to the knowledge of Honeywell, none of the Companies or their Subsidiaries has received a written notice from a Key Customer or Key Supplier to the effect that any such Key Customer or Key Supplier intends to materially diminish or materially adversely modify its relationship with the FTCP Business.

 

21


3.15 Real Properties .

(a) The Companies and their Subsidiaries have insurable fee simple title to the real property set forth in Section 3.15(a) of the Disclosure Schedule (except with respect to that certain portion of the real property located in Grand Blanc, Michigan that was condemned for a 50 foot right-of-way along Holly Road) (collectively, the “ Owned Real Property ”), free and clear of, to the knowledge of Honeywell, any Liens (as hereafter described), tenancies, sub-tenancies, licenses, defects, exceptions, rights of way, restrictions, covenants, claims, similar matters, or other encumbrances of any nature whatsoever in respect of such property or asset (collectively, “ Encumbrances ”), except for Permitted Encumbrances and those Encumbrances set forth in Section 3.15(a) of the Disclosure Schedule.

(b) A true and complete list of all of the real property that is leased, subleased, licensed, or used by any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries is set forth in Section 3.15(b) of the Disclosure Schedule (collectively, the “ Leased Real Property ”) (the Owned Real Property and the Leased Real Property are collectively referred to herein as the “ Property ”). To the knowledge of Honeywell, the Companies and their Subsidiaries have valid leasehold interests in the Leased Real Property (except for those leasehold interests in the United Kingdom and the Dominican Republic where the consents of the landlords may have been required with respect to the existing subleases, but such consents were not obtained, as more particularly described in Section 3.13 of the Disclosure Schedule, and the leasehold interest in Southfield, Michigan, which lease is being amended, as more particularly described in Section 3.15 (b) of the Disclosure Schedule), free and clear of any Encumbrances, except for Permitted Encumbrances and those Encumbrances set forth on Section 3.15(b) of the Disclosure Schedule. Except as set forth in Section 3.15(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, with respect to each of the foregoing leases, the Companies and its Subsidiaries have not subleased, licensed, or otherwise granted any Person the right to use or occupy such Leased Real Property or any portion thereof.

3.16 Personal Properties . The Companies and their Subsidiaries have, and (except for assets sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business after the date hereof in compliance with Section 5.1 hereof) on the Closing Date will have, all of the rights, title and interest to all machinery, equipment, furniture and other tangible assets located on the Real Property or used in the ordinary course of their business and operations (“ Tangible Property ”), free and clear of any mortgage, lien, pledge, security interest, option, right of first refusal, right of first offer, or similar charges (“ Liens ”), other than Permitted Encumbrances.

3.17 Sufficiency of Assets . Except as set forth in Section 3.17 of the Disclosure Schedule, the assets of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, together with the Assigned Intellectual Property and the Trademark License Agreement, constitute all of the material assets (real, personal, tangible, intangible or otherwise) held by Honeywell and its Subsidiaries for use in the FTCP Business and are sufficient in all material respects for the Companies and their Subsidiaries to conduct and operate the FTCP Business from and after the Closing Date in the same manner as currently conducted. Except as set forth in Section 3.17 of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the Sellers (and none of their respective Affiliates (other than the Companies and their Subsidiaries))

 

22


owns, utilizes or has an interest in any material assets of, performs any material services for, or on behalf of, or provides any material group purchasing benefits to, or with respect to, the Companies and their Subsidiaries.

3.18 Labor .

(a) Except as set forth in Section 3.18 of the Disclosure Schedule: (a) none of the Companies or their Subsidiaries is a party to any collective bargaining agreement or any other labor-related agreements with any labor union or labor organization applicable to employees of any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries, nor is any such agreement currently being negotiated; (b) no material work stoppage or other material labor action or dispute involving any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries is pending or, to the knowledge of Honeywell, threatened by any such labor dispute; and (c) the Companies and their Subsidiaries are operating the FTCP Business in compliance with all applicable Labor Laws, except where the failure to comply would not interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the FTCP Business as presently conducted by the Companies and the Subsidiaries or result in a material (x) fine, (y) penalty or (z) other Loss to the Companies and their Subsidiaries. “ Labor Laws ” means any applicable Law relating to employment standards, human rights, health and safety, labor relations, wage and hour statutes, immigration, layoffs, workplace safety and insurance and/or pay equity.

(b) With respect to this transaction, any notice required under any law or collective bargaining agreement (including any works council) has been (or will be) given, and all bargaining obligations with any employee representative have been, or prior to the Closing will be, satisfied. Within the past three years, none of the Companies or their Subsidiaries has implemented any plant closing or layoff of employees that could implicate the WARN Act, and no such action will be implemented without advance notification to Purchaser.

3.19 Insurance . Honeywell has Made Available to the Purchaser complete copies of all policies of insurance maintained solely by the Companies and their Subsidiaries with respect to their properties and assets, or true and complete summaries of the material terms of such insurance policies. Section 3.19 of the Disclosure Schedule set forth a list of all material insurance policies relating to the FTCP Business that are not held by the Companies or their Subsidiaries. All insurance policies relating to the FTCP Business are in full force and effect, all premiums due and payable with respect to such policies have been paid and the applicable insured parties have complied in all material respects with the provisions of such policies. None of Honeywell, Sellers, the Companies or their Subsidiaries has received: (i) any written notice regarding the cancellation or invalidation of any of the existing insurance policies relating to the FTCP Business or regarding any actual or possible adjustment in the amount of the premiums payable with respect to any of said policies; or (ii) any written notice regarding any refusal of coverage under, or any rejection of any claim under, any such policies.

 

23


3.20 Finder’s Fee . Except for fees payable to Dresdner Kleinwort Securities LLC and other fees for which Honeywell and the Sellers will be exclusively responsible, none of Honeywell, the Sellers, the Companies or their Subsidiaries has incurred any liability to any party for any brokerage or finder’s fee or agent’s commission, or the like, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement other than as a result of arrangements, agreements or understandings made by or on behalf of Purchaser or any of its Affiliates (other than the Companies and their Subsidiaries).

3.21 Bank Accounts; Directors and Officers . Section 3.21 of the Disclosure Schedule includes a list of each bank in which any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries has an account, safe deposit box or lock box as of the date hereof, the number of each such account or box and each authorized signatory. Section 3.21 of the Disclosure Schedule also sets forth a list of the officers and directors of each of the Companies and their Subsidiaries.

3.22 Disclaimer of Other Representations and Warranties . Except as expressly set forth in this Article III, none of Honeywell or the Sellers makes any representation or warranty, express or implied, at law or in equity, with respect to the Companies, their Subsidiaries, their respective businesses or financial condition or any of their assets, Liabilities or operations, or the past, current or future profitability or performance of the FTCP Business or any other matter, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and Honeywell and the Sellers specifically disclaim any such other representations or warranties.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to Honeywell and the Sellers that, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date:

4.1 Corporate Status . Purchaser is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization and Purchaser (a) has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as it is now being conducted, and (b) is duly qualified or otherwise authorized to do business and is in good standing in each of the jurisdictions in which the ownership, operation or leasing of its properties and assets and the conduct of its business requires it to be so qualified or otherwise authorized, except where the failure to have to be so qualified or otherwise authorized would not have a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect.

4.2 Authority . Purchaser has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Purchaser, and no other corporate proceeding on the part of the Purchaser is necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement and

 

24


the Ancillary Agreements or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements have been duly executed and delivered by Purchaser, and, assuming due authorization and delivery by Honeywell and the Sellers, this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, each constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Purchaser, enforceable against Purchaser in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws now or hereinafter in effect relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, or by general equitable principles (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

4.3 No Conflict; Required Filings .

(a) The execution and delivery of this Agreement does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), conflict with, or result in any violation of or default under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to loss of a benefit under, or result in the creation of any material Encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of Purchaser under, any provision of (i) the certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of Purchaser, (ii) any material Contract to which Purchaser is party or by which it is bound or (iii) any Governmental Order or, subject to the matters described in clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 4.3(b), Law applicable to Purchaser or its property or assets, other than, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, any such conflicts, violations, defaults, rights or Encumbrances that would not have a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect.

(b) No material consent of, or registration, declaration, notice or filing with, any Governmental Authority is required to be obtained or made by Purchaser in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, other than (i) compliance with and filings under the HSR Act, (ii) to the extent applicable, compliance with and filings under similar laws of foreign jurisdictions other than the United States, and (iii) compliance with the notice requirements to each of the Governmental Authorities listed in Schedule 4.3.

4.4 Legal Proceedings . There are no material claims, charges, arbitrations, formal grievances, complaints, actions, suits, governmental inquiries or investigations, internal investigations or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of Purchaser, threatened against Purchaser or any of its Affiliates or any of their respective properties before any Governmental Authority, except as would not have a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect.

4.5 Sufficient Funds .

(a) As of the date of this Agreement, Purchaser has cash and sufficient funds currently available under the Credit Agreement, dated April 27, 2006, among Sensata Technologies, B.V., Sensata Technologies Finance Company, LLC, Sensata Technologies Intermediate Holding B.V., each lender from time to time party

 

25


thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (the “ Credit Facility ”) which together constitute an amount sufficient to pay the Purchase Price in full and any related fees or expenses (collectively, “ Sufficient Payment Resources ”). Purchaser has Made Available to Sellers a true, correct and complete copy of the Credit Facility. As of the date hereof, there is no condition that is not capable of being satisfied to the availability of funds under the Credit Facility in an amount which, together with cash available to pay the Purchase Price, will constitute Sufficient Payment Resources, and the Purchaser has no knowledge of, and no reason to believe that as of the Closing there will be any condition that cannot be satisfied to the availability of funds under the Credit Agreement in an amount which, together with cash available to pay the Purchase Price, will constitute Sufficient Payment Resources. At the Closing Date, Purchaser will have (i) cash and (ii) funds available under the Credit Facility and/or funds available under another credit facility, which in the aggregate will constitute an amount sufficient to pay the Purchase Price in full and any related fees or expenses.

(b) Immediately following the Closing after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby, the Purchaser will be Solvent. As used herein, “ Solvent ” means with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (i) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including, contingent liabilities, of such Person, (ii) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (iii) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature and (iv) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

4.6 Investment Intent . Purchaser has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the risks and merits associated with the acquisition of the Shares and is acquiring the Shares for its own account for investment, with no present intention of making a public distribution thereof. Purchaser will not sell or otherwise dispose of the Shares in violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any state securities laws.

4.7 No Reliance .

(a) Purchaser is an informed and sophisticated purchaser and has engaged expert advisors who are experienced in the evaluation and purchase of companies such as the Companies and their Subsidiaries as contemplated hereunder, and has had such access to the personnel and properties of the Companies, their Subsidiaries, the Sellers and Honeywell Affiliates as it deems necessary and appropriate to make such evaluation and purchase.

 

26


(b) Purchaser has agreed to purchase the Shares and the Assigned Intellectual Property based on its own inspection, examination and determination with respect to all matters and without reliance upon any representations, warranties, communications or disclosures of any nature other than those expressly set forth in this Agreement.

(c) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Purchaser, in entering into this Agreement, is relying solely on the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement and, except as expressly set forth in Article III of this Agreement (as qualified by the disclosure in the Disclosure Schedules), none of the Sellers, Honeywell nor any other Person makes any representation or warranty, express or implied, with respect to, and Purchaser expressly disclaims any reliance on, (i) any information included in the Confidential Information Memorandum dated July 2006 related to the FTCP Business or other matters; (ii) any information, written or oral and in any form provided, made available to it or any of its agents, advisors, employees or representatives in “data rooms” (including on-line data rooms), management presentations, functional “break-out” discussions, oral or written responses to questions submitted on behalf of it or other communications between it or any of its agents, advisors, employees or representatives, on the one hand, and the Companies, any of their Subsidiaries or any of their agents, advisors, employees or representatives, on the other hand; (iii) any projections, estimates or budgets delivered to or made available to it or any of its agents, advisors, employees or representatives, or which is made available to it or any of its agents, advisors, employees or representatives after the date hereof, or future revenues, expenses or expenditures, future results of operations (or any component thereof), future cash flows or future financial condition (or any component thereof) of the Companies and their Subsidiaries or the future business and operations of the Companies and their Subsidiaries; (iv) the condition of any of the Property being transferred hereunder, which Purchaser is purchasing on an “AS IS, WITH ALL FAULTS” basis without any warranties or guarantees of any kind from the Sellers, the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries; (v) the operation of the business by Purchaser after Closing in any manner; (vi) the probable success or profitability of the ownership, use or operation of the FTCP Business by Purchaser after the Closing; or (vii) the accuracy or completeness of any other information, written or oral and in any form provided, or documents previously made available or which is made available after the date hereof to it or any of its agents, advisors, employees or representatives with respect to the Companies or their Subsidiaries or their respective businesses and operations or other related matters, whether in expectation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise.

(d) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Purchaser agrees and acknowledges that, except to the extent expressly set forth in Article III of this Agreement (as qualified by the disclosure in the Disclosure Schedules), (i) neither Honeywell nor any of its Affiliates makes any representation or warranty as to whether the License Opportunity or the Settlement Opportunity will be realized by any Person at any time or with respect to any information which has been provided to Purchaser with respect to the License Opportunity or the Settlement Opportunity, (ii) except to the extent expressly required under Section 5.9 hereof, Honeywell and its Affiliates undertake no obligation to update the Purchaser with respect to any changes in assumptions underlying

 

27


the valuation of the License Opportunity or the status of negotiations between the parties negotiating the License Opportunity (but Honeywell will upon request, reasonably update Purchaser as to the status of negotiations regarding the Settlement Opportunity) and (iii) Honeywell and its Affiliates reserve the right to terminate discussions of any potential license at any time with respect to the License Opportunity without liability to any party. (It being understood that Honeywell will use reasonable efforts to continue discussions regarding the Settlement Opportunity unless otherwise agreed by Purchaser).

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, nothing in the foregoing shall limit the right of the Purchaser Indemnified Parties to rely on the representations and warranties expressly set forth in this Agreement and to their rights to indemnification under Articles VII and IX, nor will anything in the foregoing operate to limit any claim by a Purchaser Indemnified Party for fraud, which shall, in any case, be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.22, 4.7, 10.8 and 10.9 of this Agreement.

4.8 Finder’s Fee . Purchaser has not incurred any liability to any party for any brokerage or finder’s fee or agent’s commission, or the like, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Purchaser for which any of Honeywell, Sellers, or their respective stockholders, option holders, directors, officers or Affiliates will be liable based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates.

4.9 Disclaimer of Other Representations and Warranties . Except as expressly set forth in this Article IV, Purchaser makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, at law or in equity, with respect to Purchaser, its Subsidiaries, its businesses or financial condition or any of its assets, liabilities or operations or any other matter, and any such other representations or warranties are hereby expressly disclaimed.

ARTICLE V

COVENANTS

5.1 Interim Operations of the Companies . From and after the date hereof, Honeywell and the Sellers shall cause the Companies and their Subsidiaries to conduct their respective businesses only in the ordinary course consistent with past practice and use their commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact their assets (tangible and intangible), including by applying any available insurance proceeds received directly and specifically with respect to their assets to replace or repair any such assets, business organizations and relationships with employees and third parties having material business dealings with the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except (1) as otherwise expressly required by this Agreement, (2) for actions approved in advance by Purchaser in writing (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), (3) to the extent required to comply with applicable Law (in which case Purchaser shall nonetheless be notified) and (4) as set forth on Section 5.1 of the Disclosure Schedule, from and after the date hereof Honeywell and Sellers shall cause the Companies and their Subsidiaries not to take any of the following actions:

(a) adopt any change in their respective certificates of incorporation or bylaws or other similar organization or governing documents;

 

28


(b) adopt a plan or agreement of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, restructuring, merger, consolidation, restructuring, recapitalization or other reorganization of any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries;

(c) (i) issue, sell, transfer, pledge, dispose of or encumber the Shares or any shares of capital stock of the Companies or the Subsidiaries of the Companies, or (ii) grant any option, warrant or other right to purchase or obtain, or otherwise dispose of or encumber, any of the equity securities of the Companies or the Subsidiaries of the Companies;

(d) enter into or consummate any transaction involving the acquisition of the business or stock (or, to the extent constituting a going concern business, assets or other properties) of any other Person (other than purchases of inventory and capital equipment in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, subject to clause (l) below);

(e) sell, assign, lease, license, transfer or otherwise dispose of any material amount of assets or property except as expressly required pursuant to existing Material Contracts and sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or mortgage or pledge any of its material assets, tangible or intangible, or create or suffer to exist any material Encumbrance thereupon (other than permitted Encumbrances);

(f) other than in the ordinary course of business, incur or guarantee any Indebtedness, or issue any note, bond or debt security;

(g) enter into any Material Contract or materially amend or modify or terminate any Material Contract;

(h) enter into any new Company Plan or terminate any Company Plan or increase the benefits under any Company Plan or amend or modify any Company Plan where such amendment or modification has a material cost impact on the Companies and their Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or grant or make a legally binding promise for, any material increase in compensation or benefits to any director, officer, or employee, or any material bonus, severance, incentive, or profit sharing payments, except as required under existing agreements or arrangements that have been Made Available to Purchaser or by applicable Law; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Companies or their Subsidiaries from entering into statutory employment agreements with new employees outside the United States, to the extent required by applicable Laws, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(i) change the material terms and conditions of their business relationships with Key Customers or Key Suppliers other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

29


(j) terminate or close any facility, other than periodic shutdowns in the ordinary course of business;

(k) incur or commit to any capital expenditures materially in excess of the capital expenditure budget Made Available to Purchaser, or enter into any new line of business;

(l) take any action or omit to take any action that would require disclosure pursuant to Section 3.6 if each representation and warranty contained therein were remade as of the time of such action or omission; or

(m) authorize, or agree or commit to do, whether in writing or otherwise, any of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing herein shall or shall be deemed to preclude or otherwise limit Honeywell or its Subsidiaries (including the Companies and their Subsidiaries) from:

(x) declaring, setting aside or paying any dividends or other distribution in cash with respect to any of the shares of capital stock of the Companies or their Subsidiaries, or redeeming or repurchasing for cash any of the shares of capital stock of the Companies or their Subsidiaries; or

(y) settling, terminating or otherwise canceling any hedging, swap, derivative or other similar transactions (collectively, the “ Swaps ”), entered into by Honeywell or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Companies and their Subsidiaries), in whole or in part, for the benefit of the FTCP Business, it being understood and agreed by the Purchaser that any such terminations, settlements or cancellations will result in the Companies and their Subsidiaries being in an unhedged position with respect to the matters covered under the Swaps and subject to any risks that could result from such a position and Purchaser will have no claim under this Agreement or otherwise as a result of such unhedged position, and the actions required by Section 5.11.

5.2 Filings with Governmental Authorities.

(a) Honeywell and Purchaser shall as promptly as practicable, but in no event later than ten (10) business days after the date hereof, cause to be filed with the FTC and the DOJ the notification and report form pursuant to the HSR Act required for the transactions contemplated hereby and cause to be filed with the relevant Governmental Authorities (“ Other Competition Authorities ”) the other filings contemplated by Section 3.3(b)(ii) and Section 4.3(b)(ii) (“ Other Competition Filings ”). Honeywell, the Sellers and Purchaser shall, as promptly as practicable, comply with any request for additional information and documents pursuant to the HSR Act and applicable Laws governing the Other Competition Filings (“ Other Competition Law ”). Honeywell and the Sellers, on the one hand, and Purchaser, on the other hand, shall inform the other promptly of any communication made by or on behalf of such party to (including permitting the other party to review such communication in advance), or received from, the FTC, the DOJ or the Other Competition Authorities and shall furnish to the other such

 

30


information and assistance as the other may reasonably request in connection with its preparation of any filing, submission or other act that is necessary or advisable under the HSR Act or the Other Competition Laws. Honeywell and Sellers, on the one hand, and Purchaser, on the other hand, shall keep each other timely appraised of the status of any communications with, and any inquiries or requests for additional information from, the FTC or the DOJ or the Other Competition Authorities, and shall comply promptly with any such inquiry or request. Neither party shall agree to participate in any meeting with any Governmental Authority in respect of any such filings, investigation or other inquiries unless it consults with the other party in advance, and to the extent permitted by such Governmental Authority, gives the other party the opportunity to attend and participate thereat.

(b) Purchaser shall take as promptly as reasonably practicable any and all steps necessary to avoid or eliminate each and every impediment under any antitrust or competition law that may be asserted by any U.S. federal, state, provincial, local or foreign antitrust or competition authority so as to enable the parties to expeditiously close the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided that Purchaser need not divest or hold separate assets, terminate or modify existing business relationships, or take any other such steps to the extent that such actions would have a material adverse effect on the FTCP Business or an equivalent (rather than proportionate) level of impact on the business of Purchaser. In addition, without limiting the generality of the foregoing regarding Governmental Authorities but subject to the immediately preceding proviso, Purchaser agrees to take promptly any and all steps necessary to attempt to vacate or lift any order or other restraint relating to antitrust matters that would have the effect of making the transaction contemplated by this Agreement illegal or otherwise prohibiting its consummation.

(c) The parties hereto shall cooperate with one another in determining whether any action by or in respect of, or filing with, any Governmental Authority (excluding the actions and filings described in clause (a) above), is required or reasonably appropriate, or any action, consent, approval or waiver from any party to any material Contract is required or reasonably appropriate, in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and Honeywell shall cooperate as reasonably requested by Purchaser in connection with any action by the Purchaser pursuant to Section 5.2(b). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement, in taking such actions or making any such filings, the parties hereto shall furnish information required in connection therewith and timely seek to obtain any such actions, consents, approvals or waivers.

(d) As soon as practicable after the Closing Date but in no event later than 10 days from the Closing Date, (i) Purchaser shall cause to be filed with each of the Governmental Authorities of the Dominican Republic listed in Schedule 4.3, a notice of consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, in accordance with applicable Law and (ii) Honeywell shall or shall cause its Subsidiaries to file a notice of consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby with the Consejo Nacional de Zonas Francas de Exportación (CNZF) of the Dominican Republic.

 

31


5.3 Consents . Except as contemplated in Section 5.2, Purchaser, on the one hand, and Honeywell and the Sellers, on the other hand, shall each use its reasonable best efforts to obtain all consents and authorizations required for Purchaser (in the case of Purchaser) and for Honeywell and its Subsidiaries (in the case of the Sellers) to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including obtaining the consents and authorizations and making the filings referred to in Sections 4.3 and 3.3, respectively. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Honeywell undertakes to take the actions set forth in Section 5.3 of the Disclosure Schedule.

5.4 Confidentiality; Access to Information . (a) Purchaser acknowledges that the information being Made Available to it by Honeywell and its Subsidiaries (or their respective agents or representatives) is subject to the terms of a confidentiality agreement dated July 28, 2006 between Bain Capital NY, LLC and Honeywell (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”), the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference. Effective upon, and only upon, the Closing, the Confidentiality Agreement will terminate; provided , however , that Purchaser hereby acknowledges its confidentiality obligations in the Confidentiality Agreement will terminate only with respect to information relating to the businesses of the Companies and their Subsidiaries; and that Purchaser acknowledges that any and all other information provided or Made Available to it by Honeywell and its Subsidiaries (or their respective agents or representatives) concerning Honeywell and its Subsidiaries (other than the Companies and their Subsidiaries) will remain subject to the terms and conditions of the Confidentiality Agreement after the Closing.

(b) Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5.4(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, between the date hereof and the Closing Date, Honeywell and the Sellers shall, subject to compliance with applicable Laws and any Contracts to which Honeywell or any of its Subsidiaries (including the Companies and their Subsidiaries) is a party, provide Purchaser access and the opportunity to make such investigation of the management, employees, representatives (including outside attorneys and accountants), properties, businesses and operations of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, and such examination of the books, records and other documents and the financial condition of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, as it reasonably requests; provided , however , that neither Honeywell nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to disclose to Purchaser or any agent or representative thereof any information to the extent they are advised by counsel that doing so would reasonably be expected to result in a loss of the ability to successfully assert a claim of privilege (including without limitation, the attorney-client and work product privileges), unless Purchaser agrees to enter into a valid joint defense agreement or similar arrangement to preserve such privilege. Any confidential information provided pursuant to this Section 5.4(b) shall be kept confidential by Purchaser and will be subject to applicable Law, the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement and Section 5.4(a). Any such investigation and examination will be conducted under reasonable circumstances after appropriate advance notice and in a manner so as not to unreasonably interfere with the conduct of the FTCP Business. No investigation pursuant to this Section 5.4(b) shall affect any representation or warranty by Honeywell or the Sellers in this Agreement or any condition to the obligations of Purchaser hereunder.

 

32


(c) From and after the date hereof until the Closing, Honeywell shall deliver to Purchaser as soon as practicable after they become available and concurrently with delivery to Honeywell a profit and loss statement, cash flow statement and statement of net assets for each month ending after the date of the FTCP Interim Financial Statements, prepared from the books and records of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, as are customarily prepared in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice of the Companies and their Subsidiaries.

5.5 Publicity . Honeywell shall not, and shall not permit the Sellers, the Companies or its or their Subsidiaries or any of its or their representatives to, and Purchaser shall not, and shall not permit any of its Affiliates, Subsidiaries or their respective representatives to, issue any press release or public announcement concerning this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby without obtaining the prior written approval of the other parties hereto, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, unless, in the reasonable judgment of Honeywell or Purchaser, disclosure is otherwise required by applicable Law or by the applicable rules of any stock exchange on which Honeywell or Purchaser lists its securities; provided that, to the extent required by applicable Law or by the rules of any stock exchange, the party intending to make such release or announcement shall use its reasonable best efforts consistent with such applicable Law to consult with the other party with respect to the text thereof and, provided further, that no party shall be required to obtain consent pursuant to this Section 5.5 to the extent any proposed release or announcement includes information and is in the form that has previously been made public by the parties pursuant to the obligations under this Section 5.5.

5.6 Books and Records .

(a) Honeywell will use reasonable best efforts to deliver or cause to be delivered to Purchaser at Closing all properties, books, records, copies of Contracts, information and documents relating primarily to the FTCP Business that are not then in the possession or control of the Companies or their Subsidiaries. As soon as is reasonably practicable after the Closing, Honeywell will deliver or cause to be delivered to Purchaser any remaining properties, books, records, copies of Contracts, information and documents relating primarily to the FTCP Business that are not already in the possession or control of the Companies or their Subsidiaries.

(b) Subject to Section 7.2(a) (relating to the preservation of Tax records), Honeywell and Purchaser agree that each of them will preserve and keep the books of accounts, financial and other records held by it relating to the FTCP Business (including accountants’ work papers) for a period of ten (10) years from the Closing Date in accordance with their respective corporate records retention policies; provided , however , that prior to disposing of any such records in accordance with such policies (if such records would be disposed of prior to the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date), the applicable party shall provide written notice to the other party of its intent to dispose of such records and shall provide such other party the opportunity to take ownership and possession of such records (at such other party’s sole expense) to the extent they relate to such other party’s business or obligations within 30 days after such notice is delivered. If

 

33


such other party does not confirm its intention in writing to take ownership and possession of such records within such 30-day period, the party who possesses the records may proceed with the disposition of such records. Honeywell and Purchaser shall make such records and other information relating to the FTCP Business, employees and auditors available to the other as may be reasonably required by such party (i) in connection with, among other things, any audit or investigation of , insurance claims by, legal proceedings against, dispute involving or governmental investigations of Honeywell or Purchaser or any of their respective Affiliates, or (ii) in order to enable Honeywell or Purchaser to comply with their respective financial reporting obligations or obligations under this Agreement and each other agreement, document or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, in either case under reasonable circumstances after appropriate advance notice and in a manner so as not to unreasonably interfere with the providing party’s business, and subject to the confidentiality obligations set forth in Sections 5.4 and 5.15.

5.7 Further Action . Except as set forth in Section 5.2(b), Honeywell and the Sellers, on the one hand, and Purchaser, on the other hand, shall each use its reasonable best efforts to (i) take, or cause to be taken, all actions (within its control) necessary or appropriate for Honeywell and the Sellers (in the case of the Sellers) and for Purchaser (in the case of Purchaser) to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (ii) cause the fulfillment at the earliest practicable date of all of the conditions to the obligations for Honeywell and the Sellers (in the case of the Purchaser) and for Purchaser (in the case of the Sellers) to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, from time to time after the Closing Date, and for no further consideration, each of Honeywell and Purchaser shall, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to, execute, acknowledge and deliver such assignments, transfers, consents, assumptions and other documents and instruments and take such other actions as may reasonably be necessary to appropriately consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, including (i) transferring back to Honeywell or its designated Subsidiaries any asset or liability which was inadvertently transferred to, the Companies or their Subsidiaries at the Closing, (ii) transferring to Purchaser any asset or liability contemplated by this Agreement to be transferred to Purchaser and which was not so transferred at Closing, and (iii) remitting promptly to Purchaser any cash amounts actually received for accounts receivable of the FTCP Business generated at any time prior to or on or after the Closing Date.

5.8 Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby by Purchaser shall be paid by Purchaser, and all costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby by the Sellers, the Companies, or their Subsidiaries shall be paid by Honeywell, including, but not limited to, any title insurance premiums and any costs of endorsement related to any title insurance policies purchased by Purchaser in connection with the Owned Real Property, except as expressly provided herein, provided , however , that Purchaser and Honeywell shall each pay one-half of (i) any and all fees required to be paid under the HSR Act or any other foreign merger control or foreign investment clearances required by Law to be obtained in connection with the Closing, and (ii) all charges incurred in connection with the surveys previously made available for the Owned Real Property.

 

34


5.9 Notification of Certain Matters . Each party shall give prompt written notice to the other of the following:

(a) the occurrence or nonoccurrence of any event (including any breach of any of its representations or warranties or a breach of any covenant or agreement of such party) whose occurrence or nonoccurrence could reasonably be expected to cause any of the other party’s conditions precedent set forth in Article VI not to be satisfied;

(b) the status of matters relating to completion of the transactions contemplated hereby, including promptly furnishing the other with copies of notices or other communications received by any party or any of its Affiliates from any Governmental Authority or other third party with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

5.10 Employees and Employee Benefit Plans .

(a) Scope of Section . This Section 5.10 contains the covenants and agreements of the parties hereto with respect to the employment status of and, subject to and only to the extent specified in the Company Plans, provision of employee benefits to the employees of the Companies and their Subsidiaries who are employed in the FTCP Business on the Closing Date (the “ Employees ”) the provision of employee benefits under the Company Plans to former employees of the Companies, Subsidiaries and the Sellers who terminated employment before the Closing Date with residual benefits under such Company Plans. Nothing herein expressed or implied confers upon any current or former employee, officer, director, contractor or agent of the FTCP Business any rights or remedies of any nature or kind whatsoever under or by reason of this Section 5.10.

(b) US Employees . This Section 5.10(b) applies only to Employees employed in the United States (collectively, the “ US Employees ”).

(i) Purchaser shall continue the employment, or shall cause the Companies or their Subsidiaries to continue the employment, effective as of the Closing Date, of all US Employees who are employed by the Companies immediately prior to the Closing Date. Terms of employment continuation for each US Employee shall (a) initially be at the same work location, (b) initially pay a base wage rate no less than each such US Employee’s base wage rate in effect immediately prior to the Closing Date, and (c) initially provide employee benefit plans (to include, without limitation, medical, dental, life, disability, retirement benefits, flexible spending accounts and incentive compensation, but other than any equity-based compensation) and other terms and conditions of employment that are not materially different than those provided to such US Employees by the Companies or the Subsidiaries of the Companies, as the case may be, immediately prior to the Closing Date. Purchaser shall credit, or shall cause the Companies

 

35


and their Subsidiaries or their Affiliates to credit, each US Employee’s service with the Companies, the Subsidiaries of the Companies, Sellers, Sellers’ Affiliates, Honeywell and Honeywell’s Affiliates for purposes of eligibility to participate, and vesting (but not for purposes of benefit accrual or any other purpose under any defined benefit plan) to the extent credited under an analogous Company Plan as of the Closing Date, except to the extent any duplication of benefits would result.

(ii) Nothing in this Agreement shall, or shall be construed to, limit the ability of Purchaser or any of its Affiliates to terminate the employment of any US Employee at any time after the Closing Date.

(iii) With respect to any US Employee whose employment is involuntarily terminated by Purchaser or the Companies or their Subsidiaries during the twenty-four (24)-month period beginning on the Closing Date (including, but not limited to, the termination of a US Employee because he refuses to accept a work relocation that exceeds fifty (50) miles), Purchaser shall provide, or shall cause the Companies or their Subsidiaries to provide, a severance benefit (consisting of notice pay, salary continuation and continued insurance coverage) that shall be no less than the severance benefit that such US Employee would have received under the terms of the severance plan set forth on Section 5.10(b)(iii) of the Disclosure Schedule, calculated as though the US Employee worked continuously for the Companies, the Subsidiaries of the Companies, Sellers or Honeywell, as applicable, until his termination date with Purchaser, the Companies or their Subsidiaries.

(iv) Each welfare benefit plan sponsored by Purchaser, the Companies or their Subsidiaries for the benefit of the US Employees shall, where applicable, (A) waive any pre-existing condition limitation or exclusion or any actively-at-work requirement that was waived or satisfied under an analogous Company Plan as of the Closing Date; and (B) credit all payments made by US Employees for healthcare expenses under similar Company Plans during the current plan year for purposes of deductibles, co-payments and maximum out-of-pocket limits.

(v) Intentionally Omitted

(vi) Prior to the Closing, Sellers shall cause liabilities and assets to be transferred with respect to benefits accrued by US employees and former employees of the Company and the Subsidiaries (and the CEO of FT, to the extent such benefits have not been paid to him) under the First Technology Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“ FT SERP ”) from the FT SERP and rabbi trust related to the FT SERP to a newly established SERP and rabbi trust maintained by and for the benefit of the Companies (“ FT Automotive SERP ”). On and after the Closing, Sellers shall retain all Liability or Loss arising under or in connection with the FT Automotive SERP to the extent that such Liability or Loss results from (A) the failure to transfer assets to the FT Automotive SERP

 

36


rabbi trust sufficient to pay the amount of liabilities for accrued benefits transferred to the FT Automotive SERP from the FT SERP or (B) arising from, or related to, actions taken by or directed by Sellers in the separation of the FT Automotive SERP from the FT SERP (including for the avoidance of doubt any Liability or Loss arising in connection with Section 409A of the Code).

(c) Non-US Employees . This Section 5.10(c) applies only to Employees employed outside of the United States (“ Non-US Employees ”).

(i) The parties understand and agree that contracts of employment for Non-US Employees employed by the Companies or their Subsidiaries will remain in effect immediately after the Closing.

(ii) The continuation of a Non-US Employee’s employment (i.e., the terms and conditions of employment) shall not, except to the extent permitted by applicable Laws, initially require relocation to a regular work location more than fifty (50) miles from the Non-US Employee’s work location immediately prior to the Closing Date. Purchaser covenants and agrees to offer or continue to offer, or to cause the Companies or their Subsidiaries to offer or continue to offer, each such Non-US Employee an initial package of compensation (other than any equity-based compensation), retirement (however, any defined benefit pension may be replaced with a defined contribution pension) and welfare benefits that is comparable to the compensation (other than any equity-based compensation), retirement and welfare benefits provided to each such Non-US Employee by the Sellers, the Companies or their Subsidiaries, as the case may be, immediately prior to the Closing Date. Purchaser shall recognize, or shall cause the Companies or their Subsidiaries to recognize, a Non-US Employee’s service with the Companies and their Subsidiaries, and the Sellers and their Affiliates to the extent credited under an analogous Company Plan as of the Closing Date, for all purposes (other than for purposes of pension benefit accrual where corresponding assets or a Closing Date accrual are not transferred from Sellers to Purchaser) and except to the extent any duplication of benefits results.

(iii) For the avoidance of doubt, Purchaser, the Companies or their Subsidiaries shall be solely responsible for any amounts becoming payable to Non-US Employees under the relevant severance plan of the Companies or their Subsidiaries, employment agreements or Laws as a result of their being dismissed by Purchaser, the Companies or their Subsidiaries at any time after the Closing Date, notwithstanding that such amount must be calculated by reference to periods of employment with the Companies and their Subsidiaries and the Sellers and their Affiliates prior to Closing as well as periods of employment with Purchaser and the Companies or their Subsidiaries after the Closing. During the twenty-four (24)-month period beginning on the Closing Date or such later period that may be required by applicable Law, Purchaser shall provide, or shall cause the Companies or their Subsidiaries to provide, a severance benefit that shall be no less than, nor paid later than, the greater of (a) the severance benefit that such Non-US Employee would have received under the

 

37


terms of the Companies’ severance plan in effect on the Closing Date and set forth on Section 5.10(c)(iv) of the Disclosure Schedule, calculated as though the Non-US Employee worked continuously for the Companies and their Subsidiaries until his termination date with the Purchaser, the Companies and their Subsidiaries or (b) the severance benefit the Non-US Employee is entitled to under applicable Law.

(d) Acknowledgement . From and after the Closing Date, Purchaser shall maintain, or shall cause the Companies or their Subsidiaries to continue to maintain, all Company Plans (provided that Purchaser shall have the right to amend or terminate (or cause to be amended or terminated) such Company Plans in accordance with their terms), provided that Sellers acknowledge and agree that Purchaser shall not be responsible for Liabilities related to (i) the First Technology plc Retirement Benefits Scheme (“Seller’s UK DB Scheme“), (ii) the First Technology Money Purchase Plan (“Seller’s UK DC Scheme“), (iii) any other occupational pension scheme (as defined for the purposes of the UK Pension Schemes Act 1993) which relates to UK employees and former UK employees of the Companies and any associated or connected entities (as defined for the purposes of the UK Pensions Act 2004), or (iv) the employment or termination of employment (including any severance Liabilities) of the CEO of FT, all of which Liabilities shall be retained solely by Sellers (other than any obligation to provide him and his eligible dependents with healthcare continuation coverage under a Company Plan pursuant to Section 4980B of the Code).

(e) UK Pension Benefits .

(i) Non-US Employees shall cease to be active members of Seller’s UK DB Scheme and Seller’s UK DC Scheme as of the Closing Date.

(ii) The Purchaser shall arrange, or shall cause the Companies or their Subsidiaries to arrange, for those Non-US Employees who are active members of the Seller’s UK DB Scheme or Seller’s UK DC Scheme immediately before the Closing Date (the “ Employee Members ”) to be offered within one month of the Closing Date, membership with effect from the Closing Date in a replacement retirement benefit arrangement or arrangements operated or nominated by the Purchaser or a Company or any Subsidiary thereof (which may for the avoidance of doubt be of a defined contribution nature) (the “ UK Plans ”). From and after the Closing Date, Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that Sellers shall not be responsible for Liabilities related to Purchaser’s or the Companies’ failure to maintain or provide comparable terms and conditions of employment of the Non-US Employees, including but not limited to any replacement retirement arrangement.

(f) Contribution Plans . Before the Closing Date, Sellers shall amend the Control Devices Inc. Savings Plan (“ CDI 401(k) Plan ”), a Company Plan, to end the active participation of employees of MST Technology and shall take all actions necessary to remove MST Technology as a participating employer in the CDI 401(k)

 

38


Plan effective as of the Closing Date. As of the Closing Date, MST employees will be considered terminated employees under the CDI 401(k) Plan and may elect termination distributions in accordance with the provisions of the plan.

(g) UK Health Plan . The UK Supplemental Health Insurance Scheme is a fully insured arrangement that was established to provide supplemental medical coverage to certain management level employees of First Technologies plc. Prior to the Closing Date, Sellers will pre-pay any remaining premiums for Non-US Former Employees who have residual benefits under the scheme, and will transfer the underlying insurance contract to First Inertia Switch Limited as a Company Plan.

(h) Seller Plans . Prior to the Closing Date, the UK Life Insurance and Disability Insurance Schemes of Sellers which currently cover the Non-US Employees and other employees of Sellers, will be segregated by the Sellers and one or more Company Plans will be established only for the Non-US Employees of First Inertia Switch Limited.

5.11 Indebtedness; Intercompany Accounts .

(a) No later than the Closing Date, (i) Honeywell shall discharge (or otherwise cause to be extinguished), or shall cause Sellers or their applicable Subsidiaries (other than any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries) to discharge (or otherwise cause to be extinguished), to the extent practicable, any and all Indebtedness outstanding immediately prior to the Closing of the Companies and their Subsidiaries owed to any Person other than another Companies or their Subsidiaries, and (ii) Honeywell shall, or shall cause Sellers or their applicable Subsidiaries, to terminate or cancel any and all intercompany accounts and Contracts (excluding ordinary course arms’ length trade payables and receivables and the agreements marked with an “X” on Schedule 3.13(a)(viii)) between any of Honeywell or its Subsidiaries (other than any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries), on the one hand, and any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries, on the other hand.

(b) To the extent that (i) any obligations of the Companies or their Subsidiaries are secured by a letter of credit/bank guarantee or guarantee by Honeywell, or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries), Purchaser shall use its reasonable best efforts to (A) cause Purchaser or one of its Affiliates on or prior to the Closing Date to be substituted for Honeywell or a Subsidiary of Honeywell (other than any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries), as applicable, with respect to (and cause Honeywell or such Subsidiary of Honeywell to be released from) the financial and performance guarantees provided by Honeywell or such Subsidiary of Honeywell relating to such obligation, and (B) cause to be issued letters of credit/bank guarantee as replacement letters of credit/bank guarantees for ones issued by Honeywell or a Subsidiary of Honeywell (collectively, “ Honeywell L/Cs ”) on or prior to the Closing Date and to use its reasonable best efforts to have the Honeywell L/Cs cancelled or terminated and (ii) any obligations of Honeywell or its Subsidiaries (other than the Companies and their Subsidiaries) are secured by a letter of credit/bank guarantee or guarantee by the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries, Honeywell shall

 

39


use its reasonable best efforts to (A) cause Honeywell or one of its Affiliates (other than the Companies or their Subsidiaries) on or prior to the Closing Date to be substituted for the Companies or their Subsidiaries, as applicable, with respect to (and cause the Companies and their Subsidiaries to be released from) the financial and performance guarantees provided by any Company or any of its Subsidiaries relating to such obligation, and (B) cause to be issued letters of credit/bank guarantees as replacement letters of credit/ bank guarantees for ones issued by any Company or any of its Subsidiaries (collectively, “ FTCP L/Cs ”) on or prior to the Closing Date and to use its reasonable best efforts to have the FTCP L/Cs cancelled or terminated; provided , however , that to the extent such guarantees cannot be extinguished or such letters of credit/bank guarantees cannot be replaced or terminated on or prior to the Closing, (i) Purchaser shall use its reasonable best efforts to do so as promptly as practicable following the Closing and shall indemnify and hold Honeywell and its Subsidiaries (other than the Companies and their Subsidiaries) harmless from and against any and all Losses resulting from any payment after the Closing Date by any of Honeywell or its Subsidiaries (other than the Companies and their Subsidiaries) under the guarantees or letters of credit/bank guarantees referenced in clause (b)(i) of this Section 5.11, and (ii) Honeywell shall use its reasonable best efforts to do so as promptly as practicable following the Closing and shall indemnify and hold the Purchaser and its Subsidiaries harmless from and against any and all Losses resulting from any payment after the Closing Date by any of Purchaser or its Subsidiaries (including the Company and its Subsidiaries) under the guarantees or letters of credit/bank guarantees referenced in clause (b)(ii) of this Section 5.11. Prior to the Closing, Honeywell will cooperate with Purchaser in connection with the actions described in Section 5.11(b)(i)(A).

5.12 Insurance Matters . (a) Honeywell and the Sellers shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep, or cause to be kept, all insurance policies presently maintained that are for the benefit of the Companies and their Subsidiaries and their properties, or substantially comparable replacements therefor, in full force and effect through the Closing. Coverage for the Companies and their Subsidiaries shall terminate as of the Closing Date under all such policies other than any such policies solely and directly held by any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries.

(b) Prior to the Closing Date, Honeywell shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause any carriers who have underwritten any global and excess liability insurance policies and any other policies which provides insurance coverage to the Companies and their Subsidiaries on an “occurrence” basis (the “ Occurrence Policies ”) to continue to make coverage available to the Companies and their Subsidiaries for claims arising prior to the Closing Date, subject to the insurance policy’s or policies’ terms and conditions. With respect to the Occurrence Policies, the Companies and their Subsidiaries will, subject to the terms of the applicable Occurrence Policies, continue to have the right to pursue existing claims and assert new claims under such policies, and the Sellers will, and prior to the Closing Date will cause the Companies and their Subsidiaries to, cooperate in such pursuit as reasonably requested by the Purchaser (including by giving Purchaser access to historical claim information relating to such policies as they relate to the Companies and their Subsidiaries) and Honeywell shall use its reasonable best efforts to notify Purchaser where the limits of any applicable Occurrence Policy may be exhausted.

 

40


(c) On or prior to the Closing Date, at the Sellers’ sole cost and expense, Sellers shall cause the underwriters and insurers of any Directors and Officers Liability Policy which provides insurance coverage to any officer or director of any of the Companies and their Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ D&O Policy(ies) ”) to provide ( subject to receipt of the consent of Purchaser referenced in the immediately following sentence ) extended coverage for a period of six years after the Closing Date on a “trailing” or “run-off” basis, with a coverage limit of not less than $25 million and a retention of not more than $250,000 for indemnifiable claims and zero for non-indemnifiable claims, and on terms no less favourable (as determined by the parties acting reasonably) to such D&O Policy(ies) maintained in effect by Honeywell or its Affiliates on the dates hereof (the “ Run-Off Coverage ”). Before entering into any agreement with respect to Run-Off Coverage, Sellers shall seek Purchaser’s consent to the terms of such Run-Off Coverage, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Amounts paid pursuant to this Section 5.12, which shall be paid entirely by Sellers, shall be disregarded for purposes of preparing the FTCP Preliminary Working Capital Statement or calculating the Final FTCP Working Capital Statement pursuant to Section 2.3.

5.13 Non-Solicitation of Employees . Each of the Sellers and Honeywell agrees that from the Closing Date through the second anniversary of the Closing Date, without the prior written consent of Purchaser, it will not, directly or indirectly, solicit or hire any employee of the Companies or their Subsidiaries (other than clerical or non salaried employees); provided , however , the foregoing shall not prohibit any Seller or Honeywell from (a) engaging in the general solicitation (whether by newspaper, trade publication or other periodical) of employees, so long as such solicitation is not directed specifically at employees of the Companies or their Subsidiaries, or (b) soliciting or hiring any such employee who has not been employed by the Purchaser or Sensata Technologies, B.V. or any of its Subsidiaries within the three-month period prior to their solicitation or hiring.

5.14 Non-Competition .

(a) For a period of three (3) years from the Closing Date, each of the Sellers and Honeywell agrees that it will not, and each will cause its Subsidiaries not to, directly or indirectly, whether as principal, agent, partner, officer, director, stockholder, employee, consultant or otherwise, alone or in association with any other Person, own, manage, operate, control, participate in, acquire more than 5% of (or the right to acquire more than 5% of) any class of voting securities of, perform services for, or otherwise carry on, a business which competes in the following product lines: circuit breakers for automotive, heavy vehicle and recreational vehicle applications; glass, plastic or metal enclosed circuit protection for direct sale to compressor OEM applications; glass or plastic enclosed thermal protectors for direct sale to lighting and small motor protection applications; metal enclosed bimetal protective devices set forth on Schedule 5.14(a); crash switches for fuel cut off and electrical circuit deactivation;

 

41


door unlock and battery cut off applications on automotive, commercial, heavy vehicle, and recreational vehicle applications; optical sunlight, twilight and combination sunlight twilight sensors for automotive applications; fog quality sensors for use in comfort systems on automobiles; optical encoders for steering and electronic stability applications on automobiles and trucks; non contact fuel level sensors for automotive, commercial, heavy vehicle, and recreational vehicle applications; ceramic filters for wireless applications in telecommunications industry; automotive air quality sensors for in cabin applications; Magnetostrictive torque sensors for automotive applications; ice and frost sensors for refrigeration applications; and thermal imaging occupancy detection sensors for front and back seat passenger qualification applications in automobiles (a “ Competing Business ”); provided that nothing in this Section 5.14 shall be deemed to limit in any way (i) the activities of Honeywell, the Sellers and their respective Affiliates with respect to component elements of any of the items included within the definition of a Competing Business, or (ii) the Shelby Business as conducted by Honeywell and its Affiliates as of the Closing Date. The restrictions set forth in this Section 5.14(a) shall not be construed to prohibit or restrict Honeywell, any Seller or any of their respective controlled Affiliates from acquiring any Person or business that engages in any Competing Business provided that (i) such activities do not constitute the principal activities of the Person or business to be acquired (based on the sales of such business during the preceding four (4) full calendar quarters) and (ii) if the Competing Business (x) constitutes at the time of acquisition by Honeywell or at any time until three (3) years from the Closing Date in excess of 5% of the revenues of the Person or business acquired, or (y) has at the time of acquisition by Honeywell or at any time until three (3) years from the Closing Date more than $25 million per fiscal year in revenue, Honeywell or Sellers, as applicable, will use its reasonable best efforts to divest that portion of such Person or business that engages in the Competing Business within 9 months after its acquisition of the Competing Business, and, if not possible within such period, as soon as practicable thereafter. Honeywell shall provide Purchaser with the exclusive opportunity to negotiate for a period of 60 days with Honeywell with respect to the possible acquisition by Purchaser of all or substantially all of the Competing Business prior to entering into any negotiations or discussions with another Person with respect to such divestiture, such 60-day period to commence on the date of the closing of any such acquisition by Honeywell of such Competing Business. If no definitive agreement for the sale of all or substantially all of the Competing Business has been executed by the Purchaser and Honeywell within such 60-day period, Honeywell shall have the right to take any and all actions necessary or appropriate to seek to consummate a sale of the Competing Business.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the prohibitions in Section 5.14(a) shall not apply to (i) any businesses or operations of Honeywell or Sellers or any of their respective Subsidiaries which are transferred to any third party (other than to a Subsidiary of Honeywell or any Seller) after the date hereof, or (ii) to any Subsidiaries of Honeywell or any Seller control of which is transferred to any third party (other than to a Subsidiary of Honeywell or any Seller) after the date hereof.

 

42


(c) Honeywell and the Sellers acknowledge and agree that the covenants contained in this Section 5.14 are a material and substantial part of the transactions contemplated hereby and are entered into in connection with, and as an inducement to, the acquisition by Purchaser of the Companies.

(d) Honeywell and the Sellers acknowledge and agree that the remedy at law for any breach, or threatened breach, of any of the provisions of this Section 5.14 will be inadequate and, accordingly, Honeywell and the Sellers covenant and agree that Purchaser shall, in addition to any other rights and remedies which Purchaser may have at Law, be entitled to equitable relief, including injunctive relief, and to the remedy of specific performance with respect to any breach or threatened breach of such covenant, as may be available from any court of competent jurisdiction. In addition, Honeywell, the Sellers and Purchaser agree that the terms of the covenant in this Section 5.14 are fair and reasonable in light of Purchaser’s plans for the FTCP Business and are necessary to accomplish the full transfer of the goodwill and other intangible assets contemplated hereby. In the event that any of the covenants contained in this Section 5.14 shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, then any such provision or provisions shall not be deemed void, and the parties hereto agree that said limits may be modified by the court and that said covenant contained in this Section 5.14 shall be amended in accordance with said modification, it being specifically agreed by the parties that it is their continuing desire that this covenant be enforced to the full extent of its terms and conditions or if a court finds the scope of the covenant unenforceable, the court should redefine the covenant so as to comply with applicable Law.

5.15 Business Confidential Information .

(a) Honeywell and the Sellers acknowledge and agree that the books, records, data and other documents and confidential information concerning the FTCP Business and/or the products, services, customer development information (including customer and prospect lists), sales activities and procedures, promotional and marketing techniques, pricing, plans and strategies, financing, development and expansion plans and credit and financial data concerning customers and suppliers and other information of or to the extent relating to the FTCP Business, the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries are considered by Purchaser to be confidential, and in some cases are in the nature of trade secrets, and are valuable assets of the FTCP Business, access to and knowledge of which are essential to preserve the goodwill, customer relationships and ongoing business relationships of the FTCP Business for the benefit of Purchaser. Honeywell and the Sellers further agree that all knowledge and information described in the preceding sentence that is not in the public domain (unless such knowledge and information is in the public domain as a result of a breach of this or any other confidentiality agreement by Honeywell, the Sellers or any of their Affiliates) shall be considered confidential information (collectively, the “ Business Confidential Information ”). For the avoidance of doubt, the term Business Confidential Information shall not include information to the extent it (i) does not relate to the FTCP Business, (ii) becomes available to Honeywell, the Sellers or any of their Affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other the Companies or the Subsidiaries of the

 

43


Companies, provided that to Honeywell’s, the Sellers’ or any of their Affiliates’ knowledge such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with or similar obligation to the Purchaser, the Companies of any of their Subsidiaries with respect to such information, (iii) is independently developed by Honeywell, the Sellers or any of their Affiliates under circumstances not involving a breach of this Section 5.15, or (iv) is publicly disclosed pursuant to a lawful requirement or request from a Governmental Authority acting within its jurisdiction, or non-confidential disclosure is otherwise required by Law.

(b) Honeywell and the Sellers hereby agree that following the Closing Date they shall hold the Business Confidential Information in confidence and not use or disclose or cause or permit to be used or disclosed any of the Business Confidential Information for any reason or purpose whatsoever, except and to the extent any disclosure of Business Confidential Information is required by Law or appropriate court order and sufficient advance written notice thereof is provided to Purchaser to permit Purchaser to seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy. The provisions of this Section 5.15 shall expire on the fifth anniversary of the Closing.

5.16 Waiver of Conflicts and Attorney-Client Privilege . Purchaser hereby waives, on its own behalf, and agrees to cause the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries to waive (a) any conflicts that may arise in connection with any legal counsel that represents any of the Companies and/or any of the Subsidiaries of the Companies in connection with this Agreement (the “ Current Representation ”) undertaking after the Closing the representation of any current stockholder, officer, employee or director of any of the Companies or any of the Subsidiaries of the Companies (a “ Post-closing Representation ”) and (b) their rights of attorney-client privilege with respect to any communication between such counsel and any such stockholder, officer, employee or director, occurring during the Current Representation in connection with any Post-Closing Representation, including in connection with a dispute with Purchaser on or following the Closing. The Sellers hereby acknowledge that nothing in the foregoing shall be construed to restrict certain advisors, including accountants and attorneys, that have represented and continue to represent the Sellers and their Subsidiaries from continuing to represent the Purchaser and its Affiliates, including in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, in accordance with the terms and conditions of any conflict waiver or similar documents entered into between the Sellers and such advisors.

5.17 Closing Cash Balance . Honeywell shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause all cash and cash equivalents held by any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries as of the Closing to be transferred to Honeywell or one or more of its Subsidiaries (other than the Companies and their Subsidiaries) prior to the Closing; provided , however , that to the extent any cash or cash equivalents held by any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries as of the Closing is not so transferred prior to the Closing, the amount of such cash and cash equivalents not so transferred shall be paid to Honeywell within 30 days after the Closing Date in accordance with the reasonable instructions of Honeywell as to the method of distribution of such cash or cash equivalents, and such payments shall be net of, or Sellers shall promptly reimburse the

 

44


Purchaser and its Affiliates (including the Companies and their Subsidiaries) for, any Taxes or other out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by such Persons in connection with such payment to Honeywell.

5.18 Sellers’ Marks . Except as expressly set forth herein, Purchaser, each of its Affiliates and its and their respective directors, officers, successors, assigns, agents, or representatives shall not register, or attempt to register, and shall not directly or indirectly use, in any fashion, including in signage, corporate letterhead, business cards, internet websites, marketing material and the like, or seek to register, in connection with any products or services anywhere in the world in any medium, any Intellectual Property that includes, is identical to or is confusingly similar to, any of the trademarks, service marks, domain names, trade names or other indicia of origin owned by the Sellers, including, but not limited to, the HONEYWELL mark (collectively, “ Sellers’ Marks ”), nor shall any of them challenge or assist any third party in opposing the rights of Sellers anywhere in the world in any such Intellectual Property. Subject to the restrictions set forth herein, Sellers hereby grant to Purchaser effective as of the Closing Date, a personal, nonexclusive, royalty-free license for six (6) months after the Closing Date, (i) to use the Sellers Marks on signage, marketing materials and other materials, in each case existing and owned by the Companies as of the Closing Date, and (ii) to use the Sellers’ Marks in tools, dies and molds acquired by Purchaser hereunder which carry one or more of the Sellers’ Marks to be cast, struck or molded into inventory and the inventory resulting from such use. Purchaser shall in any event phase out such use of such tools, dies and molds as soon as is reasonably practicable, and, in particular, shall if practicable remove the cast for such marks from each such tool, die or mold on the first occasion after the Closing Date when such tool, die or mold is refurbished. Such limited license shall terminate six (6) months after the Closing Date regardless of whether or not inventory branded with Sellers’ Marks remains in inventory of Purchaser and regardless of whether any tool, die or mold has been refurbished. All use of Sellers’ Marks as permitted hereunder shall inure to the benefit of Sellers.

5.19 The Settlement Agreement . Honeywell and Purchaser acknowledge and agree that Honeywell and certain of its Subsidiaries entered into the Settlement Agreement. From and after the Closing Date, Honeywell shall perform all obligations (including payment obligations) required to be performed by Honeywell or any of its Subsidiaries under the Settlement Agreement. Such obligations shall include, without limitation, the payment to Delphi France S.A.S. or Delphi Italia Automotive Systems S.r.l. of the amounts set forth under Section 1 of the Settlement Agreement. From and after the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall, and shall cause the Companies and their Subsidiaries (and their respective employees and representatives, as applicable) to, (i) deliver to Honeywell any and all notices or other correspondence received by the Purchaser, the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries regarding the Settlement Agreement and (ii) cooperate, at no cost or expense to Purchaser or its Subsidiaries, in good faith with Honeywell and its employees and representatives in connection with Honeywell’s performance of its obligations under the Settlement Agreement and this Section 5.19. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and without liming the generality of Section 5.6, Purchaser shall and shall cause its Subsidiaries (including, after the Closing Date, the Companies and their Subsidiaries) to, (i) maintain all books, records

 

45


and materials (in whatever form maintained, whether documentary, electronically stored or otherwise) pertinent to the Delphi Claim or Settlement Agreement unless and until Honeywell instructs otherwise, and (ii) provide Honeywell and its representatives, advisors and employees, reasonable access, upon reasonable advance notice to the FTCP facilities and all books, records and materials (in whatever form maintained, whether documentary, electronically stored or otherwise), employees and properties of the FTCP Business as may be reasonably required by Honeywell in connection with the matters relating to the Delphi Claim or the Settlement Agreement, and to make employees available as reasonably requested by Honeywell for depositions, interrogatories, court testimony and other legal inquiries and procedures associated with the Delphi Claim or the Settlement Agreement, with Sellers bearing any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred and documented by Purchaser or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates in complying with this Section 5.19, in either case in a manner so as not to unreasonably interfere with Purchaser’s and its Subsidiaries’ business.

5.20 Dealing with and Voting on English Shares . For so long as the Sellers remain the registered holders of any of the Shares of a Company organized and existing under English law (the “English Shares”) after the Closing Date, the Sellers shall:

(a) not declare, set aside or pay any dividends or other distributions on the English Shares and to the extent any such dividends or distributions are paid, promptly transfer, or cause to be transferred, such dividends or distributions to Purchaser;

(b) transfer the English Shares as the Purchaser may require;

(c) exercise the voting power and all other rights and powers vested in the registered holder of the English Shares in such manner as the Purchaser may direct;

(d) if so requested by the Purchaser, execute all instruments of proxy or other documents which the Purchaser may reasonably require and which may be necessary or desirable to enable the Purchaser to attend and vote at any meeting,

provided , however , that no Seller shall be required to take any action in respect of the English Shares which imposes at any time any burden or liability on any of the Sellers or Honeywell or any of their Subsidiaries and the Purchaser shall indemnify the Sellers, Honeywell and each of their Subsidiaries against all Losses which they may incur in connection with any such action.

5.21 Assigned Intellectual Property . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, Honeywell shall cause FT to sell, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to Purchaser all Assigned Intellectual Property free and clear of all Encumbrances, other than Permitted Encumbrances and to assign to Purchaser or terminate any license for Intellectual Property from the Companies or their Subsidiaries to the Sellers or their Subsidiaries, other than the Trademark License Agreement. Subject

 

46


to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and subject to obtaining any required consents under the Third Party License Agreements (as defined below and as set forth in Schedule 3.3), at the Closing Honeywell shall, and shall cause FT to, assign to Purchaser all of the rights, and Purchaser shall specifically assume all the obligations, of Honeywell and its Affiliates (other than the Companies and their Subsidiaries) under the agreements listed in Section 5.21 of the Disclosure Schedule (the “Third Party License Agreements”). If any consent required under any Third Party License Agreement for its assignment to Purchaser is not obtained at the time of the Closing, Sellers and Purchaser will cooperate in good faith to establish an arrangement reasonably satisfactory to Sellers and Purchaser under which (i) Purchaser would, to the fullest extent practicable and permitted under applicable Law and under the terms of such Third Party License Agreement, (a) obtain the rights and benefits (including prompt payment over to Purchaser of all monies received by Sellers or their Subsidiaries in connection with such Third Party License Agreement), and (b) assume the corresponding Liabilities and obligations thereunder (with any out-of-pocket incremental costs or expenses associated with any such arrangements to be borne 50% by Purchaser and 50% by Sellers), or (ii) Sellers would, to the fullest extent practicable and permitted under applicable Law and under the terms of such Third Party License Agreement, enforce, at the direction and for the benefit of Purchaser, all such rights and benefits with Purchaser assuming any all Liabilities that would have been assumed had the Third Party License Agreement been actually assigned to Purchaser as of the Closing Date. Sellers will continue after Closing to use reasonable efforts to obtain any such consents not obtained at Closing consistent with the standards set forth in Section 5.3, and promptly upon receipt of any such consent will transfer and assign such Third Party License Agreement to Purchaser without the payment by Purchaser of any additional consideration.

5.22 Exclusivity . During the period from the date of this Agreement through the Closing or the earlier termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article VIII hereof and except for transactions solely among Honeywell and its Affiliates contemplated by the Reorganization, the Sellers shall not take, and shall cause the Companies and their Subsidiaries not to take, or permit any other Person on their behalf to, initiate or engage in discussions or negotiations with, or provide any information to, any Person (other than the Purchaser and its representatives) concerning any merger or recapitalization involving the Companies and the Subsidiaries, sale of Shares, any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the FTCP Business or similar transaction involving the Companies and their Subsidiaries (other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business). The Sellers shall, and shall cause the Companies and their Subsidiaries and their officers, directors, agents and representatives to, terminate any and all negotiations or discussions with any third party regarding any proposal concerning any merger or recapitalization involving the Companies and the Subsidiaries, sale of Shares, any sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Companies and their Subsidiaries or other similar transaction. Honeywell shall, subject to any contractual limitations, notify Purchaser if any formal written offer for the purchase of all or substantially all of the FTCP Business is received by Honeywell from a third party.

5.23 Credit Facility . The Purchaser will take all reasonable action to maintain the Credit Facility and the availability of funds thereunder at all times prior to

 

47


the Closing in an amount which, together with cash available to pay the Purchase Price, constitutes Sufficient Payment Resources, it being understood that the availability of Sufficient Payment Resources shall not in any event be a condition to the Purchaser’s obligation to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.24 Certain Payments . Honeywell shall, and shall cause the Sellers to, within any contractually required period and, in any event within 30 days from the Closing Date, pay all of Sellers’, the Companies’ and the Subsidiaries’ obligations under employee benefit arrangements, employment agreements, retention agreements, or other similar arrangements, in each case as in effect immediately prior to the Closing Date, which come due as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby, including any stay or transaction bonuses.

5.25 Access . (a) As reasonably requested by the Purchaser, from the date hereof until the Closing, the Sellers shall provide the Purchaser with such financial and other information with respect to the Companies and their Subsidiaries, to the extent such information is reasonably available to Sellers or their Subsidiaries, and access to personnel of Honeywell or any of its Subsidiaries (including the Company and their Subsidiaries) and will use reasonable best efforts to provide access to Seller’s outside accountants and other advisors, subject to customary indemnification agreements and other customary requirements imposed by such accountants and other advisors, for the Purchaser to:

(i) identify assets of the Company and the Subsidiaries with a view towards granting security interests in such collateral after the Closing; and

(ii) consider whether the Purchaser will need to prepare audited financial statements of the Companies and the Subsidiaries in connection with any future offering memoranda, registration statement, or periodic report prepared by Purchaser or its Affiliates.

(b) From and after the Closing, the Sellers shall use reasonable best efforts to provide Purchaser and its representatives with such financial and other information relating to the Companies and their Subsidiaries, to the extent such information is reasonably available to Sellers or their Subsidiaries, and access to such personnel of Honeywell or any of its Subsidiaries (including the Companies and their Subsidiaries), and shall use reasonable best efforts to provide access to outside accountants and other advisors (subject to customary indemnification agreements and other customary requirements imposed by such accountants and other advisors), and shall otherwise reasonably cooperate with Purchaser, in each case as reasonably requested by Purchaser in order for the Purchaser to prepare and/or audit any financial statements with respect to the Companies and their Subsidiaries in connection with any future offering memoranda, registration statement, or periodic report prepared by Purchaser or its Affiliates. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge and agree that the inability or failure, in whole or in part, of Purchaser to obtain any audited financial statements of the Companies shall not in and of itself constitute a breach of Seller’s obligations under this Section.

 

48


(c) Any such request and access shall be under reasonable circumstances after appropriate advance notice to Sellers and in a manner so as not to interfere unreasonably with the conduct of the Sellers’ business. All reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Sellers or any of their Subsidiaries in connection with the above shall be paid, or reimbursed promptly following demand therefore, by Purchaser.

5.26 Continuation of Transition Services . Pursuant to and in accordance with the terms (including as to standard of care and limitation of liability) of the Transition Services Agreement entered into by Honeywell and FTSA Holdings Limited on May 19, 2006, Purchaser shall cause First Technology Domincana, S.A., after the Closing, to continue to provide the services of Pravin Imrith to Western Business Incorporated SA until May 19, 2007, in exchange for Honeywell promptly paying to First Technology Dominicana S.A. any and all amounts payable under the Transition Services Agreement in respect of the provisions of such services not otherwise paid to the Companies or their Subsidiaries; provided that if Pravin Imrith ceases to be employed by Purchaser or any of its Affiliates prior to May 19, 2007, Purchaser shall, from the date such employment is terminated, have no further obligation pursuant to this Section 5.26 other than to discuss in good faith with Honeywell alternative arrangements to provide comparable services to Western Business Incorporated SA until May 19, 2007.

5.27 Listed Patents; Other Assigned Intellectual Property .

(a) With respect to the patents listed in Section 5.27 of the Disclosure Schedule (the “Listed Patents”), Sellers will, as promptly as practicable following the execution of this Agreement, review in good faith the Listed Patents for the purpose of determining whether any Company or any of their Subsidiaries owns such Listed Patents (with respect to any Listed Patent, an “Affirmative Determination”). The parties agree that, within 5 days after Sellers complete their review of all Listed Patents (and in any event at least 10 days prior to the Closing), Section 3.8(a)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule will be amended, effective as of the date hereof, to include those Listed Patents, if any, as to which an Affirmative Determination may reasonably be verified on the basis of information available to the parties (together with such information as to jurisdiction, serial number and/or filing date, registration number and/or registration date and current ownership); provided , however , in the case of any Listed Patent as to which an Affirmative Determination has been made, Sellers may include such exceptions and qualifications to the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.8 solely with respect to such Listed Patent as Sellers reasonably determine are appropriate based on the information available to the parties, it being understood that the form of disclosure with respect to any such exceptions or qualifications will be reasonably consistent with corresponding disclosures in the Disclosure Schedule. The Purchaser agrees and acknowledges that nothing in this Section 5.27(a) shall require Sellers to agree to any Affirmative Determination as to any Listed Patent to the extent such Affirmative Determination cannot in good faith be reasonably verified on the basis of information available to the parties.

 

49


(b) As soon as practicable after the execution of this Agreement, Purchaser and Sellers agree in good faith to amend both Section 3.8(a)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule and the exhibits to the form of Intellectual Property Assignment attached as Exhibit C to the Agreement to include domain names and other additional registered Intellectual Property, if any, in each case to the extent included within the definition of Assigned Intellectual Property (collectively, “Other Assigned Intellectual Property”); provided , however , Sellers may include such exceptions and qualifications to the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.8 solely with respect to the Other Assigned Intellectual Property as Sellers reasonably determine are appropriate based on the information available to the parties, it being understood that the form of disclosure with respect to any such exceptions or qualifications will be reasonably consistent with corresponding disclosures in the Disclosure Schedules. The Purchaser agrees and acknowledges that nothing in this Section 5.27(b) shall require Sellers to agree to include any Other Assigned Intellectual Property on Section 3.8(a)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule or the exhibit to the Intellectual Property Assignment to the extent it cannot in good faith be reasonably verified on the basis of information available to the parties that such Other Assigned Intellectual Property is included within the definition of Assigned Intellectual Property.

ARTICLE VI

CLOSING CONDITIONS

6.1 Conditions to Obligations of Sellers and Purchaser . The respective obligations of each Seller, on the one hand, and Purchaser, on the other hand, to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment, on the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions:

(a) there shall not be in effect any Governmental Order restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and no suit, action or other proceeding shall be pending before any court or Governmental Authority that would reasonably be expected to result in any such Governmental Order; and

(b) any required waiting periods (including any extension thereof) applicable to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement under the HSR Act shall have terminated or expired and any required clearances, approvals or confirmations of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been obtained pursuant to any other foreign merger control or foreign investment clearances required by Law to be obtained before Closing shall have been received.

6.2 Additional Conditions to Obligations of Purchaser . The obligation of Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement

 

50


is subject to the fulfillment, on the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions (any or all of which may be waived by Purchaser in whole or in part in its sole discretion):

(a) the representations and warranties of the Sellers contained in Article III of this Agreement (without giving effect to any Business Material Adverse Effect, or materiality qualifiers therein) shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties shall have been expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such earlier date) with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date, except to the extent that any failures of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct would not individually or in the aggregate result in a Business Material Adverse Effect, and the representation in Section 3.6(b) shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date;

(b) The Sellers shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by them on or prior to the Closing Date;

(c) Purchaser shall have received a certificate of an officer of each Seller that the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) above have been satisfied; and

(d) Honeywell shall have executed and delivered the Trademark License Agreement substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B (the “ Trademark License Agreement ”) and the Intellectual Property Assignment and each such agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

6.3 Additional Conditions to Obligations of Sellers . The obligations of the Sellers to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment, on the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions (any or all of which may be waived by the Sellers in whole or in part in their sole discretion):

(a) the representations and warranties of Purchaser contained in Article IV of this Agreement shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties shall have been expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such earlier date) with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date, except to the extent that any failures of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct would not result in a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect;

(b) Purchaser shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Closing Date;

(c) Honeywell shall have received a certificate of an officer of Purchaser that the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) above have been satisfied; and

 

51


(d) Purchaser shall have executed and delivered the Trademark License Agreement and the Intellectual Property Assignment and each such agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

ARTICLE VII

CERTAIN TAX MATTERS

7.1 Tax Returns . Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.5:

(a) Honeywell and Sellers shall prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed when due (i) all income Tax Returns that are required to be filed by or with respect to the Companies and their Subsidiaries for Tax periods ending on or before the Closing Date and (ii) all non-income Tax Returns that are due on or before the Closing Date, and, except as otherwise required by applicable Law, Honeywell and Sellers shall prepare such Tax Returns in a manner consistent with past practice and shall remit or cause to be remitted all Taxes shown due on such Tax Returns (subject to Sellers’ right to reimbursement from Purchaser for any such Taxes for which Sellers do not indemnify Purchaser under Section 7.4); and

(b) Purchaser shall prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed when due (i) all income Tax Returns that are required to be filed by or with respect to the Companies and their Subsidiaries for Tax periods ending after the Closing Date (other than Tax Returns with respect to periods for which a consolidated, unitary or combined Tax Return of Sellers or any Subsidiary of any Seller other than the Companies or their Subsidiaries will include any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries) and (ii) all non-income Tax Returns that are due after the Closing Date, and, except as otherwise required by applicable Law, Purchaser shall prepare such Tax Returns that relate to a Tax period that ends prior to or includes the Closing Date in a manner consistent with past practices and shall remit or cause to be remitted any Taxes due in respect of such Tax Returns (subject to Purchaser’s right to reimbursement from Sellers for any such Taxes for which Sellers indemnify Purchaser under Section 7.4).

(c) Following the Closing Date, neither party shall file any amended Tax Return (unless required by any Governmental Authority) relating to the Purchased Entities for Tax periods ending on or before the Closing Date, without the prior written consent of the other party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

7.2 Cooperation on Tax Matters; Contests .

(a) Purchaser and Sellers shall cooperate in good faith, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other party, in connection with the filing of Tax Returns pursuant to this Article VII and any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to Taxes. Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the other party’s request) the provision of records and information which are reasonably relevant to any such audit, litigation or other proceeding and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material

 

52


provided hereunder. Purchaser and Sellers each agree (i) to retain all books and records in its possession with respect to Tax matters pertinent to the Companies and their Subsidiaries relating to any taxable period of the Companies and their Subsidiaries beginning before the Closing Date until the expiration of the statute of limitations (and, to the extent notified by the other party, any extensions thereof) of the respective taxable periods, and to abide by all record retention agreements entered into with any Taxing Authority, and (ii) to give the other party reasonable written notice prior to transferring, destroying or discarding any such books and records and, if the other party so requests, to allow the other party to take possession of such books and records.

(b) Purchaser and Sellers further agree, upon request, to use their reasonable best efforts to obtain any certificate or other document from any Governmental Authority or any other Person as may be necessary to mitigate, reduce or eliminate any Tax that could be imposed (including with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby).

(c) With respect to any Tax Return described in Section 7.1(b) as to which an amount of Tax is allocable to, or would otherwise be borne by, Honeywell, Sellers or any of their Subsidiaries (other than the Companies or their Subsidiaries), Purchaser shall provide Honeywell and Sellers with a copy of such completed Tax Return (including all necessary supporting schedules and information) at least 30 days prior to the due date (including any extension thereof) for the filing of such Tax Return, and Honeywell and Sellers and their authorized representatives shall have the right to review and comment on such Tax Return (including any supporting schedules or information) prior to the filing of such Tax Return. Any such comments shall be provided to Purchaser at least 10 days prior to such due date.

(d) With respect to any Tax Return described in Section 7.1(a) as to which an amount of Tax is allocable to, or would otherwise be borne by, Purchaser, the Companies or their Subsidiaries, Honeywell and Sellers shall provide Purchaser with a pro forma draft of the portion of such Tax Return (including all necessary supporting schedules and information) reflecting only the tax items of the Companies or such Subsidiaries of the Companies, as the case may be, at least 30 days prior to the due date (including any extension thereof) for the filing of such Tax Return, and Purchaser and its authorized representatives shall have the right to review and comment on such Tax Return (including any supporting schedules or information) prior to the filing of such Tax Return. Any such comments shall be provided to Honeywell at least 10 days prior to such due date. Purchaser shall at its own cost and expense fully and accurately complete and submit any Tax data packages required by Honeywell or Sellers within the time periods established by the Tax Department of Honeywell reasonably consistent with past practices.

(e) Each party shall have the right to conduct and control in its sole and absolute discretion any audit or dispute with any Taxing Authority relating to any Tax Returns it has the responsibility to file pursuant to this Article VII; provided that (i) Honeywell and the Sellers shall consult with Purchaser on the handling of any audit or dispute involving a Tax Return the Sellers have the responsibility to file pursuant to

 

53


Section 7.1(a) if such audit or dispute would be reasonably expected to result in an increase in Tax liability of the any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries, and Honeywell and the Sellers shall not settle any such audit or dispute without the consent of Purchaser, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and (ii) Purchaser shall consult with Honeywell and the Sellers on the handling of any audit or dispute involving a Tax Return Purchaser has the responsibility to file pursuant to Section 7.1(b) if such audit or dispute would be reasonably expected to result in an increase in Tax liability of Honeywell or the Sellers or any company that files a consolidated federal income Tax Return together with Honeywell or the Sellers (and any state, local or foreign consolidated, unitary or combined Tax Return), or in any liability for which Honeywell and the Sellers have agreed to indemnify Purchaser pursuant to Section 7.4, and Purchaser shall not settle any such audit or dispute without the consent of Honeywell, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

7.3 Tax Sharing Agreements . All Tax sharing agreements or similar agreements with respect to or involving the Companies and their Subsidiaries shall be terminated as of the Closing Date and, after the Closing Date, the Companies and their Subsidiaries shall not be bound thereby or have any liability thereunder.

7.4 Tax Indemnifications.

(a) Honeywell and the Sellers shall be liable for, and shall indemnify and hold Purchaser, the Companies and their Subsidiaries harmless against all Taxes imposed on any member of any Affiliated Group with which the Companies or their Subsidiaries files or filed a Tax Return on a consolidated, combined or unitary basis for a taxable year (of a Company or any Subsidiary thereof) beginning before the Closing Date and for which any Company or Subsidiary thereof is liable pursuant to Treas. Reg. 1.1502-6 or a comparable provision of state, local or foreign Law, solely as a result of its inclusion in such a consolidated, combined or unitary Tax Return.

(b) Honeywell and the Sellers shall be liable for, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser, the Companies and their Subsidiaries against, all of the following Taxes (except to the extent specifically reflected as a liability in the computation of Final FTCP Net Working Capital): (i) Taxes imposed on the Companies and their Subsidiaries with respect to taxable periods of the Companies and their Subsidiaries ending on or before the Closing Date; and (ii) with respect to taxable periods beginning before the Closing Date and ending after the Closing Date (the “ Straddle Period ”), Taxes imposed on the Companies and their Subsidiaries which are allocable, pursuant to Section 7.4(c), to the portion of such period ending on the Closing Date.

(c) In the case of Taxes that are payable with respect to the Straddle Period, the portion of any such Tax that is allocable to the portion of the Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date shall be:

(i) in the case of Taxes that are either (x) based upon or related to income or receipts, or (y) imposed in connection with any sale or other

 

54


transfer or assignment of property (real or personal, tangible or intangible) (other than conveyances pursuant to this Agreement), deemed equal to the amount which would be payable if the taxable year ended on the Closing Date; provided , however , any items determined on an annual or periodic basis (including amortization and depreciation deductions) shall be allocated to the portion of the Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date by multiplying such amounts by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the portion of the Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of days in the entire Straddle Period; and

(ii) in the case of Taxes other than those Taxes described in paragraph (i), deemed to be the amount of such Taxes for the entire period (or, in the case of such Taxes determined on an arrears basis, the amount of such Taxes for the immediately preceding period), multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of calendar days in the period ending on the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of calendar days in the entire Straddle Period. Any credit or refund resulting from an overpayment of Taxes for a Straddle Period shall be prorated based upon the method employed in this Section 7.4(c) taking into account the type of the Tax to which the refund relates. In the case of any Tax based upon or measured by capital (including net worth or long term debt) or intangibles, any amount thereof required to be allocated under this Section 7.4(c) shall be computed by reference to the level of such items on the Closing Date. All determinations necessary to effect the foregoing allocations shall be made in a manner consistent with prior practice of the Company.

(d) Honeywell and the Sellers shall be entitled to any credit or refund of Taxes of the Companies and their Subsidiaries (i) for any taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date, or (ii) which are allocable, pursuant to Section 7.4(c), to the portion of a Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date, except to the extent any such credit or refund of Taxes (x) is specifically reflected as an asset in the computation of Final FTCP Net Working Capital, (y) results in any amount of Tax that Honeywell and the Sellers are not required to indemnify the Purchaser for under this Agreement, or (z) arises as a result of the carryback of a loss or credit from a loss from a Tax period beginning after the Closing Date (unless the carryback is to a consolidated federal income Tax Return of Honeywell or any state, local or foreign consolidated, unitary or combined Tax Return that includes Honeywell or any of its Affiliates). For the avoidance of doubt, the Purchaser, the Companies and their Subsidiaries shall be entitled to waive any carryback of a loss or credit from a Tax period beginning after the Closing Date to the extent permitted by Tax Law. If any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries have losses for any Tax period (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing Date, Honeywell and its Affiliates shall be entitled to use such losses to reduce their own income by including the Companies or their Subsidiaries in consolidated, combined or unitary Tax Returns, by surrendering such losses (UK group relief) or as otherwise permitted by applicable Law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Honeywell and the Sellers make no representation, warranty or guaranty that any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries have or will have any Tax losses or Tax credits for any Tax period (or portion thereof) ending on or before the Closing Date that will carry forward to any Tax period (or portion thereof) beginning on or after the Closing Date.

 

55


(e) The parties agree that, because the calculation of Final FTCP Net Working Capital is made as of the close of business on the day prior to the Closing Date, for purposes of this Article VII, all activities of the Companies and the Subsidiaries that occur on the Closing Date but are not reflected in the determination of Final FTCP Net Working Capital, and all Tax consequences thereof, shall be considered to have occurred in the taxable period (or portion of a Straddle Period) beginning on the day after the Closing Date.

7.5 Certain Taxes . All transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration and other similar Taxes and fees (including any penalties and interest) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (but excluding any of the foregoing to the extent resulting solely from the Reorganization, all of which shall be borne by the Sellers), shall be borne 50% by Purchaser and 50% by Sellers. Purchaser shall promptly file all necessary Tax Returns and other documentation with respect to all such transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration and other Taxes and fees.

ARTICLE VIII

TERMINATION

8.1 Termination . This Agreement may be terminated at any time before the Closing Date as follows:

(a) by mutual written consent of Honeywell and Purchaser;

(b) by Honeywell or Purchaser on or after April 30, 2007 if the Closing shall not have occurred by the close of business on such date, provided that the breach by the terminating party in any material respect of any of its covenants or other obligations hereunder shall not be the principal cause of the failure of the Closing to occur by such date; and

(c) by Honeywell or Purchaser if there shall be in effect a final nonappealable Governmental Order restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

8.2 Effect of Termination and Abandonment . In the event of termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Article VIII, this Agreement (other than as set forth in the first sentence of Section 5.4(a), Section 5.5, Section 5.8, Section 8.2, Section 10.2, Section 10.8 and Section 10.9) shall become void and of no effect with no liability on the part of any party hereto (or any of its Affiliates or representatives); provided , however , no such termination shall relieve any party hereto from any liability for damages resulting from any willful and intentional breach of this Agreement.

 

56


ARTICLE IX

SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION

9.1 Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements . The representations and warranties of the parties contained in Articles III and IV shall, subject to the last sentence of this Section 9.1, terminate on the date that is one (1) year after the Closing Date, except that the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.2, the first two sentences of each of Sections 3.4(a) and 3.4(b), Section 3.20, Section 3.22, Section 4.2, Section 4.7, Section 4.8 and Section 4.9 shall survive indefinitely following the Closing, the representations and warranties in Section 3.11 shall survive for three (3) years after the Closing, and the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.7 shall survive the Closing until 60 days following the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations (including any extensions). All covenants and agreements contained herein which by their terms contemplate actions or impose obligations following the Closing shall survive the Closing and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms. All covenants and agreements contained herein which by their terms contemplate full performance at or prior to Closing shall terminate upon Closing, except that claims for indemnification in respect of any breach thereof shall survive until the date that is one (1) year after the Closing Date. The period of time a representation or warranty or covenant or agreement survives the Closing pursuant to this Section 9.1 shall be the “ Survival Period ” with respect to such representation or warranty or covenant or agreement. In the event notice of any claim for indemnification under this Article IX shall have been given within the applicable Survival Period and such claim has not been finally resolved by the expiration of such Survival Period, the representations or warranties or covenants or agreements that are the subject of such claim shall survive, but only to the extent of and in the amount of the claim as made prior to the expiration of the Survival Period, until such claim is finally resolved.

9.2 Indemnification . Subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth in this Article IX, from and after the Closing Date:

(a) Honeywell shall indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser and its Affiliates (including after the Closing the Companies and their Subsidiaries) and each of their respective officers, directors, members, partners, managers and employees (collectively, the “ Purchaser Indemnified Parties ”) from and against (i) any and all court assessed damages, attorneys’ fees and other out-of-pocket costs or other Losses incurred by FTCP or any other Purchaser Indemnified Party pursuant to any litigation relating to, or otherwise arising out of, the Delphi Claim or any failure of Honeywell to satisfy any of its obligations under the Settlement Agreement (or Section 5.19 of this Agreement) , (ii) any Losses that are imposed on or incurred by the Purchaser Indemnified Parties arising out of (A) any breach of any representation or warranty made by Honeywell and the Sellers in this Agreement (or Third Party Claim relating thereto that if successful would constitute such a breach), or (B) any failure to perform any covenant or agreement of Honeywell or the Sellers set forth in this Agreement, and (iii) any Losses or liabilities that are imposed on or incurred by the Purchaser Indemnified Parties arising out of or pursuant to or in connection with (A) any benefit plan, program or arrangement that is not a Company Plan, (B) any ERISA Group Liability arising prior to Closing, (C) Seller’s UK DB Scheme, Seller’s UK DC Scheme and any other occupational pension scheme (as defined for the purposes of the UK Pension Schemes Act 1993) which relates to UK employees and former UK employees of the Companies and any associated or connected

 

57


entities (as defined for the purposes of the UK Pensions Act 2004), (D) the liabilities relating to the CEO of FT that are retained solely by Sellers as described in Section 5.10(d), (E) the matter listed on Section 3.12(b)(iii) of the Disclosure Schedule only to the extent of Losses exceeding $25,000, (F) Losses arising out of the matter Listed in Item 4 of Section 3.9 of the Disclosure Schedule only to the extent not fully covered by proceeds from insurance, (G) any Indebtedness of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries outstanding immediately prior to the Closing that is owed to any Person other than the Companies or their Subsidiaries and that is not discharged or otherwise extinguished on or prior to the Closing by Honeywell and (H) the matters described on Schedule 9.2(a)(iii)(H).

(b) Purchaser shall indemnify and hold harmless Honeywell and its Affiliates (other than the Companies and their Subsidiaries) and each of their respective officers, directors, members, partners, managers and employees (collectively, the “ Seller Indemnified Parties ”) from and against any Losses that are imposed on or incurred by Seller Indemnified Parties arising out of (i) any breach of any representation or warranty made by Purchaser in this Agreement (or Third Party Claim relating thereto that if successful would constitute such a breach), (ii) any failure to perform any covenant or agreement of Purchaser set forth in this Agreement and (iii) any obligations specifically assumed by Purchaser under Section 5.10.

(c) For purposes of determining whether a breach or a violation of any representation or warranty in this Agreement has occurred, each representation or warranty in this Agreement will be read and construed to include all materiality, “in all material respects”, Material Adverse Effect and other qualifiers expressly set forth in the applicable representation or warranty. However, the determination of the amount of a Loss resulting from a breach of any representation or warranty of Sellers contained in this Agreement shall be made by disregarding and not giving effect to any qualifiers as to “Business Material Adverse Effect”, “materiality”, “material Loss” or “in all material respects”, or words of similar import, or, in the case of Section 3.6(c), the dollar threshold used in such representation or warranty, and instead interpreting such representation or warranty as if such terms were deleted.

9.3 Indemnification Procedures.

(a) In order for a party (the “ Indemnified Party ”) to be entitled to any indemnification provided for under this Article IX in respect of a claim made against the Indemnified Party by any Person who is not a party to this Agreement (a “ Third-Party Claim ”), such Indemnified Party must notify the indemnifying party hereunder (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing of the Third-Party Claim promptly following receipt by such Indemnified Party of notice of the Third-Party Claim; provided , however , that failure to give such notification shall not affect the indemnification provided hereunder except to the extent the Indemnifying Party shall have been actually prejudiced as a result of such failure. Thereafter, the Indemnified Party shall deliver to the Indemnifying Party, promptly following the Indemnified Party’s receipt thereof, copies of all notices and documents (including court papers) received by the Indemnified Party relating to the Third-Party Claim, other than those notices and documents separately addressed to the Indemnifying Party.

 

58


(b) The Indemnifying Party will have the right to defend against, negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with any Third-Party Claim which relates to any Losses indemnifiable hereunder and to select counsel of its choice; provided that, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing by the Indemnified Party, the Indemnifying Party shall only be entitled to control the defense of the Third Party Claim if (i) the Indemnifying Party shall acknowledge in writing its obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party for any and all Losses thereto (subject to all the provisions set forth in this Agreement), (ii) the Third Party Claim does not seek to impose on the Indemnified Party injunctive or other non-monetary relief, (iii) the Third Party Claim does not involve any material customer or material supplier of the Indemnified Party or any executive officer or key employee of the Indemnified Party, and (iv) at the time the Indemnifying Party receives notice of the Third Party Claim, as a result of the application of the Cap as set forth in Section 9.4(a), the indemnification payments reasonably expected to be made by the Indemnifying Party in respect of such Third Party Claim are less than the reasonably expected indemnifiable Loss of the Indemnified Party as a result of such Third Party Claim. If the Indemnifying Party is not entitled to as a result of clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of the previous sentence, or does not within 30 days of its receipt of notice of a Third-Party Claim pursuant to Section 9.3(a) elect to or otherwise fails to defend against or negotiate any Third-Party Claim which relates to any Losses indemnifiable hereunder, the applicable Indemnified Party may defend against, negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with such Third-Party Claim except that, in the event the Indemnifying Party is not entitled to defend against, negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with such a Third Party Claim as a result of the application of clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of the previous sentence, the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to participate in the defense of any such Third Party Claim, at its own cost and expense, and in no event will the Indemnified Party have the right to settle any such Third Party Claim without the consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. If the applicable Indemnified Party defends any Third-Party Claim, then the Indemnifying Party shall promptly reimburse the applicable Indemnified Party for the out-of-pocket costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in connection with the investigation, defense and/or settlement of any such Third-Party Claim upon submission of periodic bills. If the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of any Third-Party Claim, the applicable Indemnified Party may participate, at its own expense, in the defense of such Third-Party Claim; provided , however , that such applicable Indemnified Party will be entitled to participate in any such defense with separate counsel at the expense of the Indemnifying Party if (i) so requested by the Indemnifying Party to participate or (ii) in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the applicable Indemnified Party, a conflict or potential conflict exists between the applicable Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party that would make such separate representation advisable; provided , further , that Indemnifying Party will not be required to pay for more than one (1) such counsel for all Indemnified Parties in connection with any Third-Party Claim; and provided , further , that in any Third Party Claim where an Indemnified Party is not controlling the defense and which involves any customer or supplier of the Companies or the Subsidiaries, such participation shall include the right of the Indemnified Party to

 

59


engage in direct discussions with the other parties to the Third Party Claim, including discussions concerning the claim and potential resolution thereof, subject to paragraph (c) below and subject to the following two sentences. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the participation of the Indemnified Party in any discussion relating to the Third Party Claim shall not alter any of the rights of the controlling party to control and direct the defense of such Third Party Claim, including the right to accept or reject any resolution proposed by the non-controlling party in such controlling party’s sole discretion. In connection with any discussions by an Indemnified Party with any parties to a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall, and in the case of a Purchaser Indemnified Party the Purchaser hereby agrees to cause such Indemnified Party to (i) fully disclose to all other parties that (a) the non-controlling party is acting on its own behalf and not as a representative of the controlling party, and (b) the non-controlling party is not authorized to agree to any settlement with respect to such Third Party Claim; and (ii) keep confidential any non-public information relating to the Companies, the Subsidiaries or the Third-Party Claim.

(c) If the Indemnifying Party chooses to defend or prosecute a Third-Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall (and shall cause the applicable Indemnified Parties to) cooperate in the defense or prosecution thereof at reasonable times upon reasonable notice and without undue disruption of the Indemnified Party’s business, and the Indemnified Party’s actual out-of-pocket costs in such cooperation shall be indemnifiable Losses hereunder, except that the Indemnifying Party shall not be obligated to make any payments with respect to fees and expenses of counsel retained by the Indemnified Party so long as the Indemnifying Party continues to defend such Claim. If the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of a Third-Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall (and shall cause the applicable Indemnified Parties to) agree to any settlement, compromise or discharge of a Third-Party Claim that the Indemnifying Party may recommend and that (i) by its terms unconditionally obligates the Indemnifying Party (or its Affiliates) to pay the full amount of the liability in connection with such Third-Party Claim, (ii) does not require any payment or other action by any Indemnified Party, and (iii) unconditionally releases all Indemnified Parties in connection with such Third-Party Claim. If the Indemnifying Party elects not to assume the defense of a Third-Party Claim, the applicable Indemnified Parties shall not admit any liability with respect to, or settle, compromise or discharge, such Third-Party Claim without the Indemnifying Party’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(d) In the event any Indemnified Party has a claim against any Indemnifying Party under this Article IX that does not involve a Third-Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall deliver notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party promptly following the Indemnified Party becoming aware of the same. The failure by any Indemnified Party so to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability that it may have to such Indemnified Party under this Article IX, except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party has been actually prejudiced by such failure.

9.4 Indemnification Limitations . (a) In no event shall Honeywell be liable for indemnification pursuant to Section 9.2(a)(ii)(A) (other than in respect of the

 

60


representations and warranties in Sections 3.2, the first two sentences of each of Sections 3.4(a) and 3.4(b), 3.7, and 3.20 (the “ Excluded Representations ”)) unless and until the aggregate amount of all Losses with respect to Section 9.2(a)(ii)(A) that are imposed on or incurred by the Purchaser Indemnified Parties exceeds nine hundred thousand dollars ($900,000) (the “ Threshold Amount ”), in which case the Purchaser Indemnified Parties shall be entitled to indemnification for all Losses from the first dollar, including both the Threshold Amount and any amounts in excess thereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Honeywell shall not (x) be required to make payments for indemnification pursuant to Section 9.2(a)(ii)(A) (other than in respect of Section 3.2, the first two sentences of each of Sections 3.4(a) and 3.4(b), Section 3.7 and Section 3.20) in an aggregate amount in excess of nine million dollars ($9,000,000) (the “ Cap ”), or (y) be liable for indemnification with respect to any Loss by the Purchaser Indemnified Parties pursuant to Section 9.2(a)(ii)(A) (other than in respect of the Excluded Representations) to the extent such Loss and all Losses arising out of the same facts and circumstances are, in the aggregate, less than $15,000 (each, a “ De Minimis Loss ”) and such Losses shall be disregarded and shall not be aggregated for purposes of the Threshold Amount unless and until such Losses arising out of the same facts or circumstances exceed the De Minimis Loss amount. Purchaser shall not be required to make payments for indemnification pursuant to Section 9.2(b)(i) in an aggregate amount in excess of the Cap.

(b) In calculating amounts payable to an Indemnified Party hereunder, the amount of any indemnified Losses shall be determined without duplication of any other Loss for which an indemnification claim has been made or could be made under any other representation, warranty, covenant, or agreement and shall be computed net of (i) payments actually received by the Indemnified Party under indemnification agreements or arrangements with third parties or under any insurance policy with respect to such Losses (after deduction for any cost of collection, deductible, retroactive premium adjustment, reimbursement obligation or other cost or expense directly related thereto) (each, a “ Collateral Source ”), (ii) any prior recovery by the Indemnified Party from any Person with respect to such Losses and (iii) any Tax benefit actually received by any Indemnified Party with respect to such Losses, but increased by the amount of any Tax detriment actually paid by any Indemnified Party as a result of such party’s receipt of the indemnification payment with respect to such Loss. In the event of any indemnification claim paid, Honeywell may, in its sole discretion, require any Indemnified Party to grant to Honeywell an assignment of the right of such Indemnified Party to assert a claim against any Collateral Source. If the amount to be netted hereunder from any payment required under Article IX or Article VII is determined after payment of any amount otherwise required to be paid to an Indemnified Party under this Article IX or Article VII the Indemnified Party shall repay to the Indemnifying Party, promptly after such determination, any amount that the Responsible Parties would not have had to pay pursuant to this Article IX or Article VII had such determination been made at the time of such payment.

(c) Subject to the other provisions of this Section 9.4, but notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in no event shall Honeywell, the Sellers or Purchaser be liable for any punitive damages, except to the extent such damages are payable to an unaffiliated third party.

 

61


(d) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Agreement to the contrary, after the Closing, indemnification and specific performance pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX and Article VII and Section 5.14(d) shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of the parties with respect to any and all claims arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including in respect of any misrepresentation or breach of any warranty, covenant or other provision contained in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto. Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, as a material inducement to the other parties hereto entering into this Agreement, Purchaser hereby waives, from and after the Closing, any claim or cause of action, known and unknown, foreseen and unforeseen, which it or any of its Affiliates may have against the other parties hereto, including without limitation under the common law or federal or state securities laws, trade regulation laws or other laws (including any relating to Tax, environmental, real estate or employee matters), by reason of this Agreement and the transactions provided for herein, except for claims or causes of action brought under and subject to the terms and conditions of the provisions contained in this Article IX and Article VII and Section 5.14(d). All payments made pursuant to this Article IX and Article VII shall be made by Sellers to Purchaser or by Purchaser to Sellers, as the case may be, and shall be deemed to be adjustments to the Purchase Price. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, nothing in this Section 9.4 will limit any claim by a Purchaser Indemnified Party for fraud which shall, in any case, be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.22, 4.7, 10.8 and 10.9 of this Agreement.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in no event shall Honeywell or the Sellers be liable for any Losses related to any breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty contained in Section 3.11 (Environmental Matters) to the extent such Loss or Losses constitute a Purchaser Environmental Liability. For purposes of this paragraph, a “ Purchaser Environmental Liability ” shall be any Loss or Losses that: (i) arise from any action that causes, or any negligent or intentional action that exacerbates, any environmental condition or noncompliance with Environmental Laws (including any Management of any Materials of Environmental Concern) by any of the Purchaser Indemnified Parties or the Companies and their Subsidiaries after Closing, including, without limitation, any negligent or intentional failure to comply with any Environmental Law; (ii) solely with respect to Liability for the conduct of environmental remedial actions, are not required pursuant to any Environmental Law, imposed as a result of a Third-Party Claim or necessary to address conditions of contamination exceeding applicable remedial standards; (iii) are required by a cleanup or remediation standard for the Property other than an industrial standard (or a commercial standard, if applicable to such Property as of the Closing Date); or (iv) are detected or caused by any Voluntary Environmental Investigation. For purposes of this paragraph, (i) “ Management ” means generation, production, handling, distribution, processing, storage, treatment, transportation, recycling, reuse and/or disposal, as those terms are defined in any Environmental Law, and (ii) “ Voluntary Environmental Investigation ” means any environmental sampling or testing of soil or groundwater at any Property except to the extent Purchaser reasonably believes such sampling or testing is (A) required by any Environmental Law or Governmental Authority, (B) reasonably conducted in response to a Third Party Claim asserting Liability for any environmental

 

62


condition at any Property, (C) conducted by the Sellers in performance of their respective obligations herein, (D) necessary in connection with a due diligence review for any sale, conveyance or financing transaction involving any Property based upon findings from a Phase I environmental site assessment, (E) required for the bona fide construction, expansion, demolition, repair, maintenance, or closure by or on behalf of the Companies or their Subsidiaries of any structures or operations at any Property in the ordinary course of business and to the extent such sampling or testing is consistent with industry practice, or (F) required to respond to material facts indicating a potentially significant risk to human health or the environment.

(f) Sellers and Purchaser acknowledge and agree that the other parties would be damaged irreparably in the event any provision of this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its specific terms or otherwise is breached, so that a party shall be entitled to injunctive relief to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically this Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof. In particular, the parties acknowledge that the FTCP Business is unique and recognize and affirm that in the event that the Sellers breach this Agreement, money damages would be inadequate and Purchaser would have no adequate remedy at law, so that the Sellers’ shall have the right, in addition to any other rights and remedies existing in its favor, to enforce its rights and the Sellers’ obligations hereunder not only by action for damages but also by action for specific performance, injunctive, and/or other equitable relief.

(g) For the avoidance of doubt, the parties hereto agree that, to the extent any particular Loss or part of a Loss suffered by a Purchaser Indemnified Party would constitute a breach of a representation and warranty of Sellers hereunder and would also be specifically indemnifiable by the Sellers under Section 7.4 or Section 9.2(a)(i), (ii)(B), or (iii), then such particular Loss or part of a Loss, as applicable, shall be treated as being indemnifiable under such specific provision rather than under Section 9.2(a)(ii)(A).

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by telecopy or facsimile, upon confirmation of receipt, (b) on the first business day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service, or (c) on the fifth business day following the date of mailing if delivered by registered or certified mail return receipt requested, postage prepaid and shall be delivered personally or mailed by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested), sent by overnight courier or sent by telecopy, to the applicable party at the following addresses or telecopy numbers (or at such other address or telecopy number for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

63


(a)    if to Honeywell or any Seller:
  

Honeywell International Inc.

101 Columbia Road

P.O. Box 4000

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-2487

Attention: General Counsel and Senior Vice President

   Telecopy No.: (973) 455-4217
   with a copy to:
  

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

4 Times Square

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Michael E. Gizang, Esq.

Telecopy No.: (212) 735-2000

(b)    if to Purchaser:
  

Sensata Technologies, Inc.

529 Pleasant Street

Attleboro, MA 02703

   Attention:    Chief Executive Officer
                          General Counsel
   with a copy to:
  

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, IL 60621

  

Attention:    Matthew E. Steinmetz, P.C.

                      Jeffrey W. Richards

10.2 Certain Definitions; Interpretation .

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(i) “ Affiliate ” of a Person means a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the first mentioned Person.

(ii) “ Affiliated Group ” means any affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code or any similar group defined under a similar provision of state, local or foreign law.

(iii)“ Assigned Intellectual Property ” means (i) all Intellectual Property owned by FT or its Subsidiaries as of the Closing (other than

 

64


the Companies and their Subsidiaries), (ii) all Intellectual Property that was owned by FT or its Subsidiaries as of March 25, 2006 and, as of the Closing Date, is owned by Honeywell or its Subsidiaries (other than the Companies and their Subsidiaries), in each case of (i) and (ii), used in any material respect in the conduct of the FTCP Business, including any FCO IP, as defined in Exhibit D, (iii) the trademark FIRST TECHNOLOGY and FIRST TECHNOLOGY INNOVATIVE SOLUTIONS and Design, and (iv) all domain names used in any material respect in the conduct of the FTCP Business and all domain names containing the names FirstTechnology or FirstTech, or any variations thereof that are registered to or on behalf of Sellers or their Subsidiaries; all content and all HTML and scripting code to the extent used in connection with such domain names; and any Intellectual Property embodied in any of the foregoing, to the extent owned by Sellers or their Subsidiaries.

(iv) “ Business Material Adverse Effect ” means any event, change, effect or circumstance that, individually or in the aggregate, has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse effect on the business, assets, results of operations, financial condition of the FTCP Business; provided , however , that changes, effects or circumstances, alone or in combination, that arise out of or result from (A) changes in economic conditions, financial or securities markets in general, or the industries and markets (including with respect to commodity prices) in which the FTCP Business is operated, except to the extent disproportionately affecting the FTCP Business, (B) the execution and performance (other than as set forth in the first sentence of Section 5.1 hereof) of this Agreement and the announcement of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, ( provided , however , that the foregoing shall not affect or otherwise limit the representations set forth in Section 3.3 and 4.3) (C) acts of God, calamities, national or international political or social conditions, including the engagement by the United States, the United Kingdom or the Dominican Republic in hostilities, whether commenced before or after the date hereof, or the occurrence of any military attack or terrorist act upon the United States, the United Kingdom or the Dominican Republic, except to the extent disproportionately affecting the FTCP Business, or (D) any actions taken, or failures to take action, or such other changes or events, in each case, to which Purchaser has specifically consented in writing, shall not be considered in determining whether a Business Material Adverse Effect has occurred.

(v) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(vi) “ Contract ” shall mean any contract, agreement, lease, license, sales order, purchase order, indenture, note, bond, loan, instrument, lease, commitment or other arrangement or agreement that is binding on any Person or any part of its property under applicable Law.

(vii) “ control ” (including the terms “controlled,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, direct

 

65


or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of stock, as trustee or executor, by contract or credit arrangement or otherwise.

(viii) “ Delphi Claim ” means any claim, action or proceeding regarding the alleged malfunction of electrical heaters manufactured by the FTCP Business prior to the Closing Date, which were installed in HVAC units that were supplied to Renault and Fiat for Renault Espace vehicles and Alfa Romeo 147 and 156 vehicles.

(ix) “ DOJ ” means the United States Department of Justice.

(x) “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereto.

(xi) “ FTC ” means the United States Federal Trade Commission.

(xii) “ FTCP Business ” means the design, development and manufacture and sale of sensors, circuit protection devices, ceramic components and crash switch devices as such business is currently conducted by the Companies and their Subsidiaries.

(xiii) “ FTCP Net Working Capital ” means the excess of (i) the sum of total current assets of the FTCP Business (other than cash and cash equivalents), over (ii) total current liabilities of the FTCP Business (other than Indebtedness, or any liabilities associated with the Delphi Claim or liabilities described in Section 9.2(a)(iii)) and any issued but uncleared checks and bank overdrafts, except to the extent any such bank overdrafts constitute Indebtedness that will be discharged by Sellers. The current assets and current liabilities of the FTCP Business that are included in FTCP Net Working Capital shall be calculated in accordance with the FTCP Specified Accounting Policies and in accordance with the calculation of the sample statement of FTCP Net Working Capital set forth on Section 10.2(a)(xiii) of the Disclosure Schedule; provided that no current or deferred income tax assets or Liabilities will be included in the FTCP Net Working Capital.

(xiv) “ FTCP Specified Accounting Policies ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(a)(xiv) of the Disclosure Schedule.

(xv) “ Governmental Authority ” means any foreign, transnational, or United States federal, state or local governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or any court or arbitral body.

 

66


(xvi) “ Governmental Order ” means any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation, determination or award entered by or with any Governmental Authority.

(xvii) “ Indebtedness ” of any Person at any date shall include (A) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (B) any other indebtedness of such Person which is evidenced by any note, bond, debenture or similar instrument, (C) all obligations under any hedging, derivative or swap obligations or similar arrangements, (D) all outstanding amounts owed under guaranties in which the underlying payment or performance obligation is in default or a valid demand for payment has been made, (E) all obligations secured by a Lien (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any assets of the FTCP Business, (F) all obligations for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business), (G) any amounts outstanding and owing under any commitments by which a Person assures a creditor against loss (including reimbursement obligations and including, in the case of bank guarantees, any amounts advanced by the guarantor bank that have not yet been reimbursed), (H) all obligations under capitalized leases (it being understood that for purposes of this definition the leases set forth in the Disclosure Schedule are not and shall not be treated as capitalized leases), (I) all prepayment premiums, and (J) any accrued interest, fees and expenses related to the foregoing.

(xviii) “ Independent Accounting Firm ” means any one of (A) Ernst & Young, (B) PricewaterhouseCoopers, (C) KPMG or (D) Deloitte & Touche, as mutually agreed upon by the parties.

(xix) “ Intellectual Property Assignment ” means the assignment agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C conveying to the Purchaser the Assigned Intellectual Property.

(xx) “ knowledge ” (A) with respect to Honeywell and the Sellers shall mean the actual knowledge, after due inquiry of appropriate personnel, of the individuals identified on Section 10.2(a)(xx)(A) of the Disclosure Schedule and (B) with respect to Purchaser shall mean the actual knowledge, after due inquiry of appropriate personnel, of the individuals identified on Section 10.2(a)(xx)(B) of the Disclosure Schedule.

(xxi) “ Law ” means any law, statute, ordinance, order, decree, decision, rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority, or any binding agreement with any Government Authority binding upon a Person or its assets.

(xxii)“ Liability ” means any direct or indirect liability, Indebtedness, penalty, claim, loss, damage, deficiency, obligation or responsibility, fixed or unfixed, choate or inchoate, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, accrued, absolute, known or unknown, contingent or otherwise, and regardless of when or by whom asserted.

 

67


(xxiii) “ License Opportunity ” means the potential opportunity of Control Devices, Inc. to license its patents USSN 60/653,194, 60/742,730 and its PCT filing to a third party (subject to the negotiation of a definitive agreement between the parties relating thereto), discussions with respect to which have occurred prior to the date hereof with the assistance of Honeywell and certain of its Affiliates.

(xxiv) “ Losses ” means, subject to Section 9.4, any losses, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in connection with the investigation, defense and/or settlement of any claim), penalties, judgments, fines, claims, damages, liabilities, royalties and assessments. In the event that the Purchaser transfers less than all or substantially all of the FTCP Business to a third party, any losses, costs, expenses, damages or liabilities actually incurred by a Purchaser Indemnified Party (including any amounts paid by the Indemnified Party to such third party) in connection with Losses suffered by such third party that would constitute indemnifiable Losses under this Agreement had they been directly incurred by such Purchaser Indemnified Party absent the transfer to such third party, will constitute Losses under this definition and will be subject to the terms and conditions of the indemnification provisions in Article IX; provided , however , that in no event shall Honeywell be responsible for attorneys’ fees and expenses or any other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the investigation, defense or settlement of a claim of such third party, but only those of the Purchaser Indemnified Party.

(xxv) “ Made Available ” means that the information referred to (i) has been actually delivered (whether by email transmission or hand delivery) to Purchaser or to its outside legal counsel or (ii) was posted and remained posted on the electronic datasite located at http://services.intralinks.com, in each case, on or prior to the execution of this Agreement.

(xxvi) “ Permit ” means any permit, franchise, authorization, license accreditation, certificate, exemption, classification, registration or other approval issued or granted by any Governmental Authority.

(xxvii) “ Permitted Encumbrances ” means (A) mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Encumbrances arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business for amounts not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate legal proceedings, (B) Encumbrances arising under original purchase price conditional sales contracts and equipment leases with third parties entered into in the ordinary course of business, (C) Encumbrances for Taxes and other governmental charges that are not due and payable, are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, or may thereafter be paid without penalty, (D) imperfections of title, restrictions or

 

68


encumbrances, if any, which imperfections of title, restrictions or other encumbrances do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the continued use and operation of the specific assets to which they relate, (E) any exceptions listed in the title commitments provided by Honeywell to Purchaser, (F) those certain Declarations of Covenants and Restrictions that have been recorded against the Owned Real Property, and (G) the state of facts disclosed on the survey for the real property in Standish, Maine, dated August 8, 2006, last revised September 22, 2006 (Project 20061051-1) and on the survey for the real property located in Grand Blanc, Michigan, dated August 2, 2006, last revised September 7, 2006 (Project 20061081-1).

(xxviii) “ Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization, entity or group.

(xxix) “ Purchaser Material Adverse Effect ” means any material adverse change in or material adverse effect on the ability of Purchaser to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

(xxx) “ Reorganization ” means such actions taken or to be taken by Honeywell or any of its Affiliates in connection with the reorganization as specifically described in Section 5.1 of the Disclosure Schedule.

(xxxi) “ Settlement Agreement ” means the Settlement Agreement dated as of September 11, 2006 among First Technology Europe S.A.S., a French company, duly existing and organized under the laws of France, First Inertia Switch Ltd., a company, duly existing and organized under the laws of UK, Control Devices Inc., a corporation duly existing and organized under the laws of the State of Indiana, First Technology Dominicana S.A., a company duly existing and organized under the laws of the Dominican Republic, Honeywell, FT, Honeywell Delphi France S.A.S, duly existing and organized under the laws of France, and Delphi Italia Automotive Systems S.r.l., a company duly existing and organized under the laws of Italy, as the same may be amended or modified.

(xxxii) “ Settlement Opportunity ” means the potential opportunity of the FTCP Business to settle, in full or in part, the matter identified in Item 3 of Section 3.9 of the Disclosure Schedule, discussions with respect to which have occurred prior to the date hereof with the assistance of Honeywell and certain of its Affiliates.

(xxxiii) “ Shelby Business ” means the manufacture of pressure switches, valves, circuit breakers, mechanical switches, coils and solenoids, and Hall effect sensors (service part only status and expected to cease production by 2007), as currently conducted by Shelby LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Honeywell, out of the Honeywell plant located in Shelby, North Carolina.

 

69


(xxxiv) “ Subsidiary ” of a Person means any corporation or other legal entity of which such Person (either alone or through or together with any other Subsidiary or Subsidiaries) is the general partner or managing entity or of which at least a majority of the stock or other equity interests the holders of which are generally entitled to vote for the election of the board of directors or others performing similar functions of such corporation or other legal entity is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person (either alone or through or together with any other Subsidiary or Subsidiaries).

(xxxv) “ Targeted FTCP Net Working Capital ” means $12,100,000.

(xxxvi) “ Tax Return ” shall mean any report, return or similar filing (including the attached schedules) required to be filed with respect to Taxes, including any information return, claim for refund, amended return, or declaration of estimated Taxes.

(xxxvii) “ Taxes ” shall mean any and all domestic or foreign, federal, state, local or other taxes of any kind (together with any and all interest, penalties, additions to tax and additional amounts imposed with respect thereto) imposed by any Governmental Authority, including taxes with respect to income, franchises, windfall or other profits, gross receipts, property, sales, use, capital stock, employment, unemployment, social security, unclaimed property, payroll, customs duties, transfer, license, workers’ compensation or net worth, and taxes in the nature of excise, withholding, ad valorem or value added.

(xxxviii) “ Taxing Authority ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service and any other domestic or foreign Governmental Authority responsible for the administration or collection of any Taxes.

(b) When a reference is made in this Agreement to Articles, Sections, or Disclosure Schedule, such reference is to an Article or a Section of, or Disclosure Schedule to, this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated. When a reference is made in this Agreement to a party or parties, such reference is to parties to this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be understood to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

10.3 Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon a determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, Honeywell and Purchaser shall negotiate in good faith to modify this

 

70


Agreement so as to affect their original intent as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that the transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the maximum extent possible.

10.4 Entire Agreement; No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement, including all exhibits and schedules attached hereto, and the Confidentiality Agreement constitute the entire agreement and supersede any and all other prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, among the parties hereto, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof and does not, and is not intended to, confer upon any Person (other than the Purchaser Indemnified Parties pursuant to Section 9.2, Section 7.4 and Section 5.12(c) and the parties’ respective permitted successors and permitted assigns) any rights or remedies hereunder.

10.5 Amendment; Waiver . This Agreement maybe amended only in a writing signed by all parties hereto. Any waiver of rights hereunder must be set forth in writing. A waiver of any breach or failure to enforce any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement shall not in any way affect, limit or waive either party’s rights at any time to enforce strict compliance thereafter with every term or condition of this Agreement.

10.6 Binding Effect; Assignment . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective legal representatives and successors and permitted assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall not be assigned by any party hereto by operation of Law or otherwise without the express written consent of each of the other parties; provided , however , that, without the consent of the other parties hereto Purchaser may (i) assign its right to purchase the Shares and the Assigned Intellectual Property, in whole or in part, to one or more of its Affiliates, (ii) assign its rights hereunder to the lenders under the Credit Agreement as collateral security for borrowings under the Credit Agreement used to pay the Purchase Price and (iii) assign its rights hereunder to a third party in connection with a sale of all or substantially all of the FTCP Business; provided , however , that no such assignment shall relieve Purchaser of its obligations hereunder.

10.7 Disclosure Schedule . The Disclosure Schedule shall be construed with and as an integral part of this Agreement to the same extent as if the same had been set forth verbatim herein. Any matter disclosed pursuant to the Disclosure Schedule shall not be deemed to be an admission or representation as to the materiality of the item so disclosed.

10.8 Governing Law . Any and all claims, disputes or controversies in any way arising out of or relating to (a) this Agreement, (b) any breach, termination or validity of this Agreement, (c) the transactions contemplated hereby or (d) any discussions or communications relating in any way to this Agreement or transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Transaction Matters ”), and the existence or validity of any and all defenses to such claims, disputes or controversies, shall be governed and resolved exclusively by the laws of the State of New York, notwithstanding the existence of any conflict of laws principles that otherwise would dictate the application of any other state’s law. Each party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right to object to the application of New York law or argue against its applicability to any of the matters referenced in the immediately preceding sentence.

 

71


10.9 Dispute Resolution; Mediation; Jurisdiction .

(a) In the event of any dispute, controversy or claim in any way arising out of or relating to the Transaction Matters (a “ Dispute ”), upon the written notice of either party hereto, the parties hereto shall attempt to negotiate a resolution of the Dispute. If the parties hereto are unable for any reason to resolve a Dispute within 30 days after the receipt of such notice, the Dispute shall be submitted to mediation in accordance with Section 10.9(b) hereof.

(b) Any Dispute not resolved pursuant to Section 10.9(a) hereof shall, at the request of either party hereto (a “ Mediation Request ”), be submitted to non-binding mediation in accordance with the then current CPR Mediation Procedure (the “ Procedure ”), except as modified herein. The mediation shall be held in New York, New York. The parties shall have 20 days from receipt by a party of a Mediation Request to agree on a mediator. If no mediator has been agreed upon by the parties within 20 days of receipt by a party (or parties) of a Mediation Request, then any party may request (on written notice to the other parties), that the CPR appoint a mediator in accordance with the Procedure. All mediation pursuant to this clause shall be confidential and shall be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations, and no oral or documentary representations made by the parties during such mediation shall be admissible for any purpose in any subsequent proceedings. No party hereto shall disclose or permit the disclosure of any information about the evidence adduced or the documents produced by the other parties in the mediation proceedings or about the existence, contents or results of the mediation without the prior written consent of such other parties except in the course of a judicial or regulatory proceeding or as may be required by Law or requested by a Governmental Authority or securities exchange. Before making any disclosure permitted by the preceding sentence, the party intending to make such disclosure shall give the other parties reasonable written notice of the intended disclosure and afford the other parties a reasonable opportunity to protect its interests. If the Dispute has not been resolved within 60 days of the appointment of a Mediator, or within 90 days of receipt by a party of a Mediation Request (whichever occurs sooner), or within such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, then any party may file an action on the Dispute in any court having jurisdiction in accordance with Section 10.9(c).

(c) Each of the parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York located in New York City and the courts of the United States of America located in the City of New York for any litigation arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby (and agrees not to commence any litigation relating hereto except in such courts), and further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to its respective address set forth in Section 10.1, shall be effective service of process for any litigation brought against it in any such court. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any litigation arising out

 

72


of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby in the courts of the State of New York located in New York City or the courts of the United States of America located in the City of New York and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such litigation brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING IN ANY WAY TO TRANSACTION MATTERS.

10.10 Construction; Interpretation . The headings of Articles and Sections in this Agreement are provided for convenience only and will not affect its construction or interpretation. The language used in this Agreement is the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party. Each of the parties hereto has participated in the drafting and negotiation of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement must be construed as if was drafted by all of the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”. The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The phrase “ordinary course of business” when used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be followed by the words “consistent with past practice”. All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein. The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such term.

10.11 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts (including by facsimile or electronic .pdf submission), and by the different parties in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

73


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Stock Purchase Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized.

 

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

HONEYWELL INTERNATIONAL INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

FIRST TECHNOLOGY LIMITED
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

74


Exhibit A

Companies

First Inertia Switch Limited, a Michigan corporation.

Control Devices, Inc., an Indiana corporation.

FTCP Holdings Ltd., an English unlimited liability company.

Subsidiaries

RDI Management Co., an Indiana corporation.

CDI BV, a Netherlands corporation.

CDI Holding International SAS, a French corporation.

FT Europe SAS, a French corporation.

First Inertia Switch Ltd., A United Kingdom corporation.

First Technology Dominicana Holdings S.A., a Dominican Republic corporation.

First Technology Dominicana S.A., a Dominican Republic corporation.

First Technology (Europe) Ltd., a United Kingdom corporation.

FTCP Bermuda Ltd., a Bermuda corporation.

 

75

Exhibit 12.1

Sensata Technologies B.V.

Computation Of Ratio Of Earnings To Fixed Charges

(dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

       Predecessor    Successor  
     2001    2002    2003    2004    2005    Nine months
ended September 30,
2005
  

January 1,
2006 -April 26,

2006

   April 27, 2006 -
September 30,
2006
 
     (Unaudited)    (Unaudited)    (Audited)    (Audited)    (Audited)    (Unaudited)    (Unaudited)    (Unaudited)  

Income before income taxes

   $ 128,086    $ 178,605    $ 190,872    $ 235,446    $ 224,807    $ 178,830    $ 71,166    $ (122,693 )
                                                         

Fixed charges:

                       

Interest expense and amortization of debt issuance cost

     —        —        —        —        105      —        620      122,304  

Portion of rent estimated to represent the interest factor

     907      1,121      1,018      810      985      751      632      563  
                                                         

Total fixed charges

   $ 907    $ 1,121    $ 1,018    $ 810    $ 1,090    $ 751    $ 1,252    $ 122,867  
                                                         

Income before income taxes plus fixed charges

   $ 128,993    $ 179,726    $ 191,890    $ 236,256    $ 225,897    $ 179,581    $ 72,418    $ 174  
                                                         

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     142.2      160.3      188.5      291.7      207.2      239.1      57.8      0.0 (1)

(1) Due to the registrant’s loss in the successor period April 27 to September 30, 2006, the ratio coverage was less than 1:1. The registrant must generate additional earnings of $122,693 to achieve a coverage of 1:1.


Rental and Lease Costs

Calculation of interest portion

Source: SAP Actuals

 

(In $)

     
       PREDECESSOR    SUCCESSOR  

Accts

   2001    2002    2003    2004    2005    1/1 - 9/30/05    1/1 - 4/26/06    4/26-9/30/06  

Manufacturing

                       

4871 - Operating Lease - Real

   846,994    835,606    529,654    137,120    348,329    247,314    1,177,386    386,679  

4874 - Operating Lease - Personal

   16,802    100,088    95,909    73,431    101,063    89,099    24,215    28,904  

4881 - Rent - Real

   154,018    176,025    79,015    92,728    47,909    39,719    13,184    245,486  

4884 - Rent - Personal

   37,902    125,329    358,421    442,855    405,715    327,930    66,598    135,549  

Inactive rent/lease accounts with activity

   298,206    77,328    10,124               

Engineering

                       

4871 - Operating Lease - Real

   0    0    0    53    0    0    0    (4,985 )

4874 - Operating Lease - Personal

   0    6,879    429    11,017    12,730    10,969    6,949    7,018  

4881 - Rent - Real

   37,180    80,994    67,043    3,290    384    0    4,387    1,320  

4884 - Rent - Personal

   8,244    13,736    25,898    27,609    45,059    35,754    10,869    12,323  

Inactive rent/lease accounts with activity

   27,798    410    523               

Sales and Marketing

                       

4871 - Operating Lease - Real

   74,605    66,985    87,853    135,775    239,474    185,816    76,143    235,238  

4874 - Operating Lease - Personal

   7,208    53,711    54,000    24,831    9,962    8,143    920    3,192  

4881 - Rent - Real

   2,515    2,607    4,982    21,738    34,813    27,300    7,779    94  

4884 - Rent - Personal

   19,223    40,335    199,257    340,602    337,260    238,514    110,081    101,580  

Inactive rent/lease accounts with activity

   148,311    130,925    26,023               

Admin

                       

4871 - Operating Lease - Real

   53,333    55,418    45,735    150,336    676,942    488,303    242,021    394,740  

4874 - Operating Lease - Personal

   245,083    450,215    214,737    106,551    71,638    68,926    36,222    11,552  

4881 - Rent - Real

   337,836    911,363    938,689    372,461    0    0    3,265    2,135  

4884 - Rent - Personal

   75,203    128,969    261,924    339,906    467,826    356,755    68,181    82,332  

Inactive rent/lease accounts with activity

   283,059    67,308    2,426               

R&D

                       

4871 - Operating Lease - Real

   0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0  

4874 - Operating Lease - Personal

   0    3,756    0    0    7,861    7,861    0    0  

4881 - Rent - Real

   0    0    0    3,182    286    0    0    0  

4884 - Rent - Personal

   0    10,791    49,999    147,408    146,660    119,147    46,587    45,712  

Inactive rent/lease accounts with activity

   47,010    24,192    0               
                                         

Total Operating lease and rental expense

   2,720,530    3,362,970    3,052,641    2,430,893    2,953,911    2,251,550    1,894,787    1,688,869  

Interest portion calculation

   906,843    1,120,990    1,017,547    810,298    984,637    750,517    631,596    562,956  

(calculated at 33.3% times total rent/lease expense)

                    

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Sensata Technologies B.V.

 

Name

      

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Sensata Technologies Japan Limited      Japan
Sensata Technologies Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.      Malaysia
Sensata Technologies Holdings (Korea) Limited      Korea
Sensata Technologies (Korea) Limited      Korea
Sensata Technologies Holland B.V.      The Netherlands
Sensata Technologies Holding Company Mexico B.V.      The Netherlands
Sensata Technologies de México, S. de R.L. de C.V.      Mexico
Servicios Administrativos Sensata Technologies, S. de R.L. de C.V.      Mexico
Sensata Technologies Finance Company, LLC      United States
Sensata Technologies Holding Company US B.V.      The Netherlands
Sensata Technologies, Inc.      United States
Sensata Technologies India Private Limited      India
Sensata Technologies Singapore, Pte. Ltd.      Singapore
Sensata Technologies Taiwan Co., Ltd.      Taiwan
Sensata Technologies Hong Kong, Limited      Hong Kong
Sensata Technologies International Trading Shanghai Co. Ltd.      China
Sensata Technologies Spain, S.L.      Spain
Sensata Technologies France SAS      France
Sensata Technologies Germany GmbH      Germany
Sensata Technologies Sensores e Controles do Brasil Ltda      Brazil
Sensata Technologies Changzou Co. Ltd.      China
Sensata Technologies China Co, Ltd.      China
Sensata Technologies Italia S.p.A.      Italy

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our reports dated February 23, 2006, except for Notes 15 and 16, as to which the date is December 22, 2006, in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 and related Prospectus of Sensata Technologies B.V. for the registration of $450,000,000 8% Senior Notes due 2014 and €245,000,000 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Dallas, Texas

December 22, 2006

Exhibit 25.1


FORM T-1

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE

ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO

SECTION 305(b)(2)   ¨

 


THE BANK OF NEW YORK

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

New York   13-5160382

(State of incorporation

if not a U.S. national bank)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

One Wall Street, New York, N.Y.   10286
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 


SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES B.V.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

The Netherlands   N/A

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

Kolthofsingel 8, 7602 EM Almelo

The Netherlands

  N/A
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 


8% Senior Notes due 2014

9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016

(Title of the indenture securities)

 



1. General information. Furnish the following information as to the Trustee:

 

  (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

 

Name

 

Address

Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York  

One State Street, New York, N.Y.

10004-1417, and Albany, N.Y.

12223

Federal Reserve Bank of New York  

33 Liberty Street, New York, N.Y.

10045

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation   Washington, D.C. 20429
New York Clearing House Association   New York, New York 10005

 

  (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes.

 

2. Affiliations with Obligor.

If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None.

 

16. List of Exhibits.

Exhibits identified in parentheses below, on file with the Commission, are incorporated herein by reference as an exhibit hereto, pursuant to Rule 7a-29 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Act”) and 17 C.F.R. 229.10(d).

 

  1. A copy of the Organization Certificate of The Bank of New York (formerly Irving Trust Company) as now in effect, which contains the authority to commence business and a grant of powers to exercise corporate trust powers. (Exhibit 1 to Amendment No.1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-6215, Exhibits 1a and 1b to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-21672, Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-29637 and Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121195).

 

  4. A copy of the existing By-laws of the Trustee. (Exhibit 4 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121195.)


  6. The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act. (Exhibit 6 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-106702.)

 

  7. A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee published pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Act, the Trustee, The Bank of New York, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in The City of New York, and State of New York, on the 15 th day of December, 2006.

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK
By:  

/s/ Rouba F. Farah

  Rouba F. Farah
  Vice President


EXHIBIT 7

Consolidated Report of Condition of

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

of One Wall Street, New York, N.Y. 10286

And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,

a member of the Federal Reserve System, at the close of business September 30, 2006, published in accordance with a call made by the Federal Reserve Bank of this District pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Reserve Act.

 

       Dollar Amounts
In Thousands

ASSETS

  

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

  

Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin

   2,478,000

Interest-bearing balances

   15,693,000

Securities:

  

Held-to-maturity securities

   1,856,000

Available-for-sale securities

   17,740,000

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

  

Federal funds sold in domestic offices

   N/A

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   N/A

Loans and lease financing receivables:

  

Loans and leases held for sale

   0

Loans and leases, net of unearned income

   N/A

LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses

   407,000

Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance

   N/A

Trading assets

   3,011,000

Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)

   896,000

Other real estate owned

   0

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies

   308,000

Not applicable

  

Intangible assets:

  

Goodwill

   2,188,000

Other intangible assets

   N/A

Other assets

   7,975,000
    

Total assets

   91,155,000
    

LIABILITIES

  

Deposits:

  

In domestic offices

   34,430,000

Noninterest-bearing

   16,230,000

Interest-bearing

   18,200,000

In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs

   34,321,000

Noninterest-bearing

   399,000

Interest-bearing

   33,922,000

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  

Federal funds purchased in domestic offices

   N/A

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   N/A

Trading liabilities

   2,224,000

Other borrowed money: (includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases)

   N/A

Not applicable

  

Not applicable

  

Subordinated notes and debentures

   1,955,000

Other liabilities

   6,374,000
    

Total liabilities

   82,119,000
    

Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries

   151,000

EQUITY CAPITAL

  

Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus

   0

Common stock

   1,135,000

Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)

   2,115,000

Retained earnings

   5,696,000

Accumulated other comprehensive income

   N/A

Other equity capital components

   N/A

Total equity capital

   8,885,000
    

Total liabilities, minority interest, and equity capital

   91,155,000
    


I, Thomas P. Gibbons, Chief Financial Officer of the above-named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Thomas P. Gibbons,

Chief Financial Officer

We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this statement of resources and liabilities. We declare that it has been examined by us, and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions and is true and correct.

 

Thomas A. Renyi

Gerald L. Hassell

Catherine A. Rein

  ]                   Directors

Exhibit 99.1

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

To Tender for Exchange

8% Senior Secured Notes due 2014

9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016

of

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, B.V.

Pursuant to the Prospectus Dated                     , 2006

 

THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M.,

NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                   , 2006 UNLESS EXTENDED (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”).

PLEASE READ CAREFULLY THE ATTACHED INSTRUCTIONS

If you desire to accept the Exchange Offer, this Letter of Transmittal should be completed, signed and submitted to the Exchange Agent:

The Bank of New York

(the “Exchange Agent”)

 

By Registered or Certified Mail:

The Bank of New York

101 Barclay Street, 4E

New York, New York 10286

Attention: [                    ]

 

Facsimile Transmission:

[(            )                     ]

 

By Hand Prior to 4:30 p.m., New York City time, or

Overnight Courier:

The Bank of New York

101 Barclay Street, 4E

New York, New York 10286

Attention: [                    ]

 

For Information Telephone:

[(            )                     ]

Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal to an address or facsimile number other than as set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery.

For any questions regarding this Letter of Transmittal or for any additional information, you may contact the Exchange Agent by telephone at [(            )                     ].

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated                     , 2006 (the “Prospectus”) of Sensata Technologies, B.V. a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands (the “Issuer”), and this Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), that together constitute the Issuer’s offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange $1,000 in principal amount of its 8% Senior Secured Notes due 2014, Series B (the “New Senior Notes”) which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for each $1,000 in principal amount of its outstanding 8% Senior Secured Notes due 2014 (the “Outstanding Senior Notes”) and to exchange €1,000 in principal amount of its 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016, Series B (the “New Senior Subordinated Notes” and, together with the New Senior Notes, the “New Securities”) which have been registered under the Securities Act for each €1,000 in principal amount of its 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (the “Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes” and, together with the Outstanding Senior Notes, the “Outstanding Securities”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.


The undersigned hereby tenders the Outstanding Securities described in Box 1 below (the “Tendered Securities”) pursuant to the terms and conditions described in the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal. The undersigned is the registered owner of all the Tendered Securities and the undersigned represents that it has received from each beneficial owner of the Tendered Securities (the “Beneficial Owners”) a duly completed and executed form of “ Instruction to Registered Holder and/or Book-Entry Transfer Facility Participant from Beneficial Owner ” accompanying this Letter of Transmittal, instructing the undersigned to take the action described in this Letter of Transmittal.

Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of the Tendered Securities, the undersigned hereby exchanges, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Issuer all right, title, and interest in, to and under the Tendered Securities.

Please issue the New Securities exchanged for Tendered Securities in the name(s) of the undersigned. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under “ Special Delivery Instructions ” below (Box 3), please send or cause to be sent the certificates for the New Securities (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the undersigned at the address shown below in Box 1.

The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as the true and lawful agent and attorney in fact of the undersigned with respect to the Tendered Securities, with full power of substitution (such power of attorney being deemed to be an irrevocable power coupled with an interest), to (i) deliver the Tendered Securities to the Issuer or cause ownership of the Tendered Securities to be transferred to, or upon the order of, the Issuer, on the books of the registrar for the Outstanding Securities and deliver all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, the Issuer upon receipt by the Exchange Agent, as the undersigned’s agent, of the New Securities to which the undersigned is entitled upon acceptance by the Issuer of the Tendered Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and (ii) receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of the Tendered Securities, all in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer.

The undersigned understands that tenders of Outstanding Securities pursuant to the procedures described under the caption “Exchange Offers” in the Prospectus and in the instructions hereto will constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Issuer upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, subject only to withdrawal of such tenders on the terms set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Exchange Offers—Withdrawal of Tenders.” All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and any Beneficial Owner(s), and every obligation of the undersigned or any Beneficial Owner(s) hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, representatives, successors, and assigns of the undersigned and such Beneficial Owner(s).

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign, and transfer the Tendered Securities and that the Issuer will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges, encumbrances, and adverse claims when the Tendered Securities are acquired by the Issuer as contemplated herein. The undersigned and each Beneficial Owner will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents reasonably requested by the Issuer or the Exchange Agent as necessary or desirable to complete and give effect to the transactions contemplated hereby.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the information set forth in Box 2 is true and correct.

By accepting the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby represents and warrants that (i) the New Securities to be acquired by the undersigned and any Beneficial Owner(s) in connection with the Exchange Offer are being acquired by the undersigned and any Beneficial Owner(s) in the ordinary course of business of the undersigned and any Beneficial Owner(s), (ii) the undersigned and each Beneficial Owner are not participating, do not intend to participate, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the

 

2


distribution of the New Securities, (iii) except as otherwise disclosed in writing herewith, neither the undersigned nor any Beneficial Owner is an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Issuer, (iv) that the undersigned is not a broker-dealer tendering securities directly acquired from the Issuer for its own account, and (v) the undersigned and each Beneficial Owner acknowledge and agree that any person participating in the Exchange Offer with the intention or for the purpose of distributing the New Securities must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, in connection with a secondary resale of the New Securities acquired by such person and cannot rely on the position of the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) set forth in no-action letters, as discussed in the section of the Prospectus entitled “Exchange Offers—Resale of the Exchange Notes.”

In addition, by accepting the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby (i) represents and warrants that, if the undersigned or any Beneficial Owner of the Outstanding Securities is a broker-dealer, such broker-dealer acquired the Outstanding Securities for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and has not entered into any arrangement or understanding with the Issuer or any “affiliate” of the Issuer (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) to distribute the New Securities to be received in the Exchange Offer, and (ii) acknowledges that, by receiving New Securities for its own account in exchange for Outstanding Securities, where such Outstanding Securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, such broker-dealer will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

The Issuer has agreed that, for a period starting on the Expiration Date and ending on the close of business on the earlier of the (i) 180th day after the Expiration Date and (ii) date on which all broker-dealers who have elected to exchange Outstanding Securities acquired for their own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities for New Securities have sold all New Securities held by them, it will make the Prospectus available to any such broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale.

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF TENDERED SECURITIES ARE BEING DELIVERED HEREWITH.

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF TENDERED SECURITIES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY DELIVERED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE “ Use of Guaranteed Delivery ” BELOW (Box 4).

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF TENDERED SECURITIES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY AND COMPLETE “ Use of Book-Entry Transfer ” BELOW (Box 5).

 

3


PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING THE BOXES

 

BOX 1

DESCRIPTION OF OUTSTANDING SECURITIES TENDERED

(Attach additional signed pages, if necessary)

Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Outstanding
Security Holder(s), exactly as name(s) appear(s) on

Outstanding Security Certificate(s)

(Please fill in, if blank)

 

Certificate

Number(s) of
Outstanding

Securities*

 

Aggregate

Principal

Amount

Represented by
Certificate(s)

 

Aggregate

Principal

Amount

Tendered**

                 
                 
                 
                 
     Total          

  *Need not be completed by persons tendering by book-entry transfer.

**  The minimum permitted tender is $1,000 in principal amount of any series of Outstanding Senior Notes and €1,000 in principal amount of any series of Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes. All other tenders must be in integral multiples of $1,000 of principal amount of any series of Outstanding Senior Notes and in integral multiples of €1,000 of principal amount of any series of Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes. Unless otherwise indicated in this column, the principal amount of all Outstanding Security Certificates identified in this Box 1 or delivered to the Exchange Agent herewith shall be deemed tendered. See Instruction 4.

 

BOX 2

BENEFICIAL OWNER(S)

State of Principal Residence of Each

Beneficial Owner of Tendered Securities

 

Principal Amount of Tendered Securities

Held for Account of Beneficial Owner

       
       
       
       
       


BOX 3

SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 5, 6 and 7)

 

TO BE COMPLETED ONLY IF NEW SECURITIES EXCHANGED FOR OUTSTANDING SECURITIES AND UNTENDERED OUTSTANDING SECURITIES ARE TO BE SENT TO SOMEONE OTHER THAN THE UNDERSIGNED, OR TO THE UNDERSIGNED AT AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN THAT SHOWN ABOVE.

 

Mail New Securities and any untendered Outstanding Securities to:

Name(s) (please print):

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        

 

Address (include Zip Code):

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        

 

Tax Identification or

Social Security No.:                                                                                                                                                                                 

 

 

BOX 4

USE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

(See Instruction 2)

 

TO BE COMPLETED ONLY IF OUTSTANDING SECURITIES ARE BEING TENDERED BY MEANS OF A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY.

 

Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        

 

Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                                                 

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        

 

Name of Institution which Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                                                          

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        

 


BOX 5

USE OF BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER

(See Instruction 1)

 

TO BE COMPLETED ONLY IF DELIVERY OF TENDERED SECURITIES IS TO BE MADE BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER.

 

Name of Tendering Institution:                                                                                                                                                           

 

Account Number:                                                                                                                                                                                     

 

Transaction Code Number:                                                                                                                                                                   

 

BOX 6

TENDERING HOLDER SIGNATURE

(See Instructions 1 and 5)

In Addition, Complete Substitute Form W-9

X                                                                                                     

 

X                                                                                                     

(Signature of Registered Holder(s) or Authorized Signatory)

 

Note: The above lines must be signed by the registered holder(s) of Outstanding Securities as their name(s) appear(s) on the Outstanding Securities or by persons(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) (evidence of such authorization must be transmitted with this Letter of Transmittal). If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer, or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must set forth his or her full title below. See Instruction 5.

 

Name(s):                                                                                       

 

                                                                                                        

 

Capacity:                                                                                      

 

                                                                                                        

 

Street Address (include Zip Code):                                    

 

                                                                                                        

 

                                                                                                        

 

                                                                                                        

 

Area Code and Telephone Number:

 

                                                                                                        

 

Tax Identification or Social Security Number:

 

                                                                                                        

 

Signature Guarantee

(If required by Instruction 5)

 

Authorized Signature:

 

X                                                                                                     

 

Name:                                                                                            

 

Title:                                                                                              

 

Name of Firm:                                                                           

 

                                                                                                        

(Must be an Eligible Institution as defined in Instruction 2)

 

Address:                                                                                        

 

                                                                                                        

 

                                                                                                        

 

Area Code and Telephone Number:

 

                                                                                                        

 

Dated:                                                                                            


    

 

BOX 7

BROKER-DEALER STATUS

 

   
     

¨

  

CHECK HERE IF THE BENEFICIAL OWNER IS A PARTICIPATING BROKER-DEALER WHO HOLDS SECURITIES ACQUIRED AS A RESULT OF MARKET MAKING OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES AND WISHES TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO FOR USE IN CONNECTION WITH RESALES OF NEW SECURITIES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR SUCH SECURITIES.

 

Name:                                                                                                                                                                                                 

 

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                            

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                             

 

Area Code and Telephone Number:                                                                                                                                        

 

Contact Person:                                                                                                                                                                               

 

   


GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION

NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

Guidelines for Determining the Proper Identification Number to Give the Payer. —Social Security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e. 000-00-0000. Employer identification numbers have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: i.e. 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payer.

 

   
For this type of account:   

Give the
SOCIAL SECURITY
number of—

  1.     

An individual’s account

   The individual
  2.     

Two or more individuals
(joint account)

   The actual owner of the account
or, if combined funds, the first individual on the account (1)
  3.      Husband and wife
(joint account)
   The actual owner of the account
or, if joint funds, the first individual on the account (1)
  4.     

Custodian account of a minor

(Uniform Gift to Minors Act)

   The minor (2)
  5.      Adult and minor
(joint account)
   The adult or, if the minor is the only contributor, the minor (1)
  6.      Account in the name of guardian or committee for a designated ward, minor, or incompetent person    The ward, minor, or incompetent person (3)
  7.     

a. The usual revocable savings trust account (grantor is also trustee)

   The grantor-trustee (1)
 

b. So-called trust account
that is not a legal or valid
trust under State law

   The actual owner (1)
  8.      Sole proprietorship account    The owner (4)

 

   
For this type of account:    Give the
EMPLOYER
IDENTIFICATION
number of—
  9.     

A valid trust, estate, or pension trust

   The legal entity
10.     

Corporate account

   The corporation
11.     

Religious, charitable, or educational organization account

   The organization
12.     

Partnership account held in the name of the business

   The partnership
13.     

Association, club, or other tax-exempt organization

   The organization
14.     

A broker or registered nominee

   The broker or nominee
15.     

Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a State or local government, school district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments

   The public entity
    
    
          

 

(1) List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has a social security number, that person’s number must be furnished.
(2) Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s social security number.
(3) Circle the ward’s, minor’s or incompetent person’s name and furnish such person’s social security number.
(4) Show the name of the owner. You may also enter your business or “doing business as” name. You may also use either your social security number or employer identification number (if you have one).
(5) List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust. (Do not furnish the identifying number of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.)

Note:     If no name is circled when there is more than one name, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.


REQUESTER’S NAME:

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, B.V.

 

 

SUBSTITUTE

Form W-9

 

Department of the

Treasury

Internal Revenue

Service (IRS)

 

Payer’s Request

for Taxpayer Identification

Number (TIN)

 

 

Please fill in your name and address below:

 

Name                                                                 

 

 

Address (number and street)

 

 

 

City, State and Zip Code

 

 

 

                                                                            

Social Security Number

 

OR

 

 

Part 1 —PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN THE BOX AT THE RIGHT OR, IF YOU DO NOT HAVE A TIN, WRITE “APPLIED FOR” AND SIGN THE CERTIFICATION BELOW.

 

                                                                            

Taxpayer Identification Number

 

 

Part 2—Certification —Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:

 

(1)   The number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me),

 

(2)   I am not subject to backup withholding either because (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, (b) I have not been notified by the IRS that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding, and

 

(3)   I am a U.S. person (as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes).

 

Certification Instructions —You must cross out item (2) in Part 2 above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because of under reporting interest or dividends on your tax return. However, if after being notified by the IRS that you were subject to backup withholding, you received another notification from the IRS that you are no longer subject to backup withholding, do not cross out item (2). If you are exempt from backup withholding, check the box in Part 4 and see the enclosed “Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9.”

 

Signature                                                             

 

 

Date                                                                     

 

 

NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING ON PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE PLAN, AS WELL AS FUTURE INTEREST AND DIVIDEND PAYMENTS. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATION IF YOU WROTE “APPLIED FOR” ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

 

CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me, and either (a) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (b) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that unless I provide a taxpayer identification number within 60 days, all reportable payments made to me after 60 days will generally be subject to backup withholding.

 

  Signature       Date   

 

The IRS does not require your consent to any provision of this document

other than the certifications required to avoid backup withholding.

 

9


SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, B.V.

INSTRUCTIONS TO LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS

OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

1.     Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Outstanding Securities .    A properly completed and duly executed copy of this Letter of Transmittal, including Substitute Form W-9, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein, and either certificates for Tendered Securities must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein or such Tendered Securities must be transferred pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer described in the Prospectus under the caption “ Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering ” (and a confirmation of such transfer received by the Exchange Agent), in each case prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. The method of delivery of certificates for Tendered Securities, this Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and risk of the tendering holder and the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, is recommended. Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that the holder use an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. No Letter of Transmittal or Outstanding Securities should be sent to the Issuer. Neither the Issuer nor the registrar is under any obligation to notify any tendering holder of the Issuer’s acceptance of Tendered Securities prior to the closing of the Exchange Offer.

2.     Guaranteed Delivery Procedures .    Holders who wish to tender their Outstanding Securities but whose Outstanding Securities are not immediately available, and who cannot deliver their Outstanding Securities, this Letter of Transmittal or any other documents required hereby to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date must tender their Outstanding Securities according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below, including completion of Box 4. Pursuant to such procedures: (i) such tender must be made by or through a firm which is a member of a recognized Medallion Program approved by the Securities Transfer Association Inc. (an “Eligible Institution”) and the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be signed by the holder; (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must have received from the holder and the Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by mail, hand delivery or facsimile transmission) setting forth the name and address of the holder, the certificate number(s) of the Tendered Securities and the principal amount of Tendered Securities, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date, this Letter of Transmittal together with the certificate(s) representing the Outstanding Securities or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of the Outstanding Securities into the Exchange Agent’s account at Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and any other required documents will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and (iii) such properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal or facsimile of the Letter of Transmittal, as well as all other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal and the certificate(s) representing all Tendered Securities in proper form for transfer or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of the Outstanding Securities into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC, must be received by the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date. Any holder who wishes to tender Outstanding Securities pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described above must ensure that the Exchange Agent receives the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery relating to such Outstanding Securities prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Failure to complete the guaranteed delivery procedures outlined above will not, of itself, affect the validity or effect a revocation of any Letter of Transmittal form properly completed and executed by a holder who attempted to use the guaranteed delivery process.

3.     Beneficial Owner Instructions to Registered Holders .    Only a holder in whose name Tendered Securities are registered on the books of the registrar (or the legal representative or attorney-in-fact of such registered holder) may execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal. Any Beneficial Owner of Tendered Securities who is not the registered holder must arrange promptly with the registered holder to execute and

 

10


deliver this Letter of Transmittal on his or her behalf through the execution and delivery to the registered holder of the Instructions to Registered Holder and/or Book-Entry Transfer Facility Participant from Beneficial Owner form accompanying this Letter of Transmittal.

4.     Partial Tenders .    Tenders of Outstanding Senior Notes will be accepted only in integral multiples of $1,000 in principal amount. Tenders of Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes will be accepted only in integral multiples of €1,000 in principal amount. If less than the entire principal amount of Outstanding Securities held by the holder is tendered, the tendering holder should fill in the principal amount tendered in the column labeled “Aggregate Principal Amount Tendered” of the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Securities Tendered” (Box 1) above. The entire principal amount of Outstanding Securities delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated. If the entire principal amount of all Outstanding Securities held by the holder is not tendered, then Outstanding Securities for the principal amount of Outstanding Securities not tendered and New Securities issued in exchange for any Outstanding Securities tendered and accepted will be sent to the Holder at his or her registered address, unless a different address is provided in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.

5.     Signatures on the Letter of Transmittal; Bond Powers and Endorsements; Guarantee of Signatures .    If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Tendered Securities, the signature must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the Tendered Securities without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

If any of the Tendered Securities are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal. If any Tendered Securities are held in different names, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of the Letter of Transmittal as there are different names in which Tendered Securities are held.

If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of Tendered Securities, and New Securities issued in exchange therefor are to be issued (and any untendered principal amount of Outstanding Securities is to be reissued) in the name of the registered holder(s), then such registered holder(s) need not and should not endorse any Tendered Securities, nor provide a separate bond power. In any other case, such registered holder(s) must either properly endorse the Tendered Securities or transmit a properly completed separate bond power with this Letter of Transmittal, with the signature(s) on the endorsement or bond power guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder(s) of any Tendered Securities, such Tendered Securities must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, in each case, signed as the name(s) of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on the Tendered Securities, with the signature(s) on the endorsement or bond power guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

If this Letter of Transmittal or any Tendered Securities or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations, or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and, unless waived by the Issuer, evidence satisfactory to the Issuer of its authority to so act must be submitted with this Letter of Transmittal.

Endorsements on Tendered Securities or signatures on bond powers required by this Instruction 5 must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution unless the Tendered Securities are tendered (i) by a registered holder who has not completed the box set forth herein entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” (Box 3) or (ii) by an Eligible Institution.

 

11


6.     Special Delivery Instructions .    Tendering holders should indicate, in the applicable box (Box 3), the name and address to which the New Securities and/or substitute Outstanding Securities for principal amounts not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be sent, if different from the name and address of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal. In the case of issuance in a different name, the taxpayer identification or social security number of the person named must also be indicated.

7.     Transfer Taxes .    The Issuer will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of Outstanding Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the transfer and exchange of Outstanding Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or on any other person) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with this Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.

Except as provided in this Instruction 7, it will not be necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Tendered Securities listed in this Letter of Transmittal.

8.     Tax Identification Number .    Federal income tax law requires that the holder(s) of any Tendered Securities which are accepted for exchange must provide the Issuer (as payor) with its correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”), which, in the case of a holder who is an individual, is his or her social security number. If the Issuer is not provided with the correct TIN, the Holder may be subject to backup withholding and a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. (If withholding results in an over-payment of taxes, a refund may be obtained.) Certain holders (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. See the enclosed “Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9” for additional instructions.

To prevent backup withholding, each holder of Tendered Securities must provide such holder’s correct TIN by completing the Substitute Form W-9 set forth herein, certifying that the TIN provided is correct (or that such holder is awaiting a TIN), and that (i) the holder has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that such holder is subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report all interest or dividends or (ii) the Internal Revenue Service has notified the holder that such holder is no longer subject to backup withholding. If the Tendered Securities are registered in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the “Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9” for information on which TIN to report.

The Issuer reserves the right in its sole discretion to take whatever steps are necessary to comply with the Issuer’s obligation regarding backup withholding.

9.     Validity of Tenders .    All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of Tendered Securities will be determined by the Issuer in its sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding. The Issuer reserves the right to reject any and all Outstanding Securities not validly tendered or any Outstanding Securities the Issuer’s acceptance of which would, in the opinion of the Issuer or its counsel, be unlawful. The Issuer also reserves the right to waive any conditions of the Exchange Offer or defects or irregularities in tenders of Outstanding Securities as to any ineligibility of any holder who seeks to tender Outstanding Securities in the Exchange Offer. The interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including this Letter of Transmittal and the instructions hereto) by the Issuer shall be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Outstanding Securities must be cured within such time as the Issuer shall determine. Neither the Issuer, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Outstanding Securities, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Outstanding Securities will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Outstanding Securities received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered

 

12


and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise provided in this Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.

10.     Waiver of Conditions .    The Issuer reserves the right to amend, waive or modify any of the conditions in the Exchange Offer in the case of any Tendered Securities.

11.     No Conditional Tender .    No alternative, conditional, irregular, or contingent tender of Outstanding Securities or transmittal of this Letter of Transmittal will be accepted.

12.     Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Outstanding Securities .    Any tendering Holder whose Outstanding Securities have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the trustee of the Securities at the address indicated herein for further instructions.

13.     Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies .    Questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus or this Letter of Transmittal may be directed in writing to the Exchange Agent at the address indicated herein. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer.

14.     Acceptance of Tendered Securities and Issuance of New Securities; Return of Outstanding Securities .    Subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer, the Issuer will accept for exchange all validly tendered Outstanding Securities as soon as practicable after the Expiration Date and will issue New Securities therefor as soon as practicable thereafter. For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Issuer shall be deemed to have accepted tendered Outstanding Securities when, as and if the Issuer has given written or oral notice (immediately followed in writing) thereof to the Exchange Agent. If any Tendered Securities are not exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer for any reason, such unexchanged Outstanding Securities will be returned, without expense, to the undersigned at the address shown in Box 1 or at a different address as may be indicated herein under “Special Delivery Instructions” (Box 3).

15.     Withdrawal .    Tenders may be withdrawn only pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Exchange Offer—Withdrawal of Tenders.”

 

13

Exhibit 99.2

INSTRUCTIONS

TO REGISTERED HOLDER AND/OR

BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY PARTICIPANT

FROM BENEFICIAL OWNER

OF

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, B.V.

In Respect of

Exchange Offer for

8% Senior Notes due 2014

9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016

Pursuant to the Prospectus dated                     , 2006

To Registered Holder and/or Book Entry Transfer Facility Participant:

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus, dated                     , 2006 (the “Prospectus”) of Sensata Technologies, B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands (the “Issuer”), and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), that together constitute the Issuer’s offer (the “Exchange Offer”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

This will instruct you, a registered holder and/or Book-Entry Transfer Participant, as to action to be taken by you relating to the Exchange Offer with respect to the 8% Senior Secured Notes due 2014 (the “Outstanding Senior Notes”) and/or the 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (the “Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes” and, together with the Outstanding Senior Notes, the “Outstanding Securities”) held by you for the account of the undersigned.

The aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities held by you for the account of the undersigned is (fill in amount):

$                      .

With respect to the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby instructs you (check appropriate box) :

 

¨ TO TENDER Outstanding Securities held by you for the account of the undersigned in the aggregate principal amount of (fill in amount, if any):

$                      .

 

¨ NOT TO TENDER any Outstanding Securities held by you for the account of the undersigned.

 

1


If the undersigned instructs you to tender the Outstanding Securities held by you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized:

(a) to make, on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a beneficial owner, including but not limited to the representations that (i) the undersigned’s principal residence is in the state of (fill in state)                      , (ii) the undersigned is not participating, does not participate, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Securities, (iii) the New Securities to be acquired by the undersigned and any Beneficial Owner(s) in connection with the Exchange Offer are being acquired by the undersigned and any Beneficial Owner(s) in the ordinary course of business of the undersigned and any Beneficial Owner(s), (iv) the undersigned and each Beneficial Owner are not participating, do not intend to participate, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the New Securities, (v) except as otherwise disclosed in writing herewith, neither the undersigned nor any Beneficial Owner is an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Issuer, (vi) that the undersigned is not a broker-dealer tendering securities directly acquired from the Issuer for its own account, and (vii) the undersigned and each Beneficial Owner acknowledge and agree that any person participating in the Exchange Offer with the intention or for the purpose of distributing the New Securities must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “Securities Act”), in connection with a secondary resale of the New Securities acquired by such person and cannot rely on the position of the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) set forth in the no-action letters that are discussed in the section of the Prospectus entitled “Exchange Offers”;

(b) to agree, on behalf of the undersigned, as set forth in the Letter of Transmittal; and

(c) to take such other action as necessary under the Prospectus or the Letter of Transmittal to effect the valid tender of such Outstanding Securities.

 

 

SIGN HERE

 

Name of beneficial owner(s):                                                                                                                                                                

 

Signature(s):                                                                                                                                                                                                 

 

Name (please print)                                                                                                                                                                                

 

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                        

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                        

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                        

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                        

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                        

 

Telephone number:                                                                                                                                                                                    

 

Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:                                                                                                                     

 

Date:                                                                                                                                                                                      

 

 

2

Exhibit 99.3

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES, B.V.

With Respect to the Exchange Offer

Pursuant to the Prospectus Dated                     , 2006

This form must be used by holders of the 8% Senior Secured Notes due 2014 (the “Outstanding Senior Notes”) or the 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (the “Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes” and, together with the Outstanding Senior Notes, the “Outstanding Securities”), of Sensata Technologies, B.V., a private company with limited liability organized under the laws of The Netherlands (the “Issuer”), who wish to tender Outstanding Securities to the Exchange Agent pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described in “Exchange Offers—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” of the Issuer’s Prospectus, dated                     , 2006 (the “Prospectus”) and in Instruction 2 to the related Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”). Any holder who wishes to tender Outstanding Securities pursuant to such guaranteed delivery procedures must ensure that the Exchange Agent receives this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery prior to the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus or the Letter of Transmittal.

 

THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M.,

NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                     , 2006 UNLESS EXTENDED (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”).

The Bank of New York

(the “Exchange Agent”)

 

By Registered or Certified Mail:

The Bank of New York

101 Barclay Street, 4E

New York, New York 10286

Attention: [                    ]

 

Facsimile Transmission:

[(            )                     ]

 

By Hand Prior to 4:30 p.m., New York City time, or Overnight Courier:

The Bank of New York

101 Barclay Street, 4E

New York, New York 10286

Attention: [                    ]

 

For Information Telephone:

[(            )                     ]

Delivery of this instrument to an address other than as set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery.

This form is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on a Letter of Transmittal is required to be guaranteed by an “Eligible Institution” under the instructions thereto, such signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space provided in the signature box on the Letter of Transmittal.


Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby tenders to the Issuer, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the principal amount of Outstanding Securities set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus and in Instruction 2 of the related Letter of Transmittal.

The undersigned hereby tenders the Outstanding Securities listed below:

 

Certificate Number(s) (if known) of Outstanding

Securities or Account Number at the Book-Entry Facility

 

Aggregate Principal

Amount
Represented

 

Aggregate Principal

Amount Tendered

     
           
     
           
     
           
     
            

 

PLEASE SIGN AND COMPLETE
   

Signatures of Registered Holder(s) or

 

Authorized Signatory:                                                             

 

                                                                                                        

 

                                                                                                        

 

Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):                                        

 

                                                                                                        

 

                                                                                                        

 

 

 

Date:                              , 2006

 

Address:                                                                                        

 

                                                                                                        

 

                                                                                                        

 

                                                                                                        

 

Area Code and Telephone No.                                              

 

 

This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be signed by the holder(s) exactly as their name(s) appear on certificates for Outstanding Securities or on a security position listing as the owner of Outstanding Securities, or by person(s) authorized to become holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must provide the following information:

 

Please print name(s) and address(es)

 

Name(s):                                                                                                                                                                                                      

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

 

Capacity:                                                                                                                                                                                                     

 

Address(es):                                                                                                                                                                                               

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

 

 

2


GUARANTEE

(Not to be used for signature guarantee)

 

The undersigned, a firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or is a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States, or is otherwise an “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, guarantees deposit with the Exchange Agent of the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), together with the Outstanding Securities tendered hereby in proper form for transfer (or confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Outstanding Securities into the Exchange Agent’s account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility described in the Prospectus under the caption “Exchange Offers” and in the Letter of Transmittal) and any other required documents, all by 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third New York Stock Exchange trading day following the Expiration Date.

 

   

Name of firm:                                                                            

 

Address:                                                                                       

 

                                                                                                       

 

                                                                                                       

 

                                                                                                         

 

Area Code and Tel. No.                                                          

 

  

                                                                                                       

 

(Authorized Signature)

 

Name:                                                                                            

 

(Please Print)

 

Title:                                                                                              

 

Dated:                              , 2006

DO NOT SEND OUTSTANDING SECURITIES WITH THIS FORM. ACTUAL SURRENDER OF OUTSTANDING SECURITIES MUST BE MADE PURSUANT TO, AND BE ACCOMPANIED BY, AN EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

 

3


INSTRUCTIONS FOR NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

1.     Delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.     A properly completed and duly executed copy of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other documents required by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address as set forth herein prior to the Expiration Date. The method of delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and sole risk of the holder, and the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, is recommended. As an alternative to delivery by mail, the holders may wish to consider using an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. For a description of the guaranteed delivery procedures, see Instruction 2 of the related Letter of Transmittal.

2.    Signatures on this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.     If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Securities referred to herein, the signature must correspond with the name(s) written on the face of the Outstanding Securities without alteration, enlargement, or any change whatsoever. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by the Trustee whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of the Outstanding Securities, the signature must correspond with the name shown on the security position listing as the owner of the Outstanding Securities.

If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a person other than the registered holder(s) of any Outstanding Securities listed or a participant of the Book-Entry Transfer Facility, this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be accompanied by appropriate bond powers, signed as the name of the registered holder(s) appears on the Outstanding Securities or signed as the name of the participant shown on the Book-Entry Transfer Facility’s security position listing.

If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation, or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person should so indicate when signing and submit with the Letter of Transmittal evidence satisfactory to the Issuer of such person’s authority to so act.

3.     Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies.     Questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus may be directed in writing to the Exchange Agent at the address specified in the Prospectus. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer.

 

4